GLPK 4.65

281 files changed, 126536 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/Makefile b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a069ed55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+ALL_CFLAGS += -I src/amd -I src/colamd -I src/mpl -I src/simplex -I src/api -I src/intopt -I src/minisat -I src/npp -I src/zlib -I src/bflib -I src/env -I src/misc -I src/draft -I src
+
+include ../rules.mk
+
+LIBS = -lm
+
+src=examples/glpsol.c $(wildcard src/*/*.c)
+
+PRODUCTS?=glpsol.gcc.host glpsol.ccomp.host glpsol.gcc.k1c glpsol.gcc.o1.k1c glpsol.ccomp.k1c
+PRODUCTS_OUT=$(addsuffix .out,$(PRODUCTS))
+
+all: $(PRODUCTS)
+
+.PHONY:
+run: measures.csv
+
+
+glpsol.gcc.host: $(src:.c=.gcc.host.o) ../clock.gcc.host.o 
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $+ $(LIBS) -o $@
+glpsol.ccomp.host: $(src:.c=.ccomp.host.o) ../clock.gcc.host.o 
+	$(CCOMP) $(CCOMPFLAGS) $+ $(LIBS) -o $@
+glpsol.gcc.k1c: $(src:.c=.gcc.k1c.o) ../clock.gcc.k1c.o 
+	$(K1C_CC) $(K1C_CFLAGS) $+  $(LIBS) -o $@
+glpsol.gcc.o1.k1c: $(src:.c=.gcc.o1.k1c.o) ../clock.gcc.k1c.o 
+	$(K1C_CC) $(K1C_CFLAGS_O1) $+  $(LIBS) -o $@
+glpsol.ccomp.k1c: $(src:.c=.ccomp.k1c.o) ../clock.gcc.k1c.o 
+	$(K1C_CCOMP) $(K1C_CCOMPFLAGS) $+  $(LIBS) -o $@
+measures.csv: $(PRODUCTS_OUT)
+	echo "benches, gcc host,ccomp host,gcc k1c,gcc o1 k1c,ccomp k1c" > $@
+
+.SECONDARY:
+
+.PHONY:
+clean:
+	rm -f *.o *.s *.k1c *.csv
+
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/config.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35a44f00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* config.h.  Generated from config.h.in by configure.  */
+/* config.h.in (GLPK configuration template file) */
+
+#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
+/* defined if the <sys/time.h> header can be used */
+
+#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+/* defined if the gettimeofday function can be used */
+
+/* #undef HAVE_GMP */
+/* defined if the GNU MP bignum library is available */
+/* requires <gmp.h> and -lgmp */
+
+/* #undef HAVE_LTDL */
+/* defined if the GNU Libtool shared library support is enabled */
+/* requires <ltdl.h> and -lltdl */
+
+/* #undef HAVE_DLFCN */
+/* defined if the POSIX shared library support is enabled */
+/* requires <dlfcn.h> */
+
+/* #undef ODBC_DLNAME */
+/* ODBC shared library name if this feature is enabled */
+
+/* #undef MYSQL_DLNAME */
+/* MySQL shared library name if this feature is enabled */
+
+/* #undef TLS */
+/* thread local storage-class specifier for re-entrancy (if any) */
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/examples/glpsol.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/examples/glpsol.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a0c42c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/examples/glpsol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1584 @@
+/* glpsol.c (stand-alone GLPK LP/MIP solver) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <float.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <glpk.h>
+
+#define xassert glp_assert
+#define xerror  glp_error
+#define xprintf glp_printf
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_prob *prob;
+      /* LP/MIP problem object */
+      glp_bfcp bfcp;
+      /* basis factorization control parameters */
+      glp_smcp smcp;
+      /* simplex method control parameters */
+      glp_iptcp iptcp;
+      /* interior-point method control parameters */
+      glp_iocp iocp;
+      /* integer optimizer control parameters */
+      glp_tran *tran;
+      /* model translator workspace */
+      glp_graph *graph;
+      /* network problem object */
+      int format;
+      /* problem file format: */
+#define FMT_MPS_DECK    1  /* fixed MPS */
+#define FMT_MPS_FILE    2  /* free MPS */
+#define FMT_LP          3  /* CPLEX LP */
+#define FMT_GLP         4  /* GLPK LP/MIP */
+#define FMT_MATHPROG    5  /* MathProg */
+#define FMT_MIN_COST    6  /* DIMACS min-cost flow */
+#define FMT_MAX_FLOW    7  /* DIMACS maximum flow */
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+#define FMT_CNF         8  /* DIMACS CNF-SAT */
+#endif
+      const char *in_file;
+      /* name of input problem file */
+#define DATA_MAX 10
+      /* maximal number of input data files */
+      int ndf;
+      /* number of input data files specified */
+      const char *in_data[1+DATA_MAX];
+      /* name(s) of input data file(s) */
+      const char *out_dpy;
+      /* name of output file to send display output; NULL means the
+         display output is sent to the terminal */
+      int seed;
+      /* seed value to be passed to the MathProg translator; initially
+         set to 1; 0x80000000 means the value is omitted */
+      int solution;
+      /* solution type flag: */
+#define SOL_BASIC       1  /* basic */
+#define SOL_INTERIOR    2  /* interior-point */
+#define SOL_INTEGER     3  /* mixed integer */
+      const char *in_res;
+      /* name of input solution file in raw format */
+      int dir;
+      /* optimization direction flag:
+         0       - not specified
+         GLP_MIN - minimization
+         GLP_MAX - maximization */
+      int scale;
+      /* automatic problem scaling flag */
+      const char *out_sol;
+      /* name of output solution file in printable format */
+      const char *out_res;
+      /* name of output solution file in raw format */
+      const char *out_ranges;
+      /* name of output file to write sensitivity analysis report */
+      int check;
+      /* input data checking flag; no solution is performed */
+      const char *new_name;
+      /* new name to be assigned to the problem */
+#if 1 /* 18/I-2018 */
+      int hide;
+      /* clear all symbolic names in the problem object */
+#endif
+      const char *out_mps;
+      /* name of output problem file in fixed MPS format */
+      const char *out_freemps;
+      /* name of output problem file in free MPS format */
+      const char *out_cpxlp;
+      /* name of output problem file in CPLEX LP format */
+      const char *out_glp;
+      /* name of output problem file in GLPK format */
+#if 0
+      const char *out_pb;
+      /* name of output problem file in OPB format */
+      const char *out_npb;
+      /* name of output problem file in normalized OPB format */
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+      const char *out_cnf;
+      /* name of output problem file in DIMACS CNF-SAT format */
+#endif
+      const char *log_file;
+      /* name of output file to hardcopy terminal output */
+      int crash;
+      /* initial basis option: */
+#define USE_STD_BASIS   1  /* use standard basis */
+#define USE_ADV_BASIS   2  /* use advanced basis */
+#define USE_CPX_BASIS   3  /* use Bixby's basis */
+#define USE_INI_BASIS   4  /* use initial basis from ini_file */
+      const char *ini_file;
+      /* name of input file containing initial basis */
+      int exact;
+      /* flag to use glp_exact rather than glp_simplex */
+      int xcheck;
+      /* flag to check final basis with glp_exact */
+      int nomip;
+      /* flag to consider MIP as pure LP */
+#if 1 /* 15/VIII-2011 */
+      int minisat;
+      /* option to solve feasibility problem with MiniSat solver */
+      int use_bnd;
+      /* option to bound objective function */
+      int obj_bnd;
+      /* upper (minization) or lower (maximization) objective bound */
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      const char *use_sol;
+      /* name of input mip solution file in GLPK format */
+#endif
+};
+
+static int str2int(const char *s, int *x)
+{     /* convert string to integer */
+      long t;
+      char *endptr;
+      t = strtol(s, &endptr, 10);
+      if (*endptr != '\0')
+         return 2;
+      if (!(INT_MIN <= t && t <= INT_MAX))
+         return 1;
+      *x = t;
+#if 0
+      xprintf("str2int: x = %d\n", *x);
+#endif
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static int str2num(const char *s, double *x)
+{     /* convert string to floating point */
+      double t;
+      char *endptr;
+      t = strtod(s, &endptr);
+      if (*endptr != '\0')
+         return 2;
+      if (!(-DBL_MAX <= t && t <= +DBL_MAX))
+         return 1;
+      *x = t;
+#if 0
+      xprintf("str2num: x = %g\n", *x);
+#endif
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static void print_help(const char *my_name)
+{     /* print help information */
+      xprintf("Usage: %s [options...] filename\n", my_name);
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("General options:\n");
+      xprintf("   --mps             read LP/MIP problem in fixed MPS fo"
+         "rmat\n");
+      xprintf("   --freemps         read LP/MIP problem in free MPS for"
+         "mat (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --lp              read LP/MIP problem in CPLEX LP for"
+         "mat\n");
+      xprintf("   --glp             read LP/MIP problem in GLPK format "
+         "\n");
+      xprintf("   --math            read LP/MIP model written in GNU Ma"
+         "thProg modeling\n");
+      xprintf("                     language\n");
+      xprintf("   -m filename, --model filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     read model section and optional dat"
+         "a section from\n");
+      xprintf("                     filename (same as --math)\n");
+      xprintf("   -d filename, --data filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     read data section from filename (fo"
+         "r --math only);\n");
+      xprintf("                     if model file also has data section"
+         ", it is ignored\n");
+      xprintf("   -y filename, --display filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     send display output to filename (fo"
+         "r --math only);\n");
+      xprintf("                     by default the output is sent to te"
+         "rminal\n");
+      xprintf("   --seed value      initialize pseudo-random number gen"
+         "erator used in\n");
+      xprintf("                     MathProg model with specified seed "
+         "(any integer);\n");
+      xprintf("                     if seed value is ?, some random see"
+         "d will be used\n");
+      xprintf("   --mincost         read min-cost flow problem in DIMAC"
+         "S format\n");
+      xprintf("   --maxflow         read maximum flow problem in DIMACS"
+         " format\n");
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+      xprintf("   --cnf             read CNF-SAT problem in DIMACS form"
+         "at\n");
+#endif
+      xprintf("   --simplex         use simplex method (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --interior        use interior point method (LP only)"
+         "\n");
+      xprintf("   -r filename, --read filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     read solution from filename rather "
+         "to find it with\n");
+      xprintf("                     the solver\n");
+      xprintf("   --min             minimization\n");
+      xprintf("   --max             maximization\n");
+      xprintf("   --scale           scale problem (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --noscale         do not scale problem\n");
+      xprintf("   -o filename, --output filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     write solution to filename in print"
+         "able format\n");
+      xprintf("   -w filename, --write filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     write solution to filename in plain"
+         " text format\n");
+      xprintf("   --ranges filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     write sensitivity analysis report t"
+         "o filename in\n");
+      xprintf("                     printable format (simplex only)\n");
+      xprintf("   --tmlim nnn       limit solution time to nnn seconds "
+         "\n");
+      xprintf("   --memlim nnn      limit available memory to nnn megab"
+         "ytes\n");
+      xprintf("   --check           do not solve problem, check input d"
+         "ata only\n");
+      xprintf("   --name probname   change problem name to probname\n");
+#if 1 /* 18/I-2018 */
+      xprintf("   --hide            remove all symbolic names from prob"
+         "lem object\n");
+#endif
+      xprintf("   --wmps filename   write problem to filename in fixed "
+         "MPS format\n");
+      xprintf("   --wfreemps filename\n");
+      xprintf("                     write problem to filename in free M"
+         "PS format\n");
+      xprintf("   --wlp filename    write problem to filename in CPLEX "
+         "LP format\n");
+      xprintf("   --wglp filename   write problem to filename in GLPK f"
+         "ormat\n");
+#if 0
+      xprintf("   --wpb filename    write problem to filename in OPB fo"
+         "rmat\n");
+      xprintf("   --wnpb filename   write problem to filename in normal"
+         "ized OPB format\n");
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+      xprintf("   --wcnf filename   write problem to filename in DIMACS"
+         " CNF-SAT format\n");
+#endif
+      xprintf("   --log filename    write copy of terminal output to fi"
+         "lename\n");
+      xprintf("   -h, --help        display this help information and e"
+         "xit\n");
+      xprintf("   -v, --version     display program version and exit\n")
+         ;
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("LP basis factorization options:\n");
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+      xprintf("   --luf             LU + Forrest-Tomlin update\n");
+      xprintf("                     (faster, less stable; default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --cbg             LU + Schur complement + Bartels-Gol"
+         "ub update\n");
+      xprintf("                     (slower, more stable)\n");
+      xprintf("   --cgr             LU + Schur complement + Givens rota"
+         "tion update\n");
+      xprintf("                     (slower, more stable)\n");
+#else
+      xprintf("   --luf             plain LU-factorization (default)\n")
+         ;
+      xprintf("   --btf             block triangular LU-factorization\n"
+         );
+      xprintf("   --ft              Forrest-Tomlin update (requires --l"
+         "uf; default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --cbg             Schur complement + Bartels-Golub up"
+         "date\n");
+      xprintf("   --cgr             Schur complement + Givens rotation "
+         "update\n");
+#endif
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("Options specific to simplex solver:\n");
+      xprintf("   --primal          use primal simplex (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --dual            use dual simplex\n");
+      xprintf("   --std             use standard initial basis of all s"
+         "lacks\n");
+      xprintf("   --adv             use advanced initial basis (default"
+         ")\n");
+      xprintf("   --bib             use Bixby's initial basis\n");
+      xprintf("   --ini filename    use as initial basis previously sav"
+         "ed with -w\n");
+      xprintf("                     (disables LP presolver)\n");
+      xprintf("   --steep           use steepest edge technique (defaul"
+         "t)\n");
+      xprintf("   --nosteep         use standard \"textbook\" pricing\n"
+         );
+      xprintf("   --relax           use Harris' two-pass ratio test (de"
+         "fault)\n");
+      xprintf("   --norelax         use standard \"textbook\" ratio tes"
+         "t\n");
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+#if 1 /* 28/III-2016 */
+      xprintf("   --flip            use flip-flop ratio test (assumes -"
+         "-dual)\n");
+#endif
+#else
+      /* now this option is implemented in both primal and dual */
+      xprintf("   --flip            use long-step ratio test\n");
+#endif
+      xprintf("   --presol          use presolver (default; assumes --s"
+         "cale and --adv)\n");
+      xprintf("   --nopresol        do not use presolver\n");
+      xprintf("   --exact           use simplex method based on exact a"
+         "rithmetic\n");
+      xprintf("   --xcheck          check final basis using exact arith"
+         "metic\n");
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("Options specific to interior-point solver:\n");
+      xprintf("   --nord            use natural (original) ordering\n");
+      xprintf("   --qmd             use quotient minimum degree orderin"
+         "g\n");
+      xprintf("   --amd             use approximate minimum degree orde"
+         "ring (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --symamd          use approximate minimum degree orde"
+         "ring\n");
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("Options specific to MIP solver:\n");
+      xprintf("   --nomip           consider all integer variables as c"
+         "ontinuous\n");
+      xprintf("                     (allows solving MIP as pure LP)\n");
+      xprintf("   --first           branch on first integer variable\n")
+         ;
+      xprintf("   --last            branch on last integer variable\n");
+      xprintf("   --mostf           branch on most fractional variable "
+         "\n");
+      xprintf("   --drtom           branch using heuristic by Driebeck "
+         "and Tomlin\n");
+      xprintf("                     (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --pcost           branch using hybrid pseudocost heur"
+         "istic (may be\n");
+      xprintf("                     useful for hard instances)\n");
+      xprintf("   --dfs             backtrack using depth first search "
+         "\n");
+      xprintf("   --bfs             backtrack using breadth first searc"
+         "h\n");
+      xprintf("   --bestp           backtrack using the best projection"
+         " heuristic\n");
+      xprintf("   --bestb           backtrack using node with best loca"
+         "l bound\n");
+      xprintf("                     (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --intopt          use MIP presolver (default)\n");
+      xprintf("   --nointopt        do not use MIP presolver\n");
+      xprintf("   --binarize        replace general integer variables b"
+         "y binary ones\n");
+      xprintf("                     (assumes --intopt)\n");
+      xprintf("   --fpump           apply feasibility pump heuristic\n")
+         ;
+#if 1 /* 29/VI-2013 */
+      xprintf("   --proxy [nnn]     apply proximity search heuristic (n"
+         "nn is time limit\n");
+      xprintf("                     in seconds; default is 60)\n");
+#endif
+      xprintf("   --gomory          generate Gomory's mixed integer cut"
+         "s\n");
+      xprintf("   --mir             generate MIR (mixed integer roundin"
+         "g) cuts\n");
+      xprintf("   --cover           generate mixed cover cuts\n");
+      xprintf("   --clique          generate clique cuts\n");
+      xprintf("   --cuts            generate all cuts above\n");
+      xprintf("   --mipgap tol      set relative mip gap tolerance to t"
+         "ol\n");
+#if 1 /* 15/VIII-2011 */
+      xprintf("   --minisat         translate integer feasibility probl"
+         "em to CNF-SAT\n");
+      xprintf("                     and solve it with MiniSat solver\n")
+         ;
+      xprintf("   --objbnd bound    add inequality obj <= bound (minimi"
+         "zation) or\n");
+      xprintf("                     obj >= bound (maximization) to inte"
+         "ger feasibility\n");
+      xprintf("                     problem (assumes --minisat)\n");
+#endif
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("For description of the MPS and CPLEX LP formats see Refe"
+         "rence Manual.\n");
+      xprintf("For description of the modeling language see \"GLPK: Mod"
+         "eling Language\n");
+      xprintf("GNU MathProg\". Both documents are included in the GLPK "
+         "distribution.\n");
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("See GLPK web page at <http://www.gnu.org/software/glpk/g"
+         "lpk.html>.\n");
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("Please report bugs to <bug-glpk@gnu.org>.\n");
+      return;
+}
+
+static void print_version(int briefly)
+{     /* print version information */
+      xprintf("GLPSOL: GLPK LP/MIP Solver, v%s\n", glp_version());
+      if (briefly) goto done;
+      xprintf("Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for "
+         "Applied\n");
+      xprintf("Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. "
+         "All rights\n");
+      xprintf("reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.\n");
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("This program has ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.\n");
+      xprintf("\n");
+      xprintf("This program is free software; you may re-distribute it "
+         "under the terms\n");
+      xprintf("of the GNU General Public License version 3 or later.\n")
+         ;
+done: return;
+}
+
+static int parse_cmdline(struct csa *csa, int argc, char *argv[])
+{     /* parse command-line parameters */
+      int k;
+#define p(str) (strcmp(argv[k], str) == 0)
+      for (k = 1; k < argc; k++)
+      {  if (p("--mps"))
+            csa->format = FMT_MPS_DECK;
+         else if (p("--freemps"))
+            csa->format = FMT_MPS_FILE;
+         else if (p("--lp") || p("--cpxlp"))
+            csa->format = FMT_LP;
+         else if (p("--glp"))
+            csa->format = FMT_GLP;
+         else if (p("--math") || p("-m") || p("--model"))
+            csa->format = FMT_MATHPROG;
+         else if (p("-d") || p("--data"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No input data file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->ndf == DATA_MAX)
+            {  xprintf("Too many input data files\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->in_data[++(csa->ndf)] = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("-y") || p("--display"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No display output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_dpy != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one display output file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_dpy = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--seed"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' ||
+               argv[k][0] == '-' && !isdigit((unsigned char)argv[k][1]))
+            {  xprintf("No seed value specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (strcmp(argv[k], "?") == 0)
+               csa->seed = 0x80000000;
+            else if (str2int(argv[k], &csa->seed))
+            {  xprintf("Invalid seed value '%s'\n", argv[k]);
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (p("--mincost"))
+            csa->format = FMT_MIN_COST;
+         else if (p("--maxflow"))
+            csa->format = FMT_MAX_FLOW;
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+         else if (p("--cnf"))
+            csa->format = FMT_CNF;
+#endif
+         else if (p("--simplex"))
+            csa->solution = SOL_BASIC;
+         else if (p("--interior"))
+            csa->solution = SOL_INTERIOR;
+#if 1 /* 28/V-2010 */
+         else if (p("--alien"))
+            csa->iocp.alien = GLP_ON;
+#endif
+         else if (p("-r") || p("--read"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No input solution file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->in_res != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one input solution file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->in_res = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--min"))
+            csa->dir = GLP_MIN;
+         else if (p("--max"))
+            csa->dir = GLP_MAX;
+         else if (p("--scale"))
+            csa->scale = 1;
+         else if (p("--noscale"))
+            csa->scale = 0;
+         else if (p("-o") || p("--output"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No output solution file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_sol != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one output solution file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_sol = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("-w") || p("--write"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No output solution file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_res != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one output solution file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_res = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--ranges") || p("--bounds"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No output file specified to write sensitivity a"
+                  "nalysis report\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_ranges != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one output file allowed to write sensitivi"
+                  "ty analysis report\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_ranges = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--tmlim"))
+         {  int tm_lim;
+            k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No time limit specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (str2int(argv[k], &tm_lim) || tm_lim < 0)
+            {  xprintf("Invalid time limit '%s'\n", argv[k]);
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (tm_lim <= INT_MAX / 1000)
+               csa->smcp.tm_lim = csa->iocp.tm_lim = 1000 * tm_lim;
+            else
+               csa->smcp.tm_lim = csa->iocp.tm_lim = INT_MAX;
+         }
+         else if (p("--memlim"))
+         {  int mem_lim;
+            k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No memory limit specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (str2int(argv[k], &mem_lim) || mem_lim < 1)
+            {  xprintf("Invalid memory limit '%s'\n", argv[k]);
+               return 1;
+            }
+            glp_mem_limit(mem_lim);
+         }
+         else if (p("--check"))
+            csa->check = 1;
+         else if (p("--name"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No problem name specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->new_name != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one problem name allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->new_name = argv[k];
+         }
+#if 1 /* 18/I-2018 */
+         else if (p("--hide"))
+            csa->hide = 1;
+#endif
+         else if (p("--wmps"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No fixed MPS output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_mps != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one fixed MPS output file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_mps = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--wfreemps"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No free MPS output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_freemps != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one free MPS output file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_freemps = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--wlp") || p("--wcpxlp") || p("--wlpt"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No CPLEX LP output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_cpxlp != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one CPLEX LP output file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_cpxlp = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--wglp"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No GLPK LP/MIP output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_glp != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one GLPK LP/MIP output file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_glp = argv[k];
+         }
+#if 0
+         else if (p("--wpb"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No problem output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_pb != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one OPB output file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_pb = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--wnpb"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No problem output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_npb != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one normalized OPB output file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_npb = argv[k];
+         }
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+         else if (p("--wcnf"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No problem output file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->out_cnf != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one output DIMACS CNF-SAT file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->out_cnf = argv[k];
+         }
+#endif
+         else if (p("--log"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No log file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->log_file != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one log file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->log_file = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("-h") || p("--help"))
+         {  print_help(argv[0]);
+            return -1;
+         }
+         else if (p("-v") || p("--version"))
+         {  print_version(0);
+            return -1;
+         }
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+         else if (p("--luf"))
+            csa->bfcp.type = GLP_BF_FT;
+         else if (p("--cbg"))
+            csa->bfcp.type = GLP_BF_BG;
+         else if (p("--cgr"))
+            csa->bfcp.type = GLP_BF_GR;
+#else
+         else if (p("--luf"))
+         {  csa->bfcp.type &= 0x0F;
+            csa->bfcp.type |= GLP_BF_LUF;
+         }
+         else if (p("--btf"))
+         {  csa->bfcp.type &= 0x0F;
+            csa->bfcp.type |= GLP_BF_BTF;
+         }
+         else if (p("--ft"))
+         {  csa->bfcp.type &= 0xF0;
+            csa->bfcp.type |= GLP_BF_FT;
+         }
+         else if (p("--cbg"))
+         {  csa->bfcp.type &= 0xF0;
+            csa->bfcp.type |= GLP_BF_BG;
+         }
+         else if (p("--cgr"))
+         {  csa->bfcp.type &= 0xF0;
+            csa->bfcp.type |= GLP_BF_GR;
+         }
+#endif
+         else if (p("--primal"))
+            csa->smcp.meth = GLP_PRIMAL;
+         else if (p("--dual"))
+            csa->smcp.meth = GLP_DUAL;
+         else if (p("--std"))
+            csa->crash = USE_STD_BASIS;
+         else if (p("--adv"))
+            csa->crash = USE_ADV_BASIS;
+         else if (p("--bib"))
+            csa->crash = USE_CPX_BASIS;
+         else if (p("--ini"))
+         {  csa->crash = USE_INI_BASIS;
+            csa->smcp.presolve = GLP_OFF;
+            k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No initial basis file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->ini_file != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one initial basis file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->ini_file = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--steep"))
+            csa->smcp.pricing = GLP_PT_PSE;
+         else if (p("--nosteep"))
+            csa->smcp.pricing = GLP_PT_STD;
+         else if (p("--relax"))
+            csa->smcp.r_test = GLP_RT_HAR;
+         else if (p("--norelax"))
+            csa->smcp.r_test = GLP_RT_STD;
+#if 1 /* 28/III-2016 */
+         else if (p("--flip"))
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+         {  csa->smcp.meth = GLP_DUAL;
+#else
+         /* now this option is implemented in both primal and dual */
+         {
+#endif
+            csa->smcp.r_test = GLP_RT_FLIP;
+            csa->iocp.flip = GLP_ON;
+         }
+#endif
+         else if (p("--presol"))
+            csa->smcp.presolve = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--nopresol"))
+            csa->smcp.presolve = GLP_OFF;
+         else if (p("--exact"))
+            csa->exact = 1;
+         else if (p("--xcheck"))
+            csa->xcheck = 1;
+         else if (p("--nord"))
+            csa->iptcp.ord_alg = GLP_ORD_NONE;
+         else if (p("--qmd"))
+            csa->iptcp.ord_alg = GLP_ORD_QMD;
+         else if (p("--amd"))
+            csa->iptcp.ord_alg = GLP_ORD_AMD;
+         else if (p("--symamd"))
+            csa->iptcp.ord_alg = GLP_ORD_SYMAMD;
+         else if (p("--nomip"))
+            csa->nomip = 1;
+         else if (p("--first"))
+            csa->iocp.br_tech = GLP_BR_FFV;
+         else if (p("--last"))
+            csa->iocp.br_tech = GLP_BR_LFV;
+         else if (p("--drtom"))
+            csa->iocp.br_tech = GLP_BR_DTH;
+         else if (p("--mostf"))
+            csa->iocp.br_tech = GLP_BR_MFV;
+         else if (p("--pcost"))
+            csa->iocp.br_tech = GLP_BR_PCH;
+         else if (p("--dfs"))
+            csa->iocp.bt_tech = GLP_BT_DFS;
+         else if (p("--bfs"))
+            csa->iocp.bt_tech = GLP_BT_BFS;
+         else if (p("--bestp"))
+            csa->iocp.bt_tech = GLP_BT_BPH;
+         else if (p("--bestb"))
+            csa->iocp.bt_tech = GLP_BT_BLB;
+         else if (p("--intopt"))
+            csa->iocp.presolve = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--nointopt"))
+            csa->iocp.presolve = GLP_OFF;
+         else if (p("--binarize"))
+            csa->iocp.presolve = csa->iocp.binarize = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--fpump"))
+            csa->iocp.fp_heur = GLP_ON;
+#if 1 /* 29/VI-2013 */
+         else if (p("--proxy"))
+         {  csa->iocp.ps_heur = GLP_ON;
+            if (argv[k+1] && isdigit((unsigned char)argv[k+1][0]))
+            {  int nnn;
+               k++;
+               if (str2int(argv[k], &nnn) || nnn < 1)
+               {  xprintf("Invalid proxy time limit '%s'\n", argv[k]);
+                  return 1;
+               }
+               csa->iocp.ps_tm_lim = 1000 * nnn;
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+         else if (p("--gomory"))
+            csa->iocp.gmi_cuts = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--mir"))
+            csa->iocp.mir_cuts = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--cover"))
+            csa->iocp.cov_cuts = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--clique"))
+            csa->iocp.clq_cuts = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--cuts"))
+            csa->iocp.gmi_cuts = csa->iocp.mir_cuts =
+            csa->iocp.cov_cuts = csa->iocp.clq_cuts = GLP_ON;
+         else if (p("--mipgap"))
+         {  double mip_gap;
+            k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No relative gap tolerance specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (str2num(argv[k], &mip_gap) || mip_gap < 0.0)
+            {  xprintf("Invalid relative mip gap tolerance '%s'\n",
+                  argv[k]);
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->iocp.mip_gap = mip_gap;
+         }
+#if 1 /* 15/VIII-2011 */
+         else if (p("--minisat"))
+            csa->minisat = 1;
+         else if (p("--objbnd"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' ||
+               argv[k][0] == '-' && !isdigit((unsigned char)argv[k][1]))
+            {  xprintf("No objective bound specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->minisat = 1;
+            csa->use_bnd = 1;
+            if (str2int(argv[k], &csa->obj_bnd))
+            {  xprintf("Invalid objective bound '%s' (should be integer"
+                  " value)\n", argv[k]);
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+         else if (p("--use"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No input MIP solution file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->use_sol != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one input MIP solution file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->use_sol = argv[k];
+         }
+         else if (p("--save"))
+         {  k++;
+            if (k == argc || argv[k][0] == '\0' || argv[k][0] == '-')
+            {  xprintf("No output MIP solution file specified\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (csa->iocp.save_sol != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one output MIP solution file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->iocp.save_sol = argv[k];
+         }
+#endif
+         else if (argv[k][0] == '-' ||
+                 (argv[k][0] == '-' && argv[k][1] == '-'))
+         {  xprintf("Invalid option '%s'; try %s --help\n",
+               argv[k], argv[0]);
+            return 1;
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (csa->in_file != NULL)
+            {  xprintf("Only one input problem file allowed\n");
+               return 1;
+            }
+            csa->in_file = argv[k];
+         }
+      }
+#undef p
+      return 0;
+}
+
+typedef struct { double rhs, pi; } v_data;
+typedef struct { double low, cap, cost, x; } a_data;
+
+#ifndef __WOE__
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+#else
+int __cdecl main(int argc, char *argv[])
+#endif
+{     /* stand-alone LP/MIP solver */
+      struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      int ret;
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+      glp_long start;
+#else
+      double start;
+#endif
+      /* perform initialization */
+      csa->prob = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_get_bfcp(csa->prob, &csa->bfcp);
+      glp_init_smcp(&csa->smcp);
+      csa->smcp.presolve = GLP_ON;
+      glp_init_iptcp(&csa->iptcp);
+      glp_init_iocp(&csa->iocp);
+      csa->iocp.presolve = GLP_ON;
+      csa->tran = NULL;
+      csa->graph = NULL;
+      csa->format = FMT_MPS_FILE;
+      csa->in_file = NULL;
+      csa->ndf = 0;
+      csa->out_dpy = NULL;
+      csa->seed = 1;
+      csa->solution = SOL_BASIC;
+      csa->in_res = NULL;
+      csa->dir = 0;
+      csa->scale = 1;
+      csa->out_sol = NULL;
+      csa->out_res = NULL;
+      csa->out_ranges = NULL;
+      csa->check = 0;
+      csa->new_name = NULL;
+#if 1 /* 18/I-2018 */
+      csa->hide = 0;
+#endif
+      csa->out_mps = NULL;
+      csa->out_freemps = NULL;
+      csa->out_cpxlp = NULL;
+      csa->out_glp = NULL;
+#if 0
+      csa->out_pb = NULL;
+      csa->out_npb = NULL;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+      csa->out_cnf = NULL;
+#endif
+      csa->log_file = NULL;
+      csa->crash = USE_ADV_BASIS;
+      csa->ini_file = NULL;
+      csa->exact = 0;
+      csa->xcheck = 0;
+      csa->nomip = 0;
+#if 1 /* 15/VIII-2011 */
+      csa->minisat = 0;
+      csa->use_bnd = 0;
+      csa->obj_bnd = 0;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      csa->use_sol = NULL;
+#endif
+      /* parse command-line parameters */
+      ret = parse_cmdline(csa, argc, argv);
+      if (ret < 0)
+      {  ret = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (ret > 0)
+      {  ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* remove all output files specified in the command line */
+      if (csa->out_dpy != NULL) remove(csa->out_dpy);
+      if (csa->out_sol != NULL) remove(csa->out_sol);
+      if (csa->out_res != NULL) remove(csa->out_res);
+      if (csa->out_ranges != NULL) remove(csa->out_ranges);
+      if (csa->out_mps != NULL) remove(csa->out_mps);
+      if (csa->out_freemps != NULL) remove(csa->out_freemps);
+      if (csa->out_cpxlp != NULL) remove(csa->out_cpxlp);
+      if (csa->out_glp != NULL) remove(csa->out_glp);
+#if 0
+      if (csa->out_pb != NULL) remove(csa->out_pb);
+      if (csa->out_npb != NULL) remove(csa->out_npb);
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+      if (csa->out_cnf != NULL) remove(csa->out_cnf);
+#endif
+      if (csa->log_file != NULL) remove(csa->log_file);
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* open log file, if required */
+      if (csa->log_file != NULL)
+      {  if (glp_open_tee(csa->log_file))
+         {  xprintf("Unable to create log file\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* print version information */
+      print_version(1);
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* print parameters specified in the command line */
+      if (argc > 1)
+      {  int k, len = INT_MAX;
+         xprintf("Parameter(s) specified in the command line:");
+         for (k = 1; k < argc; k++)
+         {  if (len > 72)
+               xprintf("\n"), len = 0;
+            xprintf(" %s", argv[k]);
+            len += 1 + strlen(argv[k]);
+         }
+         xprintf("\n");
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* read problem data from the input file */
+      if (csa->in_file == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("No input problem file specified; try %s --help\n",
+            argv[0]);
+         ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (csa->format == FMT_MPS_DECK)
+      {  ret = glp_read_mps(csa->prob, GLP_MPS_DECK, NULL,
+            csa->in_file);
+         if (ret != 0)
+err1:    {  xprintf("MPS file processing error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (csa->format == FMT_MPS_FILE)
+      {  ret = glp_read_mps(csa->prob, GLP_MPS_FILE, NULL,
+            csa->in_file);
+         if (ret != 0) goto err1;
+      }
+      else if (csa->format == FMT_LP)
+      {  ret = glp_read_lp(csa->prob, NULL, csa->in_file);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("CPLEX LP file processing error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (csa->format == FMT_GLP)
+      {  ret = glp_read_prob(csa->prob, 0, csa->in_file);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("GLPK LP/MIP file processing error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (csa->format == FMT_MATHPROG)
+      {  int k;
+         /* allocate the translator workspace */
+         csa->tran = glp_mpl_alloc_wksp();
+         /* set seed value */
+         if (csa->seed == 0x80000000)
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+         {  csa->seed = glp_time().lo;
+#else
+         {  csa->seed = (int)fmod(glp_time(), 1000000000.0);
+#endif
+            xprintf("Seed value %d will be used\n", csa->seed);
+         }
+         glp_mpl_init_rand(csa->tran, csa->seed);
+         /* read model section and optional data section */
+         if (glp_mpl_read_model(csa->tran, csa->in_file, csa->ndf > 0))
+err2:    {  xprintf("MathProg model processing error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* read optional data section(s), if necessary */
+         for (k = 1; k <= csa->ndf; k++)
+         {  if (glp_mpl_read_data(csa->tran, csa->in_data[k]))
+               goto err2;
+         }
+         /* generate the model */
+         if (glp_mpl_generate(csa->tran, csa->out_dpy)) goto err2;
+         /* build the problem instance from the model */
+         glp_mpl_build_prob(csa->tran, csa->prob);
+      }
+      else if (csa->format == FMT_MIN_COST)
+      {  csa->graph = glp_create_graph(sizeof(v_data), sizeof(a_data));
+         ret = glp_read_mincost(csa->graph, offsetof(v_data, rhs),
+            offsetof(a_data, low), offsetof(a_data, cap),
+            offsetof(a_data, cost), csa->in_file);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("DIMACS file processing error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         glp_mincost_lp(csa->prob, csa->graph, GLP_ON,
+            offsetof(v_data, rhs), offsetof(a_data, low),
+            offsetof(a_data, cap), offsetof(a_data, cost));
+         glp_set_prob_name(csa->prob, csa->in_file);
+      }
+      else if (csa->format == FMT_MAX_FLOW)
+      {  int s, t;
+         csa->graph = glp_create_graph(sizeof(v_data), sizeof(a_data));
+         ret = glp_read_maxflow(csa->graph, &s, &t,
+            offsetof(a_data, cap), csa->in_file);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("DIMACS file processing error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         glp_maxflow_lp(csa->prob, csa->graph, GLP_ON, s, t,
+            offsetof(a_data, cap));
+         glp_set_prob_name(csa->prob, csa->in_file);
+      }
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+      else if (csa->format == FMT_CNF)
+      {  ret = glp_read_cnfsat(csa->prob, csa->in_file);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("DIMACS file processing error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         glp_set_prob_name(csa->prob, csa->in_file);
+      }
+#endif
+      else
+         xassert(csa != csa);
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* change problem name, if required */
+      if (csa->new_name != NULL)
+         glp_set_prob_name(csa->prob, csa->new_name);
+      /* change optimization direction, if required */
+      if (csa->dir != 0)
+         glp_set_obj_dir(csa->prob, csa->dir);
+      /* sort elements of the constraint matrix */
+      glp_sort_matrix(csa->prob);
+#if 1 /* 18/I-2018 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* remove all symbolic names from problem object, if required */
+      if (csa->hide)
+      {  int i, j;
+         glp_set_obj_name(csa->prob, NULL);
+         glp_delete_index(csa->prob);
+         for (i = glp_get_num_rows(csa->prob); i >= 1; i--)
+            glp_set_row_name(csa->prob, i, NULL);
+         for (j = glp_get_num_cols(csa->prob); j >= 1; j--)
+            glp_set_col_name(csa->prob, j, NULL);
+      }
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* write problem data in fixed MPS format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_mps != NULL)
+      {  ret = glp_write_mps(csa->prob, GLP_MPS_DECK, NULL,
+            csa->out_mps);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to write problem in fixed MPS format\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* write problem data in free MPS format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_freemps != NULL)
+      {  ret = glp_write_mps(csa->prob, GLP_MPS_FILE, NULL,
+            csa->out_freemps);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to write problem in free MPS format\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* write problem data in CPLEX LP format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_cpxlp != NULL)
+      {  ret = glp_write_lp(csa->prob, NULL, csa->out_cpxlp);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to write problem in CPLEX LP format\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* write problem data in GLPK format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_glp != NULL)
+      {  ret = glp_write_prob(csa->prob, 0, csa->out_glp);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to write problem in GLPK format\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+#if 0
+      /* write problem data in OPB format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_pb != NULL)
+      {  ret = lpx_write_pb(csa->prob, csa->out_pb, 0, 0);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to write problem in OPB format\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* write problem data in normalized OPB format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_npb != NULL)
+      {  ret = lpx_write_pb(csa->prob, csa->out_npb, 1, 1);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf(
+               "Unable to write problem in normalized OPB format\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 06/VIII-2011 */
+      /* write problem data in DIMACS CNF-SAT format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_cnf != NULL)
+      {  ret = glp_write_cnfsat(csa->prob, csa->out_cnf);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf(
+               "Unable to write problem in DIMACS CNF-SAT format\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* if only problem data check is required, skip computations */
+      if (csa->check)
+      {
+#if 1 /* 29/III-2016 */
+         /* report problem characteristics */
+         int j, cnt = 0;
+         xprintf("--- Problem Characteristics ---\n");
+         xprintf("Number of rows               = %8d\n",
+            glp_get_num_rows(csa->prob));
+         xprintf("Number of columns            = %8d\n",
+            glp_get_num_cols(csa->prob));
+         xprintf("Number of non-zeros (matrix) = %8d\n",
+            glp_get_num_nz(csa->prob));
+         for (j = glp_get_num_cols(csa->prob); j >= 1; j--)
+         {  if (glp_get_obj_coef(csa->prob, j) != 0.0)
+               cnt++;
+         }
+         xprintf("Number of non-zeros (objrow) = %8d\n",
+            cnt);
+#endif
+         ret = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* determine the solution type */
+      if (!csa->nomip &&
+          glp_get_num_int(csa->prob) + glp_get_num_bin(csa->prob) > 0)
+      {  if (csa->solution == SOL_INTERIOR)
+         {  xprintf("Interior-point method is not able to solve MIP pro"
+               "blem; use --simplex\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         csa->solution = SOL_INTEGER;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* if solution is provided, read it and skip computations */
+      if (csa->in_res != NULL)
+      {  if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC)
+            ret = glp_read_sol(csa->prob, csa->in_res);
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTERIOR)
+            ret = glp_read_ipt(csa->prob, csa->in_res);
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER)
+            ret = glp_read_mip(csa->prob, csa->in_res);
+         else
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to read problem solution\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         goto skip;
+      }
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* if initial MIP solution is provided, read it */
+      if (csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER && csa->use_sol != NULL)
+      {  ret = glp_read_mip(csa->prob, csa->use_sol);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to read initial MIP solution\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         csa->iocp.use_sol = GLP_ON;
+      }
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* scale the problem data, if required */
+      if (csa->scale)
+      {  if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC && !csa->smcp.presolve ||
+             csa->solution == SOL_INTERIOR ||
+             csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER && !csa->iocp.presolve)
+            glp_scale_prob(csa->prob, GLP_SF_AUTO);
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* construct starting LP basis */
+      if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC && !csa->smcp.presolve ||
+          csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER && !csa->iocp.presolve)
+      {  if (csa->crash == USE_STD_BASIS)
+            glp_std_basis(csa->prob);
+         else if (csa->crash == USE_ADV_BASIS)
+            glp_adv_basis(csa->prob, 0);
+         else if (csa->crash == USE_CPX_BASIS)
+            glp_cpx_basis(csa->prob);
+         else if (csa->crash == USE_INI_BASIS)
+         {  ret = glp_read_sol(csa->prob, csa->ini_file);
+            if (ret != 0)
+            {  xprintf("Unable to read initial basis\n");
+               ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* solve the problem */
+      start = glp_time();
+      if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC)
+      {  if (!csa->exact)
+         {  glp_set_bfcp(csa->prob, &csa->bfcp);
+            glp_simplex(csa->prob, &csa->smcp);
+            if (csa->xcheck)
+            {  if (csa->smcp.presolve &&
+                   glp_get_status(csa->prob) != GLP_OPT)
+                  xprintf("If you need to check final basis for non-opt"
+                     "imal solution, use --nopresol\n");
+               else
+                  glp_exact(csa->prob, &csa->smcp);
+            }
+            if (csa->out_sol != NULL || csa->out_res != NULL)
+            {  if (csa->smcp.presolve &&
+                   glp_get_status(csa->prob) != GLP_OPT)
+               xprintf("If you need actual output for non-optimal solut"
+                  "ion, use --nopresol\n");
+            }
+         }
+         else
+            glp_exact(csa->prob, &csa->smcp);
+      }
+      else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTERIOR)
+         glp_interior(csa->prob, &csa->iptcp);
+#if 1 /* 15/VIII-2011 */
+      else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER && csa->minisat)
+      {  if (glp_check_cnfsat(csa->prob) == 0)
+            glp_minisat1(csa->prob);
+         else
+            glp_intfeas1(csa->prob, csa->use_bnd, csa->obj_bnd);
+      }
+#endif
+      else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER)
+      {  glp_set_bfcp(csa->prob, &csa->bfcp);
+         if (!csa->iocp.presolve)
+            glp_simplex(csa->prob, &csa->smcp);
+#if 0
+         csa->iocp.msg_lev = GLP_MSG_DBG;
+         csa->iocp.pp_tech = GLP_PP_NONE;
+#endif
+#ifdef GLP_CB_FUNC /* 05/IV-2016 */
+         {  extern void GLP_CB_FUNC(glp_tree *, void *);
+            csa->iocp.cb_func = GLP_CB_FUNC;
+            csa->iocp.cb_info = NULL;
+         }
+#endif
+         glp_intopt(csa->prob, &csa->iocp);
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(csa != csa);
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* display statistics */
+      xprintf("Time used:   %.1f secs\n", glp_difftime(glp_time(),
+         start));
+#if 0 /* 16/II-2012 */
+      {  glp_long tpeak;
+         char buf[50];
+         glp_mem_usage(NULL, NULL, NULL, &tpeak);
+         xprintf("Memory used: %.1f Mb (%s bytes)\n",
+            xltod(tpeak) / 1048576.0, xltoa(tpeak, buf));
+      }
+#else
+      {  size_t tpeak;
+         glp_mem_usage(NULL, NULL, NULL, &tpeak);
+         xprintf("Memory used: %.1f Mb (%.0f bytes)\n",
+            (double)tpeak / 1048576.0, (double)tpeak);
+      }
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+skip: /* postsolve the model, if necessary */
+      if (csa->tran != NULL)
+      {  if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC)
+         {  if (!(glp_get_status(csa->prob) == GLP_OPT ||
+                  glp_get_status(csa->prob) == GLP_FEAS))
+               ret = -1;
+            else
+               ret = glp_mpl_postsolve(csa->tran, csa->prob, GLP_SOL);
+         }
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTERIOR)
+         {  if (!(glp_ipt_status(csa->prob) == GLP_OPT ||
+                  glp_ipt_status(csa->prob) == GLP_FEAS))
+               ret = -1;
+            else
+               ret = glp_mpl_postsolve(csa->tran, csa->prob, GLP_IPT);
+         }
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER)
+         {  if (!(glp_mip_status(csa->prob) == GLP_OPT ||
+                  glp_mip_status(csa->prob) == GLP_FEAS))
+               ret = -1;
+            else
+               ret = glp_mpl_postsolve(csa->tran, csa->prob, GLP_MIP);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+         if (ret > 0)
+         {  xprintf("Model postsolving error\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* write problem solution in printable format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_sol != NULL)
+      {  if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC)
+            ret = glp_print_sol(csa->prob, csa->out_sol);
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTERIOR)
+            ret = glp_print_ipt(csa->prob, csa->out_sol);
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER)
+            ret = glp_print_mip(csa->prob, csa->out_sol);
+         else
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to write problem solution\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* write problem solution in printable format, if required */
+      if (csa->out_res != NULL)
+      {  if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC)
+            ret = glp_write_sol(csa->prob, csa->out_res);
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTERIOR)
+            ret = glp_write_ipt(csa->prob, csa->out_res);
+         else if (csa->solution == SOL_INTEGER)
+            ret = glp_write_mip(csa->prob, csa->out_res);
+         else
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  xprintf("Unable to write problem solution\n");
+            ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* write sensitivity analysis report, if required */
+      if (csa->out_ranges != NULL)
+      {  if (csa->solution == SOL_BASIC)
+         {  if (glp_get_status(csa->prob) == GLP_OPT)
+            {  if (glp_bf_exists(csa->prob))
+ranges:        {  ret = glp_print_ranges(csa->prob, 0, NULL, 0,
+                     csa->out_ranges);
+                  if (ret != 0)
+                  {  xprintf("Unable to write sensitivity analysis repo"
+                        "rt\n");
+                     ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+                     goto done;
+                  }
+               }
+               else
+               {  ret = glp_factorize(csa->prob);
+                  if (ret == 0) goto ranges;
+                  xprintf("Cannot produce sensitivity analysis report d"
+                     "ue to error in basis factorization (glp_factorize"
+                     " returned %d); try --nopresol\n", ret);
+               }
+            }
+            else
+               xprintf("Cannot produce sensitivity analysis report for "
+                  "non-optimal basic solution\n");
+         }
+         else
+            xprintf("Cannot produce sensitivity analysis report for int"
+               "erior-point or MIP solution\n");
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* all seems to be ok */
+      ret = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+done: /* delete the LP/MIP problem object */
+      if (csa->prob != NULL)
+         glp_delete_prob(csa->prob);
+      /* free the translator workspace, if necessary */
+      if (csa->tran != NULL)
+         glp_mpl_free_wksp(csa->tran);
+      /* delete the network problem object, if necessary */
+      if (csa->graph != NULL)
+         glp_delete_graph(csa->graph);
+#if 0 /* 23/XI-2015 */
+      xassert(gmp_pool_count() == 0);
+      gmp_free_mem();
+#endif
+      /* close log file, if necessary */
+      if (csa->log_file != NULL) glp_close_tee();
+      /* check that no memory blocks are still allocated */
+#if 0 /* 16/II-2012 */
+      {  int count;
+         glp_long total;
+         glp_mem_usage(&count, NULL, &total, NULL);
+         if (count != 0)
+            xerror("Error: %d memory block(s) were lost\n", count);
+         xassert(count == 0);
+         xassert(total.lo == 0 && total.hi == 0);
+      }
+#else
+      {  int count;
+         size_t total;
+         glp_mem_usage(&count, NULL, &total, NULL);
+         if (count != 0)
+            xerror("Error: %d memory block(s) were lost\n", count);
+         xassert(total == 0);
+      }
+#endif
+      /* free the GLPK environment */
+      glp_free_env();
+      /* return to the control program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/COPYING b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..84bba36d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+  We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+    Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+    copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+    rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+    will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+    the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+    interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+    c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+                            NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/README b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de950eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/README
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+NOTE: Files in this subdirectory are NOT part of the GLPK package, but
+      are used with GLPK.
+
+      The original code was modified according to GLPK requirements by
+      Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+************************************************************************
+AMD Version 2.2, Copyright (C) 2007 by Timothy A. Davis,
+Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  All Rights Reserved.
+
+Description:
+
+   AMD is a set of routines for pre-ordering sparse matrices prior to
+   Cholesky or LU factorization, using the approximate minimum degree
+   ordering algorithm.  Written in ANSI/ISO C with a MATLAB interface,
+   and in Fortran 77.
+
+Authors:
+
+   Timothy A. Davis (davis at cise.ufl.edu), University of Florida.
+   Patrick R. Amestoy, ENSEEIHT, Toulouse, France.
+   Iain S. Duff, Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, UK.
+
+AMD License:
+
+   Your use or distribution of AMD or any modified version of AMD
+   implies that you agree to this License.
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of
+   the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301
+   USA.
+
+   Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program under the
+   terms of the GNU LGPL, provided that the Copyright, this License,
+   and the Availability of the original version is retained on all
+   copies.  User documentation of any code that uses this code or any
+   modified version of this code must cite the Copyright, this License,
+   the Availability note, and "Used by permission."  Permission to
+   modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, provided
+   the Copyright, this License, and the Availability note are retained,
+   and a notice that the code was modified is included.
+
+   AMD is available under alternate licences; contact T. Davis for
+   details.
+
+Availability:
+
+    http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be662d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* amd.h */
+
+/* Written by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>. */
+
+#ifndef GLPAMD_H
+#define GLPAMD_H
+
+#define AMD_DATE "May 31, 2007"
+#define AMD_VERSION_CODE(main, sub) ((main) * 1000 + (sub))
+#define AMD_MAIN_VERSION 2
+#define AMD_SUB_VERSION 2
+#define AMD_SUBSUB_VERSION 0
+#define AMD_VERSION AMD_VERSION_CODE(AMD_MAIN_VERSION, AMD_SUB_VERSION)
+
+#define AMD_CONTROL 5
+#define AMD_INFO 20
+
+#define AMD_DENSE 0
+#define AMD_AGGRESSIVE 1
+
+#define AMD_DEFAULT_DENSE 10.0
+#define AMD_DEFAULT_AGGRESSIVE 1
+
+#define AMD_STATUS         0
+#define AMD_N              1
+#define AMD_NZ             2
+#define AMD_SYMMETRY       3
+#define AMD_NZDIAG         4
+#define AMD_NZ_A_PLUS_AT   5
+#define AMD_NDENSE         6
+#define AMD_MEMORY         7
+#define AMD_NCMPA          8
+#define AMD_LNZ            9
+#define AMD_NDIV           10
+#define AMD_NMULTSUBS_LDL  11
+#define AMD_NMULTSUBS_LU   12
+#define AMD_DMAX           13
+
+#define AMD_OK             0
+#define AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY  (-1)
+#define AMD_INVALID        (-2)
+#define AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED 1
+
+#define amd_order _glp_amd_order
+int amd_order(int n, const int Ap[], const int Ai[], int P[],
+      double Control[], double Info[]);
+
+#define amd_2 _glp_amd_2
+void amd_2(int n, int Pe[], int Iw[], int Len[], int iwlen, int pfree,
+      int Nv[], int Next[], int Last[], int Head[], int Elen[],
+      int Degree[], int W[], double Control[], double Info[]);
+
+#define amd_valid _glp_amd_valid
+int amd_valid(int n_row, int n_col, const int Ap[], const int Ai[]);
+
+#define amd_defaults _glp_amd_defaults
+void amd_defaults(double Control[]);
+
+#define amd_control _glp_amd_control
+void amd_control(double Control[]);
+
+#define amd_info _glp_amd_info
+void amd_info(double Info[]);
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f9b07d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_1 =============================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* AMD_1: Construct A+A' for a sparse matrix A and perform the AMD ordering.
+ *
+ * The n-by-n sparse matrix A can be unsymmetric.  It is stored in MATLAB-style
+ * compressed-column form, with sorted row indices in each column, and no
+ * duplicate entries.  Diagonal entries may be present, but they are ignored.
+ * Row indices of column j of A are stored in Ai [Ap [j] ... Ap [j+1]-1].
+ * Ap [0] must be zero, and nz = Ap [n] is the number of entries in A.  The
+ * size of the matrix, n, must be greater than or equal to zero.
+ *
+ * This routine must be preceded by a call to AMD_aat, which computes the
+ * number of entries in each row/column in A+A', excluding the diagonal.
+ * Len [j], on input, is the number of entries in row/column j of A+A'.  This
+ * routine constructs the matrix A+A' and then calls AMD_2.  No error checking
+ * is performed (this was done in AMD_valid).
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_1
+(
+    Int n,              /* n > 0 */
+    const Int Ap [ ],   /* input of size n+1, not modified */
+    const Int Ai [ ],   /* input of size nz = Ap [n], not modified */
+    Int P [ ],          /* size n output permutation */
+    Int Pinv [ ],       /* size n output inverse permutation */
+    Int Len [ ],        /* size n input, undefined on output */
+    Int slen,           /* slen >= sum (Len [0..n-1]) + 7n,
+                         * ideally slen = 1.2 * sum (Len) + 8n */
+    Int S [ ],          /* size slen workspace */
+    double Control [ ], /* input array of size AMD_CONTROL */
+    double Info [ ]     /* output array of size AMD_INFO */
+)
+{
+    Int i, j, k, p, pfree, iwlen, pj, p1, p2, pj2, *Iw, *Pe, *Nv, *Head,
+        *Elen, *Degree, *s, *W, *Sp, *Tp ;
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* construct the matrix for AMD_2 */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    ASSERT (n > 0) ;
+
+    iwlen = slen - 6*n ;
+    s = S ;
+    Pe = s ;        s += n ;
+    Nv = s ;        s += n ;
+    Head = s ;      s += n ;
+    Elen = s ;      s += n ;
+    Degree = s ;    s += n ;
+    W = s ;         s += n ;
+    Iw = s ;        s += iwlen ;
+
+    ASSERT (AMD_valid (n, n, Ap, Ai) == AMD_OK) ;
+
+    /* construct the pointers for A+A' */
+    Sp = Nv ;                   /* use Nv and W as workspace for Sp and Tp [ */
+    Tp = W ;
+    pfree = 0 ;
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        Pe [j] = pfree ;
+        Sp [j] = pfree ;
+        pfree += Len [j] ;
+    }
+
+    /* Note that this restriction on iwlen is slightly more restrictive than
+     * what is strictly required in AMD_2.  AMD_2 can operate with no elbow
+     * room at all, but it will be very slow.  For better performance, at
+     * least size-n elbow room is enforced. */
+    ASSERT (iwlen >= pfree + n) ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    for (p = 0 ; p < iwlen ; p++) Iw [p] = EMPTY ;
+#endif
+
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n ; k++)
+    {
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("Construct row/column k= "ID" of A+A'\n", k))  ;
+        p1 = Ap [k] ;
+        p2 = Ap [k+1] ;
+
+        /* construct A+A' */
+        for (p = p1 ; p < p2 ; )
+        {
+            /* scan the upper triangular part of A */
+            j = Ai [p] ;
+            ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < n) ;
+            if (j < k)
+            {
+                /* entry A (j,k) in the strictly upper triangular part */
+                ASSERT (Sp [j] < (j == n-1 ? pfree : Pe [j+1])) ;
+                ASSERT (Sp [k] < (k == n-1 ? pfree : Pe [k+1])) ;
+                Iw [Sp [j]++] = k ;
+                Iw [Sp [k]++] = j ;
+                p++ ;
+            }
+            else if (j == k)
+            {
+                /* skip the diagonal */
+                p++ ;
+                break ;
+            }
+            else /* j > k */
+            {
+                /* first entry below the diagonal */
+                break ;
+            }
+            /* scan lower triangular part of A, in column j until reaching
+             * row k.  Start where last scan left off. */
+            ASSERT (Ap [j] <= Tp [j] && Tp [j] <= Ap [j+1]) ;
+            pj2 = Ap [j+1] ;
+            for (pj = Tp [j] ; pj < pj2 ; )
+            {
+                i = Ai [pj] ;
+                ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n) ;
+                if (i < k)
+                {
+                    /* A (i,j) is only in the lower part, not in upper */
+                    ASSERT (Sp [i] < (i == n-1 ? pfree : Pe [i+1])) ;
+                    ASSERT (Sp [j] < (j == n-1 ? pfree : Pe [j+1])) ;
+                    Iw [Sp [i]++] = j ;
+                    Iw [Sp [j]++] = i ;
+                    pj++ ;
+                }
+                else if (i == k)
+                {
+                    /* entry A (k,j) in lower part and A (j,k) in upper */
+                    pj++ ;
+                    break ;
+                }
+                else /* i > k */
+                {
+                    /* consider this entry later, when k advances to i */
+                    break ;
+                }
+            }
+            Tp [j] = pj ;
+        }
+        Tp [k] = p ;
+    }
+
+    /* clean up, for remaining mismatched entries */
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        for (pj = Tp [j] ; pj < Ap [j+1] ; pj++)
+        {
+            i = Ai [pj] ;
+            ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n) ;
+            /* A (i,j) is only in the lower part, not in upper */
+            ASSERT (Sp [i] < (i == n-1 ? pfree : Pe [i+1])) ;
+            ASSERT (Sp [j] < (j == n-1 ? pfree : Pe [j+1])) ;
+            Iw [Sp [i]++] = j ;
+            Iw [Sp [j]++] = i ;
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n-1 ; j++) ASSERT (Sp [j] == Pe [j+1]) ;
+    ASSERT (Sp [n-1] == pfree) ;
+#endif
+
+    /* Tp and Sp no longer needed ] */
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* order the matrix */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    AMD_2 (n, Pe, Iw, Len, iwlen, pfree,
+        Nv, Pinv, P, Head, Elen, Degree, W, Control, Info) ;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_2.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_2.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36ae828a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1842 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_2 =============================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* AMD_2:  performs the AMD ordering on a symmetric sparse matrix A, followed
+ * by a postordering (via depth-first search) of the assembly tree using the
+ * AMD_postorder routine.
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === clear_flag ========================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+static Int clear_flag (Int wflg, Int wbig, Int W [ ], Int n)
+{
+    Int x ;
+    if (wflg < 2 || wflg >= wbig)
+    {
+        for (x = 0 ; x < n ; x++)
+        {
+            if (W [x] != 0) W [x] = 1 ;
+        }
+        wflg = 2 ;
+    }
+    /*  at this point, W [0..n-1] < wflg holds */
+    return (wflg) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_2 =============================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_2
+(
+    Int n,              /* A is n-by-n, where n > 0 */
+    Int Pe [ ],         /* Pe [0..n-1]: index in Iw of row i on input */
+    Int Iw [ ],         /* workspace of size iwlen. Iw [0..pfree-1]
+                         * holds the matrix on input */
+    Int Len [ ],        /* Len [0..n-1]: length for row/column i on input */
+    Int iwlen,          /* length of Iw. iwlen >= pfree + n */
+    Int pfree,          /* Iw [pfree ... iwlen-1] is empty on input */
+
+    /* 7 size-n workspaces, not defined on input: */
+    Int Nv [ ],         /* the size of each supernode on output */
+    Int Next [ ],       /* the output inverse permutation */
+    Int Last [ ],       /* the output permutation */
+    Int Head [ ],
+    Int Elen [ ],       /* the size columns of L for each supernode */
+    Int Degree [ ],
+    Int W [ ],
+
+    /* control parameters and output statistics */
+    double Control [ ], /* array of size AMD_CONTROL */
+    double Info [ ]     /* array of size AMD_INFO */
+)
+{
+
+/*
+ * Given a representation of the nonzero pattern of a symmetric matrix, A,
+ * (excluding the diagonal) perform an approximate minimum (UMFPACK/MA38-style)
+ * degree ordering to compute a pivot order such that the introduction of
+ * nonzeros (fill-in) in the Cholesky factors A = LL' is kept low.  At each
+ * step, the pivot selected is the one with the minimum UMFAPACK/MA38-style
+ * upper-bound on the external degree.  This routine can optionally perform
+ * aggresive absorption (as done by MC47B in the Harwell Subroutine
+ * Library).
+ *
+ * The approximate degree algorithm implemented here is the symmetric analog of
+ * the degree update algorithm in MA38 and UMFPACK (the Unsymmetric-pattern
+ * MultiFrontal PACKage, both by Davis and Duff).  The routine is based on the
+ * MA27 minimum degree ordering algorithm by Iain Duff and John Reid.
+ *
+ * This routine is a translation of the original AMDBAR and MC47B routines,
+ * in Fortran, with the following modifications:
+ *
+ * (1) dense rows/columns are removed prior to ordering the matrix, and placed
+ *      last in the output order.  The presence of a dense row/column can
+ *      increase the ordering time by up to O(n^2), unless they are removed
+ *      prior to ordering.
+ *
+ * (2) the minimum degree ordering is followed by a postordering (depth-first
+ *      search) of the assembly tree.  Note that mass elimination (discussed
+ *      below) combined with the approximate degree update can lead to the mass
+ *      elimination of nodes with lower exact degree than the current pivot
+ *      element.  No additional fill-in is caused in the representation of the
+ *      Schur complement.  The mass-eliminated nodes merge with the current
+ *      pivot element.  They are ordered prior to the current pivot element.
+ *      Because they can have lower exact degree than the current element, the
+ *      merger of two or more of these nodes in the current pivot element can
+ *      lead to a single element that is not a "fundamental supernode".  The
+ *      diagonal block can have zeros in it.  Thus, the assembly tree used here
+ *      is not guaranteed to be the precise supernodal elemination tree (with
+ *      "funadmental" supernodes), and the postordering performed by this
+ *      routine is not guaranteed to be a precise postordering of the
+ *      elimination tree.
+ *
+ * (3) input parameters are added, to control aggressive absorption and the
+ *      detection of "dense" rows/columns of A.
+ *
+ * (4) additional statistical information is returned, such as the number of
+ *      nonzeros in L, and the flop counts for subsequent LDL' and LU
+ *      factorizations.  These are slight upper bounds, because of the mass
+ *      elimination issue discussed above.
+ *
+ * (5) additional routines are added to interface this routine to MATLAB
+ *      to provide a simple C-callable user-interface, to check inputs for
+ *      errors, compute the symmetry of the pattern of A and the number of
+ *      nonzeros in each row/column of A+A', to compute the pattern of A+A',
+ *      to perform the assembly tree postordering, and to provide debugging
+ *      ouput.  Many of these functions are also provided by the Fortran
+ *      Harwell Subroutine Library routine MC47A.
+ *
+ * (6) both int and UF_long versions are provided.  In the descriptions below
+ *      and integer is and int or UF_long depending on which version is
+ *      being used.
+
+ **********************************************************************
+ ***** CAUTION:  ARGUMENTS ARE NOT CHECKED FOR ERRORS ON INPUT.  ******
+ **********************************************************************
+ ** If you want error checking, a more versatile input format, and a **
+ ** simpler user interface, use amd_order or amd_l_order instead.    **
+ ** This routine is not meant to be user-callable.                   **
+ **********************************************************************
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * References:
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  [1] Timothy A. Davis and Iain Duff, "An unsymmetric-pattern multifrontal
+ *      method for sparse LU factorization", SIAM J. Matrix Analysis and
+ *      Applications, vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 140-158.  Discusses UMFPACK / MA38,
+ *      which first introduced the approximate minimum degree used by this
+ *      routine.
+ *
+ *  [2] Patrick Amestoy, Timothy A. Davis, and Iain S. Duff, "An approximate
+ *      minimum degree ordering algorithm," SIAM J. Matrix Analysis and
+ *      Applications, vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 886-905, 1996.  Discusses AMDBAR and
+ *      MC47B, which are the Fortran versions of this routine.
+ *
+ *  [3] Alan George and Joseph Liu, "The evolution of the minimum degree
+ *      ordering algorithm," SIAM Review, vol. 31, no. 1, pp. 1-19, 1989.
+ *      We list below the features mentioned in that paper that this code
+ *      includes:
+ *
+ *      mass elimination:
+ *          Yes.  MA27 relied on supervariable detection for mass elimination.
+ *
+ *      indistinguishable nodes:
+ *          Yes (we call these "supervariables").  This was also in the MA27
+ *          code - although we modified the method of detecting them (the
+ *          previous hash was the true degree, which we no longer keep track
+ *          of).  A supervariable is a set of rows with identical nonzero
+ *          pattern.  All variables in a supervariable are eliminated together.
+ *          Each supervariable has as its numerical name that of one of its
+ *          variables (its principal variable).
+ *
+ *      quotient graph representation:
+ *          Yes.  We use the term "element" for the cliques formed during
+ *          elimination.  This was also in the MA27 code.  The algorithm can
+ *          operate in place, but it will work more efficiently if given some
+ *          "elbow room."
+ *
+ *      element absorption:
+ *          Yes.  This was also in the MA27 code.
+ *
+ *      external degree:
+ *          Yes.  The MA27 code was based on the true degree.
+ *
+ *      incomplete degree update and multiple elimination:
+ *          No.  This was not in MA27, either.  Our method of degree update
+ *          within MC47B is element-based, not variable-based.  It is thus
+ *          not well-suited for use with incomplete degree update or multiple
+ *          elimination.
+ *
+ * Authors, and Copyright (C) 2004 by:
+ * Timothy A. Davis, Patrick Amestoy, Iain S. Duff, John K. Reid.
+ *
+ * Acknowledgements: This work (and the UMFPACK package) was supported by the
+ * National Science Foundation (ASC-9111263, DMS-9223088, and CCR-0203270).
+ * The UMFPACK/MA38 approximate degree update algorithm, the unsymmetric analog
+ * which forms the basis of AMD, was developed while Tim Davis was supported by
+ * CERFACS (Toulouse, France) in a post-doctoral position.  This C version, and
+ * the etree postorder, were written while Tim Davis was on sabbatical at
+ * Stanford University and Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory.
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * INPUT ARGUMENTS (unaltered):
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ * n:  The matrix order.  Restriction:  n >= 1.
+ *
+ * iwlen:  The size of the Iw array.  On input, the matrix is stored in
+ *      Iw [0..pfree-1].  However, Iw [0..iwlen-1] should be slightly larger
+ *      than what is required to hold the matrix, at least iwlen >= pfree + n.
+ *      Otherwise, excessive compressions will take place.  The recommended
+ *      value of iwlen is 1.2 * pfree + n, which is the value used in the
+ *      user-callable interface to this routine (amd_order.c).  The algorithm
+ *      will not run at all if iwlen < pfree.  Restriction: iwlen >= pfree + n.
+ *      Note that this is slightly more restrictive than the actual minimum
+ *      (iwlen >= pfree), but AMD_2 will be very slow with no elbow room.
+ *      Thus, this routine enforces a bare minimum elbow room of size n.
+ *
+ * pfree: On input the tail end of the array, Iw [pfree..iwlen-1], is empty,
+ *      and the matrix is stored in Iw [0..pfree-1].  During execution,
+ *      additional data is placed in Iw, and pfree is modified so that
+ *      Iw [pfree..iwlen-1] is always the unused part of Iw.
+ *
+ * Control:  A double array of size AMD_CONTROL containing input parameters
+ *      that affect how the ordering is computed.  If NULL, then default
+ *      settings are used.
+ *
+ *      Control [AMD_DENSE] is used to determine whether or not a given input
+ *      row is "dense".  A row is "dense" if the number of entries in the row
+ *      exceeds Control [AMD_DENSE] times sqrt (n), except that rows with 16 or
+ *      fewer entries are never considered "dense".  To turn off the detection
+ *      of dense rows, set Control [AMD_DENSE] to a negative number, or to a
+ *      number larger than sqrt (n).  The default value of Control [AMD_DENSE]
+ *      is AMD_DEFAULT_DENSE, which is defined in amd.h as 10.
+ *
+ *      Control [AMD_AGGRESSIVE] is used to determine whether or not aggressive
+ *      absorption is to be performed.  If nonzero, then aggressive absorption
+ *      is performed (this is the default).
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * INPUT/OUPUT ARGUMENTS:
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Pe:  An integer array of size n.  On input, Pe [i] is the index in Iw of
+ *      the start of row i.  Pe [i] is ignored if row i has no off-diagonal
+ *      entries.  Thus Pe [i] must be in the range 0 to pfree-1 for non-empty
+ *      rows.
+ *
+ *      During execution, it is used for both supervariables and elements:
+ *
+ *      Principal supervariable i:  index into Iw of the description of
+ *          supervariable i.  A supervariable represents one or more rows of
+ *          the matrix with identical nonzero pattern.  In this case,
+ *          Pe [i] >= 0.
+ *
+ *      Non-principal supervariable i:  if i has been absorbed into another
+ *          supervariable j, then Pe [i] = FLIP (j), where FLIP (j) is defined
+ *          as (-(j)-2).  Row j has the same pattern as row i.  Note that j
+ *          might later be absorbed into another supervariable j2, in which
+ *          case Pe [i] is still FLIP (j), and Pe [j] = FLIP (j2) which is
+ *          < EMPTY, where EMPTY is defined as (-1) in amd_internal.h.
+ *
+ *      Unabsorbed element e:  the index into Iw of the description of element
+ *          e, if e has not yet been absorbed by a subsequent element.  Element
+ *          e is created when the supervariable of the same name is selected as
+ *          the pivot.  In this case, Pe [i] >= 0.
+ *
+ *      Absorbed element e:  if element e is absorbed into element e2, then
+ *          Pe [e] = FLIP (e2).  This occurs when the pattern of e (which we
+ *          refer to as Le) is found to be a subset of the pattern of e2 (that
+ *          is, Le2).  In this case, Pe [i] < EMPTY.  If element e is "null"
+ *          (it has no nonzeros outside its pivot block), then Pe [e] = EMPTY,
+ *          and e is the root of an assembly subtree (or the whole tree if
+ *          there is just one such root).
+ *
+ *      Dense variable i:  if i is "dense", then Pe [i] = EMPTY.
+ *
+ *      On output, Pe holds the assembly tree/forest, which implicitly
+ *      represents a pivot order with identical fill-in as the actual order
+ *      (via a depth-first search of the tree), as follows.  If Nv [i] > 0,
+ *      then i represents a node in the assembly tree, and the parent of i is
+ *      Pe [i], or EMPTY if i is a root.  If Nv [i] = 0, then (i, Pe [i])
+ *      represents an edge in a subtree, the root of which is a node in the
+ *      assembly tree.  Note that i refers to a row/column in the original
+ *      matrix, not the permuted matrix.
+ *
+ * Info:  A double array of size AMD_INFO.  If present, (that is, not NULL),
+ *      then statistics about the ordering are returned in the Info array.
+ *      See amd.h for a description.
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * INPUT/MODIFIED (undefined on output):
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Len:  An integer array of size n.  On input, Len [i] holds the number of
+ *      entries in row i of the matrix, excluding the diagonal.  The contents
+ *      of Len are undefined on output.
+ *
+ * Iw:  An integer array of size iwlen.  On input, Iw [0..pfree-1] holds the
+ *      description of each row i in the matrix.  The matrix must be symmetric,
+ *      and both upper and lower triangular parts must be present.  The
+ *      diagonal must not be present.  Row i is held as follows:
+ *
+ *          Len [i]:  the length of the row i data structure in the Iw array.
+ *          Iw [Pe [i] ... Pe [i] + Len [i] - 1]:
+ *              the list of column indices for nonzeros in row i (simple
+ *              supervariables), excluding the diagonal.  All supervariables
+ *              start with one row/column each (supervariable i is just row i).
+ *              If Len [i] is zero on input, then Pe [i] is ignored on input.
+ *
+ *          Note that the rows need not be in any particular order, and there
+ *          may be empty space between the rows.
+ *
+ *      During execution, the supervariable i experiences fill-in.  This is
+ *      represented by placing in i a list of the elements that cause fill-in
+ *      in supervariable i:
+ *
+ *          Len [i]:  the length of supervariable i in the Iw array.
+ *          Iw [Pe [i] ... Pe [i] + Elen [i] - 1]:
+ *              the list of elements that contain i.  This list is kept short
+ *              by removing absorbed elements.
+ *          Iw [Pe [i] + Elen [i] ... Pe [i] + Len [i] - 1]:
+ *              the list of supervariables in i.  This list is kept short by
+ *              removing nonprincipal variables, and any entry j that is also
+ *              contained in at least one of the elements (j in Le) in the list
+ *              for i (e in row i).
+ *
+ *      When supervariable i is selected as pivot, we create an element e of
+ *      the same name (e=i):
+ *
+ *          Len [e]:  the length of element e in the Iw array.
+ *          Iw [Pe [e] ... Pe [e] + Len [e] - 1]:
+ *              the list of supervariables in element e.
+ *
+ *      An element represents the fill-in that occurs when supervariable i is
+ *      selected as pivot (which represents the selection of row i and all
+ *      non-principal variables whose principal variable is i).  We use the
+ *      term Le to denote the set of all supervariables in element e.  Absorbed
+ *      supervariables and elements are pruned from these lists when
+ *      computationally convenient.
+ *
+ *  CAUTION:  THE INPUT MATRIX IS OVERWRITTEN DURING COMPUTATION.
+ *  The contents of Iw are undefined on output.
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * OUTPUT (need not be set on input):
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Nv:  An integer array of size n.  During execution, ABS (Nv [i]) is equal to
+ *      the number of rows that are represented by the principal supervariable
+ *      i.  If i is a nonprincipal or dense variable, then Nv [i] = 0.
+ *      Initially, Nv [i] = 1 for all i.  Nv [i] < 0 signifies that i is a
+ *      principal variable in the pattern Lme of the current pivot element me.
+ *      After element me is constructed, Nv [i] is set back to a positive
+ *      value.
+ *
+ *      On output, Nv [i] holds the number of pivots represented by super
+ *      row/column i of the original matrix, or Nv [i] = 0 for non-principal
+ *      rows/columns.  Note that i refers to a row/column in the original
+ *      matrix, not the permuted matrix.
+ *
+ * Elen:  An integer array of size n.  See the description of Iw above.  At the
+ *      start of execution, Elen [i] is set to zero for all rows i.  During
+ *      execution, Elen [i] is the number of elements in the list for
+ *      supervariable i.  When e becomes an element, Elen [e] = FLIP (esize) is
+ *      set, where esize is the size of the element (the number of pivots, plus
+ *      the number of nonpivotal entries).  Thus Elen [e] < EMPTY.
+ *      Elen (i) = EMPTY set when variable i becomes nonprincipal.
+ *
+ *      For variables, Elen (i) >= EMPTY holds until just before the
+ *      postordering and permutation vectors are computed.  For elements,
+ *      Elen [e] < EMPTY holds.
+ *
+ *      On output, Elen [i] is the degree of the row/column in the Cholesky
+ *      factorization of the permuted matrix, corresponding to the original row
+ *      i, if i is a super row/column.  It is equal to EMPTY if i is
+ *      non-principal.  Note that i refers to a row/column in the original
+ *      matrix, not the permuted matrix.
+ *
+ *      Note that the contents of Elen on output differ from the Fortran
+ *      version (Elen holds the inverse permutation in the Fortran version,
+ *      which is instead returned in the Next array in this C version,
+ *      described below).
+ *
+ * Last: In a degree list, Last [i] is the supervariable preceding i, or EMPTY
+ *      if i is the head of the list.  In a hash bucket, Last [i] is the hash
+ *      key for i.
+ *
+ *      Last [Head [hash]] is also used as the head of a hash bucket if
+ *      Head [hash] contains a degree list (see the description of Head,
+ *      below).
+ *
+ *      On output, Last [0..n-1] holds the permutation.  That is, if
+ *      i = Last [k], then row i is the kth pivot row (where k ranges from 0 to
+ *      n-1).  Row Last [k] of A is the kth row in the permuted matrix, PAP'.
+ *
+ * Next: Next [i] is the supervariable following i in a link list, or EMPTY if
+ *      i is the last in the list.  Used for two kinds of lists:  degree lists
+ *      and hash buckets (a supervariable can be in only one kind of list at a
+ *      time).
+ *
+ *      On output Next [0..n-1] holds the inverse permutation.  That is, if
+ *      k = Next [i], then row i is the kth pivot row. Row i of A appears as
+ *      the (Next[i])-th row in the permuted matrix, PAP'.
+ *
+ *      Note that the contents of Next on output differ from the Fortran
+ *      version (Next is undefined on output in the Fortran version).
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * LOCAL WORKSPACE (not input or output - used only during execution):
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Degree:  An integer array of size n.  If i is a supervariable, then
+ *      Degree [i] holds the current approximation of the external degree of
+ *      row i (an upper bound).  The external degree is the number of nonzeros
+ *      in row i, minus ABS (Nv [i]), the diagonal part.  The bound is equal to
+ *      the exact external degree if Elen [i] is less than or equal to two.
+ *
+ *      We also use the term "external degree" for elements e to refer to
+ *      |Le \ Lme|.  If e is an element, then Degree [e] is |Le|, which is the
+ *      degree of the off-diagonal part of the element e (not including the
+ *      diagonal part).
+ *
+ * Head:   An integer array of size n.  Head is used for degree lists.
+ *      Head [deg] is the first supervariable in a degree list.  All
+ *      supervariables i in a degree list Head [deg] have the same approximate
+ *      degree, namely, deg = Degree [i].  If the list Head [deg] is empty then
+ *      Head [deg] = EMPTY.
+ *
+ *      During supervariable detection Head [hash] also serves as a pointer to
+ *      a hash bucket.  If Head [hash] >= 0, there is a degree list of degree
+ *      hash.  The hash bucket head pointer is Last [Head [hash]].  If
+ *      Head [hash] = EMPTY, then the degree list and hash bucket are both
+ *      empty.  If Head [hash] < EMPTY, then the degree list is empty, and
+ *      FLIP (Head [hash]) is the head of the hash bucket.  After supervariable
+ *      detection is complete, all hash buckets are empty, and the
+ *      (Last [Head [hash]] = EMPTY) condition is restored for the non-empty
+ *      degree lists.
+ *
+ * W:  An integer array of size n.  The flag array W determines the status of
+ *      elements and variables, and the external degree of elements.
+ *
+ *      for elements:
+ *          if W [e] = 0, then the element e is absorbed.
+ *          if W [e] >= wflg, then W [e] - wflg is the size of the set
+ *              |Le \ Lme|, in terms of nonzeros (the sum of ABS (Nv [i]) for
+ *              each principal variable i that is both in the pattern of
+ *              element e and NOT in the pattern of the current pivot element,
+ *              me).
+ *          if wflg > W [e] > 0, then e is not absorbed and has not yet been
+ *              seen in the scan of the element lists in the computation of
+ *              |Le\Lme| in Scan 1 below.
+ *
+ *      for variables:
+ *          during supervariable detection, if W [j] != wflg then j is
+ *          not in the pattern of variable i.
+ *
+ *      The W array is initialized by setting W [i] = 1 for all i, and by
+ *      setting wflg = 2.  It is reinitialized if wflg becomes too large (to
+ *      ensure that wflg+n does not cause integer overflow).
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * LOCAL INTEGERS:
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+    Int deg, degme, dext, lemax, e, elenme, eln, i, ilast, inext, j,
+        jlast, jnext, k, knt1, knt2, knt3, lenj, ln, me, mindeg, nel, nleft,
+        nvi, nvj, nvpiv, slenme, wbig, we, wflg, wnvi, ok, ndense, ncmpa,
+        dense, aggressive ;
+
+    unsigned Int hash ;     /* unsigned, so that hash % n is well defined.*/
+
+/*
+ * deg:         the degree of a variable or element
+ * degme:       size, |Lme|, of the current element, me (= Degree [me])
+ * dext:        external degree, |Le \ Lme|, of some element e
+ * lemax:       largest |Le| seen so far (called dmax in Fortran version)
+ * e:           an element
+ * elenme:      the length, Elen [me], of element list of pivotal variable
+ * eln:         the length, Elen [...], of an element list
+ * hash:        the computed value of the hash function
+ * i:           a supervariable
+ * ilast:       the entry in a link list preceding i
+ * inext:       the entry in a link list following i
+ * j:           a supervariable
+ * jlast:       the entry in a link list preceding j
+ * jnext:       the entry in a link list, or path, following j
+ * k:           the pivot order of an element or variable
+ * knt1:        loop counter used during element construction
+ * knt2:        loop counter used during element construction
+ * knt3:        loop counter used during compression
+ * lenj:        Len [j]
+ * ln:          length of a supervariable list
+ * me:          current supervariable being eliminated, and the current
+ *                  element created by eliminating that supervariable
+ * mindeg:      current minimum degree
+ * nel:         number of pivots selected so far
+ * nleft:       n - nel, the number of nonpivotal rows/columns remaining
+ * nvi:         the number of variables in a supervariable i (= Nv [i])
+ * nvj:         the number of variables in a supervariable j (= Nv [j])
+ * nvpiv:       number of pivots in current element
+ * slenme:      number of variables in variable list of pivotal variable
+ * wbig:        = INT_MAX - n for the int version, UF_long_max - n for the
+ *                  UF_long version.  wflg is not allowed to be >= wbig.
+ * we:          W [e]
+ * wflg:        used for flagging the W array.  See description of Iw.
+ * wnvi:        wflg - Nv [i]
+ * x:           either a supervariable or an element
+ *
+ * ok:          true if supervariable j can be absorbed into i
+ * ndense:      number of "dense" rows/columns
+ * dense:       rows/columns with initial degree > dense are considered "dense"
+ * aggressive:  true if aggressive absorption is being performed
+ * ncmpa:       number of garbage collections
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * LOCAL DOUBLES, used for statistical output only (except for alpha):
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+    double f, r, ndiv, s, nms_lu, nms_ldl, dmax, alpha, lnz, lnzme ;
+
+/*
+ * f:           nvpiv
+ * r:           degme + nvpiv
+ * ndiv:        number of divisions for LU or LDL' factorizations
+ * s:           number of multiply-subtract pairs for LU factorization, for the
+ *                  current element me
+ * nms_lu       number of multiply-subtract pairs for LU factorization
+ * nms_ldl      number of multiply-subtract pairs for LDL' factorization
+ * dmax:        the largest number of entries in any column of L, including the
+ *                  diagonal
+ * alpha:       "dense" degree ratio
+ * lnz:         the number of nonzeros in L (excluding the diagonal)
+ * lnzme:       the number of nonzeros in L (excl. the diagonal) for the
+ *                  current element me
+
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * LOCAL "POINTERS" (indices into the Iw array)
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+    Int p, p1, p2, p3, p4, pdst, pend, pj, pme, pme1, pme2, pn, psrc ;
+
+/*
+ * Any parameter (Pe [...] or pfree) or local variable starting with "p" (for
+ * Pointer) is an index into Iw, and all indices into Iw use variables starting
+ * with "p."  The only exception to this rule is the iwlen input argument.
+ *
+ * p:           pointer into lots of things
+ * p1:          Pe [i] for some variable i (start of element list)
+ * p2:          Pe [i] + Elen [i] -  1 for some variable i
+ * p3:          index of first supervariable in clean list
+ * p4:
+ * pdst:        destination pointer, for compression
+ * pend:        end of memory to compress
+ * pj:          pointer into an element or variable
+ * pme:         pointer into the current element (pme1...pme2)
+ * pme1:        the current element, me, is stored in Iw [pme1...pme2]
+ * pme2:        the end of the current element
+ * pn:          pointer into a "clean" variable, also used to compress
+ * psrc:        source pointer, for compression
+*/
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/*  INITIALIZATIONS */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+    /* Note that this restriction on iwlen is slightly more restrictive than
+     * what is actually required in AMD_2.  AMD_2 can operate with no elbow
+     * room at all, but it will be slow.  For better performance, at least
+     * size-n elbow room is enforced. */
+    ASSERT (iwlen >= pfree + n) ;
+    ASSERT (n > 0) ;
+
+    /* initialize output statistics */
+    lnz = 0 ;
+    ndiv = 0 ;
+    nms_lu = 0 ;
+    nms_ldl = 0 ;
+    dmax = 1 ;
+    me = EMPTY ;
+
+    mindeg = 0 ;
+    ncmpa = 0 ;
+    nel = 0 ;
+    lemax = 0 ;
+
+    /* get control parameters */
+    if (Control != (double *) NULL)
+    {
+        alpha = Control [AMD_DENSE] ;
+        aggressive = (Control [AMD_AGGRESSIVE] != 0) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        alpha = AMD_DEFAULT_DENSE ;
+        aggressive = AMD_DEFAULT_AGGRESSIVE ;
+    }
+    /* Note: if alpha is NaN, this is undefined: */
+    if (alpha < 0)
+    {
+        /* only remove completely dense rows/columns */
+        dense = n-2 ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        dense = alpha * sqrt ((double) n) ;
+    }
+    dense = MAX (16, dense) ;
+    dense = MIN (n,  dense) ;
+    AMD_DEBUG1 (("\n\nAMD (debug), alpha %g, aggr. "ID"\n",
+        alpha, aggressive)) ;
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        Last [i] = EMPTY ;
+        Head [i] = EMPTY ;
+        Next [i] = EMPTY ;
+        /* if separate Hhead array is used for hash buckets: *
+        Hhead [i] = EMPTY ;
+        */
+        Nv [i] = 1 ;
+        W [i] = 1 ;
+        Elen [i] = 0 ;
+        Degree [i] = Len [i] ;
+    }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    AMD_DEBUG1 (("\n======Nel "ID" initial\n", nel)) ;
+    AMD_dump (n, Pe, Iw, Len, iwlen, pfree, Nv, Next, Last,
+                Head, Elen, Degree, W, -1) ;
+#endif
+
+    /* initialize wflg */
+    wbig = Int_MAX - n ;
+    wflg = clear_flag (0, wbig, W, n) ;
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* initialize degree lists and eliminate dense and empty rows */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    ndense = 0 ;
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        deg = Degree [i] ;
+        ASSERT (deg >= 0 && deg < n) ;
+        if (deg == 0)
+        {
+
+            /* -------------------------------------------------------------
+             * we have a variable that can be eliminated at once because
+             * there is no off-diagonal non-zero in its row.  Note that
+             * Nv [i] = 1 for an empty variable i.  It is treated just
+             * the same as an eliminated element i.
+             * ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            Elen [i] = FLIP (1) ;
+            nel++ ;
+            Pe [i] = EMPTY ;
+            W [i] = 0 ;
+
+        }
+        else if (deg > dense)
+        {
+
+            /* -------------------------------------------------------------
+             * Dense variables are not treated as elements, but as unordered,
+             * non-principal variables that have no parent.  They do not take
+             * part in the postorder, since Nv [i] = 0.  Note that the Fortran
+             * version does not have this option.
+             * ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            AMD_DEBUG1 (("Dense node "ID" degree "ID"\n", i, deg)) ;
+            ndense++ ;
+            Nv [i] = 0 ;                /* do not postorder this node */
+            Elen [i] = EMPTY ;
+            nel++ ;
+            Pe [i] = EMPTY ;
+
+        }
+        else
+        {
+
+            /* -------------------------------------------------------------
+             * place i in the degree list corresponding to its degree
+             * ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            inext = Head [deg] ;
+            ASSERT (inext >= EMPTY && inext < n) ;
+            if (inext != EMPTY) Last [inext] = i ;
+            Next [i] = inext ;
+            Head [deg] = i ;
+
+        }
+    }
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* WHILE (selecting pivots) DO */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+    while (nel < n)
+    {
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("\n======Nel "ID"\n", nel)) ;
+        if (AMD_debug >= 2)
+        {
+            AMD_dump (n, Pe, Iw, Len, iwlen, pfree, Nv, Next,
+                    Last, Head, Elen, Degree, W, nel) ;
+        }
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* GET PIVOT OF MINIMUM DEGREE */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        /* find next supervariable for elimination */
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        ASSERT (mindeg >= 0 && mindeg < n) ;
+        for (deg = mindeg ; deg < n ; deg++)
+        {
+            me = Head [deg] ;
+            if (me != EMPTY) break ;
+        }
+        mindeg = deg ;
+        ASSERT (me >= 0 && me < n) ;
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("=================me: "ID"\n", me)) ;
+
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        /* remove chosen variable from link list */
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        inext = Next [me] ;
+        ASSERT (inext >= EMPTY && inext < n) ;
+        if (inext != EMPTY) Last [inext] = EMPTY ;
+        Head [deg] = inext ;
+
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        /* me represents the elimination of pivots nel to nel+Nv[me]-1. */
+        /* place me itself as the first in this set. */
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        elenme = Elen [me] ;
+        nvpiv = Nv [me] ;
+        ASSERT (nvpiv > 0) ;
+        nel += nvpiv ;
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* CONSTRUCT NEW ELEMENT */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+        /* -----------------------------------------------------------------
+         * At this point, me is the pivotal supervariable.  It will be
+         * converted into the current element.  Scan list of the pivotal
+         * supervariable, me, setting tree pointers and constructing new list
+         * of supervariables for the new element, me.  p is a pointer to the
+         * current position in the old list.
+         * ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        /* flag the variable "me" as being in Lme by negating Nv [me] */
+        Nv [me] = -nvpiv ;
+        degme = 0 ;
+        ASSERT (Pe [me] >= 0 && Pe [me] < iwlen) ;
+
+        if (elenme == 0)
+        {
+
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+            /* construct the new element in place */
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            pme1 = Pe [me] ;
+            pme2 = pme1 - 1 ;
+
+            for (p = pme1 ; p <= pme1 + Len [me] - 1 ; p++)
+            {
+                i = Iw [p] ;
+                ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n && Nv [i] >= 0) ;
+                nvi = Nv [i] ;
+                if (nvi > 0)
+                {
+
+                    /* ----------------------------------------------------- */
+                    /* i is a principal variable not yet placed in Lme. */
+                    /* store i in new list */
+                    /* ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                    /* flag i as being in Lme by negating Nv [i] */
+                    degme += nvi ;
+                    Nv [i] = -nvi ;
+                    Iw [++pme2] = i ;
+
+                    /* ----------------------------------------------------- */
+                    /* remove variable i from degree list. */
+                    /* ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                    ilast = Last [i] ;
+                    inext = Next [i] ;
+                    ASSERT (ilast >= EMPTY && ilast < n) ;
+                    ASSERT (inext >= EMPTY && inext < n) ;
+                    if (inext != EMPTY) Last [inext] = ilast ;
+                    if (ilast != EMPTY)
+                    {
+                        Next [ilast] = inext ;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        /* i is at the head of the degree list */
+                        ASSERT (Degree [i] >= 0 && Degree [i] < n) ;
+                        Head [Degree [i]] = inext ;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+            /* construct the new element in empty space, Iw [pfree ...] */
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            p = Pe [me] ;
+            pme1 = pfree ;
+            slenme = Len [me] - elenme ;
+
+            for (knt1 = 1 ; knt1 <= elenme + 1 ; knt1++)
+            {
+
+                if (knt1 > elenme)
+                {
+                    /* search the supervariables in me. */
+                    e = me ;
+                    pj = p ;
+                    ln = slenme ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG2 (("Search sv: "ID" "ID" "ID"\n", me,pj,ln)) ;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* search the elements in me. */
+                    e = Iw [p++] ;
+                    ASSERT (e >= 0 && e < n) ;
+                    pj = Pe [e] ;
+                    ln = Len [e] ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG2 (("Search element e "ID" in me "ID"\n", e,me)) ;
+                    ASSERT (Elen [e] < EMPTY && W [e] > 0 && pj >= 0) ;
+                }
+                ASSERT (ln >= 0 && (ln == 0 || (pj >= 0 && pj < iwlen))) ;
+
+                /* ---------------------------------------------------------
+                 * search for different supervariables and add them to the
+                 * new list, compressing when necessary. this loop is
+                 * executed once for each element in the list and once for
+                 * all the supervariables in the list.
+                 * --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                for (knt2 = 1 ; knt2 <= ln ; knt2++)
+                {
+                    i = Iw [pj++] ;
+                    ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n && (i == me || Elen [i] >= EMPTY));
+                    nvi = Nv [i] ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG2 ((": "ID" "ID" "ID" "ID"\n",
+                                i, Elen [i], Nv [i], wflg)) ;
+
+                    if (nvi > 0)
+                    {
+
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+                        /* compress Iw, if necessary */
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                        if (pfree >= iwlen)
+                        {
+
+                            AMD_DEBUG1 (("GARBAGE COLLECTION\n")) ;
+
+                            /* prepare for compressing Iw by adjusting pointers
+                             * and lengths so that the lists being searched in
+                             * the inner and outer loops contain only the
+                             * remaining entries. */
+
+                            Pe [me] = p ;
+                            Len [me] -= knt1 ;
+                            /* check if nothing left of supervariable me */
+                            if (Len [me] == 0) Pe [me] = EMPTY ;
+                            Pe [e] = pj ;
+                            Len [e] = ln - knt2 ;
+                            /* nothing left of element e */
+                            if (Len [e] == 0) Pe [e] = EMPTY ;
+
+                            ncmpa++ ;   /* one more garbage collection */
+
+                            /* store first entry of each object in Pe */
+                            /* FLIP the first entry in each object */
+                            for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+                            {
+                                pn = Pe [j] ;
+                                if (pn >= 0)
+                                {
+                                    ASSERT (pn >= 0 && pn < iwlen) ;
+                                    Pe [j] = Iw [pn] ;
+                                    Iw [pn] = FLIP (j) ;
+                                }
+                            }
+
+                            /* psrc/pdst point to source/destination */
+                            psrc = 0 ;
+                            pdst = 0 ;
+                            pend = pme1 - 1 ;
+
+                            while (psrc <= pend)
+                            {
+                                /* search for next FLIP'd entry */
+                                j = FLIP (Iw [psrc++]) ;
+                                if (j >= 0)
+                                {
+                                    AMD_DEBUG2 (("Got object j: "ID"\n", j)) ;
+                                    Iw [pdst] = Pe [j] ;
+                                    Pe [j] = pdst++ ;
+                                    lenj = Len [j] ;
+                                    /* copy from source to destination */
+                                    for (knt3 = 0 ; knt3 <= lenj - 2 ; knt3++)
+                                    {
+                                        Iw [pdst++] = Iw [psrc++] ;
+                                    }
+                                }
+                            }
+
+                            /* move the new partially-constructed element */
+                            p1 = pdst ;
+                            for (psrc = pme1 ; psrc <= pfree-1 ; psrc++)
+                            {
+                                Iw [pdst++] = Iw [psrc] ;
+                            }
+                            pme1 = p1 ;
+                            pfree = pdst ;
+                            pj = Pe [e] ;
+                            p = Pe [me] ;
+
+                        }
+
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+                        /* i is a principal variable not yet placed in Lme */
+                        /* store i in new list */
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                        /* flag i as being in Lme by negating Nv [i] */
+                        degme += nvi ;
+                        Nv [i] = -nvi ;
+                        Iw [pfree++] = i ;
+                        AMD_DEBUG2 (("     s: "ID"     nv "ID"\n", i, Nv [i]));
+
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+                        /* remove variable i from degree link list */
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                        ilast = Last [i] ;
+                        inext = Next [i] ;
+                        ASSERT (ilast >= EMPTY && ilast < n) ;
+                        ASSERT (inext >= EMPTY && inext < n) ;
+                        if (inext != EMPTY) Last [inext] = ilast ;
+                        if (ilast != EMPTY)
+                        {
+                            Next [ilast] = inext ;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            /* i is at the head of the degree list */
+                            ASSERT (Degree [i] >= 0 && Degree [i] < n) ;
+                            Head [Degree [i]] = inext ;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if (e != me)
+                {
+                    /* set tree pointer and flag to indicate element e is
+                     * absorbed into new element me (the parent of e is me) */
+                    AMD_DEBUG1 ((" Element "ID" => "ID"\n", e, me)) ;
+                    Pe [e] = FLIP (me) ;
+                    W [e] = 0 ;
+                }
+            }
+
+            pme2 = pfree - 1 ;
+        }
+
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        /* me has now been converted into an element in Iw [pme1..pme2] */
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        /* degme holds the external degree of new element */
+        Degree [me] = degme ;
+        Pe [me] = pme1 ;
+        Len [me] = pme2 - pme1 + 1 ;
+        ASSERT (Pe [me] >= 0 && Pe [me] < iwlen) ;
+
+        Elen [me] = FLIP (nvpiv + degme) ;
+        /* FLIP (Elen (me)) is now the degree of pivot (including
+         * diagonal part). */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("New element structure: length= "ID"\n", pme2-pme1+1)) ;
+        for (pme = pme1 ; pme <= pme2 ; pme++) AMD_DEBUG3 ((" "ID"", Iw[pme]));
+        AMD_DEBUG3 (("\n")) ;
+#endif
+
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        /* make sure that wflg is not too large. */
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        /* With the current value of wflg, wflg+n must not cause integer
+         * overflow */
+
+        wflg = clear_flag (wflg, wbig, W, n) ;
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* COMPUTE (W [e] - wflg) = |Le\Lme| FOR ALL ELEMENTS */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+        /* -----------------------------------------------------------------
+         * Scan 1:  compute the external degrees of previous elements with
+         * respect to the current element.  That is:
+         *       (W [e] - wflg) = |Le \ Lme|
+         * for each element e that appears in any supervariable in Lme.  The
+         * notation Le refers to the pattern (list of supervariables) of a
+         * previous element e, where e is not yet absorbed, stored in
+         * Iw [Pe [e] + 1 ... Pe [e] + Len [e]].  The notation Lme
+         * refers to the pattern of the current element (stored in
+         * Iw [pme1..pme2]).   If aggressive absorption is enabled, and
+         * (W [e] - wflg) becomes zero, then the element e will be absorbed
+         * in Scan 2.
+         * ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("me: ")) ;
+        for (pme = pme1 ; pme <= pme2 ; pme++)
+        {
+            i = Iw [pme] ;
+            ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n) ;
+            eln = Elen [i] ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 ((""ID" Elen "ID": \n", i, eln)) ;
+            if (eln > 0)
+            {
+                /* note that Nv [i] has been negated to denote i in Lme: */
+                nvi = -Nv [i] ;
+                ASSERT (nvi > 0 && Pe [i] >= 0 && Pe [i] < iwlen) ;
+                wnvi = wflg - nvi ;
+                for (p = Pe [i] ; p <= Pe [i] + eln - 1 ; p++)
+                {
+                    e = Iw [p] ;
+                    ASSERT (e >= 0 && e < n) ;
+                    we = W [e] ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG4 (("    e "ID" we "ID" ", e, we)) ;
+                    if (we >= wflg)
+                    {
+                        /* unabsorbed element e has been seen in this loop */
+                        AMD_DEBUG4 (("    unabsorbed, first time seen")) ;
+                        we -= nvi ;
+                    }
+                    else if (we != 0)
+                    {
+                        /* e is an unabsorbed element */
+                        /* this is the first we have seen e in all of Scan 1 */
+                        AMD_DEBUG4 (("    unabsorbed")) ;
+                        we = Degree [e] + wnvi ;
+                    }
+                    AMD_DEBUG4 (("\n")) ;
+                    W [e] = we ;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("\n")) ;
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* DEGREE UPDATE AND ELEMENT ABSORPTION */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+        /* -----------------------------------------------------------------
+         * Scan 2:  for each i in Lme, sum up the degree of Lme (which is
+         * degme), plus the sum of the external degrees of each Le for the
+         * elements e appearing within i, plus the supervariables in i.
+         * Place i in hash list.
+         * ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        for (pme = pme1 ; pme <= pme2 ; pme++)
+        {
+            i = Iw [pme] ;
+            ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n && Nv [i] < 0 && Elen [i] >= 0) ;
+            AMD_DEBUG2 (("Updating: i "ID" "ID" "ID"\n", i, Elen[i], Len [i]));
+            p1 = Pe [i] ;
+            p2 = p1 + Elen [i] - 1 ;
+            pn = p1 ;
+            hash = 0 ;
+            deg = 0 ;
+            ASSERT (p1 >= 0 && p1 < iwlen && p2 >= -1 && p2 < iwlen) ;
+
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+            /* scan the element list associated with supervariable i */
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            /* UMFPACK/MA38-style approximate degree: */
+            if (aggressive)
+            {
+                for (p = p1 ; p <= p2 ; p++)
+                {
+                    e = Iw [p] ;
+                    ASSERT (e >= 0 && e < n) ;
+                    we = W [e] ;
+                    if (we != 0)
+                    {
+                        /* e is an unabsorbed element */
+                        /* dext = | Le \ Lme | */
+                        dext = we - wflg ;
+                        if (dext > 0)
+                        {
+                            deg += dext ;
+                            Iw [pn++] = e ;
+                            hash += e ;
+                            AMD_DEBUG4 ((" e: "ID" hash = "ID"\n",e,hash)) ;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            /* external degree of e is zero, absorb e into me*/
+                            AMD_DEBUG1 ((" Element "ID" =>"ID" (aggressive)\n",
+                                e, me)) ;
+                            ASSERT (dext == 0) ;
+                            Pe [e] = FLIP (me) ;
+                            W [e] = 0 ;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                for (p = p1 ; p <= p2 ; p++)
+                {
+                    e = Iw [p] ;
+                    ASSERT (e >= 0 && e < n) ;
+                    we = W [e] ;
+                    if (we != 0)
+                    {
+                        /* e is an unabsorbed element */
+                        dext = we - wflg ;
+                        ASSERT (dext >= 0) ;
+                        deg += dext ;
+                        Iw [pn++] = e ;
+                        hash += e ;
+                        AMD_DEBUG4 (("  e: "ID" hash = "ID"\n",e,hash)) ;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* count the number of elements in i (including me): */
+            Elen [i] = pn - p1 + 1 ;
+
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+            /* scan the supervariables in the list associated with i */
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            /* The bulk of the AMD run time is typically spent in this loop,
+             * particularly if the matrix has many dense rows that are not
+             * removed prior to ordering. */
+            p3 = pn ;
+            p4 = p1 + Len [i] ;
+            for (p = p2 + 1 ; p < p4 ; p++)
+            {
+                j = Iw [p] ;
+                ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < n) ;
+                nvj = Nv [j] ;
+                if (nvj > 0)
+                {
+                    /* j is unabsorbed, and not in Lme. */
+                    /* add to degree and add to new list */
+                    deg += nvj ;
+                    Iw [pn++] = j ;
+                    hash += j ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG4 (("  s: "ID" hash "ID" Nv[j]= "ID"\n",
+                                j, hash, nvj)) ;
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+            /* update the degree and check for mass elimination */
+            /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            /* with aggressive absorption, deg==0 is identical to the
+             * Elen [i] == 1 && p3 == pn test, below. */
+            ASSERT (IMPLIES (aggressive, (deg==0) == (Elen[i]==1 && p3==pn))) ;
+
+            if (Elen [i] == 1 && p3 == pn)
+            {
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* mass elimination */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                /* There is nothing left of this node except for an edge to
+                 * the current pivot element.  Elen [i] is 1, and there are
+                 * no variables adjacent to node i.  Absorb i into the
+                 * current pivot element, me.  Note that if there are two or
+                 * more mass eliminations, fillin due to mass elimination is
+                 * possible within the nvpiv-by-nvpiv pivot block.  It is this
+                 * step that causes AMD's analysis to be an upper bound.
+                 *
+                 * The reason is that the selected pivot has a lower
+                 * approximate degree than the true degree of the two mass
+                 * eliminated nodes.  There is no edge between the two mass
+                 * eliminated nodes.  They are merged with the current pivot
+                 * anyway.
+                 *
+                 * No fillin occurs in the Schur complement, in any case,
+                 * and this effect does not decrease the quality of the
+                 * ordering itself, just the quality of the nonzero and
+                 * flop count analysis.  It also means that the post-ordering
+                 * is not an exact elimination tree post-ordering. */
+
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (("  MASS i "ID" => parent e "ID"\n", i, me)) ;
+                Pe [i] = FLIP (me) ;
+                nvi = -Nv [i] ;
+                degme -= nvi ;
+                nvpiv += nvi ;
+                nel += nvi ;
+                Nv [i] = 0 ;
+                Elen [i] = EMPTY ;
+
+            }
+            else
+            {
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* update the upper-bound degree of i */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                /* the following degree does not yet include the size
+                 * of the current element, which is added later: */
+
+                Degree [i] = MIN (Degree [i], deg) ;
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* add me to the list for i */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                /* move first supervariable to end of list */
+                Iw [pn] = Iw [p3] ;
+                /* move first element to end of element part of list */
+                Iw [p3] = Iw [p1] ;
+                /* add new element, me, to front of list. */
+                Iw [p1] = me ;
+                /* store the new length of the list in Len [i] */
+                Len [i] = pn - p1 + 1 ;
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* place in hash bucket.  Save hash key of i in Last [i]. */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                /* NOTE: this can fail if hash is negative, because the ANSI C
+                 * standard does not define a % b when a and/or b are negative.
+                 * That's why hash is defined as an unsigned Int, to avoid this
+                 * problem. */
+                hash = hash % n ;
+                ASSERT (((Int) hash) >= 0 && ((Int) hash) < n) ;
+
+                /* if the Hhead array is not used: */
+                j = Head [hash] ;
+                if (j <= EMPTY)
+                {
+                    /* degree list is empty, hash head is FLIP (j) */
+                    Next [i] = FLIP (j) ;
+                    Head [hash] = FLIP (i) ;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* degree list is not empty, use Last [Head [hash]] as
+                     * hash head. */
+                    Next [i] = Last [j] ;
+                    Last [j] = i ;
+                }
+
+                /* if a separate Hhead array is used: *
+                Next [i] = Hhead [hash] ;
+                Hhead [hash] = i ;
+                */
+
+                Last [i] = hash ;
+            }
+        }
+
+        Degree [me] = degme ;
+
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        /* Clear the counter array, W [...], by incrementing wflg. */
+        /* ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+        /* make sure that wflg+n does not cause integer overflow */
+        lemax =  MAX (lemax, degme) ;
+        wflg += lemax ;
+        wflg = clear_flag (wflg, wbig, W, n) ;
+        /*  at this point, W [0..n-1] < wflg holds */
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* SUPERVARIABLE DETECTION */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("Detecting supervariables:\n")) ;
+        for (pme = pme1 ; pme <= pme2 ; pme++)
+        {
+            i = Iw [pme] ;
+            ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n) ;
+            AMD_DEBUG2 (("Consider i "ID" nv "ID"\n", i, Nv [i])) ;
+            if (Nv [i] < 0)
+            {
+                /* i is a principal variable in Lme */
+
+                /* ---------------------------------------------------------
+                 * examine all hash buckets with 2 or more variables.  We do
+                 * this by examing all unique hash keys for supervariables in
+                 * the pattern Lme of the current element, me
+                 * --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                /* let i = head of hash bucket, and empty the hash bucket */
+                ASSERT (Last [i] >= 0 && Last [i] < n) ;
+                hash = Last [i] ;
+
+                /* if Hhead array is not used: */
+                j = Head [hash] ;
+                if (j == EMPTY)
+                {
+                    /* hash bucket and degree list are both empty */
+                    i = EMPTY ;
+                }
+                else if (j < EMPTY)
+                {
+                    /* degree list is empty */
+                    i = FLIP (j) ;
+                    Head [hash] = EMPTY ;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* degree list is not empty, restore Last [j] of head j */
+                    i = Last [j] ;
+                    Last [j] = EMPTY ;
+                }
+
+                /* if separate Hhead array is used: *
+                i = Hhead [hash] ;
+                Hhead [hash] = EMPTY ;
+                */
+
+                ASSERT (i >= EMPTY && i < n) ;
+                AMD_DEBUG2 (("----i "ID" hash "ID"\n", i, hash)) ;
+
+                while (i != EMPTY && Next [i] != EMPTY)
+                {
+
+                    /* -----------------------------------------------------
+                     * this bucket has one or more variables following i.
+                     * scan all of them to see if i can absorb any entries
+                     * that follow i in hash bucket.  Scatter i into w.
+                     * ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                    ln = Len [i] ;
+                    eln = Elen [i] ;
+                    ASSERT (ln >= 0 && eln >= 0) ;
+                    ASSERT (Pe [i] >= 0 && Pe [i] < iwlen) ;
+                    /* do not flag the first element in the list (me) */
+                    for (p = Pe [i] + 1 ; p <= Pe [i] + ln - 1 ; p++)
+                    {
+                        ASSERT (Iw [p] >= 0 && Iw [p] < n) ;
+                        W [Iw [p]] = wflg ;
+                    }
+
+                    /* ----------------------------------------------------- */
+                    /* scan every other entry j following i in bucket */
+                    /* ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                    jlast = i ;
+                    j = Next [i] ;
+                    ASSERT (j >= EMPTY && j < n) ;
+
+                    while (j != EMPTY)
+                    {
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+                        /* check if j and i have identical nonzero pattern */
+                        /* ------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                        AMD_DEBUG3 (("compare i "ID" and j "ID"\n", i,j)) ;
+
+                        /* check if i and j have the same Len and Elen */
+                        ASSERT (Len [j] >= 0 && Elen [j] >= 0) ;
+                        ASSERT (Pe [j] >= 0 && Pe [j] < iwlen) ;
+                        ok = (Len [j] == ln) && (Elen [j] == eln) ;
+                        /* skip the first element in the list (me) */
+                        for (p = Pe [j] + 1 ; ok && p <= Pe [j] + ln - 1 ; p++)
+                        {
+                            ASSERT (Iw [p] >= 0 && Iw [p] < n) ;
+                            if (W [Iw [p]] != wflg) ok = 0 ;
+                        }
+                        if (ok)
+                        {
+                            /* --------------------------------------------- */
+                            /* found it!  j can be absorbed into i */
+                            /* --------------------------------------------- */
+
+                            AMD_DEBUG1 (("found it! j "ID" => i "ID"\n", j,i));
+                            Pe [j] = FLIP (i) ;
+                            /* both Nv [i] and Nv [j] are negated since they */
+                            /* are in Lme, and the absolute values of each */
+                            /* are the number of variables in i and j: */
+                            Nv [i] += Nv [j] ;
+                            Nv [j] = 0 ;
+                            Elen [j] = EMPTY ;
+                            /* delete j from hash bucket */
+                            ASSERT (j != Next [j]) ;
+                            j = Next [j] ;
+                            Next [jlast] = j ;
+
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            /* j cannot be absorbed into i */
+                            jlast = j ;
+                            ASSERT (j != Next [j]) ;
+                            j = Next [j] ;
+                        }
+                        ASSERT (j >= EMPTY && j < n) ;
+                    }
+
+                    /* -----------------------------------------------------
+                     * no more variables can be absorbed into i
+                     * go to next i in bucket and clear flag array
+                     * ----------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                    wflg++ ;
+                    i = Next [i] ;
+                    ASSERT (i >= EMPTY && i < n) ;
+
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("detect done\n")) ;
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* RESTORE DEGREE LISTS AND REMOVE NONPRINCIPAL SUPERVARIABLES FROM ELEMENT */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+        p = pme1 ;
+        nleft = n - nel ;
+        for (pme = pme1 ; pme <= pme2 ; pme++)
+        {
+            i = Iw [pme] ;
+            ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n) ;
+            nvi = -Nv [i] ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("Restore i "ID" "ID"\n", i, nvi)) ;
+            if (nvi > 0)
+            {
+                /* i is a principal variable in Lme */
+                /* restore Nv [i] to signify that i is principal */
+                Nv [i] = nvi ;
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* compute the external degree (add size of current element) */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                deg = Degree [i] + degme - nvi ;
+                deg = MIN (deg, nleft - nvi) ;
+                ASSERT (IMPLIES (aggressive, deg > 0) && deg >= 0 && deg < n) ;
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* place the supervariable at the head of the degree list */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                inext = Head [deg] ;
+                ASSERT (inext >= EMPTY && inext < n) ;
+                if (inext != EMPTY) Last [inext] = i ;
+                Next [i] = inext ;
+                Last [i] = EMPTY ;
+                Head [deg] = i ;
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* save the new degree, and find the minimum degree */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                mindeg = MIN (mindeg, deg) ;
+                Degree [i] = deg ;
+
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* place the supervariable in the element pattern */
+                /* --------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+                Iw [p++] = i ;
+
+            }
+        }
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("restore done\n")) ;
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* FINALIZE THE NEW ELEMENT */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("ME = "ID" DONE\n", me)) ;
+        Nv [me] = nvpiv ;
+        /* save the length of the list for the new element me */
+        Len [me] = p - pme1 ;
+        if (Len [me] == 0)
+        {
+            /* there is nothing left of the current pivot element */
+            /* it is a root of the assembly tree */
+            Pe [me] = EMPTY ;
+            W [me] = 0 ;
+        }
+        if (elenme != 0)
+        {
+            /* element was not constructed in place: deallocate part of */
+            /* it since newly nonprincipal variables may have been removed */
+            pfree = p ;
+        }
+
+        /* The new element has nvpiv pivots and the size of the contribution
+         * block for a multifrontal method is degme-by-degme, not including
+         * the "dense" rows/columns.  If the "dense" rows/columns are included,
+         * the frontal matrix is no larger than
+         * (degme+ndense)-by-(degme+ndense).
+         */
+
+        if (Info != (double *) NULL)
+        {
+            f = nvpiv ;
+            r = degme + ndense ;
+            dmax = MAX (dmax, f + r) ;
+
+            /* number of nonzeros in L (excluding the diagonal) */
+            lnzme = f*r + (f-1)*f/2 ;
+            lnz += lnzme ;
+
+            /* number of divide operations for LDL' and for LU */
+            ndiv += lnzme ;
+
+            /* number of multiply-subtract pairs for LU */
+            s = f*r*r + r*(f-1)*f + (f-1)*f*(2*f-1)/6 ;
+            nms_lu += s ;
+
+            /* number of multiply-subtract pairs for LDL' */
+            nms_ldl += (s + lnzme)/2 ;
+        }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("finalize done nel "ID" n "ID"\n   ::::\n", nel, n)) ;
+        for (pme = Pe [me] ; pme <= Pe [me] + Len [me] - 1 ; pme++)
+        {
+              AMD_DEBUG3 ((" "ID"", Iw [pme])) ;
+        }
+        AMD_DEBUG3 (("\n")) ;
+#endif
+
+    }
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* DONE SELECTING PIVOTS */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+    if (Info != (double *) NULL)
+    {
+
+        /* count the work to factorize the ndense-by-ndense submatrix */
+        f = ndense ;
+        dmax = MAX (dmax, (double) ndense) ;
+
+        /* number of nonzeros in L (excluding the diagonal) */
+        lnzme = (f-1)*f/2 ;
+        lnz += lnzme ;
+
+        /* number of divide operations for LDL' and for LU */
+        ndiv += lnzme ;
+
+        /* number of multiply-subtract pairs for LU */
+        s = (f-1)*f*(2*f-1)/6 ;
+        nms_lu += s ;
+
+        /* number of multiply-subtract pairs for LDL' */
+        nms_ldl += (s + lnzme)/2 ;
+
+        /* number of nz's in L (excl. diagonal) */
+        Info [AMD_LNZ] = lnz ;
+
+        /* number of divide ops for LU and LDL' */
+        Info [AMD_NDIV] = ndiv ;
+
+        /* number of multiply-subtract pairs for LDL' */
+        Info [AMD_NMULTSUBS_LDL] = nms_ldl ;
+
+        /* number of multiply-subtract pairs for LU */
+        Info [AMD_NMULTSUBS_LU] = nms_lu ;
+
+        /* number of "dense" rows/columns */
+        Info [AMD_NDENSE] = ndense ;
+
+        /* largest front is dmax-by-dmax */
+        Info [AMD_DMAX] = dmax ;
+
+        /* number of garbage collections in AMD */
+        Info [AMD_NCMPA] = ncmpa ;
+
+        /* successful ordering */
+        Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OK ;
+    }
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* POST-ORDERING */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Variables at this point:
+ *
+ * Pe: holds the elimination tree.  The parent of j is FLIP (Pe [j]),
+ *      or EMPTY if j is a root.  The tree holds both elements and
+ *      non-principal (unordered) variables absorbed into them.
+ *      Dense variables are non-principal and unordered.
+ *
+ * Elen: holds the size of each element, including the diagonal part.
+ *      FLIP (Elen [e]) > 0 if e is an element.  For unordered
+ *      variables i, Elen [i] is EMPTY.
+ *
+ * Nv: Nv [e] > 0 is the number of pivots represented by the element e.
+ *      For unordered variables i, Nv [i] is zero.
+ *
+ * Contents no longer needed:
+ *      W, Iw, Len, Degree, Head, Next, Last.
+ *
+ * The matrix itself has been destroyed.
+ *
+ * n: the size of the matrix.
+ * No other scalars needed (pfree, iwlen, etc.)
+ * ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    /* restore Pe */
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        Pe [i] = FLIP (Pe [i]) ;
+    }
+
+    /* restore Elen, for output information, and for postordering */
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        Elen [i] = FLIP (Elen [i]) ;
+    }
+
+/* Now the parent of j is Pe [j], or EMPTY if j is a root.  Elen [e] > 0
+ * is the size of element e.  Elen [i] is EMPTY for unordered variable i. */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    AMD_DEBUG2 (("\nTree:\n")) ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        AMD_DEBUG2 ((" "ID" parent: "ID"   ", i, Pe [i])) ;
+        ASSERT (Pe [i] >= EMPTY && Pe [i] < n) ;
+        if (Nv [i] > 0)
+        {
+            /* this is an element */
+            e = i ;
+            AMD_DEBUG2 ((" element, size is "ID"\n", Elen [i])) ;
+            ASSERT (Elen [e] > 0) ;
+        }
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("\n")) ;
+    }
+    AMD_DEBUG2 (("\nelements:\n")) ;
+    for (e = 0 ; e < n ; e++)
+    {
+        if (Nv [e] > 0)
+        {
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("Element e= "ID" size "ID" nv "ID" \n", e,
+                Elen [e], Nv [e])) ;
+        }
+    }
+    AMD_DEBUG2 (("\nvariables:\n")) ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        Int cnt ;
+        if (Nv [i] == 0)
+        {
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("i unordered: "ID"\n", i)) ;
+            j = Pe [i] ;
+            cnt = 0 ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("  j: "ID"\n", j)) ;
+            if (j == EMPTY)
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("  i is a dense variable\n")) ;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < n) ;
+                while (Nv [j] == 0)
+                {
+                    AMD_DEBUG3 (("      j : "ID"\n", j)) ;
+                    j = Pe [j] ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG3 (("      j:: "ID"\n", j)) ;
+                    cnt++ ;
+                    if (cnt > n) break ;
+                }
+                e = j ;
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("  got to e: "ID"\n", e)) ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* compress the paths of the variables */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        if (Nv [i] == 0)
+        {
+
+            /* -------------------------------------------------------------
+             * i is an un-ordered row.  Traverse the tree from i until
+             * reaching an element, e.  The element, e, was the principal
+             * supervariable of i and all nodes in the path from i to when e
+             * was selected as pivot.
+             * ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            AMD_DEBUG1 (("Path compression, i unordered: "ID"\n", i)) ;
+            j = Pe [i] ;
+            ASSERT (j >= EMPTY && j < n) ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("      j: "ID"\n", j)) ;
+            if (j == EMPTY)
+            {
+                /* Skip a dense variable.  It has no parent. */
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("      i is a dense variable\n")) ;
+                continue ;
+            }
+
+            /* while (j is a variable) */
+            while (Nv [j] == 0)
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("          j : "ID"\n", j)) ;
+                j = Pe [j] ;
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("          j:: "ID"\n", j)) ;
+                ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < n) ;
+            }
+            /* got to an element e */
+            e = j ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("got to e: "ID"\n", e)) ;
+
+            /* -------------------------------------------------------------
+             * traverse the path again from i to e, and compress the path
+             * (all nodes point to e).  Path compression allows this code to
+             * compute in O(n) time.
+             * ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+            j = i ;
+            /* while (j is a variable) */
+            while (Nv [j] == 0)
+            {
+                jnext = Pe [j] ;
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("j "ID" jnext "ID"\n", j, jnext)) ;
+                Pe [j] = e ;
+                j = jnext ;
+                ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < n) ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* postorder the assembly tree */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+    AMD_postorder (n, Pe, Nv, Elen,
+        W,                      /* output order */
+        Head, Next, Last) ;     /* workspace */
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* compute output permutation and inverse permutation */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+    /* W [e] = k means that element e is the kth element in the new
+     * order.  e is in the range 0 to n-1, and k is in the range 0 to
+     * the number of elements.  Use Head for inverse order. */
+
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n ; k++)
+    {
+        Head [k] = EMPTY ;
+        Next [k] = EMPTY ;
+    }
+    for (e = 0 ; e < n ; e++)
+    {
+        k = W [e] ;
+        ASSERT ((k == EMPTY) == (Nv [e] == 0)) ;
+        if (k != EMPTY)
+        {
+            ASSERT (k >= 0 && k < n) ;
+            Head [k] = e ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* construct output inverse permutation in Next,
+     * and permutation in Last */
+    nel = 0 ;
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n ; k++)
+    {
+        e = Head [k] ;
+        if (e == EMPTY) break ;
+        ASSERT (e >= 0 && e < n && Nv [e] > 0) ;
+        Next [e] = nel ;
+        nel += Nv [e] ;
+    }
+    ASSERT (nel == n - ndense) ;
+
+    /* order non-principal variables (dense, & those merged into supervar's) */
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        if (Nv [i] == 0)
+        {
+            e = Pe [i] ;
+            ASSERT (e >= EMPTY && e < n) ;
+            if (e != EMPTY)
+            {
+                /* This is an unordered variable that was merged
+                 * into element e via supernode detection or mass
+                 * elimination of i when e became the pivot element.
+                 * Place i in order just before e. */
+                ASSERT (Next [i] == EMPTY && Nv [e] > 0) ;
+                Next [i] = Next [e] ;
+                Next [e]++ ;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* This is a dense unordered variable, with no parent.
+                 * Place it last in the output order. */
+                Next [i] = nel++ ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    ASSERT (nel == n) ;
+
+    AMD_DEBUG2 (("\n\nPerm:\n")) ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        k = Next [i] ;
+        ASSERT (k >= 0 && k < n) ;
+        Last [k] = i ;
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("   perm ["ID"] = "ID"\n", k, i)) ;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_aat.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_aat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63bf55f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_aat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_aat ============================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* AMD_aat:  compute the symmetry of the pattern of A, and count the number of
+ * nonzeros each column of A+A' (excluding the diagonal).  Assumes the input
+ * matrix has no errors, with sorted columns and no duplicates
+ * (AMD_valid (n, n, Ap, Ai) must be AMD_OK, but this condition is not
+ * checked).
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+GLOBAL size_t AMD_aat   /* returns nz in A+A' */
+(
+    Int n,
+    const Int Ap [ ],
+    const Int Ai [ ],
+    Int Len [ ],        /* Len [j]: length of column j of A+A', excl diagonal*/
+    Int Tp [ ],         /* workspace of size n */
+    double Info [ ]
+)
+{
+    Int p1, p2, p, i, j, pj, pj2, k, nzdiag, nzboth, nz ;
+    double sym ;
+    size_t nzaat ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    AMD_debug_init ("AMD AAT") ;
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n ; k++) Tp [k] = EMPTY ;
+    ASSERT (AMD_valid (n, n, Ap, Ai) == AMD_OK) ;
+#endif
+
+    if (Info != (double *) NULL)
+    {
+        /* clear the Info array, if it exists */
+        for (i = 0 ; i < AMD_INFO ; i++)
+        {
+            Info [i] = EMPTY ;
+        }
+        Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OK ;
+    }
+
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n ; k++)
+    {
+        Len [k] = 0 ;
+    }
+
+    nzdiag = 0 ;
+    nzboth = 0 ;
+    nz = Ap [n] ;
+
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n ; k++)
+    {
+        p1 = Ap [k] ;
+        p2 = Ap [k+1] ;
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("\nAAT Column: "ID" p1: "ID" p2: "ID"\n", k, p1, p2)) ;
+
+        /* construct A+A' */
+        for (p = p1 ; p < p2 ; )
+        {
+            /* scan the upper triangular part of A */
+            j = Ai [p] ;
+            if (j < k)
+            {
+                /* entry A (j,k) is in the strictly upper triangular part,
+                 * add both A (j,k) and A (k,j) to the matrix A+A' */
+                Len [j]++ ;
+                Len [k]++ ;
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("    upper ("ID","ID") ("ID","ID")\n", j,k, k,j));
+                p++ ;
+            }
+            else if (j == k)
+            {
+                /* skip the diagonal */
+                p++ ;
+                nzdiag++ ;
+                break ;
+            }
+            else /* j > k */
+            {
+                /* first entry below the diagonal */
+                break ;
+            }
+            /* scan lower triangular part of A, in column j until reaching
+             * row k.  Start where last scan left off. */
+            ASSERT (Tp [j] != EMPTY) ;
+            ASSERT (Ap [j] <= Tp [j] && Tp [j] <= Ap [j+1]) ;
+            pj2 = Ap [j+1] ;
+            for (pj = Tp [j] ; pj < pj2 ; )
+            {
+                i = Ai [pj] ;
+                if (i < k)
+                {
+                    /* A (i,j) is only in the lower part, not in upper.
+                     * add both A (i,j) and A (j,i) to the matrix A+A' */
+                    Len [i]++ ;
+                    Len [j]++ ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG3 (("    lower ("ID","ID") ("ID","ID")\n",
+                        i,j, j,i)) ;
+                    pj++ ;
+                }
+                else if (i == k)
+                {
+                    /* entry A (k,j) in lower part and A (j,k) in upper */
+                    pj++ ;
+                    nzboth++ ;
+                    break ;
+                }
+                else /* i > k */
+                {
+                    /* consider this entry later, when k advances to i */
+                    break ;
+                }
+            }
+            Tp [j] = pj ;
+        }
+        /* Tp [k] points to the entry just below the diagonal in column k */
+        Tp [k] = p ;
+    }
+
+    /* clean up, for remaining mismatched entries */
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        for (pj = Tp [j] ; pj < Ap [j+1] ; pj++)
+        {
+            i = Ai [pj] ;
+            /* A (i,j) is only in the lower part, not in upper.
+             * add both A (i,j) and A (j,i) to the matrix A+A' */
+            Len [i]++ ;
+            Len [j]++ ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("    lower cleanup ("ID","ID") ("ID","ID")\n",
+                i,j, j,i)) ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* compute the symmetry of the nonzero pattern of A */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    /* Given a matrix A, the symmetry of A is:
+     *  B = tril (spones (A), -1) + triu (spones (A), 1) ;
+     *  sym = nnz (B & B') / nnz (B) ;
+     *  or 1 if nnz (B) is zero.
+     */
+
+    if (nz == nzdiag)
+    {
+        sym = 1 ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        sym = (2 * (double) nzboth) / ((double) (nz - nzdiag)) ;
+    }
+
+    nzaat = 0 ;
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n ; k++)
+    {
+        nzaat += Len [k] ;
+    }
+
+    AMD_DEBUG1 (("AMD nz in A+A', excluding diagonal (nzaat) = %g\n",
+        (double) nzaat)) ;
+    AMD_DEBUG1 (("   nzboth: "ID" nz: "ID" nzdiag: "ID" symmetry: %g\n",
+                nzboth, nz, nzdiag, sym)) ;
+
+    if (Info != (double *) NULL)
+    {
+        Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OK ;
+        Info [AMD_N] = n ;
+        Info [AMD_NZ] = nz ;
+        Info [AMD_SYMMETRY] = sym ;         /* symmetry of pattern of A */
+        Info [AMD_NZDIAG] = nzdiag ;        /* nonzeros on diagonal of A */
+        Info [AMD_NZ_A_PLUS_AT] = nzaat ;   /* nonzeros in A+A' */
+    }
+
+    return (nzaat) ;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_control.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_control.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4d4f0df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_control.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_control ========================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* User-callable.  Prints the control parameters for AMD.  See amd.h
+ * for details.  If the Control array is not present, the defaults are
+ * printed instead.
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_control
+(
+    double Control [ ]
+)
+{
+    double alpha ;
+    Int aggressive ;
+
+    if (Control != (double *) NULL)
+    {
+        alpha = Control [AMD_DENSE] ;
+        aggressive = Control [AMD_AGGRESSIVE] != 0 ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        alpha = AMD_DEFAULT_DENSE ;
+        aggressive = AMD_DEFAULT_AGGRESSIVE ;
+    }
+
+    PRINTF (("\nAMD version %d.%d.%d, %s: approximate minimum degree ordering\n"
+        "    dense row parameter: %g\n", AMD_MAIN_VERSION, AMD_SUB_VERSION,
+        AMD_SUBSUB_VERSION, AMD_DATE, alpha)) ;
+
+    if (alpha < 0)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("    no rows treated as dense\n")) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PRINTF ((
+        "    (rows with more than max (%g * sqrt (n), 16) entries are\n"
+        "    considered \"dense\", and placed last in output permutation)\n",
+        alpha)) ;
+    }
+
+    if (aggressive)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("    aggressive absorption:  yes\n")) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PRINTF (("    aggressive absorption:  no\n")) ;
+    }
+
+    PRINTF (("    size of AMD integer: %d\n\n", sizeof (Int))) ;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_defaults.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_defaults.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..820e8942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_defaults.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_defaults ======================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* User-callable.  Sets default control parameters for AMD.  See amd.h
+ * for details.
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD defaults ======================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_defaults
+(
+    double Control [ ]
+)
+{
+    Int i ;
+
+    if (Control != (double *) NULL)
+    {
+        for (i = 0 ; i < AMD_CONTROL ; i++)
+        {
+            Control [i] = 0 ;
+        }
+        Control [AMD_DENSE] = AMD_DEFAULT_DENSE ;
+        Control [AMD_AGGRESSIVE] = AMD_DEFAULT_AGGRESSIVE ;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_dump.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_dump.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39bbe1d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_dump.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_dump ============================================================ */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Debugging routines for AMD.  Not used if NDEBUG is not defined at compile-
+ * time (the default).  See comments in amd_internal.h on how to enable
+ * debugging.  Not user-callable.
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+
+/* This global variable is present only when debugging */
+GLOBAL Int AMD_debug = -999 ;           /* default is no debug printing */
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_debug_init ====================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* Sets the debug print level, by reading the file debug.amd (if it exists) */
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_debug_init ( char *s )
+{
+    FILE *f ;
+    f = fopen ("debug.amd", "r") ;
+    if (f == (FILE *) NULL)
+    {
+        AMD_debug = -999 ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fscanf (f, ID, &AMD_debug) ;
+        fclose (f) ;
+    }
+    if (AMD_debug >= 0)
+    {
+        printf ("%s: AMD_debug_init, D= "ID"\n", s, AMD_debug) ;
+    }
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_dump ============================================================ */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* Dump AMD's data structure, except for the hash buckets.  This routine
+ * cannot be called when the hash buckets are non-empty.
+ */
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_dump (
+    Int n,          /* A is n-by-n */
+    Int Pe [ ],     /* pe [0..n-1]: index in iw of start of row i */
+    Int Iw [ ],     /* workspace of size iwlen, iwlen [0..pfree-1]
+                     * holds the matrix on input */
+    Int Len [ ],    /* len [0..n-1]: length for row i */
+    Int iwlen,      /* length of iw */
+    Int pfree,      /* iw [pfree ... iwlen-1] is empty on input */
+    Int Nv [ ],     /* nv [0..n-1] */
+    Int Next [ ],   /* next [0..n-1] */
+    Int Last [ ],   /* last [0..n-1] */
+    Int Head [ ],   /* head [0..n-1] */
+    Int Elen [ ],   /* size n */
+    Int Degree [ ], /* size n */
+    Int W [ ],      /* size n */
+    Int nel
+)
+{
+    Int i, pe, elen, nv, len, e, p, k, j, deg, w, cnt, ilast ;
+
+    if (AMD_debug < 0) return ;
+    ASSERT (pfree <= iwlen) ;
+    AMD_DEBUG3 (("\nAMD dump, pfree: "ID"\n", pfree)) ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        pe = Pe [i] ;
+        elen = Elen [i] ;
+        nv = Nv [i] ;
+        len = Len [i] ;
+        w = W [i] ;
+
+        if (elen >= EMPTY)
+        {
+            if (nv == 0)
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("\nI "ID": nonprincipal:    ", i)) ;
+                ASSERT (elen == EMPTY) ;
+                if (pe == EMPTY)
+                {
+                    AMD_DEBUG3 ((" dense node\n")) ;
+                    ASSERT (w == 1) ;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    ASSERT (pe < EMPTY) ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG3 ((" i "ID" -> parent "ID"\n", i, FLIP (Pe[i])));
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("\nI "ID": active principal supervariable:\n",i));
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("   nv(i): "ID"  Flag: %d\n", nv, (nv < 0))) ;
+                ASSERT (elen >= 0) ;
+                ASSERT (nv > 0 && pe >= 0) ;
+                p = pe ;
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("   e/s: ")) ;
+                if (elen == 0) AMD_DEBUG3 ((" : ")) ;
+                ASSERT (pe + len <= pfree) ;
+                for (k = 0 ; k < len ; k++)
+                {
+                    j = Iw [p] ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG3 (("  "ID"", j)) ;
+                    ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < n) ;
+                    if (k == elen-1) AMD_DEBUG3 ((" : ")) ;
+                    p++ ;
+                }
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("\n")) ;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            e = i ;
+            if (w == 0)
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("\nE "ID": absorbed element: w "ID"\n", e, w)) ;
+                ASSERT (nv > 0 && pe < 0) ;
+                AMD_DEBUG3 ((" e "ID" -> parent "ID"\n", e, FLIP (Pe [e]))) ;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("\nE "ID": unabsorbed element: w "ID"\n", e, w)) ;
+                ASSERT (nv > 0 && pe >= 0) ;
+                p = pe ;
+                AMD_DEBUG3 ((" : ")) ;
+                ASSERT (pe + len <= pfree) ;
+                for (k = 0 ; k < len ; k++)
+                {
+                    j = Iw [p] ;
+                    AMD_DEBUG3 (("  "ID"", j)) ;
+                    ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < n) ;
+                    p++ ;
+                }
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("\n")) ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* this routine cannot be called when the hash buckets are non-empty */
+    AMD_DEBUG3 (("\nDegree lists:\n")) ;
+    if (nel >= 0)
+    {
+        cnt = 0 ;
+        for (deg = 0 ; deg < n ; deg++)
+        {
+            if (Head [deg] == EMPTY) continue ;
+            ilast = EMPTY ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 ((ID": \n", deg)) ;
+            for (i = Head [deg] ; i != EMPTY ; i = Next [i])
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG3 (("   "ID" : next "ID" last "ID" deg "ID"\n",
+                    i, Next [i], Last [i], Degree [i])) ;
+                ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n && ilast == Last [i] &&
+                    deg == Degree [i]) ;
+                cnt += Nv [i] ;
+                ilast = i ;
+            }
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("\n")) ;
+        }
+        ASSERT (cnt == n - nel) ;
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_info.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_info.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7b806a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_info.c
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_info ============================================================ */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* User-callable.  Prints the output statistics for AMD.  See amd.h
+ * for details.  If the Info array is not present, nothing is printed.
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+#define PRI(format,x) { if (x >= 0) { PRINTF ((format, x)) ; }}
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_info
+(
+    double Info [ ]
+)
+{
+    double n, ndiv, nmultsubs_ldl, nmultsubs_lu, lnz, lnzd ;
+
+    PRINTF (("\nAMD version %d.%d.%d, %s, results:\n",
+        AMD_MAIN_VERSION, AMD_SUB_VERSION, AMD_SUBSUB_VERSION, AMD_DATE)) ;
+
+    if (!Info)
+    {
+        return ;
+    }
+
+    n = Info [AMD_N] ;
+    ndiv = Info [AMD_NDIV] ;
+    nmultsubs_ldl = Info [AMD_NMULTSUBS_LDL] ;
+    nmultsubs_lu = Info [AMD_NMULTSUBS_LU] ;
+    lnz = Info [AMD_LNZ] ;
+    lnzd = (n >= 0 && lnz >= 0) ? (n + lnz) : (-1) ;
+
+    /* AMD return status */
+    PRINTF (("    status: ")) ;
+    if (Info [AMD_STATUS] == AMD_OK)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("OK\n")) ;
+    }
+    else if (Info [AMD_STATUS] == AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("out of memory\n")) ;
+    }
+    else if (Info [AMD_STATUS] == AMD_INVALID)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("invalid matrix\n")) ;
+    }
+    else if (Info [AMD_STATUS] == AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("OK, but jumbled\n")) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PRINTF (("unknown\n")) ;
+    }
+
+    /* statistics about the input matrix */
+    PRI ("    n, dimension of A:                                  %.20g\n", n);
+    PRI ("    nz, number of nonzeros in A:                        %.20g\n",
+        Info [AMD_NZ]) ;
+    PRI ("    symmetry of A:                                      %.4f\n",
+        Info [AMD_SYMMETRY]) ;
+    PRI ("    number of nonzeros on diagonal:                     %.20g\n",
+        Info [AMD_NZDIAG]) ;
+    PRI ("    nonzeros in pattern of A+A' (excl. diagonal):       %.20g\n",
+        Info [AMD_NZ_A_PLUS_AT]) ;
+    PRI ("    # dense rows/columns of A+A':                       %.20g\n",
+        Info [AMD_NDENSE]) ;
+
+    /* statistics about AMD's behavior  */
+    PRI ("    memory used, in bytes:                              %.20g\n",
+        Info [AMD_MEMORY]) ;
+    PRI ("    # of memory compactions:                            %.20g\n",
+        Info [AMD_NCMPA]) ;
+
+    /* statistics about the ordering quality */
+    PRINTF (("\n"
+        "    The following approximate statistics are for a subsequent\n"
+        "    factorization of A(P,P) + A(P,P)'.  They are slight upper\n"
+        "    bounds if there are no dense rows/columns in A+A', and become\n"
+        "    looser if dense rows/columns exist.\n\n")) ;
+
+    PRI ("    nonzeros in L (excluding diagonal):                 %.20g\n",
+        lnz) ;
+    PRI ("    nonzeros in L (including diagonal):                 %.20g\n",
+        lnzd) ;
+    PRI ("    # divide operations for LDL' or LU:                 %.20g\n",
+        ndiv) ;
+    PRI ("    # multiply-subtract operations for LDL':            %.20g\n",
+        nmultsubs_ldl) ;
+    PRI ("    # multiply-subtract operations for LU:              %.20g\n",
+        nmultsubs_lu) ;
+    PRI ("    max nz. in any column of L (incl. diagonal):        %.20g\n",
+        Info [AMD_DMAX]) ;
+
+    /* total flop counts for various factorizations */
+
+    if (n >= 0 && ndiv >= 0 && nmultsubs_ldl >= 0 && nmultsubs_lu >= 0)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("\n"
+        "    chol flop count for real A, sqrt counted as 1 flop: %.20g\n"
+        "    LDL' flop count for real A:                         %.20g\n"
+        "    LDL' flop count for complex A:                      %.20g\n"
+        "    LU flop count for real A (with no pivoting):        %.20g\n"
+        "    LU flop count for complex A (with no pivoting):     %.20g\n\n",
+        n + ndiv + 2*nmultsubs_ldl,
+            ndiv + 2*nmultsubs_ldl,
+          9*ndiv + 8*nmultsubs_ldl,
+            ndiv + 2*nmultsubs_lu,
+          9*ndiv + 8*nmultsubs_lu)) ;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_internal.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b08f8436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* amd_internal.h */
+
+/* Written by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>. */
+
+#ifndef AMD_INTERNAL_H
+#define AMD_INTERNAL_H
+
+/* AMD will be exceedingly slow when running in debug mode. */
+#if 1
+#define NDEBUG
+#endif
+
+#include "amd.h"
+#define _GLPSTD_STDIO
+#include "env.h"
+
+#define Int int
+#define ID "%d"
+#define Int_MAX INT_MAX
+
+#if 0 /* 15/II-2012 */
+/* now this macro is defined in glpenv.h; besides, the definiton below
+   depends on implementation, because size_t is an unsigned type */
+#define SIZE_T_MAX ((size_t)(-1))
+#endif
+
+#define EMPTY (-1)
+#define FLIP(i) (-(i)-2)
+#define UNFLIP(i) ((i < EMPTY) ? FLIP (i) : (i))
+
+#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#define IMPLIES(p, q) (!(p) || (q))
+
+#define GLOBAL
+
+#define AMD_order amd_order
+#define AMD_defaults amd_defaults
+#define AMD_control amd_control
+#define AMD_info amd_info
+#define AMD_1 amd_1
+#define AMD_2 amd_2
+#define AMD_valid amd_valid
+#define AMD_aat amd_aat
+#define AMD_postorder amd_postorder
+#define AMD_post_tree amd_post_tree
+#define AMD_dump amd_dump
+#define AMD_debug amd_debug
+#define AMD_debug_init amd_debug_init
+#define AMD_preprocess amd_preprocess
+
+#define amd_malloc xmalloc
+#if 0 /* 24/V-2009 */
+#define amd_free xfree
+#else
+#define amd_free(ptr) { if ((ptr) != NULL) xfree(ptr); }
+#endif
+#define amd_printf xprintf
+
+#define PRINTF(params) { amd_printf params; }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define ASSERT(expr) xassert(expr)
+#define AMD_DEBUG0(params) { PRINTF(params); }
+#define AMD_DEBUG1(params) { if (AMD_debug >= 1) PRINTF(params); }
+#define AMD_DEBUG2(params) { if (AMD_debug >= 2) PRINTF(params); }
+#define AMD_DEBUG3(params) { if (AMD_debug >= 3) PRINTF(params); }
+#define AMD_DEBUG4(params) { if (AMD_debug >= 4) PRINTF(params); }
+#else
+#define ASSERT(expression)
+#define AMD_DEBUG0(params)
+#define AMD_DEBUG1(params)
+#define AMD_DEBUG2(params)
+#define AMD_DEBUG3(params)
+#define AMD_DEBUG4(params)
+#endif
+
+#define amd_aat _glp_amd_aat
+size_t AMD_aat(Int n, const Int Ap[], const Int Ai[], Int Len[],
+      Int Tp[], double Info[]);
+
+#define amd_1 _glp_amd_1
+void AMD_1(Int n, const Int Ap[], const Int Ai[], Int P[], Int Pinv[],
+      Int Len[], Int slen, Int S[], double Control[], double Info[]);
+
+#define amd_postorder _glp_amd_postorder
+void AMD_postorder(Int nn, Int Parent[], Int Npiv[], Int Fsize[],
+      Int Order[], Int Child[], Int Sibling[], Int Stack[]);
+
+#define amd_post_tree _glp_amd_post_tree
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+Int AMD_post_tree(Int root, Int k, Int Child[], const Int Sibling[],
+      Int Order[], Int Stack[], Int nn);
+#else
+Int AMD_post_tree(Int root, Int k, Int Child[], const Int Sibling[],
+      Int Order[], Int Stack[]);
+#endif
+
+#define amd_preprocess _glp_amd_preprocess
+void AMD_preprocess(Int n, const Int Ap[], const Int Ai[], Int Rp[],
+      Int Ri[], Int W[], Int Flag[]);
+
+#define amd_debug _glp_amd_debug
+extern Int AMD_debug;
+
+#define amd_debug_init _glp_amd_debug_init
+void AMD_debug_init(char *s);
+
+#define amd_dump _glp_amd_dump
+void AMD_dump(Int n, Int Pe[], Int Iw[], Int Len[], Int iwlen,
+      Int pfree, Int Nv[], Int Next[], Int Last[], Int Head[],
+      Int Elen[], Int Degree[], Int W[], Int nel);
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_order.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_order.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..332d5663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_order.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_order =========================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* User-callable AMD minimum degree ordering routine.  See amd.h for
+ * documentation.
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_order =========================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+GLOBAL Int AMD_order
+(
+    Int n,
+    const Int Ap [ ],
+    const Int Ai [ ],
+    Int P [ ],
+    double Control [ ],
+    double Info [ ]
+)
+{
+    Int *Len, *S, nz, i, *Pinv, info, status, *Rp, *Ri, *Cp, *Ci, ok ;
+    size_t nzaat, slen ;
+    double mem = 0 ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    AMD_debug_init ("amd") ;
+#endif
+
+    /* clear the Info array, if it exists */
+    info = Info != (double *) NULL ;
+    if (info)
+    {
+        for (i = 0 ; i < AMD_INFO ; i++)
+        {
+            Info [i] = EMPTY ;
+        }
+        Info [AMD_N] = n ;
+        Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OK ;
+    }
+
+    /* make sure inputs exist and n is >= 0 */
+    if (Ai == (Int *) NULL || Ap == (Int *) NULL || P == (Int *) NULL || n < 0)
+    {
+        if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_INVALID ;
+        return (AMD_INVALID) ;      /* arguments are invalid */
+    }
+
+    if (n == 0)
+    {
+        return (AMD_OK) ;           /* n is 0 so there's nothing to do */
+    }
+
+    nz = Ap [n] ;
+    if (info)
+    {
+        Info [AMD_NZ] = nz ;
+    }
+    if (nz < 0)
+    {
+        if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_INVALID ;
+        return (AMD_INVALID) ;
+    }
+
+    /* check if n or nz will cause size_t overflow */
+    if (((size_t) n) >= SIZE_T_MAX / sizeof (Int)
+     || ((size_t) nz) >= SIZE_T_MAX / sizeof (Int))
+    {
+        if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY ;
+        return (AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY) ;        /* problem too large */
+    }
+
+    /* check the input matrix:  AMD_OK, AMD_INVALID, or AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED */
+    status = AMD_valid (n, n, Ap, Ai) ;
+
+    if (status == AMD_INVALID)
+    {
+        if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_INVALID ;
+        return (AMD_INVALID) ;      /* matrix is invalid */
+    }
+
+    /* allocate two size-n integer workspaces */
+    Len = amd_malloc (n * sizeof (Int)) ;
+    Pinv = amd_malloc (n * sizeof (Int)) ;
+    mem += n ;
+    mem += n ;
+    if (!Len || !Pinv)
+    {
+        /* :: out of memory :: */
+        amd_free (Len) ;
+        amd_free (Pinv) ;
+        if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY ;
+        return (AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY) ;
+    }
+
+    if (status == AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED)
+    {
+        /* sort the input matrix and remove duplicate entries */
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("Matrix is jumbled\n")) ;
+        Rp = amd_malloc ((n+1) * sizeof (Int)) ;
+        Ri = amd_malloc (MAX (nz,1) * sizeof (Int)) ;
+        mem += (n+1) ;
+        mem += MAX (nz,1) ;
+        if (!Rp || !Ri)
+        {
+            /* :: out of memory :: */
+            amd_free (Rp) ;
+            amd_free (Ri) ;
+            amd_free (Len) ;
+            amd_free (Pinv) ;
+            if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY ;
+            return (AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY) ;
+        }
+        /* use Len and Pinv as workspace to create R = A' */
+        AMD_preprocess (n, Ap, Ai, Rp, Ri, Len, Pinv) ;
+        Cp = Rp ;
+        Ci = Ri ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* order the input matrix as-is.  No need to compute R = A' first */
+        Rp = NULL ;
+        Ri = NULL ;
+        Cp = (Int *) Ap ;
+        Ci = (Int *) Ai ;
+    }
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* determine the symmetry and count off-diagonal nonzeros in A+A' */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    nzaat = AMD_aat (n, Cp, Ci, Len, P, Info) ;
+    AMD_DEBUG1 (("nzaat: %g\n", (double) nzaat)) ;
+    ASSERT ((MAX (nz-n, 0) <= nzaat) && (nzaat <= 2 * (size_t) nz)) ;
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* allocate workspace for matrix, elbow room, and 6 size-n vectors */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    S = NULL ;
+    slen = nzaat ;                      /* space for matrix */
+    ok = ((slen + nzaat/5) >= slen) ;   /* check for size_t overflow */
+    slen += nzaat/5 ;                   /* add elbow room */
+    for (i = 0 ; ok && i < 7 ; i++)
+    {
+        ok = ((slen + n) > slen) ;      /* check for size_t overflow */
+        slen += n ;                     /* size-n elbow room, 6 size-n work */
+    }
+    mem += slen ;
+    ok = ok && (slen < SIZE_T_MAX / sizeof (Int)) ; /* check for overflow */
+    ok = ok && (slen < Int_MAX) ;       /* S[i] for Int i must be OK */
+    if (ok)
+    {
+        S = amd_malloc (slen * sizeof (Int)) ;
+    }
+    AMD_DEBUG1 (("slen %g\n", (double) slen)) ;
+    if (!S)
+    {
+        /* :: out of memory :: (or problem too large) */
+        amd_free (Rp) ;
+        amd_free (Ri) ;
+        amd_free (Len) ;
+        amd_free (Pinv) ;
+        if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY ;
+        return (AMD_OUT_OF_MEMORY) ;
+    }
+    if (info)
+    {
+        /* memory usage, in bytes. */
+        Info [AMD_MEMORY] = mem * sizeof (Int) ;
+    }
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* order the matrix */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    AMD_1 (n, Cp, Ci, P, Pinv, Len, slen, S, Control, Info) ;
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* free the workspace */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    amd_free (Rp) ;
+    amd_free (Ri) ;
+    amd_free (Len) ;
+    amd_free (Pinv) ;
+    amd_free (S) ;
+    if (info) Info [AMD_STATUS] = status ;
+    return (status) ;       /* successful ordering */
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_post_tree.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_post_tree.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bff0e263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_post_tree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_post_tree ======================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Post-ordering of a supernodal elimination tree.  */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+GLOBAL Int AMD_post_tree
+(
+    Int root,                   /* root of the tree */
+    Int k,                      /* start numbering at k */
+    Int Child [ ],              /* input argument of size nn, undefined on
+                                 * output.  Child [i] is the head of a link
+                                 * list of all nodes that are children of node
+                                 * i in the tree. */
+    const Int Sibling [ ],      /* input argument of size nn, not modified.
+                                 * If f is a node in the link list of the
+                                 * children of node i, then Sibling [f] is the
+                                 * next child of node i.
+                                 */
+    Int Order [ ],              /* output order, of size nn.  Order [i] = k
+                                 * if node i is the kth node of the reordered
+                                 * tree. */
+    Int Stack [ ]               /* workspace of size nn */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    , Int nn                    /* nodes are in the range 0..nn-1. */
+#endif
+)
+{
+    Int f, head, h, i ;
+
+#if 0
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* recursive version (Stack [ ] is not used): */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    /* this is simple, but can caouse stack overflow if nn is large */
+    i = root ;
+    for (f = Child [i] ; f != EMPTY ; f = Sibling [f])
+    {
+        k = AMD_post_tree (f, k, Child, Sibling, Order, Stack, nn) ;
+    }
+    Order [i] = k++ ;
+    return (k) ;
+#endif
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* non-recursive version, using an explicit stack */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    /* push root on the stack */
+    head = 0 ;
+    Stack [0] = root ;
+
+    while (head >= 0)
+    {
+        /* get head of stack */
+        ASSERT (head < nn) ;
+        i = Stack [head] ;
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("head of stack "ID" \n", i)) ;
+        ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < nn) ;
+
+        if (Child [i] != EMPTY)
+        {
+            /* the children of i are not yet ordered */
+            /* push each child onto the stack in reverse order */
+            /* so that small ones at the head of the list get popped first */
+            /* and the biggest one at the end of the list gets popped last */
+            for (f = Child [i] ; f != EMPTY ; f = Sibling [f])
+            {
+                head++ ;
+                ASSERT (head < nn) ;
+                ASSERT (f >= 0 && f < nn) ;
+            }
+            h = head ;
+            ASSERT (head < nn) ;
+            for (f = Child [i] ; f != EMPTY ; f = Sibling [f])
+            {
+                ASSERT (h > 0) ;
+                Stack [h--] = f ;
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (("push "ID" on stack\n", f)) ;
+                ASSERT (f >= 0 && f < nn) ;
+            }
+            ASSERT (Stack [h] == i) ;
+
+            /* delete child list so that i gets ordered next time we see it */
+            Child [i] = EMPTY ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* the children of i (if there were any) are already ordered */
+            /* remove i from the stack and order it.  Front i is kth front */
+            head-- ;
+            AMD_DEBUG1 (("pop "ID" order "ID"\n", i, k)) ;
+            Order [i] = k++ ;
+            ASSERT (k <= nn) ;
+        }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("\nStack:")) ;
+        for (h = head ; h >= 0 ; h--)
+        {
+            Int j = Stack [h] ;
+            AMD_DEBUG1 ((" "ID, j)) ;
+            ASSERT (j >= 0 && j < nn) ;
+        }
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("\n\n")) ;
+        ASSERT (head < nn) ;
+#endif
+
+    }
+    return (k) ;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_postorder.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_postorder.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3ece915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_postorder.c
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_postorder ======================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Perform a postordering (via depth-first search) of an assembly tree. */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_postorder
+(
+    /* inputs, not modified on output: */
+    Int nn,             /* nodes are in the range 0..nn-1 */
+    Int Parent [ ],     /* Parent [j] is the parent of j, or EMPTY if root */
+    Int Nv [ ],         /* Nv [j] > 0 number of pivots represented by node j,
+                         * or zero if j is not a node. */
+    Int Fsize [ ],      /* Fsize [j]: size of node j */
+
+    /* output, not defined on input: */
+    Int Order [ ],      /* output post-order */
+
+    /* workspaces of size nn: */
+    Int Child [ ],
+    Int Sibling [ ],
+    Int Stack [ ]
+)
+{
+    Int i, j, k, parent, frsize, f, fprev, maxfrsize, bigfprev, bigf, fnext ;
+
+    for (j = 0 ; j < nn ; j++)
+    {
+        Child [j] = EMPTY ;
+        Sibling [j] = EMPTY ;
+    }
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* place the children in link lists - bigger elements tend to be last */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    for (j = nn-1 ; j >= 0 ; j--)
+    {
+        if (Nv [j] > 0)
+        {
+            /* this is an element */
+            parent = Parent [j] ;
+            if (parent != EMPTY)
+            {
+                /* place the element in link list of the children its parent */
+                /* bigger elements will tend to be at the end of the list */
+                Sibling [j] = Child [parent] ;
+                Child [parent] = j ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    {
+        Int nels, ff, nchild ;
+        AMD_DEBUG1 (("\n\n================================ AMD_postorder:\n"));
+        nels = 0 ;
+        for (j = 0 ; j < nn ; j++)
+        {
+            if (Nv [j] > 0)
+            {
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (( ""ID" :  nels "ID" npiv "ID" size "ID
+                    " parent "ID" maxfr "ID"\n", j, nels,
+                    Nv [j], Fsize [j], Parent [j], Fsize [j])) ;
+                /* this is an element */
+                /* dump the link list of children */
+                nchild = 0 ;
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (("    Children: ")) ;
+                for (ff = Child [j] ; ff != EMPTY ; ff = Sibling [ff])
+                {
+                    AMD_DEBUG1 ((ID" ", ff)) ;
+                    ASSERT (Parent [ff] == j) ;
+                    nchild++ ;
+                    ASSERT (nchild < nn) ;
+                }
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (("\n")) ;
+                parent = Parent [j] ;
+                if (parent != EMPTY)
+                {
+                    ASSERT (Nv [parent] > 0) ;
+                }
+                nels++ ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    AMD_DEBUG1 (("\n\nGo through the children of each node, and put\n"
+                 "the biggest child last in each list:\n")) ;
+#endif
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* place the largest child last in the list of children for each node */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < nn ; i++)
+    {
+        if (Nv [i] > 0 && Child [i] != EMPTY)
+        {
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            Int nchild ;
+            AMD_DEBUG1 (("Before partial sort, element "ID"\n", i)) ;
+            nchild = 0 ;
+            for (f = Child [i] ; f != EMPTY ; f = Sibling [f])
+            {
+                ASSERT (f >= 0 && f < nn) ;
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (("      f: "ID"  size: "ID"\n", f, Fsize [f])) ;
+                nchild++ ;
+                ASSERT (nchild <= nn) ;
+            }
+#endif
+
+            /* find the biggest element in the child list */
+            fprev = EMPTY ;
+            maxfrsize = EMPTY ;
+            bigfprev = EMPTY ;
+            bigf = EMPTY ;
+            for (f = Child [i] ; f != EMPTY ; f = Sibling [f])
+            {
+                ASSERT (f >= 0 && f < nn) ;
+                frsize = Fsize [f] ;
+                if (frsize >= maxfrsize)
+                {
+                    /* this is the biggest seen so far */
+                    maxfrsize = frsize ;
+                    bigfprev = fprev ;
+                    bigf = f ;
+                }
+                fprev = f ;
+            }
+            ASSERT (bigf != EMPTY) ;
+
+            fnext = Sibling [bigf] ;
+
+            AMD_DEBUG1 (("bigf "ID" maxfrsize "ID" bigfprev "ID" fnext "ID
+                " fprev " ID"\n", bigf, maxfrsize, bigfprev, fnext, fprev)) ;
+
+            if (fnext != EMPTY)
+            {
+                /* if fnext is EMPTY then bigf is already at the end of list */
+
+                if (bigfprev == EMPTY)
+                {
+                    /* delete bigf from the element of the list */
+                    Child [i] = fnext ;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* delete bigf from the middle of the list */
+                    Sibling [bigfprev] = fnext ;
+                }
+
+                /* put bigf at the end of the list */
+                Sibling [bigf] = EMPTY ;
+                ASSERT (Child [i] != EMPTY) ;
+                ASSERT (fprev != bigf) ;
+                ASSERT (fprev != EMPTY) ;
+                Sibling [fprev] = bigf ;
+            }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            AMD_DEBUG1 (("After partial sort, element "ID"\n", i)) ;
+            for (f = Child [i] ; f != EMPTY ; f = Sibling [f])
+            {
+                ASSERT (f >= 0 && f < nn) ;
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (("        "ID"  "ID"\n", f, Fsize [f])) ;
+                ASSERT (Nv [f] > 0) ;
+                nchild-- ;
+            }
+            ASSERT (nchild == 0) ;
+#endif
+
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* postorder the assembly tree */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < nn ; i++)
+    {
+        Order [i] = EMPTY ;
+    }
+
+    k = 0 ;
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < nn ; i++)
+    {
+        if (Parent [i] == EMPTY && Nv [i] > 0)
+        {
+            AMD_DEBUG1 (("Root of assembly tree "ID"\n", i)) ;
+            k = AMD_post_tree (i, k, Child, Sibling, Order, Stack
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+                , nn
+#endif
+                ) ;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_preprocess.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_preprocess.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc223fb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_preprocess.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_preprocess ====================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Sorts, removes duplicate entries, and transposes from the nonzero pattern of
+ * a column-form matrix A, to obtain the matrix R.  The input matrix can have
+ * duplicate entries and/or unsorted columns (AMD_valid (n,Ap,Ai) must not be
+ * AMD_INVALID).
+ *
+ * This input condition is NOT checked.  This routine is not user-callable.
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_preprocess ====================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* AMD_preprocess does not check its input for errors or allocate workspace.
+ * On input, the condition (AMD_valid (n,n,Ap,Ai) != AMD_INVALID) must hold.
+ */
+
+GLOBAL void AMD_preprocess
+(
+    Int n,              /* input matrix: A is n-by-n */
+    const Int Ap [ ],   /* size n+1 */
+    const Int Ai [ ],   /* size nz = Ap [n] */
+
+    /* output matrix R: */
+    Int Rp [ ],         /* size n+1 */
+    Int Ri [ ],         /* size nz (or less, if duplicates present) */
+
+    Int W [ ],          /* workspace of size n */
+    Int Flag [ ]        /* workspace of size n */
+)
+{
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* local variables */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    Int i, j, p, p2 ;
+
+    ASSERT (AMD_valid (n, n, Ap, Ai) != AMD_INVALID) ;
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* count the entries in each row of A (excluding duplicates) */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        W [i] = 0 ;             /* # of nonzeros in row i (excl duplicates) */
+        Flag [i] = EMPTY ;      /* Flag [i] = j if i appears in column j */
+    }
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        p2 = Ap [j+1] ;
+        for (p = Ap [j] ; p < p2 ; p++)
+        {
+            i = Ai [p] ;
+            if (Flag [i] != j)
+            {
+                /* row index i has not yet appeared in column j */
+                W [i]++ ;           /* one more entry in row i */
+                Flag [i] = j ;      /* flag row index i as appearing in col j*/
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* compute the row pointers for R */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    Rp [0] = 0 ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        Rp [i+1] = Rp [i] + W [i] ;
+    }
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        W [i] = Rp [i] ;
+        Flag [i] = EMPTY ;
+    }
+
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* construct the row form matrix R */
+    /* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+    /* R = row form of pattern of A */
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        p2 = Ap [j+1] ;
+        for (p = Ap [j] ; p < p2 ; p++)
+        {
+            i = Ai [p] ;
+            if (Flag [i] != j)
+            {
+                /* row index i has not yet appeared in column j */
+                Ri [W [i]++] = j ;  /* put col j in row i */
+                Flag [i] = j ;      /* flag row index i as appearing in col j*/
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    ASSERT (AMD_valid (n, n, Rp, Ri) == AMD_OK) ;
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        ASSERT (W [j] == Rp [j+1]) ;
+    }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_valid.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_valid.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9e2e5ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/amd/amd_valid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* ========================================================================= */
+/* === AMD_valid =========================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* AMD, Copyright (c) Timothy A. Davis,                                      */
+/* Patrick R. Amestoy, and Iain S. Duff.  See ../README.txt for License.     */
+/* email: davis at cise.ufl.edu    CISE Department, Univ. of Florida.        */
+/* web: http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/amd                          */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Check if a column-form matrix is valid or not.  The matrix A is
+ * n_row-by-n_col.  The row indices of entries in column j are in
+ * Ai [Ap [j] ... Ap [j+1]-1].  Required conditions are:
+ *
+ *      n_row >= 0
+ *      n_col >= 0
+ *      nz = Ap [n_col] >= 0        number of entries in the matrix
+ *      Ap [0] == 0
+ *      Ap [j] <= Ap [j+1] for all j in the range 0 to n_col.
+ *      Ai [0 ... nz-1] must be in the range 0 to n_row-1.
+ *
+ * If any of the above conditions hold, AMD_INVALID is returned.  If the
+ * following condition holds, AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED is returned (a warning,
+ * not an error):
+ *
+ *      row indices in Ai [Ap [j] ... Ap [j+1]-1] are not sorted in ascending
+ *          order, and/or duplicate entries exist.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, AMD_OK is returned.
+ *
+ * In v1.2 and earlier, this function returned TRUE if the matrix was valid
+ * (now returns AMD_OK), or FALSE otherwise (now returns AMD_INVALID or
+ * AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED).
+ */
+
+#include "amd_internal.h"
+
+GLOBAL Int AMD_valid
+(
+    /* inputs, not modified on output: */
+    Int n_row,          /* A is n_row-by-n_col */
+    Int n_col,
+    const Int Ap [ ],   /* column pointers of A, of size n_col+1 */
+    const Int Ai [ ]    /* row indices of A, of size nz = Ap [n_col] */
+)
+{
+    Int nz, j, p1, p2, ilast, i, p, result = AMD_OK ;
+
+    if (n_row < 0 || n_col < 0 || Ap == NULL || Ai == NULL)
+    {
+        return (AMD_INVALID) ;
+    }
+    nz = Ap [n_col] ;
+    if (Ap [0] != 0 || nz < 0)
+    {
+        /* column pointers must start at Ap [0] = 0, and Ap [n] must be >= 0 */
+        AMD_DEBUG0 (("column 0 pointer bad or nz < 0\n")) ;
+        return (AMD_INVALID) ;
+    }
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n_col ; j++)
+    {
+        p1 = Ap [j] ;
+        p2 = Ap [j+1] ;
+        AMD_DEBUG2 (("\nColumn: "ID" p1: "ID" p2: "ID"\n", j, p1, p2)) ;
+        if (p1 > p2)
+        {
+            /* column pointers must be ascending */
+            AMD_DEBUG0 (("column "ID" pointer bad\n", j)) ;
+            return (AMD_INVALID) ;
+        }
+        ilast = EMPTY ;
+        for (p = p1 ; p < p2 ; p++)
+        {
+            i = Ai [p] ;
+            AMD_DEBUG3 (("row: "ID"\n", i)) ;
+            if (i < 0 || i >= n_row)
+            {
+                /* row index out of range */
+                AMD_DEBUG0 (("index out of range, col "ID" row "ID"\n", j, i));
+                return (AMD_INVALID) ;
+            }
+            if (i <= ilast)
+            {
+                /* row index unsorted, or duplicate entry present */
+                AMD_DEBUG1 (("index unsorted/dupl col "ID" row "ID"\n", j, i));
+                result = AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED ;
+            }
+            ilast = i ;
+        }
+    }
+    return (result) ;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/advbas.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/advbas.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23067624
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/advbas.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* advbas.c (construct advanced initial LP basis) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+#include "triang.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_adv_basis - construct advanced initial LP basis
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_adv_basis(glp_prob *P, int flags);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_adv_basis constructs an advanced initial LP basis
+*  for the specified problem object.
+*
+*  The parameter flag is reserved for use in the future and should be
+*  specified as zero.
+*
+*  NOTE
+*
+*  The routine glp_adv_basis should be called after the constraint
+*  matrix has been scaled (if scaling is used). */
+
+static int mat(void *info, int k, int ind[], double val[])
+{     glp_prob *P = info;
+      int m = P->m;
+      int n = P->n;
+      GLPROW **row = P->row;
+      GLPCOL **col = P->col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, len;
+      if (k > 0)
+      {  /* retrieve scaled row of constraint matrix */
+         i = +k;
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+         len = 0;
+         if (row[i]->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  for (aij = row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            {  j = aij->col->j;
+               if (col[j]->type != GLP_FX)
+               {  len++;
+                  ind[len] = j;
+                  val[len] = aij->row->rii * aij->val * aij->col->sjj;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* retrieve scaled column of constraint matrix */
+         j = -k;
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+         len = 0;
+         if (col[j]->type != GLP_FX)
+         {  for (aij = col[j]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+            {  i = aij->row->i;
+               if (row[i]->type == GLP_FX)
+               {  len++;
+                  ind[len] = i;
+                  val[len] = aij->row->rii * aij->val * aij->col->sjj;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return len;
+}
+
+void glp_adv_basis(glp_prob *P, int flags)
+{     int i, j, k, m, n, min_mn, size, *rn, *cn;
+      char *flag;
+      if (flags != 0)
+         xerror("glp_adv_basis: flags = %d; invalid flags\n", flags);
+      m = P->m; /* number of rows */
+      n = P->n; /* number of columns */
+      if (m == 0 || n == 0)
+      {  /* trivial case */
+         glp_std_basis(P);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("Constructing initial basis...\n");
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      min_mn = (m < n ? m : n);
+      rn = talloc(1+min_mn, int);
+      cn = talloc(1+min_mn, int);
+      flag = talloc(1+m, char);
+      /* make the basis empty */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  flag[i] = 0;
+         glp_set_row_stat(P, i, GLP_NS);
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         glp_set_col_stat(P, j, GLP_NS);
+      /* find maximal triangular part of the constraint matrix;
+         to prevent including non-fixed rows and fixed columns in the
+         triangular part, such rows and columns are temporarily made
+         empty by the routine mat */
+#if 1 /* FIXME: tolerance */
+      size = triang(m, n, mat, P, 0.001, rn, cn);
+#endif
+      xassert(0 <= size && size <= min_mn);
+      /* include in the basis non-fixed structural variables, whose
+         columns constitute the triangular part */
+      for (k = 1; k <= size; k++)
+      {  i = rn[k];
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+         flag[i] = 1;
+         j = cn[k];
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+         glp_set_col_stat(P, j, GLP_BS);
+      }
+      /* include in the basis appropriate auxiliary variables, whose
+         unity columns preserve triangular form of the basis matrix */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (flag[i] == 0)
+         {  glp_set_row_stat(P, i, GLP_BS);
+            if (P->row[i]->type != GLP_FX)
+               size++;
+         }
+      }
+      /* size of triangular part = (number of rows) - (number of basic
+         fixed auxiliary variables) */
+      xprintf("Size of triangular part is %d\n", size);
+      /* deallocate working arrays */
+      tfree(rn);
+      tfree(cn);
+      tfree(flag);
+done: return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnhall.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnhall.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7112a10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnhall.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* asnhall.c (find bipartite matching of maximum cardinality) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "mc21a.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_asnprob_hall - find bipartite matching of maximum cardinality
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_asnprob_hall(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_x);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_asnprob_hall finds a matching of maximal cardinality
+*  in the specified bipartite graph G. It uses a version of the Fortran
+*  routine MC21A developed by I.S.Duff [1], which implements Hall's
+*  algorithm [2].
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_asnprob_hall returns the cardinality of the matching
+*  found. However, if the specified graph is incorrect (as detected by
+*  the routine glp_check_asnprob), the routine returns negative value.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. I.S.Duff, Algorithm 575: Permutations for zero-free diagonal, ACM
+*     Trans. on Math. Softw. 7 (1981), 387-390.
+*
+*  2. M.Hall, "An Algorithm for distinct representatives," Amer. Math.
+*     Monthly 63 (1956), 716-717. */
+
+int glp_asnprob_hall(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_x)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int card, i, k, loc, n, n1, n2, xij;
+      int *num, *icn, *ip, *lenr, *iperm, *pr, *arp, *cv, *out;
+      if (v_set >= 0 && v_set > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_hall: v_set = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_set);
+      if (a_x >= 0 && a_x > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_hall: a_x = %d; invalid offset\n", a_x);
+      if (glp_check_asnprob(G, v_set))
+         return -1;
+      /* determine the number of vertices in sets R and S and renumber
+         vertices in S which correspond to columns of the matrix; skip
+         all isolated vertices */
+      num = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      n1 = n2 = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (v->in == NULL && v->out != NULL)
+            n1++, num[i] = 0; /* vertex in R */
+         else if (v->in != NULL && v->out == NULL)
+            n2++, num[i] = n2; /* vertex in S */
+         else
+         {  xassert(v->in == NULL && v->out == NULL);
+            num[i] = -1; /* isolated vertex */
+         }
+      }
+      /* the matrix must be square, thus, if it has more columns than
+         rows, extra rows will be just empty, and vice versa */
+      n = (n1 >= n2 ? n1 : n2);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      icn = xcalloc(1+G->na, sizeof(int));
+      ip = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      lenr = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      iperm = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      pr = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      arp = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      cv = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      out = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      /* build the adjacency matrix of the bipartite graph in row-wise
+         format (rows are vertices in R, columns are vertices in S) */
+      k = 0, loc = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  if (num[i] != 0) continue;
+         /* vertex i in R */
+         ip[++k] = loc;
+         v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  xassert(num[a->head->i] != 0);
+            icn[loc++] = num[a->head->i];
+         }
+         lenr[k] = loc - ip[k];
+      }
+      xassert(loc-1 == G->na);
+      /* make all extra rows empty (all extra columns are empty due to
+         the row-wise format used) */
+      for (k++; k <= n; k++)
+         ip[k] = loc, lenr[k] = 0;
+      /* find a row permutation that maximizes the number of non-zeros
+         on the main diagonal */
+      card = mc21a(n, icn, ip, lenr, iperm, pr, arp, cv, out);
+#if 1 /* 18/II-2010 */
+      /* FIXED: if card = n, arp remains clobbered on exit */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         arp[i] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= card; i++)
+      {  k = iperm[i];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+         xassert(arp[k] == 0);
+         arp[k] = i;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* store solution, if necessary */
+      if (a_x < 0) goto skip;
+      k = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  if (num[i] != 0) continue;
+         /* vertex i in R */
+         k++;
+         v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  /* arp[k] is the number of matched column or zero */
+            if (arp[k] == num[a->head->i])
+            {  xassert(arp[k] != 0);
+               xij = 1;
+            }
+            else
+               xij = 0;
+            memcpy((char *)a->data + a_x, &xij, sizeof(int));
+         }
+      }
+skip: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(num);
+      xfree(icn);
+      xfree(ip);
+      xfree(lenr);
+      xfree(iperm);
+      xfree(pr);
+      xfree(arp);
+      xfree(cv);
+      xfree(out);
+      return card;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnlp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnlp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cfa925d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnlp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* asnlp.c (convert assignment problem to LP) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_asnprob_lp - convert assignment problem to LP
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_asnprob_lp(glp_prob *P, int form, glp_graph *G, int names,
+*     int v_set, int a_cost);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_asnprob_lp builds an LP problem, which corresponds
+*  to the assignment problem on the specified graph G.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the LP problem has been successfully built, the routine returns
+*  zero, otherwise, non-zero. */
+
+int glp_asnprob_lp(glp_prob *P, int form, glp_graph *G, int names,
+      int v_set, int a_cost)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, ret, ind[1+2];
+      double cost, val[1+2];
+      if (!(form == GLP_ASN_MIN || form == GLP_ASN_MAX ||
+            form == GLP_ASN_MMP))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_lp: form = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            form);
+      if (!(names == GLP_ON || names == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_lp: names = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            names);
+      if (v_set >= 0 && v_set > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_lp: v_set = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_set);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_lp: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      ret = glp_check_asnprob(G, v_set);
+      if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      glp_erase_prob(P);
+      if (names) glp_set_prob_name(P, G->name);
+      glp_set_obj_dir(P, form == GLP_ASN_MIN ? GLP_MIN : GLP_MAX);
+      if (G->nv > 0) glp_add_rows(P, G->nv);
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (names) glp_set_row_name(P, i, v->name);
+         glp_set_row_bnds(P, i, form == GLP_ASN_MMP ? GLP_UP : GLP_FX,
+            1.0, 1.0);
+      }
+      if (G->na > 0) glp_add_cols(P, G->na);
+      for (i = 1, j = 0; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  j++;
+            if (names)
+            {  char name[50+1];
+               sprintf(name, "x[%d,%d]", a->tail->i, a->head->i);
+               xassert(strlen(name) < sizeof(name));
+               glp_set_col_name(P, j, name);
+            }
+            ind[1] = a->tail->i, val[1] = +1.0;
+            ind[2] = a->head->i, val[2] = +1.0;
+            glp_set_mat_col(P, j, 2, ind, val);
+            glp_set_col_bnds(P, j, GLP_DB, 0.0, 1.0);
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cost, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cost = 1.0;
+            glp_set_obj_coef(P, j, cost);
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(j == G->na);
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnokalg.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnokalg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d55dbac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/asnokalg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* asnokalg.c (solve assignment problem with out-of-kilter alg.) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "okalg.h"
+
+int glp_asnprob_okalg(int form, glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost,
+      double *sol, int a_x)
+{     /* solve assignment problem with out-of-kilter algorithm */
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int nv, na, i, k, *tail, *head, *low, *cap, *cost, *x, *pi, ret;
+      double temp;
+      if (!(form == GLP_ASN_MIN || form == GLP_ASN_MAX ||
+            form == GLP_ASN_MMP))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_okalg: form = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            form);
+      if (v_set >= 0 && v_set > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_okalg: v_set = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_set);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_okalg: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      if (a_x >= 0 && a_x > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_asnprob_okalg: a_x = %d; invalid offset\n", a_x);
+      if (glp_check_asnprob(G, v_set))
+         return GLP_EDATA;
+      /* nv is the total number of nodes in the resulting network */
+      nv = G->nv + 1;
+      /* na is the total number of arcs in the resulting network */
+      na = G->na + G->nv;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      tail = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      head = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      low = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      cap = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      cost = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      x = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      pi = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      /* construct the resulting network */
+      k = 0;
+      /* (original arcs) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  k++;
+            tail[k] = a->tail->i;
+            head[k] = a->head->i;
+            low[k] = 0;
+            cap[k] = 1;
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&temp, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               temp = 1.0;
+            if (!(fabs(temp) <= (double)INT_MAX && temp == floor(temp)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            cost[k] = (int)temp;
+            if (form != GLP_ASN_MIN) cost[k] = - cost[k];
+         }
+      }
+      /* (artificial arcs) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         k++;
+         if (v->out == NULL)
+            tail[k] = i, head[k] = nv;
+         else if (v->in == NULL)
+            tail[k] = nv, head[k] = i;
+         else
+            xassert(v != v);
+         low[k] = (form == GLP_ASN_MMP ? 0 : 1);
+         cap[k] = 1;
+         cost[k] = 0;
+      }
+      xassert(k == na);
+      /* find minimal-cost circulation in the resulting network */
+      ret = okalg(nv, na, tail, head, low, cap, cost, x, pi);
+      switch (ret)
+      {  case 0:
+            /* optimal circulation found */
+            ret = 0;
+            break;
+         case 1:
+            /* no feasible circulation exists */
+            ret = GLP_ENOPFS;
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            /* integer overflow occured */
+            ret = GLP_ERANGE;
+            goto done;
+         case 3:
+            /* optimality test failed (logic error) */
+            ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+            goto done;
+         default:
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+      }
+      /* store solution components */
+      /* (objective function = the total cost) */
+      if (sol != NULL)
+      {  temp = 0.0;
+         for (k = 1; k <= na; k++)
+            temp += (double)cost[k] * (double)x[k];
+         if (form != GLP_ASN_MIN) temp = - temp;
+         *sol = temp;
+      }
+      /* (arc flows) */
+      if (a_x >= 0)
+      {  k = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+            {  k++;
+               if (ret == 0)
+                  xassert(x[k] == 0 || x[k] == 1);
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_x, &x[k], sizeof(int));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(tail);
+      xfree(head);
+      xfree(low);
+      xfree(cap);
+      xfree(cost);
+      xfree(x);
+      xfree(pi);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/ckasn.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/ckasn.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56221a8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/ckasn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* ckasn.c (check correctness of assignment problem data) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_check_asnprob - check correctness of assignment problem data
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_check_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the specified assignment problem data are correct, the routine
+*  glp_check_asnprob returns zero, otherwise, non-zero. */
+
+int glp_check_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      int i, k, ret = 0;
+      if (v_set >= 0 && v_set > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_check_asnprob: v_set = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_set);
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (v_set >= 0)
+         {  memcpy(&k, (char *)v->data + v_set, sizeof(int));
+            if (k == 0)
+            {  if (v->in != NULL)
+               {  ret = 1;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+            else if (k == 1)
+            {  if (v->out != NULL)
+               {  ret = 2;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  ret = 3;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (v->in != NULL && v->out != NULL)
+            {  ret = 4;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/ckcnf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/ckcnf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ee47ed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/ckcnf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* ckcnf.c (check for CNF-SAT problem instance) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+int glp_check_cnfsat(glp_prob *P)
+{     /* check for CNF-SAT problem instance */
+      int m = P->m;
+      int n = P->n;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, neg;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_check_cnfsat: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      /* check columns */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         /* the variable should be binary */
+         if (!(col->kind == GLP_IV && col->type == GLP_DB &&
+               col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0))
+            return 1;
+      }
+      /* objective function should be zero */
+      if (P->c0 != 0.0)
+         return 2;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->coef != 0.0)
+            return 3;
+      }
+      /* check rows */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         /* the row should be of ">=" type */
+         if (row->type != GLP_LO)
+            return 4;
+         /* check constraint coefficients */
+         neg = 0;
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  /* the constraint coefficient should be +1 or -1 */
+            if (aij->val == +1.0)
+               ;
+            else if (aij->val == -1.0)
+               neg++;
+            else
+               return 5;
+         }
+         /* the right-hand side should be (1 - neg), where neg is the
+            number of negative constraint coefficients in the row */
+         if (row->lb != (double)(1 - neg))
+            return 6;
+      }
+      /* congratulations; this is CNF-SAT */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cplex.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cplex.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8403a646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cplex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1283 @@
+/* cplex.c (CPLEX LP format routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf glp_format
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_init_cpxcp - initialize CPLEX LP format control parameters
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_init_cpxcp(glp_cpxcp *parm):
+*
+*  The routine glp_init_cpxcp initializes control parameters used by
+*  the CPLEX LP input/output routines glp_read_lp and glp_write_lp with
+*  default values.
+*
+*  Default values of the control parameters are stored in the glp_cpxcp
+*  structure, which the parameter parm points to. */
+
+void glp_init_cpxcp(glp_cpxcp *parm)
+{     xassert(parm != NULL);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void check_parm(const char *func, const glp_cpxcp *parm)
+{     /* check control parameters */
+      xassert(func != NULL);
+      xassert(parm != NULL);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_lp - read problem data in CPLEX LP format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_cpxcp *parm, const char
+*     *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_lp reads problem data in CPLEX LP format from
+*  a text file.
+*
+*  The parameter parm is a pointer to the structure glp_cpxcp, which
+*  specifies control parameters used by the routine. If parm is NULL,
+*  the routine uses default settings.
+*
+*  The character string fname specifies a name of the text file to be
+*  read.
+*
+*  Note that before reading data the current content of the problem
+*  object is completely erased with the routine glp_erase_prob.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine glp_read_lp returns
+*  zero. Otherwise, it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_prob *P;
+      /* LP/MIP problem object */
+      const glp_cpxcp *parm;
+      /* pointer to control parameters */
+      const char *fname;
+      /* name of input CPLEX LP file */
+      glp_file *fp;
+      /* stream assigned to input CPLEX LP file */
+      jmp_buf jump;
+      /* label for go to in case of error */
+      int count;
+      /* line count */
+      int c;
+      /* current character or EOF */
+      int token;
+      /* current token: */
+#define T_EOF        0x00  /* end of file */
+#define T_MINIMIZE   0x01  /* keyword 'minimize' */
+#define T_MAXIMIZE   0x02  /* keyword 'maximize' */
+#define T_SUBJECT_TO 0x03  /* keyword 'subject to' */
+#define T_BOUNDS     0x04  /* keyword 'bounds' */
+#define T_GENERAL    0x05  /* keyword 'general' */
+#define T_INTEGER    0x06  /* keyword 'integer' */
+#define T_BINARY     0x07  /* keyword 'binary' */
+#define T_END        0x08  /* keyword 'end' */
+#define T_NAME       0x09  /* symbolic name */
+#define T_NUMBER     0x0A  /* numeric constant */
+#define T_PLUS       0x0B  /* delimiter '+' */
+#define T_MINUS      0x0C  /* delimiter '-' */
+#define T_COLON      0x0D  /* delimiter ':' */
+#define T_LE         0x0E  /* delimiter '<=' */
+#define T_GE         0x0F  /* delimiter '>=' */
+#define T_EQ         0x10  /* delimiter '=' */
+      char image[255+1];
+      /* image of current token */
+      int imlen;
+      /* length of token image */
+      double value;
+      /* value of numeric constant */
+      int n_max;
+      /* length of the following five arrays (enlarged automatically,
+         if necessary) */
+      int *ind; /* int ind[1+n_max]; */
+      double *val; /* double val[1+n_max]; */
+      char *flag; /* char flag[1+n_max]; */
+      /* working arrays used to construct linear forms */
+      double *lb; /* double lb[1+n_max]; */
+      double *ub; /* double ub[1+n_max]; */
+      /* lower and upper bounds of variables (columns) */
+#if 1 /* 27/VII-2013 */
+      int lb_warn, ub_warn;
+      /* warning 'lower/upper bound redefined' already issued */
+#endif
+};
+
+#define CHAR_SET "!\"#$%&()/,.;?@_`'{}|~"
+/* characters that may appear in symbolic names */
+
+static void error(struct csa *csa, const char *fmt, ...)
+{     /* print error message and terminate processing */
+      va_list arg;
+      xprintf("%s:%d: ", csa->fname, csa->count);
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      xvprintf(fmt, arg);
+      va_end(arg);
+      longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+static void warning(struct csa *csa, const char *fmt, ...)
+{     /* print warning message and continue processing */
+      va_list arg;
+      xprintf("%s:%d: warning: ", csa->fname, csa->count);
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      xvprintf(fmt, arg);
+      va_end(arg);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_char(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read next character from input file */
+      int c;
+      xassert(csa->c != EOF);
+      if (csa->c == '\n') csa->count++;
+      c = glp_getc(csa->fp);
+      if (c < 0)
+      {  if (glp_ioerr(csa->fp))
+            error(csa, "read error - %s\n", get_err_msg());
+         else if (csa->c == '\n')
+         {  csa->count--;
+            c = EOF;
+         }
+         else
+         {  warning(csa, "missing final end of line\n");
+            c = '\n';
+         }
+      }
+      else if (c == '\n')
+         ;
+      else if (isspace(c))
+         c = ' ';
+      else if (iscntrl(c))
+         error(csa, "invalid control character 0x%02X\n", c);
+      csa->c = c;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void add_char(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* append current character to current token */
+      if (csa->imlen == sizeof(csa->image)-1)
+         error(csa, "token '%.15s...' too long\n", csa->image);
+      csa->image[csa->imlen++] = (char)csa->c;
+      csa->image[csa->imlen] = '\0';
+      read_char(csa);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int the_same(char *s1, char *s2)
+{     /* compare two character strings ignoring case sensitivity */
+      for (; *s1 != '\0'; s1++, s2++)
+      {  if (tolower((unsigned char)*s1) != tolower((unsigned char)*s2))
+            return 0;
+      }
+      return 1;
+}
+
+static void scan_token(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* scan next token */
+      int flag;
+      csa->token = -1;
+      csa->image[0] = '\0';
+      csa->imlen = 0;
+      csa->value = 0.0;
+loop: flag = 0;
+      /* skip non-significant characters */
+      while (csa->c == ' ') read_char(csa);
+      /* recognize and scan current token */
+      if (csa->c == EOF)
+         csa->token = T_EOF;
+      else if (csa->c == '\n')
+      {  read_char(csa);
+         /* if the next character is letter, it may begin a keyword */
+         if (isalpha(csa->c))
+         {  flag = 1;
+            goto name;
+         }
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      else if (csa->c == '\\')
+      {  /* comment; ignore everything until end-of-line */
+         while (csa->c != '\n') read_char(csa);
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      else if (isalpha(csa->c) || csa->c != '.' && strchr(CHAR_SET,
+         csa->c) != NULL)
+name: {  /* symbolic name */
+         csa->token = T_NAME;
+         while (isalnum(csa->c) || strchr(CHAR_SET, csa->c) != NULL)
+            add_char(csa);
+         if (flag)
+         {  /* check for keyword */
+            if (the_same(csa->image, "minimize"))
+               csa->token = T_MINIMIZE;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "minimum"))
+               csa->token = T_MINIMIZE;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "min"))
+               csa->token = T_MINIMIZE;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "maximize"))
+               csa->token = T_MAXIMIZE;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "maximum"))
+               csa->token = T_MAXIMIZE;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "max"))
+               csa->token = T_MAXIMIZE;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "subject"))
+            {  if (csa->c == ' ')
+               {  read_char(csa);
+                  if (tolower(csa->c) == 't')
+                  {  csa->token = T_SUBJECT_TO;
+                     csa->image[csa->imlen++] = ' ';
+                     csa->image[csa->imlen] = '\0';
+                     add_char(csa);
+                     if (tolower(csa->c) != 'o')
+                        error(csa, "keyword 'subject to' incomplete\n");
+                     add_char(csa);
+                     if (isalpha(csa->c))
+                        error(csa, "keyword '%s%c...' not recognized\n",
+                           csa->image, csa->c);
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "such"))
+            {  if (csa->c == ' ')
+               {  read_char(csa);
+                  if (tolower(csa->c) == 't')
+                  {  csa->token = T_SUBJECT_TO;
+                     csa->image[csa->imlen++] = ' ';
+                     csa->image[csa->imlen] = '\0';
+                     add_char(csa);
+                     if (tolower(csa->c) != 'h')
+err:                    error(csa, "keyword 'such that' incomplete\n");
+                     add_char(csa);
+                     if (tolower(csa->c) != 'a') goto err;
+                     add_char(csa);
+                     if (tolower(csa->c) != 't') goto err;
+                     add_char(csa);
+                     if (isalpha(csa->c))
+                        error(csa, "keyword '%s%c...' not recognized\n",
+                           csa->image, csa->c);
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "st"))
+               csa->token = T_SUBJECT_TO;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "s.t."))
+               csa->token = T_SUBJECT_TO;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "st."))
+               csa->token = T_SUBJECT_TO;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "bounds"))
+               csa->token = T_BOUNDS;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "bound"))
+               csa->token = T_BOUNDS;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "general"))
+               csa->token = T_GENERAL;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "generals"))
+               csa->token = T_GENERAL;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "gen"))
+               csa->token = T_GENERAL;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "integer"))
+               csa->token = T_INTEGER;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "integers"))
+               csa->token = T_INTEGER;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "int"))
+              csa->token = T_INTEGER;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "binary"))
+               csa->token = T_BINARY;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "binaries"))
+               csa->token = T_BINARY;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "bin"))
+               csa->token = T_BINARY;
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "end"))
+               csa->token = T_END;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (isdigit(csa->c) || csa->c == '.')
+      {  /* numeric constant */
+         csa->token = T_NUMBER;
+         /* scan integer part */
+         while (isdigit(csa->c)) add_char(csa);
+         /* scan optional fractional part (it is mandatory, if there is
+            no integer part) */
+         if (csa->c == '.')
+         {  add_char(csa);
+            if (csa->imlen == 1 && !isdigit(csa->c))
+               error(csa, "invalid use of decimal point\n");
+            while (isdigit(csa->c)) add_char(csa);
+         }
+         /* scan optional decimal exponent */
+         if (csa->c == 'e' || csa->c == 'E')
+         {  add_char(csa);
+            if (csa->c == '+' || csa->c == '-') add_char(csa);
+            if (!isdigit(csa->c))
+               error(csa, "numeric constant '%s' incomplete\n",
+                  csa->image);
+            while (isdigit(csa->c)) add_char(csa);
+         }
+         /* convert the numeric constant to floating-point */
+         if (str2num(csa->image, &csa->value))
+            error(csa, "numeric constant '%s' out of range\n",
+               csa->image);
+      }
+      else if (csa->c == '+')
+         csa->token = T_PLUS, add_char(csa);
+      else if (csa->c == '-')
+         csa->token = T_MINUS, add_char(csa);
+      else if (csa->c == ':')
+         csa->token = T_COLON, add_char(csa);
+      else if (csa->c == '<')
+      {  csa->token = T_LE, add_char(csa);
+         if (csa->c == '=') add_char(csa);
+      }
+      else if (csa->c == '>')
+      {  csa->token = T_GE, add_char(csa);
+         if (csa->c == '=') add_char(csa);
+      }
+      else if (csa->c == '=')
+      {  csa->token = T_EQ, add_char(csa);
+         if (csa->c == '<')
+            csa->token = T_LE, add_char(csa);
+         else if (csa->c == '>')
+            csa->token = T_GE, add_char(csa);
+      }
+      else
+         error(csa, "character '%c' not recognized\n", csa->c);
+      /* skip non-significant characters */
+      while (csa->c == ' ') read_char(csa);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int find_col(struct csa *csa, char *name)
+{     /* find column by its symbolic name */
+      int j;
+      j = glp_find_col(csa->P, name);
+      if (j == 0)
+      {  /* not found; create new column */
+         j = glp_add_cols(csa->P, 1);
+         glp_set_col_name(csa->P, j, name);
+         /* enlarge working arrays, if necessary */
+         if (csa->n_max < j)
+         {  int n_max = csa->n_max;
+            int *ind = csa->ind;
+            double *val = csa->val;
+            char *flag = csa->flag;
+            double *lb = csa->lb;
+            double *ub = csa->ub;
+            csa->n_max += csa->n_max;
+            csa->ind = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(int));
+            memcpy(&csa->ind[1], &ind[1], n_max * sizeof(int));
+            xfree(ind);
+            csa->val = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(double));
+            memcpy(&csa->val[1], &val[1], n_max * sizeof(double));
+            xfree(val);
+            csa->flag = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(char));
+            memset(&csa->flag[1], 0, csa->n_max * sizeof(char));
+            memcpy(&csa->flag[1], &flag[1], n_max * sizeof(char));
+            xfree(flag);
+            csa->lb = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(double));
+            memcpy(&csa->lb[1], &lb[1], n_max * sizeof(double));
+            xfree(lb);
+            csa->ub = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(double));
+            memcpy(&csa->ub[1], &ub[1], n_max * sizeof(double));
+            xfree(ub);
+         }
+         csa->lb[j] = +DBL_MAX, csa->ub[j] = -DBL_MAX;
+      }
+      return j;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  parse_linear_form - parse linear form
+*
+*  This routine parses the linear form using the following syntax:
+*
+*  <variable> ::= <symbolic name>
+*  <coefficient> ::= <numeric constant>
+*  <term> ::= <variable> | <numeric constant> <variable>
+*  <linear form> ::= <term> | + <term> | - <term> |
+*     <linear form> + <term> | <linear form> - <term>
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of terms in the linear form. */
+
+static int parse_linear_form(struct csa *csa)
+{     int j, k, len = 0, newlen;
+      double s, coef;
+loop: /* parse an optional sign */
+      if (csa->token == T_PLUS)
+         s = +1.0, scan_token(csa);
+      else if (csa->token == T_MINUS)
+         s = -1.0, scan_token(csa);
+      else
+         s = +1.0;
+      /* parse an optional coefficient */
+      if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+         coef = csa->value, scan_token(csa);
+      else
+         coef = 1.0;
+      /* parse a variable name */
+      if (csa->token != T_NAME)
+         error(csa, "missing variable name\n");
+      /* find the corresponding column */
+      j = find_col(csa, csa->image);
+      /* check if the variable is already used in the linear form */
+      if (csa->flag[j])
+         error(csa, "multiple use of variable '%s' not allowed\n",
+            csa->image);
+      /* add new term to the linear form */
+      len++, csa->ind[len] = j, csa->val[len] = s * coef;
+      /* and mark that the variable is used in the linear form */
+      csa->flag[j] = 1;
+      scan_token(csa);
+      /* if the next token is a sign, there is another term */
+      if (csa->token == T_PLUS || csa->token == T_MINUS) goto loop;
+      /* clear marks of the variables used in the linear form */
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++) csa->flag[csa->ind[k]] = 0;
+      /* remove zero coefficients */
+      newlen = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  if (csa->val[k] != 0.0)
+         {  newlen++;
+            csa->ind[newlen] = csa->ind[k];
+            csa->val[newlen] = csa->val[k];
+         }
+      }
+      return newlen;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  parse_objective - parse objective function
+*
+*  This routine parses definition of the objective function using the
+*  following syntax:
+*
+*  <obj sense> ::= minimize | minimum | min | maximize | maximum | max
+*  <obj name> ::= <empty> | <symbolic name> :
+*  <obj function> ::= <obj sense> <obj name> <linear form> */
+
+static void parse_objective(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* parse objective sense */
+      int k, len;
+      /* parse the keyword 'minimize' or 'maximize' */
+      if (csa->token == T_MINIMIZE)
+         glp_set_obj_dir(csa->P, GLP_MIN);
+      else if (csa->token == T_MAXIMIZE)
+         glp_set_obj_dir(csa->P, GLP_MAX);
+      else
+         xassert(csa != csa);
+      scan_token(csa);
+      /* parse objective name */
+      if (csa->token == T_NAME && csa->c == ':')
+      {  /* objective name is followed by a colon */
+         glp_set_obj_name(csa->P, csa->image);
+         scan_token(csa);
+         xassert(csa->token == T_COLON);
+         scan_token(csa);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* objective name is not specified; use default */
+         glp_set_obj_name(csa->P, "obj");
+      }
+      /* parse linear form */
+      len = parse_linear_form(csa);
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         glp_set_obj_coef(csa->P, csa->ind[k], csa->val[k]);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  parse_constraints - parse constraints section
+*
+*  This routine parses the constraints section using the following
+*  syntax:
+*
+*  <row name> ::= <empty> | <symbolic name> :
+*  <row sense> ::= < | <= | =< | > | >= | => | =
+*  <right-hand side> ::= <numeric constant> | + <numeric constant> |
+*     - <numeric constant>
+*  <constraint> ::= <row name> <linear form> <row sense>
+*     <right-hand side>
+*  <subject to> ::= subject to | such that | st | s.t. | st.
+*  <constraints section> ::= <subject to> <constraint> |
+*     <constraints section> <constraint> */
+
+static void parse_constraints(struct csa *csa)
+{     int i, len, type;
+      double s;
+      /* parse the keyword 'subject to' */
+      xassert(csa->token == T_SUBJECT_TO);
+      scan_token(csa);
+loop: /* create new row (constraint) */
+      i = glp_add_rows(csa->P, 1);
+      /* parse row name */
+      if (csa->token == T_NAME && csa->c == ':')
+      {  /* row name is followed by a colon */
+         if (glp_find_row(csa->P, csa->image) != 0)
+            error(csa, "constraint '%s' multiply defined\n",
+               csa->image);
+         glp_set_row_name(csa->P, i, csa->image);
+         scan_token(csa);
+         xassert(csa->token == T_COLON);
+         scan_token(csa);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* row name is not specified; use default */
+         char name[50];
+         sprintf(name, "r.%d", csa->count);
+         glp_set_row_name(csa->P, i, name);
+      }
+      /* parse linear form */
+      len = parse_linear_form(csa);
+      glp_set_mat_row(csa->P, i, len, csa->ind, csa->val);
+      /* parse constraint sense */
+      if (csa->token == T_LE)
+         type = GLP_UP, scan_token(csa);
+      else if (csa->token == T_GE)
+         type = GLP_LO, scan_token(csa);
+      else if (csa->token == T_EQ)
+         type = GLP_FX, scan_token(csa);
+      else
+         error(csa, "missing constraint sense\n");
+      /* parse right-hand side */
+      if (csa->token == T_PLUS)
+         s = +1.0, scan_token(csa);
+      else if (csa->token == T_MINUS)
+         s = -1.0, scan_token(csa);
+      else
+         s = +1.0;
+      if (csa->token != T_NUMBER)
+         error(csa, "missing right-hand side\n");
+      glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, type, s * csa->value, s * csa->value);
+      /* the rest of the current line must be empty */
+      if (!(csa->c == '\n' || csa->c == EOF))
+         error(csa, "invalid symbol(s) beyond right-hand side\n");
+      scan_token(csa);
+      /* if the next token is a sign, numeric constant, or a symbolic
+         name, here is another constraint */
+      if (csa->token == T_PLUS || csa->token == T_MINUS ||
+          csa->token == T_NUMBER || csa->token == T_NAME) goto loop;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void set_lower_bound(struct csa *csa, int j, double lb)
+{     /* set lower bound of j-th variable */
+      if (csa->lb[j] != +DBL_MAX && !csa->lb_warn)
+      {  warning(csa, "lower bound of variable '%s' redefined\n",
+            glp_get_col_name(csa->P, j));
+         csa->lb_warn = 1;
+      }
+      csa->lb[j] = lb;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void set_upper_bound(struct csa *csa, int j, double ub)
+{     /* set upper bound of j-th variable */
+      if (csa->ub[j] != -DBL_MAX && !csa->ub_warn)
+      {  warning(csa, "upper bound of variable '%s' redefined\n",
+            glp_get_col_name(csa->P, j));
+         csa->ub_warn = 1;
+      }
+      csa->ub[j] = ub;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  parse_bounds - parse bounds section
+*
+*  This routine parses the bounds section using the following syntax:
+*
+*  <variable> ::= <symbolic name>
+*  <infinity> ::= infinity | inf
+*  <bound> ::= <numeric constant> | + <numeric constant> |
+*     - <numeric constant> | + <infinity> | - <infinity>
+*  <lt> ::= < | <= | =<
+*  <gt> ::= > | >= | =>
+*  <bound definition> ::= <bound> <lt> <variable> <lt> <bound> |
+*     <bound> <lt> <variable> | <variable> <lt> <bound> |
+*     <variable> <gt> <bound> | <variable> = <bound> | <variable> free
+*  <bounds> ::= bounds | bound
+*  <bounds section> ::= <bounds> |
+*     <bounds section> <bound definition> */
+
+static void parse_bounds(struct csa *csa)
+{     int j, lb_flag;
+      double lb, s;
+      /* parse the keyword 'bounds' */
+      xassert(csa->token == T_BOUNDS);
+      scan_token(csa);
+loop: /* bound definition can start with a sign, numeric constant, or
+         a symbolic name */
+      if (!(csa->token == T_PLUS || csa->token == T_MINUS ||
+            csa->token == T_NUMBER || csa->token == T_NAME)) goto done;
+      /* parse bound definition */
+      if (csa->token == T_PLUS || csa->token == T_MINUS)
+      {  /* parse signed lower bound */
+         lb_flag = 1;
+         s = (csa->token == T_PLUS ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+         scan_token(csa);
+         if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+            lb = s * csa->value, scan_token(csa);
+         else if (the_same(csa->image, "infinity") ||
+                  the_same(csa->image, "inf"))
+         {  if (s > 0.0)
+               error(csa, "invalid use of '+inf' as lower bound\n");
+            lb = -DBL_MAX, scan_token(csa);
+         }
+         else
+            error(csa, "missing lower bound\n");
+      }
+      else if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+      {  /* parse unsigned lower bound */
+         lb_flag = 1;
+         lb = csa->value, scan_token(csa);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* lower bound is not specified */
+         lb_flag = 0;
+      }
+      /* parse the token that should follow the lower bound */
+      if (lb_flag)
+      {  if (csa->token != T_LE)
+            error(csa, "missing '<', '<=', or '=<' after lower bound\n")
+               ;
+         scan_token(csa);
+      }
+      /* parse variable name */
+      if (csa->token != T_NAME)
+         error(csa, "missing variable name\n");
+      j = find_col(csa, csa->image);
+      /* set lower bound */
+      if (lb_flag) set_lower_bound(csa, j, lb);
+      scan_token(csa);
+      /* parse the context that follows the variable name */
+      if (csa->token == T_LE)
+      {  /* parse upper bound */
+         scan_token(csa);
+         if (csa->token == T_PLUS || csa->token == T_MINUS)
+         {  /* parse signed upper bound */
+            s = (csa->token == T_PLUS ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+            scan_token(csa);
+            if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+            {  set_upper_bound(csa, j, s * csa->value);
+               scan_token(csa);
+            }
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "infinity") ||
+                     the_same(csa->image, "inf"))
+            {  if (s < 0.0)
+                  error(csa, "invalid use of '-inf' as upper bound\n");
+               set_upper_bound(csa, j, +DBL_MAX);
+               scan_token(csa);
+            }
+            else
+               error(csa, "missing upper bound\n");
+         }
+         else if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+         {  /* parse unsigned upper bound */
+            set_upper_bound(csa, j, csa->value);
+            scan_token(csa);
+         }
+         else
+            error(csa, "missing upper bound\n");
+      }
+      else if (csa->token == T_GE)
+      {  /* parse lower bound */
+         if (lb_flag)
+         {  /* the context '... <= x >= ...' is invalid */
+            error(csa, "invalid bound definition\n");
+         }
+         scan_token(csa);
+         if (csa->token == T_PLUS || csa->token == T_MINUS)
+         {  /* parse signed lower bound */
+            s = (csa->token == T_PLUS ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+            scan_token(csa);
+            if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+            {  set_lower_bound(csa, j, s * csa->value);
+               scan_token(csa);
+            }
+            else if (the_same(csa->image, "infinity") ||
+                     the_same(csa->image, "inf") == 0)
+            {  if (s > 0.0)
+                  error(csa, "invalid use of '+inf' as lower bound\n");
+               set_lower_bound(csa, j, -DBL_MAX);
+               scan_token(csa);
+            }
+            else
+               error(csa, "missing lower bound\n");
+         }
+         else if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+         {  /* parse unsigned lower bound */
+            set_lower_bound(csa, j, csa->value);
+            scan_token(csa);
+         }
+         else
+            error(csa, "missing lower bound\n");
+      }
+      else if (csa->token == T_EQ)
+      {  /* parse fixed value */
+         if (lb_flag)
+         {  /* the context '... <= x = ...' is invalid */
+            error(csa, "invalid bound definition\n");
+         }
+         scan_token(csa);
+         if (csa->token == T_PLUS || csa->token == T_MINUS)
+         {  /* parse signed fixed value */
+            s = (csa->token == T_PLUS ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+            scan_token(csa);
+            if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+            {  set_lower_bound(csa, j, s * csa->value);
+               set_upper_bound(csa, j, s * csa->value);
+               scan_token(csa);
+            }
+            else
+               error(csa, "missing fixed value\n");
+         }
+         else if (csa->token == T_NUMBER)
+         {  /* parse unsigned fixed value */
+            set_lower_bound(csa, j, csa->value);
+            set_upper_bound(csa, j, csa->value);
+            scan_token(csa);
+         }
+         else
+            error(csa, "missing fixed value\n");
+      }
+      else if (the_same(csa->image, "free"))
+      {  /* parse the keyword 'free' */
+         if (lb_flag)
+         {  /* the context '... <= x free ...' is invalid */
+            error(csa, "invalid bound definition\n");
+         }
+         set_lower_bound(csa, j, -DBL_MAX);
+         set_upper_bound(csa, j, +DBL_MAX);
+         scan_token(csa);
+      }
+      else if (!lb_flag)
+      {  /* neither lower nor upper bounds are specified */
+         error(csa, "invalid bound definition\n");
+      }
+      goto loop;
+done: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  parse_integer - parse general, integer, or binary section
+*
+*  <variable> ::= <symbolic name>
+*  <general> ::= general | generals | gen
+*  <integer> ::= integer | integers | int
+*  <binary> ::= binary | binaries | bin
+*  <section head> ::= <general> <integer> <binary>
+*  <additional section> ::= <section head> |
+*     <additional section> <variable> */
+
+static void parse_integer(struct csa *csa)
+{     int j, binary;
+      /* parse the keyword 'general', 'integer', or 'binary' */
+      if (csa->token == T_GENERAL)
+         binary = 0, scan_token(csa);
+      else if (csa->token == T_INTEGER)
+         binary = 0, scan_token(csa);
+      else if (csa->token == T_BINARY)
+         binary = 1, scan_token(csa);
+      else
+         xassert(csa != csa);
+      /* parse list of variables (may be empty) */
+      while (csa->token == T_NAME)
+      {  /* find the corresponding column */
+         j = find_col(csa, csa->image);
+         /* change kind of the variable */
+         glp_set_col_kind(csa->P, j, GLP_IV);
+         /* set bounds for the binary variable */
+         if (binary)
+#if 0 /* 07/VIII-2013 */
+         {  set_lower_bound(csa, j, 0.0);
+            set_upper_bound(csa, j, 1.0);
+         }
+#else
+         {  set_lower_bound(csa, j,
+               csa->lb[j] == +DBL_MAX ? 0.0 : csa->lb[j]);
+            set_upper_bound(csa, j,
+               csa->ub[j] == -DBL_MAX ? 1.0 : csa->ub[j]);
+         }
+#endif
+         scan_token(csa);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_read_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_cpxcp *parm, const char *fname)
+{     /* read problem data in CPLEX LP format */
+      glp_cpxcp _parm;
+      struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      int ret;
+      xprintf("Reading problem data from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         glp_init_cpxcp(&_parm), parm = &_parm;
+      /* check control parameters */
+      check_parm("glp_read_lp", parm);
+      /* initialize common storage area */
+      csa->P = P;
+      csa->parm = parm;
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->count = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->token = T_EOF;
+      csa->image[0] = '\0';
+      csa->imlen = 0;
+      csa->value = 0.0;
+      csa->n_max = 100;
+      csa->ind = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(int));
+      csa->val = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(double));
+      csa->flag = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&csa->flag[1], 0, csa->n_max * sizeof(char));
+      csa->lb = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(double));
+      csa->ub = xcalloc(1+csa->n_max, sizeof(double));
+#if 1 /* 27/VII-2013 */
+      csa->lb_warn = csa->ub_warn = 0;
+#endif
+      /* erase problem object */
+      glp_erase_prob(P);
+      glp_create_index(P);
+      /* open input CPLEX LP file */
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* scan very first token */
+      scan_token(csa);
+      /* parse definition of the objective function */
+      if (!(csa->token == T_MINIMIZE || csa->token == T_MAXIMIZE))
+         error(csa, "'minimize' or 'maximize' keyword missing\n");
+      parse_objective(csa);
+      /* parse constraints section */
+      if (csa->token != T_SUBJECT_TO)
+         error(csa, "constraints section missing\n");
+      parse_constraints(csa);
+      /* parse optional bounds section */
+      if (csa->token == T_BOUNDS) parse_bounds(csa);
+      /* parse optional general, integer, and binary sections */
+      while (csa->token == T_GENERAL ||
+             csa->token == T_INTEGER ||
+             csa->token == T_BINARY) parse_integer(csa);
+      /* check for the keyword 'end' */
+      if (csa->token == T_END)
+         scan_token(csa);
+      else if (csa->token == T_EOF)
+         warning(csa, "keyword 'end' missing\n");
+      else
+         error(csa, "symbol '%s' in wrong position\n", csa->image);
+      /* nothing must follow the keyword 'end' (except comments) */
+      if (csa->token != T_EOF)
+         error(csa, "extra symbol(s) detected beyond 'end'\n");
+      /* set bounds of variables */
+      {  int j, type;
+         double lb, ub;
+         for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+         {  lb = csa->lb[j];
+            ub = csa->ub[j];
+            if (lb == +DBL_MAX) lb = 0.0;      /* default lb */
+            if (ub == -DBL_MAX) ub = +DBL_MAX; /* default ub */
+            if (lb == -DBL_MAX && ub == +DBL_MAX)
+               type = GLP_FR;
+            else if (ub == +DBL_MAX)
+               type = GLP_LO;
+            else if (lb == -DBL_MAX)
+               type = GLP_UP;
+            else if (lb != ub)
+               type = GLP_DB;
+            else
+               type = GLP_FX;
+            glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, type, lb, ub);
+         }
+      }
+      /* print some statistics */
+      xprintf("%d row%s, %d column%s, %d non-zero%s\n",
+         P->m, P->m == 1 ? "" : "s", P->n, P->n == 1 ? "" : "s",
+         P->nnz, P->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      if (glp_get_num_int(P) > 0)
+      {  int ni = glp_get_num_int(P);
+         int nb = glp_get_num_bin(P);
+         if (ni == 1)
+         {  if (nb == 0)
+               xprintf("One variable is integer\n");
+            else
+               xprintf("One variable is binary\n");
+         }
+         else
+         {  xprintf("%d integer variables, ", ni);
+            if (nb == 0)
+               xprintf("none");
+            else if (nb == 1)
+               xprintf("one");
+            else if (nb == ni)
+               xprintf("all");
+            else
+               xprintf("%d", nb);
+            xprintf(" of which %s binary\n", nb == 1 ? "is" : "are");
+         }
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", csa->count);
+      /* problem data has been successfully read */
+      glp_delete_index(P);
+      glp_sort_matrix(P);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      xfree(csa->ind);
+      xfree(csa->val);
+      xfree(csa->flag);
+      xfree(csa->lb);
+      xfree(csa->ub);
+      if (ret != 0) glp_erase_prob(P);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_lp - write problem data in CPLEX LP format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_cpxcp *parm, const char
+*     *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_lp writes problem data in CPLEX LP format to
+*  a text file.
+*
+*  The parameter parm is a pointer to the structure glp_cpxcp, which
+*  specifies control parameters used by the routine. If parm is NULL,
+*  the routine uses default settings.
+*
+*  The character string fname specifies a name of the text file to be
+*  written.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine glp_write_lp returns
+*  zero. Otherwise, it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+#define csa csa1
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_prob *P;
+      /* pointer to problem object */
+      const glp_cpxcp *parm;
+      /* pointer to control parameters */
+};
+
+static int check_name(char *name)
+{     /* check if specified name is valid for CPLEX LP format */
+      if (*name == '.') return 1;
+      if (isdigit((unsigned char)*name)) return 1;
+      for (; *name; name++)
+      {  if (!isalnum((unsigned char)*name) &&
+             strchr(CHAR_SET, (unsigned char)*name) == NULL) return 1;
+      }
+      return 0; /* name is ok */
+}
+
+static void adjust_name(char *name)
+{     /* attempt to adjust specified name to make it valid for CPLEX LP
+         format */
+      for (; *name; name++)
+      {  if (*name == ' ')
+            *name = '_';
+         else if (*name == '-')
+            *name = '~';
+         else if (*name == '[')
+            *name = '(';
+         else if (*name == ']')
+            *name = ')';
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static char *row_name(struct csa *csa, int i, char rname[255+1])
+{     /* construct symbolic name of i-th row (constraint) */
+      const char *name;
+      if (i == 0)
+         name = glp_get_obj_name(csa->P);
+      else
+         name = glp_get_row_name(csa->P, i);
+      if (name == NULL) goto fake;
+      strcpy(rname, name);
+      adjust_name(rname);
+      if (check_name(rname)) goto fake;
+      return rname;
+fake: if (i == 0)
+         strcpy(rname, "obj");
+      else
+         sprintf(rname, "r_%d", i);
+      return rname;
+}
+
+static char *col_name(struct csa *csa, int j, char cname[255+1])
+{     /* construct symbolic name of j-th column (variable) */
+      const char *name;
+      name = glp_get_col_name(csa->P, j);
+      if (name == NULL) goto fake;
+      strcpy(cname, name);
+      adjust_name(cname);
+      if (check_name(cname)) goto fake;
+      return cname;
+#if 0 /* 18/I-2018 */
+fake: sprintf(cname, "x_%d", j);
+#else
+fake: /* construct fake name depending on column's attributes */
+      {  GLPCOL *col = csa->P->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* fixed column */
+            sprintf(cname, "s_%d", j);
+         }
+         else if (col->kind == GLP_CV)
+         {  /* continuous variable */
+            sprintf(cname, "x_%d", j);
+         }
+         else if (!(col->lb == 0 && col->ub == 1))
+         {  /* general (non-binary) integer variable */
+            sprintf(cname, "y_%d", j);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* binary variable */
+            sprintf(cname, "z_%d", j);
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      return cname;
+}
+
+int glp_write_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_cpxcp *parm, const char *fname)
+{     /* write problem data in CPLEX LP format */
+      glp_cpxcp _parm;
+      struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, len, flag, count, ret;
+      char line[1000+1], term[500+1], name[255+1];
+      xprintf("Writing problem data to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         glp_init_cpxcp(&_parm), parm = &_parm;
+      /* check control parameters */
+      check_parm("glp_write_lp", parm);
+      /* initialize common storage area */
+      csa->P = P;
+      csa->parm = parm;
+      /* create output CPLEX LP file */
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w"), count = 0;
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* write problem name */
+      xfprintf(fp, "\\* Problem: %s *\\\n",
+         P->name == NULL ? "Unknown" : P->name), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++;
+      /* the problem should contain at least one row and one column */
+      if (!(P->m > 0 && P->n > 0))
+      {  xprintf("Warning: problem has no rows/columns\n");
+         xfprintf(fp, "\\* WARNING: PROBLEM HAS NO ROWS/COLUMNS *\\\n"),
+            count++;
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++;
+         goto skip;
+      }
+      /* write the objective function definition */
+      if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         xfprintf(fp, "Minimize\n"), count++;
+      else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         xfprintf(fp, "Maximize\n"), count++;
+      else
+         xassert(P != P);
+      row_name(csa, 0, name);
+      sprintf(line, " %s:", name);
+      len = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->coef != 0.0 || col->ptr == NULL)
+         {  len++;
+            col_name(csa, j, name);
+            if (col->coef == 0.0)
+               sprintf(term, " + 0 %s", name); /* empty column */
+            else if (col->coef == +1.0)
+               sprintf(term, " + %s", name);
+            else if (col->coef == -1.0)
+               sprintf(term, " - %s", name);
+            else if (col->coef > 0.0)
+               sprintf(term, " + %.*g %s", DBL_DIG, +col->coef, name);
+            else
+               sprintf(term, " - %.*g %s", DBL_DIG, -col->coef, name);
+            if (strlen(line) + strlen(term) > 72)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%s\n", line), line[0] = '\0', count++;
+            strcat(line, term);
+         }
+      }
+      if (len == 0)
+      {  /* empty objective */
+         sprintf(term, " 0 %s", col_name(csa, 1, name));
+         strcat(line, term);
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "%s\n", line), count++;
+      if (P->c0 != 0.0)
+         xfprintf(fp, "\\* constant term = %.*g *\\\n", DBL_DIG, P->c0),
+            count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++;
+      /* write the constraints section */
+      xfprintf(fp, "Subject To\n"), count++;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->type == GLP_FR) continue; /* skip free row */
+         row_name(csa, i, name);
+         sprintf(line, " %s:", name);
+         /* linear form */
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  col_name(csa, aij->col->j, name);
+            if (aij->val == +1.0)
+               sprintf(term, " + %s", name);
+            else if (aij->val == -1.0)
+               sprintf(term, " - %s", name);
+            else if (aij->val > 0.0)
+               sprintf(term, " + %.*g %s", DBL_DIG, +aij->val, name);
+            else
+               sprintf(term, " - %.*g %s", DBL_DIG, -aij->val, name);
+            if (strlen(line) + strlen(term) > 72)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%s\n", line), line[0] = '\0', count++;
+            strcat(line, term);
+         }
+         if (row->type == GLP_DB)
+         {  /* double-bounded (ranged) constraint */
+            sprintf(term, " - ~r_%d", i);
+            if (strlen(line) + strlen(term) > 72)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%s\n", line), line[0] = '\0', count++;
+            strcat(line, term);
+         }
+         else if (row->ptr == NULL)
+         {  /* empty constraint */
+            sprintf(term, " 0 %s", col_name(csa, 1, name));
+            strcat(line, term);
+         }
+         /* right hand-side */
+         if (row->type == GLP_LO)
+            sprintf(term, " >= %.*g", DBL_DIG, row->lb);
+         else if (row->type == GLP_UP)
+            sprintf(term, " <= %.*g", DBL_DIG, row->ub);
+         else if (row->type == GLP_DB || row->type == GLP_FX)
+            sprintf(term, " = %.*g", DBL_DIG, row->lb);
+         else
+            xassert(row != row);
+         if (strlen(line) + strlen(term) > 72)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n", line), line[0] = '\0', count++;
+         strcat(line, term);
+         xfprintf(fp, "%s\n", line), count++;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++;
+      /* write the bounds section */
+      flag = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->type != GLP_DB) continue;
+         if (!flag)
+            xfprintf(fp, "Bounds\n"), flag = 1, count++;
+         xfprintf(fp, " 0 <= ~r_%d <= %.*g\n",
+            i, DBL_DIG, row->ub - row->lb), count++;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_LO && col->lb == 0.0) continue;
+         if (!flag)
+            xfprintf(fp, "Bounds\n"), flag = 1, count++;
+         col_name(csa, j, name);
+         if (col->type == GLP_FR)
+            xfprintf(fp, " %s free\n", name), count++;
+         else if (col->type == GLP_LO)
+            xfprintf(fp, " %s >= %.*g\n",
+               name, DBL_DIG, col->lb), count++;
+         else if (col->type == GLP_UP)
+            xfprintf(fp, " -Inf <= %s <= %.*g\n",
+               name, DBL_DIG, col->ub), count++;
+         else if (col->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, " %.*g <= %s <= %.*g\n",
+               DBL_DIG, col->lb, name, DBL_DIG, col->ub), count++;
+         else if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, " %s = %.*g\n",
+               name, DBL_DIG, col->lb), count++;
+         else
+            xassert(col != col);
+      }
+      if (flag) xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++;
+      /* write the integer section */
+      flag = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->kind == GLP_CV) continue;
+         xassert(col->kind == GLP_IV);
+         if (!flag)
+            xfprintf(fp, "Generals\n"), flag = 1, count++;
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s\n", col_name(csa, j, name)), count++;
+      }
+      if (flag) xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++;
+skip: /* write the end keyword */
+      xfprintf(fp, "End\n"), count++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* problem data has been successfully written */
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cpp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cpp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac3d63ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cpp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/* cpp.c (solve critical path problem) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_cpp - solve critical path problem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_cpp(glp_graph *G, int v_t, int v_es, int v_ls);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_cpp solves the critical path problem represented in
+*  the form of the project network.
+*
+*  The parameter G is a pointer to the graph object, which specifies
+*  the project network. This graph must be acyclic. Multiple arcs are
+*  allowed being considered as single arcs.
+*
+*  The parameter v_t specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the vertex data block, which contains time t[i] >= 0 needed to
+*  perform corresponding job j. If v_t < 0, it is assumed that t[i] = 1
+*  for all jobs.
+*
+*  The parameter v_es specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the vertex data block, to which the routine stores earliest start
+*  time for corresponding job. If v_es < 0, this time is not stored.
+*
+*  The parameter v_ls specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the vertex data block, to which the routine stores latest start
+*  time for corresponding job. If v_ls < 0, this time is not stored.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_cpp returns the minimal project duration, that is,
+*  minimal time needed to perform all jobs in the project. */
+
+static void sorting(glp_graph *G, int list[]);
+
+double glp_cpp(glp_graph *G, int v_t, int v_es, int v_ls)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, k, nv, *list;
+      double temp, total, *t, *es, *ls;
+      if (v_t >= 0 && v_t > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_cpp: v_t = %d; invalid offset\n", v_t);
+      if (v_es >= 0 && v_es > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_cpp: v_es = %d; invalid offset\n", v_es);
+      if (v_ls >= 0 && v_ls > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_cpp: v_ls = %d; invalid offset\n", v_ls);
+      nv = G->nv;
+      if (nv == 0)
+      {  total = 0.0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      t = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(double));
+      es = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(double));
+      ls = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(double));
+      list = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      /* retrieve job times */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (v_t >= 0)
+         {  memcpy(&t[i], (char *)v->data + v_t, sizeof(double));
+            if (t[i] < 0.0)
+               xerror("glp_cpp: t[%d] = %g; invalid time\n", i, t[i]);
+         }
+         else
+            t[i] = 1.0;
+      }
+      /* perform topological sorting to determine the list of nodes
+         (jobs) such that if list[k] = i and list[kk] = j and there
+         exists arc (i->j), then k < kk */
+      sorting(G, list);
+      /* FORWARD PASS */
+      /* determine earliest start times */
+      for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+      {  j = list[k];
+         es[j] = 0.0;
+         for (a = G->v[j]->in; a != NULL; a = a->h_next)
+         {  i = a->tail->i;
+            /* there exists arc (i->j) in the project network */
+            temp = es[i] + t[i];
+            if (es[j] < temp) es[j] = temp;
+         }
+      }
+      /* determine the minimal project duration */
+      total = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+      {  temp = es[i] + t[i];
+         if (total < temp) total = temp;
+      }
+      /* BACKWARD PASS */
+      /* determine latest start times */
+      for (k = nv; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  i = list[k];
+         ls[i] = total - t[i];
+         for (a = G->v[i]->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  j = a->head->i;
+            /* there exists arc (i->j) in the project network */
+            temp = ls[j] - t[i];
+            if (ls[i] > temp) ls[i] = temp;
+         }
+         /* avoid possible round-off errors */
+         if (ls[i] < es[i]) ls[i] = es[i];
+      }
+      /* store results, if necessary */
+      if (v_es >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_es, &es[i], sizeof(double));
+         }
+      }
+      if (v_ls >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_ls, &ls[i], sizeof(double));
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(t);
+      xfree(es);
+      xfree(ls);
+      xfree(list);
+done: return total;
+}
+
+static void sorting(glp_graph *G, int list[])
+{     /* perform topological sorting to determine the list of nodes
+         (jobs) such that if list[k] = i and list[kk] = j and there
+         exists arc (i->j), then k < kk */
+      int i, k, nv, v_size, *num;
+      void **save;
+      nv = G->nv;
+      v_size = G->v_size;
+      save = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(void *));
+      num = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      G->v_size = sizeof(int);
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+      {  save[i] = G->v[i]->data;
+         G->v[i]->data = &num[i];
+         list[i] = 0;
+      }
+      if (glp_top_sort(G, 0) != 0)
+         xerror("glp_cpp: project network is not acyclic\n");
+      G->v_size = v_size;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+      {  G->v[i]->data = save[i];
+         k = num[i];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= nv);
+         xassert(list[k] == 0);
+         list[k] = i;
+      }
+      xfree(save);
+      xfree(num);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cpxbas.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cpxbas.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1c656a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/cpxbas.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/* cpxbas.c (construct Bixby's initial LP basis) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+struct var
+{     /* structural variable */
+      int j;
+      /* ordinal number */
+      double q;
+      /* penalty value */
+};
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
+{     /* this routine is passed to the qsort() function */
+      struct var *col1 = (void *)ptr1, *col2 = (void *)ptr2;
+      if (col1->q < col2->q) return -1;
+      if (col1->q > col2->q) return +1;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static int get_column(glp_prob *lp, int j, int ind[], double val[])
+{     /* Bixby's algorithm assumes that the constraint matrix is scaled
+         such that the maximum absolute value in every non-zero row and
+         column is 1 */
+      int k, len;
+      double big;
+      len = glp_get_mat_col(lp, j, ind, val);
+      big = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         if (big < fabs(val[k])) big = fabs(val[k]);
+      if (big == 0.0) big = 1.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++) val[k] /= big;
+      return len;
+}
+
+static void cpx_basis(glp_prob *lp)
+{     /* main routine */
+      struct var *C, *C2, *C3, *C4;
+      int m, n, i, j, jk, k, l, ll, t, n2, n3, n4, type, len, *I, *r,
+         *ind;
+      double alpha, gamma, cmax, temp, *v, *val;
+      xprintf("Constructing initial basis...\n");
+      /* determine the number of rows and columns */
+      m = glp_get_num_rows(lp);
+      n = glp_get_num_cols(lp);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      C = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(struct var));
+      I = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      r = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      v = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      ind = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      /* make all auxiliary variables non-basic */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (glp_get_row_type(lp, i) != GLP_DB)
+            glp_set_row_stat(lp, i, GLP_NS);
+         else if (fabs(glp_get_row_lb(lp, i)) <=
+                  fabs(glp_get_row_ub(lp, i)))
+            glp_set_row_stat(lp, i, GLP_NL);
+         else
+            glp_set_row_stat(lp, i, GLP_NU);
+      }
+      /* make all structural variables non-basic */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (glp_get_col_type(lp, j) != GLP_DB)
+            glp_set_col_stat(lp, j, GLP_NS);
+         else if (fabs(glp_get_col_lb(lp, j)) <=
+                  fabs(glp_get_col_ub(lp, j)))
+            glp_set_col_stat(lp, j, GLP_NL);
+         else
+            glp_set_col_stat(lp, j, GLP_NU);
+      }
+      /* C2 is a set of free structural variables */
+      n2 = 0, C2 = C + 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  type = glp_get_col_type(lp, j);
+         if (type == GLP_FR)
+         {  n2++;
+            C2[n2].j = j;
+            C2[n2].q = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* C3 is a set of structural variables having excatly one (lower
+         or upper) bound */
+      n3 = 0, C3 = C2 + n2;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  type = glp_get_col_type(lp, j);
+         if (type == GLP_LO)
+         {  n3++;
+            C3[n3].j = j;
+            C3[n3].q = + glp_get_col_lb(lp, j);
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_UP)
+         {  n3++;
+            C3[n3].j = j;
+            C3[n3].q = - glp_get_col_ub(lp, j);
+         }
+      }
+      /* C4 is a set of structural variables having both (lower and
+         upper) bounds */
+      n4 = 0, C4 = C3 + n3;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  type = glp_get_col_type(lp, j);
+         if (type == GLP_DB)
+         {  n4++;
+            C4[n4].j = j;
+            C4[n4].q = glp_get_col_lb(lp, j) - glp_get_col_ub(lp, j);
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute gamma = max{|c[j]|: 1 <= j <= n} */
+      gamma = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  temp = fabs(glp_get_obj_coef(lp, j));
+         if (gamma < temp) gamma = temp;
+      }
+      /* compute cmax */
+      cmax = (gamma == 0.0 ? 1.0 : 1000.0 * gamma);
+      /* compute final penalty for all structural variables within sets
+         C2, C3, and C4 */
+      switch (glp_get_obj_dir(lp))
+      {  case GLP_MIN: temp = +1.0; break;
+         case GLP_MAX: temp = -1.0; break;
+         default: xassert(lp != lp);
+      }
+      for (k = 1; k <= n2+n3+n4; k++)
+      {  j = C[k].j;
+         C[k].q += (temp * glp_get_obj_coef(lp, j)) / cmax;
+      }
+      /* sort structural variables within C2, C3, and C4 in ascending
+         order of penalty value */
+      qsort(C2+1, n2, sizeof(struct var), fcmp);
+      for (k = 1; k < n2; k++) xassert(C2[k].q <= C2[k+1].q);
+      qsort(C3+1, n3, sizeof(struct var), fcmp);
+      for (k = 1; k < n3; k++) xassert(C3[k].q <= C3[k+1].q);
+      qsort(C4+1, n4, sizeof(struct var), fcmp);
+      for (k = 1; k < n4; k++) xassert(C4[k].q <= C4[k+1].q);
+      /*** STEP 1 ***/
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  type = glp_get_row_type(lp, i);
+         if (type != GLP_FX)
+         {  /* row i is either free or inequality constraint */
+            glp_set_row_stat(lp, i, GLP_BS);
+            I[i] = 1;
+            r[i] = 1;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* row i is equality constraint */
+            I[i] = 0;
+            r[i] = 0;
+         }
+         v[i] = +DBL_MAX;
+      }
+      /*** STEP 2 ***/
+      for (k = 1; k <= n2+n3+n4; k++)
+      {  jk = C[k].j;
+         len = get_column(lp, jk, ind, val);
+         /* let alpha = max{|A[l,jk]|: r[l] = 0} and let l' be such
+            that alpha = |A[l',jk]| */
+         alpha = 0.0, ll = 0;
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  l = ind[t];
+            if (r[l] == 0 && alpha < fabs(val[t]))
+               alpha = fabs(val[t]), ll = l;
+         }
+         if (alpha >= 0.99)
+         {  /* B := B union {jk} */
+            glp_set_col_stat(lp, jk, GLP_BS);
+            I[ll] = 1;
+            v[ll] = alpha;
+            /* r[l] := r[l] + 1 for all l such that |A[l,jk]| != 0 */
+            for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+            {  l = ind[t];
+               if (val[t] != 0.0) r[l]++;
+            }
+            /* continue to the next k */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* if |A[l,jk]| > 0.01 * v[l] for some l, continue to the
+            next k */
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  l = ind[t];
+            if (fabs(val[t]) > 0.01 * v[l]) break;
+         }
+         if (t <= len) continue;
+         /* otherwise, let alpha = max{|A[l,jk]|: I[l] = 0} and let l'
+            be such that alpha = |A[l',jk]| */
+         alpha = 0.0, ll = 0;
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  l = ind[t];
+            if (I[l] == 0 && alpha < fabs(val[t]))
+               alpha = fabs(val[t]), ll = l;
+         }
+         /* if alpha = 0, continue to the next k */
+         if (alpha == 0.0) continue;
+         /* B := B union {jk} */
+         glp_set_col_stat(lp, jk, GLP_BS);
+         I[ll] = 1;
+         v[ll] = alpha;
+         /* r[l] := r[l] + 1 for all l such that |A[l,jk]| != 0 */
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  l = ind[t];
+            if (val[t] != 0.0) r[l]++;
+         }
+      }
+      /*** STEP 3 ***/
+      /* add an artificial variable (auxiliary variable for equality
+         constraint) to cover each remaining uncovered row */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         if (I[i] == 0) glp_set_row_stat(lp, i, GLP_BS);
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(C);
+      xfree(I);
+      xfree(r);
+      xfree(v);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_cpx_basis - construct Bixby's initial LP basis
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_cpx_basis(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_cpx_basis constructs an advanced initial basis for
+*  the specified problem object.
+*
+*  The routine is based on Bixby's algorithm described in the paper:
+*
+*  Robert E. Bixby. Implementing the Simplex Method: The Initial Basis.
+*  ORSA Journal on Computing, Vol. 4, No. 3, 1992, pp. 267-84. */
+
+void glp_cpx_basis(glp_prob *lp)
+{     if (lp->m == 0 || lp->n == 0)
+         glp_std_basis(lp);
+      else
+         cpx_basis(lp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/graph.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/graph.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82994c84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/graph.c
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/* graph.c (basic graph routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "avl.h"
+#include "dmp.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/* CAUTION: DO NOT CHANGE THE LIMITS BELOW */
+
+#define NV_MAX 100000000 /* = 100*10^6 */
+/* maximal number of vertices in the graph */
+
+#define NA_MAX 500000000 /* = 500*10^6 */
+/* maximal number of arcs in the graph */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_create_graph - create graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_graph *glp_create_graph(int v_size, int a_size);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine creates a new graph, which initially is empty, i.e. has
+*  no vertices and arcs.
+*
+*  The parameter v_size specifies the size of data associated with each
+*  vertex of the graph (0 to 256 bytes).
+*
+*  The parameter a_size specifies the size of data associated with each
+*  arc of the graph (0 to 256 bytes).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the graph created. */
+
+static void create_graph(glp_graph *G, int v_size, int a_size)
+{     G->pool = dmp_create_pool();
+      G->name = NULL;
+      G->nv_max = 50;
+      G->nv = G->na = 0;
+      G->v = xcalloc(1+G->nv_max, sizeof(glp_vertex *));
+      G->index = NULL;
+      G->v_size = v_size;
+      G->a_size = a_size;
+      return;
+}
+
+glp_graph *glp_create_graph(int v_size, int a_size)
+{     glp_graph *G;
+      if (!(0 <= v_size && v_size <= 256))
+         xerror("glp_create_graph: v_size = %d; invalid size of vertex "
+            "data\n", v_size);
+      if (!(0 <= a_size && a_size <= 256))
+         xerror("glp_create_graph: a_size = %d; invalid size of arc dat"
+            "a\n", a_size);
+      G = xmalloc(sizeof(glp_graph));
+      create_graph(G, v_size, a_size);
+      return G;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_graph_name - assign (change) graph name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_graph_name(glp_graph *G, const char *name);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_graph_name assigns a symbolic name specified by
+*  the character string name (1 to 255 chars) to the graph.
+*
+*  If the parameter name is NULL or an empty string, the routine erases
+*  the existing symbolic name of the graph. */
+
+void glp_set_graph_name(glp_graph *G, const char *name)
+{     if (G->name != NULL)
+      {  dmp_free_atom(G->pool, G->name, strlen(G->name)+1);
+         G->name = NULL;
+      }
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0'))
+      {  int j;
+         for (j = 0; name[j] != '\0'; j++)
+         {  if (j == 256)
+               xerror("glp_set_graph_name: graph name too long\n");
+            if (iscntrl((unsigned char)name[j]))
+               xerror("glp_set_graph_name: graph name contains invalid "
+                  "character(s)\n");
+         }
+         G->name = dmp_get_atom(G->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(G->name, name);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_add_vertices - add new vertices to graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_add_vertices(glp_graph *G, int nadd);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_vertices adds nadd vertices to the specified
+*  graph. New vertices are always added to the end of the vertex list,
+*  so ordinal numbers of existing vertices remain unchanged.
+*
+*  Being added each new vertex is isolated (has no incident arcs).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_vertices returns an ordinal number of the first
+*  new vertex added to the graph. */
+
+int glp_add_vertices(glp_graph *G, int nadd)
+{     int i, nv_new;
+      if (nadd < 1)
+         xerror("glp_add_vertices: nadd = %d; invalid number of vertice"
+            "s\n", nadd);
+      if (nadd > NV_MAX - G->nv)
+         xerror("glp_add_vertices: nadd = %d; too many vertices\n",
+            nadd);
+      /* determine new number of vertices */
+      nv_new = G->nv + nadd;
+      /* increase the room, if necessary */
+      if (G->nv_max < nv_new)
+      {  glp_vertex **save = G->v;
+         while (G->nv_max < nv_new)
+         {  G->nv_max += G->nv_max;
+            xassert(G->nv_max > 0);
+         }
+         G->v = xcalloc(1+G->nv_max, sizeof(glp_vertex *));
+         memcpy(&G->v[1], &save[1], G->nv * sizeof(glp_vertex *));
+         xfree(save);
+      }
+      /* add new vertices to the end of the vertex list */
+      for (i = G->nv+1; i <= nv_new; i++)
+      {  glp_vertex *v;
+         G->v[i] = v = dmp_get_atom(G->pool, sizeof(glp_vertex));
+         v->i = i;
+         v->name = NULL;
+         v->entry = NULL;
+         if (G->v_size == 0)
+            v->data = NULL;
+         else
+         {  v->data = dmp_get_atom(G->pool, G->v_size);
+            memset(v->data, 0, G->v_size);
+         }
+         v->temp = NULL;
+         v->in = v->out = NULL;
+      }
+      /* set new number of vertices */
+      G->nv = nv_new;
+      /* return the ordinal number of the first vertex added */
+      return nv_new - nadd + 1;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void glp_set_vertex_name(glp_graph *G, int i, const char *name)
+{     /* assign (change) vertex name */
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_set_vertex_name: i = %d; vertex number out of rang"
+            "e\n", i);
+      v = G->v[i];
+      if (v->name != NULL)
+      {  if (v->entry != NULL)
+         {  xassert(G->index != NULL);
+            avl_delete_node(G->index, v->entry);
+            v->entry = NULL;
+         }
+         dmp_free_atom(G->pool, v->name, strlen(v->name)+1);
+         v->name = NULL;
+      }
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0'))
+      {  int k;
+         for (k = 0; name[k] != '\0'; k++)
+         {  if (k == 256)
+               xerror("glp_set_vertex_name: i = %d; vertex name too lon"
+                  "g\n", i);
+            if (iscntrl((unsigned char)name[k]))
+               xerror("glp_set_vertex_name: i = %d; vertex name contain"
+                  "s invalid character(s)\n", i);
+         }
+         v->name = dmp_get_atom(G->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(v->name, name);
+         if (G->index != NULL)
+         {  xassert(v->entry == NULL);
+            v->entry = avl_insert_node(G->index, v->name);
+            avl_set_node_link(v->entry, v);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_add_arc - add new arc to graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_arc *glp_add_arc(glp_graph *G, int i, int j);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_arc adds a new arc to the specified graph.
+*
+*  The parameters i and j specify the ordinal numbers of, resp., tail
+*  and head vertices of the arc. Note that self-loops and multiple arcs
+*  are allowed.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_arc returns a pointer to the arc added. */
+
+glp_arc *glp_add_arc(glp_graph *G, int i, int j)
+{     glp_arc *a;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_add_arc: i = %d; tail vertex number out of range\n"
+            , i);
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_add_arc: j = %d; head vertex number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      if (G->na == NA_MAX)
+         xerror("glp_add_arc: too many arcs\n");
+      a = dmp_get_atom(G->pool, sizeof(glp_arc));
+      a->tail = G->v[i];
+      a->head = G->v[j];
+      if (G->a_size == 0)
+         a->data = NULL;
+      else
+      {  a->data = dmp_get_atom(G->pool, G->a_size);
+         memset(a->data, 0, G->a_size);
+      }
+      a->temp = NULL;
+      a->t_prev = NULL;
+      a->t_next = G->v[i]->out;
+      if (a->t_next != NULL) a->t_next->t_prev = a;
+      a->h_prev = NULL;
+      a->h_next = G->v[j]->in;
+      if (a->h_next != NULL) a->h_next->h_prev = a;
+      G->v[i]->out = G->v[j]->in = a;
+      G->na++;
+      return a;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_del_vertices - delete vertices from graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_del_vertices(glp_graph *G, int ndel, const int num[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_del_vertices deletes vertices along with all
+*  incident arcs from the specified graph. Ordinal numbers of vertices
+*  to be deleted should be placed in locations num[1], ..., num[ndel],
+*  ndel > 0.
+*
+*  Note that deleting vertices involves changing ordinal numbers of
+*  other vertices remaining in the graph. New ordinal numbers of the
+*  remaining vertices are assigned under the assumption that the
+*  original order of vertices is not changed. */
+
+void glp_del_vertices(glp_graph *G, int ndel, const int num[])
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      int i, k, nv_new;
+      /* scan the list of vertices to be deleted */
+      if (!(1 <= ndel && ndel <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_del_vertices: ndel = %d; invalid number of vertice"
+            "s\n", ndel);
+      for (k = 1; k <= ndel; k++)
+      {  /* take the number of vertex to be deleted */
+         i = num[k];
+         /* obtain pointer to i-th vertex */
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= G->nv))
+            xerror("glp_del_vertices: num[%d] = %d; vertex number out o"
+               "f range\n", k, i);
+         v = G->v[i];
+         /* check that the vertex is not marked yet */
+         if (v->i == 0)
+            xerror("glp_del_vertices: num[%d] = %d; duplicate vertex nu"
+               "mbers not allowed\n", k, i);
+         /* erase symbolic name assigned to the vertex */
+         glp_set_vertex_name(G, i, NULL);
+         xassert(v->name == NULL);
+         xassert(v->entry == NULL);
+         /* free vertex data, if allocated */
+         if (v->data != NULL)
+            dmp_free_atom(G->pool, v->data, G->v_size);
+         /* delete all incoming arcs */
+         while (v->in != NULL)
+            glp_del_arc(G, v->in);
+         /* delete all outgoing arcs */
+         while (v->out != NULL)
+            glp_del_arc(G, v->out);
+         /* mark the vertex to be deleted */
+         v->i = 0;
+      }
+      /* delete all marked vertices from the vertex list */
+      nv_new = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  /* obtain pointer to i-th vertex */
+         v = G->v[i];
+         /* check if the vertex is marked */
+         if (v->i == 0)
+         {  /* it is marked, delete it */
+            dmp_free_atom(G->pool, v, sizeof(glp_vertex));
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* it is not marked, keep it */
+            v->i = ++nv_new;
+            G->v[v->i] = v;
+         }
+      }
+      /* set new number of vertices in the graph */
+      G->nv = nv_new;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_del_arc - delete arc from graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_del_arc(glp_graph *G, glp_arc *a);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_del_arc deletes an arc from the specified graph.
+*  The arc to be deleted must exist. */
+
+void glp_del_arc(glp_graph *G, glp_arc *a)
+{     /* some sanity checks */
+      xassert(G->na > 0);
+      xassert(1 <= a->tail->i && a->tail->i <= G->nv);
+      xassert(a->tail == G->v[a->tail->i]);
+      xassert(1 <= a->head->i && a->head->i <= G->nv);
+      xassert(a->head == G->v[a->head->i]);
+      /* remove the arc from the list of incoming arcs */
+      if (a->h_prev == NULL)
+         a->head->in = a->h_next;
+      else
+         a->h_prev->h_next = a->h_next;
+      if (a->h_next == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+         a->h_next->h_prev = a->h_prev;
+      /* remove the arc from the list of outgoing arcs */
+      if (a->t_prev == NULL)
+         a->tail->out = a->t_next;
+      else
+         a->t_prev->t_next = a->t_next;
+      if (a->t_next == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+         a->t_next->t_prev = a->t_prev;
+      /* free arc data, if allocated */
+      if (a->data != NULL)
+         dmp_free_atom(G->pool, a->data, G->a_size);
+      /* delete the arc from the graph */
+      dmp_free_atom(G->pool, a, sizeof(glp_arc));
+      G->na--;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_erase_graph - erase graph content
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_erase_graph(glp_graph *G, int v_size, int a_size);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_erase_graph erases the content of the specified
+*  graph. The effect of this operation is the same as if the graph
+*  would be deleted with the routine glp_delete_graph and then created
+*  anew with the routine glp_create_graph, with exception that the
+*  handle (pointer) to the graph remains valid. */
+
+static void delete_graph(glp_graph *G)
+{     dmp_delete_pool(G->pool);
+      xfree(G->v);
+      if (G->index != NULL) avl_delete_tree(G->index);
+      return;
+}
+
+void glp_erase_graph(glp_graph *G, int v_size, int a_size)
+{     if (!(0 <= v_size && v_size <= 256))
+         xerror("glp_erase_graph: v_size = %d; invalid size of vertex d"
+            "ata\n", v_size);
+      if (!(0 <= a_size && a_size <= 256))
+         xerror("glp_erase_graph: a_size = %d; invalid size of arc data"
+            "\n", a_size);
+      delete_graph(G);
+      create_graph(G, v_size, a_size);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_delete_graph - delete graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_delete_graph(glp_graph *G);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_delete_graph deletes the specified graph and frees
+*  all the memory allocated to this program object. */
+
+void glp_delete_graph(glp_graph *G)
+{     delete_graph(G);
+      xfree(G);
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void glp_create_v_index(glp_graph *G)
+{     /* create vertex name index */
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      int i;
+      if (G->index == NULL)
+      {  G->index = avl_create_tree(avl_strcmp, NULL);
+         for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            xassert(v->entry == NULL);
+            if (v->name != NULL)
+            {  v->entry = avl_insert_node(G->index, v->name);
+               avl_set_node_link(v->entry, v);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_find_vertex(glp_graph *G, const char *name)
+{     /* find vertex by its name */
+      AVLNODE *node;
+      int i = 0;
+      if (G->index == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_find_vertex: vertex name index does not exist\n");
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0' || strlen(name) > 255))
+      {  node = avl_find_node(G->index, name);
+         if (node != NULL)
+            i = ((glp_vertex *)avl_get_node_link(node))->i;
+      }
+      return i;
+}
+
+void glp_delete_v_index(glp_graph *G)
+{     /* delete vertex name index */
+      int i;
+      if (G->index != NULL)
+      {  avl_delete_tree(G->index), G->index = NULL;
+         for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++) G->v[i]->entry = NULL;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/gridgen.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/gridgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8cd3517f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/gridgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,769 @@
+/* gridgen.c (grid-like network problem generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  This code is a modified version of the program GRIDGEN, a grid-like
+*  network problem generator developed by Yusin Lee and Jim Orlin.
+*  The original code is publically available on the DIMACS ftp site at:
+*  <ftp://dimacs.rutgers.edu/pub/netflow/generators/network/gridgen>.
+*
+*  All changes concern only the program interface, so this modified
+*  version produces exactly the same instances as the original version.
+*
+*  Changes were made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_gridgen - grid-like network problem generator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_gridgen(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_cap, int a_cost,
+*     const int parm[1+14]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_gridgen is a grid-like network problem generator
+*  developed by Yusin Lee and Jim Orlin.
+*
+*  The parameter G specifies the graph object, to which the generated
+*  problem data have to be stored. Note that on entry the graph object
+*  is erased with the routine glp_erase_graph.
+*
+*  The parameter v_rhs specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the vertex data block, to which the routine stores the supply or
+*  demand value. If v_rhs < 0, the value is not stored.
+*
+*  The parameter a_cap specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the arc data block, to which the routine stores the arc capacity.
+*  If a_cap < 0, the capacity is not stored.
+*
+*  The parameter a_cost specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the arc data block, to which the routine stores the per-unit cost
+*  if the arc flow. If a_cost < 0, the cost is not stored.
+*
+*  The array parm contains description of the network to be generated:
+*
+*  parm[0]  not used
+*  parm[1]  two-ways arcs indicator:
+*           1 - if links in both direction should be generated
+*           0 - otherwise
+*  parm[2]  random number seed (a positive integer)
+*  parm[3]  number of nodes (the number of nodes generated might be
+*           slightly different to make the network a grid)
+*  parm[4]  grid width
+*  parm[5]  number of sources
+*  parm[6]  number of sinks
+*  parm[7]  average degree
+*  parm[8]  total flow
+*  parm[9]  distribution of arc costs:
+*           1 - uniform
+*           2 - exponential
+*  parm[10] lower bound for arc cost (uniform)
+*           100 * lambda (exponential)
+*  parm[11] upper bound for arc cost (uniform)
+*           not used (exponential)
+*  parm[12] distribution of arc capacities:
+*           1 - uniform
+*           2 - exponential
+*  parm[13] lower bound for arc capacity (uniform)
+*           100 * lambda (exponential)
+*  parm[14] upper bound for arc capacity (uniform)
+*           not used (exponential)
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the instance was successfully generated, the routine glp_gridgen
+*  returns zero; otherwise, if specified parameters are inconsistent,
+*  the routine returns a non-zero error code.
+*
+*  COMMENTS
+*
+*  This network generator generates a grid-like network plus a super
+*  node. In additional to the arcs connecting the nodes in the grid,
+*  there is an arc from each supply node to the super node and from the
+*  super node to each demand node to guarantee feasiblity. These arcs
+*  have very high costs and very big capacities.
+*
+*  The idea of this network generator is as follows: First, a grid of
+*  n1 * n2 is generated. For example, 5 * 3. The nodes are numbered as
+*  1 to 15, and the supernode is numbered as n1*n2+1. Then arcs between
+*  adjacent nodes are generated. For these arcs, the user is allowed to
+*  specify either to generate two-way arcs or one-way arcs. If two-way
+*  arcs are to be generated, two arcs, one in each direction, will be
+*  generated between each adjacent node pairs. Otherwise, only one arc
+*  will be generated. If this is the case, the arcs will be generated
+*  in alterntive directions as shown below.
+*
+*      1 ---> 2 ---> 3 ---> 4 ---> 5
+*      |      ^      |      ^      |
+*      |      |      |      |      |
+*      V      |      V      |      V
+*      6 <--- 7 <--- 8 <--- 9 <--- 10
+*      |      ^      |      ^      |
+*      |      |      |      |      |
+*      V      |      V      |      V
+*     11 --->12 --->13 --->14 ---> 15
+*
+*  Then the arcs between the super node and the source/sink nodes are
+*  added as mentioned before. If the number of arcs still doesn't reach
+*  the requirement, additional arcs will be added by uniformly picking
+*  random node pairs. There is no checking to prevent multiple arcs
+*  between any pair of nodes. However, there will be no self-arcs (arcs
+*  that poins back to its tail node) in the network.
+*
+*  The source and sink nodes are selected uniformly in the network, and
+*  the imbalances of each source/sink node are also assigned by uniform
+*  distribution. */
+
+struct stat_para
+{     /* structure for statistical distributions */
+      int distribution;
+      /* the distribution: */
+#define UNIFORM      1  /* uniform distribution */
+#define EXPONENTIAL  2  /* exponential distribution */
+      double parameter[5];
+      /* the parameters of the distribution */
+};
+
+struct arcs
+{     int from;
+      /* the FROM node of that arc */
+      int to;
+      /* the TO node of that arc */
+      int cost;
+      /* original cost of that arc */
+      int u;
+      /* capacity of the arc */
+};
+
+struct imbalance
+{     int node;
+      /* Node ID */
+      int supply;
+      /* Supply of that node */
+};
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_graph *G;
+      int v_rhs, a_cap, a_cost;
+      int seed;
+      /* random number seed */
+      int seed_original;
+      /* the original seed from input */
+      int two_way;
+      /* 0: generate arcs in both direction for the basic grid, except
+         for the arcs to/from the super node.  1: o/w */
+      int n_node;
+      /* total number of nodes in the network, numbered 1 to n_node,
+         including the super node, which is the last one */
+      int n_arc;
+      /* total number of arcs in the network, counting EVERY arc. */
+      int n_grid_arc;
+      /* number of arcs in the basic grid, including the arcs to/from
+         the super node */
+      int n_source, n_sink;
+      /* number of source and sink nodes */
+      int avg_degree;
+      /* average degree, arcs to and from the super node are counted */
+      int t_supply;
+      /* total supply in the network */
+      int n1, n2;
+      /* the two edges of the network grid.  n1 >= n2 */
+      struct imbalance *source_list, *sink_list;
+      /* head of the array of source/sink nodes */
+      struct stat_para arc_costs;
+      /* the distribution of arc costs */
+      struct stat_para capacities;
+      /* distribution of the capacities of the arcs */
+      struct arcs *arc_list;
+      /* head of the arc list array.  Arcs in this array are in the
+         order of grid_arcs, arcs to/from super node, and other arcs */
+};
+
+#define G (csa->G)
+#define v_rhs (csa->v_rhs)
+#define a_cap (csa->a_cap)
+#define a_cost (csa->a_cost)
+#define seed (csa->seed)
+#define seed_original (csa->seed_original)
+#define two_way (csa->two_way)
+#define n_node (csa->n_node)
+#define n_arc (csa->n_arc)
+#define n_grid_arc (csa->n_grid_arc)
+#define n_source (csa->n_source)
+#define n_sink (csa->n_sink)
+#define avg_degree (csa->avg_degree)
+#define t_supply (csa->t_supply)
+#define n1 (csa->n1)
+#define n2 (csa->n2)
+#define source_list (csa->source_list)
+#define sink_list (csa->sink_list)
+#define arc_costs (csa->arc_costs)
+#define capacities (csa->capacities)
+#define arc_list (csa->arc_list)
+
+static void assign_capacities(struct csa *csa);
+static void assign_costs(struct csa *csa);
+static void assign_imbalance(struct csa *csa);
+static int exponential(struct csa *csa, double lambda[1]);
+static struct arcs *gen_additional_arcs(struct csa *csa, struct arcs
+      *arc_ptr);
+static struct arcs *gen_basic_grid(struct csa *csa, struct arcs
+      *arc_ptr);
+static void gen_more_arcs(struct csa *csa, struct arcs *arc_ptr);
+static void generate(struct csa *csa);
+static void output(struct csa *csa);
+static double randy(struct csa *csa);
+static void select_source_sinks(struct csa *csa);
+static int uniform(struct csa *csa, double a[2]);
+
+int glp_gridgen(glp_graph *G_, int _v_rhs, int _a_cap, int _a_cost,
+      const int parm[1+14])
+{     struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      int n, ret;
+      G = G_;
+      v_rhs = _v_rhs;
+      a_cap = _a_cap;
+      a_cost = _a_cost;
+      if (G != NULL)
+      {  if (v_rhs >= 0 && v_rhs > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+            xerror("glp_gridgen: v_rhs = %d; invalid offset\n", v_rhs);
+         if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+            xerror("glp_gridgen: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cap);
+         if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+            xerror("glp_gridgen: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cost)
+               ;
+      }
+      /* Check the parameters for consistency. */
+      if (!(parm[1] == 0 || parm[1] == 1))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (parm[2] < 1)
+      {  ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(10 <= parm[3] && parm[3] <= 40000))
+      {  ret = 3;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(1 <= parm[4] && parm[4] <= 40000))
+      {  ret = 4;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(parm[5] >= 0 && parm[6] >= 0 && parm[5] + parm[6] <=
+         parm[3]))
+      {  ret = 5;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(1 <= parm[7] && parm[7] <= parm[3]))
+      {  ret = 6;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (parm[8] < 0)
+      {  ret = 7;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(parm[9] == 1 || parm[9] == 2))
+      {  ret = 8;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (parm[9] == 1 && parm[10] > parm[11] ||
+          parm[9] == 2 && parm[10] < 1)
+      {  ret = 9;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(parm[12] == 1 || parm[12] == 2))
+      {  ret = 10;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (parm[12] == 1 && !(0 <= parm[13] && parm[13] <= parm[14]) ||
+          parm[12] == 2 && parm[13] < 1)
+      {  ret = 11;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* Initialize the graph object. */
+      if (G != NULL)
+      {  glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+         glp_set_graph_name(G, "GRIDGEN");
+      }
+      /* Copy the generator parameters. */
+      two_way = parm[1];
+      seed_original = seed = parm[2];
+      n_node = parm[3];
+      n = parm[4];
+      n_source = parm[5];
+      n_sink = parm[6];
+      avg_degree = parm[7];
+      t_supply = parm[8];
+      arc_costs.distribution = parm[9];
+      if (parm[9] == 1)
+      {  arc_costs.parameter[0] = parm[10];
+         arc_costs.parameter[1] = parm[11];
+      }
+      else
+      {  arc_costs.parameter[0] = (double)parm[10] / 100.0;
+         arc_costs.parameter[1] = 0.0;
+      }
+      capacities.distribution = parm[12];
+      if (parm[12] == 1)
+      {  capacities.parameter[0] = parm[13];
+         capacities.parameter[1] = parm[14];
+      }
+      else
+      {  capacities.parameter[0] = (double)parm[13] / 100.0;
+         capacities.parameter[1] = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* Calculate the edge lengths of the grid according to the
+         input. */
+      if (n * n >= n_node)
+      {  n1 = n;
+         n2 = (int)((double)n_node / (double)n + 0.5);
+      }
+      else
+      {  n2 = n;
+         n1 = (int)((double)n_node / (double)n + 0.5);
+      }
+      /* Recalculate the total number of nodes and plus 1 for the super
+         node. */
+      n_node = n1 * n2 + 1;
+      n_arc = n_node * avg_degree;
+      n_grid_arc = (two_way + 1) * ((n1 - 1) * n2 + (n2 - 1) * n1) +
+         n_source + n_sink;
+      if (n_grid_arc > n_arc) n_arc = n_grid_arc;
+      arc_list = xcalloc(n_arc, sizeof(struct arcs));
+      source_list = xcalloc(n_source, sizeof(struct imbalance));
+      sink_list = xcalloc(n_sink, sizeof(struct imbalance));
+      /* Generate a random network. */
+      generate(csa);
+      /* Output the network. */
+      output(csa);
+      /* Free all allocated memory. */
+      xfree(arc_list);
+      xfree(source_list);
+      xfree(sink_list);
+      /* The instance has been successfully generated. */
+      ret = 0;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+#undef random
+
+static void assign_capacities(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* Assign a capacity to each arc. */
+      struct arcs *arc_ptr = arc_list;
+      int (*random)(struct csa *csa, double *);
+      int i;
+      /* Determine the random number generator to use. */
+      switch (arc_costs.distribution)
+      {  case UNIFORM:
+            random = uniform;
+            break;
+         case EXPONENTIAL:
+            random = exponential;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+      /* Assign capacities to grid arcs. */
+      for (i = n_source + n_sink; i < n_grid_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+         arc_ptr->u = random(csa, capacities.parameter);
+      i = i - n_source - n_sink;
+      /* Assign capacities to arcs to/from supernode. */
+      for (; i < n_grid_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+         arc_ptr->u = t_supply;
+      /* Assign capacities to all other arcs. */
+      for (; i < n_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+         arc_ptr->u = random(csa, capacities.parameter);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void assign_costs(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* Assign a cost to each arc. */
+      struct arcs *arc_ptr = arc_list;
+      int (*random)(struct csa *csa, double *);
+      int i;
+      /* A high cost assigned to arcs to/from the supernode. */
+      int high_cost;
+      /* The maximum cost assigned to arcs in the base grid. */
+      int max_cost = 0;
+      /* Determine the random number generator to use. */
+      switch (arc_costs.distribution)
+      {  case UNIFORM:
+            random = uniform;
+            break;
+         case EXPONENTIAL:
+            random = exponential;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+      /* Assign costs to arcs in the base grid. */
+      for (i = n_source + n_sink; i < n_grid_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+      {  arc_ptr->cost = random(csa, arc_costs.parameter);
+         if (max_cost < arc_ptr->cost) max_cost = arc_ptr->cost;
+      }
+      i = i - n_source - n_sink;
+      /* Assign costs to arcs to/from the super node. */
+      high_cost = max_cost * 2;
+      for (; i < n_grid_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+         arc_ptr->cost = high_cost;
+      /* Assign costs to all other arcs. */
+      for (; i < n_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+         arc_ptr->cost = random(csa, arc_costs.parameter);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void assign_imbalance(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* Assign an imbalance to each node. */
+      int total, i;
+      double avg;
+      struct imbalance *ptr;
+      /* assign the supply nodes */
+      avg = 2.0 * t_supply / n_source;
+      do
+      {  for (i = 1, total = t_supply, ptr = source_list + 1;
+            i < n_source; i++, ptr++)
+         {  ptr->supply = (int)(randy(csa) * avg + 0.5);
+            total -= ptr->supply;
+         }
+         source_list->supply = total;
+      }
+      /* redo all if the assignment "overshooted" */
+      while (total <= 0);
+      /* assign the demand nodes */
+      avg = -2.0 * t_supply / n_sink;
+      do
+      {  for (i = 1, total = t_supply, ptr = sink_list + 1;
+            i < n_sink; i++, ptr++)
+         {  ptr->supply = (int)(randy(csa) * avg - 0.5);
+            total += ptr->supply;
+         }
+         sink_list->supply = - total;
+      }
+      while (total <= 0);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int exponential(struct csa *csa, double lambda[1])
+{     /* Returns an "exponentially distributed" integer with parameter
+         lambda. */
+      return ((int)(- lambda[0] * log((double)randy(csa)) + 0.5));
+}
+
+static struct arcs *gen_additional_arcs(struct csa *csa, struct arcs
+      *arc_ptr)
+{     /* Generate an arc from each source to the supernode and from
+         supernode to each sink. */
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < n_source; i++, arc_ptr++)
+      {  arc_ptr->from = source_list[i].node;
+         arc_ptr->to = n_node;
+      }
+      for (i = 0; i < n_sink; i++, arc_ptr++)
+      {  arc_ptr->to = sink_list[i].node;
+         arc_ptr->from = n_node;
+      }
+      return arc_ptr;
+}
+
+static struct arcs *gen_basic_grid(struct csa *csa, struct arcs
+      *arc_ptr)
+{     /* Generate the basic grid. */
+      int direction = 1, i, j, k;
+      if (two_way)
+      {  /* Generate an arc in each direction. */
+         for (i = 1; i < n_node; i += n1)
+         {  for (j = i, k = j + n1 - 1; j < k; j++)
+            {  arc_ptr->from = j;
+               arc_ptr->to = j + 1;
+               arc_ptr++;
+               arc_ptr->from = j + 1;
+               arc_ptr->to = j;
+               arc_ptr++;
+            }
+         }
+         for (i = 1; i <= n1; i++)
+         {  for (j = i + n1; j < n_node; j += n1)
+            {  arc_ptr->from = j;
+               arc_ptr->to = j - n1;
+               arc_ptr++;
+               arc_ptr->from = j - n1;
+               arc_ptr->to = j;
+               arc_ptr++;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* Generate one arc in each direction. */
+         for (i = 1; i < n_node; i += n1)
+         {  if (direction == 1)
+               j = i;
+            else
+               j = i + 1;
+            for (k = j + n1 - 1; j < k; j++)
+            {  arc_ptr->from = j;
+               arc_ptr->to = j + direction;
+               arc_ptr++;
+            }
+            direction = - direction;
+         }
+         for (i = 1; i <= n1; i++)
+         {  j = i + n1;
+            if (direction == 1)
+            {  for (; j < n_node; j += n1)
+               {  arc_ptr->from = j - n1;
+                  arc_ptr->to = j;
+                  arc_ptr++;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  for (; j < n_node; j += n1)
+               {  arc_ptr->from = j - n1;
+                  arc_ptr->to = j;
+                  arc_ptr++;
+               }
+            }
+            direction = - direction;
+         }
+      }
+      return arc_ptr;
+}
+
+static void gen_more_arcs(struct csa *csa, struct arcs *arc_ptr)
+{     /* Generate random arcs to meet the specified density. */
+      int i;
+      double ab[2];
+      ab[0] = 0.9;
+      ab[1] = n_node - 0.99;  /* upper limit is n_node-1 because the
+                                 supernode cannot be selected */
+      for (i = n_grid_arc; i < n_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+      {  arc_ptr->from = uniform(csa, ab);
+         arc_ptr->to = uniform(csa, ab);
+         if (arc_ptr->from == arc_ptr->to)
+         {  arc_ptr--;
+            i--;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void generate(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* Generate a random network. */
+      struct arcs *arc_ptr = arc_list;
+      arc_ptr = gen_basic_grid(csa, arc_ptr);
+      select_source_sinks(csa);
+      arc_ptr = gen_additional_arcs(csa, arc_ptr);
+      gen_more_arcs(csa, arc_ptr);
+      assign_costs(csa);
+      assign_capacities(csa);
+      assign_imbalance(csa);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void output(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* Output the network in DIMACS format. */
+      struct arcs *arc_ptr;
+      struct imbalance *imb_ptr;
+      int i;
+      if (G != NULL) goto skip;
+      /* Output "c", "p" records. */
+      xprintf("c generated by GRIDGEN\n");
+      xprintf("c seed %d\n", seed_original);
+      xprintf("c nodes %d\n", n_node);
+      xprintf("c grid size %d X %d\n", n1, n2);
+      xprintf("c sources %d sinks %d\n", n_source, n_sink);
+      xprintf("c avg. degree %d\n", avg_degree);
+      xprintf("c supply %d\n", t_supply);
+      switch (arc_costs.distribution)
+      {  case UNIFORM:
+            xprintf("c arc costs: UNIFORM distr. min %d max %d\n",
+               (int)arc_costs.parameter[0],
+               (int)arc_costs.parameter[1]);
+            break;
+         case EXPONENTIAL:
+            xprintf("c arc costs: EXPONENTIAL distr. lambda %d\n",
+               (int)arc_costs.parameter[0]);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+      switch (capacities.distribution)
+      {  case UNIFORM:
+            xprintf("c arc caps :  UNIFORM distr. min %d max %d\n",
+               (int)capacities.parameter[0],
+               (int)capacities.parameter[1]);
+            break;
+         case EXPONENTIAL:
+            xprintf("c arc caps :  EXPONENTIAL distr. %d lambda %d\n",
+               (int)capacities.parameter[0]);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+skip: if (G == NULL)
+         xprintf("p min %d %d\n", n_node, n_arc);
+      else
+      {  glp_add_vertices(G, n_node);
+         if (v_rhs >= 0)
+         {  double zero = 0.0;
+            for (i = 1; i <= n_node; i++)
+            {  glp_vertex *v = G->v[i];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &zero, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Output "n node supply". */
+      for (i = 0, imb_ptr = source_list; i < n_source; i++, imb_ptr++)
+      {  if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("n %d %d\n", imb_ptr->node, imb_ptr->supply);
+         else
+         {  if (v_rhs >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)imb_ptr->supply;
+               glp_vertex *v = G->v[imb_ptr->node];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      for (i = 0, imb_ptr = sink_list; i < n_sink; i++, imb_ptr++)
+      {  if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("n %d %d\n", imb_ptr->node, imb_ptr->supply);
+         else
+         {  if (v_rhs >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)imb_ptr->supply;
+               glp_vertex *v = G->v[imb_ptr->node];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Output "a from to lowcap=0 hicap cost". */
+      for (i = 0, arc_ptr = arc_list; i < n_arc; i++, arc_ptr++)
+      {  if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("a %d %d 0 %d %d\n", arc_ptr->from, arc_ptr->to,
+               arc_ptr->u, arc_ptr->cost);
+         else
+         {  glp_arc *a = glp_add_arc(G, arc_ptr->from, arc_ptr->to);
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)arc_ptr->u;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cap, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)arc_ptr->cost;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cost, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static double randy(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* Returns a random number between 0.0 and 1.0.
+         See Ward Cheney & David Kincaid, "Numerical Mathematics and
+         Computing," 2Ed, pp. 335. */
+      seed = 16807 * seed % 2147483647;
+      if (seed < 0) seed = - seed;
+      return seed * 4.6566128752459e-10;
+}
+
+static void select_source_sinks(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* Randomly select the source nodes and sink nodes. */
+      int i, *int_ptr;
+      int *temp_list;   /* a temporary list of nodes */
+      struct imbalance *ptr;
+      double ab[2];     /* parameter for random number generator */
+      ab[0] = 0.9;
+      ab[1] = n_node - 0.99;  /* upper limit is n_node-1 because the
+                                 supernode cannot be selected */
+      temp_list = xcalloc(n_node, sizeof(int));
+      for (i = 0, int_ptr = temp_list; i < n_node; i++, int_ptr++)
+         *int_ptr = 0;
+      /* Select the source nodes. */
+      for (i = 0, ptr = source_list; i < n_source; i++, ptr++)
+      {  ptr->node = uniform(csa, ab);
+         if (temp_list[ptr->node] == 1) /* check for duplicates */
+         {  ptr--;
+            i--;
+         }
+         else
+            temp_list[ptr->node] = 1;
+      }
+      /* Select the sink nodes. */
+      for (i = 0, ptr = sink_list; i < n_sink; i++, ptr++)
+      {  ptr->node = uniform(csa, ab);
+         if (temp_list[ptr->node] == 1)
+         {  ptr--;
+            i--;
+         }
+         else
+            temp_list[ptr->node] = 1;
+      }
+      xfree(temp_list);
+      return;
+}
+
+int uniform(struct csa *csa, double a[2])
+{     /* Generates an integer uniformly selected from [a[0],a[1]]. */
+      return (int)((a[1] - a[0]) * randy(csa) + a[0] + 0.5);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#if 0
+int main(void)
+{     int parm[1+14];
+      double temp;
+      scanf("%d", &parm[1]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[2]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[3]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[4]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[5]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[6]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[7]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[8]);
+      scanf("%d", &parm[9]);
+      if (parm[9] == 1)
+      {  scanf("%d", &parm[10]);
+         scanf("%d", &parm[11]);
+      }
+      else
+      {  scanf("%le", &temp);
+         parm[10] = (int)(100.0 * temp + .5);
+         parm[11] = 0;
+      }
+      scanf("%d", &parm[12]);
+      if (parm[12] == 1)
+      {  scanf("%d", &parm[13]);
+         scanf("%d", &parm[14]);
+      }
+      else
+      {  scanf("%le", &temp);
+         parm[13] = (int)(100.0 * temp + .5);
+         parm[14] = 0;
+      }
+      glp_gridgen(NULL, 0, 0, 0, parm);
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/intfeas1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/intfeas1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43064351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/intfeas1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/* intfeas1.c (solve integer feasibility problem) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2011-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+int glp_intfeas1(glp_prob *P, int use_bound, int obj_bound)
+{     /* solve integer feasibility problem */
+      NPP *npp = NULL;
+      glp_prob *mip = NULL;
+      int *obj_ind = NULL;
+      double *obj_val = NULL;
+      int obj_row = 0;
+      int i, j, k, obj_len, temp, ret;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      /* check the problem object */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_intfeas1: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      if (P->tree != NULL)
+         xerror("glp_intfeas1: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* integer solution is currently undefined */
+      P->mip_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      P->mip_obj = 0.0;
+      /* check columns (variables) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+#if 0 /* binarization is not yet implemented */
+         if (!(col->kind == GLP_IV || col->type == GLP_FX))
+         {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: column %d: non-integer non-fixed var"
+               "iable not allowed\n", j);
+#else
+         if (!((col->kind == GLP_IV && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0)
+            || col->type == GLP_FX))
+         {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: column %d: non-binary non-fixed vari"
+               "able not allowed\n", j);
+#endif
+            ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         temp = (int)col->lb;
+         if ((double)temp != col->lb)
+         {  if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+               xprintf("glp_intfeas1: column %d: fixed value %g is non-"
+                  "integer or out of range\n", j, col->lb);
+            else
+               xprintf("glp_intfeas1: column %d: lower bound %g is non-"
+                  "integer or out of range\n", j, col->lb);
+            ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         temp = (int)col->ub;
+         if ((double)temp != col->ub)
+         {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: column %d: upper bound %g is non-int"
+               "eger or out of range\n", j, col->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         if (col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb > col->ub)
+         {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: column %d: lower bound %g is greater"
+               " than upper bound %g\n", j, col->lb, col->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check rows (constraints) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         GLPAIJ *aij;
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  temp = (int)aij->val;
+            if ((double)temp != aij->val)
+            {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: row = %d, column %d: constraint c"
+                  "oefficient %g is non-integer or out of range\n",
+                  i, aij->col->j, aij->val);
+               ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         temp = (int)row->lb;
+         if ((double)temp != row->lb)
+         {  if (row->type == GLP_FX)
+               xprintf("glp_intfeas1: row = %d: fixed value %g is non-i"
+                  "nteger or out of range\n", i, row->lb);
+            else
+               xprintf("glp_intfeas1: row = %d: lower bound %g is non-i"
+                  "nteger or out of range\n", i, row->lb);
+            ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         temp = (int)row->ub;
+         if ((double)temp != row->ub)
+         {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: row = %d: upper bound %g is non-inte"
+               "ger or out of range\n", i, row->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         if (row->type == GLP_DB && row->lb > row->ub)
+         {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: row %d: lower bound %g is greater th"
+               "an upper bound %g\n", i, row->lb, row->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check the objective function */
+#if 1 /* 08/I-2017 by cmatraki & mao */
+      if (!use_bound)
+      {  /* skip check if no obj. bound is specified */
+         goto skip;
+      }
+#endif
+      temp = (int)P->c0;
+      if ((double)temp != P->c0)
+      {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: objective constant term %g is non-integ"
+            "er or out of range\n", P->c0);
+         ret = GLP_EDATA;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  temp = (int)P->col[j]->coef;
+         if ((double)temp != P->col[j]->coef)
+         {  xprintf("glp_intfeas1: column %d: objective coefficient is "
+               "non-integer or out of range\n", j, P->col[j]->coef);
+            ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+#if 1 /* 08/I-2017 by cmatraki & mao */
+skip: ;
+#endif
+      /* save the objective function and set it to zero */
+      obj_ind = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(int));
+      obj_val = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(double));
+      obj_len = 0;
+      obj_ind[0] = 0;
+      obj_val[0] = P->c0;
+      P->c0 = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  if (P->col[j]->coef != 0.0)
+         {  obj_len++;
+            obj_ind[obj_len] = j;
+            obj_val[obj_len] = P->col[j]->coef;
+            P->col[j]->coef = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* add inequality to bound the objective function, if required */
+      if (!use_bound)
+         xprintf("Will search for ANY feasible solution\n");
+      else
+      {  xprintf("Will search only for solution not worse than %d\n",
+            obj_bound);
+         obj_row = glp_add_rows(P, 1);
+         glp_set_mat_row(P, obj_row, obj_len, obj_ind, obj_val);
+         if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+            glp_set_row_bnds(P, obj_row,
+               GLP_UP, 0.0, (double)obj_bound - obj_val[0]);
+         else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+            glp_set_row_bnds(P, obj_row,
+               GLP_LO, (double)obj_bound - obj_val[0], 0.0);
+         else
+            xassert(P != P);
+      }
+      /* create preprocessor workspace */
+      xprintf("Translating to CNF-SAT...\n");
+      xprintf("Original problem has %d row%s, %d column%s, and %d non-z"
+         "ero%s\n", P->m, P->m == 1 ? "" : "s", P->n, P->n == 1 ? "" :
+         "s", P->nnz, P->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      npp = npp_create_wksp();
+      /* load the original problem into the preprocessor workspace */
+      npp_load_prob(npp, P, GLP_OFF, GLP_MIP, GLP_OFF);
+      /* perform translation to SAT-CNF problem instance */
+      ret = npp_sat_encode_prob(npp);
+      if (ret == 0)
+         ;
+      else if (ret == GLP_ENOPFS)
+         xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO INTEGER FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+      else if (ret == GLP_ERANGE)
+         xprintf("glp_intfeas1: translation to SAT-CNF failed because o"
+            "f integer overflow\n");
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      if (ret != 0)
+         goto done;
+      /* build SAT-CNF problem instance and try to solve it */
+      mip = glp_create_prob();
+      npp_build_prob(npp, mip);
+      ret = glp_minisat1(mip);
+      /* only integer feasible solution can be postprocessed */
+      if (!(mip->mip_stat == GLP_OPT || mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS))
+      {  P->mip_stat = mip->mip_stat;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* postprocess the solution found */
+      npp_postprocess(npp, mip);
+      /* the transformed problem is no longer needed */
+      glp_delete_prob(mip), mip = NULL;
+      /* store solution to the original problem object */
+      npp_unload_sol(npp, P);
+      /* change the solution status to 'integer feasible' */
+      P->mip_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+      /* check integer feasibility */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row;
+         GLPAIJ *aij;
+         double sum;
+         row = P->row[i];
+         sum = 0.0;
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            sum += aij->val * aij->col->mipx;
+         xassert(sum == row->mipx);
+         if (row->type == GLP_LO || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+             row->type == GLP_FX)
+            xassert(sum >= row->lb);
+         if (row->type == GLP_UP || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+             row->type == GLP_FX)
+            xassert(sum <= row->ub);
+      }
+      /* compute value of the original objective function */
+      P->mip_obj = obj_val[0];
+      for (k = 1; k <= obj_len; k++)
+         P->mip_obj += obj_val[k] * P->col[obj_ind[k]]->mipx;
+      xprintf("Objective value = %17.9e\n", P->mip_obj);
+done: /* delete the transformed problem, if it exists */
+      if (mip != NULL)
+         glp_delete_prob(mip);
+      /* delete the preprocessor workspace, if it exists */
+      if (npp != NULL)
+         npp_delete_wksp(npp);
+      /* remove inequality used to bound the objective function */
+      if (obj_row > 0)
+      {  int ind[1+1];
+         ind[1] = obj_row;
+         glp_del_rows(P, 1, ind);
+      }
+      /* restore the original objective function */
+      if (obj_ind != NULL)
+      {  P->c0 = obj_val[0];
+         for (k = 1; k <= obj_len; k++)
+            P->col[obj_ind[k]]->coef = obj_val[k];
+         xfree(obj_ind);
+         xfree(obj_val);
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/maxffalg.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/maxffalg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f3f9b04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/maxffalg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* maxffalg.c (find maximal flow with Ford-Fulkerson algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ffalg.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+int glp_maxflow_ffalg(glp_graph *G, int s, int t, int a_cap,
+      double *sol, int a_x, int v_cut)
+{     /* find maximal flow with Ford-Fulkerson algorithm */
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int nv, na, i, k, flag, *tail, *head, *cap, *x, ret;
+      char *cut;
+      double temp;
+      if (!(1 <= s && s <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_ffalg: s = %d; source node number out of r"
+            "ange\n", s);
+      if (!(1 <= t && t <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_ffalg: t = %d: sink node number out of ran"
+            "ge\n", t);
+      if (s == t)
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_ffalg: s = t = %d; source and sink nodes m"
+            "ust be distinct\n", s);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_ffalg: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cap);
+      if (v_cut >= 0 && v_cut > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_ffalg: v_cut = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_cut);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      nv = G->nv;
+      na = G->na;
+      tail = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      head = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      cap = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      x = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      if (v_cut < 0)
+         cut = NULL;
+      else
+         cut = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(char));
+      /* copy the flow network */
+      k = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  k++;
+            tail[k] = a->tail->i;
+            head[k] = a->head->i;
+            if (tail[k] == head[k])
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+               memcpy(&temp, (char *)a->data + a_cap, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               temp = 1.0;
+            if (!(0.0 <= temp && temp <= (double)INT_MAX &&
+                  temp == floor(temp)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            cap[k] = (int)temp;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(k == na);
+      /* find maximal flow in the flow network */
+      ffalg(nv, na, tail, head, s, t, cap, x, cut);
+      ret = 0;
+      /* store solution components */
+      /* (objective function = total flow through the network) */
+      if (sol != NULL)
+      {  temp = 0.0;
+         for (k = 1; k <= na; k++)
+         {  if (tail[k] == s)
+               temp += (double)x[k];
+            else if (head[k] == s)
+               temp -= (double)x[k];
+         }
+         *sol = temp;
+      }
+      /* (arc flows) */
+      if (a_x >= 0)
+      {  k = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+            {  temp = (double)x[++k];
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_x, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* (node flags) */
+      if (v_cut >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            flag = cut[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_cut, &flag, sizeof(int));
+         }
+      }
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(tail);
+      xfree(head);
+      xfree(cap);
+      xfree(x);
+      if (cut != NULL) xfree(cut);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/maxflp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/maxflp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1135b78c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/maxflp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* maxflp.c (convert maximum flow problem to LP) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_maxflow_lp - convert maximum flow problem to LP
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_maxflow_lp(glp_prob *lp, glp_graph *G, int names, int s,
+*     int t, int a_cap);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_maxflow_lp builds an LP problem, which corresponds
+*  to the maximum flow problem on the specified network G. */
+
+void glp_maxflow_lp(glp_prob *lp, glp_graph *G, int names, int s,
+      int t, int a_cap)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, type, ind[1+2];
+      double cap, val[1+2];
+      if (!(names == GLP_ON || names == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_lp: names = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            names);
+      if (!(1 <= s && s <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_lp: s = %d; source node number out of rang"
+            "e\n", s);
+      if (!(1 <= t && t <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_lp: t = %d: sink node number out of range "
+            "\n", t);
+      if (s == t)
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_lp: s = t = %d; source and sink nodes must"
+            " be distinct\n", s);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_maxflow_lp: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cap);
+      glp_erase_prob(lp);
+      if (names) glp_set_prob_name(lp, G->name);
+      glp_set_obj_dir(lp, GLP_MAX);
+      glp_add_rows(lp, G->nv);
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (names) glp_set_row_name(lp, i, v->name);
+         if (i == s)
+            type = GLP_LO;
+         else if (i == t)
+            type = GLP_UP;
+         else
+            type = GLP_FX;
+         glp_set_row_bnds(lp, i, type, 0.0, 0.0);
+      }
+      if (G->na > 0) glp_add_cols(lp, G->na);
+      for (i = 1, j = 0; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  j++;
+            if (names)
+            {  char name[50+1];
+               sprintf(name, "x[%d,%d]", a->tail->i, a->head->i);
+               xassert(strlen(name) < sizeof(name));
+               glp_set_col_name(lp, j, name);
+            }
+            if (a->tail->i != a->head->i)
+            {  ind[1] = a->tail->i, val[1] = +1.0;
+               ind[2] = a->head->i, val[2] = -1.0;
+               glp_set_mat_col(lp, j, 2, ind, val);
+            }
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cap, (char *)a->data + a_cap, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cap = 1.0;
+            if (cap == DBL_MAX)
+               type = GLP_LO;
+            else if (cap != 0.0)
+               type = GLP_DB;
+            else
+               type = GLP_FX;
+            glp_set_col_bnds(lp, j, type, 0.0, cap);
+            if (a->tail->i == s)
+               glp_set_obj_coef(lp, j, +1.0);
+            else if (a->head->i == s)
+               glp_set_obj_coef(lp, j, -1.0);
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(j == G->na);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcflp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcflp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5cd24060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcflp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* mcflp.c (convert minimum cost flow problem to LP) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mincost_lp - convert minimum cost flow problem to LP
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_mincost_lp(glp_prob *lp, glp_graph *G, int names,
+*     int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap, int a_cost);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_mincost_lp builds an LP problem, which corresponds
+*  to the minimum cost flow problem on the specified network G. */
+
+void glp_mincost_lp(glp_prob *lp, glp_graph *G, int names, int v_rhs,
+      int a_low, int a_cap, int a_cost)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, type, ind[1+2];
+      double rhs, low, cap, cost, val[1+2];
+      if (!(names == GLP_ON || names == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_lp: names = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            names);
+      if (v_rhs >= 0 && v_rhs > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_lp: v_rhs = %d; invalid offset\n", v_rhs);
+      if (a_low >= 0 && a_low > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_lp: a_low = %d; invalid offset\n", a_low);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_lp: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cap);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_lp: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cost)
+            ;
+      glp_erase_prob(lp);
+      if (names) glp_set_prob_name(lp, G->name);
+      if (G->nv > 0) glp_add_rows(lp, G->nv);
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (names) glp_set_row_name(lp, i, v->name);
+         if (v_rhs >= 0)
+            memcpy(&rhs, (char *)v->data + v_rhs, sizeof(double));
+         else
+            rhs = 0.0;
+         glp_set_row_bnds(lp, i, GLP_FX, rhs, rhs);
+      }
+      if (G->na > 0) glp_add_cols(lp, G->na);
+      for (i = 1, j = 0; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  j++;
+            if (names)
+            {  char name[50+1];
+               sprintf(name, "x[%d,%d]", a->tail->i, a->head->i);
+               xassert(strlen(name) < sizeof(name));
+               glp_set_col_name(lp, j, name);
+            }
+            if (a->tail->i != a->head->i)
+            {  ind[1] = a->tail->i, val[1] = +1.0;
+               ind[2] = a->head->i, val[2] = -1.0;
+               glp_set_mat_col(lp, j, 2, ind, val);
+            }
+            if (a_low >= 0)
+               memcpy(&low, (char *)a->data + a_low, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               low = 0.0;
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cap, (char *)a->data + a_cap, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cap = 1.0;
+            if (cap == DBL_MAX)
+               type = GLP_LO;
+            else if (low != cap)
+               type = GLP_DB;
+            else
+               type = GLP_FX;
+            glp_set_col_bnds(lp, j, type, low, cap);
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cost, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cost = 0.0;
+            glp_set_obj_coef(lp, j, cost);
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(j == G->na);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcfokalg.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcfokalg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..786dc71b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcfokalg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/* mcfokalg.c (find minimum-cost flow with out-of-kilter algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "okalg.h"
+
+int glp_mincost_okalg(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, double *sol, int a_x, int v_pi)
+{     /* find minimum-cost flow with out-of-kilter algorithm */
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int nv, na, i, k, s, t, *tail, *head, *low, *cap, *cost, *x, *pi,
+         ret;
+      double sum, temp;
+      if (v_rhs >= 0 && v_rhs > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_okalg: v_rhs = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_rhs);
+      if (a_low >= 0 && a_low > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_okalg: a_low = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_low);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_okalg: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cap);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_okalg: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      if (a_x >= 0 && a_x > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_okalg: a_x = %d; invalid offset\n", a_x);
+      if (v_pi >= 0 && v_pi > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_okalg: v_pi = %d; invalid offset\n", v_pi);
+      /* s is artificial source node */
+      s = G->nv + 1;
+      /* t is artificial sink node */
+      t = s + 1;
+      /* nv is the total number of nodes in the resulting network */
+      nv = t;
+      /* na is the total number of arcs in the resulting network */
+      na = G->na + 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (v_rhs >= 0)
+            memcpy(&temp, (char *)v->data + v_rhs, sizeof(double));
+         else
+            temp = 0.0;
+         if (temp != 0.0) na++;
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      tail = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      head = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      low = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      cap = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      cost = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      x = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      pi = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      /* construct the resulting network */
+      k = 0;
+      /* (original arcs) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  k++;
+            tail[k] = a->tail->i;
+            head[k] = a->head->i;
+            if (tail[k] == head[k])
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            if (a_low >= 0)
+               memcpy(&temp, (char *)a->data + a_low, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               temp = 0.0;
+            if (!(0.0 <= temp && temp <= (double)INT_MAX &&
+                  temp == floor(temp)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            low[k] = (int)temp;
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+               memcpy(&temp, (char *)a->data + a_cap, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               temp = 1.0;
+            if (!((double)low[k] <= temp && temp <= (double)INT_MAX &&
+                  temp == floor(temp)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            cap[k] = (int)temp;
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&temp, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               temp = 0.0;
+            if (!(fabs(temp) <= (double)INT_MAX && temp == floor(temp)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            cost[k] = (int)temp;
+         }
+      }
+      /* (artificial arcs) */
+      sum = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (v_rhs >= 0)
+            memcpy(&temp, (char *)v->data + v_rhs, sizeof(double));
+         else
+            temp = 0.0;
+         if (!(fabs(temp) <= (double)INT_MAX && temp == floor(temp)))
+         {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         if (temp > 0.0)
+         {  /* artificial arc from s to original source i */
+            k++;
+            tail[k] = s;
+            head[k] = i;
+            low[k] = cap[k] = (int)(+temp); /* supply */
+            cost[k] = 0;
+            sum += (double)temp;
+         }
+         else if (temp < 0.0)
+         {  /* artificial arc from original sink i to t */
+            k++;
+            tail[k] = i;
+            head[k] = t;
+            low[k] = cap[k] = (int)(-temp); /* demand */
+            cost[k] = 0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* (feedback arc from t to s) */
+      k++;
+      xassert(k == na);
+      tail[k] = t;
+      head[k] = s;
+      if (sum > (double)INT_MAX)
+      {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      low[k] = cap[k] = (int)sum; /* total supply/demand */
+      cost[k] = 0;
+      /* find minimal-cost circulation in the resulting network */
+      ret = okalg(nv, na, tail, head, low, cap, cost, x, pi);
+      switch (ret)
+      {  case 0:
+            /* optimal circulation found */
+            ret = 0;
+            break;
+         case 1:
+            /* no feasible circulation exists */
+            ret = GLP_ENOPFS;
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            /* integer overflow occured */
+            ret = GLP_ERANGE;
+            goto done;
+         case 3:
+            /* optimality test failed (logic error) */
+            ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+            goto done;
+         default:
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+      }
+      /* store solution components */
+      /* (objective function = the total cost) */
+      if (sol != NULL)
+      {  temp = 0.0;
+         for (k = 1; k <= na; k++)
+            temp += (double)cost[k] * (double)x[k];
+         *sol = temp;
+      }
+      /* (arc flows) */
+      if (a_x >= 0)
+      {  k = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+            {  temp = (double)x[++k];
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_x, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* (node potentials = Lagrange multipliers) */
+      if (v_pi >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            temp = - (double)pi[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_pi, &temp, sizeof(double));
+         }
+      }
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(tail);
+      xfree(head);
+      xfree(low);
+      xfree(cap);
+      xfree(cost);
+      xfree(x);
+      xfree(pi);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcfrelax.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcfrelax.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b34949a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mcfrelax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/* mcfrelax.c (find minimum-cost flow with RELAX-IV) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "relax4.h"
+
+static int overflow(int u, int v)
+{     /* check for integer overflow on computing u + v */
+      if (u > 0 && v > 0 && u + v < 0) return 1;
+      if (u < 0 && v < 0 && u + v > 0) return 1;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int glp_mincost_relax4(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, int crash, double *sol, int a_x, int a_rc)
+{     /* find minimum-cost flow with Bertsekas-Tseng relaxation method
+         (RELAX-IV) */
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      struct relax4_csa csa;
+      int i, k, large, n, na, ret;
+      double cap, cost, low, rc, rhs, sum, x;
+      if (v_rhs >= 0 && v_rhs > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_relax4: v_rhs = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_rhs);
+      if (a_low >= 0 && a_low > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_relax4: a_low = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_low);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_relax4: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cap);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_relax4: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      if (a_x >= 0 && a_x > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_relax4: a_x = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_x);
+      if (a_rc >= 0 && a_rc > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_mincost_relax4: a_rc = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_rc);
+      csa.n = n = G->nv; /* number of nodes */
+      csa.na = na = G->na; /* number of arcs */
+      csa.large = large = INT_MAX / 4;
+      csa.repeat = 0;
+      csa.crash = crash;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      csa.startn = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.endn = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.fou = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.nxtou = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.fin = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.nxtin = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.rc = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.u = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.dfct = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.x = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.label = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.prdcsr = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.save = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.tfstou = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.tnxtou = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.tfstin = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.tnxtin = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      csa.nxtqueue = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa.scan = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      csa.mark = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      if (crash)
+      {  csa.extend_arc = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+         csa.sb_level = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+         csa.sb_arc = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      }
+      else
+      {  csa.extend_arc = NULL;
+         csa.sb_level = NULL;
+         csa.sb_arc = NULL;
+      }
+      /* scan nodes */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         /* get supply at i-th node */
+         if (v_rhs >= 0)
+            memcpy(&rhs, (char *)v->data + v_rhs, sizeof(double));
+         else
+            rhs = 0.0;
+         if (!(fabs(rhs) <= (double)large && rhs == floor(rhs)))
+         {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* set demand at i-th node */
+         csa.dfct[i] = -(int)rhs;
+      }
+      /* scan arcs */
+      k = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  k++;
+            /* set endpoints of k-th arc */
+            if (a->tail->i == a->head->i)
+            {  /* self-loops not allowed */
+               ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            csa.startn[k] = a->tail->i;
+            csa.endn[k] = a->head->i;
+            /* set per-unit cost for k-th arc flow */
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cost, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cost = 0.0;
+            if (!(fabs(cost) <= (double)large && cost == floor(cost)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            csa.rc[k] = (int)cost;
+            /* get lower bound for k-th arc flow */
+            if (a_low >= 0)
+               memcpy(&low, (char *)a->data + a_low, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               low = 0.0;
+            if (!(0.0 <= low && low <= (double)large &&
+                  low == floor(low)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            /* get upper bound for k-th arc flow */
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cap, (char *)a->data + a_cap, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cap = 1.0;
+            if (!(low <= cap && cap <= (double)large &&
+                  cap == floor(cap)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            /* substitute x = x' + low, where 0 <= x' <= cap - low */
+            csa.u[k] = (int)(cap - low);
+            /* correct demands at endpoints of k-th arc */
+            if (overflow(csa.dfct[a->tail->i], +low))
+            {  ret = GLP_ERANGE;
+               goto done;
+            }
+#if 0 /* 29/IX-2017 */
+            csa.dfct[a->tail->i] += low;
+#else
+            csa.dfct[a->tail->i] += (int)low;
+#endif
+            if (overflow(csa.dfct[a->head->i], -low))
+            {  ret = GLP_ERANGE;
+               goto done;
+            }
+#if 0 /* 29/IX-2017 */
+            csa.dfct[a->head->i] -= low;
+#else
+            csa.dfct[a->head->i] -= (int)low;
+#endif
+         }
+      }
+      /* construct linked list for network topology */
+      relax4_inidat(&csa);
+      /* find minimum-cost flow */
+      ret = relax4(&csa);
+      if (ret != 0)
+      {  /* problem is found to be infeasible */
+         xassert(1 <= ret && ret <= 8);
+         ret = GLP_ENOPFS;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* store solution */
+      sum = 0.0;
+      k = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  k++;
+            /* get lower bound for k-th arc flow */
+            if (a_low >= 0)
+               memcpy(&low, (char *)a->data + a_low, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               low = 0.0;
+            /* store original flow x = x' + low thru k-th arc */
+            x = (double)csa.x[k] + low;
+            if (a_x >= 0)
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_x, &x, sizeof(double));
+            /* store reduced cost for k-th arc flow */
+            rc = (double)csa.rc[k];
+            if (a_rc >= 0)
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_rc, &rc, sizeof(double));
+            /* get per-unit cost for k-th arc flow */
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cost, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cost = 0.0;
+            /* compute the total cost */
+            sum += cost * x;
+         }
+      }
+      /* store the total cost */
+      if (sol != NULL)
+         *sol = sum;
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(csa.startn);
+      xfree(csa.endn);
+      xfree(csa.fou);
+      xfree(csa.nxtou);
+      xfree(csa.fin);
+      xfree(csa.nxtin);
+      xfree(csa.rc);
+      xfree(csa.u);
+      xfree(csa.dfct);
+      xfree(csa.x);
+      xfree(csa.label);
+      xfree(csa.prdcsr);
+      xfree(csa.save);
+      xfree(csa.tfstou);
+      xfree(csa.tnxtou);
+      xfree(csa.tfstin);
+      xfree(csa.tnxtin);
+      xfree(csa.nxtqueue);
+      xfree(csa.scan);
+      xfree(csa.mark);
+      if (crash)
+      {  xfree(csa.extend_arc);
+         xfree(csa.sb_level);
+         xfree(csa.sb_arc);
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/minisat1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/minisat1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a669c487
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/minisat1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* minisat1.c (driver to MiniSat solver) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2011-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "minisat.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+int glp_minisat1(glp_prob *P)
+{     /* solve CNF-SAT problem with MiniSat solver */
+      solver *s;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, len, ret, *ind;
+      double sum;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      /* check problem object */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_minisat1: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      if (P->tree != NULL)
+         xerror("glp_minisat1: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* integer solution is currently undefined */
+      P->mip_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      P->mip_obj = 0.0;
+      /* check that problem object encodes CNF-SAT instance */
+      if (glp_check_cnfsat(P) != 0)
+      {  xprintf("glp_minisat1: problem object does not encode CNF-SAT "
+            "instance\n");
+         ret = GLP_EDATA;
+         goto done;
+      }
+#if 0 /* 08/I-2017 by cmatraki */
+#if 1 /* 07/XI-2015 */
+      if (sizeof(void *) != sizeof(int))
+      {  xprintf("glp_minisat1: sorry, MiniSat solver is not supported "
+            "on 64-bit platforms\n");
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto done;
+      }
+#endif
+#else
+      if (sizeof(void *) != sizeof(size_t))
+      {  xprintf("glp_minisat1: sorry, MiniSat solver is not supported "
+            "on this platform\n");
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto done;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* solve CNF-SAT problem */
+      xprintf("Solving CNF-SAT problem...\n");
+      xprintf("Instance has %d variable%s, %d clause%s, and %d literal%"
+         "s\n", P->n, P->n == 1 ? "" : "s", P->m, P->m == 1 ? "" : "s",
+         P->nnz, P->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      /* if CNF-SAT has no clauses, it is satisfiable */
+      if (P->m == 0)
+      {  P->mip_stat = GLP_OPT;
+         for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+            P->col[j]->mipx = 0.0;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      /* if CNF-SAT has an empty clause, it is unsatisfiable */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  if (P->row[i]->ptr == NULL)
+         {  P->mip_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+            goto fini;
+         }
+      }
+      /* prepare input data for the solver */
+      s = solver_new();
+      solver_setnvars(s, P->n);
+      ind = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(int));
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  len = 0;
+         for (aij = P->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  ind[++len] = toLit(aij->col->j-1);
+            if (aij->val < 0.0)
+               ind[len] = lit_neg(ind[len]);
+         }
+         xassert(len > 0);
+#if 0 /* 08/I-2017 by cmatraki */
+         xassert(solver_addclause(s, &ind[1], &ind[1+len]));
+#else
+         if (!solver_addclause(s, &ind[1], &ind[1+len]))
+         {  /* found trivial conflict */
+            xfree(ind);
+            solver_delete(s);
+            P->mip_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+            goto fini;
+         }
+#endif
+      }
+      xfree(ind);
+      /* call the solver */
+      s->verbosity = 1;
+      if (solver_solve(s, 0, 0))
+      {  /* instance is reported as satisfiable */
+         P->mip_stat = GLP_OPT;
+         /* copy solution to the problem object */
+         xassert(s->model.size == P->n);
+         for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+         {  P->col[j]->mipx =
+               s->model.ptr[j-1] == l_True ? 1.0 : 0.0;
+         }
+         /* compute row values */
+         for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+         {  sum = 0;
+            for (aij = P->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+               sum += aij->val * aij->col->mipx;
+            P->row[i]->mipx = sum;
+         }
+         /* check integer feasibility */
+         for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+         {  if (P->row[i]->mipx < P->row[i]->lb)
+            {  /* solution is wrong */
+               P->mip_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* instance is reported as unsatisfiable */
+         P->mip_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+      }
+      solver_delete(s);
+fini: /* report the instance status */
+      if (P->mip_stat == GLP_OPT)
+      {  xprintf("SATISFIABLE\n");
+         ret = 0;
+      }
+      else if (P->mip_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+      {  xprintf("UNSATISFIABLE\n");
+         ret = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  xprintf("glp_minisat1: solver failed\n");
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+      }
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mpl.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cfa6f75b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/* mpl.c (processing model in GNU MathProg language) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mpl.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+glp_tran *glp_mpl_alloc_wksp(void)
+{     /* allocate the MathProg translator workspace */
+      glp_tran *tran;
+      tran = mpl_initialize();
+      return tran;
+}
+
+void glp_mpl_init_rand(glp_tran *tran, int seed)
+{     /* initialize pseudo-random number generator */
+      if (tran->phase != 0)
+         xerror("glp_mpl_init_rand: invalid call sequence\n");
+      rng_init_rand(tran->rand, seed);
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_mpl_read_model(glp_tran *tran, const char *fname, int skip)
+{     /* read and translate model section */
+      int ret;
+      if (tran->phase != 0)
+         xerror("glp_mpl_read_model: invalid call sequence\n");
+      ret = mpl_read_model(tran, (char *)fname, skip);
+      if (ret == 1 || ret == 2)
+         ret = 0;
+      else if (ret == 4)
+         ret = 1;
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int glp_mpl_read_data(glp_tran *tran, const char *fname)
+{     /* read and translate data section */
+      int ret;
+      if (!(tran->phase == 1 || tran->phase == 2))
+         xerror("glp_mpl_read_data: invalid call sequence\n");
+      ret = mpl_read_data(tran, (char *)fname);
+      if (ret == 2)
+         ret = 0;
+      else if (ret == 4)
+         ret = 1;
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int glp_mpl_generate(glp_tran *tran, const char *fname)
+{     /* generate the model */
+      int ret;
+      if (!(tran->phase == 1 || tran->phase == 2))
+         xerror("glp_mpl_generate: invalid call sequence\n");
+      ret = mpl_generate(tran, (char *)fname);
+      if (ret == 3)
+         ret = 0;
+      else if (ret == 4)
+         ret = 1;
+      return ret;
+}
+
+void glp_mpl_build_prob(glp_tran *tran, glp_prob *prob)
+{     /* build LP/MIP problem instance from the model */
+      int m, n, i, j, t, kind, type, len, *ind;
+      double lb, ub, *val;
+      if (tran->phase != 3)
+         xerror("glp_mpl_build_prob: invalid call sequence\n");
+      /* erase the problem object */
+      glp_erase_prob(prob);
+      /* set problem name */
+      glp_set_prob_name(prob, mpl_get_prob_name(tran));
+      /* build rows (constraints) */
+      m = mpl_get_num_rows(tran);
+      if (m > 0)
+         glp_add_rows(prob, m);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  /* set row name */
+         glp_set_row_name(prob, i, mpl_get_row_name(tran, i));
+         /* set row bounds */
+         type = mpl_get_row_bnds(tran, i, &lb, &ub);
+         switch (type)
+         {  case MPL_FR: type = GLP_FR; break;
+            case MPL_LO: type = GLP_LO; break;
+            case MPL_UP: type = GLP_UP; break;
+            case MPL_DB: type = GLP_DB; break;
+            case MPL_FX: type = GLP_FX; break;
+            default: xassert(type != type);
+         }
+         if (type == GLP_DB && fabs(lb - ub) < 1e-9 * (1.0 + fabs(lb)))
+         {  type = GLP_FX;
+            if (fabs(lb) <= fabs(ub)) ub = lb; else lb = ub;
+         }
+         glp_set_row_bnds(prob, i, type, lb, ub);
+         /* warn about non-zero constant term */
+         if (mpl_get_row_c0(tran, i) != 0.0)
+            xprintf("glp_mpl_build_prob: row %s; constant term %.12g ig"
+               "nored\n",
+               mpl_get_row_name(tran, i), mpl_get_row_c0(tran, i));
+      }
+      /* build columns (variables) */
+      n = mpl_get_num_cols(tran);
+      if (n > 0)
+         glp_add_cols(prob, n);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* set column name */
+         glp_set_col_name(prob, j, mpl_get_col_name(tran, j));
+         /* set column kind */
+         kind = mpl_get_col_kind(tran, j);
+         switch (kind)
+         {  case MPL_NUM:
+               break;
+            case MPL_INT:
+            case MPL_BIN:
+               glp_set_col_kind(prob, j, GLP_IV);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(kind != kind);
+         }
+         /* set column bounds */
+         type = mpl_get_col_bnds(tran, j, &lb, &ub);
+         switch (type)
+         {  case MPL_FR: type = GLP_FR; break;
+            case MPL_LO: type = GLP_LO; break;
+            case MPL_UP: type = GLP_UP; break;
+            case MPL_DB: type = GLP_DB; break;
+            case MPL_FX: type = GLP_FX; break;
+            default: xassert(type != type);
+         }
+         if (kind == MPL_BIN)
+         {  if (type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_UP || lb < 0.0) lb = 0.0;
+            if (type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_LO || ub > 1.0) ub = 1.0;
+            type = GLP_DB;
+         }
+         if (type == GLP_DB && fabs(lb - ub) < 1e-9 * (1.0 + fabs(lb)))
+         {  type = GLP_FX;
+            if (fabs(lb) <= fabs(ub)) ub = lb; else lb = ub;
+         }
+         glp_set_col_bnds(prob, j, type, lb, ub);
+      }
+      /* load the constraint matrix */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  len = mpl_get_mat_row(tran, i, ind, val);
+         glp_set_mat_row(prob, i, len, ind, val);
+      }
+      /* build objective function (the first objective is used) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  kind = mpl_get_row_kind(tran, i);
+         if (kind == MPL_MIN || kind == MPL_MAX)
+         {  /* set objective name */
+            glp_set_obj_name(prob, mpl_get_row_name(tran, i));
+            /* set optimization direction */
+            glp_set_obj_dir(prob, kind == MPL_MIN ? GLP_MIN : GLP_MAX);
+            /* set constant term */
+            glp_set_obj_coef(prob, 0, mpl_get_row_c0(tran, i));
+            /* set objective coefficients */
+            len = mpl_get_mat_row(tran, i, ind, val);
+            for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+               glp_set_obj_coef(prob, ind[t], val[t]);
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_mpl_postsolve(glp_tran *tran, glp_prob *prob, int sol)
+{     /* postsolve the model */
+      int i, j, m, n, stat, ret;
+      double prim, dual;
+      if (!(tran->phase == 3 && !tran->flag_p))
+         xerror("glp_mpl_postsolve: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(sol == GLP_SOL || sol == GLP_IPT || sol == GLP_MIP))
+         xerror("glp_mpl_postsolve: sol = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            sol);
+      m = mpl_get_num_rows(tran);
+      n = mpl_get_num_cols(tran);
+      if (!(m == glp_get_num_rows(prob) &&
+            n == glp_get_num_cols(prob)))
+         xerror("glp_mpl_postsolve: wrong problem object\n");
+      if (!mpl_has_solve_stmt(tran))
+      {  ret = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+         {  stat = glp_get_row_stat(prob, i);
+            prim = glp_get_row_prim(prob, i);
+            dual = glp_get_row_dual(prob, i);
+         }
+         else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+         {  stat = 0;
+            prim = glp_ipt_row_prim(prob, i);
+            dual = glp_ipt_row_dual(prob, i);
+         }
+         else if (sol == GLP_MIP)
+         {  stat = 0;
+            prim = glp_mip_row_val(prob, i);
+            dual = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(sol != sol);
+         if (fabs(prim) < 1e-9) prim = 0.0;
+         if (fabs(dual) < 1e-9) dual = 0.0;
+         mpl_put_row_soln(tran, i, stat, prim, dual);
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+         {  stat = glp_get_col_stat(prob, j);
+            prim = glp_get_col_prim(prob, j);
+            dual = glp_get_col_dual(prob, j);
+         }
+         else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+         {  stat = 0;
+            prim = glp_ipt_col_prim(prob, j);
+            dual = glp_ipt_col_dual(prob, j);
+         }
+         else if (sol == GLP_MIP)
+         {  stat = 0;
+            prim = glp_mip_col_val(prob, j);
+            dual = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(sol != sol);
+         if (fabs(prim) < 1e-9) prim = 0.0;
+         if (fabs(dual) < 1e-9) dual = 0.0;
+         mpl_put_col_soln(tran, j, stat, prim, dual);
+      }
+      ret = mpl_postsolve(tran);
+      if (ret == 3)
+         ret = 0;
+      else if (ret == 4)
+         ret = 1;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+void glp_mpl_free_wksp(glp_tran *tran)
+{     /* free the MathProg translator workspace */
+      mpl_terminate(tran);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mps.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mps.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bdc6db1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/mps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1452 @@
+/* mps.c (MPS format routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf glp_format
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_init_mpscp - initialize MPS format control parameters
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_init_mpscp(glp_mpscp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_init_mpscp initializes control parameters, which are
+*  used by the MPS input/output routines glp_read_mps and glp_write_mps,
+*  with default values.
+*
+*  Default values of the control parameters are stored in the glp_mpscp
+*  structure, which the parameter parm points to. */
+
+void glp_init_mpscp(glp_mpscp *parm)
+{     parm->blank = '\0';
+      parm->obj_name = NULL;
+      parm->tol_mps = 1e-12;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void check_parm(const char *func, const glp_mpscp *parm)
+{     /* check control parameters */
+      if (!(0x00 <= parm->blank && parm->blank <= 0xFF) ||
+          !(parm->blank == '\0' || isprint(parm->blank)))
+         xerror("%s: blank = 0x%02X; invalid parameter\n",
+            func, parm->blank);
+      if (!(parm->obj_name == NULL || strlen(parm->obj_name) <= 255))
+         xerror("%s: obj_name = \"%.12s...\"; parameter too long\n",
+            func, parm->obj_name);
+      if (!(0.0 <= parm->tol_mps && parm->tol_mps < 1.0))
+         xerror("%s: tol_mps = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+            func, parm->tol_mps);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_mps - read problem data in MPS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_mps(glp_prob *P, int fmt, const glp_mpscp *parm,
+*     const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_mps reads problem data in MPS format from a
+*  text file.
+*
+*  The parameter fmt specifies the version of MPS format:
+*
+*  GLP_MPS_DECK - fixed (ancient) MPS format;
+*  GLP_MPS_FILE - free (modern) MPS format.
+*
+*  The parameter parm is a pointer to the structure glp_mpscp, which
+*  specifies control parameters used by the routine. If parm is NULL,
+*  the routine uses default settings.
+*
+*  The character string fname specifies a name of the text file to be
+*  read.
+*
+*  Note that before reading data the current content of the problem
+*  object is completely erased with the routine glp_erase_prob.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine glp_read_mps returns
+*  zero. Otherwise, it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_prob *P;
+      /* pointer to problem object */
+      int deck;
+      /* MPS format (0 - free, 1 - fixed) */
+      const glp_mpscp *parm;
+      /* pointer to control parameters */
+      const char *fname;
+      /* name of input MPS file */
+      glp_file *fp;
+      /* stream assigned to input MPS file */
+      jmp_buf jump;
+      /* label for go to in case of error */
+      int recno;
+      /* current record (card) number */
+      int recpos;
+      /* current record (card) position */
+      int c;
+      /* current character */
+      int fldno;
+      /* current field number */
+      char field[255+1];
+      /* current field content */
+      int w80;
+      /* warning 'record must not be longer than 80 chars' issued */
+      int wef;
+      /* warning 'extra fields detected beyond field 6' issued */
+      int obj_row;
+      /* objective row number */
+      void *work1, *work2, *work3;
+      /* working arrays */
+};
+
+static void error(struct csa *csa, const char *fmt, ...)
+{     /* print error message and terminate processing */
+      va_list arg;
+      xprintf("%s:%d: ", csa->fname, csa->recno);
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      xvprintf(fmt, arg);
+      va_end(arg);
+      longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+static void warning(struct csa *csa, const char *fmt, ...)
+{     /* print warning message and continue processing */
+      va_list arg;
+      xprintf("%s:%d: warning: ", csa->fname, csa->recno);
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      xvprintf(fmt, arg);
+      va_end(arg);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_char(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read next character */
+      int c;
+      if (csa->c == '\n')
+         csa->recno++, csa->recpos = 0;
+      csa->recpos++;
+read: c = glp_getc(csa->fp);
+      if (c < 0)
+      {  if (glp_ioerr(csa->fp))
+            error(csa, "read error - %s\n", get_err_msg());
+         else if (csa->c == '\n')
+            error(csa, "unexpected end of file\n");
+         else
+         {  warning(csa, "missing final end of line\n");
+            c = '\n';
+         }
+      }
+      else if (c == '\n')
+         ;
+      else if (csa->c == '\r')
+      {  c = '\r';
+         goto badc;
+      }
+      else if (csa->deck && c == '\r')
+      {  csa->c = '\r';
+         goto read;
+      }
+      else if (c == ' ')
+         ;
+      else if (isspace(c))
+      {  if (csa->deck)
+badc:       error(csa, "in fixed MPS format white-space character 0x%02"
+               "X is not allowed\n", c);
+         c = ' ';
+      }
+      else if (iscntrl(c))
+         error(csa, "invalid control character 0x%02X\n", c);
+      if (csa->deck && csa->recpos == 81 && c != '\n' && csa->w80 < 1)
+      {  warning(csa, "in fixed MPS format record must not be longer th"
+            "an 80 characters\n");
+         csa->w80++;
+      }
+      csa->c = c;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int indicator(struct csa *csa, int name)
+{     /* skip comment records and read possible indicator record */
+      int ret;
+      /* reset current field number */
+      csa->fldno = 0;
+loop: /* read the very first character of the next record */
+      xassert(csa->c == '\n');
+      read_char(csa);
+      if (csa->c == ' ' || csa->c == '\n')
+      {  /* data record */
+         ret = 0;
+      }
+      else if (csa->c == '*')
+      {  /* comment record */
+         while (csa->c != '\n')
+            read_char(csa);
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* indicator record */
+         int len = 0;
+         while (csa->c != ' ' && csa->c != '\n' && len < 12)
+         {  csa->field[len++] = (char)csa->c;
+            read_char(csa);
+         }
+         csa->field[len] = '\0';
+         if (!(strcmp(csa->field, "NAME")    == 0 ||
+               strcmp(csa->field, "ROWS")    == 0 ||
+               strcmp(csa->field, "COLUMNS") == 0 ||
+               strcmp(csa->field, "RHS")     == 0 ||
+               strcmp(csa->field, "RANGES")  == 0 ||
+               strcmp(csa->field, "BOUNDS")  == 0 ||
+               strcmp(csa->field, "ENDATA")  == 0))
+            error(csa, "invalid indicator record\n");
+         if (!name)
+         {  while (csa->c != '\n')
+               read_char(csa);
+         }
+         ret = 1;
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+static void read_field(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read next field of the current data record */
+      csa->fldno++;
+      if (csa->deck)
+      {  /* fixed MPS format */
+         int beg, end, pos;
+         /* determine predefined field positions */
+         if (csa->fldno == 1)
+            beg = 2, end = 3;
+         else if (csa->fldno == 2)
+            beg = 5, end = 12;
+         else if (csa->fldno == 3)
+            beg = 15, end = 22;
+         else if (csa->fldno == 4)
+            beg = 25, end = 36;
+         else if (csa->fldno == 5)
+            beg = 40, end = 47;
+         else if (csa->fldno == 6)
+            beg = 50, end = 61;
+         else
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+         /* skip blanks preceding the current field */
+         if (csa->c != '\n')
+         {  pos = csa->recpos;
+            while (csa->recpos < beg)
+            {  if (csa->c == ' ')
+                  ;
+               else if (csa->c == '\n')
+                  break;
+               else
+                  error(csa, "in fixed MPS format positions %d-%d must "
+                     "be blank\n", pos, beg-1);
+               read_char(csa);
+            }
+         }
+         /* skip possible comment beginning in the field 3 or 5 */
+         if ((csa->fldno == 3 || csa->fldno == 5) && csa->c == '$')
+         {  while (csa->c != '\n')
+               read_char(csa);
+         }
+         /* read the current field */
+         for (pos = beg; pos <= end; pos++)
+         {  if (csa->c == '\n') break;
+            csa->field[pos-beg] = (char)csa->c;
+            read_char(csa);
+         }
+         csa->field[pos-beg] = '\0';
+         strtrim(csa->field);
+         /* skip blanks following the last field */
+         if (csa->fldno == 6 && csa->c != '\n')
+         {  while (csa->recpos <= 72)
+            {  if (csa->c == ' ')
+                  ;
+               else if (csa->c == '\n')
+                  break;
+               else
+                  error(csa, "in fixed MPS format positions 62-72 must "
+                     "be blank\n");
+               read_char(csa);
+            }
+            while (csa->c != '\n')
+               read_char(csa);
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* free MPS format */
+         int len;
+         /* skip blanks preceding the current field */
+         while (csa->c == ' ')
+            read_char(csa);
+         /* skip possible comment */
+         if (csa->c == '$')
+         {  while (csa->c != '\n')
+               read_char(csa);
+         }
+         /* read the current field */
+         len = 0;
+         while (!(csa->c == ' ' || csa->c == '\n'))
+         {  if (len == 255)
+               error(csa, "length of field %d exceeds 255 characters\n",
+                  csa->fldno++);
+            csa->field[len++] = (char)csa->c;
+            read_char(csa);
+         }
+         csa->field[len] = '\0';
+         /* skip anything following the last field (any extra fields
+            are considered to be comments) */
+         if (csa->fldno == 6)
+         {  while (csa->c == ' ')
+               read_char(csa);
+            if (csa->c != '$' && csa->c != '\n' && csa->wef < 1)
+            {  warning(csa, "some extra field(s) detected beyond field "
+                  "6; field(s) ignored\n");
+               csa->wef++;
+            }
+            while (csa->c != '\n')
+               read_char(csa);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void patch_name(struct csa *csa, char *name)
+{     /* process embedded blanks in symbolic name */
+      int blank = csa->parm->blank;
+      if (blank == '\0')
+      {  /* remove emedded blanks */
+         strspx(name);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* replace embedded blanks by specified character */
+         for (; *name != '\0'; name++)
+            if (*name == ' ') *name = (char)blank;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static double read_number(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read next field and convert it to floating-point number */
+      double x;
+      char *s;
+      /* read next field */
+      read_field(csa);
+      xassert(csa->fldno == 4 || csa->fldno == 6);
+      if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         error(csa, "missing numeric value in field %d\n", csa->fldno);
+      /* skip initial spaces of the field */
+      for (s = csa->field; *s == ' '; s++);
+      /* perform conversion */
+      if (str2num(s, &x) != 0)
+         error(csa, "cannot convert '%s' to floating-point number\n",
+            s);
+      return x;
+}
+
+static void skip_field(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read and skip next field (assumed to be blank) */
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (csa->field[0] != '\0')
+         error(csa, "field %d must be blank\n", csa->fldno);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_name(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read NAME indicator record */
+      if (!(indicator(csa, 1) && strcmp(csa->field, "NAME") == 0))
+         error(csa, "missing NAME indicator record\n");
+      /* this indicator record looks like a data record; simulate that
+         fields 1 and 2 were read */
+      csa->fldno = 2;
+      /* field 3: model name */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         warning(csa, "missing model name in field 3\n");
+      else
+         glp_set_prob_name(csa->P, csa->field);
+      /* skip anything following field 3 */
+      while (csa->c != '\n')
+         read_char(csa);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_rows(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read ROWS section */
+      int i, type;
+loop: if (indicator(csa, 0)) goto done;
+      /* field 1: row type */
+      read_field(csa), strspx(csa->field);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "N") == 0)
+         type = GLP_FR;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "G") == 0)
+         type = GLP_LO;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "L") == 0)
+         type = GLP_UP;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "E") == 0)
+         type = GLP_FX;
+      else if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         error(csa, "missing row type in field 1\n");
+      else
+         error(csa, "invalid row type in field 1\n");
+      /* field 2: row name */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         error(csa, "missing row name in field 2\n");
+      if (glp_find_row(csa->P, csa->field) != 0)
+         error(csa, "row '%s' multiply specified\n", csa->field);
+      i = glp_add_rows(csa->P, 1);
+      glp_set_row_name(csa->P, i, csa->field);
+      glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, type, 0.0, 0.0);
+      /* fields 3, 4, 5, and 6 must be blank */
+      skip_field(csa);
+      skip_field(csa);
+      skip_field(csa);
+      skip_field(csa);
+      goto loop;
+done: return;
+}
+
+static void read_columns(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read COLUMNS section */
+      int i, j, f, len, kind = GLP_CV, *ind;
+      double aij, *val;
+      char name[255+1], *flag;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      csa->work1 = ind = xcalloc(1+csa->P->m, sizeof(int));
+      csa->work2 = val = xcalloc(1+csa->P->m, sizeof(double));
+      csa->work3 = flag = xcalloc(1+csa->P->m, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, csa->P->m);
+      /* no current column exists */
+      j = 0, len = 0;
+loop: if (indicator(csa, 0)) goto done;
+      /* field 1 must be blank */
+      if (csa->deck)
+      {  read_field(csa);
+         if (csa->field[0] != '\0')
+            error(csa, "field 1 must be blank\n");
+      }
+      else
+         csa->fldno++;
+      /* field 2: column or kind name */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      strcpy(name, csa->field);
+      /* field 3: row name or keyword 'MARKER' */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "'MARKER'") == 0)
+      {  /* process kind data record */
+         /* field 4 must be blank */
+         if (csa->deck)
+         {  read_field(csa);
+            if (csa->field[0] != '\0')
+               error(csa, "field 4 must be blank\n");
+         }
+         else
+            csa->fldno++;
+         /* field 5: keyword 'INTORG' or 'INTEND' */
+         read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "'INTORG'") == 0)
+            kind = GLP_IV;
+         else if (strcmp(csa->field, "'INTEND'") == 0)
+            kind = GLP_CV;
+         else if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+            error(csa, "missing keyword in field 5\n");
+         else
+            error(csa, "invalid keyword in field 5\n");
+         /* field 6 must be blank */
+         skip_field(csa);
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      /* process column name specified in field 2 */
+      if (name[0] == '\0')
+      {  /* the same column as in previous data record */
+         if (j == 0)
+            error(csa, "missing column name in field 2\n");
+      }
+      else if (j != 0 && strcmp(name, csa->P->col[j]->name) == 0)
+      {  /* the same column as in previous data record */
+         xassert(j != 0);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* store the current column */
+         if (j != 0)
+         {  glp_set_mat_col(csa->P, j, len, ind, val);
+            while (len > 0) flag[ind[len--]] = 0;
+         }
+         /* create new column */
+         if (glp_find_col(csa->P, name) != 0)
+            error(csa, "column '%s' multiply specified\n", name);
+         j = glp_add_cols(csa->P, 1);
+         glp_set_col_name(csa->P, j, name);
+         glp_set_col_kind(csa->P, j, kind);
+         if (kind == GLP_CV)
+            glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, GLP_LO, 0.0, 0.0);
+         else if (kind == GLP_IV)
+            glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, GLP_DB, 0.0, 1.0);
+         else
+            xassert(kind != kind);
+      }
+      /* process fields 3-4 and 5-6 */
+      for (f = 3; f <= 5; f += 2)
+      {  /* field 3 or 5: row name */
+         if (f == 3)
+         {  if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+               error(csa, "missing row name in field 3\n");
+         }
+         else
+         {  read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+            if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+            {  /* if field 5 is blank, field 6 also must be blank */
+               skip_field(csa);
+               continue;
+            }
+         }
+         i = glp_find_row(csa->P, csa->field);
+         if (i == 0)
+            error(csa, "row '%s' not found\n", csa->field);
+         if (flag[i])
+            error(csa, "duplicate coefficient in row '%s'\n",
+               csa->field);
+         /* field 4 or 6: coefficient value */
+         aij = read_number(csa);
+         if (fabs(aij) < csa->parm->tol_mps) aij = 0.0;
+         len++, ind[len] = i, val[len] = aij, flag[i] = 1;
+      }
+      goto loop;
+done: /* store the last column */
+      if (j != 0)
+         glp_set_mat_col(csa->P, j, len, ind, val);
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      xfree(flag);
+      csa->work1 = csa->work2 = csa->work3 = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_rhs(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read RHS section */
+      int i, f, v, type;
+      double rhs;
+      char name[255+1], *flag;
+      /* allocate working array */
+      csa->work3 = flag = xcalloc(1+csa->P->m, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, csa->P->m);
+      /* no current RHS vector exists */
+      v = 0;
+loop: if (indicator(csa, 0)) goto done;
+      /* field 1 must be blank */
+      if (csa->deck)
+      {  read_field(csa);
+         if (csa->field[0] != '\0')
+            error(csa, "field 1 must be blank\n");
+      }
+      else
+         csa->fldno++;
+      /* field 2: RHS vector name */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+      {  /* the same RHS vector as in previous data record */
+         if (v == 0)
+         {  warning(csa, "missing RHS vector name in field 2\n");
+            goto blnk;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (v != 0 && strcmp(csa->field, name) == 0)
+      {  /* the same RHS vector as in previous data record */
+         xassert(v != 0);
+      }
+      else
+blnk: {  /* new RHS vector */
+         if (v != 0)
+            error(csa, "multiple RHS vectors not supported\n");
+         v++;
+         strcpy(name, csa->field);
+      }
+      /* process fields 3-4 and 5-6 */
+      for (f = 3; f <= 5; f += 2)
+      {  /* field 3 or 5: row name */
+         read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+         if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         {  if (f == 3)
+               error(csa, "missing row name in field 3\n");
+            else
+            {  /* if field 5 is blank, field 6 also must be blank */
+               skip_field(csa);
+               continue;
+            }
+         }
+         i = glp_find_row(csa->P, csa->field);
+         if (i == 0)
+            error(csa, "row '%s' not found\n", csa->field);
+         if (flag[i])
+            error(csa, "duplicate right-hand side for row '%s'\n",
+               csa->field);
+         /* field 4 or 6: right-hand side value */
+         rhs = read_number(csa);
+         if (fabs(rhs) < csa->parm->tol_mps) rhs = 0.0;
+         type = csa->P->row[i]->type;
+         if (type == GLP_FR)
+         {  if (i == csa->obj_row)
+               glp_set_obj_coef(csa->P, 0, rhs);
+            else if (rhs != 0.0)
+               warning(csa, "non-zero right-hand side for free row '%s'"
+                  " ignored\n", csa->P->row[i]->name);
+         }
+         else
+            glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, type, rhs, rhs);
+         flag[i] = 1;
+      }
+      goto loop;
+done: /* free working array */
+      xfree(flag);
+      csa->work3 = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_ranges(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read RANGES section */
+      int i, f, v, type;
+      double rhs, rng;
+      char name[255+1], *flag;
+      /* allocate working array */
+      csa->work3 = flag = xcalloc(1+csa->P->m, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, csa->P->m);
+      /* no current RANGES vector exists */
+      v = 0;
+loop: if (indicator(csa, 0)) goto done;
+      /* field 1 must be blank */
+      if (csa->deck)
+      {  read_field(csa);
+         if (csa->field[0] != '\0')
+            error(csa, "field 1 must be blank\n");
+      }
+      else
+         csa->fldno++;
+      /* field 2: RANGES vector name */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+      {  /* the same RANGES vector as in previous data record */
+         if (v == 0)
+         {  warning(csa, "missing RANGES vector name in field 2\n");
+            goto blnk;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (v != 0 && strcmp(csa->field, name) == 0)
+      {  /* the same RANGES vector as in previous data record */
+         xassert(v != 0);
+      }
+      else
+blnk: {  /* new RANGES vector */
+         if (v != 0)
+            error(csa, "multiple RANGES vectors not supported\n");
+         v++;
+         strcpy(name, csa->field);
+      }
+      /* process fields 3-4 and 5-6 */
+      for (f = 3; f <= 5; f += 2)
+      {  /* field 3 or 5: row name */
+         read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+         if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         {  if (f == 3)
+               error(csa, "missing row name in field 3\n");
+            else
+            {  /* if field 5 is blank, field 6 also must be blank */
+               skip_field(csa);
+               continue;
+            }
+         }
+         i = glp_find_row(csa->P, csa->field);
+         if (i == 0)
+            error(csa, "row '%s' not found\n", csa->field);
+         if (flag[i])
+            error(csa, "duplicate range for row '%s'\n", csa->field);
+         /* field 4 or 6: range value */
+         rng = read_number(csa);
+         if (fabs(rng) < csa->parm->tol_mps) rng = 0.0;
+         type = csa->P->row[i]->type;
+         if (type == GLP_FR)
+            warning(csa, "range for free row '%s' ignored\n",
+               csa->P->row[i]->name);
+         else if (type == GLP_LO)
+         {  rhs = csa->P->row[i]->lb;
+#if 0 /* 26/V-2017 by cmatraki */
+            glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, rhs == 0.0 ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB,
+#else
+            glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, rng == 0.0 ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB,
+#endif
+               rhs, rhs + fabs(rng));
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_UP)
+         {  rhs = csa->P->row[i]->ub;
+#if 0 /* 26/V-2017 by cmatraki */
+            glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, rhs == 0.0 ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB,
+#else
+            glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, rng == 0.0 ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB,
+#endif
+               rhs - fabs(rng), rhs);
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_FX)
+         {  rhs = csa->P->row[i]->lb;
+            if (rng > 0.0)
+               glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, GLP_DB, rhs, rhs + rng);
+            else if (rng < 0.0)
+               glp_set_row_bnds(csa->P, i, GLP_DB, rhs + rng, rhs);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(type != type);
+         flag[i] = 1;
+      }
+      goto loop;
+done: /* free working array */
+      xfree(flag);
+      csa->work3 = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_bounds(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* read BOUNDS section */
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int j, v, mask, data;
+      double bnd, lb, ub;
+      char type[2+1], name[255+1], *flag;
+      /* allocate working array */
+      csa->work3 = flag = xcalloc(1+csa->P->n, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, csa->P->n);
+      /* no current BOUNDS vector exists */
+      v = 0;
+loop: if (indicator(csa, 0)) goto done;
+      /* field 1: bound type */
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "LO") == 0)
+         mask = 0x01, data = 1;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "UP") == 0)
+         mask = 0x10, data = 1;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "FX") == 0)
+         mask = 0x11, data = 1;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "FR") == 0)
+         mask = 0x11, data = 0;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "MI") == 0)
+         mask = 0x01, data = 0;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "PL") == 0)
+         mask = 0x10, data = 0;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "LI") == 0)
+         mask = 0x01, data = 1;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "UI") == 0)
+         mask = 0x10, data = 1;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "BV") == 0)
+         mask = 0x11, data = 0;
+      else if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         error(csa, "missing bound type in field 1\n");
+      else
+         error(csa, "invalid bound type in field 1\n");
+      strcpy(type, csa->field);
+      /* field 2: BOUNDS vector name */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+      {  /* the same BOUNDS vector as in previous data record */
+         if (v == 0)
+         {  warning(csa, "missing BOUNDS vector name in field 2\n");
+            goto blnk;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (v != 0 && strcmp(csa->field, name) == 0)
+      {  /* the same BOUNDS vector as in previous data record */
+         xassert(v != 0);
+      }
+      else
+blnk: {  /* new BOUNDS vector */
+         if (v != 0)
+            error(csa, "multiple BOUNDS vectors not supported\n");
+         v++;
+         strcpy(name, csa->field);
+      }
+      /* field 3: column name */
+      read_field(csa), patch_name(csa, csa->field);
+      if (csa->field[0] == '\0')
+         error(csa, "missing column name in field 3\n");
+      j = glp_find_col(csa->P, csa->field);
+      if (j == 0)
+         error(csa, "column '%s' not found\n", csa->field);
+      if ((flag[j] & mask) == 0x01)
+         error(csa, "duplicate lower bound for column '%s'\n",
+            csa->field);
+      if ((flag[j] & mask) == 0x10)
+         error(csa, "duplicate upper bound for column '%s'\n",
+            csa->field);
+      xassert((flag[j] & mask) == 0x00);
+      /* field 4: bound value */
+      if (data)
+      {  bnd = read_number(csa);
+         if (fabs(bnd) < csa->parm->tol_mps) bnd = 0.0;
+      }
+      else
+         read_field(csa), bnd = 0.0;
+      /* get current column bounds */
+      col = csa->P->col[j];
+      if (col->type == GLP_FR)
+         lb = -DBL_MAX, ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      else if (col->type == GLP_LO)
+         lb = col->lb, ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      else if (col->type == GLP_UP)
+         lb = -DBL_MAX, ub = col->ub;
+      else if (col->type == GLP_DB)
+         lb = col->lb, ub = col->ub;
+      else if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+         lb = ub = col->lb;
+      else
+         xassert(col != col);
+      /* change column bounds */
+      if (strcmp(type, "LO") == 0)
+         lb = bnd;
+      else if (strcmp(type, "UP") == 0)
+         ub = bnd;
+      else if (strcmp(type, "FX") == 0)
+         lb = ub = bnd;
+      else if (strcmp(type, "FR") == 0)
+         lb = -DBL_MAX, ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      else if (strcmp(type, "MI") == 0)
+         lb = -DBL_MAX;
+      else if (strcmp(type, "PL") == 0)
+         ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      else if (strcmp(type, "LI") == 0)
+      {  glp_set_col_kind(csa->P, j, GLP_IV);
+         lb = ceil(bnd);
+#if 1 /* 16/VII-2013 */
+         /* if column upper bound has not been explicitly specified,
+            take it as +inf */
+         if (!(flag[j] & 0x10))
+            ub = +DBL_MAX;
+#endif
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(type, "UI") == 0)
+      {  glp_set_col_kind(csa->P, j, GLP_IV);
+         ub = floor(bnd);
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(type, "BV") == 0)
+      {  glp_set_col_kind(csa->P, j, GLP_IV);
+         lb = 0.0, ub = 1.0;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(type != type);
+      /* set new column bounds */
+      if (lb == -DBL_MAX && ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, GLP_FR, lb, ub);
+      else if (ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, GLP_LO, lb, ub);
+      else if (lb == -DBL_MAX)
+         glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, GLP_UP, lb, ub);
+      else if (lb != ub)
+         glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, GLP_DB, lb, ub);
+      else
+         glp_set_col_bnds(csa->P, j, GLP_FX, lb, ub);
+      flag[j] |= (char)mask;
+      /* fields 5 and 6 must be blank */
+      skip_field(csa);
+      skip_field(csa);
+      goto loop;
+done: /* free working array */
+      xfree(flag);
+      csa->work3 = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_read_mps(glp_prob *P, int fmt, const glp_mpscp *parm,
+      const char *fname)
+{     /* read problem data in MPS format */
+      glp_mpscp _parm;
+      struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      int ret;
+      xprintf("Reading problem data from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      if (!(fmt == GLP_MPS_DECK || fmt == GLP_MPS_FILE))
+         xerror("glp_read_mps: fmt = %d; invalid parameter\n", fmt);
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         glp_init_mpscp(&_parm), parm = &_parm;
+      /* check control parameters */
+      check_parm("glp_read_mps", parm);
+      /* initialize common storage area */
+      csa->P = P;
+      csa->deck = (fmt == GLP_MPS_DECK);
+      csa->parm = parm;
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->recno = csa->recpos = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->fldno = 0;
+      csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      csa->w80 = csa->wef = 0;
+      csa->obj_row = 0;
+      csa->work1 = csa->work2 = csa->work3 = NULL;
+      /* erase problem object */
+      glp_erase_prob(P);
+      glp_create_index(P);
+      /* open input MPS file */
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* read NAME indicator record */
+      read_name(csa);
+      if (P->name != NULL)
+         xprintf("Problem: %s\n", P->name);
+      /* read ROWS section */
+      if (!(indicator(csa, 0) && strcmp(csa->field, "ROWS") == 0))
+         error(csa, "missing ROWS indicator record\n");
+      read_rows(csa);
+      /* determine objective row */
+      if (parm->obj_name == NULL || parm->obj_name[0] == '\0')
+      {  /* use the first row of N type */
+         int i;
+         for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+         {  if (P->row[i]->type == GLP_FR)
+            {  csa->obj_row = i;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+         if (csa->obj_row == 0)
+            warning(csa, "unable to determine objective row\n");
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* use a row with specified name */
+         int i;
+         for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+         {  xassert(P->row[i]->name != NULL);
+            if (strcmp(parm->obj_name, P->row[i]->name) == 0)
+            {  csa->obj_row = i;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+         if (csa->obj_row == 0)
+            error(csa, "objective row '%s' not found\n",
+               parm->obj_name);
+      }
+      if (csa->obj_row != 0)
+      {  glp_set_obj_name(P, P->row[csa->obj_row]->name);
+         xprintf("Objective: %s\n", P->obj);
+      }
+      /* read COLUMNS section */
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "COLUMNS") != 0)
+         error(csa, "missing COLUMNS indicator record\n");
+      read_columns(csa);
+      /* set objective coefficients */
+      if (csa->obj_row != 0)
+      {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+         for (aij = P->row[csa->obj_row]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij =
+            aij->r_next) glp_set_obj_coef(P, aij->col->j, aij->val);
+      }
+      /* read optional RHS section */
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "RHS") == 0)
+         read_rhs(csa);
+      /* read optional RANGES section */
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "RANGES") == 0)
+         read_ranges(csa);
+      /* read optional BOUNDS section */
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "BOUNDS") == 0)
+         read_bounds(csa);
+      /* read ENDATA indicator record */
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "ENDATA") != 0)
+         error(csa, "invalid use of %s indicator record\n",
+            csa->field);
+      /* print some statistics */
+      xprintf("%d row%s, %d column%s, %d non-zero%s\n",
+         P->m, P->m == 1 ? "" : "s", P->n, P->n == 1 ? "" : "s",
+         P->nnz, P->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      if (glp_get_num_int(P) > 0)
+      {  int ni = glp_get_num_int(P);
+         int nb = glp_get_num_bin(P);
+         if (ni == 1)
+         {  if (nb == 0)
+               xprintf("One variable is integer\n");
+            else
+               xprintf("One variable is binary\n");
+         }
+         else
+         {  xprintf("%d integer variables, ", ni);
+            if (nb == 0)
+               xprintf("none");
+            else if (nb == 1)
+               xprintf("one");
+            else if (nb == ni)
+               xprintf("all");
+            else
+               xprintf("%d", nb);
+            xprintf(" of which %s binary\n", nb == 1 ? "is" : "are");
+         }
+      }
+      xprintf("%d records were read\n", csa->recno);
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+      /* free (unbounded) row(s) in MPS file are intended to specify
+       * objective function(s), so all such rows can be removed */
+#if 1 /* 08/VIII-2013 */
+      /* remove free rows */
+      {  int i, nrs, *num;
+         num = talloc(1+P->m, int);
+         nrs = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+         {  if (P->row[i]->type == GLP_FR)
+               num[++nrs] = i;
+         }
+         if (nrs > 0)
+         {  glp_del_rows(P, nrs, num);
+            if (nrs == 1)
+               xprintf("One free row was removed\n");
+            else
+               xprintf("%d free rows were removed\n", nrs);
+         }
+         tfree(num);
+      }
+#endif
+#else
+      /* if objective function row is free, remove it */
+      if (csa->obj_row != 0 && P->row[csa->obj_row]->type == GLP_FR)
+      {  int num[1+1];
+         num[1] = csa->obj_row;
+         glp_del_rows(P, 1, num);
+         xprintf("Free objective row was removed\n");
+      }
+#endif
+      /* problem data has been successfully read */
+      glp_delete_index(P);
+      glp_sort_matrix(P);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      if (csa->work1 != NULL) xfree(csa->work1);
+      if (csa->work2 != NULL) xfree(csa->work2);
+      if (csa->work3 != NULL) xfree(csa->work3);
+      if (ret != 0) glp_erase_prob(P);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_mps - write problem data in MPS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_mps(glp_prob *P, int fmt, const glp_mpscp *parm,
+*     const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_mps writes problem data in MPS format to a
+*  text file.
+*
+*  The parameter fmt specifies the version of MPS format:
+*
+*  GLP_MPS_DECK - fixed (ancient) MPS format;
+*  GLP_MPS_FILE - free (modern) MPS format.
+*
+*  The parameter parm is a pointer to the structure glp_mpscp, which
+*  specifies control parameters used by the routine. If parm is NULL,
+*  the routine uses default settings.
+*
+*  The character string fname specifies a name of the text file to be
+*  written.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine glp_read_mps returns
+*  zero. Otherwise, it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+#define csa csa1
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_prob *P;
+      /* pointer to problem object */
+      int deck;
+      /* MPS format (0 - free, 1 - fixed) */
+      const glp_mpscp *parm;
+      /* pointer to control parameters */
+      char field[255+1];
+      /* field buffer */
+};
+
+static char *mps_name(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* make problem name */
+      char *f;
+      if (csa->P->name == NULL)
+         csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      else if (csa->deck)
+      {  strncpy(csa->field, csa->P->name, 8);
+         csa->field[8] = '\0';
+      }
+      else
+         strcpy(csa->field, csa->P->name);
+      for (f = csa->field; *f != '\0'; f++)
+         if (*f == ' ') *f = '_';
+      return csa->field;
+}
+
+static char *row_name(struct csa *csa, int i)
+{     /* make i-th row name */
+      char *f;
+      xassert(0 <= i && i <= csa->P->m);
+      if (i == 0 || csa->P->row[i]->name == NULL ||
+          csa->deck && strlen(csa->P->row[i]->name) > 8)
+         sprintf(csa->field, "R%07d", i);
+      else
+      {  strcpy(csa->field, csa->P->row[i]->name);
+         for (f = csa->field; *f != '\0'; f++)
+            if (*f == ' ') *f = '_';
+      }
+      return csa->field;
+}
+
+static char *col_name(struct csa *csa, int j)
+{     /* make j-th column name */
+      char *f;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= csa->P->n);
+      if (csa->P->col[j]->name == NULL ||
+          csa->deck && strlen(csa->P->col[j]->name) > 8)
+         sprintf(csa->field, "C%07d", j);
+      else
+      {  strcpy(csa->field, csa->P->col[j]->name);
+         for (f = csa->field; *f != '\0'; f++)
+            if (*f == ' ') *f = '_';
+      }
+      return csa->field;
+}
+
+static char *mps_numb(struct csa *csa, double val)
+{     /* format floating-point number */
+      int dig;
+      char *exp;
+      for (dig = 12; dig >= 6; dig--)
+      {  if (val != 0.0 && fabs(val) < 0.002)
+            sprintf(csa->field, "%.*E", dig-1, val);
+         else
+            sprintf(csa->field, "%.*G", dig, val);
+         exp = strchr(csa->field, 'E');
+         if (exp != NULL)
+            sprintf(exp+1, "%d", atoi(exp+1));
+         if (strlen(csa->field) <= 12) break;
+      }
+      xassert(strlen(csa->field) <= 12);
+      return csa->field;
+}
+
+int glp_write_mps(glp_prob *P, int fmt, const glp_mpscp *parm,
+      const char *fname)
+{     /* write problem data in MPS format */
+      glp_mpscp _parm;
+      struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      glp_file *fp;
+      int out_obj, one_col = 0, empty = 0;
+      int i, j, recno, marker, count, gap, ret;
+      xprintf("Writing problem data to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      if (!(fmt == GLP_MPS_DECK || fmt == GLP_MPS_FILE))
+         xerror("glp_write_mps: fmt = %d; invalid parameter\n", fmt);
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         glp_init_mpscp(&_parm), parm = &_parm;
+      /* check control parameters */
+      check_parm("glp_write_mps", parm);
+      /* initialize common storage area */
+      csa->P = P;
+      csa->deck = (fmt == GLP_MPS_DECK);
+      csa->parm = parm;
+      /* create output MPS file */
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w"), recno = 0;
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* write comment records */
+      xfprintf(fp, "* %-*s%s\n", P->name == NULL ? 1 : 12, "Problem:",
+         P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name), recno++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "* %-12s%s\n", "Class:", glp_get_num_int(P) == 0 ?
+         "LP" : "MIP"), recno++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "* %-12s%d\n", "Rows:", P->m), recno++;
+      if (glp_get_num_int(P) == 0)
+         xfprintf(fp, "* %-12s%d\n", "Columns:", P->n), recno++;
+      else
+         xfprintf(fp, "* %-12s%d (%d integer, %d binary)\n",
+            "Columns:", P->n, glp_get_num_int(P), glp_get_num_bin(P)),
+            recno++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "* %-12s%d\n", "Non-zeros:", P->nnz), recno++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "* %-12s%s\n", "Format:", csa->deck ? "Fixed MPS" :
+         "Free MPS"), recno++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "*\n", recno++);
+      /* write NAME indicator record */
+      xfprintf(fp, "NAME%*s%s\n",
+         P->name == NULL ? 0 : csa->deck ? 10 : 1, "", mps_name(csa)),
+         recno++;
+#if 1
+      /* determine whether to write the objective row */
+      out_obj = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  if (P->row[i]->type == GLP_FR)
+         {  out_obj = 0;
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* write ROWS section */
+      xfprintf(fp, "ROWS\n"), recno++;
+      for (i = (out_obj ? 0 : 1); i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  int type;
+         type = (i == 0 ? GLP_FR : P->row[i]->type);
+         if (type == GLP_FR)
+            type = 'N';
+         else if (type == GLP_LO)
+            type = 'G';
+         else if (type == GLP_UP)
+            type = 'L';
+         else if (type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+            type = 'E';
+         else
+            xassert(type != type);
+         xfprintf(fp, " %c%*s%s\n", type, csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "",
+            row_name(csa, i)), recno++;
+      }
+      /* write COLUMNS section */
+      xfprintf(fp, "COLUMNS\n"), recno++;
+      marker = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPAIJ cj, *aij;
+         int kind;
+         kind = P->col[j]->kind;
+         if (kind == GLP_CV)
+         {  if (marker % 2 == 1)
+            {  /* close current integer block */
+               marker++;
+               xfprintf(fp, "%*sM%07d%*s'MARKER'%*s'INTEND'\n",
+                  csa->deck ? 4 : 1, "", marker, csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "",
+                  csa->deck ? 17 : 1, ""), recno++;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (kind == GLP_IV)
+         {  if (marker % 2 == 0)
+            {  /* open new integer block */
+               marker++;
+               xfprintf(fp, "%*sM%07d%*s'MARKER'%*s'INTORG'\n",
+                  csa->deck ? 4 : 1, "", marker, csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "",
+                  csa->deck ? 17 : 1, ""), recno++;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(kind != kind);
+         if (out_obj && P->col[j]->coef != 0.0)
+         {  /* make fake objective coefficient */
+            aij = &cj;
+            aij->row = NULL;
+            aij->val = P->col[j]->coef;
+            aij->c_next = P->col[j]->ptr;
+         }
+         else
+            aij = P->col[j]->ptr;
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         if (aij == NULL)
+         {  /* empty column */
+            empty++;
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s", csa->deck ? 4 : 1, "",
+               csa->deck ? 8 : 1, col_name(csa, j));
+            /* we need a row */
+            xassert(P->m > 0);
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s",
+               csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "", csa->deck ? 8 : 1,
+               row_name(csa, 1));
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s0%*s$ empty column\n",
+               csa->deck ? 13 : 1, "", csa->deck ? 3 : 1, ""), recno++;
+         }
+#endif
+         count = 0;
+         for (aij = aij; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         {  if (one_col || count % 2 == 0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s", csa->deck ? 4 : 1, "",
+                  csa->deck ? 8 : 1, col_name(csa, j));
+            gap = (one_col || count % 2 == 0 ? 2 : 3);
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s",
+               csa->deck ? gap : 1, "", csa->deck ? 8 : 1,
+               row_name(csa, aij->row == NULL ? 0 : aij->row->i));
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%*s",
+               csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "", csa->deck ? 12 : 1,
+               mps_numb(csa, aij->val)), count++;
+            if (one_col || count % 2 == 0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "\n"), recno++;
+         }
+         if (!(one_col || count % 2 == 0))
+            xfprintf(fp, "\n"), recno++;
+      }
+      if (marker % 2 == 1)
+      {  /* close last integer block */
+         marker++;
+         xfprintf(fp, "%*sM%07d%*s'MARKER'%*s'INTEND'\n",
+            csa->deck ? 4 : 1, "", marker, csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "",
+            csa->deck ? 17 : 1, ""), recno++;
+      }
+#if 1
+      if (empty > 0)
+         xprintf("Warning: problem has %d empty column(s)\n", empty);
+#endif
+      /* write RHS section */
+      xfprintf(fp, "RHS\n"), recno++;
+      count = 0;
+      for (i = (out_obj ? 0 : 1); i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  int type;
+         double rhs;
+         if (i == 0)
+            rhs = P->c0;
+         else
+         {  type = P->row[i]->type;
+            if (type == GLP_FR)
+               rhs = 0.0;
+            else if (type == GLP_LO)
+               rhs = P->row[i]->lb;
+            else if (type == GLP_UP)
+               rhs = P->row[i]->ub;
+            else if (type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+               rhs = P->row[i]->lb;
+            else
+               xassert(type != type);
+         }
+         if (rhs != 0.0)
+         {  if (one_col || count % 2 == 0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s", csa->deck ? 4 : 1, "",
+                  csa->deck ? 8 : 1, "RHS1");
+            gap = (one_col || count % 2 == 0 ? 2 : 3);
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s",
+               csa->deck ? gap : 1, "", csa->deck ? 8 : 1,
+               row_name(csa, i));
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%*s",
+               csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "", csa->deck ? 12 : 1,
+               mps_numb(csa, rhs)), count++;
+            if (one_col || count % 2 == 0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "\n"), recno++;
+         }
+      }
+      if (!(one_col || count % 2 == 0))
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n"), recno++;
+      /* write RANGES section */
+      for (i = P->m; i >= 1; i--)
+         if (P->row[i]->type == GLP_DB) break;
+      if (i == 0) goto bnds;
+      xfprintf(fp, "RANGES\n"), recno++;
+      count = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  if (P->row[i]->type == GLP_DB)
+         {  if (one_col || count % 2 == 0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s", csa->deck ? 4 : 1, "",
+                  csa->deck ? 8 : 1, "RNG1");
+            gap = (one_col || count % 2 == 0 ? 2 : 3);
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%-*s",
+               csa->deck ? gap : 1, "", csa->deck ? 8 : 1,
+               row_name(csa, i));
+            xfprintf(fp, "%*s%*s",
+               csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "", csa->deck ? 12 : 1,
+               mps_numb(csa, P->row[i]->ub - P->row[i]->lb)), count++;
+            if (one_col || count % 2 == 0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "\n"), recno++;
+         }
+      }
+      if (!(one_col || count % 2 == 0))
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n"), recno++;
+bnds: /* write BOUNDS section */
+      for (j = P->n; j >= 1; j--)
+         if (!(P->col[j]->kind == GLP_CV &&
+               P->col[j]->type == GLP_LO && P->col[j]->lb == 0.0))
+            break;
+      if (j == 0) goto endt;
+      xfprintf(fp, "BOUNDS\n"), recno++;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  int type, data[2];
+         double bnd[2];
+         char *spec[2];
+         spec[0] = spec[1] = NULL;
+         type = P->col[j]->type;
+         if (type == GLP_FR)
+            spec[0] = "FR", data[0] = 0;
+         else if (type == GLP_LO)
+         {  if (P->col[j]->lb != 0.0)
+               spec[0] = "LO", data[0] = 1, bnd[0] = P->col[j]->lb;
+            if (P->col[j]->kind == GLP_IV)
+               spec[1] = "PL", data[1] = 0;
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_UP)
+         {  spec[0] = "MI", data[0] = 0;
+            spec[1] = "UP", data[1] = 1, bnd[1] = P->col[j]->ub;
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_DB)
+         {  if (P->col[j]->lb != 0.0)
+               spec[0] = "LO", data[0] = 1, bnd[0] = P->col[j]->lb;
+            spec[1] = "UP", data[1] = 1, bnd[1] = P->col[j]->ub;
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_FX)
+            spec[0] = "FX", data[0] = 1, bnd[0] = P->col[j]->lb;
+         else
+            xassert(type != type);
+         for (i = 0; i <= 1; i++)
+         {  if (spec[i] != NULL)
+            {  xfprintf(fp, " %s %-*s%*s%-*s", spec[i],
+                  csa->deck ? 8 : 1, "BND1", csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "",
+                  csa->deck ? 8 : 1, col_name(csa, j));
+               if (data[i])
+                  xfprintf(fp, "%*s%*s", csa->deck ? 2 : 1, "",
+                     csa->deck ? 12 : 1, mps_numb(csa, bnd[i]));
+               xfprintf(fp, "\n"), recno++;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+endt: /* write ENDATA indicator record */
+      xfprintf(fp, "ENDATA\n"), recno++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* problem data has been successfully written */
+      xprintf("%d records were written\n", recno);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/netgen.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/netgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..519fd609
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/netgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1020 @@
+/* netgen.c (Klingman's network problem generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  This code is the result of translation of the Fortran program NETGEN
+*  developed by Dr. Darwin Klingman, which is publically available from
+*  NETLIB at <http://www.netlib.org/lp/generators>.
+*
+*  The translation was made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_netgen - Klingman's network problem generator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_netgen(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_cap, int a_cost,
+*     const int parm[1+15]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_netgen is a network problem generator developed by
+*  Dr. Darwin Klingman. It can create capacitated and uncapacitated
+*  minimum cost flow (or transshipment), transportation, and assignment
+*  problems.
+*
+*  The parameter G specifies the graph object, to which the generated
+*  problem data have to be stored. Note that on entry the graph object
+*  is erased with the routine glp_erase_graph.
+*
+*  The parameter v_rhs specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the vertex data block, to which the routine stores the supply or
+*  demand value. If v_rhs < 0, the value is not stored.
+*
+*  The parameter a_cap specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the arc data block, to which the routine stores the arc capacity.
+*  If a_cap < 0, the capacity is not stored.
+*
+*  The parameter a_cost specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the arc data block, to which the routine stores the per-unit cost
+*  if the arc flow. If a_cost < 0, the cost is not stored.
+*
+*  The array parm contains description of the network to be generated:
+*
+*  parm[0]           not used
+*  parm[1]  (iseed)  8-digit positive random number seed
+*  parm[2]  (nprob)  8-digit problem id number
+*  parm[3]  (nodes)  total number of nodes
+*  parm[4]  (nsorc)  total number of source nodes (including
+*                    transshipment nodes)
+*  parm[5]  (nsink)  total number of sink nodes (including
+*                    transshipment nodes)
+*  parm[6]  (iarcs)  number of arcs
+*  parm[7]  (mincst) minimum cost for arcs
+*  parm[8]  (maxcst) maximum cost for arcs
+*  parm[9]  (itsup)  total supply
+*  parm[10] (ntsorc) number of transshipment source nodes
+*  parm[11] (ntsink) number of transshipment sink nodes
+*  parm[12] (iphic)  percentage of skeleton arcs to be given
+*                    the maximum cost
+*  parm[13] (ipcap)  percentage of arcs to be capacitated
+*  parm[14] (mincap) minimum upper bound for capacitated arcs
+*  parm[15] (maxcap) maximum upper bound for capacitated arcs
+*
+*  The routine generates a transportation problem if:
+*
+*     nsorc + nsink = nodes, ntsorc = 0, and ntsink = 0.
+*
+*  The routine generates an assignment problem if the requirements for
+*  a transportation problem are met and:
+*
+*     nsorc = nsink and itsup = nsorc.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the instance was successfully generated, the routine glp_netgen
+*  returns zero; otherwise, if specified parameters are inconsistent,
+*  the routine returns a non-zero error code.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  D.Klingman, A.Napier, and J.Stutz. NETGEN: A program for generating
+*  large scale capacitated assignment, transportation, and minimum cost
+*  flow networks. Management Science 20 (1974), 814-20. */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_graph *G;
+      int v_rhs, a_cap, a_cost;
+      int nodes, iarcs, mincst, maxcst, itsup, nsorc, nsink, nonsor,
+         nfsink, narcs, nsort, nftsor, ipcap, mincap, maxcap, ktl,
+         nodlft, *ipred, *ihead, *itail, *iflag, *isup, *lsinks, mult,
+         modul, i15, i16, jran;
+};
+
+#define G      (csa->G)
+#define v_rhs  (csa->v_rhs)
+#define a_cap  (csa->a_cap)
+#define a_cost (csa->a_cost)
+#define nodes  (csa->nodes)
+#define iarcs  (csa->iarcs)
+#define mincst (csa->mincst)
+#define maxcst (csa->maxcst)
+#define itsup  (csa->itsup)
+#define nsorc  (csa->nsorc)
+#define nsink  (csa->nsink)
+#define nonsor (csa->nonsor)
+#define nfsink (csa->nfsink)
+#define narcs  (csa->narcs)
+#define nsort  (csa->nsort)
+#define nftsor (csa->nftsor)
+#define ipcap  (csa->ipcap)
+#define mincap (csa->mincap)
+#define maxcap (csa->maxcap)
+#define ktl    (csa->ktl)
+#define nodlft (csa->nodlft)
+#if 0
+/* spent a day to find out this bug */
+#define ist    (csa->ist)
+#else
+#define ist    (ipred[0])
+#endif
+#define ipred  (csa->ipred)
+#define ihead  (csa->ihead)
+#define itail  (csa->itail)
+#define iflag  (csa->iflag)
+#define isup   (csa->isup)
+#define lsinks (csa->lsinks)
+#define mult   (csa->mult)
+#define modul  (csa->modul)
+#define i15    (csa->i15)
+#define i16    (csa->i16)
+#define jran   (csa->jran)
+
+static void cresup(struct csa *csa);
+static void chain(struct csa *csa, int lpick, int lsorc);
+static void chnarc(struct csa *csa, int lsorc);
+static void sort(struct csa *csa);
+static void pickj(struct csa *csa, int it);
+static void assign(struct csa *csa);
+static void setran(struct csa *csa, int iseed);
+static int iran(struct csa *csa, int ilow, int ihigh);
+
+int glp_netgen(glp_graph *G_, int _v_rhs, int _a_cap, int _a_cost,
+      const int parm[1+15])
+{     struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      int iseed, nprob, ntsorc, ntsink, iphic, i, nskel, nltr, ltsink,
+         ntrans, npsink, nftr, npsorc, ntravl, ntrrem, lsorc, lpick,
+         nsksr, nsrchn, j, item, l, ks, k, ksp, li, n, ii, it, ih, icap,
+         jcap, icost, jcost, ret;
+      G = G_;
+      v_rhs = _v_rhs;
+      a_cap = _a_cap;
+      a_cost = _a_cost;
+      if (G != NULL)
+      {  if (v_rhs >= 0 && v_rhs > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+            xerror("glp_netgen: v_rhs = %d; invalid offset\n", v_rhs);
+         if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+            xerror("glp_netgen: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cap);
+         if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+            xerror("glp_netgen: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cost);
+      }
+      /* Input the user's random number seed and fix it if
+         non-positive. */
+      iseed = parm[1];
+      nprob = parm[2];
+      if (iseed <= 0) iseed = 13502460;
+      setran(csa, iseed);
+      /* Input the user's problem characteristics. */
+      nodes = parm[3];
+      nsorc = parm[4];
+      nsink = parm[5];
+      iarcs = parm[6];
+      mincst = parm[7];
+      maxcst = parm[8];
+      itsup = parm[9];
+      ntsorc = parm[10];
+      ntsink = parm[11];
+      iphic = parm[12];
+      ipcap = parm[13];
+      mincap = parm[14];
+      maxcap = parm[15];
+      /* Check the size of the problem. */
+      if (!(10 <= nodes && nodes <= 100000))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* Check user supplied parameters for consistency. */
+      if (!(nsorc >= 0 && nsink >= 0 && nsorc + nsink <= nodes))
+      {  ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (iarcs < 0)
+      {  ret = 3;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (mincst > maxcst)
+      {  ret = 4;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (itsup < 0)
+      {  ret = 5;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(0 <= ntsorc && ntsorc <= nsorc))
+      {  ret = 6;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(0 <= ntsink && ntsink <= nsink))
+      {  ret = 7;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(0 <= iphic && iphic <= 100))
+      {  ret = 8;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!(0 <= ipcap && ipcap <= 100))
+      {  ret = 9;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (mincap > maxcap)
+      {  ret = 10;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* Initailize the graph object. */
+      if (G != NULL)
+      {  glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+         glp_add_vertices(G, nodes);
+         if (v_rhs >= 0)
+         {  double zero = 0.0;
+            for (i = 1; i <= nodes; i++)
+            {  glp_vertex *v = G->v[i];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &zero, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Allocate working arrays. */
+      ipred = xcalloc(1+nodes, sizeof(int));
+      ihead = xcalloc(1+nodes, sizeof(int));
+      itail = xcalloc(1+nodes, sizeof(int));
+      iflag = xcalloc(1+nodes, sizeof(int));
+      isup = xcalloc(1+nodes, sizeof(int));
+      lsinks = xcalloc(1+nodes, sizeof(int));
+      /* Print the problem documentation records. */
+      if (G == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("BEGIN\n");
+         xprintf("NETGEN PROBLEM%8d%10s%10d NODES AND%10d ARCS\n",
+            nprob, "", nodes, iarcs);
+         xprintf("USER:%11d%11d%11d%11d%11d%11d\nDATA:%11d%11d%11d%11d%"
+            "11d%11d\n", iseed, nsorc, nsink, mincst,
+            maxcst, itsup, ntsorc, ntsink, iphic, ipcap,
+            mincap, maxcap);
+      }
+      else
+         glp_set_graph_name(G, "NETGEN");
+      /* Set various constants used in the program. */
+      narcs = 0;
+      nskel = 0;
+      nltr = nodes - nsink;
+      ltsink = nltr + ntsink;
+      ntrans = nltr - nsorc;
+      nfsink = nltr + 1;
+      nonsor = nodes - nsorc + ntsorc;
+      npsink = nsink - ntsink;
+      nodlft = nodes - nsink + ntsink;
+      nftr = nsorc + 1;
+      nftsor = nsorc - ntsorc + 1;
+      npsorc = nsorc - ntsorc;
+      /* Randomly distribute the supply among the source nodes. */
+      if (npsorc + npsink == nodes && npsorc == npsink &&
+          itsup == nsorc)
+      {  assign(csa);
+         nskel = nsorc;
+         goto L390;
+      }
+      cresup(csa);
+      /* Print the supply records. */
+      if (G == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("SUPPLY\n");
+         for (i = 1; i <= nsorc; i++)
+            xprintf("%6s%6d%18s%10d\n", "", i, "", isup[i]);
+         xprintf("ARCS\n");
+      }
+      else
+      {  if (v_rhs >= 0)
+         {  for (i = 1; i <= nsorc; i++)
+            {  double temp = (double)isup[i];
+               glp_vertex *v = G->v[i];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Make the sources point to themselves in ipred array. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nsorc; i++)
+         ipred[i] = i;
+      if (ntrans == 0) goto L170;
+      /* Chain the transshipment nodes together in the ipred array. */
+      ist = nftr;
+      ipred[nltr] = 0;
+      for (i = nftr; i < nltr; i++)
+         ipred[i] = i+1;
+      /* Form even length chains for 60 percent of the transshipments.*/
+      ntravl = 6 * ntrans / 10;
+      ntrrem = ntrans - ntravl;
+L140: lsorc = 1;
+      while (ntravl != 0)
+      {  lpick = iran(csa, 1, ntravl + ntrrem);
+         ntravl--;
+         chain(csa, lpick, lsorc);
+         if (lsorc == nsorc) goto L140;
+         lsorc++;
+      }
+      /* Add the remaining transshipments to the chains. */
+      while (ntrrem != 0)
+      {
+         lpick = iran(csa, 1, ntrrem);
+         ntrrem--;
+         lsorc = iran(csa, 1, nsorc);
+         chain(csa, lpick, lsorc);
+      }
+L170: /* Set all demands equal to zero. */
+      for (i = nfsink; i <= nodes; i++)
+         ipred[i] = 0;
+      /* The following loop takes one chain at a time (through the use
+         of logic contained in the loop and calls to other routines) and
+         creates the remaining network arcs. */
+      for (lsorc = 1; lsorc <= nsorc; lsorc++)
+      {  chnarc(csa, lsorc);
+         for (i = nfsink; i <= nodes; i++)
+            iflag[i] = 0;
+         /* Choose the number of sinks to be hooked up to the current
+            chain. */
+         if (ntrans != 0)
+            nsksr = (nsort * 2 * nsink) / ntrans;
+         else
+            nsksr = nsink / nsorc + 1;
+         if (nsksr < 2) nsksr = 2;
+         if (nsksr > nsink) nsksr = nsink;
+         nsrchn = nsort;
+         /* Randomly pick nsksr sinks and put their names in lsinks. */
+         ktl = nsink;
+         for (j = 1; j <= nsksr; j++)
+         {  item = iran(csa, 1, ktl);
+            ktl--;
+            for (l = nfsink; l <= nodes; l++)
+            {  if (iflag[l] != 1)
+               {  item--;
+                  if (item == 0) goto L230;
+               }
+            }
+            break;
+L230:       lsinks[j] = l;
+            iflag[l] = 1;
+         }
+         /* If last source chain, add all sinks with zero demand to
+            lsinks list. */
+         if (lsorc == nsorc)
+         {  for (j = nfsink; j <= nodes; j++)
+            {  if (ipred[j] == 0 && iflag[j] != 1)
+               {  nsksr++;
+                  lsinks[nsksr] = j;
+                  iflag[j] = 1;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* Create demands for group of sinks in lsinks. */
+         ks = isup[lsorc] / nsksr;
+         k = ipred[lsorc];
+         for (i = 1; i <= nsksr; i++)
+         {  nsort++;
+            ksp = iran(csa, 1, ks);
+            j = iran(csa, 1, nsksr);
+            itail[nsort] = k;
+            li = lsinks[i];
+            ihead[nsort] = li;
+            ipred[li] += ksp;
+            li = lsinks[j];
+            ipred[li] += ks - ksp;
+            n = iran(csa, 1, nsrchn);
+            k = lsorc;
+            for (ii = 1; ii <= n; ii++)
+               k = ipred[k];
+         }
+         li = lsinks[1];
+         ipred[li] += isup[lsorc] - ks * nsksr;
+         nskel += nsort;
+         /* Sort the arcs in the chain from source lsorc using itail as
+            sort key. */
+         sort(csa);
+         /* Print this part of skeleton and create the arcs for these
+            nodes. */
+         i = 1;
+         itail[nsort+1] = 0;
+L300:    for (j = nftsor; j <= nodes; j++)
+            iflag[j] = 0;
+         ktl = nonsor - 1;
+         it = itail[i];
+         iflag[it] = 1;
+L320:    ih = ihead[i];
+         iflag[ih] = 1;
+         narcs++;
+         ktl--;
+         /* Determine if this skeleton arc should be capacitated. */
+         icap = itsup;
+         jcap = iran(csa, 1, 100);
+         if (jcap <= ipcap)
+         {  icap = isup[lsorc];
+            if (mincap > icap) icap = mincap;
+         }
+         /* Determine if this skeleton arc should have the maximum
+            cost. */
+         icost = maxcst;
+         jcost = iran(csa, 1, 100);
+         if (jcost > iphic)
+            icost = iran(csa, mincst, maxcst);
+         if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("%6s%6d%6d%2s%10d%10d\n", "", it, ih, "", icost,
+               icap);
+         else
+         {  glp_arc *a = glp_add_arc(G, it, ih);
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)icap;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cap, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)icost;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cost, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+         i++;
+         if (itail[i] == it) goto L320;
+         pickj(csa, it);
+         if (i <= nsort) goto L300;
+      }
+      /* Create arcs from the transshipment sinks. */
+      if (ntsink != 0)
+      {  for (i = nfsink; i <= ltsink; i++)
+         {  for (j = nftsor; j <= nodes; j++)
+               iflag[j] = 0;
+            ktl = nonsor - 1;
+            iflag[i] = 1;
+            pickj(csa, i);
+         }
+      }
+L390: /* Print the demand records and end record. */
+      if (G == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("DEMAND\n");
+         for (i = nfsink; i <= nodes; i++)
+            xprintf("%6s%6d%18s%10d\n", "", i, "", ipred[i]);
+         xprintf("END\n");
+      }
+      else
+      {  if (v_rhs >= 0)
+         {  for (i = nfsink; i <= nodes; i++)
+            {  double temp = - (double)ipred[i];
+               glp_vertex *v = G->v[i];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Free working arrays. */
+      xfree(ipred);
+      xfree(ihead);
+      xfree(itail);
+      xfree(iflag);
+      xfree(isup);
+      xfree(lsinks);
+      /* The instance has been successfully generated. */
+      ret = 0;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine cresup randomly distributes the total supply among the
+*  source nodes. */
+
+static void cresup(struct csa *csa)
+{     int i, j, ks, ksp;
+      xassert(itsup > nsorc);
+      ks = itsup / nsorc;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nsorc; i++)
+         isup[i] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nsorc; i++)
+      {  ksp = iran(csa, 1, ks);
+         j = iran(csa, 1, nsorc);
+         isup[i] += ksp;
+         isup[j] += ks - ksp;
+      }
+      j = iran(csa, 1, nsorc);
+      isup[j] += itsup - ks * nsorc;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine chain adds node lpick to the end of the chain with source
+*  node lsorc. */
+
+static void chain(struct csa *csa, int lpick, int lsorc)
+{     int i, j, k, l, m;
+      k = 0;
+      m = ist;
+      for (i = 1; i <= lpick; i++)
+      {  l = k;
+         k = m;
+         m = ipred[k];
+      }
+      ipred[l] = m;
+      j = ipred[lsorc];
+      ipred[k] = j;
+      ipred[lsorc] = k;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine chnarc puts the arcs in the chain from source lsorc into
+*  the ihead and itail arrays for sorting. */
+
+static void chnarc(struct csa *csa, int lsorc)
+{     int ito, ifrom;
+      nsort = 0;
+      ito = ipred[lsorc];
+L10:  if (ito == lsorc) return;
+      nsort++;
+      ifrom = ipred[ito];
+      ihead[nsort] = ito;
+      itail[nsort] = ifrom;
+      ito = ifrom;
+      goto L10;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine sort sorts the nsort arcs in the ihead and itail arrays.
+*  ihead is used as the sort key (i.e. forward star sort order). */
+
+static void sort(struct csa *csa)
+{     int i, j, k, l, m, n, it;
+      n = nsort;
+      m = n;
+L10:  m /= 2;
+      if (m == 0) return;
+      k = n - m;
+      j = 1;
+L20:  i = j;
+L30:  l = i + m;
+      if (itail[i] <= itail[l]) goto L40;
+      it = itail[i];
+      itail[i] = itail[l];
+      itail[l] = it;
+      it = ihead[i];
+      ihead[i] = ihead[l];
+      ihead[l] = it;
+      i -= m;
+      if (i >= 1) goto L30;
+L40:  j++;
+      if (j <= k) goto L20;
+      goto L10;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine pickj creates a random number of arcs out of node 'it'.
+*  Various parameters are dynamically adjusted in an attempt to ensure
+*  that the generated network has the correct number of arcs. */
+
+static void pickj(struct csa *csa, int it)
+{     int j, k, l, nn, nupbnd, icap, jcap, icost;
+      if ((nodlft - 1) * 2 > iarcs - narcs - 1)
+      {  nodlft--;
+         return;
+      }
+      if ((iarcs - narcs + nonsor - ktl - 1) / nodlft - nonsor + 1 >= 0)
+         k = nonsor;
+      else
+      {  nupbnd = (iarcs - narcs - nodlft) / nodlft * 2;
+L40:     k = iran(csa, 1, nupbnd);
+         if (nodlft == 1) k = iarcs - narcs;
+         if ((nodlft - 1) * (nonsor - 1) < iarcs - narcs - k) goto L40;
+      }
+      nodlft--;
+      for (j = 1; j <= k; j++)
+      {  nn = iran(csa, 1, ktl);
+         ktl--;
+         for (l = nftsor; l <= nodes; l++)
+         {  if (iflag[l] != 1)
+            {  nn--;
+               if (nn == 0) goto L70;
+            }
+         }
+         return;
+L70:     iflag[l] = 1;
+         icap = itsup;
+         jcap = iran(csa, 1, 100);
+         if (jcap <= ipcap)
+            icap = iran(csa, mincap, maxcap);
+         icost = iran(csa, mincst, maxcst);
+         if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("%6s%6d%6d%2s%10d%10d\n", "", it, l, "", icost,
+               icap);
+         else
+         {  glp_arc *a = glp_add_arc(G, it, l);
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)icap;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cap, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)icost;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cost, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+         narcs++;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine assign generate assignment problems. It defines the unit
+*  supplies, builds a skeleton, then calls pickj to create the arcs. */
+
+static void assign(struct csa *csa)
+{     int i, it, nn, l, ll, icost;
+      if (G == NULL)
+         xprintf("SUPPLY\n");
+      for (i = 1; i <= nsorc; i++)
+      {  isup[i] = 1;
+         iflag[i] = 0;
+         if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("%6s%6d%18s%10d\n", "", i, "", isup[i]);
+         else
+         {  if (v_rhs >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)isup[i];
+               glp_vertex *v = G->v[i];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      if (G == NULL)
+         xprintf("ARCS\n");
+      for (i = nfsink; i <= nodes; i++)
+         ipred[i] = 1;
+      for (it = 1; it <= nsorc; it++)
+      {  for (i = nfsink; i <= nodes; i++)
+            iflag[i] = 0;
+         ktl = nsink - 1;
+         nn = iran(csa, 1, nsink - it + 1);
+         for (l = 1; l <= nsorc; l++)
+         {  if (iflag[l] != 1)
+            {  nn--;
+               if (nn == 0) break;
+            }
+         }
+         narcs++;
+         ll = nsorc + l;
+         icost = iran(csa, mincst, maxcst);
+         if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("%6s%6d%6d%2s%10d%10d\n", "", it, ll, "", icost,
+               isup[1]);
+         else
+         {  glp_arc *a = glp_add_arc(G, it, ll);
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)isup[1];
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cap, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)icost;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cost, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+         iflag[l] = 1;
+         iflag[ll] = 1;
+         pickj(csa, it);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  Portable congruential (uniform) random number generator:
+*
+*     next_value = ((7**5) * previous_value) modulo ((2**31)-1)
+*
+*  This generator consists of three routines:
+*
+*  (1) setran - initializes constants and seed
+*  (2) iran   - generates an integer random number
+*  (3) rran   - generates a real random number
+*
+*  The generator requires a machine with at least 32 bits of precision.
+*  The seed (iseed) must be in the range [1,(2**31)-1]. */
+
+static void setran(struct csa *csa, int iseed)
+{     xassert(iseed >= 1);
+      mult = 16807;
+      modul = 2147483647;
+      i15 = 1 << 15;
+      i16 = 1 << 16;
+      jran = iseed;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine iran generates an integer random number between ilow and
+*  ihigh. If ilow > ihigh then iran returns ihigh. */
+
+static int iran(struct csa *csa, int ilow, int ihigh)
+{     int ixhi, ixlo, ixalo, leftlo, ixahi, ifulhi, irtlo, iover,
+         irthi, j;
+      ixhi = jran / i16;
+      ixlo = jran - ixhi * i16;
+      ixalo = ixlo * mult;
+      leftlo = ixalo / i16;
+      ixahi = ixhi * mult;
+      ifulhi = ixahi + leftlo;
+      irtlo = ixalo - leftlo * i16;
+      iover = ifulhi / i15;
+      irthi = ifulhi - iover * i15;
+      jran = ((irtlo - modul) + irthi * i16) + iover;
+      if (jran < 0) jran += modul;
+      j = ihigh - ilow + 1;
+      if (j > 0)
+         return jran % j + ilow;
+      else
+         return ihigh;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_netgen_prob - Klingman's standard network problem instance
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_netgen_prob(int nprob, int parm[1+15]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_netgen_prob provides the set of parameters for
+*  Klingman's network problem generator (see the routine glp_netgen),
+*  which describe a standard network problem instance.
+*
+*  The parameter nprob (101 <= nprob <= 150) specifies the problem
+*  instance number.
+*
+*  The array parm contains description of the network, provided by the
+*  routine. (For detailed description of these parameters see comments
+*  to the routine glp_netgen.)
+*
+*  PROBLEM CHARACTERISTICS
+*
+*  The table below shows characteristics of Klingman's standard network
+*  problem instances.
+*
+*  Problem   Nodes    Arcs      Optimum
+*  -------   -----   -----   ----------
+*    101      5000   25336      6191726
+*    102      5000   25387     72337144
+*    103      5000   25355    218947553
+*    104      5000   25344    -19100371
+*    105      5000   25332     31192578
+*    106      5000   12870      4314276
+*    107      5000   37832      7393769
+*    108      5000   50309      8405738
+*    109      5000   75299      9190300
+*    110      5000   12825      8975048
+*    111      5000   37828      4747532
+*    112      5000   50325      4012671
+*    113      5000   75318      2979725
+*    114      5000   26514      5821181
+*    115      5000   25962      6353310
+*    116      5000   25304      5915426
+*    117      5000   12816      4420560
+*    118      5000   37797      7045842
+*    119      5000   50301      7724179
+*    120      5000   75330      8455200
+*    121      5000   25000     66366360
+*    122      5000   25000     30997529
+*    123      5000   25000     23388777
+*    124      5000   25000     17803443
+*    125      5000   25000     14119622
+*    126      5000   12500     18802218
+*    127      5000   37500     27674647
+*    128      5000   50000     30906194
+*    129      5000   75000     40905209
+*    130      5000   12500     38939608
+*    131      5000   37500     16752978
+*    132      5000   50000     13302951
+*    133      5000   75000      9830268
+*    134      1000   25000      3804874
+*    135      2500   25000     11729616
+*    136      7500   25000     33318101
+*    137     10000   25000     46426030
+*    138      5000   25000     60710879
+*    139      5000   25000     32729682
+*    140      5000   25000     27183831
+*    141      5000   25000     19963286
+*    142      5000   25000     20243457
+*    143      5000   25000     18586777
+*    144      5000   25000      2504591
+*    145      5000   25000    215956138
+*    146      5000   25000   2253113811
+*    147      5000   25000   -427908373
+*    148      5000   25000    -92965318
+*    149      5000   25000     86051224
+*    150      5000   25000    619314919 */
+
+static const int data[50][1+15] =
+{  {  0, 13502460, 101, 5000, 2500, 2500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 4281922, 102, 5000, 2500, 2500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 2500000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 44820113, 103, 5000, 2500, 2500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 6250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 13450451, 104, 5000, 2500, 2500, 25000,
+      -100, -1, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 14719436, 105, 5000, 2500, 2500, 25000,
+      101, 200, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 17365786, 106, 5000, 2500, 2500, 12500,
+      1, 100, 125000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 19540113, 107, 5000, 2500, 2500, 37500,
+      1, 100, 375000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 19560313, 108, 5000, 2500, 2500, 50000,
+      1, 100, 500000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 2403509, 109, 5000, 2500, 2500, 75000,
+      1, 100, 750000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 92480414, 110, 5000, 2500, 2500, 12500,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 4230140, 111, 5000, 2500, 2500, 37500,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 10032490, 112, 5000, 2500, 2500, 50000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 17307474, 113, 5000, 2500, 2500, 75000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 4925114, 114, 5000, 500, 4500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 19842704, 115, 5000, 1500, 3500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 88392060, 116, 5000, 2500, 2500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 12904407, 117, 5000, 2500, 2500, 12500,
+      1, 100, 125000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 11811811, 118, 5000, 2500, 2500, 37500,
+      1, 100, 375000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 90023593, 119, 5000, 2500, 2500, 50000,
+      1, 100, 500000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 93028922, 120, 5000, 2500, 2500, 75000,
+      1, 100, 750000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 72707401, 121, 5000, 50, 50, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 50, 50, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 93040771, 122, 5000, 250, 250, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 250, 250, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 70220611, 123, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 52774811, 124, 5000, 1000, 1000, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 1000, 1000, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 22492311, 125, 5000, 1500, 1500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 1500, 1500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 35269337, 126, 5000, 500, 500, 12500,
+      1, 100, 125000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 30140502, 127, 5000, 500, 500, 37500,
+      1, 100, 375000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 49205455, 128, 5000, 500, 500, 50000,
+      1, 100, 500000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 42958341, 129, 5000, 500, 500, 75000,
+      1, 100, 750000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 25440925, 130, 5000, 500, 500, 12500,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 75294924, 131, 5000, 500, 500, 37500,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 4463965, 132, 5000, 500, 500, 50000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 13390427, 133, 5000, 500, 500, 75000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 95250971, 134, 1000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 54830522, 135, 2500, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 520593, 136, 7500, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 52900925, 137, 10000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 22603395, 138, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 50
+   },
+   {  0, 55253099, 139, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 250
+   },
+   {  0, 75357001, 140, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 500
+   },
+   {  0, 10072459, 141, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 2500
+   },
+   {  0, 55728492, 142, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 5000
+   },
+   {  0, 593043, 143, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 0, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 94236572, 144, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 10, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 94882955, 145, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 1000, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 48489922, 146, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1, 10000, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 75578374, 147, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      -100, -1, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 44821152, 148, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      -50, 49, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 45224103, 149, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      101, 200, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+   {  0, 63491741, 150, 5000, 500, 500, 25000,
+      1001, 1100, 250000, 500, 500, 0, 100, 1, 1000
+   },
+};
+
+void glp_netgen_prob(int nprob, int parm[1+15])
+{     int k;
+      if (!(101 <= nprob && nprob <= 150))
+         xerror("glp_netgen_prob: nprob = %d; invalid problem instance "
+            "number\n", nprob);
+      for (k = 1; k <= 15; k++)
+         parm[k] = data[nprob-101][k];
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#if 0
+static int scan(char card[80+1], int pos, int len)
+{     char buf[10+1];
+      memcpy(buf, &card[pos-1], len);
+      buf[len] = '\0';
+      return atoi(buf);
+}
+
+int main(void)
+{     int parm[1+15];
+      char card[80+1];
+      xassert(fgets(card, sizeof(card), stdin) == card);
+      parm[1] = scan(card, 1, 8);
+      parm[2] = scan(card, 9, 8);
+      xassert(fgets(card, sizeof(card), stdin) == card);
+      parm[3] = scan(card, 1, 5);
+      parm[4] = scan(card, 6, 5);
+      parm[5] = scan(card, 11, 5);
+      parm[6] = scan(card, 16, 5);
+      parm[7] = scan(card, 21, 5);
+      parm[8] = scan(card, 26, 5);
+      parm[9] = scan(card, 31, 10);
+      parm[10] = scan(card, 41, 5);
+      parm[11] = scan(card, 46, 5);
+      parm[12] = scan(card, 51, 5);
+      parm[13] = scan(card, 56, 5);
+      parm[14] = scan(card, 61, 10);
+      parm[15] = scan(card, 71, 10);
+      glp_netgen(NULL, 0, 0, 0, parm);
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/npp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/npp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7ae07c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/npp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* npp.c (LP/MIP preprocessing) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+glp_prep *glp_npp_alloc_wksp(void)
+{     /* allocate the preprocessor workspace */
+      glp_prep *prep;
+      prep = npp_create_wksp();
+      return prep;
+}
+
+void glp_npp_load_prob(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *P, int sol, int names)
+{     /* load original problem instance */
+      if (prep->sol != 0)
+         xerror("glp_npp_load_prob: invalid call sequence (original ins"
+            "tance already loaded)\n");
+      if (!(sol == GLP_SOL || sol == GLP_IPT || sol == GLP_MIP))
+         xerror("glp_npp_load_prob: sol = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            sol);
+      if (!(names == GLP_ON || names == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_npp_load_prob: names = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            names);
+      npp_load_prob(prep, P, names, sol, GLP_OFF);
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_npp_preprocess1(glp_prep *prep, int hard)
+{     /* perform basic LP/MIP preprocessing */
+      if (prep->sol == 0)
+         xerror("glp_npp_preprocess1: invalid call sequence (original i"
+            "nstance not loaded yet)\n");
+      if (prep->pool == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_npp_preprocess1: invalid call sequence (preprocess"
+            "ing already finished)\n");
+      if (!(hard == GLP_ON || hard == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_npp_preprocess1: hard = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            hard);
+      return npp_process_prob(prep, hard);
+}
+
+void glp_npp_build_prob(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *Q)
+{     /* build resultant problem instance */
+      if (prep->sol == 0)
+         xerror("glp_npp_build_prob: invalid call sequence (original in"
+            "stance not loaded yet)\n");
+      if (prep->pool == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_npp_build_prob: invalid call sequence (resultant i"
+            "nstance already built)\n");
+      npp_build_prob(prep, Q);
+      return;
+}
+
+void glp_npp_postprocess(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *Q)
+{     /* postprocess solution to resultant problem */
+      if (prep->pool != NULL)
+         xerror("glp_npp_postprocess: invalid call sequence (resultant "
+            "instance not built yet)\n");
+      if (!(prep->m == Q->m && prep->n == Q->n && prep->nnz == Q->nnz))
+         xerror("glp_npp_postprocess: resultant instance mismatch\n");
+      switch (prep->sol)
+      {  case GLP_SOL:
+            if (glp_get_status(Q) != GLP_OPT)
+               xerror("glp_npp_postprocess: unable to recover non-optim"
+                  "al basic solution\n");
+            break;
+         case GLP_IPT:
+            if (glp_ipt_status(Q) != GLP_OPT)
+               xerror("glp_npp_postprocess: unable to recover non-optim"
+                  "al interior-point solution\n");
+            break;
+         case GLP_MIP:
+            if (!(glp_mip_status(Q) == GLP_OPT || glp_mip_status(Q) ==
+               GLP_FEAS))
+               xerror("glp_npp_postprocess: unable to recover integer n"
+                  "on-feasible solution\n");
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(prep != prep);
+      }
+      npp_postprocess(prep, Q);
+      return;
+}
+
+void glp_npp_obtain_sol(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *P)
+{     /* obtain solution to original problem */
+      if (prep->pool != NULL)
+         xerror("glp_npp_obtain_sol: invalid call sequence (resultant i"
+            "nstance not built yet)\n");
+      switch (prep->sol)
+      {  case GLP_SOL:
+            if (prep->p_stat == 0 || prep->d_stat == 0)
+               xerror("glp_npp_obtain_sol: invalid call sequence (basic"
+                  " solution not provided yet)\n");
+            break;
+         case GLP_IPT:
+            if (prep->t_stat == 0)
+               xerror("glp_npp_obtain_sol: invalid call sequence (inter"
+                  "ior-point solution not provided yet)\n");
+            break;
+         case GLP_MIP:
+            if (prep->i_stat == 0)
+               xerror("glp_npp_obtain_sol: invalid call sequence (MIP s"
+                  "olution not provided yet)\n");
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(prep != prep);
+      }
+      if (!(prep->orig_dir == P->dir && prep->orig_m == P->m &&
+            prep->orig_n == P->n && prep->orig_nnz == P->nnz))
+         xerror("glp_npp_obtain_sol: original instance mismatch\n");
+      npp_unload_sol(prep, P);
+      return;
+}
+
+void glp_npp_free_wksp(glp_prep *prep)
+{     /* free the preprocessor workspace */
+      npp_delete_wksp(prep);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/pript.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/pript.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f123089d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/pript.c
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* pript.c (write interior-point solution in printable format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf glp_format
+
+int glp_print_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     /* write interior-point solution in printable format */
+      glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j, t, ae_ind, re_ind, ret;
+      double ae_max, re_max;
+      xprintf("Writing interior-point solution to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s\n", "Problem:",
+         P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Rows:", P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Columns:", P->n);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Non-zeros:", P->nnz);
+      t = glp_ipt_status(P);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s\n", "Status:",
+         t == GLP_OPT    ? "OPTIMAL" :
+         t == GLP_UNDEF  ? "UNDEFINED" :
+         t == GLP_INFEAS ? "INFEASIBLE (INTERMEDIATE)" :
+         t == GLP_NOFEAS ? "INFEASIBLE (FINAL)" : "???");
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s%s%.10g (%s)\n", "Objective:",
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : P->obj,
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : " = ", P->ipt_obj,
+         P->dir == GLP_MIN ? "MINimum" :
+         P->dir == GLP_MAX ? "MAXimum" : "???");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "   No.   Row name        Activity     Lower bound  "
+         " Upper bound    Marginal\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "------ ------------    ------------- ------------- "
+         "------------- -------------\n");
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6d ", i);
+         if (row->name == NULL || strlen(row->name) <= 12)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s ", row->name == NULL ? "" : row->name);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n%20s", row->name, "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%3s", "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ",
+            fabs(row->pval) <= 1e-9 ? 0.0 : row->pval);
+         if (row->type == GLP_LO || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+             row->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->lb);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", "");
+         if (row->type == GLP_UP || row->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->ub);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", row->type == GLP_FX ? "=" : "");
+         if (fabs(row->dval) <= 1e-9)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s", "< eps");
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->dval);
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "   No. Column name       Activity     Lower bound  "
+         " Upper bound    Marginal\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "------ ------------    ------------- ------------- "
+         "------------- -------------\n");
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6d ", j);
+         if (col->name == NULL || strlen(col->name) <= 12)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s ", col->name == NULL ? "" : col->name);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n%20s", col->name, "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%3s", "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ",
+            fabs(col->pval) <= 1e-9 ? 0.0 : col->pval);
+         if (col->type == GLP_LO || col->type == GLP_DB ||
+             col->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->lb);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", "");
+         if (col->type == GLP_UP || col->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->ub);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", col->type == GLP_FX ? "=" : "");
+         if (fabs(col->dval) <= 1e-9)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s", "< eps");
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->dval);
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "Karush-Kuhn-Tucker optimality conditions:\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_IPT, GLP_KKT_PE, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.PE: max.abs.err = %.2e on row %d\n",
+         ae_max, ae_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on row %d\n",
+         re_max, re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "PRIMAL SOLUTION IS WRONG");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_IPT, GLP_KKT_PB, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.PB: max.abs.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            ae_max, ae_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            ae_ind <= P->m ? ae_ind : ae_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            re_max, re_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            re_ind <= P->m ? re_ind : re_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "PRIMAL SOLUTION IS INFEASIBL"
+            "E");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_IPT, GLP_KKT_DE, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.DE: max.abs.err = %.2e on column %d\n",
+         ae_max, ae_ind == 0 ? 0 : ae_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on column %d\n",
+         re_max, re_ind == 0 ? 0 : re_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "DUAL SOLUTION IS WRONG");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_IPT, GLP_KKT_DB, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.DB: max.abs.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            ae_max, ae_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            ae_ind <= P->m ? ae_ind : ae_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            re_max, re_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            re_ind <= P->m ? re_ind : re_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "DUAL SOLUTION IS INFEASIBLE")
+            ;
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "End of output\n");
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prmip.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prmip.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..885ed82a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prmip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* prmip.c (write MIP solution in printable format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf glp_format
+
+int glp_print_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     /* write MIP solution in printable format */
+      glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j, t, ae_ind, re_ind, ret;
+      double ae_max, re_max;
+      xprintf("Writing MIP solution to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s\n", "Problem:",
+         P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Rows:", P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d (%d integer, %d binary)\n", "Columns:",
+         P->n, glp_get_num_int(P), glp_get_num_bin(P));
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Non-zeros:", P->nnz);
+      t = glp_mip_status(P);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s\n", "Status:",
+         t == GLP_OPT    ? "INTEGER OPTIMAL" :
+         t == GLP_FEAS   ? "INTEGER NON-OPTIMAL" :
+         t == GLP_NOFEAS ? "INTEGER EMPTY" :
+         t == GLP_UNDEF  ? "INTEGER UNDEFINED" : "???");
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s%s%.10g (%s)\n", "Objective:",
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : P->obj,
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : " = ", P->mip_obj,
+         P->dir == GLP_MIN ? "MINimum" :
+         P->dir == GLP_MAX ? "MAXimum" : "???");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "   No.   Row name        Activity     Lower bound  "
+         " Upper bound\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "------ ------------    ------------- ------------- "
+         "-------------\n");
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6d ", i);
+         if (row->name == NULL || strlen(row->name) <= 12)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s ", row->name == NULL ? "" : row->name);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n%20s", row->name, "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%3s", "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ",
+            fabs(row->mipx) <= 1e-9 ? 0.0 : row->mipx);
+         if (row->type == GLP_LO || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+             row->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->lb);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", "");
+         if (row->type == GLP_UP || row->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->ub);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", row->type == GLP_FX ? "=" : "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "   No. Column name       Activity     Lower bound  "
+         " Upper bound\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "------ ------------    ------------- ------------- "
+         "-------------\n");
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6d ", j);
+         if (col->name == NULL || strlen(col->name) <= 12)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s ", col->name == NULL ? "" : col->name);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n%20s", col->name, "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%s  ",
+            col->kind == GLP_CV ? " " :
+            col->kind == GLP_IV ? "*" : "?");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ",
+            fabs(col->mipx) <= 1e-9 ? 0.0 : col->mipx);
+         if (col->type == GLP_LO || col->type == GLP_DB ||
+             col->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->lb);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", "");
+         if (col->type == GLP_UP || col->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->ub);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", col->type == GLP_FX ? "=" : "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "Integer feasibility conditions:\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_MIP, GLP_KKT_PE, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.PE: max.abs.err = %.2e on row %d\n",
+         ae_max, ae_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on row %d\n",
+         re_max, re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "SOLUTION IS WRONG");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_MIP, GLP_KKT_PB, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.PB: max.abs.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            ae_max, ae_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            ae_ind <= P->m ? ae_ind : ae_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            re_max, re_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            re_ind <= P->m ? re_ind : re_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "SOLUTION IS INFEASIBLE");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "End of output\n");
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cc9389b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/* prob.h (LP/MIP problem object) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PROB_H
+#define PROB_H
+
+#include "avl.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "dmp.h"
+#if 1 /* 28/III-2016 */
+#define GLP_UNDOC 1
+#endif
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+typedef struct GLPROW GLPROW;
+typedef struct GLPCOL GLPCOL;
+typedef struct GLPAIJ GLPAIJ;
+
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+#define GLP_PROB_MAGIC 0xD7D9D6C2
+#endif
+
+struct glp_prob
+{     /* LP/MIP problem object */
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      unsigned magic;
+      /* magic value used for debugging */
+#endif
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool to store problem object components */
+      glp_tree *tree;
+      /* pointer to the search tree; set by the MIP solver when this
+         object is used in the tree as a core MIP object */
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+      void *parms;
+      /* reserved for backward compatibility */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* LP/MIP data */
+      char *name;
+      /* problem name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned
+         to the problem */
+      char *obj;
+      /* objective function name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name
+         is assigned to the objective function */
+      int dir;
+      /* optimization direction flag (objective "sense"):
+         GLP_MIN - minimization
+         GLP_MAX - maximization */
+      double c0;
+      /* constant term of the objective function ("shift") */
+      int m_max;
+      /* length of the array of rows (enlarged automatically) */
+      int n_max;
+      /* length of the array of columns (enlarged automatically) */
+      int m;
+      /* number of rows, 0 <= m <= m_max */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns, 0 <= n <= n_max */
+      int nnz;
+      /* number of non-zero constraint coefficients, nnz >= 0 */
+      GLPROW **row; /* GLPROW *row[1+m_max]; */
+      /* row[i], 1 <= i <= m, is a pointer to i-th row */
+      GLPCOL **col; /* GLPCOL *col[1+n_max]; */
+      /* col[j], 1 <= j <= n, is a pointer to j-th column */
+      AVL *r_tree;
+      /* row index to find rows by their names; NULL means this index
+         does not exist */
+      AVL *c_tree;
+      /* column index to find columns by their names; NULL means this
+         index does not exist */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* basis factorization (LP) */
+      int valid;
+      /* the factorization is valid only if this flag is set */
+      int *head; /* int head[1+m_max]; */
+      /* basis header (valid only if the factorization is valid);
+         head[i] = k is the ordinal number of auxiliary (1 <= k <= m)
+         or structural (m+1 <= k <= m+n) variable which corresponds to
+         i-th basic variable xB[i], 1 <= i <= m */
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+      glp_bfcp *bfcp;
+      /* basis factorization control parameters; may be NULL */
+#endif
+      BFD *bfd; /* BFD bfd[1:m,1:m]; */
+      /* basis factorization driver; may be NULL */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* basic solution (LP) */
+      int pbs_stat;
+      /* primal basic solution status:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - primal solution is undefined
+         GLP_FEAS   - primal solution is feasible
+         GLP_INFEAS - primal solution is infeasible
+         GLP_NOFEAS - no primal feasible solution exists */
+      int dbs_stat;
+      /* dual basic solution status:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - dual solution is undefined
+         GLP_FEAS   - dual solution is feasible
+         GLP_INFEAS - dual solution is infeasible
+         GLP_NOFEAS - no dual feasible solution exists */
+      double obj_val;
+      /* objective function value */
+      int it_cnt;
+      /* simplex method iteration count; increases by one on performing
+         one simplex iteration */
+      int some;
+      /* ordinal number of some auxiliary or structural variable having
+         certain property, 0 <= some <= m+n */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* interior-point solution (LP) */
+      int ipt_stat;
+      /* interior-point solution status:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - interior solution is undefined
+         GLP_OPT    - interior solution is optimal
+         GLP_INFEAS - interior solution is infeasible
+         GLP_NOFEAS - no feasible solution exists */
+      double ipt_obj;
+      /* objective function value */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* integer solution (MIP) */
+      int mip_stat;
+      /* integer solution status:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - integer solution is undefined
+         GLP_OPT    - integer solution is optimal
+         GLP_FEAS   - integer solution is feasible
+         GLP_NOFEAS - no integer solution exists */
+      double mip_obj;
+      /* objective function value */
+};
+
+struct GLPROW
+{     /* LP/MIP row (auxiliary variable) */
+      int i;
+      /* ordinal number (1 to m) assigned to this row */
+      char *name;
+      /* row name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned to
+         this row */
+      AVLNODE *node;
+      /* pointer to corresponding node in the row index; NULL means
+         that either the row index does not exist or this row has no
+         name assigned */
+#if 1 /* 20/IX-2008 */
+      int level;
+      unsigned char origin;
+      unsigned char klass;
+#endif
+      int type;
+      /* type of the auxiliary variable:
+         GLP_FR - free variable
+         GLP_LO - variable with lower bound
+         GLP_UP - variable with upper bound
+         GLP_DB - double-bounded variable
+         GLP_FX - fixed variable */
+      double lb; /* non-scaled */
+      /* lower bound; if the row has no lower bound, lb is zero */
+      double ub; /* non-scaled */
+      /* upper bound; if the row has no upper bound, ub is zero */
+      /* if the row type is GLP_FX, ub is equal to lb */
+      GLPAIJ *ptr; /* non-scaled */
+      /* pointer to doubly linked list of constraint coefficients which
+         are placed in this row */
+      double rii;
+      /* diagonal element r[i,i] of scaling matrix R for this row;
+         if the scaling is not used, r[i,i] is 1 */
+      int stat;
+      /* status of the auxiliary variable:
+         GLP_BS - basic variable
+         GLP_NL - non-basic variable on lower bound
+         GLP_NU - non-basic variable on upper bound
+         GLP_NF - non-basic free variable
+         GLP_NS - non-basic fixed variable */
+      int bind;
+      /* if the auxiliary variable is basic, head[bind] refers to this
+         row, otherwise, bind is 0; this attribute is valid only if the
+         basis factorization is valid */
+      double prim; /* non-scaled */
+      /* primal value of the auxiliary variable in basic solution */
+      double dual; /* non-scaled */
+      /* dual value of the auxiliary variable in basic solution */
+      double pval; /* non-scaled */
+      /* primal value of the auxiliary variable in interior solution */
+      double dval; /* non-scaled */
+      /* dual value of the auxiliary variable in interior solution */
+      double mipx; /* non-scaled */
+      /* primal value of the auxiliary variable in integer solution */
+};
+
+struct GLPCOL
+{     /* LP/MIP column (structural variable) */
+      int j;
+      /* ordinal number (1 to n) assigned to this column */
+      char *name;
+      /* column name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned
+         to this column */
+      AVLNODE *node;
+      /* pointer to corresponding node in the column index; NULL means
+         that either the column index does not exist or the column has
+         no name assigned */
+      int kind;
+      /* kind of the structural variable:
+         GLP_CV - continuous variable
+         GLP_IV - integer or binary variable */
+      int type;
+      /* type of the structural variable:
+         GLP_FR - free variable
+         GLP_LO - variable with lower bound
+         GLP_UP - variable with upper bound
+         GLP_DB - double-bounded variable
+         GLP_FX - fixed variable */
+      double lb; /* non-scaled */
+      /* lower bound; if the column has no lower bound, lb is zero */
+      double ub; /* non-scaled */
+      /* upper bound; if the column has no upper bound, ub is zero */
+      /* if the column type is GLP_FX, ub is equal to lb */
+      double coef; /* non-scaled */
+      /* objective coefficient at the structural variable */
+      GLPAIJ *ptr; /* non-scaled */
+      /* pointer to doubly linked list of constraint coefficients which
+         are placed in this column */
+      double sjj;
+      /* diagonal element s[j,j] of scaling matrix S for this column;
+         if the scaling is not used, s[j,j] is 1 */
+      int stat;
+      /* status of the structural variable:
+         GLP_BS - basic variable
+         GLP_NL - non-basic variable on lower bound
+         GLP_NU - non-basic variable on upper bound
+         GLP_NF - non-basic free variable
+         GLP_NS - non-basic fixed variable */
+      int bind;
+      /* if the structural variable is basic, head[bind] refers to
+         this column; otherwise, bind is 0; this attribute is valid only
+         if the basis factorization is valid */
+      double prim; /* non-scaled */
+      /* primal value of the structural variable in basic solution */
+      double dual; /* non-scaled */
+      /* dual value of the structural variable in basic solution */
+      double pval; /* non-scaled */
+      /* primal value of the structural variable in interior solution */
+      double dval; /* non-scaled */
+      /* dual value of the structural variable in interior solution */
+      double mipx; /* non-scaled */
+      /* primal value of the structural variable in integer solution */
+};
+
+struct GLPAIJ
+{     /* constraint coefficient a[i,j] */
+      GLPROW *row;
+      /* pointer to row, where this coefficient is placed */
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      /* pointer to column, where this coefficient is placed */
+      double val;
+      /* numeric (non-zero) value of this coefficient */
+      GLPAIJ *r_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous coefficient in the same row */
+      GLPAIJ *r_next;
+      /* pointer to next coefficient in the same row */
+      GLPAIJ *c_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous coefficient in the same column */
+      GLPAIJ *c_next;
+      /* pointer to next coefficient in the same column */
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6afad442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1588 @@
+/* prob1.c (problem creating and modifying routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/* CAUTION: DO NOT CHANGE THE LIMITS BELOW */
+
+#define M_MAX 100000000 /* = 100*10^6 */
+/* maximal number of rows in the problem object */
+
+#define N_MAX 100000000 /* = 100*10^6 */
+/* maximal number of columns in the problem object */
+
+#define NNZ_MAX 500000000 /* = 500*10^6 */
+/* maximal number of constraint coefficients in the problem object */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_create_prob - create problem object
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_prob *glp_create_prob(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_create_prob creates a new problem object, which is
+*  initially "empty", i.e. has no rows and columns.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the object created, which should be
+*  used in any subsequent operations on this object. */
+
+static void create_prob(glp_prob *lp)
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+{     lp->magic = GLP_PROB_MAGIC;
+#else
+{
+#endif
+      lp->pool = dmp_create_pool();
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+#if 0 /* 17/XI-2009 */
+      lp->cps = xmalloc(sizeof(struct LPXCPS));
+      lpx_reset_parms(lp);
+#else
+      lp->parms = NULL;
+#endif
+#endif
+      lp->tree = NULL;
+#if 0
+      lp->lwa = 0;
+      lp->cwa = NULL;
+#endif
+      /* LP/MIP data */
+      lp->name = NULL;
+      lp->obj = NULL;
+      lp->dir = GLP_MIN;
+      lp->c0 = 0.0;
+      lp->m_max = 100;
+      lp->n_max = 200;
+      lp->m = lp->n = 0;
+      lp->nnz = 0;
+      lp->row = xcalloc(1+lp->m_max, sizeof(GLPROW *));
+      lp->col = xcalloc(1+lp->n_max, sizeof(GLPCOL *));
+      lp->r_tree = lp->c_tree = NULL;
+      /* basis factorization */
+      lp->valid = 0;
+      lp->head = xcalloc(1+lp->m_max, sizeof(int));
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+      lp->bfcp = NULL;
+#endif
+      lp->bfd = NULL;
+      /* basic solution (LP) */
+      lp->pbs_stat = lp->dbs_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      lp->obj_val = 0.0;
+      lp->it_cnt = 0;
+      lp->some = 0;
+      /* interior-point solution (LP) */
+      lp->ipt_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      lp->ipt_obj = 0.0;
+      /* integer solution (MIP) */
+      lp->mip_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      lp->mip_obj = 0.0;
+      return;
+}
+
+glp_prob *glp_create_prob(void)
+{     glp_prob *lp;
+      lp = xmalloc(sizeof(glp_prob));
+      create_prob(lp);
+      return lp;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_prob_name - assign (change) problem name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_prob_name(glp_prob *lp, const char *name);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_prob_name assigns a given symbolic name (1 up to
+*  255 characters) to the specified problem object.
+*
+*  If the parameter name is NULL or empty string, the routine erases an
+*  existing symbolic name of the problem object. */
+
+void glp_set_prob_name(glp_prob *lp, const char *name)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_set_prob_name: operation not allowed\n");
+      if (lp->name != NULL)
+      {  dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, lp->name, strlen(lp->name)+1);
+         lp->name = NULL;
+      }
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0'))
+      {  int k;
+         for (k = 0; name[k] != '\0'; k++)
+         {  if (k == 256)
+               xerror("glp_set_prob_name: problem name too long\n");
+            if (iscntrl((unsigned char)name[k]))
+               xerror("glp_set_prob_name: problem name contains invalid"
+                  " character(s)\n");
+         }
+         lp->name = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(lp->name, name);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_obj_name - assign (change) objective function name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_obj_name(glp_prob *lp, const char *name);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_obj_name assigns a given symbolic name (1 up to
+*  255 characters) to the objective function of the specified problem
+*  object.
+*
+*  If the parameter name is NULL or empty string, the routine erases an
+*  existing name of the objective function. */
+
+void glp_set_obj_name(glp_prob *lp, const char *name)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_set_obj_name: operation not allowed\n");
+     if (lp->obj != NULL)
+      {  dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, lp->obj, strlen(lp->obj)+1);
+         lp->obj = NULL;
+      }
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0'))
+      {  int k;
+         for (k = 0; name[k] != '\0'; k++)
+         {  if (k == 256)
+               xerror("glp_set_obj_name: objective name too long\n");
+            if (iscntrl((unsigned char)name[k]))
+               xerror("glp_set_obj_name: objective name contains invali"
+                  "d character(s)\n");
+         }
+         lp->obj = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(lp->obj, name);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_obj_dir - set (change) optimization direction flag
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_obj_dir(glp_prob *lp, int dir);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_obj_dir sets (changes) optimization direction
+*  flag (i.e. "sense" of the objective function) as specified by the
+*  parameter dir:
+*
+*  GLP_MIN - minimization;
+*  GLP_MAX - maximization. */
+
+void glp_set_obj_dir(glp_prob *lp, int dir)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_set_obj_dir: operation not allowed\n");
+     if (!(dir == GLP_MIN || dir == GLP_MAX))
+         xerror("glp_set_obj_dir: dir = %d; invalid direction flag\n",
+            dir);
+      lp->dir = dir;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_add_rows - add new rows to problem object
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_add_rows(glp_prob *lp, int nrs);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_rows adds nrs rows (constraints) to the specified
+*  problem object. New rows are always added to the end of the row list,
+*  so the ordinal numbers of existing rows remain unchanged.
+*
+*  Being added each new row is initially free (unbounded) and has empty
+*  list of the constraint coefficients.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_rows returns the ordinal number of the first new
+*  row added to the problem object. */
+
+int glp_add_rows(glp_prob *lp, int nrs)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      int m_new, i;
+      /* determine new number of rows */
+      if (nrs < 1)
+         xerror("glp_add_rows: nrs = %d; invalid number of rows\n",
+            nrs);
+      if (nrs > M_MAX - lp->m)
+         xerror("glp_add_rows: nrs = %d; too many rows\n", nrs);
+      m_new = lp->m + nrs;
+      /* increase the room, if necessary */
+      if (lp->m_max < m_new)
+      {  GLPROW **save = lp->row;
+         while (lp->m_max < m_new)
+         {  lp->m_max += lp->m_max;
+            xassert(lp->m_max > 0);
+         }
+         lp->row = xcalloc(1+lp->m_max, sizeof(GLPROW *));
+         memcpy(&lp->row[1], &save[1], lp->m * sizeof(GLPROW *));
+         xfree(save);
+         /* do not forget about the basis header */
+         xfree(lp->head);
+         lp->head = xcalloc(1+lp->m_max, sizeof(int));
+      }
+      /* add new rows to the end of the row list */
+      for (i = lp->m+1; i <= m_new; i++)
+      {  /* create row descriptor */
+         lp->row[i] = row = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, sizeof(GLPROW));
+         row->i = i;
+         row->name = NULL;
+         row->node = NULL;
+#if 1 /* 20/IX-2008 */
+         row->level = 0;
+         row->origin = 0;
+         row->klass = 0;
+         if (tree != NULL)
+         {  switch (tree->reason)
+            {  case 0:
+                  break;
+               case GLP_IROWGEN:
+                  xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+                  row->level = tree->curr->level;
+                  row->origin = GLP_RF_LAZY;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_ICUTGEN:
+                  xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+                  row->level = tree->curr->level;
+                  row->origin = GLP_RF_CUT;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(tree != tree);
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+         row->type = GLP_FR;
+         row->lb = row->ub = 0.0;
+         row->ptr = NULL;
+         row->rii = 1.0;
+         row->stat = GLP_BS;
+#if 0
+         row->bind = -1;
+#else
+         row->bind = 0;
+#endif
+         row->prim = row->dual = 0.0;
+         row->pval = row->dval = 0.0;
+         row->mipx = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* set new number of rows */
+      lp->m = m_new;
+      /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+      lp->valid = 0;
+#if 1
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0) tree->reopt = 1;
+#endif
+      /* return the ordinal number of the first row added */
+      return m_new - nrs + 1;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_add_cols - add new columns to problem object
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_add_cols(glp_prob *lp, int ncs);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_cols adds ncs columns (structural variables) to
+*  the specified problem object. New columns are always added to the end
+*  of the column list, so the ordinal numbers of existing columns remain
+*  unchanged.
+*
+*  Being added each new column is initially fixed at zero and has empty
+*  list of the constraint coefficients.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_add_cols returns the ordinal number of the first new
+*  column added to the problem object. */
+
+int glp_add_cols(glp_prob *lp, int ncs)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int n_new, j;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_add_cols: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* determine new number of columns */
+      if (ncs < 1)
+         xerror("glp_add_cols: ncs = %d; invalid number of columns\n",
+            ncs);
+      if (ncs > N_MAX - lp->n)
+         xerror("glp_add_cols: ncs = %d; too many columns\n", ncs);
+      n_new = lp->n + ncs;
+      /* increase the room, if necessary */
+      if (lp->n_max < n_new)
+      {  GLPCOL **save = lp->col;
+         while (lp->n_max < n_new)
+         {  lp->n_max += lp->n_max;
+            xassert(lp->n_max > 0);
+         }
+         lp->col = xcalloc(1+lp->n_max, sizeof(GLPCOL *));
+         memcpy(&lp->col[1], &save[1], lp->n * sizeof(GLPCOL *));
+         xfree(save);
+      }
+      /* add new columns to the end of the column list */
+      for (j = lp->n+1; j <= n_new; j++)
+      {  /* create column descriptor */
+         lp->col[j] = col = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, sizeof(GLPCOL));
+         col->j = j;
+         col->name = NULL;
+         col->node = NULL;
+         col->kind = GLP_CV;
+         col->type = GLP_FX;
+         col->lb = col->ub = 0.0;
+         col->coef = 0.0;
+         col->ptr = NULL;
+         col->sjj = 1.0;
+         col->stat = GLP_NS;
+#if 0
+         col->bind = -1;
+#else
+         col->bind = 0; /* the basis may remain valid */
+#endif
+         col->prim = col->dual = 0.0;
+         col->pval = col->dval = 0.0;
+         col->mipx = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* set new number of columns */
+      lp->n = n_new;
+      /* return the ordinal number of the first column added */
+      return n_new - ncs + 1;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_row_name - assign (change) row name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_row_name(glp_prob *lp, int i, const char *name);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_row_name assigns a given symbolic name (1 up to
+*  255 characters) to i-th row (auxiliary variable) of the specified
+*  problem object.
+*
+*  If the parameter name is NULL or empty string, the routine erases an
+*  existing name of i-th row. */
+
+void glp_set_row_name(glp_prob *lp, int i, const char *name)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_set_row_name: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      row = lp->row[i];
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+      {  xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+         xassert(row->level == tree->curr->level);
+      }
+      if (row->name != NULL)
+      {  if (row->node != NULL)
+         {  xassert(lp->r_tree != NULL);
+            avl_delete_node(lp->r_tree, row->node);
+            row->node = NULL;
+         }
+         dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, row->name, strlen(row->name)+1);
+         row->name = NULL;
+      }
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0'))
+      {  int k;
+         for (k = 0; name[k] != '\0'; k++)
+         {  if (k == 256)
+               xerror("glp_set_row_name: i = %d; row name too long\n",
+                  i);
+            if (iscntrl((unsigned char)name[k]))
+               xerror("glp_set_row_name: i = %d: row name contains inva"
+                  "lid character(s)\n", i);
+         }
+         row->name = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(row->name, name);
+         if (lp->r_tree != NULL)
+         {  xassert(row->node == NULL);
+            row->node = avl_insert_node(lp->r_tree, row->name);
+            avl_set_node_link(row->node, row);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_col_name - assign (change) column name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_col_name(glp_prob *lp, int j, const char *name);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_col_name assigns a given symbolic name (1 up to
+*  255 characters) to j-th column (structural variable) of the specified
+*  problem object.
+*
+*  If the parameter name is NULL or empty string, the routine erases an
+*  existing name of j-th column. */
+
+void glp_set_col_name(glp_prob *lp, int j, const char *name)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_set_col_name: operation not allowed\n");
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_col_name: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      col = lp->col[j];
+      if (col->name != NULL)
+      {  if (col->node != NULL)
+         {  xassert(lp->c_tree != NULL);
+            avl_delete_node(lp->c_tree, col->node);
+            col->node = NULL;
+         }
+         dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, col->name, strlen(col->name)+1);
+         col->name = NULL;
+      }
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0'))
+      {  int k;
+         for (k = 0; name[k] != '\0'; k++)
+         {  if (k == 256)
+               xerror("glp_set_col_name: j = %d; column name too long\n"
+                  , j);
+            if (iscntrl((unsigned char)name[k]))
+               xerror("glp_set_col_name: j = %d: column name contains i"
+                  "nvalid character(s)\n", j);
+         }
+         col->name = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(col->name, name);
+         if (lp->c_tree != NULL && col->name != NULL)
+         {  xassert(col->node == NULL);
+            col->node = avl_insert_node(lp->c_tree, col->name);
+            avl_set_node_link(col->node, col);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_row_bnds - set (change) row bounds
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_row_bnds(glp_prob *lp, int i, int type, double lb,
+*     double ub);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_row_bnds sets (changes) the type and bounds of
+*  i-th row (auxiliary variable) of the specified problem object.
+*
+*  Parameters type, lb, and ub specify the type, lower bound, and upper
+*  bound, respectively, as follows:
+*
+*     Type           Bounds        Comments
+*     ------------------------------------------------------
+*     GLP_FR   -inf <  x <  +inf   Free variable
+*     GLP_LO     lb <= x <  +inf   Variable with lower bound
+*     GLP_UP   -inf <  x <=  ub    Variable with upper bound
+*     GLP_DB     lb <= x <=  ub    Double-bounded variable
+*     GLP_FX           x  =  lb    Fixed variable
+*
+*  where x is the auxiliary variable associated with i-th row.
+*
+*  If the row has no lower bound, the parameter lb is ignored. If the
+*  row has no upper bound, the parameter ub is ignored. If the row is
+*  an equality constraint (i.e. the corresponding auxiliary variable is
+*  of fixed type), only the parameter lb is used while the parameter ub
+*  is ignored. */
+
+void glp_set_row_bnds(glp_prob *lp, int i, int type, double lb,
+      double ub)
+{     GLPROW *row;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_set_row_bnds: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      row = lp->row[i];
+      row->type = type;
+      switch (type)
+      {  case GLP_FR:
+            row->lb = row->ub = 0.0;
+            if (row->stat != GLP_BS) row->stat = GLP_NF;
+            break;
+         case GLP_LO:
+            row->lb = lb, row->ub = 0.0;
+            if (row->stat != GLP_BS) row->stat = GLP_NL;
+            break;
+         case GLP_UP:
+            row->lb = 0.0, row->ub = ub;
+            if (row->stat != GLP_BS) row->stat = GLP_NU;
+            break;
+         case GLP_DB:
+            row->lb = lb, row->ub = ub;
+            if (!(row->stat == GLP_BS ||
+                  row->stat == GLP_NL || row->stat == GLP_NU))
+               row->stat = (fabs(lb) <= fabs(ub) ? GLP_NL : GLP_NU);
+            break;
+         case GLP_FX:
+            row->lb = row->ub = lb;
+            if (row->stat != GLP_BS) row->stat = GLP_NS;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xerror("glp_set_row_bnds: i = %d; type = %d; invalid row ty"
+               "pe\n", i, type);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_col_bnds - set (change) column bounds
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_col_bnds(glp_prob *lp, int j, int type, double lb,
+*     double ub);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_col_bnds sets (changes) the type and bounds of
+*  j-th column (structural variable) of the specified problem object.
+*
+*  Parameters type, lb, and ub specify the type, lower bound, and upper
+*  bound, respectively, as follows:
+*
+*     Type           Bounds        Comments
+*     ------------------------------------------------------
+*     GLP_FR   -inf <  x <  +inf   Free variable
+*     GLP_LO     lb <= x <  +inf   Variable with lower bound
+*     GLP_UP   -inf <  x <=  ub    Variable with upper bound
+*     GLP_DB     lb <= x <=  ub    Double-bounded variable
+*     GLP_FX           x  =  lb    Fixed variable
+*
+*  where x is the structural variable associated with j-th column.
+*
+*  If the column has no lower bound, the parameter lb is ignored. If the
+*  column has no upper bound, the parameter ub is ignored. If the column
+*  is of fixed type, only the parameter lb is used while the parameter
+*  ub is ignored. */
+
+void glp_set_col_bnds(glp_prob *lp, int j, int type, double lb,
+      double ub)
+{     GLPCOL *col;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_col_bnds: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      col = lp->col[j];
+      col->type = type;
+      switch (type)
+      {  case GLP_FR:
+            col->lb = col->ub = 0.0;
+            if (col->stat != GLP_BS) col->stat = GLP_NF;
+            break;
+         case GLP_LO:
+            col->lb = lb, col->ub = 0.0;
+            if (col->stat != GLP_BS) col->stat = GLP_NL;
+            break;
+         case GLP_UP:
+            col->lb = 0.0, col->ub = ub;
+            if (col->stat != GLP_BS) col->stat = GLP_NU;
+            break;
+         case GLP_DB:
+            col->lb = lb, col->ub = ub;
+            if (!(col->stat == GLP_BS ||
+                  col->stat == GLP_NL || col->stat == GLP_NU))
+               col->stat = (fabs(lb) <= fabs(ub) ? GLP_NL : GLP_NU);
+            break;
+         case GLP_FX:
+            col->lb = col->ub = lb;
+            if (col->stat != GLP_BS) col->stat = GLP_NS;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xerror("glp_set_col_bnds: j = %d; type = %d; invalid column"
+               " type\n", j, type);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_obj_coef - set (change) obj. coefficient or constant term
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_obj_coef(glp_prob *lp, int j, double coef);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_obj_coef sets (changes) objective coefficient at
+*  j-th column (structural variable) of the specified problem object.
+*
+*  If the parameter j is 0, the routine sets (changes) the constant term
+*  ("shift") of the objective function. */
+
+void glp_set_obj_coef(glp_prob *lp, int j, double coef)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_set_obj_coef: operation not allowed\n");
+      if (!(0 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_obj_coef: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      if (j == 0)
+         lp->c0 = coef;
+      else
+         lp->col[j]->coef = coef;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_mat_row - set (replace) row of the constraint matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_mat_row(glp_prob *lp, int i, int len, const int ind[],
+*     const double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_mat_row stores (replaces) the contents of i-th
+*  row of the constraint matrix of the specified problem object.
+*
+*  Column indices and numeric values of new row elements must be placed
+*  in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], where
+*  0 <= len <= n is the new length of i-th row, n is the current number
+*  of columns in the problem object. Elements with identical column
+*  indices are not allowed. Zero elements are allowed, but they are not
+*  stored in the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter len is zero, the parameters ind and/or val can be
+*  specified as NULL. */
+
+void glp_set_mat_row(glp_prob *lp, int i, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[])
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij, *next;
+      int j, k;
+      /* obtain pointer to i-th row */
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_set_mat_row: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      row = lp->row[i];
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+      {  xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+         xassert(row->level == tree->curr->level);
+      }
+      /* remove all existing elements from i-th row */
+      while (row->ptr != NULL)
+      {  /* take next element in the row */
+         aij = row->ptr;
+         /* remove the element from the row list */
+         row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+         /* obtain pointer to corresponding column */
+         col = aij->col;
+         /* remove the element from the column list */
+         if (aij->c_prev == NULL)
+            col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+         else
+            aij->c_prev->c_next = aij->c_next;
+         if (aij->c_next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            aij->c_next->c_prev = aij->c_prev;
+         /* return the element to the memory pool */
+         dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, aij, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz--;
+         /* if the corresponding column is basic, invalidate the basis
+            factorization */
+         if (col->stat == GLP_BS) lp->valid = 0;
+      }
+      /* store new contents of i-th row */
+      if (!(0 <= len && len <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_mat_row: i = %d; len = %d; invalid row length "
+            "\n", i, len);
+      if (len > NNZ_MAX - lp->nnz)
+         xerror("glp_set_mat_row: i = %d; len = %d; too many constraint"
+            " coefficients\n", i, len);
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  /* take number j of corresponding column */
+         j = ind[k];
+         /* obtain pointer to j-th column */
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+            xerror("glp_set_mat_row: i = %d; ind[%d] = %d; column index"
+               " out of range\n", i, k, j);
+         col = lp->col[j];
+         /* if there is element with the same column index, it can only
+            be found in the beginning of j-th column list */
+         if (col->ptr != NULL && col->ptr->row->i == i)
+            xerror("glp_set_mat_row: i = %d; ind[%d] = %d; duplicate co"
+               "lumn indices not allowed\n", i, k, j);
+         /* create new element */
+         aij = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz++;
+         aij->row = row;
+         aij->col = col;
+         aij->val = val[k];
+         /* add the new element to the beginning of i-th row and j-th
+            column lists */
+         aij->r_prev = NULL;
+         aij->r_next = row->ptr;
+         aij->c_prev = NULL;
+         aij->c_next = col->ptr;
+         if (aij->r_next != NULL) aij->r_next->r_prev = aij;
+         if (aij->c_next != NULL) aij->c_next->c_prev = aij;
+         row->ptr = col->ptr = aij;
+         /* if the corresponding column is basic, invalidate the basis
+            factorization */
+         if (col->stat == GLP_BS && aij->val != 0.0) lp->valid = 0;
+      }
+      /* remove zero elements from i-th row */
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = next)
+      {  next = aij->r_next;
+         if (aij->val == 0.0)
+         {  /* remove the element from the row list */
+            if (aij->r_prev == NULL)
+               row->ptr = next;
+            else
+               aij->r_prev->r_next = next;
+            if (next == NULL)
+               ;
+            else
+               next->r_prev = aij->r_prev;
+            /* remove the element from the column list */
+            xassert(aij->c_prev == NULL);
+            aij->col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+            if (aij->c_next != NULL) aij->c_next->c_prev = NULL;
+            /* return the element to the memory pool */
+            dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, aij, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz--;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_mat_col - set (replace) column of the constraint matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_mat_col(glp_prob *lp, int j, int len, const int ind[],
+*     const double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_mat_col stores (replaces) the contents of j-th
+*  column of the constraint matrix of the specified problem object.
+*
+*  Row indices and numeric values of new column elements must be placed
+*  in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], where
+*  0 <= len <= m is the new length of j-th column, m is the current
+*  number of rows in the problem object. Elements with identical column
+*  indices are not allowed. Zero elements are allowed, but they are not
+*  stored in the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter len is zero, the parameters ind and/or val can be
+*  specified as NULL. */
+
+void glp_set_mat_col(glp_prob *lp, int j, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[])
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij, *next;
+      int i, k;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_set_mat_col: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* obtain pointer to j-th column */
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_mat_col: j = %d; column number out of range\n",
+            j);
+      col = lp->col[j];
+      /* remove all existing elements from j-th column */
+      while (col->ptr != NULL)
+      {  /* take next element in the column */
+         aij = col->ptr;
+         /* remove the element from the column list */
+         col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+         /* obtain pointer to corresponding row */
+         row = aij->row;
+         /* remove the element from the row list */
+         if (aij->r_prev == NULL)
+            row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+         else
+            aij->r_prev->r_next = aij->r_next;
+         if (aij->r_next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            aij->r_next->r_prev = aij->r_prev;
+         /* return the element to the memory pool */
+         dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, aij, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz--;
+      }
+      /* store new contents of j-th column */
+      if (!(0 <= len && len <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_set_mat_col: j = %d; len = %d; invalid column leng"
+            "th\n", j, len);
+      if (len > NNZ_MAX - lp->nnz)
+         xerror("glp_set_mat_col: j = %d; len = %d; too many constraint"
+            " coefficients\n", j, len);
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  /* take number i of corresponding row */
+         i = ind[k];
+         /* obtain pointer to i-th row */
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+            xerror("glp_set_mat_col: j = %d; ind[%d] = %d; row index ou"
+               "t of range\n", j, k, i);
+         row = lp->row[i];
+         /* if there is element with the same row index, it can only be
+            found in the beginning of i-th row list */
+         if (row->ptr != NULL && row->ptr->col->j == j)
+            xerror("glp_set_mat_col: j = %d; ind[%d] = %d; duplicate ro"
+               "w indices not allowed\n", j, k, i);
+         /* create new element */
+         aij = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz++;
+         aij->row = row;
+         aij->col = col;
+         aij->val = val[k];
+         /* add the new element to the beginning of i-th row and j-th
+            column lists */
+         aij->r_prev = NULL;
+         aij->r_next = row->ptr;
+         aij->c_prev = NULL;
+         aij->c_next = col->ptr;
+         if (aij->r_next != NULL) aij->r_next->r_prev = aij;
+         if (aij->c_next != NULL) aij->c_next->c_prev = aij;
+         row->ptr = col->ptr = aij;
+      }
+      /* remove zero elements from j-th column */
+      for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = next)
+      {  next = aij->c_next;
+         if (aij->val == 0.0)
+         {  /* remove the element from the row list */
+            xassert(aij->r_prev == NULL);
+            aij->row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+            if (aij->r_next != NULL) aij->r_next->r_prev = NULL;
+            /* remove the element from the column list */
+            if (aij->c_prev == NULL)
+               col->ptr = next;
+            else
+               aij->c_prev->c_next = next;
+            if (next == NULL)
+               ;
+            else
+               next->c_prev = aij->c_prev;
+            /* return the element to the memory pool */
+            dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, aij, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz--;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if j-th column is basic, invalidate the basis factorization */
+      if (col->stat == GLP_BS) lp->valid = 0;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_load_matrix - load (replace) the whole constraint matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_load_matrix(glp_prob *lp, int ne, const int ia[],
+*     const int ja[], const double ar[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_load_matrix loads the constraint matrix passed in
+*  the arrays ia, ja, and ar into the specified problem object. Before
+*  loading the current contents of the constraint matrix is destroyed.
+*
+*  Constraint coefficients (elements of the constraint matrix) must be
+*  specified as triplets (ia[k], ja[k], ar[k]) for k = 1, ..., ne,
+*  where ia[k] is the row index, ja[k] is the column index, ar[k] is a
+*  numeric value of corresponding constraint coefficient. The parameter
+*  ne specifies the total number of (non-zero) elements in the matrix
+*  to be loaded. Coefficients with identical indices are not allowed.
+*  Zero coefficients are allowed, however, they are not stored in the
+*  constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter ne is zero, the parameters ia, ja, and ar can be
+*  specified as NULL. */
+
+void glp_load_matrix(glp_prob *lp, int ne, const int ia[],
+      const int ja[], const double ar[])
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij, *next;
+      int i, j, k;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_load_matrix: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* clear the constraint matrix */
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+      {  row = lp->row[i];
+         while (row->ptr != NULL)
+         {  aij = row->ptr;
+            row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+            dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, aij, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz--;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(lp->nnz == 0);
+      for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++) lp->col[j]->ptr = NULL;
+      /* load the new contents of the constraint matrix and build its
+         row lists */
+      if (ne < 0)
+         xerror("glp_load_matrix: ne = %d; invalid number of constraint"
+            " coefficients\n", ne);
+      if (ne > NNZ_MAX)
+         xerror("glp_load_matrix: ne = %d; too many constraint coeffici"
+            "ents\n", ne);
+      for (k = 1; k <= ne; k++)
+      {  /* take indices of new element */
+         i = ia[k], j = ja[k];
+         /* obtain pointer to i-th row */
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+            xerror("glp_load_matrix: ia[%d] = %d; row index out of rang"
+               "e\n", k, i);
+         row = lp->row[i];
+         /* obtain pointer to j-th column */
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+            xerror("glp_load_matrix: ja[%d] = %d; column index out of r"
+               "ange\n", k, j);
+         col = lp->col[j];
+         /* create new element */
+         aij = dmp_get_atom(lp->pool, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz++;
+         aij->row = row;
+         aij->col = col;
+         aij->val = ar[k];
+         /* add the new element to the beginning of i-th row list */
+         aij->r_prev = NULL;
+         aij->r_next = row->ptr;
+         if (aij->r_next != NULL) aij->r_next->r_prev = aij;
+         row->ptr = aij;
+      }
+      xassert(lp->nnz == ne);
+      /* build column lists of the constraint matrix and check elements
+         with identical indices */
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+      {  for (aij = lp->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  /* obtain pointer to corresponding column */
+            col = aij->col;
+            /* if there is element with identical indices, it can only
+               be found in the beginning of j-th column list */
+            if (col->ptr != NULL && col->ptr->row->i == i)
+            {  for (k = 1; k <= ne; k++)
+                  if (ia[k] == i && ja[k] == col->j) break;
+               xerror("glp_load_mat: ia[%d] = %d; ja[%d] = %d; duplicat"
+                  "e indices not allowed\n", k, i, k, col->j);
+            }
+            /* add the element to the beginning of j-th column list */
+            aij->c_prev = NULL;
+            aij->c_next = col->ptr;
+            if (aij->c_next != NULL) aij->c_next->c_prev = aij;
+            col->ptr = aij;
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove zero elements from the constraint matrix */
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+      {  row = lp->row[i];
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = next)
+         {  next = aij->r_next;
+            if (aij->val == 0.0)
+            {  /* remove the element from the row list */
+               if (aij->r_prev == NULL)
+                  row->ptr = next;
+               else
+                  aij->r_prev->r_next = next;
+               if (next == NULL)
+                  ;
+               else
+                  next->r_prev = aij->r_prev;
+               /* remove the element from the column list */
+               if (aij->c_prev == NULL)
+                  aij->col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+               else
+                  aij->c_prev->c_next = aij->c_next;
+               if (aij->c_next == NULL)
+                  ;
+               else
+                  aij->c_next->c_prev = aij->c_prev;
+               /* return the element to the memory pool */
+               dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, aij, sizeof(GLPAIJ)), lp->nnz--;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+      lp->valid = 0;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_check_dup - check for duplicate elements in sparse matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_check_dup(int m, int n, int ne, const int ia[],
+*     const int ja[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_check_dup checks for duplicate elements (that is,
+*  elements with identical indices) in a sparse matrix specified in the
+*  coordinate format.
+*
+*  The parameters m and n specifies, respectively, the number of rows
+*  and columns in the matrix, m >= 0, n >= 0.
+*
+*  The parameter ne specifies the number of (structurally) non-zero
+*  elements in the matrix, ne >= 0.
+*
+*  Elements of the matrix are specified as doublets (ia[k],ja[k]) for
+*  k = 1,...,ne, where ia[k] is a row index, ja[k] is a column index.
+*
+*  The routine glp_check_dup can be used prior to a call to the routine
+*  glp_load_matrix to check that the constraint matrix to be loaded has
+*  no duplicate elements.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_check_dup returns one of the following values:
+*
+*   0 - the matrix has no duplicate elements;
+*
+*  -k - indices ia[k] or/and ja[k] are out of range;
+*
+*  +k - element (ia[k],ja[k]) is duplicate. */
+
+int glp_check_dup(int m, int n, int ne, const int ia[], const int ja[])
+{     int i, j, k, *ptr, *next, ret;
+      char *flag;
+      if (m < 0)
+         xerror("glp_check_dup: m = %d; invalid parameter\n");
+      if (n < 0)
+         xerror("glp_check_dup: n = %d; invalid parameter\n");
+      if (ne < 0)
+         xerror("glp_check_dup: ne = %d; invalid parameter\n");
+      if (ne > 0 && ia == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_check_dup: ia = %p; invalid parameter\n", ia);
+      if (ne > 0 && ja == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_check_dup: ja = %p; invalid parameter\n", ja);
+      for (k = 1; k <= ne; k++)
+      {  i = ia[k], j = ja[k];
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= m && 1 <= j && j <= n))
+         {  ret = -k;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      if (m == 0 || n == 0)
+      {  ret = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ptr = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      next = xcalloc(1+ne, sizeof(int));
+      flag = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      /* build row lists */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         ptr[i] = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= ne; k++)
+      {  i = ia[k];
+         next[k] = ptr[i];
+         ptr[i] = k;
+      }
+      /* clear column flags */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         flag[j] = 0;
+      /* check for duplicate elements */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  for (k = ptr[i]; k != 0; k = next[k])
+         {  j = ja[k];
+            if (flag[j])
+            {  /* find first element (i,j) */
+               for (k = 1; k <= ne; k++)
+                  if (ia[k] == i && ja[k] == j) break;
+               xassert(k <= ne);
+               /* find next (duplicate) element (i,j) */
+               for (k++; k <= ne; k++)
+                  if (ia[k] == i && ja[k] == j) break;
+               xassert(k <= ne);
+               ret = +k;
+               goto skip;
+            }
+            flag[j] = 1;
+         }
+         /* clear column flags */
+         for (k = ptr[i]; k != 0; k = next[k])
+            flag[ja[k]] = 0;
+      }
+      /* no duplicate element found */
+      ret = 0;
+skip: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ptr);
+      xfree(next);
+      xfree(flag);
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_sort_matrix - sort elements of the constraint matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_sort_matrix(glp_prob *P);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_sort_matrix sorts elements of the constraint matrix
+*  rebuilding its row and column linked lists. On exit from the routine
+*  the constraint matrix is not changed, however, elements in the row
+*  linked lists become ordered by ascending column indices, and the
+*  elements in the column linked lists become ordered by ascending row
+*  indices. */
+
+void glp_sort_matrix(glp_prob *P)
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_sort_matrix: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      /* rebuild row linked lists */
+      for (i = P->m; i >= 1; i--)
+         P->row[i]->ptr = NULL;
+      for (j = P->n; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  for (aij = P->col[j]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         {  i = aij->row->i;
+            aij->r_prev = NULL;
+            aij->r_next = P->row[i]->ptr;
+            if (aij->r_next != NULL) aij->r_next->r_prev = aij;
+            P->row[i]->ptr = aij;
+         }
+      }
+      /* rebuild column linked lists */
+      for (j = P->n; j >= 1; j--)
+         P->col[j]->ptr = NULL;
+      for (i = P->m; i >= 1; i--)
+      {  for (aij = P->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  j = aij->col->j;
+            aij->c_prev = NULL;
+            aij->c_next = P->col[j]->ptr;
+            if (aij->c_next != NULL) aij->c_next->c_prev = aij;
+            P->col[j]->ptr = aij;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_del_rows - delete rows from problem object
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_del_rows(glp_prob *lp, int nrs, const int num[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_del_rows deletes rows from the specified problem
+*  object. Ordinal numbers of rows to be deleted should be placed in
+*  locations num[1], ..., num[nrs], where nrs > 0.
+*
+*  Note that deleting rows involves changing ordinal numbers of other
+*  rows remaining in the problem object. New ordinal numbers of the
+*  remaining rows are assigned under the assumption that the original
+*  order of rows is not changed. */
+
+void glp_del_rows(glp_prob *lp, int nrs, const int num[])
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      int i, k, m_new;
+      /* mark rows to be deleted */
+      if (!(1 <= nrs && nrs <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_del_rows: nrs = %d; invalid number of rows\n",
+            nrs);
+      for (k = 1; k <= nrs; k++)
+      {  /* take the number of row to be deleted */
+         i = num[k];
+         /* obtain pointer to i-th row */
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+            xerror("glp_del_rows: num[%d] = %d; row number out of range"
+               "\n", k, i);
+         row = lp->row[i];
+         if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         {  if (!(tree->reason == GLP_IROWGEN ||
+                  tree->reason == GLP_ICUTGEN))
+               xerror("glp_del_rows: operation not allowed\n");
+            xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+            if (row->level != tree->curr->level)
+               xerror("glp_del_rows: num[%d] = %d; invalid attempt to d"
+                  "elete row created not in current subproblem\n", k,i);
+            if (row->stat != GLP_BS)
+               xerror("glp_del_rows: num[%d] = %d; invalid attempt to d"
+                  "elete active row (constraint)\n", k, i);
+            tree->reinv = 1;
+         }
+         /* check that the row is not marked yet */
+         if (row->i == 0)
+            xerror("glp_del_rows: num[%d] = %d; duplicate row numbers n"
+               "ot allowed\n", k, i);
+         /* erase symbolic name assigned to the row */
+         glp_set_row_name(lp, i, NULL);
+         xassert(row->node == NULL);
+         /* erase corresponding row of the constraint matrix */
+         glp_set_mat_row(lp, i, 0, NULL, NULL);
+         xassert(row->ptr == NULL);
+         /* mark the row to be deleted */
+         row->i = 0;
+      }
+      /* delete all marked rows from the row list */
+      m_new = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+      {  /* obtain pointer to i-th row */
+         row = lp->row[i];
+         /* check if the row is marked */
+         if (row->i == 0)
+         {  /* it is marked, delete it */
+            dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, row, sizeof(GLPROW));
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* it is not marked; keep it */
+            row->i = ++m_new;
+            lp->row[row->i] = row;
+         }
+      }
+      /* set new number of rows */
+      lp->m = m_new;
+      /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+      lp->valid = 0;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_del_cols - delete columns from problem object
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_del_cols(glp_prob *lp, int ncs, const int num[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_del_cols deletes columns from the specified problem
+*  object. Ordinal numbers of columns to be deleted should be placed in
+*  locations num[1], ..., num[ncs], where ncs > 0.
+*
+*  Note that deleting columns involves changing ordinal numbers of
+*  other columns remaining in the problem object. New ordinal numbers
+*  of the remaining columns are assigned under the assumption that the
+*  original order of columns is not changed. */
+
+void glp_del_cols(glp_prob *lp, int ncs, const int num[])
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int j, k, n_new;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_del_cols: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* mark columns to be deleted */
+      if (!(1 <= ncs && ncs <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_del_cols: ncs = %d; invalid number of columns\n",
+            ncs);
+      for (k = 1; k <= ncs; k++)
+      {  /* take the number of column to be deleted */
+         j = num[k];
+         /* obtain pointer to j-th column */
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+            xerror("glp_del_cols: num[%d] = %d; column number out of ra"
+               "nge", k, j);
+         col = lp->col[j];
+         /* check that the column is not marked yet */
+         if (col->j == 0)
+            xerror("glp_del_cols: num[%d] = %d; duplicate column number"
+               "s not allowed\n", k, j);
+         /* erase symbolic name assigned to the column */
+         glp_set_col_name(lp, j, NULL);
+         xassert(col->node == NULL);
+         /* erase corresponding column of the constraint matrix */
+         glp_set_mat_col(lp, j, 0, NULL, NULL);
+         xassert(col->ptr == NULL);
+         /* mark the column to be deleted */
+         col->j = 0;
+         /* if it is basic, invalidate the basis factorization */
+         if (col->stat == GLP_BS) lp->valid = 0;
+      }
+      /* delete all marked columns from the column list */
+      n_new = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++)
+      {  /* obtain pointer to j-th column */
+         col = lp->col[j];
+         /* check if the column is marked */
+         if (col->j == 0)
+         {  /* it is marked; delete it */
+            dmp_free_atom(lp->pool, col, sizeof(GLPCOL));
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* it is not marked; keep it */
+            col->j = ++n_new;
+            lp->col[col->j] = col;
+         }
+      }
+      /* set new number of columns */
+      lp->n = n_new;
+      /* if the basis header is still valid, adjust it */
+      if (lp->valid)
+      {  int m = lp->m;
+         int *head = lp->head;
+         for (j = 1; j <= n_new; j++)
+         {  k = lp->col[j]->bind;
+            if (k != 0)
+            {  xassert(1 <= k && k <= m);
+               head[k] = m + j;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_copy_prob - copy problem object content
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_copy_prob(glp_prob *dest, glp_prob *prob, int names);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_copy_prob copies the content of the problem object
+*  prob to the problem object dest.
+*
+*  The parameter names is a flag. If it is non-zero, the routine also
+*  copies all symbolic names; otherwise, if it is zero, symbolic names
+*  are not copied. */
+
+void glp_copy_prob(glp_prob *dest, glp_prob *prob, int names)
+{     glp_tree *tree = dest->tree;
+      glp_bfcp bfcp;
+      int i, j, len, *ind;
+      double *val;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_copy_prob: operation not allowed\n");
+      if (dest == prob)
+         xerror("glp_copy_prob: copying problem object to itself not al"
+            "lowed\n");
+      if (!(names == GLP_ON || names == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_copy_prob: names = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            names);
+      glp_erase_prob(dest);
+      if (names && prob->name != NULL)
+         glp_set_prob_name(dest, prob->name);
+      if (names && prob->obj != NULL)
+         glp_set_obj_name(dest, prob->obj);
+      dest->dir = prob->dir;
+      dest->c0 = prob->c0;
+      if (prob->m > 0)
+         glp_add_rows(dest, prob->m);
+      if (prob->n > 0)
+         glp_add_cols(dest, prob->n);
+      glp_get_bfcp(prob, &bfcp);
+      glp_set_bfcp(dest, &bfcp);
+      dest->pbs_stat = prob->pbs_stat;
+      dest->dbs_stat = prob->dbs_stat;
+      dest->obj_val = prob->obj_val;
+      dest->some = prob->some;
+      dest->ipt_stat = prob->ipt_stat;
+      dest->ipt_obj = prob->ipt_obj;
+      dest->mip_stat = prob->mip_stat;
+      dest->mip_obj = prob->mip_obj;
+      for (i = 1; i <= prob->m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *to = dest->row[i];
+         GLPROW *from = prob->row[i];
+         if (names && from->name != NULL)
+            glp_set_row_name(dest, i, from->name);
+         to->type = from->type;
+         to->lb = from->lb;
+         to->ub = from->ub;
+         to->rii = from->rii;
+         to->stat = from->stat;
+         to->prim = from->prim;
+         to->dual = from->dual;
+         to->pval = from->pval;
+         to->dval = from->dval;
+         to->mipx = from->mipx;
+      }
+      ind = xcalloc(1+prob->m, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+prob->m, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= prob->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *to = dest->col[j];
+         GLPCOL *from = prob->col[j];
+         if (names && from->name != NULL)
+            glp_set_col_name(dest, j, from->name);
+         to->kind = from->kind;
+         to->type = from->type;
+         to->lb = from->lb;
+         to->ub = from->ub;
+         to->coef = from->coef;
+         len = glp_get_mat_col(prob, j, ind, val);
+         glp_set_mat_col(dest, j, len, ind, val);
+         to->sjj = from->sjj;
+         to->stat = from->stat;
+         to->prim = from->prim;
+         to->dual = from->dual;
+         to->pval = from->pval;
+         to->dval = from->dval;
+         to->mipx = from->mipx;
+      }
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_erase_prob - erase problem object content
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_erase_prob(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_erase_prob erases the content of the specified
+*  problem object. The effect of this operation is the same as if the
+*  problem object would be deleted with the routine glp_delete_prob and
+*  then created anew with the routine glp_create_prob, with exception
+*  that the handle (pointer) to the problem object remains valid. */
+
+static void delete_prob(glp_prob *lp);
+
+void glp_erase_prob(glp_prob *lp)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_erase_prob: operation not allowed\n");
+      delete_prob(lp);
+      create_prob(lp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_delete_prob - delete problem object
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_delete_prob(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_delete_prob deletes the specified problem object and
+*  frees all the memory allocated to it. */
+
+static void delete_prob(glp_prob *lp)
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+{     lp->magic = 0x3F3F3F3F;
+#else
+{
+#endif
+      dmp_delete_pool(lp->pool);
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+#if 0 /* 17/XI-2009 */
+      xfree(lp->cps);
+#else
+      if (lp->parms != NULL) xfree(lp->parms);
+#endif
+#endif
+      xassert(lp->tree == NULL);
+#if 0
+      if (lp->cwa != NULL) xfree(lp->cwa);
+#endif
+      xfree(lp->row);
+      xfree(lp->col);
+      if (lp->r_tree != NULL) avl_delete_tree(lp->r_tree);
+      if (lp->c_tree != NULL) avl_delete_tree(lp->c_tree);
+      xfree(lp->head);
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+      if (lp->bfcp != NULL) xfree(lp->bfcp);
+#endif
+      if (lp->bfd != NULL) bfd_delete_it(lp->bfd);
+      return;
+}
+
+void glp_delete_prob(glp_prob *lp)
+{     glp_tree *tree = lp->tree;
+      if (tree != NULL && tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_delete_prob: operation not allowed\n");
+      delete_prob(lp);
+      xfree(lp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob2.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob2.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d352db12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
+/* prob2.c (problem retrieving routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_prob_name - retrieve problem name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  const char *glp_get_prob_name(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_prob_name returns a pointer to an internal
+*  buffer, which contains symbolic name of the problem. However, if the
+*  problem has no assigned name, the routine returns NULL. */
+
+const char *glp_get_prob_name(glp_prob *lp)
+{     char *name;
+      name = lp->name;
+      return name;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_obj_name - retrieve objective function name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  const char *glp_get_obj_name(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_obj_name returns a pointer to an internal
+*  buffer, which contains a symbolic name of the objective function.
+*  However, if the objective function has no assigned name, the routine
+*  returns NULL. */
+
+const char *glp_get_obj_name(glp_prob *lp)
+{     char *name;
+      name = lp->obj;
+      return name;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_obj_dir - retrieve optimization direction flag
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_obj_dir(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_obj_dir returns the optimization direction flag
+*  (i.e. "sense" of the objective function):
+*
+*  GLP_MIN - minimization;
+*  GLP_MAX - maximization. */
+
+int glp_get_obj_dir(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int dir = lp->dir;
+      return dir;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_num_rows - retrieve number of rows
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_num_rows(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_num_rows returns the current number of rows in
+*  the specified problem object. */
+
+int glp_get_num_rows(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      return m;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_num_cols - retrieve number of columns
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_num_cols(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_num_cols returns the current number of columns
+*  in the specified problem object. */
+
+int glp_get_num_cols(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int n = lp->n;
+      return n;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_name - retrieve row name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  const char *glp_get_row_name(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_name returns a pointer to an internal
+*  buffer, which contains symbolic name of i-th row. However, if i-th
+*  row has no assigned name, the routine returns NULL. */
+
+const char *glp_get_row_name(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     char *name;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_name: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      name = lp->row[i]->name;
+      return name;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_name - retrieve column name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  const char *glp_get_col_name(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_name returns a pointer to an internal
+*  buffer, which contains symbolic name of j-th column. However, if j-th
+*  column has no assigned name, the routine returns NULL. */
+
+const char *glp_get_col_name(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     char *name;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_name: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      name = lp->col[j]->name;
+      return name;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_type - retrieve row type
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_row_type(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_type returns the type of i-th row, i.e. the
+*  type of corresponding auxiliary variable, as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_FR - free (unbounded) variable;
+*  GLP_LO - variable with lower bound;
+*  GLP_UP - variable with upper bound;
+*  GLP_DB - double-bounded variable;
+*  GLP_FX - fixed variable. */
+
+int glp_get_row_type(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_type: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      return lp->row[i]->type;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_lb - retrieve row lower bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_row_lb(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_lb returns the lower bound of i-th row, i.e.
+*  the lower bound of corresponding auxiliary variable. However, if the
+*  row has no lower bound, the routine returns -DBL_MAX. */
+
+double glp_get_row_lb(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     double lb;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_lb: i = %d; row number out of range\n", i);
+      switch (lp->row[i]->type)
+      {  case GLP_FR:
+         case GLP_UP:
+            lb = -DBL_MAX; break;
+         case GLP_LO:
+         case GLP_DB:
+         case GLP_FX:
+            lb = lp->row[i]->lb; break;
+         default:
+            xassert(lp != lp);
+      }
+      return lb;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_ub - retrieve row upper bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_row_ub(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_ub returns the upper bound of i-th row, i.e.
+*  the upper bound of corresponding auxiliary variable. However, if the
+*  row has no upper bound, the routine returns +DBL_MAX. */
+
+double glp_get_row_ub(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     double ub;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_ub: i = %d; row number out of range\n", i);
+      switch (lp->row[i]->type)
+      {  case GLP_FR:
+         case GLP_LO:
+            ub = +DBL_MAX; break;
+         case GLP_UP:
+         case GLP_DB:
+         case GLP_FX:
+            ub = lp->row[i]->ub; break;
+         default:
+            xassert(lp != lp);
+      }
+      return ub;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_type - retrieve column type
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_col_type(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_type returns the type of j-th column, i.e.
+*  the type of corresponding structural variable, as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_FR - free (unbounded) variable;
+*  GLP_LO - variable with lower bound;
+*  GLP_UP - variable with upper bound;
+*  GLP_DB - double-bounded variable;
+*  GLP_FX - fixed variable. */
+
+int glp_get_col_type(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_type: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      return lp->col[j]->type;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_lb - retrieve column lower bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_col_lb(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_lb returns the lower bound of j-th column,
+*  i.e. the lower bound of corresponding structural variable. However,
+*  if the column has no lower bound, the routine returns -DBL_MAX. */
+
+double glp_get_col_lb(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     double lb;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_lb: j = %d; column number out of range\n",
+            j);
+      switch (lp->col[j]->type)
+      {  case GLP_FR:
+         case GLP_UP:
+            lb = -DBL_MAX; break;
+         case GLP_LO:
+         case GLP_DB:
+         case GLP_FX:
+            lb = lp->col[j]->lb; break;
+         default:
+            xassert(lp != lp);
+      }
+      return lb;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_ub - retrieve column upper bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_col_ub(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_ub returns the upper bound of j-th column,
+*  i.e. the upper bound of corresponding structural variable. However,
+*  if the column has no upper bound, the routine returns +DBL_MAX. */
+
+double glp_get_col_ub(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     double ub;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_ub: j = %d; column number out of range\n",
+            j);
+      switch (lp->col[j]->type)
+      {  case GLP_FR:
+         case GLP_LO:
+            ub = +DBL_MAX; break;
+         case GLP_UP:
+         case GLP_DB:
+         case GLP_FX:
+            ub = lp->col[j]->ub; break;
+         default:
+            xassert(lp != lp);
+      }
+      return ub;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_obj_coef - retrieve obj. coefficient or constant term
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_obj_coef(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_obj_coef returns the objective coefficient at
+*  j-th structural variable (column) of the specified problem object.
+*
+*  If the parameter j is zero, the routine returns the constant term
+*  ("shift") of the objective function. */
+
+double glp_get_obj_coef(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     if (!(0 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_obj_coef: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      return j == 0 ? lp->c0 : lp->col[j]->coef;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_num_nz - retrieve number of constraint coefficients
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_num_nz(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_num_nz returns the number of (non-zero) elements
+*  in the constraint matrix of the specified problem object. */
+
+int glp_get_num_nz(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      return nnz;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_mat_row - retrieve row of the constraint matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_mat_row(glp_prob *lp, int i, int ind[], double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_mat_row scans (non-zero) elements of i-th row
+*  of the constraint matrix of the specified problem object and stores
+*  their column indices and numeric values to locations ind[1], ...,
+*  ind[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], respectively, where 0 <= len <= n
+*  is the number of elements in i-th row, n is the number of columns.
+*
+*  The parameter ind and/or val can be specified as NULL, in which case
+*  corresponding information is not stored.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_mat_row returns the length len, i.e. the number
+*  of (non-zero) elements in i-th row. */
+
+int glp_get_mat_row(glp_prob *lp, int i, int ind[], double val[])
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int len;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_mat_row: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      len = 0;
+      for (aij = lp->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  len++;
+         if (ind != NULL) ind[len] = aij->col->j;
+         if (val != NULL) val[len] = aij->val;
+      }
+      xassert(len <= lp->n);
+      return len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_mat_col - retrieve column of the constraint matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_mat_col(glp_prob *lp, int j, int ind[], double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_mat_col scans (non-zero) elements of j-th column
+*  of the constraint matrix of the specified problem object and stores
+*  their row indices and numeric values to locations ind[1], ...,
+*  ind[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], respectively, where 0 <= len <= m
+*  is the number of elements in j-th column, m is the number of rows.
+*
+*  The parameter ind or/and val can be specified as NULL, in which case
+*  corresponding information is not stored.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_mat_col returns the length len, i.e. the number
+*  of (non-zero) elements in j-th column. */
+
+int glp_get_mat_col(glp_prob *lp, int j, int ind[], double val[])
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int len;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_mat_col: j = %d; column number out of range\n",
+            j);
+      len = 0;
+      for (aij = lp->col[j]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  len++;
+         if (ind != NULL) ind[len] = aij->row->i;
+         if (val != NULL) val[len] = aij->val;
+      }
+      xassert(len <= lp->m);
+      return len;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob3.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob3.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7edbd33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* prob3.c (problem row/column searching routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_create_index - create the name index
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_create_index(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_create_index creates the name index for the
+*  specified problem object. The name index is an auxiliary data
+*  structure, which is intended to quickly (i.e. for logarithmic time)
+*  find rows and columns by their names.
+*
+*  This routine can be called at any time. If the name index already
+*  exists, the routine does nothing. */
+
+void glp_create_index(glp_prob *lp)
+{     GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j;
+      /* create row name index */
+      if (lp->r_tree == NULL)
+      {  lp->r_tree = avl_create_tree(avl_strcmp, NULL);
+         for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+         {  row = lp->row[i];
+            xassert(row->node == NULL);
+            if (row->name != NULL)
+            {  row->node = avl_insert_node(lp->r_tree, row->name);
+               avl_set_node_link(row->node, row);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* create column name index */
+      if (lp->c_tree == NULL)
+      {  lp->c_tree = avl_create_tree(avl_strcmp, NULL);
+         for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++)
+         {  col = lp->col[j];
+            xassert(col->node == NULL);
+            if (col->name != NULL)
+            {  col->node = avl_insert_node(lp->c_tree, col->name);
+               avl_set_node_link(col->node, col);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_find_row - find row by its name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_find_row(glp_prob *lp, const char *name);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_find_row returns the ordinal number of a row,
+*  which is assigned (by the routine glp_set_row_name) the specified
+*  symbolic name. If no such row exists, the routine returns 0. */
+
+int glp_find_row(glp_prob *lp, const char *name)
+{     AVLNODE *node;
+      int i = 0;
+      if (lp->r_tree == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_find_row: row name index does not exist\n");
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0' || strlen(name) > 255))
+      {  node = avl_find_node(lp->r_tree, name);
+         if (node != NULL)
+            i = ((GLPROW *)avl_get_node_link(node))->i;
+      }
+      return i;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_find_col - find column by its name
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_find_col(glp_prob *lp, const char *name);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_find_col returns the ordinal number of a column,
+*  which is assigned (by the routine glp_set_col_name) the specified
+*  symbolic name. If no such column exists, the routine returns 0. */
+
+int glp_find_col(glp_prob *lp, const char *name)
+{     AVLNODE *node;
+      int j = 0;
+      if (lp->c_tree == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_find_col: column name index does not exist\n");
+      if (!(name == NULL || name[0] == '\0' || strlen(name) > 255))
+      {  node = avl_find_node(lp->c_tree, name);
+         if (node != NULL)
+            j = ((GLPCOL *)avl_get_node_link(node))->j;
+      }
+      return j;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_delete_index - delete the name index
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_delete_index(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_delete_index deletes the name index previously
+*  created by the routine glp_create_index and frees the memory
+*  allocated to this auxiliary data structure.
+*
+*  This routine can be called at any time. If the name index does not
+*  exist, the routine does nothing. */
+
+void glp_delete_index(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int i, j;
+      /* delete row name index */
+      if (lp->r_tree != NULL)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++) lp->row[i]->node = NULL;
+         avl_delete_tree(lp->r_tree), lp->r_tree = NULL;
+      }
+      /* delete column name index */
+      if (lp->c_tree != NULL)
+      {  for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++) lp->col[j]->node = NULL;
+         avl_delete_tree(lp->c_tree), lp->c_tree = NULL;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob4.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob4.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c2b5ae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* prob4.c (problem scaling routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_rii - set (change) row scale factor
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_rii(glp_prob *lp, int i, double rii);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_rii sets (changes) the scale factor r[i,i] for
+*  i-th row of the specified problem object. */
+
+void glp_set_rii(glp_prob *lp, int i, double rii)
+{     if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_set_rii: i = %d; row number out of range\n", i);
+      if (rii <= 0.0)
+         xerror("glp_set_rii: i = %d; rii = %g; invalid scale factor\n",
+            i, rii);
+      if (lp->valid && lp->row[i]->rii != rii)
+      {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+         for (aij = lp->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  if (aij->col->stat == GLP_BS)
+            {  /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+               lp->valid = 0;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      lp->row[i]->rii = rii;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set sjj - set (change) column scale factor
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_sjj(glp_prob *lp, int j, double sjj);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_sjj sets (changes) the scale factor s[j,j] for
+*  j-th column of the specified problem object. */
+
+void glp_set_sjj(glp_prob *lp, int j, double sjj)
+{     if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_sjj: j = %d; column number out of range\n", j);
+      if (sjj <= 0.0)
+         xerror("glp_set_sjj: j = %d; sjj = %g; invalid scale factor\n",
+            j, sjj);
+      if (lp->valid && lp->col[j]->sjj != sjj && lp->col[j]->stat ==
+         GLP_BS)
+      {  /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+         lp->valid = 0;
+      }
+      lp->col[j]->sjj = sjj;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_rii - retrieve row scale factor
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_rii(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_rii returns current scale factor r[i,i] for i-th
+*  row of the specified problem object. */
+
+double glp_get_rii(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_rii: i = %d; row number out of range\n", i);
+      return lp->row[i]->rii;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_sjj - retrieve column scale factor
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_sjj(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_sjj returns current scale factor s[j,j] for j-th
+*  column of the specified problem object. */
+
+double glp_get_sjj(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_sjj: j = %d; column number out of range\n", j);
+      return lp->col[j]->sjj;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_unscale_prob - unscale problem data
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_unscale_prob(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_unscale_prob performs unscaling of problem data for
+*  the specified problem object.
+*
+*  "Unscaling" means replacing the current scaling matrices R and S by
+*  unity matrices that cancels the scaling effect. */
+
+void glp_unscale_prob(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int m = glp_get_num_rows(lp);
+      int n = glp_get_num_cols(lp);
+      int i, j;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) glp_set_rii(lp, i, 1.0);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) glp_set_sjj(lp, j, 1.0);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob5.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob5.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c1d3160
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prob5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* prob5.c (LP problem basis constructing routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_row_stat - set (change) row status
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_row_stat(glp_prob *lp, int i, int stat);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_row_stat sets (changes) status of the auxiliary
+*  variable associated with i-th row.
+*
+*  The new status of the auxiliary variable should be specified by the
+*  parameter stat as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_BS - basic variable;
+*  GLP_NL - non-basic variable;
+*  GLP_NU - non-basic variable on its upper bound; if the variable is
+*           not double-bounded, this means the same as GLP_NL (only in
+*           case of this routine);
+*  GLP_NF - the same as GLP_NL (only in case of this routine);
+*  GLP_NS - the same as GLP_NL (only in case of this routine). */
+
+void glp_set_row_stat(glp_prob *lp, int i, int stat)
+{     GLPROW *row;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_set_row_stat: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      if (!(stat == GLP_BS || stat == GLP_NL || stat == GLP_NU ||
+            stat == GLP_NF || stat == GLP_NS))
+         xerror("glp_set_row_stat: i = %d; stat = %d; invalid status\n",
+            i, stat);
+      row = lp->row[i];
+      if (stat != GLP_BS)
+      {  switch (row->type)
+         {  case GLP_FR: stat = GLP_NF; break;
+            case GLP_LO: stat = GLP_NL; break;
+            case GLP_UP: stat = GLP_NU; break;
+            case GLP_DB: if (stat != GLP_NU) stat = GLP_NL; break;
+            case GLP_FX: stat = GLP_NS; break;
+            default: xassert(row != row);
+         }
+      }
+      if (row->stat == GLP_BS && stat != GLP_BS ||
+          row->stat != GLP_BS && stat == GLP_BS)
+      {  /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+         lp->valid = 0;
+      }
+      row->stat = stat;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_col_stat - set (change) column status
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_col_stat(glp_prob *lp, int j, int stat);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_col_stat sets (changes) status of the structural
+*  variable associated with j-th column.
+*
+*  The new status of the structural variable should be specified by the
+*  parameter stat as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_BS - basic variable;
+*  GLP_NL - non-basic variable;
+*  GLP_NU - non-basic variable on its upper bound; if the variable is
+*           not double-bounded, this means the same as GLP_NL (only in
+*           case of this routine);
+*  GLP_NF - the same as GLP_NL (only in case of this routine);
+*  GLP_NS - the same as GLP_NL (only in case of this routine). */
+
+void glp_set_col_stat(glp_prob *lp, int j, int stat)
+{     GLPCOL *col;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_col_stat: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      if (!(stat == GLP_BS || stat == GLP_NL || stat == GLP_NU ||
+            stat == GLP_NF || stat == GLP_NS))
+         xerror("glp_set_col_stat: j = %d; stat = %d; invalid status\n",
+            j, stat);
+      col = lp->col[j];
+      if (stat != GLP_BS)
+      {  switch (col->type)
+         {  case GLP_FR: stat = GLP_NF; break;
+            case GLP_LO: stat = GLP_NL; break;
+            case GLP_UP: stat = GLP_NU; break;
+            case GLP_DB: if (stat != GLP_NU) stat = GLP_NL; break;
+            case GLP_FX: stat = GLP_NS; break;
+            default: xassert(col != col);
+         }
+      }
+      if (col->stat == GLP_BS && stat != GLP_BS ||
+          col->stat != GLP_BS && stat == GLP_BS)
+      {  /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+         lp->valid = 0;
+      }
+      col->stat = stat;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_std_basis - construct standard initial LP basis
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_std_basis(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_std_basis builds the "standard" (trivial) initial
+*  basis for the specified problem object.
+*
+*  In the "standard" basis all auxiliary variables are basic, and all
+*  structural variables are non-basic. */
+
+void glp_std_basis(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int i, j;
+      /* make all auxiliary variables basic */
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+         glp_set_row_stat(lp, i, GLP_BS);
+      /* make all structural variables non-basic */
+      for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = lp->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_DB && fabs(col->lb) > fabs(col->ub))
+            glp_set_col_stat(lp, j, GLP_NU);
+         else
+            glp_set_col_stat(lp, j, GLP_NL);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prrngs.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prrngs.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41a141ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prrngs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/* prrngs.c (print sensitivity analysis report) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf glp_format
+
+static char *format(char buf[13+1], double x)
+{     /* format floating-point number in MPS/360-like style */
+      if (x == -DBL_MAX)
+         strcpy(buf, "         -Inf");
+      else if (x == +DBL_MAX)
+         strcpy(buf, "         +Inf");
+      else if (fabs(x) <= 999999.99998)
+      {  sprintf(buf, "%13.5f", x);
+#if 1
+         if (strcmp(buf, "      0.00000") == 0 ||
+             strcmp(buf, "     -0.00000") == 0)
+            strcpy(buf, "       .     ");
+         else if (memcmp(buf, "      0.", 8) == 0)
+            memcpy(buf, "       .", 8);
+         else if (memcmp(buf, "     -0.", 8) == 0)
+            memcpy(buf, "      -.", 8);
+#endif
+      }
+      else
+         sprintf(buf, "%13.6g", x);
+      return buf;
+}
+
+int glp_print_ranges(glp_prob *P, int len, const int list[],
+      int flags, const char *fname)
+{     /* print sensitivity analysis report */
+      glp_file *fp = NULL;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int m, n, pass, k, t, numb, type, stat, var1, var2, count, page,
+         ret;
+      double lb, ub, slack, coef, prim, dual, value1, value2, coef1,
+         coef2, obj1, obj2;
+      const char *name, *limit;
+      char buf[13+1];
+      /* sanity checks */
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_print_ranges: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      m = P->m, n = P->n;
+      if (len < 0)
+         xerror("glp_print_ranges: len = %d; invalid list length\n",
+            len);
+      if (len > 0)
+      {  if (list == NULL)
+            xerror("glp_print_ranges: list = %p: invalid parameter\n",
+               list);
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  k = list[t];
+            if (!(1 <= k && k <= m+n))
+               xerror("glp_print_ranges: list[%d] = %d; row/column numb"
+                  "er out of range\n", t, k);
+         }
+      }
+      if (flags != 0)
+         xerror("glp_print_ranges: flags = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            flags);
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_print_ranges: fname = %p; invalid parameter\n",
+            fname);
+      if (glp_get_status(P) != GLP_OPT)
+      {  xprintf("glp_print_ranges: optimal basic solution required\n");
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!glp_bf_exists(P))
+      {  xprintf("glp_print_ranges: basis factorization required\n");
+         ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* start reporting */
+      xprintf("Write sensitivity analysis report to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 3;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      page = count = 0;
+      for (pass = 1; pass <= 2; pass++)
+      for (t = 1; t <= (len == 0 ? m+n : len); t++)
+      {  if (t == 1) count = 0;
+         k = (len == 0 ? t : list[t]);
+         if (pass == 1 && k > m || pass == 2 && k <= m)
+            continue;
+         if (count == 0)
+         {  xfprintf(fp, "GLPK %-4s - SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS REPORT%73sPa"
+               "ge%4d\n", glp_version(), "", ++page);
+            xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s\n", "Problem:",
+               P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name);
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s%s%.10g (%s)\n", "Objective:",
+               P->obj == NULL ? "" : P->obj,
+               P->obj == NULL ? "" : " = ", P->obj_val,
+               P->dir == GLP_MIN ? "MINimum" :
+               P->dir == GLP_MAX ? "MAXimum" : "???");
+            xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+            xfprintf(fp, "%6s %-12s %2s %13s %13s %13s  %13s %13s %13s "
+               "%s\n", "No.", pass == 1 ? "Row name" : "Column name",
+               "St", "Activity", pass == 1 ? "Slack" : "Obj coef",
+               "Lower bound", "Activity", "Obj coef", "Obj value at",
+               "Limiting");
+            xfprintf(fp, "%6s %-12s %2s %13s %13s %13s  %13s %13s %13s "
+               "%s\n", "", "", "", "", "Marginal", "Upper bound",
+               "range", "range", "break point", "variable");
+            xfprintf(fp, "------ ------------ -- ------------- --------"
+               "----- -------------  ------------- ------------- ------"
+               "------- ------------\n");
+         }
+         if (pass == 1)
+         {  numb = k;
+            xassert(1 <= numb && numb <= m);
+            row = P->row[numb];
+            name = row->name;
+            type = row->type;
+            lb = glp_get_row_lb(P, numb);
+            ub = glp_get_row_ub(P, numb);
+            coef = 0.0;
+            stat = row->stat;
+            prim = row->prim;
+            if (type == GLP_FR)
+               slack = - prim;
+            else if (type == GLP_LO)
+               slack = lb - prim;
+            else if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+               slack = ub - prim;
+            dual = row->dual;
+         }
+         else
+         {  numb = k - m;
+            xassert(1 <= numb && numb <= n);
+            col = P->col[numb];
+            name = col->name;
+            lb = glp_get_col_lb(P, numb);
+            ub = glp_get_col_ub(P, numb);
+            coef = col->coef;
+            stat = col->stat;
+            prim = col->prim;
+            slack = 0.0;
+            dual = col->dual;
+         }
+         if (stat != GLP_BS)
+         {  glp_analyze_bound(P, k, &value1, &var1, &value2, &var2);
+            if (stat == GLP_NF)
+               coef1 = coef2 = coef;
+            else if (stat == GLP_NS)
+               coef1 = -DBL_MAX, coef2 = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (stat == GLP_NL && P->dir == GLP_MIN ||
+                     stat == GLP_NU && P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+               coef1 = coef - dual, coef2 = +DBL_MAX;
+            else
+               coef1 = -DBL_MAX, coef2 = coef - dual;
+            if (value1 == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (dual < -1e-9)
+                  obj1 = +DBL_MAX;
+               else if (dual > +1e-9)
+                  obj1 = -DBL_MAX;
+               else
+                  obj1 = P->obj_val;
+            }
+            else
+               obj1 = P->obj_val + dual * (value1 - prim);
+            if (value2 == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (dual < -1e-9)
+                  obj2 = -DBL_MAX;
+               else if (dual > +1e-9)
+                  obj2 = +DBL_MAX;
+               else
+                  obj2 = P->obj_val;
+            }
+            else
+               obj2 = P->obj_val + dual * (value2 - prim);
+         }
+         else
+         {  glp_analyze_coef(P, k, &coef1, &var1, &value1, &coef2,
+               &var2, &value2);
+            if (coef1 == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (prim < -1e-9)
+                  obj1 = +DBL_MAX;
+               else if (prim > +1e-9)
+                  obj1 = -DBL_MAX;
+               else
+                  obj1 = P->obj_val;
+            }
+            else
+               obj1 = P->obj_val + (coef1 - coef) * prim;
+            if (coef2 == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (prim < -1e-9)
+                  obj2 = -DBL_MAX;
+               else if (prim > +1e-9)
+                  obj2 = +DBL_MAX;
+               else
+                  obj2 = P->obj_val;
+            }
+            else
+               obj2 = P->obj_val + (coef2 - coef) * prim;
+         }
+         /*** first line ***/
+         /* row/column number */
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6d", numb);
+         /* row/column name */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %-12.12s", name == NULL ? "" : name);
+         if (name != NULL && strlen(name) > 12)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n%6s %12s", name+12, "", "");
+         /* row/column status */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %2s",
+            stat == GLP_BS ? "BS" : stat == GLP_NL ? "NL" :
+            stat == GLP_NU ? "NU" : stat == GLP_NF ? "NF" :
+            stat == GLP_NS ? "NS" : "??");
+         /* row/column activity */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, prim));
+         /* row slack, column objective coefficient */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, k <= m ? slack : coef));
+         /* row/column lower bound */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, lb));
+         /* row/column activity range */
+         xfprintf(fp, "  %s", format(buf, value1));
+         /* row/column objective coefficient range */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, coef1));
+         /* objective value at break point */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, obj1));
+         /* limiting variable name */
+         if (var1 != 0)
+         {  if (var1 <= m)
+               limit = glp_get_row_name(P, var1);
+            else
+               limit = glp_get_col_name(P, var1 - m);
+            if (limit != NULL)
+               xfprintf(fp, " %s", limit);
+         }
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+         /*** second line ***/
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6s %-12s %2s %13s", "", "", "", "");
+         /* row/column reduced cost */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, dual));
+         /* row/column upper bound */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, ub));
+         /* row/column activity range */
+         xfprintf(fp, "  %s", format(buf, value2));
+         /* row/column objective coefficient range */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, coef2));
+         /* objective value at break point */
+         xfprintf(fp, " %s", format(buf, obj2));
+         /* limiting variable name */
+         if (var2 != 0)
+         {  if (var2 <= m)
+               limit = glp_get_row_name(P, var2);
+            else
+               limit = glp_get_col_name(P, var2 - m);
+            if (limit != NULL)
+               xfprintf(fp, " %s", limit);
+         }
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+         /* print 10 items per page */
+         count = (count + 1) % 10;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "End of report\n");
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 4;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prsol.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prsol.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d785dc2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/prsol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/* prsol.c (write basic solution in printable format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf glp_format
+
+int glp_print_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     /* write basic solution in printable format */
+      glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j, t, ae_ind, re_ind, ret;
+      double ae_max, re_max;
+      xprintf("Writing basic solution to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s\n", "Problem:",
+         P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Rows:", P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Columns:", P->n);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%d\n", "Non-zeros:", P->nnz);
+      t = glp_get_status(P);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s\n", "Status:",
+         t == GLP_OPT    ? "OPTIMAL" :
+         t == GLP_FEAS   ? "FEASIBLE" :
+         t == GLP_INFEAS ? "INFEASIBLE (INTERMEDIATE)" :
+         t == GLP_NOFEAS ? "INFEASIBLE (FINAL)" :
+         t == GLP_UNBND  ? "UNBOUNDED" :
+         t == GLP_UNDEF  ? "UNDEFINED" : "???");
+      xfprintf(fp, "%-12s%s%s%.10g (%s)\n", "Objective:",
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : P->obj,
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : " = ", P->obj_val,
+         P->dir == GLP_MIN ? "MINimum" :
+         P->dir == GLP_MAX ? "MAXimum" : "???");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "   No.   Row name   St   Activity     Lower bound  "
+         " Upper bound    Marginal\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "------ ------------ -- ------------- ------------- "
+         "------------- -------------\n");
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6d ", i);
+         if (row->name == NULL || strlen(row->name) <= 12)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s ", row->name == NULL ? "" : row->name);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n%20s", row->name, "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%s ",
+            row->stat == GLP_BS ? "B " :
+            row->stat == GLP_NL ? "NL" :
+            row->stat == GLP_NU ? "NU" :
+            row->stat == GLP_NF ? "NF" :
+            row->stat == GLP_NS ? "NS" : "??");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ",
+            fabs(row->prim) <= 1e-9 ? 0.0 : row->prim);
+         if (row->type == GLP_LO || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+             row->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->lb);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", "");
+         if (row->type == GLP_UP || row->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->ub);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", row->type == GLP_FX ? "=" : "");
+         if (row->stat != GLP_BS)
+         {  if (fabs(row->dual) <= 1e-9)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%13s", "< eps");
+            else
+               xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", row->dual);
+         }
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "   No. Column name  St   Activity     Lower bound  "
+         " Upper bound    Marginal\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "------ ------------ -- ------------- ------------- "
+         "------------- -------------\n");
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         xfprintf(fp, "%6d ", j);
+         if (col->name == NULL || strlen(col->name) <= 12)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%-12s ", col->name == NULL ? "" : col->name);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s\n%20s", col->name, "");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%s ",
+            col->stat == GLP_BS ? "B " :
+            col->stat == GLP_NL ? "NL" :
+            col->stat == GLP_NU ? "NU" :
+            col->stat == GLP_NF ? "NF" :
+            col->stat == GLP_NS ? "NS" : "??");
+         xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ",
+            fabs(col->prim) <= 1e-9 ? 0.0 : col->prim);
+         if (col->type == GLP_LO || col->type == GLP_DB ||
+             col->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->lb);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", "");
+         if (col->type == GLP_UP || col->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->ub);
+         else
+            xfprintf(fp, "%13s ", col->type == GLP_FX ? "=" : "");
+         if (col->stat != GLP_BS)
+         {  if (fabs(col->dual) <= 1e-9)
+               xfprintf(fp, "%13s", "< eps");
+            else
+               xfprintf(fp, "%13.6g ", col->dual);
+         }
+         xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "Karush-Kuhn-Tucker optimality conditions:\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_SOL, GLP_KKT_PE, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.PE: max.abs.err = %.2e on row %d\n",
+         ae_max, ae_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on row %d\n",
+         re_max, re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "PRIMAL SOLUTION IS WRONG");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_SOL, GLP_KKT_PB, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.PB: max.abs.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            ae_max, ae_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            ae_ind <= P->m ? ae_ind : ae_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            re_max, re_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            re_ind <= P->m ? re_ind : re_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "PRIMAL SOLUTION IS INFEASIBL"
+            "E");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_SOL, GLP_KKT_DE, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.DE: max.abs.err = %.2e on column %d\n",
+         ae_max, ae_ind == 0 ? 0 : ae_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on column %d\n",
+         re_max, re_ind == 0 ? 0 : re_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "DUAL SOLUTION IS WRONG");
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      glp_check_kkt(P, GLP_SOL, GLP_KKT_DB, &ae_max, &ae_ind, &re_max,
+         &re_ind);
+      xfprintf(fp, "KKT.DB: max.abs.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            ae_max, ae_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            ae_ind <= P->m ? ae_ind : ae_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "        max.rel.err = %.2e on %s %d\n",
+            re_max, re_ind <= P->m ? "row" : "column",
+            re_ind <= P->m ? re_ind : re_ind - P->m);
+      xfprintf(fp, "%8s%s\n", "",
+         re_max <= 1e-9 ? "High quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-6 ? "Medium quality" :
+         re_max <= 1e-3 ? "Low quality" : "DUAL SOLUTION IS INFEASIBLE")
+            ;
+      xfprintf(fp, "\n");
+      xfprintf(fp, "End of output\n");
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdasn.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdasn.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05dcb9fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdasn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* rdasn.c (read assignment problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+#define error           dmx_error
+#define warning         dmx_warning
+#define read_char       dmx_read_char
+#define read_designator dmx_read_designator
+#define read_field      dmx_read_field
+#define end_of_line     dmx_end_of_line
+#define check_int       dmx_check_int
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_asnprob - read assignment problem data in DIMACS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost,
+*     const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_asnprob reads assignment problem data in DIMACS
+*  format from a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost, const char
+      *fname)
+{     DMX _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int nv, na, n1, i, j, k, ret = 0;
+      double cost;
+      char *flag = NULL;
+      if (v_set >= 0 && v_set > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_read_asnprob: v_set = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_set);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_read_asnprob: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      csa->count = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      csa->empty = csa->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading assignment problem data from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      }
+      /* read problem line */
+      read_designator(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "p") != 0)
+         error(csa, "problem line missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "asn") != 0)
+         error(csa, "wrong problem designator; 'asn' expected");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &nv) == 0 && nv >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of nodes missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &na) == 0 && na >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of arcs missing or invalid");
+      if (nv > 0) glp_add_vertices(G, nv);
+      end_of_line(csa);
+      /* read node descriptor lines */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, nv * sizeof(char));
+      n1 = 0;
+      for (;;)
+      {  read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "n") != 0) break;
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "node number %d out of range", i);
+         if (flag[i])
+            error(csa, "duplicate descriptor of node %d", i);
+         flag[i] = 1, n1++;
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      xprintf(
+         "Assignment problem has %d + %d = %d node%s and %d arc%s\n",
+         n1, nv - n1, nv, nv == 1 ? "" : "s", na, na == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      if (v_set >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            k = (flag[i] ? 0 : 1);
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_set, &k, sizeof(int));
+         }
+      }
+      /* read arc descriptor lines */
+      for (k = 1; k <= na; k++)
+      {  if (k > 1) read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "a") != 0)
+            error(csa, "wrong line designator; 'a' expected");
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "starting node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "starting node number %d out of range", i);
+         if (!flag[i])
+            error(csa, "node %d cannot be a starting node", i);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+            error(csa, "ending node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= nv))
+            error(csa, "ending node number %d out of range", j);
+         if (flag[j])
+            error(csa, "node %d cannot be an ending node", j);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2num(csa->field, &cost) != 0)
+            error(csa, "arc cost missing or invalid");
+         check_int(csa, cost);
+         a = glp_add_arc(G, i, j);
+         if (a_cost >= 0)
+            memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cost, &cost, sizeof(double));
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", csa->count);
+done: if (ret) glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      if (flag != NULL) xfree(flag);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdcc.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdcc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c63d60d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdcc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* rdcc.c (read graph in DIMACS clique/coloring format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+#define error           dmx_error
+#define warning         dmx_warning
+#define read_char       dmx_read_char
+#define read_designator dmx_read_designator
+#define read_field      dmx_read_field
+#define end_of_line     dmx_end_of_line
+#define check_int       dmx_check_int
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_ccdata - read graph in DIMACS clique/coloring format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_ccdata(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_ccdata reads an (undirected) graph in DIMACS
+*  clique/coloring format from a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_ccdata(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, const char *fname)
+{     DMX _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      int i, j, k, nv, ne, ret = 0;
+      double w;
+      char *flag = NULL;
+      if (v_wgt >= 0 && v_wgt > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_read_ccdata: v_wgt = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_wgt);
+      glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      csa->count = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      csa->empty = csa->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading graph from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      }
+      /* read problem line */
+      read_designator(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "p") != 0)
+         error(csa, "problem line missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "edge") != 0)
+         error(csa, "wrong problem designator; 'edge' expected");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &nv) == 0 && nv >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of vertices missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &ne) == 0 && ne >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of edges missing or invalid");
+      xprintf("Graph has %d vert%s and %d edge%s\n",
+         nv, nv == 1 ? "ex" : "ices", ne, ne == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      if (nv > 0) glp_add_vertices(G, nv);
+      end_of_line(csa);
+      /* read node descriptor lines */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, nv * sizeof(char));
+      if (v_wgt >= 0)
+      {  w = 1.0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_wgt, &w, sizeof(double));
+         }
+      }
+      for (;;)
+      {  read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "n") != 0) break;
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "vertex number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "vertex number %d out of range", i);
+         if (flag[i])
+            error(csa, "duplicate descriptor of vertex %d", i);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2num(csa->field, &w) != 0)
+            error(csa, "vertex weight missing or invalid");
+         check_int(csa, w);
+         if (v_wgt >= 0)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_wgt, &w, sizeof(double));
+         }
+         flag[i] = 1;
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      xfree(flag), flag = NULL;
+      /* read edge descriptor lines */
+      for (k = 1; k <= ne; k++)
+      {  if (k > 1) read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "e") != 0)
+            error(csa, "wrong line designator; 'e' expected");
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "first vertex number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "first vertex number %d out of range", i);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+            error(csa, "second vertex number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= nv))
+            error(csa, "second vertex number %d out of range", j);
+         glp_add_arc(G, i, j);
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", csa->count);
+done: if (ret) glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      if (flag != NULL) xfree(flag);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int glp_read_graph(glp_graph *G, const char *fname)
+{     return
+         glp_read_ccdata(G, -1, fname);
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdcnf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdcnf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acab50fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdcnf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* rdcnf.c (read CNF-SAT problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+#define error           dmx_error
+#define warning         dmx_warning
+#define read_char       dmx_read_char
+#define read_designator dmx_read_designator
+#define read_field      dmx_read_field
+#define end_of_line     dmx_end_of_line
+#define check_int       dmx_check_int
+
+int glp_read_cnfsat(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     /* read CNF-SAT problem data in DIMACS format */
+      DMX _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      int m, n, i, j, len, neg, rhs, ret = 0, *ind = NULL;
+      double *val = NULL;
+      char *map = NULL;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_read_cnfsat: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_read_cnfsat: fname = %p; invalid parameter\n",
+            fname);
+      glp_erase_prob(P);
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      csa->count = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      csa->empty = csa->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading CNF-SAT problem data from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      }
+      /* read problem line */
+      read_designator(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "p") != 0)
+         error(csa, "problem line missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "cnf") != 0)
+         error(csa, "wrong problem designator; 'cnf' expected\n");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &n) == 0 && n >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of variables missing or invalid\n");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &m) == 0 && m >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of clauses missing or invalid\n");
+      xprintf("Instance has %d variable%s and %d clause%s\n",
+         n, n == 1 ? "" : "s", m, m == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      end_of_line(csa);
+      if (m > 0)
+         glp_add_rows(P, m);
+      if (n > 0)
+      {  glp_add_cols(P, n);
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+            glp_set_col_kind(P, j, GLP_BV);
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      map = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) map[j] = 0;
+      /* read clauses */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  /* read i-th clause */
+         len = 0, rhs = 1;
+         for (;;)
+         {  /* skip white-space characters */
+            while (csa->c == ' ' || csa->c == '\n')
+               read_char(csa);
+            /* read term */
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+               error(csa, "variable number missing or invalid\n");
+            if (j > 0)
+               neg = 0;
+            else if (j < 0)
+               neg = 1, j = -j, rhs--;
+            else
+               break;
+            if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+               error(csa, "variable number out of range\n");
+            if (map[j])
+               error(csa, "duplicate variable number\n");
+            len++, ind[len] = j, val[len] = (neg ? -1.0 : +1.0);
+            map[j] = 1;
+         }
+         glp_set_row_bnds(P, i, GLP_LO, (double)rhs, 0.0);
+         glp_set_mat_row(P, i, len, ind, val);
+         while (len > 0) map[ind[len--]] = 0;
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", csa->count);
+      /* problem data has been successfully read */
+      glp_sort_matrix(P);
+done: if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      if (ind != NULL) xfree(ind);
+      if (val != NULL) xfree(val);
+      if (map != NULL) xfree(map);
+      if (ret) glp_erase_prob(P);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdipt.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdipt.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aaf8e9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdipt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/* rdipt.c (read interior-point solution in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_ipt - read interior-point solution in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_ipt reads interior-point solution from a text
+*  file in GLPK format.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     DMX dmx_, *dmx = &dmx_;
+      int i, j, k, m, n, sst, ret = 1;
+      char *stat = NULL;
+      double obj, *prim = NULL, *dual = NULL;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_read_ipt: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_read_ipt: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n", fname);
+      if (setjmp(dmx->jump))
+         goto done;
+      dmx->fname = fname;
+      dmx->fp = NULL;
+      dmx->count = 0;
+      dmx->c = '\n';
+      dmx->field[0] = '\0';
+      dmx->empty = dmx->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading interior-point solution from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      dmx->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (dmx->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* read solution line */
+      dmx_read_designator(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "s") != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "solution line missing or invalid");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "ipt") != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "wrong solution designator; 'ipt' expected");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (!(str2int(dmx->field, &m) == 0 && m >= 0))
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of rows missing or invalid");
+      if (m != P->m)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of rows mismatch");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (!(str2int(dmx->field, &n) == 0 && n >= 0))
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of columns missing or invalid");
+      if (n != P->n)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of columns mismatch");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "o") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_OPT;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "i") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_INFEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "n") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_NOFEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "u") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_UNDEF;
+      else
+         dmx_error(dmx, "solution status missing or invalid");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (str2num(dmx->field, &obj) != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "objective value missing or invalid");
+      dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      stat = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(stat[0]));
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+         stat[k] = '?';
+      prim = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(prim[0]));
+      dual = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(dual[0]));
+      /* read solution descriptor lines */
+      for (;;)
+      {  dmx_read_designator(dmx);
+         if (strcmp(dmx->field, "i") == 0)
+         {  /* row solution descriptor */
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2int(dmx->field, &i) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= i && i <= m))
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row number out of range");
+            if (stat[i] != '?')
+               dmx_error(dmx, "duplicate row solution descriptor");
+            stat[i] = GLP_BS;
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &prim[i]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row primal value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &dual[i]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row dual value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "j") == 0)
+         {  /* column solution descriptor */
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2int(dmx->field, &j) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column number out of range");
+            if (stat[m+j] != '?')
+               dmx_error(dmx, "duplicate column solution descriptor");
+            stat[m+j] = GLP_BS;
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &prim[m+j]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column primal value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &dual[m+j]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column dual value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "e") == 0)
+            break;
+         else
+            dmx_error(dmx, "line designator missing or invalid");
+         dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+      }
+      /* store solution components into problem object */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (stat[k] == '?')
+            dmx_error(dmx, "incomplete interior-point solution");
+      }
+      P->ipt_stat = sst;
+      P->ipt_obj = obj;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  P->row[i]->pval = prim[i];
+         P->row[i]->dval = dual[i];
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  P->col[j]->pval = prim[m+j];
+         P->col[j]->dval = dual[m+j];
+      }
+      /* interior-point solution has been successfully read */
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", dmx->count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (dmx->fp != NULL)
+         glp_close(dmx->fp);
+      if (stat != NULL)
+         xfree(stat);
+      if (prim != NULL)
+         xfree(prim);
+      if (dual != NULL)
+         xfree(dual);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmaxf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmaxf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a45405c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmaxf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/* rdmaxf.c (read maximum flow problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+#define error           dmx_error
+#define warning         dmx_warning
+#define read_char       dmx_read_char
+#define read_designator dmx_read_designator
+#define read_field      dmx_read_field
+#define end_of_line     dmx_end_of_line
+#define check_int       dmx_check_int
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_maxflow - read maximum flow problem data in DIMACS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_maxflow(glp_graph *G, int *s, int *t, int a_cap,
+*     const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_maxflow reads maximum flow problem data in
+*  DIMACS format from a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_maxflow(glp_graph *G, int *_s, int *_t, int a_cap,
+      const char *fname)
+{     DMX _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, k, s, t, nv, na, ret = 0;
+      double cap;
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_read_maxflow: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cap);
+      glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      csa->count = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      csa->empty = csa->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading maximum flow problem data from '%s'...\n",
+         fname);
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      }
+      /* read problem line */
+      read_designator(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "p") != 0)
+         error(csa, "problem line missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "max") != 0)
+         error(csa, "wrong problem designator; 'max' expected");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &nv) == 0 && nv >= 2))
+         error(csa, "number of nodes missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &na) == 0 && na >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of arcs missing or invalid");
+      xprintf("Flow network has %d node%s and %d arc%s\n",
+         nv, nv == 1 ? "" : "s", na, na == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      if (nv > 0) glp_add_vertices(G, nv);
+      end_of_line(csa);
+      /* read node descriptor lines */
+      s = t = 0;
+      for (;;)
+      {  read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "n") != 0) break;
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "node number %d out of range", i);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "s") == 0)
+         {  if (s > 0)
+               error(csa, "only one source node allowed");
+            s = i;
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(csa->field, "t") == 0)
+         {  if (t > 0)
+               error(csa, "only one sink node allowed");
+            t = i;
+         }
+         else
+            error(csa, "wrong node designator; 's' or 't' expected");
+         if (s > 0 && s == t)
+            error(csa, "source and sink nodes must be distinct");
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      if (s == 0)
+         error(csa, "source node descriptor missing\n");
+      if (t == 0)
+         error(csa, "sink node descriptor missing\n");
+      if (_s != NULL) *_s = s;
+      if (_t != NULL) *_t = t;
+      /* read arc descriptor lines */
+      for (k = 1; k <= na; k++)
+      {  if (k > 1) read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "a") != 0)
+            error(csa, "wrong line designator; 'a' expected");
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "starting node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "starting node number %d out of range", i);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+            error(csa, "ending node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= nv))
+            error(csa, "ending node number %d out of range", j);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (!(str2num(csa->field, &cap) == 0 && cap >= 0.0))
+            error(csa, "arc capacity missing or invalid");
+         check_int(csa, cap);
+         a = glp_add_arc(G, i, j);
+         if (a_cap >= 0)
+            memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cap, &cap, sizeof(double));
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", csa->count);
+done: if (ret) glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmcf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmcf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bab1ec79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmcf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* rdmcf.c (read min-cost flow problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+#define error           dmx_error
+#define warning         dmx_warning
+#define read_char       dmx_read_char
+#define read_designator dmx_read_designator
+#define read_field      dmx_read_field
+#define end_of_line     dmx_end_of_line
+#define check_int       dmx_check_int
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_mincost - read min-cost flow problem data in DIMACS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_mincost(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+*     int a_cost, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_mincost reads minimum cost flow problem data in
+*  DIMACS format from a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_mincost(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, const char *fname)
+{     DMX _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, k, nv, na, ret = 0;
+      double rhs, low, cap, cost;
+      char *flag = NULL;
+      if (v_rhs >= 0 && v_rhs > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_read_mincost: v_rhs = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_rhs);
+      if (a_low >= 0 && a_low > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_read_mincost: a_low = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_low);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_read_mincost: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cap);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_read_mincost: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      csa->count = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      csa->empty = csa->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading min-cost flow problem data from '%s'...\n",
+         fname);
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      }
+      /* read problem line */
+      read_designator(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "p") != 0)
+         error(csa, "problem line missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "min") != 0)
+         error(csa, "wrong problem designator; 'min' expected");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &nv) == 0 && nv >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of nodes missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &na) == 0 && na >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of arcs missing or invalid");
+      xprintf("Flow network has %d node%s and %d arc%s\n",
+         nv, nv == 1 ? "" : "s", na, na == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      if (nv > 0) glp_add_vertices(G, nv);
+      end_of_line(csa);
+      /* read node descriptor lines */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, nv * sizeof(char));
+      if (v_rhs >= 0)
+      {  rhs = 0.0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &rhs, sizeof(double));
+         }
+      }
+      for (;;)
+      {  read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "n") != 0) break;
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "node number %d out of range", i);
+         if (flag[i])
+            error(csa, "duplicate descriptor of node %d", i);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2num(csa->field, &rhs) != 0)
+            error(csa, "node supply/demand missing or invalid");
+         check_int(csa, rhs);
+         if (v_rhs >= 0)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_rhs, &rhs, sizeof(double));
+         }
+         flag[i] = 1;
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      xfree(flag), flag = NULL;
+      /* read arc descriptor lines */
+      for (k = 1; k <= na; k++)
+      {  if (k > 1) read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "a") != 0)
+            error(csa, "wrong line designator; 'a' expected");
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+            error(csa, "starting node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= nv))
+            error(csa, "starting node number %d out of range", i);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+            error(csa, "ending node number missing or invalid");
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= nv))
+            error(csa, "ending node number %d out of range", j);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (!(str2num(csa->field, &low) == 0 && low >= 0.0))
+            error(csa, "lower bound of arc flow missing or invalid");
+         check_int(csa, low);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (!(str2num(csa->field, &cap) == 0 && cap >= low))
+            error(csa, "upper bound of arc flow missing or invalid");
+         check_int(csa, cap);
+         read_field(csa);
+         if (str2num(csa->field, &cost) != 0)
+            error(csa, "per-unit cost of arc flow missing or invalid");
+         check_int(csa, cost);
+         a = glp_add_arc(G, i, j);
+         if (a_low >= 0)
+            memcpy((char *)a->data + a_low, &low, sizeof(double));
+         if (a_cap >= 0)
+            memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cap, &cap, sizeof(double));
+         if (a_cost >= 0)
+            memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cost, &cost, sizeof(double));
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", csa->count);
+done: if (ret) glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+      if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      if (flag != NULL) xfree(flag);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmip.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmip.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7aec26b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdmip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* rdmip.c (read MIP solution in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_mip - read MIP solution in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_mip reads MIP solution from a text file in GLPK
+*  format.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     DMX dmx_, *dmx = &dmx_;
+      int i, j, k, m, n, sst, ret = 1;
+      char *stat = NULL;
+      double obj, *prim = NULL;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_read_mip: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_read_mip: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n", fname);
+      if (setjmp(dmx->jump))
+         goto done;
+      dmx->fname = fname;
+      dmx->fp = NULL;
+      dmx->count = 0;
+      dmx->c = '\n';
+      dmx->field[0] = '\0';
+      dmx->empty = dmx->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading MIP solution from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      dmx->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (dmx->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* read solution line */
+      dmx_read_designator(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "s") != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "solution line missing or invalid");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "mip") != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "wrong solution designator; 'mip' expected");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (!(str2int(dmx->field, &m) == 0 && m >= 0))
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of rows missing or invalid");
+      if (m != P->m)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of rows mismatch");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (!(str2int(dmx->field, &n) == 0 && n >= 0))
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of columns missing or invalid");
+      if (n != P->n)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of columns mismatch");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "o") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_OPT;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "f") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_FEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "n") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_NOFEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "u") == 0)
+         sst = GLP_UNDEF;
+      else
+         dmx_error(dmx, "solution status missing or invalid");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (str2num(dmx->field, &obj) != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "objective value missing or invalid");
+      dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      stat = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(stat[0]));
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+         stat[k] = '?';
+      prim = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(prim[0]));
+      /* read solution descriptor lines */
+      for (;;)
+      {  dmx_read_designator(dmx);
+         if (strcmp(dmx->field, "i") == 0)
+         {  /* row solution descriptor */
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2int(dmx->field, &i) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= i && i <= m))
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row number out of range");
+            if (stat[i] != '?')
+               dmx_error(dmx, "duplicate row solution descriptor");
+            stat[i] = GLP_BS;
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &prim[i]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "j") == 0)
+         {  /* column solution descriptor */
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2int(dmx->field, &j) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column number out of range");
+            if (stat[m+j] != '?')
+               dmx_error(dmx, "duplicate column solution descriptor");
+            stat[m+j] = GLP_BS;
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &prim[m+j]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "e") == 0)
+            break;
+         else
+            dmx_error(dmx, "line designator missing or invalid");
+         dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+      }
+      /* store solution components into problem object */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (stat[k] == '?')
+            dmx_error(dmx, "incomplete MIP solution");
+      }
+      P->mip_stat = sst;
+      P->mip_obj = obj;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         P->row[i]->mipx = prim[i];
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         P->col[j]->mipx = prim[m+j];
+      /* MIP solution has been successfully read */
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", dmx->count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (dmx->fp != NULL)
+         glp_close(dmx->fp);
+      if (stat != NULL)
+         xfree(stat);
+      if (prim != NULL)
+         xfree(prim);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdprob.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdprob.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ad544a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdprob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/* rdprob.c (read problem data in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+#define error           dmx_error
+#define warning         dmx_warning
+#define read_char       dmx_read_char
+#define read_designator dmx_read_designator
+#define read_field      dmx_read_field
+#define end_of_line     dmx_end_of_line
+#define check_int       dmx_check_int
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_prob - read problem data in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_prob(glp_prob *P, int flags, const char *fname);
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_prob reads problem data in GLPK LP/MIP format
+*  from a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_prob(glp_prob *P, int flags, const char *fname)
+{     DMX _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      int mip, m, n, nnz, ne, i, j, k, type, kind, ret, *ln = NULL,
+         *ia = NULL, *ja = NULL;
+      double lb, ub, temp, *ar = NULL;
+      char *rf = NULL, *cf = NULL;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_read_prob: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      if (flags != 0)
+         xerror("glp_read_prob: flags = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            flags);
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_read_prob: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            fname);
+      glp_erase_prob(P);
+      if (setjmp(csa->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      csa->fname = fname;
+      csa->fp = NULL;
+      csa->count = 0;
+      csa->c = '\n';
+      csa->field[0] = '\0';
+      csa->empty = csa->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading problem data from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      csa->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (csa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      }
+      /* read problem line */
+      read_designator(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "p") != 0)
+         error(csa, "problem line missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "lp") == 0)
+         mip = 0;
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "mip") == 0)
+         mip = 1;
+      else
+         error(csa, "wrong problem designator; 'lp' or 'mip' expected");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (strcmp(csa->field, "min") == 0)
+         glp_set_obj_dir(P, GLP_MIN);
+      else if (strcmp(csa->field, "max") == 0)
+         glp_set_obj_dir(P, GLP_MAX);
+      else
+         error(csa, "objective sense missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &m) == 0 && m >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of rows missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &n) == 0 && n >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of columns missing or invalid");
+      read_field(csa);
+      if (!(str2int(csa->field, &nnz) == 0 && nnz >= 0))
+         error(csa, "number of constraint coefficients missing or inval"
+            "id");
+      if (m > 0)
+      {  glp_add_rows(P, m);
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+            glp_set_row_bnds(P, i, GLP_FX, 0.0, 0.0);
+      }
+      if (n > 0)
+      {  glp_add_cols(P, n);
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  if (!mip)
+               glp_set_col_bnds(P, j, GLP_LO, 0.0, 0.0);
+            else
+               glp_set_col_kind(P, j, GLP_BV);
+         }
+      }
+      end_of_line(csa);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      rf = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(char));
+      memset(rf, 0, 1+m);
+      cf = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      memset(cf, 0, 1+n);
+      ln = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(int));
+      ia = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(int));
+      ja = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(int));
+      ar = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(double));
+      /* read descriptor lines */
+      ne = 0;
+      for (;;)
+      {  read_designator(csa);
+         if (strcmp(csa->field, "i") == 0)
+         {  /* row descriptor */
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+               error(csa, "row number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= i && i <= m))
+               error(csa, "row number out of range");
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (strcmp(csa->field, "f") == 0)
+               type = GLP_FR;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "l") == 0)
+               type = GLP_LO;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "u") == 0)
+               type = GLP_UP;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "d") == 0)
+               type = GLP_DB;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "s") == 0)
+               type = GLP_FX;
+            else
+               error(csa, "row type missing or invalid");
+            if (type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+            {  read_field(csa);
+               if (str2num(csa->field, &lb) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "row lower bound/fixed value missing or in"
+                     "valid");
+            }
+            else
+               lb = 0.0;
+            if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB)
+            {  read_field(csa);
+               if (str2num(csa->field, &ub) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "row upper bound missing or invalid");
+            }
+            else
+               ub = 0.0;
+            if (rf[i] & 0x01)
+               error(csa, "duplicate row descriptor");
+            glp_set_row_bnds(P, i, type, lb, ub), rf[i] |= 0x01;
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(csa->field, "j") == 0)
+         {  /* column descriptor */
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+               error(csa, "column number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+               error(csa, "column number out of range");
+            if (!mip)
+               kind = GLP_CV;
+            else
+            {  read_field(csa);
+               if (strcmp(csa->field, "c") == 0)
+                  kind = GLP_CV;
+               else if (strcmp(csa->field, "i") == 0)
+                  kind = GLP_IV;
+               else if (strcmp(csa->field, "b") == 0)
+               {  kind = GLP_IV;
+                  type = GLP_DB, lb = 0.0, ub = 1.0;
+                  goto skip;
+               }
+               else
+                  error(csa, "column kind missing or invalid");
+            }
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (strcmp(csa->field, "f") == 0)
+               type = GLP_FR;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "l") == 0)
+               type = GLP_LO;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "u") == 0)
+               type = GLP_UP;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "d") == 0)
+               type = GLP_DB;
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "s") == 0)
+               type = GLP_FX;
+            else
+               error(csa, "column type missing or invalid");
+            if (type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+            {  read_field(csa);
+               if (str2num(csa->field, &lb) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "column lower bound/fixed value missing or"
+                     " invalid");
+            }
+            else
+               lb = 0.0;
+            if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB)
+            {  read_field(csa);
+               if (str2num(csa->field, &ub) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "column upper bound missing or invalid");
+            }
+            else
+               ub = 0.0;
+skip:       if (cf[j] & 0x01)
+               error(csa, "duplicate column descriptor");
+            glp_set_col_kind(P, j, kind);
+            glp_set_col_bnds(P, j, type, lb, ub), cf[j] |= 0x01;
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(csa->field, "a") == 0)
+         {  /* coefficient descriptor */
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+               error(csa, "row number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(0 <= i && i <= m))
+               error(csa, "row number out of range");
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+               error(csa, "column number missing or invalid");
+            if (!((i == 0 ? 0 : 1) <= j && j <= n))
+               error(csa, "column number out of range");
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (i == 0)
+            {  if (str2num(csa->field, &temp) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "objective %s missing or invalid",
+                     j == 0 ? "constant term" : "coefficient");
+               if (cf[j] & 0x10)
+                  error(csa, "duplicate objective %s",
+                     j == 0 ? "constant term" : "coefficient");
+               glp_set_obj_coef(P, j, temp), cf[j] |= 0x10;
+            }
+            else
+            {  if (str2num(csa->field, &temp) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "constraint coefficient missing or invalid"
+                     );
+               if (ne == nnz)
+                  error(csa, "too many constraint coefficient descripto"
+                     "rs");
+               ln[++ne] = csa->count;
+               ia[ne] = i, ja[ne] = j, ar[ne] = temp;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(csa->field, "n") == 0)
+         {  /* symbolic name descriptor */
+            read_field(csa);
+            if (strcmp(csa->field, "p") == 0)
+            {  /* problem name */
+               read_field(csa);
+               if (P->name != NULL)
+                  error(csa, "duplicate problem name");
+               glp_set_prob_name(P, csa->field);
+            }
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "z") == 0)
+            {  /* objective name */
+               read_field(csa);
+               if (P->obj != NULL)
+                  error(csa, "duplicate objective name");
+               glp_set_obj_name(P, csa->field);
+            }
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "i") == 0)
+            {  /* row name */
+               read_field(csa);
+               if (str2int(csa->field, &i) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "row number missing or invalid");
+               if (!(1 <= i && i <= m))
+                  error(csa, "row number out of range");
+               read_field(csa);
+               if (P->row[i]->name != NULL)
+                  error(csa, "duplicate row name");
+               glp_set_row_name(P, i, csa->field);
+            }
+            else if (strcmp(csa->field, "j") == 0)
+            {  /* column name */
+               read_field(csa);
+               if (str2int(csa->field, &j) != 0)
+                  error(csa, "column number missing or invalid");
+               if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+                  error(csa, "column number out of range");
+               read_field(csa);
+               if (P->col[j]->name != NULL)
+                  error(csa, "duplicate column name");
+               glp_set_col_name(P, j, csa->field);
+            }
+            else
+               error(csa, "object designator missing or invalid");
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(csa->field, "e") == 0)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(csa, "line designator missing or invalid");
+         end_of_line(csa);
+      }
+      if (ne < nnz)
+         error(csa, "too few constraint coefficient descriptors");
+      xassert(ne == nnz);
+      k = glp_check_dup(m, n, ne, ia, ja);
+      xassert(0 <= k && k <= nnz);
+      if (k > 0)
+      {  csa->count = ln[k];
+         error(csa, "duplicate constraint coefficient");
+      }
+      glp_load_matrix(P, ne, ia, ja, ar);
+      /* print some statistics */
+      if (P->name != NULL)
+         xprintf("Problem: %s\n", P->name);
+      if (P->obj != NULL)
+         xprintf("Objective: %s\n", P->obj);
+      xprintf("%d row%s, %d column%s, %d non-zero%s\n",
+         m, m == 1 ? "" : "s", n, n == 1 ? "" : "s", nnz, nnz == 1 ?
+         "" : "s");
+      if (glp_get_num_int(P) > 0)
+      {  int ni = glp_get_num_int(P);
+         int nb = glp_get_num_bin(P);
+         if (ni == 1)
+         {  if (nb == 0)
+               xprintf("One variable is integer\n");
+            else
+               xprintf("One variable is binary\n");
+         }
+         else
+         {  xprintf("%d integer variables, ", ni);
+            if (nb == 0)
+               xprintf("none");
+            else if (nb == 1)
+               xprintf("one");
+            else if (nb == ni)
+               xprintf("all");
+            else
+               xprintf("%d", nb);
+            xprintf(" of which %s binary\n", nb == 1 ? "is" : "are");
+         }
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", csa->count);
+      /* problem data has been successfully read */
+      glp_sort_matrix(P);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (csa->fp != NULL) glp_close(csa->fp);
+      if (rf != NULL) xfree(rf);
+      if (cf != NULL) xfree(cf);
+      if (ln != NULL) xfree(ln);
+      if (ia != NULL) xfree(ia);
+      if (ja != NULL) xfree(ja);
+      if (ar != NULL) xfree(ar);
+      if (ret) glp_erase_prob(P);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdsol.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdsol.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d85a2562
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rdsol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/* rdsol.c (read basic solution in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read_sol - read basic solution in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read_sol reads basic solution from a text file in
+*  GLPK format.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_read_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     DMX dmx_, *dmx = &dmx_;
+      int i, j, k, m, n, pst, dst, ret = 1;
+      char *stat = NULL;
+      double obj, *prim = NULL, *dual = NULL;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_read_sol: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_read_sol: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n", fname);
+      if (setjmp(dmx->jump))
+         goto done;
+      dmx->fname = fname;
+      dmx->fp = NULL;
+      dmx->count = 0;
+      dmx->c = '\n';
+      dmx->field[0] = '\0';
+      dmx->empty = dmx->nonint = 0;
+      xprintf("Reading basic solution from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      dmx->fp = glp_open(fname, "r");
+      if (dmx->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* read solution line */
+      dmx_read_designator(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "s") != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "solution line missing or invalid");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "bas") != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "wrong solution designator; 'bas' expected");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (!(str2int(dmx->field, &m) == 0 && m >= 0))
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of rows missing or invalid");
+      if (m != P->m)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of rows mismatch");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (!(str2int(dmx->field, &n) == 0 && n >= 0))
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of columns missing or invalid");
+      if (n != P->n)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "number of columns mismatch");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "u") == 0)
+         pst = GLP_UNDEF;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "f") == 0)
+         pst = GLP_FEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "i") == 0)
+         pst = GLP_INFEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "n") == 0)
+         pst = GLP_NOFEAS;
+      else
+         dmx_error(dmx, "primal solution status missing or invalid");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (strcmp(dmx->field, "u") == 0)
+         dst = GLP_UNDEF;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "f") == 0)
+         dst = GLP_FEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "i") == 0)
+         dst = GLP_INFEAS;
+      else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "n") == 0)
+         dst = GLP_NOFEAS;
+      else
+         dmx_error(dmx, "dual solution status missing or invalid");
+      dmx_read_field(dmx);
+      if (str2num(dmx->field, &obj) != 0)
+         dmx_error(dmx, "objective value missing or invalid");
+      dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      stat = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(stat[0]));
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+         stat[k] = '?';
+      prim = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(prim[0]));
+      dual = xalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(dual[0]));
+      /* read solution descriptor lines */
+      for (;;)
+      {  dmx_read_designator(dmx);
+         if (strcmp(dmx->field, "i") == 0)
+         {  /* row solution descriptor */
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2int(dmx->field, &i) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= i && i <= m))
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row number out of range");
+            if (stat[i] != '?')
+               dmx_error(dmx, "duplicate row solution descriptor");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (strcmp(dmx->field, "b") == 0)
+               stat[i] = GLP_BS;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "l") == 0)
+               stat[i] = GLP_NL;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "u") == 0)
+               stat[i] = GLP_NU;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "f") == 0)
+               stat[i] = GLP_NF;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "s") == 0)
+               stat[i] = GLP_NS;
+            else
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row status missing or invalid");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &prim[i]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row primal value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &dual[i]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "row dual value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "j") == 0)
+         {  /* column solution descriptor */
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2int(dmx->field, &j) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column number missing or invalid");
+            if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column number out of range");
+            if (stat[m+j] != '?')
+               dmx_error(dmx, "duplicate column solution descriptor");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (strcmp(dmx->field, "b") == 0)
+               stat[m+j] = GLP_BS;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "l") == 0)
+               stat[m+j] = GLP_NL;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "u") == 0)
+               stat[m+j] = GLP_NU;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "f") == 0)
+               stat[m+j] = GLP_NF;
+            else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "s") == 0)
+               stat[m+j] = GLP_NS;
+            else
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column status missing or invalid");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &prim[m+j]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column primal value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_read_field(dmx);
+            if (str2num(dmx->field, &dual[m+j]) != 0)
+               dmx_error(dmx, "column dual value missing or invalid");
+            dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(dmx->field, "e") == 0)
+            break;
+         else
+            dmx_error(dmx, "line designator missing or invalid");
+         dmx_end_of_line(dmx);
+      }
+      /* store solution components into problem object */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (stat[k] == '?')
+            dmx_error(dmx, "incomplete basic solution");
+      }
+      P->pbs_stat = pst;
+      P->dbs_stat = dst;
+      P->obj_val = obj;
+      P->it_cnt = 0;
+      P->some = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  glp_set_row_stat(P, i, stat[i]);
+         P->row[i]->prim = prim[i];
+         P->row[i]->dual = dual[i];
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  glp_set_col_stat(P, j, stat[m+j]);
+         P->col[j]->prim = prim[m+j];
+         P->col[j]->dual = dual[m+j];
+      }
+      /* basic solution has been successfully read */
+      xprintf("%d lines were read\n", dmx->count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (dmx->fp != NULL)
+         glp_close(dmx->fp);
+      if (stat != NULL)
+         xfree(stat);
+      if (prim != NULL)
+         xfree(prim);
+      if (dual != NULL)
+         xfree(dual);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rmfgen.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rmfgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1ba27bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/rmfgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/* rmfgen.c (Goldfarb's maximum flow problem generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  This code is a modified version of the program RMFGEN, a maxflow
+*  problem generator developed by D.Goldfarb and M.Grigoriadis, and
+*  originally implemented by Tamas Badics <badics@rutcor.rutgers.edu>.
+*  The original code is publically available on the DIMACS ftp site at:
+*  <ftp://dimacs.rutgers.edu/pub/netflow/generators/network/genrmf>.
+*
+*  All changes concern only the program interface, so this modified
+*  version produces exactly the same instances as the original version.
+*
+*  Changes were made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "rng.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_rmfgen - Goldfarb's maximum flow problem generator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_rmfgen(glp_graph *G, int *s, int *t, int a_cap,
+*     const int parm[1+5]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_rmfgen is a maximum flow problem generator developed
+*  by D.Goldfarb and M.Grigoriadis.
+*
+*  The parameter G specifies the graph object, to which the generated
+*  problem data have to be stored. Note that on entry the graph object
+*  is erased with the routine glp_erase_graph.
+*
+*  The pointer s specifies a location, to which the routine stores the
+*  source node number. If s is NULL, the node number is not stored.
+*
+*  The pointer t specifies a location, to which the routine stores the
+*  sink node number. If t is NULL, the node number is not stored.
+*
+*  The parameter a_cap specifies an offset of the field of type double
+*  in the arc data block, to which the routine stores the arc capacity.
+*  If a_cap < 0, the capacity is not stored.
+*
+*  The array parm contains description of the network to be generated:
+*
+*  parm[0]  not used
+*  parm[1]  (seed)   random number seed (a positive integer)
+*  parm[2]  (a)      frame size
+*  parm[3]  (b)      depth
+*  parm[4]  (c1)     minimal arc capacity
+*  parm[5]  (c2)     maximal arc capacity
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the instance was successfully generated, the routine glp_netgen
+*  returns zero; otherwise, if specified parameters are inconsistent,
+*  the routine returns a non-zero error code.
+*
+*  COMMENTS
+*
+*  The generated network is as follows. It has b pieces of frames of
+*  size a * a. (So alltogether the number of vertices is a * a * b)
+*
+*  In each frame all the vertices are connected with their neighbours
+*  (forth and back). In addition the vertices of a frame are connected
+*  one to one with the vertices of next frame using a random permutation
+*  of those vertices.
+*
+*  The source is the lower left vertex of the first frame, the sink is
+*  the upper right vertex of the b'th frame.
+*
+*                    t
+*           +-------+
+*           |      .|
+*           |     . |
+*        /  |    /  |
+*       +-------+/ -+ b
+*       |    |  |/.
+*     a |   -v- |/
+*       |    |  |/
+*       +-------+ 1
+*      s    a
+*
+*  The capacities are randomly chosen integers from the range of [c1,c2]
+*  in the case of interconnecting edges, and c2 * a * a for the in-frame
+*  edges.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  D.Goldfarb and M.D.Grigoriadis, "A computational comparison of the
+*  Dinic and network simplex methods for maximum flow." Annals of Op.
+*  Res. 13 (1988), pp. 83-123.
+*
+*  U.Derigs and W.Meier, "Implementing Goldberg's max-flow algorithm:
+*  A computational investigation." Zeitschrift fuer Operations Research
+*  33 (1989), pp. 383-403. */
+
+typedef struct VERTEX
+{     struct EDGE **edgelist;
+      /* Pointer to the list of pointers to the adjacent edges.
+         (No matter that to or from edges) */
+      struct EDGE **current;
+      /* Pointer to the current edge */
+      int degree;
+      /* Number of adjacent edges (both direction) */
+      int index;
+} vertex;
+
+typedef struct EDGE
+{     int from;
+      int to;
+      int cap;
+      /* Capacity */
+} edge;
+
+typedef struct NETWORK
+{     struct NETWORK *next, *prev;
+      int vertnum;
+      int edgenum;
+      vertex *verts;
+      /* Vertex array[1..vertnum] */
+      edge *edges;
+      /* Edge array[1..edgenum] */
+      int source;
+      /* Pointer to the source */
+      int sink;
+      /* Pointer to the sink */
+} network;
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_graph *G;
+      int *s, *t, a_cap;
+      RNG *rand;
+      network *N;
+      int *Parr;
+      int A, AA, C2AA, Ec;
+};
+
+#define G      (csa->G)
+#define s      (csa->s)
+#define t      (csa->t)
+#define a_cap  (csa->a_cap)
+#define N      (csa->N)
+#define Parr   (csa->Parr)
+#define A      (csa->A)
+#define AA     (csa->AA)
+#define C2AA   (csa->C2AA)
+#define Ec     (csa->Ec)
+
+#undef random
+#define random(A) (int)(rng_unif_01(csa->rand) * (double)(A))
+#define RANDOM(A, B) (int)(random((B) - (A) + 1) + (A))
+#define sgn(A) (((A) > 0) ? 1 : ((A) == 0) ? 0 : -1)
+
+static void make_edge(struct csa *csa, int from, int to, int c1, int c2)
+{     Ec++;
+      N->edges[Ec].from = from;
+      N->edges[Ec].to = to;
+      N->edges[Ec].cap = RANDOM(c1, c2);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void permute(struct csa *csa)
+{     int i, j, tmp;
+      for (i = 1; i < AA; i++)
+      {  j = RANDOM(i, AA);
+         tmp = Parr[i];
+         Parr[i] = Parr[j];
+         Parr[j] = tmp;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void connect(struct csa *csa, int offset, int cv, int x1, int y1)
+{     int cv1;
+      cv1 = offset + (x1 - 1) * A + y1;
+      Ec++;
+      N->edges[Ec].from = cv;
+      N->edges[Ec].to = cv1;
+      N->edges[Ec].cap = C2AA;
+      return;
+}
+
+static network *gen_rmf(struct csa *csa, int a, int b, int c1, int c2)
+{     /* generates a network with a*a*b nodes and 6a*a*b-4ab-2a*a edges
+         random_frame network:
+         Derigs & Meier, Methods & Models of OR (1989), 33:383-403 */
+      int x, y, z, offset, cv;
+      A = a;
+      AA = a * a;
+      C2AA = c2 * AA;
+      Ec = 0;
+      N = (network *)xmalloc(sizeof(network));
+      N->vertnum = AA * b;
+      N->edgenum = 5 * AA * b - 4 * A * b - AA;
+      N->edges = (edge *)xcalloc(N->edgenum + 1, sizeof(edge));
+      N->source = 1;
+      N->sink = N->vertnum;
+      Parr = (int *)xcalloc(AA + 1, sizeof(int));
+      for (x = 1; x <= AA; x++)
+         Parr[x] = x;
+      for (z = 1; z <= b; z++)
+      {  offset = AA * (z - 1);
+         if (z != b)
+            permute(csa);
+         for (x = 1; x <= A; x++)
+         {  for (y = 1; y <= A; y++)
+            {  cv = offset + (x - 1) * A + y;
+               if (z != b)
+                  make_edge(csa, cv, offset + AA + Parr[cv - offset],
+                     c1, c2); /* the intermediate edges */
+               if (y < A)
+                  connect(csa, offset, cv, x, y + 1);
+               if (y > 1)
+                  connect(csa, offset, cv, x, y - 1);
+               if (x < A)
+                  connect(csa, offset, cv, x + 1, y);
+               if (x > 1)
+                  connect(csa, offset, cv, x - 1, y);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(Parr);
+      return N;
+}
+
+static void print_max_format(struct csa *csa, network *n, char *comm[],
+      int dim)
+{     /* prints a network heading with dim lines of comments (no \n
+         needs at the ends) */
+      int i, vnum, e_num;
+      edge *e;
+      vnum = n->vertnum;
+      e_num = n->edgenum;
+      if (G == NULL)
+      {  for (i = 0; i < dim; i++)
+            xprintf("c %s\n", comm[i]);
+         xprintf("p max %7d %10d\n", vnum, e_num);
+         xprintf("n %7d s\n", n->source);
+         xprintf("n %7d t\n", n->sink);
+      }
+      else
+      {  glp_add_vertices(G, vnum);
+         if (s != NULL) *s = n->source;
+         if (t != NULL) *t = n->sink;
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= e_num; i++)
+      {  e = &n->edges[i];
+         if (G == NULL)
+            xprintf("a %7d %7d %10d\n", e->from, e->to, (int)e->cap);
+         else
+         {  glp_arc *a = glp_add_arc(G, e->from, e->to);
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+            {  double temp = (double)e->cap;
+               memcpy((char *)a->data + a_cap, &temp, sizeof(double));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void gen_free_net(network *n)
+{     xfree(n->edges);
+      xfree(n);
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_rmfgen(glp_graph *G_, int *_s, int *_t, int _a_cap,
+      const int parm[1+5])
+{     struct csa _csa, *csa = &_csa;
+      network *n;
+      char comm[10][80], *com1[10];
+      int seed, a, b, c1, c2, ret;
+      G = G_;
+      s = _s;
+      t = _t;
+      a_cap = _a_cap;
+      if (G != NULL)
+      {  if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+           xerror("glp_rmfgen: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n", a_cap);
+      }
+      seed = parm[1];
+      a = parm[2];
+      b = parm[3];
+      c1 = parm[4];
+      c2 = parm[5];
+      if (!(seed > 0 && 1 <= a && a <= 1000 && 1 <= b && b <= 1000 &&
+            0 <= c1 && c1 <= c2 && c2 <= 1000))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (G != NULL)
+      {  glp_erase_graph(G, G->v_size, G->a_size);
+         glp_set_graph_name(G, "RMFGEN");
+      }
+      csa->rand = rng_create_rand();
+      rng_init_rand(csa->rand, seed);
+      n = gen_rmf(csa, a, b, c1, c2);
+      sprintf(comm[0], "This file was generated by genrmf.");
+      sprintf(comm[1], "The parameters are: a: %d b: %d c1: %d c2: %d",
+         a, b, c1, c2);
+      com1[0] = comm[0];
+      com1[1] = comm[1];
+      print_max_format(csa, n, com1, 2);
+      gen_free_net(n);
+      rng_delete_rand(csa->rand);
+      ret = 0;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#if 0
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{     int seed, a, b, c1, c2, i, parm[1+5];
+      seed = 123;
+      a = b = c1 = c2 = -1;
+      for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+      {  if (strcmp(argv[i], "-seed") == 0)
+            seed = atoi(argv[++i]);
+         else if (strcmp(argv[i], "-a") == 0)
+            a = atoi(argv[++i]);
+         else if (strcmp(argv[i], "-b") == 0)
+            b = atoi(argv[++i]);
+         else if (strcmp(argv[i], "-c1") == 0)
+            c1 = atoi(argv[++i]);
+         else if (strcmp(argv[i], "-c2") == 0)
+            c2 = atoi(argv[++i]);
+      }
+      if (a < 0 || b < 0 || c1 < 0 || c2 < 0)
+      {  xprintf("Usage:\n");
+         xprintf("genrmf [-seed seed] -a frame_size -b depth\n");
+         xprintf("        -c1 cap_range1 -c2 cap_range2\n");
+      }
+      else
+      {  parm[1] = seed;
+         parm[2] = a;
+         parm[3] = b;
+         parm[4] = c1;
+         parm[5] = c2;
+         glp_rmfgen(NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, parm);
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/strong.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/strong.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ddcacfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/strong.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* strong.c (find all strongly connected components of graph) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "mc13d.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_strong_comp - find all strongly connected components of graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_strong_comp(glp_graph *G, int v_num);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_strong_comp finds all strongly connected components
+*  of the specified graph.
+*
+*  The parameter v_num specifies an offset of the field of type int
+*  in the vertex data block, to which the routine stores the number of
+*  a strongly connected component containing that vertex. If v_num < 0,
+*  no component numbers are stored.
+*
+*  The components are numbered in arbitrary order from 1 to nc, where
+*  nc is the total number of components found, 0 <= nc <= |V|. However,
+*  the component numbering has the property that for every arc (i->j)
+*  in the graph the condition num(i) >= num(j) holds.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns nc, the total number of components found. */
+
+int glp_strong_comp(glp_graph *G, int v_num)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, k, last, n, na, nc, *icn, *ip, *lenr, *ior, *ib, *lowl,
+         *numb, *prev;
+      if (v_num >= 0 && v_num > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_strong_comp: v_num = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_num);
+      n = G->nv;
+      if (n == 0)
+      {  nc = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      na = G->na;
+      icn = xcalloc(1+na, sizeof(int));
+      ip = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      lenr = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      ior = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      ib = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      lowl = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      numb = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      prev = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      k = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         ip[i] = k;
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+            icn[k++] = a->head->i;
+         lenr[i] = k - ip[i];
+      }
+      xassert(na == k-1);
+      nc = mc13d(n, icn, ip, lenr, ior, ib, lowl, numb, prev);
+      if (v_num >= 0)
+      {  xassert(ib[1] == 1);
+         for (k = 1; k <= nc; k++)
+         {  last = (k < nc ? ib[k+1] : n+1);
+            xassert(ib[k] < last);
+            for (i = ib[k]; i < last; i++)
+            {  v = G->v[ior[i]];
+               memcpy((char *)v->data + v_num, &k, sizeof(int));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(icn);
+      xfree(ip);
+      xfree(lenr);
+      xfree(ior);
+      xfree(ib);
+      xfree(lowl);
+      xfree(numb);
+      xfree(prev);
+done: return nc;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/topsort.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/topsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..971937f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/topsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* topsort.c (topological sorting of acyclic digraph) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_top_sort - topological sorting of acyclic digraph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_top_sort(glp_graph *G, int v_num);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_top_sort performs topological sorting of vertices of
+*  the specified acyclic digraph.
+*
+*  The parameter v_num specifies an offset of the field of type int in
+*  the vertex data block, to which the routine stores the vertex number
+*  assigned. If v_num < 0, vertex numbers are not stored.
+*
+*  The vertices are numbered from 1 to n, where n is the total number
+*  of vertices in the graph. The vertex numbering has the property that
+*  for every arc (i->j) in the graph the condition num(i) < num(j)
+*  holds. Special case num(i) = 0 means that vertex i is not assigned a
+*  number, because the graph is *not* acyclic.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the graph is acyclic and therefore all the vertices have been
+*  assigned numbers, the routine glp_top_sort returns zero. Otherwise,
+*  if the graph is not acyclic, the routine returns the number of
+*  vertices which have not been numbered, i.e. for which num(i) = 0. */
+
+static int top_sort(glp_graph *G, int num[])
+{     glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, cnt, top, *stack, *indeg;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      indeg = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      stack = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      /* determine initial indegree of each vertex; push into the stack
+         the vertices having zero indegree */
+      top = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  num[i] = indeg[i] = 0;
+         for (a = G->v[i]->in; a != NULL; a = a->h_next)
+            indeg[i]++;
+         if (indeg[i] == 0)
+            stack[++top] = i;
+      }
+      /* assign numbers to vertices in the sorted order */
+      cnt = 0;
+      while (top > 0)
+      {  /* pull vertex i from the stack */
+         i = stack[top--];
+         /* it has zero indegree in the current graph */
+         xassert(indeg[i] == 0);
+         /* so assign it a next number */
+         xassert(num[i] == 0);
+         num[i] = ++cnt;
+         /* remove vertex i from the current graph, update indegree of
+            its adjacent vertices, and push into the stack new vertices
+            whose indegree becomes zero */
+         for (a = G->v[i]->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  j = a->head->i;
+            /* there exists arc (i->j) in the graph */
+            xassert(indeg[j] > 0);
+            indeg[j]--;
+            if (indeg[j] == 0)
+               stack[++top] = j;
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(indeg);
+      xfree(stack);
+      return G->nv - cnt;
+}
+
+int glp_top_sort(glp_graph *G, int v_num)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      int i, cnt, *num;
+      if (v_num >= 0 && v_num > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_top_sort: v_num = %d; invalid offset\n", v_num);
+      if (G->nv == 0)
+      {  cnt = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      num = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      cnt = top_sort(G, num);
+      if (v_num >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_num, &num[i], sizeof(int));
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(num);
+done: return cnt;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wcliqex.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wcliqex.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53c2d521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wcliqex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* wcliqex.c (find maximum weight clique with exact algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "wclique.h"
+
+static void set_edge(int nv, unsigned char a[], int i, int j)
+{     int k;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j < i && i <= nv);
+      k = ((i - 1) * (i - 2)) / 2 + (j - 1);
+      a[k / CHAR_BIT] |=
+         (unsigned char)(1 << ((CHAR_BIT - 1) - k % CHAR_BIT));
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_wclique_exact(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, double *sol, int v_set)
+{     /* find maximum weight clique with exact algorithm */
+      glp_arc *e;
+      int i, j, k, len, x, *w, *ind, ret = 0;
+      unsigned char *a;
+      double s, t;
+      if (v_wgt >= 0 && v_wgt > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_wclique_exact: v_wgt = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            v_wgt);
+      if (v_set >= 0 && v_set > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_wclique_exact: v_set = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            v_set);
+      if (G->nv == 0)
+      {  /* empty graph has only empty clique */
+         if (sol != NULL) *sol = 0.0;
+         return 0;
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      w = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      ind = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      len = G->nv; /* # vertices */
+      len = len * (len - 1) / 2; /* # entries in lower triangle */
+      len = (len + (CHAR_BIT - 1)) / CHAR_BIT; /* # bytes needed */
+      a = xcalloc(len, sizeof(char));
+      memset(a, 0, len * sizeof(char));
+      /* determine vertex weights */
+      s = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  if (v_wgt >= 0)
+         {  memcpy(&t, (char *)G->v[i]->data + v_wgt, sizeof(double));
+            if (!(0.0 <= t && t <= (double)INT_MAX && t == floor(t)))
+            {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            w[i] = (int)t;
+         }
+         else
+            w[i] = 1;
+         s += (double)w[i];
+      }
+      if (s > (double)INT_MAX)
+      {  ret = GLP_EDATA;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* build the adjacency matrix */
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  for (e = G->v[i]->in; e != NULL; e = e->h_next)
+         {  j = e->tail->i;
+            /* there exists edge (j,i) in the graph */
+            if (i > j) set_edge(G->nv, a, i, j);
+         }
+         for (e = G->v[i]->out; e != NULL; e = e->t_next)
+         {  j = e->head->i;
+            /* there exists edge (i,j) in the graph */
+            if (i > j) set_edge(G->nv, a, i, j);
+         }
+      }
+      /* find maximum weight clique in the graph */
+      len = wclique(G->nv, w, a, ind);
+      /* compute the clique weight */
+      s = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  i = ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= G->nv);
+         s += (double)w[i];
+      }
+      if (sol != NULL) *sol = s;
+      /* mark vertices included in the clique */
+      if (v_set >= 0)
+      {  x = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+            memcpy((char *)G->v[i]->data + v_set, &x, sizeof(int));
+         x = 1;
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  i = ind[k];
+            memcpy((char *)G->v[i]->data + v_set, &x, sizeof(int));
+         }
+      }
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(w);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(a);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/weak.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/weak.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..027c09c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/weak.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* weak.c (find all weakly connected components of graph) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_weak_comp - find all weakly connected components of graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_weak_comp(glp_graph *G, int v_num);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_weak_comp finds all weakly connected components of
+*  the specified graph.
+*
+*  The parameter v_num specifies an offset of the field of type int
+*  in the vertex data block, to which the routine stores the number of
+*  a (weakly) connected component containing that vertex. If v_num < 0,
+*  no component numbers are stored.
+*
+*  The components are numbered in arbitrary order from 1 to nc, where
+*  nc is the total number of components found, 0 <= nc <= |V|.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns nc, the total number of components found. */
+
+int glp_weak_comp(glp_graph *G, int v_num)
+{     glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int f, i, j, nc, nv, pos1, pos2, *prev, *next, *list;
+      if (v_num >= 0 && v_num > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_weak_comp: v_num = %d; invalid offset\n", v_num);
+      nv = G->nv;
+      if (nv == 0)
+      {  nc = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      prev = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      next = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      list = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      /* if vertex i is unlabelled, prev[i] is the index of previous
+         unlabelled vertex, and next[i] is the index of next unlabelled
+         vertex; if vertex i is labelled, then prev[i] < 0, and next[i]
+         is the connected component number */
+      /* initially all vertices are unlabelled */
+      f = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         prev[i] = i - 1, next[i] = i + 1;
+      next[nv] = 0;
+      /* main loop (until all vertices have been labelled) */
+      nc = 0;
+      while (f != 0)
+      {  /* take an unlabelled vertex */
+         i = f;
+         /* and remove it from the list of unlabelled vertices */
+         f = next[i];
+         if (f != 0) prev[f] = 0;
+         /* label the vertex; it begins a new component */
+         prev[i] = -1, next[i] = ++nc;
+         /* breadth first search */
+         list[1] = i, pos1 = pos2 = 1;
+         while (pos1 <= pos2)
+         {  /* dequeue vertex i */
+            i = list[pos1++];
+            /* consider all arcs incoming to vertex i */
+            for (a = G->v[i]->in; a != NULL; a = a->h_next)
+            {  /* vertex j is adjacent to vertex i */
+               j = a->tail->i;
+               if (prev[j] >= 0)
+               {  /* vertex j is unlabelled */
+                  /* remove it from the list of unlabelled vertices */
+                  if (prev[j] == 0)
+                     f = next[j];
+                  else
+                     next[prev[j]] = next[j];
+                  if (next[j] == 0)
+                     ;
+                  else
+                     prev[next[j]] = prev[j];
+                  /* label the vertex */
+                  prev[j] = -1, next[j] = nc;
+                  /* and enqueue it for further consideration */
+                  list[++pos2] = j;
+               }
+            }
+            /* consider all arcs outgoing from vertex i */
+            for (a = G->v[i]->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+            {  /* vertex j is adjacent to vertex i */
+               j = a->head->i;
+               if (prev[j] >= 0)
+               {  /* vertex j is unlabelled */
+                  /* remove it from the list of unlabelled vertices */
+                  if (prev[j] == 0)
+                     f = next[j];
+                  else
+                     next[prev[j]] = next[j];
+                  if (next[j] == 0)
+                     ;
+                  else
+                     prev[next[j]] = prev[j];
+                  /* label the vertex */
+                  prev[j] = -1, next[j] = nc;
+                  /* and enqueue it for further consideration */
+                  list[++pos2] = j;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* store component numbers */
+      if (v_num >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy((char *)v->data + v_num, &next[i], sizeof(int));
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(prev);
+      xfree(next);
+      xfree(list);
+done: return nc;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrasn.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrasn.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81433da8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrasn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* wrasn.c (write assignment problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_asnprob - write assignment problem data in DIMACS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost,
+*     const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_asnprob writes assignment problem data in
+*  DIMACS format to a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost, const char
+      *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, k, count = 0, ret;
+      double cost;
+      if (v_set >= 0 && v_set > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(int))
+         xerror("glp_write_asnprob: v_set = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_set);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_write_asnprob: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      xprintf("Writing assignment problem data to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c %s\n",
+         G->name == NULL ? "unknown" : G->name), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "p asn %d %d\n", G->nv, G->na), count++;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         if (v_set >= 0)
+            memcpy(&k, (char *)v->data + v_set, sizeof(int));
+         else
+            k = (v->out != NULL ? 0 : 1);
+         if (k == 0)
+            xfprintf(fp, "n %d\n", i), count++;
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cost, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cost = 1.0;
+            xfprintf(fp, "a %d %d %.*g\n",
+               a->tail->i, a->head->i, DBL_DIG, cost), count++;
+         }
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c eof\n"), count++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrcc.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrcc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2069c8ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrcc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* wrcc.c (write graph in DIMACS clique/coloring format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_ccdata - write graph in DIMACS clique/coloring format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_ccdata(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_ccdata writes the specified graph in DIMACS
+*  clique/coloring format to a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_ccdata(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, const char *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *e;
+      int i, count = 0, ret;
+      double w;
+      if (v_wgt >= 0 && v_wgt > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_write_ccdata: v_wgt = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_wgt);
+      xprintf("Writing graph to '%s'\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c %s\n",
+         G->name == NULL ? "unknown" : G->name), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "p edge %d %d\n", G->nv, G->na), count++;
+      if (v_wgt >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy(&w, (char *)v->data + v_wgt, sizeof(double));
+            if (w != 1.0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "n %d %.*g\n", i, DBL_DIG, w), count++;
+         }
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (e = v->out; e != NULL; e = e->t_next)
+            xfprintf(fp, "e %d %d\n", e->tail->i, e->head->i), count++;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c eof\n"), count++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int glp_write_graph(glp_graph *G, const char *fname)
+{     return
+         glp_write_ccdata(G, -1, fname);
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrcnf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrcnf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7974386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrcnf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* wrcnf.c (write CNF-SAT problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+
+int glp_write_cnfsat(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     /* write CNF-SAT problem data in DIMACS format */
+      glp_file *fp = NULL;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, len, count = 0, ret;
+      char s[50];
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_write_cnfsat: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      if (glp_check_cnfsat(P) != 0)
+      {  xprintf("glp_write_cnfsat: problem object does not encode CNF-"
+            "SAT instance\n");
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("Writing CNF-SAT problem data to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c %s\n",
+         P->name == NULL ? "unknown" : P->name), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "p cnf %d %d\n", P->n, P->m), count++;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  len = 0;
+         for (aij = P->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  j = aij->col->j;
+            if (aij->val < 0.0) j = -j;
+            sprintf(s, "%d", j);
+            if (len > 0 && len + 1 + strlen(s) > 72)
+               xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++, len = 0;
+            xfprintf(fp, "%s%s", len == 0 ? "" : " ", s);
+            if (len > 0) len++;
+            len += strlen(s);
+         }
+         if (len > 0 && len + 1 + 1 > 72)
+            xfprintf(fp, "\n"), count++, len = 0;
+         xfprintf(fp, "%s0\n", len == 0 ? "" : " "), count++;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c eof\n"), count++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wript.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wript.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f2ca802c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wript.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* wript.c (write interior-point solution in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_ipt - write interior-point solution in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_ipt writes interior-point solution to a text
+*  file in GLPK format.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j, count, ret = 1;
+      char *s;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_write_ipt: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_write_ipt: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n", fname)
+            ;
+      xprintf("Writing interior-point solution to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w"), count = 0;
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* write comment lines */
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s\n", "Problem:",
+         P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Rows:", P->m), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Columns:", P->n), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Non-zeros:", P->nnz), count++;
+      switch (P->ipt_stat)
+      {  case GLP_OPT:    s = "OPTIMAL";                   break;
+         case GLP_INFEAS: s = "INFEASIBLE (INTERMEDIATE)"; break;
+         case GLP_NOFEAS: s = "INFEASIBLE (FINAL)";        break;
+         case GLP_UNDEF:  s = "UNDEFINED";                 break;
+         default:         s = "???";                       break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s\n", "Status:", s), count++;
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN: s = "MINimum"; break;
+         case GLP_MAX: s = "MAXimum"; break;
+         default:      s = "???";     break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s%s%.10g (%s)\n", "Objective:",
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : P->obj,
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : " = ", P->ipt_obj, s), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c\n"), count++;
+      /* write solution line */
+      glp_format(fp, "s ipt %d %d ", P->m, P->n), count++;
+      switch (P->ipt_stat)
+      {  case GLP_OPT:    glp_format(fp, "o"); break;
+         case GLP_INFEAS: glp_format(fp, "i"); break;
+         case GLP_NOFEAS: glp_format(fp, "n"); break;
+         case GLP_UNDEF:  glp_format(fp, "u"); break;
+         default:         glp_format(fp, "?"); break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, " %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, P->ipt_obj);
+      /* write row solution descriptor lines */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         glp_format(fp, "i %d %.*g %.*g\n", i, DBL_DIG, row->pval,
+            DBL_DIG, row->dval), count++;
+      }
+      /* write column solution descriptor lines */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         glp_format(fp, "j %d %.*g %.*g\n", j, DBL_DIG, col->pval,
+            DBL_DIG, col->dval), count++;
+      }
+      /* write end line */
+      glp_format(fp, "e o f\n"), count++;
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* interior-point solution has been successfully written */
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL)
+         glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmaxf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmaxf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3101ca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmaxf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* wrmaxf.c (write maximum flow problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_maxflow - write maximum flow problem data in DIMACS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_maxflow(glp_graph *G, int s, int t, int a_cap,
+*     const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_maxflow writes maximum flow problem data in
+*  DIMACS format to a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_maxflow(glp_graph *G, int s, int t, int a_cap,
+      const char *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, count = 0, ret;
+      double cap;
+      if (!(1 <= s && s <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_write_maxflow: s = %d; source node number out of r"
+            "ange\n", s);
+      if (!(1 <= t && t <= G->nv))
+         xerror("glp_write_maxflow: t = %d: sink node number out of ran"
+            "ge\n", t);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_write_mincost: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cap);
+      xprintf("Writing maximum flow problem data to '%s'...\n",
+         fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c %s\n",
+         G->name == NULL ? "unknown" : G->name), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "p max %d %d\n", G->nv, G->na), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "n %d s\n", s), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "n %d t\n", t), count++;
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  if (a_cap >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cap, (char *)a->data + a_cap, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cap = 1.0;
+            xfprintf(fp, "a %d %d %.*g\n",
+               a->tail->i, a->head->i, DBL_DIG, cap), count++;
+         }
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c eof\n"), count++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmcf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmcf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0da37f42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmcf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* wrmcf.c (write min-cost flow problem data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_mincost - write min-cost flow probl. data in DIMACS format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_mincost(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+*     int a_cost, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_mincost writes minimum cost flow problem data
+*  in DIMACS format to a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_mincost(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, const char *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      glp_vertex *v;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, count = 0, ret;
+      double rhs, low, cap, cost;
+      if (v_rhs >= 0 && v_rhs > G->v_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_write_mincost: v_rhs = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            v_rhs);
+      if (a_low >= 0 && a_low > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_write_mincost: a_low = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_low);
+      if (a_cap >= 0 && a_cap > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_write_mincost: a_cap = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cap);
+      if (a_cost >= 0 && a_cost > G->a_size - (int)sizeof(double))
+         xerror("glp_write_mincost: a_cost = %d; invalid offset\n",
+            a_cost);
+      xprintf("Writing min-cost flow problem data to '%s'...\n",
+         fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c %s\n",
+         G->name == NULL ? "unknown" : G->name), count++;
+      xfprintf(fp, "p min %d %d\n", G->nv, G->na), count++;
+      if (v_rhs >= 0)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+         {  v = G->v[i];
+            memcpy(&rhs, (char *)v->data + v_rhs, sizeof(double));
+            if (rhs != 0.0)
+               xfprintf(fp, "n %d %.*g\n", i, DBL_DIG, rhs), count++;
+         }
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+      {  v = G->v[i];
+         for (a = v->out; a != NULL; a = a->t_next)
+         {  if (a_low >= 0)
+               memcpy(&low, (char *)a->data + a_low, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               low = 0.0;
+            if (a_cap >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cap, (char *)a->data + a_cap, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cap = 1.0;
+            if (a_cost >= 0)
+               memcpy(&cost, (char *)a->data + a_cost, sizeof(double));
+            else
+               cost = 0.0;
+            xfprintf(fp, "a %d %d %.*g %.*g %.*g\n",
+               a->tail->i, a->head->i, DBL_DIG, low, DBL_DIG, cap,
+               DBL_DIG, cost), count++;
+         }
+      }
+      xfprintf(fp, "c eof\n"), count++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmip.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmip.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..407a5fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrmip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* wrmip.c (write MIP solution in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_mip - write MIP solution in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_mip writes MIP solution to a text file in GLPK
+*  format.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j, count, ret = 1;
+      char *s;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_write_mip: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_write_mip: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n", fname)
+            ;
+      xprintf("Writing MIP solution to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w"), count = 0;
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* write comment lines */
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s\n", "Problem:",
+         P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Rows:", P->m), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Columns:", P->n), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Non-zeros:", P->nnz), count++;
+      switch (P->mip_stat)
+      {  case GLP_OPT:    s = "INTEGER OPTIMAL";           break;
+         case GLP_FEAS:   s = "INTEGER NON-OPTIMAL";       break;
+         case GLP_NOFEAS: s = "INTEGER EMPTY";             break;
+         case GLP_UNDEF:  s = "INTEGER UNDEFINED";         break;
+         default:         s = "???";                       break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s\n", "Status:", s), count++;
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN: s = "MINimum"; break;
+         case GLP_MAX: s = "MAXimum"; break;
+         default:      s = "???";     break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s%s%.10g (%s)\n", "Objective:",
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : P->obj,
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : " = ", P->mip_obj, s), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c\n"), count++;
+      /* write solution line */
+      glp_format(fp, "s mip %d %d ", P->m, P->n), count++;
+      switch (P->mip_stat)
+      {  case GLP_OPT:    glp_format(fp, "o"); break;
+         case GLP_FEAS:   glp_format(fp, "f"); break;
+         case GLP_NOFEAS: glp_format(fp, "n"); break;
+         case GLP_UNDEF:  glp_format(fp, "u"); break;
+         default:         glp_format(fp, "?"); break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, " %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, P->mip_obj);
+      /* write row solution descriptor lines */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         glp_format(fp, "i %d %.*g\n", i, DBL_DIG, row->mipx), count++;
+      }
+      /* write column solution descriptor lines */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         glp_format(fp, "j %d %.*g\n", j, DBL_DIG, col->mipx), count++;
+      }
+      /* write end line */
+      glp_format(fp, "e o f\n"), count++;
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* MIP solution has been successfully written */
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL)
+         glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrprob.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrprob.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99983d35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrprob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* wrprob.c (write problem data in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define xfprintf        glp_format
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_prob - write problem data in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_prob(glp_prob *P, int flags, const char *fname);
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_prob writes problem data in GLPK LP/MIP format
+*  to a text file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_prob(glp_prob *P, int flags, const char *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int mip, i, j, count, ret;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_write_prob: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      if (flags != 0)
+         xerror("glp_write_prob: flags = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            flags);
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_write_prob: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            fname);
+      xprintf("Writing problem data to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w"), count = 0;
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* write problem line */
+      mip = (glp_get_num_int(P) > 0);
+      xfprintf(fp, "p %s %s %d %d %d\n", !mip ? "lp" : "mip",
+         P->dir == GLP_MIN ? "min" : P->dir == GLP_MAX ? "max" : "???",
+         P->m, P->n, P->nnz), count++;
+      if (P->name != NULL)
+         xfprintf(fp, "n p %s\n", P->name), count++;
+      if (P->obj != NULL)
+         xfprintf(fp, "n z %s\n", P->obj), count++;
+      /* write row descriptors */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->type == GLP_FX && row->lb == 0.0)
+            goto skip1;
+         xfprintf(fp, "i %d ", i), count++;
+         if (row->type == GLP_FR)
+            xfprintf(fp, "f\n");
+         else if (row->type == GLP_LO)
+            xfprintf(fp, "l %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, row->lb);
+         else if (row->type == GLP_UP)
+            xfprintf(fp, "u %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, row->ub);
+         else if (row->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "d %.*g %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, row->lb, DBL_DIG,
+                  row->ub);
+         else if (row->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "s %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, row->lb);
+         else
+            xassert(row != row);
+skip1:   if (row->name != NULL)
+            xfprintf(fp, "n i %d %s\n", i, row->name), count++;
+      }
+      /* write column descriptors */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (!mip && col->type == GLP_LO && col->lb == 0.0)
+            goto skip2;
+         if (mip && col->kind == GLP_IV && col->type == GLP_DB &&
+             col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0)
+            goto skip2;
+         xfprintf(fp, "j %d ", j), count++;
+         if (mip)
+         {  if (col->kind == GLP_CV)
+               xfprintf(fp, "c ");
+            else if (col->kind == GLP_IV)
+               xfprintf(fp, "i ");
+            else
+               xassert(col != col);
+         }
+         if (col->type == GLP_FR)
+            xfprintf(fp, "f\n");
+         else if (col->type == GLP_LO)
+            xfprintf(fp, "l %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, col->lb);
+         else if (col->type == GLP_UP)
+            xfprintf(fp, "u %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, col->ub);
+         else if (col->type == GLP_DB)
+            xfprintf(fp, "d %.*g %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, col->lb, DBL_DIG,
+                  col->ub);
+         else if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+            xfprintf(fp, "s %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, col->lb);
+         else
+            xassert(col != col);
+skip2:   if (col->name != NULL)
+            xfprintf(fp, "n j %d %s\n", j, col->name), count++;
+      }
+      /* write objective coefficient descriptors */
+      if (P->c0 != 0.0)
+         xfprintf(fp, "a 0 0 %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, P->c0), count++;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->coef != 0.0)
+            xfprintf(fp, "a 0 %d %.*g\n", j, DBL_DIG, col->coef),
+               count++;
+      }
+      /* write constraint coefficient descriptors */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            xfprintf(fp, "a %d %d %.*g\n", i, aij->col->j, DBL_DIG,
+               aij->val), count++;
+      }
+      /* write end line */
+      xfprintf(fp, "e o f\n"), count++;
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      xfflush(fp);
+#endif
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL) glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrsol.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrsol.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..66c69233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/api/wrsol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/* wrsol.c (write basic solution in GLPK format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write_sol - write basic solution in GLPK format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write_sol writes basic solution to a text file in
+*  GLPK format.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero. Otherwise
+*  it prints an error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_write_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname)
+{     glp_file *fp;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j, count, ret = 1;
+      char *s;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_write_sol: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (fname == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_write_sol: fname = %d; invalid parameter\n", fname)
+            ;
+      xprintf("Writing basic solution to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = glp_open(fname, "w"), count = 0;
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("Unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* write comment lines */
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s\n", "Problem:",
+         P->name == NULL ? "" : P->name), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Rows:", P->m), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Columns:", P->n), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%d\n", "Non-zeros:", P->nnz), count++;
+      switch (glp_get_status(P))
+      {  case GLP_OPT:    s = "OPTIMAL";                   break;
+         case GLP_FEAS:   s = "FEASIBLE";                  break;
+         case GLP_INFEAS: s = "INFEASIBLE (INTERMEDIATE)"; break;
+         case GLP_NOFEAS: s = "INFEASIBLE (FINAL)";        break;
+         case GLP_UNBND:  s = "UNBOUNDED";                 break;
+         case GLP_UNDEF:  s = "UNDEFINED";                 break;
+         default:         s = "???";                       break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s\n", "Status:", s), count++;
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN: s = "MINimum"; break;
+         case GLP_MAX: s = "MAXimum"; break;
+         default:      s = "???";     break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, "c %-12s%s%s%.10g (%s)\n", "Objective:",
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : P->obj,
+         P->obj == NULL ? "" : " = ", P->obj_val, s), count++;
+      glp_format(fp, "c\n"), count++;
+      /* write solution line */
+      glp_format(fp, "s bas %d %d ", P->m, P->n), count++;
+      switch (P->pbs_stat)
+      {  case GLP_UNDEF:  glp_format(fp, "u"); break;
+         case GLP_FEAS:   glp_format(fp, "f"); break;
+         case GLP_INFEAS: glp_format(fp, "i"); break;
+         case GLP_NOFEAS: glp_format(fp, "n"); break;
+         default:         glp_format(fp, "?"); break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, " ");
+      switch (P->dbs_stat)
+      {  case GLP_UNDEF:  glp_format(fp, "u"); break;
+         case GLP_FEAS:   glp_format(fp, "f"); break;
+         case GLP_INFEAS: glp_format(fp, "i"); break;
+         case GLP_NOFEAS: glp_format(fp, "n"); break;
+         default:         glp_format(fp, "?"); break;
+      }
+      glp_format(fp, " %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, P->obj_val);
+      /* write row solution descriptor lines */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         glp_format(fp, "i %d ", i), count++;
+         switch (row->stat)
+         {  case GLP_BS:
+               glp_format(fp, "b");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NL:
+               glp_format(fp, "l");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NU:
+               glp_format(fp, "u");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NF:
+               glp_format(fp, "f");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NS:
+               glp_format(fp, "s");
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(row != row);
+         }
+         glp_format(fp, " %.*g %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, row->prim, DBL_DIG,
+            row->dual);
+      }
+      /* write column solution descriptor lines */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         glp_format(fp, "j %d ", j), count++;
+         switch (col->stat)
+         {  case GLP_BS:
+               glp_format(fp, "b");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NL:
+               glp_format(fp, "l");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NU:
+               glp_format(fp, "u");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NF:
+               glp_format(fp, "f");
+               break;
+            case GLP_NS:
+               glp_format(fp, "s");
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(col != col);
+         }
+         glp_format(fp, " %.*g %.*g\n", DBL_DIG, col->prim, DBL_DIG,
+            col->dual);
+      }
+      /* write end line */
+      glp_format(fp, "e o f\n"), count++;
+      if (glp_ioerr(fp))
+      {  xprintf("Write error on '%s' - %s\n", fname, get_err_msg());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* basic solution has been successfully written */
+      xprintf("%d lines were written\n", count);
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (fp != NULL)
+         glp_close(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..993c9ca1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/* btf.c (sparse block triangular LU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "btf.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "luf.h"
+#include "mc13d.h"
+#include "mc21a.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_store_a_cols - store pattern of matrix A in column-wise format
+*
+*  This routine stores the pattern (that is, only indices of non-zero
+*  elements) of the original matrix A in column-wise format.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns the number of non-zeros in matrix A. */
+
+int btf_store_a_cols(BTF *btf, int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[],
+      double val[]), void *info, int ind[], double val[])
+{     int n = btf->n;
+      SVA *sva = btf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      int ac_ref = btf->ac_ref;
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      int *ac_len = &sva->len[ac_ref-1];
+      int j, len, ptr, nnz;
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* get j-th column */
+         len = col(info, j, ind, val);
+         xassert(0 <= len && len <= n);
+         /* reserve locations for j-th column */
+         if (len > 0)
+         {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            }
+            sva_reserve_cap(sva, ac_ref+(j-1), len);
+         }
+         /* store pattern of j-th column */
+         ptr = ac_ptr[j];
+         memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[1], len * sizeof(int));
+         ac_len[j] = len;
+         nnz += len;
+      }
+      return nnz;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_make_blocks - permutations to block triangular form
+*
+*  This routine analyzes the pattern of the original matrix A and
+*  determines permutation matrices P and Q such that A = P * A~* Q,
+*  where A~ is an upper block triangular matrix.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns symbolic rank of matrix A. */
+
+int btf_make_blocks(BTF *btf)
+{     int n = btf->n;
+      SVA *sva = btf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      int *pp_ind = btf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = btf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = btf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = btf->qq_inv;
+      int *beg = btf->beg;
+      int ac_ref = btf->ac_ref;
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      int *ac_len = &sva->len[ac_ref-1];
+      int i, j, rank, *iperm, *pr, *arp, *cv, *out, *ip, *lenr, *lowl,
+         *numb, *prev;
+      /* determine column permutation matrix M such that matrix A * M
+       * has zero-free diagonal */
+      iperm = qq_inv; /* matrix M */
+      pr  = btf->p1_ind; /* working array */
+      arp = btf->p1_inv; /* working array */
+      cv  = btf->q1_ind; /* working array */
+      out = btf->q1_inv; /* working array */
+      rank = mc21a(n, sv_ind, ac_ptr, ac_len, iperm, pr, arp, cv, out);
+      xassert(0 <= rank && rank <= n);
+      if (rank < n)
+      {  /* A is structurally singular (rank is its symbolic rank) */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* build pattern of matrix A * M */
+      ip   = pp_ind; /* working array */
+      lenr = qq_ind; /* working array */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  ip[j] = ac_ptr[iperm[j]];
+         lenr[j] = ac_len[iperm[j]];
+      }
+      /* determine symmetric permutation matrix S such that matrix
+       * S * (A * M) * S' = A~ is upper block triangular */
+      lowl = btf->p1_ind; /* working array */
+      numb = btf->p1_inv; /* working array */
+      prev = btf->q1_ind; /* working array */
+      btf->num =
+         mc13d(n, sv_ind, ip, lenr, pp_inv, beg, lowl, numb, prev);
+      xassert(beg[1] == 1);
+      beg[btf->num+1] = n+1;
+      /* A * M = S' * A~ * S ==> A = S' * A~ * (S * M') */
+      /* determine permutation matrix P = S' */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         pp_ind[pp_inv[j]] = j;
+      /* determine permutation matrix Q = S * M' = P' * M' */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         qq_ind[i] = iperm[pp_inv[i]];
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         qq_inv[qq_ind[i]] = i;
+done: return rank;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_check_blocks - check structure of matrix A~
+*
+*  This routine checks that structure of upper block triangular matrix
+*  A~ is correct.
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+void btf_check_blocks(BTF *btf)
+{     int n = btf->n;
+      SVA *sva = btf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      int *pp_ind = btf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = btf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = btf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = btf->qq_inv;
+      int num = btf->num;
+      int *beg = btf->beg;
+      int ac_ref = btf->ac_ref;
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      int *ac_len = &sva->len[ac_ref-1];
+      int i, ii, j, jj, k, size, ptr, end, diag;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      /* check permutation matrices P and Q */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  xassert(1 <= pp_ind[k] && pp_ind[k] <= n);
+         xassert(pp_inv[pp_ind[k]] == k);
+         xassert(1 <= qq_ind[k] && qq_ind[k] <= n);
+         xassert(qq_inv[qq_ind[k]] == k);
+      }
+      /* check that matrix A~ is upper block triangular with non-zero
+       * diagonal */
+      xassert(1 <= num && num <= n);
+      xassert(beg[1] == 1);
+      xassert(beg[num+1] == n+1);
+      /* walk thru blocks of A~ */
+      for (k = 1; k <= num; k++)
+      {  /* determine size of k-th block */
+         size = beg[k+1] - beg[k];
+         xassert(size >= 1);
+         /* walk thru columns of k-th block */
+         for (jj = beg[k]; jj < beg[k+1]; jj++)
+         {  diag = 0;
+            /* jj-th column of A~ = j-th column of A */
+            j = qq_ind[jj];
+            /* walk thru elements of j-th column of A */
+            ptr = ac_ptr[j];
+            end = ptr + ac_len[j];
+            for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            {  /* determine row index of a[i,j] */
+               i = sv_ind[ptr];
+               /* i-th row of A = ii-th row of A~ */
+               ii = pp_ind[i];
+               /* a~[ii,jj] should not be below k-th block */
+               xassert(ii < beg[k+1]);
+               if (ii == jj)
+               {  /* non-zero diagonal element of A~ encountered */
+                  diag = 1;
+               }
+            }
+            xassert(diag);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_build_a_rows - build matrix A in row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine builds the row-wise representation of matrix A in the
+*  right part of SVA using its column-wise representation.
+*
+*  The working array len should have at least 1+n elements (len[0] is
+*  not used). */
+
+void btf_build_a_rows(BTF *btf, int len[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = btf->n;
+      SVA *sva = btf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int ar_ref = btf->ar_ref;
+      int *ar_ptr = &sva->ptr[ar_ref-1];
+      int *ar_len = &sva->len[ar_ref-1];
+      int ac_ref = btf->ac_ref;
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      int *ac_len = &sva->len[ac_ref-1];
+      int i, j, end, nnz, ptr, ptr1;
+      /* calculate the number of non-zeros in each row of matrix A and
+       * the total number of non-zeros */
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         len[i] = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  nnz += ac_len[j];
+         for (end = (ptr = ac_ptr[j]) + ac_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            len[sv_ind[ptr]]++;
+      }
+      /* we need at least nnz free locations in SVA */
+      if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < nnz)
+      {  sva_more_space(sva, nnz);
+         sv_ind = sva->ind;
+         sv_val = sva->val;
+      }
+      /* reserve locations for rows of matrix A */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  if (len[i] > 0)
+            sva_reserve_cap(sva, ar_ref-1+i, len[i]);
+         ar_len[i] = len[i];
+      }
+      /* walk thru columns of matrix A and build its rows */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  for (end = (ptr = ac_ptr[j]) + ac_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  i = sv_ind[ptr];
+            sv_ind[ptr1 = ar_ptr[i] + (--len[i])] = j;
+            sv_val[ptr1] = sv_val[ptr];
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_a_solve - solve system A * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system A * x = b, where A is the original
+*  matrix.
+*
+*  On entry the array b should contain elements of the right-hand size
+*  vector b in locations b[1], ..., b[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector in locations x[1], ..., x[n]. Note that the array b will be
+*  clobbered on exit.
+*
+*  The routine also uses locations [1], ..., [max_size] of two working
+*  arrays w1 and w2, where max_size is the maximal size of diagonal
+*  blocks in BT-factorization (max_size <= n). */
+
+void btf_a_solve(BTF *btf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n*/], double w2[/*1+n*/])
+{     SVA *sva = btf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int *pp_inv = btf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = btf->qq_ind;
+      int num = btf->num;
+      int *beg = btf->beg;
+      int ac_ref = btf->ac_ref;
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      int *ac_len = &sva->len[ac_ref-1];
+      double *bb = w1;
+      double *xx = w2;
+      LUF luf;
+      int i, j, jj, k, beg_k, flag;
+      double t;
+      for (k = num; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  /* determine order of diagonal block A~[k,k] */
+         luf.n = beg[k+1] - (beg_k = beg[k]);
+         if (luf.n == 1)
+         {  /* trivial case */
+            /* solve system A~[k,k] * X[k] = B[k] */
+            t = x[qq_ind[beg_k]] =
+               b[pp_inv[beg_k]] / btf->vr_piv[beg_k];
+            /* substitute X[k] into other equations */
+            if (t != 0.0)
+            {  int ptr = ac_ptr[qq_ind[beg_k]];
+               int end = ptr + ac_len[qq_ind[beg_k]];
+               for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+                  b[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * t;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* general case */
+            /* construct B[k] */
+            flag = 0;
+            for (i = 1; i <= luf.n; i++)
+            {  if ((bb[i] = b[pp_inv[i + (beg_k-1)]]) != 0.0)
+                  flag = 1;
+            }
+            /* solve system A~[k,k] * X[k] = B[k] */
+            if (!flag)
+            {  /* B[k] = 0, so X[k] = 0 */
+               for (j = 1; j <= luf.n; j++)
+                  x[qq_ind[j + (beg_k-1)]] = 0.0;
+               continue;
+            }
+            luf.sva = sva;
+            luf.fr_ref = btf->fr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.fc_ref = btf->fc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vr_ref = btf->vr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vr_piv = btf->vr_piv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vc_ref = btf->vc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.pp_ind = btf->p1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.pp_inv = btf->p1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.qq_ind = btf->q1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.qq_inv = btf->q1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf_f_solve(&luf, bb);
+            luf_v_solve(&luf, bb, xx);
+            /* store X[k] and substitute it into other equations */
+            for (j = 1; j <= luf.n; j++)
+            {  jj = j + (beg_k-1);
+               t = x[qq_ind[jj]] = xx[j];
+               if (t != 0.0)
+               {  int ptr = ac_ptr[qq_ind[jj]];
+                  int end = ptr + ac_len[qq_ind[jj]];
+                  for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+                     b[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * t;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_at_solve - solve system A'* x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system A'* x = b, where A' is a matrix
+*  transposed to the original matrix A.
+*
+*  On entry the array b should contain elements of the right-hand size
+*  vector b in locations b[1], ..., b[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector in locations x[1], ..., x[n]. Note that the array b will be
+*  clobbered on exit.
+*
+*  The routine also uses locations [1], ..., [max_size] of two working
+*  arrays w1 and w2, where max_size is the maximal size of diagonal
+*  blocks in BT-factorization (max_size <= n). */
+
+void btf_at_solve(BTF *btf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n*/], double w2[/*1+n*/])
+{     SVA *sva = btf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int *pp_inv = btf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = btf->qq_ind;
+      int num = btf->num;
+      int *beg = btf->beg;
+      int ar_ref = btf->ar_ref;
+      int *ar_ptr = &sva->ptr[ar_ref-1];
+      int *ar_len = &sva->len[ar_ref-1];
+      double *bb = w1;
+      double *xx = w2;
+      LUF luf;
+      int i, j, jj, k, beg_k, flag;
+      double t;
+      for (k = 1; k <= num; k++)
+      {  /* determine order of diagonal block A~[k,k] */
+         luf.n = beg[k+1] - (beg_k = beg[k]);
+         if (luf.n == 1)
+         {  /* trivial case */
+            /* solve system A~'[k,k] * X[k] = B[k] */
+            t = x[pp_inv[beg_k]] =
+               b[qq_ind[beg_k]] / btf->vr_piv[beg_k];
+            /* substitute X[k] into other equations */
+            if (t != 0.0)
+            {  int ptr = ar_ptr[pp_inv[beg_k]];
+               int end = ptr + ar_len[pp_inv[beg_k]];
+               for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+                  b[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * t;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* general case */
+            /* construct B[k] */
+            flag = 0;
+            for (i = 1; i <= luf.n; i++)
+            {  if ((bb[i] = b[qq_ind[i + (beg_k-1)]]) != 0.0)
+                  flag = 1;
+            }
+            /* solve system A~'[k,k] * X[k] = B[k] */
+            if (!flag)
+            {  /* B[k] = 0, so X[k] = 0 */
+               for (j = 1; j <= luf.n; j++)
+                  x[pp_inv[j + (beg_k-1)]] = 0.0;
+               continue;
+            }
+            luf.sva = sva;
+            luf.fr_ref = btf->fr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.fc_ref = btf->fc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vr_ref = btf->vr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vr_piv = btf->vr_piv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vc_ref = btf->vc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.pp_ind = btf->p1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.pp_inv = btf->p1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.qq_ind = btf->q1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.qq_inv = btf->q1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf_vt_solve(&luf, bb, xx);
+            luf_ft_solve(&luf, xx);
+            /* store X[k] and substitute it into other equations */
+            for (j = 1; j <= luf.n; j++)
+            {  jj = j + (beg_k-1);
+               t = x[pp_inv[jj]] = xx[j];
+               if (t != 0.0)
+               {  int ptr = ar_ptr[pp_inv[jj]];
+                  int end = ptr + ar_len[pp_inv[jj]];
+                  for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+                     b[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * t;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_at_solve1 - solve system A'* y = e' to cause growth in y
+*
+*  This routine is a special version of btf_at_solve. It solves the
+*  system A'* y = e' = e + delta e, where A' is a matrix transposed to
+*  the original matrix A, e is the specified right-hand side vector,
+*  and delta e is a vector of +1 and -1 chosen to cause growth in the
+*  solution vector y.
+*
+*  On entry the array e should contain elements of the right-hand size
+*  vector e in locations e[1], ..., e[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit the array y will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector in locations y[1], ..., y[n]. Note that the array e will be
+*  clobbered on exit.
+*
+*  The routine also uses locations [1], ..., [max_size] of two working
+*  arrays w1 and w2, where max_size is the maximal size of diagonal
+*  blocks in BT-factorization (max_size <= n). */
+
+void btf_at_solve1(BTF *btf, double e[/*1+n*/], double y[/*1+n*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n*/], double w2[/*1+n*/])
+{     SVA *sva = btf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int *pp_inv = btf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = btf->qq_ind;
+      int num = btf->num;
+      int *beg = btf->beg;
+      int ar_ref = btf->ar_ref;
+      int *ar_ptr = &sva->ptr[ar_ref-1];
+      int *ar_len = &sva->len[ar_ref-1];
+      double *ee = w1;
+      double *yy = w2;
+      LUF luf;
+      int i, j, jj, k, beg_k, ptr, end;
+      double e_k, y_k;
+      for (k = 1; k <= num; k++)
+      {  /* determine order of diagonal block A~[k,k] */
+         luf.n = beg[k+1] - (beg_k = beg[k]);
+         if (luf.n == 1)
+         {  /* trivial case */
+            /* determine E'[k] = E[k] + delta E[k] */
+            e_k = e[qq_ind[beg_k]];
+            e_k = (e_k >= 0.0 ? e_k + 1.0 : e_k - 1.0);
+            /* solve system A~'[k,k] * Y[k] = E[k] */
+            y_k = y[pp_inv[beg_k]] = e_k / btf->vr_piv[beg_k];
+            /* substitute Y[k] into other equations */
+            ptr = ar_ptr[pp_inv[beg_k]];
+            end = ptr + ar_len[pp_inv[beg_k]];
+            for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               e[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * y_k;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* general case */
+            /* construct E[k] */
+            for (i = 1; i <= luf.n; i++)
+               ee[i] = e[qq_ind[i + (beg_k-1)]];
+            /* solve system A~'[k,k] * Y[k] = E[k] + delta E[k] */
+            luf.sva = sva;
+            luf.fr_ref = btf->fr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.fc_ref = btf->fc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vr_ref = btf->vr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vr_piv = btf->vr_piv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.vc_ref = btf->vc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.pp_ind = btf->p1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.pp_inv = btf->p1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.qq_ind = btf->q1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+            luf.qq_inv = btf->q1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+            luf_vt_solve1(&luf, ee, yy);
+            luf_ft_solve(&luf, yy);
+            /* store Y[k] and substitute it into other equations */
+            for (j = 1; j <= luf.n; j++)
+            {  jj = j + (beg_k-1);
+               y_k = y[pp_inv[jj]] = yy[j];
+               ptr = ar_ptr[pp_inv[jj]];
+               end = ptr + ar_len[pp_inv[jj]];
+               for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+                  e[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * y_k;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  btf_estimate_norm - estimate 1-norm of inv(A)
+*
+*  This routine estimates 1-norm of inv(A) by one step of inverse
+*  iteration for the small singular vector as described in [1]. This
+*  involves solving two systems of equations:
+*
+*     A'* y = e,
+*
+*     A * z = y,
+*
+*  where A' is a matrix transposed to A, and e is a vector of +1 and -1
+*  chosen to cause growth in y. Then
+*
+*     estimate 1-norm of inv(A) = (1-norm of z) / (1-norm of y)
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. G.E.Forsythe, M.A.Malcolm, C.B.Moler. Computer Methods for
+*     Mathematical Computations. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,
+*     pp. 30-62 (subroutines DECOMP and SOLVE). */
+
+double btf_estimate_norm(BTF *btf, double w1[/*1+n*/], double
+      w2[/*1+n*/], double w3[/*1+n*/], double w4[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = btf->n;
+      double *e = w1;
+      double *y = w2;
+      double *z = w1;
+      int i;
+      double y_norm, z_norm;
+      /* compute y = inv(A') * e to cause growth in y */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         e[i] = 0.0;
+      btf_at_solve1(btf, e, y, w3, w4);
+      /* compute 1-norm of y = sum |y[i]| */
+      y_norm = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         y_norm += (y[i] >= 0.0 ? +y[i] : -y[i]);
+      /* compute z = inv(A) * y */
+      btf_a_solve(btf, y, z, w3, w4);
+      /* compute 1-norm of z = sum |z[i]| */
+      z_norm = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         z_norm += (z[i] >= 0.0 ? +z[i] : -z[i]);
+      /* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) = (1-norm of z) / (1-norm of y) */
+      return z_norm / y_norm;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btf.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f1b5926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* btf.h (sparse block triangular LU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef BTF_H
+#define BTF_H
+
+#include "sva.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure BTF describes BT-factorization, which is sparse block
+*  triangular LU-factorization.
+*
+*  The BT-factorization has the following format:
+*
+*     A = P * A~ * Q,                                                (1)
+*
+*  where A is a given (unsymmetric) square matrix, A~ is an upper block
+*  triangular matrix (see below), P and Q are permutation matrices. All
+*  the matrices have the same order n.
+*
+*  The matrix A~, which is a permuted version of the original matrix A,
+*  has the following structure:
+*
+*     A~[1,1]  A~[1,2]  ...  A~[1,num-1]      A~[1,num]
+*
+*              A~[2,2]  ...  A~[2,num-1]      A~[2,num]
+*
+*                       . . . . . . . . .                            (2)
+*
+*                        A~[num-1,num-1]  A~[num-1,num]
+*
+*                                           A~[num,num]
+*
+*  where A~[i,j] is a submatrix called a "block," num is the number of
+*  blocks. Each diagonal block A~[k,k] is a non-singular square matrix,
+*  and each subdiagonal block A~[i,j], i > j, is a zero submatrix, thus
+*  A~ is an upper block triangular matrix.
+*
+*  Permutation matrices P and Q are stored in ordinary arrays in both
+*  row- and column-like formats.
+*
+*  The original matrix A is stored in both row- and column-wise sparse
+*  formats in the associated sparse vector area (SVA). Should note that
+*  elements of all diagonal blocks A~[k,k] in matrix A are set to zero
+*  (i.e. removed), so only elements of non-diagonal blocks are stored.
+*
+*  Each diagonal block A~[k,k], 1 <= k <= num, is stored in the form of
+*  LU-factorization (see the module LUF). */
+
+typedef struct BTF BTF;
+
+struct BTF
+{     /* sparse block triangular LU-factorization */
+      int n;
+      /* order of matrices A, A~, P, Q */
+      SVA *sva;
+      /* associated sparse vector area used to store rows and columns
+       * of matrix A as well as sparse vectors for LU-factorizations of
+       * all diagonal blocks A~[k,k] */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix P */
+      int *pp_ind; /* int pp_ind[1+n]; */
+      /* pp_ind[i] = j means that P[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *pp_inv; /* int pp_inv[1+n]; */
+      /* pp_inv[j] = i means that P[i,j] = 1 */
+      /* if i-th row of matrix A is i'-th row of matrix A~, then
+       * pp_ind[i] = i' and pp_inv[i'] = i */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix Q */
+      int *qq_ind; /* int qq_ind[1+n]; */
+      /* qq_ind[i] = j means that Q[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *qq_inv; /* int qq_inv[1+n]; */
+      /* qq_inv[j] = i means that Q[i,j] = 1 */
+      /* if j-th column of matrix A is j'-th column of matrix A~, then
+       * qq_ind[j'] = j and qq_inv[j] = j' */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* block triangular structure of matrix A~ */
+      int num;
+      /* number of diagonal blocks, 1 <= num <= n */
+      int *beg; /* int beg[1+num+1]; */
+      /* beg[0] is not used;
+       * beg[k], 1 <= k <= num, is index of first row/column of k-th
+       * block of matrix A~;
+       * beg[num+1] is always n+1;
+       * note that order (size) of k-th diagonal block can be computed
+       * as beg[k+1] - beg[k] */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* original matrix A in row-wise format */
+      /* NOTE: elements of all diagonal blocks A~[k,k] are removed */
+      int ar_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * row of matrix A */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *ar_ptr = &sva->ptr[ar_ref-1];
+      /* ar_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * ar_ptr[i], 1 <= i <= n, is pointer to i-th row in SVA */
+      int *ar_len = &sva->ptr[ar_ref-1];
+      /* ar_len[0] is not used;
+       * ar_len[i], 1 <= i <= n, is length of i-th row */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* original matrix A in column-wise format */
+      /* NOTE: elements of all diagonal blocks A~[k,k] are removed */
+      int ac_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * column of matrix A */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      /* ac_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * ac_ptr[j], 1 <= j <= n, is pointer to j-th column in SVA */
+      int *ac_len = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      /* ac_len[0] is not used;
+       * ac_len[j], 1 <= j <= n, is length of j-th column */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* LU-factorizations of diagonal blocks A~[k,k] */
+      /* to decrease overhead expenses similar arrays for all LUFs are
+       * packed into a single array; for example, elements fr_ptr[1],
+       * ..., fr_ptr[n1], where n1 = beg[2] - beg[1], are related to
+       * LUF for first diagonal block A~[1,1], elements fr_ptr[n1+1],
+       * ..., fr_ptr[n1+n2], where n2 = beg[3] - beg[2], are related to
+       * LUF for second diagonal block A~[2,2], etc.; in other words,
+       * elements related to LUF for k-th diagonal block A~[k,k] have
+       * indices beg[k], beg[k]+1, ..., beg[k+1]-1 */
+      /* for details about LUF see description of the LUF module */
+      int fr_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+         row of matrix F for first diagonal block A~[1,1] */
+      int fc_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+         column of matrix F for first diagonal block A~[1,1] */
+      int vr_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+         row of matrix V for first diagonal block A~[1,1] */
+      double *vr_piv; /* double vr_piv[1+n]; */
+      /* vr_piv[0] is not used;
+         vr_piv[1,...,n] are pivot elements for all diagonal blocks */
+      int vc_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+         column of matrix V for first diagonal block A~[1,1] */
+      int *p1_ind; /* int p1_ind[1+n]; */
+      int *p1_inv; /* int p1_inv[1+n]; */
+      int *q1_ind; /* int q1_ind[1+n]; */
+      int *q1_inv; /* int q1_inv[1+n]; */
+      /* permutation matrices P and Q for all diagonal blocks */
+};
+
+#define btf_store_a_cols _glp_btf_store_a_cols
+int btf_store_a_cols(BTF *btf, int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[],
+      double val[]), void *info, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* store pattern of matrix A in column-wise format */
+
+#define btf_make_blocks _glp_btf_make_blocks
+int btf_make_blocks(BTF *btf);
+/* permutations to block triangular form */
+
+#define btf_check_blocks _glp_btf_check_blocks
+void btf_check_blocks(BTF *btf);
+/* check structure of matrix A~ */
+
+#define btf_build_a_rows _glp_btf_build_a_rows
+void btf_build_a_rows(BTF *btf, int len[/*1+n*/]);
+/* build matrix A in row-wise format */
+
+#define btf_a_solve _glp_btf_a_solve
+void btf_a_solve(BTF *btf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n*/], double w2[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system A * x = b */
+
+#define btf_at_solve _glp_btf_at_solve
+void btf_at_solve(BTF *btf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n*/], double w2[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system A'* x = b */
+
+#define btf_at_solve1 _glp_btf_at_solve1
+void btf_at_solve1(BTF *btf, double e[/*1+n*/], double y[/*1+n*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n*/], double w2[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system A'* y = e' to cause growth in y */
+
+#define btf_estimate_norm _glp_btf_estimate_norm
+double btf_estimate_norm(BTF *btf, double w1[/*1+n*/], double
+      w2[/*1+n*/], double w3[/*1+n*/], double w4[/*1+n*/]);
+/* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btfint.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btfint.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..378d3a81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btfint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
+/* btfint.c (interface to BT-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "btfint.h"
+
+BTFINT *btfint_create(void)
+{     /* create interface to BT-factorization */
+      BTFINT *fi;
+      fi = talloc(1, BTFINT);
+      fi->n_max = 0;
+      fi->valid = 0;
+      fi->sva = NULL;
+      fi->btf = NULL;
+      fi->sgf = NULL;
+      fi->sva_n_max = fi->sva_size = 0;
+      fi->delta_n0 = fi->delta_n = 0;
+      fi->sgf_piv_tol = 0.10;
+      fi->sgf_piv_lim = 4;
+      fi->sgf_suhl = 1;
+      fi->sgf_eps_tol = DBL_EPSILON;
+      return fi;
+}
+
+static void factorize_triv(BTFINT *fi, int k, int (*col)(void *info,
+      int j, int ind[], double val[]), void *info)
+{     /* compute LU-factorization of diagonal block A~[k,k] and store
+       * corresponding columns of matrix A except elements of A~[k,k]
+       * (trivial case when the block has unity size) */
+      SVA *sva = fi->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      BTF *btf = fi->btf;
+      int *pp_inv = btf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = btf->qq_ind;
+      int *beg = btf->beg;
+      int ac_ref = btf->ac_ref;
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      int *ac_len = &sva->len[ac_ref-1];
+      SGF *sgf = fi->sgf;
+      int *ind = (int *)sgf->vr_max; /* working array */
+      double *val = sgf->work; /* working array */
+      int i, j, t, len, ptr, beg_k;
+      /* diagonal block A~[k,k] has the only element in matrix A~,
+       * which is a~[beg[k],beg[k]] = a[i,j] */
+      beg_k = beg[k];
+      i = pp_inv[beg_k];
+      j = qq_ind[beg_k];
+      /* get j-th column of A */
+      len = col(info, j, ind, val);
+      /* find element a[i,j] = a~[beg[k],beg[k]] in j-th column */
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  if (ind[t] == i)
+            break;
+      }
+      xassert(t <= len);
+      /* compute LU-factorization of diagonal block A~[k,k], where
+       * F = (1), V = (a[i,j]), P = Q = (1) (see the module LUF) */
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      xassert(val[t] != 0.0);
+#endif
+      btf->vr_piv[beg_k] = val[t];
+      btf->p1_ind[beg_k] = btf->p1_inv[beg_k] = 1;
+      btf->q1_ind[beg_k] = btf->q1_inv[beg_k] = 1;
+      /* remove element a[i,j] = a~[beg[k],beg[k]] from j-th column */
+      memmove(&ind[t], &ind[t+1], (len-t) * sizeof(int));
+      memmove(&val[t], &val[t+1], (len-t) * sizeof(double));
+      len--;
+      /* and store resulting j-th column of A into BTF */
+      if (len > 0)
+      {  /* reserve locations for j-th column of A */
+         if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+         {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+            sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            sv_val = sva->val;
+         }
+         sva_reserve_cap(sva, ac_ref+(j-1), len);
+         /* store j-th column of A (except elements of A~[k,k]) */
+         ptr = ac_ptr[j];
+         memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[1], len * sizeof(int));
+         memcpy(&sv_val[ptr], &val[1], len * sizeof(double));
+         ac_len[j] = len;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static int factorize_block(BTFINT *fi, int k, int (*col)(void *info,
+      int j, int ind[], double val[]), void *info)
+{     /* compute LU-factorization of diagonal block A~[k,k] and store
+       * corresponding columns of matrix A except elements of A~[k,k]
+       * (general case) */
+      SVA *sva = fi->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      BTF *btf = fi->btf;
+      int *pp_ind = btf->pp_ind;
+      int *qq_ind = btf->qq_ind;
+      int *beg = btf->beg;
+      int ac_ref = btf->ac_ref;
+      int *ac_ptr = &sva->ptr[ac_ref-1];
+      int *ac_len = &sva->len[ac_ref-1];
+      SGF *sgf = fi->sgf;
+      int *ind = (int *)sgf->vr_max; /* working array */
+      double *val = sgf->work; /* working array */
+      LUF luf;
+      int *vc_ptr, *vc_len, *vc_cap;
+      int i, ii, j, jj, t, len, cnt, ptr, beg_k;
+      /* construct fake LUF for LU-factorization of A~[k,k] */
+      sgf->luf = &luf;
+      luf.n = beg[k+1] - (beg_k = beg[k]);
+      luf.sva = sva;
+      luf.fr_ref = btf->fr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.fc_ref = btf->fc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.vr_ref = btf->vr_ref + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.vr_piv = btf->vr_piv + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.vc_ref = btf->vc_ref + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.pp_ind = btf->p1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.pp_inv = btf->p1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.qq_ind = btf->q1_ind + (beg_k-1);
+      luf.qq_inv = btf->q1_inv + (beg_k-1);
+      /* process columns of k-th block of matrix A~ */
+      vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[luf.vc_ref-1];
+      vc_len = &sva->len[luf.vc_ref-1];
+      vc_cap = &sva->cap[luf.vc_ref-1];
+      for (jj = 1; jj <= luf.n; jj++)
+      {  /* jj-th column of A~ = j-th column of A */
+         j = qq_ind[jj + (beg_k-1)];
+         /* get j-th column of A */
+         len = col(info, j, ind, val);
+         /* move elements of diagonal block A~[k,k] to the beginning of
+          * the column list */
+         cnt = 0;
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  /* i = row index of element a[i,j] */
+            i = ind[t];
+            /* i-th row of A = ii-th row of A~ */
+            ii = pp_ind[i];
+            if (ii >= beg_k)
+            {  /* a~[ii,jj] = a[i,j] is in diagonal block A~[k,k] */
+               double temp;
+               cnt++;
+               ind[t] = ind[cnt];
+               ind[cnt] = ii - (beg_k-1); /* local index */
+               temp = val[t], val[t] = val[cnt], val[cnt] = temp;
+            }
+         }
+         /* first cnt elements in the column list give jj-th column of
+          * diagonal block A~[k,k], which is initial matrix V in LUF */
+         /* enlarge capacity of jj-th column of V = A~[k,k] */
+         if (vc_cap[jj] < cnt)
+         {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < cnt)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, cnt);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, luf.vc_ref+(jj-1), cnt, 0);
+         }
+         /* store jj-th column of V = A~[k,k] */
+         ptr = vc_ptr[jj];
+         memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[1], cnt * sizeof(int));
+         memcpy(&sv_val[ptr], &val[1], cnt * sizeof(double));
+         vc_len[jj] = cnt;
+         /* other (len-cnt) elements in the column list are stored in
+          * j-th column of the original matrix A */
+         len -= cnt;
+         if (len > 0)
+         {  /* reserve locations for j-th column of A */
+            if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_reserve_cap(sva, ac_ref-1+j, len);
+            /* store j-th column of A (except elements of A~[k,k]) */
+            ptr = ac_ptr[j];
+            memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[cnt+1], len * sizeof(int));
+            memcpy(&sv_val[ptr], &val[cnt+1], len * sizeof(double));
+            ac_len[j] = len;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute LU-factorization of diagonal block A~[k,k]; may note
+       * that A~[k,k] is irreducible (strongly connected), so singleton
+       * phase will have no effect */
+      k = sgf_factorize(sgf, 0 /* disable singleton phase */);
+      /* now left (dynamic) part of SVA should be empty (wichtig!) */
+      xassert(sva->m_ptr == 1);
+      return k;
+}
+
+int btfint_factorize(BTFINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info)
+{     /* compute BT-factorization of specified matrix A */
+      SVA *sva;
+      BTF *btf;
+      SGF *sgf;
+      int k, rank;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      fi->valid = 0;
+      /* create sparse vector area (SVA), if necessary */
+      sva = fi->sva;
+      if (sva == NULL)
+      {  int sva_n_max = fi->sva_n_max;
+         int sva_size = fi->sva_size;
+         if (sva_n_max == 0)
+            sva_n_max = 6 * n;
+         if (sva_size == 0)
+            sva_size = 10 * n;
+         sva = fi->sva = sva_create_area(sva_n_max, sva_size);
+      }
+      /* allocate/reallocate underlying objects, if necessary */
+      if (fi->n_max < n)
+      {  int n_max = fi->n_max;
+         if (n_max == 0)
+            n_max = fi->n_max = n + fi->delta_n0;
+         else
+            n_max = fi->n_max = n + fi->delta_n;
+         xassert(n_max >= n);
+         /* allocate/reallocate block triangular factorization (BTF) */
+         btf = fi->btf;
+         if (btf == NULL)
+         {  btf = fi->btf = talloc(1, BTF);
+            memset(btf, 0, sizeof(BTF));
+            btf->sva = sva;
+         }
+         else
+         {  tfree(btf->pp_ind);
+            tfree(btf->pp_inv);
+            tfree(btf->qq_ind);
+            tfree(btf->qq_inv);
+            tfree(btf->beg);
+            tfree(btf->vr_piv);
+            tfree(btf->p1_ind);
+            tfree(btf->p1_inv);
+            tfree(btf->q1_ind);
+            tfree(btf->q1_inv);
+         }
+         btf->pp_ind = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         btf->pp_inv = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         btf->qq_ind = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         btf->qq_inv = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         btf->beg = talloc(1+n_max+1, int);
+         btf->vr_piv = talloc(1+n_max, double);
+         btf->p1_ind = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         btf->p1_inv = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         btf->q1_ind = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         btf->q1_inv = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         /* allocate/reallocate factorizer workspace (SGF) */
+         /* (note that for SGF we could use the size of largest block
+          * rather than n_max) */
+         sgf = fi->sgf;
+         sgf = fi->sgf;
+         if (sgf == NULL)
+         {  sgf = fi->sgf = talloc(1, SGF);
+            memset(sgf, 0, sizeof(SGF));
+         }
+         else
+         {  tfree(sgf->rs_head);
+            tfree(sgf->rs_prev);
+            tfree(sgf->rs_next);
+            tfree(sgf->cs_head);
+            tfree(sgf->cs_prev);
+            tfree(sgf->cs_next);
+            tfree(sgf->vr_max);
+            tfree(sgf->flag);
+            tfree(sgf->work);
+         }
+         sgf->rs_head = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->rs_prev = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->rs_next = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->cs_head = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->cs_prev = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->cs_next = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->vr_max = talloc(1+n_max, double);
+         sgf->flag = talloc(1+n_max, char);
+         sgf->work = talloc(1+n_max, double);
+      }
+      btf = fi->btf;
+      btf->n = n;
+      sgf = fi->sgf;
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      /* initialize SVA */
+      sva->n = 0;
+      sva->m_ptr = 1;
+      sva->r_ptr = sva->size + 1;
+      sva->head = sva->tail = 0;
+#endif
+      /* store pattern of original matrix A in column-wise format */
+      btf->ac_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(btf->sva, btf->n);
+      btf_store_a_cols(btf, col, info, btf->pp_ind, btf->vr_piv);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+#endif
+      /* analyze pattern of original matrix A and determine permutation
+       * matrices P and Q such that A = P * A~* Q, where A~ is an upper
+       * block triangular matrix */
+      rank = btf_make_blocks(btf);
+      if (rank != n)
+      {  /* original matrix A is structurally singular */
+         return 1;
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      btf_check_blocks(btf);
+#endif
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      /* initialize SVA */
+      sva->n = 0;
+      sva->m_ptr = 1;
+      sva->r_ptr = sva->size + 1;
+      sva->head = sva->tail = 0;
+#endif
+      /* allocate sparse vectors in SVA */
+      btf->ar_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(btf->sva, btf->n);
+      btf->ac_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(btf->sva, btf->n);
+      btf->fr_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(btf->sva, btf->n);
+      btf->fc_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(btf->sva, btf->n);
+      btf->vr_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(btf->sva, btf->n);
+      btf->vc_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(btf->sva, btf->n);
+      /* setup factorizer control parameters */
+      sgf->updat = 0; /* wichtig! */
+      sgf->piv_tol = fi->sgf_piv_tol;
+      sgf->piv_lim = fi->sgf_piv_lim;
+      sgf->suhl = fi->sgf_suhl;
+      sgf->eps_tol = fi->sgf_eps_tol;
+      /* compute LU-factorizations of diagonal blocks A~[k,k] and also
+       * store corresponding columns of matrix A except elements of all
+       * blocks A~[k,k] */
+      for (k = 1; k <= btf->num; k++)
+      {  if (btf->beg[k+1] - btf->beg[k] == 1)
+         {  /* trivial case (A~[k,k] has unity order) */
+            factorize_triv(fi, k, col, info);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* general case */
+            if (factorize_block(fi, k, col, info) != 0)
+               return 2; /* factorization of A~[k,k] failed */
+         }
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+#endif
+      /* build row-wise representation of matrix A */
+      btf_build_a_rows(fi->btf, fi->sgf->rs_head);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+#endif
+      /* BT-factorization has been successfully computed */
+      fi->valid = 1;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void btfint_delete(BTFINT *fi)
+{     /* delete interface to BT-factorization */
+      SVA *sva = fi->sva;
+      BTF *btf = fi->btf;
+      SGF *sgf = fi->sgf;
+      if (sva != NULL)
+         sva_delete_area(sva);
+      if (btf != NULL)
+      {  tfree(btf->pp_ind);
+         tfree(btf->pp_inv);
+         tfree(btf->qq_ind);
+         tfree(btf->qq_inv);
+         tfree(btf->beg);
+         tfree(btf->vr_piv);
+         tfree(btf->p1_ind);
+         tfree(btf->p1_inv);
+         tfree(btf->q1_ind);
+         tfree(btf->q1_inv);
+         tfree(btf);
+      }
+      if (sgf != NULL)
+      {  tfree(sgf->rs_head);
+         tfree(sgf->rs_prev);
+         tfree(sgf->rs_next);
+         tfree(sgf->cs_head);
+         tfree(sgf->cs_prev);
+         tfree(sgf->cs_next);
+         tfree(sgf->vr_max);
+         tfree(sgf->flag);
+         tfree(sgf->work);
+         tfree(sgf);
+      }
+      tfree(fi);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btfint.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btfint.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d0e70e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/btfint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* btfint.h (interface to BT-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef BTFINT_H
+#define BTFINT_H
+
+#include "btf.h"
+#include "sgf.h"
+
+typedef struct BTFINT BTFINT;
+
+struct BTFINT
+{     /* interface to BT-factorization */
+      int n_max;
+      /* maximal value of n (increased automatically) */
+      int valid;
+      /* factorization is valid only if this flag is set */
+      SVA *sva;
+      /* sparse vector area (SVA) */
+      BTF *btf;
+      /* sparse block triangular LU-factorization */
+      SGF *sgf;
+      /* sparse Gaussian factorizer workspace */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters */
+      int sva_n_max, sva_size;
+      /* parameters passed to sva_create_area */
+      int delta_n0, delta_n;
+      /* if n_max = 0, set n_max = n + delta_n0
+       * if n_max < n, set n_max = n + delta_n */
+      double sgf_piv_tol;
+      int sgf_piv_lim;
+      int sgf_suhl;
+      double sgf_eps_tol;
+      /* factorizer control parameters */
+};
+
+#define btfint_create _glp_btfint_create
+BTFINT *btfint_create(void);
+/* create interface to BT-factorization */
+
+#define btfint_factorize _glp_btfint_factorize
+int btfint_factorize(BTFINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info);
+/* compute BT-factorization of specified matrix A */
+
+#define btfint_delete _glp_btfint_delete
+void btfint_delete(BTFINT *fi);
+/* delete interface to BT-factorization */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhv.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhv.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4bdf855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
+/* fhv.c (sparse updatable FHV-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "fhv.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  fhv_ft_update - update FHV-factorization (Forrest-Tomlin)
+*
+*  This routine updates FHV-factorization of the original matrix A
+*  after replacing its j-th column by a new one. The routine is based
+*  on the method proposed by Forrest and Tomlin [1].
+*
+*  The parameter q specifies the number of column of A, which has been
+*  replaced, 1 <= q <= n, where n is the order of A.
+*
+*  Row indices and numerical values of non-zero elements of the new
+*  j-th column of A should be placed in locations aq_ind[1], ...,
+*  aq_ind[aq_len] and aq_val[1], ..., aq_val[aq_len], respectively,
+*  where aq_len is the number of non-zeros. Neither zero nor duplicate
+*  elements are allowed.
+*
+*  The working arrays ind, val, and work should have at least 1+n
+*  elements (0-th elements are not used).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The factorization has been successfully updated.
+*
+*  1  New matrix U = P'* V * Q' is upper triangular with zero diagonal
+*     element u[s,s]. (Elimination was not performed.)
+*
+*  2  New matrix U = P'* V * Q' is upper triangular, and its diagonal
+*     element u[s,s] or u[t,t] is too small in magnitude. (Elimination
+*     was not performed.)
+*
+*  3  The same as 2, but after performing elimination.
+*
+*  4  The factorization has not been updated, because maximal number of
+*     updates has been reached.
+*
+*  5  Accuracy test failed for the updated factorization.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  The routine is based on the updating method proposed by Forrest and
+*  Tomlin [1].
+*
+*  Let q-th column of the original matrix A have been replaced by new
+*  column A[q]. Then, to keep the equality A = F * H * V, q-th column
+*  of matrix V should be replaced by column V[q] = inv(F * H) * A[q].
+*  From the standpoint of matrix U = P'* V * Q' such replacement is
+*  equivalent to replacement of s-th column of matrix U, where s is
+*  determined from q by permutation matrix Q. Thus, matrix U loses its
+*  upper triangular form and becomes the following:
+*
+*        1   s       t   n
+*     1  x x * x x x x x x
+*        . x * x x x x x x
+*     s  . . * x x x x x x
+*        . . * x x x x x x
+*        . . * . x x x x x
+*        . . * . . x x x x
+*     t  . . * . . . x x x
+*        . . . . . . . x x
+*     n  . . . . . . . . x
+*
+*  where t is largest row index of a non-zero element in s-th column.
+*
+*  The routine makes matrix U upper triangular as follows. First, it
+*  moves rows and columns s+1, ..., t by one position to the left and
+*  upwards, resp., and moves s-th row and s-th column to position t.
+*  Due to such symmetric permutations matrix U becomes the following
+*  (note that all diagonal elements remain on the diagonal, and element
+*  u[s,s] becomes u[t,t]):
+*
+*        1   s       t   n
+*     1  x x x x x x * x x
+*        . x x x x x * x x
+*     s  . . x x x x * x x
+*        . . . x x x * x x
+*        . . . . x x * x x
+*        . . . . . x * x x
+*     t  . . x x x x * x x
+*        . . . . . . . x x
+*     n  . . . . . . . . x
+*
+*  Then the routine performs gaussian elimination to eliminate
+*  subdiagonal elements u[t,s], ..., u[t,t-1] using diagonal elements
+*  u[s,s], ..., u[t-1,t-1] as pivots. During the elimination process
+*  the routine permutes neither rows nor columns, so only t-th row is
+*  changed. Should note that actually all operations are performed on
+*  matrix V = P * U * Q, since matrix U is not stored.
+*
+*  To keep the equality A = F * H * V, the routine appends new row-like
+*  factor H[k] to matrix H, and every time it applies elementary
+*  gaussian transformation to eliminate u[t,j'] = v[p,j] using pivot
+*  u[j',j'] = v[i,j], it also adds new element f[p,j] = v[p,j] / v[i,j]
+*  (gaussian multiplier) to factor H[k], which initially is a unity
+*  matrix. At the end of elimination process the row-like factor H[k]
+*  may look as follows:
+*
+*        1               n          1   s       t   n
+*     1  1 . . . . . . . .       1  1 . . . . . . . .
+*        . 1 . . . . . . .          . 1 . . . . . . .
+*        . . 1 . . . . . .       s  . . 1 . . . . . .
+*     p  . x x 1 . x . x .          . . . 1 . . . . .
+*        . . . . 1 . . . .          . . . . 1 . . . .
+*        . . . . . 1 . . .          . . . . . 1 . . .
+*        . . . . . . 1 . .       t  . . x x x x 1 . .
+*        . . . . . . . 1 .          . . . . . . . 1 .
+*     n  . . . . . . . . 1       n  . . . . . . . . 1
+*
+*              H[k]                 inv(P) * H[k] * P
+*
+*  If, however, s = t, no elimination is needed, in which case no new
+*  row-like factor is created.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. J.J.H.Forrest and J.A.Tomlin, "Updated triangular factors of the
+*     basis to maintain sparsity in the product form simplex method,"
+*     Math. Prog. 2 (1972), pp. 263-78. */
+
+int fhv_ft_update(FHV *fhv, int q, int aq_len, const int aq_ind[],
+      const double aq_val[], int ind[/*1+n*/], double val[/*1+n*/],
+      double work[/*1+n*/])
+{     LUF *luf = fhv->luf;
+      int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_cap = &sva->cap[vr_ref-1];
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_cap = &sva->cap[vc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = luf->qq_inv;
+      int *hh_ind = fhv->hh_ind;
+      int hh_ref = fhv->hh_ref;
+      int *hh_ptr = &sva->ptr[hh_ref-1];
+      int *hh_len = &sva->len[hh_ref-1];
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      const double eps_tol = DBL_EPSILON;
+      const double vpq_tol = 1e-5;
+      const double err_tol = 1e-10;
+#endif
+      int end, i, i_end, i_ptr, j, j_end, j_ptr, k, len, nnz, p, p_end,
+         p_ptr, ptr, q_end, q_ptr, s, t;
+      double f, vpq, temp;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* replace current q-th column of matrix V by new one           */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      /* convert new q-th column of matrix A to dense format */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         val[i] = 0.0;
+      xassert(0 <= aq_len && aq_len <= n);
+      for (k = 1; k <= aq_len; k++)
+      {  i = aq_ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= n);
+         xassert(val[i] == 0.0);
+         xassert(aq_val[k] != 0.0);
+         val[i] = aq_val[k];
+      }
+      /* compute new q-th column of matrix V:
+       * new V[q] = inv(F * H) * (new A[q]) */
+      luf->pp_ind = fhv->p0_ind;
+      luf->pp_inv = fhv->p0_inv;
+      luf_f_solve(luf, val);
+      luf->pp_ind = pp_ind;
+      luf->pp_inv = pp_inv;
+      fhv_h_solve(fhv, val);
+      /* q-th column of V = s-th column of U */
+      s = qq_inv[q];
+      /* determine row number of element v[p,q] that corresponds to
+       * diagonal element u[s,s] */
+      p = pp_inv[s];
+      /* convert new q-th column of V to sparse format;
+       * element v[p,q] = u[s,s] is not included in the element list
+       * and stored separately */
+      vpq = 0.0;
+      len = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  temp = val[i];
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         if (-eps_tol < temp && temp < +eps_tol)
+#endif
+            /* nop */;
+         else if (i == p)
+            vpq = temp;
+         else
+         {  ind[++len] = i;
+            val[len] = temp;
+         }
+      }
+      /* clear q-th column of matrix V */
+      for (q_end = (q_ptr = vc_ptr[q]) + vc_len[q];
+         q_ptr < q_end; q_ptr++)
+      {  /* get row index of v[i,q] */
+         i = sv_ind[q_ptr];
+         /* find and remove v[i,q] from i-th row */
+         for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+            sv_ind[i_ptr] != q; i_ptr++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(i_ptr < i_end);
+         sv_ind[i_ptr] = sv_ind[i_end-1];
+         sv_val[i_ptr] = sv_val[i_end-1];
+         vr_len[i]--;
+      }
+      /* now q-th column of matrix V is empty */
+      vc_len[q] = 0;
+      /* put new q-th column of V (except element v[p,q] = u[s,s]) in
+       * column-wise format */
+      if (len > 0)
+      {  if (vc_cap[q] < len)
+         {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vc_ref-1+q, len, 0);
+         }
+         ptr = vc_ptr[q];
+         memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[1], len * sizeof(int));
+         memcpy(&sv_val[ptr], &val[1], len * sizeof(double));
+         vc_len[q] = len;
+      }
+      /* put new q-th column of V (except element v[p,q] = u[s,s]) in
+       * row-wise format, and determine largest row number t such that
+       * u[s,t] != 0 */
+      t = (vpq == 0.0 ? 0 : s);
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  /* get row index of v[i,q] */
+         i = ind[k];
+         /* put v[i,q] to i-th row */
+         if (vr_cap[i] == vr_len[i])
+         {  /* reserve extra locations in i-th row to reduce further
+             * relocations of that row */
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+            int need = vr_len[i] + 5;
+#endif
+            if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < need)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, need);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vr_ref-1+i, need, 0);
+         }
+         sv_ind[ptr = vr_ptr[i] + (vr_len[i]++)] = q;
+         sv_val[ptr] = val[k];
+         /* v[i,q] is non-zero; increase t */
+         if (t < pp_ind[i])
+            t = pp_ind[i];
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* check if matrix U is already upper triangular                */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* check if there is a spike in s-th column of matrix U, which
+       * is q-th column of matrix V */
+      if (s >= t)
+      {  /* no spike; matrix U is already upper triangular */
+         /* store its diagonal element u[s,s] = v[p,q] */
+         vr_piv[p] = vpq;
+         if (s > t)
+         {  /* matrix U is structurally singular, because its diagonal
+             * element u[s,s] = v[p,q] is exact zero */
+            xassert(vpq == 0.0);
+            return 1;
+         }
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         else if (-vpq_tol < vpq && vpq < +vpq_tol)
+#endif
+         {  /* matrix U is not well conditioned, because its diagonal
+             * element u[s,s] = v[p,q] is too small in magnitude */
+            return 2;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* normal case */
+            return 0;
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* perform implicit symmetric permutations of rows and columns  */
+      /* of matrix U                                                  */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* currently v[p,q] = u[s,s] */
+      xassert(p == pp_inv[s] && q == qq_ind[s]);
+      for (k = s; k < t; k++)
+      {  pp_ind[pp_inv[k] = pp_inv[k+1]] = k;
+         qq_inv[qq_ind[k] = qq_ind[k+1]] = k;
+      }
+      /* now v[p,q] = u[t,t] */
+      pp_ind[pp_inv[t] = p] = qq_inv[qq_ind[t] = q] = t;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* check if matrix U is already upper triangular                */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* check if there is a spike in t-th row of matrix U, which is
+       * p-th row of matrix V */
+      for (p_end = (p_ptr = vr_ptr[p]) + vr_len[p];
+         p_ptr < p_end; p_ptr++)
+      {  if (qq_inv[sv_ind[p_ptr]] < t)
+            break; /* spike detected */
+      }
+      if (p_ptr == p_end)
+      {  /* no spike; matrix U is already upper triangular */
+         /* store its diagonal element u[t,t] = v[p,q] */
+         vr_piv[p] = vpq;
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         if (-vpq_tol < vpq && vpq < +vpq_tol)
+#endif
+         {  /* matrix U is not well conditioned, because its diagonal
+             * element u[t,t] = v[p,q] is too small in magnitude */
+            return 2;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* normal case */
+            return 0;
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* copy p-th row of matrix V, which is t-th row of matrix U, to */
+      /* working array                                                */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* copy p-th row of matrix V, including element v[p,q] = u[t,t],
+       * to the working array in dense format and remove these elements
+       * from matrix V; since no pivoting is used, only this row will
+       * change during elimination */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         work[j] = 0.0;
+      work[q] = vpq;
+      for (p_end = (p_ptr = vr_ptr[p]) + vr_len[p];
+         p_ptr < p_end; p_ptr++)
+      {  /* get column index of v[p,j] and store this element to the
+          * working array */
+         work[j = sv_ind[p_ptr]] = sv_val[p_ptr];
+         /* find and remove v[p,j] from j-th column */
+         for (j_end = (j_ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j];
+            sv_ind[j_ptr] != p; j_ptr++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(j_ptr < j_end);
+         sv_ind[j_ptr] = sv_ind[j_end-1];
+         sv_val[j_ptr] = sv_val[j_end-1];
+         vc_len[j]--;
+      }
+      /* now p-th row of matrix V is temporarily empty */
+      vr_len[p] = 0;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* perform gaussian elimination                                 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* transform p-th row of matrix V stored in working array, which
+       * is t-th row of matrix U, to eliminate subdiagonal elements
+       * u[t,s], ..., u[t,t-1]; corresponding gaussian multipliers will
+       * form non-trivial row of new row-like factor */
+      nnz = 0; /* number of non-zero gaussian multipliers */
+      for (k = s; k < t; k++)
+      {  /* diagonal element u[k,k] = v[i,j] is used as pivot */
+         i = pp_inv[k], j = qq_ind[k];
+         /* take subdiagonal element u[t,k] = v[p,j] */
+         temp = work[j];
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         if (-eps_tol < temp && temp < +eps_tol)
+            continue;
+#endif
+         /* compute and save gaussian multiplier:
+          * f := u[t,k] / u[k,k] = v[p,j] / v[i,j] */
+         ind[++nnz] = i;
+         val[nnz] = f = work[j] / vr_piv[i];
+         /* gaussian transformation to eliminate u[t,k] = v[p,j]:
+          * (p-th row of V) := (p-th row of V) - f * (i-th row of V) */
+         for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+            i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+            work[sv_ind[i_ptr]] -= f * sv_val[i_ptr];
+      }
+      /* now matrix U is again upper triangular */
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      if (-vpq_tol < work[q] && work[q] < +vpq_tol)
+#endif
+      {  /* however, its new diagonal element u[t,t] = v[p,q] is too
+          * small in magnitude */
+         return 3;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* create new row-like factor H[k] and add to eta file H        */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* (nnz = 0 means that all subdiagonal elements were too small
+       * in magnitude) */
+      if (nnz > 0)
+      {  if (fhv->nfs == fhv->nfs_max)
+         {  /* maximal number of row-like factors has been reached */
+            return 4;
+         }
+         k = ++(fhv->nfs);
+         hh_ind[k] = p;
+         /* store non-trivial row of H[k] in right (dynamic) part of
+          * SVA (diagonal unity element is not stored) */
+         if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < nnz)
+         {  sva_more_space(sva, nnz);
+            sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            sv_val = sva->val;
+         }
+         sva_reserve_cap(sva, fhv->hh_ref-1+k, nnz);
+         ptr = hh_ptr[k];
+         memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[1], nnz * sizeof(int));
+         memcpy(&sv_val[ptr], &val[1], nnz * sizeof(double));
+         hh_len[k] = nnz;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* copy transformed p-th row of matrix V, which is t-th row of  */
+      /* matrix U, from working array back to matrix V                */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* copy elements of transformed p-th row of matrix V, which are
+       * non-diagonal elements u[t,t+1], ..., u[t,n] of matrix U, from
+       * working array to corresponding columns of matrix V (note that
+       * diagonal element u[t,t] = v[p,q] not copied); also transform
+       * p-th row of matrix V to sparse format */
+      len = 0;
+      for (k = t+1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* j-th column of V = k-th column of U */
+         j = qq_ind[k];
+         /* take non-diagonal element v[p,j] = u[t,k] */
+         temp = work[j];
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         if (-eps_tol < temp && temp < +eps_tol)
+            continue;
+#endif
+         /* add v[p,j] to j-th column of matrix V */
+         if (vc_cap[j] == vc_len[j])
+         {  /* reserve extra locations in j-th column to reduce further
+             * relocations of that column */
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+            int need = vc_len[j] + 5;
+#endif
+            if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < need)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, need);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vc_ref-1+j, need, 0);
+         }
+         sv_ind[ptr = vc_ptr[j] + (vc_len[j]++)] = p;
+         sv_val[ptr] = temp;
+         /* store element v[p,j] = u[t,k] to working sparse vector */
+         ind[++len] = j;
+         val[len] = temp;
+      }
+      /* copy elements from working sparse vector to p-th row of matrix
+       * V (this row is currently empty) */
+      if (vr_cap[p] < len)
+      {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+         {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+            sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            sv_val = sva->val;
+         }
+         sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vr_ref-1+p, len, 0);
+      }
+      ptr = vr_ptr[p];
+      memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[1], len * sizeof(int));
+      memcpy(&sv_val[ptr], &val[1], len * sizeof(double));
+      vr_len[p] = len;
+      /* store new diagonal element u[t,t] = v[p,q] */
+      vr_piv[p] = work[q];
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* perform accuracy test (only if new H[k] was added)           */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      if (nnz > 0)
+      {  /* copy p-th (non-trivial) row of row-like factor H[k] (except
+          * unity diagonal element) to working array in dense format */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+            work[j] = 0.0;
+         k = fhv->nfs;
+         for (end = (ptr = hh_ptr[k]) + hh_len[k]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            work[sv_ind[ptr]] = sv_val[ptr];
+         /* compute inner product of p-th (non-trivial) row of matrix
+          * H[k] and q-th column of matrix V */
+         temp = vr_piv[p]; /* 1 * v[p,q] */
+         ptr = vc_ptr[q];
+         end = ptr + vc_len[q];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            temp += work[sv_ind[ptr]] * sv_val[ptr];
+         /* inner product should be equal to element v[p,q] *before*
+          * matrix V was transformed */
+         /* compute relative error */
+         temp = fabs(vpq - temp) / (1.0 + fabs(vpq));
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         if (temp > err_tol)
+#endif
+         {  /* relative error is too large */
+            return 5;
+         }
+      }
+      /* factorization has been successfully updated */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  fhv_h_solve - solve system H * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system H * x = b, where the matrix H is the
+*  middle factor of the sparse updatable FHV-factorization.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix H. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations. */
+
+void fhv_h_solve(FHV *fhv, double x[/*1+n*/])
+{     SVA *sva = fhv->luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int nfs = fhv->nfs;
+      int *hh_ind = fhv->hh_ind;
+      int hh_ref = fhv->hh_ref;
+      int *hh_ptr = &sva->ptr[hh_ref-1];
+      int *hh_len = &sva->len[hh_ref-1];
+      int i, k, end, ptr;
+      double x_i;
+      for (k = 1; k <= nfs; k++)
+      {  x_i = x[i = hh_ind[k]];
+         for (end = (ptr = hh_ptr[k]) + hh_len[k]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            x_i -= sv_val[ptr] * x[sv_ind[ptr]];
+         x[i] = x_i;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  fhv_ht_solve - solve system H' * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system H' * x = b, where H' is a matrix
+*  transposed to the matrix H, which is the middle factor of the sparse
+*  updatable FHV-factorization.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix H. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations. */
+
+void fhv_ht_solve(FHV *fhv, double x[/*1+n*/])
+{     SVA *sva = fhv->luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int nfs = fhv->nfs;
+      int *hh_ind = fhv->hh_ind;
+      int hh_ref = fhv->hh_ref;
+      int *hh_ptr = &sva->ptr[hh_ref-1];
+      int *hh_len = &sva->len[hh_ref-1];
+      int k, end, ptr;
+      double x_j;
+      for (k = nfs; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  if ((x_j = x[hh_ind[k]]) == 0.0)
+            continue;
+         for (end = (ptr = hh_ptr[k]) + hh_len[k]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            x[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * x_j;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhv.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhv.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df39ca5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* fhv.h (sparse updatable FHV-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef FHV_H
+#define FHV_H
+
+#include "luf.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure FHV describes sparse updatable FHV-factorization.
+*
+*  The FHV-factorization has the following format:
+*
+*     A = F * H * V,                                                 (1)
+*
+*     F = P0 * L * P0',                                              (2)
+*
+*     H = H[1] * H[2] * ... * H[nfs],                                (3)
+*
+*     V = P * U * Q,                                                 (4)
+*
+*  where: A is a given (unsymmetric) square matrix; F, H, V are matrix
+*  factors actually computed; L is a lower triangular matrix with unity
+*  diagonal; U is an upper tringular matrix; H[k], k = 1, 2, ..., nfs,
+*  is a row-like factor, which differs from unity matrix only in one
+*  row called a non-trivial row; P0, P, Q are permutation matrices; and
+*  P0' is a matrix transposed to P0.
+*
+*  Matrices F, V, P, Q are stored in the underlying LUF object.
+*
+*  Non-trivial rows of factors H[k] are stored as sparse vectors in the
+*  right (static) part of the sparse vector area (SVA). Note that unity
+*  diagonal elements of non-trivial rows are not stored.
+*
+*  Matrix P0 is stored in the same way as matrix P.
+*
+*  Matrices L and U are completely defined by matrices F, V, P, and Q,
+*  and therefore not stored explicitly. */
+
+typedef struct FHV FHV;
+
+struct FHV
+{     /* FHV-factorization */
+      LUF *luf;
+      /* LU-factorization (contains matrices F, V, P, Q) */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix H in the form of eta file */
+      int nfs_max;
+      /* maximal number of row-like factors (this limits the number of
+       * updates of the factorization) */
+      int nfs;
+      /* current number of row-like factors, 0 <= nfs <= nfs_max */
+      int *hh_ind; /* int hh_ind[1+nfs_max]; */
+      /* hh_ind[0] is not used;
+       * hh_ind[k], 1 <= k <= nfs, is number of non-trivial row of
+       * factor H[k] */
+      int hh_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is non-trivial
+       * row of factor H[1] */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *hh_ptr = &sva->ptr[hh_ref-1];
+      /* hh_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * hh_ptr[k], 1 <= k <= nfs, is pointer to non-trivial row of
+       * factor H[k] */
+      int *hh_len = &sva->len[hh_ref-1];
+      /* hh_len[0] is not used;
+       * hh_len[k], 1 <= k <= nfs, is number of non-zero elements in
+       * non-trivial row of factor H[k] */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix P0 */
+      int *p0_ind; /* int p0_ind[1+n]; */
+      /* p0_ind[i] = j means that P0[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *p0_inv; /* int p0_inv[1+n]; */
+      /* p0_inv[j] = i means that P0[i,j] = 1 */
+};
+
+#define fhv_ft_update _glp_fhv_ft_update
+int fhv_ft_update(FHV *fhv, int q, int aq_len, const int aq_ind[],
+      const double aq_val[], int ind[/*1+n*/], double val[/*1+n*/],
+      double work[/*1+n*/]);
+/* update FHV-factorization (Forrest-Tomlin) */
+
+#define fhv_h_solve _glp_fhv_h_solve
+void fhv_h_solve(FHV *fhv, double x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system H * x = b */
+
+#define fhv_ht_solve _glp_fhv_ht_solve
+void fhv_ht_solve(FHV *fhv, double x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system H' * x = b */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhvint.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhvint.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a21b71c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhvint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* fhvint.c (interface to FHV-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "fhvint.h"
+
+FHVINT *fhvint_create(void)
+{     /* create interface to FHV-factorization */
+      FHVINT *fi;
+      fi = talloc(1, FHVINT);
+      memset(fi, 0, sizeof(FHVINT));
+      fi->lufi = lufint_create();
+      return fi;
+}
+
+int fhvint_factorize(FHVINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info)
+{     /* compute FHV-factorization of specified matrix A */
+      int nfs_max, old_n_max, n_max, k, ret;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      fi->valid = 0;
+      /* get required value of nfs_max */
+      nfs_max = fi->nfs_max;
+      if (nfs_max == 0)
+         nfs_max = 100;
+      xassert(nfs_max > 0);
+      /* compute factorization of specified matrix A */
+      old_n_max = fi->lufi->n_max;
+      fi->lufi->sva_n_max = 4 * n + nfs_max;
+      fi->lufi->sgf_updat = 1;
+      ret = lufint_factorize(fi->lufi, n, col, info);
+      n_max = fi->lufi->n_max;
+      /* allocate/reallocate arrays, if necessary */
+      if (fi->fhv.nfs_max != nfs_max)
+      {  if (fi->fhv.hh_ind != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->fhv.hh_ind);
+         fi->fhv.hh_ind = talloc(1+nfs_max, int);
+      }
+      if (old_n_max < n_max)
+      {  if (fi->fhv.p0_ind != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->fhv.p0_ind);
+         if (fi->fhv.p0_inv != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->fhv.p0_inv);
+         fi->fhv.p0_ind = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         fi->fhv.p0_inv = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+      }
+      /* initialize FHV-factorization */
+      fi->fhv.luf = fi->lufi->luf;
+      fi->fhv.nfs_max = nfs_max;
+      /* H := I */
+      fi->fhv.nfs = 0;
+      fi->fhv.hh_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(fi->lufi->sva, nfs_max);
+      /* P0 := P */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  fi->fhv.p0_ind[k] = fi->fhv.luf->pp_ind[k];
+         fi->fhv.p0_inv[k] = fi->fhv.luf->pp_inv[k];
+      }
+      /* set validation flag */
+      if (ret == 0)
+         fi->valid = 1;
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int fhvint_update(FHVINT *fi, int j, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[])
+{     /* update FHV-factorization after replacing j-th column of A */
+      SGF *sgf = fi->lufi->sgf;
+      int *ind1 = sgf->rs_next;
+      double *val1 = sgf->vr_max;
+      double *work = sgf->work;
+      int ret;
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      ret = fhv_ft_update(&fi->fhv, j, len, ind, val, ind1, val1, work);
+      if (ret != 0)
+         fi->valid = 0;
+      return ret;
+}
+
+void fhvint_ftran(FHVINT *fi, double x[])
+{     /* solve system A * x = b */
+      FHV *fhv = &fi->fhv;
+      LUF *luf = fhv->luf;
+      int n = luf->n;
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      SGF *sgf = fi->lufi->sgf;
+      double *work = sgf->work;
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      /* A = F * H * V */
+      /* x = inv(A) * b = inv(V) * inv(H) * inv(F) * b */
+      luf->pp_ind = fhv->p0_ind;
+      luf->pp_inv = fhv->p0_inv;
+      luf_f_solve(luf, x);
+      luf->pp_ind = pp_ind;
+      luf->pp_inv = pp_inv;
+      fhv_h_solve(fhv, x);
+      luf_v_solve(luf, x, work);
+      memcpy(&x[1], &work[1], n * sizeof(double));
+      return;
+}
+
+void fhvint_btran(FHVINT *fi, double x[])
+{     /* solve system A'* x = b */
+      FHV *fhv = &fi->fhv;
+      LUF *luf = fhv->luf;
+      int n = luf->n;
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      SGF *sgf = fi->lufi->sgf;
+      double *work = sgf->work;
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      /* A' = (F * H * V)' = V'* H'* F' */
+      /* x = inv(A') * b = inv(F') * inv(H') * inv(V') * b */
+      luf_vt_solve(luf, x, work);
+      fhv_ht_solve(fhv, work);
+      luf->pp_ind = fhv->p0_ind;
+      luf->pp_inv = fhv->p0_inv;
+      luf_ft_solve(luf, work);
+      luf->pp_ind = pp_ind;
+      luf->pp_inv = pp_inv;
+      memcpy(&x[1], &work[1], n * sizeof(double));
+      return;
+}
+
+double fhvint_estimate(FHVINT *fi)
+{     /* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) */
+      double norm;
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      xassert(fi->fhv.nfs == 0);
+      norm = luf_estimate_norm(fi->fhv.luf, fi->lufi->sgf->vr_max,
+         fi->lufi->sgf->work);
+      return norm;
+}
+
+void fhvint_delete(FHVINT *fi)
+{     /* delete interface to FHV-factorization */
+      lufint_delete(fi->lufi);
+      if (fi->fhv.hh_ind != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->fhv.hh_ind);
+      if (fi->fhv.p0_ind != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->fhv.p0_ind);
+      if (fi->fhv.p0_inv != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->fhv.p0_inv);
+      tfree(fi);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhvint.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhvint.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..000829c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/fhvint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* fhvint.h (interface to FHV-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef FHVINT_H
+#define FHVINT_H
+
+#include "fhv.h"
+#include "lufint.h"
+
+typedef struct FHVINT FHVINT;
+
+struct FHVINT
+{     /* interface to FHV-factorization */
+      int valid;
+      /* factorization is valid only if this flag is set */
+      FHV fhv;
+      /* FHV-factorization */
+      LUFINT *lufi;
+      /* interface to underlying LU-factorization */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters */
+      int nfs_max;
+      /* required maximal number of row-like factors */
+};
+
+#define fhvint_create _glp_fhvint_create
+FHVINT *fhvint_create(void);
+/* create interface to FHV-factorization */
+
+#define fhvint_factorize _glp_fhvint_factorize
+int fhvint_factorize(FHVINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info);
+/* compute FHV-factorization of specified matrix A */
+
+#define fhvint_update _glp_fhvint_update
+int fhvint_update(FHVINT *fi, int j, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[]);
+/* update FHV-factorization after replacing j-th column of A */
+
+#define fhvint_ftran _glp_fhvint_ftran
+void fhvint_ftran(FHVINT *fi, double x[]);
+/* solve system A * x = b */
+
+#define fhvint_btran _glp_fhvint_btran
+void fhvint_btran(FHVINT *fi, double x[]);
+/* solve system A'* x = b */
+
+#define fhvint_estimate _glp_fhvint_estimate
+double fhvint_estimate(FHVINT *fi);
+/* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) */
+
+#define fhvint_delete _glp_fhvint_delete
+void fhvint_delete(FHVINT *fi);
+/* delete interface to FHV-factorization */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/ifu.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/ifu.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa47fb09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/ifu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/* ifu.c (dense updatable IFU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ifu.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ifu_expand - expand IFU-factorization
+*
+*  This routine expands the IFU-factorization of the matrix A according
+*  to the following expansion of A:
+*
+*             ( A  c )
+*     new A = (      )
+*             ( r' d )
+*
+*  where c[1,...,n] is a new column, r[1,...,n] is a new row, and d is
+*  a new diagonal element.
+*
+*  From the main equality F * A = U it follows that:
+*
+*     ( F  0 ) ( A  c )   ( FA  Fc )   ( U  Fc )
+*     (      ) (      ) = (        ) = (       ),
+*     ( 0  1 ) ( r' d )   ( r'   d )   ( r'  d )
+*
+*  thus,
+*
+*             ( F  0 )           ( U  Fc )
+*     new F = (      ),  new U = (       ).
+*             ( 0  1 )           ( r'  d )
+*
+*  Note that the resulting matrix U loses its upper triangular form due
+*  to row spike r', which should be eliminated. */
+
+void ifu_expand(IFU *ifu, double c[/*1+n*/], double r[/*1+n*/],
+      double d)
+{     /* non-optimized version */
+      int n_max = ifu->n_max;
+      int n = ifu->n;
+      double *f_ = ifu->f;
+      double *u_ = ifu->u;
+      int i, j;
+      double t;
+#     define f(i,j) f_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+#     define u(i,j) u_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+      xassert(0 <= n && n < n_max);
+      /* adjust indexing */
+      c++, r++;
+      /* set new zero column of matrix F */
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+         f(i,n) = 0.0;
+      /* set new zero row of matrix F */
+      for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+         f(n,j) = 0.0;
+      /* set new unity diagonal element of matrix F */
+      f(n,n) = 1.0;
+      /* set new column of matrix U to vector (old F) * c */
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      {  /* u[i,n] := (i-th row of old F) * c */
+         t = 0.0;
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+            t += f(i,j) * c[j];
+         u(i,n) = t;
+      }
+      /* set new row of matrix U to vector r */
+      for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+         u(n,j) = r[j];
+      /* set new diagonal element of matrix U to scalar d */
+      u(n,n) = d;
+      /* increase factorization order */
+      ifu->n++;
+#     undef f
+#     undef u
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ifu_bg_update - update IFU-factorization (Bartels-Golub)
+*
+*  This routine updates IFU-factorization of the matrix A according to
+*  its expansion (see comments to the routine ifu_expand). The routine
+*  is based on the method proposed by Bartels and Golub [1].
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The factorization has been successfully updated.
+*
+*  1  On some elimination step diagional element u[k,k] to be used as
+*     pivot is too small in magnitude.
+*
+*  2  Diagonal element u[n,n] is too small in magnitude (at the end of
+*     update).
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. R.H.Bartels, G.H.Golub, "The Simplex Method of Linear Programming
+*     Using LU-decomposition", Comm. ACM, 12, pp. 266-68, 1969. */
+
+int ifu_bg_update(IFU *ifu, double c[/*1+n*/], double r[/*1+n*/],
+      double d)
+{     /* non-optimized version */
+      int n_max = ifu->n_max;
+      int n = ifu->n;
+      double *f_ = ifu->f;
+      double *u_ = ifu->u;
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      double tol = 1e-5;
+#endif
+      int j, k;
+      double t;
+#     define f(i,j) f_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+#     define u(i,j) u_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+      /* expand factorization */
+      ifu_expand(ifu, c, r, d);
+      /* NOTE: n keeps its old value */
+      /* eliminate spike (non-zero subdiagonal elements) in last row of
+       * matrix U */
+      for (k = 0; k < n; k++)
+      {  /* if |u[k,k]| < |u[n,k]|, interchange k-th and n-th rows to
+          * provide |u[k,k]| >= |u[n,k]| for numeric stability */
+         if (fabs(u(k,k)) < fabs(u(n,k)))
+         {  /* interchange k-th and n-th rows of matrix U */
+            for (j = k; j <= n; j++)
+               t = u(k,j), u(k,j) = u(n,j), u(n,j) = t;
+            /* interchange k-th and n-th rows of matrix F to keep the
+             * main equality F * A = U */
+            for (j = 0; j <= n; j++)
+               t = f(k,j), f(k,j) = f(n,j), f(n,j) = t;
+         }
+         /* now |u[k,k]| >= |u[n,k]| */
+         /* check if diagonal element u[k,k] can be used as pivot */
+         if (fabs(u(k,k)) < tol)
+         {  /* u[k,k] is too small in magnitude */
+            return 1;
+         }
+         /* if u[n,k] = 0, elimination is not needed */
+         if (u(n,k) == 0.0)
+            continue;
+         /* compute gaussian multiplier t = u[n,k] / u[k,k] */
+         t = u(n,k) / u(k,k);
+         /* apply gaussian transformation to eliminate u[n,k] */
+         /* (n-th row of U) := (n-th row of U) - t * (k-th row of U) */
+         for (j = k+1; j <= n; j++)
+            u(n,j) -= t * u(k,j);
+         /* apply the same transformation to matrix F to keep the main
+          * equality F * A = U */
+         for (j = 0; j <= n; j++)
+            f(n,j) -= t * f(k,j);
+      }
+      /* now matrix U is upper triangular */
+      if (fabs(u(n,n)) < tol)
+      {  /* u[n,n] is too small in magnitude */
+         return 2;
+      }
+#     undef f
+#     undef u
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The routine givens computes the parameters of Givens plane rotation
+*  c = cos(teta) and s = sin(teta) such that:
+*
+*     ( c -s ) ( a )   ( r )
+*     (      ) (   ) = (   ) ,
+*     ( s  c ) ( b )   ( 0 )
+*
+*  where a and b are given scalars.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  G.H.Golub, C.F.Van Loan, "Matrix Computations", 2nd ed. */
+
+static void givens(double a, double b, double *c, double *s)
+{     /* non-optimized version */
+      double t;
+      if (b == 0.0)
+         (*c) = 1.0, (*s) = 0.0;
+      else if (fabs(a) <= fabs(b))
+         t = - a / b, (*s) = 1.0 / sqrt(1.0 + t * t), (*c) = (*s) * t;
+      else
+         t = - b / a, (*c) = 1.0 / sqrt(1.0 + t * t), (*s) = (*c) * t;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ifu_gr_update - update IFU-factorization (Givens rotations)
+*
+*  This routine updates IFU-factorization of the matrix A according to
+*  its expansion (see comments to the routine ifu_expand). The routine
+*  is based on Givens plane rotations [1].
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The factorization has been successfully updated.
+*
+*  1  On some elimination step both elements u[k,k] and u[n,k] are too
+*     small in magnitude.
+*
+*  2  Diagonal element u[n,n] is too small in magnitude (at the end of
+*     update).
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. G.H.Golub, C.F.Van Loan, "Matrix Computations", 2nd ed. */
+
+int ifu_gr_update(IFU *ifu, double c[/*1+n*/], double r[/*1+n*/],
+      double d)
+{     /* non-optimized version */
+      int n_max = ifu->n_max;
+      int n = ifu->n;
+      double *f_ = ifu->f;
+      double *u_ = ifu->u;
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      double tol = 1e-5;
+#endif
+      int j, k;
+      double cs, sn;
+#     define f(i,j) f_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+#     define u(i,j) u_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+      /* expand factorization */
+      ifu_expand(ifu, c, r, d);
+      /* NOTE: n keeps its old value */
+      /* eliminate spike (non-zero subdiagonal elements) in last row of
+       * matrix U */
+      for (k = 0; k < n; k++)
+      {  /* check if elements u[k,k] and u[n,k] are eligible */
+         if (fabs(u(k,k)) < tol && fabs(u(n,k)) < tol)
+         {  /* both u[k,k] and u[n,k] are too small in magnitude */
+            return 1;
+         }
+         /* if u[n,k] = 0, elimination is not needed */
+         if (u(n,k) == 0.0)
+            continue;
+         /* compute parameters of Givens plane rotation */
+         givens(u(k,k), u(n,k), &cs, &sn);
+         /* apply Givens rotation to k-th and n-th rows of matrix U to
+          * eliminate u[n,k] */
+         for (j = k; j <= n; j++)
+         {  double ukj = u(k,j), unj = u(n,j);
+            u(k,j) = cs * ukj - sn * unj;
+            u(n,j) = sn * ukj + cs * unj;
+         }
+         /* apply the same transformation to matrix F to keep the main
+          * equality F * A = U */
+         for (j = 0; j <= n; j++)
+         {  double fkj = f(k,j), fnj = f(n,j);
+            f(k,j) = cs * fkj - sn * fnj;
+            f(n,j) = sn * fkj + cs * fnj;
+         }
+      }
+      /* now matrix U is upper triangular */
+      if (fabs(u(n,n)) < tol)
+      {  /* u[n,n] is too small in magnitude */
+         return 2;
+      }
+#     undef f
+#     undef u
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ifu_a_solve - solve system A * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system A * x = b, where the matrix A is
+*  specified by its IFU-factorization.
+*
+*  Using the main equality F * A = U we have:
+*
+*     A * x = b  =>  F * A * x = F * b  =>  U * x = F * b  =>
+*
+*     x = inv(U) * F * b.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations.
+*
+*  The working array w should have at least 1+n elements (0-th element
+*  is not used). */
+
+void ifu_a_solve(IFU *ifu, double x[/*1+n*/], double w[/*1+n*/])
+{     /* non-optimized version */
+      int n_max = ifu->n_max;
+      int n = ifu->n;
+      double *f_ = ifu->f;
+      double *u_ = ifu->u;
+      int i, j;
+      double t;
+#     define f(i,j) f_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+#     define u(i,j) u_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= n_max);
+      /* adjust indexing */
+      x++, w++;
+      /* y := F * b */
+      memcpy(w, x, n * sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      {  /* y[i] := (i-th row of F) * b */
+         t = 0.0;
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+            t += f(i,j) * w[j];
+         x[i] = t;
+      }
+      /* x := inv(U) * y */
+      for (i = n-1; i >= 0; i--)
+      {  t = x[i];
+         for (j = i+1; j < n; j++)
+            t -= u(i,j) * x[j];
+         x[i] = t / u(i,i);
+      }
+#     undef f
+#     undef u
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ifu_at_solve - solve system A'* x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system A'* x = b, where A' is a matrix
+*  transposed to the matrix A, specified by its IFU-factorization.
+*
+*  Using the main equality F * A = U, from which it follows that
+*  A'* F' = U', we have:
+*
+*     A'* x = b  =>  A'* F'* inv(F') * x = b  =>
+*
+*     U'* inv(F') * x = b  =>  inv(F') * x = inv(U') * b  =>
+*
+*     x = F' * inv(U') * b.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations.
+*
+*  The working array w should have at least 1+n elements (0-th element
+*  is not used). */
+
+void ifu_at_solve(IFU *ifu, double x[/*1+n*/], double w[/*1+n*/])
+{     /* non-optimized version */
+      int n_max = ifu->n_max;
+      int n = ifu->n;
+      double *f_ = ifu->f;
+      double *u_ = ifu->u;
+      int i, j;
+      double t;
+#     define f(i,j) f_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+#     define u(i,j) u_[(i)*n_max+(j)]
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= n_max);
+      /* adjust indexing */
+      x++, w++;
+      /* y := inv(U') * b */
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      {  t = (x[i] /= u(i,i));
+         for (j = i+1; j < n; j++)
+            x[j] -= u(i,j) * t;
+      }
+      /* x := F'* y */
+      for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+      {  /* x[j] := (j-th column of F) * y */
+         t = 0.0;
+         for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+            t += f(i,j) * x[i];
+         w[j] = t;
+      }
+      memcpy(x, w, n * sizeof(double));
+#     undef f
+#     undef u
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/ifu.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/ifu.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c67a801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/ifu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* ifu.h (dense updatable IFU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef IFU_H
+#define IFU_H
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure IFU describes dense updatable IFU-factorization.
+*
+*  The IFU-factorization has the following format:
+*
+*     A = inv(F) * U,                                                (1)
+*
+*  where A is a given (unsymmetric) nxn square matrix, F is a square
+*  matrix, U is an upper triangular matrix. Obviously, the equality (1)
+*  is equivalent to the following equality:
+*
+*     F * A = U.                                                     (2)
+*
+*  It is assumed that matrix A is small and dense, so matrices F and U
+*  are stored by rows in dense format as follows:
+*
+*        1         n       n_max      1         n       n_max
+*      1 * * * * * * x x x x        1 * * * * * * x x x x
+*        * * * * * * x x x x          ? * * * * * x x x x
+*        * * * * * * x x x x          ? ? * * * * x x x x
+*        * * * * * * x x x x          ? ? ? * * * x x x x
+*        * * * * * * x x x x          ? ? ? ? * * x x x x
+*      n * * * * * * x x x x        n ? ? ? ? ? * x x x x
+*        x x x x x x x x x x          x x x x x x x x x x
+*        x x x x x x x x x x          x x x x x x x x x x
+*        x x x x x x x x x x          x x x x x x x x x x
+*  n_max x x x x x x x x x x    n_max x x x x x x x x x x
+*
+*             matrix F                     matrix U
+*
+*  where '*' are matrix elements, '?' are unused locations, 'x' are
+*  reserved locations. */
+
+typedef struct IFU IFU;
+
+struct IFU
+{     /* IFU-factorization */
+      int n_max;
+      /* maximal order of matrices A, F, U; n_max >= 1 */
+      int n;
+      /* current order of matrices A, F, U; 0 <= n <= n_max */
+      double *f; /* double f[n_max*n_max]; */
+      /* matrix F stored by rows */
+      double *u; /* double u[n_max*n_max]; */
+      /* matrix U stored by rows */
+};
+
+#define ifu_expand _glp_ifu_expand
+void ifu_expand(IFU *ifu, double c[/*1+n*/], double r[/*1+n*/],
+      double d);
+/* expand IFU-factorization */
+
+#define ifu_bg_update _glp_ifu_bg_update
+int ifu_bg_update(IFU *ifu, double c[/*1+n*/], double r[/*1+n*/],
+      double d);
+/* update IFU-factorization (Bartels-Golub) */
+
+#define ifu_gr_update _glp_ifu_gr_update
+int ifu_gr_update(IFU *ifu, double c[/*1+n*/], double r[/*1+n*/],
+      double d);
+/* update IFU-factorization (Givens rotations) */
+
+#define ifu_a_solve _glp_ifu_a_solve
+void ifu_a_solve(IFU *ifu, double x[/*1+n*/], double w[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system A * x = b */
+
+#define ifu_at_solve _glp_ifu_at_solve
+void ifu_at_solve(IFU *ifu, double x[/*1+n*/], double w[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system A'* x = b */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/luf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/luf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2797407d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/luf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,713 @@
+/* luf.c (sparse LU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "luf.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_store_v_cols - store matrix V = A in column-wise format
+*
+*  This routine stores matrix V = A in column-wise format, where A is
+*  the original matrix to be factorized.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns the number of non-zeros in matrix V. */
+
+int luf_store_v_cols(LUF *luf, int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[],
+      double val[]), void *info, int ind[], double val[])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_cap = &sva->cap[vc_ref-1];
+      int j, len, ptr, nnz;
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* get j-th column */
+         len = col(info, j, ind, val);
+         xassert(0 <= len && len <= n);
+         /* enlarge j-th column capacity */
+         if (vc_cap[j] < len)
+         {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vc_ref-1+j, len, 0);
+         }
+         /* store j-th column */
+         ptr = vc_ptr[j];
+         memcpy(&sv_ind[ptr], &ind[1], len * sizeof(int));
+         memcpy(&sv_val[ptr], &val[1], len * sizeof(double));
+         vc_len[j] = len;
+         nnz += len;
+      }
+      return nnz;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_check_all - check LU-factorization before k-th elimination step
+*
+*  This routine checks that before performing k-th elimination step,
+*  1 <= k <= n+1, all components of the LU-factorization are correct.
+*
+*  In case of k = n+1, i.e. after last elimination step, it is assumed
+*  that rows of F and columns of V are *not* built yet.
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+void luf_check_all(LUF *luf, int k)
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fr_ref = luf->fr_ref;
+      int *fr_len = &sva->len[fr_ref-1];
+      int fc_ref = luf->fc_ref;
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = luf->qq_inv;
+      int i, ii, i_ptr, i_end, j, jj, j_ptr, j_end;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= n+1);
+      /* check permutation matrix P */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  ii = pp_ind[i];
+         xassert(1 <= ii && ii <= n);
+         xassert(pp_inv[ii] == i);
+      }
+      /* check permutation matrix Q */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  jj = qq_inv[j];
+         xassert(1 <= jj && jj <= n);
+         xassert(qq_ind[jj] == j);
+      }
+      /* check row-wise representation of matrix F */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         xassert(fr_len[i] == 0);
+      /* check column-wise representation of matrix F */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* j-th column of F = jj-th column of L */
+         jj = pp_ind[j];
+         if (jj < k)
+         {  j_ptr = fc_ptr[j];
+            j_end = j_ptr + fc_len[j];
+            for (; j_ptr < j_end; j_ptr++)
+            {  i = sv_ind[j_ptr];
+               xassert(1 <= i && i <= n);
+               ii = pp_ind[i]; /* f[i,j] = l[ii,jj] */
+               xassert(ii > jj);
+               xassert(sv_val[j_ptr] != 0.0);
+            }
+         }
+         else /* jj >= k */
+            xassert(fc_len[j] == 0);
+      }
+      /* check row-wise representation of matrix V */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  /* i-th row of V = ii-th row of U */
+         ii = pp_ind[i];
+         i_ptr = vr_ptr[i];
+         i_end = i_ptr + vr_len[i];
+         for (; i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+         {  j = sv_ind[i_ptr];
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            jj = qq_inv[j]; /* v[i,j] = u[ii,jj] */
+            if (ii < k)
+               xassert(jj > ii);
+            else /* ii >= k */
+            {  xassert(jj >= k);
+               /* find v[i,j] in j-th column */
+               j_ptr = vc_ptr[j];
+               j_end = j_ptr + vc_len[j];
+               for (; sv_ind[j_ptr] != i; j_ptr++)
+                  /* nop */;
+               xassert(j_ptr < j_end);
+            }
+            xassert(sv_val[i_ptr] != 0.0);
+         }
+      }
+      /* check column-wise representation of matrix V */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* j-th column of V = jj-th column of U */
+         jj = qq_inv[j];
+         if (jj < k)
+            xassert(vc_len[j] == 0);
+         else /* jj >= k */
+         {  j_ptr = vc_ptr[j];
+            j_end = j_ptr + vc_len[j];
+            for (; j_ptr < j_end; j_ptr++)
+            {  i = sv_ind[j_ptr];
+               ii = pp_ind[i]; /* v[i,j] = u[ii,jj] */
+               xassert(ii >= k);
+               /* find v[i,j] in i-th row */
+               i_ptr = vr_ptr[i];
+               i_end = i_ptr + vr_len[i];
+               for (; sv_ind[i_ptr] != j; i_ptr++)
+                  /* nop */;
+               xassert(i_ptr < i_end);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_build_v_rows - build matrix V in row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine builds the row-wise representation of matrix V in the
+*  left part of SVA using its column-wise representation.
+*
+*  NOTE: On entry to the routine all rows of matrix V should have zero
+*        capacity.
+*
+*  The working array len should have at least 1+n elements (len[0] is
+*  not used). */
+
+void luf_build_v_rows(LUF *luf, int len[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int i, j, end, nnz, ptr, ptr1;
+      /* calculate the number of non-zeros in each row of matrix V and
+       * the total number of non-zeros */
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         len[i] = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  nnz += vc_len[j];
+         for (end = (ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            len[sv_ind[ptr]]++;
+      }
+      /* we need at least nnz free locations in SVA */
+      if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < nnz)
+      {  sva_more_space(sva, nnz);
+         sv_ind = sva->ind;
+         sv_val = sva->val;
+      }
+      /* reserve locations for rows of matrix V */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  if (len[i] > 0)
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vr_ref-1+i, len[i], 0);
+         vr_len[i] = len[i];
+      }
+      /* walk thru column of matrix V and build its rows */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  for (end = (ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  i = sv_ind[ptr];
+            sv_ind[ptr1 = vr_ptr[i] + (--len[i])] = j;
+            sv_val[ptr1] = sv_val[ptr];
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_build_f_rows - build matrix F in row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine builds the row-wise representation of matrix F in the
+*  right part of SVA using its column-wise representation.
+*
+*  NOTE: On entry to the routine all rows of matrix F should have zero
+*        capacity.
+*
+*  The working array len should have at least 1+n elements (len[0] is
+*  not used). */
+
+void luf_build_f_rows(LUF *luf, int len[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fr_ref = luf->fr_ref;
+      int *fr_ptr = &sva->ptr[fr_ref-1];
+      int *fr_len = &sva->len[fr_ref-1];
+      int fc_ref = luf->fc_ref;
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      int i, j, end, nnz, ptr, ptr1;
+      /* calculate the number of non-zeros in each row of matrix F and
+       * the total number of non-zeros (except diagonal elements) */
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         len[i] = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  nnz += fc_len[j];
+         for (end = (ptr = fc_ptr[j]) + fc_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            len[sv_ind[ptr]]++;
+      }
+      /* we need at least nnz free locations in SVA */
+      if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < nnz)
+      {  sva_more_space(sva, nnz);
+         sv_ind = sva->ind;
+         sv_val = sva->val;
+      }
+      /* reserve locations for rows of matrix F */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  if (len[i] > 0)
+            sva_reserve_cap(sva, fr_ref-1+i, len[i]);
+         fr_len[i] = len[i];
+      }
+      /* walk through columns of matrix F and build its rows */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  for (end = (ptr = fc_ptr[j]) + fc_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  i = sv_ind[ptr];
+            sv_ind[ptr1 = fr_ptr[i] + (--len[i])] = j;
+            sv_val[ptr1] = sv_val[ptr];
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_build_v_cols - build matrix V in column-wise format
+*
+*  This routine builds the column-wise representation of matrix V in
+*  the left (if the flag updat is set) or right (if the flag updat is
+*  clear) part of SVA using its row-wise representation.
+*
+*  NOTE: On entry to the routine all columns of matrix V should have
+*        zero capacity.
+*
+*  The working array len should have at least 1+n elements (len[0] is
+*  not used). */
+
+void luf_build_v_cols(LUF *luf, int updat, int len[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int i, j, end, nnz, ptr, ptr1;
+      /* calculate the number of non-zeros in each column of matrix V
+       * and the total number of non-zeros (except pivot elements) */
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         len[j] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  nnz += vr_len[i];
+         for (end = (ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            len[sv_ind[ptr]]++;
+      }
+      /* we need at least nnz free locations in SVA */
+      if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < nnz)
+      {  sva_more_space(sva, nnz);
+         sv_ind = sva->ind;
+         sv_val = sva->val;
+      }
+      /* reserve locations for columns of matrix V */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (len[j] > 0)
+         {  if (updat)
+               sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vc_ref-1+j, len[j], 0);
+            else
+               sva_reserve_cap(sva, vc_ref-1+j, len[j]);
+         }
+         vc_len[j] = len[j];
+      }
+      /* walk through rows of matrix V and build its columns */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (end = (ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  j = sv_ind[ptr];
+            sv_ind[ptr1 = vc_ptr[j] + (--len[j])] = i;
+            sv_val[ptr1] = sv_val[ptr];
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_check_f_rc - check rows and columns of matrix F
+*
+*  This routine checks that the row- and column-wise representations
+*  of matrix F are identical.
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+void luf_check_f_rc(LUF *luf)
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fr_ref = luf->fr_ref;
+      int *fr_ptr = &sva->ptr[fr_ref-1];
+      int *fr_len = &sva->len[fr_ref-1];
+      int fc_ref = luf->fc_ref;
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      int i, i_end, i_ptr, j, j_end, j_ptr;
+      /* walk thru rows of matrix F */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (i_end = (i_ptr = fr_ptr[i]) + fr_len[i];
+            i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+         {  j = sv_ind[i_ptr];
+            /* find element f[i,j] in j-th column of matrix F */
+            for (j_end = (j_ptr = fc_ptr[j]) + fc_len[j];
+               sv_ind[j_ptr] != i; j_ptr++)
+               /* nop */;
+            xassert(j_ptr < j_end);
+            xassert(sv_val[i_ptr] == sv_val[j_ptr]);
+            /* mark element f[i,j] */
+            sv_ind[j_ptr] = -i;
+         }
+      }
+      /* walk thru column of matix F and check that all elements has
+         been marked */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  for (j_end = (j_ptr = fc_ptr[j]) + fc_len[j];
+            j_ptr < j_end; j_ptr++)
+         {  xassert((i = sv_ind[j_ptr]) < 0);
+            /* unmark element f[i,j] */
+            sv_ind[j_ptr] = -i;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_check_v_rc - check rows and columns of matrix V
+*
+*  This routine checks that the row- and column-wise representations
+*  of matrix V are identical.
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+void luf_check_v_rc(LUF *luf)
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int i, i_end, i_ptr, j, j_end, j_ptr;
+      /* walk thru rows of matrix V */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+            i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+         {  j = sv_ind[i_ptr];
+            /* find element v[i,j] in j-th column of matrix V */
+            for (j_end = (j_ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j];
+               sv_ind[j_ptr] != i; j_ptr++)
+               /* nop */;
+            xassert(j_ptr < j_end);
+            xassert(sv_val[i_ptr] == sv_val[j_ptr]);
+            /* mark element v[i,j] */
+            sv_ind[j_ptr] = -i;
+         }
+      }
+      /* walk thru column of matix V and check that all elements has
+         been marked */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  for (j_end = (j_ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j];
+            j_ptr < j_end; j_ptr++)
+         {  xassert((i = sv_ind[j_ptr]) < 0);
+            /* unmark element v[i,j] */
+            sv_ind[j_ptr] = -i;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_f_solve - solve system F * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system F * x = b, where the matrix F is the
+*  left factor of the sparse LU-factorization.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix F. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations. */
+
+void luf_f_solve(LUF *luf, double x[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fc_ref = luf->fc_ref;
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int j, k, ptr, end;
+      double x_j;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* k-th column of L = j-th column of F */
+         j = pp_inv[k];
+         /* x[j] is already computed */
+         /* walk thru j-th column of matrix F and substitute x[j] into
+          * other equations */
+         if ((x_j = x[j]) != 0.0)
+         {  for (end = (ptr = fc_ptr[j]) + fc_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               x[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * x_j;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_ft_solve - solve system F' * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system F' * x = b, where F' is a matrix
+*  transposed to the matrix F, which is the left factor of the sparse
+*  LU-factorization.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix F. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations. */
+
+void luf_ft_solve(LUF *luf, double x[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fr_ref = luf->fr_ref;
+      int *fr_ptr = &sva->ptr[fr_ref-1];
+      int *fr_len = &sva->len[fr_ref-1];
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int i, k, ptr, end;
+      double x_i;
+      for (k = n; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  /* k-th column of L' = i-th row of F */
+         i = pp_inv[k];
+         /* x[i] is already computed */
+         /* walk thru i-th row of matrix F and substitute x[i] into
+          * other equations */
+         if ((x_i = x[i]) != 0.0)
+         {  for (end = (ptr = fr_ptr[i]) + fr_len[i]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               x[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * x_i;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_v_solve - solve system V * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system V * x = b, where the matrix V is the
+*  right factor of the sparse LU-factorization.
+*
+*  On entry the array b should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations b[1], ..., b[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix V. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in locations x[1], ..., x[n]. Note that the array b will be
+*  clobbered on exit. */
+
+void luf_v_solve(LUF *luf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int i, j, k, ptr, end;
+      double x_j;
+      for (k = n; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  /* k-th row of U = i-th row of V */
+         /* k-th column of U = j-th column of V */
+         i = pp_inv[k];
+         j = qq_ind[k];
+         /* compute x[j] = b[i] / u[k,k], where u[k,k] = v[i,j];
+          * walk through j-th column of matrix V and substitute x[j]
+          * into other equations */
+         if ((x_j = x[j] = b[i] / vr_piv[i]) != 0.0)
+         {  for (end = (ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               b[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * x_j;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_vt_solve - solve system V' * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system V' * x = b, where V' is a matrix
+*  transposed to the matrix V, which is the right factor of the sparse
+*  LU-factorization.
+*
+*  On entry the array b should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations b[1], ..., b[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix V. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in locations x[1], ..., x[n]. Note that the array b will be
+*  clobbered on exit. */
+
+void luf_vt_solve(LUF *luf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int i, j, k, ptr, end;
+      double x_i;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* k-th row of U' = j-th column of V */
+         /* k-th column of U' = i-th row of V */
+         i = pp_inv[k];
+         j = qq_ind[k];
+         /* compute x[i] = b[j] / u'[k,k], where u'[k,k] = v[i,j];
+          * walk through i-th row of matrix V and substitute x[i] into
+          * other equations */
+         if ((x_i = x[i] = b[j] / vr_piv[i]) != 0.0)
+         {  for (end = (ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               b[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * x_i;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_vt_solve1 - solve system V' * y = e' to cause growth in y
+*
+*  This routine is a special version of luf_vt_solve. It solves the
+*  system V'* y = e' = e + delta e, where V' is a matrix transposed to
+*  the matrix V, e is the specified right-hand side vector, and delta e
+*  is a vector of +1 and -1 chosen to cause growth in the solution
+*  vector y.
+*
+*  On entry the array e should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector e in locations e[1], ..., e[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix V. On exit the array y will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector y in locations y[1], ..., y[n]. Note that the array e will be
+*  clobbered on exit. */
+
+void luf_vt_solve1(LUF *luf, double e[/*1+n*/], double y[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int i, j, k, ptr, end;
+      double e_j, y_i;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* k-th row of U' = j-th column of V */
+         /* k-th column of U' = i-th row of V */
+         i = pp_inv[k];
+         j = qq_ind[k];
+         /* determine e'[j] = e[j] + delta e[j] */
+         e_j = (e[j] >= 0.0 ? e[j] + 1.0 : e[j] - 1.0);
+         /* compute y[i] = e'[j] / u'[k,k], where u'[k,k] = v[i,j] */
+         y_i = y[i] = e_j / vr_piv[i];
+         /* walk through i-th row of matrix V and substitute y[i] into
+          * other equations */
+         for (end = (ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            e[sv_ind[ptr]] -= sv_val[ptr] * y_i;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  luf_estimate_norm - estimate 1-norm of inv(A)
+*
+*  This routine estimates 1-norm of inv(A) by one step of inverse
+*  iteration for the small singular vector as described in [1]. This
+*  involves solving two systems of equations:
+*
+*     A'* y = e,
+*
+*     A * z = y,
+*
+*  where A' is a matrix transposed to A, and e is a vector of +1 and -1
+*  chosen to cause growth in y. Then
+*
+*     estimate 1-norm of inv(A) = (1-norm of z) / (1-norm of y)
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. G.E.Forsythe, M.A.Malcolm, C.B.Moler. Computer Methods for
+*     Mathematical Computations. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,
+*     pp. 30-62 (subroutines DECOMP and SOLVE). */
+
+double luf_estimate_norm(LUF *luf, double w1[/*1+n*/], double
+      w2[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      double *e = w1;
+      double *y = w2;
+      double *z = w1;
+      int i;
+      double y_norm, z_norm;
+      /* y = inv(A') * e = inv(F') * inv(V') * e */
+      /* compute y' = inv(V') * e to cause growth in y' */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         e[i] = 0.0;
+      luf_vt_solve1(luf, e, y);
+      /* compute y = inv(F') * y' */
+      luf_ft_solve(luf, y);
+      /* compute 1-norm of y = sum |y[i]| */
+      y_norm = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         y_norm += (y[i] >= 0.0 ? +y[i] : -y[i]);
+      /* z = inv(A) * y = inv(V) * inv(F) * y */
+      /* compute z' = inv(F) * y */
+      luf_f_solve(luf, y);
+      /* compute z = inv(V) * z' */
+      luf_v_solve(luf, y, z);
+      /* compute 1-norm of z = sum |z[i]| */
+      z_norm = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         z_norm += (z[i] >= 0.0 ? +z[i] : -z[i]);
+      /* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) = (1-norm of z) / (1-norm of y) */
+      return z_norm / y_norm;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/luf.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/luf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5634a753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/luf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* luf.h (sparse LU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef LUF_H
+#define LUF_H
+
+#include "sva.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure LUF describes sparse LU-factorization.
+*
+*  The LU-factorization has the following format:
+*
+*     A = F * V = P * L * U * Q,                                     (1)
+*
+*     F = P * L * P',                                                (2)
+*
+*     V = P * U * Q,                                                 (3)
+*
+*  where A is a given (unsymmetric) square matrix, F and V are matrix
+*  factors actually computed, L is a lower triangular matrix with unity
+*  diagonal, U is an upper triangular matrix, P and Q are permutation
+*  matrices, P' is a matrix transposed to P. All the matrices have the
+*  same order n.
+*
+*  Matrices F and V are stored in both row- and column-wise sparse
+*  formats in the associated sparse vector area (SVA). Unity diagonal
+*  elements of matrix F are not stored. Pivot elements of matrix V
+*  (which correspond to diagonal elements of matrix U) are stored in
+*  a separate ordinary array.
+*
+*  Permutation matrices P and Q are stored in ordinary arrays in both
+*  row- and column-like formats.
+*
+*  Matrices L and U are completely defined by matrices F, V, P, and Q,
+*  and therefore not stored explicitly. */
+
+typedef struct LUF LUF;
+
+struct LUF
+{     /* sparse LU-factorization */
+      int n;
+      /* order of matrices A, F, V, P, Q */
+      SVA *sva;
+      /* associated sparse vector area (SVA) used to store rows and
+       * columns of matrices F and V; note that different objects may
+       * share the same SVA */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix F in row-wise format */
+      /* during the factorization process this object is not used */
+      int fr_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * row of matrix F */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *fr_ptr = &sva->ptr[fr_ref-1];
+      /* fr_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * fr_ptr[i], 1 <= i <= n, is pointer to i-th row in SVA */
+      int *fr_len = &sva->len[fr_ref-1];
+      /* fr_len[0] is not used;
+       * fr_len[i], 1 <= i <= n, is length of i-th row */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix F in column-wise format */
+      /* during the factorization process this object is constructed
+       * by columns */
+      int fc_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * column of matrix F */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      /* fc_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * fc_ptr[j], 1 <= j <= n, is pointer to j-th column in SVA */
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      /* fc_len[0] is not used;
+       * fc_len[j], 1 <= j <= n, is length of j-th column */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix V in row-wise format */
+      int vr_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * row of matrix V */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      /* vr_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * vr_ptr[i], 1 <= i <= n, is pointer to i-th row in SVA */
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      /* vr_len[0] is not used;
+       * vr_len[i], 1 <= i <= n, is length of i-th row */
+      int *vr_cap = &sva->cap[vr_ref-1];
+      /* vr_cap[0] is not used;
+       * vr_cap[i], 1 <= i <= n, is capacity of i-th row */
+#endif
+      double *vr_piv; /* double vr_piv[1+n]; */
+      /* vr_piv[0] is not used;
+       * vr_piv[i], 1 <= i <= n, is pivot element of i-th row */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix V in column-wise format */
+      /* during the factorization process this object contains only the
+       * patterns (row indices) of columns of the active submatrix */
+      int vc_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * column of matrix V */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      /* vc_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * vc_ptr[j], 1 <= j <= n, is pointer to j-th column in SVA */
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      /* vc_len[0] is not used;
+       * vc_len[j], 1 <= j <= n, is length of j-th column */
+      int *vc_cap = &sva->cap[vc_ref-1];
+      /* vc_cap[0] is not used;
+       * vc_cap[j], 1 <= j <= n, is capacity of j-th column */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix P */
+      int *pp_ind; /* int pp_ind[1+n]; */
+      /* pp_ind[i] = j means that P[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *pp_inv; /* int pp_inv[1+n]; */
+      /* pp_inv[j] = i means that P[i,j] = 1 */
+      /* if i-th row or column of matrix F is i'-th row or column of
+       * matrix L, or if i-th row of matrix V is i'-th row of matrix U,
+       * then pp_ind[i] = i' and pp_inv[i'] = i */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* matrix Q */
+      int *qq_ind; /* int qq_ind[1+n]; */
+      /* qq_ind[i] = j means that Q[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *qq_inv; /* int qq_inv[1+n]; */
+      /* qq_inv[j] = i means that Q[i,j] = 1 */
+      /* if j-th column of matrix V is j'-th column of matrix U, then
+       * qq_ind[j'] = j and qq_inv[j] = j' */
+};
+
+#define luf_swap_u_rows(i1, i2) \
+      do \
+      {  int j1, j2; \
+         j1 = pp_inv[i1], j2 = pp_inv[i2]; \
+         pp_ind[j1] = i2, pp_inv[i2] = j1; \
+         pp_ind[j2] = i1, pp_inv[i1] = j2; \
+      } while (0)
+/* swap rows i1 and i2 of matrix U = P'* V * Q' */
+
+#define luf_swap_u_cols(j1, j2) \
+      do \
+      {  int i1, i2; \
+         i1 = qq_ind[j1], i2 = qq_ind[j2]; \
+         qq_ind[j1] = i2, qq_inv[i2] = j1; \
+         qq_ind[j2] = i1, qq_inv[i1] = j2; \
+      } while (0)
+/* swap columns j1 and j2 of matrix U = P'* V * Q' */
+
+#define luf_store_v_cols _glp_luf_store_v_cols
+int luf_store_v_cols(LUF *luf, int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[],
+      double val[]), void *info, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* store matrix V = A in column-wise format */
+
+#define luf_check_all _glp_luf_check_all
+void luf_check_all(LUF *luf, int k);
+/* check LU-factorization before k-th elimination step */
+
+#define luf_build_v_rows _glp_luf_build_v_rows
+void luf_build_v_rows(LUF *luf, int len[/*1+n*/]);
+/* build matrix V in row-wise format */
+
+#define luf_build_f_rows _glp_luf_build_f_rows
+void luf_build_f_rows(LUF *luf, int len[/*1+n*/]);
+/* build matrix F in row-wise format */
+
+#define luf_build_v_cols _glp_luf_build_v_cols
+void luf_build_v_cols(LUF *luf, int updat, int len[/*1+n*/]);
+/* build matrix V in column-wise format */
+
+#define luf_check_f_rc _glp_luf_check_f_rc
+void luf_check_f_rc(LUF *luf);
+/* check rows and columns of matrix F */
+
+#define luf_check_v_rc _glp_luf_check_v_rc
+void luf_check_v_rc(LUF *luf);
+/* check rows and columns of matrix V */
+
+#define luf_f_solve _glp_luf_f_solve
+void luf_f_solve(LUF *luf, double x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system F * x = b */
+
+#define luf_ft_solve _glp_luf_ft_solve
+void luf_ft_solve(LUF *luf, double x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system F' * x = b */
+
+#define luf_v_solve _glp_luf_v_solve
+void luf_v_solve(LUF *luf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system V * x = b */
+
+#define luf_vt_solve _glp_luf_vt_solve
+void luf_vt_solve(LUF *luf, double b[/*1+n*/], double x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system V' * x = b */
+
+#define luf_vt_solve1 _glp_luf_vt_solve1
+void luf_vt_solve1(LUF *luf, double e[/*1+n*/], double y[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system V' * y = e' to cause growth in y */
+
+#define luf_estimate_norm _glp_luf_estimate_norm
+double luf_estimate_norm(LUF *luf, double w1[/*1+n*/], double
+      w2[/*1+n*/]);
+/* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/lufint.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/lufint.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7cd00924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/lufint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/* lufint.c (interface to LU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "lufint.h"
+
+LUFINT *lufint_create(void)
+{     /* create interface to LU-factorization */
+      LUFINT *fi;
+      fi = talloc(1, LUFINT);
+      fi->n_max = 0;
+      fi->valid = 0;
+      fi->sva = NULL;
+      fi->luf = NULL;
+      fi->sgf = NULL;
+      fi->sva_n_max = fi->sva_size = 0;
+      fi->delta_n0 = fi->delta_n = 0;
+      fi->sgf_updat = 0;
+      fi->sgf_piv_tol = 0.10;
+      fi->sgf_piv_lim = 4;
+      fi->sgf_suhl = 1;
+      fi->sgf_eps_tol = DBL_EPSILON;
+      return fi;
+}
+
+int lufint_factorize(LUFINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info)
+{     /* compute LU-factorization of specified matrix A */
+      SVA *sva;
+      LUF *luf;
+      SGF *sgf;
+      int k;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      fi->valid = 0;
+      /* create sparse vector area (SVA), if necessary */
+      sva = fi->sva;
+      if (sva == NULL)
+      {  int sva_n_max = fi->sva_n_max;
+         int sva_size = fi->sva_size;
+         if (sva_n_max == 0)
+            sva_n_max = 4 * n;
+         if (sva_size == 0)
+            sva_size = 10 * n;
+         sva = fi->sva = sva_create_area(sva_n_max, sva_size);
+      }
+      /* allocate/reallocate underlying objects, if necessary */
+      if (fi->n_max < n)
+      {  int n_max = fi->n_max;
+         if (n_max == 0)
+            n_max = fi->n_max = n + fi->delta_n0;
+         else
+            n_max = fi->n_max = n + fi->delta_n;
+         xassert(n_max >= n);
+         /* allocate/reallocate LU-factorization (LUF) */
+         luf = fi->luf;
+         if (luf == NULL)
+         {  luf = fi->luf = talloc(1, LUF);
+            memset(luf, 0, sizeof(LUF));
+            luf->sva = sva;
+         }
+         else
+         {  tfree(luf->vr_piv);
+            tfree(luf->pp_ind);
+            tfree(luf->pp_inv);
+            tfree(luf->qq_ind);
+            tfree(luf->qq_inv);
+         }
+         luf->vr_piv = talloc(1+n_max, double);
+         luf->pp_ind = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         luf->pp_inv = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         luf->qq_ind = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         luf->qq_inv = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         /* allocate/reallocate factorizer workspace (SGF) */
+         sgf = fi->sgf;
+         if (sgf == NULL)
+         {  sgf = fi->sgf = talloc(1, SGF);
+            memset(sgf, 0, sizeof(SGF));
+            sgf->luf = luf;
+         }
+         else
+         {  tfree(sgf->rs_head);
+            tfree(sgf->rs_prev);
+            tfree(sgf->rs_next);
+            tfree(sgf->cs_head);
+            tfree(sgf->cs_prev);
+            tfree(sgf->cs_next);
+            tfree(sgf->vr_max);
+            tfree(sgf->flag);
+            tfree(sgf->work);
+         }
+         sgf->rs_head = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->rs_prev = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->rs_next = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->cs_head = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->cs_prev = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->cs_next = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+         sgf->vr_max = talloc(1+n_max, double);
+         sgf->flag = talloc(1+n_max, char);
+         sgf->work = talloc(1+n_max, double);
+      }
+      luf = fi->luf;
+      sgf = fi->sgf;
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      /* initialize SVA */
+      sva->n = 0;
+      sva->m_ptr = 1;
+      sva->r_ptr = sva->size + 1;
+      sva->head = sva->tail = 0;
+#endif
+      /* allocate sparse vectors in SVA */
+      luf->n = n;
+      luf->fr_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(sva, n);
+      luf->fc_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(sva, n);
+      luf->vr_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(sva, n);
+      luf->vc_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(sva, n);
+      /* store matrix V = A in column-wise format */
+      luf_store_v_cols(luf, col, info, sgf->rs_prev, sgf->work);
+      /* setup factorizer control parameters */
+      sgf->updat = fi->sgf_updat;
+      sgf->piv_tol = fi->sgf_piv_tol;
+      sgf->piv_lim = fi->sgf_piv_lim;
+      sgf->suhl = fi->sgf_suhl;
+      sgf->eps_tol = fi->sgf_eps_tol;
+      /* compute LU-factorization of specified matrix A */
+      k = sgf_factorize(sgf, 1);
+      if (k == 0)
+         fi->valid = 1;
+      return k;
+}
+
+void lufint_delete(LUFINT *fi)
+{     /* delete interface to LU-factorization */
+      SVA *sva = fi->sva;
+      LUF *luf = fi->luf;
+      SGF *sgf = fi->sgf;
+      if (sva != NULL)
+         sva_delete_area(sva);
+      if (luf != NULL)
+      {  tfree(luf->vr_piv);
+         tfree(luf->pp_ind);
+         tfree(luf->pp_inv);
+         tfree(luf->qq_ind);
+         tfree(luf->qq_inv);
+         tfree(luf);
+      }
+      if (sgf != NULL)
+      {  tfree(sgf->rs_head);
+         tfree(sgf->rs_prev);
+         tfree(sgf->rs_next);
+         tfree(sgf->cs_head);
+         tfree(sgf->cs_prev);
+         tfree(sgf->cs_next);
+         tfree(sgf->vr_max);
+         tfree(sgf->flag);
+         tfree(sgf->work);
+         tfree(sgf);
+      }
+      tfree(fi);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/lufint.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/lufint.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3ad5b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/lufint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* lufint.h (interface to LU-factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef LUFINT_H
+#define LUFINT_H
+
+#include "sgf.h"
+
+typedef struct LUFINT LUFINT;
+
+struct LUFINT
+{     /* interface to LU-factorization */
+      int n_max;
+      /* maximal value of n (increased automatically) */
+      int valid;
+      /* factorization is valid only if this flag is set */
+      SVA *sva;
+      /* sparse vector area (SVA) */
+      LUF *luf;
+      /* sparse LU-factorization */
+      SGF *sgf;
+      /* sparse Gaussian factorizer workspace */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters */
+      int sva_n_max, sva_size;
+      /* parameters passed to sva_create_area */
+      int delta_n0, delta_n;
+      /* if n_max = 0, set n_max = n + delta_n0
+       * if n_max < n, set n_max = n + delta_n */
+      int sgf_updat;
+      double sgf_piv_tol;
+      int sgf_piv_lim;
+      int sgf_suhl;
+      double sgf_eps_tol;
+      /* factorizer control parameters */
+};
+
+#define lufint_create _glp_lufint_create
+LUFINT *lufint_create(void);
+/* create interface to LU-factorization */
+
+#define lufint_factorize _glp_lufint_factorize
+int lufint_factorize(LUFINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info);
+/* compute LU-factorization of specified matrix A */
+
+#define lufint_delete _glp_lufint_delete
+void lufint_delete(LUFINT *fi);
+/* delete interface to LU-factorization */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..556b1911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+/* scf.c (sparse updatable Schur-complement-based factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "scf.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_r0_solve - solve system R0 * x = b or R0'* x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system R0 * x = b (if tr is zero) or the
+*  system R0'* x = b (if tr is non-zero), where R0 is the left factor
+*  of the initial matrix A0 = R0 * S0.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n0], where n0 is the order of the
+*  matrix R0. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector in the same locations. */
+
+void scf_r0_solve(SCF *scf, int tr, double x[/*1+n0*/])
+{     switch (scf->type)
+      {  case 1:
+            /* A0 = F0 * V0, so R0 = F0 */
+            if (!tr)
+               luf_f_solve(scf->a0.luf, x);
+            else
+               luf_ft_solve(scf->a0.luf, x);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            /* A0 = I * A0, so R0 = I */
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(scf != scf);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_s0_solve - solve system S0 * x = b or S0'* x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system S0 * x = b (if tr is zero) or the
+*  system S0'* x = b (if tr is non-zero), where S0 is the right factor
+*  of the initial matrix A0 = R0 * S0.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n0], where n0 is the order of the
+*  matrix S0. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector in the same locations.
+*
+*  The routine uses locations [1], ..., [n0] of three working arrays
+*  w1, w2, and w3. (In case of type = 1 arrays w2 and w3 are not used
+*  and can be specified as NULL.) */
+
+void scf_s0_solve(SCF *scf, int tr, double x[/*1+n0*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n0*/], double w2[/*1+n0*/], double w3[/*1+n0*/])
+{     int n0 = scf->n0;
+      switch (scf->type)
+      {  case 1:
+            /* A0 = F0 * V0, so S0 = V0 */
+            if (!tr)
+               luf_v_solve(scf->a0.luf, x, w1);
+            else
+               luf_vt_solve(scf->a0.luf, x, w1);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            /* A0 = I * A0, so S0 = A0 */
+            if (!tr)
+               btf_a_solve(scf->a0.btf, x, w1, w2, w3);
+            else
+               btf_at_solve(scf->a0.btf, x, w1, w2, w3);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(scf != scf);
+      }
+      memcpy(&x[1], &w1[1], n0 * sizeof(double));
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_r_prod - compute product y := y + alpha * R * x
+*
+*  This routine computes the product y := y + alpha * R * x, where
+*  x is a n0-vector, alpha is a scalar, y is a nn-vector.
+*
+*  Since matrix R is available by rows, the product components are
+*  computed as inner products:
+*
+*     y[i] = y[i] + alpha * (i-th row of R) * x
+*
+*  for i = 1, 2, ..., nn. */
+
+void scf_r_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+nn*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+n0*/])
+{     int nn = scf->nn;
+      SVA *sva = scf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int rr_ref = scf->rr_ref;
+      int *rr_ptr = &sva->ptr[rr_ref-1];
+      int *rr_len = &sva->len[rr_ref-1];
+      int i, ptr, end;
+      double t;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nn; i++)
+      {  /* t := (i-th row of R) * x */
+         t = 0.0;
+         for (end = (ptr = rr_ptr[i]) + rr_len[i]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            t += sv_val[ptr] * x[sv_ind[ptr]];
+         /* y[i] := y[i] + alpha * t */
+         y[i] += a * t;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_rt_prod - compute product y := y + alpha * R'* x
+*
+*  This routine computes the product y := y + alpha * R'* x, where
+*  R' is a matrix transposed to R, x is a nn-vector, alpha is a scalar,
+*  y is a n0-vector.
+*
+*  Since matrix R is available by rows, the product is computed as a
+*  linear combination:
+*
+*     y := y + alpha * (R'[1] * x[1] + ... + R'[nn] * x[nn]),
+*
+*  where R'[i] is i-th row of R. */
+
+void scf_rt_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+n0*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+nn*/])
+{     int nn = scf->nn;
+      SVA *sva = scf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int rr_ref = scf->rr_ref;
+      int *rr_ptr = &sva->ptr[rr_ref-1];
+      int *rr_len = &sva->len[rr_ref-1];
+      int i, ptr, end;
+      double t;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nn; i++)
+      {  if (x[i] == 0.0)
+            continue;
+         /* y := y + alpha * R'[i] * x[i] */
+         t = a * x[i];
+         for (end = (ptr = rr_ptr[i]) + rr_len[i]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            y[sv_ind[ptr]] += sv_val[ptr] * t;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_s_prod - compute product y := y + alpha * S * x
+*
+*  This routine computes the product y := y + alpha * S * x, where
+*  x is a nn-vector, alpha is a scalar, y is a n0 vector.
+*
+*  Since matrix S is available by columns, the product is computed as
+*  a linear combination:
+*
+*     y := y + alpha * (S[1] * x[1] + ... + S[nn] * x[nn]),
+*
+*  where S[j] is j-th column of S. */
+
+void scf_s_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+n0*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+nn*/])
+{     int nn = scf->nn;
+      SVA *sva = scf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int ss_ref = scf->ss_ref;
+      int *ss_ptr = &sva->ptr[ss_ref-1];
+      int *ss_len = &sva->len[ss_ref-1];
+      int j, ptr, end;
+      double t;
+      for (j = 1; j <= nn; j++)
+      {  if (x[j] == 0.0)
+            continue;
+         /* y := y + alpha * S[j] * x[j] */
+         t = a * x[j];
+         for (end = (ptr = ss_ptr[j]) + ss_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            y[sv_ind[ptr]] += sv_val[ptr] * t;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_st_prod - compute product y := y + alpha * S'* x
+*
+*  This routine computes the product y := y + alpha * S'* x, where
+*  S' is a matrix transposed to S, x is a n0-vector, alpha is a scalar,
+*  y is a nn-vector.
+*
+*  Since matrix S is available by columns, the product components are
+*  computed as inner products:
+*
+*     y[j] := y[j] + alpha * (j-th column of S) * x
+*
+*  for j = 1, 2, ..., nn. */
+
+void scf_st_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+nn*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+n0*/])
+{     int nn = scf->nn;
+      SVA *sva = scf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int ss_ref = scf->ss_ref;
+      int *ss_ptr = &sva->ptr[ss_ref-1];
+      int *ss_len = &sva->len[ss_ref-1];
+      int j, ptr, end;
+      double t;
+      for (j = 1; j <= nn; j++)
+      {  /* t := (j-th column of S) * x */
+         t = 0.0;
+         for (end = (ptr = ss_ptr[j]) + ss_len[j]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            t += sv_val[ptr] * x[sv_ind[ptr]];
+         /* y[j] := y[j] + alpha * t */
+         y[j] += a * t;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_a_solve - solve system A * x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system A * x = b, where A is the current
+*  matrix.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector in the same locations.
+*
+*  For details see the program documentation. */
+
+void scf_a_solve(SCF *scf, double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w[/*1+n0+nn*/], double work1[/*1+max(n0,nn)*/],
+      double work2[/*1+n*/], double work3[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = scf->n;
+      int n0 = scf->n0;
+      int nn = scf->nn;
+      int *pp_ind = scf->pp_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = scf->qq_inv;
+      int i, ii;
+      /* (u1, u2) := inv(P) * (b, 0) */
+      for (ii = 1; ii <= n0+nn; ii++)
+      {  i = pp_ind[ii];
+#if 1 /* FIXME: currently P = I */
+         xassert(i == ii);
+#endif
+         w[ii] = (i <= n ? x[i] : 0.0);
+      }
+      /* v1 := inv(R0) * u1 */
+      scf_r0_solve(scf, 0, &w[0]);
+      /* v2 := u2 - R * v1 */
+      scf_r_prod(scf, &w[n0], -1.0, &w[0]);
+      /* w2 := inv(C) * v2 */
+      ifu_a_solve(&scf->ifu, &w[n0], work1);
+      /* w1 := inv(S0) * (v1 - S * w2) */
+      scf_s_prod(scf, &w[0], -1.0, &w[n0]);
+      scf_s0_solve(scf, 0, &w[0], work1, work2, work3);
+      /* (x, x~) := inv(Q) * (w1, w2); x~ is not needed */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         x[i] = w[qq_inv[i]];
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_at_solve - solve system A'* x = b
+*
+*  This routine solves the system A'* x = b, where A' is a matrix
+*  transposed to the current matrix A.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit the array x will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector in the same locations.
+*
+*  For details see the program documentation. */
+
+void scf_at_solve(SCF *scf, double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w[/*1+n0+nn*/], double work1[/*1+max(n0,nn)*/],
+      double work2[/*1+n*/], double work3[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = scf->n;
+      int n0 = scf->n0;
+      int nn = scf->nn;
+      int *pp_inv = scf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = scf->qq_ind;
+      int i, ii;
+      /* (u1, u2) := Q * (b, 0) */
+      for (ii = 1; ii <= n0+nn; ii++)
+      {  i = qq_ind[ii];
+         w[ii] = (i <= n ? x[i] : 0.0);
+      }
+      /* v1 := inv(S0') * u1 */
+      scf_s0_solve(scf, 1, &w[0], work1, work2, work3);
+      /* v2 := inv(C') * (u2 - S'* v1) */
+      scf_st_prod(scf, &w[n0], -1.0, &w[0]);
+      ifu_at_solve(&scf->ifu, &w[n0], work1);
+      /* w2 := v2 */
+      /* nop */
+      /* w1 := inv(R0') * (v1 - R'* w2) */
+      scf_rt_prod(scf, &w[0], -1.0, &w[n0]);
+      scf_r0_solve(scf, 1, &w[0]);
+      /* compute (x, x~) := P * (w1, w2); x~ is not needed */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {
+#if 1 /* FIXME: currently P = I */
+         xassert(pp_inv[i] == i);
+#endif
+         x[i] = w[pp_inv[i]];
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_add_r_row - add new row to matrix R
+*
+*  This routine adds new (nn+1)-th row to matrix R, whose elements are
+*  specified in locations w[1,...,n0]. */
+
+void scf_add_r_row(SCF *scf, const double w[/*1+n0*/])
+{     int n0 = scf->n0;
+      int nn = scf->nn;
+      SVA *sva = scf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int rr_ref = scf->rr_ref;
+      int *rr_ptr = &sva->ptr[rr_ref-1];
+      int *rr_len = &sva->len[rr_ref-1];
+      int j, len, ptr;
+      xassert(0 <= nn && nn < scf->nn_max);
+      /* determine length of new row */
+      len = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n0; j++)
+      {  if (w[j] != 0.0)
+            len++;
+      }
+      /* reserve locations for new row in static part of SVA */
+      if (len > 0)
+      {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+         {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+            sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            sv_val = sva->val;
+         }
+         sva_reserve_cap(sva, rr_ref + nn, len);
+      }
+      /* store new row in sparse format */
+      ptr = rr_ptr[nn+1];
+      for (j = 1; j <= n0; j++)
+      {  if (w[j] != 0.0)
+         {  sv_ind[ptr] = j;
+            sv_val[ptr] = w[j];
+            ptr++;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(ptr - rr_ptr[nn+1] == len);
+      rr_len[nn+1] = len;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_add_s_col - add new column to matrix S
+*
+*  This routine adds new (nn+1)-th column to matrix S, whose elements
+*  are specified in locations v[1,...,n0]. */
+
+void scf_add_s_col(SCF *scf, const double v[/*1+n0*/])
+{     int n0 = scf->n0;
+      int nn = scf->nn;
+      SVA *sva = scf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int ss_ref = scf->ss_ref;
+      int *ss_ptr = &sva->ptr[ss_ref-1];
+      int *ss_len = &sva->len[ss_ref-1];
+      int i, len, ptr;
+      xassert(0 <= nn && nn < scf->nn_max);
+      /* determine length of new column */
+      len = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n0; i++)
+      {  if (v[i] != 0.0)
+            len++;
+      }
+      /* reserve locations for new column in static part of SVA */
+      if (len > 0)
+      {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+         {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+            sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            sv_val = sva->val;
+         }
+         sva_reserve_cap(sva, ss_ref + nn, len);
+      }
+      /* store new column in sparse format */
+      ptr = ss_ptr[nn+1];
+      for (i = 1; i <= n0; i++)
+      {  if (v[i] != 0.0)
+         {  sv_ind[ptr] = i;
+            sv_val[ptr] = v[i];
+            ptr++;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(ptr - ss_ptr[nn+1] == len);
+      ss_len[nn+1] = len;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scf_update_aug - update factorization of augmented matrix
+*
+*  Given factorization of the current augmented matrix:
+*
+*     ( A0  A1 )   ( R0    ) ( S0  S )
+*     (        ) = (       ) (       ),
+*     ( A2  A3 )   ( R   I ) (     C )
+*
+*  this routine computes factorization of the new augmented matrix:
+*
+*     ( A0 | A1  b )
+*     ( ---+------ )   ( A0  A1^ )   ( R0    ) ( S0  S^ )
+*     ( A2 | A3  f ) = (         ) = (       ) (        ),
+*     (    |       )   ( A2^ A3^ )   ( R^  I ) (     C^ )
+*     ( d' | g'  h )
+*
+*  where b and d are specified n0-vectors, f and g are specified
+*  nn-vectors, and h is a specified scalar. (Note that corresponding
+*  arrays are clobbered on exit.)
+*
+*  The parameter upd specifies how to update factorization of the Schur
+*  complement C:
+*
+*  1  Bartels-Golub updating.
+*
+*  2  Givens rotations updating.
+*
+*  The working arrays w1, w2, and w3 are used in the same way as in the
+*  routine scf_s0_solve.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  Factorization has been successfully updated.
+*
+*  1  Updating limit has been reached.
+*
+*  2  Updating IFU-factorization of matrix C failed.
+*
+*  For details see the program documentation. */
+
+int scf_update_aug(SCF *scf, double b[/*1+n0*/], double d[/*1+n0*/],
+      double f[/*1+nn*/], double g[/*1+nn*/], double h, int upd,
+      double w1[/*1+n0*/], double w2[/*1+n0*/], double w3[/*1+n0*/])
+{     int n0 = scf->n0;
+      int k, ret;
+      double *v, *w, *x, *y, z;
+      if (scf->nn == scf->nn_max)
+      {  /* updating limit has been reached */
+         return 1;
+      }
+      /* v := inv(R0) * b */
+      scf_r0_solve(scf, 0, (v = b));
+      /* w := inv(S0') * d */
+      scf_s0_solve(scf, 1, (w = d), w1, w2, w3);
+      /* x := f - R * v */
+      scf_r_prod(scf, (x = f), -1.0, v);
+      /* y := g - S'* w */
+      scf_st_prod(scf, (y = g), -1.0, w);
+      /* z := h - v'* w */
+      z = h;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n0; k++)
+         z -= v[k] * w[k];
+      /* new R := R with row w added */
+      scf_add_r_row(scf, w);
+      /* new S := S with column v added */
+      scf_add_s_col(scf, v);
+      /* update IFU-factorization of C */
+      switch (upd)
+      {  case 1:
+            ret = ifu_bg_update(&scf->ifu, x, y, z);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            ret = ifu_gr_update(&scf->ifu, x, y, z);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(upd != upd);
+      }
+      if (ret != 0)
+      {  /* updating IFU-factorization failed */
+         return 2;
+      }
+      /* increase number of additional rows and columns */
+      scf->nn++;
+      /* expand P and Q */
+      k = n0 + scf->nn;
+      scf->pp_ind[k] = scf->pp_inv[k] = k;
+      scf->qq_ind[k] = scf->qq_inv[k] = k;
+      /* factorization has been successfully updated */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scf.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69d8cfc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/* scf.h (sparse updatable Schur-complement-based factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SCF_H
+#define SCF_H
+
+#include "btf.h"
+#include "ifu.h"
+#include "luf.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure SCF describes sparse updatable factorization based on
+*  Schur complement.
+*
+*  The SCF-factorization has the following format:
+*
+*     ( A   A1~ )     ( A0  A1 )       ( R0    ) ( S0  S )
+*     (         ) = P (        ) Q = P (       ) (       ) Q,        (1)
+*     ( A2~ A3~ )     ( A2  A3 )       ( R   I ) (     C )
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*  A is current (unsymmetric) square matrix (not stored);
+*
+*  A1~, A2~, A3~ are some additional matrices (not stored);
+*
+*  A0 is initial (unsymmetric) square matrix (not stored);
+*
+*  A1, A2, A3 are some additional matrices (not stored);
+*
+*  R0 and S0 are matrices that define factorization of the initial
+*  matrix A0 = R0 * S0 (stored in an invertable form);
+*
+*  R is a matrix defined from R * S0 = A2, so R = A2 * inv(S0) (stored
+*  in row-wise sparse format);
+*
+*  S is a matrix defined from R0 * S = A1, so S = inv(R0) * A1 (stored
+*  in column-wise sparse format);
+*
+*  C is Schur complement (to matrix A0) defined from R * S + C = A3,
+*  so C = A3 - R * S = A3 - A2 * inv(A0) * A1 (stored in an invertable
+*  form).
+*
+*  P, Q are permutation matrices (stored in both row- and column-like
+*  formats). */
+
+typedef struct SCF SCF;
+
+struct SCF
+{     /* Schur-complement-based factorization */
+      int n;
+      /* order of current matrix A */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* initial matrix A0 = R0 * S0 of order n0 in invertable form */
+      int n0;
+      /* order of matrix A0 */
+      int type;
+      /* type of factorization used:
+       * 1 - LU-factorization (R0 = F0, S0 = V0)
+       * 2 - BT-factorization (R0 = I, S0 = A0) */
+      union
+      {  LUF *luf; /* type = 1 */
+         BTF *btf; /* type = 2 */
+      }  a0;
+      /* factorization of matrix A0 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* augmented matrix (A0, A1; A2, A3) of order n0+nn */
+      int nn_max;
+      /* maximal number of additional rows and columns in the augmented
+       * matrix (this limits the number of updates) */
+      int nn;
+      /* current number of additional rows and columns in the augmented
+       * matrix, 0 <= nn <= nn_max */
+      SVA *sva;
+      /* associated sparse vector area (SVA) used to store rows of
+       * matrix R and columns of matrix S */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* nn*n0-matrix R in row-wise format */
+      int rr_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * row of matrix R */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *rr_ptr = &sva->ptr[rr_ref-1];
+      /* rr_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * rr_ptr[i], 1 <= i <= nn, is pointer to i-th row in SVA;
+       * rr_ptr[nn+1,...,nn_max] are reserved locations */
+      int *rr_len = &sva->len[rr_ref-1];
+      /* rr_len[0] is not used;
+       * rr_len[i], 1 <= i <= nn, is length of i-th row;
+       * rr_len[nn+1,...,nn_max] are reserved locations */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* n0*nn-matrix S in column-wise format */
+      int ss_ref;
+      /* reference number of sparse vector in SVA, which is the first
+       * column of matrix S */
+#if 0 + 0
+      int *ss_ptr = &sva->ptr[ss_ref-1];
+      /* ss_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * ss_ptr[j], 1 <= j <= nn, is pointer to j-th column in SVA;
+       * ss_ptr[nn+1,...,nn_max] are reserved locations */
+      int *ss_len = &sva->len[ss_ref-1];
+      /* ss_len[0] is not used;
+       * ss_len[j], 1 <= j <= nn, is length of j-th column;
+       * ss_len[nn+1,...,nn_max] are reserved locations */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* Schur complement C of order nn in invertable form */
+      IFU ifu;
+      /* IFU-factorization of matrix C */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* permutation matrix P of order n0+nn */
+      int *pp_ind; /* int pp_ind[1+n0+nn_max]; */
+      /* pp_ind[i] = j means that P[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *pp_inv; /* int pp_inv[1+n0+nn_max]; */
+      /* pp_inv[j] = i means that P[i,j] = 1 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* permutation matrix Q of order n0+nn */
+      int *qq_ind; /* int qq_ind[1+n0+nn_max]; */
+      /* qq_ind[i] = j means that Q[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *qq_inv; /* int qq_inv[1+n0+nn_max]; */
+      /* qq_inv[j] = i means that Q[i,j] = 1 */
+};
+
+#define scf_swap_q_cols(j1, j2) \
+      do \
+      {  int i1, i2; \
+         i1 = qq_inv[j1], i2 = qq_inv[j2]; \
+         qq_ind[i1] = j2, qq_inv[j2] = i1; \
+         qq_ind[i2] = j1, qq_inv[j1] = i2; \
+      }  while (0)
+/* swap columns j1 and j2 of permutation matrix Q */
+
+#define scf_r0_solve _glp_scf_r0_solve
+void scf_r0_solve(SCF *scf, int tr, double x[/*1+n0*/]);
+/* solve system R0 * x = b or R0'* x = b */
+
+#define scf_s0_solve _glp_scf_s0_solve
+void scf_s0_solve(SCF *scf, int tr, double x[/*1+n0*/],
+      double w1[/*1+n0*/], double w2[/*1+n0*/], double w3[/*1+n0*/]);
+/* solve system S0 * x = b or S0'* x = b */
+
+#define scf_r_prod _glp_scf_r_prod
+void scf_r_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+nn*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+n0*/]);
+/* compute product y := y + alpha * R * x */
+
+#define scf_rt_prod _glp_scf_rt_prod
+void scf_rt_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+n0*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+nn*/]);
+/* compute product y := y + alpha * R'* x */
+
+#define scf_s_prod _glp_scf_s_prod
+void scf_s_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+n0*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+nn*/]);
+/* compute product y := y + alpha * S * x */
+
+#define scf_st_prod _glp_scf_st_prod
+void scf_st_prod(SCF *scf, double y[/*1+nn*/], double a, const double
+      x[/*1+n0*/]);
+/* compute product y := y + alpha * S'* x */
+
+#define scf_a_solve _glp_scf_a_solve
+void scf_a_solve(SCF *scf, double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w[/*1+n0+nn*/], double work1[/*1+max(n0,nn)*/],
+      double work2[/*1+n*/], double work3[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system A * x = b */
+
+#define scf_at_solve _glp_scf_at_solve
+void scf_at_solve(SCF *scf, double x[/*1+n*/],
+      double w[/*1+n0+nn*/], double work1[/*1+max(n0,nn)*/],
+      double work2[/*1+n*/], double work3[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve system A'* x = b */
+
+#define scf_add_r_row _glp_scf_add_r_row
+void scf_add_r_row(SCF *scf, const double w[/*1+n0*/]);
+/* add new row to matrix R */
+
+#define scf_add_s_col _glp_scf_add_s_col
+void scf_add_s_col(SCF *scf, const double v[/*1+n0*/]);
+/* add new column to matrix S */
+
+#define scf_update_aug _glp_scf_update_aug
+int scf_update_aug(SCF *scf, double b[/*1+n0*/], double d[/*1+n0*/],
+      double f[/*1+nn*/], double g[/*1+nn*/], double h, int upd,
+      double w1[/*1+n0*/], double w2[/*1+n0*/], double w3[/*1+n0*/]);
+/* update factorization of augmented matrix */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scfint.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scfint.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06aa8f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scfint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/* scfint.c (interface to Schur-complement-based factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "scfint.h"
+
+SCFINT *scfint_create(int type)
+{     /* create interface to SC-factorization */
+      SCFINT *fi;
+      fi = talloc(1, SCFINT);
+      memset(fi, 0, sizeof(SCFINT));
+      switch ((fi->scf.type = type))
+      {  case 1:
+            fi->u.lufi = lufint_create();
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            fi->u.btfi = btfint_create();
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(type != type);
+      }
+      return fi;
+}
+
+int scfint_factorize(SCFINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info)
+{     /* compute SC-factorization of specified matrix A */
+      int nn_max, old_n0_max, n0_max, k, ret;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      fi->valid = 0;
+      /* get required value of nn_max */
+      nn_max = fi->nn_max;
+      if (nn_max == 0)
+         nn_max = 100;
+      xassert(nn_max > 0);
+      /* compute factorization of specified matrix A */
+      switch (fi->scf.type)
+      {  case 1:
+            old_n0_max = fi->u.lufi->n_max;
+            fi->u.lufi->sva_n_max = 4 * n + 2 * nn_max;
+            ret = lufint_factorize(fi->u.lufi, n, col, info);
+            n0_max = fi->u.lufi->n_max;
+            fi->scf.sva = fi->u.lufi->sva;
+            fi->scf.a0.luf = fi->u.lufi->luf;
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            old_n0_max = fi->u.btfi->n_max;
+            fi->u.btfi->sva_n_max = 6 * n + 2 * nn_max;
+            ret = btfint_factorize(fi->u.btfi, n, col, info);
+            n0_max = fi->u.btfi->n_max;
+            fi->scf.sva = fi->u.btfi->sva;
+            fi->scf.a0.btf = fi->u.btfi->btf;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(fi != fi);
+      }
+      /* allocate/reallocate arrays, if necessary */
+      if (old_n0_max < n0_max)
+      {  if (fi->w1 != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->w1);
+         if (fi->w2 != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->w2);
+         if (fi->w3 != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->w3);
+         fi->w1 = talloc(1+n0_max, double);
+         fi->w2 = talloc(1+n0_max, double);
+         fi->w3 = talloc(1+n0_max, double);
+      }
+      if (fi->scf.nn_max != nn_max)
+      {  if (fi->scf.ifu.f != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->scf.ifu.f);
+         if (fi->scf.ifu.u != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->scf.ifu.u);
+         fi->scf.ifu.f = talloc(nn_max * nn_max, double);
+         fi->scf.ifu.u = talloc(nn_max * nn_max, double);
+      }
+      if (old_n0_max < n0_max || fi->scf.nn_max != nn_max)
+      {  if (fi->scf.pp_ind != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->scf.pp_ind);
+         if (fi->scf.pp_inv != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->scf.pp_inv);
+         if (fi->scf.qq_ind != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->scf.qq_ind);
+         if (fi->scf.qq_inv != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->scf.qq_inv);
+         if (fi->w4 != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->w4);
+         if (fi->w5 != NULL)
+            tfree(fi->w5);
+         fi->scf.pp_ind = talloc(1+n0_max+nn_max, int);
+         fi->scf.pp_inv = talloc(1+n0_max+nn_max, int);
+         fi->scf.qq_ind = talloc(1+n0_max+nn_max, int);
+         fi->scf.qq_inv = talloc(1+n0_max+nn_max, int);
+         fi->w4 = talloc(1+n0_max+nn_max, double);
+         fi->w5 = talloc(1+n0_max+nn_max, double);
+      }
+      /* initialize SC-factorization */
+      fi->scf.n = n;
+      fi->scf.n0 = n;
+      fi->scf.nn_max = nn_max;
+      fi->scf.nn = 0;
+      fi->scf.rr_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(fi->scf.sva, nn_max);
+      fi->scf.ss_ref = sva_alloc_vecs(fi->scf.sva, nn_max);
+      fi->scf.ifu.n_max = nn_max;
+      fi->scf.ifu.n = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  fi->scf.pp_ind[k] = k;
+         fi->scf.pp_inv[k] = k;
+         fi->scf.qq_ind[k] = k;
+         fi->scf.qq_inv[k] = k;
+      }
+      /* set validation flag */
+      if (ret == 0)
+         fi->valid = 1;
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int scfint_update(SCFINT *fi, int upd, int j, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[])
+{     /* update SC-factorization after replacing j-th column of A */
+      int n = fi->scf.n;
+      int n0 = fi->scf.n0;
+      int nn = fi->scf.nn;
+      int *pp_ind = fi->scf.pp_ind;
+      int *qq_ind = fi->scf.qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = fi->scf.qq_inv;
+      double *bf = fi->w4;
+      double *dg = fi->w5;
+      int k, t, ret;
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= n0+nn);
+      /* (b, f) := inv(P) * (beta, 0) */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n0+nn; k++)
+         bf[k] = 0.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  k = ind[t];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+#if 1 /* FIXME: currently P = I */
+         xassert(pp_ind[k] == k);
+#endif
+         xassert(bf[k] == 0.0);
+         xassert(val[t] != 0.0);
+         bf[k] = val[t];
+      }
+      /* (d, g) := Q * (cj, 0) */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n0+nn; k++)
+         dg[k] = 0.0;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+      dg[fi->scf.qq_inv[j]] = 1;
+      /* update factorization of augmented matrix */
+      ret = scf_update_aug(&fi->scf, &bf[0], &dg[0], &bf[n0], &dg[n0],
+         0.0, upd, fi->w1, fi->w2, fi->w3);
+      if (ret == 0)
+      {  /* swap j-th and last columns of new matrix Q */
+         scf_swap_q_cols(j, n0+nn+1);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* updating failed */
+         fi->valid = 0;
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+void scfint_ftran(SCFINT *fi, double x[])
+{     /* solve system A * x = b */
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      scf_a_solve(&fi->scf, x, fi->w4, fi->w5, fi->w1, fi->w2);
+      return;
+}
+
+void scfint_btran(SCFINT *fi, double x[])
+{     /* solve system A'* x = b */
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      scf_at_solve(&fi->scf, x, fi->w4, fi->w5, fi->w1, fi->w2);
+      return;
+}
+
+double scfint_estimate(SCFINT *fi)
+{     /* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) */
+      double norm;
+      xassert(fi->valid);
+      xassert(fi->scf.n == fi->scf.n0);
+      switch (fi->scf.type)
+      {  case 1:
+            norm = luf_estimate_norm(fi->scf.a0.luf, fi->w1, fi->w2);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            norm = btf_estimate_norm(fi->scf.a0.btf, fi->w1, fi->w2,
+               fi->w3, fi->w4);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(fi != fi);
+      }
+      return norm;
+}
+
+void scfint_delete(SCFINT *fi)
+{     /* delete interface to SC-factorization */
+      switch (fi->scf.type)
+      {  case 1:
+            lufint_delete(fi->u.lufi);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            btfint_delete(fi->u.btfi);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(fi != fi);
+      }
+      if (fi->scf.ifu.f != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->scf.ifu.f);
+      if (fi->scf.ifu.u != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->scf.ifu.u);
+      if (fi->scf.pp_ind != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->scf.pp_ind);
+      if (fi->scf.pp_inv != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->scf.pp_inv);
+      if (fi->scf.qq_ind != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->scf.qq_ind);
+      if (fi->scf.qq_inv != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->scf.qq_inv);
+      if (fi->w1 != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->w1);
+      if (fi->w2 != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->w2);
+      if (fi->w3 != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->w3);
+      if (fi->w4 != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->w4);
+      if (fi->w5 != NULL)
+         tfree(fi->w5);
+      tfree(fi);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scfint.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scfint.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e56355b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/scfint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* scfint.h (interface to Schur-complement-based factorization) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SCFINT_H
+#define SCFINT_H
+
+#include "scf.h"
+#include "lufint.h"
+#include "btfint.h"
+
+typedef struct SCFINT SCFINT;
+
+struct SCFINT
+{     /* interface to SC-factorization */
+      int valid;
+      /* factorization is valid only if this flag is set */
+      SCF scf;
+      /* Schur-complement based factorization */
+      union
+      {  LUFINT *lufi; /* scf.type = 1 */
+         BTFINT *btfi; /* scf.type = 2 */
+      }  u;
+      /* interface to factorize initial matrix A0 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* working arrays */
+      double *w1; /* double w1[1+n0_max]; */
+      double *w2; /* double w2[1+n0_max]; */
+      double *w3; /* double w3[1+n0_max]; */
+      double *w4; /* double w4[1+n0_max+nn_max]; */
+      double *w5; /* double w5[1+n0_max+nn_max]; */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters */
+      int nn_max;
+      /* required maximal number of updates */
+};
+
+#define scfint_create _glp_scfint_create
+SCFINT *scfint_create(int type);
+/* create interface to SC-factorization */
+
+#define scfint_factorize _glp_scfint_factorize
+int scfint_factorize(SCFINT *fi, int n, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], double val[]), void *info);
+/* compute SC-factorization of specified matrix A */
+
+#define scfint_update _glp_scfint_update
+int scfint_update(SCFINT *fi, int upd, int j, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[]);
+/* update SC-factorization after replacing j-th column of A */
+
+#define scfint_ftran _glp_scfint_ftran
+void scfint_ftran(SCFINT *fi, double x[]);
+/* solve system A * x = b */
+
+#define scfint_btran _glp_scfint_btran
+void scfint_btran(SCFINT *fi, double x[]);
+/* solve system A'* x = b */
+
+#define scfint_estimate _glp_scfint_estimate
+double scfint_estimate(SCFINT *fi);
+/* estimate 1-norm of inv(A) */
+
+#define scfint_delete _glp_scfint_delete
+void scfint_delete(SCFINT *fi);
+/* delete interface to SC-factorization */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sgf.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sgf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c1f49a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sgf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1443 @@
+/* sgf.c (sparse Gaussian factorizer) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "sgf.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sgf_reduce_nuc - initial reordering to minimize nucleus size
+*
+*  On entry to this routine it is assumed that V = A and F = P = Q = I,
+*  where A is the original matrix to be factorized. It is also assumed
+*  that matrix V = A is stored in both row- and column-wise formats.
+*
+*  This routine performs (implicit) non-symmetric permutations of rows
+*  and columns of matrix U = P'* V * Q' to reduce it to the form:
+*
+*        1     k1    k2    n
+*     1  x x x x x x x x x x
+*        . x x x x x x x x x
+*        . . x x x x x x x x
+*     k1 . . . * * * * x x x
+*        . . . * * * * x x x
+*        . . . * * * * x x x
+*     k2 . . . * * * * x x x
+*        . . . . . . . x x x
+*        . . . . . . . . x x
+*     n  . . . . . . . . . x
+*
+*  where non-zeros in rows and columns k1, k1+1, ..., k2 constitute so
+*  called nucleus ('*'), whose size is minimized by the routine.
+*
+*  The numbers k1 and k2 are returned by the routine on exit. Usually,
+*  if the nucleus exists, 1 <= k1 < k2 <= n. However, if the resultant
+*  matrix U is upper triangular (has no nucleus), k1 = n+1 and k2 = n.
+*
+*  Note that the routines sgf_choose_pivot and sgf_eliminate perform
+*  exactly the same transformations (by processing row and columns
+*  singletons), so preliminary minimization of the nucleus may not be
+*  used. However, processing row and column singletons by the routines
+*  sgf_minimize_nuc and sgf_singl_phase is more efficient. */
+
+#if 1 /* 21/II-2016 */
+/* Normally this routine returns zero. If the matrix is structurally
+*  singular, the routine returns non-zero. */
+#endif
+
+int sgf_reduce_nuc(LUF *luf, int *k1_, int *k2_, int cnt[/*1+n*/],
+      int list[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = luf->qq_inv;
+      int i, ii, j, jj, k1, k2, ns, ptr, end;
+      /* initial nucleus is U = V = A */
+      k1 = 1, k2 = n;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* process column singletons                                    */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* determine initial counts of columns of V and initialize list
+       * of active column singletons */
+      ns = 0; /* number of active column singletons */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if ((cnt[j] = vc_len[j]) == 1)
+            list[++ns] = j;
+      }
+      /* process active column singletons */
+      while (ns > 0)
+      {  /* column singleton is in j-th column of V */
+         j = list[ns--];
+#if 1 /* 21/II-2016 */
+         if (cnt[j] == 0)
+         {  /* j-th column in the current nucleus is actually empty */
+            /* this happened because on a previous step in the nucleus
+             * there were two or more identical column singletons (that
+             * means structural singularity), so removing one of them
+             * from the nucleus made other columns empty */
+            return 1;
+         }
+#endif
+         /* find i-th row of V containing column singleton */
+         ptr = vc_ptr[j];
+         end = ptr + vc_len[j];
+         for (; pp_ind[i = sv_ind[ptr]] < k1; ptr++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(ptr < end);
+         /* permute rows and columns of U to move column singleton to
+          * position u[k1,k1] */
+         ii = pp_ind[i];
+         luf_swap_u_rows(k1, ii);
+         jj = qq_inv[j];
+         luf_swap_u_cols(k1, jj);
+         /* nucleus size decreased */
+         k1++;
+         /* walk thru i-th row of V and decrease column counts; this
+          * may cause new column singletons to appear */
+         ptr = vr_ptr[i];
+         end = ptr + vr_len[i];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  if (--(cnt[j = sv_ind[ptr]]) == 1)
+               list[++ns] = j;
+         }
+      }
+      /* nucleus begins at k1-th row/column of U */
+      if (k1 > n)
+      {  /* U is upper triangular; no nucleus exist */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* process row singletons                                       */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* determine initial counts of rows of V and initialize list of
+       * active row singletons */
+      ns = 0; /* number of active row singletons */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  if (pp_ind[i] < k1)
+         {  /* corresponding row of U is above its k1-th row; set its
+             * count to zero to prevent including it in active list */
+            cnt[i] = 0;
+         }
+         else if ((cnt[i] = vr_len[i]) == 1)
+            list[++ns] = i;
+      }
+      /* process active row singletons */
+      while (ns > 0)
+      {  /* row singleton is in i-th row of V */
+         i = list[ns--];
+#if 1 /* 21/II-2016 */
+         if (cnt[i] == 0)
+         {  /* i-th row in the current nucleus is actually empty */
+            /* (see comments above for similar case of empty column) */
+            return 2;
+         }
+#endif
+         /* find j-th column of V containing row singleton */
+         ptr = vr_ptr[i];
+         end = ptr + vr_len[i];
+         for (; qq_inv[j = sv_ind[ptr]] > k2; ptr++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(ptr < end);
+         /* permute rows and columns of U to move row singleton to
+          * position u[k2,k2] */
+         ii = pp_ind[i];
+         luf_swap_u_rows(k2, ii);
+         jj = qq_inv[j];
+         luf_swap_u_cols(k2, jj);
+         /* nucleus size decreased */
+         k2--;
+         /* walk thru j-th column of V and decrease row counts; this
+          * may cause new row singletons to appear */
+         ptr = vc_ptr[j];
+         end = ptr + vc_len[j];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  if (--(cnt[i = sv_ind[ptr]]) == 1)
+               list[++ns] = i;
+         }
+      }
+      /* nucleus ends at k2-th row/column of U */
+      xassert(k1 < k2);
+done: *k1_ = k1, *k2_ = k2;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sgf_singl_phase - compute LU-factorization (singleton phase)
+*
+*  It is assumed that on entry to the routine L = P'* F * P = F = I
+*  and matrix U = P'* V * Q' has the following structure (provided by
+*  the routine sgf_reduce_nuc):
+*
+*        1     k1    k2    n
+*     1  a a a b b b b c c c
+*        . a a b b b b c c c
+*        . . a b b b b c c c
+*     k1 . . . * * * * d d d
+*        . . . * * * * d d d
+*        . . . * * * * d d d
+*     k2 . . . * * * * d d d
+*        . . . . . . . e e e
+*        . . . . . . . . e e
+*     n  . . . . . . . . . e
+*
+*  First, the routine performs (implicit) symmetric permutations of
+*  rows and columns of matrix U to place them in the following order:
+*
+*     1, 2, ..., k1-1; n, n-1, ..., k2+1; k1, k1+1, ..., k2
+*
+*  This changes the structure of matrix U as follows:
+*
+*        1     k1    k2'   n
+*     1  a a a c c c b b b b
+*        . a a c c c b b b b
+*        . . a c c c b b b b
+*     k1 . . . e . . . . . .
+*        . . . e e . . . . .
+*        . . . e e e . . . .
+*     k2'. . . d d d * * * *
+*        . . . d d d * * * *
+*        . . . d d d * * * *
+*     n  . . . d d d * * * *
+*
+*  where k2' = n - k2 + k1.
+*
+*  Then the routine performs elementary gaussian transformations to
+*  eliminate subdiagonal elements in columns k1, ..., k2'-1 of U. The
+*  effect is the same as if the routine sgf_eliminate would be called
+*  for k = 1, ..., k2'-1 using diagonal elements u[k,k] as pivots.
+*
+*  After elimination matrices L and U becomes the following:
+*
+*        1     k1   k2'    n        1     k1   k2'    n
+*     1  1 . . . . . . . . .     1  a a a c c c b b b b
+*        . 1 . . . . . . . .        . a a c c c b b b b
+*        . . 1 . . . . . . .        . . a c c c b b b b
+*     k1 . . . 1 . . . . . .     k1 . . . e . . . . . .
+*        . . . e'1 . . . . .        . . . . e . . . . .
+*        . . . e'e'1 . . . .        . . . . . e . . . .
+*     k2'. . . d'd'd'1 . . .     k2'. . . . . . * * * *
+*        . . . d'd'd'. 1 . .        . . . . . . * * * *
+*        . . . d'd'd'. . 1 .        . . . . . . * * * *
+*     n  . . . d'd'd'. . . 1     n  . . . . . . * * * *
+*
+*             matrix L                   matrix U
+*
+*  where columns k1, ..., k2'-1 of L consist of subdiagonal elements
+*  of initial matrix U divided by pivots u[k,k].
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns k2', the elimination step number, from
+*  which computing of the factorization should be continued. Note that
+*  k2' = n+1 means that matrix U is already upper triangular. */
+
+int sgf_singl_phase(LUF *luf, int k1, int k2, int updat,
+      int ind[/*1+n*/], double val[/*1+n*/])
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fc_ref = luf->fc_ref;
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = luf->qq_inv;
+      int i, j, k, ptr, ptr1, end, len;
+      double piv;
+      /* (see routine sgf_reduce_nuc) */
+      xassert((1 <= k1 && k1 < k2 && k2 <= n)
+         || (k1 == n+1 && k2 == n));
+      /* perform symmetric permutations of rows/columns of U */
+      for (k = k1; k <= k2; k++)
+         pp_ind[pp_inv[k]] = qq_inv[qq_ind[k]] = k - k2 + n;
+      for (k = k2+1; k <= n; k++)
+         pp_ind[pp_inv[k]] = qq_inv[qq_ind[k]] = n - k + k1;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+         pp_inv[pp_ind[k]] = qq_ind[qq_inv[k]] = k;
+      /* determine k2' */
+      k2 = n - k2 + k1;
+      /* process rows and columns of V corresponding to rows and
+       * columns 1, ..., k1-1 of U */
+      for (k = 1; k < k1; k++)
+      {  /* k-th row of U = i-th row of V */
+         i = pp_inv[k];
+         /* find pivot u[k,k] = v[i,j] in i-th row of V */
+         ptr = vr_ptr[i];
+         end = ptr + vr_len[i];
+         for (; qq_inv[sv_ind[ptr]] != k; ptr++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(ptr < end);
+         /* store pivot */
+         vr_piv[i] = sv_val[ptr];
+         /* and remove it from i-th row of V */
+         sv_ind[ptr] = sv_ind[end-1];
+         sv_val[ptr] = sv_val[end-1];
+         vr_len[i]--;
+         /* clear column of V corresponding to k-th column of U */
+         vc_len[qq_ind[k]] = 0;
+      }
+      /* clear rows of V corresponding to rows k1, ..., k2'-1 of U */
+      for (k = k1; k < k2; k++)
+         vr_len[pp_inv[k]] = 0;
+      /* process rows and columns of V corresponding to rows and
+       * columns k2', ..., n of U */
+      for (k = k2; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* k-th row of U = i-th row of V */
+         i = pp_inv[k];
+         /* remove elements from i-th row of V that correspond to
+          * elements u[k,k1], ..., u[k,k2'-1] */
+         ptr = ptr1 = vr_ptr[i];
+         end = ptr + vr_len[i];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  if (qq_inv[sv_ind[ptr]] >= k2)
+            {  sv_ind[ptr1] = sv_ind[ptr];
+               sv_val[ptr1] = sv_val[ptr];
+               ptr1++;
+            }
+         }
+         vr_len[i] = ptr1 - vr_ptr[i];
+         /* k-th column of U = j-th column of V */
+         j = qq_ind[k];
+         /* remove elements from j-th column of V that correspond to
+          * elements u[1,k], ..., u[k1-1,k] */
+         ptr = ptr1 = vc_ptr[j];
+         end = ptr + vc_len[j];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  if (pp_ind[sv_ind[ptr]] >= k2)
+               /* element value is not needed in this case */
+               sv_ind[ptr1++] = sv_ind[ptr];
+         }
+         vc_len[j] = ptr1 - vc_ptr[j];
+      }
+      /* process columns of V corresponding to columns k1, ..., k2'-1
+       * of U, build columns of F */
+      for (k = k1; k < k2; k++)
+      {  /* k-th column of U = j-th column of V */
+         j = qq_ind[k];
+         /* remove elements from j-th column of V that correspond to
+          * pivot (diagonal) element u[k,k] and subdiagonal elements
+          * u[k+1,k], ..., u[n,k]; subdiagonal elements are stored for
+          * further addition to matrix F */
+         len = 0;
+         piv = 0.0;
+         ptr = vc_ptr[j];
+         end = ptr + vc_len[j];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  i = sv_ind[ptr]; /* v[i,j] */
+            if (pp_ind[i] == k)
+            {  /* store pivot v[i,j] = u[k,k] */
+               piv = vr_piv[i] = sv_val[ptr];
+            }
+            else if (pp_ind[i] > k)
+            {  /* store subdiagonal element v[i,j] = u[i',k] */
+               len++;
+               ind[len] = i;
+               val[len] = sv_val[ptr];
+            }
+         }
+         /* clear j-th column of V = k-th column of U */
+         vc_len[j] = 0;
+         /* build k-th column of L = j-th column of F */
+         j = pp_inv[k];
+         xassert(piv != 0.0);
+         if (len > 0)
+         {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_reserve_cap(sva, fc_ref-1+j, len);
+            for (ptr = fc_ptr[j], ptr1 = 1; ptr1 <= len; ptr++, ptr1++)
+            {  sv_ind[ptr] = ind[ptr1];
+               sv_val[ptr] = val[ptr1] / piv;
+            }
+            fc_len[j] = len;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if it is not planned to update matrix V, relocate all its
+       * non-active rows corresponding to rows 1, ..., k2'-1 of U to
+       * the right (static) part of SVA */
+      if (!updat)
+      {  for (k = 1; k < k2; k++)
+         {  i = pp_inv[k];
+            len = vr_len[i];
+            if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_make_static(sva, vr_ref-1+i);
+         }
+      }
+      /* elimination steps 1, ..., k2'-1 have been performed */
+      return k2;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sgf_choose_pivot - choose pivot element v[p,q]
+*
+*  This routine chooses pivot element v[p,q], k <= p, q <= n, in the
+*  active submatrix of matrix V = P * U * Q, where k is the number of
+*  current elimination step, 1 <= k <= n.
+*
+*  It is assumed that on entry to the routine matrix U = P'* V * Q' has
+*  the following partially triangularized form:
+*
+*        1       k         n
+*     1  x x x x x x x x x x
+*        . x x x x x x x x x
+*        . . x x x x x x x x
+*        . . . x x x x x x x
+*     k  . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*     n  . . . . * * * * * *
+*
+*  where rows and columns k, k+1, ..., n belong to the active submatrix
+*  (its elements are marked by '*').
+*
+*  Since the matrix U is not stored, the routine works with the matrix
+*  V = P * U * Q. It is assumed that the row-wise representation
+*  corresponds to the matrix V, but the column-wise representation
+*  corresponds to the active submatrix of the matrix V, i.e. elements,
+*  which are not in the active submatrix, are not included in column
+*  vectors. It is also assumed that each active row of the matrix V is
+*  in the set R[len], where len is the number of non-zeros in the row,
+*  and each active column of the matrix V is in the set C[len], where
+*  len is the number of non-zeros in the column (in the latter case
+*  only elements of the active submatrix are counted; such elements are
+*  marked by '*' on the figure above).
+*
+*  For the reason of numerical stability the routine applies so called
+*  threshold pivoting proposed by J.Reid. It is assumed that an element
+*  v[i,j] can be selected as a pivot candidate if it is not very small
+*  (in magnitude) among other elements in the same row, i.e. if it
+*  satisfies to the stability condition |v[i,j]| >= tol * max|v[i,*]|,
+*  where 0 < tol < 1 is a given tolerance.
+*
+*  In order to keep sparsity of the matrix V the routine uses Markowitz
+*  strategy, trying to choose such element v[p,q], which satisfies to
+*  the stability condition (see above) and has smallest Markowitz cost
+*  (nr[p]-1) * (nc[q]-1), where nr[p] and nc[q] are, resp., numbers of
+*  non-zeros in p-th row and q-th column of the active submatrix.
+*
+*  In order to reduce the search, i.e. not to walk through all elements
+*  of the active submatrix, the routine uses a technique proposed by
+*  I.Duff. This technique is based on using the sets R[len] and C[len]
+*  of active rows and columns.
+*
+*  If the pivot element v[p,q] has been chosen, the routine stores its
+*  indices to locations *p and *q and returns zero. Otherwise, non-zero
+*  is returned. */
+
+int sgf_choose_pivot(SGF *sgf, int *p_, int *q_)
+{     LUF *luf = sgf->luf;
+      int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *rs_head = sgf->rs_head;
+      int *rs_next = sgf->rs_next;
+      int *cs_head = sgf->cs_head;
+      int *cs_prev = sgf->cs_prev;
+      int *cs_next = sgf->cs_next;
+      double *vr_max = sgf->vr_max;
+      double piv_tol = sgf->piv_tol;
+      int piv_lim = sgf->piv_lim;
+      int suhl = sgf->suhl;
+      int i, i_ptr, i_end, j, j_ptr, j_end, len, min_i, min_j, min_len,
+         ncand, next_j, p, q;
+      double best, big, cost, temp;
+      /* no pivot candidate has been chosen so far */
+      p = q = 0, best = DBL_MAX, ncand = 0;
+      /* if the active submatrix contains a column having the only
+       * non-zero element (column singleton), choose it as the pivot */
+      j = cs_head[1];
+      if (j != 0)
+      {  xassert(vc_len[j] == 1);
+         p = sv_ind[vc_ptr[j]], q = j;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* if the active submatrix contains a row having the only
+       * non-zero element (row singleton), choose it as the pivot */
+      i = rs_head[1];
+      if (i != 0)
+      {  xassert(vr_len[i] == 1);
+         p = i, q = sv_ind[vr_ptr[i]];
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* the active submatrix contains no singletons; walk thru its
+       * other non-empty rows and columns */
+      for (len = 2; len <= n; len++)
+      {  /* consider active columns containing len non-zeros */
+         for (j = cs_head[len]; j != 0; j = next_j)
+         {  /* save the number of next column of the same length */
+            next_j = cs_next[j];
+            /* find an element in j-th column, which is placed in the
+             * row with minimal number of non-zeros and satisfies to
+             * the stability condition (such element may not exist) */
+            min_i = min_j = 0, min_len = INT_MAX;
+            for (j_end = (j_ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j];
+               j_ptr < j_end; j_ptr++)
+            {  /* get row index of v[i,j] */
+               i = sv_ind[j_ptr];
+               /* if i-th row is not shorter, skip v[i,j] */
+               if (vr_len[i] >= min_len)
+                  continue;
+               /* big := max|v[i,*]| */
+               if ((big = vr_max[i]) < 0.0)
+               {  /* largest magnitude is unknown; compute it */
+                  for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+                     i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+                  {  if ((temp = sv_val[i_ptr]) < 0.0)
+                        temp = -temp;
+                     if (big < temp)
+                        big = temp;
+                  }
+                  xassert(big > 0.0);
+                  vr_max[i] = big;
+               }
+               /* find v[i,j] in i-th row */
+               for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+                  sv_ind[i_ptr] != j; i_ptr++)
+                  /* nop */;
+               xassert(i_ptr < i_end);
+               /* if |v[i,j]| < piv_tol * max|v[i,*]|, skip v[i,j] */
+               if ((temp = sv_val[i_ptr]) < 0.0)
+                  temp = -temp;
+               if (temp < piv_tol * big)
+                  continue;
+               /* v[i,j] is a better candidate */
+               min_i = i, min_j = j, min_len = vr_len[i];
+               /* if Markowitz cost of v[i,j] is not greater than
+                * (len-1)**2, v[i,j] can be chosen as the pivot right
+                * now; this heuristic reduces the search and works well
+                * in many cases */
+               if (min_len <= len)
+               {  p = min_i, q = min_j;
+                  goto done;
+               }
+            }
+            /* j-th column has been scanned */
+            if (min_i != 0)
+            {  /* element v[min_i,min_j] is a next pivot candidate */
+               ncand++;
+               /* compute its Markowitz cost */
+               cost = (double)(min_len - 1) * (double)(len - 1);
+               /* if this element is better, choose it as the pivot */
+               if (cost < best)
+                  p = min_i, q = min_j, best = cost;
+               /* if piv_lim candidates were considered, terminate
+                * the search, because it is doubtful that a much better
+                * candidate will be found */
+               if (ncand == piv_lim)
+                  goto done;
+            }
+            else if (suhl)
+            {  /* j-th column has no eligible elements that satisfy to
+                * the stability criterion; Uwe Suhl suggests to exclude
+                * such column from further considerations until it
+                * becomes a column singleton; in hard cases this may
+                * significantly reduce the time needed to choose the
+                * pivot element */
+               sgf_deactivate_col(j);
+               cs_prev[j] = cs_next[j] = j;
+            }
+         }
+         /* consider active rows containing len non-zeros */
+         for (i = rs_head[len]; i != 0; i = rs_next[i])
+         {  /* big := max|v[i,*]| */
+            if ((big = vr_max[i]) < 0.0)
+            {  /* largest magnitude is unknown; compute it */
+               for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+                  i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+               {  if ((temp = sv_val[i_ptr]) < 0.0)
+                     temp = -temp;
+                  if (big < temp)
+                     big = temp;
+               }
+               xassert(big > 0.0);
+               vr_max[i] = big;
+            }
+            /* find an element in i-th row, which is placed in the
+             * column with minimal number of non-zeros and satisfies to
+             * the stability condition (such element always exists) */
+            min_i = min_j = 0, min_len = INT_MAX;
+            for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+               i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+            {  /* get column index of v[i,j] */
+               j = sv_ind[i_ptr];
+               /* if j-th column is not shorter, skip v[i,j] */
+               if (vc_len[j] >= min_len)
+                  continue;
+               /* if |v[i,j]| < piv_tol * max|v[i,*]|, skip v[i,j] */
+               if ((temp = sv_val[i_ptr]) < 0.0)
+                  temp = -temp;
+               if (temp < piv_tol * big)
+                  continue;
+               /* v[i,j] is a better candidate */
+               min_i = i, min_j = j, min_len = vc_len[j];
+               /* if Markowitz cost of v[i,j] is not greater than
+                * (len-1)**2, v[i,j] can be chosen as the pivot right
+                * now; this heuristic reduces the search and works well
+                * in many cases */
+               if (min_len <= len)
+               {  p = min_i, q = min_j;
+                  goto done;
+               }
+            }
+            /* i-th row has been scanned */
+            if (min_i != 0)
+            {  /* element v[min_i,min_j] is a next pivot candidate */
+               ncand++;
+               /* compute its Markowitz cost */
+               cost = (double)(len - 1) * (double)(min_len - 1);
+               /* if this element is better, choose it as the pivot */
+               if (cost < best)
+                  p = min_i, q = min_j, best = cost;
+               /* if piv_lim candidates were considered, terminate
+                * the search, because it is doubtful that a much better
+                * candidate will be found */
+               if (ncand == piv_lim)
+                  goto done;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* this can never be */
+               xassert(min_i != min_i);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+done: /* report the pivot to the factorization routine */
+      *p_ = p, *q_ = q;
+      return (p == 0);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sgf_eliminate - perform gaussian elimination
+*
+*  This routine performs elementary gaussian transformations in order
+*  to eliminate subdiagonal elements in k-th column of matrix
+*  U = P'* V * Q' using pivot element u[k,k], where k is the number of
+*  current elimination step, 1 <= k <= n.
+*
+*  The parameters p and q specify, resp., row and column indices of the
+*  pivot element v[p,q] = u[k,k].
+*
+*  On entry the routine assumes that partially triangularized matrices
+*  L = P'* F * P and U = P'* V * Q' have the following structure:
+*
+*        1       k         n       1        k         n
+*     1  1 . . . . . . . . .     1  x x x x x x x x x x
+*        x 1 . . . . . . . .        . x x x x x x x x x
+*        x x 1 . . . . . . .        . . x x x x x x x x
+*        x x x 1 . . . . . .        . . . x x x x x x x
+*     k  x x x x 1 . . . . .     k  . . . . * * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ 1 . . . .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ . 1 . . .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ . . 1 . .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ . . . 1 .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*     n  x x x x _ . . . . 1     n  . . . . # * * * * *
+*
+*             matrix L                   matrix U
+*
+*  where rows and columns k, k+1, ..., n of matrix U constitute the
+*  active submatrix. Elements to be eliminated are marked by '#', and
+*  other elements of the active submatrix are marked by '*'. May note
+*  that each eliminated non-zero element u[i,k] of matrix U gives
+*  corresponding non-zero element l[i,k] of matrix L (marked by '_').
+*
+*  Actually all operations are performed on matrix V. It is assumed
+*  that the row-wise representation corresponds to matrix V, but the
+*  column-wise representation corresponds to the active submatrix of
+*  matrix V (or, more precisely, to its pattern, because only row
+*  indices for columns of the active submatrix are used on this stage).
+*
+*  Let u[k,k] = v[p,q] be the pivot. In order to eliminate subdiagonal
+*  elements u[i',k] = v[i,q], i'= k+1, k+2, ..., n, the routine applies
+*  the following elementary gaussian transformations:
+*
+*     (i-th row of V) := (i-th row of V) - f[i,p] * (p-th row of V),
+*
+*  where f[i,p] = v[i,q] / v[p,q] is a gaussian multiplier stored to
+*  p-th column of matrix F to keep the main equality A = F * V
+*  (corresponding elements l[i',k] of matrix L are marked by '_' on the
+*  figure above).
+*
+*  NOTE: On entry to the routine the working arrays flag and work
+*        should contain zeros. This status is retained by the routine
+*        on exit. */
+
+int sgf_eliminate(SGF *sgf, int p, int q)
+{     LUF *luf = sgf->luf;
+      int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fc_ref = luf->fc_ref;
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_cap = &sva->cap[vr_ref-1];
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_ptr = &sva->ptr[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *vc_cap = &sva->cap[vc_ref-1];
+      int *rs_head = sgf->rs_head;
+      int *rs_prev = sgf->rs_prev;
+      int *rs_next = sgf->rs_next;
+      int *cs_head = sgf->cs_head;
+      int *cs_prev = sgf->cs_prev;
+      int *cs_next = sgf->cs_next;
+      double *vr_max = sgf->vr_max;
+      char *flag = sgf->flag;
+      double *work = sgf->work;
+      double eps_tol = sgf->eps_tol;
+      int nnz_diff = 0;
+      int fill, i, i_ptr, i_end, j, j_ptr, j_end, ptr, len, loc, loc1;
+      double vpq, fip, vij;
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= n);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      /* remove p-th row from the active set; this row will never
+       * return there */
+      sgf_deactivate_row(p);
+      /* process p-th (pivot) row */
+      ptr = 0;
+      for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[p]) + vr_len[p];
+         i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+      {  /* get column index of v[p,j] */
+         j = sv_ind[i_ptr];
+         if (j == q)
+         {  /* save pointer to pivot v[p,q] */
+            ptr = i_ptr;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* store v[p,j], j != q, to working array */
+            flag[j] = 1;
+            work[j] = sv_val[i_ptr];
+         }
+         /* remove j-th column from the active set; q-th column will
+          * never return there while other columns will return to the
+          * active set with new length */
+         if (cs_next[j] == j)
+         {  /* j-th column was marked by the pivoting routine according
+             * to Uwe Suhl's suggestion and is already inactive */
+            xassert(cs_prev[j] == j);
+         }
+         else
+            sgf_deactivate_col(j);
+         nnz_diff -= vc_len[j];
+         /* find and remove v[p,j] from j-th column */
+         for (j_end = (j_ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j];
+            sv_ind[j_ptr] != p; j_ptr++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(j_ptr < j_end);
+         sv_ind[j_ptr] = sv_ind[j_end-1];
+         vc_len[j]--;
+      }
+      /* save pivot v[p,q] and remove it from p-th row */
+      xassert(ptr > 0);
+      vpq = vr_piv[p] = sv_val[ptr];
+      sv_ind[ptr] = sv_ind[i_end-1];
+      sv_val[ptr] = sv_val[i_end-1];
+      vr_len[p]--;
+      /* if it is not planned to update matrix V, relocate p-th row to
+       * the right (static) part of SVA */
+      if (!sgf->updat)
+      {  len = vr_len[p];
+         if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+         {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+            sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            sv_val = sva->val;
+         }
+         sva_make_static(sva, vr_ref-1+p);
+      }
+      /* copy the pattern (row indices) of q-th column of the active
+       * submatrix (from which v[p,q] has been just removed) to p-th
+       * column of matrix F (without unity diagonal element) */
+      len = vc_len[q];
+      if (len > 0)
+      {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+         {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+            sv_ind = sva->ind;
+            sv_val = sva->val;
+         }
+         sva_reserve_cap(sva, fc_ref-1+p, len);
+         memcpy(&sv_ind[fc_ptr[p]], &sv_ind[vc_ptr[q]],
+            len * sizeof(int));
+         fc_len[p] = len;
+      }
+      /* make q-th column of the active submatrix empty */
+      vc_len[q] = 0;
+      /* transform non-pivot rows of the active submatrix */
+      for (loc = fc_len[p]-1; loc >= 0; loc--)
+      {  /* get row index of v[i,q] = row index of f[i,p] */
+         i = sv_ind[fc_ptr[p] + loc];
+         xassert(i != p); /* v[p,q] was removed */
+         /* remove i-th row from the active set; this row will return
+          * there with new length */
+         sgf_deactivate_row(i);
+         /* find v[i,q] in i-th row */
+         for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+            sv_ind[i_ptr] != q; i_ptr++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(i_ptr < i_end);
+         /* compute gaussian multiplier f[i,p] = v[i,q] / v[p,q] */
+         fip = sv_val[fc_ptr[p] + loc] = sv_val[i_ptr] / vpq;
+         /* remove v[i,q] from i-th row */
+         sv_ind[i_ptr] = sv_ind[i_end-1];
+         sv_val[i_ptr] = sv_val[i_end-1];
+         vr_len[i]--;
+         /* perform elementary gaussian transformation:
+          * (i-th row) := (i-th row) - f[i,p] * (p-th row)
+          * note that p-th row of V, which is in the working array,
+          * doesn't contain pivot v[p,q], and i-th row of V doesn't
+          * contain v[i,q] to be eliminated */
+         /* walk thru i-th row and transform existing elements */
+         fill = vr_len[p];
+         for (i_end = (i_ptr = ptr = vr_ptr[i]) + vr_len[i];
+            i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+         {  /* get column index and value of v[i,j] */
+            j = sv_ind[i_ptr];
+            vij = sv_val[i_ptr];
+            if (flag[j])
+            {  /* v[p,j] != 0 */
+               flag[j] = 0, fill--;
+               /* v[i,j] := v[i,j] - f[i,p] * v[p,j] */
+               vij -= fip * work[j];
+               if (-eps_tol < vij && vij < +eps_tol)
+               {  /* new v[i,j] is close to zero; remove it from the
+                   * active submatrix, i.e. replace it by exact zero */
+                  /* find and remove v[i,j] from j-th column */
+                  for (j_end = (j_ptr = vc_ptr[j]) + vc_len[j];
+                     sv_ind[j_ptr] != i; j_ptr++)
+                     /* nop */;
+                  xassert(j_ptr < j_end);
+                  sv_ind[j_ptr] = sv_ind[j_end-1];
+                  vc_len[j]--;
+                  continue;
+               }
+            }
+            /* keep new v[i,j] in i-th row */
+            sv_ind[ptr] = j;
+            sv_val[ptr] = vij;
+            ptr++;
+         }
+         /* (new length of i-th row may decrease because of numerical
+          * cancellation) */
+         vr_len[i] = len = ptr - vr_ptr[i];
+         /* now flag[*] is the pattern of the set v[p,*] \ v[i,*], and
+          * fill is the number of non-zeros in this set */
+         if (fill == 0)
+         {  /* no fill-in occurs */
+            /* walk thru p-th row and restore the column flags */
+            for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[p]) + vr_len[p];
+               i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+               flag[sv_ind[i_ptr]] = 1; /* v[p,j] != 0 */
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         /* up to fill new non-zero elements may appear in i-th row due
+          * to fill-in; reserve locations for these elements (note that
+          * actual length of i-th row is currently stored in len) */
+         if (vr_cap[i] < len + fill)
+         {  if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len + fill)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len + fill);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vr_ref-1+i, len + fill, 0);
+         }
+         vr_len[i] += fill;
+         /* walk thru p-th row and add new elements to i-th row */
+         for (loc1 = vr_len[p]-1; loc1 >= 0; loc1--)
+         {  /* get column index of v[p,j] */
+            j = sv_ind[vr_ptr[p] + loc1];
+            if (!flag[j])
+            {  /* restore j-th column flag */
+               flag[j] = 1;
+               /* v[i,j] was computed earlier on transforming existing
+                * elements of i-th row */
+               continue;
+            }
+            /* v[i,j] := 0 - f[i,p] * v[p,j] */
+            vij = - fip * work[j];
+            if (-eps_tol < vij && vij < +eps_tol)
+            {  /* new v[i,j] is close to zero; do not add it to the
+                * active submatrix, i.e. replace it by exact zero */
+               continue;
+            }
+            /* add new v[i,j] to i-th row */
+            sv_ind[ptr = vr_ptr[i] + (len++)] = j;
+            sv_val[ptr] = vij;
+            /* add new v[i,j] to j-th column */
+            if (vc_cap[j] == vc_len[j])
+            {  /* we reserve extra locations in j-th column to reduce
+                * further relocations of that column */
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+               /* use control parameter to specify the number of extra
+                * locations reserved */
+               int need = vc_len[j] + 10;
+#endif
+               if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < need)
+               {  sva_more_space(sva, need);
+                  sv_ind = sva->ind;
+                  sv_val = sva->val;
+               }
+               sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vc_ref-1+j, need, 1);
+            }
+            sv_ind[vc_ptr[j] + (vc_len[j]++)] = i;
+         }
+         /* set final length of i-th row just transformed */
+         xassert(len <= vr_len[i]);
+         vr_len[i] = len;
+skip:    /* return i-th row to the active set with new length */
+         sgf_activate_row(i);
+         /* since i-th row has been changed, largest magnitude of its
+          * elements becomes unknown */
+         vr_max[i] = -1.0;
+      }
+      /* walk thru p-th (pivot) row */
+      for (i_end = (i_ptr = vr_ptr[p]) + vr_len[p];
+         i_ptr < i_end; i_ptr++)
+      {  /* get column index of v[p,j] */
+         j = sv_ind[i_ptr];
+         xassert(j != q); /* v[p,q] was removed */
+         /* return j-th column to the active set with new length */
+         if (cs_next[j] == j && vc_len[j] != 1)
+         {  /* j-th column was marked by the pivoting routine and it is
+             * still not a column singleton, so leave it incative */
+            xassert(cs_prev[j] == j);
+         }
+         else
+            sgf_activate_col(j);
+         nnz_diff += vc_len[j];
+         /* restore zero content of the working arrays */
+         flag[j] = 0;
+         work[j] = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* return the difference between the numbers of non-zeros in the
+       * active submatrix on entry and on exit, resp. */
+      return nnz_diff;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sgf_dense_lu - compute dense LU-factorization with full pivoting
+*
+*  This routine performs Gaussian elimination with full pivoting to
+*  compute dense LU-factorization of the specified matrix A of order n
+*  in the form:
+*
+*     A = P * L * U * Q,                                             (1)
+*
+*  where L is lower triangular matrix with unit diagonal, U is upper
+*  triangular matrix, P and Q are permutation matrices.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine elements of matrix A = (a[i,j]) should be
+*  placed in the array elements a[0], ..., a[n^2-1] in dense row-wise
+*  format. On exit from the routine matrix A is replaced by factors L
+*  and U as follows:
+*
+*       u[1,1]   u[1,2]  ...  u[1,n-1]   u[1,n]
+*       l[2,1]   u[2,2]  ...  u[2,n-1]   u[2,n]
+*        . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
+*     l[n-1,1] l[n-1,2]     u[n-1,n-1] u[n-1,n]
+*       l[n,1]   l[n,2]  ...  l[n,n-1]   u[n,n]
+*
+*  The unit diagonal elements of L are not stored.
+*
+*  Information on permutations of rows and columns of active submatrix
+*  during factorization is accumulated by the routine as follows. Every
+*  time the routine permutes rows i and i' or columns j and j', it also
+*  permutes elements r[i-1] and r[i'-1] or c[j-1] and c[j'-1], resp.
+*  Thus, on entry to the routine elements r[0], r[1], ..., r[n-1] and
+*  c[0], c[1], ..., c[n-1] should be initialized by some integers that
+*  identify rows and columns of the original matrix A.
+*
+*  If the factorization has been successfully computed, the routine
+*  returns zero. Otherwise, if on k-th elimination step, 1 <= k <= n,
+*  all elements of the active submatrix are close to zero, the routine
+*  returns k, in which case a partial factorization is stored in the
+*  array a. */
+
+int sgf_dense_lu(int n, double a_[], int r[], int c[], double eps)
+{     /* non-optimized version */
+      int i, j, k, p, q, ref;
+      double akk, big, temp;
+#     define a(i,j) a_[(i)*n+(j)]
+      /* initially U = A, L = P = Q = I */
+      /* main elimination loop */
+      for (k = 0; k < n; k++)
+      {  /* choose pivot u[p,q], k <= p, q <= n */
+         p = q = -1, big = eps;
+         for (i = k; i < n; i++)
+         {  for (j = k; j < n; j++)
+            {  /* temp = |u[i,j]| */
+               if ((temp = a(i,j)) < 0.0)
+                  temp = -temp;
+               if (big < temp)
+                  p = i, q = j, big = temp;
+            }
+         }
+         if (p < 0)
+         {  /* k-th elimination step failed */
+            return k+1;
+         }
+         /* permute rows k and p */
+         if (k != p)
+         {  for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+               temp = a(k,j), a(k,j) = a(p,j), a(p,j) = temp;
+            ref = r[k], r[k] = r[p], r[p] = ref;
+         }
+         /* permute columns k and q */
+         if (k != q)
+         {  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+               temp = a(i,k), a(i,k) = a(i,q), a(i,q) = temp;
+            ref = c[k], c[k] = c[q], c[q] = ref;
+         }
+         /* now pivot is in position u[k,k] */
+         akk = a(k,k);
+         /* eliminate subdiagonal elements u[k+1,k], ..., u[n,k] */
+         for (i = k+1; i < n; i++)
+         {  if (a(i,k) != 0.0)
+            {  /* gaussian multiplier l[i,k] := u[i,k] / u[k,k] */
+               temp = (a(i,k) /= akk);
+               /* (i-th row) := (i-th row) - l[i,k] * (k-th row) */
+               for (j = k+1; j < n; j++)
+                  a(i,j) -= temp * a(k,j);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+#     undef a
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sgf_dense_phase - compute LU-factorization (dense phase)
+*
+*  This routine performs dense phase of computing LU-factorization.
+*
+*  The aim is two-fold. First, the main factorization routine switches
+*  to dense phase when the active submatrix is relatively dense, so
+*  using dense format allows significantly reduces overheads needed to
+*  maintain sparse data structures. And second, that is more important,
+*  on dense phase full pivoting is used (rather than partial pivoting)
+*  that allows improving numerical stability, since round-off errors
+*  tend to increase on last steps of the elimination process.
+*
+*  On entry the routine assumes that elimination steps 1, 2, ..., k-1
+*  have been performed, so partially transformed matrices L = P'* F * P
+*  and U = P'* V * Q' have the following structure:
+*
+*        1       k         n       1        k         n
+*     1  1 . . . . . . . . .     1  x x x x x x x x x x
+*        x 1 . . . . . . . .        . x x x x x x x x x
+*        x x 1 . . . . . . .        . . x x x x x x x x
+*        x x x 1 . . . . . .        . . . x x x x x x x
+*     k  x x x x 1 . . . . .     k  . . . . * * * * * *
+*        x x x x . 1 . . . .        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        x x x x . . 1 . . .        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        x x x x . . . 1 . .        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        x x x x . . . . 1 .        . . . . * * * * * *
+*     n  x x x x . . . . . 1     n  . . . . * * * * * *
+*
+*             matrix L                   matrix U
+*
+*  where rows and columns k, k+1, ..., n of matrix U constitute the
+*  active submatrix A~, whose elements are marked by '*'.
+*
+*  The routine copies the active submatrix A~ to a working array in
+*  dense format, compute dense factorization A~ = P~* L~* U~* Q~ using
+*  full pivoting, and then copies non-zero elements of factors L~ and
+*  U~ back to factors L and U (more precisely, to factors F and V).
+*
+*  If the factorization has been successfully computed, the routine
+*  returns zero. Otherwise, if on k-th elimination step, 1 <= k <= n,
+*  all elements of the active submatrix are close to zero, the routine
+*  returns k (information on linearly dependent rows/columns in this
+*  case is provided by matrices P and Q). */
+
+int sgf_dense_phase(LUF *luf, int k, int updat)
+{     int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int *sv_ind = sva->ind;
+      double *sv_val = sva->val;
+      int fc_ref = luf->fc_ref;
+      int *fc_ptr = &sva->ptr[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_len = &sva->len[fc_ref-1];
+      int *fc_cap = &sva->cap[fc_ref-1];
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_ptr = &sva->ptr[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      int *vr_cap = &sva->cap[vr_ref-1];
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = luf->qq_inv;
+      int a_end, a_ptr, end, i, ia, ii, j, ja, jj, ka, len, na, ne,
+         need, ptr;
+      double *a_;
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+      /* active columns of V are not longer needed; make them empty */
+      for (jj = k; jj <= n; jj++)
+      {  /* jj is number of active column of U = P'* V * Q' */
+         vc_len[qq_ind[jj]] = 0;
+      }
+      /* determine order of active submatrix A~ of matrix U */
+      na = n - k + 1;
+      xassert(1 <= na && na <= n);
+      /* determine number of elements in dense triangular factor (L~ or
+       * U~), except diagonal elements */
+      ne = na * (na - 1) / 2;
+      /* we allocate active submatrix A~ in free (middle) part of SVA;
+       * to avoid defragmentation that could destroy A~ we also should
+       * reserve ne locations to build rows of V from rows of U~ and ne
+       * locations to build columns of F from columns of L~ */
+      need = na * na + ne + ne;
+      if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < need)
+      {  sva_more_space(sva, need);
+         sv_ind = sva->ind;
+         sv_val = sva->val;
+      }
+      /* free (middle) part of SVA is structured as follows:
+       * end of left (dynamic) part
+       * ne free locations for new rows of V
+       * na free locations for active submatrix A~
+       * unused locations, if any
+       * ne free locations for new columns of F
+       * beginning of right (static) part */
+      a_ptr = sva->m_ptr + ne;
+      a_end = a_ptr + na * na;
+      /* copy active submatrix A~ from matrix V to working array in
+       * dense row-wise format */
+      a_ = &sva->val[a_ptr];
+#     define a(ia, ja) a_[((ia) - 1) * na + ((ja) - 1)]
+      for (ia = 1; ia <= na; ia++)
+      {  /* clear ia-th row of A~ */
+         for (ja = 1; ja <= na; ja++)
+            a(ia, ja) = 0.0;
+         /* ia-th row of A~ = (k-1+ia)-th row of U = i-th row of V */
+         i = pp_inv[k-1+ia];
+         ptr = vr_ptr[i];
+         end = ptr + vr_len[i];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            a(ia, qq_inv[sv_ind[ptr]]-k+1) = sv_val[ptr];
+         /* i-th row of V is no longer needed; make it empty */
+         vr_len[i] = 0;
+      }
+      /* compute dense factorization A~ = P~* L~* U~* Q~ */
+#if 1 /* FIXME: epsilon tolerance */
+      ka = sgf_dense_lu(na, &a(1, 1), &pp_inv[k], &qq_ind[k], 1e-20);
+#endif
+      /* rows of U with numbers pp_inv[k, k+1, ..., n] were permuted
+       * due to row permutations of A~; update matrix P using P~ */
+      for (ii = k; ii <= n; ii++)
+         pp_ind[pp_inv[ii]] = ii;
+      /* columns of U with numbers qq_ind[k, k+1, ..., n] were permuted
+       * due to column permutations of A~; update matrix Q using Q~ */
+      for (jj = k; jj <= n; jj++)
+         qq_inv[qq_ind[jj]] = jj;
+      /* check if dense factorization is complete */
+      if (ka != 0)
+      {  /* A~ is singular to working precision */
+         /* information on linearly dependent rows/columns is provided
+          * by matrices P and Q */
+         xassert(1 <= ka && ka <= na);
+         return k - 1 + ka;
+      }
+      /* build new rows of V from rows of U~ */
+      for (ia = 1; ia <= na; ia++)
+      {  /* ia-th row of U~ = (k-1+ia)-th row of U = i-th row of V */
+         i = pp_inv[k-1+ia];
+         xassert(vr_len[i] == 0);
+         /* store diagonal element u~[ia,ia] */
+         vr_piv[i] = a(ia, ia);
+         /* determine number of non-zero non-diagonal elements in ia-th
+          * row of U~ */
+         len = 0;
+         for (ja = ia+1; ja <= na; ja++)
+         {  if (a(ia, ja) != 0.0)
+               len++;
+         }
+         /* reserve len locations for i-th row of matrix V in left
+          * (dynamic) part of SVA */
+         if (vr_cap[i] < len)
+         {  /* there should be enough room in free part of SVA */
+            xassert(sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr >= len);
+            sva_enlarge_cap(sva, vr_ref-1+i, len, 0);
+            /* left part of SVA should not overlap matrix A~ */
+            xassert(sva->m_ptr <= a_ptr);
+         }
+         /* copy non-zero non-diaginal elements of ia-th row of U~ to
+          * i-th row of V */
+         ptr = vr_ptr[i];
+         for (ja = ia+1; ja <= na; ja++)
+         {  if (a(ia, ja) != 0.0)
+            {  sv_ind[ptr] = qq_ind[k-1+ja];
+               sv_val[ptr] = a(ia, ja);
+               ptr++;
+            }
+         }
+         xassert(ptr - vr_ptr[i] == len);
+         vr_len[i] = len;
+      }
+      /* build new columns of F from columns of L~ */
+      for (ja = 1; ja <= na; ja++)
+      {  /* ja-th column of L~ = (k-1+ja)-th column of L = j-th column
+          * of F */
+         j = pp_inv[k-1+ja];
+         xassert(fc_len[j] == 0);
+         xassert(fc_cap[j] == 0);
+         /* determine number of non-zero non-diagonal elements in ja-th
+          * column of L~ */
+         len = 0;
+         for (ia = ja+1; ia <= na; ia++)
+         {  if (a(ia, ja) != 0.0)
+               len++;
+         }
+         /* reserve len locations for j-th column of matrix F in right
+          * (static) part of SVA */
+         /* there should be enough room in free part of SVA */
+         xassert(sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr >= len);
+         if (len > 0)
+            sva_reserve_cap(sva, fc_ref-1+j, len);
+         /* right part of SVA should not overlap matrix A~ */
+         xassert(a_end <= sva->r_ptr);
+         /* copy non-zero non-diagonal elements of ja-th column of L~
+          * to j-th column of F */
+         ptr = fc_ptr[j];
+         for (ia = ja+1; ia <= na; ia++)
+         {  if (a(ia, ja) != 0.0)
+            {  sv_ind[ptr] = pp_inv[k-1+ia];
+               sv_val[ptr] = a(ia, ja);
+               ptr++;
+            }
+         }
+         xassert(ptr - fc_ptr[j] == len);
+         fc_len[j] = len;
+      }
+      /* factors L~ and U~ are no longer needed */
+#     undef a
+      /* if it is not planned to update matrix V, relocate all its new
+       * rows to the right (static) part of SVA */
+      if (!updat)
+      {  for (ia = 1; ia <= na; ia++)
+         {  i = pp_inv[k-1+ia];
+            len = vr_len[i];
+            if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < len)
+            {  sva_more_space(sva, len);
+               sv_ind = sva->ind;
+               sv_val = sva->val;
+            }
+            sva_make_static(sva, vr_ref-1+i);
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sgf_factorize - compute LU-factorization (main routine)
+*
+*  This routine computes sparse LU-factorization of specified matrix A
+*  using Gaussian elimination.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine matrix V = A should be stored in column-wise
+*  format.
+*
+*  If the factorization has been successfully computed, the routine
+*  returns zero. Otherwise, if on k-th elimination step, 1 <= k <= n,
+*  all elements of the active submatrix are close to zero, the routine
+*  returns k (information on linearly dependent rows/columns in this
+*  case is provided by matrices P and Q). */
+
+#if 1 /* 21/II-2016 */
+/* If the matrix A is structurally singular, the routine returns -1.
+*  NOTE: This case can be detected only if the singl flag is set. */
+#endif
+
+int sgf_factorize(SGF *sgf, int singl)
+{     LUF *luf = sgf->luf;
+      int n = luf->n;
+      SVA *sva = luf->sva;
+      int vr_ref = luf->vr_ref;
+      int *vr_len = &sva->len[vr_ref-1];
+      double *vr_piv = luf->vr_piv;
+      int vc_ref = luf->vc_ref;
+      int *vc_len = &sva->len[vc_ref-1];
+      int *pp_ind = luf->pp_ind;
+      int *pp_inv = luf->pp_inv;
+      int *qq_ind = luf->qq_ind;
+      int *qq_inv = luf->qq_inv;
+      int *rs_head = sgf->rs_head;
+      int *rs_prev = sgf->rs_prev;
+      int *rs_next = sgf->rs_next;
+      int *cs_head = sgf->cs_head;
+      int *cs_prev = sgf->cs_prev;
+      int *cs_next = sgf->cs_next;
+      double *vr_max = sgf->vr_max;
+      char *flag = sgf->flag;
+      double *work = sgf->work;
+      int i, j, k, k1, k2, p, q, nnz;
+      /* build matrix V = A in row-wise format */
+      luf_build_v_rows(luf, rs_prev);
+      /* P := Q := I, so V = U = A, F = L = I */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  vr_piv[k] = 0.0;
+         pp_ind[k] = pp_inv[k] = qq_ind[k] = qq_inv[k] = k;
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+      luf_check_all(luf, 1);
+#endif
+      /* perform singleton phase, if required */
+      if (!singl)
+      {  /* assume that nucleus is entire matrix U */
+         k2 = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* minimize nucleus size */
+#if 0 /* 21/II-2016 */
+         sgf_reduce_nuc(luf, &k1, &k2, rs_prev, rs_next);
+#else
+         if (sgf_reduce_nuc(luf, &k1, &k2, rs_prev, rs_next))
+            return -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+         xprintf("n = %d; k1 = %d; k2 = %d\n", n, k1, k2);
+#endif
+         /* perform singleton phase */
+         k2 = sgf_singl_phase(luf, k1, k2, sgf->updat, rs_prev, work);
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+      luf_check_all(luf, k2);
+#endif
+      /* initialize working arrays */
+      rs_head[0] = cs_head[0] = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  rs_head[k] = cs_head[k] = 0;
+         vr_max[k] = -1.0;
+         flag[k] = 0;
+         work[k] = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* build lists of active rows and columns of matrix V; determine
+       * number of non-zeros in initial active submatrix */
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (k = k2; k <= n; k++)
+      {  i = pp_inv[k];
+         sgf_activate_row(i);
+         nnz += vr_len[i];
+         j = qq_ind[k];
+         sgf_activate_col(j);
+      }
+      /* main factorization loop */
+      for (k = k2; k <= n; k++)
+      {  int na;
+         double den;
+         /* calculate density of active submatrix */
+         na = n - k + 1; /* order of active submatrix */
+#if 0 /* 21/VIII-2014 */
+         den = (double)nnz / (double)(na * na);
+#else
+         den = (double)nnz / ((double)(na) * (double)(na));
+#endif
+         /* if active submatrix is relatively dense, switch to dense
+          * phase */
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         if (na >= 5 && den >= 0.71)
+         {
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("na = %d; nnz = %d; den = %g\n", na, nnz, den);
+#endif
+            break;
+         }
+#endif
+         /* choose pivot v[p,q] */
+         if (sgf_choose_pivot(sgf, &p, &q) != 0)
+            return k; /* failure */
+         /* u[i,j] = v[p,q], k <= i, j <= n */
+         i = pp_ind[p];
+         xassert(k <= i && i <= n);
+         j = qq_inv[q];
+         xassert(k <= j && j <= n);
+         /* move u[i,j] to position u[k,k] by implicit permutations of
+          * rows and columns of matrix U */
+         luf_swap_u_rows(k, i);
+         luf_swap_u_cols(k, j);
+         /* perform gaussian elimination */
+         nnz += sgf_eliminate(sgf, p, q);
+      }
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      if (k <= n)
+      {  /* continue computing factorization in dense mode */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+         sva_check_area(sva);
+         luf_check_all(luf, k);
+#endif
+         k = sgf_dense_phase(luf, k, sgf->updat);
+         if (k != 0)
+            return k; /* failure */
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      sva_check_area(sva);
+      luf_check_all(luf, n+1);
+#endif
+      /* defragment SVA; currently all columns of V are empty, so they
+       * will have zero capacity as required by luf_build_v_cols */
+      sva_defrag_area(sva);
+      /* build matrix F in row-wise format */
+      luf_build_f_rows(luf, rs_head);
+      /* build matrix V in column-wise format */
+      luf_build_v_cols(luf, sgf->updat, rs_head);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sgf.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sgf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f744610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sgf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* sgf.h (sparse Gaussian factorizer) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SGF_H
+#define SGF_H
+
+#include "luf.h"
+
+typedef struct SGF SGF;
+
+struct SGF
+{     /* sparse Gaussian factorizer workspace */
+      LUF *luf;
+      /* LU-factorization being computed */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* to efficiently choose pivot elements according to Markowitz
+       * strategy, the search technique proposed by Iain Duff is used;
+       * it is based on using two families of sets {R[0], ..., R[n]}
+       * and {C[0], ..., C[n]}, where R[k] and C[k], 0 <= k <= n, are,
+       * respectively, sets of rows and columns of the active submatrix
+       * of matrix V having k non-zeros (i.e. whose length is k); each
+       * set R[k] and C[k] is implemented as a doubly linked list */
+      int *rs_head; /* int rs_head[1+n]; */
+      /* rs_head[k], 0 <= k <= n, is the number of first row, which
+       * has k non-zeros in the active submatrix */
+      int *rs_prev; /* int rs_prev[1+n]; */
+      /* rs_prev[0] is not used;
+       * rs_prev[i], 1 <= i <= n, is the number of previous row, which
+       * has the same number of non-zeros as i-th row;
+       * rs_prev[i] < 0 means that i-th row is inactive */
+      int *rs_next; /* int rs_next[1+n]; */
+      /* rs_next[0] is not used;
+       * rs_next[i], 1 <= i <= n, is the number of next row, which has
+       * the same number of non-zeros as i-th row;
+       * rs_next[i] < 0 means that i-th row is inactive */
+      int *cs_head; /* int cs_head[1+n]; */
+      /* cs_head[k], 0 <= k <= n, is the number of first column, which
+       * has k non-zeros in the active submatrix */
+      int *cs_prev; /* int cs_prev[1+n]; */
+      /* cs_prev[0] is not used;
+       * cs_prev[j], 1 <= j <= n, is the number of previous column,
+       * which has the same number of non-zeros as j-th column;
+       * cs_prev[j] < 0 means that j-th column is inactive */
+      int *cs_next; /* int cs_next[1+n]; */
+      /* cs_next[0] is not used;
+       * cs_next[j], 1 <= j <= n, is the number of next column, which
+       * has the same number of non-zeros as j-th column;
+       * cs_next[j] < 0 means that j-th column is inactive */
+      /* NOTE: cs_prev[j] = cs_next[j] = j means that j-th column was
+       *       temporarily removed from corresponding set C[k] by the
+       *       pivoting routine according to Uwe Suhl's heuristic */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* working arrays */
+      double *vr_max; /* int vr_max[1+n]; */
+      /* vr_max[0] is not used;
+       * vr_max[i], 1 <= i <= n, is used only if i-th row of matrix V
+       * is active (i.e. belongs to the active submatrix), and is the
+       * largest magnitude of elements in that row; if vr_max[i] < 0,
+       * the largest magnitude is unknown yet */
+      char *flag; /* char flag[1+n]; */
+      /* boolean working array */
+      double *work; /* double work[1+n]; */
+      /* floating-point working array */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters */
+      int updat;
+      /* if this flag is set, the matrix V is assumed to be updatable;
+       * in this case factorized (non-active) part of V is stored in
+       * the left part of SVA rather than in its right part */
+      double piv_tol;
+      /* threshold pivoting tolerance, 0 < piv_tol < 1; element v[i,j]
+       * of the active submatrix fits to be pivot if it satisfies to
+       * the stability criterion |v[i,j]| >= piv_tol * max |v[i,*]|,
+       * i.e. if it is not very small in the magnitude among other
+       * elements in the same row; decreasing this parameter gives
+       * better sparsity at the expense of numerical accuracy and vice
+       * versa */
+      int piv_lim;
+      /* maximal allowable number of pivot candidates to be considered;
+       * if piv_lim pivot candidates have been considered, the pivoting
+       * routine terminates the search with the best candidate found */
+      int suhl;
+      /* if this flag is set, the pivoting routine applies a heuristic
+       * proposed by Uwe Suhl: if a column of the active submatrix has
+       * no eligible pivot candidates (i.e. all its elements do not
+       * satisfy to the stability criterion), the routine excludes it
+       * from futher consideration until it becomes column singleton;
+       * in many cases this allows reducing the time needed to choose
+       * the pivot */
+      double eps_tol;
+      /* epsilon tolerance; each element of the active submatrix, whose
+       * magnitude is less than eps_tol, is replaced by exact zero */
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+      double den_lim;
+      /* density limit; if the density of the active submatrix reaches
+       * this limit, the factorization routine switches from sparse to
+       * dense mode */
+#endif
+};
+
+#define sgf_activate_row(i) \
+      do \
+      {  int len = vr_len[i]; \
+         rs_prev[i] = 0; \
+         rs_next[i] = rs_head[len]; \
+         if (rs_next[i] != 0) \
+            rs_prev[rs_next[i]] = i; \
+         rs_head[len] = i; \
+      } while (0)
+/* include i-th row of matrix V in active set R[len] */
+
+#define sgf_deactivate_row(i) \
+      do \
+      {  if (rs_prev[i] == 0) \
+            rs_head[vr_len[i]] = rs_next[i]; \
+         else \
+            rs_next[rs_prev[i]] = rs_next[i]; \
+         if (rs_next[i] == 0) \
+            ; \
+         else \
+            rs_prev[rs_next[i]] = rs_prev[i]; \
+         rs_prev[i] = rs_next[i] = -1; \
+      } while (0)
+/* remove i-th row of matrix V from active set R[len] */
+
+#define sgf_activate_col(j) \
+      do \
+      {  int len = vc_len[j]; \
+         cs_prev[j] = 0; \
+         cs_next[j] = cs_head[len]; \
+         if (cs_next[j] != 0) \
+            cs_prev[cs_next[j]] = j; \
+         cs_head[len] = j; \
+      } while (0)
+/* include j-th column of matrix V in active set C[len] */
+
+#define sgf_deactivate_col(j) \
+      do \
+      {  if (cs_prev[j] == 0) \
+            cs_head[vc_len[j]] = cs_next[j]; \
+         else \
+            cs_next[cs_prev[j]] = cs_next[j]; \
+         if (cs_next[j] == 0) \
+            ; \
+         else \
+            cs_prev[cs_next[j]] = cs_prev[j]; \
+         cs_prev[j] = cs_next[j] = -1; \
+      } while (0)
+/* remove j-th column of matrix V from active set C[len] */
+
+#define sgf_reduce_nuc _glp_sgf_reduce_nuc
+int sgf_reduce_nuc(LUF *luf, int *k1, int *k2, int cnt[/*1+n*/],
+      int list[/*1+n*/]);
+/* initial reordering to minimize nucleus size */
+
+#define sgf_singl_phase _glp_sgf_singl_phase
+int sgf_singl_phase(LUF *luf, int k1, int k2, int updat,
+      int ind[/*1+n*/], double val[/*1+n*/]);
+/* compute LU-factorization (singleton phase) */
+
+#define sgf_choose_pivot _glp_sgf_choose_pivot
+int sgf_choose_pivot(SGF *sgf, int *p, int *q);
+/* choose pivot element v[p,q] */
+
+#define sgf_eliminate _glp_sgf_eliminate
+int sgf_eliminate(SGF *sgf, int p, int q);
+/* perform gaussian elimination */
+
+#define sgf_dense_lu _glp_sgf_dense_lu
+int sgf_dense_lu(int n, double a[], int r[], int c[], double eps);
+/* compute dense LU-factorization with full pivoting */
+
+#define sgf_dense_phase _glp_sgf_dense_phase
+int sgf_dense_phase(LUF *luf, int k, int updat);
+/* compute LU-factorization (dense phase) */
+
+#define sgf_factorize _glp_sgf_factorize
+int sgf_factorize(SGF *sgf, int singl);
+/* compute LU-factorization (main routine) */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sva.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sva.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6a675cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sva.c
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+/* sva.c (sparse vector area) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "sva.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_create_area - create sparse vector area (SVA)
+*
+*  This routine creates the sparse vector area (SVA), which initially
+*  is empty.
+*
+*  The parameter n_max specifies the initial number of vectors that can
+*  be allocated in the SVA, n_max > 0.
+*
+*  The parameter size specifies the initial number of free locations in
+*  the SVA, size > 0.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns a pointer to the SVA created. */
+
+SVA *sva_create_area(int n_max, int size)
+{     SVA *sva;
+      xassert(0 < n_max && n_max < INT_MAX);
+      xassert(0 < size && size < INT_MAX);
+      sva = talloc(1, SVA);
+      sva->n_max = n_max;
+      sva->n = 0;
+      sva->ptr = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+      sva->len = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+      sva->cap = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+      sva->size = size;
+      sva->m_ptr = 1;
+      sva->r_ptr = size+1;
+      sva->head = sva->tail = 0;
+      sva->prev = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+      sva->next = talloc(1+n_max, int);
+      sva->ind = talloc(1+size, int);
+      sva->val = talloc(1+size, double);
+      sva->talky = 0;
+      return sva;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_alloc_vecs - allocate new vectors in SVA
+*
+*  This routine allocates nnn new empty vectors, nnn > 0, in the sparse
+*  vector area (SVA).
+*
+*  The new vectors are assigned reference numbers k, k+1, ..., k+nnn-1,
+*  where k is a reference number assigned to the very first new vector,
+*  which is returned by the routine on exit. */
+
+int sva_alloc_vecs(SVA *sva, int nnn)
+{     int n = sva->n;
+      int n_max = sva->n_max;
+      int *ptr = sva->ptr;
+      int *len = sva->len;
+      int *cap = sva->cap;
+      int *prev = sva->prev;
+      int *next = sva->next;
+      int k, new_n;
+#if 1
+      if (sva->talky)
+         xprintf("sva_alloc_vecs: nnn = %d\n", nnn);
+#endif
+      xassert(nnn > 0);
+      /* determine new number of vectors in SVA */
+      new_n = n + nnn;
+      xassert(new_n > n);
+      if (n_max < new_n)
+      {  /* enlarge the SVA arrays */
+         while (n_max < new_n)
+         {  n_max += n_max;
+            xassert(n_max > 0);
+         }
+         sva->n_max = n_max;
+         sva->ptr = ptr = trealloc(ptr, 1+n_max, int);
+         sva->len = len = trealloc(len, 1+n_max, int);
+         sva->cap = cap = trealloc(cap, 1+n_max, int);
+         sva->prev = prev = trealloc(prev, 1+n_max, int);
+         sva->next = next = trealloc(next, 1+n_max, int);
+      }
+      /* initialize new vectors */
+      sva->n = new_n;
+      for (k = n+1; k <= new_n; k++)
+      {  ptr[k] = len[k] = cap[k] = 0;
+         prev[k] = next[k] = -1;
+      }
+#if 1
+      if (sva->talky)
+         xprintf("now sva->n_max = %d, sva->n = %d\n",
+            sva->n_max, sva->n);
+#endif
+      /* return reference number of very first new vector */
+      return n+1;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_resize_area - change size of SVA storage
+*
+*  This routine increases or decrases the size of the SVA storage by
+*  reallocating it.
+*
+*  The parameter delta specifies the number of location by which the
+*  current size of the SVA storage should be increased (if delta > 0)
+*  or decreased (if delta < 0). Note that if delta is negative, it
+*  should not be less than the current size of the middle part.
+*
+*  As a result of this operation the size of the middle part of SVA is
+*  increased/decreased by delta locations.
+*
+*  NOTE: This operation changes ptr[k] for all vectors stored in the
+*        right part of SVA. */
+
+void sva_resize_area(SVA *sva, int delta)
+{     int n = sva->n;
+      int *ptr = sva->ptr;
+      int size = sva->size;
+      int m_ptr = sva->m_ptr;
+      int r_ptr = sva->r_ptr;
+      int k, r_size;
+#if 1
+      if (sva->talky)
+         xprintf("sva_resize_area: delta = %d\n", delta);
+#endif
+      xassert(delta != 0);
+      /* determine size of the right part, in locations */
+      r_size = size - r_ptr + 1;
+      /* relocate the right part in case of negative delta */
+      if (delta < 0)
+      {  xassert(delta >= m_ptr - r_ptr);
+         sva->r_ptr += delta;
+         memmove(&sva->ind[sva->r_ptr], &sva->ind[r_ptr],
+            r_size * sizeof(int));
+         memmove(&sva->val[sva->r_ptr], &sva->val[r_ptr],
+            r_size * sizeof(double));
+      }
+      /* reallocate the storage arrays */
+      xassert(delta < INT_MAX - sva->size);
+      sva->size += delta;
+      sva->ind = trealloc(sva->ind, 1+sva->size, int);
+      sva->val = trealloc(sva->val, 1+sva->size, double);
+      /* relocate the right part in case of positive delta */
+      if (delta > 0)
+      {  sva->r_ptr += delta;
+         memmove(&sva->ind[sva->r_ptr], &sva->ind[r_ptr],
+            r_size * sizeof(int));
+         memmove(&sva->val[sva->r_ptr], &sva->val[r_ptr],
+            r_size * sizeof(double));
+      }
+      /* update pointers to vectors stored in the right part */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  if (ptr[k] >= r_ptr)
+            ptr[k] += delta;
+      }
+#if 1
+      if (sva->talky)
+         xprintf("now sva->size = %d\n", sva->size);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_defrag_area - defragment left part of SVA
+*
+*  This routine performs "garbage" collection to defragment the left
+*  part of SVA.
+*
+*  NOTE: This operation may change ptr[k] and cap[k] for all vectors
+*        stored in the left part of SVA. */
+
+void sva_defrag_area(SVA *sva)
+{     int *ptr = sva->ptr;
+      int *len = sva->len;
+      int *cap = sva->cap;
+      int *prev = sva->prev;
+      int *next = sva->next;
+      int *ind = sva->ind;
+      double *val = sva->val;
+      int k, next_k, ptr_k, len_k, m_ptr, head, tail;
+#if 1
+      if (sva->talky)
+      {  xprintf("sva_defrag_area:\n");
+         xprintf("before defragmenting = %d %d %d\n", sva->m_ptr - 1,
+            sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr, sva->size + 1 - sva->r_ptr);
+      }
+#endif
+      m_ptr = 1;
+      head = tail = 0;
+      /* walk through the linked list of vectors stored in the left
+       * part of SVA */
+      for (k = sva->head; k != 0; k = next_k)
+      {  /* save number of next vector in the list */
+         next_k = next[k];
+         /* determine length of k-th vector */
+         len_k = len[k];
+         if (len_k == 0)
+         {  /* k-th vector is empty; remove it from the left part */
+            ptr[k] = cap[k] = 0;
+            prev[k] = next[k] = -1;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* determine pointer to first location of k-th vector */
+            ptr_k = ptr[k];
+            xassert(m_ptr <= ptr_k);
+            /* relocate k-th vector to the beginning of the left part,
+             * if necessary */
+            if (m_ptr < ptr_k)
+            {  memmove(&ind[m_ptr], &ind[ptr_k],
+                  len_k * sizeof(int));
+               memmove(&val[m_ptr], &val[ptr_k],
+                  len_k * sizeof(double));
+               ptr[k] = m_ptr;
+            }
+            /* remove unused locations from k-th vector */
+            cap[k] = len_k;
+            /* the left part of SVA has been enlarged */
+            m_ptr += len_k;
+            /* add k-th vector to the end of the new linked list */
+            prev[k] = tail;
+            next[k] = 0;
+            if (head == 0)
+               head = k;
+            else
+               next[tail] = k;
+            tail = k;
+         }
+      }
+      /* set new pointer to the middle part of SVA */
+      xassert(m_ptr <= sva->r_ptr);
+      sva->m_ptr = m_ptr;
+      /* set new head and tail of the linked list */
+      sva->head = head;
+      sva->tail = tail;
+#if 1
+      if (sva->talky)
+         xprintf("after defragmenting = %d %d %d\n", sva->m_ptr - 1,
+            sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr, sva->size + 1 - sva->r_ptr);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_more_space - increase size of middle (free) part of SVA
+*
+*  This routine increases the size of the middle (free) part of the
+*  sparse vector area (SVA).
+*
+*  The parameter m_size specifies the minimal size, in locations, of
+*  the middle part to be provided. This new size should be greater than
+*  the current size of the middle part.
+*
+*  First, the routine defragments the left part of SVA. Then, if the
+*  size of the left part has not sufficiently increased, the routine
+*  increases the total size of the SVA storage by reallocating it. */
+
+void sva_more_space(SVA *sva, int m_size)
+{     int size, delta;
+#if 1
+      if (sva->talky)
+         xprintf("sva_more_space: m_size = %d\n", m_size);
+#endif
+      xassert(m_size > sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr);
+      /* defragment the left part */
+      sva_defrag_area(sva);
+      /* set, heuristically, the minimal size of the middle part to be
+       * not less than the size of the defragmented left part */
+      if (m_size < sva->m_ptr - 1)
+         m_size = sva->m_ptr - 1;
+      /* if there is still not enough room, increase the total size of
+       * the SVA storage */
+      if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr < m_size)
+      {  size = sva->size; /* new sva size */
+         for (;;)
+         {  delta = size - sva->size;
+            if (sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr + delta >= m_size)
+               break;
+            size += size;
+            xassert(size > 0);
+         }
+         sva_resize_area(sva, delta);
+         xassert(sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr >= m_size);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_enlarge_cap - enlarge capacity of specified vector
+*
+*  This routine enlarges the current capacity of the specified vector
+*  by relocating its content.
+*
+*  The parameter k specifies the reference number of the vector whose
+*  capacity should be enlarged, 1 <= k <= n. This vector should either
+*  have zero capacity or be stored in the left (dynamic) part of SVA.
+*
+*  The parameter new_cap specifies the new capacity of the vector,
+*  in locations. This new capacity should be greater than the current
+*  capacity of the vector.
+*
+*  The parameter skip is a flag. If this flag is set, the routine does
+*  *not* copy numerical values of elements of the vector on relocating
+*  its content, i.e. only element indices are copied.
+*
+*  NOTE: On entry to the routine the middle part of SVA should have at
+*        least new_cap free locations. */
+
+void sva_enlarge_cap(SVA *sva, int k, int new_cap, int skip)
+{     int *ptr = sva->ptr;
+      int *len = sva->len;
+      int *cap = sva->cap;
+      int *prev = sva->prev;
+      int *next = sva->next;
+      int *ind = sva->ind;
+      double *val = sva->val;
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= sva->n);
+      xassert(new_cap > cap[k]);
+      /* there should be at least new_cap free locations */
+      xassert(sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr >= new_cap);
+      /* relocate the vector */
+      if (cap[k] == 0)
+      {  /* the vector is empty */
+         xassert(ptr[k] == 0);
+         xassert(len[k] == 0);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* the vector has non-zero capacity */
+         xassert(ptr[k] + len[k] <= sva->m_ptr);
+         /* copy the current vector content to the beginning of the
+          * middle part */
+         if (len[k] > 0)
+         {  memcpy(&ind[sva->m_ptr], &ind[ptr[k]],
+               len[k] * sizeof(int));
+            if (!skip)
+               memcpy(&val[sva->m_ptr], &val[ptr[k]],
+                  len[k] * sizeof(double));
+         }
+         /* remove the vector from the linked list */
+         if (prev[k] == 0)
+            sva->head = next[k];
+         else
+         {  /* preceding vector exists; increase its capacity */
+            cap[prev[k]] += cap[k];
+            next[prev[k]] = next[k];
+         }
+         if (next[k] == 0)
+            sva->tail = prev[k];
+         else
+            prev[next[k]] = prev[k];
+      }
+      /* set new pointer and capacity of the vector */
+      ptr[k] = sva->m_ptr;
+      cap[k] = new_cap;
+      /* add the vector to the end of the linked list */
+      prev[k] = sva->tail;
+      next[k] = 0;
+      if (sva->head == 0)
+         sva->head = k;
+      else
+         next[sva->tail] = k;
+      sva->tail = k;
+      /* new_cap free locations have been consumed */
+      sva->m_ptr += new_cap;
+      xassert(sva->m_ptr <= sva->r_ptr);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_reserve_cap - reserve locations for specified vector
+*
+*  This routine reserves locations for the specified vector in the
+*  right (static) part of SVA.
+*
+*  The parameter k specifies the reference number of the vector (this
+*  vector should have zero capacity), 1 <= k <= n.
+*
+*  The parameter new_cap specifies a non-zero capacity of the vector,
+*  in locations.
+*
+*  NOTE: On entry to the routine the middle part of SVA should have at
+*        least new_cap free locations. */
+
+void sva_reserve_cap(SVA *sva, int k, int new_cap)
+{     int *ptr = sva->ptr;
+      int *len = sva->len;
+      int *cap = sva->cap;
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= sva->n);
+      xassert(new_cap > 0);
+      xassert(ptr[k] == 0 && len[k] == 0 && cap[k] == 0);
+      /* there should be at least new_cap free locations */
+      xassert(sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr >= new_cap);
+      /* set the pointer and capacity of the vector */
+      ptr[k] = sva->r_ptr - new_cap;
+      cap[k] = new_cap;
+      /* new_cap free locations have been consumed */
+      sva->r_ptr -= new_cap;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_make_static - relocate specified vector to right part of SVA
+*
+*  Assuming that the specified vector is stored in the left (dynamic)
+*  part of SVA, this routine makes the vector static by relocating its
+*  content to the right (static) part of SVA. However, if the specified
+*  vector has zero capacity, the routine does nothing.
+*
+*  The parameter k specifies the reference number of the vector to be
+*  relocated, 1 <= k <= n.
+*
+*  NOTE: On entry to the routine the middle part of SVA should have at
+*        least len[k] free locations, where len[k] is the length of the
+*        vector to be relocated. */
+
+void sva_make_static(SVA *sva, int k)
+{     int *ptr = sva->ptr;
+      int *len = sva->len;
+      int *cap = sva->cap;
+      int *prev = sva->prev;
+      int *next = sva->next;
+      int *ind = sva->ind;
+      double *val = sva->val;
+      int ptr_k, len_k;
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= sva->n);
+      /* if the vector has zero capacity, do nothing */
+      if (cap[k] == 0)
+      {  xassert(ptr[k] == 0);
+         xassert(len[k] == 0);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* there should be at least len[k] free locations */
+      len_k = len[k];
+      xassert(sva->r_ptr - sva->m_ptr >= len_k);
+      /* remove the vector from the linked list */
+      if (prev[k] == 0)
+         sva->head = next[k];
+      else
+      {  /* preceding vector exists; increase its capacity */
+         cap[prev[k]] += cap[k];
+         next[prev[k]] = next[k];
+      }
+      if (next[k] == 0)
+         sva->tail = prev[k];
+      else
+         prev[next[k]] = prev[k];
+      /* if the vector has zero length, make it empty */
+      if (len_k == 0)
+      {  ptr[k] = cap[k] = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* copy the vector content to the beginning of the right part */
+      ptr_k = sva->r_ptr - len_k;
+      memcpy(&ind[ptr_k], &ind[ptr[k]], len_k * sizeof(int));
+      memcpy(&val[ptr_k], &val[ptr[k]], len_k * sizeof(double));
+      /* set new pointer and capacity of the vector */
+      ptr[k] = ptr_k;
+      cap[k] = len_k;
+      /* len[k] free locations have been consumed */
+      sva->r_ptr -= len_k;
+done: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_check_area - check sparse vector area (SVA)
+*
+*  This routine checks the SVA data structures for correctness.
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+void sva_check_area(SVA *sva)
+{     int n_max = sva->n_max;
+      int n = sva->n;
+      int *ptr = sva->ptr;
+      int *len = sva->len;
+      int *cap = sva->cap;
+      int size = sva->size;
+      int m_ptr = sva->m_ptr;
+      int r_ptr = sva->r_ptr;
+      int head = sva->head;
+      int tail = sva->tail;
+      int *prev = sva->prev;
+      int *next = sva->next;
+      int k;
+#if 0 /* 16/II-2004; SVA may be empty */
+      xassert(1 <= n && n <= n_max);
+#else
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= n_max);
+#endif
+      xassert(1 <= m_ptr && m_ptr <= r_ptr && r_ptr <= size+1);
+      /* all vectors included the linked list should have non-zero
+       * capacity and be stored in the left part */
+      for (k = head; k != 0; k = next[k])
+      {  xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+         xassert(cap[k] > 0);
+         xassert(0 <= len[k] && len[k] <= cap[k]);
+         if (prev[k] == 0)
+            xassert(k == head);
+         else
+         {  xassert(1 <= prev[k] && prev[k] <= n);
+            xassert(next[prev[k]] == k);
+         }
+         if (next[k] == 0)
+         {  xassert(k == tail);
+            xassert(ptr[k] + cap[k] <= m_ptr);
+         }
+         else
+         {  xassert(1 <= next[k] && next[k] <= n);
+            xassert(prev[next[k]] == k);
+            xassert(ptr[k] + cap[k] <= ptr[next[k]]);
+         }
+         cap[k] = -cap[k];
+      }
+      /* all other vectors should either have zero capacity or be
+       * stored in the right part */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  if (cap[k] < 0)
+         {  /* k-th vector is stored in the left part */
+            cap[k] = -cap[k];
+         }
+         else if (cap[k] == 0)
+         {  /* k-th vector has zero capacity */
+            xassert(ptr[k] == 0);
+            xassert(len[k] == 0);
+         }
+         else /* cap[k] > 0 */
+         {  /* k-th vector is stored in the right part */
+            xassert(0 <= len[k] && len[k] <= cap[k]);
+            xassert(r_ptr <= ptr[k] && ptr[k] + cap[k] <= size+1);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sva_delete_area - delete sparse vector area (SVA)
+*
+*  This routine deletes the sparse vector area (SVA) freeing all the
+*  memory allocated to it. */
+
+void sva_delete_area(SVA *sva)
+{     tfree(sva->ptr);
+      tfree(sva->len);
+      tfree(sva->cap);
+      tfree(sva->prev);
+      tfree(sva->next);
+      tfree(sva->ind);
+      tfree(sva->val);
+      tfree(sva);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sva.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sva.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0eab317b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/bflib/sva.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* sva.h (sparse vector area) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SVA_H
+#define SVA_H
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  Sparse Vector Area (SVA) is a container for sparse vectors. This
+*  program object is used mainly on computing factorization, where the
+*  sparse vectors are rows and columns of sparse matrices.
+*
+*  The SVA storage is a set of locations numbered 1, 2, ..., size,
+*  where size is the size of SVA, which is the total number of
+*  locations currently allocated. Each location is identified by its
+*  pointer p, 1 <= p <= size, and is the pair (ind[p], val[p]), where
+*  ind[p] and val[p] are, respectively, the index and value fields used
+*  to store the index and numeric value of a particular vector element.
+*
+*  Each sparse vector is identified by its reference number k,
+*  1 <= k <= n, where n is the total number of vectors currently stored
+*  in SVA, and defined by the triplet (ptr[k], len[k], cap[k]), where:
+*  ptr[k] is a pointer to the first location of the vector; len[k] is
+*  the vector length, which is the number of its non-zero elements,
+*  len[k] >= 0; and cap[k] is the capacity of the vector, which is the
+*  total number of adjacent locations allocated to that vector,
+*  cap[k] >= len[k]. Thus, non-zero elements of k-th vector are stored
+*  in locations ptr[k], ptr[k]+1, ..., ptr[k]+len[k]-1, and locations
+*  ptr[k]+len[k], ptr[k]+len[k]+1, ..., ptr[k]+cap[k]-1 are reserved.
+*
+*  The SVA storage is divided into three parts as follows:
+*
+*  Locations 1, 2, ..., m_ptr-1 constitute the left (dynamic) part of
+*  SVA. This part is used to store vectors, whose capacity may change.
+*  Note that all vectors stored in the left part are also included in
+*  a doubly linked list, where they are ordered by increasing their
+*  pointers ptr[k] (this list is needed for efficient implementation
+*  of the garbage collector used to defragment the left part of SVA);
+*
+*  Locations m_ptr, m_ptr+1, ..., r_ptr-1 are free and constitute the
+*  middle (free) part of SVA.
+*
+*  Locations r_ptr, r_ptr+1, ..., size constitute the right (static)
+*  part of SVA. This part is used to store vectors, whose capacity is
+*  not changed. */
+
+typedef struct SVA SVA;
+
+struct SVA
+{     /* sparse vector area */
+      int n_max;
+      /* maximal value of n (enlarged automatically) */
+      int n;
+      /* number of currently allocated vectors, 0 <= n <= n_max */
+      int *ptr; /* int ptr[1+n_max]; */
+      /* ptr[0] is not used;
+       * ptr[k], 1 <= i <= n, is pointer to first location of k-th
+       * vector in the arrays ind and val */
+      int *len; /* int len[1+n_max]; */
+      /* len[0] is not used;
+       * len[k], 1 <= k <= n, is length of k-th vector, len[k] >= 0 */
+      int *cap; /* int cap[1+n_max]; */
+      /* cap[0] is not used;
+       * cap[k], 1 <= k <= n, is capacity of k-th vector (the number
+       * of adjacent locations allocated to it), cap[k] >= len[k] */
+      /* NOTE: if cap[k] = 0, then ptr[k] = 0 and len[k] = 0 */
+      int size;
+      /* total number of locations in SVA */
+      int m_ptr, r_ptr;
+      /* partitioning pointers that define the left, middle, and right
+       * parts of SVA (see above); 1 <= m_ptr <= r_ptr <= size+1 */
+      int head;
+      /* number of first (leftmost) vector in the linked list */
+      int tail;
+      /* number of last (rightmost) vector in the linked list */
+      int *prev; /* int prev[1+n_max]; */
+      /* prev[0] is not used;
+       * prev[k] is number of vector which precedes k-th vector in the
+       * linked list;
+       * prev[k] < 0 means that k-th vector is not in the list */
+      int *next; /* int next[1+n_max]; */
+      /* next[0] is not used;
+       * next[k] is number of vector which succedes k-th vector in the
+       * linked list;
+       * next[k] < 0 means that k-th vector is not in the list */
+      /* NOTE: only vectors having non-zero capacity and stored in the
+       *       left part of SVA are included in this linked list */
+      int *ind; /* int ind[1+size]; */
+      /* ind[0] is not used;
+       * ind[p], 1 <= p <= size, is index field of location p */
+      double *val; /* double val[1+size]; */
+      /* val[0] is not used;
+       * val[p], 1 <= p <= size, is value field of location p */
+#if 1
+      int talky;
+      /* option to enable talky mode */
+#endif
+};
+
+#define sva_create_area _glp_sva_create_area
+SVA *sva_create_area(int n_max, int size);
+/* create sparse vector area (SVA) */
+
+#define sva_alloc_vecs _glp_sva_alloc_vecs
+int sva_alloc_vecs(SVA *sva, int nnn);
+/* allocate new vectors in SVA */
+
+#define sva_resize_area _glp_sva_resize_area
+void sva_resize_area(SVA *sva, int delta);
+/* change size of SVA storage */
+
+#define sva_defrag_area _glp_sva_defrag_area
+void sva_defrag_area(SVA *sva);
+/* defragment left part of SVA */
+
+#define sva_more_space _glp_sva_more_space
+void sva_more_space(SVA *sva, int m_size);
+/* increase size of middle (free) part of SVA */
+
+#define sva_enlarge_cap _glp_sva_enlarge_cap
+void sva_enlarge_cap(SVA *sva, int k, int new_cap, int skip);
+/* enlarge capacity of specified vector */
+
+#define sva_reserve_cap _glp_sva_reserve_cap
+void sva_reserve_cap(SVA *sva, int k, int new_cap);
+/* reserve locations for specified vector */
+
+#define sva_make_static _glp_sva_make_static
+void sva_make_static(SVA *sva, int k);
+/* relocate specified vector to right part of SVA */
+
+#define sva_check_area _glp_sva_check_area
+void sva_check_area(SVA *sva);
+/* check sparse vector area (SVA) */
+
+#define sva_delete_area _glp_sva_delete_area
+void sva_delete_area(SVA *sva);
+/* delete sparse vector area (SVA) */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/COPYING b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..84bba36d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL.  It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it.  You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights.  These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library.  Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+  Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program.  We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder.  Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License.  This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License.  We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+  When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library.  The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom.  The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+  We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License.  It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs.  These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries.  However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+  For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard.  To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library.  A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries.  In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+  In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software.  For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+  Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+                  GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+    Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+    copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+    rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+    will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+    the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+    interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+    c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+                            NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/README b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a365059f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/README
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+NOTE: Files in this subdirectory are NOT part of the GLPK package, but
+      are used with GLPK.
+
+      The original code was modified according to GLPK requirements by
+      Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+************************************************************************
+COLAMD/SYMAMD Version 2.7, Copyright (C) 1998-2007, Timothy A. Davis,
+All Rights Reserved.
+
+Description:
+
+   colamd:  an approximate minimum degree column ordering algorithm,
+            for LU factorization of symmetric or unsymmetric matrices,
+            QR factorization, least squares, interior point methods for
+            linear programming problems, and other related problems.
+
+   symamd:  an approximate minimum degree ordering algorithm for
+            Cholesky factorization of symmetric matrices.
+
+Purpose:
+
+   Colamd computes a permutation Q such that the Cholesky factorization
+   of (AQ)'(AQ) has less fill-in and requires fewer floating point
+   operations than A'A.  This also provides a good ordering for sparse
+   partial pivoting methods, P(AQ) = LU, where Q is computed prior to
+   numerical factorization, and P is computed during numerical
+   factorization via conventional partial pivoting with row
+   interchanges.  Colamd is the column ordering method used in SuperLU,
+   part of the ScaLAPACK library.  It is also available as built-in
+   function in MATLAB Version 6, available from MathWorks, Inc.
+   (http://www.mathworks.com).  This routine can be used in place of
+   colmmd in MATLAB.
+
+   Symamd computes a permutation P of a symmetric matrix A such that
+   the Cholesky factorization of PAP' has less fill-in and requires
+   fewer floating point operations than A.  Symamd constructs a matrix
+   M such that M'M has the same nonzero pattern of A, and then orders
+   the columns of M using colmmd.  The column ordering of M is then
+   returned as the row and column ordering P of A.
+
+Authors:
+
+   The authors of the code itself are Stefan I. Larimore and Timothy A.
+   Davis (davis at cise.ufl.edu), University of Florida.  The algorithm
+   was developed in collaboration with John Gilbert, Xerox PARC, and
+   Esmond Ng, Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
+
+Acknowledgements:
+
+   This work was supported by the National Science Foundation, under
+   grants DMS-9504974 and DMS-9803599.
+
+License:
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of
+   the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301
+   USA.
+
+   Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program under the
+   terms of the GNU LGPL, provided that the Copyright, this License,
+   and the Availability of the original version is retained on all
+   copies.  User documentation of any code that uses this code or any
+   modified version of this code must cite the Copyright, this License,
+   the Availability note, and "Used by permission."  Permission to
+   modify the code and to distribute modified code is granted, provided
+   the Copyright, this License, and the Availability note are retained,
+   and a notice that the code was modified is included.
+
+   COLAMD is also available under alternate licenses, contact T. Davis
+   for details.
+
+Availability:
+
+   The colamd/symamd library is available at:
+
+   http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/colamd/
+
+References:
+
+   T. A. Davis, J. R. Gilbert, S. Larimore, E. Ng, An approximate
+   column minimum degree ordering algorithm, ACM Transactions on
+   Mathematical Software, vol. 30, no. 3., pp. 353-376, 2004.
+
+   T. A. Davis, J. R. Gilbert, S. Larimore, E. Ng, Algorithm 836:
+   COLAMD, an approximate column minimum degree ordering algorithm, ACM
+   Transactions on Mathematical Software, vol. 30, no. 3., pp. 377-380,
+   2004.
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/colamd.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/colamd.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86ddd6b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/colamd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3622 @@
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === colamd/symamd - a sparse matrix column ordering algorithm ============ */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* COLAMD / SYMAMD
+
+    colamd:  an approximate minimum degree column ordering algorithm,
+        for LU factorization of symmetric or unsymmetric matrices,
+        QR factorization, least squares, interior point methods for
+        linear programming problems, and other related problems.
+
+    symamd:  an approximate minimum degree ordering algorithm for Cholesky
+        factorization of symmetric matrices.
+
+    Purpose:
+
+        Colamd computes a permutation Q such that the Cholesky factorization of
+        (AQ)'(AQ) has less fill-in and requires fewer floating point operations
+        than A'A.  This also provides a good ordering for sparse partial
+        pivoting methods, P(AQ) = LU, where Q is computed prior to numerical
+        factorization, and P is computed during numerical factorization via
+        conventional partial pivoting with row interchanges.  Colamd is the
+        column ordering method used in SuperLU, part of the ScaLAPACK library.
+        It is also available as built-in function in MATLAB Version 6,
+        available from MathWorks, Inc. (http://www.mathworks.com).  This
+        routine can be used in place of colmmd in MATLAB.
+
+        Symamd computes a permutation P of a symmetric matrix A such that the
+        Cholesky factorization of PAP' has less fill-in and requires fewer
+        floating point operations than A.  Symamd constructs a matrix M such
+        that M'M has the same nonzero pattern of A, and then orders the columns
+        of M using colmmd.  The column ordering of M is then returned as the
+        row and column ordering P of A.
+
+    Authors:
+
+        The authors of the code itself are Stefan I. Larimore and Timothy A.
+        Davis (davis at cise.ufl.edu), University of Florida.  The algorithm was
+        developed in collaboration with John Gilbert, Xerox PARC, and Esmond
+        Ng, Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
+
+    Acknowledgements:
+
+        This work was supported by the National Science Foundation, under
+        grants DMS-9504974 and DMS-9803599.
+
+    Copyright and License:
+
+        Copyright (c) 1998-2007, Timothy A. Davis, All Rights Reserved.
+        COLAMD is also available under alternate licenses, contact T. Davis
+        for details.
+
+        This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+        modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+        License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+        version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+        This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+        but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+        MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+        Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+        You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+        License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+        Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301
+        USA
+
+        Permission is hereby granted to use or copy this program under the
+        terms of the GNU LGPL, provided that the Copyright, this License,
+        and the Availability of the original version is retained on all copies.
+        User documentation of any code that uses this code or any modified
+        version of this code must cite the Copyright, this License, the
+        Availability note, and "Used by permission." Permission to modify
+        the code and to distribute modified code is granted, provided the
+        Copyright, this License, and the Availability note are retained,
+        and a notice that the code was modified is included.
+
+    Availability:
+
+        The colamd/symamd library is available at
+
+            http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/colamd/
+
+        This is the http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/colamd/colamd.c
+        file.  It requires the colamd.h file.  It is required by the colamdmex.c
+        and symamdmex.c files, for the MATLAB interface to colamd and symamd.
+        Appears as ACM Algorithm 836.
+
+    See the ChangeLog file for changes since Version 1.0.
+
+    References:
+
+        T. A. Davis, J. R. Gilbert, S. Larimore, E. Ng, An approximate column
+        minimum degree ordering algorithm, ACM Transactions on Mathematical
+        Software, vol. 30, no. 3., pp. 353-376, 2004.
+
+        T. A. Davis, J. R. Gilbert, S. Larimore, E. Ng, Algorithm 836: COLAMD,
+        an approximate column minimum degree ordering algorithm, ACM
+        Transactions on Mathematical Software, vol. 30, no. 3., pp. 377-380,
+        2004.
+
+*/
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Description of user-callable routines ================================ */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* COLAMD includes both int and UF_long versions of all its routines.  The
+ * description below is for the int version.  For UF_long, all int arguments
+ * become UF_long.  UF_long is normally defined as long, except for WIN64.
+
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    colamd_recommended:
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        C syntax:
+
+            #include "colamd.h"
+            size_t colamd_recommended (int nnz, int n_row, int n_col) ;
+            size_t colamd_l_recommended (UF_long nnz, UF_long n_row,
+                UF_long n_col) ;
+
+        Purpose:
+
+            Returns recommended value of Alen for use by colamd.  Returns 0
+            if any input argument is negative.  The use of this routine
+            is optional.  Not needed for symamd, which dynamically allocates
+            its own memory.
+
+            Note that in v2.4 and earlier, these routines returned int or long.
+            They now return a value of type size_t.
+
+        Arguments (all input arguments):
+
+            int nnz ;           Number of nonzeros in the matrix A.  This must
+                                be the same value as p [n_col] in the call to
+                                colamd - otherwise you will get a wrong value
+                                of the recommended memory to use.
+
+            int n_row ;         Number of rows in the matrix A.
+
+            int n_col ;         Number of columns in the matrix A.
+
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    colamd_set_defaults:
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        C syntax:
+
+            #include "colamd.h"
+            colamd_set_defaults (double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS]) ;
+            colamd_l_set_defaults (double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS]) ;
+
+        Purpose:
+
+            Sets the default parameters.  The use of this routine is optional.
+
+        Arguments:
+
+            double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS] ;       Output only.
+
+                NOTE: the meaning of the dense row/col knobs has changed in v2.4
+
+                knobs [0] and knobs [1] control dense row and col detection:
+
+                Colamd: rows with more than
+                max (16, knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] * sqrt (n_col))
+                entries are removed prior to ordering.  Columns with more than
+                max (16, knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_COL] * sqrt (MIN (n_row,n_col)))
+                entries are removed prior to
+                ordering, and placed last in the output column ordering.
+
+                Symamd: uses only knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW], which is knobs [0].
+                Rows and columns with more than
+                max (16, knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] * sqrt (n))
+                entries are removed prior to ordering, and placed last in the
+                output ordering.
+
+                COLAMD_DENSE_ROW and COLAMD_DENSE_COL are defined as 0 and 1,
+                respectively, in colamd.h.  Default values of these two knobs
+                are both 10.  Currently, only knobs [0] and knobs [1] are
+                used, but future versions may use more knobs.  If so, they will
+                be properly set to their defaults by the future version of
+                colamd_set_defaults, so that the code that calls colamd will
+                not need to change, assuming that you either use
+                colamd_set_defaults, or pass a (double *) NULL pointer as the
+                knobs array to colamd or symamd.
+
+            knobs [2]: aggressive absorption
+
+                knobs [COLAMD_AGGRESSIVE] controls whether or not to do
+                aggressive absorption during the ordering.  Default is TRUE.
+
+
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    colamd:
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        C syntax:
+
+            #include "colamd.h"
+            int colamd (int n_row, int n_col, int Alen, int *A, int *p,
+                double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS], int stats [COLAMD_STATS]) ;
+            UF_long colamd_l (UF_long n_row, UF_long n_col, UF_long Alen,
+                UF_long *A, UF_long *p, double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS],
+                UF_long stats [COLAMD_STATS]) ;
+
+        Purpose:
+
+            Computes a column ordering (Q) of A such that P(AQ)=LU or
+            (AQ)'AQ=LL' have less fill-in and require fewer floating point
+            operations than factorizing the unpermuted matrix A or A'A,
+            respectively.
+
+        Returns:
+
+            TRUE (1) if successful, FALSE (0) otherwise.
+
+        Arguments:
+
+            int n_row ;         Input argument.
+
+                Number of rows in the matrix A.
+                Restriction:  n_row >= 0.
+                Colamd returns FALSE if n_row is negative.
+
+            int n_col ;         Input argument.
+
+                Number of columns in the matrix A.
+                Restriction:  n_col >= 0.
+                Colamd returns FALSE if n_col is negative.
+
+            int Alen ;          Input argument.
+
+                Restriction (see note):
+                Alen >= 2*nnz + 6*(n_col+1) + 4*(n_row+1) + n_col
+                Colamd returns FALSE if these conditions are not met.
+
+                Note:  this restriction makes an modest assumption regarding
+                the size of the two typedef's structures in colamd.h.
+                We do, however, guarantee that
+
+                        Alen >= colamd_recommended (nnz, n_row, n_col)
+
+                will be sufficient.  Note: the macro version does not check
+                for integer overflow, and thus is not recommended.  Use
+                the colamd_recommended routine instead.
+
+            int A [Alen] ;      Input argument, undefined on output.
+
+                A is an integer array of size Alen.  Alen must be at least as
+                large as the bare minimum value given above, but this is very
+                low, and can result in excessive run time.  For best
+                performance, we recommend that Alen be greater than or equal to
+                colamd_recommended (nnz, n_row, n_col), which adds
+                nnz/5 to the bare minimum value given above.
+
+                On input, the row indices of the entries in column c of the
+                matrix are held in A [(p [c]) ... (p [c+1]-1)].  The row indices
+                in a given column c need not be in ascending order, and
+                duplicate row indices may be be present.  However, colamd will
+                work a little faster if both of these conditions are met
+                (Colamd puts the matrix into this format, if it finds that the
+                the conditions are not met).
+
+                The matrix is 0-based.  That is, rows are in the range 0 to
+                n_row-1, and columns are in the range 0 to n_col-1.  Colamd
+                returns FALSE if any row index is out of range.
+
+                The contents of A are modified during ordering, and are
+                undefined on output.
+
+            int p [n_col+1] ;   Both input and output argument.
+
+                p is an integer array of size n_col+1.  On input, it holds the
+                "pointers" for the column form of the matrix A.  Column c of
+                the matrix A is held in A [(p [c]) ... (p [c+1]-1)].  The first
+                entry, p [0], must be zero, and p [c] <= p [c+1] must hold
+                for all c in the range 0 to n_col-1.  The value p [n_col] is
+                thus the total number of entries in the pattern of the matrix A.
+                Colamd returns FALSE if these conditions are not met.
+
+                On output, if colamd returns TRUE, the array p holds the column
+                permutation (Q, for P(AQ)=LU or (AQ)'(AQ)=LL'), where p [0] is
+                the first column index in the new ordering, and p [n_col-1] is
+                the last.  That is, p [k] = j means that column j of A is the
+                kth pivot column, in AQ, where k is in the range 0 to n_col-1
+                (p [0] = j means that column j of A is the first column in AQ).
+
+                If colamd returns FALSE, then no permutation is returned, and
+                p is undefined on output.
+
+            double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS] ;       Input argument.
+
+                See colamd_set_defaults for a description.
+
+            int stats [COLAMD_STATS] ;          Output argument.
+
+                Statistics on the ordering, and error status.
+                See colamd.h for related definitions.
+                Colamd returns FALSE if stats is not present.
+
+                stats [0]:  number of dense or empty rows ignored.
+
+                stats [1]:  number of dense or empty columns ignored (and
+                                ordered last in the output permutation p)
+                                Note that a row can become "empty" if it
+                                contains only "dense" and/or "empty" columns,
+                                and similarly a column can become "empty" if it
+                                only contains "dense" and/or "empty" rows.
+
+                stats [2]:  number of garbage collections performed.
+                                This can be excessively high if Alen is close
+                                to the minimum required value.
+
+                stats [3]:  status code.  < 0 is an error code.
+                            > 1 is a warning or notice.
+
+                        0       OK.  Each column of the input matrix contained
+                                row indices in increasing order, with no
+                                duplicates.
+
+                        1       OK, but columns of input matrix were jumbled
+                                (unsorted columns or duplicate entries).  Colamd
+                                had to do some extra work to sort the matrix
+                                first and remove duplicate entries, but it
+                                still was able to return a valid permutation
+                                (return value of colamd was TRUE).
+
+                                        stats [4]: highest numbered column that
+                                                is unsorted or has duplicate
+                                                entries.
+                                        stats [5]: last seen duplicate or
+                                                unsorted row index.
+                                        stats [6]: number of duplicate or
+                                                unsorted row indices.
+
+                        -1      A is a null pointer
+
+                        -2      p is a null pointer
+
+                        -3      n_row is negative
+
+                                        stats [4]: n_row
+
+                        -4      n_col is negative
+
+                                        stats [4]: n_col
+
+                        -5      number of nonzeros in matrix is negative
+
+                                        stats [4]: number of nonzeros, p [n_col]
+
+                        -6      p [0] is nonzero
+
+                                        stats [4]: p [0]
+
+                        -7      A is too small
+
+                                        stats [4]: required size
+                                        stats [5]: actual size (Alen)
+
+                        -8      a column has a negative number of entries
+
+                                        stats [4]: column with < 0 entries
+                                        stats [5]: number of entries in col
+
+                        -9      a row index is out of bounds
+
+                                        stats [4]: column with bad row index
+                                        stats [5]: bad row index
+                                        stats [6]: n_row, # of rows of matrx
+
+                        -10     (unused; see symamd.c)
+
+                        -999    (unused; see symamd.c)
+
+                Future versions may return more statistics in the stats array.
+
+        Example:
+
+            See http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/colamd/example.c
+            for a complete example.
+
+            To order the columns of a 5-by-4 matrix with 11 nonzero entries in
+            the following nonzero pattern
+
+                x 0 x 0
+                x 0 x x
+                0 x x 0
+                0 0 x x
+                x x 0 0
+
+            with default knobs and no output statistics, do the following:
+
+                #include "colamd.h"
+                #define ALEN 100
+                int A [ALEN] = {0, 1, 4, 2, 4, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 3} ;
+                int p [ ] = {0, 3, 5, 9, 11} ;
+                int stats [COLAMD_STATS] ;
+                colamd (5, 4, ALEN, A, p, (double *) NULL, stats) ;
+
+            The permutation is returned in the array p, and A is destroyed.
+
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    symamd:
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        C syntax:
+
+            #include "colamd.h"
+            int symamd (int n, int *A, int *p, int *perm,
+                double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS], int stats [COLAMD_STATS],
+                void (*allocate) (size_t, size_t), void (*release) (void *)) ;
+            UF_long symamd_l (UF_long n, UF_long *A, UF_long *p, UF_long *perm,
+                double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS], UF_long stats [COLAMD_STATS],
+                void (*allocate) (size_t, size_t), void (*release) (void *)) ;
+
+        Purpose:
+
+            The symamd routine computes an ordering P of a symmetric sparse
+            matrix A such that the Cholesky factorization PAP' = LL' remains
+            sparse.  It is based on a column ordering of a matrix M constructed
+            so that the nonzero pattern of M'M is the same as A.  The matrix A
+            is assumed to be symmetric; only the strictly lower triangular part
+            is accessed.  You must pass your selected memory allocator (usually
+            calloc/free or mxCalloc/mxFree) to symamd, for it to allocate
+            memory for the temporary matrix M.
+
+        Returns:
+
+            TRUE (1) if successful, FALSE (0) otherwise.
+
+        Arguments:
+
+            int n ;             Input argument.
+
+                Number of rows and columns in the symmetrix matrix A.
+                Restriction:  n >= 0.
+                Symamd returns FALSE if n is negative.
+
+            int A [nnz] ;       Input argument.
+
+                A is an integer array of size nnz, where nnz = p [n].
+
+                The row indices of the entries in column c of the matrix are
+                held in A [(p [c]) ... (p [c+1]-1)].  The row indices in a
+                given column c need not be in ascending order, and duplicate
+                row indices may be present.  However, symamd will run faster
+                if the columns are in sorted order with no duplicate entries.
+
+                The matrix is 0-based.  That is, rows are in the range 0 to
+                n-1, and columns are in the range 0 to n-1.  Symamd
+                returns FALSE if any row index is out of range.
+
+                The contents of A are not modified.
+
+            int p [n+1] ;       Input argument.
+
+                p is an integer array of size n+1.  On input, it holds the
+                "pointers" for the column form of the matrix A.  Column c of
+                the matrix A is held in A [(p [c]) ... (p [c+1]-1)].  The first
+                entry, p [0], must be zero, and p [c] <= p [c+1] must hold
+                for all c in the range 0 to n-1.  The value p [n] is
+                thus the total number of entries in the pattern of the matrix A.
+                Symamd returns FALSE if these conditions are not met.
+
+                The contents of p are not modified.
+
+            int perm [n+1] ;    Output argument.
+
+                On output, if symamd returns TRUE, the array perm holds the
+                permutation P, where perm [0] is the first index in the new
+                ordering, and perm [n-1] is the last.  That is, perm [k] = j
+                means that row and column j of A is the kth column in PAP',
+                where k is in the range 0 to n-1 (perm [0] = j means
+                that row and column j of A are the first row and column in
+                PAP').  The array is used as a workspace during the ordering,
+                which is why it must be of length n+1, not just n.
+
+            double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS] ;       Input argument.
+
+                See colamd_set_defaults for a description.
+
+            int stats [COLAMD_STATS] ;          Output argument.
+
+                Statistics on the ordering, and error status.
+                See colamd.h for related definitions.
+                Symamd returns FALSE if stats is not present.
+
+                stats [0]:  number of dense or empty row and columns ignored
+                                (and ordered last in the output permutation
+                                perm).  Note that a row/column can become
+                                "empty" if it contains only "dense" and/or
+                                "empty" columns/rows.
+
+                stats [1]:  (same as stats [0])
+
+                stats [2]:  number of garbage collections performed.
+
+                stats [3]:  status code.  < 0 is an error code.
+                            > 1 is a warning or notice.
+
+                        0       OK.  Each column of the input matrix contained
+                                row indices in increasing order, with no
+                                duplicates.
+
+                        1       OK, but columns of input matrix were jumbled
+                                (unsorted columns or duplicate entries).  Symamd
+                                had to do some extra work to sort the matrix
+                                first and remove duplicate entries, but it
+                                still was able to return a valid permutation
+                                (return value of symamd was TRUE).
+
+                                        stats [4]: highest numbered column that
+                                                is unsorted or has duplicate
+                                                entries.
+                                        stats [5]: last seen duplicate or
+                                                unsorted row index.
+                                        stats [6]: number of duplicate or
+                                                unsorted row indices.
+
+                        -1      A is a null pointer
+
+                        -2      p is a null pointer
+
+                        -3      (unused, see colamd.c)
+
+                        -4      n is negative
+
+                                        stats [4]: n
+
+                        -5      number of nonzeros in matrix is negative
+
+                                        stats [4]: # of nonzeros (p [n]).
+
+                        -6      p [0] is nonzero
+
+                                        stats [4]: p [0]
+
+                        -7      (unused)
+
+                        -8      a column has a negative number of entries
+
+                                        stats [4]: column with < 0 entries
+                                        stats [5]: number of entries in col
+
+                        -9      a row index is out of bounds
+
+                                        stats [4]: column with bad row index
+                                        stats [5]: bad row index
+                                        stats [6]: n_row, # of rows of matrx
+
+                        -10     out of memory (unable to allocate temporary
+                                workspace for M or count arrays using the
+                                "allocate" routine passed into symamd).
+
+                Future versions may return more statistics in the stats array.
+
+            void * (*allocate) (size_t, size_t)
+
+                A pointer to a function providing memory allocation.  The
+                allocated memory must be returned initialized to zero.  For a
+                C application, this argument should normally be a pointer to
+                calloc.  For a MATLAB mexFunction, the routine mxCalloc is
+                passed instead.
+
+            void (*release) (size_t, size_t)
+
+                A pointer to a function that frees memory allocated by the
+                memory allocation routine above.  For a C application, this
+                argument should normally be a pointer to free.  For a MATLAB
+                mexFunction, the routine mxFree is passed instead.
+
+
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    colamd_report:
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        C syntax:
+
+            #include "colamd.h"
+            colamd_report (int stats [COLAMD_STATS]) ;
+            colamd_l_report (UF_long stats [COLAMD_STATS]) ;
+
+        Purpose:
+
+            Prints the error status and statistics recorded in the stats
+            array on the standard error output (for a standard C routine)
+            or on the MATLAB output (for a mexFunction).
+
+        Arguments:
+
+            int stats [COLAMD_STATS] ;  Input only.  Statistics from colamd.
+
+
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    symamd_report:
+    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        C syntax:
+
+            #include "colamd.h"
+            symamd_report (int stats [COLAMD_STATS]) ;
+            symamd_l_report (UF_long stats [COLAMD_STATS]) ;
+
+        Purpose:
+
+            Prints the error status and statistics recorded in the stats
+            array on the standard error output (for a standard C routine)
+            or on the MATLAB output (for a mexFunction).
+
+        Arguments:
+
+            int stats [COLAMD_STATS] ;  Input only.  Statistics from symamd.
+
+
+*/
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Scaffolding code definitions  ======================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* Ensure that debugging is turned off: */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define NDEBUG
+#endif
+
+/* turn on debugging by uncommenting the following line
+ #undef NDEBUG
+*/
+
+/*
+   Our "scaffolding code" philosophy:  In our opinion, well-written library
+   code should keep its "debugging" code, and just normally have it turned off
+   by the compiler so as not to interfere with performance.  This serves
+   several purposes:
+
+   (1) assertions act as comments to the reader, telling you what the code
+        expects at that point.  All assertions will always be true (unless
+        there really is a bug, of course).
+
+   (2) leaving in the scaffolding code assists anyone who would like to modify
+        the code, or understand the algorithm (by reading the debugging output,
+        one can get a glimpse into what the code is doing).
+
+   (3) (gasp!) for actually finding bugs.  This code has been heavily tested
+        and "should" be fully functional and bug-free ... but you never know...
+
+    The code will become outrageously slow when debugging is
+    enabled.  To control the level of debugging output, set an environment
+    variable D to 0 (little), 1 (some), 2, 3, or 4 (lots).  When debugging,
+    you should see the following message on the standard output:
+
+        colamd: debug version, D = 1 (THIS WILL BE SLOW!)
+
+    or a similar message for symamd.  If you don't, then debugging has not
+    been enabled.
+
+*/
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Include files ======================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+#include "colamd.h"
+
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#ifdef MATLAB_MEX_FILE
+#include "mex.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+#endif /* MATLAB_MEX_FILE */
+
+#if !defined (NPRINT) || !defined (NDEBUG)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL ((void *) 0)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === int or UF_long ======================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+/* define UF_long */
+#include "UFconfig.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DLONG
+
+#define Int UF_long
+#define ID  UF_long_id
+#define Int_MAX UF_long_max
+
+#define COLAMD_recommended colamd_l_recommended
+#define COLAMD_set_defaults colamd_l_set_defaults
+#define COLAMD_MAIN colamd_l
+#define SYMAMD_MAIN symamd_l
+#define COLAMD_report colamd_l_report
+#define SYMAMD_report symamd_l_report
+
+#else
+
+#define Int int
+#define ID "%d"
+#define Int_MAX INT_MAX
+
+#define COLAMD_recommended colamd_recommended
+#define COLAMD_set_defaults colamd_set_defaults
+#define COLAMD_MAIN colamd
+#define SYMAMD_MAIN symamd
+#define COLAMD_report colamd_report
+#define SYMAMD_report symamd_report
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Row and Column structures ============================================ */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* User code that makes use of the colamd/symamd routines need not directly */
+/* reference these structures.  They are used only for colamd_recommended. */
+
+typedef struct Colamd_Col_struct
+{
+    Int start ;         /* index for A of first row in this column, or DEAD */
+                        /* if column is dead */
+    Int length ;        /* number of rows in this column */
+    union
+    {
+        Int thickness ; /* number of original columns represented by this */
+                        /* col, if the column is alive */
+        Int parent ;    /* parent in parent tree super-column structure, if */
+                        /* the column is dead */
+    } shared1 ;
+    union
+    {
+        Int score ;     /* the score used to maintain heap, if col is alive */
+        Int order ;     /* pivot ordering of this column, if col is dead */
+    } shared2 ;
+    union
+    {
+        Int headhash ;  /* head of a hash bucket, if col is at the head of */
+                        /* a degree list */
+        Int hash ;      /* hash value, if col is not in a degree list */
+        Int prev ;      /* previous column in degree list, if col is in a */
+                        /* degree list (but not at the head of a degree list) */
+    } shared3 ;
+    union
+    {
+        Int degree_next ;       /* next column, if col is in a degree list */
+        Int hash_next ;         /* next column, if col is in a hash list */
+    } shared4 ;
+
+} Colamd_Col ;
+
+typedef struct Colamd_Row_struct
+{
+    Int start ;         /* index for A of first col in this row */
+    Int length ;        /* number of principal columns in this row */
+    union
+    {
+        Int degree ;    /* number of principal & non-principal columns in row */
+        Int p ;         /* used as a row pointer in init_rows_cols () */
+    } shared1 ;
+    union
+    {
+        Int mark ;      /* for computing set differences and marking dead rows*/
+        Int first_column ;/* first column in row (used in garbage collection) */
+    } shared2 ;
+
+} Colamd_Row ;
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Definitions ========================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* Routines are either PUBLIC (user-callable) or PRIVATE (not user-callable) */
+#define PUBLIC
+#define PRIVATE static
+
+#define DENSE_DEGREE(alpha,n) \
+    ((Int) MAX (16.0, (alpha) * sqrt ((double) (n))))
+
+#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#define ONES_COMPLEMENT(r) (-(r)-1)
+
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Change for version 2.1:  define TRUE and FALSE only if not yet defined */
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE (1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE (0)
+#endif
+
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#define EMPTY   (-1)
+
+/* Row and column status */
+#define ALIVE   (0)
+#define DEAD    (-1)
+
+/* Column status */
+#define DEAD_PRINCIPAL          (-1)
+#define DEAD_NON_PRINCIPAL      (-2)
+
+/* Macros for row and column status update and checking. */
+#define ROW_IS_DEAD(r)                  ROW_IS_MARKED_DEAD (Row[r].shared2.mark)
+#define ROW_IS_MARKED_DEAD(row_mark)    (row_mark < ALIVE)
+#define ROW_IS_ALIVE(r)                 (Row [r].shared2.mark >= ALIVE)
+#define COL_IS_DEAD(c)                  (Col [c].start < ALIVE)
+#define COL_IS_ALIVE(c)                 (Col [c].start >= ALIVE)
+#define COL_IS_DEAD_PRINCIPAL(c)        (Col [c].start == DEAD_PRINCIPAL)
+#define KILL_ROW(r)                     { Row [r].shared2.mark = DEAD ; }
+#define KILL_PRINCIPAL_COL(c)           { Col [c].start = DEAD_PRINCIPAL ; }
+#define KILL_NON_PRINCIPAL_COL(c)       { Col [c].start = DEAD_NON_PRINCIPAL ; }
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Colamd reporting mechanism =========================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+#if defined (MATLAB_MEX_FILE) || defined (MATHWORKS)
+/* In MATLAB, matrices are 1-based to the user, but 0-based internally */
+#define INDEX(i) ((i)+1)
+#else
+/* In C, matrices are 0-based and indices are reported as such in *_report */
+#define INDEX(i) (i)
+#endif
+
+/* All output goes through the PRINTF macro.  */
+#define PRINTF(params) { if (colamd_printf != NULL) (void) colamd_printf params ; }
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Prototypes of PRIVATE routines ======================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+PRIVATE Int init_rows_cols
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A [],
+    Int p [],
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS]
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void init_scoring
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A [],
+    Int head [],
+    double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS],
+    Int *p_n_row2,
+    Int *p_n_col2,
+    Int *p_max_deg
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE Int find_ordering
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Int Alen,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A [],
+    Int head [],
+    Int n_col2,
+    Int max_deg,
+    Int pfree,
+    Int aggressive
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void order_children
+(
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int p []
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void detect_super_cols
+(
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A [],
+    Int head [],
+    Int row_start,
+    Int row_length
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE Int garbage_collection
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A [],
+    Int *pfree
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE Int clear_mark
+(
+    Int tag_mark,
+    Int max_mark,
+    Int n_row,
+    Colamd_Row Row []
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void print_report
+(
+    char *method,
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS]
+) ;
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === Debugging prototypes and definitions ================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+#include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+/* colamd_debug is the *ONLY* global variable, and is only */
+/* present when debugging */
+
+PRIVATE Int colamd_debug = 0 ;  /* debug print level */
+
+#define DEBUG0(params) { PRINTF (params) ; }
+#define DEBUG1(params) { if (colamd_debug >= 1) PRINTF (params) ; }
+#define DEBUG2(params) { if (colamd_debug >= 2) PRINTF (params) ; }
+#define DEBUG3(params) { if (colamd_debug >= 3) PRINTF (params) ; }
+#define DEBUG4(params) { if (colamd_debug >= 4) PRINTF (params) ; }
+
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+#ifdef MATLAB_MEX_FILE
+#define ASSERT(expression) (mxAssert ((expression), ""))
+#else
+#define ASSERT(expression) (assert (expression))
+#endif /* MATLAB_MEX_FILE */
+#else
+#define ASSERT xassert
+#endif
+
+PRIVATE void colamd_get_debug   /* gets the debug print level from getenv */
+(
+    char *method
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void debug_deg_lists
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int head [],
+    Int min_score,
+    Int should,
+    Int max_deg
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void debug_mark
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Int tag_mark,
+    Int max_mark
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void debug_matrix
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A []
+) ;
+
+PRIVATE void debug_structures
+(
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A [],
+    Int n_col2
+) ;
+
+#else /* NDEBUG */
+
+/* === No debugging ========================================================= */
+
+#define DEBUG0(params) ;
+#define DEBUG1(params) ;
+#define DEBUG2(params) ;
+#define DEBUG3(params) ;
+#define DEBUG4(params) ;
+
+#define ASSERT(expression)
+
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === USER-CALLABLE ROUTINES: ============================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === colamd_recommended =================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    The colamd_recommended routine returns the suggested size for Alen.  This
+    value has been determined to provide good balance between the number of
+    garbage collections and the memory requirements for colamd.  If any
+    argument is negative, or if integer overflow occurs, a 0 is returned as an
+    error condition.  2*nnz space is required for the row and column
+    indices of the matrix. COLAMD_C (n_col) + COLAMD_R (n_row) space is
+    required for the Col and Row arrays, respectively, which are internal to
+    colamd (roughly 6*n_col + 4*n_row).  An additional n_col space is the
+    minimal amount of "elbow room", and nnz/5 more space is recommended for
+    run time efficiency.
+
+    Alen is approximately 2.2*nnz + 7*n_col + 4*n_row + 10.
+
+    This function is not needed when using symamd.
+*/
+
+/* add two values of type size_t, and check for integer overflow */
+static size_t t_add (size_t a, size_t b, int *ok)
+{
+    (*ok) = (*ok) && ((a + b) >= MAX (a,b)) ;
+    return ((*ok) ? (a + b) : 0) ;
+}
+
+/* compute a*k where k is a small integer, and check for integer overflow */
+static size_t t_mult (size_t a, size_t k, int *ok)
+{
+    size_t i, s = 0 ;
+    for (i = 0 ; i < k ; i++)
+    {
+        s = t_add (s, a, ok) ;
+    }
+    return (s) ;
+}
+
+/* size of the Col and Row structures */
+#define COLAMD_C(n_col,ok) \
+    ((t_mult (t_add (n_col, 1, ok), sizeof (Colamd_Col), ok) / sizeof (Int)))
+
+#define COLAMD_R(n_row,ok) \
+    ((t_mult (t_add (n_row, 1, ok), sizeof (Colamd_Row), ok) / sizeof (Int)))
+
+
+PUBLIC size_t COLAMD_recommended        /* returns recommended value of Alen. */
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int nnz,                    /* number of nonzeros in A */
+    Int n_row,                  /* number of rows in A */
+    Int n_col                   /* number of columns in A */
+)
+{
+    size_t s, c, r ;
+    int ok = TRUE ;
+    if (nnz < 0 || n_row < 0 || n_col < 0)
+    {
+        return (0) ;
+    }
+    s = t_mult (nnz, 2, &ok) ;      /* 2*nnz */
+    c = COLAMD_C (n_col, &ok) ;     /* size of column structures */
+    r = COLAMD_R (n_row, &ok) ;     /* size of row structures */
+    s = t_add (s, c, &ok) ;
+    s = t_add (s, r, &ok) ;
+    s = t_add (s, n_col, &ok) ;     /* elbow room */
+    s = t_add (s, nnz/5, &ok) ;     /* elbow room */
+    ok = ok && (s < Int_MAX) ;
+    return (ok ? s : 0) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === colamd_set_defaults ================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    The colamd_set_defaults routine sets the default values of the user-
+    controllable parameters for colamd and symamd:
+
+        Colamd: rows with more than max (16, knobs [0] * sqrt (n_col))
+        entries are removed prior to ordering.  Columns with more than
+        max (16, knobs [1] * sqrt (MIN (n_row,n_col))) entries are removed
+        prior to ordering, and placed last in the output column ordering.
+
+        Symamd: Rows and columns with more than max (16, knobs [0] * sqrt (n))
+        entries are removed prior to ordering, and placed last in the
+        output ordering.
+
+        knobs [0]       dense row control
+
+        knobs [1]       dense column control
+
+        knobs [2]       if nonzero, do aggresive absorption
+
+        knobs [3..19]   unused, but future versions might use this
+
+*/
+
+PUBLIC void COLAMD_set_defaults
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS]         /* knob array */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int i ;
+
+    if (!knobs)
+    {
+        return ;                        /* no knobs to initialize */
+    }
+    for (i = 0 ; i < COLAMD_KNOBS ; i++)
+    {
+        knobs [i] = 0 ;
+    }
+    knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] = 10 ;
+    knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_COL] = 10 ;
+    knobs [COLAMD_AGGRESSIVE] = TRUE ;  /* default: do aggressive absorption*/
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === symamd =============================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+PUBLIC Int SYMAMD_MAIN                  /* return TRUE if OK, FALSE otherwise */
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n,                              /* number of rows and columns of A */
+    Int A [],                           /* row indices of A */
+    Int p [],                           /* column pointers of A */
+    Int perm [],                        /* output permutation, size n+1 */
+    double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS],        /* parameters (uses defaults if NULL) */
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS],           /* output statistics and error codes */
+    void * (*allocate) (size_t, size_t),
+                                        /* pointer to calloc (ANSI C) or */
+                                        /* mxCalloc (for MATLAB mexFunction) */
+    void (*release) (void *)
+                                        /* pointer to free (ANSI C) or */
+                                        /* mxFree (for MATLAB mexFunction) */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int *count ;                /* length of each column of M, and col pointer*/
+    Int *mark ;                 /* mark array for finding duplicate entries */
+    Int *M ;                    /* row indices of matrix M */
+    size_t Mlen ;               /* length of M */
+    Int n_row ;                 /* number of rows in M */
+    Int nnz ;                   /* number of entries in A */
+    Int i ;                     /* row index of A */
+    Int j ;                     /* column index of A */
+    Int k ;                     /* row index of M */
+    Int mnz ;                   /* number of nonzeros in M */
+    Int pp ;                    /* index into a column of A */
+    Int last_row ;              /* last row seen in the current column */
+    Int length ;                /* number of nonzeros in a column */
+
+    double cknobs [COLAMD_KNOBS] ;              /* knobs for colamd */
+    double default_knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS] ;       /* default knobs for colamd */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    colamd_get_debug ("symamd") ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* === Check the input arguments ======================================== */
+
+    if (!stats)
+    {
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: stats not present\n")) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+    for (i = 0 ; i < COLAMD_STATS ; i++)
+    {
+        stats [i] = 0 ;
+    }
+    stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_OK ;
+    stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = -1 ;
+    stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = -1 ;
+
+    if (!A)
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_A_not_present ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: A not present\n")) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    if (!p)             /* p is not present */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_p_not_present ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: p not present\n")) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    if (n < 0)          /* n must be >= 0 */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_ncol_negative ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = n ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: n negative %d\n", n)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    nnz = p [n] ;
+    if (nnz < 0)        /* nnz must be >= 0 */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_nnz_negative ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = nnz ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: number of entries negative %d\n", nnz)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    if (p [0] != 0)
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_p0_nonzero ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = p [0] ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: p[0] not zero %d\n", p [0])) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    /* === If no knobs, set default knobs =================================== */
+
+    if (!knobs)
+    {
+        COLAMD_set_defaults (default_knobs) ;
+        knobs = default_knobs ;
+    }
+
+    /* === Allocate count and mark ========================================== */
+
+    count = (Int *) ((*allocate) (n+1, sizeof (Int))) ;
+    if (!count)
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_out_of_memory ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: allocate count (size %d) failed\n", n+1)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    mark = (Int *) ((*allocate) (n+1, sizeof (Int))) ;
+    if (!mark)
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_out_of_memory ;
+        (*release) ((void *) count) ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: allocate mark (size %d) failed\n", n+1)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    /* === Compute column counts of M, check if A is valid ================== */
+
+    stats [COLAMD_INFO3] = 0 ;  /* number of duplicate or unsorted row indices*/
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+    {
+        mark [i] = -1 ;
+    }
+
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        last_row = -1 ;
+
+        length = p [j+1] - p [j] ;
+        if (length < 0)
+        {
+            /* column pointers must be non-decreasing */
+            stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_col_length_negative ;
+            stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = j ;
+            stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = length ;
+            (*release) ((void *) count) ;
+            (*release) ((void *) mark) ;
+            DEBUG0 (("symamd: col %d negative length %d\n", j, length)) ;
+            return (FALSE) ;
+        }
+
+        for (pp = p [j] ; pp < p [j+1] ; pp++)
+        {
+            i = A [pp] ;
+            if (i < 0 || i >= n)
+            {
+                /* row index i, in column j, is out of bounds */
+                stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_row_index_out_of_bounds ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = j ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = i ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO3] = n ;
+                (*release) ((void *) count) ;
+                (*release) ((void *) mark) ;
+                DEBUG0 (("symamd: row %d col %d out of bounds\n", i, j)) ;
+                return (FALSE) ;
+            }
+
+            if (i <= last_row || mark [i] == j)
+            {
+                /* row index is unsorted or repeated (or both), thus col */
+                /* is jumbled.  This is a notice, not an error condition. */
+                stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = j ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = i ;
+                (stats [COLAMD_INFO3]) ++ ;
+                DEBUG1 (("symamd: row %d col %d unsorted/duplicate\n", i, j)) ;
+            }
+
+            if (i > j && mark [i] != j)
+            {
+                /* row k of M will contain column indices i and j */
+                count [i]++ ;
+                count [j]++ ;
+            }
+
+            /* mark the row as having been seen in this column */
+            mark [i] = j ;
+
+            last_row = i ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* v2.4: removed free(mark) */
+
+    /* === Compute column pointers of M ===================================== */
+
+    /* use output permutation, perm, for column pointers of M */
+    perm [0] = 0 ;
+    for (j = 1 ; j <= n ; j++)
+    {
+        perm [j] = perm [j-1] + count [j-1] ;
+    }
+    for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+    {
+        count [j] = perm [j] ;
+    }
+
+    /* === Construct M ====================================================== */
+
+    mnz = perm [n] ;
+    n_row = mnz / 2 ;
+    Mlen = COLAMD_recommended (mnz, n_row, n) ;
+    M = (Int *) ((*allocate) (Mlen, sizeof (Int))) ;
+    DEBUG0 (("symamd: M is %d-by-%d with %d entries, Mlen = %g\n",
+        n_row, n, mnz, (double) Mlen)) ;
+
+    if (!M)
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_out_of_memory ;
+        (*release) ((void *) count) ;
+        (*release) ((void *) mark) ;
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: allocate M (size %g) failed\n", (double) Mlen)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    k = 0 ;
+
+    if (stats [COLAMD_STATUS] == COLAMD_OK)
+    {
+        /* Matrix is OK */
+        for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+        {
+            ASSERT (p [j+1] - p [j] >= 0) ;
+            for (pp = p [j] ; pp < p [j+1] ; pp++)
+            {
+                i = A [pp] ;
+                ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n) ;
+                if (i > j)
+                {
+                    /* row k of M contains column indices i and j */
+                    M [count [i]++] = k ;
+                    M [count [j]++] = k ;
+                    k++ ;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Matrix is jumbled.  Do not add duplicates to M.  Unsorted cols OK. */
+        DEBUG0 (("symamd: Duplicates in A.\n")) ;
+        for (i = 0 ; i < n ; i++)
+        {
+            mark [i] = -1 ;
+        }
+        for (j = 0 ; j < n ; j++)
+        {
+            ASSERT (p [j+1] - p [j] >= 0) ;
+            for (pp = p [j] ; pp < p [j+1] ; pp++)
+            {
+                i = A [pp] ;
+                ASSERT (i >= 0 && i < n) ;
+                if (i > j && mark [i] != j)
+                {
+                    /* row k of M contains column indices i and j */
+                    M [count [i]++] = k ;
+                    M [count [j]++] = k ;
+                    k++ ;
+                    mark [i] = j ;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        /* v2.4: free(mark) moved below */
+    }
+
+    /* count and mark no longer needed */
+    (*release) ((void *) count) ;
+    (*release) ((void *) mark) ;        /* v2.4: free (mark) moved here */
+    ASSERT (k == n_row) ;
+
+    /* === Adjust the knobs for M =========================================== */
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < COLAMD_KNOBS ; i++)
+    {
+        cknobs [i] = knobs [i] ;
+    }
+
+    /* there are no dense rows in M */
+    cknobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] = -1 ;
+    cknobs [COLAMD_DENSE_COL] = knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] ;
+
+    /* === Order the columns of M =========================================== */
+
+    /* v2.4: colamd cannot fail here, so the error check is removed */
+    (void) COLAMD_MAIN (n_row, n, (Int) Mlen, M, perm, cknobs, stats) ;
+
+    /* Note that the output permutation is now in perm */
+
+    /* === get the statistics for symamd from colamd ======================== */
+
+    /* a dense column in colamd means a dense row and col in symamd */
+    stats [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] = stats [COLAMD_DENSE_COL] ;
+
+    /* === Free M =========================================================== */
+
+    (*release) ((void *) M) ;
+    DEBUG0 (("symamd: done.\n")) ;
+    return (TRUE) ;
+
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === colamd =============================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    The colamd routine computes a column ordering Q of a sparse matrix
+    A such that the LU factorization P(AQ) = LU remains sparse, where P is
+    selected via partial pivoting.   The routine can also be viewed as
+    providing a permutation Q such that the Cholesky factorization
+    (AQ)'(AQ) = LL' remains sparse.
+*/
+
+PUBLIC Int COLAMD_MAIN          /* returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise*/
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,                  /* number of rows in A */
+    Int n_col,                  /* number of columns in A */
+    Int Alen,                   /* length of A */
+    Int A [],                   /* row indices of A */
+    Int p [],                   /* pointers to columns in A */
+    double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS],/* parameters (uses defaults if NULL) */
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS]    /* output statistics and error codes */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int i ;                     /* loop index */
+    Int nnz ;                   /* nonzeros in A */
+    size_t Row_size ;           /* size of Row [], in integers */
+    size_t Col_size ;           /* size of Col [], in integers */
+    size_t need ;               /* minimum required length of A */
+    Colamd_Row *Row ;           /* pointer into A of Row [0..n_row] array */
+    Colamd_Col *Col ;           /* pointer into A of Col [0..n_col] array */
+    Int n_col2 ;                /* number of non-dense, non-empty columns */
+    Int n_row2 ;                /* number of non-dense, non-empty rows */
+    Int ngarbage ;              /* number of garbage collections performed */
+    Int max_deg ;               /* maximum row degree */
+    double default_knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS] ;       /* default knobs array */
+    Int aggressive ;            /* do aggressive absorption */
+    int ok ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    colamd_get_debug ("colamd") ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* === Check the input arguments ======================================== */
+
+    if (!stats)
+    {
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: stats not present\n")) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+    for (i = 0 ; i < COLAMD_STATS ; i++)
+    {
+        stats [i] = 0 ;
+    }
+    stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_OK ;
+    stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = -1 ;
+    stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = -1 ;
+
+    if (!A)             /* A is not present */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_A_not_present ;
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: A not present\n")) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    if (!p)             /* p is not present */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_p_not_present ;
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: p not present\n")) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    if (n_row < 0)      /* n_row must be >= 0 */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_nrow_negative ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = n_row ;
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: nrow negative %d\n", n_row)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    if (n_col < 0)      /* n_col must be >= 0 */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_ncol_negative ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = n_col ;
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: ncol negative %d\n", n_col)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    nnz = p [n_col] ;
+    if (nnz < 0)        /* nnz must be >= 0 */
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_nnz_negative ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = nnz ;
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: number of entries negative %d\n", nnz)) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    if (p [0] != 0)
+    {
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_p0_nonzero ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = p [0] ;
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: p[0] not zero %d\n", p [0])) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    /* === If no knobs, set default knobs =================================== */
+
+    if (!knobs)
+    {
+        COLAMD_set_defaults (default_knobs) ;
+        knobs = default_knobs ;
+    }
+
+    aggressive = (knobs [COLAMD_AGGRESSIVE] != FALSE) ;
+
+    /* === Allocate the Row and Col arrays from array A ===================== */
+
+    ok = TRUE ;
+    Col_size = COLAMD_C (n_col, &ok) ;      /* size of Col array of structs */
+    Row_size = COLAMD_R (n_row, &ok) ;      /* size of Row array of structs */
+
+    /* need = 2*nnz + n_col + Col_size + Row_size ; */
+    need = t_mult (nnz, 2, &ok) ;
+    need = t_add (need, n_col, &ok) ;
+    need = t_add (need, Col_size, &ok) ;
+    need = t_add (need, Row_size, &ok) ;
+
+    if (!ok || need > (size_t) Alen || need > Int_MAX)
+    {
+        /* not enough space in array A to perform the ordering */
+        stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_A_too_small ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = need ;
+        stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = Alen ;
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: Need Alen >= %d, given only Alen = %d\n", need,Alen));
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    Alen -= Col_size + Row_size ;
+    Col = (Colamd_Col *) &A [Alen] ;
+    Row = (Colamd_Row *) &A [Alen + Col_size] ;
+
+    /* === Construct the row and column data structures ===================== */
+
+    if (!init_rows_cols (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, A, p, stats))
+    {
+        /* input matrix is invalid */
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: Matrix invalid\n")) ;
+        return (FALSE) ;
+    }
+
+    /* === Initialize scores, kill dense rows/columns ======================= */
+
+    init_scoring (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, A, p, knobs,
+        &n_row2, &n_col2, &max_deg) ;
+
+    /* === Order the supercolumns =========================================== */
+
+    ngarbage = find_ordering (n_row, n_col, Alen, Row, Col, A, p,
+        n_col2, max_deg, 2*nnz, aggressive) ;
+
+    /* === Order the non-principal columns ================================== */
+
+    order_children (n_col, Col, p) ;
+
+    /* === Return statistics in stats ======================================= */
+
+    stats [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] = n_row - n_row2 ;
+    stats [COLAMD_DENSE_COL] = n_col - n_col2 ;
+    stats [COLAMD_DEFRAG_COUNT] = ngarbage ;
+    DEBUG0 (("colamd: done.\n")) ;
+    return (TRUE) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === colamd_report ======================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+PUBLIC void COLAMD_report
+(
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS]
+)
+{
+    print_report ("colamd", stats) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === symamd_report ======================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+PUBLIC void SYMAMD_report
+(
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS]
+)
+{
+    print_report ("symamd", stats) ;
+}
+
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === NON-USER-CALLABLE ROUTINES: ========================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* There are no user-callable routines beyond this point in the file */
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === init_rows_cols ======================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Takes the column form of the matrix in A and creates the row form of the
+    matrix.  Also, row and column attributes are stored in the Col and Row
+    structs.  If the columns are un-sorted or contain duplicate row indices,
+    this routine will also sort and remove duplicate row indices from the
+    column form of the matrix.  Returns FALSE if the matrix is invalid,
+    TRUE otherwise.  Not user-callable.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE Int init_rows_cols      /* returns TRUE if OK, or FALSE otherwise */
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,                  /* number of rows of A */
+    Int n_col,                  /* number of columns of A */
+    Colamd_Row Row [],          /* of size n_row+1 */
+    Colamd_Col Col [],          /* of size n_col+1 */
+    Int A [],                   /* row indices of A, of size Alen */
+    Int p [],                   /* pointers to columns in A, of size n_col+1 */
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS]    /* colamd statistics */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int col ;                   /* a column index */
+    Int row ;                   /* a row index */
+    Int *cp ;                   /* a column pointer */
+    Int *cp_end ;               /* a pointer to the end of a column */
+    Int *rp ;                   /* a row pointer */
+    Int *rp_end ;               /* a pointer to the end of a row */
+    Int last_row ;              /* previous row */
+
+    /* === Initialize columns, and check column pointers ==================== */
+
+    for (col = 0 ; col < n_col ; col++)
+    {
+        Col [col].start = p [col] ;
+        Col [col].length = p [col+1] - p [col] ;
+
+        if (Col [col].length < 0)
+        {
+            /* column pointers must be non-decreasing */
+            stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_col_length_negative ;
+            stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = col ;
+            stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = Col [col].length ;
+            DEBUG0 (("colamd: col %d length %d < 0\n", col, Col [col].length)) ;
+            return (FALSE) ;
+        }
+
+        Col [col].shared1.thickness = 1 ;
+        Col [col].shared2.score = 0 ;
+        Col [col].shared3.prev = EMPTY ;
+        Col [col].shared4.degree_next = EMPTY ;
+    }
+
+    /* p [0..n_col] no longer needed, used as "head" in subsequent routines */
+
+    /* === Scan columns, compute row degrees, and check row indices ========= */
+
+    stats [COLAMD_INFO3] = 0 ;  /* number of duplicate or unsorted row indices*/
+
+    for (row = 0 ; row < n_row ; row++)
+    {
+        Row [row].length = 0 ;
+        Row [row].shared2.mark = -1 ;
+    }
+
+    for (col = 0 ; col < n_col ; col++)
+    {
+        last_row = -1 ;
+
+        cp = &A [p [col]] ;
+        cp_end = &A [p [col+1]] ;
+
+        while (cp < cp_end)
+        {
+            row = *cp++ ;
+
+            /* make sure row indices within range */
+            if (row < 0 || row >= n_row)
+            {
+                stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_ERROR_row_index_out_of_bounds ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = col ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = row ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO3] = n_row ;
+                DEBUG0 (("colamd: row %d col %d out of bounds\n", row, col)) ;
+                return (FALSE) ;
+            }
+
+            if (row <= last_row || Row [row].shared2.mark == col)
+            {
+                /* row index are unsorted or repeated (or both), thus col */
+                /* is jumbled.  This is a notice, not an error condition. */
+                stats [COLAMD_STATUS] = COLAMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO1] = col ;
+                stats [COLAMD_INFO2] = row ;
+                (stats [COLAMD_INFO3]) ++ ;
+                DEBUG1 (("colamd: row %d col %d unsorted/duplicate\n",row,col));
+            }
+
+            if (Row [row].shared2.mark != col)
+            {
+                Row [row].length++ ;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* this is a repeated entry in the column, */
+                /* it will be removed */
+                Col [col].length-- ;
+            }
+
+            /* mark the row as having been seen in this column */
+            Row [row].shared2.mark = col ;
+
+            last_row = row ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* === Compute row pointers ============================================= */
+
+    /* row form of the matrix starts directly after the column */
+    /* form of matrix in A */
+    Row [0].start = p [n_col] ;
+    Row [0].shared1.p = Row [0].start ;
+    Row [0].shared2.mark = -1 ;
+    for (row = 1 ; row < n_row ; row++)
+    {
+        Row [row].start = Row [row-1].start + Row [row-1].length ;
+        Row [row].shared1.p = Row [row].start ;
+        Row [row].shared2.mark = -1 ;
+    }
+
+    /* === Create row form ================================================== */
+
+    if (stats [COLAMD_STATUS] == COLAMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED)
+    {
+        /* if cols jumbled, watch for repeated row indices */
+        for (col = 0 ; col < n_col ; col++)
+        {
+            cp = &A [p [col]] ;
+            cp_end = &A [p [col+1]] ;
+            while (cp < cp_end)
+            {
+                row = *cp++ ;
+                if (Row [row].shared2.mark != col)
+                {
+                    A [(Row [row].shared1.p)++] = col ;
+                    Row [row].shared2.mark = col ;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* if cols not jumbled, we don't need the mark (this is faster) */
+        for (col = 0 ; col < n_col ; col++)
+        {
+            cp = &A [p [col]] ;
+            cp_end = &A [p [col+1]] ;
+            while (cp < cp_end)
+            {
+                A [(Row [*cp++].shared1.p)++] = col ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* === Clear the row marks and set row degrees ========================== */
+
+    for (row = 0 ; row < n_row ; row++)
+    {
+        Row [row].shared2.mark = 0 ;
+        Row [row].shared1.degree = Row [row].length ;
+    }
+
+    /* === See if we need to re-create columns ============================== */
+
+    if (stats [COLAMD_STATUS] == COLAMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED)
+    {
+        DEBUG0 (("colamd: reconstructing column form, matrix jumbled\n")) ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        /* make sure column lengths are correct */
+        for (col = 0 ; col < n_col ; col++)
+        {
+            p [col] = Col [col].length ;
+        }
+        for (row = 0 ; row < n_row ; row++)
+        {
+            rp = &A [Row [row].start] ;
+            rp_end = rp + Row [row].length ;
+            while (rp < rp_end)
+            {
+                p [*rp++]-- ;
+            }
+        }
+        for (col = 0 ; col < n_col ; col++)
+        {
+            ASSERT (p [col] == 0) ;
+        }
+        /* now p is all zero (different than when debugging is turned off) */
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        /* === Compute col pointers ========================================= */
+
+        /* col form of the matrix starts at A [0]. */
+        /* Note, we may have a gap between the col form and the row */
+        /* form if there were duplicate entries, if so, it will be */
+        /* removed upon the first garbage collection */
+        Col [0].start = 0 ;
+        p [0] = Col [0].start ;
+        for (col = 1 ; col < n_col ; col++)
+        {
+            /* note that the lengths here are for pruned columns, i.e. */
+            /* no duplicate row indices will exist for these columns */
+            Col [col].start = Col [col-1].start + Col [col-1].length ;
+            p [col] = Col [col].start ;
+        }
+
+        /* === Re-create col form =========================================== */
+
+        for (row = 0 ; row < n_row ; row++)
+        {
+            rp = &A [Row [row].start] ;
+            rp_end = rp + Row [row].length ;
+            while (rp < rp_end)
+            {
+                A [(p [*rp++])++] = row ;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* === Done.  Matrix is not (or no longer) jumbled ====================== */
+
+    return (TRUE) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === init_scoring ========================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Kills dense or empty columns and rows, calculates an initial score for
+    each column, and places all columns in the degree lists.  Not user-callable.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void init_scoring
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,                  /* number of rows of A */
+    Int n_col,                  /* number of columns of A */
+    Colamd_Row Row [],          /* of size n_row+1 */
+    Colamd_Col Col [],          /* of size n_col+1 */
+    Int A [],                   /* column form and row form of A */
+    Int head [],                /* of size n_col+1 */
+    double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS],/* parameters */
+    Int *p_n_row2,              /* number of non-dense, non-empty rows */
+    Int *p_n_col2,              /* number of non-dense, non-empty columns */
+    Int *p_max_deg              /* maximum row degree */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int c ;                     /* a column index */
+    Int r, row ;                /* a row index */
+    Int *cp ;                   /* a column pointer */
+    Int deg ;                   /* degree of a row or column */
+    Int *cp_end ;               /* a pointer to the end of a column */
+    Int *new_cp ;               /* new column pointer */
+    Int col_length ;            /* length of pruned column */
+    Int score ;                 /* current column score */
+    Int n_col2 ;                /* number of non-dense, non-empty columns */
+    Int n_row2 ;                /* number of non-dense, non-empty rows */
+    Int dense_row_count ;       /* remove rows with more entries than this */
+    Int dense_col_count ;       /* remove cols with more entries than this */
+    Int min_score ;             /* smallest column score */
+    Int max_deg ;               /* maximum row degree */
+    Int next_col ;              /* Used to add to degree list.*/
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    Int debug_count ;           /* debug only. */
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* === Extract knobs ==================================================== */
+
+    /* Note: if knobs contains a NaN, this is undefined: */
+    if (knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW] < 0)
+    {
+        /* only remove completely dense rows */
+        dense_row_count = n_col-1 ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        dense_row_count = DENSE_DEGREE (knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW], n_col) ;
+    }
+    if (knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_COL] < 0)
+    {
+        /* only remove completely dense columns */
+        dense_col_count = n_row-1 ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        dense_col_count =
+            DENSE_DEGREE (knobs [COLAMD_DENSE_COL], MIN (n_row, n_col)) ;
+    }
+
+    DEBUG1 (("colamd: densecount: %d %d\n", dense_row_count, dense_col_count)) ;
+    max_deg = 0 ;
+    n_col2 = n_col ;
+    n_row2 = n_row ;
+
+    /* === Kill empty columns =============================================== */
+
+    /* Put the empty columns at the end in their natural order, so that LU */
+    /* factorization can proceed as far as possible. */
+    for (c = n_col-1 ; c >= 0 ; c--)
+    {
+        deg = Col [c].length ;
+        if (deg == 0)
+        {
+            /* this is a empty column, kill and order it last */
+            Col [c].shared2.order = --n_col2 ;
+            KILL_PRINCIPAL_COL (c) ;
+        }
+    }
+    DEBUG1 (("colamd: null columns killed: %d\n", n_col - n_col2)) ;
+
+    /* === Kill dense columns =============================================== */
+
+    /* Put the dense columns at the end, in their natural order */
+    for (c = n_col-1 ; c >= 0 ; c--)
+    {
+        /* skip any dead columns */
+        if (COL_IS_DEAD (c))
+        {
+            continue ;
+        }
+        deg = Col [c].length ;
+        if (deg > dense_col_count)
+        {
+            /* this is a dense column, kill and order it last */
+            Col [c].shared2.order = --n_col2 ;
+            /* decrement the row degrees */
+            cp = &A [Col [c].start] ;
+            cp_end = cp + Col [c].length ;
+            while (cp < cp_end)
+            {
+                Row [*cp++].shared1.degree-- ;
+            }
+            KILL_PRINCIPAL_COL (c) ;
+        }
+    }
+    DEBUG1 (("colamd: Dense and null columns killed: %d\n", n_col - n_col2)) ;
+
+    /* === Kill dense and empty rows ======================================== */
+
+    for (r = 0 ; r < n_row ; r++)
+    {
+        deg = Row [r].shared1.degree ;
+        ASSERT (deg >= 0 && deg <= n_col) ;
+        if (deg > dense_row_count || deg == 0)
+        {
+            /* kill a dense or empty row */
+            KILL_ROW (r) ;
+            --n_row2 ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* keep track of max degree of remaining rows */
+            max_deg = MAX (max_deg, deg) ;
+        }
+    }
+    DEBUG1 (("colamd: Dense and null rows killed: %d\n", n_row - n_row2)) ;
+
+    /* === Compute initial column scores ==================================== */
+
+    /* At this point the row degrees are accurate.  They reflect the number */
+    /* of "live" (non-dense) columns in each row.  No empty rows exist. */
+    /* Some "live" columns may contain only dead rows, however.  These are */
+    /* pruned in the code below. */
+
+    /* now find the initial matlab score for each column */
+    for (c = n_col-1 ; c >= 0 ; c--)
+    {
+        /* skip dead column */
+        if (COL_IS_DEAD (c))
+        {
+            continue ;
+        }
+        score = 0 ;
+        cp = &A [Col [c].start] ;
+        new_cp = cp ;
+        cp_end = cp + Col [c].length ;
+        while (cp < cp_end)
+        {
+            /* get a row */
+            row = *cp++ ;
+            /* skip if dead */
+            if (ROW_IS_DEAD (row))
+            {
+                continue ;
+            }
+            /* compact the column */
+            *new_cp++ = row ;
+            /* add row's external degree */
+            score += Row [row].shared1.degree - 1 ;
+            /* guard against integer overflow */
+            score = MIN (score, n_col) ;
+        }
+        /* determine pruned column length */
+        col_length = (Int) (new_cp - &A [Col [c].start]) ;
+        if (col_length == 0)
+        {
+            /* a newly-made null column (all rows in this col are "dense" */
+            /* and have already been killed) */
+            DEBUG2 (("Newly null killed: %d\n", c)) ;
+            Col [c].shared2.order = --n_col2 ;
+            KILL_PRINCIPAL_COL (c) ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* set column length and set score */
+            ASSERT (score >= 0) ;
+            ASSERT (score <= n_col) ;
+            Col [c].length = col_length ;
+            Col [c].shared2.score = score ;
+        }
+    }
+    DEBUG1 (("colamd: Dense, null, and newly-null columns killed: %d\n",
+        n_col-n_col2)) ;
+
+    /* At this point, all empty rows and columns are dead.  All live columns */
+    /* are "clean" (containing no dead rows) and simplicial (no supercolumns */
+    /* yet).  Rows may contain dead columns, but all live rows contain at */
+    /* least one live column. */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    debug_structures (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, A, n_col2) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* === Initialize degree lists ========================================== */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    debug_count = 0 ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* clear the hash buckets */
+    for (c = 0 ; c <= n_col ; c++)
+    {
+        head [c] = EMPTY ;
+    }
+    min_score = n_col ;
+    /* place in reverse order, so low column indices are at the front */
+    /* of the lists.  This is to encourage natural tie-breaking */
+    for (c = n_col-1 ; c >= 0 ; c--)
+    {
+        /* only add principal columns to degree lists */
+        if (COL_IS_ALIVE (c))
+        {
+            DEBUG4 (("place %d score %d minscore %d ncol %d\n",
+                c, Col [c].shared2.score, min_score, n_col)) ;
+
+            /* === Add columns score to DList =============================== */
+
+            score = Col [c].shared2.score ;
+
+            ASSERT (min_score >= 0) ;
+            ASSERT (min_score <= n_col) ;
+            ASSERT (score >= 0) ;
+            ASSERT (score <= n_col) ;
+            ASSERT (head [score] >= EMPTY) ;
+
+            /* now add this column to dList at proper score location */
+            next_col = head [score] ;
+            Col [c].shared3.prev = EMPTY ;
+            Col [c].shared4.degree_next = next_col ;
+
+            /* if there already was a column with the same score, set its */
+            /* previous pointer to this new column */
+            if (next_col != EMPTY)
+            {
+                Col [next_col].shared3.prev = c ;
+            }
+            head [score] = c ;
+
+            /* see if this score is less than current min */
+            min_score = MIN (min_score, score) ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            debug_count++ ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    DEBUG1 (("colamd: Live cols %d out of %d, non-princ: %d\n",
+        debug_count, n_col, n_col-debug_count)) ;
+    ASSERT (debug_count == n_col2) ;
+    debug_deg_lists (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, head, min_score, n_col2, max_deg) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* === Return number of remaining columns, and max row degree =========== */
+
+    *p_n_col2 = n_col2 ;
+    *p_n_row2 = n_row2 ;
+    *p_max_deg = max_deg ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === find_ordering ======================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Order the principal columns of the supercolumn form of the matrix
+    (no supercolumns on input).  Uses a minimum approximate column minimum
+    degree ordering method.  Not user-callable.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE Int find_ordering       /* return the number of garbage collections */
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,                  /* number of rows of A */
+    Int n_col,                  /* number of columns of A */
+    Int Alen,                   /* size of A, 2*nnz + n_col or larger */
+    Colamd_Row Row [],          /* of size n_row+1 */
+    Colamd_Col Col [],          /* of size n_col+1 */
+    Int A [],                   /* column form and row form of A */
+    Int head [],                /* of size n_col+1 */
+    Int n_col2,                 /* Remaining columns to order */
+    Int max_deg,                /* Maximum row degree */
+    Int pfree,                  /* index of first free slot (2*nnz on entry) */
+    Int aggressive
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int k ;                     /* current pivot ordering step */
+    Int pivot_col ;             /* current pivot column */
+    Int *cp ;                   /* a column pointer */
+    Int *rp ;                   /* a row pointer */
+    Int pivot_row ;             /* current pivot row */
+    Int *new_cp ;               /* modified column pointer */
+    Int *new_rp ;               /* modified row pointer */
+    Int pivot_row_start ;       /* pointer to start of pivot row */
+    Int pivot_row_degree ;      /* number of columns in pivot row */
+    Int pivot_row_length ;      /* number of supercolumns in pivot row */
+    Int pivot_col_score ;       /* score of pivot column */
+    Int needed_memory ;         /* free space needed for pivot row */
+    Int *cp_end ;               /* pointer to the end of a column */
+    Int *rp_end ;               /* pointer to the end of a row */
+    Int row ;                   /* a row index */
+    Int col ;                   /* a column index */
+    Int max_score ;             /* maximum possible score */
+    Int cur_score ;             /* score of current column */
+    unsigned Int hash ;         /* hash value for supernode detection */
+    Int head_column ;           /* head of hash bucket */
+    Int first_col ;             /* first column in hash bucket */
+    Int tag_mark ;              /* marker value for mark array */
+    Int row_mark ;              /* Row [row].shared2.mark */
+    Int set_difference ;        /* set difference size of row with pivot row */
+    Int min_score ;             /* smallest column score */
+    Int col_thickness ;         /* "thickness" (no. of columns in a supercol) */
+    Int max_mark ;              /* maximum value of tag_mark */
+    Int pivot_col_thickness ;   /* number of columns represented by pivot col */
+    Int prev_col ;              /* Used by Dlist operations. */
+    Int next_col ;              /* Used by Dlist operations. */
+    Int ngarbage ;              /* number of garbage collections performed */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    Int debug_d ;               /* debug loop counter */
+    Int debug_step = 0 ;        /* debug loop counter */
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* === Initialization and clear mark ==================================== */
+
+    max_mark = INT_MAX - n_col ;        /* INT_MAX defined in <limits.h> */
+    tag_mark = clear_mark (0, max_mark, n_row, Row) ;
+    min_score = 0 ;
+    ngarbage = 0 ;
+    DEBUG1 (("colamd: Ordering, n_col2=%d\n", n_col2)) ;
+
+    /* === Order the columns ================================================ */
+
+    for (k = 0 ; k < n_col2 ; /* 'k' is incremented below */)
+    {
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if (debug_step % 100 == 0)
+        {
+            DEBUG2 (("\n...       Step k: %d out of n_col2: %d\n", k, n_col2)) ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            DEBUG3 (("\n----------Step k: %d out of n_col2: %d\n", k, n_col2)) ;
+        }
+        debug_step++ ;
+        debug_deg_lists (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, head,
+                min_score, n_col2-k, max_deg) ;
+        debug_matrix (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, A) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        /* === Select pivot column, and order it ============================ */
+
+        /* make sure degree list isn't empty */
+        ASSERT (min_score >= 0) ;
+        ASSERT (min_score <= n_col) ;
+        ASSERT (head [min_score] >= EMPTY) ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        for (debug_d = 0 ; debug_d < min_score ; debug_d++)
+        {
+            ASSERT (head [debug_d] == EMPTY) ;
+        }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        /* get pivot column from head of minimum degree list */
+        while (head [min_score] == EMPTY && min_score < n_col)
+        {
+            min_score++ ;
+        }
+        pivot_col = head [min_score] ;
+        ASSERT (pivot_col >= 0 && pivot_col <= n_col) ;
+        next_col = Col [pivot_col].shared4.degree_next ;
+        head [min_score] = next_col ;
+        if (next_col != EMPTY)
+        {
+            Col [next_col].shared3.prev = EMPTY ;
+        }
+
+        ASSERT (COL_IS_ALIVE (pivot_col)) ;
+
+        /* remember score for defrag check */
+        pivot_col_score = Col [pivot_col].shared2.score ;
+
+        /* the pivot column is the kth column in the pivot order */
+        Col [pivot_col].shared2.order = k ;
+
+        /* increment order count by column thickness */
+        pivot_col_thickness = Col [pivot_col].shared1.thickness ;
+        k += pivot_col_thickness ;
+        ASSERT (pivot_col_thickness > 0) ;
+        DEBUG3 (("Pivot col: %d thick %d\n", pivot_col, pivot_col_thickness)) ;
+
+        /* === Garbage_collection, if necessary ============================= */
+
+        needed_memory = MIN (pivot_col_score, n_col - k) ;
+        if (pfree + needed_memory >= Alen)
+        {
+            pfree = garbage_collection (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, A, &A [pfree]) ;
+            ngarbage++ ;
+            /* after garbage collection we will have enough */
+            ASSERT (pfree + needed_memory < Alen) ;
+            /* garbage collection has wiped out the Row[].shared2.mark array */
+            tag_mark = clear_mark (0, max_mark, n_row, Row) ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            debug_matrix (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, A) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+        }
+
+        /* === Compute pivot row pattern ==================================== */
+
+        /* get starting location for this new merged row */
+        pivot_row_start = pfree ;
+
+        /* initialize new row counts to zero */
+        pivot_row_degree = 0 ;
+
+        /* tag pivot column as having been visited so it isn't included */
+        /* in merged pivot row */
+        Col [pivot_col].shared1.thickness = -pivot_col_thickness ;
+
+        /* pivot row is the union of all rows in the pivot column pattern */
+        cp = &A [Col [pivot_col].start] ;
+        cp_end = cp + Col [pivot_col].length ;
+        while (cp < cp_end)
+        {
+            /* get a row */
+            row = *cp++ ;
+            DEBUG4 (("Pivot col pattern %d %d\n", ROW_IS_ALIVE (row), row)) ;
+            /* skip if row is dead */
+            if (ROW_IS_ALIVE (row))
+            {
+                rp = &A [Row [row].start] ;
+                rp_end = rp + Row [row].length ;
+                while (rp < rp_end)
+                {
+                    /* get a column */
+                    col = *rp++ ;
+                    /* add the column, if alive and untagged */
+                    col_thickness = Col [col].shared1.thickness ;
+                    if (col_thickness > 0 && COL_IS_ALIVE (col))
+                    {
+                        /* tag column in pivot row */
+                        Col [col].shared1.thickness = -col_thickness ;
+                        ASSERT (pfree < Alen) ;
+                        /* place column in pivot row */
+                        A [pfree++] = col ;
+                        pivot_row_degree += col_thickness ;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* clear tag on pivot column */
+        Col [pivot_col].shared1.thickness = pivot_col_thickness ;
+        max_deg = MAX (max_deg, pivot_row_degree) ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        DEBUG3 (("check2\n")) ;
+        debug_mark (n_row, Row, tag_mark, max_mark) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        /* === Kill all rows used to construct pivot row ==================== */
+
+        /* also kill pivot row, temporarily */
+        cp = &A [Col [pivot_col].start] ;
+        cp_end = cp + Col [pivot_col].length ;
+        while (cp < cp_end)
+        {
+            /* may be killing an already dead row */
+            row = *cp++ ;
+            DEBUG3 (("Kill row in pivot col: %d\n", row)) ;
+            KILL_ROW (row) ;
+        }
+
+        /* === Select a row index to use as the new pivot row =============== */
+
+        pivot_row_length = pfree - pivot_row_start ;
+        if (pivot_row_length > 0)
+        {
+            /* pick the "pivot" row arbitrarily (first row in col) */
+            pivot_row = A [Col [pivot_col].start] ;
+            DEBUG3 (("Pivotal row is %d\n", pivot_row)) ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* there is no pivot row, since it is of zero length */
+            pivot_row = EMPTY ;
+            ASSERT (pivot_row_length == 0) ;
+        }
+        ASSERT (Col [pivot_col].length > 0 || pivot_row_length == 0) ;
+
+        /* === Approximate degree computation =============================== */
+
+        /* Here begins the computation of the approximate degree.  The column */
+        /* score is the sum of the pivot row "length", plus the size of the */
+        /* set differences of each row in the column minus the pattern of the */
+        /* pivot row itself.  The column ("thickness") itself is also */
+        /* excluded from the column score (we thus use an approximate */
+        /* external degree). */
+
+        /* The time taken by the following code (compute set differences, and */
+        /* add them up) is proportional to the size of the data structure */
+        /* being scanned - that is, the sum of the sizes of each column in */
+        /* the pivot row.  Thus, the amortized time to compute a column score */
+        /* is proportional to the size of that column (where size, in this */
+        /* context, is the column "length", or the number of row indices */
+        /* in that column).  The number of row indices in a column is */
+        /* monotonically non-decreasing, from the length of the original */
+        /* column on input to colamd. */
+
+        /* === Compute set differences ====================================== */
+
+        DEBUG3 (("** Computing set differences phase. **\n")) ;
+
+        /* pivot row is currently dead - it will be revived later. */
+
+        DEBUG3 (("Pivot row: ")) ;
+        /* for each column in pivot row */
+        rp = &A [pivot_row_start] ;
+        rp_end = rp + pivot_row_length ;
+        while (rp < rp_end)
+        {
+            col = *rp++ ;
+            ASSERT (COL_IS_ALIVE (col) && col != pivot_col) ;
+            DEBUG3 (("Col: %d\n", col)) ;
+
+            /* clear tags used to construct pivot row pattern */
+            col_thickness = -Col [col].shared1.thickness ;
+            ASSERT (col_thickness > 0) ;
+            Col [col].shared1.thickness = col_thickness ;
+
+            /* === Remove column from degree list =========================== */
+
+            cur_score = Col [col].shared2.score ;
+            prev_col = Col [col].shared3.prev ;
+            next_col = Col [col].shared4.degree_next ;
+            ASSERT (cur_score >= 0) ;
+            ASSERT (cur_score <= n_col) ;
+            ASSERT (cur_score >= EMPTY) ;
+            if (prev_col == EMPTY)
+            {
+                head [cur_score] = next_col ;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                Col [prev_col].shared4.degree_next = next_col ;
+            }
+            if (next_col != EMPTY)
+            {
+                Col [next_col].shared3.prev = prev_col ;
+            }
+
+            /* === Scan the column ========================================== */
+
+            cp = &A [Col [col].start] ;
+            cp_end = cp + Col [col].length ;
+            while (cp < cp_end)
+            {
+                /* get a row */
+                row = *cp++ ;
+                row_mark = Row [row].shared2.mark ;
+                /* skip if dead */
+                if (ROW_IS_MARKED_DEAD (row_mark))
+                {
+                    continue ;
+                }
+                ASSERT (row != pivot_row) ;
+                set_difference = row_mark - tag_mark ;
+                /* check if the row has been seen yet */
+                if (set_difference < 0)
+                {
+                    ASSERT (Row [row].shared1.degree <= max_deg) ;
+                    set_difference = Row [row].shared1.degree ;
+                }
+                /* subtract column thickness from this row's set difference */
+                set_difference -= col_thickness ;
+                ASSERT (set_difference >= 0) ;
+                /* absorb this row if the set difference becomes zero */
+                if (set_difference == 0 && aggressive)
+                {
+                    DEBUG3 (("aggressive absorption. Row: %d\n", row)) ;
+                    KILL_ROW (row) ;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* save the new mark */
+                    Row [row].shared2.mark = set_difference + tag_mark ;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        debug_deg_lists (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, head,
+                min_score, n_col2-k-pivot_row_degree, max_deg) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        /* === Add up set differences for each column ======================= */
+
+        DEBUG3 (("** Adding set differences phase. **\n")) ;
+
+        /* for each column in pivot row */
+        rp = &A [pivot_row_start] ;
+        rp_end = rp + pivot_row_length ;
+        while (rp < rp_end)
+        {
+            /* get a column */
+            col = *rp++ ;
+            ASSERT (COL_IS_ALIVE (col) && col != pivot_col) ;
+            hash = 0 ;
+            cur_score = 0 ;
+            cp = &A [Col [col].start] ;
+            /* compact the column */
+            new_cp = cp ;
+            cp_end = cp + Col [col].length ;
+
+            DEBUG4 (("Adding set diffs for Col: %d.\n", col)) ;
+
+            while (cp < cp_end)
+            {
+                /* get a row */
+                row = *cp++ ;
+                ASSERT(row >= 0 && row < n_row) ;
+                row_mark = Row [row].shared2.mark ;
+                /* skip if dead */
+                if (ROW_IS_MARKED_DEAD (row_mark))
+                {
+                    DEBUG4 ((" Row %d, dead\n", row)) ;
+                    continue ;
+                }
+                DEBUG4 ((" Row %d, set diff %d\n", row, row_mark-tag_mark));
+                ASSERT (row_mark >= tag_mark) ;
+                /* compact the column */
+                *new_cp++ = row ;
+                /* compute hash function */
+                hash += row ;
+                /* add set difference */
+                cur_score += row_mark - tag_mark ;
+                /* integer overflow... */
+                cur_score = MIN (cur_score, n_col) ;
+            }
+
+            /* recompute the column's length */
+            Col [col].length = (Int) (new_cp - &A [Col [col].start]) ;
+
+            /* === Further mass elimination ================================= */
+
+            if (Col [col].length == 0)
+            {
+                DEBUG4 (("further mass elimination. Col: %d\n", col)) ;
+                /* nothing left but the pivot row in this column */
+                KILL_PRINCIPAL_COL (col) ;
+                pivot_row_degree -= Col [col].shared1.thickness ;
+                ASSERT (pivot_row_degree >= 0) ;
+                /* order it */
+                Col [col].shared2.order = k ;
+                /* increment order count by column thickness */
+                k += Col [col].shared1.thickness ;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* === Prepare for supercolumn detection ==================== */
+
+                DEBUG4 (("Preparing supercol detection for Col: %d.\n", col)) ;
+
+                /* save score so far */
+                Col [col].shared2.score = cur_score ;
+
+                /* add column to hash table, for supercolumn detection */
+                hash %= n_col + 1 ;
+
+                DEBUG4 ((" Hash = %d, n_col = %d.\n", hash, n_col)) ;
+                ASSERT (((Int) hash) <= n_col) ;
+
+                head_column = head [hash] ;
+                if (head_column > EMPTY)
+                {
+                    /* degree list "hash" is non-empty, use prev (shared3) of */
+                    /* first column in degree list as head of hash bucket */
+                    first_col = Col [head_column].shared3.headhash ;
+                    Col [head_column].shared3.headhash = col ;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* degree list "hash" is empty, use head as hash bucket */
+                    first_col = - (head_column + 2) ;
+                    head [hash] = - (col + 2) ;
+                }
+                Col [col].shared4.hash_next = first_col ;
+
+                /* save hash function in Col [col].shared3.hash */
+                Col [col].shared3.hash = (Int) hash ;
+                ASSERT (COL_IS_ALIVE (col)) ;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* The approximate external column degree is now computed.  */
+
+        /* === Supercolumn detection ======================================== */
+
+        DEBUG3 (("** Supercolumn detection phase. **\n")) ;
+
+        detect_super_cols (
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+                n_col, Row,
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+                Col, A, head, pivot_row_start, pivot_row_length) ;
+
+        /* === Kill the pivotal column ====================================== */
+
+        KILL_PRINCIPAL_COL (pivot_col) ;
+
+        /* === Clear mark =================================================== */
+
+        tag_mark = clear_mark (tag_mark+max_deg+1, max_mark, n_row, Row) ;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        DEBUG3 (("check3\n")) ;
+        debug_mark (n_row, Row, tag_mark, max_mark) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        /* === Finalize the new pivot row, and column scores ================ */
+
+        DEBUG3 (("** Finalize scores phase. **\n")) ;
+
+        /* for each column in pivot row */
+        rp = &A [pivot_row_start] ;
+        /* compact the pivot row */
+        new_rp = rp ;
+        rp_end = rp + pivot_row_length ;
+        while (rp < rp_end)
+        {
+            col = *rp++ ;
+            /* skip dead columns */
+            if (COL_IS_DEAD (col))
+            {
+                continue ;
+            }
+            *new_rp++ = col ;
+            /* add new pivot row to column */
+            A [Col [col].start + (Col [col].length++)] = pivot_row ;
+
+            /* retrieve score so far and add on pivot row's degree. */
+            /* (we wait until here for this in case the pivot */
+            /* row's degree was reduced due to mass elimination). */
+            cur_score = Col [col].shared2.score + pivot_row_degree ;
+
+            /* calculate the max possible score as the number of */
+            /* external columns minus the 'k' value minus the */
+            /* columns thickness */
+            max_score = n_col - k - Col [col].shared1.thickness ;
+
+            /* make the score the external degree of the union-of-rows */
+            cur_score -= Col [col].shared1.thickness ;
+
+            /* make sure score is less or equal than the max score */
+            cur_score = MIN (cur_score, max_score) ;
+            ASSERT (cur_score >= 0) ;
+
+            /* store updated score */
+            Col [col].shared2.score = cur_score ;
+
+            /* === Place column back in degree list ========================= */
+
+            ASSERT (min_score >= 0) ;
+            ASSERT (min_score <= n_col) ;
+            ASSERT (cur_score >= 0) ;
+            ASSERT (cur_score <= n_col) ;
+            ASSERT (head [cur_score] >= EMPTY) ;
+            next_col = head [cur_score] ;
+            Col [col].shared4.degree_next = next_col ;
+            Col [col].shared3.prev = EMPTY ;
+            if (next_col != EMPTY)
+            {
+                Col [next_col].shared3.prev = col ;
+            }
+            head [cur_score] = col ;
+
+            /* see if this score is less than current min */
+            min_score = MIN (min_score, cur_score) ;
+
+        }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        debug_deg_lists (n_row, n_col, Row, Col, head,
+                min_score, n_col2-k, max_deg) ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+        /* === Resurrect the new pivot row ================================== */
+
+        if (pivot_row_degree > 0)
+        {
+            /* update pivot row length to reflect any cols that were killed */
+            /* during super-col detection and mass elimination */
+            Row [pivot_row].start  = pivot_row_start ;
+            Row [pivot_row].length = (Int) (new_rp - &A[pivot_row_start]) ;
+            ASSERT (Row [pivot_row].length > 0) ;
+            Row [pivot_row].shared1.degree = pivot_row_degree ;
+            Row [pivot_row].shared2.mark = 0 ;
+            /* pivot row is no longer dead */
+
+            DEBUG1 (("Resurrect Pivot_row %d deg: %d\n",
+                        pivot_row, pivot_row_degree)) ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* === All principal columns have now been ordered ====================== */
+
+    return (ngarbage) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === order_children ======================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    The find_ordering routine has ordered all of the principal columns (the
+    representatives of the supercolumns).  The non-principal columns have not
+    yet been ordered.  This routine orders those columns by walking up the
+    parent tree (a column is a child of the column which absorbed it).  The
+    final permutation vector is then placed in p [0 ... n_col-1], with p [0]
+    being the first column, and p [n_col-1] being the last.  It doesn't look
+    like it at first glance, but be assured that this routine takes time linear
+    in the number of columns.  Although not immediately obvious, the time
+    taken by this routine is O (n_col), that is, linear in the number of
+    columns.  Not user-callable.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void order_children
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_col,                  /* number of columns of A */
+    Colamd_Col Col [],          /* of size n_col+1 */
+    Int p []                    /* p [0 ... n_col-1] is the column permutation*/
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int i ;                     /* loop counter for all columns */
+    Int c ;                     /* column index */
+    Int parent ;                /* index of column's parent */
+    Int order ;                 /* column's order */
+
+    /* === Order each non-principal column ================================== */
+
+    for (i = 0 ; i < n_col ; i++)
+    {
+        /* find an un-ordered non-principal column */
+        ASSERT (COL_IS_DEAD (i)) ;
+        if (!COL_IS_DEAD_PRINCIPAL (i) && Col [i].shared2.order == EMPTY)
+        {
+            parent = i ;
+            /* once found, find its principal parent */
+            do
+            {
+                parent = Col [parent].shared1.parent ;
+            } while (!COL_IS_DEAD_PRINCIPAL (parent)) ;
+
+            /* now, order all un-ordered non-principal columns along path */
+            /* to this parent.  collapse tree at the same time */
+            c = i ;
+            /* get order of parent */
+            order = Col [parent].shared2.order ;
+
+            do
+            {
+                ASSERT (Col [c].shared2.order == EMPTY) ;
+
+                /* order this column */
+                Col [c].shared2.order = order++ ;
+                /* collaps tree */
+                Col [c].shared1.parent = parent ;
+
+                /* get immediate parent of this column */
+                c = Col [c].shared1.parent ;
+
+                /* continue until we hit an ordered column.  There are */
+                /* guarranteed not to be anymore unordered columns */
+                /* above an ordered column */
+            } while (Col [c].shared2.order == EMPTY) ;
+
+            /* re-order the super_col parent to largest order for this group */
+            Col [parent].shared2.order = order ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* === Generate the permutation ========================================= */
+
+    for (c = 0 ; c < n_col ; c++)
+    {
+        p [Col [c].shared2.order] = c ;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === detect_super_cols ==================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Detects supercolumns by finding matches between columns in the hash buckets.
+    Check amongst columns in the set A [row_start ... row_start + row_length-1].
+    The columns under consideration are currently *not* in the degree lists,
+    and have already been placed in the hash buckets.
+
+    The hash bucket for columns whose hash function is equal to h is stored
+    as follows:
+
+        if head [h] is >= 0, then head [h] contains a degree list, so:
+
+                head [h] is the first column in degree bucket h.
+                Col [head [h]].headhash gives the first column in hash bucket h.
+
+        otherwise, the degree list is empty, and:
+
+                -(head [h] + 2) is the first column in hash bucket h.
+
+    For a column c in a hash bucket, Col [c].shared3.prev is NOT a "previous
+    column" pointer.  Col [c].shared3.hash is used instead as the hash number
+    for that column.  The value of Col [c].shared4.hash_next is the next column
+    in the same hash bucket.
+
+    Assuming no, or "few" hash collisions, the time taken by this routine is
+    linear in the sum of the sizes (lengths) of each column whose score has
+    just been computed in the approximate degree computation.
+    Not user-callable.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void detect_super_cols
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    /* these two parameters are only needed when debugging is enabled: */
+    Int n_col,                  /* number of columns of A */
+    Colamd_Row Row [],          /* of size n_row+1 */
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    Colamd_Col Col [],          /* of size n_col+1 */
+    Int A [],                   /* row indices of A */
+    Int head [],                /* head of degree lists and hash buckets */
+    Int row_start,              /* pointer to set of columns to check */
+    Int row_length              /* number of columns to check */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int hash ;                  /* hash value for a column */
+    Int *rp ;                   /* pointer to a row */
+    Int c ;                     /* a column index */
+    Int super_c ;               /* column index of the column to absorb into */
+    Int *cp1 ;                  /* column pointer for column super_c */
+    Int *cp2 ;                  /* column pointer for column c */
+    Int length ;                /* length of column super_c */
+    Int prev_c ;                /* column preceding c in hash bucket */
+    Int i ;                     /* loop counter */
+    Int *rp_end ;               /* pointer to the end of the row */
+    Int col ;                   /* a column index in the row to check */
+    Int head_column ;           /* first column in hash bucket or degree list */
+    Int first_col ;             /* first column in hash bucket */
+
+    /* === Consider each column in the row ================================== */
+
+    rp = &A [row_start] ;
+    rp_end = rp + row_length ;
+    while (rp < rp_end)
+    {
+        col = *rp++ ;
+        if (COL_IS_DEAD (col))
+        {
+            continue ;
+        }
+
+        /* get hash number for this column */
+        hash = Col [col].shared3.hash ;
+        ASSERT (hash <= n_col) ;
+
+        /* === Get the first column in this hash bucket ===================== */
+
+        head_column = head [hash] ;
+        if (head_column > EMPTY)
+        {
+            first_col = Col [head_column].shared3.headhash ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            first_col = - (head_column + 2) ;
+        }
+
+        /* === Consider each column in the hash bucket ====================== */
+
+        for (super_c = first_col ; super_c != EMPTY ;
+            super_c = Col [super_c].shared4.hash_next)
+        {
+            ASSERT (COL_IS_ALIVE (super_c)) ;
+            ASSERT (Col [super_c].shared3.hash == hash) ;
+            length = Col [super_c].length ;
+
+            /* prev_c is the column preceding column c in the hash bucket */
+            prev_c = super_c ;
+
+            /* === Compare super_c with all columns after it ================ */
+
+            for (c = Col [super_c].shared4.hash_next ;
+                 c != EMPTY ; c = Col [c].shared4.hash_next)
+            {
+                ASSERT (c != super_c) ;
+                ASSERT (COL_IS_ALIVE (c)) ;
+                ASSERT (Col [c].shared3.hash == hash) ;
+
+                /* not identical if lengths or scores are different */
+                if (Col [c].length != length ||
+                    Col [c].shared2.score != Col [super_c].shared2.score)
+                {
+                    prev_c = c ;
+                    continue ;
+                }
+
+                /* compare the two columns */
+                cp1 = &A [Col [super_c].start] ;
+                cp2 = &A [Col [c].start] ;
+
+                for (i = 0 ; i < length ; i++)
+                {
+                    /* the columns are "clean" (no dead rows) */
+                    ASSERT (ROW_IS_ALIVE (*cp1))  ;
+                    ASSERT (ROW_IS_ALIVE (*cp2))  ;
+                    /* row indices will same order for both supercols, */
+                    /* no gather scatter nessasary */
+                    if (*cp1++ != *cp2++)
+                    {
+                        break ;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                /* the two columns are different if the for-loop "broke" */
+                if (i != length)
+                {
+                    prev_c = c ;
+                    continue ;
+                }
+
+                /* === Got it!  two columns are identical =================== */
+
+                ASSERT (Col [c].shared2.score == Col [super_c].shared2.score) ;
+
+                Col [super_c].shared1.thickness += Col [c].shared1.thickness ;
+                Col [c].shared1.parent = super_c ;
+                KILL_NON_PRINCIPAL_COL (c) ;
+                /* order c later, in order_children() */
+                Col [c].shared2.order = EMPTY ;
+                /* remove c from hash bucket */
+                Col [prev_c].shared4.hash_next = Col [c].shared4.hash_next ;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* === Empty this hash bucket ======================================= */
+
+        if (head_column > EMPTY)
+        {
+            /* corresponding degree list "hash" is not empty */
+            Col [head_column].shared3.headhash = EMPTY ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* corresponding degree list "hash" is empty */
+            head [hash] = EMPTY ;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === garbage_collection =================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Defragments and compacts columns and rows in the workspace A.  Used when
+    all avaliable memory has been used while performing row merging.  Returns
+    the index of the first free position in A, after garbage collection.  The
+    time taken by this routine is linear is the size of the array A, which is
+    itself linear in the number of nonzeros in the input matrix.
+    Not user-callable.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE Int garbage_collection  /* returns the new value of pfree */
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,                  /* number of rows */
+    Int n_col,                  /* number of columns */
+    Colamd_Row Row [],          /* row info */
+    Colamd_Col Col [],          /* column info */
+    Int A [],                   /* A [0 ... Alen-1] holds the matrix */
+    Int *pfree                  /* &A [0] ... pfree is in use */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int *psrc ;                 /* source pointer */
+    Int *pdest ;                /* destination pointer */
+    Int j ;                     /* counter */
+    Int r ;                     /* a row index */
+    Int c ;                     /* a column index */
+    Int length ;                /* length of a row or column */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    Int debug_rows ;
+    DEBUG2 (("Defrag..\n")) ;
+    for (psrc = &A[0] ; psrc < pfree ; psrc++) ASSERT (*psrc >= 0) ;
+    debug_rows = 0 ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+    /* === Defragment the columns =========================================== */
+
+    pdest = &A[0] ;
+    for (c = 0 ; c < n_col ; c++)
+    {
+        if (COL_IS_ALIVE (c))
+        {
+            psrc = &A [Col [c].start] ;
+
+            /* move and compact the column */
+            ASSERT (pdest <= psrc) ;
+            Col [c].start = (Int) (pdest - &A [0]) ;
+            length = Col [c].length ;
+            for (j = 0 ; j < length ; j++)
+            {
+                r = *psrc++ ;
+                if (ROW_IS_ALIVE (r))
+                {
+                    *pdest++ = r ;
+                }
+            }
+            Col [c].length = (Int) (pdest - &A [Col [c].start]) ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* === Prepare to defragment the rows =================================== */
+
+    for (r = 0 ; r < n_row ; r++)
+    {
+        if (ROW_IS_DEAD (r) || (Row [r].length == 0))
+        {
+            /* This row is already dead, or is of zero length.  Cannot compact
+             * a row of zero length, so kill it.  NOTE: in the current version,
+             * there are no zero-length live rows.  Kill the row (for the first
+             * time, or again) just to be safe. */
+            KILL_ROW (r) ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* save first column index in Row [r].shared2.first_column */
+            psrc = &A [Row [r].start] ;
+            Row [r].shared2.first_column = *psrc ;
+            ASSERT (ROW_IS_ALIVE (r)) ;
+            /* flag the start of the row with the one's complement of row */
+            *psrc = ONES_COMPLEMENT (r) ;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            debug_rows++ ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* === Defragment the rows ============================================== */
+
+    psrc = pdest ;
+    while (psrc < pfree)
+    {
+        /* find a negative number ... the start of a row */
+        if (*psrc++ < 0)
+        {
+            psrc-- ;
+            /* get the row index */
+            r = ONES_COMPLEMENT (*psrc) ;
+            ASSERT (r >= 0 && r < n_row) ;
+            /* restore first column index */
+            *psrc = Row [r].shared2.first_column ;
+            ASSERT (ROW_IS_ALIVE (r)) ;
+            ASSERT (Row [r].length > 0) ;
+            /* move and compact the row */
+            ASSERT (pdest <= psrc) ;
+            Row [r].start = (Int) (pdest - &A [0]) ;
+            length = Row [r].length ;
+            for (j = 0 ; j < length ; j++)
+            {
+                c = *psrc++ ;
+                if (COL_IS_ALIVE (c))
+                {
+                    *pdest++ = c ;
+                }
+            }
+            Row [r].length = (Int) (pdest - &A [Row [r].start]) ;
+            ASSERT (Row [r].length > 0) ;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            debug_rows-- ;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+        }
+    }
+    /* ensure we found all the rows */
+    ASSERT (debug_rows == 0) ;
+
+    /* === Return the new value of pfree ==================================== */
+
+    return ((Int) (pdest - &A [0])) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === clear_mark =========================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Clears the Row [].shared2.mark array, and returns the new tag_mark.
+    Return value is the new tag_mark.  Not user-callable.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE Int clear_mark  /* return the new value for tag_mark */
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int tag_mark,       /* new value of tag_mark */
+    Int max_mark,       /* max allowed value of tag_mark */
+
+    Int n_row,          /* number of rows in A */
+    Colamd_Row Row []   /* Row [0 ... n_row-1].shared2.mark is set to zero */
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int r ;
+
+    if (tag_mark <= 0 || tag_mark >= max_mark)
+    {
+        for (r = 0 ; r < n_row ; r++)
+        {
+            if (ROW_IS_ALIVE (r))
+            {
+                Row [r].shared2.mark = 0 ;
+            }
+        }
+        tag_mark = 1 ;
+    }
+
+    return (tag_mark) ;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === print_report ========================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+PRIVATE void print_report
+(
+    char *method,
+    Int stats [COLAMD_STATS]
+)
+{
+
+    Int i1, i2, i3 ;
+
+    PRINTF (("\n%s version %d.%d, %s: ", method,
+            COLAMD_MAIN_VERSION, COLAMD_SUB_VERSION, COLAMD_DATE)) ;
+
+    if (!stats)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("No statistics available.\n")) ;
+        return ;
+    }
+
+    i1 = stats [COLAMD_INFO1] ;
+    i2 = stats [COLAMD_INFO2] ;
+    i3 = stats [COLAMD_INFO3] ;
+
+    if (stats [COLAMD_STATUS] >= 0)
+    {
+        PRINTF (("OK.  ")) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PRINTF (("ERROR.  ")) ;
+    }
+
+    switch (stats [COLAMD_STATUS])
+    {
+
+        case COLAMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED:
+
+            PRINTF(("Matrix has unsorted or duplicate row indices.\n")) ;
+
+            PRINTF(("%s: number of duplicate or out-of-order row indices: %d\n",
+            method, i3)) ;
+
+            PRINTF(("%s: last seen duplicate or out-of-order row index:   %d\n",
+            method, INDEX (i2))) ;
+
+            PRINTF(("%s: last seen in column:                             %d",
+            method, INDEX (i1))) ;
+
+            /* no break - fall through to next case instead */
+
+        case COLAMD_OK:
+
+            PRINTF(("\n")) ;
+
+            PRINTF(("%s: number of dense or empty rows ignored:           %d\n",
+            method, stats [COLAMD_DENSE_ROW])) ;
+
+            PRINTF(("%s: number of dense or empty columns ignored:        %d\n",
+            method, stats [COLAMD_DENSE_COL])) ;
+
+            PRINTF(("%s: number of garbage collections performed:         %d\n",
+            method, stats [COLAMD_DEFRAG_COUNT])) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_A_not_present:
+
+            PRINTF(("Array A (row indices of matrix) not present.\n")) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_p_not_present:
+
+            PRINTF(("Array p (column pointers for matrix) not present.\n")) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_nrow_negative:
+
+            PRINTF(("Invalid number of rows (%d).\n", i1)) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_ncol_negative:
+
+            PRINTF(("Invalid number of columns (%d).\n", i1)) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_nnz_negative:
+
+            PRINTF(("Invalid number of nonzero entries (%d).\n", i1)) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_p0_nonzero:
+
+            PRINTF(("Invalid column pointer, p [0] = %d, must be zero.\n", i1));
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_A_too_small:
+
+            PRINTF(("Array A too small.\n")) ;
+            PRINTF(("        Need Alen >= %d, but given only Alen = %d.\n",
+            i1, i2)) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_col_length_negative:
+
+            PRINTF
+            (("Column %d has a negative number of nonzero entries (%d).\n",
+            INDEX (i1), i2)) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_row_index_out_of_bounds:
+
+            PRINTF
+            (("Row index (row %d) out of bounds (%d to %d) in column %d.\n",
+            INDEX (i2), INDEX (0), INDEX (i3-1), INDEX (i1))) ;
+            break ;
+
+        case COLAMD_ERROR_out_of_memory:
+
+            PRINTF(("Out of memory.\n")) ;
+            break ;
+
+        /* v2.4: internal-error case deleted */
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === colamd debugging routines ============================================ */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/* When debugging is disabled, the remainder of this file is ignored. */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === debug_structures ===================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    At this point, all empty rows and columns are dead.  All live columns
+    are "clean" (containing no dead rows) and simplicial (no supercolumns
+    yet).  Rows may contain dead columns, but all live rows contain at
+    least one live column.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void debug_structures
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A [],
+    Int n_col2
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int i ;
+    Int c ;
+    Int *cp ;
+    Int *cp_end ;
+    Int len ;
+    Int score ;
+    Int r ;
+    Int *rp ;
+    Int *rp_end ;
+    Int deg ;
+
+    /* === Check A, Row, and Col ============================================ */
+
+    for (c = 0 ; c < n_col ; c++)
+    {
+        if (COL_IS_ALIVE (c))
+        {
+            len = Col [c].length ;
+            score = Col [c].shared2.score ;
+            DEBUG4 (("initial live col %5d %5d %5d\n", c, len, score)) ;
+            ASSERT (len > 0) ;
+            ASSERT (score >= 0) ;
+            ASSERT (Col [c].shared1.thickness == 1) ;
+            cp = &A [Col [c].start] ;
+            cp_end = cp + len ;
+            while (cp < cp_end)
+            {
+                r = *cp++ ;
+                ASSERT (ROW_IS_ALIVE (r)) ;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            i = Col [c].shared2.order ;
+            ASSERT (i >= n_col2 && i < n_col) ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (r = 0 ; r < n_row ; r++)
+    {
+        if (ROW_IS_ALIVE (r))
+        {
+            i = 0 ;
+            len = Row [r].length ;
+            deg = Row [r].shared1.degree ;
+            ASSERT (len > 0) ;
+            ASSERT (deg > 0) ;
+            rp = &A [Row [r].start] ;
+            rp_end = rp + len ;
+            while (rp < rp_end)
+            {
+                c = *rp++ ;
+                if (COL_IS_ALIVE (c))
+                {
+                    i++ ;
+                }
+            }
+            ASSERT (i > 0) ;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === debug_deg_lists ====================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Prints the contents of the degree lists.  Counts the number of columns
+    in the degree list and compares it to the total it should have.  Also
+    checks the row degrees.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void debug_deg_lists
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int head [],
+    Int min_score,
+    Int should,
+    Int max_deg
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int deg ;
+    Int col ;
+    Int have ;
+    Int row ;
+
+    /* === Check the degree lists =========================================== */
+
+    if (n_col > 10000 && colamd_debug <= 0)
+    {
+        return ;
+    }
+    have = 0 ;
+    DEBUG4 (("Degree lists: %d\n", min_score)) ;
+    for (deg = 0 ; deg <= n_col ; deg++)
+    {
+        col = head [deg] ;
+        if (col == EMPTY)
+        {
+            continue ;
+        }
+        DEBUG4 (("%d:", deg)) ;
+        while (col != EMPTY)
+        {
+            DEBUG4 ((" %d", col)) ;
+            have += Col [col].shared1.thickness ;
+            ASSERT (COL_IS_ALIVE (col)) ;
+            col = Col [col].shared4.degree_next ;
+        }
+        DEBUG4 (("\n")) ;
+    }
+    DEBUG4 (("should %d have %d\n", should, have)) ;
+    ASSERT (should == have) ;
+
+    /* === Check the row degrees ============================================ */
+
+    if (n_row > 10000 && colamd_debug <= 0)
+    {
+        return ;
+    }
+    for (row = 0 ; row < n_row ; row++)
+    {
+        if (ROW_IS_ALIVE (row))
+        {
+            ASSERT (Row [row].shared1.degree <= max_deg) ;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === debug_mark =========================================================== */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Ensures that the tag_mark is less that the maximum and also ensures that
+    each entry in the mark array is less than the tag mark.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void debug_mark
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Int tag_mark,
+    Int max_mark
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int r ;
+
+    /* === Check the Row marks ============================================== */
+
+    ASSERT (tag_mark > 0 && tag_mark <= max_mark) ;
+    if (n_row > 10000 && colamd_debug <= 0)
+    {
+        return ;
+    }
+    for (r = 0 ; r < n_row ; r++)
+    {
+        ASSERT (Row [r].shared2.mark < tag_mark) ;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================== */
+/* === debug_matrix ========================================================= */
+/* ========================================================================== */
+
+/*
+    Prints out the contents of the columns and the rows.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void debug_matrix
+(
+    /* === Parameters ======================================================= */
+
+    Int n_row,
+    Int n_col,
+    Colamd_Row Row [],
+    Colamd_Col Col [],
+    Int A []
+)
+{
+    /* === Local variables ================================================== */
+
+    Int r ;
+    Int c ;
+    Int *rp ;
+    Int *rp_end ;
+    Int *cp ;
+    Int *cp_end ;
+
+    /* === Dump the rows and columns of the matrix ========================== */
+
+    if (colamd_debug < 3)
+    {
+        return ;
+    }
+    DEBUG3 (("DUMP MATRIX:\n")) ;
+    for (r = 0 ; r < n_row ; r++)
+    {
+        DEBUG3 (("Row %d alive? %d\n", r, ROW_IS_ALIVE (r))) ;
+        if (ROW_IS_DEAD (r))
+        {
+            continue ;
+        }
+        DEBUG3 (("start %d length %d degree %d\n",
+                Row [r].start, Row [r].length, Row [r].shared1.degree)) ;
+        rp = &A [Row [r].start] ;
+        rp_end = rp + Row [r].length ;
+        while (rp < rp_end)
+        {
+            c = *rp++ ;
+            DEBUG4 (("  %d col %d\n", COL_IS_ALIVE (c), c)) ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (c = 0 ; c < n_col ; c++)
+    {
+        DEBUG3 (("Col %d alive? %d\n", c, COL_IS_ALIVE (c))) ;
+        if (COL_IS_DEAD (c))
+        {
+            continue ;
+        }
+        DEBUG3 (("start %d length %d shared1 %d shared2 %d\n",
+                Col [c].start, Col [c].length,
+                Col [c].shared1.thickness, Col [c].shared2.score)) ;
+        cp = &A [Col [c].start] ;
+        cp_end = cp + Col [c].length ;
+        while (cp < cp_end)
+        {
+            r = *cp++ ;
+            DEBUG4 (("  %d row %d\n", ROW_IS_ALIVE (r), r)) ;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+PRIVATE void colamd_get_debug
+(
+    char *method
+)
+{
+    FILE *f ;
+    colamd_debug = 0 ;          /* no debug printing */
+    f = fopen ("debug", "r") ;
+    if (f == (FILE *) NULL)
+    {
+        colamd_debug = 0 ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        fscanf (f, "%d", &colamd_debug) ;
+        fclose (f) ;
+    }
+    DEBUG0 (("%s: debug version, D = %d (THIS WILL BE SLOW!)\n",
+        method, colamd_debug)) ;
+}
+
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/colamd.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/colamd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..511735e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/colamd/colamd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* colamd.h */
+
+/* Written by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>. */
+
+#ifndef COLAMD_H
+#define COLAMD_H
+
+#define _GLPSTD_STDIO
+#include "env.h"
+
+#define COLAMD_DATE "Nov 1, 2007"
+#define COLAMD_VERSION_CODE(main, sub) ((main) * 1000 + (sub))
+#define COLAMD_MAIN_VERSION 2
+#define COLAMD_SUB_VERSION 7
+#define COLAMD_SUBSUB_VERSION 1
+#define COLAMD_VERSION \
+        COLAMD_VERSION_CODE(COLAMD_MAIN_VERSION, COLAMD_SUB_VERSION)
+
+#define COLAMD_KNOBS 20
+#define COLAMD_STATS 20
+#define COLAMD_DENSE_ROW 0
+#define COLAMD_DENSE_COL 1
+#define COLAMD_AGGRESSIVE 2
+#define COLAMD_DEFRAG_COUNT 2
+#define COLAMD_STATUS 3
+#define COLAMD_INFO1 4
+#define COLAMD_INFO2 5
+#define COLAMD_INFO3 6
+
+#define COLAMD_OK                            (0)
+#define COLAMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED                (1)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_A_not_present           (-1)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_p_not_present           (-2)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_nrow_negative           (-3)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_ncol_negative           (-4)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_nnz_negative            (-5)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_p0_nonzero              (-6)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_A_too_small             (-7)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_col_length_negative     (-8)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_row_index_out_of_bounds (-9)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_out_of_memory           (-10)
+#define COLAMD_ERROR_internal_error          (-999)
+
+#define colamd_recommended _glp_colamd_recommended
+size_t colamd_recommended(int nnz, int n_row, int n_col);
+
+#define colamd_set_defaults _glp_colamd_set_defaults
+void colamd_set_defaults(double knobs [COLAMD_KNOBS]);
+
+#define colamd _glp_colamd
+int colamd(int n_row, int n_col, int Alen, int A[], int p[],
+      double knobs[COLAMD_KNOBS], int stats[COLAMD_STATS]);
+
+#define symamd _glp_symamd
+int symamd(int n, int A[], int p[], int perm[],
+      double knobs[COLAMD_KNOBS], int stats[COLAMD_STATS],
+      void *(*allocate)(size_t, size_t), void(*release)(void *));
+
+#define colamd_report _glp_colamd_report
+void colamd_report(int stats[COLAMD_STATS]);
+
+#define symamd_report _glp_symamd_report
+void symamd_report(int stats[COLAMD_STATS]);
+
+#define colamd_printf xprintf
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfd.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dece376c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* bfd.c (LP basis factorization driver) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2007, 2014 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "fhvint.h"
+#include "scfint.h"
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+#include "glpspm.h"
+#endif
+
+struct BFD
+{     /* LP basis factorization driver */
+      int valid;
+      /* factorization is valid only if this flag is set */
+      int type;
+      /* type of factorization used:
+         0 - interface not established yet
+         1 - FHV-factorization
+         2 - Schur-complement-based factorization */
+      union
+      {  void *none;   /* type = 0 */
+         FHVINT *fhvi; /* type = 1 */
+         SCFINT *scfi; /* type = 2 */
+      }  u;
+      /* interface to factorization of LP basis */
+      glp_bfcp parm;
+      /* factorization control parameters */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      SPM *B;
+      /* current basis (for testing/debugging only) */
+#endif
+      int upd_cnt;
+      /* factorization update count */
+#if 1 /* 21/IV-2014 */
+      double b_norm;
+      /* 1-norm of matrix B */
+      double i_norm;
+      /* estimated 1-norm of matrix inv(B) */
+#endif
+};
+
+BFD *bfd_create_it(void)
+{     /* create LP basis factorization */
+      BFD *bfd;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      xprintf("bfd_create_it: warning: debugging version used\n");
+#endif
+      bfd = talloc(1, BFD);
+      bfd->valid = 0;
+      bfd->type = 0;
+      bfd->u.none = NULL;
+      bfd_set_bfcp(bfd, NULL);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      bfd->B = NULL;
+#endif
+      bfd->upd_cnt = 0;
+      return bfd;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+void bfd_set_parm(BFD *bfd, const void *parm)
+{     /* change LP basis factorization control parameters */
+      memcpy(&bfd->parm, parm, sizeof(glp_bfcp));
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+void bfd_get_bfcp(BFD *bfd, void /* glp_bfcp */ *parm)
+{     /* retrieve LP basis factorization control parameters */
+      memcpy(parm, &bfd->parm, sizeof(glp_bfcp));
+      return;
+}
+
+void bfd_set_bfcp(BFD *bfd, const void /* glp_bfcp */ *parm)
+{     /* change LP basis factorization control parameters */
+      if (parm == NULL)
+      {  /* reset to default */
+         memset(&bfd->parm, 0, sizeof(glp_bfcp));
+         bfd->parm.type = GLP_BF_LUF + GLP_BF_FT;
+         bfd->parm.piv_tol = 0.10;
+         bfd->parm.piv_lim = 4;
+         bfd->parm.suhl = 1;
+         bfd->parm.eps_tol = DBL_EPSILON;
+         bfd->parm.nfs_max = 100;
+         bfd->parm.nrs_max = 70;
+      }
+      else
+         memcpy(&bfd->parm, parm, sizeof(glp_bfcp));
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 21/IV-2014 */
+struct bfd_info
+{     BFD *bfd;
+      int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[], double val[]);
+      void *info;
+};
+
+static int bfd_col(void *info_, int j, int ind[], double val[])
+{     struct bfd_info *info = info_;
+      int t, len;
+      double sum;
+      len = info->col(info->info, j, ind, val);
+      sum = 0.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  if (val[t] >= 0.0)
+            sum += val[t];
+         else
+            sum -= val[t];
+      }
+      if (info->bfd->b_norm < sum)
+         info->bfd->b_norm = sum;
+      return len;
+}
+#endif
+
+int bfd_factorize(BFD *bfd, int m, /*const int bh[],*/ int (*col1)
+      (void *info, int j, int ind[], double val[]), void *info1)
+{     /* compute LP basis factorization */
+#if 1 /* 21/IV-2014 */
+      struct bfd_info info;
+#endif
+      int type, ret;
+      /*xassert(bh == bh);*/
+      /* invalidate current factorization */
+      bfd->valid = 0;
+      /* determine required factorization type */
+      switch (bfd->parm.type)
+      {  case GLP_BF_LUF + GLP_BF_FT:
+            type = 1;
+            break;
+         case GLP_BF_LUF + GLP_BF_BG:
+         case GLP_BF_LUF + GLP_BF_GR:
+         case GLP_BF_BTF + GLP_BF_BG:
+         case GLP_BF_BTF + GLP_BF_GR:
+            type = 2;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+      /* delete factorization interface, if necessary */
+      switch (bfd->type)
+      {  case 0:
+            break;
+         case 1:
+            if (type != 1)
+            {  bfd->type = 0;
+               fhvint_delete(bfd->u.fhvi);
+               bfd->u.fhvi = NULL;
+            }
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            if (type != 2)
+            {  bfd->type = 0;
+               scfint_delete(bfd->u.scfi);
+               bfd->u.scfi = NULL;
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+      /* establish factorization interface, if necessary */
+      if (bfd->type == 0)
+      {  switch (type)
+         {  case 1:
+               bfd->type = 1;
+               xassert(bfd->u.fhvi == NULL);
+               bfd->u.fhvi = fhvint_create();
+               break;
+            case 2:
+               bfd->type = 2;
+               xassert(bfd->u.scfi == NULL);
+               if (!(bfd->parm.type & GLP_BF_BTF))
+                  bfd->u.scfi = scfint_create(1);
+               else
+                  bfd->u.scfi = scfint_create(2);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(type != type);
+         }
+      }
+      /* try to compute factorization */
+#if 1 /* 21/IV-2014 */
+      bfd->b_norm = bfd->i_norm = 0.0;
+      info.bfd = bfd;
+      info.col = col1;
+      info.info = info1;
+#endif
+      switch (bfd->type)
+      {  case 1:
+            bfd->u.fhvi->lufi->sgf_piv_tol = bfd->parm.piv_tol;
+            bfd->u.fhvi->lufi->sgf_piv_lim = bfd->parm.piv_lim;
+            bfd->u.fhvi->lufi->sgf_suhl = bfd->parm.suhl;
+            bfd->u.fhvi->lufi->sgf_eps_tol = bfd->parm.eps_tol;
+            bfd->u.fhvi->nfs_max = bfd->parm.nfs_max;
+            ret = fhvint_factorize(bfd->u.fhvi, m, bfd_col, &info);
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+            if (ret == 0)
+               bfd->i_norm = fhvint_estimate(bfd->u.fhvi);
+            else
+               ret = BFD_ESING;
+#endif
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            if (bfd->u.scfi->scf.type == 1)
+            {  bfd->u.scfi->u.lufi->sgf_piv_tol = bfd->parm.piv_tol;
+               bfd->u.scfi->u.lufi->sgf_piv_lim = bfd->parm.piv_lim;
+               bfd->u.scfi->u.lufi->sgf_suhl = bfd->parm.suhl;
+               bfd->u.scfi->u.lufi->sgf_eps_tol = bfd->parm.eps_tol;
+            }
+            else if (bfd->u.scfi->scf.type == 2)
+            {  bfd->u.scfi->u.btfi->sgf_piv_tol = bfd->parm.piv_tol;
+               bfd->u.scfi->u.btfi->sgf_piv_lim = bfd->parm.piv_lim;
+               bfd->u.scfi->u.btfi->sgf_suhl = bfd->parm.suhl;
+               bfd->u.scfi->u.btfi->sgf_eps_tol = bfd->parm.eps_tol;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(bfd != bfd);
+            bfd->u.scfi->nn_max = bfd->parm.nrs_max;
+            ret = scfint_factorize(bfd->u.scfi, m, bfd_col, &info);
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+            if (ret == 0)
+               bfd->i_norm = scfint_estimate(bfd->u.scfi);
+            else
+               ret = BFD_ESING;
+#endif
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      /* save specified LP basis */
+      if (bfd->B != NULL)
+         spm_delete_mat(bfd->B);
+      bfd->B = spm_create_mat(m, m);
+      {  int *ind = talloc(1+m, int);
+         double *val = talloc(1+m, double);
+         int j, k, len;
+         for (j = 1; j <= m; j++)
+         {  len = col(info, j, ind, val);
+            for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+               spm_new_elem(bfd->B, ind[k], j, val[k]);
+         }
+         tfree(ind);
+         tfree(val);
+      }
+#endif
+      if (ret == 0)
+      {  /* factorization has been successfully computed */
+         double cond;
+         bfd->valid = 1;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+         cond = bfd_condest(bfd);
+         if (cond > 1e9)
+            xprintf("bfd_factorize: warning: cond(B) = %g\n", cond);
+#endif
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      xprintf("bfd_factorize: m = %d; ret = %d\n", m, ret);
+#endif
+      bfd->upd_cnt = 0;
+      return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* 21/IV-2014 */
+double bfd_estimate(BFD *bfd)
+{     /* estimate 1-norm of inv(B) */
+      double norm;
+      xassert(bfd->valid);
+      xassert(bfd->upd_cnt == 0);
+      switch (bfd->type)
+      {  case 1:
+            norm = fhvint_estimate(bfd->u.fhvi);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            norm = scfint_estimate(bfd->u.scfi);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+      return norm;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 21/IV-2014 */
+double bfd_condest(BFD *bfd)
+{     /* estimate condition of B */
+      double cond;
+      xassert(bfd->valid);
+      /*xassert(bfd->upd_cnt == 0);*/
+      cond = bfd->b_norm * bfd->i_norm;
+      if (cond < 1.0)
+         cond = 1.0;
+      return cond;
+}
+#endif
+
+void bfd_ftran(BFD *bfd, double x[])
+{     /* perform forward transformation (solve system B * x = b) */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      SPM *B = bfd->B;
+      int m = B->m;
+      double *b = talloc(1+m, double);
+      SPME *e;
+      int k;
+      double s, relerr, maxerr;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m; k++)
+         b[k] = x[k];
+#endif
+      xassert(bfd->valid);
+      switch (bfd->type)
+      {  case 1:
+            fhvint_ftran(bfd->u.fhvi, x);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            scfint_ftran(bfd->u.scfi, x);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      maxerr = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m; k++)
+      {  s = 0.0;
+         for (e = B->row[k]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            s += e->val * x[e->j];
+         relerr = (b[k] - s) / (1.0 + fabs(b[k]));
+         if (maxerr < relerr)
+            maxerr = relerr;
+      }
+      if (maxerr > 1e-8)
+         xprintf("bfd_ftran: maxerr = %g; relative error too large\n",
+            maxerr);
+      tfree(b);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+void bfd_ftran_s(BFD *bfd, FVS *x)
+{     /* sparse version of bfd_ftran */
+      /* (sparse mode is not implemented yet) */
+      int n = x->n;
+      int *ind = x->ind;
+      double *vec = x->vec;
+      int j, nnz = 0;
+      bfd_ftran(bfd, vec);
+      for (j = n; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  if (vec[j] != 0.0)
+            ind[++nnz] = j;
+      }
+      x->nnz = nnz;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+void bfd_btran(BFD *bfd, double x[])
+{     /* perform backward transformation (solve system B'* x = b) */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      SPM *B = bfd->B;
+      int m = B->m;
+      double *b = talloc(1+m, double);
+      SPME *e;
+      int k;
+      double s, relerr, maxerr;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m; k++)
+         b[k] = x[k];
+#endif
+      xassert(bfd->valid);
+      switch (bfd->type)
+      {  case 1:
+            fhvint_btran(bfd->u.fhvi, x);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            scfint_btran(bfd->u.scfi, x);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      maxerr = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m; k++)
+      {  s = 0.0;
+         for (e = B->col[k]; e != NULL; e = e->c_next)
+            s += e->val * x[e->i];
+         relerr = (b[k] - s) / (1.0 + fabs(b[k]));
+         if (maxerr < relerr)
+            maxerr = relerr;
+      }
+      if (maxerr > 1e-8)
+         xprintf("bfd_btran: maxerr = %g; relative error too large\n",
+            maxerr);
+      tfree(b);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+void bfd_btran_s(BFD *bfd, FVS *x)
+{     /* sparse version of bfd_btran */
+      /* (sparse mode is not implemented yet) */
+      int n = x->n;
+      int *ind = x->ind;
+      double *vec = x->vec;
+      int j, nnz = 0;
+      bfd_btran(bfd, vec);
+      for (j = n; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  if (vec[j] != 0.0)
+            ind[++nnz] = j;
+      }
+      x->nnz = nnz;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+int bfd_update(BFD *bfd, int j, int len, const int ind[], const double
+      val[])
+{     /* update LP basis factorization */
+      int ret;
+      xassert(bfd->valid);
+      switch (bfd->type)
+      {  case 1:
+            ret = fhvint_update(bfd->u.fhvi, j, len, ind, val);
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+            switch (ret)
+            {  case 0:
+                  break;
+               case 1:
+                  ret = BFD_ESING;
+                  break;
+               case 2:
+               case 3:
+                  ret = BFD_ECOND;
+                  break;
+               case 4:
+                  ret = BFD_ELIMIT;
+                  break;
+               case 5:
+                  ret = BFD_ECHECK;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(ret != ret);
+            }
+#endif
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            switch (bfd->parm.type & 0x0F)
+            {  case GLP_BF_BG:
+                  ret = scfint_update(bfd->u.scfi, 1, j, len, ind, val);
+                  break;
+               case GLP_BF_GR:
+                  ret = scfint_update(bfd->u.scfi, 2, j, len, ind, val);
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(bfd != bfd);
+            }
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+            switch (ret)
+            {  case 0:
+                  break;
+               case 1:
+                  ret = BFD_ELIMIT;
+                  break;
+               case 2:
+                  ret = BFD_ECOND;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(ret != ret);
+            }
+#endif
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+      if (ret != 0)
+      {  /* updating factorization failed */
+         bfd->valid = 0;
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      /* save updated LP basis */
+      {  SPME *e;
+         int k;
+         for (e = bfd->B->col[j]; e != NULL; e = e->c_next)
+            e->val = 0.0;
+         spm_drop_zeros(bfd->B, 0.0);
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+            spm_new_elem(bfd->B, ind[k], j, val[k]);
+      }
+#endif
+      if (ret == 0)
+         bfd->upd_cnt++;
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int bfd_get_count(BFD *bfd)
+{     /* determine factorization update count */
+      return bfd->upd_cnt;
+}
+
+void bfd_delete_it(BFD *bfd)
+{     /* delete LP basis factorization */
+      switch (bfd->type)
+      {  case 0:
+            break;
+         case 1:
+            fhvint_delete(bfd->u.fhvi);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            scfint_delete(bfd->u.scfi);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(bfd != bfd);
+      }
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      if (bfd->B != NULL)
+         spm_delete_mat(bfd->B);
+#endif
+      tfree(bfd);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfd.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ef4c023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* bfd.h (LP basis factorization driver) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef BFD_H
+#define BFD_H
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+#include "fvs.h"
+#endif
+
+typedef struct BFD BFD;
+
+/* return codes: */
+#define BFD_ESING    1  /* singular matrix */
+#define BFD_ECOND    2  /* ill-conditioned matrix */
+#define BFD_ECHECK   3  /* insufficient accuracy */
+#define BFD_ELIMIT   4  /* update limit reached */
+#if 0 /* 05/III-2014 */
+#define BFD_EROOM    5  /* SVA overflow */
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_create_it _glp_bfd_create_it
+BFD *bfd_create_it(void);
+/* create LP basis factorization */
+
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+#define bfd_set_parm _glp_bfd_set_parm
+void bfd_set_parm(BFD *bfd, const void *parm);
+/* change LP basis factorization control parameters */
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_get_bfcp _glp_bfd_get_bfcp
+void bfd_get_bfcp(BFD *bfd, void /* glp_bfcp */ *parm);
+/* retrieve LP basis factorization control parameters */
+
+#define bfd_set_bfcp _glp_bfd_set_bfcp
+void bfd_set_bfcp(BFD *bfd, const void /* glp_bfcp */ *parm);
+/* change LP basis factorization control parameters */
+
+#define bfd_factorize _glp_bfd_factorize
+int bfd_factorize(BFD *bfd, int m, /*const int bh[],*/ int (*col)
+      (void *info, int j, int ind[], double val[]), void *info);
+/* compute LP basis factorization */
+
+#if 1 /* 21/IV-2014 */
+#define bfd_condest _glp_bfd_condest
+double bfd_condest(BFD *bfd);
+/* estimate condition of B */
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_ftran _glp_bfd_ftran
+void bfd_ftran(BFD *bfd, double x[]);
+/* perform forward transformation (solve system B*x = b) */
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+#define bfd_ftran_s _glp_bfd_ftran_s
+void bfd_ftran_s(BFD *bfd, FVS *x);
+/* sparse version of bfd_ftran */
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_btran _glp_bfd_btran
+void bfd_btran(BFD *bfd, double x[]);
+/* perform backward transformation (solve system B'*x = b) */
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+#define bfd_btran_s _glp_bfd_btran_s
+void bfd_btran_s(BFD *bfd, FVS *x);
+/* sparse version of bfd_btran */
+#endif
+
+#define bfd_update _glp_bfd_update
+int bfd_update(BFD *bfd, int j, int len, const int ind[], const double
+      val[]);
+/* update LP basis factorization */
+
+#define bfd_get_count _glp_bfd_get_count
+int bfd_get_count(BFD *bfd);
+/* determine factorization update count */
+
+#define bfd_delete_it _glp_bfd_delete_it
+void bfd_delete_it(BFD *bfd);
+/* delete LP basis factorization */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfx.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfx.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..565480b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* bfx.c (LP basis factorization driver, rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "bfx.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "lux.h"
+
+struct BFX
+{     int valid;
+      LUX *lux;
+};
+
+BFX *bfx_create_binv(void)
+{     /* create factorization of the basis matrix */
+      BFX *bfx;
+      bfx = xmalloc(sizeof(BFX));
+      bfx->valid = 0;
+      bfx->lux = NULL;
+      return bfx;
+}
+
+int bfx_factorize(BFX *binv, int m, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], mpq_t val[]), void *info)
+{     /* compute factorization of the basis matrix */
+      int ret;
+      xassert(m > 0);
+      if (binv->lux != NULL && binv->lux->n != m)
+      {  lux_delete(binv->lux);
+         binv->lux = NULL;
+      }
+      if (binv->lux == NULL)
+         binv->lux = lux_create(m);
+      ret = lux_decomp(binv->lux, col, info);
+      binv->valid = (ret == 0);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+void bfx_ftran(BFX *binv, mpq_t x[], int save)
+{     /* perform forward transformation (FTRAN) */
+      xassert(binv->valid);
+      lux_solve(binv->lux, 0, x);
+      xassert(save == save);
+      return;
+}
+
+void bfx_btran(BFX *binv, mpq_t x[])
+{     /* perform backward transformation (BTRAN) */
+      xassert(binv->valid);
+      lux_solve(binv->lux, 1, x);
+      return;
+}
+
+int bfx_update(BFX *binv, int j)
+{     /* update factorization of the basis matrix */
+      xassert(binv->valid);
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= binv->lux->n);
+      return 1;
+}
+
+void bfx_delete_binv(BFX *binv)
+{     /* delete factorization of the basis matrix */
+      if (binv->lux != NULL)
+         lux_delete(binv->lux);
+      xfree(binv);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfx.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfx.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c67d5ea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/bfx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* bfx.h (LP basis factorization driver, rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef BFX_H
+#define BFX_H
+
+#include "mygmp.h"
+
+typedef struct BFX BFX;
+
+#define bfx_create_binv _glp_bfx_create_binv
+BFX *bfx_create_binv(void);
+/* create factorization of the basis matrix */
+
+#define bfx_is_valid _glp_bfx_is_valid
+int bfx_is_valid(BFX *binv);
+/* check if factorization is valid */
+
+#define bfx_invalidate _glp_bfx_invalidate
+void bfx_invalidate(BFX *binv);
+/* invalidate factorization of the basis matrix */
+
+#define bfx_factorize _glp_bfx_factorize
+int bfx_factorize(BFX *binv, int m, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], mpq_t val[]), void *info);
+/* compute factorization of the basis matrix */
+
+#define bfx_ftran _glp_bfx_ftran
+void bfx_ftran(BFX *binv, mpq_t x[], int save);
+/* perform forward transformation (FTRAN) */
+
+#define bfx_btran _glp_bfx_btran
+void bfx_btran(BFX *binv, mpq_t x[]);
+/* perform backward transformation (BTRAN) */
+
+#define bfx_update _glp_bfx_update
+int bfx_update(BFX *binv, int j);
+/* update factorization of the basis matrix */
+
+#define bfx_delete_binv _glp_bfx_delete_binv
+void bfx_delete_binv(BFX *binv);
+/* delete factorization of the basis matrix */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/draft.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/draft.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cefd2124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/draft.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* draft.h */
+
+/* (reserved for copyright notice) */
+
+#ifndef DRAFT_H
+#define DRAFT_H
+
+#if 1 /* 28/III-2016 */
+#define GLP_UNDOC 1
+#endif
+#include "glpk.h"
+
+#if 1 /* 28/XI-2009 */
+int _glp_analyze_row(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int type, double rhs, double eps, int *_piv,
+      double *_x, double *_dx, double *_y, double *_dy, double *_dz);
+/* simulate one iteration of dual simplex method */
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi06.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi06.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a31e3968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi06.c
@@ -0,0 +1,860 @@
+/* glpapi06.c (simplex method routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+#if 0 /* 07/XI-2015 */
+#include "glpspx.h"
+#else
+#include "simplex.h"
+#define spx_dual spy_dual
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_simplex - solve LP problem with the simplex method
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_simplex(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_simplex is a driver to the LP solver based on the
+*  simplex method. This routine retrieves problem data from the
+*  specified problem object, calls the solver to solve the problem
+*  instance, and stores results of computations back into the problem
+*  object.
+*
+*  The simplex solver has a set of control parameters. Values of the
+*  control parameters can be passed in a structure glp_smcp, which the
+*  parameter parm points to.
+*
+*  The parameter parm can be specified as NULL, in which case the LP
+*  solver uses default settings.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The LP problem instance has been successfully solved. This code
+*     does not necessarily mean that the solver has found optimal
+*     solution. It only means that the solution process was successful.
+*
+*  GLP_EBADB
+*     Unable to start the search, because the initial basis specified
+*     in the problem object is invalid--the number of basic (auxiliary
+*     and structural) variables is not the same as the number of rows in
+*     the problem object.
+*
+*  GLP_ESING
+*     Unable to start the search, because the basis matrix correspodning
+*     to the initial basis is singular within the working precision.
+*
+*  GLP_ECOND
+*     Unable to start the search, because the basis matrix correspodning
+*     to the initial basis is ill-conditioned, i.e. its condition number
+*     is too large.
+*
+*  GLP_EBOUND
+*     Unable to start the search, because some double-bounded variables
+*     have incorrect bounds.
+*
+*  GLP_EFAIL
+*     The search was prematurely terminated due to the solver failure.
+*
+*  GLP_EOBJLL
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the objective
+*     function being maximized has reached its lower limit and continues
+*     decreasing (dual simplex only).
+*
+*  GLP_EOBJUL
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the objective
+*     function being minimized has reached its upper limit and continues
+*     increasing (dual simplex only).
+*
+*  GLP_EITLIM
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the simplex
+*     iteration limit has been exceeded.
+*
+*  GLP_ETMLIM
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the time limit has
+*     been exceeded.
+*
+*  GLP_ENOPFS
+*     The LP problem instance has no primal feasible solution (only if
+*     the LP presolver is used).
+*
+*  GLP_ENODFS
+*     The LP problem instance has no dual feasible solution (only if the
+*     LP presolver is used). */
+
+static void trivial_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     /* solve trivial LP which has empty constraint matrix */
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j;
+      double p_infeas, d_infeas, zeta;
+      P->valid = 0;
+      P->pbs_stat = P->dbs_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+      P->obj_val = P->c0;
+      P->some = 0;
+      p_infeas = d_infeas = 0.0;
+      /* make all auxiliary variables basic */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         row->stat = GLP_BS;
+         row->prim = row->dual = 0.0;
+         /* check primal feasibility */
+         if (row->type == GLP_LO || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+             row->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* row has lower bound */
+            if (row->lb > + parm->tol_bnd)
+            {  P->pbs_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               if (P->some == 0 && parm->meth != GLP_PRIMAL)
+                  P->some = i;
+            }
+            if (p_infeas < + row->lb)
+               p_infeas = + row->lb;
+         }
+         if (row->type == GLP_UP || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+             row->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* row has upper bound */
+            if (row->ub < - parm->tol_bnd)
+            {  P->pbs_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               if (P->some == 0 && parm->meth != GLP_PRIMAL)
+                  P->some = i;
+            }
+            if (p_infeas < - row->ub)
+               p_infeas = - row->ub;
+         }
+      }
+      /* determine scale factor for the objective row */
+      zeta = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (zeta < fabs(col->coef)) zeta = fabs(col->coef);
+      }
+      zeta = (P->dir == GLP_MIN ? +1.0 : -1.0) / zeta;
+      /* make all structural variables non-basic */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_FR)
+            col->stat = GLP_NF, col->prim = 0.0;
+         else if (col->type == GLP_LO)
+lo:         col->stat = GLP_NL, col->prim = col->lb;
+         else if (col->type == GLP_UP)
+up:         col->stat = GLP_NU, col->prim = col->ub;
+         else if (col->type == GLP_DB)
+         {  if (zeta * col->coef > 0.0)
+               goto lo;
+            else if (zeta * col->coef < 0.0)
+               goto up;
+            else if (fabs(col->lb) <= fabs(col->ub))
+               goto lo;
+            else
+               goto up;
+         }
+         else if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+            col->stat = GLP_NS, col->prim = col->lb;
+         col->dual = col->coef;
+         P->obj_val += col->coef * col->prim;
+         /* check dual feasibility */
+         if (col->type == GLP_FR || col->type == GLP_LO)
+         {  /* column has no upper bound */
+            if (zeta * col->dual < - parm->tol_dj)
+            {  P->dbs_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               if (P->some == 0 && parm->meth == GLP_PRIMAL)
+                  P->some = P->m + j;
+            }
+            if (d_infeas < - zeta * col->dual)
+               d_infeas = - zeta * col->dual;
+         }
+         if (col->type == GLP_FR || col->type == GLP_UP)
+         {  /* column has no lower bound */
+            if (zeta * col->dual > + parm->tol_dj)
+            {  P->dbs_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               if (P->some == 0 && parm->meth == GLP_PRIMAL)
+                  P->some = P->m + j;
+            }
+            if (d_infeas < + zeta * col->dual)
+               d_infeas = + zeta * col->dual;
+         }
+      }
+      /* simulate the simplex solver output */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON && parm->out_dly == 0)
+      {  xprintf("~%6d: obj = %17.9e  infeas = %10.3e\n", P->it_cnt,
+            P->obj_val, parm->meth == GLP_PRIMAL ? p_infeas : d_infeas);
+      }
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL && parm->out_dly == 0)
+      {  if (P->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && P->dbs_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+            xprintf("OPTIMAL SOLUTION FOUND\n");
+         else if (P->pbs_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+         else if (parm->meth == GLP_PRIMAL)
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS UNBOUNDED SOLUTION\n");
+         else
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO DUAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static int solve_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     /* solve LP directly without using the preprocessor */
+      int ret;
+      if (!glp_bf_exists(P))
+      {  ret = glp_factorize(P);
+         if (ret == 0)
+            ;
+         else if (ret == GLP_EBADB)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_simplex: initial basis is invalid\n");
+         }
+         else if (ret == GLP_ESING)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_simplex: initial basis is singular\n");
+         }
+         else if (ret == GLP_ECOND)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf(
+                  "glp_simplex: initial basis is ill-conditioned\n");
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+         if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      }
+      if (parm->meth == GLP_PRIMAL)
+         ret = spx_primal(P, parm);
+      else if (parm->meth == GLP_DUALP)
+      {  ret = spx_dual(P, parm);
+         if (ret == GLP_EFAIL && P->valid)
+            ret = spx_primal(P, parm);
+      }
+      else if (parm->meth == GLP_DUAL)
+         ret = spx_dual(P, parm);
+      else
+         xassert(parm != parm);
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int preprocess_and_solve_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     /* solve LP using the preprocessor */
+      NPP *npp;
+      glp_prob *lp = NULL;
+      glp_bfcp bfcp;
+      int ret;
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Preprocessing...\n");
+      /* create preprocessor workspace */
+      npp = npp_create_wksp();
+      /* load original problem into the preprocessor workspace */
+      npp_load_prob(npp, P, GLP_OFF, GLP_SOL, GLP_OFF);
+      /* process LP prior to applying primal/dual simplex method */
+      ret = npp_simplex(npp, parm);
+      if (ret == 0)
+         ;
+      else if (ret == GLP_ENOPFS)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO PRIMAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+      }
+      else if (ret == GLP_ENODFS)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO DUAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      /* build transformed LP */
+      lp = glp_create_prob();
+      npp_build_prob(npp, lp);
+      /* if the transformed LP is empty, it has empty solution, which
+         is optimal */
+      if (lp->m == 0 && lp->n == 0)
+      {  lp->pbs_stat = lp->dbs_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+         lp->obj_val = lp->c0;
+         if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON && parm->out_dly == 0)
+         {  xprintf("~%6d: obj = %17.9e  infeas = %10.3e\n", P->it_cnt,
+               lp->obj_val, 0.0);
+         }
+         if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("OPTIMAL SOLUTION FOUND BY LP PREPROCESSOR\n");
+         goto post;
+      }
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+      {  xprintf("%d row%s, %d column%s, %d non-zero%s\n",
+            lp->m, lp->m == 1 ? "" : "s", lp->n, lp->n == 1 ? "" : "s",
+            lp->nnz, lp->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      }
+      /* inherit basis factorization control parameters */
+      glp_get_bfcp(P, &bfcp);
+      glp_set_bfcp(lp, &bfcp);
+      /* scale the transformed problem */
+      {  ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+         int term_out = env->term_out;
+         if (!term_out || parm->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            env->term_out = GLP_OFF;
+         else
+            env->term_out = GLP_ON;
+         glp_scale_prob(lp, GLP_SF_AUTO);
+         env->term_out = term_out;
+      }
+      /* build advanced initial basis */
+      {  ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+         int term_out = env->term_out;
+         if (!term_out || parm->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            env->term_out = GLP_OFF;
+         else
+            env->term_out = GLP_ON;
+         glp_adv_basis(lp, 0);
+         env->term_out = term_out;
+      }
+      /* solve the transformed LP */
+      lp->it_cnt = P->it_cnt;
+      ret = solve_lp(lp, parm);
+      P->it_cnt = lp->it_cnt;
+      /* only optimal solution can be postprocessed */
+      if (!(ret == 0 && lp->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && lp->dbs_stat ==
+            GLP_FEAS))
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("glp_simplex: unable to recover undefined or non-op"
+               "timal solution\n");
+         if (ret == 0)
+         {  if (lp->pbs_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+               ret = GLP_ENOPFS;
+            else if (lp->dbs_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+               ret = GLP_ENODFS;
+            else
+               xassert(lp != lp);
+         }
+         goto done;
+      }
+post: /* postprocess solution from the transformed LP */
+      npp_postprocess(npp, lp);
+      /* the transformed LP is no longer needed */
+      glp_delete_prob(lp), lp = NULL;
+      /* store solution to the original problem */
+      npp_unload_sol(npp, P);
+      /* the original LP has been successfully solved */
+      ret = 0;
+done: /* delete the transformed LP, if it exists */
+      if (lp != NULL) glp_delete_prob(lp);
+      /* delete preprocessor workspace */
+      npp_delete_wksp(npp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int glp_simplex(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     /* solve LP problem with the simplex method */
+      glp_smcp _parm;
+      int i, j, ret;
+      /* check problem object */
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_simplex: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (P->tree != NULL && P->tree->reason != 0)
+         xerror("glp_simplex: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* check control parameters */
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         parm = &_parm, glp_init_smcp((glp_smcp *)parm);
+      if (!(parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_OFF ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ERR ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ON  ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ALL ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_DBG))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: msg_lev = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->msg_lev);
+      if (!(parm->meth == GLP_PRIMAL ||
+            parm->meth == GLP_DUALP  ||
+            parm->meth == GLP_DUAL))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: meth = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->meth);
+      if (!(parm->pricing == GLP_PT_STD ||
+            parm->pricing == GLP_PT_PSE))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: pricing = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->pricing);
+      if (!(parm->r_test == GLP_RT_STD ||
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+            parm->r_test == GLP_RT_FLIP ||
+#endif
+            parm->r_test == GLP_RT_HAR))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: r_test = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->r_test);
+      if (!(0.0 < parm->tol_bnd && parm->tol_bnd < 1.0))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: tol_bnd = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tol_bnd);
+      if (!(0.0 < parm->tol_dj && parm->tol_dj < 1.0))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: tol_dj = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tol_dj);
+      if (!(0.0 < parm->tol_piv && parm->tol_piv < 1.0))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: tol_piv = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tol_piv);
+      if (parm->it_lim < 0)
+         xerror("glp_simplex: it_lim = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->it_lim);
+      if (parm->tm_lim < 0)
+         xerror("glp_simplex: tm_lim = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tm_lim);
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      if (parm->out_frq < 1)
+#else
+      if (parm->out_frq < 0)
+#endif
+         xerror("glp_simplex: out_frq = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->out_frq);
+      if (parm->out_dly < 0)
+         xerror("glp_simplex: out_dly = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->out_dly);
+      if (!(parm->presolve == GLP_ON || parm->presolve == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: presolve = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->presolve);
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 */
+      if (!(parm->excl == GLP_ON || parm->excl == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: excl = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->excl);
+      if (!(parm->shift == GLP_ON || parm->shift == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: shift = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->shift);
+      if (!(parm->aorn == GLP_USE_AT || parm->aorn == GLP_USE_NT))
+         xerror("glp_simplex: aorn = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->aorn);
+#endif
+      /* basic solution is currently undefined */
+      P->pbs_stat = P->dbs_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      P->obj_val = 0.0;
+      P->some = 0;
+      /* check bounds of double-bounded variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->type == GLP_DB && row->lb >= row->ub)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_simplex: row %d: lb = %g, ub = %g; incorrec"
+                  "t bounds\n", i, row->lb, row->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb >= col->ub)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_simplex: column %d: lb = %g, ub = %g; incor"
+                  "rect bounds\n", j, col->lb, col->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* solve LP problem */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+      {  xprintf("GLPK Simplex Optimizer, v%s\n", glp_version());
+         xprintf("%d row%s, %d column%s, %d non-zero%s\n",
+            P->m, P->m == 1 ? "" : "s", P->n, P->n == 1 ? "" : "s",
+            P->nnz, P->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      }
+      if (P->nnz == 0)
+         trivial_lp(P, parm), ret = 0;
+      else if (!parm->presolve)
+         ret = solve_lp(P, parm);
+      else
+         ret = preprocess_and_solve_lp(P, parm);
+done: /* return to the application program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_init_smcp - initialize simplex method control parameters
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_init_smcp(glp_smcp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_init_smcp initializes control parameters, which are
+*  used by the simplex solver, with default values.
+*
+*  Default values of the control parameters are stored in a glp_smcp
+*  structure, which the parameter parm points to. */
+
+void glp_init_smcp(glp_smcp *parm)
+{     parm->msg_lev = GLP_MSG_ALL;
+      parm->meth = GLP_PRIMAL;
+      parm->pricing = GLP_PT_PSE;
+      parm->r_test = GLP_RT_HAR;
+      parm->tol_bnd = 1e-7;
+      parm->tol_dj = 1e-7;
+#if 0 /* 07/XI-2015 */
+      parm->tol_piv = 1e-10;
+#else
+      parm->tol_piv = 1e-9;
+#endif
+      parm->obj_ll = -DBL_MAX;
+      parm->obj_ul = +DBL_MAX;
+      parm->it_lim = INT_MAX;
+      parm->tm_lim = INT_MAX;
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      parm->out_frq = 500;
+#else
+      parm->out_frq = 5000; /* 5 seconds */
+#endif
+      parm->out_dly = 0;
+      parm->presolve = GLP_OFF;
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 */
+      parm->excl = GLP_ON;
+      parm->shift = GLP_ON;
+      parm->aorn = GLP_USE_NT;
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_status - retrieve generic status of basic solution
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_status(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_status reports the generic status of the basic
+*  solution for the specified problem object as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_OPT    - solution is optimal;
+*  GLP_FEAS   - solution is feasible;
+*  GLP_INFEAS - solution is infeasible;
+*  GLP_NOFEAS - problem has no feasible solution;
+*  GLP_UNBND  - problem has unbounded solution;
+*  GLP_UNDEF  - solution is undefined. */
+
+int glp_get_status(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int status;
+      status = glp_get_prim_stat(lp);
+      switch (status)
+      {  case GLP_FEAS:
+            switch (glp_get_dual_stat(lp))
+            {  case GLP_FEAS:
+                  status = GLP_OPT;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_NOFEAS:
+                  status = GLP_UNBND;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_UNDEF:
+               case GLP_INFEAS:
+                  status = status;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(lp != lp);
+            }
+            break;
+         case GLP_UNDEF:
+         case GLP_INFEAS:
+         case GLP_NOFEAS:
+            status = status;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(lp != lp);
+      }
+      return status;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_prim_stat - retrieve status of primal basic solution
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_prim_stat(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_prim_stat reports the status of the primal basic
+*  solution for the specified problem object as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_UNDEF  - primal solution is undefined;
+*  GLP_FEAS   - primal solution is feasible;
+*  GLP_INFEAS - primal solution is infeasible;
+*  GLP_NOFEAS - no primal feasible solution exists. */
+
+int glp_get_prim_stat(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int pbs_stat = lp->pbs_stat;
+      return pbs_stat;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_dual_stat - retrieve status of dual basic solution
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_dual_stat(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_dual_stat reports the status of the dual basic
+*  solution for the specified problem object as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_UNDEF  - dual solution is undefined;
+*  GLP_FEAS   - dual solution is feasible;
+*  GLP_INFEAS - dual solution is infeasible;
+*  GLP_NOFEAS - no dual feasible solution exists. */
+
+int glp_get_dual_stat(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int dbs_stat = lp->dbs_stat;
+      return dbs_stat;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_obj_val - retrieve objective value (basic solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_obj_val(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_obj_val returns value of the objective function
+*  for basic solution. */
+
+double glp_get_obj_val(glp_prob *lp)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double z;
+      z = lp->obj_val;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(z) < 1e-9) z = 0.0;*/
+      return z;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_stat - retrieve row status
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_row_stat(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_stat returns current status assigned to the
+*  auxiliary variable associated with i-th row as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_BS - basic variable;
+*  GLP_NL - non-basic variable on its lower bound;
+*  GLP_NU - non-basic variable on its upper bound;
+*  GLP_NF - non-basic free (unbounded) variable;
+*  GLP_NS - non-basic fixed variable. */
+
+int glp_get_row_stat(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_stat: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      return lp->row[i]->stat;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_prim - retrieve row primal value (basic solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_row_prim(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_prim returns primal value of the auxiliary
+*  variable associated with i-th row. */
+
+double glp_get_row_prim(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double prim;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_prim: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      prim = lp->row[i]->prim;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(prim) < 1e-9) prim = 0.0;*/
+      return prim;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_dual - retrieve row dual value (basic solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_row_dual(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_dual returns dual value (i.e. reduced cost)
+*  of the auxiliary variable associated with i-th row. */
+
+double glp_get_row_dual(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double dual;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_dual: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      dual = lp->row[i]->dual;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(dual) < 1e-9) dual = 0.0;*/
+      return dual;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_stat - retrieve column status
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_col_stat(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_stat returns current status assigned to the
+*  structural variable associated with j-th column as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_BS - basic variable;
+*  GLP_NL - non-basic variable on its lower bound;
+*  GLP_NU - non-basic variable on its upper bound;
+*  GLP_NF - non-basic free (unbounded) variable;
+*  GLP_NS - non-basic fixed variable. */
+
+int glp_get_col_stat(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_stat: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      return lp->col[j]->stat;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_prim - retrieve column primal value (basic solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_col_prim(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_prim returns primal value of the structural
+*  variable associated with j-th column. */
+
+double glp_get_col_prim(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double prim;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_prim: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      prim = lp->col[j]->prim;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(prim) < 1e-9) prim = 0.0;*/
+      return prim;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_dual - retrieve column dual value (basic solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_get_col_dual(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_dual returns dual value (i.e. reduced cost)
+*  of the structural variable associated with j-th column. */
+
+double glp_get_col_dual(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double dual;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_dual: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      dual = lp->col[j]->dual;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(dual) < 1e-9) dual = 0.0;*/
+      return dual;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_unbnd_ray - determine variable causing unboundedness
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_unbnd_ray(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_unbnd_ray returns the number k of a variable,
+*  which causes primal or dual unboundedness. If 1 <= k <= m, it is
+*  k-th auxiliary variable, and if m+1 <= k <= m+n, it is (k-m)-th
+*  structural variable, where m is the number of rows, n is the number
+*  of columns in the problem object. If such variable is not defined,
+*  the routine returns 0.
+*
+*  COMMENTS
+*
+*  If it is not exactly known which version of the simplex solver
+*  detected unboundedness, i.e. whether the unboundedness is primal or
+*  dual, it is sufficient to check the status of the variable reported
+*  with the routine glp_get_row_stat or glp_get_col_stat. If the
+*  variable is non-basic, the unboundedness is primal, otherwise, if
+*  the variable is basic, the unboundedness is dual (the latter case
+*  means that the problem has no primal feasible dolution). */
+
+int glp_get_unbnd_ray(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int k;
+      k = lp->some;
+      xassert(k >= 0);
+      if (k > lp->m + lp->n) k = 0;
+      return k;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 08/VIII-2013 */
+int glp_get_it_cnt(glp_prob *P)
+{     /* get simplex solver iteration count */
+      return P->it_cnt;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 08/VIII-2013 */
+void glp_set_it_cnt(glp_prob *P, int it_cnt)
+{     /* set simplex solver iteration count */
+      P->it_cnt = it_cnt;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi07.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi07.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ac294bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi07.c
@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+/* glpapi07.c (exact simplex solver) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "draft.h"
+#include "glpssx.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_exact - solve LP problem in exact arithmetic
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_exact(glp_prob *lp, const glp_smcp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_exact is a tentative implementation of the primal
+*  two-phase simplex method based on exact (rational) arithmetic. It is
+*  similar to the routine glp_simplex, however, for all internal
+*  computations it uses arithmetic of rational numbers, which is exact
+*  in mathematical sense, i.e. free of round-off errors unlike floating
+*  point arithmetic.
+*
+*  Note that the routine glp_exact uses inly two control parameters
+*  passed in the structure glp_smcp, namely, it_lim and tm_lim.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The LP problem instance has been successfully solved. This code
+*     does not necessarily mean that the solver has found optimal
+*     solution. It only means that the solution process was successful.
+*
+*  GLP_EBADB
+*     Unable to start the search, because the initial basis specified
+*     in the problem object is invalid--the number of basic (auxiliary
+*     and structural) variables is not the same as the number of rows in
+*     the problem object.
+*
+*  GLP_ESING
+*     Unable to start the search, because the basis matrix correspodning
+*     to the initial basis is exactly singular.
+*
+*  GLP_EBOUND
+*     Unable to start the search, because some double-bounded variables
+*     have incorrect bounds.
+*
+*  GLP_EFAIL
+*     The problem has no rows/columns.
+*
+*  GLP_EITLIM
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the simplex
+*     iteration limit has been exceeded.
+*
+*  GLP_ETMLIM
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the time limit has
+*     been exceeded. */
+
+static void set_d_eps(mpq_t x, double val)
+{     /* convert double val to rational x obtaining a more adequate
+         fraction than provided by mpq_set_d due to allowing a small
+         approximation error specified by a given relative tolerance;
+         for example, mpq_set_d would give the following
+         1/3 ~= 0.333333333333333314829616256247391... ->
+             -> 6004799503160661/18014398509481984
+         while this routine gives exactly 1/3 */
+      int s, n, j;
+      double f, p, q, eps = 1e-9;
+      mpq_t temp;
+      xassert(-DBL_MAX <= val && val <= +DBL_MAX);
+#if 1 /* 30/VII-2008 */
+      if (val == floor(val))
+      {  /* if val is integral, do not approximate */
+         mpq_set_d(x, val);
+         goto done;
+      }
+#endif
+      if (val > 0.0)
+         s = +1;
+      else if (val < 0.0)
+         s = -1;
+      else
+      {  mpq_set_si(x, 0, 1);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      f = frexp(fabs(val), &n);
+      /* |val| = f * 2^n, where 0.5 <= f < 1.0 */
+      fp2rat(f, 0.1 * eps, &p, &q);
+      /* f ~= p / q, where p and q are integers */
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      mpq_set_d(x, p);
+      mpq_set_d(temp, q);
+      mpq_div(x, x, temp);
+      mpq_set_si(temp, 1, 1);
+      for (j = 1; j <= abs(n); j++)
+         mpq_add(temp, temp, temp);
+      if (n > 0)
+         mpq_mul(x, x, temp);
+      else if (n < 0)
+         mpq_div(x, x, temp);
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      if (s < 0) mpq_neg(x, x);
+      /* check that the desired tolerance has been attained */
+      xassert(fabs(val - mpq_get_d(x)) <= eps * (1.0 + fabs(val)));
+done: return;
+}
+
+static void load_data(SSX *ssx, glp_prob *lp)
+{     /* load LP problem data into simplex solver workspace */
+      int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int nnz = ssx->A_ptr[n+1]-1;
+      int j, k, type, loc, len, *ind;
+      double lb, ub, coef, *val;
+      xassert(lp->m == m);
+      xassert(lp->n == n);
+      xassert(lp->nnz == nnz);
+      /* types and bounds of rows and columns */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (k <= m)
+         {  type = lp->row[k]->type;
+            lb = lp->row[k]->lb;
+            ub = lp->row[k]->ub;
+         }
+         else
+         {  type = lp->col[k-m]->type;
+            lb = lp->col[k-m]->lb;
+            ub = lp->col[k-m]->ub;
+         }
+         switch (type)
+         {  case GLP_FR: type = SSX_FR; break;
+            case GLP_LO: type = SSX_LO; break;
+            case GLP_UP: type = SSX_UP; break;
+            case GLP_DB: type = SSX_DB; break;
+            case GLP_FX: type = SSX_FX; break;
+            default: xassert(type != type);
+         }
+         ssx->type[k] = type;
+         set_d_eps(ssx->lb[k], lb);
+         set_d_eps(ssx->ub[k], ub);
+      }
+      /* optimization direction */
+      switch (lp->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN: ssx->dir = SSX_MIN; break;
+         case GLP_MAX: ssx->dir = SSX_MAX; break;
+         default: xassert(lp != lp);
+      }
+      /* objective coefficients */
+      for (k = 0; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (k == 0)
+            coef = lp->c0;
+         else if (k <= m)
+            coef = 0.0;
+         else
+            coef = lp->col[k-m]->coef;
+         set_d_eps(ssx->coef[k], coef);
+      }
+      /* constraint coefficients */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      loc = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  ssx->A_ptr[j] = loc+1;
+         len = glp_get_mat_col(lp, j, ind, val);
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  loc++;
+            ssx->A_ind[loc] = ind[k];
+            set_d_eps(ssx->A_val[loc], val[k]);
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(loc == nnz);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int load_basis(SSX *ssx, glp_prob *lp)
+{     /* load current LP basis into simplex solver workspace */
+      int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int *type = ssx->type;
+      int *stat = ssx->stat;
+      int *Q_row = ssx->Q_row;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      int i, j, k;
+      xassert(lp->m == m);
+      xassert(lp->n == n);
+      /* statuses of rows and columns */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (k <= m)
+            stat[k] = lp->row[k]->stat;
+         else
+            stat[k] = lp->col[k-m]->stat;
+         switch (stat[k])
+         {  case GLP_BS:
+               stat[k] = SSX_BS;
+               break;
+            case GLP_NL:
+               stat[k] = SSX_NL;
+               xassert(type[k] == SSX_LO || type[k] == SSX_DB);
+               break;
+            case GLP_NU:
+               stat[k] = SSX_NU;
+               xassert(type[k] == SSX_UP || type[k] == SSX_DB);
+               break;
+            case GLP_NF:
+               stat[k] = SSX_NF;
+               xassert(type[k] == SSX_FR);
+               break;
+            case GLP_NS:
+               stat[k] = SSX_NS;
+               xassert(type[k] == SSX_FX);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(stat != stat);
+         }
+      }
+      /* build permutation matix Q */
+      i = j = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (stat[k] == SSX_BS)
+         {  i++;
+            if (i > m) return 1;
+            Q_row[k] = i, Q_col[i] = k;
+         }
+         else
+         {  j++;
+            if (j > n) return 1;
+            Q_row[k] = m+j, Q_col[m+j] = k;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(i == m && j == n);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int glp_exact(glp_prob *lp, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     glp_smcp _parm;
+      SSX *ssx;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      int i, j, k, type, pst, dst, ret, stat;
+      double lb, ub, prim, dual, sum;
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         parm = &_parm, glp_init_smcp((glp_smcp *)parm);
+      /* check control parameters */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      switch (parm->msg_lev)
+      {  case GLP_MSG_OFF:
+         case GLP_MSG_ERR:
+         case GLP_MSG_ON:
+         case GLP_MSG_ALL:
+         case GLP_MSG_DBG:
+            break;
+         default:
+            xerror("glp_exact: msg_lev = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->msg_lev);
+      }
+#endif
+      if (parm->it_lim < 0)
+         xerror("glp_exact: it_lim = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->it_lim);
+      if (parm->tm_lim < 0)
+         xerror("glp_exact: tm_lim = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tm_lim);
+      /* the problem must have at least one row and one column */
+      if (!(m > 0 && n > 0))
+#if 0 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      {  xprintf("glp_exact: problem has no rows/columns\n");
+#else
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("glp_exact: problem has no rows/columns\n");
+#endif
+         return GLP_EFAIL;
+      }
+#if 1
+      /* basic solution is currently undefined */
+      lp->pbs_stat = lp->dbs_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      lp->obj_val = 0.0;
+      lp->some = 0;
+#endif
+      /* check that all double-bounded variables have correct bounds */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (k <= m)
+         {  type = lp->row[k]->type;
+            lb = lp->row[k]->lb;
+            ub = lp->row[k]->ub;
+         }
+         else
+         {  type = lp->col[k-m]->type;
+            lb = lp->col[k-m]->lb;
+            ub = lp->col[k-m]->ub;
+         }
+         if (type == GLP_DB && lb >= ub)
+#if 0 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+         {  xprintf("glp_exact: %s %d has invalid bounds\n",
+               k <= m ? "row" : "column", k <= m ? k : k-m);
+#else
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_exact: %s %d has invalid bounds\n",
+                  k <= m ? "row" : "column", k <= m ? k : k-m);
+#endif
+            return GLP_EBOUND;
+         }
+      }
+      /* create the simplex solver workspace */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+      {
+#endif
+      xprintf("glp_exact: %d rows, %d columns, %d non-zeros\n",
+         m, n, nnz);
+#ifdef HAVE_GMP
+      xprintf("GNU MP bignum library is being used\n");
+#else
+      xprintf("GLPK bignum module is being used\n");
+      xprintf("(Consider installing GNU MP to attain a much better perf"
+         "ormance.)\n");
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      }
+#endif
+      ssx = ssx_create(m, n, nnz);
+      /* load LP problem data into the workspace */
+      load_data(ssx, lp);
+      /* load current LP basis into the workspace */
+      if (load_basis(ssx, lp))
+#if 0 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      {  xprintf("glp_exact: initial LP basis is invalid\n");
+#else
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("glp_exact: initial LP basis is invalid\n");
+#endif
+         ret = GLP_EBADB;
+         goto done;
+      }
+#if 0
+      /* inherit some control parameters from the LP object */
+      ssx->it_lim = lpx_get_int_parm(lp, LPX_K_ITLIM);
+      ssx->it_cnt = lpx_get_int_parm(lp, LPX_K_ITCNT);
+      ssx->tm_lim = lpx_get_real_parm(lp, LPX_K_TMLIM);
+#else
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      ssx->msg_lev = parm->msg_lev;
+#endif
+      ssx->it_lim = parm->it_lim;
+      ssx->it_cnt = lp->it_cnt;
+      ssx->tm_lim = (double)parm->tm_lim / 1000.0;
+#endif
+      ssx->out_frq = 5.0;
+      ssx->tm_beg = xtime();
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+      ssx->tm_lag = xlset(0);
+#else
+      ssx->tm_lag = 0.0;
+#endif
+      /* solve LP */
+      ret = ssx_driver(ssx);
+#if 0
+      /* copy back some statistics to the LP object */
+      lpx_set_int_parm(lp, LPX_K_ITLIM, ssx->it_lim);
+      lpx_set_int_parm(lp, LPX_K_ITCNT, ssx->it_cnt);
+      lpx_set_real_parm(lp, LPX_K_TMLIM, ssx->tm_lim);
+#else
+      lp->it_cnt = ssx->it_cnt;
+#endif
+      /* analyze the return code */
+      switch (ret)
+      {  case 0:
+            /* optimal solution found */
+            ret = 0;
+            pst = dst = GLP_FEAS;
+            break;
+         case 1:
+            /* problem has no feasible solution */
+            ret = 0;
+            pst = GLP_NOFEAS, dst = GLP_INFEAS;
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            /* problem has unbounded solution */
+            ret = 0;
+            pst = GLP_FEAS, dst = GLP_NOFEAS;
+#if 1
+            xassert(1 <= ssx->q && ssx->q <= n);
+            lp->some = ssx->Q_col[m + ssx->q];
+            xassert(1 <= lp->some && lp->some <= m+n);
+#endif
+            break;
+         case 3:
+            /* iteration limit exceeded (phase I) */
+            ret = GLP_EITLIM;
+            pst = dst = GLP_INFEAS;
+            break;
+         case 4:
+            /* iteration limit exceeded (phase II) */
+            ret = GLP_EITLIM;
+            pst = GLP_FEAS, dst = GLP_INFEAS;
+            break;
+         case 5:
+            /* time limit exceeded (phase I) */
+            ret = GLP_ETMLIM;
+            pst = dst = GLP_INFEAS;
+            break;
+         case 6:
+            /* time limit exceeded (phase II) */
+            ret = GLP_ETMLIM;
+            pst = GLP_FEAS, dst = GLP_INFEAS;
+            break;
+         case 7:
+            /* initial basis matrix is singular */
+            ret = GLP_ESING;
+            goto done;
+         default:
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+      }
+      /* store final basic solution components into LP object */
+      lp->pbs_stat = pst;
+      lp->dbs_stat = dst;
+      sum = lp->c0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (ssx->stat[k] == SSX_BS)
+         {  i = ssx->Q_row[k]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+            xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+            stat = GLP_BS;
+            prim = mpq_get_d(ssx->bbar[i]);
+            dual = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  j = ssx->Q_row[k] - m; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            switch (ssx->stat[k])
+            {  case SSX_NF:
+                  stat = GLP_NF;
+                  prim = 0.0;
+                  break;
+               case SSX_NL:
+                  stat = GLP_NL;
+                  prim = mpq_get_d(ssx->lb[k]);
+                  break;
+               case SSX_NU:
+                  stat = GLP_NU;
+                  prim = mpq_get_d(ssx->ub[k]);
+                  break;
+               case SSX_NS:
+                  stat = GLP_NS;
+                  prim = mpq_get_d(ssx->lb[k]);
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(ssx != ssx);
+            }
+            dual = mpq_get_d(ssx->cbar[j]);
+         }
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  glp_set_row_stat(lp, k, stat);
+            lp->row[k]->prim = prim;
+            lp->row[k]->dual = dual;
+         }
+         else
+         {  glp_set_col_stat(lp, k-m, stat);
+            lp->col[k-m]->prim = prim;
+            lp->col[k-m]->dual = dual;
+            sum += lp->col[k-m]->coef * prim;
+         }
+      }
+      lp->obj_val = sum;
+done: /* delete the simplex solver workspace */
+      ssx_delete(ssx);
+#if 1 /* 23/XI-2015 */
+      xassert(gmp_pool_count() == 0);
+      gmp_free_mem();
+#endif
+      /* return to the application program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi08.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi08.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..652292cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi08.c
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+/* glpapi08.c (interior-point method routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpipm.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_interior - solve LP problem with the interior-point method
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_interior(glp_prob *P, const glp_iptcp *parm);
+*
+*  The routine glp_interior is a driver to the LP solver based on the
+*  interior-point method.
+*
+*  The interior-point solver has a set of control parameters. Values of
+*  the control parameters can be passed in a structure glp_iptcp, which
+*  the parameter parm points to.
+*
+*  Currently this routine implements an easy variant of the primal-dual
+*  interior-point method based on Mehrotra's technique.
+*
+*  This routine transforms the original LP problem to an equivalent LP
+*  problem in the standard formulation (all constraints are equalities,
+*  all variables are non-negative), calls the routine ipm_main to solve
+*  the transformed problem, and then transforms an obtained solution to
+*  the solution of the original problem.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The LP problem instance has been successfully solved. This code
+*     does not necessarily mean that the solver has found optimal
+*     solution. It only means that the solution process was successful.
+*
+*  GLP_EFAIL
+*     The problem has no rows/columns.
+*
+*  GLP_ENOCVG
+*     Very slow convergence or divergence.
+*
+*  GLP_EITLIM
+*     Iteration limit exceeded.
+*
+*  GLP_EINSTAB
+*     Numerical instability on solving Newtonian system. */
+
+static void transform(NPP *npp)
+{     /* transform LP to the standard formulation */
+      NPPROW *row, *prev_row;
+      NPPCOL *col, *prev_col;
+      for (row = npp->r_tail; row != NULL; row = prev_row)
+      {  prev_row = row->prev;
+         if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            npp_free_row(npp, row);
+         else if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            npp_leq_row(npp, row);
+         else if (row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            npp_geq_row(npp, row);
+         else if (row->lb != row->ub)
+         {  if (fabs(row->lb) < fabs(row->ub))
+               npp_geq_row(npp, row);
+            else
+               npp_leq_row(npp, row);
+         }
+      }
+      for (col = npp->c_tail; col != NULL; col = prev_col)
+      {  prev_col = col->prev;
+         if (col->lb == -DBL_MAX && col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            npp_free_col(npp, col);
+         else if (col->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            npp_ubnd_col(npp, col);
+         else if (col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         {  if (col->lb != 0.0)
+               npp_lbnd_col(npp, col);
+         }
+         else if (col->lb != col->ub)
+         {  if (fabs(col->lb) < fabs(col->ub))
+            {  if (col->lb != 0.0)
+                  npp_lbnd_col(npp, col);
+            }
+            else
+               npp_ubnd_col(npp, col);
+            npp_dbnd_col(npp, col);
+         }
+         else
+            npp_fixed_col(npp, col);
+      }
+      for (row = npp->r_head; row != NULL; row = row->next)
+         xassert(row->lb == row->ub);
+      for (col = npp->c_head; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         xassert(col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == +DBL_MAX);
+      return;
+}
+
+int glp_interior(glp_prob *P, const glp_iptcp *parm)
+{     glp_iptcp _parm;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      NPP *npp = NULL;
+      glp_prob *prob = NULL;
+      int i, j, ret;
+      /* check control parameters */
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         glp_init_iptcp(&_parm), parm = &_parm;
+      if (!(parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_OFF ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ERR ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ON  ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ALL))
+         xerror("glp_interior: msg_lev = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->msg_lev);
+      if (!(parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_NONE ||
+            parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_QMD ||
+            parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_AMD ||
+            parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_SYMAMD))
+         xerror("glp_interior: ord_alg = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->ord_alg);
+      /* interior-point solution is currently undefined */
+      P->ipt_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      P->ipt_obj = 0.0;
+      /* check bounds of double-bounded variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->type == GLP_DB && row->lb >= row->ub)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_interior: row %d: lb = %g, ub = %g; incorre"
+                  "ct bounds\n", i, row->lb, row->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb >= col->ub)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_interior: column %d: lb = %g, ub = %g; inco"
+                  "rrect bounds\n", j, col->lb, col->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* transform LP to the standard formulation */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Original LP has %d row(s), %d column(s), and %d non-z"
+            "ero(s)\n", P->m, P->n, P->nnz);
+      npp = npp_create_wksp();
+      npp_load_prob(npp, P, GLP_OFF, GLP_IPT, GLP_ON);
+      transform(npp);
+      prob = glp_create_prob();
+      npp_build_prob(npp, prob);
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Working LP has %d row(s), %d column(s), and %d non-ze"
+            "ro(s)\n", prob->m, prob->n, prob->nnz);
+#if 1
+      /* currently empty problem cannot be solved */
+      if (!(prob->m > 0 && prob->n > 0))
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("glp_interior: unable to solve empty problem\n");
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto done;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* scale the resultant LP */
+      {  ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+         int term_out = env->term_out;
+         env->term_out = GLP_OFF;
+         glp_scale_prob(prob, GLP_SF_EQ);
+         env->term_out = term_out;
+      }
+      /* warn about dense columns */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON && prob->m >= 200)
+      {  int len, cnt = 0;
+         for (j = 1; j <= prob->n; j++)
+         {  len = glp_get_mat_col(prob, j, NULL, NULL);
+            if ((double)len >= 0.20 * (double)prob->m) cnt++;
+         }
+         if (cnt == 1)
+            xprintf("WARNING: PROBLEM HAS ONE DENSE COLUMN\n");
+         else if (cnt > 0)
+            xprintf("WARNING: PROBLEM HAS %d DENSE COLUMNS\n", cnt);
+      }
+      /* solve the transformed LP */
+      ret = ipm_solve(prob, parm);
+      /* postprocess solution from the transformed LP */
+      npp_postprocess(npp, prob);
+      /* and store solution to the original LP */
+      npp_unload_sol(npp, P);
+done: /* free working program objects */
+      if (npp != NULL) npp_delete_wksp(npp);
+      if (prob != NULL) glp_delete_prob(prob);
+      /* return to the application program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_init_iptcp - initialize interior-point solver control parameters
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_init_iptcp(glp_iptcp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_init_iptcp initializes control parameters, which are
+*  used by the interior-point solver, with default values.
+*
+*  Default values of the control parameters are stored in the glp_iptcp
+*  structure, which the parameter parm points to. */
+
+void glp_init_iptcp(glp_iptcp *parm)
+{     parm->msg_lev = GLP_MSG_ALL;
+      parm->ord_alg = GLP_ORD_AMD;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ipt_status - retrieve status of interior-point solution
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ipt_status(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ipt_status reports the status of solution found by
+*  the interior-point solver as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_UNDEF  - interior-point solution is undefined;
+*  GLP_OPT    - interior-point solution is optimal;
+*  GLP_INFEAS - interior-point solution is infeasible;
+*  GLP_NOFEAS - no feasible solution exists. */
+
+int glp_ipt_status(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int ipt_stat = lp->ipt_stat;
+      return ipt_stat;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ipt_obj_val - retrieve objective value (interior point)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_ipt_obj_val(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ipt_obj_val returns value of the objective function
+*  for interior-point solution. */
+
+double glp_ipt_obj_val(glp_prob *lp)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double z;
+      z = lp->ipt_obj;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(z) < 1e-9) z = 0.0;*/
+      return z;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ipt_row_prim - retrieve row primal value (interior point)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_ipt_row_prim(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ipt_row_prim returns primal value of the auxiliary
+*  variable associated with i-th row. */
+
+double glp_ipt_row_prim(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double pval;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_ipt_row_prim: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      pval = lp->row[i]->pval;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(pval) < 1e-9) pval = 0.0;*/
+      return pval;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ipt_row_dual - retrieve row dual value (interior point)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_ipt_row_dual(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ipt_row_dual returns dual value (i.e. reduced cost)
+*  of the auxiliary variable associated with i-th row. */
+
+double glp_ipt_row_dual(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double dval;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_ipt_row_dual: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      dval = lp->row[i]->dval;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(dval) < 1e-9) dval = 0.0;*/
+      return dval;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ipt_col_prim - retrieve column primal value (interior point)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_ipt_col_prim(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ipt_col_prim returns primal value of the structural
+*  variable associated with j-th column. */
+
+double glp_ipt_col_prim(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double pval;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_ipt_col_prim: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      pval = lp->col[j]->pval;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(pval) < 1e-9) pval = 0.0;*/
+      return pval;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ipt_col_dual - retrieve column dual value (interior point)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_ipt_col_dual(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ipt_col_dual returns dual value (i.e. reduced cost)
+*  of the structural variable associated with j-th column. */
+
+double glp_ipt_col_dual(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = lp->cps;*/
+      double dval;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_ipt_col_dual: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      dval = lp->col[j]->dval;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(dval) < 1e-9) dval = 0.0;*/
+      return dval;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi09.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi09.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d3ab57b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi09.c
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+/* glpapi09.c (mixed integer programming routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "draft.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_col_kind - set (change) column kind
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_col_kind(glp_prob *mip, int j, int kind);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_col_kind sets (changes) the kind of j-th column
+*  (structural variable) as specified by the parameter kind:
+*
+*  GLP_CV - continuous variable;
+*  GLP_IV - integer variable;
+*  GLP_BV - binary variable. */
+
+void glp_set_col_kind(glp_prob *mip, int j, int kind)
+{     GLPCOL *col;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= mip->n))
+         xerror("glp_set_col_kind: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      col = mip->col[j];
+      switch (kind)
+      {  case GLP_CV:
+            col->kind = GLP_CV;
+            break;
+         case GLP_IV:
+            col->kind = GLP_IV;
+            break;
+         case GLP_BV:
+            col->kind = GLP_IV;
+            if (!(col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub ==
+               1.0)) glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, GLP_DB, 0.0, 1.0);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xerror("glp_set_col_kind: j = %d; kind = %d; invalid column"
+               " kind\n", j, kind);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_kind - retrieve column kind
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_col_kind(glp_prob *mip, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_kind returns the kind of j-th column, i.e.
+*  the kind of corresponding structural variable, as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_CV - continuous variable;
+*  GLP_IV - integer variable;
+*  GLP_BV - binary variable */
+
+int glp_get_col_kind(glp_prob *mip, int j)
+{     GLPCOL *col;
+      int kind;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= mip->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_kind: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      col = mip->col[j];
+      kind = col->kind;
+      switch (kind)
+      {  case GLP_CV:
+            break;
+         case GLP_IV:
+            if (col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0)
+               kind = GLP_BV;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(kind != kind);
+      }
+      return kind;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_num_int - retrieve number of integer columns
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_num_int(glp_prob *mip);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_num_int returns the current number of columns,
+*  which are marked as integer. */
+
+int glp_get_num_int(glp_prob *mip)
+{     GLPCOL *col;
+      int j, count = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mip->n; j++)
+      {  col = mip->col[j];
+         if (col->kind == GLP_IV) count++;
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_num_bin - retrieve number of binary columns
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_num_bin(glp_prob *mip);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_num_bin returns the current number of columns,
+*  which are marked as binary. */
+
+int glp_get_num_bin(glp_prob *mip)
+{     GLPCOL *col;
+      int j, count = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mip->n; j++)
+      {  col = mip->col[j];
+         if (col->kind == GLP_IV && col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb ==
+            0.0 && col->ub == 1.0) count++;
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_intopt - solve MIP problem with the branch-and-bound method
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_intopt(glp_prob *P, const glp_iocp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_intopt is a driver to the MIP solver based on the
+*  branch-and-bound method.
+*
+*  On entry the problem object should contain optimal solution to LP
+*  relaxation (which can be obtained with the routine glp_simplex).
+*
+*  The MIP solver has a set of control parameters. Values of the control
+*  parameters can be passed in a structure glp_iocp, which the parameter
+*  parm points to.
+*
+*  The parameter parm can be specified as NULL, in which case the MIP
+*  solver uses default settings.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The MIP problem instance has been successfully solved. This code
+*     does not necessarily mean that the solver has found optimal
+*     solution. It only means that the solution process was successful.
+*
+*  GLP_EBOUND
+*     Unable to start the search, because some double-bounded variables
+*     have incorrect bounds or some integer variables have non-integer
+*     (fractional) bounds.
+*
+*  GLP_EROOT
+*     Unable to start the search, because optimal basis for initial LP
+*     relaxation is not provided.
+*
+*  GLP_EFAIL
+*     The search was prematurely terminated due to the solver failure.
+*
+*  GLP_EMIPGAP
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the relative mip
+*     gap tolerance has been reached.
+*
+*  GLP_ETMLIM
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the time limit has
+*     been exceeded.
+*
+*  GLP_ENOPFS
+*     The MIP problem instance has no primal feasible solution (only if
+*     the MIP presolver is used).
+*
+*  GLP_ENODFS
+*     LP relaxation of the MIP problem instance has no dual feasible
+*     solution (only if the MIP presolver is used).
+*
+*  GLP_ESTOP
+*     The search was prematurely terminated by application. */
+
+#if 0 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+static int solve_mip(glp_prob *P, const glp_iocp *parm)
+#else
+static int solve_mip(glp_prob *P, const glp_iocp *parm,
+      glp_prob *P0 /* problem passed to glp_intopt */,
+      NPP *npp /* preprocessor workspace or NULL */)
+#endif
+{     /* solve MIP directly without using the preprocessor */
+      glp_tree *T;
+      int ret;
+      /* optimal basis to LP relaxation must be provided */
+      if (glp_get_status(P) != GLP_OPT)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("glp_intopt: optimal basis to initial LP relaxation"
+               " not provided\n");
+         ret = GLP_EROOT;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* it seems all is ok */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Integer optimization begins...\n");
+      /* create the branch-and-bound tree */
+      T = ios_create_tree(P, parm);
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      T->P = P0;
+      T->npp = npp;
+#endif
+      /* solve the problem instance */
+      ret = ios_driver(T);
+      /* delete the branch-and-bound tree */
+      ios_delete_tree(T);
+      /* analyze exit code reported by the mip driver */
+      if (ret == 0)
+      {  if (P->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("INTEGER OPTIMAL SOLUTION FOUND\n");
+            P->mip_stat = GLP_OPT;
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO INTEGER FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+            P->mip_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (ret == GLP_EMIPGAP)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("RELATIVE MIP GAP TOLERANCE REACHED; SEARCH TERMINA"
+               "TED\n");
+      }
+      else if (ret == GLP_ETMLIM)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("TIME LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+      }
+      else if (ret == GLP_EFAIL)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("glp_intopt: cannot solve current LP relaxation\n");
+      }
+      else if (ret == GLP_ESTOP)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("SEARCH TERMINATED BY APPLICATION\n");
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int preprocess_and_solve_mip(glp_prob *P, const glp_iocp *parm)
+{     /* solve MIP using the preprocessor */
+      ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      int term_out = env->term_out;
+      NPP *npp;
+      glp_prob *mip = NULL;
+      glp_bfcp bfcp;
+      glp_smcp smcp;
+      int ret;
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Preprocessing...\n");
+      /* create preprocessor workspace */
+      npp = npp_create_wksp();
+      /* load original problem into the preprocessor workspace */
+      npp_load_prob(npp, P, GLP_OFF, GLP_MIP, GLP_OFF);
+      /* process MIP prior to applying the branch-and-bound method */
+      if (!term_out || parm->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         env->term_out = GLP_OFF;
+      else
+         env->term_out = GLP_ON;
+      ret = npp_integer(npp, parm);
+      env->term_out = term_out;
+      if (ret == 0)
+         ;
+      else if (ret == GLP_ENOPFS)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO PRIMAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+      }
+      else if (ret == GLP_ENODFS)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("LP RELAXATION HAS NO DUAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      /* build transformed MIP */
+      mip = glp_create_prob();
+      npp_build_prob(npp, mip);
+      /* if the transformed MIP is empty, it has empty solution, which
+         is optimal */
+      if (mip->m == 0 && mip->n == 0)
+      {  mip->mip_stat = GLP_OPT;
+         mip->mip_obj = mip->c0;
+         if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         {  xprintf("Objective value = %17.9e\n", mip->mip_obj);
+            xprintf("INTEGER OPTIMAL SOLUTION FOUND BY MIP PREPROCESSOR"
+               "\n");
+         }
+         goto post;
+      }
+      /* display some statistics */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+      {  int ni = glp_get_num_int(mip);
+         int nb = glp_get_num_bin(mip);
+         char s[50];
+         xprintf("%d row%s, %d column%s, %d non-zero%s\n",
+            mip->m, mip->m == 1 ? "" : "s", mip->n, mip->n == 1 ? "" :
+            "s", mip->nnz, mip->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+         if (nb == 0)
+            strcpy(s, "none of");
+         else if (ni == 1 && nb == 1)
+            strcpy(s, "");
+         else if (nb == 1)
+            strcpy(s, "one of");
+         else if (nb == ni)
+            strcpy(s, "all of");
+         else
+            sprintf(s, "%d of", nb);
+         xprintf("%d integer variable%s, %s which %s binary\n",
+            ni, ni == 1 ? "" : "s", s, nb == 1 ? "is" : "are");
+      }
+      /* inherit basis factorization control parameters */
+      glp_get_bfcp(P, &bfcp);
+      glp_set_bfcp(mip, &bfcp);
+      /* scale the transformed problem */
+      if (!term_out || parm->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         env->term_out = GLP_OFF;
+      else
+         env->term_out = GLP_ON;
+      glp_scale_prob(mip,
+         GLP_SF_GM | GLP_SF_EQ | GLP_SF_2N | GLP_SF_SKIP);
+      env->term_out = term_out;
+      /* build advanced initial basis */
+      if (!term_out || parm->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         env->term_out = GLP_OFF;
+      else
+         env->term_out = GLP_ON;
+      glp_adv_basis(mip, 0);
+      env->term_out = term_out;
+      /* solve initial LP relaxation */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Solving LP relaxation...\n");
+      glp_init_smcp(&smcp);
+      smcp.msg_lev = parm->msg_lev;
+      /* respect time limit */
+      smcp.tm_lim = parm->tm_lim;
+      mip->it_cnt = P->it_cnt;
+      ret = glp_simplex(mip, &smcp);
+      P->it_cnt = mip->it_cnt;
+      if (ret == GLP_ETMLIM)
+         goto done;
+      else if (ret != 0)
+      {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("glp_intopt: cannot solve LP relaxation\n");
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check status of the basic solution */
+      ret = glp_get_status(mip);
+      if (ret == GLP_OPT)
+         ret = 0;
+      else if (ret == GLP_NOFEAS)
+         ret = GLP_ENOPFS;
+      else if (ret == GLP_UNBND)
+         ret = GLP_ENODFS;
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      /* solve the transformed MIP */
+      mip->it_cnt = P->it_cnt;
+#if 0 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      ret = solve_mip(mip, parm);
+#else
+      if (parm->use_sol)
+      {  mip->mip_stat = P->mip_stat;
+         mip->mip_obj = P->mip_obj;
+      }
+      ret = solve_mip(mip, parm, P, npp);
+#endif
+      P->it_cnt = mip->it_cnt;
+      /* only integer feasible solution can be postprocessed */
+      if (!(mip->mip_stat == GLP_OPT || mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS))
+      {  P->mip_stat = mip->mip_stat;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* postprocess solution from the transformed MIP */
+post: npp_postprocess(npp, mip);
+      /* the transformed MIP is no longer needed */
+      glp_delete_prob(mip), mip = NULL;
+      /* store solution to the original problem */
+      npp_unload_sol(npp, P);
+done: /* delete the transformed MIP, if it exists */
+      if (mip != NULL) glp_delete_prob(mip);
+      /* delete preprocessor workspace */
+      npp_delete_wksp(npp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ALIEN_SOLVER /* 28/V-2010 */
+int _glp_intopt1(glp_prob *P, const glp_iocp *parm)
+{     xassert(P == P);
+      xassert(parm == parm);
+      xprintf("glp_intopt: no alien solver is available\n");
+      return GLP_EFAIL;
+}
+#endif
+
+int glp_intopt(glp_prob *P, const glp_iocp *parm)
+{     /* solve MIP problem with the branch-and-bound method */
+      glp_iocp _parm;
+      int i, j, ret;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      /* check problem object */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_intopt: P = %p; invalid problem object\n", P);
+#endif
+      if (P->tree != NULL)
+         xerror("glp_intopt: operation not allowed\n");
+      /* check control parameters */
+      if (parm == NULL)
+         parm = &_parm, glp_init_iocp((glp_iocp *)parm);
+      if (!(parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_OFF ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ERR ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ON  ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_ALL ||
+            parm->msg_lev == GLP_MSG_DBG))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: msg_lev = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->msg_lev);
+      if (!(parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_FFV ||
+            parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_LFV ||
+            parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_MFV ||
+            parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_DTH ||
+            parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_PCH))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: br_tech = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->br_tech);
+      if (!(parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_DFS ||
+            parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_BFS ||
+            parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_BLB ||
+            parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_BPH))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: bt_tech = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->bt_tech);
+      if (!(0.0 < parm->tol_int && parm->tol_int < 1.0))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: tol_int = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tol_int);
+      if (!(0.0 < parm->tol_obj && parm->tol_obj < 1.0))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: tol_obj = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tol_obj);
+      if (parm->tm_lim < 0)
+         xerror("glp_intopt: tm_lim = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->tm_lim);
+      if (parm->out_frq < 0)
+         xerror("glp_intopt: out_frq = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->out_frq);
+      if (parm->out_dly < 0)
+         xerror("glp_intopt: out_dly = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->out_dly);
+      if (!(0 <= parm->cb_size && parm->cb_size <= 256))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: cb_size = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->cb_size);
+      if (!(parm->pp_tech == GLP_PP_NONE ||
+            parm->pp_tech == GLP_PP_ROOT ||
+            parm->pp_tech == GLP_PP_ALL))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: pp_tech = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->pp_tech);
+      if (parm->mip_gap < 0.0)
+         xerror("glp_intopt: mip_gap = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->mip_gap);
+      if (!(parm->mir_cuts == GLP_ON || parm->mir_cuts == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: mir_cuts = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->mir_cuts);
+      if (!(parm->gmi_cuts == GLP_ON || parm->gmi_cuts == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: gmi_cuts = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->gmi_cuts);
+      if (!(parm->cov_cuts == GLP_ON || parm->cov_cuts == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: cov_cuts = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->cov_cuts);
+      if (!(parm->clq_cuts == GLP_ON || parm->clq_cuts == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: clq_cuts = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->clq_cuts);
+      if (!(parm->presolve == GLP_ON || parm->presolve == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: presolve = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->presolve);
+      if (!(parm->binarize == GLP_ON || parm->binarize == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: binarize = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->binarize);
+      if (!(parm->fp_heur == GLP_ON || parm->fp_heur == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: fp_heur = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->fp_heur);
+#if 1 /* 28/V-2010 */
+      if (!(parm->alien == GLP_ON || parm->alien == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_intopt: alien = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            parm->alien);
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      /* integer solution is currently undefined */
+      P->mip_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      P->mip_obj = 0.0;
+#else
+      if (!parm->use_sol)
+         P->mip_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      if (P->mip_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+         P->mip_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      if (P->mip_stat == GLP_UNDEF)
+         P->mip_obj = 0.0;
+      else if (P->mip_stat == GLP_OPT)
+         P->mip_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+#endif
+      /* check bounds of double-bounded variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->type == GLP_DB && row->lb >= row->ub)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_intopt: row %d: lb = %g, ub = %g; incorrect"
+                  " bounds\n", i, row->lb, row->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb >= col->ub)
+         {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("glp_intopt: column %d: lb = %g, ub = %g; incorr"
+                  "ect bounds\n", j, col->lb, col->ub);
+            ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* bounds of all integer variables must be integral */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->kind != GLP_IV) continue;
+         if (col->type == GLP_LO || col->type == GLP_DB)
+         {  if (col->lb != floor(col->lb))
+            {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                  xprintf("glp_intopt: integer column %d has non-intege"
+                     "r lower bound %g\n", j, col->lb);
+               ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         if (col->type == GLP_UP || col->type == GLP_DB)
+         {  if (col->ub != floor(col->ub))
+            {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                  xprintf("glp_intopt: integer column %d has non-intege"
+                     "r upper bound %g\n", j, col->ub);
+               ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  if (col->lb != floor(col->lb))
+            {  if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                  xprintf("glp_intopt: integer column %d has non-intege"
+                     "r fixed value %g\n", j, col->lb);
+               ret = GLP_EBOUND;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* solve MIP problem */
+      if (parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+      {  int ni = glp_get_num_int(P);
+         int nb = glp_get_num_bin(P);
+         char s[50];
+         xprintf("GLPK Integer Optimizer, v%s\n", glp_version());
+         xprintf("%d row%s, %d column%s, %d non-zero%s\n",
+            P->m, P->m == 1 ? "" : "s", P->n, P->n == 1 ? "" : "s",
+            P->nnz, P->nnz == 1 ? "" : "s");
+         if (nb == 0)
+            strcpy(s, "none of");
+         else if (ni == 1 && nb == 1)
+            strcpy(s, "");
+         else if (nb == 1)
+            strcpy(s, "one of");
+         else if (nb == ni)
+            strcpy(s, "all of");
+         else
+            sprintf(s, "%d of", nb);
+         xprintf("%d integer variable%s, %s which %s binary\n",
+            ni, ni == 1 ? "" : "s", s, nb == 1 ? "is" : "are");
+      }
+#if 1 /* 28/V-2010 */
+      if (parm->alien)
+      {  /* use alien integer optimizer */
+         ret = _glp_intopt1(P, parm);
+         goto done;
+      }
+#endif
+      if (!parm->presolve)
+#if 0 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+         ret = solve_mip(P, parm);
+#else
+         ret = solve_mip(P, parm, P, NULL);
+#endif
+      else
+         ret = preprocess_and_solve_mip(P, parm);
+#if 1 /* 12/III-2013 */
+      if (ret == GLP_ENOPFS)
+         P->mip_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+#endif
+done: /* return to the application program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_init_iocp - initialize integer optimizer control parameters
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_init_iocp(glp_iocp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_init_iocp initializes control parameters, which are
+*  used by the integer optimizer, with default values.
+*
+*  Default values of the control parameters are stored in a glp_iocp
+*  structure, which the parameter parm points to. */
+
+void glp_init_iocp(glp_iocp *parm)
+{     parm->msg_lev = GLP_MSG_ALL;
+      parm->br_tech = GLP_BR_DTH;
+      parm->bt_tech = GLP_BT_BLB;
+      parm->tol_int = 1e-5;
+      parm->tol_obj = 1e-7;
+      parm->tm_lim = INT_MAX;
+      parm->out_frq = 5000;
+      parm->out_dly = 10000;
+      parm->cb_func = NULL;
+      parm->cb_info = NULL;
+      parm->cb_size = 0;
+      parm->pp_tech = GLP_PP_ALL;
+      parm->mip_gap = 0.0;
+      parm->mir_cuts = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->gmi_cuts = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->cov_cuts = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->clq_cuts = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->presolve = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->binarize = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->fp_heur = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->ps_heur = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->ps_tm_lim = 60000; /* 1 minute */
+      parm->sr_heur = GLP_ON;
+#if 1 /* 24/X-2015; not documented--should not be used */
+      parm->use_sol = GLP_OFF;
+      parm->save_sol = NULL;
+      parm->alien = GLP_OFF;
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 20/I-2018 */
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016; not documented--should not be used */
+      parm->flip = GLP_OFF;
+#endif
+#else
+      parm->flip = GLP_ON;
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mip_status - retrieve status of MIP solution
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_mip_status(glp_prob *mip);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine lpx_mip_status reports the status of MIP solution found
+*  by the branch-and-bound solver as follows:
+*
+*  GLP_UNDEF  - MIP solution is undefined;
+*  GLP_OPT    - MIP solution is integer optimal;
+*  GLP_FEAS   - MIP solution is integer feasible but its optimality
+*               (or non-optimality) has not been proven, perhaps due to
+*               premature termination of the search;
+*  GLP_NOFEAS - problem has no integer feasible solution (proven by the
+*               solver). */
+
+int glp_mip_status(glp_prob *mip)
+{     int mip_stat = mip->mip_stat;
+      return mip_stat;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mip_obj_val - retrieve objective value (MIP solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_mip_obj_val(glp_prob *mip);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_mip_obj_val returns value of the objective function
+*  for MIP solution. */
+
+double glp_mip_obj_val(glp_prob *mip)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = mip->cps;*/
+      double z;
+      z = mip->mip_obj;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(z) < 1e-9) z = 0.0;*/
+      return z;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mip_row_val - retrieve row value (MIP solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_mip_row_val(glp_prob *mip, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_mip_row_val returns value of the auxiliary variable
+*  associated with i-th row. */
+
+double glp_mip_row_val(glp_prob *mip, int i)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = mip->cps;*/
+      double mipx;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= mip->m))
+         xerror("glp_mip_row_val: i = %d; row number out of range\n", i)
+            ;
+      mipx = mip->row[i]->mipx;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(mipx) < 1e-9) mipx = 0.0;*/
+      return mipx;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mip_col_val - retrieve column value (MIP solution)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_mip_col_val(glp_prob *mip, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_mip_col_val returns value of the structural variable
+*  associated with j-th column. */
+
+double glp_mip_col_val(glp_prob *mip, int j)
+{     /*struct LPXCPS *cps = mip->cps;*/
+      double mipx;
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= mip->n))
+         xerror("glp_mip_col_val: j = %d; column number out of range\n",
+            j);
+      mipx = mip->col[j]->mipx;
+      /*if (cps->round && fabs(mipx) < 1e-9) mipx = 0.0;*/
+      return mipx;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi10.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi10.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5550aa39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi10.c
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/* glpapi10.c (solution checking routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+void glp_check_kkt(glp_prob *P, int sol, int cond, double *_ae_max,
+      int *_ae_ind, double *_re_max, int *_re_ind)
+{     /* check feasibility and optimality conditions */
+      int m = P->m;
+      int n = P->n;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, ae_ind, re_ind;
+      double e, sp, sn, t, ae_max, re_max;
+      if (!(sol == GLP_SOL || sol == GLP_IPT || sol == GLP_MIP))
+         xerror("glp_check_kkt: sol = %d; invalid solution indicator\n",
+            sol);
+      if (!(cond == GLP_KKT_PE || cond == GLP_KKT_PB ||
+            cond == GLP_KKT_DE || cond == GLP_KKT_DB ||
+            cond == GLP_KKT_CS))
+         xerror("glp_check_kkt: cond = %d; invalid condition indicator "
+            "\n", cond);
+      ae_max = re_max = 0.0;
+      ae_ind = re_ind = 0;
+      if (cond == GLP_KKT_PE)
+      {  /* xR - A * xS = 0 */
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         {  row = P->row[i];
+            sp = sn = 0.0;
+            /* t := xR[i] */
+            if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+               t = row->prim;
+            else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+               t = row->pval;
+            else if (sol == GLP_MIP)
+               t = row->mipx;
+            else
+               xassert(sol != sol);
+            if (t >= 0.0) sp += t; else sn -= t;
+            for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            {  col = aij->col;
+               /* t := - a[i,j] * xS[j] */
+               if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+                  t = - aij->val * col->prim;
+               else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+                  t = - aij->val * col->pval;
+               else if (sol == GLP_MIP)
+                  t = - aij->val * col->mipx;
+               else
+                  xassert(sol != sol);
+               if (t >= 0.0) sp += t; else sn -= t;
+            }
+            /* absolute error */
+            e = fabs(sp - sn);
+            if (ae_max < e)
+               ae_max = e, ae_ind = i;
+            /* relative error */
+            e /= (1.0 + sp + sn);
+            if (re_max < e)
+               re_max = e, re_ind = i;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (cond == GLP_KKT_PB)
+      {  /* lR <= xR <= uR */
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         {  row = P->row[i];
+            /* t := xR[i] */
+            if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+               t = row->prim;
+            else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+               t = row->pval;
+            else if (sol == GLP_MIP)
+               t = row->mipx;
+            else
+               xassert(sol != sol);
+            /* check lower bound */
+            if (row->type == GLP_LO || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+                row->type == GLP_FX)
+            {  if (t < row->lb)
+               {  /* absolute error */
+                  e = row->lb - t;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = e, ae_ind = i;
+                  /* relative error */
+                  e /= (1.0 + fabs(row->lb));
+                  if (re_max < e)
+                     re_max = e, re_ind = i;
+               }
+            }
+            /* check upper bound */
+            if (row->type == GLP_UP || row->type == GLP_DB ||
+                row->type == GLP_FX)
+            {  if (t > row->ub)
+               {  /* absolute error */
+                  e = t - row->ub;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = e, ae_ind = i;
+                  /* relative error */
+                  e /= (1.0 + fabs(row->ub));
+                  if (re_max < e)
+                     re_max = e, re_ind = i;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* lS <= xS <= uS */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  col = P->col[j];
+            /* t := xS[j] */
+            if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+               t = col->prim;
+            else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+               t = col->pval;
+            else if (sol == GLP_MIP)
+               t = col->mipx;
+            else
+               xassert(sol != sol);
+            /* check lower bound */
+            if (col->type == GLP_LO || col->type == GLP_DB ||
+                col->type == GLP_FX)
+            {  if (t < col->lb)
+               {  /* absolute error */
+                  e = col->lb - t;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = e, ae_ind = m+j;
+                  /* relative error */
+                  e /= (1.0 + fabs(col->lb));
+                  if (re_max < e)
+                     re_max = e, re_ind = m+j;
+               }
+            }
+            /* check upper bound */
+            if (col->type == GLP_UP || col->type == GLP_DB ||
+                col->type == GLP_FX)
+            {  if (t > col->ub)
+               {  /* absolute error */
+                  e = t - col->ub;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = e, ae_ind = m+j;
+                  /* relative error */
+                  e /= (1.0 + fabs(col->ub));
+                  if (re_max < e)
+                     re_max = e, re_ind = m+j;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else if (cond == GLP_KKT_DE)
+      {  /* A' * (lambdaR - cR) + (lambdaS - cS) = 0 */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  col = P->col[j];
+            sp = sn = 0.0;
+            /* t := lambdaS[j] - cS[j] */
+            if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+               t = col->dual - col->coef;
+            else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+               t = col->dval - col->coef;
+            else
+               xassert(sol != sol);
+            if (t >= 0.0) sp += t; else sn -= t;
+            for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+            {  row = aij->row;
+               /* t := a[i,j] * (lambdaR[i] - cR[i]) */
+               if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+                  t = aij->val * row->dual;
+               else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+                  t = aij->val * row->dval;
+               else
+                  xassert(sol != sol);
+               if (t >= 0.0) sp += t; else sn -= t;
+            }
+            /* absolute error */
+            e = fabs(sp - sn);
+            if (ae_max < e)
+               ae_max = e, ae_ind = m+j;
+            /* relative error */
+            e /= (1.0 + sp + sn);
+            if (re_max < e)
+               re_max = e, re_ind = m+j;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (cond == GLP_KKT_DB)
+      {  /* check lambdaR */
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         {  row = P->row[i];
+            /* t := lambdaR[i] */
+            if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+               t = row->dual;
+            else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+               t = row->dval;
+            else
+               xassert(sol != sol);
+            /* correct sign */
+            if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+               t = + t;
+            else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+               t = - t;
+            else
+               xassert(P != P);
+            /* check for positivity */
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2013 */
+            /* the former check was correct */
+            /* the bug reported by David Price is related to violation
+               of complementarity slackness, not to this condition */
+            if (row->type == GLP_FR || row->type == GLP_LO)
+#else
+            if (row->stat == GLP_NF || row->stat == GLP_NL)
+#endif
+            {  if (t < 0.0)
+               {  e = - t;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = re_max = e, ae_ind = re_ind = i;
+               }
+            }
+            /* check for negativity */
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2013 */
+            /* see comment above */
+            if (row->type == GLP_FR || row->type == GLP_UP)
+#else
+            if (row->stat == GLP_NF || row->stat == GLP_NU)
+#endif
+            {  if (t > 0.0)
+               {  e = + t;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = re_max = e, ae_ind = re_ind = i;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* check lambdaS */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  col = P->col[j];
+            /* t := lambdaS[j] */
+            if (sol == GLP_SOL)
+               t = col->dual;
+            else if (sol == GLP_IPT)
+               t = col->dval;
+            else
+               xassert(sol != sol);
+            /* correct sign */
+            if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+               t = + t;
+            else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+               t = - t;
+            else
+               xassert(P != P);
+            /* check for positivity */
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2013 */
+            /* see comment above */
+            if (col->type == GLP_FR || col->type == GLP_LO)
+#else
+            if (col->stat == GLP_NF || col->stat == GLP_NL)
+#endif
+            {  if (t < 0.0)
+               {  e = - t;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = re_max = e, ae_ind = re_ind = m+j;
+               }
+            }
+            /* check for negativity */
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2013 */
+            /* see comment above */
+            if (col->type == GLP_FR || col->type == GLP_UP)
+#else
+            if (col->stat == GLP_NF || col->stat == GLP_NU)
+#endif
+            {  if (t > 0.0)
+               {  e = + t;
+                  if (ae_max < e)
+                     ae_max = re_max = e, ae_ind = re_ind = m+j;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(cond != cond);
+      if (_ae_max != NULL) *_ae_max = ae_max;
+      if (_ae_ind != NULL) *_ae_ind = ae_ind;
+      if (_re_max != NULL) *_re_max = re_max;
+      if (_re_ind != NULL) *_re_ind = re_ind;
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi12.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi12.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..020c8981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi12.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2185 @@
+/* glpapi12.c (basis factorization and simplex tableau routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "draft.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_bf_exists - check if the basis factorization exists
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_bf_exists(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the basis factorization for the current basis associated with
+*  the specified problem object exists and therefore is available for
+*  computations, the routine glp_bf_exists returns non-zero. Otherwise
+*  the routine returns zero. */
+
+int glp_bf_exists(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int ret;
+      ret = (lp->m == 0 || lp->valid);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_factorize - compute the basis factorization
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_factorize(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_factorize computes the basis factorization for the
+*  current basis associated with the specified problem object.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The basis factorization has been successfully computed.
+*
+*  GLP_EBADB
+*     The basis matrix is invalid, i.e. the number of basic (auxiliary
+*     and structural) variables differs from the number of rows in the
+*     problem object.
+*
+*  GLP_ESING
+*     The basis matrix is singular within the working precision.
+*
+*  GLP_ECOND
+*     The basis matrix is ill-conditioned. */
+
+static int b_col(void *info, int j, int ind[], double val[])
+{     glp_prob *lp = info;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int k, len;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= m);
+      /* determine the ordinal number of basic auxiliary or structural
+         variable x[k] corresponding to basic variable xB[j] */
+      k = lp->head[j];
+      /* build j-th column of the basic matrix, which is k-th column of
+         the scaled augmented matrix (I | -R*A*S) */
+      if (k <= m)
+      {  /* x[k] is auxiliary variable */
+         len = 1;
+         ind[1] = k;
+         val[1] = 1.0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* x[k] is structural variable */
+         len = 0;
+         for (aij = lp->col[k-m]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         {  len++;
+            ind[len] = aij->row->i;
+            val[len] = - aij->row->rii * aij->val * aij->col->sjj;
+         }
+      }
+      return len;
+}
+
+int glp_factorize(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      GLPROW **row = lp->row;
+      GLPCOL **col = lp->col;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int j, k, stat, ret;
+      /* invalidate the basis factorization */
+      lp->valid = 0;
+      /* build the basis header */
+      j = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (k <= m)
+         {  stat = row[k]->stat;
+            row[k]->bind = 0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  stat = col[k-m]->stat;
+            col[k-m]->bind = 0;
+         }
+         if (stat == GLP_BS)
+         {  j++;
+            if (j > m)
+            {  /* too many basic variables */
+               ret = GLP_EBADB;
+               goto fini;
+            }
+            head[j] = k;
+            if (k <= m)
+               row[k]->bind = j;
+            else
+               col[k-m]->bind = j;
+         }
+      }
+      if (j < m)
+      {  /* too few basic variables */
+         ret = GLP_EBADB;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      /* try to factorize the basis matrix */
+      if (m > 0)
+      {  if (lp->bfd == NULL)
+         {  lp->bfd = bfd_create_it();
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2014 */
+            copy_bfcp(lp);
+#endif
+         }
+         switch (bfd_factorize(lp->bfd, m, /*lp->head,*/ b_col, lp))
+         {  case 0:
+               /* ok */
+               break;
+            case BFD_ESING:
+               /* singular matrix */
+               ret = GLP_ESING;
+               goto fini;
+            case BFD_ECOND:
+               /* ill-conditioned matrix */
+               ret = GLP_ECOND;
+               goto fini;
+            default:
+               xassert(lp != lp);
+         }
+         lp->valid = 1;
+      }
+      /* factorization successful */
+      ret = 0;
+fini: /* bring the return code to the calling program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_bf_updated - check if the basis factorization has been updated
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_bf_updated(glp_prob *lp);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the basis factorization has been just computed from scratch, the
+*  routine glp_bf_updated returns zero. Otherwise, if the factorization
+*  has been updated one or more times, the routine returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_bf_updated(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int cnt;
+      if (!(lp->m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_bf_update: basis factorization does not exist\n");
+#if 0 /* 15/XI-2009 */
+      cnt = (lp->m == 0 ? 0 : lp->bfd->upd_cnt);
+#else
+      cnt = (lp->m == 0 ? 0 : bfd_get_count(lp->bfd));
+#endif
+      return cnt;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_bfcp - retrieve basis factorization control parameters
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_get_bfcp(glp_prob *lp, glp_bfcp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_bfcp retrieves control parameters, which are
+*  used on computing and updating the basis factorization associated
+*  with the specified problem object.
+*
+*  Current values of control parameters are stored by the routine in
+*  a glp_bfcp structure, which the parameter parm points to. */
+
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2014 */
+void glp_get_bfcp(glp_prob *P, glp_bfcp *parm)
+{     if (P->bfd == NULL)
+         P->bfd = bfd_create_it();
+      bfd_get_bfcp(P->bfd, parm);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_set_bfcp - change basis factorization control parameters
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_set_bfcp(glp_prob *lp, const glp_bfcp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_set_bfcp changes control parameters, which are used
+*  by internal GLPK routines in computing and updating the basis
+*  factorization associated with the specified problem object.
+*
+*  New values of the control parameters should be passed in a structure
+*  glp_bfcp, which the parameter parm points to.
+*
+*  The parameter parm can be specified as NULL, in which case all
+*  control parameters are reset to their default values. */
+
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2014 */
+void glp_set_bfcp(glp_prob *P, const glp_bfcp *parm)
+{     if (P->bfd == NULL)
+         P->bfd = bfd_create_it();
+      if (parm != NULL)
+      {  if (!(parm->type == GLP_BF_LUF + GLP_BF_FT ||
+               parm->type == GLP_BF_LUF + GLP_BF_BG ||
+               parm->type == GLP_BF_LUF + GLP_BF_GR ||
+               parm->type == GLP_BF_BTF + GLP_BF_BG ||
+               parm->type == GLP_BF_BTF + GLP_BF_GR))
+            xerror("glp_set_bfcp: type = 0x%02X; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->type);
+         if (!(0.0 < parm->piv_tol && parm->piv_tol < 1.0))
+            xerror("glp_set_bfcp: piv_tol = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->piv_tol);
+         if (parm->piv_lim < 1)
+            xerror("glp_set_bfcp: piv_lim = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->piv_lim);
+         if (!(parm->suhl == GLP_ON || parm->suhl == GLP_OFF))
+            xerror("glp_set_bfcp: suhl = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->suhl);
+         if (!(0.0 <= parm->eps_tol && parm->eps_tol <= 1e-6))
+            xerror("glp_set_bfcp: eps_tol = %g; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->eps_tol);
+         if (!(1 <= parm->nfs_max && parm->nfs_max <= 32767))
+            xerror("glp_set_bfcp: nfs_max = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->nfs_max);
+         if (!(1 <= parm->nrs_max && parm->nrs_max <= 32767))
+            xerror("glp_set_bfcp: nrs_max = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+               parm->nrs_max);
+      }
+      bfd_set_bfcp(P->bfd, parm);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_bhead - retrieve the basis header information
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_bhead(glp_prob *lp, int k);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_bhead returns the basis header information for
+*  the current basis associated with the specified problem object.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If xB[k], 1 <= k <= m, is i-th auxiliary variable (1 <= i <= m), the
+*  routine returns i. Otherwise, if xB[k] is j-th structural variable
+*  (1 <= j <= n), the routine returns m+j. Here m is the number of rows
+*  and n is the number of columns in the problem object. */
+
+int glp_get_bhead(glp_prob *lp, int k)
+{     if (!(lp->m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_get_bhead: basis factorization does not exist\n");
+      if (!(1 <= k && k <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_bhead: k = %d; index out of range\n", k);
+      return lp->head[k];
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_row_bind - retrieve row index in the basis header
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_row_bind(glp_prob *lp, int i);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_row_bind returns the index k of basic variable
+*  xB[k], 1 <= k <= m, which is i-th auxiliary variable, 1 <= i <= m,
+*  in the current basis associated with the specified problem object,
+*  where m is the number of rows. However, if i-th auxiliary variable
+*  is non-basic, the routine returns zero. */
+
+int glp_get_row_bind(glp_prob *lp, int i)
+{     if (!(lp->m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_bind: basis factorization does not exist\n"
+            );
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= lp->m))
+         xerror("glp_get_row_bind: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      return lp->row[i]->bind;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_get_col_bind - retrieve column index in the basis header
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_get_col_bind(glp_prob *lp, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_get_col_bind returns the index k of basic variable
+*  xB[k], 1 <= k <= m, which is j-th structural variable, 1 <= j <= n,
+*  in the current basis associated with the specified problem object,
+*  where m is the number of rows, n is the number of columns. However,
+*  if j-th structural variable is non-basic, the routine returns zero.*/
+
+int glp_get_col_bind(glp_prob *lp, int j)
+{     if (!(lp->m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_bind: basis factorization does not exist\n"
+            );
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= lp->n))
+         xerror("glp_get_col_bind: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      return lp->col[j]->bind;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ftran - perform forward transformation (solve system B*x = b)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_ftran(glp_prob *lp, double x[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ftran performs forward transformation, i.e. solves
+*  the system B*x = b, where B is the basis matrix corresponding to the
+*  current basis for the specified problem object, x is the vector of
+*  unknowns to be computed, b is the vector of right-hand sides.
+*
+*  On entry elements of the vector b should be stored in dense format
+*  in locations x[1], ..., x[m], where m is the number of rows. On exit
+*  the routine stores elements of the vector x in the same locations.
+*
+*  SCALING/UNSCALING
+*
+*  Let A~ = (I | -A) is the augmented constraint matrix of the original
+*  (unscaled) problem. In the scaled LP problem instead the matrix A the
+*  scaled matrix A" = R*A*S is actually used, so
+*
+*     A~" = (I | A") = (I | R*A*S) = (R*I*inv(R) | R*A*S) =
+*                                                                    (1)
+*         = R*(I | A)*S~ = R*A~*S~,
+*
+*  is the scaled augmented constraint matrix, where R and S are diagonal
+*  scaling matrices used to scale rows and columns of the matrix A, and
+*
+*     S~ = diag(inv(R) | S)                                          (2)
+*
+*  is an augmented diagonal scaling matrix.
+*
+*  By definition:
+*
+*     A~ = (B | N),                                                  (3)
+*
+*  where B is the basic matrix, which consists of basic columns of the
+*  augmented constraint matrix A~, and N is a matrix, which consists of
+*  non-basic columns of A~. From (1) it follows that:
+*
+*     A~" = (B" | N") = (R*B*SB | R*N*SN),                           (4)
+*
+*  where SB and SN are parts of the augmented scaling matrix S~, which
+*  correspond to basic and non-basic variables, respectively. Therefore
+*
+*     B" = R*B*SB,                                                   (5)
+*
+*  which is the scaled basis matrix. */
+
+void glp_ftran(glp_prob *lp, double x[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      GLPROW **row = lp->row;
+      GLPCOL **col = lp->col;
+      int i, k;
+      /* B*x = b ===> (R*B*SB)*(inv(SB)*x) = R*b ===>
+         B"*x" = b", where b" = R*b, x = SB*x" */
+      if (!(m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_ftran: basis factorization does not exist\n");
+      /* b" := R*b */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         x[i] *= row[i]->rii;
+      /* x" := inv(B")*b" */
+      if (m > 0) bfd_ftran(lp->bfd, x);
+      /* x := SB*x" */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = lp->head[i];
+         if (k <= m)
+            x[i] /= row[k]->rii;
+         else
+            x[i] *= col[k-m]->sjj;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_btran - perform backward transformation (solve system B'*x = b)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_btran(glp_prob *lp, double x[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_btran performs backward transformation, i.e. solves
+*  the system B'*x = b, where B' is a matrix transposed to the basis
+*  matrix corresponding to the current basis for the specified problem
+*  problem object, x is the vector of unknowns to be computed, b is the
+*  vector of right-hand sides.
+*
+*  On entry elements of the vector b should be stored in dense format
+*  in locations x[1], ..., x[m], where m is the number of rows. On exit
+*  the routine stores elements of the vector x in the same locations.
+*
+*  SCALING/UNSCALING
+*
+*  See comments to the routine glp_ftran. */
+
+void glp_btran(glp_prob *lp, double x[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      GLPROW **row = lp->row;
+      GLPCOL **col = lp->col;
+      int i, k;
+      /* B'*x = b ===> (SB*B'*R)*(inv(R)*x) = SB*b ===>
+         (B")'*x" = b", where b" = SB*b, x = R*x" */
+      if (!(m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_btran: basis factorization does not exist\n");
+      /* b" := SB*b */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = lp->head[i];
+         if (k <= m)
+            x[i] /= row[k]->rii;
+         else
+            x[i] *= col[k-m]->sjj;
+      }
+      /* x" := inv[(B")']*b" */
+      if (m > 0) bfd_btran(lp->bfd, x);
+      /* x := R*x" */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         x[i] *= row[i]->rii;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_warm_up - "warm up" LP basis
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_warm_up(glp_prob *P);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_warm_up "warms up" the LP basis for the specified
+*  problem object using current statuses assigned to rows and columns
+*  (that is, to auxiliary and structural variables).
+*
+*  This operation includes computing factorization of the basis matrix
+*  (if it does not exist), computing primal and dual components of basic
+*  solution, and determining the solution status.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The operation has been successfully performed.
+*
+*  GLP_EBADB
+*     The basis matrix is invalid, i.e. the number of basic (auxiliary
+*     and structural) variables differs from the number of rows in the
+*     problem object.
+*
+*  GLP_ESING
+*     The basis matrix is singular within the working precision.
+*
+*  GLP_ECOND
+*     The basis matrix is ill-conditioned. */
+
+int glp_warm_up(glp_prob *P)
+{     GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, type, stat, ret;
+      double eps, temp, *work;
+      /* invalidate basic solution */
+      P->pbs_stat = P->dbs_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+      P->obj_val = 0.0;
+      P->some = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         row->prim = row->dual = 0.0;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         col->prim = col->dual = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* compute the basis factorization, if necessary */
+      if (!glp_bf_exists(P))
+      {  ret = glp_factorize(P);
+         if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      }
+      /* allocate working array */
+      work = xcalloc(1+P->m, sizeof(double));
+      /* determine and store values of non-basic variables, compute
+         vector (- N * xN) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+         work[i] = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->stat == GLP_BS)
+            continue;
+         else if (row->stat == GLP_NL)
+            row->prim = row->lb;
+         else if (row->stat == GLP_NU)
+            row->prim = row->ub;
+         else if (row->stat == GLP_NF)
+            row->prim = 0.0;
+         else if (row->stat == GLP_NS)
+            row->prim = row->lb;
+         else
+            xassert(row != row);
+         /* N[j] is i-th column of matrix (I|-A) */
+         work[i] -= row->prim;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->stat == GLP_BS)
+            continue;
+         else if (col->stat == GLP_NL)
+            col->prim = col->lb;
+         else if (col->stat == GLP_NU)
+            col->prim = col->ub;
+         else if (col->stat == GLP_NF)
+            col->prim = 0.0;
+         else if (col->stat == GLP_NS)
+            col->prim = col->lb;
+         else
+            xassert(col != col);
+         /* N[j] is (m+j)-th column of matrix (I|-A) */
+         if (col->prim != 0.0)
+         {  for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+               work[aij->row->i] += aij->val * col->prim;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute vector of basic variables xB = - inv(B) * N * xN */
+      glp_ftran(P, work);
+      /* store values of basic variables, check primal feasibility */
+      P->pbs_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->stat != GLP_BS)
+            continue;
+         row->prim = work[row->bind];
+         type = row->type;
+         if (type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  eps = 1e-6 + 1e-9 * fabs(row->lb);
+            if (row->prim < row->lb - eps)
+               P->pbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+         }
+         if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  eps = 1e-6 + 1e-9 * fabs(row->ub);
+            if (row->prim > row->ub + eps)
+               P->pbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+         }
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->stat != GLP_BS)
+            continue;
+         col->prim = work[col->bind];
+         type = col->type;
+         if (type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  eps = 1e-6 + 1e-9 * fabs(col->lb);
+            if (col->prim < col->lb - eps)
+               P->pbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+         }
+         if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  eps = 1e-6 + 1e-9 * fabs(col->ub);
+            if (col->prim > col->ub + eps)
+               P->pbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute value of the objective function */
+      P->obj_val = P->c0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         P->obj_val += col->coef * col->prim;
+      }
+      /* build vector cB of objective coefficients at basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+         work[i] = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->stat == GLP_BS)
+            work[col->bind] = col->coef;
+      }
+      /* compute vector of simplex multipliers pi = inv(B') * cB */
+      glp_btran(P, work);
+      /* compute and store reduced costs of non-basic variables d[j] =
+         c[j] - N'[j] * pi, check dual feasibility */
+      P->dbs_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         if (row->stat == GLP_BS)
+         {  row->dual = 0.0;
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* N[j] is i-th column of matrix (I|-A) */
+         row->dual = - work[i];
+#if 0 /* 07/III-2013 */
+         type = row->type;
+         temp = (P->dir == GLP_MIN ? + row->dual : - row->dual);
+         if ((type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_LO) && temp < -1e-5 ||
+             (type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_UP) && temp > +1e-5)
+            P->dbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+#else
+         stat = row->stat;
+         temp = (P->dir == GLP_MIN ? + row->dual : - row->dual);
+         if ((stat == GLP_NF || stat == GLP_NL) && temp < -1e-5 ||
+             (stat == GLP_NF || stat == GLP_NU) && temp > +1e-5)
+            P->dbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+#endif
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->stat == GLP_BS)
+         {  col->dual = 0.0;
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* N[j] is (m+j)-th column of matrix (I|-A) */
+         col->dual = col->coef;
+         for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+            col->dual += aij->val * work[aij->row->i];
+#if 0 /* 07/III-2013 */
+         type = col->type;
+         temp = (P->dir == GLP_MIN ? + col->dual : - col->dual);
+         if ((type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_LO) && temp < -1e-5 ||
+             (type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_UP) && temp > +1e-5)
+            P->dbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+#else
+         stat = col->stat;
+         temp = (P->dir == GLP_MIN ? + col->dual : - col->dual);
+         if ((stat == GLP_NF || stat == GLP_NL) && temp < -1e-5 ||
+             (stat == GLP_NF || stat == GLP_NU) && temp > +1e-5)
+            P->dbs_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+#endif
+      }
+      /* free working array */
+      xfree(work);
+      ret = 0;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_eval_tab_row - compute row of the simplex tableau
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_eval_tab_row(glp_prob *lp, int k, int ind[], double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_eval_tab_row computes a row of the current simplex
+*  tableau for the basic variable, which is specified by the number k:
+*  if 1 <= k <= m, x[k] is k-th auxiliary variable; if m+1 <= k <= m+n,
+*  x[k] is (k-m)-th structural variable, where m is number of rows, and
+*  n is number of columns. The current basis must be available.
+*
+*  The routine stores column indices and numerical values of non-zero
+*  elements of the computed row using sparse format to the locations
+*  ind[1], ..., ind[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], respectively, where
+*  0 <= len <= n is number of non-zeros returned on exit.
+*
+*  Element indices stored in the array ind have the same sense as the
+*  index k, i.e. indices 1 to m denote auxiliary variables and indices
+*  m+1 to m+n denote structural ones (all these variables are obviously
+*  non-basic by definition).
+*
+*  The computed row shows how the specified basic variable x[k] = xB[i]
+*  depends on non-basic variables:
+*
+*     xB[i] = alfa[i,1]*xN[1] + alfa[i,2]*xN[2] + ... + alfa[i,n]*xN[n],
+*
+*  where alfa[i,j] are elements of the simplex table row, xN[j] are
+*  non-basic (auxiliary and structural) variables.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns number of non-zero elements in the simplex table
+*  row stored in the arrays ind and val.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  The system of equality constraints of the LP problem is:
+*
+*     xR = A * xS,                                                   (1)
+*
+*  where xR is the vector of auxliary variables, xS is the vector of
+*  structural variables, A is the matrix of constraint coefficients.
+*
+*  The system (1) can be written in homogenous form as follows:
+*
+*     A~ * x = 0,                                                    (2)
+*
+*  where A~ = (I | -A) is the augmented constraint matrix (has m rows
+*  and m+n columns), x = (xR | xS) is the vector of all (auxiliary and
+*  structural) variables.
+*
+*  By definition for the current basis we have:
+*
+*     A~ = (B | N),                                                  (3)
+*
+*  where B is the basis matrix. Thus, the system (2) can be written as:
+*
+*     B * xB + N * xN = 0.                                           (4)
+*
+*  From (4) it follows that:
+*
+*     xB = A^ * xN,                                                  (5)
+*
+*  where the matrix
+*
+*     A^ = - inv(B) * N                                              (6)
+*
+*  is called the simplex table.
+*
+*  It is understood that i-th row of the simplex table is:
+*
+*     e * A^ = - e * inv(B) * N,                                     (7)
+*
+*  where e is a unity vector with e[i] = 1.
+*
+*  To compute i-th row of the simplex table the routine first computes
+*  i-th row of the inverse:
+*
+*     rho = inv(B') * e,                                             (8)
+*
+*  where B' is a matrix transposed to B, and then computes elements of
+*  i-th row of the simplex table as scalar products:
+*
+*     alfa[i,j] = - rho * N[j]   for all j,                          (9)
+*
+*  where N[j] is a column of the augmented constraint matrix A~, which
+*  corresponds to some non-basic auxiliary or structural variable. */
+
+int glp_eval_tab_row(glp_prob *lp, int k, int ind[], double val[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int i, t, len, lll, *iii;
+      double alfa, *rho, *vvv;
+      if (!(m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_eval_tab_row: basis factorization does not exist\n"
+            );
+      if (!(1 <= k && k <= m+n))
+         xerror("glp_eval_tab_row: k = %d; variable number out of range"
+            , k);
+      /* determine xB[i] which corresponds to x[k] */
+      if (k <= m)
+         i = glp_get_row_bind(lp, k);
+      else
+         i = glp_get_col_bind(lp, k-m);
+      if (i == 0)
+         xerror("glp_eval_tab_row: k = %d; variable must be basic", k);
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      rho = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      iii = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      vvv = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      /* compute i-th row of the inverse; see (8) */
+      for (t = 1; t <= m; t++) rho[t] = 0.0;
+      rho[i] = 1.0;
+      glp_btran(lp, rho);
+      /* compute i-th row of the simplex table */
+      len = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  if (k <= m)
+         {  /* x[k] is auxiliary variable, so N[k] is a unity column */
+            if (glp_get_row_stat(lp, k) == GLP_BS) continue;
+            /* compute alfa[i,j]; see (9) */
+            alfa = - rho[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* x[k] is structural variable, so N[k] is a column of the
+               original constraint matrix A with negative sign */
+            if (glp_get_col_stat(lp, k-m) == GLP_BS) continue;
+            /* compute alfa[i,j]; see (9) */
+            lll = glp_get_mat_col(lp, k-m, iii, vvv);
+            alfa = 0.0;
+            for (t = 1; t <= lll; t++) alfa += rho[iii[t]] * vvv[t];
+         }
+         /* store alfa[i,j] */
+         if (alfa != 0.0) len++, ind[len] = k, val[len] = alfa;
+      }
+      xassert(len <= n);
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(rho);
+      xfree(iii);
+      xfree(vvv);
+      /* return to the calling program */
+      return len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_eval_tab_col - compute column of the simplex tableau
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_eval_tab_col(glp_prob *lp, int k, int ind[], double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_eval_tab_col computes a column of the current simplex
+*  table for the non-basic variable, which is specified by the number k:
+*  if 1 <= k <= m, x[k] is k-th auxiliary variable; if m+1 <= k <= m+n,
+*  x[k] is (k-m)-th structural variable, where m is number of rows, and
+*  n is number of columns. The current basis must be available.
+*
+*  The routine stores row indices and numerical values of non-zero
+*  elements of the computed column using sparse format to the locations
+*  ind[1], ..., ind[len] and val[1], ..., val[len] respectively, where
+*  0 <= len <= m is number of non-zeros returned on exit.
+*
+*  Element indices stored in the array ind have the same sense as the
+*  index k, i.e. indices 1 to m denote auxiliary variables and indices
+*  m+1 to m+n denote structural ones (all these variables are obviously
+*  basic by the definition).
+*
+*  The computed column shows how basic variables depend on the specified
+*  non-basic variable x[k] = xN[j]:
+*
+*     xB[1] = ... + alfa[1,j]*xN[j] + ...
+*     xB[2] = ... + alfa[2,j]*xN[j] + ...
+*              . . . . . .
+*     xB[m] = ... + alfa[m,j]*xN[j] + ...
+*
+*  where alfa[i,j] are elements of the simplex table column, xB[i] are
+*  basic (auxiliary and structural) variables.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns number of non-zero elements in the simplex table
+*  column stored in the arrays ind and val.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  As it was explained in comments to the routine glp_eval_tab_row (see
+*  above) the simplex table is the following matrix:
+*
+*     A^ = - inv(B) * N.                                             (1)
+*
+*  Therefore j-th column of the simplex table is:
+*
+*     A^ * e = - inv(B) * N * e = - inv(B) * N[j],                   (2)
+*
+*  where e is a unity vector with e[j] = 1, B is the basis matrix, N[j]
+*  is a column of the augmented constraint matrix A~, which corresponds
+*  to the given non-basic auxiliary or structural variable. */
+
+int glp_eval_tab_col(glp_prob *lp, int k, int ind[], double val[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int t, len, stat;
+      double *col;
+      if (!(m == 0 || lp->valid))
+         xerror("glp_eval_tab_col: basis factorization does not exist\n"
+            );
+      if (!(1 <= k && k <= m+n))
+         xerror("glp_eval_tab_col: k = %d; variable number out of range"
+            , k);
+      if (k <= m)
+         stat = glp_get_row_stat(lp, k);
+      else
+         stat = glp_get_col_stat(lp, k-m);
+      if (stat == GLP_BS)
+         xerror("glp_eval_tab_col: k = %d; variable must be non-basic",
+            k);
+      /* obtain column N[k] with negative sign */
+      col = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      for (t = 1; t <= m; t++) col[t] = 0.0;
+      if (k <= m)
+      {  /* x[k] is auxiliary variable, so N[k] is a unity column */
+         col[k] = -1.0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* x[k] is structural variable, so N[k] is a column of the
+            original constraint matrix A with negative sign */
+         len = glp_get_mat_col(lp, k-m, ind, val);
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++) col[ind[t]] = val[t];
+      }
+      /* compute column of the simplex table, which corresponds to the
+         specified non-basic variable x[k] */
+      glp_ftran(lp, col);
+      len = 0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= m; t++)
+      {  if (col[t] != 0.0)
+         {  len++;
+            ind[len] = glp_get_bhead(lp, t);
+            val[len] = col[t];
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(col);
+      /* return to the calling program */
+      return len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_transform_row - transform explicitly specified row
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_transform_row(glp_prob *P, int len, int ind[], double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_transform_row performs the same operation as the
+*  routine glp_eval_tab_row with exception that the row to be
+*  transformed is specified explicitly as a sparse vector.
+*
+*  The explicitly specified row may be thought as a linear form:
+*
+*     x = a[1]*x[m+1] + a[2]*x[m+2] + ... + a[n]*x[m+n],             (1)
+*
+*  where x is an auxiliary variable for this row, a[j] are coefficients
+*  of the linear form, x[m+j] are structural variables.
+*
+*  On entry column indices and numerical values of non-zero elements of
+*  the row should be stored in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len] and
+*  val[1], ..., val[len], where len is the number of non-zero elements.
+*
+*  This routine uses the system of equality constraints and the current
+*  basis in order to express the auxiliary variable x in (1) through the
+*  current non-basic variables (as if the transformed row were added to
+*  the problem object and its auxiliary variable were basic), i.e. the
+*  resultant row has the form:
+*
+*     x = alfa[1]*xN[1] + alfa[2]*xN[2] + ... + alfa[n]*xN[n],       (2)
+*
+*  where xN[j] are non-basic (auxiliary or structural) variables, n is
+*  the number of columns in the LP problem object.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores indices and numerical values of non-zero
+*  elements of the resultant row (2) in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len']
+*  and val[1], ..., val[len'], where 0 <= len' <= n is the number of
+*  non-zero elements in the resultant row returned by the routine. Note
+*  that indices (numbers) of non-basic variables stored in the array ind
+*  correspond to original ordinal numbers of variables: indices 1 to m
+*  mean auxiliary variables and indices m+1 to m+n mean structural ones.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns len', which is the number of non-zero elements in
+*  the resultant row stored in the arrays ind and val.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  The explicitly specified row (1) is transformed in the same way as it
+*  were the objective function row.
+*
+*  From (1) it follows that:
+*
+*     x = aB * xB + aN * xN,                                         (3)
+*
+*  where xB is the vector of basic variables, xN is the vector of
+*  non-basic variables.
+*
+*  The simplex table, which corresponds to the current basis, is:
+*
+*     xB = [-inv(B) * N] * xN.                                       (4)
+*
+*  Therefore substituting xB from (4) to (3) we have:
+*
+*     x = aB * [-inv(B) * N] * xN + aN * xN =
+*                                                                    (5)
+*       = rho * (-N) * xN + aN * xN = alfa * xN,
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     rho = inv(B') * aB,                                            (6)
+*
+*  and
+*
+*     alfa = aN + rho * (-N)                                         (7)
+*
+*  is the resultant row computed by the routine. */
+
+int glp_transform_row(glp_prob *P, int len, int ind[], double val[])
+{     int i, j, k, m, n, t, lll, *iii;
+      double alfa, *a, *aB, *rho, *vvv;
+      if (!glp_bf_exists(P))
+         xerror("glp_transform_row: basis factorization does not exist "
+            "\n");
+      m = glp_get_num_rows(P);
+      n = glp_get_num_cols(P);
+      /* unpack the row to be transformed to the array a */
+      a = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) a[j] = 0.0;
+      if (!(0 <= len && len <= n))
+         xerror("glp_transform_row: len = %d; invalid row length\n",
+            len);
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  j = ind[t];
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+            xerror("glp_transform_row: ind[%d] = %d; column index out o"
+               "f range\n", t, j);
+         if (val[t] == 0.0)
+            xerror("glp_transform_row: val[%d] = 0; zero coefficient no"
+               "t allowed\n", t);
+         if (a[j] != 0.0)
+            xerror("glp_transform_row: ind[%d] = %d; duplicate column i"
+               "ndices not allowed\n", t, j);
+         a[j] = val[t];
+      }
+      /* construct the vector aB */
+      aB = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = glp_get_bhead(P, i);
+         /* xB[i] is k-th original variable */
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         aB[i] = (k <= m ? 0.0 : a[k-m]);
+      }
+      /* solve the system B'*rho = aB to compute the vector rho */
+      rho = aB, glp_btran(P, rho);
+      /* compute coefficients at non-basic auxiliary variables */
+      len = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (glp_get_row_stat(P, i) != GLP_BS)
+         {  alfa = - rho[i];
+            if (alfa != 0.0)
+            {  len++;
+               ind[len] = i;
+               val[len] = alfa;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute coefficients at non-basic structural variables */
+      iii = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      vvv = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (glp_get_col_stat(P, j) != GLP_BS)
+         {  alfa = a[j];
+            lll = glp_get_mat_col(P, j, iii, vvv);
+            for (t = 1; t <= lll; t++) alfa += vvv[t] * rho[iii[t]];
+            if (alfa != 0.0)
+            {  len++;
+               ind[len] = m+j;
+               val[len] = alfa;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(len <= n);
+      xfree(iii);
+      xfree(vvv);
+      xfree(aB);
+      xfree(a);
+      return len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_transform_col - transform explicitly specified column
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_transform_col(glp_prob *P, int len, int ind[], double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_transform_col performs the same operation as the
+*  routine glp_eval_tab_col with exception that the column to be
+*  transformed is specified explicitly as a sparse vector.
+*
+*  The explicitly specified column may be thought as if it were added
+*  to the original system of equality constraints:
+*
+*     x[1] = a[1,1]*x[m+1] + ... + a[1,n]*x[m+n] + a[1]*x
+*     x[2] = a[2,1]*x[m+1] + ... + a[2,n]*x[m+n] + a[2]*x            (1)
+*        .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+*     x[m] = a[m,1]*x[m+1] + ... + a[m,n]*x[m+n] + a[m]*x
+*
+*  where x[i] are auxiliary variables, x[m+j] are structural variables,
+*  x is a structural variable for the explicitly specified column, a[i]
+*  are constraint coefficients for x.
+*
+*  On entry row indices and numerical values of non-zero elements of
+*  the column should be stored in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len] and
+*  val[1], ..., val[len], where len is the number of non-zero elements.
+*
+*  This routine uses the system of equality constraints and the current
+*  basis in order to express the current basic variables through the
+*  structural variable x in (1) (as if the transformed column were added
+*  to the problem object and the variable x were non-basic), i.e. the
+*  resultant column has the form:
+*
+*     xB[1] = ... + alfa[1]*x
+*     xB[2] = ... + alfa[2]*x                                        (2)
+*        .  .  .  .  .  .
+*     xB[m] = ... + alfa[m]*x
+*
+*  where xB are basic (auxiliary and structural) variables, m is the
+*  number of rows in the problem object.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores indices and numerical values of non-zero
+*  elements of the resultant column (2) in locations ind[1], ...,
+*  ind[len'] and val[1], ..., val[len'], where 0 <= len' <= m is the
+*  number of non-zero element in the resultant column returned by the
+*  routine. Note that indices (numbers) of basic variables stored in
+*  the array ind correspond to original ordinal numbers of variables:
+*  indices 1 to m mean auxiliary variables and indices m+1 to m+n mean
+*  structural ones.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns len', which is the number of non-zero elements
+*  in the resultant column stored in the arrays ind and val.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  The explicitly specified column (1) is transformed in the same way
+*  as any other column of the constraint matrix using the formula:
+*
+*     alfa = inv(B) * a,                                             (3)
+*
+*  where alfa is the resultant column computed by the routine. */
+
+int glp_transform_col(glp_prob *P, int len, int ind[], double val[])
+{     int i, m, t;
+      double *a, *alfa;
+      if (!glp_bf_exists(P))
+         xerror("glp_transform_col: basis factorization does not exist "
+            "\n");
+      m = glp_get_num_rows(P);
+      /* unpack the column to be transformed to the array a */
+      a = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) a[i] = 0.0;
+      if (!(0 <= len && len <= m))
+         xerror("glp_transform_col: len = %d; invalid column length\n",
+            len);
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  i = ind[t];
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= m))
+            xerror("glp_transform_col: ind[%d] = %d; row index out of r"
+               "ange\n", t, i);
+         if (val[t] == 0.0)
+            xerror("glp_transform_col: val[%d] = 0; zero coefficient no"
+               "t allowed\n", t);
+         if (a[i] != 0.0)
+            xerror("glp_transform_col: ind[%d] = %d; duplicate row indi"
+               "ces not allowed\n", t, i);
+         a[i] = val[t];
+      }
+      /* solve the system B*a = alfa to compute the vector alfa */
+      alfa = a, glp_ftran(P, alfa);
+      /* store resultant coefficients */
+      len = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (alfa[i] != 0.0)
+         {  len++;
+            ind[len] = glp_get_bhead(P, i);
+            val[len] = alfa[i];
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(a);
+      return len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_prim_rtest - perform primal ratio test
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_prim_rtest(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+*     const double val[], int dir, double eps);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_prim_rtest performs the primal ratio test using an
+*  explicitly specified column of the simplex table.
+*
+*  The current basic solution associated with the LP problem object
+*  must be primal feasible.
+*
+*  The explicitly specified column of the simplex table shows how the
+*  basic variables xB depend on some non-basic variable x (which is not
+*  necessarily presented in the problem object):
+*
+*     xB[1] = ... + alfa[1] * x + ...
+*     xB[2] = ... + alfa[2] * x + ...                                (*)
+*         .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+*     xB[m] = ... + alfa[m] * x + ...
+*
+*  The column (*) is specifed on entry to the routine using the sparse
+*  format. Ordinal numbers of basic variables xB[i] should be placed in
+*  locations ind[1], ..., ind[len], where ordinal number 1 to m denote
+*  auxiliary variables, and ordinal numbers m+1 to m+n denote structural
+*  variables. The corresponding non-zero coefficients alfa[i] should be
+*  placed in locations val[1], ..., val[len]. The arrays ind and val are
+*  not changed on exit.
+*
+*  The parameter dir specifies direction in which the variable x changes
+*  on entering the basis: +1 means increasing, -1 means decreasing.
+*
+*  The parameter eps is an absolute tolerance (small positive number)
+*  used by the routine to skip small alfa[j] of the row (*).
+*
+*  The routine determines which basic variable (among specified in
+*  ind[1], ..., ind[len]) should leave the basis in order to keep primal
+*  feasibility.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_prim_rtest returns the index piv in the arrays ind
+*  and val corresponding to the pivot element chosen, 1 <= piv <= len.
+*  If the adjacent basic solution is primal unbounded and therefore the
+*  choice cannot be made, the routine returns zero.
+*
+*  COMMENTS
+*
+*  If the non-basic variable x is presented in the LP problem object,
+*  the column (*) can be computed with the routine glp_eval_tab_col;
+*  otherwise it can be computed with the routine glp_transform_col. */
+
+int glp_prim_rtest(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int dir, double eps)
+{     int k, m, n, piv, t, type, stat;
+      double alfa, big, beta, lb, ub, temp, teta;
+      if (glp_get_prim_stat(P) != GLP_FEAS)
+         xerror("glp_prim_rtest: basic solution is not primal feasible "
+            "\n");
+      if (!(dir == +1 || dir == -1))
+         xerror("glp_prim_rtest: dir = %d; invalid parameter\n", dir);
+      if (!(0.0 < eps && eps < 1.0))
+         xerror("glp_prim_rtest: eps = %g; invalid parameter\n", eps);
+      m = glp_get_num_rows(P);
+      n = glp_get_num_cols(P);
+      /* initial settings */
+      piv = 0, teta = DBL_MAX, big = 0.0;
+      /* walk through the entries of the specified column */
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  /* get the ordinal number of basic variable */
+         k = ind[t];
+         if (!(1 <= k && k <= m+n))
+            xerror("glp_prim_rtest: ind[%d] = %d; variable number out o"
+               "f range\n", t, k);
+         /* determine type, bounds, status and primal value of basic
+            variable xB[i] = x[k] in the current basic solution */
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  type = glp_get_row_type(P, k);
+            lb = glp_get_row_lb(P, k);
+            ub = glp_get_row_ub(P, k);
+            stat = glp_get_row_stat(P, k);
+            beta = glp_get_row_prim(P, k);
+         }
+         else
+         {  type = glp_get_col_type(P, k-m);
+            lb = glp_get_col_lb(P, k-m);
+            ub = glp_get_col_ub(P, k-m);
+            stat = glp_get_col_stat(P, k-m);
+            beta = glp_get_col_prim(P, k-m);
+         }
+         if (stat != GLP_BS)
+            xerror("glp_prim_rtest: ind[%d] = %d; non-basic variable no"
+               "t allowed\n", t, k);
+         /* determine influence coefficient at basic variable xB[i]
+            in the explicitly specified column and turn to the case of
+            increasing the variable x in order to simplify the program
+            logic */
+         alfa = (dir > 0 ? + val[t] : - val[t]);
+         /* analyze main cases */
+         if (type == GLP_FR)
+         {  /* xB[i] is free variable */
+            continue;
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_LO)
+lo:      {  /* xB[i] has an lower bound */
+            if (alfa > - eps) continue;
+            temp = (lb - beta) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_UP)
+up:      {  /* xB[i] has an upper bound */
+            if (alfa < + eps) continue;
+            temp = (ub - beta) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_DB)
+         {  /* xB[i] has both lower and upper bounds */
+            if (alfa < 0.0) goto lo; else goto up;
+         }
+         else if (type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* xB[i] is fixed variable */
+            if (- eps < alfa && alfa < + eps) continue;
+            temp = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(type != type);
+         /* if the value of the variable xB[i] violates its lower or
+            upper bound (slightly, because the current basis is assumed
+            to be primal feasible), temp is negative; we can think this
+            happens due to round-off errors and the value is exactly on
+            the bound; this allows replacing temp by zero */
+         if (temp < 0.0) temp = 0.0;
+         /* apply the minimal ratio test */
+         if (teta > temp || teta == temp && big < fabs(alfa))
+            piv = t, teta = temp, big = fabs(alfa);
+      }
+      /* return index of the pivot element chosen */
+      return piv;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_dual_rtest - perform dual ratio test
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_dual_rtest(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+*     const double val[], int dir, double eps);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_dual_rtest performs the dual ratio test using an
+*  explicitly specified row of the simplex table.
+*
+*  The current basic solution associated with the LP problem object
+*  must be dual feasible.
+*
+*  The explicitly specified row of the simplex table is a linear form
+*  that shows how some basic variable x (which is not necessarily
+*  presented in the problem object) depends on non-basic variables xN:
+*
+*     x = alfa[1] * xN[1] + alfa[2] * xN[2] + ... + alfa[n] * xN[n]. (*)
+*
+*  The row (*) is specified on entry to the routine using the sparse
+*  format. Ordinal numbers of non-basic variables xN[j] should be placed
+*  in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len], where ordinal numbers 1 to m
+*  denote auxiliary variables, and ordinal numbers m+1 to m+n denote
+*  structural variables. The corresponding non-zero coefficients alfa[j]
+*  should be placed in locations val[1], ..., val[len]. The arrays ind
+*  and val are not changed on exit.
+*
+*  The parameter dir specifies direction in which the variable x changes
+*  on leaving the basis: +1 means that x goes to its lower bound, and -1
+*  means that x goes to its upper bound.
+*
+*  The parameter eps is an absolute tolerance (small positive number)
+*  used by the routine to skip small alfa[j] of the row (*).
+*
+*  The routine determines which non-basic variable (among specified in
+*  ind[1], ..., ind[len]) should enter the basis in order to keep dual
+*  feasibility.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_dual_rtest returns the index piv in the arrays ind
+*  and val corresponding to the pivot element chosen, 1 <= piv <= len.
+*  If the adjacent basic solution is dual unbounded and therefore the
+*  choice cannot be made, the routine returns zero.
+*
+*  COMMENTS
+*
+*  If the basic variable x is presented in the LP problem object, the
+*  row (*) can be computed with the routine glp_eval_tab_row; otherwise
+*  it can be computed with the routine glp_transform_row. */
+
+int glp_dual_rtest(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int dir, double eps)
+{     int k, m, n, piv, t, stat;
+      double alfa, big, cost, obj, temp, teta;
+      if (glp_get_dual_stat(P) != GLP_FEAS)
+         xerror("glp_dual_rtest: basic solution is not dual feasible\n")
+            ;
+      if (!(dir == +1 || dir == -1))
+         xerror("glp_dual_rtest: dir = %d; invalid parameter\n", dir);
+      if (!(0.0 < eps && eps < 1.0))
+         xerror("glp_dual_rtest: eps = %g; invalid parameter\n", eps);
+      m = glp_get_num_rows(P);
+      n = glp_get_num_cols(P);
+      /* take into account optimization direction */
+      obj = (glp_get_obj_dir(P) == GLP_MIN ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+      /* initial settings */
+      piv = 0, teta = DBL_MAX, big = 0.0;
+      /* walk through the entries of the specified row */
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  /* get ordinal number of non-basic variable */
+         k = ind[t];
+         if (!(1 <= k && k <= m+n))
+            xerror("glp_dual_rtest: ind[%d] = %d; variable number out o"
+               "f range\n", t, k);
+         /* determine status and reduced cost of non-basic variable
+            x[k] = xN[j] in the current basic solution */
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  stat = glp_get_row_stat(P, k);
+            cost = glp_get_row_dual(P, k);
+         }
+         else
+         {  stat = glp_get_col_stat(P, k-m);
+            cost = glp_get_col_dual(P, k-m);
+         }
+         if (stat == GLP_BS)
+            xerror("glp_dual_rtest: ind[%d] = %d; basic variable not al"
+               "lowed\n", t, k);
+         /* determine influence coefficient at non-basic variable xN[j]
+            in the explicitly specified row and turn to the case of
+            increasing the variable x in order to simplify the program
+            logic */
+         alfa = (dir > 0 ? + val[t] : - val[t]);
+         /* analyze main cases */
+         if (stat == GLP_NL)
+         {  /* xN[j] is on its lower bound */
+            if (alfa < + eps) continue;
+            temp = (obj * cost) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (stat == GLP_NU)
+         {  /* xN[j] is on its upper bound */
+            if (alfa > - eps) continue;
+            temp = (obj * cost) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (stat == GLP_NF)
+         {  /* xN[j] is non-basic free variable */
+            if (- eps < alfa && alfa < + eps) continue;
+            temp = 0.0;
+         }
+         else if (stat == GLP_NS)
+         {  /* xN[j] is non-basic fixed variable */
+            continue;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(stat != stat);
+         /* if the reduced cost of the variable xN[j] violates its zero
+            bound (slightly, because the current basis is assumed to be
+            dual feasible), temp is negative; we can think this happens
+            due to round-off errors and the reduced cost is exact zero;
+            this allows replacing temp by zero */
+         if (temp < 0.0) temp = 0.0;
+         /* apply the minimal ratio test */
+         if (teta > temp || teta == temp && big < fabs(alfa))
+            piv = t, teta = temp, big = fabs(alfa);
+      }
+      /* return index of the pivot element chosen */
+      return piv;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_analyze_row - simulate one iteration of dual simplex method
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_analyze_row(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+*     const double val[], int type, double rhs, double eps, int *piv,
+*     double *x, double *dx, double *y, double *dy, double *dz);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  Let the current basis be optimal or dual feasible, and there be
+*  specified a row (constraint), which is violated by the current basic
+*  solution. The routine glp_analyze_row simulates one iteration of the
+*  dual simplex method to determine some information on the adjacent
+*  basis (see below), where the specified row becomes active constraint
+*  (i.e. its auxiliary variable becomes non-basic).
+*
+*  The current basic solution associated with the problem object passed
+*  to the routine must be dual feasible, and its primal components must
+*  be defined.
+*
+*  The row to be analyzed must be previously transformed either with
+*  the routine glp_eval_tab_row (if the row is in the problem object)
+*  or with the routine glp_transform_row (if the row is external, i.e.
+*  not in the problem object). This is needed to express the row only
+*  through (auxiliary and structural) variables, which are non-basic in
+*  the current basis:
+*
+*     y = alfa[1] * xN[1] + alfa[2] * xN[2] + ... + alfa[n] * xN[n],
+*
+*  where y is an auxiliary variable of the row, alfa[j] is an influence
+*  coefficient, xN[j] is a non-basic variable.
+*
+*  The row is passed to the routine in sparse format. Ordinal numbers
+*  of non-basic variables are stored in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len],
+*  where numbers 1 to m denote auxiliary variables while numbers m+1 to
+*  m+n denote structural variables. Corresponding non-zero coefficients
+*  alfa[j] are stored in locations val[1], ..., val[len]. The arrays
+*  ind and val are ot changed on exit.
+*
+*  The parameters type and rhs specify the row type and its right-hand
+*  side as follows:
+*
+*     type = GLP_LO: y = sum alfa[j] * xN[j] >= rhs
+*
+*     type = GLP_UP: y = sum alfa[j] * xN[j] <= rhs
+*
+*  The parameter eps is an absolute tolerance (small positive number)
+*  used by the routine to skip small coefficients alfa[j] on performing
+*  the dual ratio test.
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine stores the following
+*  information to corresponding location (if some parameter is NULL,
+*  its value is not stored):
+*
+*  piv   index in the array ind and val, 1 <= piv <= len, determining
+*        the non-basic variable, which would enter the adjacent basis;
+*
+*  x     value of the non-basic variable in the current basis;
+*
+*  dx    difference between values of the non-basic variable in the
+*        adjacent and current bases, dx = x.new - x.old;
+*
+*  y     value of the row (i.e. of its auxiliary variable) in the
+*        current basis;
+*
+*  dy    difference between values of the row in the adjacent and
+*        current bases, dy = y.new - y.old;
+*
+*  dz    difference between values of the objective function in the
+*        adjacent and current bases, dz = z.new - z.old. Note that in
+*        case of minimization dz >= 0, and in case of maximization
+*        dz <= 0, i.e. in the adjacent basis the objective function
+*        always gets worse (degrades). */
+
+int _glp_analyze_row(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int type, double rhs, double eps, int *_piv,
+      double *_x, double *_dx, double *_y, double *_dy, double *_dz)
+{     int t, k, dir, piv, ret = 0;
+      double x, dx, y, dy, dz;
+      if (P->pbs_stat == GLP_UNDEF)
+         xerror("glp_analyze_row: primal basic solution components are "
+            "undefined\n");
+      if (P->dbs_stat != GLP_FEAS)
+         xerror("glp_analyze_row: basic solution is not dual feasible\n"
+            );
+      /* compute the row value y = sum alfa[j] * xN[j] in the current
+         basis */
+      if (!(0 <= len && len <= P->n))
+         xerror("glp_analyze_row: len = %d; invalid row length\n", len);
+      y = 0.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  /* determine value of x[k] = xN[j] in the current basis */
+         k = ind[t];
+         if (!(1 <= k && k <= P->m+P->n))
+            xerror("glp_analyze_row: ind[%d] = %d; row/column index out"
+               " of range\n", t, k);
+         if (k <= P->m)
+         {  /* x[k] is auxiliary variable */
+            if (P->row[k]->stat == GLP_BS)
+               xerror("glp_analyze_row: ind[%d] = %d; basic auxiliary v"
+                  "ariable is not allowed\n", t, k);
+            x = P->row[k]->prim;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* x[k] is structural variable */
+            if (P->col[k-P->m]->stat == GLP_BS)
+               xerror("glp_analyze_row: ind[%d] = %d; basic structural "
+                  "variable is not allowed\n", t, k);
+            x = P->col[k-P->m]->prim;
+         }
+         y += val[t] * x;
+      }
+      /* check if the row is primal infeasible in the current basis,
+         i.e. the constraint is violated at the current point */
+      if (type == GLP_LO)
+      {  if (y >= rhs)
+         {  /* the constraint is not violated */
+            ret = 1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* in the adjacent basis y goes to its lower bound */
+         dir = +1;
+      }
+      else if (type == GLP_UP)
+      {  if (y <= rhs)
+         {  /* the constraint is not violated */
+            ret = 1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* in the adjacent basis y goes to its upper bound */
+         dir = -1;
+      }
+      else
+         xerror("glp_analyze_row: type = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            type);
+      /* compute dy = y.new - y.old */
+      dy = rhs - y;
+      /* perform dual ratio test to determine which non-basic variable
+         should enter the adjacent basis to keep it dual feasible */
+      piv = glp_dual_rtest(P, len, ind, val, dir, eps);
+      if (piv == 0)
+      {  /* no dual feasible adjacent basis exists */
+         ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* non-basic variable x[k] = xN[j] should enter the basis */
+      k = ind[piv];
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= P->m+P->n);
+      /* determine its value in the current basis */
+      if (k <= P->m)
+         x = P->row[k]->prim;
+      else
+         x = P->col[k-P->m]->prim;
+      /* compute dx = x.new - x.old = dy / alfa[j] */
+      xassert(val[piv] != 0.0);
+      dx = dy / val[piv];
+      /* compute dz = z.new - z.old = d[j] * dx, where d[j] is reduced
+         cost of xN[j] in the current basis */
+      if (k <= P->m)
+         dz = P->row[k]->dual * dx;
+      else
+         dz = P->col[k-P->m]->dual * dx;
+      /* store the analysis results */
+      if (_piv != NULL) *_piv = piv;
+      if (_x   != NULL) *_x   = x;
+      if (_dx  != NULL) *_dx  = dx;
+      if (_y   != NULL) *_y   = y;
+      if (_dy  != NULL) *_dy  = dy;
+      if (_dz  != NULL) *_dz  = dz;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0
+int main(void)
+{     /* example program for the routine glp_analyze_row */
+      glp_prob *P;
+      glp_smcp parm;
+      int i, k, len, piv, ret, ind[1+100];
+      double rhs, x, dx, y, dy, dz, val[1+100];
+      P = glp_create_prob();
+      /* read plan.mps (see glpk/examples) */
+      ret = glp_read_mps(P, GLP_MPS_DECK, NULL, "plan.mps");
+      glp_assert(ret == 0);
+      /* and solve it to optimality */
+      ret = glp_simplex(P, NULL);
+      glp_assert(ret == 0);
+      glp_assert(glp_get_status(P) == GLP_OPT);
+      /* the optimal objective value is 296.217 */
+      /* we would like to know what happens if we would add a new row
+         (constraint) to plan.mps:
+         .01 * bin1 + .01 * bin2 + .02 * bin4 + .02 * bin5 <= 12 */
+      /* first, we specify this new row */
+      glp_create_index(P);
+      len = 0;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN1"), val[len] = .01;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN2"), val[len] = .01;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN4"), val[len] = .02;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN5"), val[len] = .02;
+      rhs = 12;
+      /* then we can compute value of the row (i.e. of its auxiliary
+         variable) in the current basis to see if the constraint is
+         violated */
+      y = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         y += val[k] * glp_get_col_prim(P, ind[k]);
+      glp_printf("y = %g\n", y);
+      /* this prints y = 15.1372, so the constraint is violated, since
+         we require that y <= rhs = 12 */
+      /* now we transform the row to express it only through non-basic
+         (auxiliary and artificial) variables */
+      len = glp_transform_row(P, len, ind, val);
+      /* finally, we simulate one step of the dual simplex method to
+         obtain necessary information for the adjacent basis */
+      ret = _glp_analyze_row(P, len, ind, val, GLP_UP, rhs, 1e-9, &piv,
+         &x, &dx, &y, &dy, &dz);
+      glp_assert(ret == 0);
+      glp_printf("k = %d, x = %g; dx = %g; y = %g; dy = %g; dz = %g\n",
+         ind[piv], x, dx, y, dy, dz);
+      /* this prints dz = 5.64418 and means that in the adjacent basis
+         the objective function would be 296.217 + 5.64418 = 301.861 */
+      /* now we actually include the row into the problem object; note
+         that the arrays ind and val are clobbered, so we need to build
+         them once again */
+      len = 0;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN1"), val[len] = .01;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN2"), val[len] = .01;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN4"), val[len] = .02;
+      ind[++len] = glp_find_col(P, "BIN5"), val[len] = .02;
+      rhs = 12;
+      i = glp_add_rows(P, 1);
+      glp_set_row_bnds(P, i, GLP_UP, 0, rhs);
+      glp_set_mat_row(P, i, len, ind, val);
+      /* and perform one dual simplex iteration */
+      glp_init_smcp(&parm);
+      parm.meth = GLP_DUAL;
+      parm.it_lim = 1;
+      glp_simplex(P, &parm);
+      /* the current objective value is 301.861 */
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_analyze_bound - analyze active bound of non-basic variable
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_analyze_bound(glp_prob *P, int k, double *limit1, int *var1,
+*     double *limit2, int *var2);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_analyze_bound analyzes the effect of varying the
+*  active bound of specified non-basic variable.
+*
+*  The non-basic variable is specified by the parameter k, where
+*  1 <= k <= m means auxiliary variable of corresponding row while
+*  m+1 <= k <= m+n means structural variable (column).
+*
+*  Note that the current basic solution must be optimal, and the basis
+*  factorization must exist.
+*
+*  Results of the analysis have the following meaning.
+*
+*  value1 is the minimal value of the active bound, at which the basis
+*  still remains primal feasible and thus optimal. -DBL_MAX means that
+*  the active bound has no lower limit.
+*
+*  var1 is the ordinal number of an auxiliary (1 to m) or structural
+*  (m+1 to n) basic variable, which reaches its bound first and thereby
+*  limits further decreasing the active bound being analyzed.
+*  if value1 = -DBL_MAX, var1 is set to 0.
+*
+*  value2 is the maximal value of the active bound, at which the basis
+*  still remains primal feasible and thus optimal. +DBL_MAX means that
+*  the active bound has no upper limit.
+*
+*  var2 is the ordinal number of an auxiliary (1 to m) or structural
+*  (m+1 to n) basic variable, which reaches its bound first and thereby
+*  limits further increasing the active bound being analyzed.
+*  if value2 = +DBL_MAX, var2 is set to 0. */
+
+void glp_analyze_bound(glp_prob *P, int k, double *value1, int *var1,
+      double *value2, int *var2)
+{     GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int m, n, stat, kase, p, len, piv, *ind;
+      double x, new_x, ll, uu, xx, delta, *val;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      /* sanity checks */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_analyze_bound: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      m = P->m, n = P->n;
+      if (!(P->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && P->dbs_stat == GLP_FEAS))
+         xerror("glp_analyze_bound: optimal basic solution required\n");
+      if (!(m == 0 || P->valid))
+         xerror("glp_analyze_bound: basis factorization required\n");
+      if (!(1 <= k && k <= m+n))
+         xerror("glp_analyze_bound: k = %d; variable number out of rang"
+            "e\n", k);
+      /* retrieve information about the specified non-basic variable
+         x[k] whose active bound is to be analyzed */
+      if (k <= m)
+      {  row = P->row[k];
+         stat = row->stat;
+         x = row->prim;
+      }
+      else
+      {  col = P->col[k-m];
+         stat = col->stat;
+         x = col->prim;
+      }
+      if (stat == GLP_BS)
+         xerror("glp_analyze_bound: k = %d; basic variable not allowed "
+            "\n", k);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      /* compute column of the simplex table corresponding to the
+         non-basic variable x[k] */
+      len = glp_eval_tab_col(P, k, ind, val);
+      xassert(0 <= len && len <= m);
+      /* perform analysis */
+      for (kase = -1; kase <= +1; kase += 2)
+      {  /* kase < 0 means active bound of x[k] is decreasing;
+            kase > 0 means active bound of x[k] is increasing */
+         /* use the primal ratio test to determine some basic variable
+            x[p] which reaches its bound first */
+         piv = glp_prim_rtest(P, len, ind, val, kase, 1e-9);
+         if (piv == 0)
+         {  /* nothing limits changing the active bound of x[k] */
+            p = 0;
+            new_x = (kase < 0 ? -DBL_MAX : +DBL_MAX);
+            goto store;
+         }
+         /* basic variable x[p] limits changing the active bound of
+            x[k]; determine its value in the current basis */
+         xassert(1 <= piv && piv <= len);
+         p = ind[piv];
+         if (p <= m)
+         {  row = P->row[p];
+            ll = glp_get_row_lb(P, row->i);
+            uu = glp_get_row_ub(P, row->i);
+            stat = row->stat;
+            xx = row->prim;
+         }
+         else
+         {  col = P->col[p-m];
+            ll = glp_get_col_lb(P, col->j);
+            uu = glp_get_col_ub(P, col->j);
+            stat = col->stat;
+            xx = col->prim;
+         }
+         xassert(stat == GLP_BS);
+         /* determine delta x[p] = bound of x[p] - value of x[p] */
+         if (kase < 0 && val[piv] > 0.0 ||
+             kase > 0 && val[piv] < 0.0)
+         {  /* delta x[p] < 0, so x[p] goes toward its lower bound */
+            xassert(ll != -DBL_MAX);
+            delta = ll - xx;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* delta x[p] > 0, so x[p] goes toward its upper bound */
+            xassert(uu != +DBL_MAX);
+            delta = uu - xx;
+         }
+         /* delta x[p] = alfa[p,k] * delta x[k], so new x[k] = x[k] +
+            delta x[k] = x[k] + delta x[p] / alfa[p,k] is the value of
+            x[k] in the adjacent basis */
+         xassert(val[piv] != 0.0);
+         new_x = x + delta / val[piv];
+store:   /* store analysis results */
+         if (kase < 0)
+         {  if (value1 != NULL) *value1 = new_x;
+            if (var1 != NULL) *var1 = p;
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (value2 != NULL) *value2 = new_x;
+            if (var2 != NULL) *var2 = p;
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_analyze_coef - analyze objective coefficient at basic variable
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_analyze_coef(glp_prob *P, int k, double *coef1, int *var1,
+*     double *value1, double *coef2, int *var2, double *value2);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_analyze_coef analyzes the effect of varying the
+*  objective coefficient at specified basic variable.
+*
+*  The basic variable is specified by the parameter k, where
+*  1 <= k <= m means auxiliary variable of corresponding row while
+*  m+1 <= k <= m+n means structural variable (column).
+*
+*  Note that the current basic solution must be optimal, and the basis
+*  factorization must exist.
+*
+*  Results of the analysis have the following meaning.
+*
+*  coef1 is the minimal value of the objective coefficient, at which
+*  the basis still remains dual feasible and thus optimal. -DBL_MAX
+*  means that the objective coefficient has no lower limit.
+*
+*  var1 is the ordinal number of an auxiliary (1 to m) or structural
+*  (m+1 to n) non-basic variable, whose reduced cost reaches its zero
+*  bound first and thereby limits further decreasing the objective
+*  coefficient being analyzed. If coef1 = -DBL_MAX, var1 is set to 0.
+*
+*  value1 is value of the basic variable being analyzed in an adjacent
+*  basis, which is defined as follows. Let the objective coefficient
+*  reaches its minimal value (coef1) and continues decreasing. Then the
+*  reduced cost of the limiting non-basic variable (var1) becomes dual
+*  infeasible and the current basis becomes non-optimal that forces the
+*  limiting non-basic variable to enter the basis replacing there some
+*  basic variable that leaves the basis to keep primal feasibility.
+*  Should note that on determining the adjacent basis current bounds
+*  of the basic variable being analyzed are ignored as if it were free
+*  (unbounded) variable, so it cannot leave the basis. It may happen
+*  that no dual feasible adjacent basis exists, in which case value1 is
+*  set to -DBL_MAX or +DBL_MAX.
+*
+*  coef2 is the maximal value of the objective coefficient, at which
+*  the basis still remains dual feasible and thus optimal. +DBL_MAX
+*  means that the objective coefficient has no upper limit.
+*
+*  var2 is the ordinal number of an auxiliary (1 to m) or structural
+*  (m+1 to n) non-basic variable, whose reduced cost reaches its zero
+*  bound first and thereby limits further increasing the objective
+*  coefficient being analyzed. If coef2 = +DBL_MAX, var2 is set to 0.
+*
+*  value2 is value of the basic variable being analyzed in an adjacent
+*  basis, which is defined exactly in the same way as value1 above with
+*  exception that now the objective coefficient is increasing. */
+
+void glp_analyze_coef(glp_prob *P, int k, double *coef1, int *var1,
+      double *value1, double *coef2, int *var2, double *value2)
+{     GLPROW *row; GLPCOL *col;
+      int m, n, type, stat, kase, p, q, dir, clen, cpiv, rlen, rpiv,
+         *cind, *rind;
+      double lb, ub, coef, x, lim_coef, new_x, d, delta, ll, uu, xx,
+         *rval, *cval;
+#if 0 /* 04/IV-2016 */
+      /* sanity checks */
+      if (P == NULL || P->magic != GLP_PROB_MAGIC)
+         xerror("glp_analyze_coef: P = %p; invalid problem object\n",
+            P);
+#endif
+      m = P->m, n = P->n;
+      if (!(P->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && P->dbs_stat == GLP_FEAS))
+         xerror("glp_analyze_coef: optimal basic solution required\n");
+      if (!(m == 0 || P->valid))
+         xerror("glp_analyze_coef: basis factorization required\n");
+      if (!(1 <= k && k <= m+n))
+         xerror("glp_analyze_coef: k = %d; variable number out of range"
+            "\n", k);
+      /* retrieve information about the specified basic variable x[k]
+         whose objective coefficient c[k] is to be analyzed */
+      if (k <= m)
+      {  row = P->row[k];
+         type = row->type;
+         lb = row->lb;
+         ub = row->ub;
+         coef = 0.0;
+         stat = row->stat;
+         x = row->prim;
+      }
+      else
+      {  col = P->col[k-m];
+         type = col->type;
+         lb = col->lb;
+         ub = col->ub;
+         coef = col->coef;
+         stat = col->stat;
+         x = col->prim;
+      }
+      if (stat != GLP_BS)
+         xerror("glp_analyze_coef: k = %d; non-basic variable not allow"
+            "ed\n", k);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      cind = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      cval = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      rind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      rval = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* compute row of the simplex table corresponding to the basic
+         variable x[k] */
+      rlen = glp_eval_tab_row(P, k, rind, rval);
+      xassert(0 <= rlen && rlen <= n);
+      /* perform analysis */
+      for (kase = -1; kase <= +1; kase += 2)
+      {  /* kase < 0 means objective coefficient c[k] is decreasing;
+            kase > 0 means objective coefficient c[k] is increasing */
+         /* note that decreasing c[k] is equivalent to increasing dual
+            variable lambda[k] and vice versa; we need to correctly set
+            the dir flag as required by the routine glp_dual_rtest */
+         if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+            dir = - kase;
+         else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+            dir = + kase;
+         else
+            xassert(P != P);
+         /* use the dual ratio test to determine non-basic variable
+            x[q] whose reduced cost d[q] reaches zero bound first */
+         rpiv = glp_dual_rtest(P, rlen, rind, rval, dir, 1e-9);
+         if (rpiv == 0)
+         {  /* nothing limits changing c[k] */
+            lim_coef = (kase < 0 ? -DBL_MAX : +DBL_MAX);
+            q = 0;
+            /* x[k] keeps its current value */
+            new_x = x;
+            goto store;
+         }
+         /* non-basic variable x[q] limits changing coefficient c[k];
+            determine its status and reduced cost d[k] in the current
+            basis */
+         xassert(1 <= rpiv && rpiv <= rlen);
+         q = rind[rpiv];
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= m+n);
+         if (q <= m)
+         {  row = P->row[q];
+            stat = row->stat;
+            d = row->dual;
+         }
+         else
+         {  col = P->col[q-m];
+            stat = col->stat;
+            d = col->dual;
+         }
+         /* note that delta d[q] = new d[q] - d[q] = - d[q], because
+            new d[q] = 0; delta d[q] = alfa[k,q] * delta c[k], so
+            delta c[k] = delta d[q] / alfa[k,q] = - d[q] / alfa[k,q] */
+         xassert(rval[rpiv] != 0.0);
+         delta = - d / rval[rpiv];
+         /* compute new c[k] = c[k] + delta c[k], which is the limiting
+            value of the objective coefficient c[k] */
+         lim_coef = coef + delta;
+         /* let c[k] continue decreasing/increasing that makes d[q]
+            dual infeasible and forces x[q] to enter the basis;
+            to perform the primal ratio test we need to know in which
+            direction x[q] changes on entering the basis; we determine
+            that analyzing the sign of delta d[q] (see above), since
+            d[q] may be close to zero having wrong sign */
+         /* let, for simplicity, the problem is minimization */
+         if (kase < 0 && rval[rpiv] > 0.0 ||
+             kase > 0 && rval[rpiv] < 0.0)
+         {  /* delta d[q] < 0, so d[q] being non-negative will become
+               negative, so x[q] will increase */
+            dir = +1;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* delta d[q] > 0, so d[q] being non-positive will become
+               positive, so x[q] will decrease */
+            dir = -1;
+         }
+         /* if the problem is maximization, correct the direction */
+         if (P->dir == GLP_MAX) dir = - dir;
+         /* check that we didn't make a silly mistake */
+         if (dir > 0)
+            xassert(stat == GLP_NL || stat == GLP_NF);
+         else
+            xassert(stat == GLP_NU || stat == GLP_NF);
+         /* compute column of the simplex table corresponding to the
+            non-basic variable x[q] */
+         clen = glp_eval_tab_col(P, q, cind, cval);
+         /* make x[k] temporarily free (unbounded) */
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  row = P->row[k];
+            row->type = GLP_FR;
+            row->lb = row->ub = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  col = P->col[k-m];
+            col->type = GLP_FR;
+            col->lb = col->ub = 0.0;
+         }
+         /* use the primal ratio test to determine some basic variable
+            which leaves the basis */
+         cpiv = glp_prim_rtest(P, clen, cind, cval, dir, 1e-9);
+         /* restore original bounds of the basic variable x[k] */
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  row = P->row[k];
+            row->type = type;
+            row->lb = lb, row->ub = ub;
+         }
+         else
+         {  col = P->col[k-m];
+            col->type = type;
+            col->lb = lb, col->ub = ub;
+         }
+         if (cpiv == 0)
+         {  /* non-basic variable x[q] can change unlimitedly */
+            if (dir < 0 && rval[rpiv] > 0.0 ||
+                dir > 0 && rval[rpiv] < 0.0)
+            {  /* delta x[k] = alfa[k,q] * delta x[q] < 0 */
+               new_x = -DBL_MAX;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* delta x[k] = alfa[k,q] * delta x[q] > 0 */
+               new_x = +DBL_MAX;
+            }
+            goto store;
+         }
+         /* some basic variable x[p] limits changing non-basic variable
+            x[q] in the adjacent basis */
+         xassert(1 <= cpiv && cpiv <= clen);
+         p = cind[cpiv];
+         xassert(1 <= p && p <= m+n);
+         xassert(p != k);
+         if (p <= m)
+         {  row = P->row[p];
+            xassert(row->stat == GLP_BS);
+            ll = glp_get_row_lb(P, row->i);
+            uu = glp_get_row_ub(P, row->i);
+            xx = row->prim;
+         }
+         else
+         {  col = P->col[p-m];
+            xassert(col->stat == GLP_BS);
+            ll = glp_get_col_lb(P, col->j);
+            uu = glp_get_col_ub(P, col->j);
+            xx = col->prim;
+         }
+         /* determine delta x[p] = new x[p] - x[p] */
+         if (dir < 0 && cval[cpiv] > 0.0 ||
+             dir > 0 && cval[cpiv] < 0.0)
+         {  /* delta x[p] < 0, so x[p] goes toward its lower bound */
+            xassert(ll != -DBL_MAX);
+            delta = ll - xx;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* delta x[p] > 0, so x[p] goes toward its upper bound */
+            xassert(uu != +DBL_MAX);
+            delta = uu - xx;
+         }
+         /* compute new x[k] = x[k] + alfa[k,q] * delta x[q], where
+            delta x[q] = delta x[p] / alfa[p,q] */
+         xassert(cval[cpiv] != 0.0);
+         new_x = x + (rval[rpiv] / cval[cpiv]) * delta;
+store:   /* store analysis results */
+         if (kase < 0)
+         {  if (coef1 != NULL) *coef1 = lim_coef;
+            if (var1 != NULL) *var1 = q;
+            if (value1 != NULL) *value1 = new_x;
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (coef2 != NULL) *coef2 = lim_coef;
+            if (var2 != NULL) *var2 = q;
+            if (value2 != NULL) *value2 = new_x;
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(cind);
+      xfree(cval);
+      xfree(rind);
+      xfree(rval);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi13.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi13.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1181b397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpapi13.c
@@ -0,0 +1,710 @@
+/* glpapi13.c (branch-and-bound interface routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_reason - determine reason for calling the callback routine
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_ios_reason(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_reason returns a code, which indicates why the
+*  user-defined callback routine is being called. */
+
+int glp_ios_reason(glp_tree *tree)
+{     return
+         tree->reason;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_get_prob - access the problem object
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_prob *glp_ios_get_prob(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_get_prob can be called from the user-defined
+*  callback routine to access the problem object, which is used by the
+*  MIP solver. It is the original problem object passed to the routine
+*  glp_intopt if the MIP presolver is not used; otherwise it is an
+*  internal problem object built by the presolver. If the current
+*  subproblem exists, LP segment of the problem object corresponds to
+*  its LP relaxation.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_get_prob returns a pointer to the problem object
+*  used by the MIP solver. */
+
+glp_prob *glp_ios_get_prob(glp_tree *tree)
+{     return
+         tree->mip;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_tree_size - determine size of the branch-and-bound tree
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_ios_tree_size(glp_tree *tree, int *a_cnt, int *n_cnt,
+*     int *t_cnt);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_tree_size stores the following three counts which
+*  characterize the current size of the branch-and-bound tree:
+*
+*  a_cnt is the current number of active nodes, i.e. the current size of
+*        the active list;
+*
+*  n_cnt is the current number of all (active and inactive) nodes;
+*
+*  t_cnt is the total number of nodes including those which have been
+*        already removed from the tree. This count is increased whenever
+*        a new node appears in the tree and never decreased.
+*
+*  If some of the parameters a_cnt, n_cnt, t_cnt is a null pointer, the
+*  corresponding count is not stored. */
+
+void glp_ios_tree_size(glp_tree *tree, int *a_cnt, int *n_cnt,
+      int *t_cnt)
+{     if (a_cnt != NULL) *a_cnt = tree->a_cnt;
+      if (n_cnt != NULL) *n_cnt = tree->n_cnt;
+      if (t_cnt != NULL) *t_cnt = tree->t_cnt;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_curr_node - determine current active subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_curr_node(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_curr_node returns the reference number of the
+*  current active subproblem. However, if the current subproblem does
+*  not exist, the routine returns zero. */
+
+int glp_ios_curr_node(glp_tree *tree)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      /* obtain pointer to the current subproblem */
+      node = tree->curr;
+      /* return its reference number */
+      return node == NULL ? 0 : node->p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_next_node - determine next active subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_next_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the parameter p is zero, the routine glp_ios_next_node returns
+*  the reference number of the first active subproblem. However, if the
+*  tree is empty, zero is returned.
+*
+*  If the parameter p is not zero, it must specify the reference number
+*  of some active subproblem, in which case the routine returns the
+*  reference number of the next active subproblem. However, if there is
+*  no next active subproblem in the list, zero is returned.
+*
+*  All subproblems in the active list are ordered chronologically, i.e.
+*  subproblem A precedes subproblem B if A was created before B. */
+
+int glp_ios_next_node(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      if (p == 0)
+      {  /* obtain pointer to the first active subproblem */
+         node = tree->head;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+         if (!(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots))
+err:        xerror("glp_ios_next_node: p = %d; invalid subproblem refer"
+               "ence number\n", p);
+         node = tree->slot[p].node;
+         if (node == NULL) goto err;
+         /* the specified subproblem must be active */
+         if (node->count != 0)
+            xerror("glp_ios_next_node: p = %d; subproblem not in the ac"
+               "tive list\n", p);
+         /* obtain pointer to the next active subproblem */
+         node = node->next;
+      }
+      /* return the reference number */
+      return node == NULL ? 0 : node->p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_prev_node - determine previous active subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_prev_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the parameter p is zero, the routine glp_ios_prev_node returns
+*  the reference number of the last active subproblem. However, if the
+*  tree is empty, zero is returned.
+*
+*  If the parameter p is not zero, it must specify the reference number
+*  of some active subproblem, in which case the routine returns the
+*  reference number of the previous active subproblem. However, if there
+*  is no previous active subproblem in the list, zero is returned.
+*
+*  All subproblems in the active list are ordered chronologically, i.e.
+*  subproblem A precedes subproblem B if A was created before B. */
+
+int glp_ios_prev_node(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      if (p == 0)
+      {  /* obtain pointer to the last active subproblem */
+         node = tree->tail;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+         if (!(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots))
+err:        xerror("glp_ios_prev_node: p = %d; invalid subproblem refer"
+               "ence number\n", p);
+         node = tree->slot[p].node;
+         if (node == NULL) goto err;
+         /* the specified subproblem must be active */
+         if (node->count != 0)
+            xerror("glp_ios_prev_node: p = %d; subproblem not in the ac"
+               "tive list\n", p);
+         /* obtain pointer to the previous active subproblem */
+         node = node->prev;
+      }
+      /* return the reference number */
+      return node == NULL ? 0 : node->p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_up_node - determine parent subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_up_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The parameter p must specify the reference number of some (active or
+*  inactive) subproblem, in which case the routine iet_get_up_node
+*  returns the reference number of its parent subproblem. However, if
+*  the specified subproblem is the root of the tree and, therefore, has
+*  no parent, the routine returns zero. */
+
+int glp_ios_up_node(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+      if (!(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots))
+err:     xerror("glp_ios_up_node: p = %d; invalid subproblem reference "
+            "number\n", p);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      if (node == NULL) goto err;
+      /* obtain pointer to the parent subproblem */
+      node = node->up;
+      /* return the reference number */
+      return node == NULL ? 0 : node->p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_node_level - determine subproblem level
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_node_level(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_node_level returns the level of the subproblem,
+*  whose reference number is p, in the branch-and-bound tree. (The root
+*  subproblem has level 0, and the level of any other subproblem is the
+*  level of its parent plus one.) */
+
+int glp_ios_node_level(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+      if (!(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots))
+err:     xerror("glp_ios_node_level: p = %d; invalid subproblem referen"
+            "ce number\n", p);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      if (node == NULL) goto err;
+      /* return the node level */
+      return node->level;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_node_bound - determine subproblem local bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_ios_node_bound(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_node_bound returns the local bound for (active or
+*  inactive) subproblem, whose reference number is p.
+*
+*  COMMENTS
+*
+*  The local bound for subproblem p is an lower (minimization) or upper
+*  (maximization) bound for integer optimal solution to this subproblem
+*  (not to the original problem). This bound is local in the sense that
+*  only subproblems in the subtree rooted at node p cannot have better
+*  integer feasible solutions.
+*
+*  On creating a subproblem (due to the branching step) its local bound
+*  is inherited from its parent and then may get only stronger (never
+*  weaker). For the root subproblem its local bound is initially set to
+*  -DBL_MAX (minimization) or +DBL_MAX (maximization) and then improved
+*  as the root LP relaxation has been solved.
+*
+*  Note that the local bound is not necessarily the optimal objective
+*  value to corresponding LP relaxation; it may be stronger. */
+
+double glp_ios_node_bound(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+      if (!(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots))
+err:     xerror("glp_ios_node_bound: p = %d; invalid subproblem referen"
+            "ce number\n", p);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      if (node == NULL) goto err;
+      /* return the node local bound */
+      return node->bound;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_best_node - find active subproblem with best local bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_best_node(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_best_node returns the reference number of the
+*  active subproblem, whose local bound is best (i.e. smallest in case
+*  of minimization or largest in case of maximization). However, if the
+*  tree is empty, the routine returns zero.
+*
+*  COMMENTS
+*
+*  The best local bound is an lower (minimization) or upper
+*  (maximization) bound for integer optimal solution to the original
+*  MIP problem. */
+
+int glp_ios_best_node(glp_tree *tree)
+{     return
+         ios_best_node(tree);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_mip_gap - compute relative MIP gap
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_ios_mip_gap(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_mip_gap computes the relative MIP gap with the
+*  following formula:
+*
+*     gap = |best_mip - best_bnd| / (|best_mip| + DBL_EPSILON),
+*
+*  where best_mip is the best integer feasible solution found so far,
+*  best_bnd is the best (global) bound. If no integer feasible solution
+*  has been found yet, gap is set to DBL_MAX.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_mip_gap returns the relative MIP gap. */
+
+double glp_ios_mip_gap(glp_tree *tree)
+{     return
+         ios_relative_gap(tree);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_node_data - access subproblem application-specific data
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void *glp_ios_node_data(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_node_data allows the application accessing a
+*  memory block allocated for the subproblem (which may be active or
+*  inactive), whose reference number is p.
+*
+*  The size of the block is defined by the control parameter cb_size
+*  passed to the routine glp_intopt. The block is initialized by binary
+*  zeros on creating corresponding subproblem, and its contents is kept
+*  until the subproblem will be removed from the tree.
+*
+*  The application may use these memory blocks to store specific data
+*  for each subproblem.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_node_data returns a pointer to the memory block
+*  for the specified subproblem. Note that if cb_size = 0, the routine
+*  returns a null pointer. */
+
+void *glp_ios_node_data(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+      if (!(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots))
+err:     xerror("glp_ios_node_level: p = %d; invalid subproblem referen"
+            "ce number\n", p);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      if (node == NULL) goto err;
+      /* return pointer to the application-specific data */
+      return node->data;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_row_attr - retrieve additional row attributes
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_ios_row_attr(glp_tree *tree, int i, glp_attr *attr);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_row_attr retrieves additional attributes of row
+*  i and stores them in the structure glp_attr. */
+
+void glp_ios_row_attr(glp_tree *tree, int i, glp_attr *attr)
+{     GLPROW *row;
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= tree->mip->m))
+         xerror("glp_ios_row_attr: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      row = tree->mip->row[i];
+      attr->level = row->level;
+      attr->origin = row->origin;
+      attr->klass = row->klass;
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int glp_ios_pool_size(glp_tree *tree)
+{     /* determine current size of the cut pool */
+      if (tree->reason != GLP_ICUTGEN)
+         xerror("glp_ios_pool_size: operation not allowed\n");
+      xassert(tree->local != NULL);
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+      return tree->local->m;
+#else
+      return tree->local->size;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int glp_ios_add_row(glp_tree *tree,
+      const char *name, int klass, int flags, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int type, double rhs)
+{     /* add row (constraint) to the cut pool */
+      int num;
+      if (tree->reason != GLP_ICUTGEN)
+         xerror("glp_ios_add_row: operation not allowed\n");
+      xassert(tree->local != NULL);
+      num = ios_add_row(tree, tree->local, name, klass, flags, len,
+         ind, val, type, rhs);
+      return num;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void glp_ios_del_row(glp_tree *tree, int i)
+{     /* remove row (constraint) from the cut pool */
+      if (tree->reason != GLP_ICUTGEN)
+         xerror("glp_ios_del_row: operation not allowed\n");
+      ios_del_row(tree, tree->local, i);
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void glp_ios_clear_pool(glp_tree *tree)
+{     /* remove all rows (constraints) from the cut pool */
+      if (tree->reason != GLP_ICUTGEN)
+         xerror("glp_ios_clear_pool: operation not allowed\n");
+      ios_clear_pool(tree, tree->local);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_can_branch - check if can branch upon specified variable
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_can_branch(glp_tree *tree, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If j-th variable (column) can be used to branch upon, the routine
+*  glp_ios_can_branch returns non-zero, otherwise zero. */
+
+int glp_ios_can_branch(glp_tree *tree, int j)
+{     if (!(1 <= j && j <= tree->mip->n))
+         xerror("glp_ios_can_branch: j = %d; column number out of range"
+            "\n", j);
+      return tree->non_int[j];
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_branch_upon - choose variable to branch upon
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_ios_branch_upon(glp_tree *tree, int j, int sel);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_branch_upon can be called from the user-defined
+*  callback routine in response to the reason GLP_IBRANCH to choose a
+*  branching variable, whose ordinal number is j. Should note that only
+*  variables, for which the routine glp_ios_can_branch returns non-zero,
+*  can be used to branch upon.
+*
+*  The parameter sel is a flag that indicates which branch (subproblem)
+*  should be selected next to continue the search:
+*
+*  GLP_DN_BRNCH - select down-branch;
+*  GLP_UP_BRNCH - select up-branch;
+*  GLP_NO_BRNCH - use general selection technique. */
+
+void glp_ios_branch_upon(glp_tree *tree, int j, int sel)
+{     if (!(1 <= j && j <= tree->mip->n))
+         xerror("glp_ios_branch_upon: j = %d; column number out of rang"
+            "e\n", j);
+      if (!(sel == GLP_DN_BRNCH || sel == GLP_UP_BRNCH ||
+            sel == GLP_NO_BRNCH))
+         xerror("glp_ios_branch_upon: sel = %d: invalid branch selectio"
+            "n flag\n", sel);
+      if (!(tree->non_int[j]))
+         xerror("glp_ios_branch_upon: j = %d; variable cannot be used t"
+            "o branch upon\n", j);
+      if (tree->br_var != 0)
+         xerror("glp_ios_branch_upon: branching variable already chosen"
+            "\n");
+      tree->br_var = j;
+      tree->br_sel = sel;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_select_node - select subproblem to continue the search
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_ios_select_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_select_node can be called from the user-defined
+*  callback routine in response to the reason GLP_ISELECT to select an
+*  active subproblem, whose reference number is p. The search will be
+*  continued from the subproblem selected. */
+
+void glp_ios_select_node(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+      if (!(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots))
+err:     xerror("glp_ios_select_node: p = %d; invalid subproblem refere"
+            "nce number\n", p);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      if (node == NULL) goto err;
+      /* the specified subproblem must be active */
+      if (node->count != 0)
+         xerror("glp_ios_select_node: p = %d; subproblem not in the act"
+            "ive list\n", p);
+      /* no subproblem must be selected yet */
+      if (tree->next_p != 0)
+         xerror("glp_ios_select_node: subproblem already selected\n");
+      /* select the specified subproblem to continue the search */
+      tree->next_p = p;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_heur_sol - provide solution found by heuristic
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ios_heur_sol(glp_tree *tree, const double x[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_heur_sol can be called from the user-defined
+*  callback routine in response to the reason GLP_IHEUR to provide an
+*  integer feasible solution found by a primal heuristic.
+*
+*  Primal values of *all* variables (columns) found by the heuristic
+*  should be placed in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the number
+*  of columns in the original problem object. Note that the routine
+*  glp_ios_heur_sol *does not* check primal feasibility of the solution
+*  provided.
+*
+*  Using the solution passed in the array x the routine computes value
+*  of the objective function. If the objective value is better than the
+*  best known integer feasible solution, the routine computes values of
+*  auxiliary variables (rows) and stores all solution components in the
+*  problem object.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the provided solution is accepted, the routine glp_ios_heur_sol
+*  returns zero. Otherwise, if the provided solution is rejected, the
+*  routine returns non-zero. */
+
+int glp_ios_heur_sol(glp_tree *tree, const double x[])
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int m = tree->orig_m;
+      int n = tree->n;
+      int i, j;
+      double obj;
+      xassert(mip->m >= m);
+      xassert(mip->n == n);
+      /* check values of integer variables and compute value of the
+         objective function */
+      obj = mip->c0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+         if (col->kind == GLP_IV)
+         {  /* provided value must be integral */
+            if (x[j] != floor(x[j])) return 1;
+         }
+         obj += col->coef * x[j];
+      }
+      /* check if the provided solution is better than the best known
+         integer feasible solution */
+      if (mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  switch (mip->dir)
+         {  case GLP_MIN:
+               if (obj >= tree->mip->mip_obj) return 1;
+               break;
+            case GLP_MAX:
+               if (obj <= tree->mip->mip_obj) return 1;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(mip != mip);
+         }
+      }
+      /* it is better; store it in the problem object */
+      if (tree->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+         xprintf("Solution found by heuristic: %.12g\n", obj);
+      mip->mip_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+      mip->mip_obj = obj;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         mip->col[j]->mipx = x[j];
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[i];
+         GLPAIJ *aij;
+         row->mipx = 0.0;
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            row->mipx += aij->val * aij->col->mipx;
+      }
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      ios_process_sol(tree);
+#endif
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ios_terminate - terminate the solution process.
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_ios_terminate(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ios_terminate sets a flag indicating that the MIP
+*  solver should prematurely terminate the search. */
+
+void glp_ios_terminate(glp_tree *tree)
+{     if (tree->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+         xprintf("The search is prematurely terminated due to applicati"
+            "on request\n");
+      tree->stop = 1;
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glphbm.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glphbm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b33c172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glphbm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+/* glphbm.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glphbm.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  hbm_read_mat - read sparse matrix in Harwell-Boeing format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glphbm.h"
+*  HBM *hbm_read_mat(const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine hbm_read_mat reads a sparse matrix in the Harwell-Boeing
+*  format from a text file whose name is the character string fname.
+*
+*  Detailed description of the Harwell-Boeing format recognised by this
+*  routine is given in the following report:
+*
+*  I.S.Duff, R.G.Grimes, J.G.Lewis. User's Guide for the Harwell-Boeing
+*  Sparse Matrix Collection (Release I), TR/PA/92/86, October 1992.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If no error occured, the routine hbm_read_mat returns a pointer to
+*  a data structure containing the matrix. In case of error the routine
+*  prints an appropriate error message and returns NULL. */
+
+struct dsa
+{     /* working area used by routine hbm_read_mat */
+      const char *fname;
+      /* name of input text file */
+      FILE *fp;
+      /* stream assigned to input text file */
+      int seqn;
+      /* card sequential number */
+      char card[80+1];
+      /* card image buffer */
+      int fmt_p;
+      /* scale factor */
+      int fmt_k;
+      /* iterator */
+      int fmt_f;
+      /* format code */
+      int fmt_w;
+      /* field width */
+      int fmt_d;
+      /* number of decimal places after point */
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  read_card - read next data card
+*
+*  This routine reads the next 80-column card from the input text file
+*  and stores its image into the character string card. If the card was
+*  read successfully, the routine returns zero, otherwise non-zero. */
+
+#if 1 /* 11/III-2012 */
+static int read_card(struct dsa *dsa)
+{     int c, len = 0;
+      char buf[255+1];
+      dsa->seqn++;
+      for (;;)
+      {  c = fgetc(dsa->fp);
+         if (c == EOF)
+         {  if (ferror(dsa->fp))
+               xprintf("%s:%d: read error\n",
+                  dsa->fname, dsa->seqn);
+            else
+               xprintf("%s:%d: unexpected end-of-file\n",
+                  dsa->fname, dsa->seqn);
+            return 1;
+         }
+         else if (c == '\r')
+            /* nop */;
+         else if (c == '\n')
+            break;
+         else if (iscntrl(c))
+         {  xprintf("%s:%d: invalid control character\n",
+               dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, c);
+            return 1;
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (len == sizeof(buf)-1)
+               goto err;
+            buf[len++] = (char)c;
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove trailing spaces */
+      while (len > 80 && buf[len-1] == ' ')
+         len--;
+      buf[len] = '\0';
+      /* line should not be longer than 80 chars */
+      if (len > 80)
+err:  {  xerror("%s:%d: card image too long\n",
+            dsa->fname, dsa->seqn);
+         return 1;
+      }
+      /* padd by spaces to 80-column card image */
+      strcpy(dsa->card, buf);
+      memset(&dsa->card[len], ' ', 80 - len);
+      dsa->card[80] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  scan_int - scan integer value from the current card
+*
+*  This routine scans an integer value from the current card, where fld
+*  is the name of the field, pos is the position of the field, width is
+*  the width of the field, val points to a location to which the scanned
+*  value should be stored. If the value was scanned successfully, the
+*  routine returns zero, otherwise non-zero. */
+
+static int scan_int(struct dsa *dsa, char *fld, int pos, int width,
+      int *val)
+{     char str[80+1];
+      xassert(1 <= width && width <= 80);
+      memcpy(str, dsa->card + pos, width), str[width] = '\0';
+      if (str2int(strspx(str), val))
+      {  xprintf("%s:%d: field '%s' contains invalid value '%s'\n",
+            dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, fld, str);
+         return 1;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  parse_fmt - parse Fortran format specification
+*
+*  This routine parses the Fortran format specification represented as
+*  character string which fmt points to and stores format elements into
+*  appropriate static locations. Should note that not all valid Fortran
+*  format specifications may be recognised. If the format specification
+*  was recognised, the routine returns zero, otherwise non-zero. */
+
+static int parse_fmt(struct dsa *dsa, char *fmt)
+{     int k, s, val;
+      char str[80+1];
+      /* first character should be left parenthesis */
+      if (fmt[0] != '(')
+fail: {  xprintf("hbm_read_mat: format '%s' not recognised\n", fmt);
+         return 1;
+      }
+      k = 1;
+      /* optional scale factor */
+      dsa->fmt_p = 0;
+      if (isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k]))
+      {  s = 0;
+         while (isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k]))
+         {  if (s == 80) goto fail;
+            str[s++] = fmt[k++];
+         }
+         str[s] = '\0';
+         if (str2int(str, &val)) goto fail;
+         if (toupper((unsigned char)fmt[k]) != 'P') goto iter;
+         dsa->fmt_p = val, k++;
+         if (!(0 <= dsa->fmt_p && dsa->fmt_p <= 255)) goto fail;
+         /* optional comma may follow scale factor */
+         if (fmt[k] == ',') k++;
+      }
+      /* optional iterator */
+      dsa->fmt_k = 1;
+      if (isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k]))
+      {  s = 0;
+         while (isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k]))
+         {  if (s == 80) goto fail;
+            str[s++] = fmt[k++];
+         }
+         str[s] = '\0';
+         if (str2int(str, &val)) goto fail;
+iter:    dsa->fmt_k = val;
+         if (!(1 <= dsa->fmt_k && dsa->fmt_k <= 255)) goto fail;
+      }
+      /* format code */
+      dsa->fmt_f = toupper((unsigned char)fmt[k++]);
+      if (!(dsa->fmt_f == 'D' || dsa->fmt_f == 'E' ||
+            dsa->fmt_f == 'F' || dsa->fmt_f == 'G' ||
+            dsa->fmt_f == 'I')) goto fail;
+      /* field width */
+      if (!isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k])) goto fail;
+      s = 0;
+      while (isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k]))
+      {  if (s == 80) goto fail;
+         str[s++] = fmt[k++];
+      }
+      str[s] = '\0';
+      if (str2int(str, &dsa->fmt_w)) goto fail;
+      if (!(1 <= dsa->fmt_w && dsa->fmt_w <= 255)) goto fail;
+      /* optional number of decimal places after point */
+      dsa->fmt_d = 0;
+      if (fmt[k] == '.')
+      {  k++;
+         if (!isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k])) goto fail;
+         s = 0;
+         while (isdigit((unsigned char)fmt[k]))
+         {  if (s == 80) goto fail;
+            str[s++] = fmt[k++];
+         }
+         str[s] = '\0';
+         if (str2int(str, &dsa->fmt_d)) goto fail;
+         if (!(0 <= dsa->fmt_d && dsa->fmt_d <= 255)) goto fail;
+      }
+      /* last character should be right parenthesis */
+      if (!(fmt[k] == ')' && fmt[k+1] == '\0')) goto fail;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  read_int_array - read array of integer type
+*
+*  This routine reads an integer array from the input text file, where
+*  name is array name, fmt is Fortran format specification that controls
+*  reading, n is number of array elements, val is array of integer type.
+*  If the array was read successful, the routine returns zero, otherwise
+*  non-zero. */
+
+static int read_int_array(struct dsa *dsa, char *name, char *fmt,
+      int n, int val[])
+{     int k, pos;
+      char str[80+1];
+      if (parse_fmt(dsa, fmt)) return 1;
+      if (!(dsa->fmt_f == 'I' && dsa->fmt_w <= 80 &&
+            dsa->fmt_k * dsa->fmt_w <= 80))
+      {  xprintf(
+            "%s:%d: can't read array '%s' - invalid format '%s'\n",
+            dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, name, fmt);
+         return 1;
+      }
+      for (k = 1, pos = INT_MAX; k <= n; k++, pos++)
+      {  if (pos >= dsa->fmt_k)
+         {  if (read_card(dsa)) return 1;
+            pos = 0;
+         }
+         memcpy(str, dsa->card + dsa->fmt_w * pos, dsa->fmt_w);
+         str[dsa->fmt_w] = '\0';
+         strspx(str);
+         if (str2int(str, &val[k]))
+         {  xprintf(
+               "%s:%d: can't read array '%s' - invalid value '%s'\n",
+               dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, name, str);
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  read_real_array - read array of real type
+*
+*  This routine reads a real array from the input text file, where name
+*  is array name, fmt is Fortran format specification that controls
+*  reading, n is number of array elements, val is array of real type.
+*  If the array was read successful, the routine returns zero, otherwise
+*  non-zero. */
+
+static int read_real_array(struct dsa *dsa, char *name, char *fmt,
+      int n, double val[])
+{     int k, pos;
+      char str[80+1], *ptr;
+      if (parse_fmt(dsa, fmt)) return 1;
+      if (!(dsa->fmt_f != 'I' && dsa->fmt_w <= 80 &&
+            dsa->fmt_k * dsa->fmt_w <= 80))
+      {  xprintf(
+            "%s:%d: can't read array '%s' - invalid format '%s'\n",
+            dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, name, fmt);
+         return 1;
+      }
+      for (k = 1, pos = INT_MAX; k <= n; k++, pos++)
+      {  if (pos >= dsa->fmt_k)
+         {  if (read_card(dsa)) return 1;
+            pos = 0;
+         }
+         memcpy(str, dsa->card + dsa->fmt_w * pos, dsa->fmt_w);
+         str[dsa->fmt_w] = '\0';
+         strspx(str);
+         if (strchr(str, '.') == NULL && strcmp(str, "0"))
+         {  xprintf("%s(%d): can't read array '%s' - value '%s' has no "
+               "decimal point\n", dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, name, str);
+            return 1;
+         }
+         /* sometimes lower case letters appear */
+         for (ptr = str; *ptr; ptr++)
+            *ptr = (char)toupper((unsigned char)*ptr);
+         ptr = strchr(str, 'D');
+         if (ptr != NULL) *ptr = 'E';
+         /* value may appear with decimal exponent but without letters
+            E or D (for example, -123.456-012), so missing letter should
+            be inserted */
+         ptr = strchr(str+1, '+');
+         if (ptr == NULL) ptr = strchr(str+1, '-');
+         if (ptr != NULL && *(ptr-1) != 'E')
+         {  xassert(strlen(str) < 80);
+            memmove(ptr+1, ptr, strlen(ptr)+1);
+            *ptr = 'E';
+         }
+         if (str2num(str, &val[k]))
+         {  xprintf(
+               "%s:%d: can't read array '%s' - invalid value '%s'\n",
+               dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, name, str);
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+HBM *hbm_read_mat(const char *fname)
+{     struct dsa _dsa, *dsa = &_dsa;
+      HBM *hbm = NULL;
+      dsa->fname = fname;
+      xprintf("hbm_read_mat: reading matrix from '%s'...\n",
+         dsa->fname);
+      dsa->fp = fopen(dsa->fname, "r");
+      if (dsa->fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("hbm_read_mat: unable to open '%s' - %s\n",
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            dsa->fname, strerror(errno));
+#else
+            dsa->fname, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+         goto fail;
+      }
+      dsa->seqn = 0;
+      hbm = xmalloc(sizeof(HBM));
+      memset(hbm, 0, sizeof(HBM));
+      /* read the first heading card */
+      if (read_card(dsa)) goto fail;
+      memcpy(hbm->title, dsa->card, 72), hbm->title[72] = '\0';
+      strtrim(hbm->title);
+      xprintf("%s\n", hbm->title);
+      memcpy(hbm->key, dsa->card+72, 8), hbm->key[8] = '\0';
+      strspx(hbm->key);
+      xprintf("key = %s\n", hbm->key);
+      /* read the second heading card */
+      if (read_card(dsa)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "totcrd",  0, 14, &hbm->totcrd)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "ptrcrd", 14, 14, &hbm->ptrcrd)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "indcrd", 28, 14, &hbm->indcrd)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "valcrd", 42, 14, &hbm->valcrd)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "rhscrd", 56, 14, &hbm->rhscrd)) goto fail;
+      xprintf("totcrd = %d; ptrcrd = %d; indcrd = %d; valcrd = %d; rhsc"
+         "rd = %d\n", hbm->totcrd, hbm->ptrcrd, hbm->indcrd,
+         hbm->valcrd, hbm->rhscrd);
+      /* read the third heading card */
+      if (read_card(dsa)) goto fail;
+      memcpy(hbm->mxtype, dsa->card, 3), hbm->mxtype[3] = '\0';
+      if (strchr("RCP",   hbm->mxtype[0]) == NULL ||
+          strchr("SUHZR", hbm->mxtype[1]) == NULL ||
+          strchr("AE",    hbm->mxtype[2]) == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("%s:%d: matrix type '%s' not recognised\n",
+            dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, hbm->mxtype);
+         goto fail;
+      }
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "nrow", 14, 14, &hbm->nrow)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "ncol", 28, 14, &hbm->ncol)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "nnzero", 42, 14, &hbm->nnzero)) goto fail;
+      if (scan_int(dsa, "neltvl", 56, 14, &hbm->neltvl)) goto fail;
+      xprintf("mxtype = %s; nrow = %d; ncol = %d; nnzero = %d; neltvl ="
+         " %d\n", hbm->mxtype, hbm->nrow, hbm->ncol, hbm->nnzero,
+         hbm->neltvl);
+      /* read the fourth heading card */
+      if (read_card(dsa)) goto fail;
+      memcpy(hbm->ptrfmt, dsa->card, 16), hbm->ptrfmt[16] = '\0';
+      strspx(hbm->ptrfmt);
+      memcpy(hbm->indfmt, dsa->card+16, 16), hbm->indfmt[16] = '\0';
+      strspx(hbm->indfmt);
+      memcpy(hbm->valfmt, dsa->card+32, 20), hbm->valfmt[20] = '\0';
+      strspx(hbm->valfmt);
+      memcpy(hbm->rhsfmt, dsa->card+52, 20), hbm->rhsfmt[20] = '\0';
+      strspx(hbm->rhsfmt);
+      xprintf("ptrfmt = %s; indfmt = %s; valfmt = %s; rhsfmt = %s\n",
+         hbm->ptrfmt, hbm->indfmt, hbm->valfmt, hbm->rhsfmt);
+      /* read the fifth heading card (optional) */
+      if (hbm->rhscrd <= 0)
+      {  strcpy(hbm->rhstyp, "???");
+         hbm->nrhs = 0;
+         hbm->nrhsix = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  if (read_card(dsa)) goto fail;
+         memcpy(hbm->rhstyp, dsa->card, 3), hbm->rhstyp[3] = '\0';
+         if (scan_int(dsa, "nrhs", 14, 14, &hbm->nrhs)) goto fail;
+         if (scan_int(dsa, "nrhsix", 28, 14, &hbm->nrhsix)) goto fail;
+         xprintf("rhstyp = '%s'; nrhs = %d; nrhsix = %d\n",
+            hbm->rhstyp, hbm->nrhs, hbm->nrhsix);
+      }
+      /* read matrix structure */
+      hbm->colptr = xcalloc(1+hbm->ncol+1, sizeof(int));
+      if (read_int_array(dsa, "colptr", hbm->ptrfmt, hbm->ncol+1,
+         hbm->colptr)) goto fail;
+      hbm->rowind = xcalloc(1+hbm->nnzero, sizeof(int));
+      if (read_int_array(dsa, "rowind", hbm->indfmt, hbm->nnzero,
+         hbm->rowind)) goto fail;
+      /* read matrix values */
+      if (hbm->valcrd <= 0) goto done;
+      if (hbm->mxtype[2] == 'A')
+      {  /* assembled matrix */
+         hbm->values = xcalloc(1+hbm->nnzero, sizeof(double));
+         if (read_real_array(dsa, "values", hbm->valfmt, hbm->nnzero,
+            hbm->values)) goto fail;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* elemental (unassembled) matrix */
+         hbm->values = xcalloc(1+hbm->neltvl, sizeof(double));
+         if (read_real_array(dsa, "values", hbm->valfmt, hbm->neltvl,
+            hbm->values)) goto fail;
+      }
+      /* read right-hand sides */
+      if (hbm->nrhs <= 0) goto done;
+      if (hbm->rhstyp[0] == 'F')
+      {  /* dense format */
+         hbm->nrhsvl = hbm->nrow * hbm->nrhs;
+         hbm->rhsval = xcalloc(1+hbm->nrhsvl, sizeof(double));
+         if (read_real_array(dsa, "rhsval", hbm->rhsfmt, hbm->nrhsvl,
+            hbm->rhsval)) goto fail;
+      }
+      else if (hbm->rhstyp[0] == 'M' && hbm->mxtype[2] == 'A')
+      {  /* sparse format */
+         /* read pointers */
+         hbm->rhsptr = xcalloc(1+hbm->nrhs+1, sizeof(int));
+         if (read_int_array(dsa, "rhsptr", hbm->ptrfmt, hbm->nrhs+1,
+            hbm->rhsptr)) goto fail;
+         /* read sparsity pattern */
+         hbm->rhsind = xcalloc(1+hbm->nrhsix, sizeof(int));
+         if (read_int_array(dsa, "rhsind", hbm->indfmt, hbm->nrhsix,
+            hbm->rhsind)) goto fail;
+         /* read values */
+         hbm->rhsval = xcalloc(1+hbm->nrhsix, sizeof(double));
+         if (read_real_array(dsa, "rhsval", hbm->rhsfmt, hbm->nrhsix,
+            hbm->rhsval)) goto fail;
+      }
+      else if (hbm->rhstyp[0] == 'M' && hbm->mxtype[2] == 'E')
+      {  /* elemental format */
+         hbm->rhsval = xcalloc(1+hbm->nrhsvl, sizeof(double));
+         if (read_real_array(dsa, "rhsval", hbm->rhsfmt, hbm->nrhsvl,
+            hbm->rhsval)) goto fail;
+      }
+      else
+      {  xprintf("%s:%d: right-hand side type '%c' not recognised\n",
+            dsa->fname, dsa->seqn, hbm->rhstyp[0]);
+         goto fail;
+      }
+      /* read starting guesses */
+      if (hbm->rhstyp[1] == 'G')
+      {  hbm->nguess = hbm->nrow * hbm->nrhs;
+         hbm->sguess = xcalloc(1+hbm->nguess, sizeof(double));
+         if (read_real_array(dsa, "sguess", hbm->rhsfmt, hbm->nguess,
+            hbm->sguess)) goto fail;
+      }
+      /* read solution vectors */
+      if (hbm->rhstyp[2] == 'X')
+      {  hbm->nexact = hbm->nrow * hbm->nrhs;
+         hbm->xexact = xcalloc(1+hbm->nexact, sizeof(double));
+         if (read_real_array(dsa, "xexact", hbm->rhsfmt, hbm->nexact,
+            hbm->xexact)) goto fail;
+      }
+done: /* reading has been completed */
+      xprintf("hbm_read_mat: %d cards were read\n", dsa->seqn);
+      fclose(dsa->fp);
+      return hbm;
+fail: /* something wrong in Danish kingdom */
+      if (hbm != NULL)
+      {  if (hbm->colptr != NULL) xfree(hbm->colptr);
+         if (hbm->rowind != NULL) xfree(hbm->rowind);
+         if (hbm->rhsptr != NULL) xfree(hbm->rhsptr);
+         if (hbm->rhsind != NULL) xfree(hbm->rhsind);
+         if (hbm->values != NULL) xfree(hbm->values);
+         if (hbm->rhsval != NULL) xfree(hbm->rhsval);
+         if (hbm->sguess != NULL) xfree(hbm->sguess);
+         if (hbm->xexact != NULL) xfree(hbm->xexact);
+         xfree(hbm);
+      }
+      if (dsa->fp != NULL) fclose(dsa->fp);
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  hbm_free_mat - free sparse matrix in Harwell-Boeing format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glphbm.h"
+*  void hbm_free_mat(HBM *hbm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The hbm_free_mat routine frees all the memory allocated to the data
+*  structure containing a sparse matrix in the Harwell-Boeing format. */
+
+void hbm_free_mat(HBM *hbm)
+{     if (hbm->colptr != NULL) xfree(hbm->colptr);
+      if (hbm->rowind != NULL) xfree(hbm->rowind);
+      if (hbm->rhsptr != NULL) xfree(hbm->rhsptr);
+      if (hbm->rhsind != NULL) xfree(hbm->rhsind);
+      if (hbm->values != NULL) xfree(hbm->values);
+      if (hbm->rhsval != NULL) xfree(hbm->rhsval);
+      if (hbm->sguess != NULL) xfree(hbm->sguess);
+      if (hbm->xexact != NULL) xfree(hbm->xexact);
+      xfree(hbm);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glphbm.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glphbm.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..688a78ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glphbm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* glphbm.h (Harwell-Boeing sparse matrix format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GLPHBM_H
+#define GLPHBM_H
+
+typedef struct HBM HBM;
+
+struct HBM
+{     /* sparse matrix in Harwell-Boeing format; for details see the
+         report: I.S.Duff, R.G.Grimes, J.G.Lewis. User's Guide for the
+         Harwell-Boeing Sparse Matrix Collection (Release I), 1992 */
+      char title[72+1];
+      /* matrix title (informative) */
+      char key[8+1];
+      /* matrix key (informative) */
+      char mxtype[3+1];
+      /* matrix type:
+         R.. real matrix
+         C.. complex matrix
+         P.. pattern only (no numerical values supplied)
+         .S. symmetric (lower triangle + main diagonal)
+         .U. unsymmetric
+         .H. hermitian (lower triangle + main diagonal)
+         .Z. skew symmetric (lower triangle only)
+         .R. rectangular
+         ..A assembled
+         ..E elemental (unassembled) */
+      char rhstyp[3+1];
+      /* optional types:
+         F.. right-hand sides in dense format
+         M.. right-hand sides in same format as matrix
+         .G. starting vector(s) (guess) is supplied
+         ..X exact solution vector(s) is supplied */
+      char ptrfmt[16+1];
+      /* format for pointers */
+      char indfmt[16+1];
+      /* format for row (or variable) indices */
+      char valfmt[20+1];
+      /* format for numerical values of coefficient matrix */
+      char rhsfmt[20+1];
+      /* format for numerical values of right-hand sides */
+      int totcrd;
+      /* total number of cards excluding header */
+      int ptrcrd;
+      /* number of cards for ponters */
+      int indcrd;
+      /* number of cards for row (or variable) indices */
+      int valcrd;
+      /* number of cards for numerical values */
+      int rhscrd;
+      /* number of lines for right-hand sides;
+         including starting guesses and solution vectors if present;
+         zero indicates no right-hand side data is present */
+      int nrow;
+      /* number of rows (or variables) */
+      int ncol;
+      /* number of columns (or elements) */
+      int nnzero;
+      /* number of row (or variable) indices;
+         equal to number of entries for assembled matrix */
+      int neltvl;
+      /* number of elemental matrix entries;
+         zero in case of assembled matrix */
+      int nrhs;
+      /* number of right-hand sides */
+      int nrhsix;
+      /* number of row indices;
+         ignored in case of unassembled matrix */
+      int nrhsvl;
+      /* total number of entries in all right-hand sides */
+      int nguess;
+      /* total number of entries in all starting guesses */
+      int nexact;
+      /* total number of entries in all solution vectors */
+      int *colptr; /* alias: eltptr */
+      /* column pointers (in case of assembled matrix);
+         elemental matrix pointers (in case of unassembled matrix) */
+      int *rowind; /* alias: varind */
+      /* row indices (in case of assembled matrix);
+         variable indices (in case of unassembled matrix) */
+      int *rhsptr;
+      /* right-hand side pointers */
+      int *rhsind;
+      /* right-hand side indices */
+      double *values;
+      /* matrix values */
+      double *rhsval;
+      /* right-hand side values */
+      double *sguess;
+      /* starting guess values */
+      double *xexact;
+      /* solution vector values */
+};
+
+#define hbm_read_mat _glp_hbm_read_mat
+HBM *hbm_read_mat(const char *fname);
+/* read sparse matrix in Harwell-Boeing format */
+
+#define hbm_free_mat _glp_hbm_free_mat
+void hbm_free_mat(HBM *hbm);
+/* free sparse matrix in Harwell-Boeing format */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios01.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios01.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb1a0dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios01.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1685 @@
+/* glpios01.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+static int lpx_eval_tab_row(glp_prob *lp, int k, int ind[],
+      double val[])
+{     /* compute row of the simplex tableau */
+      return glp_eval_tab_row(lp, k, ind, val);
+}
+
+static int lpx_dual_ratio_test(glp_prob *lp, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int how, double tol)
+{     /* perform dual ratio test */
+      int piv;
+      piv = glp_dual_rtest(lp, len, ind, val, how, tol);
+      xassert(0 <= piv && piv <= len);
+      return piv == 0 ? 0 : ind[piv];
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_create_tree - create branch-and-bound tree
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  glp_tree *ios_create_tree(glp_prob *mip, const glp_iocp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_create_tree creates the branch-and-bound tree.
+*
+*  Being created the tree consists of the only root subproblem whose
+*  reference number is 1. Note that initially the root subproblem is in
+*  frozen state and therefore needs to be revived.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the tree created. */
+
+static IOSNPD *new_node(glp_tree *tree, IOSNPD *parent);
+
+glp_tree *ios_create_tree(glp_prob *mip, const glp_iocp *parm)
+{     int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      glp_tree *tree;
+      int i, j;
+      xassert(mip->tree == NULL);
+      mip->tree = tree = xmalloc(sizeof(glp_tree));
+      tree->pool = dmp_create_pool();
+      tree->n = n;
+      /* save original problem components */
+      tree->orig_m = m;
+      tree->orig_type = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(char));
+      tree->orig_lb = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      tree->orig_ub = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      tree->orig_stat = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(char));
+      tree->orig_prim = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      tree->orig_dual = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[i];
+         tree->orig_type[i] = (char)row->type;
+         tree->orig_lb[i] = row->lb;
+         tree->orig_ub[i] = row->ub;
+         tree->orig_stat[i] = (char)row->stat;
+         tree->orig_prim[i] = row->prim;
+         tree->orig_dual[i] = row->dual;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+         tree->orig_type[m+j] = (char)col->type;
+         tree->orig_lb[m+j] = col->lb;
+         tree->orig_ub[m+j] = col->ub;
+         tree->orig_stat[m+j] = (char)col->stat;
+         tree->orig_prim[m+j] = col->prim;
+         tree->orig_dual[m+j] = col->dual;
+      }
+      tree->orig_obj = mip->obj_val;
+      /* initialize the branch-and-bound tree */
+      tree->nslots = 0;
+      tree->avail = 0;
+      tree->slot = NULL;
+      tree->head = tree->tail = NULL;
+      tree->a_cnt = tree->n_cnt = tree->t_cnt = 0;
+      /* the root subproblem is not solved yet, so its final components
+         are unknown so far */
+      tree->root_m = 0;
+      tree->root_type = NULL;
+      tree->root_lb = tree->root_ub = NULL;
+      tree->root_stat = NULL;
+      /* the current subproblem does not exist yet */
+      tree->curr = NULL;
+      tree->mip = mip;
+      /*tree->solved = 0;*/
+      tree->non_int = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&tree->non_int[1], 0, n);
+      /* arrays to save parent subproblem components will be allocated
+         later */
+      tree->pred_m = tree->pred_max = 0;
+      tree->pred_type = NULL;
+      tree->pred_lb = tree->pred_ub = NULL;
+      tree->pred_stat = NULL;
+      /* cut generators */
+      tree->local = ios_create_pool(tree);
+      /*tree->first_attempt = 1;*/
+      /*tree->max_added_cuts = 0;*/
+      /*tree->min_eff = 0.0;*/
+      /*tree->miss = 0;*/
+      /*tree->just_selected = 0;*/
+#ifdef NEW_COVER /* 13/II-2018 */
+      tree->cov_gen = NULL;
+#endif
+      tree->mir_gen = NULL;
+      tree->clq_gen = NULL;
+      /*tree->round = 0;*/
+#if 0
+      /* create the conflict graph */
+      tree->n_ref = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      memset(&tree->n_ref[1], 0, n * sizeof(int));
+      tree->c_ref = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      memset(&tree->c_ref[1], 0, n * sizeof(int));
+      tree->g = scg_create_graph(0);
+      tree->j_ref = xcalloc(1+tree->g->n_max, sizeof(int));
+#endif
+      /* pseudocost branching */
+      tree->pcost = NULL;
+      tree->iwrk = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      tree->dwrk = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* initialize control parameters */
+      tree->parm = parm;
+      tree->tm_beg = xtime();
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+      tree->tm_lag = xlset(0);
+#else
+      tree->tm_lag = 0.0;
+#endif
+      tree->sol_cnt = 0;
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      tree->P = NULL;
+      tree->npp = NULL;
+      tree->save_sol = parm->save_sol;
+      tree->save_cnt = 0;
+#endif
+      /* initialize advanced solver interface */
+      tree->reason = 0;
+      tree->reopt = 0;
+      tree->reinv = 0;
+      tree->br_var = 0;
+      tree->br_sel = 0;
+      tree->child = 0;
+      tree->next_p = 0;
+      /*tree->btrack = NULL;*/
+      tree->stop = 0;
+      /* create the root subproblem, which initially is identical to
+         the original MIP */
+      new_node(tree, NULL);
+      return tree;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_revive_node - revive specified subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_revive_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_revive_node revives the specified subproblem, whose
+*  reference number is p, and thereby makes it the current subproblem.
+*  Note that the specified subproblem must be active. Besides, if the
+*  current subproblem already exists, it must be frozen before reviving
+*  another subproblem. */
+
+void ios_revive_node(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      IOSNPD *node, *root;
+      /* obtain pointer to the specified subproblem */
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      xassert(node != NULL);
+      /* the specified subproblem must be active */
+      xassert(node->count == 0);
+      /* the current subproblem must not exist */
+      xassert(tree->curr == NULL);
+      /* the specified subproblem becomes current */
+      tree->curr = node;
+      /*tree->solved = 0;*/
+      /* obtain pointer to the root subproblem */
+      root = tree->slot[1].node;
+      xassert(root != NULL);
+      /* at this point problem object components correspond to the root
+         subproblem, so if the root subproblem should be revived, there
+         is nothing more to do */
+      if (node == root) goto done;
+      xassert(mip->m == tree->root_m);
+      /* build path from the root to the current node */
+      node->temp = NULL;
+      for (node = node; node != NULL; node = node->up)
+      {  if (node->up == NULL)
+            xassert(node == root);
+         else
+            node->up->temp = node;
+      }
+      /* go down from the root to the current node and make necessary
+         changes to restore components of the current subproblem */
+      for (node = root; node != NULL; node = node->temp)
+      {  int m = mip->m;
+         int n = mip->n;
+         /* if the current node is reached, the problem object at this
+            point corresponds to its parent, so save attributes of rows
+            and columns for the parent subproblem */
+         if (node->temp == NULL)
+         {  int i, j;
+            tree->pred_m = m;
+            /* allocate/reallocate arrays, if necessary */
+            if (tree->pred_max < m + n)
+            {  int new_size = m + n + 100;
+               if (tree->pred_type != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_type);
+               if (tree->pred_lb != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_lb);
+               if (tree->pred_ub != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_ub);
+               if (tree->pred_stat != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_stat);
+               tree->pred_max = new_size;
+               tree->pred_type = xcalloc(1+new_size, sizeof(char));
+               tree->pred_lb = xcalloc(1+new_size, sizeof(double));
+               tree->pred_ub = xcalloc(1+new_size, sizeof(double));
+               tree->pred_stat = xcalloc(1+new_size, sizeof(char));
+            }
+            /* save row attributes */
+            for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+            {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[i];
+               tree->pred_type[i] = (char)row->type;
+               tree->pred_lb[i] = row->lb;
+               tree->pred_ub[i] = row->ub;
+               tree->pred_stat[i] = (char)row->stat;
+            }
+            /* save column attributes */
+            for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+            {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+               tree->pred_type[mip->m+j] = (char)col->type;
+               tree->pred_lb[mip->m+j] = col->lb;
+               tree->pred_ub[mip->m+j] = col->ub;
+               tree->pred_stat[mip->m+j] = (char)col->stat;
+            }
+         }
+         /* change bounds of rows and columns */
+         {  IOSBND *b;
+            for (b = node->b_ptr; b != NULL; b = b->next)
+            {  if (b->k <= m)
+                  glp_set_row_bnds(mip, b->k, b->type, b->lb, b->ub);
+               else
+                  glp_set_col_bnds(mip, b->k-m, b->type, b->lb, b->ub);
+            }
+         }
+         /* change statuses of rows and columns */
+         {  IOSTAT *s;
+            for (s = node->s_ptr; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+            {  if (s->k <= m)
+                  glp_set_row_stat(mip, s->k, s->stat);
+               else
+                  glp_set_col_stat(mip, s->k-m, s->stat);
+            }
+         }
+         /* add new rows */
+         if (node->r_ptr != NULL)
+         {  IOSROW *r;
+            IOSAIJ *a;
+            int i, len, *ind;
+            double *val;
+            ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+            val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+            for (r = node->r_ptr; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+            {  i = glp_add_rows(mip, 1);
+               glp_set_row_name(mip, i, r->name);
+#if 1 /* 20/IX-2008 */
+               xassert(mip->row[i]->level == 0);
+               mip->row[i]->level = node->level;
+               mip->row[i]->origin = r->origin;
+               mip->row[i]->klass = r->klass;
+#endif
+               glp_set_row_bnds(mip, i, r->type, r->lb, r->ub);
+               len = 0;
+               for (a = r->ptr; a != NULL; a = a->next)
+                  len++, ind[len] = a->j, val[len] = a->val;
+               glp_set_mat_row(mip, i, len, ind, val);
+               glp_set_rii(mip, i, r->rii);
+               glp_set_row_stat(mip, i, r->stat);
+            }
+            xfree(ind);
+            xfree(val);
+         }
+#if 0
+         /* add new edges to the conflict graph */
+         /* add new cliques to the conflict graph */
+         /* (not implemented yet) */
+         xassert(node->own_nn == 0);
+         xassert(node->own_nc == 0);
+         xassert(node->e_ptr == NULL);
+#endif
+      }
+      /* the specified subproblem has been revived */
+      node = tree->curr;
+      /* delete its bound change list */
+      while (node->b_ptr != NULL)
+      {  IOSBND *b;
+         b = node->b_ptr;
+         node->b_ptr = b->next;
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, b, sizeof(IOSBND));
+      }
+      /* delete its status change list */
+      while (node->s_ptr != NULL)
+      {  IOSTAT *s;
+         s = node->s_ptr;
+         node->s_ptr = s->next;
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, s, sizeof(IOSTAT));
+      }
+#if 1 /* 20/XI-2009 */
+      /* delete its row addition list (additional rows may appear, for
+         example, due to branching on GUB constraints */
+      while (node->r_ptr != NULL)
+      {  IOSROW *r;
+         r = node->r_ptr;
+         node->r_ptr = r->next;
+         xassert(r->name == NULL);
+         while (r->ptr != NULL)
+         {  IOSAIJ *a;
+            a = r->ptr;
+            r->ptr = a->next;
+            dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, a, sizeof(IOSAIJ));
+         }
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, r, sizeof(IOSROW));
+      }
+#endif
+done: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_freeze_node - freeze current subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_freeze_node(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_freeze_node freezes the current subproblem. */
+
+void ios_freeze_node(glp_tree *tree)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      IOSNPD *node;
+      /* obtain pointer to the current subproblem */
+      node = tree->curr;
+      xassert(node != NULL);
+      if (node->up == NULL)
+      {  /* freeze the root subproblem */
+         int k;
+         xassert(node->p == 1);
+         xassert(tree->root_m == 0);
+         xassert(tree->root_type == NULL);
+         xassert(tree->root_lb == NULL);
+         xassert(tree->root_ub == NULL);
+         xassert(tree->root_stat == NULL);
+         tree->root_m = m;
+         tree->root_type = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(char));
+         tree->root_lb = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+         tree->root_ub = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+         tree->root_stat = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(char));
+         for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+         {  if (k <= m)
+            {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[k];
+               tree->root_type[k] = (char)row->type;
+               tree->root_lb[k] = row->lb;
+               tree->root_ub[k] = row->ub;
+               tree->root_stat[k] = (char)row->stat;
+            }
+            else
+            {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[k-m];
+               tree->root_type[k] = (char)col->type;
+               tree->root_lb[k] = col->lb;
+               tree->root_ub[k] = col->ub;
+               tree->root_stat[k] = (char)col->stat;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* freeze non-root subproblem */
+         int root_m = tree->root_m;
+         int pred_m = tree->pred_m;
+         int i, j, k;
+         xassert(pred_m <= m);
+         /* build change lists for rows and columns which exist in the
+            parent subproblem */
+         xassert(node->b_ptr == NULL);
+         xassert(node->s_ptr == NULL);
+         for (k = 1; k <= pred_m + n; k++)
+         {  int pred_type, pred_stat, type, stat;
+            double pred_lb, pred_ub, lb, ub;
+            /* determine attributes in the parent subproblem */
+            pred_type = tree->pred_type[k];
+            pred_lb = tree->pred_lb[k];
+            pred_ub = tree->pred_ub[k];
+            pred_stat = tree->pred_stat[k];
+            /* determine attributes in the current subproblem */
+            if (k <= pred_m)
+            {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[k];
+               type = row->type;
+               lb = row->lb;
+               ub = row->ub;
+               stat = row->stat;
+            }
+            else
+            {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[k - pred_m];
+               type = col->type;
+               lb = col->lb;
+               ub = col->ub;
+               stat = col->stat;
+            }
+            /* save type and bounds of a row/column, if changed */
+            if (!(pred_type == type && pred_lb == lb && pred_ub == ub))
+            {  IOSBND *b;
+               b = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSBND));
+               b->k = k;
+               b->type = (unsigned char)type;
+               b->lb = lb;
+               b->ub = ub;
+               b->next = node->b_ptr;
+               node->b_ptr = b;
+            }
+            /* save status of a row/column, if changed */
+            if (pred_stat != stat)
+            {  IOSTAT *s;
+               s = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSTAT));
+               s->k = k;
+               s->stat = (unsigned char)stat;
+               s->next = node->s_ptr;
+               node->s_ptr = s;
+            }
+         }
+         /* save new rows added to the current subproblem */
+         xassert(node->r_ptr == NULL);
+         if (pred_m < m)
+         {  int i, len, *ind;
+            double *val;
+            ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+            val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+            for (i = m; i > pred_m; i--)
+            {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[i];
+               IOSROW *r;
+               const char *name;
+               r = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSROW));
+               name = glp_get_row_name(mip, i);
+               if (name == NULL)
+                  r->name = NULL;
+               else
+               {  r->name = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+                  strcpy(r->name, name);
+               }
+#if 1 /* 20/IX-2008 */
+               r->origin = row->origin;
+               r->klass = row->klass;
+#endif
+               r->type = (unsigned char)row->type;
+               r->lb = row->lb;
+               r->ub = row->ub;
+               r->ptr = NULL;
+               len = glp_get_mat_row(mip, i, ind, val);
+               for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+               {  IOSAIJ *a;
+                  a = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSAIJ));
+                  a->j = ind[k];
+                  a->val = val[k];
+                  a->next = r->ptr;
+                  r->ptr = a;
+               }
+               r->rii = row->rii;
+               r->stat = (unsigned char)row->stat;
+               r->next = node->r_ptr;
+               node->r_ptr = r;
+            }
+            xfree(ind);
+            xfree(val);
+         }
+         /* remove all rows missing in the root subproblem */
+         if (m != root_m)
+         {  int nrs, *num;
+            nrs = m - root_m;
+            xassert(nrs > 0);
+            num = xcalloc(1+nrs, sizeof(int));
+            for (i = 1; i <= nrs; i++) num[i] = root_m + i;
+            glp_del_rows(mip, nrs, num);
+            xfree(num);
+         }
+         m = mip->m;
+         /* and restore attributes of all rows and columns for the root
+            subproblem */
+         xassert(m == root_m);
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         {  glp_set_row_bnds(mip, i, tree->root_type[i],
+               tree->root_lb[i], tree->root_ub[i]);
+            glp_set_row_stat(mip, i, tree->root_stat[i]);
+         }
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, tree->root_type[m+j],
+               tree->root_lb[m+j], tree->root_ub[m+j]);
+            glp_set_col_stat(mip, j, tree->root_stat[m+j]);
+         }
+#if 1
+         /* remove all edges and cliques missing in the conflict graph
+            for the root subproblem */
+         /* (not implemented yet) */
+#endif
+      }
+      /* the current subproblem has been frozen */
+      tree->curr = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_clone_node - clone specified subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_clone_node(glp_tree *tree, int p, int nnn, int ref[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_clone_node clones the specified subproblem, whose
+*  reference number is p, creating its nnn exact copies. Note that the
+*  specified subproblem must be active and must be in the frozen state
+*  (i.e. it must not be the current subproblem).
+*
+*  Each clone, an exact copy of the specified subproblem, becomes a new
+*  active subproblem added to the end of the active list. After cloning
+*  the specified subproblem becomes inactive.
+*
+*  The reference numbers of clone subproblems are stored to locations
+*  ref[1], ..., ref[nnn]. */
+
+static int get_slot(glp_tree *tree)
+{     int p;
+      /* if no free slots are available, increase the room */
+      if (tree->avail == 0)
+      {  int nslots = tree->nslots;
+         IOSLOT *save = tree->slot;
+         if (nslots == 0)
+            tree->nslots = 20;
+         else
+         {  tree->nslots = nslots + nslots;
+            xassert(tree->nslots > nslots);
+         }
+         tree->slot = xcalloc(1+tree->nslots, sizeof(IOSLOT));
+         if (save != NULL)
+         {  memcpy(&tree->slot[1], &save[1], nslots * sizeof(IOSLOT));
+            xfree(save);
+         }
+         /* push more free slots into the stack */
+         for (p = tree->nslots; p > nslots; p--)
+         {  tree->slot[p].node = NULL;
+            tree->slot[p].next = tree->avail;
+            tree->avail = p;
+         }
+      }
+      /* pull a free slot from the stack */
+      p = tree->avail;
+      tree->avail = tree->slot[p].next;
+      xassert(tree->slot[p].node == NULL);
+      tree->slot[p].next = 0;
+      return p;
+}
+
+static IOSNPD *new_node(glp_tree *tree, IOSNPD *parent)
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      int p;
+      /* pull a free slot for the new node */
+      p = get_slot(tree);
+      /* create descriptor of the new subproblem */
+      node = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSNPD));
+      tree->slot[p].node = node;
+      node->p = p;
+      node->up = parent;
+      node->level = (parent == NULL ? 0 : parent->level + 1);
+      node->count = 0;
+      node->b_ptr = NULL;
+      node->s_ptr = NULL;
+      node->r_ptr = NULL;
+      node->solved = 0;
+#if 0
+      node->own_nn = node->own_nc = 0;
+      node->e_ptr = NULL;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 04/X-2008 */
+      node->lp_obj = (parent == NULL ? (tree->mip->dir == GLP_MIN ?
+         -DBL_MAX : +DBL_MAX) : parent->lp_obj);
+#endif
+      node->bound = (parent == NULL ? (tree->mip->dir == GLP_MIN ?
+         -DBL_MAX : +DBL_MAX) : parent->bound);
+      node->br_var = 0;
+      node->br_val = 0.0;
+      node->ii_cnt = 0;
+      node->ii_sum = 0.0;
+#if 1 /* 30/XI-2009 */
+      node->changed = 0;
+#endif
+      if (tree->parm->cb_size == 0)
+         node->data = NULL;
+      else
+      {  node->data = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, tree->parm->cb_size);
+         memset(node->data, 0, tree->parm->cb_size);
+      }
+      node->temp = NULL;
+      node->prev = tree->tail;
+      node->next = NULL;
+      /* add the new subproblem to the end of the active list */
+      if (tree->head == NULL)
+         tree->head = node;
+      else
+         tree->tail->next = node;
+      tree->tail = node;
+      tree->a_cnt++;
+      tree->n_cnt++;
+      tree->t_cnt++;
+      /* increase the number of child subproblems */
+      if (parent == NULL)
+         xassert(p == 1);
+      else
+         parent->count++;
+      return node;
+}
+
+void ios_clone_node(glp_tree *tree, int p, int nnn, int ref[])
+{     IOSNPD *node;
+      int k;
+      /* obtain pointer to the subproblem to be cloned */
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      xassert(node != NULL);
+      /* the specified subproblem must be active */
+      xassert(node->count == 0);
+      /* and must be in the frozen state */
+      xassert(tree->curr != node);
+      /* remove the specified subproblem from the active list, because
+         it becomes inactive */
+      if (node->prev == NULL)
+         tree->head = node->next;
+      else
+         node->prev->next = node->next;
+      if (node->next == NULL)
+         tree->tail = node->prev;
+      else
+         node->next->prev = node->prev;
+      node->prev = node->next = NULL;
+      tree->a_cnt--;
+      /* create clone subproblems */
+      xassert(nnn > 0);
+      for (k = 1; k <= nnn; k++)
+         ref[k] = new_node(tree, node)->p;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_delete_node - delete specified subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_delete_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_delete_node deletes the specified subproblem, whose
+*  reference number is p. The subproblem must be active and must be in
+*  the frozen state (i.e. it must not be the current subproblem).
+*
+*  Note that deletion is performed recursively, i.e. if a subproblem to
+*  be deleted is the only child of its parent, the parent subproblem is
+*  also deleted, etc. */
+
+void ios_delete_node(glp_tree *tree, int p)
+{     IOSNPD *node, *temp;
+      /* obtain pointer to the subproblem to be deleted */
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= tree->nslots);
+      node = tree->slot[p].node;
+      xassert(node != NULL);
+      /* the specified subproblem must be active */
+      xassert(node->count == 0);
+      /* and must be in the frozen state */
+      xassert(tree->curr != node);
+      /* remove the specified subproblem from the active list, because
+         it is gone from the tree */
+      if (node->prev == NULL)
+         tree->head = node->next;
+      else
+         node->prev->next = node->next;
+      if (node->next == NULL)
+         tree->tail = node->prev;
+      else
+         node->next->prev = node->prev;
+      node->prev = node->next = NULL;
+      tree->a_cnt--;
+loop: /* recursive deletion starts here */
+      /* delete the bound change list */
+      {  IOSBND *b;
+         while (node->b_ptr != NULL)
+         {  b = node->b_ptr;
+            node->b_ptr = b->next;
+            dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, b, sizeof(IOSBND));
+         }
+      }
+      /* delete the status change list */
+      {  IOSTAT *s;
+         while (node->s_ptr != NULL)
+         {  s = node->s_ptr;
+            node->s_ptr = s->next;
+            dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, s, sizeof(IOSTAT));
+         }
+      }
+      /* delete the row addition list */
+      while (node->r_ptr != NULL)
+      {  IOSROW *r;
+         r = node->r_ptr;
+         if (r->name != NULL)
+            dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, r->name, strlen(r->name)+1);
+         while (r->ptr != NULL)
+         {  IOSAIJ *a;
+            a = r->ptr;
+            r->ptr = a->next;
+            dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, a, sizeof(IOSAIJ));
+         }
+         node->r_ptr = r->next;
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, r, sizeof(IOSROW));
+      }
+#if 0
+      /* delete the edge addition list */
+      /* delete the clique addition list */
+      /* (not implemented yet) */
+      xassert(node->own_nn == 0);
+      xassert(node->own_nc == 0);
+      xassert(node->e_ptr == NULL);
+#endif
+      /* free application-specific data */
+      if (tree->parm->cb_size == 0)
+         xassert(node->data == NULL);
+      else
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, node->data, tree->parm->cb_size);
+      /* free the corresponding node slot */
+      p = node->p;
+      xassert(tree->slot[p].node == node);
+      tree->slot[p].node = NULL;
+      tree->slot[p].next = tree->avail;
+      tree->avail = p;
+      /* save pointer to the parent subproblem */
+      temp = node->up;
+      /* delete the subproblem descriptor */
+      dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, node, sizeof(IOSNPD));
+      tree->n_cnt--;
+      /* take pointer to the parent subproblem */
+      node = temp;
+      if (node != NULL)
+      {  /* the parent subproblem exists; decrease the number of its
+            child subproblems */
+         xassert(node->count > 0);
+         node->count--;
+         /* if now the parent subproblem has no childs, it also must be
+            deleted */
+         if (node->count == 0) goto loop;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_delete_tree - delete branch-and-bound tree
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_delete_tree(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_delete_tree deletes the branch-and-bound tree, which
+*  the parameter tree points to, and frees all the memory allocated to
+*  this program object.
+*
+*  On exit components of the problem object are restored to correspond
+*  to the original MIP passed to the routine ios_create_tree. */
+
+void ios_delete_tree(glp_tree *tree)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int i, j;
+      int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      xassert(mip->tree == tree);
+      /* remove all additional rows */
+      if (m != tree->orig_m)
+      {  int nrs, *num;
+         nrs = m - tree->orig_m;
+         xassert(nrs > 0);
+         num = xcalloc(1+nrs, sizeof(int));
+         for (i = 1; i <= nrs; i++) num[i] = tree->orig_m + i;
+         glp_del_rows(mip, nrs, num);
+         xfree(num);
+      }
+      m = tree->orig_m;
+      /* restore original attributes of rows and columns */
+      xassert(m == tree->orig_m);
+      xassert(n == tree->n);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  glp_set_row_bnds(mip, i, tree->orig_type[i],
+            tree->orig_lb[i], tree->orig_ub[i]);
+         glp_set_row_stat(mip, i, tree->orig_stat[i]);
+         mip->row[i]->prim = tree->orig_prim[i];
+         mip->row[i]->dual = tree->orig_dual[i];
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, tree->orig_type[m+j],
+            tree->orig_lb[m+j], tree->orig_ub[m+j]);
+         glp_set_col_stat(mip, j, tree->orig_stat[m+j]);
+         mip->col[j]->prim = tree->orig_prim[m+j];
+         mip->col[j]->dual = tree->orig_dual[m+j];
+      }
+      mip->pbs_stat = mip->dbs_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+      mip->obj_val = tree->orig_obj;
+      /* delete the branch-and-bound tree */
+      xassert(tree->local != NULL);
+      ios_delete_pool(tree, tree->local);
+      dmp_delete_pool(tree->pool);
+      xfree(tree->orig_type);
+      xfree(tree->orig_lb);
+      xfree(tree->orig_ub);
+      xfree(tree->orig_stat);
+      xfree(tree->orig_prim);
+      xfree(tree->orig_dual);
+      xfree(tree->slot);
+      if (tree->root_type != NULL) xfree(tree->root_type);
+      if (tree->root_lb != NULL) xfree(tree->root_lb);
+      if (tree->root_ub != NULL) xfree(tree->root_ub);
+      if (tree->root_stat != NULL) xfree(tree->root_stat);
+      xfree(tree->non_int);
+#if 0
+      xfree(tree->n_ref);
+      xfree(tree->c_ref);
+      xfree(tree->j_ref);
+#endif
+      if (tree->pcost != NULL) ios_pcost_free(tree);
+      xfree(tree->iwrk);
+      xfree(tree->dwrk);
+#if 0
+      scg_delete_graph(tree->g);
+#endif
+      if (tree->pred_type != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_type);
+      if (tree->pred_lb != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_lb);
+      if (tree->pred_ub != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_ub);
+      if (tree->pred_stat != NULL) xfree(tree->pred_stat);
+#if 0
+      xassert(tree->cut_gen == NULL);
+#endif
+      xassert(tree->mir_gen == NULL);
+      xassert(tree->clq_gen == NULL);
+      xfree(tree);
+      mip->tree = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_eval_degrad - estimate obj. degrad. for down- and up-branches
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_eval_degrad(glp_tree *tree, int j, double *dn, double *up);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  Given optimal basis to LP relaxation of the current subproblem the
+*  routine ios_eval_degrad performs the dual ratio test to compute the
+*  objective values in the adjacent basis for down- and up-branches,
+*  which are stored in locations *dn and *up, assuming that x[j] is a
+*  variable chosen to branch upon. */
+
+void ios_eval_degrad(glp_tree *tree, int j, double *dn, double *up)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int m = mip->m, n = mip->n;
+      int len, kase, k, t, stat;
+      double alfa, beta, gamma, delta, dz;
+      int *ind = tree->iwrk;
+      double *val = tree->dwrk;
+      /* current basis must be optimal */
+      xassert(glp_get_status(mip) == GLP_OPT);
+      /* basis factorization must exist */
+      xassert(glp_bf_exists(mip));
+      /* obtain (fractional) value of x[j] in optimal basic solution
+         to LP relaxation of the current subproblem */
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+      beta = mip->col[j]->prim;
+      /* since the value of x[j] is fractional, it is basic; compute
+         corresponding row of the simplex table */
+      len = lpx_eval_tab_row(mip, m+j, ind, val);
+      /* kase < 0 means down-branch; kase > 0 means up-branch */
+      for (kase = -1; kase <= +1; kase += 2)
+      {  /* for down-branch we introduce new upper bound floor(beta)
+            for x[j]; similarly, for up-branch we introduce new lower
+            bound ceil(beta) for x[j]; in the current basis this new
+            upper/lower bound is violated, so in the adjacent basis
+            x[j] will leave the basis and go to its new upper/lower
+            bound; we need to know which non-basic variable x[k] should
+            enter the basis to keep dual feasibility */
+#if 0 /* 23/XI-2009 */
+         k = lpx_dual_ratio_test(mip, len, ind, val, kase, 1e-7);
+#else
+         k = lpx_dual_ratio_test(mip, len, ind, val, kase, 1e-9);
+#endif
+         /* if no variable has been chosen, current basis being primal
+            infeasible due to the new upper/lower bound of x[j] is dual
+            unbounded, therefore, LP relaxation to corresponding branch
+            has no primal feasible solution */
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+            {  if (kase < 0)
+                  *dn = +DBL_MAX;
+               else
+                  *up = +DBL_MAX;
+            }
+            else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+            {  if (kase < 0)
+                  *dn = -DBL_MAX;
+               else
+                  *up = -DBL_MAX;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(mip != mip);
+            continue;
+         }
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         /* row of the simplex table corresponding to specified basic
+            variable x[j] is the following:
+               x[j] = ... + alfa * x[k] + ... ;
+            we need to know influence coefficient, alfa, at non-basic
+            variable x[k] chosen with the dual ratio test */
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+            if (ind[t] == k) break;
+         xassert(1 <= t && t <= len);
+         alfa = val[t];
+         /* determine status and reduced cost of variable x[k] */
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  stat = mip->row[k]->stat;
+            gamma = mip->row[k]->dual;
+         }
+         else
+         {  stat = mip->col[k-m]->stat;
+            gamma = mip->col[k-m]->dual;
+         }
+         /* x[k] cannot be basic or fixed non-basic */
+         xassert(stat == GLP_NL || stat == GLP_NU || stat == GLP_NF);
+         /* if the current basis is dual degenerative, some reduced
+            costs, which are close to zero, may have wrong sign due to
+            round-off errors, so correct the sign of gamma */
+         if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         {  if (stat == GLP_NL && gamma < 0.0 ||
+                stat == GLP_NU && gamma > 0.0 ||
+                stat == GLP_NF) gamma = 0.0;
+         }
+         else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         {  if (stat == GLP_NL && gamma > 0.0 ||
+                stat == GLP_NU && gamma < 0.0 ||
+                stat == GLP_NF) gamma = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(mip != mip);
+         /* determine the change of x[j] in the adjacent basis:
+            delta x[j] = new x[j] - old x[j] */
+         delta = (kase < 0 ? floor(beta) : ceil(beta)) - beta;
+         /* compute the change of x[k] in the adjacent basis:
+            delta x[k] = new x[k] - old x[k] = delta x[j] / alfa */
+         delta /= alfa;
+         /* compute the change of the objective in the adjacent basis:
+            delta z = new z - old z = gamma * delta x[k] */
+         dz = gamma * delta;
+         if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+            xassert(dz >= 0.0);
+         else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+            xassert(dz <= 0.0);
+         else
+            xassert(mip != mip);
+         /* compute the new objective value in the adjacent basis:
+            new z = old z + delta z */
+         if (kase < 0)
+            *dn = mip->obj_val + dz;
+         else
+            *up = mip->obj_val + dz;
+      }
+      /*xprintf("obj = %g; dn = %g; up = %g\n",
+         mip->obj_val, *dn, *up);*/
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_round_bound - improve local bound by rounding
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  double ios_round_bound(glp_tree *tree, double bound);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  For the given local bound for any integer feasible solution to the
+*  current subproblem the routine ios_round_bound returns an improved
+*  local bound for the same integer feasible solution.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  Let the current subproblem has the following objective function:
+*
+*     z =   sum  c[j] * x[j] + s >= b,                               (1)
+*         j in J
+*
+*  where J = {j: c[j] is non-zero and integer, x[j] is integer}, s is
+*  the sum of terms corresponding to fixed variables, b is an initial
+*  local bound (minimization).
+*
+*  From (1) it follows that:
+*
+*     d *  sum  (c[j] / d) * x[j] + s >= b,                          (2)
+*        j in J
+*
+*  or, equivalently,
+*
+*     sum  (c[j] / d) * x[j] >= (b - s) / d = h,                     (3)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where d = gcd(c[j]). Since the left-hand side of (3) is integer,
+*  h = (b - s) / d can be rounded up to the nearest integer:
+*
+*     h' = ceil(h) = (b' - s) / d,                                   (4)
+*
+*  that gives an rounded, improved local bound:
+*
+*     b' = d * h' + s.                                               (5)
+*
+*  In case of maximization '>=' in (1) should be replaced by '<=' that
+*  leads to the following formula:
+*
+*     h' = floor(h) = (b' - s) / d,                                  (6)
+*
+*  which should used in the same way as (4).
+*
+*  NOTE: If b is a valid local bound for a child of the current
+*        subproblem, b' is also valid for that child subproblem. */
+
+double ios_round_bound(glp_tree *tree, double bound)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      int d, j, nn, *c = tree->iwrk;
+      double s, h;
+      /* determine c[j] and compute s */
+      nn = 0, s = mip->c0, d = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+         if (col->coef == 0.0) continue;
+         if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* fixed variable */
+            s += col->coef * col->prim;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* non-fixed variable */
+            if (col->kind != GLP_IV) goto skip;
+            if (col->coef != floor(col->coef)) goto skip;
+            if (fabs(col->coef) <= (double)INT_MAX)
+               c[++nn] = (int)fabs(col->coef);
+            else
+               d = 1;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute d = gcd(c[1],...c[nn]) */
+      if (d == 0)
+      {  if (nn == 0) goto skip;
+         d = gcdn(nn, c);
+      }
+      xassert(d > 0);
+      /* compute new local bound */
+      if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+      {  if (bound != +DBL_MAX)
+         {  h = (bound - s) / (double)d;
+            if (h >= floor(h) + 0.001)
+            {  /* round up */
+               h = ceil(h);
+               /*xprintf("d = %d; old = %g; ", d, bound);*/
+               bound = (double)d * h + s;
+               /*xprintf("new = %g\n", bound);*/
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+      {  if (bound != -DBL_MAX)
+         {  h = (bound - s) / (double)d;
+            if (h <= ceil(h) - 0.001)
+            {  /* round down */
+               h = floor(h);
+               bound = (double)d * h + s;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(mip != mip);
+skip: return bound;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_is_hopeful - check if subproblem is hopeful
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  int ios_is_hopeful(glp_tree *tree, double bound);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  Given the local bound of a subproblem the routine ios_is_hopeful
+*  checks if the subproblem can have an integer optimal solution which
+*  is better than the best one currently known.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the subproblem can have a better integer optimal solution, the
+*  routine returns non-zero; otherwise, if the corresponding branch can
+*  be pruned, the routine returns zero. */
+
+int ios_is_hopeful(glp_tree *tree, double bound)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int ret = 1;
+      double eps;
+      if (mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  eps = tree->parm->tol_obj * (1.0 + fabs(mip->mip_obj));
+         switch (mip->dir)
+         {  case GLP_MIN:
+               if (bound >= mip->mip_obj - eps) ret = 0;
+               break;
+            case GLP_MAX:
+               if (bound <= mip->mip_obj + eps) ret = 0;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(mip != mip);
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  switch (mip->dir)
+         {  case GLP_MIN:
+               if (bound == +DBL_MAX) ret = 0;
+               break;
+            case GLP_MAX:
+               if (bound == -DBL_MAX) ret = 0;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(mip != mip);
+         }
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_best_node - find active node with best local bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  int ios_best_node(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_best_node finds an active node whose local bound is
+*  best among other active nodes.
+*
+*  It is understood that the integer optimal solution of the original
+*  mip problem cannot be better than the best bound, so the best bound
+*  is an lower (minimization) or upper (maximization) global bound for
+*  the original problem.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine ios_best_node returns the subproblem reference number
+*  for the best node. However, if the tree is empty, it returns zero. */
+
+int ios_best_node(glp_tree *tree)
+{     IOSNPD *node, *best = NULL;
+      switch (tree->mip->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN:
+            /* minimization */
+            for (node = tree->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+               if (best == NULL || best->bound > node->bound)
+                  best = node;
+            break;
+         case GLP_MAX:
+            /* maximization */
+            for (node = tree->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+               if (best == NULL || best->bound < node->bound)
+                  best = node;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(tree != tree);
+      }
+      return best == NULL ? 0 : best->p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_relative_gap - compute relative mip gap
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  double ios_relative_gap(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_relative_gap computes the relative mip gap using the
+*  formula:
+*
+*     gap = |best_mip - best_bnd| / (|best_mip| + DBL_EPSILON),
+*
+*  where best_mip is the best integer feasible solution found so far,
+*  best_bnd is the best (global) bound. If no integer feasible solution
+*  has been found yet, rel_gap is set to DBL_MAX.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine ios_relative_gap returns the relative mip gap. */
+
+double ios_relative_gap(glp_tree *tree)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int p;
+      double best_mip, best_bnd, gap;
+      if (mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  best_mip = mip->mip_obj;
+         p = ios_best_node(tree);
+         if (p == 0)
+         {  /* the tree is empty */
+            gap = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  best_bnd = tree->slot[p].node->bound;
+            gap = fabs(best_mip - best_bnd) / (fabs(best_mip) +
+               DBL_EPSILON);
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* no integer feasible solution has been found yet */
+         gap = DBL_MAX;
+      }
+      return gap;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_solve_node - solve LP relaxation of current subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  int ios_solve_node(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_solve_node re-optimizes LP relaxation of the current
+*  subproblem using the dual simplex method.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns the code which is reported by glp_simplex. */
+
+int ios_solve_node(glp_tree *tree)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      glp_smcp parm;
+      int ret;
+      /* the current subproblem must exist */
+      xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+      /* set some control parameters */
+      glp_init_smcp(&parm);
+      switch (tree->parm->msg_lev)
+      {  case GLP_MSG_OFF:
+            parm.msg_lev = GLP_MSG_OFF; break;
+         case GLP_MSG_ERR:
+            parm.msg_lev = GLP_MSG_ERR; break;
+         case GLP_MSG_ON:
+         case GLP_MSG_ALL:
+            parm.msg_lev = GLP_MSG_ON; break;
+         case GLP_MSG_DBG:
+            parm.msg_lev = GLP_MSG_ALL; break;
+         default:
+            xassert(tree != tree);
+      }
+      parm.meth = GLP_DUALP;
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      if (tree->parm->flip)
+         parm.r_test = GLP_RT_FLIP;
+#endif
+      /* respect time limit */
+      if (tree->parm->tm_lim < INT_MAX)
+         parm.tm_lim = tree->parm->tm_lim - (glp_time() - tree->tm_beg);
+      if (parm.tm_lim < 0)
+         parm.tm_lim = 0;
+      if (tree->parm->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_DBG)
+         parm.out_dly = tree->parm->out_dly;
+      else
+         parm.out_dly = 0;
+      /* if the incumbent objective value is already known, use it to
+         prematurely terminate the dual simplex search */
+      if (mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  switch (tree->mip->dir)
+         {  case GLP_MIN:
+               parm.obj_ul = mip->mip_obj;
+               break;
+            case GLP_MAX:
+               parm.obj_ll = mip->mip_obj;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(mip != mip);
+         }
+      }
+      /* try to solve/re-optimize the LP relaxation */
+      ret = glp_simplex(mip, &parm);
+#if 1 /* 21/II-2016 by Chris */
+      if (ret == GLP_EFAIL)
+      {  /* retry with a new basis */
+         glp_adv_basis(mip, 0);
+         ret = glp_simplex(mip, &parm);
+      }
+#endif
+      tree->curr->solved++;
+#if 0
+      xprintf("ret = %d; status = %d; pbs = %d; dbs = %d; some = %d\n",
+         ret, glp_get_status(mip), mip->pbs_stat, mip->dbs_stat,
+         mip->some);
+      lpx_print_sol(mip, "sol");
+#endif
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+IOSPOOL *ios_create_pool(glp_tree *tree)
+{     /* create cut pool */
+      IOSPOOL *pool;
+      pool = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_add_cols(pool, tree->mip->n);
+      return pool;
+}
+#else
+IOSPOOL *ios_create_pool(glp_tree *tree)
+{     /* create cut pool */
+      IOSPOOL *pool;
+#if 0
+      pool = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSPOOL));
+#else
+      xassert(tree == tree);
+      pool = xmalloc(sizeof(IOSPOOL));
+#endif
+      pool->size = 0;
+      pool->head = pool->tail = NULL;
+      pool->ord = 0, pool->curr = NULL;
+      return pool;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+int ios_add_row(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool,
+      const char *name, int klass, int flags, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int type, double rhs)
+{     /* add row (constraint) to the cut pool */
+      int i;
+      i = glp_add_rows(pool, 1);
+      glp_set_row_name(pool, i, name);
+      pool->row[i]->klass = klass;
+      xassert(flags == 0);
+      glp_set_mat_row(pool, i, len, ind, val);
+      glp_set_row_bnds(pool, i, type, rhs, rhs);
+      return i;
+}
+#else
+int ios_add_row(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool,
+      const char *name, int klass, int flags, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int type, double rhs)
+{     /* add row (constraint) to the cut pool */
+      IOSCUT *cut;
+      IOSAIJ *aij;
+      int k;
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      cut = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSCUT));
+      if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\0')
+         cut->name = NULL;
+      else
+      {  for (k = 0; name[k] != '\0'; k++)
+         {  if (k == 256)
+               xerror("glp_ios_add_row: cut name too long\n");
+            if (iscntrl((unsigned char)name[k]))
+               xerror("glp_ios_add_row: cut name contains invalid chara"
+                  "cter(s)\n");
+         }
+         cut->name = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(cut->name, name);
+      }
+      if (!(0 <= klass && klass <= 255))
+         xerror("glp_ios_add_row: klass = %d; invalid cut class\n",
+            klass);
+      cut->klass = (unsigned char)klass;
+      if (flags != 0)
+         xerror("glp_ios_add_row: flags = %d; invalid cut flags\n",
+            flags);
+      cut->ptr = NULL;
+      if (!(0 <= len && len <= tree->n))
+         xerror("glp_ios_add_row: len = %d; invalid cut length\n",
+            len);
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  aij = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(IOSAIJ));
+         if (!(1 <= ind[k] && ind[k] <= tree->n))
+            xerror("glp_ios_add_row: ind[%d] = %d; column index out of "
+               "range\n", k, ind[k]);
+         aij->j = ind[k];
+         aij->val = val[k];
+         aij->next = cut->ptr;
+         cut->ptr = aij;
+      }
+      if (!(type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_FX))
+         xerror("glp_ios_add_row: type = %d; invalid cut type\n",
+            type);
+      cut->type = (unsigned char)type;
+      cut->rhs = rhs;
+      cut->prev = pool->tail;
+      cut->next = NULL;
+      if (cut->prev == NULL)
+         pool->head = cut;
+      else
+         cut->prev->next = cut;
+      pool->tail = cut;
+      pool->size++;
+      return pool->size;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+IOSCUT *ios_find_row(IOSPOOL *pool, int i)
+{     /* find row (constraint) in the cut pool */
+      xassert(0);
+}
+#else
+IOSCUT *ios_find_row(IOSPOOL *pool, int i)
+{     /* find row (constraint) in the cut pool */
+      /* (smart linear search) */
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= pool->size);
+      if (pool->ord == 0)
+      {  xassert(pool->curr == NULL);
+         pool->ord = 1;
+         pool->curr = pool->head;
+      }
+      xassert(pool->curr != NULL);
+      if (i < pool->ord)
+      {  if (i < pool->ord - i)
+         {  pool->ord = 1;
+            pool->curr = pool->head;
+            while (pool->ord != i)
+            {  pool->ord++;
+               xassert(pool->curr != NULL);
+               pool->curr = pool->curr->next;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  while (pool->ord != i)
+            {  pool->ord--;
+               xassert(pool->curr != NULL);
+               pool->curr = pool->curr->prev;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else if (i > pool->ord)
+      {  if (i - pool->ord < pool->size - i)
+         {  while (pool->ord != i)
+            {  pool->ord++;
+               xassert(pool->curr != NULL);
+               pool->curr = pool->curr->next;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  pool->ord = pool->size;
+            pool->curr = pool->tail;
+            while (pool->ord != i)
+            {  pool->ord--;
+               xassert(pool->curr != NULL);
+               pool->curr = pool->curr->prev;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(pool->ord == i);
+      xassert(pool->curr != NULL);
+      return pool->curr;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+void ios_del_row(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool, int i)
+{     /* remove row (constraint) from the cut pool */
+      xassert(0);
+}
+#else
+void ios_del_row(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool, int i)
+{     /* remove row (constraint) from the cut pool */
+      IOSCUT *cut;
+      IOSAIJ *aij;
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= pool->size))
+         xerror("glp_ios_del_row: i = %d; cut number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      cut = ios_find_row(pool, i);
+      xassert(pool->curr == cut);
+      if (cut->next != NULL)
+         pool->curr = cut->next;
+      else if (cut->prev != NULL)
+         pool->ord--, pool->curr = cut->prev;
+      else
+         pool->ord = 0, pool->curr = NULL;
+      if (cut->name != NULL)
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, cut->name, strlen(cut->name)+1);
+      if (cut->prev == NULL)
+      {  xassert(pool->head == cut);
+         pool->head = cut->next;
+      }
+      else
+      {  xassert(cut->prev->next == cut);
+         cut->prev->next = cut->next;
+      }
+      if (cut->next == NULL)
+      {  xassert(pool->tail == cut);
+         pool->tail = cut->prev;
+      }
+      else
+      {  xassert(cut->next->prev == cut);
+         cut->next->prev = cut->prev;
+      }
+      while (cut->ptr != NULL)
+      {  aij = cut->ptr;
+         cut->ptr = aij->next;
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, aij, sizeof(IOSAIJ));
+      }
+      dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, cut, sizeof(IOSCUT));
+      pool->size--;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+void ios_clear_pool(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool)
+{     /* remove all rows (constraints) from the cut pool */
+      if (pool->m > 0)
+      {  int i, *num;
+         num = talloc(1+pool->m, int);
+         for (i = 1; i <= pool->m; i++)
+            num[i] = i;
+         glp_del_rows(pool, pool->m, num);
+         tfree(num);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#else
+void ios_clear_pool(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool)
+{     /* remove all rows (constraints) from the cut pool */
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      while (pool->head != NULL)
+      {  IOSCUT *cut = pool->head;
+         pool->head = cut->next;
+         if (cut->name != NULL)
+            dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, cut->name, strlen(cut->name)+1);
+         while (cut->ptr != NULL)
+         {  IOSAIJ *aij = cut->ptr;
+            cut->ptr = aij->next;
+            dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, aij, sizeof(IOSAIJ));
+         }
+         dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, cut, sizeof(IOSCUT));
+      }
+      pool->size = 0;
+      pool->head = pool->tail = NULL;
+      pool->ord = 0, pool->curr = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+void ios_delete_pool(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool)
+{     /* delete cut pool */
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      glp_delete_prob(pool);
+      return;
+}
+#else
+void ios_delete_pool(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool)
+{     /* delete cut pool */
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      ios_clear_pool(tree, pool);
+      xfree(pool);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+#include "npp.h"
+
+void ios_process_sol(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* process integer feasible solution just found */
+      if (T->npp != NULL)
+      {  /* postprocess solution from transformed mip */
+         npp_postprocess(T->npp, T->mip);
+         /* store solution to problem passed to glp_intopt */
+         npp_unload_sol(T->npp, T->P);
+      }
+      xassert(T->P != NULL);
+      /* save solution to text file, if requested */
+      if (T->save_sol != NULL)
+      {  char *fn, *mark;
+         fn = talloc(strlen(T->save_sol) + 50, char);
+         mark = strrchr(T->save_sol, '*');
+         if (mark == NULL)
+            strcpy(fn, T->save_sol);
+         else
+         {  memcpy(fn, T->save_sol, mark - T->save_sol);
+            fn[mark - T->save_sol] = '\0';
+            sprintf(fn + strlen(fn), "%03d", ++(T->save_cnt));
+            strcat(fn, &mark[1]);
+         }
+         glp_write_mip(T->P, fn);
+         tfree(fn);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios02.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios02.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a73458aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios02.c
@@ -0,0 +1,826 @@
+/* glpios02.c (preprocess current subproblem) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  prepare_row_info - prepare row info to determine implied bounds
+*
+*  Given a row (linear form)
+*
+*      n
+*     sum a[j] * x[j]                                                (1)
+*     j=1
+*
+*  and bounds of columns (variables)
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j]                                           (2)
+*
+*  this routine computes f_min, j_min, f_max, j_max needed to determine
+*  implied bounds.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  Let J+ = {j : a[j] > 0} and J- = {j : a[j] < 0}.
+*
+*  Parameters f_min and j_min are computed as follows:
+*
+*  1) if there is no x[k] such that k in J+ and l[k] = -inf or k in J-
+*     and u[k] = +inf, then
+*
+*     f_min :=   sum   a[j] * l[j] +   sum   a[j] * u[j]
+*              j in J+               j in J-
+*                                                                    (3)
+*     j_min := 0
+*
+*  2) if there is exactly one x[k] such that k in J+ and l[k] = -inf
+*     or k in J- and u[k] = +inf, then
+*
+*     f_min :=   sum       a[j] * l[j] +   sum       a[j] * u[j]
+*              j in J+\{k}               j in J-\{k}
+*                                                                    (4)
+*     j_min := k
+*
+*  3) if there are two or more x[k] such that k in J+ and l[k] = -inf
+*     or k in J- and u[k] = +inf, then
+*
+*     f_min := -inf
+*                                                                    (5)
+*     j_min := 0
+*
+*  Parameters f_max and j_max are computed in a similar way as follows:
+*
+*  1) if there is no x[k] such that k in J+ and u[k] = +inf or k in J-
+*     and l[k] = -inf, then
+*
+*     f_max :=   sum   a[j] * u[j] +   sum   a[j] * l[j]
+*              j in J+               j in J-
+*                                                                    (6)
+*     j_max := 0
+*
+*  2) if there is exactly one x[k] such that k in J+ and u[k] = +inf
+*     or k in J- and l[k] = -inf, then
+*
+*     f_max :=   sum       a[j] * u[j] +   sum       a[j] * l[j]
+*              j in J+\{k}               j in J-\{k}
+*                                                                    (7)
+*     j_max := k
+*
+*  3) if there are two or more x[k] such that k in J+ and u[k] = +inf
+*     or k in J- and l[k] = -inf, then
+*
+*     f_max := +inf
+*                                                                    (8)
+*     j_max := 0                                                      */
+
+struct f_info
+{     int j_min, j_max;
+      double f_min, f_max;
+};
+
+static void prepare_row_info(int n, const double a[], const double l[],
+      const double u[], struct f_info *f)
+{     int j, j_min, j_max;
+      double f_min, f_max;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      /* determine f_min and j_min */
+      f_min = 0.0, j_min = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (a[j] > 0.0)
+         {  if (l[j] == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (j_min == 0)
+                  j_min = j;
+               else
+               {  f_min = -DBL_MAX, j_min = 0;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+               f_min += a[j] * l[j];
+         }
+         else if (a[j] < 0.0)
+         {  if (u[j] == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (j_min == 0)
+                  j_min = j;
+               else
+               {  f_min = -DBL_MAX, j_min = 0;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+               f_min += a[j] * u[j];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+      }
+      f->f_min = f_min, f->j_min = j_min;
+      /* determine f_max and j_max */
+      f_max = 0.0, j_max = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (a[j] > 0.0)
+         {  if (u[j] == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (j_max == 0)
+                  j_max = j;
+               else
+               {  f_max = +DBL_MAX, j_max = 0;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+               f_max += a[j] * u[j];
+         }
+         else if (a[j] < 0.0)
+         {  if (l[j] == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (j_max == 0)
+                  j_max = j;
+               else
+               {  f_max = +DBL_MAX, j_max = 0;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+               f_max += a[j] * l[j];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+      }
+      f->f_max = f_max, f->j_max = j_max;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  row_implied_bounds - determine row implied bounds
+*
+*  Given a row (linear form)
+*
+*      n
+*     sum a[j] * x[j]
+*     j=1
+*
+*  and bounds of columns (variables)
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j]
+*
+*  this routine determines implied bounds of the row.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  Let J+ = {j : a[j] > 0} and J- = {j : a[j] < 0}.
+*
+*  The implied lower bound of the row is computed as follows:
+*
+*     L' :=   sum   a[j] * l[j] +   sum   a[j] * u[j]                (9)
+*           j in J+               j in J-
+*
+*  and as it follows from (3), (4), and (5):
+*
+*     L' := if j_min = 0 then f_min else -inf                       (10)
+*
+*  The implied upper bound of the row is computed as follows:
+*
+*     U' :=   sum   a[j] * u[j] +   sum   a[j] * l[j]               (11)
+*           j in J+               j in J-
+*
+*  and as it follows from (6), (7), and (8):
+*
+*     U' := if j_max = 0 then f_max else +inf                       (12)
+*
+*  The implied bounds are stored in locations LL and UU. */
+
+static void row_implied_bounds(const struct f_info *f, double *LL,
+      double *UU)
+{     *LL = (f->j_min == 0 ? f->f_min : -DBL_MAX);
+      *UU = (f->j_max == 0 ? f->f_max : +DBL_MAX);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  col_implied_bounds - determine column implied bounds
+*
+*  Given a row (constraint)
+*
+*           n
+*     L <= sum a[j] * x[j] <= U                                     (13)
+*          j=1
+*
+*  and bounds of columns (variables)
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j]
+*
+*  this routine determines implied bounds of variable x[k].
+*
+*  It is assumed that if L != -inf, the lower bound of the row can be
+*  active, and if U != +inf, the upper bound of the row can be active.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  From (13) it follows that
+*
+*     L <= sum a[j] * x[j] + a[k] * x[k] <= U
+*          j!=k
+*  or
+*
+*     L - sum a[j] * x[j] <= a[k] * x[k] <= U - sum a[j] * x[j]
+*         j!=k                                  j!=k
+*
+*  Thus, if the row lower bound L can be active, implied lower bound of
+*  term a[k] * x[k] can be determined as follows:
+*
+*     ilb(a[k] * x[k]) = min(L - sum a[j] * x[j]) =
+*                                j!=k
+*                                                                   (14)
+*                      = L - max sum a[j] * x[j]
+*                            j!=k
+*
+*  where, as it follows from (6), (7), and (8)
+*
+*                           / f_max - a[k] * u[k], j_max = 0, a[k] > 0
+*                           |
+*                           | f_max - a[k] * l[k], j_max = 0, a[k] < 0
+*     max sum a[j] * x[j] = {
+*         j!=k              | f_max,               j_max = k
+*                           |
+*                           \ +inf,                j_max != 0
+*
+*  and if the upper bound U can be active, implied upper bound of term
+*  a[k] * x[k] can be determined as follows:
+*
+*     iub(a[k] * x[k]) = max(U - sum a[j] * x[j]) =
+*                                j!=k
+*                                                                   (15)
+*                      = U - min sum a[j] * x[j]
+*                            j!=k
+*
+*  where, as it follows from (3), (4), and (5)
+*
+*                           / f_min - a[k] * l[k], j_min = 0, a[k] > 0
+*                           |
+*                           | f_min - a[k] * u[k], j_min = 0, a[k] < 0
+*     min sum a[j] * x[j] = {
+*         j!=k              | f_min,               j_min = k
+*                           |
+*                           \ -inf,                j_min != 0
+*
+*  Since
+*
+*     ilb(a[k] * x[k]) <= a[k] * x[k] <= iub(a[k] * x[k])
+*
+*  implied lower and upper bounds of x[k] are determined as follows:
+*
+*     l'[k] := if a[k] > 0 then ilb / a[k] else ulb / a[k]          (16)
+*
+*     u'[k] := if a[k] > 0 then ulb / a[k] else ilb / a[k]          (17)
+*
+*  The implied bounds are stored in locations ll and uu. */
+
+static void col_implied_bounds(const struct f_info *f, int n,
+      const double a[], double L, double U, const double l[],
+      const double u[], int k, double *ll, double *uu)
+{     double ilb, iub;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+      /* determine implied lower bound of term a[k] * x[k] (14) */
+      if (L == -DBL_MAX || f->f_max == +DBL_MAX)
+         ilb = -DBL_MAX;
+      else if (f->j_max == 0)
+      {  if (a[k] > 0.0)
+         {  xassert(u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            ilb = L - (f->f_max - a[k] * u[k]);
+         }
+         else if (a[k] < 0.0)
+         {  xassert(l[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            ilb = L - (f->f_max - a[k] * l[k]);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+      }
+      else if (f->j_max == k)
+         ilb = L - f->f_max;
+      else
+         ilb = -DBL_MAX;
+      /* determine implied upper bound of term a[k] * x[k] (15) */
+      if (U == +DBL_MAX || f->f_min == -DBL_MAX)
+         iub = +DBL_MAX;
+      else if (f->j_min == 0)
+      {  if (a[k] > 0.0)
+         {  xassert(l[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            iub = U - (f->f_min - a[k] * l[k]);
+         }
+         else if (a[k] < 0.0)
+         {  xassert(u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            iub = U - (f->f_min - a[k] * u[k]);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+      }
+      else if (f->j_min == k)
+         iub = U - f->f_min;
+      else
+         iub = +DBL_MAX;
+      /* determine implied bounds of x[k] (16) and (17) */
+#if 1
+      /* do not use a[k] if it has small magnitude to prevent wrong
+         implied bounds; for example, 1e-15 * x1 >= x2 + x3, where
+         x1 >= -10, x2, x3 >= 0, would lead to wrong conclusion that
+         x1 >= 0 */
+      if (fabs(a[k]) < 1e-6)
+         *ll = -DBL_MAX, *uu = +DBL_MAX; else
+#endif
+      if (a[k] > 0.0)
+      {  *ll = (ilb == -DBL_MAX ? -DBL_MAX : ilb / a[k]);
+         *uu = (iub == +DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : iub / a[k]);
+      }
+      else if (a[k] < 0.0)
+      {  *ll = (iub == +DBL_MAX ? -DBL_MAX : iub / a[k]);
+         *uu = (ilb == -DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : ilb / a[k]);
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(a != a);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_row_bounds - check and relax original row bounds
+*
+*  Given a row (constraint)
+*
+*           n
+*     L <= sum a[j] * x[j] <= U
+*          j=1
+*
+*  and bounds of columns (variables)
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j]
+*
+*  this routine checks the original row bounds L and U for feasibility
+*  and redundancy. If the original lower bound L or/and upper bound U
+*  cannot be active due to bounds of variables, the routine remove them
+*  replacing by -inf or/and +inf, respectively.
+*
+*  If no primal infeasibility is detected, the routine returns zero,
+*  otherwise non-zero. */
+
+static int check_row_bounds(const struct f_info *f, double *L_,
+      double *U_)
+{     int ret = 0;
+      double L = *L_, U = *U_, LL, UU;
+      /* determine implied bounds of the row */
+      row_implied_bounds(f, &LL, &UU);
+      /* check if the original lower bound is infeasible */
+      if (L != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-3 * (1.0 + fabs(L));
+         if (UU < L - eps)
+         {  ret = 1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if the original upper bound is infeasible */
+      if (U != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-3 * (1.0 + fabs(U));
+         if (LL > U + eps)
+         {  ret = 1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if the original lower bound is redundant */
+      if (L != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-12 * (1.0 + fabs(L));
+         if (LL > L - eps)
+         {  /* it cannot be active, so remove it */
+            *L_ = -DBL_MAX;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if the original upper bound is redundant */
+      if (U != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-12 * (1.0 + fabs(U));
+         if (UU < U + eps)
+         {  /* it cannot be active, so remove it */
+            *U_ = +DBL_MAX;
+         }
+      }
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_col_bounds - check and tighten original column bounds
+*
+*  Given a row (constraint)
+*
+*           n
+*     L <= sum a[j] * x[j] <= U
+*          j=1
+*
+*  and bounds of columns (variables)
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j]
+*
+*  for column (variable) x[j] this routine checks the original column
+*  bounds l[j] and u[j] for feasibility and redundancy. If the original
+*  lower bound l[j] or/and upper bound u[j] cannot be active due to
+*  bounds of the constraint and other variables, the routine tighten
+*  them replacing by corresponding implied bounds, if possible.
+*
+*  NOTE: It is assumed that if L != -inf, the row lower bound can be
+*        active, and if U != +inf, the row upper bound can be active.
+*
+*  The flag means that variable x[j] is required to be integer.
+*
+*  New actual bounds for x[j] are stored in locations lj and uj.
+*
+*  If no primal infeasibility is detected, the routine returns zero,
+*  otherwise non-zero. */
+
+static int check_col_bounds(const struct f_info *f, int n,
+      const double a[], double L, double U, const double l[],
+      const double u[], int flag, int j, double *_lj, double *_uj)
+{     int ret = 0;
+      double lj, uj, ll, uu;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+      lj = l[j], uj = u[j];
+      /* determine implied bounds of the column */
+      col_implied_bounds(f, n, a, L, U, l, u, j, &ll, &uu);
+      /* if x[j] is integral, round its implied bounds */
+      if (flag)
+      {  if (ll != -DBL_MAX)
+            ll = (ll - floor(ll) < 1e-3 ? floor(ll) : ceil(ll));
+         if (uu != +DBL_MAX)
+            uu = (ceil(uu) - uu < 1e-3 ? ceil(uu) : floor(uu));
+      }
+      /* check if the original lower bound is infeasible */
+      if (lj != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-3 * (1.0 + fabs(lj));
+         if (uu < lj - eps)
+         {  ret = 1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if the original upper bound is infeasible */
+      if (uj != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-3 * (1.0 + fabs(uj));
+         if (ll > uj + eps)
+         {  ret = 1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if the original lower bound is redundant */
+      if (ll != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-3 * (1.0 + fabs(ll));
+         if (lj < ll - eps)
+         {  /* it cannot be active, so tighten it */
+            lj = ll;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if the original upper bound is redundant */
+      if (uu != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  double eps = 1e-3 * (1.0 + fabs(uu));
+         if (uj > uu + eps)
+         {  /* it cannot be active, so tighten it */
+            uj = uu;
+         }
+      }
+      /* due to round-off errors it may happen that lj > uj (although
+         lj < uj + eps, since no primal infeasibility is detected), so
+         adjuct the new actual bounds to provide lj <= uj */
+      if (!(lj == -DBL_MAX || uj == +DBL_MAX))
+      {  double t1 = fabs(lj), t2 = fabs(uj);
+         double eps = 1e-10 * (1.0 + (t1 <= t2 ? t1 : t2));
+         if (lj > uj - eps)
+         {  if (lj == l[j])
+               uj = lj;
+            else if (uj == u[j])
+               lj = uj;
+            else if (t1 <= t2)
+               uj = lj;
+            else
+               lj = uj;
+         }
+      }
+      *_lj = lj, *_uj = uj;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_efficiency - check if change in column bounds is efficient
+*
+*  Given the original bounds of a column l and u and its new actual
+*  bounds l' and u' (possibly tighten by the routine check_col_bounds)
+*  this routine checks if the change in the column bounds is efficient
+*  enough. If so, the routine returns non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*
+*  The flag means that the variable is required to be integer. */
+
+static int check_efficiency(int flag, double l, double u, double ll,
+      double uu)
+{     int eff = 0;
+      /* check efficiency for lower bound */
+      if (l < ll)
+      {  if (flag || l == -DBL_MAX)
+            eff++;
+         else
+         {  double r;
+            if (u == +DBL_MAX)
+               r = 1.0 + fabs(l);
+            else
+               r = 1.0 + (u - l);
+            if (ll - l >= 0.25 * r)
+               eff++;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check efficiency for upper bound */
+      if (u > uu)
+      {  if (flag || u == +DBL_MAX)
+            eff++;
+         else
+         {  double r;
+            if (l == -DBL_MAX)
+               r = 1.0 + fabs(u);
+            else
+               r = 1.0 + (u - l);
+            if (u - uu >= 0.25 * r)
+               eff++;
+         }
+      }
+      return eff;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  basic_preprocessing - perform basic preprocessing
+*
+*  This routine performs basic preprocessing of the specified MIP that
+*  includes relaxing some row bounds and tightening some column bounds.
+*
+*  On entry the arrays L and U contains original row bounds, and the
+*  arrays l and u contains original column bounds:
+*
+*  L[0] is the lower bound of the objective row;
+*  L[i], i = 1,...,m, is the lower bound of i-th row;
+*  U[0] is the upper bound of the objective row;
+*  U[i], i = 1,...,m, is the upper bound of i-th row;
+*  l[0] is not used;
+*  l[j], j = 1,...,n, is the lower bound of j-th column;
+*  u[0] is not used;
+*  u[j], j = 1,...,n, is the upper bound of j-th column.
+*
+*  On exit the arrays L, U, l, and u contain new actual bounds of rows
+*  and column in the same locations.
+*
+*  The parameters nrs and num specify an initial list of rows to be
+*  processed:
+*
+*  nrs is the number of rows in the initial list, 0 <= nrs <= m+1;
+*  num[0] is not used;
+*  num[1,...,nrs] are row numbers (0 means the objective row).
+*
+*  The parameter max_pass specifies the maximal number of times that
+*  each row can be processed, max_pass > 0.
+*
+*  If no primal infeasibility is detected, the routine returns zero,
+*  otherwise non-zero. */
+
+static int basic_preprocessing(glp_prob *mip, double L[], double U[],
+      double l[], double u[], int nrs, const int num[], int max_pass)
+{     int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      struct f_info f;
+      int i, j, k, len, size, ret = 0;
+      int *ind, *list, *mark, *pass;
+      double *val, *lb, *ub;
+      xassert(0 <= nrs && nrs <= m+1);
+      xassert(max_pass > 0);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      list = xcalloc(1+m+1, sizeof(int));
+      mark = xcalloc(1+m+1, sizeof(int));
+      memset(&mark[0], 0, (m+1) * sizeof(int));
+      pass = xcalloc(1+m+1, sizeof(int));
+      memset(&pass[0], 0, (m+1) * sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      lb = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      ub = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* initialize the list of rows to be processed */
+      size = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= nrs; k++)
+      {  i = num[k];
+         xassert(0 <= i && i <= m);
+         /* duplicate row numbers are not allowed */
+         xassert(!mark[i]);
+         list[++size] = i, mark[i] = 1;
+      }
+      xassert(size == nrs);
+      /* process rows in the list until it becomes empty */
+      while (size > 0)
+      {  /* get a next row from the list */
+         i = list[size--], mark[i] = 0;
+         /* increase the row processing count */
+         pass[i]++;
+         /* if the row is free, skip it */
+         if (L[i] == -DBL_MAX && U[i] == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+         /* obtain coefficients of the row */
+         len = 0;
+         if (i == 0)
+         {  for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+            {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+               if (col->coef != 0.0)
+                  len++, ind[len] = j, val[len] = col->coef;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[i];
+            GLPAIJ *aij;
+            for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+               len++, ind[len] = aij->col->j, val[len] = aij->val;
+         }
+         /* determine lower and upper bounds of columns corresponding
+            to non-zero row coefficients */
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+            j = ind[k], lb[k] = l[j], ub[k] = u[j];
+         /* prepare the row info to determine implied bounds */
+         prepare_row_info(len, val, lb, ub, &f);
+         /* check and relax bounds of the row */
+         if (check_row_bounds(&f, &L[i], &U[i]))
+         {  /* the feasible region is empty */
+            ret = 1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* if the row became free, drop it */
+         if (L[i] == -DBL_MAX && U[i] == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+         /* process columns having non-zero coefficients in the row */
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  GLPCOL *col;
+            int flag, eff;
+            double ll, uu;
+            /* take a next column in the row */
+            j = ind[k], col = mip->col[j];
+            flag = col->kind != GLP_CV;
+            /* check and tighten bounds of the column */
+            if (check_col_bounds(&f, len, val, L[i], U[i], lb, ub,
+                flag, k, &ll, &uu))
+            {  /* the feasible region is empty */
+               ret = 1;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            /* check if change in the column bounds is efficient */
+            eff = check_efficiency(flag, l[j], u[j], ll, uu);
+            /* set new actual bounds of the column */
+            l[j] = ll, u[j] = uu;
+            /* if the change is efficient, add all rows affected by the
+               corresponding column, to the list */
+            if (eff > 0)
+            {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+               for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+               {  int ii = aij->row->i;
+                  /* if the row was processed maximal number of times,
+                     skip it */
+                  if (pass[ii] >= max_pass) continue;
+                  /* if the row is free, skip it */
+                  if (L[ii] == -DBL_MAX && U[ii] == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+                  /* put the row into the list */
+                  if (mark[ii] == 0)
+                  {  xassert(size <= m);
+                     list[++size] = ii, mark[ii] = 1;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(list);
+      xfree(mark);
+      xfree(pass);
+      xfree(val);
+      xfree(lb);
+      xfree(ub);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_preprocess_node - preprocess current subproblem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  int ios_preprocess_node(glp_tree *tree, int max_pass);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_preprocess_node performs basic preprocessing of the
+*  current subproblem.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If no primal infeasibility is detected, the routine returns zero,
+*  otherwise non-zero. */
+
+int ios_preprocess_node(glp_tree *tree, int max_pass)
+{     glp_prob *mip = tree->mip;
+      int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      int i, j, nrs, *num, ret = 0;
+      double *L, *U, *l, *u;
+      /* the current subproblem must exist */
+      xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+      /* determine original row bounds */
+      L = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      U = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      switch (mip->mip_stat)
+      {  case GLP_UNDEF:
+            L[0] = -DBL_MAX, U[0] = +DBL_MAX;
+            break;
+         case GLP_FEAS:
+            switch (mip->dir)
+            {  case GLP_MIN:
+                  L[0] = -DBL_MAX, U[0] = mip->mip_obj - mip->c0;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_MAX:
+                  L[0] = mip->mip_obj - mip->c0, U[0] = +DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(mip != mip);
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(mip != mip);
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  L[i] = glp_get_row_lb(mip, i);
+         U[i] = glp_get_row_ub(mip, i);
+      }
+      /* determine original column bounds */
+      l = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      u = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  l[j] = glp_get_col_lb(mip, j);
+         u[j] = glp_get_col_ub(mip, j);
+      }
+      /* build the initial list of rows to be analyzed */
+      nrs = m + 1;
+      num = xcalloc(1+nrs, sizeof(int));
+      for (i = 1; i <= nrs; i++) num[i] = i - 1;
+      /* perform basic preprocessing */
+      if (basic_preprocessing(mip , L, U, l, u, nrs, num, max_pass))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* set new actual (relaxed) row bounds */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  /* consider only non-active rows to keep dual feasibility */
+         if (glp_get_row_stat(mip, i) == GLP_BS)
+         {  if (L[i] == -DBL_MAX && U[i] == +DBL_MAX)
+               glp_set_row_bnds(mip, i, GLP_FR, 0.0, 0.0);
+            else if (U[i] == +DBL_MAX)
+               glp_set_row_bnds(mip, i, GLP_LO, L[i], 0.0);
+            else if (L[i] == -DBL_MAX)
+               glp_set_row_bnds(mip, i, GLP_UP, 0.0, U[i]);
+         }
+      }
+      /* set new actual (tightened) column bounds */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  int type;
+         if (l[j] == -DBL_MAX && u[j] == +DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_FR;
+         else if (u[j] == +DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_LO;
+         else if (l[j] == -DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_UP;
+         else if (l[j] != u[j])
+            type = GLP_DB;
+         else
+            type = GLP_FX;
+         glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, type, l[j], u[j]);
+      }
+done: /* free working arrays and return */
+      xfree(L);
+      xfree(U);
+      xfree(l);
+      xfree(u);
+      xfree(num);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios03.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios03.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21d6a000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios03.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1512 @@
+/* glpios03.c (branch-and-cut driver) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  show_progress - display current progress of the search
+*
+*  This routine displays some information about current progress of the
+*  search.
+*
+*  The information includes:
+*
+*  the current number of iterations performed by the simplex solver;
+*
+*  the objective value for the best known integer feasible solution,
+*  which is upper (minimization) or lower (maximization) global bound
+*  for optimal solution of the original mip problem;
+*
+*  the best local bound for active nodes, which is lower (minimization)
+*  or upper (maximization) global bound for optimal solution of the
+*  original mip problem;
+*
+*  the relative mip gap, in percents;
+*
+*  the number of open (active) subproblems;
+*
+*  the number of completely explored subproblems, i.e. whose nodes have
+*  been removed from the tree. */
+
+static void show_progress(glp_tree *T, int bingo)
+{     int p;
+      double temp;
+      char best_mip[50], best_bound[50], *rho, rel_gap[50];
+      /* format the best known integer feasible solution */
+      if (T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+         sprintf(best_mip, "%17.9e", T->mip->mip_obj);
+      else
+         sprintf(best_mip, "%17s", "not found yet");
+      /* determine reference number of an active subproblem whose local
+         bound is best */
+      p = ios_best_node(T);
+      /* format the best bound */
+      if (p == 0)
+         sprintf(best_bound, "%17s", "tree is empty");
+      else
+      {  temp = T->slot[p].node->bound;
+         if (temp == -DBL_MAX)
+            sprintf(best_bound, "%17s", "-inf");
+         else if (temp == +DBL_MAX)
+            sprintf(best_bound, "%17s", "+inf");
+         else
+         {  if (fabs(temp) < 1e-9)
+               temp = 0;
+            sprintf(best_bound, "%17.9e", temp);
+         }
+      }
+      /* choose the relation sign between global bounds */
+      if (T->mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         rho = ">=";
+      else if (T->mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         rho = "<=";
+      else
+         xassert(T != T);
+      /* format the relative mip gap */
+      temp = ios_relative_gap(T);
+      if (temp == 0.0)
+         sprintf(rel_gap, "  0.0%%");
+      else if (temp < 0.001)
+         sprintf(rel_gap, "< 0.1%%");
+      else if (temp <= 9.999)
+         sprintf(rel_gap, "%5.1f%%", 100.0 * temp);
+      else
+         sprintf(rel_gap, "%6s", "");
+      /* display progress of the search */
+      xprintf("+%6d: %s %s %s %s %s (%d; %d)\n",
+         T->mip->it_cnt, bingo ? ">>>>>" : "mip =", best_mip, rho,
+         best_bound, rel_gap, T->a_cnt, T->t_cnt - T->n_cnt);
+      T->tm_lag = xtime();
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  is_branch_hopeful - check if specified branch is hopeful
+*
+*  This routine checks if the specified subproblem can have an integer
+*  optimal solution which is better than the best known one.
+*
+*  The check is based on comparison of the local objective bound stored
+*  in the subproblem descriptor and the incumbent objective value which
+*  is the global objective bound.
+*
+*  If there is a chance that the specified subproblem can have a better
+*  integer optimal solution, the routine returns non-zero. Otherwise, if
+*  the corresponding branch can pruned, zero is returned. */
+
+static int is_branch_hopeful(glp_tree *T, int p)
+{     xassert(1 <= p && p <= T->nslots);
+      xassert(T->slot[p].node != NULL);
+      return ios_is_hopeful(T, T->slot[p].node->bound);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_integrality - check integrality of basic solution
+*
+*  This routine checks if the basic solution of LP relaxation of the
+*  current subproblem satisfies to integrality conditions, i.e. that all
+*  variables of integer kind have integral primal values. (The solution
+*  is assumed to be optimal.)
+*
+*  For each variable of integer kind the routine computes the following
+*  quantity:
+*
+*     ii(x[j]) = min(x[j] - floor(x[j]), ceil(x[j]) - x[j]),         (1)
+*
+*  which is a measure of the integer infeasibility (non-integrality) of
+*  x[j] (for example, ii(2.1) = 0.1, ii(3.7) = 0.3, ii(5.0) = 0). It is
+*  understood that 0 <= ii(x[j]) <= 0.5, and variable x[j] is integer
+*  feasible if ii(x[j]) = 0. However, due to floating-point arithmetic
+*  the routine checks less restrictive condition:
+*
+*     ii(x[j]) <= tol_int,                                           (2)
+*
+*  where tol_int is a given tolerance (small positive number) and marks
+*  each variable which does not satisfy to (2) as integer infeasible by
+*  setting its fractionality flag.
+*
+*  In order to characterize integer infeasibility of the basic solution
+*  in the whole the routine computes two parameters: ii_cnt, which is
+*  the number of variables with the fractionality flag set, and ii_sum,
+*  which is the sum of integer infeasibilities (1). */
+
+static void check_integrality(glp_tree *T)
+{     glp_prob *mip = T->mip;
+      int j, type, ii_cnt = 0;
+      double lb, ub, x, temp1, temp2, ii_sum = 0.0;
+      /* walk through the set of columns (structural variables) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= mip->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+         T->non_int[j] = 0;
+         /* if the column is not integer, skip it */
+         if (col->kind != GLP_IV) continue;
+         /* if the column is non-basic, it is integer feasible */
+         if (col->stat != GLP_BS) continue;
+         /* obtain the type and bounds of the column */
+         type = col->type, lb = col->lb, ub = col->ub;
+         /* obtain value of the column in optimal basic solution */
+         x = col->prim;
+         /* if the column's primal value is close to the lower bound,
+            the column is integer feasible within given tolerance */
+         if (type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  temp1 = lb - T->parm->tol_int;
+            temp2 = lb + T->parm->tol_int;
+            if (temp1 <= x && x <= temp2) continue;
+#if 0
+            /* the lower bound must not be violated */
+            xassert(x >= lb);
+#else
+            if (x < lb) continue;
+#endif
+         }
+         /* if the column's primal value is close to the upper bound,
+            the column is integer feasible within given tolerance */
+         if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  temp1 = ub - T->parm->tol_int;
+            temp2 = ub + T->parm->tol_int;
+            if (temp1 <= x && x <= temp2) continue;
+#if 0
+            /* the upper bound must not be violated */
+            xassert(x <= ub);
+#else
+            if (x > ub) continue;
+#endif
+         }
+         /* if the column's primal value is close to nearest integer,
+            the column is integer feasible within given tolerance */
+         temp1 = floor(x + 0.5) - T->parm->tol_int;
+         temp2 = floor(x + 0.5) + T->parm->tol_int;
+         if (temp1 <= x && x <= temp2) continue;
+         /* otherwise the column is integer infeasible */
+         T->non_int[j] = 1;
+         /* increase the number of fractional-valued columns */
+         ii_cnt++;
+         /* compute the sum of integer infeasibilities */
+         temp1 = x - floor(x);
+         temp2 = ceil(x) - x;
+         xassert(temp1 > 0.0 && temp2 > 0.0);
+         ii_sum += (temp1 <= temp2 ? temp1 : temp2);
+      }
+      /* store ii_cnt and ii_sum to the current problem descriptor */
+      xassert(T->curr != NULL);
+      T->curr->ii_cnt = ii_cnt;
+      T->curr->ii_sum = ii_sum;
+      /* and also display these parameters */
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+      {  if (ii_cnt == 0)
+            xprintf("There are no fractional columns\n");
+         else if (ii_cnt == 1)
+            xprintf("There is one fractional column, integer infeasibil"
+               "ity is %.3e\n", ii_sum);
+         else
+            xprintf("There are %d fractional columns, integer infeasibi"
+               "lity is %.3e\n", ii_cnt, ii_sum);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  record_solution - record better integer feasible solution
+*
+*  This routine records optimal basic solution of LP relaxation of the
+*  current subproblem, which being integer feasible is better than the
+*  best known integer feasible solution. */
+
+static void record_solution(glp_tree *T)
+{     glp_prob *mip = T->mip;
+      int i, j;
+      mip->mip_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+      mip->mip_obj = mip->obj_val;
+      for (i = 1; i <= mip->m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[i];
+         row->mipx = row->prim;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= mip->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+         if (col->kind == GLP_CV)
+            col->mipx = col->prim;
+         else if (col->kind == GLP_IV)
+         {  /* value of the integer column must be integral */
+            col->mipx = floor(col->prim + 0.5);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(col != col);
+      }
+      T->sol_cnt++;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  fix_by_red_cost - fix non-basic integer columns by reduced costs
+*
+*  This routine fixes some non-basic integer columns if their reduced
+*  costs indicate that increasing (decreasing) the column at least by
+*  one involves the objective value becoming worse than the incumbent
+*  objective value. */
+
+static void fix_by_red_cost(glp_tree *T)
+{     glp_prob *mip = T->mip;
+      int j, stat, fixed = 0;
+      double obj, lb, ub, dj;
+      /* the global bound must exist */
+      xassert(T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS);
+      /* basic solution of LP relaxation must be optimal */
+      xassert(mip->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && mip->dbs_stat == GLP_FEAS);
+      /* determine the objective function value */
+      obj = mip->obj_val;
+      /* walk through the column list */
+      for (j = 1; j <= mip->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[j];
+         /* if the column is not integer, skip it */
+         if (col->kind != GLP_IV) continue;
+         /* obtain bounds of j-th column */
+         lb = col->lb, ub = col->ub;
+         /* and determine its status and reduced cost */
+         stat = col->stat, dj = col->dual;
+         /* analyze the reduced cost */
+         switch (mip->dir)
+         {  case GLP_MIN:
+               /* minimization */
+               if (stat == GLP_NL)
+               {  /* j-th column is non-basic on its lower bound */
+                  if (dj < 0.0) dj = 0.0;
+                  if (obj + dj >= mip->mip_obj)
+                     glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, GLP_FX, lb, lb), fixed++;
+               }
+               else if (stat == GLP_NU)
+               {  /* j-th column is non-basic on its upper bound */
+                  if (dj > 0.0) dj = 0.0;
+                  if (obj - dj >= mip->mip_obj)
+                     glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, GLP_FX, ub, ub), fixed++;
+               }
+               break;
+            case GLP_MAX:
+               /* maximization */
+               if (stat == GLP_NL)
+               {  /* j-th column is non-basic on its lower bound */
+                  if (dj > 0.0) dj = 0.0;
+                  if (obj + dj <= mip->mip_obj)
+                     glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, GLP_FX, lb, lb), fixed++;
+               }
+               else if (stat == GLP_NU)
+               {  /* j-th column is non-basic on its upper bound */
+                  if (dj < 0.0) dj = 0.0;
+                  if (obj - dj <= mip->mip_obj)
+                     glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, GLP_FX, ub, ub), fixed++;
+               }
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(T != T);
+         }
+      }
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+      {  if (fixed == 0)
+            /* nothing to say */;
+         else if (fixed == 1)
+            xprintf("One column has been fixed by reduced cost\n");
+         else
+            xprintf("%d columns have been fixed by reduced costs\n",
+               fixed);
+      }
+      /* fixing non-basic columns on their current bounds does not
+         change the basic solution */
+      xassert(mip->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && mip->dbs_stat == GLP_FEAS);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  branch_on - perform branching on specified variable
+*
+*  This routine performs branching on j-th column (structural variable)
+*  of the current subproblem. The specified column must be of integer
+*  kind and must have a fractional value in optimal basic solution of
+*  LP relaxation of the current subproblem (i.e. only columns for which
+*  the flag non_int[j] is set are valid candidates to branch on).
+*
+*  Let x be j-th structural variable, and beta be its primal fractional
+*  value in the current basic solution. Branching on j-th variable is
+*  dividing the current subproblem into two new subproblems, which are
+*  identical to the current subproblem with the following exception: in
+*  the first subproblem that begins the down-branch x has a new upper
+*  bound x <= floor(beta), and in the second subproblem that begins the
+*  up-branch x has a new lower bound x >= ceil(beta).
+*
+*  Depending on estimation of local bounds for down- and up-branches
+*  this routine returns the following:
+*
+*  0 - both branches have been created;
+*  1 - one branch is hopeless and has been pruned, so now the current
+*      subproblem is other branch;
+*  2 - both branches are hopeless and have been pruned; new subproblem
+*      selection is needed to continue the search. */
+
+static int branch_on(glp_tree *T, int j, int next)
+{     glp_prob *mip = T->mip;
+      IOSNPD *node;
+      int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      int type, dn_type, up_type, dn_bad, up_bad, p, ret, clone[1+2];
+      double lb, ub, beta, new_ub, new_lb, dn_lp, up_lp, dn_bnd, up_bnd;
+      /* determine bounds and value of x[j] in optimal solution to LP
+         relaxation of the current subproblem */
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+      type = mip->col[j]->type;
+      lb = mip->col[j]->lb;
+      ub = mip->col[j]->ub;
+      beta = mip->col[j]->prim;
+      /* determine new bounds of x[j] for down- and up-branches */
+      new_ub = floor(beta);
+      new_lb = ceil(beta);
+      switch (type)
+      {  case GLP_FR:
+            dn_type = GLP_UP;
+            up_type = GLP_LO;
+            break;
+         case GLP_LO:
+            xassert(lb <= new_ub);
+            dn_type = (lb == new_ub ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB);
+            xassert(lb + 1.0 <= new_lb);
+            up_type = GLP_LO;
+            break;
+         case GLP_UP:
+            xassert(new_ub <= ub - 1.0);
+            dn_type = GLP_UP;
+            xassert(new_lb <= ub);
+            up_type = (new_lb == ub ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB);
+            break;
+         case GLP_DB:
+            xassert(lb <= new_ub && new_ub <= ub - 1.0);
+            dn_type = (lb == new_ub ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB);
+            xassert(lb + 1.0 <= new_lb && new_lb <= ub);
+            up_type = (new_lb == ub ? GLP_FX : GLP_DB);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(type != type);
+      }
+      /* compute local bounds to LP relaxation for both branches */
+      ios_eval_degrad(T, j, &dn_lp, &up_lp);
+      /* and improve them by rounding */
+      dn_bnd = ios_round_bound(T, dn_lp);
+      up_bnd = ios_round_bound(T, up_lp);
+      /* check local bounds for down- and up-branches */
+      dn_bad = !ios_is_hopeful(T, dn_bnd);
+      up_bad = !ios_is_hopeful(T, up_bnd);
+      if (dn_bad && up_bad)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Both down- and up-branches are hopeless\n");
+         ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      else if (up_bad)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Up-branch is hopeless\n");
+         glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, dn_type, lb, new_ub);
+         T->curr->lp_obj = dn_lp;
+         if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         {  if (T->curr->bound < dn_bnd)
+                T->curr->bound = dn_bnd;
+         }
+         else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         {  if (T->curr->bound > dn_bnd)
+                T->curr->bound = dn_bnd;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(mip != mip);
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      else if (dn_bad)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Down-branch is hopeless\n");
+         glp_set_col_bnds(mip, j, up_type, new_lb, ub);
+         T->curr->lp_obj = up_lp;
+         if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         {  if (T->curr->bound < up_bnd)
+                T->curr->bound = up_bnd;
+         }
+         else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         {  if (T->curr->bound > up_bnd)
+                T->curr->bound = up_bnd;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(mip != mip);
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* both down- and up-branches seem to be hopeful */
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+         xprintf("Branching on column %d, primal value is %.9e\n",
+            j, beta);
+      /* determine the reference number of the current subproblem */
+      xassert(T->curr != NULL);
+      p = T->curr->p;
+      T->curr->br_var = j;
+      T->curr->br_val = beta;
+      /* freeze the current subproblem */
+      ios_freeze_node(T);
+      /* create two clones of the current subproblem; the first clone
+         begins the down-branch, the second one begins the up-branch */
+      ios_clone_node(T, p, 2, clone);
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+         xprintf("Node %d begins down branch, node %d begins up branch "
+            "\n", clone[1], clone[2]);
+      /* set new upper bound of j-th column in the down-branch */
+      node = T->slot[clone[1]].node;
+      xassert(node != NULL);
+      xassert(node->up != NULL);
+      xassert(node->b_ptr == NULL);
+      node->b_ptr = dmp_get_atom(T->pool, sizeof(IOSBND));
+      node->b_ptr->k = m + j;
+      node->b_ptr->type = (unsigned char)dn_type;
+      node->b_ptr->lb = lb;
+      node->b_ptr->ub = new_ub;
+      node->b_ptr->next = NULL;
+      node->lp_obj = dn_lp;
+      if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+      {  if (node->bound < dn_bnd)
+             node->bound = dn_bnd;
+      }
+      else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+      {  if (node->bound > dn_bnd)
+             node->bound = dn_bnd;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(mip != mip);
+      /* set new lower bound of j-th column in the up-branch */
+      node = T->slot[clone[2]].node;
+      xassert(node != NULL);
+      xassert(node->up != NULL);
+      xassert(node->b_ptr == NULL);
+      node->b_ptr = dmp_get_atom(T->pool, sizeof(IOSBND));
+      node->b_ptr->k = m + j;
+      node->b_ptr->type = (unsigned char)up_type;
+      node->b_ptr->lb = new_lb;
+      node->b_ptr->ub = ub;
+      node->b_ptr->next = NULL;
+      node->lp_obj = up_lp;
+      if (mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+      {  if (node->bound < up_bnd)
+             node->bound = up_bnd;
+      }
+      else if (mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+      {  if (node->bound > up_bnd)
+             node->bound = up_bnd;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(mip != mip);
+      /* suggest the subproblem to be solved next */
+      xassert(T->child == 0);
+      if (next == GLP_NO_BRNCH)
+         T->child = 0;
+      else if (next == GLP_DN_BRNCH)
+         T->child = clone[1];
+      else if (next == GLP_UP_BRNCH)
+         T->child = clone[2];
+      else
+         xassert(next != next);
+      ret = 0;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cleanup_the_tree - prune hopeless branches from the tree
+*
+*  This routine walks through the active list and checks the local
+*  bound for every active subproblem. If the local bound indicates that
+*  the subproblem cannot have integer optimal solution better than the
+*  incumbent objective value, the routine deletes such subproblem that,
+*  in turn, involves pruning the corresponding branch of the tree. */
+
+static void cleanup_the_tree(glp_tree *T)
+{     IOSNPD *node, *next_node;
+      int count = 0;
+      /* the global bound must exist */
+      xassert(T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS);
+      /* walk through the list of active subproblems */
+      for (node = T->head; node != NULL; node = next_node)
+      {  /* deleting some active problem node may involve deleting its
+            parents recursively; however, all its parents being created
+            *before* it are always *precede* it in the node list, so
+            the next problem node is never affected by such deletion */
+         next_node = node->next;
+         /* if the branch is hopeless, prune it */
+         if (!is_branch_hopeful(T, node->p))
+            ios_delete_node(T, node->p), count++;
+      }
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+      {  if (count == 1)
+            xprintf("One hopeless branch has been pruned\n");
+         else if (count > 1)
+            xprintf("%d hopeless branches have been pruned\n", count);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  round_heur - simple rounding heuristic
+*
+*  This routine attempts to guess an integer feasible solution by
+*  simple rounding values of all integer variables in basic solution to
+*  nearest integers. */
+
+static int round_heur(glp_tree *T)
+{     glp_prob *P = T->mip;
+      /*int m = P->m;*/
+      int n = P->n;
+      int i, j, ret;
+      double *x;
+      /* compute rounded values of variables */
+      x = talloc(1+n, double);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->kind == GLP_IV)
+         {  /* integer variable */
+            x[j] = floor(col->prim + 0.5);
+         }
+         else if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* fixed variable */
+            x[j] = col->prim;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* non-integer non-fixed variable */
+            ret = 3;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check that no constraints are violated */
+      for (i = 1; i <= T->orig_m; i++)
+      {  int type = T->orig_type[i];
+         GLPAIJ *aij;
+         double sum;
+         if (type == GLP_FR)
+            continue;
+         /* compute value of linear form */
+         sum = 0.0;
+         for (aij = P->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            sum += aij->val * x[aij->col->j];
+         /* check lower bound */
+         if (type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  if (sum < T->orig_lb[i] - 1e-9)
+            {  /* lower bound is violated */
+               ret = 2;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         /* check upper bound */
+         if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  if (sum > T->orig_ub[i] + 1e-9)
+            {  /* upper bound is violated */
+               ret = 2;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* rounded solution is integer feasible */
+      if (glp_ios_heur_sol(T, x) == 0)
+      {  /* solution is accepted */
+         ret = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* solution is rejected */
+         ret = 1;
+      }
+done: tfree(x);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2016 */
+static void gmi_gen(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* generate Gomory's mixed integer cuts */
+      glp_prob *P, *pool;
+      P = T->mip;
+      pool = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_add_cols(pool, P->n);
+      glp_gmi_gen(P, pool, 50);
+      if (pool->m > 0)
+      {  int i, len, *ind;
+         double *val;
+         ind = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(int));
+         val = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(double));
+         for (i = 1; i <= pool->m; i++)
+         {  len = glp_get_mat_row(pool, i, ind, val);
+            glp_ios_add_row(T, NULL, GLP_RF_GMI, 0, len, ind, val,
+               GLP_LO, pool->row[i]->lb);
+         }
+         xfree(ind);
+         xfree(val);
+      }
+      glp_delete_prob(pool);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEW_COVER /* 13/II-2018 */
+static void cov_gen(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* generate cover cuts */
+      glp_prob *P, *pool;
+      if (T->cov_gen == NULL)
+         return;
+      P = T->mip;
+      pool = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_add_cols(pool, P->n);
+      glp_cov_gen1(P, T->cov_gen, pool);
+      if (pool->m > 0)
+      {  int i, len, *ind;
+         double *val;
+         ind = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(int));
+         val = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(double));
+         for (i = 1; i <= pool->m; i++)
+         {  len = glp_get_mat_row(pool, i, ind, val);
+            glp_ios_add_row(T, NULL, GLP_RF_COV, 0, len, ind, val,
+               GLP_UP, pool->row[i]->ub);
+         }
+         xfree(ind);
+         xfree(val);
+      }
+      glp_delete_prob(pool);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2016 */
+static void mir_gen(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* generate mixed integer rounding cuts */
+      glp_prob *P, *pool;
+      P = T->mip;
+      pool = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_add_cols(pool, P->n);
+      glp_mir_gen(P, T->mir_gen, pool);
+      if (pool->m > 0)
+      {  int i, len, *ind;
+         double *val;
+         ind = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(int));
+         val = xcalloc(1+P->n, sizeof(double));
+         for (i = 1; i <= pool->m; i++)
+         {  len = glp_get_mat_row(pool, i, ind, val);
+            glp_ios_add_row(T, NULL, GLP_RF_MIR, 0, len, ind, val,
+               GLP_UP, pool->row[i]->ub);
+         }
+         xfree(ind);
+         xfree(val);
+      }
+      glp_delete_prob(pool);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 08/III-2016 */
+static void clq_gen(glp_tree *T, glp_cfg *G)
+{     /* generate clique cut from conflict graph */
+      glp_prob *P = T->mip;
+      int n = P->n;
+      int len, *ind;
+      double *val;
+      ind = talloc(1+n, int);
+      val = talloc(1+n, double);
+      len = glp_clq_cut(T->mip, G, ind, val);
+      if (len > 0)
+         glp_ios_add_row(T, NULL, GLP_RF_CLQ, 0, len, ind, val, GLP_UP,
+            val[0]);
+      tfree(ind);
+      tfree(val);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void generate_cuts(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* generate generic cuts with built-in generators */
+      if (!(T->parm->mir_cuts == GLP_ON ||
+            T->parm->gmi_cuts == GLP_ON ||
+            T->parm->cov_cuts == GLP_ON ||
+            T->parm->clq_cuts == GLP_ON)) goto done;
+#if 1 /* 20/IX-2008 */
+      {  int i, max_cuts, added_cuts;
+         max_cuts = T->n;
+         if (max_cuts < 1000) max_cuts = 1000;
+         added_cuts = 0;
+         for (i = T->orig_m+1; i <= T->mip->m; i++)
+         {  if (T->mip->row[i]->origin == GLP_RF_CUT)
+               added_cuts++;
+         }
+         /* xprintf("added_cuts = %d\n", added_cuts); */
+         if (added_cuts >= max_cuts) goto done;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* generate and add to POOL all cuts violated by x* */
+      if (T->parm->gmi_cuts == GLP_ON)
+      {  if (T->curr->changed < 7)
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2016 */
+            ios_gmi_gen(T);
+#else
+            gmi_gen(T);
+#endif
+      }
+      if (T->parm->mir_cuts == GLP_ON)
+      {  xassert(T->mir_gen != NULL);
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2016 */
+         ios_mir_gen(T, T->mir_gen);
+#else
+         mir_gen(T);
+#endif
+      }
+      if (T->parm->cov_cuts == GLP_ON)
+      {  /* cover cuts works well along with mir cuts */
+#ifdef NEW_COVER /* 13/II-2018 */
+         cov_gen(T);
+#else
+         ios_cov_gen(T);
+#endif
+      }
+      if (T->parm->clq_cuts == GLP_ON)
+      {  if (T->clq_gen != NULL)
+#if 0 /* 29/VI-2013 */
+         {  if (T->curr->level == 0 && T->curr->changed < 50 ||
+                T->curr->level >  0 && T->curr->changed < 5)
+#else /* FIXME */
+         {  if (T->curr->level == 0 && T->curr->changed < 500 ||
+                T->curr->level >  0 && T->curr->changed < 50)
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2016 */
+               ios_clq_gen(T, T->clq_gen);
+#else
+               clq_gen(T, T->clq_gen);
+#endif
+         }
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+static void remove_cuts(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* remove inactive cuts (some valueable globally valid cut might
+         be saved in the global cut pool) */
+      int i, cnt = 0, *num = NULL;
+      xassert(T->curr != NULL);
+      for (i = T->orig_m+1; i <= T->mip->m; i++)
+      {  if (T->mip->row[i]->origin == GLP_RF_CUT &&
+             T->mip->row[i]->level == T->curr->level &&
+             T->mip->row[i]->stat == GLP_BS)
+         {  if (num == NULL)
+               num = xcalloc(1+T->mip->m, sizeof(int));
+            num[++cnt] = i;
+         }
+      }
+      if (cnt > 0)
+      {  glp_del_rows(T->mip, cnt, num);
+#if 0
+         xprintf("%d inactive cut(s) removed\n", cnt);
+#endif
+         xfree(num);
+         xassert(glp_factorize(T->mip) == 0);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+static void display_cut_info(glp_tree *T)
+{     glp_prob *mip = T->mip;
+      int i, gmi = 0, mir = 0, cov = 0, clq = 0, app = 0;
+      for (i = mip->m; i > 0; i--)
+      {  GLPROW *row;
+         row = mip->row[i];
+         /* if (row->level < T->curr->level) break; */
+         if (row->origin == GLP_RF_CUT)
+         {  if (row->klass == GLP_RF_GMI)
+               gmi++;
+            else if (row->klass == GLP_RF_MIR)
+               mir++;
+            else if (row->klass == GLP_RF_COV)
+               cov++;
+            else if (row->klass == GLP_RF_CLQ)
+               clq++;
+            else
+               app++;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(T->curr != NULL);
+      if (gmi + mir + cov + clq + app > 0)
+      {  xprintf("Cuts on level %d:", T->curr->level);
+         if (gmi > 0) xprintf(" gmi = %d;", gmi);
+         if (mir > 0) xprintf(" mir = %d;", mir);
+         if (cov > 0) xprintf(" cov = %d;", cov);
+         if (clq > 0) xprintf(" clq = %d;", clq);
+         if (app > 0) xprintf(" app = %d;", app);
+         xprintf("\n");
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_driver - branch-and-cut driver
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  int ios_driver(glp_tree *T);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_driver is a branch-and-cut driver. It controls the
+*  MIP solution process.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  The MIP problem instance has been successfully solved. This code
+*     does not necessarily mean that the solver has found optimal
+*     solution. It only means that the solution process was successful.
+*
+*  GLP_EFAIL
+*     The search was prematurely terminated due to the solver failure.
+*
+*  GLP_EMIPGAP
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the relative mip
+*     gap tolerance has been reached.
+*
+*  GLP_ETMLIM
+*     The search was prematurely terminated, because the time limit has
+*     been exceeded.
+*
+*  GLP_ESTOP
+*     The search was prematurely terminated by application. */
+
+int ios_driver(glp_tree *T)
+{     int p, curr_p, p_stat, d_stat, ret;
+#if 1 /* carry out to glp_tree */
+      int pred_p = 0;
+      /* if the current subproblem has been just created due to
+         branching, pred_p is the reference number of its parent
+         subproblem, otherwise pred_p is zero */
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 18/VII-2013 */
+      int bad_cut;
+      double old_obj;
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+      glp_long ttt = T->tm_beg;
+#else
+      double ttt = T->tm_beg;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      int root_done = 0;
+#endif
+#if 0
+      ((glp_iocp *)T->parm)->msg_lev = GLP_MSG_DBG;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      if (((glp_iocp *)T->parm)->flip)
+#if 0 /* 20/I-2018 */
+         xprintf("WARNING: LONG-STEP DUAL SIMPLEX WILL BE USED\n");
+#else
+         xprintf("Long-step dual simplex will be used\n");
+#endif
+#endif
+      /* on entry to the B&B driver it is assumed that the active list
+         contains the only active (i.e. root) subproblem, which is the
+         original MIP problem to be solved */
+loop: /* main loop starts here */
+      /* at this point the current subproblem does not exist */
+      xassert(T->curr == NULL);
+      /* if the active list is empty, the search is finished */
+      if (T->head == NULL)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Active list is empty!\n");
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+         xassert(dmp_in_use(T->pool).lo == 0);
+#else
+         xassert(dmp_in_use(T->pool) == 0);
+#endif
+         ret = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* select some active subproblem to continue the search */
+      xassert(T->next_p == 0);
+      /* let the application program select subproblem */
+      if (T->parm->cb_func != NULL)
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_ISELECT;
+         T->parm->cb_func(T, T->parm->cb_info);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         if (T->stop)
+         {  ret = GLP_ESTOP;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      if (T->next_p != 0)
+      {  /* the application program has selected something */
+         ;
+      }
+      else if (T->a_cnt == 1)
+      {  /* the only active subproblem exists, so select it */
+         xassert(T->head->next == NULL);
+         T->next_p = T->head->p;
+      }
+      else if (T->child != 0)
+      {  /* select one of branching childs suggested by the branching
+            heuristic */
+         T->next_p = T->child;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* select active subproblem as specified by the backtracking
+            technique option */
+         T->next_p = ios_choose_node(T);
+      }
+      /* the active subproblem just selected becomes current */
+      ios_revive_node(T, T->next_p);
+      T->next_p = T->child = 0;
+      /* invalidate pred_p, if it is not the reference number of the
+         parent of the current subproblem */
+      if (T->curr->up != NULL && T->curr->up->p != pred_p) pred_p = 0;
+      /* determine the reference number of the current subproblem */
+      p = T->curr->p;
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+      {  xprintf("-----------------------------------------------------"
+            "-------------------\n");
+         xprintf("Processing node %d at level %d\n", p, T->curr->level);
+      }
+#if 0
+      if (p == 1)
+         glp_write_lp(T->mip, NULL, "root.lp");
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 24/X-2015 */
+      if (p == 1)
+      {  if (T->parm->sr_heur == GLP_OFF)
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("Simple rounding heuristic disabled\n");
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* if it is the root subproblem, initialize cut generators */
+      if (p == 1)
+      {  if (T->parm->gmi_cuts == GLP_ON)
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("Gomory's cuts enabled\n");
+         }
+         if (T->parm->mir_cuts == GLP_ON)
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("MIR cuts enabled\n");
+            xassert(T->mir_gen == NULL);
+#if 0 /* 06/III-2016 */
+            T->mir_gen = ios_mir_init(T);
+#else
+            T->mir_gen = glp_mir_init(T->mip);
+#endif
+         }
+         if (T->parm->cov_cuts == GLP_ON)
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("Cover cuts enabled\n");
+#ifdef NEW_COVER /* 13/II-2018 */
+            xassert(T->cov_gen == NULL);
+            T->cov_gen = glp_cov_init(T->mip);
+#endif
+         }
+         if (T->parm->clq_cuts == GLP_ON)
+         {  xassert(T->clq_gen == NULL);
+            if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("Clique cuts enabled\n");
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2016 */
+            T->clq_gen = ios_clq_init(T);
+#else
+            T->clq_gen = glp_cfg_init(T->mip);
+#endif
+         }
+      }
+#if 1 /* 18/VII-2013 */
+      bad_cut = 0;
+#endif
+more: /* minor loop starts here */
+      /* at this point the current subproblem needs either to be solved
+         for the first time or re-optimized due to reformulation */
+      /* display current progress of the search */
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG ||
+          T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON &&
+        (double)(T->parm->out_frq - 1) <=
+            1000.0 * xdifftime(xtime(), T->tm_lag))
+         show_progress(T, 0);
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL &&
+            xdifftime(xtime(), ttt) >= 60.0)
+#if 0 /* 16/II-2012 */
+      {  glp_long total;
+         glp_mem_usage(NULL, NULL, &total, NULL);
+         xprintf("Time used: %.1f secs.  Memory used: %.1f Mb.\n",
+            xdifftime(xtime(), T->tm_beg), xltod(total) / 1048576.0);
+         ttt = xtime();
+      }
+#else
+      {  size_t total;
+         glp_mem_usage(NULL, NULL, &total, NULL);
+         xprintf("Time used: %.1f secs.  Memory used: %.1f Mb.\n",
+            xdifftime(xtime(), T->tm_beg), (double)total / 1048576.0);
+         ttt = xtime();
+      }
+#endif
+      /* check the mip gap */
+      if (T->parm->mip_gap > 0.0 &&
+          ios_relative_gap(T) <= T->parm->mip_gap)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Relative gap tolerance reached; search terminated "
+               "\n");
+         ret = GLP_EMIPGAP;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check if the time limit has been exhausted */
+      if (T->parm->tm_lim < INT_MAX &&
+         (double)(T->parm->tm_lim - 1) <=
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(xtime(), T->tm_beg))
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Time limit exhausted; search terminated\n");
+         ret = GLP_ETMLIM;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* let the application program preprocess the subproblem */
+      if (T->parm->cb_func != NULL)
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_IPREPRO;
+         T->parm->cb_func(T, T->parm->cb_info);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         if (T->stop)
+         {  ret = GLP_ESTOP;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* perform basic preprocessing */
+      if (T->parm->pp_tech == GLP_PP_NONE)
+         ;
+      else if (T->parm->pp_tech == GLP_PP_ROOT)
+#if 0 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      {  if (T->curr->level == 0)
+#else
+      {  if (!root_done)
+#endif
+         {  if (ios_preprocess_node(T, 100))
+               goto fath;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->pp_tech == GLP_PP_ALL)
+#if 0 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      {  if (ios_preprocess_node(T, T->curr->level == 0 ? 100 : 10))
+#else
+      {  if (ios_preprocess_node(T, !root_done ? 100 : 10))
+#endif
+            goto fath;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(T != T);
+      /* preprocessing may improve the global bound */
+      if (!is_branch_hopeful(T, p))
+      {  xprintf("*** not tested yet ***\n");
+         goto fath;
+      }
+      /* solve LP relaxation of the current subproblem */
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+         xprintf("Solving LP relaxation...\n");
+      ret = ios_solve_node(T);
+      if (ret == GLP_ETMLIM)
+         goto done;
+      else if (!(ret == 0 || ret == GLP_EOBJLL || ret == GLP_EOBJUL))
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("ios_driver: unable to solve current LP relaxation;"
+               " glp_simplex returned %d\n", ret);
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* analyze status of the basic solution to LP relaxation found */
+      p_stat = T->mip->pbs_stat;
+      d_stat = T->mip->dbs_stat;
+      if (p_stat == GLP_FEAS && d_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  /* LP relaxation has optimal solution */
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Found optimal solution to LP relaxation\n");
+      }
+      else if (d_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+      {  /* LP relaxation has no dual feasible solution */
+         /* since the current subproblem cannot have a larger feasible
+            region than its parent, there is something wrong */
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("ios_driver: current LP relaxation has no dual feas"
+               "ible solution\n");
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      else if (p_stat == GLP_INFEAS && d_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  /* LP relaxation has no primal solution which is better than
+            the incumbent objective value */
+         xassert(T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS);
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("LP relaxation has no solution better than incumben"
+               "t objective value\n");
+         /* prune the branch */
+         goto fath;
+      }
+      else if (p_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+      {  /* LP relaxation has no primal feasible solution */
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("LP relaxation has no feasible solution\n");
+         /* prune the branch */
+         goto fath;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* other cases cannot appear */
+         xassert(T->mip != T->mip);
+      }
+      /* at this point basic solution to LP relaxation of the current
+         subproblem is optimal */
+      xassert(p_stat == GLP_FEAS && d_stat == GLP_FEAS);
+      xassert(T->curr != NULL);
+      T->curr->lp_obj = T->mip->obj_val;
+      /* thus, it defines a local bound to integer optimal solution of
+         the current subproblem */
+      {  double bound = T->mip->obj_val;
+         /* some local bound to the current subproblem could be already
+            set before, so we should only improve it */
+         bound = ios_round_bound(T, bound);
+         if (T->mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         {  if (T->curr->bound < bound)
+               T->curr->bound = bound;
+         }
+         else if (T->mip->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         {  if (T->curr->bound > bound)
+               T->curr->bound = bound;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(T->mip != T->mip);
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Local bound is %.9e\n", bound);
+      }
+      /* if the local bound indicates that integer optimal solution of
+         the current subproblem cannot be better than the global bound,
+         prune the branch */
+      if (!is_branch_hopeful(T, p))
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("Current branch is hopeless and can be pruned\n");
+         goto fath;
+      }
+      /* let the application program generate additional rows ("lazy"
+         constraints) */
+      xassert(T->reopt == 0);
+      xassert(T->reinv == 0);
+      if (T->parm->cb_func != NULL)
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_IROWGEN;
+         T->parm->cb_func(T, T->parm->cb_info);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         if (T->stop)
+         {  ret = GLP_ESTOP;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         if (T->reopt)
+         {  /* some rows were added; re-optimization is needed */
+            T->reopt = T->reinv = 0;
+            goto more;
+         }
+         if (T->reinv)
+         {  /* no rows were added, however, some inactive rows were
+               removed */
+            T->reinv = 0;
+            xassert(glp_factorize(T->mip) == 0);
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if the basic solution is integer feasible */
+      check_integrality(T);
+      /* if the basic solution satisfies to all integrality conditions,
+         it is a new, better integer feasible solution */
+      if (T->curr->ii_cnt == 0)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+            xprintf("New integer feasible solution found\n");
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            display_cut_info(T);
+         record_solution(T);
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+            show_progress(T, 1);
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+         ios_process_sol(T);
+#endif
+         /* make the application program happy */
+         if (T->parm->cb_func != NULL)
+         {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+            T->reason = GLP_IBINGO;
+            T->parm->cb_func(T, T->parm->cb_info);
+            T->reason = 0;
+            if (T->stop)
+            {  ret = GLP_ESTOP;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         /* since the current subproblem has been fathomed, prune its
+            branch */
+         goto fath;
+      }
+      /* at this point basic solution to LP relaxation of the current
+         subproblem is optimal, but integer infeasible */
+      /* try to fix some non-basic structural variables of integer kind
+         on their current bounds due to reduced costs */
+      if (T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+         fix_by_red_cost(T);
+      /* let the application program try to find some solution to the
+         original MIP with a primal heuristic */
+      if (T->parm->cb_func != NULL)
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_IHEUR;
+         T->parm->cb_func(T, T->parm->cb_info);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         if (T->stop)
+         {  ret = GLP_ESTOP;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* check if the current branch became hopeless */
+         if (!is_branch_hopeful(T, p))
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+               xprintf("Current branch became hopeless and can be prune"
+                  "d\n");
+            goto fath;
+         }
+      }
+      /* try to find solution with the feasibility pump heuristic */
+#if 0 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      if (T->parm->fp_heur)
+#else
+      if (T->parm->fp_heur && !root_done)
+#endif
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_IHEUR;
+         ios_feas_pump(T);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         /* check if the current branch became hopeless */
+         if (!is_branch_hopeful(T, p))
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+               xprintf("Current branch became hopeless and can be prune"
+                  "d\n");
+            goto fath;
+         }
+      }
+#if 1 /* 25/V-2013 */
+      /* try to find solution with the proximity search heuristic */
+#if 0 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      if (T->parm->ps_heur)
+#else
+      if (T->parm->ps_heur && !root_done)
+#endif
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_IHEUR;
+         ios_proxy_heur(T);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         /* check if the current branch became hopeless */
+         if (!is_branch_hopeful(T, p))
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+               xprintf("Current branch became hopeless and can be prune"
+                  "d\n");
+            goto fath;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 24/X-2015 */
+      /* try to find solution with a simple rounding heuristic */
+      if (T->parm->sr_heur)
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_IHEUR;
+         round_heur(T);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         /* check if the current branch became hopeless */
+         if (!is_branch_hopeful(T, p))
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+               xprintf("Current branch became hopeless and can be prune"
+                  "d\n");
+            goto fath;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* it's time to generate cutting planes */
+      xassert(T->local != NULL);
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+      xassert(T->local->m == 0);
+#else
+      xassert(T->local->size == 0);
+#endif
+      /* let the application program generate some cuts; note that it
+         can add cuts either to the local cut pool or directly to the
+         current subproblem */
+      if (T->parm->cb_func != NULL)
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_ICUTGEN;
+         T->parm->cb_func(T, T->parm->cb_info);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         if (T->stop)
+         {  ret = GLP_ESTOP;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+#if 1 /* 18/VII-2013 */
+      if (T->curr->changed > 0)
+      {  double degrad = fabs(T->curr->lp_obj - old_obj);
+         if (degrad < 1e-4 * (1.0 + fabs(old_obj)))
+            bad_cut++;
+         else
+            bad_cut = 0;
+      }
+      old_obj = T->curr->lp_obj;
+#if 0 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      if (bad_cut == 0 || (T->curr->level == 0 && bad_cut <= 3))
+#else
+      if (bad_cut == 0 || (!root_done && bad_cut <= 3))
+#endif
+#endif
+      /* try to generate generic cuts with built-in generators
+         (as suggested by Prof. Fischetti et al. the built-in cuts are
+         not generated at each branching node; an intense attempt of
+         generating new cuts is only made at the root node, and then
+         a moderate effort is spent after each backtracking step) */
+#if 0 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      if (T->curr->level == 0 || pred_p == 0)
+#else
+      if (!root_done || pred_p == 0)
+#endif
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_ICUTGEN;
+         generate_cuts(T);
+         T->reason = 0;
+      }
+      /* if the local cut pool is not empty, select useful cuts and add
+         them to the current subproblem */
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+      if (T->local->m > 0)
+#else
+      if (T->local->size > 0)
+#endif
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_ICUTGEN;
+         ios_process_cuts(T);
+         T->reason = 0;
+      }
+      /* clear the local cut pool */
+      ios_clear_pool(T, T->local);
+      /* perform re-optimization, if necessary */
+      if (T->reopt)
+      {  T->reopt = 0;
+         T->curr->changed++;
+         goto more;
+      }
+      /* no cuts were generated; remove inactive cuts */
+      remove_cuts(T);
+#if 0 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL && T->curr->level == 0)
+#else
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL && !root_done)
+#endif
+         display_cut_info(T);
+#if 1 /* 27/II-2016 by Chris */
+      /* the first node will not be treated as root any more */
+      if (!root_done) root_done = 1;
+#endif
+      /* update history information used on pseudocost branching */
+      if (T->pcost != NULL) ios_pcost_update(T);
+      /* it's time to perform branching */
+      xassert(T->br_var == 0);
+      xassert(T->br_sel == 0);
+      /* let the application program choose variable to branch on */
+      if (T->parm->cb_func != NULL)
+      {  xassert(T->reason == 0);
+         xassert(T->br_var == 0);
+         xassert(T->br_sel == 0);
+         T->reason = GLP_IBRANCH;
+         T->parm->cb_func(T, T->parm->cb_info);
+         T->reason = 0;
+         if (T->stop)
+         {  ret = GLP_ESTOP;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if nothing has been chosen, choose some variable as specified
+         by the branching technique option */
+      if (T->br_var == 0)
+         T->br_var = ios_choose_var(T, &T->br_sel);
+      /* perform actual branching */
+      curr_p = T->curr->p;
+      ret = branch_on(T, T->br_var, T->br_sel);
+      T->br_var = T->br_sel = 0;
+      if (ret == 0)
+      {  /* both branches have been created */
+         pred_p = curr_p;
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      else if (ret == 1)
+      {  /* one branch is hopeless and has been pruned, so now the
+            current subproblem is other branch */
+         /* the current subproblem should be considered as a new one,
+            since one bound of the branching variable was changed */
+         T->curr->solved = T->curr->changed = 0;
+#if 1 /* 18/VII-2013 */
+         /* bad_cut = 0; */
+#endif
+         goto more;
+      }
+      else if (ret == 2)
+      {  /* both branches are hopeless and have been pruned; new
+            subproblem selection is needed to continue the search */
+         goto fath;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+fath: /* the current subproblem has been fathomed */
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+         xprintf("Node %d fathomed\n", p);
+      /* freeze the current subproblem */
+      ios_freeze_node(T);
+      /* and prune the corresponding branch of the tree */
+      ios_delete_node(T, p);
+      /* if a new integer feasible solution has just been found, other
+         branches may become hopeless and therefore must be pruned */
+      if (T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS) cleanup_the_tree(T);
+      /* new subproblem selection is needed due to backtracking */
+      pred_p = 0;
+      goto loop;
+done: /* display progress of the search on exit from the solver */
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+         show_progress(T, 0);
+      if (T->mir_gen != NULL)
+#if 0 /* 06/III-2016 */
+         ios_mir_term(T->mir_gen), T->mir_gen = NULL;
+#else
+         glp_mir_free(T->mir_gen), T->mir_gen = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef NEW_COVER /* 13/II-2018 */
+      if (T->cov_gen != NULL)
+         glp_cov_free(T->cov_gen), T->cov_gen = NULL;
+#endif
+      if (T->clq_gen != NULL)
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2016 */
+         ios_clq_term(T->clq_gen), T->clq_gen = NULL;
+#else
+         glp_cfg_free(T->clq_gen), T->clq_gen = NULL;
+#endif
+      /* return to the calling program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios07.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios07.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f750e571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios07.c
@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
+/* glpios07.c (mixed cover cut generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- COVER INEQUALITIES
+--
+-- Consider the set of feasible solutions to 0-1 knapsack problem:
+--
+--    sum a[j]*x[j] <= b,                                            (1)
+--  j in J
+--
+--    x[j] is binary,                                                (2)
+--
+-- where, wlog, we assume that a[j] > 0 (since 0-1 variables can be
+-- complemented) and a[j] <= b (since a[j] > b implies x[j] = 0).
+--
+-- A set C within J is called a cover if
+--
+--    sum a[j] > b.                                                  (3)
+--  j in C
+--
+-- For any cover C the inequality
+--
+--    sum x[j] <= |C| - 1                                            (4)
+--  j in C
+--
+-- is called a cover inequality and is valid for (1)-(2).
+--
+-- MIXED COVER INEQUALITIES
+--
+-- Consider the set of feasible solutions to mixed knapsack problem:
+--
+--    sum a[j]*x[j] + y <= b,                                        (5)
+--  j in J
+--
+--    x[j] is binary,                                                (6)
+--
+--    0 <= y <= u is continuous,                                     (7)
+--
+-- where again we assume that a[j] > 0.
+--
+-- Let C within J be some set. From (1)-(4) it follows that
+--
+--    sum a[j] > b - y                                               (8)
+--  j in C
+--
+-- implies
+--
+--    sum x[j] <= |C| - 1.                                           (9)
+--  j in C
+--
+-- Thus, we need to modify the inequality (9) in such a way that it be
+-- a constraint only if the condition (8) is satisfied.
+--
+-- Consider the following inequality:
+--
+--    sum x[j] <= |C| - t.                                          (10)
+--  j in C
+--
+-- If 0 < t <= 1, then (10) is equivalent to (9), because all x[j] are
+-- binary variables. On the other hand, if t <= 0, (10) being satisfied
+-- for any values of x[j] is not a constraint.
+--
+-- Let
+--
+--    t' = sum a[j] + y - b.                                        (11)
+--       j in C
+--
+-- It is understood that the condition t' > 0 is equivalent to (8).
+-- Besides, from (6)-(7) it follows that t' has an implied upper bound:
+--
+--    t'max = sum a[j] + u - b.                                     (12)
+--          j in C
+--
+-- This allows to express the parameter t having desired properties:
+--
+--    t = t' / t'max.                                               (13)
+--
+-- In fact, t <= 1 by definition, and t > 0 being equivalent to t' > 0
+-- is equivalent to (8).
+--
+-- Thus, the inequality (10), where t is given by formula (13) is valid
+-- for (5)-(7).
+--
+-- Note that if u = 0, then y = 0, so t = 1, and the conditions (8) and
+-- (10) is transformed to the conditions (3) and (4).
+--
+-- GENERATING MIXED COVER CUTS
+--
+-- To generate a mixed cover cut in the form (10) we need to find such
+-- set C which satisfies to the inequality (8) and for which, in turn,
+-- the inequality (10) is violated in the current point.
+--
+-- Substituting t from (13) to (10) gives:
+--
+--                        1
+--    sum x[j] <= |C| - -----  (sum a[j] + y - b),                  (14)
+--  j in C              t'max j in C
+--
+-- and finally we have the cut inequality in the standard form:
+--
+--    sum x[j] + alfa * y <= beta,                                  (15)
+--  j in C
+--
+-- where:
+--
+--    alfa = 1 / t'max,                                             (16)
+--
+--    beta = |C| - alfa *  (sum a[j] - b).                          (17)
+--                        j in C                                      */
+
+#if 1
+#define MAXTRY 1000
+#else
+#define MAXTRY 10000
+#endif
+
+static int cover2(int n, double a[], double b, double u, double x[],
+      double y, int cov[], double *_alfa, double *_beta)
+{     /* try to generate mixed cover cut using two-element cover */
+      int i, j, try = 0, ret = 0;
+      double eps, alfa, beta, temp, rmax = 0.001;
+      eps = 0.001 * (1.0 + fabs(b));
+      for (i = 0+1; i <= n; i++)
+      for (j = i+1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* C = {i, j} */
+         try++;
+         if (try > MAXTRY) goto done;
+         /* check if condition (8) is satisfied */
+         if (a[i] + a[j] + y > b + eps)
+         {  /* compute parameters for inequality (15) */
+            temp = a[i] + a[j] - b;
+            alfa = 1.0 / (temp + u);
+            beta = 2.0 - alfa * temp;
+            /* compute violation of inequality (15) */
+            temp = x[i] + x[j] + alfa * y - beta;
+            /* choose C providing maximum violation */
+            if (rmax < temp)
+            {  rmax = temp;
+               cov[1] = i;
+               cov[2] = j;
+               *_alfa = alfa;
+               *_beta = beta;
+               ret = 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int cover3(int n, double a[], double b, double u, double x[],
+      double y, int cov[], double *_alfa, double *_beta)
+{     /* try to generate mixed cover cut using three-element cover */
+      int i, j, k, try = 0, ret = 0;
+      double eps, alfa, beta, temp, rmax = 0.001;
+      eps = 0.001 * (1.0 + fabs(b));
+      for (i = 0+1; i <= n; i++)
+      for (j = i+1; j <= n; j++)
+      for (k = j+1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* C = {i, j, k} */
+         try++;
+         if (try > MAXTRY) goto done;
+         /* check if condition (8) is satisfied */
+         if (a[i] + a[j] + a[k] + y > b + eps)
+         {  /* compute parameters for inequality (15) */
+            temp = a[i] + a[j] + a[k] - b;
+            alfa = 1.0 / (temp + u);
+            beta = 3.0 - alfa * temp;
+            /* compute violation of inequality (15) */
+            temp = x[i] + x[j] + x[k] + alfa * y - beta;
+            /* choose C providing maximum violation */
+            if (rmax < temp)
+            {  rmax = temp;
+               cov[1] = i;
+               cov[2] = j;
+               cov[3] = k;
+               *_alfa = alfa;
+               *_beta = beta;
+               ret = 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int cover4(int n, double a[], double b, double u, double x[],
+      double y, int cov[], double *_alfa, double *_beta)
+{     /* try to generate mixed cover cut using four-element cover */
+      int i, j, k, l, try = 0, ret = 0;
+      double eps, alfa, beta, temp, rmax = 0.001;
+      eps = 0.001 * (1.0 + fabs(b));
+      for (i = 0+1; i <= n; i++)
+      for (j = i+1; j <= n; j++)
+      for (k = j+1; k <= n; k++)
+      for (l = k+1; l <= n; l++)
+      {  /* C = {i, j, k, l} */
+         try++;
+         if (try > MAXTRY) goto done;
+         /* check if condition (8) is satisfied */
+         if (a[i] + a[j] + a[k] + a[l] + y > b + eps)
+         {  /* compute parameters for inequality (15) */
+            temp = a[i] + a[j] + a[k] + a[l] - b;
+            alfa = 1.0 / (temp + u);
+            beta = 4.0 - alfa * temp;
+            /* compute violation of inequality (15) */
+            temp = x[i] + x[j] + x[k] + x[l] + alfa * y - beta;
+            /* choose C providing maximum violation */
+            if (rmax < temp)
+            {  rmax = temp;
+               cov[1] = i;
+               cov[2] = j;
+               cov[3] = k;
+               cov[4] = l;
+               *_alfa = alfa;
+               *_beta = beta;
+               ret = 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int cover(int n, double a[], double b, double u, double x[],
+      double y, int cov[], double *alfa, double *beta)
+{     /* try to generate mixed cover cut;
+         input (see (5)):
+         n        is the number of binary variables;
+         a[1:n]   are coefficients at binary variables;
+         b        is the right-hand side;
+         u        is upper bound of continuous variable;
+         x[1:n]   are values of binary variables at current point;
+         y        is value of continuous variable at current point;
+         output (see (15), (16), (17)):
+         cov[1:r] are indices of binary variables included in cover C,
+                  where r is the set cardinality returned on exit;
+         alfa     coefficient at continuous variable;
+         beta     is the right-hand side; */
+      int j;
+      /* perform some sanity checks */
+      xassert(n >= 2);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) xassert(a[j] > 0.0);
+#if 1 /* ??? */
+      xassert(b > -1e-5);
+#else
+      xassert(b > 0.0);
+#endif
+      xassert(u >= 0.0);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) xassert(0.0 <= x[j] && x[j] <= 1.0);
+      xassert(0.0 <= y && y <= u);
+      /* try to generate mixed cover cut */
+      if (cover2(n, a, b, u, x, y, cov, alfa, beta)) return 2;
+      if (cover3(n, a, b, u, x, y, cov, alfa, beta)) return 3;
+      if (cover4(n, a, b, u, x, y, cov, alfa, beta)) return 4;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- lpx_cover_cut - generate mixed cover cut.
+--
+-- SYNOPSIS
+--
+-- int lpx_cover_cut(LPX *lp, int len, int ind[], double val[],
+--    double work[]);
+--
+-- DESCRIPTION
+--
+-- The routine lpx_cover_cut generates a mixed cover cut for a given
+-- row of the MIP problem.
+--
+-- The given row of the MIP problem should be explicitly specified in
+-- the form:
+--
+--    sum{j in J} a[j]*x[j] <= b.                                    (1)
+--
+-- On entry indices (ordinal numbers) of structural variables, which
+-- have non-zero constraint coefficients, should be placed in locations
+-- ind[1], ..., ind[len], and corresponding constraint coefficients
+-- should be placed in locations val[1], ..., val[len]. The right-hand
+-- side b should be stored in location val[0].
+--
+-- The working array work should have at least nb locations, where nb
+-- is the number of binary variables in (1).
+--
+-- The routine generates a mixed cover cut in the same form as (1) and
+-- stores the cut coefficients and right-hand side in the same way as
+-- just described above.
+--
+-- RETURNS
+--
+-- If the cutting plane has been successfully generated, the routine
+-- returns 1 <= len' <= n, which is the number of non-zero coefficients
+-- in the inequality constraint. Otherwise, the routine returns zero. */
+
+static int lpx_cover_cut(glp_prob *lp, int len, int ind[],
+      double val[], double work[])
+{     int cov[1+4], j, k, nb, newlen, r;
+      double f_min, f_max, alfa, beta, u, *x = work, y;
+      /* substitute and remove fixed variables */
+      newlen = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         if (glp_get_col_type(lp, j) == GLP_FX)
+            val[0] -= val[k] * glp_get_col_lb(lp, j);
+         else
+         {  newlen++;
+            ind[newlen] = ind[k];
+            val[newlen] = val[k];
+         }
+      }
+      len = newlen;
+      /* move binary variables to the beginning of the list so that
+         elements 1, 2, ..., nb correspond to binary variables, and
+         elements nb+1, nb+2, ..., len correspond to rest variables */
+      nb = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         if (glp_get_col_kind(lp, j) == GLP_BV)
+         {  /* binary variable */
+            int ind_k;
+            double val_k;
+            nb++;
+            ind_k = ind[nb], val_k = val[nb];
+            ind[nb] = ind[k], val[nb] = val[k];
+            ind[k] = ind_k, val[k] = val_k;
+         }
+      }
+      /* now the specified row has the form:
+         sum a[j]*x[j] + sum a[j]*y[j] <= b,
+         where x[j] are binary variables, y[j] are rest variables */
+      /* at least two binary variables are needed */
+      if (nb < 2) return 0;
+      /* compute implied lower and upper bounds for sum a[j]*y[j] */
+      f_min = f_max = 0.0;
+      for (k = nb+1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         /* both bounds must be finite */
+         if (glp_get_col_type(lp, j) != GLP_DB) return 0;
+         if (val[k] > 0.0)
+         {  f_min += val[k] * glp_get_col_lb(lp, j);
+            f_max += val[k] * glp_get_col_ub(lp, j);
+         }
+         else
+         {  f_min += val[k] * glp_get_col_ub(lp, j);
+            f_max += val[k] * glp_get_col_lb(lp, j);
+         }
+      }
+      /* sum a[j]*x[j] + sum a[j]*y[j] <= b ===>
+         sum a[j]*x[j] + (sum a[j]*y[j] - f_min) <= b - f_min ===>
+         sum a[j]*x[j] + y <= b - f_min,
+         where y = sum a[j]*y[j] - f_min;
+         note that 0 <= y <= u, u = f_max - f_min */
+      /* determine upper bound of y */
+      u = f_max - f_min;
+      /* determine value of y at the current point */
+      y = 0.0;
+      for (k = nb+1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         y += val[k] * glp_get_col_prim(lp, j);
+      }
+      y -= f_min;
+      if (y < 0.0) y = 0.0;
+      if (y > u) y = u;
+      /* modify the right-hand side b */
+      val[0] -= f_min;
+      /* now the transformed row has the form:
+         sum a[j]*x[j] + y <= b, where 0 <= y <= u */
+      /* determine values of x[j] at the current point */
+      for (k = 1; k <= nb; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         x[k] = glp_get_col_prim(lp, j);
+         if (x[k] < 0.0) x[k] = 0.0;
+         if (x[k] > 1.0) x[k] = 1.0;
+      }
+      /* if a[j] < 0, replace x[j] by its complement 1 - x'[j] */
+      for (k = 1; k <= nb; k++)
+      {  if (val[k] < 0.0)
+         {  ind[k] = - ind[k];
+            val[k] = - val[k];
+            val[0] += val[k];
+            x[k] = 1.0 - x[k];
+         }
+      }
+      /* try to generate a mixed cover cut for the transformed row */
+      r = cover(nb, val, val[0], u, x, y, cov, &alfa, &beta);
+      if (r == 0) return 0;
+      xassert(2 <= r && r <= 4);
+      /* now the cut is in the form:
+         sum{j in C} x[j] + alfa * y <= beta */
+      /* store the right-hand side beta */
+      ind[0] = 0, val[0] = beta;
+      /* restore the original ordinal numbers of x[j] */
+      for (j = 1; j <= r; j++) cov[j] = ind[cov[j]];
+      /* store cut coefficients at binary variables complementing back
+         the variables having negative row coefficients */
+      xassert(r <= nb);
+      for (k = 1; k <= r; k++)
+      {  if (cov[k] > 0)
+         {  ind[k] = +cov[k];
+            val[k] = +1.0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  ind[k] = -cov[k];
+            val[k] = -1.0;
+            val[0] -= 1.0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* substitute y = sum a[j]*y[j] - f_min */
+      for (k = nb+1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  r++;
+         ind[r] = ind[k];
+         val[r] = alfa * val[k];
+      }
+      val[0] += alfa * f_min;
+      xassert(r <= len);
+      len = r;
+      return len;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- lpx_eval_row - compute explictily specified row.
+--
+-- SYNOPSIS
+--
+-- double lpx_eval_row(LPX *lp, int len, int ind[], double val[]);
+--
+-- DESCRIPTION
+--
+-- The routine lpx_eval_row computes the primal value of an explicitly
+-- specified row using current values of structural variables.
+--
+-- The explicitly specified row may be thought as a linear form:
+--
+--    y = a[1]*x[m+1] + a[2]*x[m+2] + ... + a[n]*x[m+n],
+--
+-- where y is an auxiliary variable for this row, a[j] are coefficients
+-- of the linear form, x[m+j] are structural variables.
+--
+-- On entry column indices and numerical values of non-zero elements of
+-- the row should be stored in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len] and
+-- val[1], ..., val[len], where len is the number of non-zero elements.
+-- The array ind and val are not changed on exit.
+--
+-- RETURNS
+--
+-- The routine returns a computed value of y, the auxiliary variable of
+-- the specified row. */
+
+static double lpx_eval_row(glp_prob *lp, int len, int ind[],
+      double val[])
+{     int n = glp_get_num_cols(lp);
+      int j, k;
+      double sum = 0.0;
+      if (len < 0)
+         xerror("lpx_eval_row: len = %d; invalid row length\n", len);
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+            xerror("lpx_eval_row: j = %d; column number out of range\n",
+               j);
+         sum += val[k] * glp_get_col_prim(lp, j);
+      }
+      return sum;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_cov_gen - generate mixed cover cuts
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_cov_gen(glp_tree *tree);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_cov_gen generates mixed cover cuts for the current
+*  point and adds them to the cut pool. */
+
+void ios_cov_gen(glp_tree *tree)
+{     glp_prob *prob = tree->mip;
+      int m = glp_get_num_rows(prob);
+      int n = glp_get_num_cols(prob);
+      int i, k, type, kase, len, *ind;
+      double r, *val, *work;
+      xassert(glp_get_status(prob) == GLP_OPT);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      work = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* look through all rows */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      for (kase = 1; kase <= 2; kase++)
+      {  type = glp_get_row_type(prob, i);
+         if (kase == 1)
+         {  /* consider rows of '<=' type */
+            if (!(type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB)) continue;
+            len = glp_get_mat_row(prob, i, ind, val);
+            val[0] = glp_get_row_ub(prob, i);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* consider rows of '>=' type */
+            if (!(type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB)) continue;
+            len = glp_get_mat_row(prob, i, ind, val);
+            for (k = 1; k <= len; k++) val[k] = - val[k];
+            val[0] = - glp_get_row_lb(prob, i);
+         }
+         /* generate mixed cover cut:
+            sum{j in J} a[j] * x[j] <= b */
+         len = lpx_cover_cut(prob, len, ind, val, work);
+         if (len == 0) continue;
+         /* at the current point the cut inequality is violated, i.e.
+            sum{j in J} a[j] * x[j] - b > 0 */
+         r = lpx_eval_row(prob, len, ind, val) - val[0];
+         if (r < 1e-3) continue;
+         /* add the cut to the cut pool */
+         glp_ios_add_row(tree, NULL, GLP_RF_COV, 0, len, ind, val,
+            GLP_UP, val[0]);
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      xfree(work);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios09.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios09.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d80ed9a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios09.c
@@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
+/* glpios09.c (branching heuristics) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_choose_var - select variable to branch on
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  int ios_choose_var(glp_tree *T, int *next);
+*
+*  The routine ios_choose_var chooses a variable from the candidate
+*  list to branch on. Additionally the routine provides a flag stored
+*  in the location next to suggests which of the child subproblems
+*  should be solved next.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine ios_choose_var returns the ordinal number of the column
+*  choosen. */
+
+static int branch_first(glp_tree *T, int *next);
+static int branch_last(glp_tree *T, int *next);
+static int branch_mostf(glp_tree *T, int *next);
+static int branch_drtom(glp_tree *T, int *next);
+
+int ios_choose_var(glp_tree *T, int *next)
+{     int j;
+      if (T->parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_FFV)
+      {  /* branch on first fractional variable */
+         j = branch_first(T, next);
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_LFV)
+      {  /* branch on last fractional variable */
+         j = branch_last(T, next);
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_MFV)
+      {  /* branch on most fractional variable */
+         j = branch_mostf(T, next);
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_DTH)
+      {  /* branch using the heuristic by Dreebeck and Tomlin */
+         j = branch_drtom(T, next);
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->br_tech == GLP_BR_PCH)
+      {  /* hybrid pseudocost heuristic */
+         j = ios_pcost_branch(T, next);
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(T != T);
+      return j;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  branch_first - choose first branching variable
+*
+*  This routine looks up the list of structural variables and chooses
+*  the first one, which is of integer kind and has fractional value in
+*  optimal solution to the current LP relaxation.
+*
+*  This routine also selects the branch to be solved next where integer
+*  infeasibility of the chosen variable is less than in other one. */
+
+static int branch_first(glp_tree *T, int *_next)
+{     int j, next;
+      double beta;
+      /* choose the column to branch on */
+      for (j = 1; j <= T->n; j++)
+         if (T->non_int[j]) break;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= T->n);
+      /* select the branch to be solved next */
+      beta = glp_get_col_prim(T->mip, j);
+      if (beta - floor(beta) < ceil(beta) - beta)
+         next = GLP_DN_BRNCH;
+      else
+         next = GLP_UP_BRNCH;
+      *_next = next;
+      return j;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  branch_last - choose last branching variable
+*
+*  This routine looks up the list of structural variables and chooses
+*  the last one, which is of integer kind and has fractional value in
+*  optimal solution to the current LP relaxation.
+*
+*  This routine also selects the branch to be solved next where integer
+*  infeasibility of the chosen variable is less than in other one. */
+
+static int branch_last(glp_tree *T, int *_next)
+{     int j, next;
+      double beta;
+      /* choose the column to branch on */
+      for (j = T->n; j >= 1; j--)
+         if (T->non_int[j]) break;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= T->n);
+      /* select the branch to be solved next */
+      beta = glp_get_col_prim(T->mip, j);
+      if (beta - floor(beta) < ceil(beta) - beta)
+         next = GLP_DN_BRNCH;
+      else
+         next = GLP_UP_BRNCH;
+      *_next = next;
+      return j;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  branch_mostf - choose most fractional branching variable
+*
+*  This routine looks up the list of structural variables and chooses
+*  that one, which is of integer kind and has most fractional value in
+*  optimal solution to the current LP relaxation.
+*
+*  This routine also selects the branch to be solved next where integer
+*  infeasibility of the chosen variable is less than in other one.
+*
+*  (Alexander Martin notices that "...most infeasible is as good as
+*  random...".) */
+
+static int branch_mostf(glp_tree *T, int *_next)
+{     int j, jj, next;
+      double beta, most, temp;
+      /* choose the column to branch on */
+      jj = 0, most = DBL_MAX;
+      for (j = 1; j <= T->n; j++)
+      {  if (T->non_int[j])
+         {  beta = glp_get_col_prim(T->mip, j);
+            temp = floor(beta) + 0.5;
+            if (most > fabs(beta - temp))
+            {  jj = j, most = fabs(beta - temp);
+               if (beta < temp)
+                  next = GLP_DN_BRNCH;
+               else
+                  next = GLP_UP_BRNCH;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      *_next = next;
+      return jj;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  branch_drtom - choose branching var using Driebeck-Tomlin heuristic
+*
+*  This routine chooses a structural variable, which is required to be
+*  integral and has fractional value in optimal solution of the current
+*  LP relaxation, using a heuristic proposed by Driebeck and Tomlin.
+*
+*  The routine also selects the branch to be solved next, again due to
+*  Driebeck and Tomlin.
+*
+*  This routine is based on the heuristic proposed in:
+*
+*  Driebeck N.J. An algorithm for the solution of mixed-integer
+*  programming problems, Management Science, 12: 576-87 (1966);
+*
+*  and improved in:
+*
+*  Tomlin J.A. Branch and bound methods for integer and non-convex
+*  programming, in J.Abadie (ed.), Integer and Nonlinear Programming,
+*  North-Holland, Amsterdam, pp. 437-50 (1970).
+*
+*  Must note that this heuristic is time-expensive, because computing
+*  one-step degradation (see the routine below) requires one BTRAN for
+*  each fractional-valued structural variable. */
+
+static int branch_drtom(glp_tree *T, int *_next)
+{     glp_prob *mip = T->mip;
+      int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      unsigned char *non_int = T->non_int;
+      int j, jj, k, t, next, kase, len, stat, *ind;
+      double x, dk, alfa, delta_j, delta_k, delta_z, dz_dn, dz_up,
+         dd_dn, dd_up, degrad, *val;
+      /* basic solution of LP relaxation must be optimal */
+      xassert(glp_get_status(mip) == GLP_OPT);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* nothing has been chosen so far */
+      jj = 0, degrad = -1.0;
+      /* walk through the list of columns (structural variables) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* if j-th column is not marked as fractional, skip it */
+         if (!non_int[j]) continue;
+         /* obtain (fractional) value of j-th column in basic solution
+            of LP relaxation */
+         x = glp_get_col_prim(mip, j);
+         /* since the value of j-th column is fractional, the column is
+            basic; compute corresponding row of the simplex table */
+         len = glp_eval_tab_row(mip, m+j, ind, val);
+         /* the following fragment computes a change in the objective
+            function: delta Z = new Z - old Z, where old Z is the
+            objective value in the current optimal basis, and new Z is
+            the objective value in the adjacent basis, for two cases:
+            1) if new upper bound ub' = floor(x[j]) is introduced for
+               j-th column (down branch);
+            2) if new lower bound lb' = ceil(x[j]) is introduced for
+               j-th column (up branch);
+            since in both cases the solution remaining dual feasible
+            becomes primal infeasible, one implicit simplex iteration
+            is performed to determine the change delta Z;
+            it is obvious that new Z, which is never better than old Z,
+            is a lower (minimization) or upper (maximization) bound of
+            the objective function for down- and up-branches. */
+         for (kase = -1; kase <= +1; kase += 2)
+         {  /* if kase < 0, the new upper bound of x[j] is introduced;
+               in this case x[j] should decrease in order to leave the
+               basis and go to its new upper bound */
+            /* if kase > 0, the new lower bound of x[j] is introduced;
+               in this case x[j] should increase in order to leave the
+               basis and go to its new lower bound */
+            /* apply the dual ratio test in order to determine which
+               auxiliary or structural variable should enter the basis
+               to keep dual feasibility */
+            k = glp_dual_rtest(mip, len, ind, val, kase, 1e-9);
+            if (k != 0) k = ind[k];
+            /* if no non-basic variable has been chosen, LP relaxation
+               of corresponding branch being primal infeasible and dual
+               unbounded has no primal feasible solution; in this case
+               the change delta Z is formally set to infinity */
+            if (k == 0)
+            {  delta_z =
+                  (T->mip->dir == GLP_MIN ? +DBL_MAX : -DBL_MAX);
+               goto skip;
+            }
+            /* row of the simplex table that corresponds to non-basic
+               variable x[k] choosen by the dual ratio test is:
+                  x[j] = ... + alfa * x[k] + ...
+               where alfa is the influence coefficient (an element of
+               the simplex table row) */
+            /* determine the coefficient alfa */
+            for (t = 1; t <= len; t++) if (ind[t] == k) break;
+            xassert(1 <= t && t <= len);
+            alfa = val[t];
+            /* since in the adjacent basis the variable x[j] becomes
+               non-basic, knowing its value in the current basis we can
+               determine its change delta x[j] = new x[j] - old x[j] */
+            delta_j = (kase < 0 ? floor(x) : ceil(x)) - x;
+            /* and knowing the coefficient alfa we can determine the
+               corresponding change delta x[k] = new x[k] - old x[k],
+               where old x[k] is a value of x[k] in the current basis,
+               and new x[k] is a value of x[k] in the adjacent basis */
+            delta_k = delta_j / alfa;
+            /* Tomlin noticed that if the variable x[k] is of integer
+               kind, its change cannot be less (eventually) than one in
+               the magnitude */
+            if (k > m && glp_get_col_kind(mip, k-m) != GLP_CV)
+            {  /* x[k] is structural integer variable */
+               if (fabs(delta_k - floor(delta_k + 0.5)) > 1e-3)
+               {  if (delta_k > 0.0)
+                     delta_k = ceil(delta_k);  /* +3.14 -> +4 */
+                  else
+                     delta_k = floor(delta_k); /* -3.14 -> -4 */
+               }
+            }
+            /* now determine the status and reduced cost of x[k] in the
+               current basis */
+            if (k <= m)
+            {  stat = glp_get_row_stat(mip, k);
+               dk = glp_get_row_dual(mip, k);
+            }
+            else
+            {  stat = glp_get_col_stat(mip, k-m);
+               dk = glp_get_col_dual(mip, k-m);
+            }
+            /* if the current basis is dual degenerate, some reduced
+               costs which are close to zero may have wrong sign due to
+               round-off errors, so correct the sign of d[k] */
+            switch (T->mip->dir)
+            {  case GLP_MIN:
+                  if (stat == GLP_NL && dk < 0.0 ||
+                      stat == GLP_NU && dk > 0.0 ||
+                      stat == GLP_NF) dk = 0.0;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_MAX:
+                  if (stat == GLP_NL && dk > 0.0 ||
+                      stat == GLP_NU && dk < 0.0 ||
+                      stat == GLP_NF) dk = 0.0;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(T != T);
+            }
+            /* now knowing the change of x[k] and its reduced cost d[k]
+               we can compute the corresponding change in the objective
+               function delta Z = new Z - old Z = d[k] * delta x[k];
+               note that due to Tomlin's modification new Z can be even
+               worse than in the adjacent basis */
+            delta_z = dk * delta_k;
+skip:       /* new Z is never better than old Z, therefore the change
+               delta Z is always non-negative (in case of minimization)
+               or non-positive (in case of maximization) */
+            switch (T->mip->dir)
+            {  case GLP_MIN: xassert(delta_z >= 0.0); break;
+               case GLP_MAX: xassert(delta_z <= 0.0); break;
+               default: xassert(T != T);
+            }
+            /* save the change in the objective fnction for down- and
+               up-branches, respectively */
+            if (kase < 0) dz_dn = delta_z; else dz_up = delta_z;
+         }
+         /* thus, in down-branch no integer feasible solution can be
+            better than Z + dz_dn, and in up-branch no integer feasible
+            solution can be better than Z + dz_up, where Z is value of
+            the objective function in the current basis */
+         /* following the heuristic by Driebeck and Tomlin we choose a
+            column (i.e. structural variable) which provides largest
+            degradation of the objective function in some of branches;
+            besides, we select the branch with smaller degradation to
+            be solved next and keep other branch with larger degradation
+            in the active list hoping to minimize the number of further
+            backtrackings */
+         if (degrad < fabs(dz_dn) || degrad < fabs(dz_up))
+         {  jj = j;
+            if (fabs(dz_dn) < fabs(dz_up))
+            {  /* select down branch to be solved next */
+               next = GLP_DN_BRNCH;
+               degrad = fabs(dz_up);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* select up branch to be solved next */
+               next = GLP_UP_BRNCH;
+               degrad = fabs(dz_dn);
+            }
+            /* save the objective changes for printing */
+            dd_dn = dz_dn, dd_up = dz_up;
+            /* if down- or up-branch has no feasible solution, we does
+               not need to consider other candidates (in principle, the
+               corresponding branch could be pruned right now) */
+            if (degrad == DBL_MAX) break;
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      /* something must be chosen */
+      xassert(1 <= jj && jj <= n);
+#if 1 /* 02/XI-2009 */
+      if (degrad < 1e-6 * (1.0 + 0.001 * fabs(mip->obj_val)))
+      {  jj = branch_mostf(T, &next);
+         goto done;
+      }
+#endif
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+      {  xprintf("branch_drtom: column %d chosen to branch on\n", jj);
+         if (fabs(dd_dn) == DBL_MAX)
+            xprintf("branch_drtom: down-branch is infeasible\n");
+         else
+            xprintf("branch_drtom: down-branch bound is %.9e\n",
+               glp_get_obj_val(mip) + dd_dn);
+         if (fabs(dd_up) == DBL_MAX)
+            xprintf("branch_drtom: up-branch   is infeasible\n");
+         else
+            xprintf("branch_drtom: up-branch   bound is %.9e\n",
+               glp_get_obj_val(mip) + dd_up);
+      }
+done: *_next = next;
+      return jj;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      int *dn_cnt; /* int dn_cnt[1+n]; */
+      /* dn_cnt[j] is the number of subproblems, whose LP relaxations
+         have been solved and which are down-branches for variable x[j];
+         dn_cnt[j] = 0 means the down pseudocost is uninitialized */
+      double *dn_sum; /* double dn_sum[1+n]; */
+      /* dn_sum[j] is the sum of per unit degradations of the objective
+         over all dn_cnt[j] subproblems */
+      int *up_cnt; /* int up_cnt[1+n]; */
+      /* up_cnt[j] is the number of subproblems, whose LP relaxations
+         have been solved and which are up-branches for variable x[j];
+         up_cnt[j] = 0 means the up pseudocost is uninitialized */
+      double *up_sum; /* double up_sum[1+n]; */
+      /* up_sum[j] is the sum of per unit degradations of the objective
+         over all up_cnt[j] subproblems */
+};
+
+void *ios_pcost_init(glp_tree *tree)
+{     /* initialize working data used on pseudocost branching */
+      struct csa *csa;
+      int n = tree->n, j;
+      csa = xmalloc(sizeof(struct csa));
+      csa->dn_cnt = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa->dn_sum = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      csa->up_cnt = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      csa->up_sum = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  csa->dn_cnt[j] = csa->up_cnt[j] = 0;
+         csa->dn_sum[j] = csa->up_sum[j] = 0.0;
+      }
+      return csa;
+}
+
+static double eval_degrad(glp_prob *P, int j, double bnd)
+{     /* compute degradation of the objective on fixing x[j] at given
+         value with a limited number of dual simplex iterations */
+      /* this routine fixes column x[j] at specified value bnd,
+         solves resulting LP, and returns a lower bound to degradation
+         of the objective, degrad >= 0 */
+      glp_prob *lp;
+      glp_smcp parm;
+      int ret;
+      double degrad;
+      /* the current basis must be optimal */
+      xassert(glp_get_status(P) == GLP_OPT);
+      /* create a copy of P */
+      lp = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_copy_prob(lp, P, 0);
+      /* fix column x[j] at specified value */
+      glp_set_col_bnds(lp, j, GLP_FX, bnd, bnd);
+      /* try to solve resulting LP */
+      glp_init_smcp(&parm);
+      parm.msg_lev = GLP_MSG_OFF;
+      parm.meth = GLP_DUAL;
+      parm.it_lim = 30;
+      parm.out_dly = 1000;
+      parm.meth = GLP_DUAL;
+      ret = glp_simplex(lp, &parm);
+      if (ret == 0 || ret == GLP_EITLIM)
+      {  if (glp_get_prim_stat(lp) == GLP_NOFEAS)
+         {  /* resulting LP has no primal feasible solution */
+            degrad = DBL_MAX;
+         }
+         else if (glp_get_dual_stat(lp) == GLP_FEAS)
+         {  /* resulting basis is optimal or at least dual feasible,
+               so we have the correct lower bound to degradation */
+            if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+               degrad = lp->obj_val - P->obj_val;
+            else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+               degrad = P->obj_val - lp->obj_val;
+            else
+               xassert(P != P);
+            /* degradation cannot be negative by definition */
+            /* note that the lower bound to degradation may be close
+               to zero even if its exact value is zero due to round-off
+               errors on computing the objective value */
+            if (degrad < 1e-6 * (1.0 + 0.001 * fabs(P->obj_val)))
+               degrad = 0.0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* the final basis reported by the simplex solver is dual
+               infeasible, so we cannot determine a non-trivial lower
+               bound to degradation */
+            degrad = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* the simplex solver failed */
+         degrad = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* delete the copy of P */
+      glp_delete_prob(lp);
+      return degrad;
+}
+
+void ios_pcost_update(glp_tree *tree)
+{     /* update history information for pseudocost branching */
+      /* this routine is called every time when LP relaxation of the
+         current subproblem has been solved to optimality with all lazy
+         and cutting plane constraints included */
+      int j;
+      double dx, dz, psi;
+      struct csa *csa = tree->pcost;
+      xassert(csa != NULL);
+      xassert(tree->curr != NULL);
+      /* if the current subproblem is the root, skip updating */
+      if (tree->curr->up == NULL) goto skip;
+      /* determine branching variable x[j], which was used in the
+         parent subproblem to create the current subproblem */
+      j = tree->curr->up->br_var;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= tree->n);
+      /* determine the change dx[j] = new x[j] - old x[j],
+         where new x[j] is a value of x[j] in optimal solution to LP
+         relaxation of the current subproblem, old x[j] is a value of
+         x[j] in optimal solution to LP relaxation of the parent
+         subproblem */
+      dx = tree->mip->col[j]->prim - tree->curr->up->br_val;
+      xassert(dx != 0.0);
+      /* determine corresponding change dz = new dz - old dz in the
+         objective function value */
+      dz = tree->mip->obj_val - tree->curr->up->lp_obj;
+      /* determine per unit degradation of the objective function */
+      psi = fabs(dz / dx);
+      /* update history information */
+      if (dx < 0.0)
+      {  /* the current subproblem is down-branch */
+         csa->dn_cnt[j]++;
+         csa->dn_sum[j] += psi;
+      }
+      else /* dx > 0.0 */
+      {  /* the current subproblem is up-branch */
+         csa->up_cnt[j]++;
+         csa->up_sum[j] += psi;
+      }
+skip: return;
+}
+
+void ios_pcost_free(glp_tree *tree)
+{     /* free working area used on pseudocost branching */
+      struct csa *csa = tree->pcost;
+      xassert(csa != NULL);
+      xfree(csa->dn_cnt);
+      xfree(csa->dn_sum);
+      xfree(csa->up_cnt);
+      xfree(csa->up_sum);
+      xfree(csa);
+      tree->pcost = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+static double eval_psi(glp_tree *T, int j, int brnch)
+{     /* compute estimation of pseudocost of variable x[j] for down-
+         or up-branch */
+      struct csa *csa = T->pcost;
+      double beta, degrad, psi;
+      xassert(csa != NULL);
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= T->n);
+      if (brnch == GLP_DN_BRNCH)
+      {  /* down-branch */
+         if (csa->dn_cnt[j] == 0)
+         {  /* initialize down pseudocost */
+            beta = T->mip->col[j]->prim;
+            degrad = eval_degrad(T->mip, j, floor(beta));
+            if (degrad == DBL_MAX)
+            {  psi = DBL_MAX;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            csa->dn_cnt[j] = 1;
+            csa->dn_sum[j] = degrad / (beta - floor(beta));
+         }
+         psi = csa->dn_sum[j] / (double)csa->dn_cnt[j];
+      }
+      else if (brnch == GLP_UP_BRNCH)
+      {  /* up-branch */
+         if (csa->up_cnt[j] == 0)
+         {  /* initialize up pseudocost */
+            beta = T->mip->col[j]->prim;
+            degrad = eval_degrad(T->mip, j, ceil(beta));
+            if (degrad == DBL_MAX)
+            {  psi = DBL_MAX;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            csa->up_cnt[j] = 1;
+            csa->up_sum[j] = degrad / (ceil(beta) - beta);
+         }
+         psi = csa->up_sum[j] / (double)csa->up_cnt[j];
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(brnch != brnch);
+done: return psi;
+}
+
+static void progress(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* display progress of pseudocost initialization */
+      struct csa *csa = T->pcost;
+      int j, nv = 0, ni = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= T->n; j++)
+      {  if (glp_ios_can_branch(T, j))
+         {  nv++;
+            if (csa->dn_cnt[j] > 0 && csa->up_cnt[j] > 0) ni++;
+         }
+      }
+      xprintf("Pseudocosts initialized for %d of %d variables\n",
+         ni, nv);
+      return;
+}
+
+int ios_pcost_branch(glp_tree *T, int *_next)
+{     /* choose branching variable with pseudocost branching */
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+      glp_long t = xtime();
+#else
+      double t = xtime();
+#endif
+      int j, jjj, sel;
+      double beta, psi, d1, d2, d, dmax;
+      /* initialize the working arrays */
+      if (T->pcost == NULL)
+         T->pcost = ios_pcost_init(T);
+      /* nothing has been chosen so far */
+      jjj = 0, dmax = -1.0;
+      /* go through the list of branching candidates */
+      for (j = 1; j <= T->n; j++)
+      {  if (!glp_ios_can_branch(T, j)) continue;
+         /* determine primal value of x[j] in optimal solution to LP
+            relaxation of the current subproblem */
+         beta = T->mip->col[j]->prim;
+         /* estimate pseudocost of x[j] for down-branch */
+         psi = eval_psi(T, j, GLP_DN_BRNCH);
+         if (psi == DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* down-branch has no primal feasible solution */
+            jjj = j, sel = GLP_DN_BRNCH;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* estimate degradation of the objective for down-branch */
+         d1 = psi * (beta - floor(beta));
+         /* estimate pseudocost of x[j] for up-branch */
+         psi = eval_psi(T, j, GLP_UP_BRNCH);
+         if (psi == DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* up-branch has no primal feasible solution */
+            jjj = j, sel = GLP_UP_BRNCH;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* estimate degradation of the objective for up-branch */
+         d2 = psi * (ceil(beta) - beta);
+         /* determine d = max(d1, d2) */
+         d = (d1 > d2 ? d1 : d2);
+         /* choose x[j] which provides maximal estimated degradation of
+            the objective either in down- or up-branch */
+         if (dmax < d)
+         {  dmax = d;
+            jjj = j;
+            /* continue the search from a subproblem, where degradation
+               is less than in other one */
+            sel = (d1 <= d2 ? GLP_DN_BRNCH : GLP_UP_BRNCH);
+         }
+         /* display progress of pseudocost initialization */
+         if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_ON)
+         {  if (xdifftime(xtime(), t) >= 10.0)
+            {  progress(T);
+               t = xtime();
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      if (dmax == 0.0)
+      {  /* no degradation is indicated; choose a variable having most
+            fractional value */
+         jjj = branch_mostf(T, &sel);
+      }
+done: *_next = sel;
+      return jjj;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios11.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios11.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09fccef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios11.c
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+/* glpios11.c (process cuts stored in the local cut pool) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2017, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for
+*  Applied Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All
+*  rights reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "draft.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_process_cuts - process cuts stored in the local cut pool
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_process_cuts(glp_tree *T);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_process_cuts analyzes each cut currently stored in
+*  the local cut pool, which must be non-empty, and either adds the cut
+*  to the current subproblem or just discards it. All cuts are assumed
+*  to be locally valid. On exit the local cut pool remains unchanged.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. E.Balas, S.Ceria, G.Cornuejols, "Mixed 0-1 Programming by
+*     Lift-and-Project in a Branch-and-Cut Framework", Management Sc.,
+*     42 (1996) 1229-1246.
+*
+*  2. G.Andreello, A.Caprara, and M.Fischetti, "Embedding Cuts in
+*     a Branch&Cut Framework: a Computational Study with {0,1/2}-Cuts",
+*     Preliminary Draft, October 28, 2003, pp.6-8. */
+
+struct info
+{     /* estimated cut efficiency */
+      IOSCUT *cut;
+      /* pointer to cut in the cut pool */
+      char flag;
+      /* if this flag is set, the cut is included into the current
+         subproblem */
+      double eff;
+      /* cut efficacy (normalized residual) */
+      double deg;
+      /* lower bound to objective degradation */
+};
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
+{     const struct info *info1 = arg1, *info2 = arg2;
+      if (info1->deg == 0.0 && info2->deg == 0.0)
+      {  if (info1->eff > info2->eff) return -1;
+         if (info1->eff < info2->eff) return +1;
+      }
+      else
+      {  if (info1->deg > info2->deg) return -1;
+         if (info1->deg < info2->deg) return +1;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static double parallel(IOSCUT *a, IOSCUT *b, double work[]);
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+void ios_process_cuts(glp_tree *T)
+{     IOSPOOL *pool;
+      IOSCUT *cut;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      struct info *info;
+      int k, kk, max_cuts, len, ret, *ind;
+      double *val, *work, rhs;
+      /* the current subproblem must exist */
+      xassert(T->curr != NULL);
+      /* the pool must exist and be non-empty */
+      pool = T->local;
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      xassert(pool->m > 0);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      info = xcalloc(1+pool->m, sizeof(struct info));
+      ind = xcalloc(1+T->n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+T->n, sizeof(double));
+      work = xcalloc(1+T->n, sizeof(double));
+      for (k = 1; k <= T->n; k++) work[k] = 0.0;
+      /* build the list of cuts stored in the cut pool */
+      for (k = 1; k <= pool->m; k++)
+         info[k].cut = pool->row[k], info[k].flag = 0;
+      /* estimate efficiency of all cuts in the cut pool */
+      for (k = 1; k <= pool->m; k++)
+      {  double temp, dy, dz;
+         cut = info[k].cut;
+         /* build the vector of cut coefficients and compute its
+            Euclidean norm */
+         len = 0; temp = 0.0;
+         for (aij = cut->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  xassert(1 <= aij->col->j && aij->col->j <= T->n);
+            len++, ind[len] = aij->col->j, val[len] = aij->val;
+            temp += aij->val * aij->val;
+         }
+         if (temp < DBL_EPSILON * DBL_EPSILON) temp = DBL_EPSILON;
+         /* transform the cut to express it only through non-basic
+            (auxiliary and structural) variables */
+         len = glp_transform_row(T->mip, len, ind, val);
+         /* determine change in the cut value and in the objective
+            value for the adjacent basis by simulating one step of the
+            dual simplex */
+         switch (cut->type)
+         {  case GLP_LO: rhs = cut->lb; break;
+            case GLP_UP: rhs = cut->ub; break;
+            default: xassert(cut != cut);
+         }
+         ret = _glp_analyze_row(T->mip, len, ind, val, cut->type,
+            rhs, 1e-9, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &dy, &dz);
+         /* determine normalized residual and lower bound to objective
+            degradation */
+         if (ret == 0)
+         {  info[k].eff = fabs(dy) / sqrt(temp);
+            /* if some reduced costs violates (slightly) their zero
+               bounds (i.e. have wrong signs) due to round-off errors,
+               dz also may have wrong sign being close to zero */
+            if (T->mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+            {  if (dz < 0.0) dz = 0.0;
+               info[k].deg = + dz;
+            }
+            else /* GLP_MAX */
+            {  if (dz > 0.0) dz = 0.0;
+               info[k].deg = - dz;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (ret == 1)
+         {  /* the constraint is not violated at the current point */
+            info[k].eff = info[k].deg = 0.0;
+         }
+         else if (ret == 2)
+         {  /* no dual feasible adjacent basis exists */
+            info[k].eff = 1.0;
+            info[k].deg = DBL_MAX;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+         /* if the degradation is too small, just ignore it */
+         if (info[k].deg < 0.01) info[k].deg = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* sort the list of cuts by decreasing objective degradation and
+         then by decreasing efficacy */
+      qsort(&info[1], pool->m, sizeof(struct info), fcmp);
+      /* only first (most efficient) max_cuts in the list are qualified
+         as candidates to be added to the current subproblem */
+      max_cuts = (T->curr->level == 0 ? 90 : 10);
+      if (max_cuts > pool->m) max_cuts = pool->m;
+      /* add cuts to the current subproblem */
+#if 0
+      xprintf("*** adding cuts ***\n");
+#endif
+      for (k = 1; k <= max_cuts; k++)
+      {  int i, len;
+         /* if this cut seems to be inefficient, skip it */
+         if (info[k].deg < 0.01 && info[k].eff < 0.01) continue;
+         /* if the angle between this cut and every other cut included
+            in the current subproblem is small, skip this cut */
+         for (kk = 1; kk < k; kk++)
+         {  if (info[kk].flag)
+            {  if (parallel(info[k].cut, info[kk].cut, work) > 0.90)
+                  break;
+            }
+         }
+         if (kk < k) continue;
+         /* add this cut to the current subproblem */
+#if 0
+         xprintf("eff = %g; deg = %g\n", info[k].eff, info[k].deg);
+#endif
+         cut = info[k].cut, info[k].flag = 1;
+         i = glp_add_rows(T->mip, 1);
+         if (cut->name != NULL)
+            glp_set_row_name(T->mip, i, cut->name);
+         xassert(T->mip->row[i]->origin == GLP_RF_CUT);
+         T->mip->row[i]->klass = cut->klass;
+         len = 0;
+         for (aij = cut->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            len++, ind[len] = aij->col->j, val[len] = aij->val;
+         glp_set_mat_row(T->mip, i, len, ind, val);
+         switch (cut->type)
+         {  case GLP_LO: rhs = cut->lb; break;
+            case GLP_UP: rhs = cut->ub; break;
+            default: xassert(cut != cut);
+         }
+         glp_set_row_bnds(T->mip, i, cut->type, rhs, rhs);
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(info);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      xfree(work);
+      return;
+}
+#else
+void ios_process_cuts(glp_tree *T)
+{     IOSPOOL *pool;
+      IOSCUT *cut;
+      IOSAIJ *aij;
+      struct info *info;
+      int k, kk, max_cuts, len, ret, *ind;
+      double *val, *work;
+      /* the current subproblem must exist */
+      xassert(T->curr != NULL);
+      /* the pool must exist and be non-empty */
+      pool = T->local;
+      xassert(pool != NULL);
+      xassert(pool->size > 0);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      info = xcalloc(1+pool->size, sizeof(struct info));
+      ind = xcalloc(1+T->n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+T->n, sizeof(double));
+      work = xcalloc(1+T->n, sizeof(double));
+      for (k = 1; k <= T->n; k++) work[k] = 0.0;
+      /* build the list of cuts stored in the cut pool */
+      for (k = 0, cut = pool->head; cut != NULL; cut = cut->next)
+         k++, info[k].cut = cut, info[k].flag = 0;
+      xassert(k == pool->size);
+      /* estimate efficiency of all cuts in the cut pool */
+      for (k = 1; k <= pool->size; k++)
+      {  double temp, dy, dz;
+         cut = info[k].cut;
+         /* build the vector of cut coefficients and compute its
+            Euclidean norm */
+         len = 0; temp = 0.0;
+         for (aij = cut->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->next)
+         {  xassert(1 <= aij->j && aij->j <= T->n);
+            len++, ind[len] = aij->j, val[len] = aij->val;
+            temp += aij->val * aij->val;
+         }
+         if (temp < DBL_EPSILON * DBL_EPSILON) temp = DBL_EPSILON;
+         /* transform the cut to express it only through non-basic
+            (auxiliary and structural) variables */
+         len = glp_transform_row(T->mip, len, ind, val);
+         /* determine change in the cut value and in the objective
+            value for the adjacent basis by simulating one step of the
+            dual simplex */
+         ret = _glp_analyze_row(T->mip, len, ind, val, cut->type,
+            cut->rhs, 1e-9, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &dy, &dz);
+         /* determine normalized residual and lower bound to objective
+            degradation */
+         if (ret == 0)
+         {  info[k].eff = fabs(dy) / sqrt(temp);
+            /* if some reduced costs violates (slightly) their zero
+               bounds (i.e. have wrong signs) due to round-off errors,
+               dz also may have wrong sign being close to zero */
+            if (T->mip->dir == GLP_MIN)
+            {  if (dz < 0.0) dz = 0.0;
+               info[k].deg = + dz;
+            }
+            else /* GLP_MAX */
+            {  if (dz > 0.0) dz = 0.0;
+               info[k].deg = - dz;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (ret == 1)
+         {  /* the constraint is not violated at the current point */
+            info[k].eff = info[k].deg = 0.0;
+         }
+         else if (ret == 2)
+         {  /* no dual feasible adjacent basis exists */
+            info[k].eff = 1.0;
+            info[k].deg = DBL_MAX;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+         /* if the degradation is too small, just ignore it */
+         if (info[k].deg < 0.01) info[k].deg = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* sort the list of cuts by decreasing objective degradation and
+         then by decreasing efficacy */
+      qsort(&info[1], pool->size, sizeof(struct info), fcmp);
+      /* only first (most efficient) max_cuts in the list are qualified
+         as candidates to be added to the current subproblem */
+      max_cuts = (T->curr->level == 0 ? 90 : 10);
+      if (max_cuts > pool->size) max_cuts = pool->size;
+      /* add cuts to the current subproblem */
+#if 0
+      xprintf("*** adding cuts ***\n");
+#endif
+      for (k = 1; k <= max_cuts; k++)
+      {  int i, len;
+         /* if this cut seems to be inefficient, skip it */
+         if (info[k].deg < 0.01 && info[k].eff < 0.01) continue;
+         /* if the angle between this cut and every other cut included
+            in the current subproblem is small, skip this cut */
+         for (kk = 1; kk < k; kk++)
+         {  if (info[kk].flag)
+            {  if (parallel(info[k].cut, info[kk].cut, work) > 0.90)
+                  break;
+            }
+         }
+         if (kk < k) continue;
+         /* add this cut to the current subproblem */
+#if 0
+         xprintf("eff = %g; deg = %g\n", info[k].eff, info[k].deg);
+#endif
+         cut = info[k].cut, info[k].flag = 1;
+         i = glp_add_rows(T->mip, 1);
+         if (cut->name != NULL)
+            glp_set_row_name(T->mip, i, cut->name);
+         xassert(T->mip->row[i]->origin == GLP_RF_CUT);
+         T->mip->row[i]->klass = cut->klass;
+         len = 0;
+         for (aij = cut->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->next)
+            len++, ind[len] = aij->j, val[len] = aij->val;
+         glp_set_mat_row(T->mip, i, len, ind, val);
+         xassert(cut->type == GLP_LO || cut->type == GLP_UP);
+         glp_set_row_bnds(T->mip, i, cut->type, cut->rhs, cut->rhs);
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(info);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      xfree(work);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/***********************************************************************
+*  Given a cut a * x >= b (<= b) the routine efficacy computes the cut
+*  efficacy as follows:
+*
+*     eff = d * (a * x~ - b) / ||a||,
+*
+*  where d is -1 (in case of '>= b') or +1 (in case of '<= b'), x~ is
+*  the vector of values of structural variables in optimal solution to
+*  LP relaxation of the current subproblem, ||a|| is the Euclidean norm
+*  of the vector of cut coefficients.
+*
+*  If the cut is violated at point x~, the efficacy eff is positive,
+*  and its value is the Euclidean distance between x~ and the cut plane
+*  a * x = b in the space of structural variables.
+*
+*  Following geometrical intuition, it is quite natural to consider
+*  this distance as a first-order measure of the expected efficacy of
+*  the cut: the larger the distance the better the cut [1]. */
+
+static double efficacy(glp_tree *T, IOSCUT *cut)
+{     glp_prob *mip = T->mip;
+      IOSAIJ *aij;
+      double s = 0.0, t = 0.0, temp;
+      for (aij = cut->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->next)
+      {  xassert(1 <= aij->j && aij->j <= mip->n);
+         s += aij->val * mip->col[aij->j]->prim;
+         t += aij->val * aij->val;
+      }
+      temp = sqrt(t);
+      if (temp < DBL_EPSILON) temp = DBL_EPSILON;
+      if (cut->type == GLP_LO)
+         temp = (s >= cut->rhs ? 0.0 : (cut->rhs - s) / temp);
+      else if (cut->type == GLP_UP)
+         temp = (s <= cut->rhs ? 0.0 : (s - cut->rhs) / temp);
+      else
+         xassert(cut != cut);
+      return temp;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  Given two cuts a1 * x >= b1 (<= b1) and a2 * x >= b2 (<= b2) the
+*  routine parallel computes the cosine of angle between the cut planes
+*  a1 * x = b1 and a2 * x = b2 (which is the acute angle between two
+*  normals to these planes) in the space of structural variables as
+*  follows:
+*
+*     cos phi = (a1' * a2) / (||a1|| * ||a2||),
+*
+*  where (a1' * a2) is a dot product of vectors of cut coefficients,
+*  ||a1|| and ||a2|| are Euclidean norms of vectors a1 and a2.
+*
+*  Note that requirement cos phi = 0 forces the cuts to be orthogonal,
+*  i.e. with disjoint support, while requirement cos phi <= 0.999 means
+*  only avoiding duplicate (parallel) cuts [1]. */
+
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+static double parallel(IOSCUT *a, IOSCUT *b, double work[])
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      double s = 0.0, sa = 0.0, sb = 0.0, temp;
+      for (aij = a->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  work[aij->col->j] = aij->val;
+         sa += aij->val * aij->val;
+      }
+      for (aij = b->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  s += work[aij->col->j] * aij->val;
+         sb += aij->val * aij->val;
+      }
+      for (aij = a->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         work[aij->col->j] = 0.0;
+      temp = sqrt(sa) * sqrt(sb);
+      if (temp < DBL_EPSILON * DBL_EPSILON) temp = DBL_EPSILON;
+      return s / temp;
+}
+#else
+static double parallel(IOSCUT *a, IOSCUT *b, double work[])
+{     IOSAIJ *aij;
+      double s = 0.0, sa = 0.0, sb = 0.0, temp;
+      for (aij = a->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->next)
+      {  work[aij->j] = aij->val;
+         sa += aij->val * aij->val;
+      }
+      for (aij = b->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->next)
+      {  s += work[aij->j] * aij->val;
+         sb += aij->val * aij->val;
+      }
+      for (aij = a->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->next)
+         work[aij->j] = 0.0;
+      temp = sqrt(sa) * sqrt(sb);
+      if (temp < DBL_EPSILON * DBL_EPSILON) temp = DBL_EPSILON;
+      return s / temp;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios12.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios12.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bec6fa2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpios12.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* glpios12.c (node selection heuristics) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_choose_node - select subproblem to continue the search
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  int ios_choose_node(glp_tree *T);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_choose_node selects a subproblem from the active
+*  list to continue the search. The choice depends on the backtracking
+*  technique option.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine ios_choose_node return the reference number of the
+*  subproblem selected. */
+
+static int most_feas(glp_tree *T);
+static int best_proj(glp_tree *T);
+static int best_node(glp_tree *T);
+
+int ios_choose_node(glp_tree *T)
+{     int p;
+      if (T->parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_DFS)
+      {  /* depth first search */
+         xassert(T->tail != NULL);
+         p = T->tail->p;
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_BFS)
+      {  /* breadth first search */
+         xassert(T->head != NULL);
+         p = T->head->p;
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_BLB)
+      {  /* select node with best local bound */
+         p = best_node(T);
+      }
+      else if (T->parm->bt_tech == GLP_BT_BPH)
+      {  if (T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_UNDEF)
+         {  /* "most integer feasible" subproblem */
+            p = most_feas(T);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* best projection heuristic */
+            p = best_proj(T);
+         }
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(T != T);
+      return p;
+}
+
+static int most_feas(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* select subproblem whose parent has minimal sum of integer
+         infeasibilities */
+      IOSNPD *node;
+      int p;
+      double best;
+      p = 0, best = DBL_MAX;
+      for (node = T->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+      {  xassert(node->up != NULL);
+         if (best > node->up->ii_sum)
+            p = node->p, best = node->up->ii_sum;
+      }
+      return p;
+}
+
+static int best_proj(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* select subproblem using the best projection heuristic */
+      IOSNPD *root, *node;
+      int p;
+      double best, deg, obj;
+      /* the global bound must exist */
+      xassert(T->mip->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS);
+      /* obtain pointer to the root node, which must exist */
+      root = T->slot[1].node;
+      xassert(root != NULL);
+      /* deg estimates degradation of the objective function per unit
+         of the sum of integer infeasibilities */
+      xassert(root->ii_sum > 0.0);
+      deg = (T->mip->mip_obj - root->bound) / root->ii_sum;
+      /* nothing has been selected so far */
+      p = 0, best = DBL_MAX;
+      /* walk through the list of active subproblems */
+      for (node = T->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+      {  xassert(node->up != NULL);
+         /* obj estimates optimal objective value if the sum of integer
+            infeasibilities were zero */
+         obj = node->up->bound + deg * node->up->ii_sum;
+         if (T->mip->dir == GLP_MAX) obj = - obj;
+         /* select the subproblem which has the best estimated optimal
+            objective value */
+         if (best > obj) p = node->p, best = obj;
+      }
+      return p;
+}
+
+static int best_node(glp_tree *T)
+{     /* select subproblem with best local bound */
+      IOSNPD *node, *best = NULL;
+      double bound, eps;
+      switch (T->mip->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN:
+            bound = +DBL_MAX;
+            for (node = T->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+               if (bound > node->bound) bound = node->bound;
+            xassert(bound != +DBL_MAX);
+            eps = 1e-10 * (1.0 + fabs(bound));
+            for (node = T->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+            {  if (node->bound <= bound + eps)
+               {  xassert(node->up != NULL);
+                  if (best == NULL ||
+#if 1
+                  best->up->ii_sum > node->up->ii_sum) best = node;
+#else
+                  best->lp_obj > node->lp_obj) best = node;
+#endif
+               }
+            }
+            break;
+         case GLP_MAX:
+            bound = -DBL_MAX;
+            for (node = T->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+               if (bound < node->bound) bound = node->bound;
+            xassert(bound != -DBL_MAX);
+            eps = 1e-10 * (1.0 + fabs(bound));
+            for (node = T->head; node != NULL; node = node->next)
+            {  if (node->bound >= bound - eps)
+               {  xassert(node->up != NULL);
+                  if (best == NULL ||
+#if 1
+                  best->up->ii_sum > node->up->ii_sum) best = node;
+#else
+                  best->lp_obj < node->lp_obj) best = node;
+#endif
+               }
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(T != T);
+      }
+      xassert(best != NULL);
+      return best->p;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpipm.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpipm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b3a8176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpipm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1144 @@
+/* glpipm.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpipm.h"
+#include "glpmat.h"
+
+#define ITER_MAX 100
+/* maximal number of iterations */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* LP data */
+      int m;
+      /* number of rows (equality constraints) */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns (structural variables) */
+      int *A_ptr; /* int A_ptr[1+m+1]; */
+      int *A_ind; /* int A_ind[A_ptr[m+1]]; */
+      double *A_val; /* double A_val[A_ptr[m+1]]; */
+      /* mxn-matrix A in storage-by-rows format */
+      double *b; /* double b[1+m]; */
+      /* m-vector b of right-hand sides */
+      double *c; /* double c[1+n]; */
+      /* n-vector c of objective coefficients; c[0] is constant term of
+         the objective function */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* LP solution */
+      double *x; /* double x[1+n]; */
+      double *y; /* double y[1+m]; */
+      double *z; /* double z[1+n]; */
+      /* current point in primal-dual space; the best point on exit */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters */
+      const glp_iptcp *parm;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* working arrays and variables */
+      double *D; /* double D[1+n]; */
+      /* diagonal nxn-matrix D = X*inv(Z), where X = diag(x[j]) and
+         Z = diag(z[j]) */
+      int *P; /* int P[1+m+m]; */
+      /* permutation mxm-matrix P used to minimize fill-in in Cholesky
+         factorization */
+      int *S_ptr; /* int S_ptr[1+m+1]; */
+      int *S_ind; /* int S_ind[S_ptr[m+1]]; */
+      double *S_val; /* double S_val[S_ptr[m+1]]; */
+      double *S_diag; /* double S_diag[1+m]; */
+      /* symmetric mxm-matrix S = P*A*D*A'*P' whose upper triangular
+         part without diagonal elements is stored in S_ptr, S_ind, and
+         S_val in storage-by-rows format, diagonal elements are stored
+         in S_diag */
+      int *U_ptr; /* int U_ptr[1+m+1]; */
+      int *U_ind; /* int U_ind[U_ptr[m+1]]; */
+      double *U_val; /* double U_val[U_ptr[m+1]]; */
+      double *U_diag; /* double U_diag[1+m]; */
+      /* upper triangular mxm-matrix U defining Cholesky factorization
+         S = U'*U; its non-diagonal elements are stored in U_ptr, U_ind,
+         U_val in storage-by-rows format, diagonal elements are stored
+         in U_diag */
+      int iter;
+      /* iteration number (0, 1, 2, ...); iter = 0 corresponds to the
+         initial point */
+      double obj;
+      /* current value of the objective function */
+      double rpi;
+      /* relative primal infeasibility rpi = ||A*x-b||/(1+||b||) */
+      double rdi;
+      /* relative dual infeasibility rdi = ||A'*y+z-c||/(1+||c||) */
+      double gap;
+      /* primal-dual gap = |c'*x-b'*y|/(1+|c'*x|) which is a relative
+         difference between primal and dual objective functions */
+      double phi;
+      /* merit function phi = ||A*x-b||/max(1,||b||) +
+                            + ||A'*y+z-c||/max(1,||c||) +
+                            + |c'*x-b'*y|/max(1,||b||,||c||) */
+      double mu;
+      /* duality measure mu = x'*z/n (used as barrier parameter) */
+      double rmu;
+      /* rmu = max(||A*x-b||,||A'*y+z-c||)/mu */
+      double rmu0;
+      /* the initial value of rmu on iteration 0 */
+      double *phi_min; /* double phi_min[1+ITER_MAX]; */
+      /* phi_min[k] = min(phi[k]), where phi[k] is the value of phi on
+         k-th iteration, 0 <= k <= iter */
+      int best_iter;
+      /* iteration number, on which the value of phi reached its best
+         (minimal) value */
+      double *best_x; /* double best_x[1+n]; */
+      double *best_y; /* double best_y[1+m]; */
+      double *best_z; /* double best_z[1+n]; */
+      /* best point (in the sense of the merit function phi) which has
+         been reached on iteration iter_best */
+      double best_obj;
+      /* objective value at the best point */
+      double *dx_aff; /* double dx_aff[1+n]; */
+      double *dy_aff; /* double dy_aff[1+m]; */
+      double *dz_aff; /* double dz_aff[1+n]; */
+      /* affine scaling direction */
+      double alfa_aff_p, alfa_aff_d;
+      /* maximal primal and dual stepsizes in affine scaling direction,
+         on which x and z are still non-negative */
+      double mu_aff;
+      /* duality measure mu_aff = x_aff'*z_aff/n in the boundary point
+         x_aff' = x+alfa_aff_p*dx_aff, z_aff' = z+alfa_aff_d*dz_aff */
+      double sigma;
+      /* Mehrotra's heuristic parameter (0 <= sigma <= 1) */
+      double *dx_cc; /* double dx_cc[1+n]; */
+      double *dy_cc; /* double dy_cc[1+m]; */
+      double *dz_cc; /* double dz_cc[1+n]; */
+      /* centering corrector direction */
+      double *dx; /* double dx[1+n]; */
+      double *dy; /* double dy[1+m]; */
+      double *dz; /* double dz[1+n]; */
+      /* final combined direction dx = dx_aff+dx_cc, dy = dy_aff+dy_cc,
+         dz = dz_aff+dz_cc */
+      double alfa_max_p;
+      double alfa_max_d;
+      /* maximal primal and dual stepsizes in combined direction, on
+         which x and z are still non-negative */
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  initialize - allocate and initialize common storage area
+*
+*  This routine allocates and initializes the common storage area (CSA)
+*  used by interior-point method routines. */
+
+static void initialize(struct csa *csa)
+{     int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      int i;
+      if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Matrix A has %d non-zeros\n", csa->A_ptr[m+1]-1);
+      csa->D = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* P := I */
+      csa->P = xcalloc(1+m+m, sizeof(int));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) csa->P[i] = csa->P[m+i] = i;
+      /* S := A*A', symbolically */
+      csa->S_ptr = xcalloc(1+m+1, sizeof(int));
+      csa->S_ind = adat_symbolic(m, n, csa->P, csa->A_ptr, csa->A_ind,
+         csa->S_ptr);
+      if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Matrix S = A*A' has %d non-zeros (upper triangle)\n",
+            csa->S_ptr[m+1]-1 + m);
+      /* determine P using specified ordering algorithm */
+      if (csa->parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_NONE)
+      {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("Original ordering is being used\n");
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+            csa->P[i] = csa->P[m+i] = i;
+      }
+      else if (csa->parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_QMD)
+      {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("Minimum degree ordering (QMD)...\n");
+         min_degree(m, csa->S_ptr, csa->S_ind, csa->P);
+      }
+      else if (csa->parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_AMD)
+      {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("Approximate minimum degree ordering (AMD)...\n");
+         amd_order1(m, csa->S_ptr, csa->S_ind, csa->P);
+      }
+      else if (csa->parm->ord_alg == GLP_ORD_SYMAMD)
+      {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("Approximate minimum degree ordering (SYMAMD)...\n")
+               ;
+         symamd_ord(m, csa->S_ptr, csa->S_ind, csa->P);
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(csa != csa);
+      /* S := P*A*A'*P', symbolically */
+      xfree(csa->S_ind);
+      csa->S_ind = adat_symbolic(m, n, csa->P, csa->A_ptr, csa->A_ind,
+         csa->S_ptr);
+      csa->S_val = xcalloc(csa->S_ptr[m+1], sizeof(double));
+      csa->S_diag = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      /* compute Cholesky factorization S = U'*U, symbolically */
+      if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Computing Cholesky factorization S = L*L'...\n");
+      csa->U_ptr = xcalloc(1+m+1, sizeof(int));
+      csa->U_ind = chol_symbolic(m, csa->S_ptr, csa->S_ind, csa->U_ptr);
+      if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Matrix L has %d non-zeros\n", csa->U_ptr[m+1]-1 + m);
+      csa->U_val = xcalloc(csa->U_ptr[m+1], sizeof(double));
+      csa->U_diag = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      csa->iter = 0;
+      csa->obj = 0.0;
+      csa->rpi = 0.0;
+      csa->rdi = 0.0;
+      csa->gap = 0.0;
+      csa->phi = 0.0;
+      csa->mu = 0.0;
+      csa->rmu = 0.0;
+      csa->rmu0 = 0.0;
+      csa->phi_min = xcalloc(1+ITER_MAX, sizeof(double));
+      csa->best_iter = 0;
+      csa->best_x = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      csa->best_y = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      csa->best_z = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      csa->best_obj = 0.0;
+      csa->dx_aff = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      csa->dy_aff = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      csa->dz_aff = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      csa->alfa_aff_p = 0.0;
+      csa->alfa_aff_d = 0.0;
+      csa->mu_aff = 0.0;
+      csa->sigma = 0.0;
+      csa->dx_cc = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      csa->dy_cc = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      csa->dz_cc = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      csa->dx = csa->dx_aff;
+      csa->dy = csa->dy_aff;
+      csa->dz = csa->dz_aff;
+      csa->alfa_max_p = 0.0;
+      csa->alfa_max_d = 0.0;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  A_by_vec - compute y = A*x
+*
+*  This routine computes matrix-vector product y = A*x, where A is the
+*  constraint matrix. */
+
+static void A_by_vec(struct csa *csa, double x[], double y[])
+{     /* compute y = A*x */
+      int m = csa->m;
+      int *A_ptr = csa->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = csa->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = csa->A_val;
+      int i, t, beg, end;
+      double temp;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  temp = 0.0;
+         beg = A_ptr[i], end = A_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++) temp += A_val[t] * x[A_ind[t]];
+         y[i] = temp;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  AT_by_vec - compute y = A'*x
+*
+*  This routine computes matrix-vector product y = A'*x, where A' is a
+*  matrix transposed to the constraint matrix A. */
+
+static void AT_by_vec(struct csa *csa, double x[], double y[])
+{     /* compute y = A'*x, where A' is transposed to A */
+      int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      int *A_ptr = csa->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = csa->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = csa->A_val;
+      int i, j, t, beg, end;
+      double temp;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) y[j] = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  temp = x[i];
+         if (temp == 0.0) continue;
+         beg = A_ptr[i], end = A_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++) y[A_ind[t]] += A_val[t] * temp;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  decomp_NE - numeric factorization of matrix S = P*A*D*A'*P'
+*
+*  This routine implements numeric phase of Cholesky factorization of
+*  the matrix S = P*A*D*A'*P', which is a permuted matrix of the normal
+*  equation system. Matrix D is assumed to be already computed. */
+
+static void decomp_NE(struct csa *csa)
+{     adat_numeric(csa->m, csa->n, csa->P, csa->A_ptr, csa->A_ind,
+         csa->A_val, csa->D, csa->S_ptr, csa->S_ind, csa->S_val,
+         csa->S_diag);
+      chol_numeric(csa->m, csa->S_ptr, csa->S_ind, csa->S_val,
+         csa->S_diag, csa->U_ptr, csa->U_ind, csa->U_val, csa->U_diag);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  solve_NE - solve normal equation system
+*
+*  This routine solves the normal equation system:
+*
+*     A*D*A'*y = h.
+*
+*  It is assumed that the matrix A*D*A' has been previously factorized
+*  by the routine decomp_NE.
+*
+*  On entry the array y contains the vector of right-hand sides h. On
+*  exit this array contains the computed vector of unknowns y.
+*
+*  Once the vector y has been computed the routine checks for numeric
+*  stability. If the residual vector:
+*
+*     r = A*D*A'*y - h
+*
+*  is relatively small, the routine returns zero, otherwise non-zero is
+*  returned. */
+
+static int solve_NE(struct csa *csa, double y[])
+{     int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      int *P = csa->P;
+      int i, j, ret = 0;
+      double *h, *r, *w;
+      /* save vector of right-hand sides h */
+      h = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) h[i] = y[i];
+      /* solve normal equation system (A*D*A')*y = h */
+      /* since S = P*A*D*A'*P' = U'*U, then A*D*A' = P'*U'*U*P, so we
+         have inv(A*D*A') = P'*inv(U)*inv(U')*P */
+      /* w := P*h */
+      w = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) w[i] = y[P[i]];
+      /* w := inv(U')*w */
+      ut_solve(m, csa->U_ptr, csa->U_ind, csa->U_val, csa->U_diag, w);
+      /* w := inv(U)*w */
+      u_solve(m, csa->U_ptr, csa->U_ind, csa->U_val, csa->U_diag, w);
+      /* y := P'*w */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) y[i] = w[P[m+i]];
+      xfree(w);
+      /* compute residual vector r = A*D*A'*y - h */
+      r = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      /* w := A'*y */
+      w = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      AT_by_vec(csa, y, w);
+      /* w := D*w */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) w[j] *= csa->D[j];
+      /* r := A*w */
+      A_by_vec(csa, w, r);
+      xfree(w);
+      /* r := r - h */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) r[i] -= h[i];
+      /* check for numeric stability */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (fabs(r[i]) / (1.0 + fabs(h[i])) > 1e-4)
+         {  ret = 1;
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(h);
+      xfree(r);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  solve_NS - solve Newtonian system
+*
+*  This routine solves the Newtonian system:
+*
+*     A*dx               = p
+*
+*           A'*dy +   dz = q
+*
+*     Z*dx        + X*dz = r
+*
+*  where X = diag(x[j]), Z = diag(z[j]), by reducing it to the normal
+*  equation system:
+*
+*     (A*inv(Z)*X*A')*dy = A*inv(Z)*(X*q-r)+p
+*
+*  (it is assumed that the matrix A*inv(Z)*X*A' has been factorized by
+*  the routine decomp_NE).
+*
+*  Once vector dy has been computed the routine computes vectors dx and
+*  dz as follows:
+*
+*     dx = inv(Z)*(X*(A'*dy-q)+r)
+*
+*     dz = inv(X)*(r-Z*dx)
+*
+*  The routine solve_NS returns the same code which was reported by the
+*  routine solve_NE (see above). */
+
+static int solve_NS(struct csa *csa, double p[], double q[], double r[],
+      double dx[], double dy[], double dz[])
+{     int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      double *x = csa->x;
+      double *z = csa->z;
+      int i, j, ret;
+      double *w = dx;
+      /* compute the vector of right-hand sides A*inv(Z)*(X*q-r)+p for
+         the normal equation system */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         w[j] = (x[j] * q[j] - r[j]) / z[j];
+      A_by_vec(csa, w, dy);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) dy[i] += p[i];
+      /* solve the normal equation system to compute vector dy */
+      ret = solve_NE(csa, dy);
+      /* compute vectors dx and dz */
+      AT_by_vec(csa, dy, dx);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  dx[j] = (x[j] * (dx[j] - q[j]) + r[j]) / z[j];
+         dz[j] = (r[j] - z[j] * dx[j]) / x[j];
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  initial_point - choose initial point using Mehrotra's heuristic
+*
+*  This routine chooses a starting point using a heuristic proposed in
+*  the paper:
+*
+*  S. Mehrotra. On the implementation of a primal-dual interior point
+*  method. SIAM J. on Optim., 2(4), pp. 575-601, 1992.
+*
+*  The starting point x in the primal space is chosen as a solution of
+*  the following least squares problem:
+*
+*     minimize    ||x||
+*
+*     subject to  A*x = b
+*
+*  which can be computed explicitly as follows:
+*
+*     x = A'*inv(A*A')*b
+*
+*  Similarly, the starting point (y, z) in the dual space is chosen as
+*  a solution of the following least squares problem:
+*
+*     minimize    ||z||
+*
+*     subject to  A'*y + z = c
+*
+*  which can be computed explicitly as follows:
+*
+*     y = inv(A*A')*A*c
+*
+*     z = c - A'*y
+*
+*  However, some components of the vectors x and z may be non-positive
+*  or close to zero, so the routine uses a Mehrotra's heuristic to find
+*  a more appropriate starting point. */
+
+static void initial_point(struct csa *csa)
+{     int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      double *b = csa->b;
+      double *c = csa->c;
+      double *x = csa->x;
+      double *y = csa->y;
+      double *z = csa->z;
+      double *D = csa->D;
+      int i, j;
+      double dp, dd, ex, ez, xz;
+      /* factorize A*A' */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) D[j] = 1.0;
+      decomp_NE(csa);
+      /* x~ = A'*inv(A*A')*b */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) y[i] = b[i];
+      solve_NE(csa, y);
+      AT_by_vec(csa, y, x);
+      /* y~ = inv(A*A')*A*c */
+      A_by_vec(csa, c, y);
+      solve_NE(csa, y);
+      /* z~ = c - A'*y~ */
+      AT_by_vec(csa, y,z);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) z[j] = c[j] - z[j];
+      /* use Mehrotra's heuristic in order to choose more appropriate
+         starting point with positive components of vectors x and z */
+      dp = dd = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (dp < -1.5 * x[j]) dp = -1.5 * x[j];
+         if (dd < -1.5 * z[j]) dd = -1.5 * z[j];
+      }
+      /* note that b = 0 involves x = 0, and c = 0 involves y = 0 and
+         z = 0, so we need to be careful */
+      if (dp == 0.0) dp = 1.5;
+      if (dd == 0.0) dd = 1.5;
+      ex = ez = xz = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  ex += (x[j] + dp);
+         ez += (z[j] + dd);
+         xz += (x[j] + dp) * (z[j] + dd);
+      }
+      dp += 0.5 * (xz / ez);
+      dd += 0.5 * (xz / ex);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  x[j] += dp;
+         z[j] += dd;
+         xassert(x[j] > 0.0 && z[j] > 0.0);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  basic_info - perform basic computations at the current point
+*
+*  This routine computes the following quantities at the current point:
+*
+*  1) value of the objective function:
+*
+*     F = c'*x + c[0]
+*
+*  2) relative primal infeasibility:
+*
+*     rpi = ||A*x-b|| / (1+||b||)
+*
+*  3) relative dual infeasibility:
+*
+*     rdi = ||A'*y+z-c|| / (1+||c||)
+*
+*  4) primal-dual gap (relative difference between the primal and the
+*     dual objective function values):
+*
+*     gap = |c'*x-b'*y| / (1+|c'*x|)
+*
+*  5) merit function:
+*
+*     phi = ||A*x-b|| / max(1,||b||) + ||A'*y+z-c|| / max(1,||c||) +
+*
+*         + |c'*x-b'*y| / max(1,||b||,||c||)
+*
+*  6) duality measure:
+*
+*     mu = x'*z / n
+*
+*  7) the ratio of infeasibility to mu:
+*
+*     rmu = max(||A*x-b||,||A'*y+z-c||) / mu
+*
+*  where ||*|| denotes euclidian norm, *' denotes transposition. */
+
+static void basic_info(struct csa *csa)
+{     int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      double *b = csa->b;
+      double *c = csa->c;
+      double *x = csa->x;
+      double *y = csa->y;
+      double *z = csa->z;
+      int i, j;
+      double norm1, bnorm, norm2, cnorm, cx, by, *work, temp;
+      /* compute value of the objective function */
+      temp = c[0];
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) temp += c[j] * x[j];
+      csa->obj = temp;
+      /* norm1 = ||A*x-b|| */
+      work = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      A_by_vec(csa, x, work);
+      norm1 = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         norm1 += (work[i] - b[i]) * (work[i] - b[i]);
+      norm1 = sqrt(norm1);
+      xfree(work);
+      /* bnorm = ||b|| */
+      bnorm = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) bnorm += b[i] * b[i];
+      bnorm = sqrt(bnorm);
+      /* compute relative primal infeasibility */
+      csa->rpi = norm1 / (1.0 + bnorm);
+      /* norm2 = ||A'*y+z-c|| */
+      work = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      AT_by_vec(csa, y, work);
+      norm2 = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         norm2 += (work[j] + z[j] - c[j]) * (work[j] + z[j] - c[j]);
+      norm2 = sqrt(norm2);
+      xfree(work);
+      /* cnorm = ||c|| */
+      cnorm = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) cnorm += c[j] * c[j];
+      cnorm = sqrt(cnorm);
+      /* compute relative dual infeasibility */
+      csa->rdi = norm2 / (1.0 + cnorm);
+      /* by = b'*y */
+      by = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) by += b[i] * y[i];
+      /* cx = c'*x */
+      cx = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) cx += c[j] * x[j];
+      /* compute primal-dual gap */
+      csa->gap = fabs(cx - by) / (1.0 + fabs(cx));
+      /* compute merit function */
+      csa->phi = 0.0;
+      csa->phi += norm1 / (bnorm > 1.0 ? bnorm : 1.0);
+      csa->phi += norm2 / (cnorm > 1.0 ? cnorm : 1.0);
+      temp = 1.0;
+      if (temp < bnorm) temp = bnorm;
+      if (temp < cnorm) temp = cnorm;
+      csa->phi += fabs(cx - by) / temp;
+      /* compute duality measure */
+      temp = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) temp += x[j] * z[j];
+      csa->mu = temp / (double)n;
+      /* compute the ratio of infeasibility to mu */
+      csa->rmu = (norm1 > norm2 ? norm1 : norm2) / csa->mu;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  make_step - compute next point using Mehrotra's technique
+*
+*  This routine computes the next point using the predictor-corrector
+*  technique proposed in the paper:
+*
+*  S. Mehrotra. On the implementation of a primal-dual interior point
+*  method. SIAM J. on Optim., 2(4), pp. 575-601, 1992.
+*
+*  At first, the routine computes so called affine scaling (predictor)
+*  direction (dx_aff,dy_aff,dz_aff) which is a solution of the system:
+*
+*     A*dx_aff                       = b - A*x
+*
+*               A'*dy_aff +   dz_aff = c - A'*y - z
+*
+*     Z*dx_aff            + X*dz_aff = - X*Z*e
+*
+*  where (x,y,z) is the current point, X = diag(x[j]), Z = diag(z[j]),
+*  e = (1,...,1)'.
+*
+*  Then, the routine computes the centering parameter sigma, using the
+*  following Mehrotra's heuristic:
+*
+*     alfa_aff_p = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | x+alfa*dx_aff >= 0}
+*
+*     alfa_aff_d = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | z+alfa*dz_aff >= 0}
+*
+*     mu_aff = (x+alfa_aff_p*dx_aff)'*(z+alfa_aff_d*dz_aff)/n
+*
+*     sigma = (mu_aff/mu)^3
+*
+*  where alfa_aff_p is the maximal stepsize along the affine scaling
+*  direction in the primal space, alfa_aff_d is the maximal stepsize
+*  along the same direction in the dual space.
+*
+*  After determining sigma the routine computes so called centering
+*  (corrector) direction (dx_cc,dy_cc,dz_cc) which is the solution of
+*  the system:
+*
+*     A*dx_cc                     = 0
+*
+*              A'*dy_cc +   dz_cc = 0
+*
+*     Z*dx_cc           + X*dz_cc = sigma*mu*e - X*Z*e
+*
+*  Finally, the routine computes the combined direction
+*
+*     (dx,dy,dz) = (dx_aff,dy_aff,dz_aff) + (dx_cc,dy_cc,dz_cc)
+*
+*  and determines maximal primal and dual stepsizes along the combined
+*  direction:
+*
+*     alfa_max_p = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | x+alfa*dx >= 0}
+*
+*     alfa_max_d = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | z+alfa*dz >= 0}
+*
+*  In order to prevent the next point to be too close to the boundary
+*  of the positive ortant, the routine decreases maximal stepsizes:
+*
+*     alfa_p = gamma_p * alfa_max_p
+*
+*     alfa_d = gamma_d * alfa_max_d
+*
+*  where gamma_p and gamma_d are scaling factors, and computes the next
+*  point:
+*
+*     x_new = x + alfa_p * dx
+*
+*     y_new = y + alfa_d * dy
+*
+*     z_new = z + alfa_d * dz
+*
+*  which becomes the current point on the next iteration. */
+
+static int make_step(struct csa *csa)
+{     int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      double *b = csa->b;
+      double *c = csa->c;
+      double *x = csa->x;
+      double *y = csa->y;
+      double *z = csa->z;
+      double *dx_aff = csa->dx_aff;
+      double *dy_aff = csa->dy_aff;
+      double *dz_aff = csa->dz_aff;
+      double *dx_cc = csa->dx_cc;
+      double *dy_cc = csa->dy_cc;
+      double *dz_cc = csa->dz_cc;
+      double *dx = csa->dx;
+      double *dy = csa->dy;
+      double *dz = csa->dz;
+      int i, j, ret = 0;
+      double temp, gamma_p, gamma_d, *p, *q, *r;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      p = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      q = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      r = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* p = b - A*x */
+      A_by_vec(csa, x, p);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) p[i] = b[i] - p[i];
+      /* q = c - A'*y - z */
+      AT_by_vec(csa, y,q);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) q[j] = c[j] - q[j] - z[j];
+      /* r = - X * Z * e */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) r[j] = - x[j] * z[j];
+      /* solve the first Newtonian system */
+      if (solve_NS(csa, p, q, r, dx_aff, dy_aff, dz_aff))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* alfa_aff_p = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | x + alfa*dx_aff >= 0} */
+      /* alfa_aff_d = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | z + alfa*dz_aff >= 0} */
+      csa->alfa_aff_p = csa->alfa_aff_d = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (dx_aff[j] < 0.0)
+         {  temp = - x[j] / dx_aff[j];
+            if (csa->alfa_aff_p > temp) csa->alfa_aff_p = temp;
+         }
+         if (dz_aff[j] < 0.0)
+         {  temp = - z[j] / dz_aff[j];
+            if (csa->alfa_aff_d > temp) csa->alfa_aff_d = temp;
+         }
+      }
+      /* mu_aff = (x+alfa_aff_p*dx_aff)' * (z+alfa_aff_d*dz_aff) / n */
+      temp = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         temp += (x[j] + csa->alfa_aff_p * dx_aff[j]) *
+                 (z[j] + csa->alfa_aff_d * dz_aff[j]);
+      csa->mu_aff = temp / (double)n;
+      /* sigma = (mu_aff/mu)^3 */
+      temp = csa->mu_aff / csa->mu;
+      csa->sigma = temp * temp * temp;
+      /* p = 0 */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) p[i] = 0.0;
+      /* q = 0 */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) q[j] = 0.0;
+      /* r = sigma * mu * e - X * Z * e */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         r[j] = csa->sigma * csa->mu - dx_aff[j] * dz_aff[j];
+      /* solve the second Newtonian system with the same coefficients
+         but with altered right-hand sides */
+      if (solve_NS(csa, p, q, r, dx_cc, dy_cc, dz_cc))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* (dx,dy,dz) = (dx_aff,dy_aff,dz_aff) + (dx_cc,dy_cc,dz_cc) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) dx[j] = dx_aff[j] + dx_cc[j];
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) dy[i] = dy_aff[i] + dy_cc[i];
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) dz[j] = dz_aff[j] + dz_cc[j];
+      /* alfa_max_p = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | x + alfa*dx >= 0} */
+      /* alfa_max_d = inf{0 <= alfa <= 1 | z + alfa*dz >= 0} */
+      csa->alfa_max_p = csa->alfa_max_d = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (dx[j] < 0.0)
+         {  temp = - x[j] / dx[j];
+            if (csa->alfa_max_p > temp) csa->alfa_max_p = temp;
+         }
+         if (dz[j] < 0.0)
+         {  temp = - z[j] / dz[j];
+            if (csa->alfa_max_d > temp) csa->alfa_max_d = temp;
+         }
+      }
+      /* determine scale factors (not implemented yet) */
+      gamma_p = 0.90;
+      gamma_d = 0.90;
+      /* compute the next point */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  x[j] += gamma_p * csa->alfa_max_p * dx[j];
+         xassert(x[j] > 0.0);
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         y[i] += gamma_d * csa->alfa_max_d * dy[i];
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  z[j] += gamma_d * csa->alfa_max_d * dz[j];
+         xassert(z[j] > 0.0);
+      }
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(p);
+      xfree(q);
+      xfree(r);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  terminate - deallocate common storage area
+*
+*  This routine frees all memory allocated to the common storage area
+*  used by interior-point method routines. */
+
+static void terminate(struct csa *csa)
+{     xfree(csa->D);
+      xfree(csa->P);
+      xfree(csa->S_ptr);
+      xfree(csa->S_ind);
+      xfree(csa->S_val);
+      xfree(csa->S_diag);
+      xfree(csa->U_ptr);
+      xfree(csa->U_ind);
+      xfree(csa->U_val);
+      xfree(csa->U_diag);
+      xfree(csa->phi_min);
+      xfree(csa->best_x);
+      xfree(csa->best_y);
+      xfree(csa->best_z);
+      xfree(csa->dx_aff);
+      xfree(csa->dy_aff);
+      xfree(csa->dz_aff);
+      xfree(csa->dx_cc);
+      xfree(csa->dy_cc);
+      xfree(csa->dz_cc);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ipm_main - main interior-point method routine
+*
+*  This is a main routine of the primal-dual interior-point method.
+*
+*  The routine ipm_main returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0 - optimal solution found;
+*  1 - problem has no feasible (primal or dual) solution;
+*  2 - no convergence;
+*  3 - iteration limit exceeded;
+*  4 - numeric instability on solving Newtonian system.
+*
+*  In case of non-zero return code the routine returns the best point,
+*  which has been reached during optimization. */
+
+static int ipm_main(struct csa *csa)
+{     int m = csa->m;
+      int n = csa->n;
+      int i, j, status;
+      double temp;
+      /* choose initial point using Mehrotra's heuristic */
+      if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Guessing initial point...\n");
+      initial_point(csa);
+      /* main loop starts here */
+      if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Optimization begins...\n");
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* perform basic computations at the current point */
+         basic_info(csa);
+         /* save initial value of rmu */
+         if (csa->iter == 0) csa->rmu0 = csa->rmu;
+         /* accumulate values of min(phi[k]) and save the best point */
+         xassert(csa->iter <= ITER_MAX);
+         if (csa->iter == 0 || csa->phi_min[csa->iter-1] > csa->phi)
+         {  csa->phi_min[csa->iter] = csa->phi;
+            csa->best_iter = csa->iter;
+            for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) csa->best_x[j] = csa->x[j];
+            for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) csa->best_y[i] = csa->y[i];
+            for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) csa->best_z[j] = csa->z[j];
+            csa->best_obj = csa->obj;
+         }
+         else
+            csa->phi_min[csa->iter] = csa->phi_min[csa->iter-1];
+         /* display information at the current point */
+         if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+            xprintf("%3d: obj = %17.9e; rpi = %8.1e; rdi = %8.1e; gap ="
+               " %8.1e\n", csa->iter, csa->obj, csa->rpi, csa->rdi,
+               csa->gap);
+         /* check if the current point is optimal */
+         if (csa->rpi < 1e-8 && csa->rdi < 1e-8 && csa->gap < 1e-8)
+         {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("OPTIMAL SOLUTION FOUND\n");
+            status = 0;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* check if the problem has no feasible solution */
+         temp = 1e5 * csa->phi_min[csa->iter];
+         if (temp < 1e-8) temp = 1e-8;
+         if (csa->phi >= temp)
+         {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO FEASIBLE PRIMAL/DUAL SOLUTION\n")
+                  ;
+            status = 1;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* check for very slow convergence or divergence */
+         if (((csa->rpi >= 1e-8 || csa->rdi >= 1e-8) && csa->rmu /
+               csa->rmu0 >= 1e6) ||
+               (csa->iter >= 30 && csa->phi_min[csa->iter] >= 0.5 *
+               csa->phi_min[csa->iter - 30]))
+         {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("NO CONVERGENCE; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+            status = 2;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* check for maximal number of iterations */
+         if (csa->iter == ITER_MAX)
+         {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("ITERATION LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+            status = 3;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* start the next iteration */
+         csa->iter++;
+         /* factorize normal equation system */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) csa->D[j] = csa->x[j] / csa->z[j];
+         decomp_NE(csa);
+         /* compute the next point using Mehrotra's predictor-corrector
+            technique */
+         if (make_step(csa))
+         {  if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("NUMERIC INSTABILITY; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+            status = 4;
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+      /* restore the best point */
+      if (status != 0)
+      {  for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) csa->x[j] = csa->best_x[j];
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) csa->y[i] = csa->best_y[i];
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) csa->z[j] = csa->best_z[j];
+         if (csa->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("Best point %17.9e was reached on iteration %d\n",
+               csa->best_obj, csa->best_iter);
+      }
+      /* return to the calling program */
+      return status;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ipm_solve - core LP solver based on the interior-point method
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpipm.h"
+*  int ipm_solve(glp_prob *P, const glp_iptcp *parm);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ipm_solve is a core LP solver based on the primal-dual
+*  interior-point method.
+*
+*  The routine assumes the following standard formulation of LP problem
+*  to be solved:
+*
+*     minimize
+*
+*        F = c[0] + c[1]*x[1] + c[2]*x[2] + ... + c[n]*x[n]
+*
+*     subject to linear constraints
+*
+*        a[1,1]*x[1] + a[1,2]*x[2] + ... + a[1,n]*x[n] = b[1]
+*
+*        a[2,1]*x[1] + a[2,2]*x[2] + ... + a[2,n]*x[n] = b[2]
+*
+*              . . . . . .
+*
+*        a[m,1]*x[1] + a[m,2]*x[2] + ... + a[m,n]*x[n] = b[m]
+*
+*     and non-negative variables
+*
+*        x[1] >= 0, x[2] >= 0, ..., x[n] >= 0
+*
+*  where:
+*  F                    is the objective function;
+*  x[1], ..., x[n]      are (structural) variables;
+*  c[0]                 is a constant term of the objective function;
+*  c[1], ..., c[n]      are objective coefficients;
+*  a[1,1], ..., a[m,n]  are constraint coefficients;
+*  b[1], ..., b[n]      are right-hand sides.
+*
+*  The solution is three vectors x, y, and z, which are stored by the
+*  routine in the arrays x, y, and z, respectively. These vectors
+*  correspond to the best primal-dual point found during optimization.
+*  They are approximate solution of the following system (which is the
+*  Karush-Kuhn-Tucker optimality conditions):
+*
+*     A*x      = b      (primal feasibility condition)
+*
+*     A'*y + z = c      (dual feasibility condition)
+*
+*     x'*z     = 0      (primal-dual complementarity condition)
+*
+*     x >= 0, z >= 0    (non-negativity condition)
+*
+*  where:
+*  x[1], ..., x[n]      are primal (structural) variables;
+*  y[1], ..., y[m]      are dual variables (Lagrange multipliers) for
+*                       equality constraints;
+*  z[1], ..., z[n]      are dual variables (Lagrange multipliers) for
+*                       non-negativity constraints.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  LP has been successfully solved.
+*
+*  GLP_ENOCVG
+*     No convergence.
+*
+*  GLP_EITLIM
+*     Iteration limit exceeded.
+*
+*  GLP_EINSTAB
+*     Numeric instability on solving Newtonian system.
+*
+*  In case of non-zero return code the routine returns the best point,
+*  which has been reached during optimization. */
+
+int ipm_solve(glp_prob *P, const glp_iptcp *parm)
+{     struct csa _dsa, *csa = &_dsa;
+      int m = P->m;
+      int n = P->n;
+      int nnz = P->nnz;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, loc, ret, *A_ind, *A_ptr;
+      double dir, *A_val, *b, *c, *x, *y, *z;
+      xassert(m > 0);
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      A_ptr = xcalloc(1+m+1, sizeof(int));
+      A_ind = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(int));
+      A_val = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(double));
+      b = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      c = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      x = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      y = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(double));
+      z = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* prepare rows and constraint coefficients */
+      loc = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         xassert(row->type == GLP_FX);
+         b[i] = row->lb * row->rii;
+         A_ptr[i] = loc;
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  A_ind[loc] = aij->col->j;
+            A_val[loc] = row->rii * aij->val * aij->col->sjj;
+            loc++;
+         }
+      }
+      A_ptr[m+1] = loc;
+      xassert(loc-1 == nnz);
+      /* prepare columns and objective coefficients */
+      if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         dir = +1.0;
+      else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         dir = -1.0;
+      else
+         xassert(P != P);
+      c[0] = dir * P->c0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         xassert(col->type == GLP_LO && col->lb == 0.0);
+         c[j] = dir * col->coef * col->sjj;
+      }
+      /* allocate and initialize the common storage area */
+      csa->m = m;
+      csa->n = n;
+      csa->A_ptr = A_ptr;
+      csa->A_ind = A_ind;
+      csa->A_val = A_val;
+      csa->b = b;
+      csa->c = c;
+      csa->x = x;
+      csa->y = y;
+      csa->z = z;
+      csa->parm = parm;
+      initialize(csa);
+      /* solve LP with the interior-point method */
+      ret = ipm_main(csa);
+      /* deallocate the common storage area */
+      terminate(csa);
+      /* determine solution status */
+      if (ret == 0)
+      {  /* optimal solution found */
+         P->ipt_stat = GLP_OPT;
+         ret = 0;
+      }
+      else if (ret == 1)
+      {  /* problem has no feasible (primal or dual) solution */
+         P->ipt_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+         ret = 0;
+      }
+      else if (ret == 2)
+      {  /* no convergence */
+         P->ipt_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+         ret = GLP_ENOCVG;
+      }
+      else if (ret == 3)
+      {  /* iteration limit exceeded */
+         P->ipt_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+         ret = GLP_EITLIM;
+      }
+      else if (ret == 4)
+      {  /* numeric instability on solving Newtonian system */
+         P->ipt_stat = GLP_INFEAS;
+         ret = GLP_EINSTAB;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      /* store row solution components */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  row = P->row[i];
+         row->pval = row->lb;
+         row->dval = dir * y[i] * row->rii;
+      }
+      /* store column solution components */
+      P->ipt_obj = P->c0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         col->pval = x[j] * col->sjj;
+         col->dval = dir * z[j] / col->sjj;
+         P->ipt_obj += col->coef * col->pval;
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(A_ptr);
+      xfree(A_ind);
+      xfree(A_val);
+      xfree(b);
+      xfree(c);
+      xfree(x);
+      xfree(y);
+      xfree(z);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpipm.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpipm.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5f94fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpipm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* glpipm.h (primal-dual interior-point method) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GLPIPM_H
+#define GLPIPM_H
+
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define ipm_solve _glp_ipm_solve
+int ipm_solve(glp_prob *P, const glp_iptcp *parm);
+/* core LP solver based on the interior-point method */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpmat.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpmat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97d1c651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpmat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,924 @@
+/* glpmat.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpmat.h"
+#include "qmd.h"
+#include "amd.h"
+#include "colamd.h"
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- check_fvs - check sparse vector in full-vector storage format.
+--
+-- SYNOPSIS
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- int check_fvs(int n, int nnz, int ind[], double vec[]);
+--
+-- DESCRIPTION
+--
+-- The routine check_fvs checks if a given vector of dimension n in
+-- full-vector storage format has correct representation.
+--
+-- RETURNS
+--
+-- The routine returns one of the following codes:
+--
+-- 0 - the vector is correct;
+-- 1 - the number of elements (n) is negative;
+-- 2 - the number of non-zero elements (nnz) is negative;
+-- 3 - some element index is out of range;
+-- 4 - some element index is duplicate;
+-- 5 - some non-zero element is out of pattern. */
+
+int check_fvs(int n, int nnz, int ind[], double vec[])
+{     int i, t, ret, *flag = NULL;
+      /* check the number of elements */
+      if (n < 0)
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check the number of non-zero elements */
+      if (nnz < 0)
+      {  ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check vector indices */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) flag[i] = 0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= nnz; t++)
+      {  i = ind[t];
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= n))
+         {  ret = 3;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         if (flag[i])
+         {  ret = 4;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         flag[i] = 1;
+      }
+      /* check vector elements */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  if (!flag[i] && vec[i] != 0.0)
+         {  ret = 5;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* the vector is ok */
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (flag != NULL) xfree(flag);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- check_pattern - check pattern of sparse matrix.
+--
+-- SYNOPSIS
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- int check_pattern(int m, int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[]);
+--
+-- DESCRIPTION
+--
+-- The routine check_pattern checks the pattern of a given mxn matrix
+-- in storage-by-rows format.
+--
+-- RETURNS
+--
+-- The routine returns one of the following codes:
+--
+-- 0 - the pattern is correct;
+-- 1 - the number of rows (m) is negative;
+-- 2 - the number of columns (n) is negative;
+-- 3 - A_ptr[1] is not 1;
+-- 4 - some column index is out of range;
+-- 5 - some column indices are duplicate. */
+
+int check_pattern(int m, int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[])
+{     int i, j, ptr, ret, *flag = NULL;
+      /* check the number of rows */
+      if (m < 0)
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check the number of columns */
+      if (n < 0)
+      {  ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check location A_ptr[1] */
+      if (A_ptr[1] != 1)
+      {  ret = 3;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check row patterns */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) flag[j] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  /* check pattern of row i */
+         for (ptr = A_ptr[i]; ptr < A_ptr[i+1]; ptr++)
+         {  j = A_ind[ptr];
+            /* check column index */
+            if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+            {  ret = 4;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            /* check for duplication */
+            if (flag[j])
+            {  ret = 5;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            flag[j] = 1;
+         }
+         /* clear flags */
+         for (ptr = A_ptr[i]; ptr < A_ptr[i+1]; ptr++)
+         {  j = A_ind[ptr];
+            flag[j] = 0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* the pattern is ok */
+      ret = 0;
+done: if (flag != NULL) xfree(flag);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- transpose - transpose sparse matrix.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- void transpose(int m, int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[],
+--    double A_val[], int AT_ptr[], int AT_ind[], double AT_val[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- For a given mxn sparse matrix A the routine transpose builds a nxm
+-- sparse matrix A' which is a matrix transposed to A.
+--
+-- The arrays A_ptr, A_ind, and A_val specify a given mxn matrix A to
+-- be transposed in storage-by-rows format. The parameter A_val can be
+-- NULL, in which case numeric values are not copied. The arrays A_ptr,
+-- A_ind, and A_val are not changed on exit.
+--
+-- On entry the arrays AT_ptr, AT_ind, and AT_val must be allocated,
+-- but their content is ignored. On exit the routine stores a resultant
+-- nxm matrix A' in these arrays in storage-by-rows format. Note that
+-- if the parameter A_val is NULL, the array AT_val is not used.
+--
+-- The routine transpose has a side effect that elements in rows of the
+-- resultant matrix A' follow in ascending their column indices. */
+
+void transpose(int m, int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[],
+      int AT_ptr[], int AT_ind[], double AT_val[])
+{     int i, j, t, beg, end, pos, len;
+      /* determine row lengths of resultant matrix */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) AT_ptr[j] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  beg = A_ptr[i], end = A_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++) AT_ptr[A_ind[t]]++;
+      }
+      /* set up row pointers of resultant matrix */
+      pos = 1;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         len = AT_ptr[j], pos += len, AT_ptr[j] = pos;
+      AT_ptr[n+1] = pos;
+      /* build resultant matrix */
+      for (i = m; i >= 1; i--)
+      {  beg = A_ptr[i], end = A_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+         {  pos = --AT_ptr[A_ind[t]];
+            AT_ind[pos] = i;
+            if (A_val != NULL) AT_val[pos] = A_val[t];
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- adat_symbolic - compute S = P*A*D*A'*P' (symbolic phase).
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- int *adat_symbolic(int m, int n, int P_per[], int A_ptr[],
+--    int A_ind[], int S_ptr[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine adat_symbolic implements the symbolic phase to compute
+-- symmetric matrix S = P*A*D*A'*P', where P is a permutation matrix,
+-- A is a given sparse matrix, D is a diagonal matrix, A' is a matrix
+-- transposed to A, P' is an inverse of P.
+--
+-- The parameter m is the number of rows in A and the order of P.
+--
+-- The parameter n is the number of columns in A and the order of D.
+--
+-- The array P_per specifies permutation matrix P. It is not changed on
+-- exit.
+--
+-- The arrays A_ptr and A_ind specify the pattern of matrix A. They are
+-- not changed on exit.
+--
+-- On exit the routine stores the pattern of upper triangular part of
+-- matrix S without diagonal elements in the arrays S_ptr and S_ind in
+-- storage-by-rows format. The array S_ptr should be allocated on entry,
+-- however, its content is ignored. The array S_ind is allocated by the
+-- routine itself which returns a pointer to it.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine returns a pointer to the array S_ind. */
+
+int *adat_symbolic(int m, int n, int P_per[], int A_ptr[], int A_ind[],
+      int S_ptr[])
+{     int i, j, t, ii, jj, tt, k, size, len;
+      int *S_ind, *AT_ptr, *AT_ind, *ind, *map, *temp;
+      /* build the pattern of A', which is a matrix transposed to A, to
+         efficiently access A in column-wise manner */
+      AT_ptr = xcalloc(1+n+1, sizeof(int));
+      AT_ind = xcalloc(A_ptr[m+1], sizeof(int));
+      transpose(m, n, A_ptr, A_ind, NULL, AT_ptr, AT_ind, NULL);
+      /* allocate the array S_ind */
+      size = A_ptr[m+1] - 1;
+      if (size < m) size = m;
+      S_ind = xcalloc(1+size, sizeof(int));
+      /* allocate and initialize working arrays */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      map = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(int));
+      for (jj = 1; jj <= m; jj++) map[jj] = 0;
+      /* compute pattern of S; note that symbolically S = B*B', where
+         B = P*A, B' is matrix transposed to B */
+      S_ptr[1] = 1;
+      for (ii = 1; ii <= m; ii++)
+      {  /* compute pattern of ii-th row of S */
+         len = 0;
+         i = P_per[ii]; /* i-th row of A = ii-th row of B */
+         for (t = A_ptr[i]; t < A_ptr[i+1]; t++)
+         {  k = A_ind[t];
+            /* walk through k-th column of A */
+            for (tt = AT_ptr[k]; tt < AT_ptr[k+1]; tt++)
+            {  j = AT_ind[tt];
+               jj = P_per[m+j]; /* j-th row of A = jj-th row of B */
+               /* a[i,k] != 0 and a[j,k] != 0 ergo s[ii,jj] != 0 */
+               if (ii < jj && !map[jj]) ind[++len] = jj, map[jj] = 1;
+            }
+         }
+         /* now (ind) is pattern of ii-th row of S */
+         S_ptr[ii+1] = S_ptr[ii] + len;
+         /* at least (S_ptr[ii+1] - 1) locations should be available in
+            the array S_ind */
+         if (S_ptr[ii+1] - 1 > size)
+         {  temp = S_ind;
+            size += size;
+            S_ind = xcalloc(1+size, sizeof(int));
+            memcpy(&S_ind[1], &temp[1], (S_ptr[ii] - 1) * sizeof(int));
+            xfree(temp);
+         }
+         xassert(S_ptr[ii+1] - 1 <= size);
+         /* (ii-th row of S) := (ind) */
+         memcpy(&S_ind[S_ptr[ii]], &ind[1], len * sizeof(int));
+         /* clear the row pattern map */
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++) map[ind[t]] = 0;
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(AT_ptr);
+      xfree(AT_ind);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(map);
+      /* reallocate the array S_ind to free unused locations */
+      temp = S_ind;
+      size = S_ptr[m+1] - 1;
+      S_ind = xcalloc(1+size, sizeof(int));
+      memcpy(&S_ind[1], &temp[1], size * sizeof(int));
+      xfree(temp);
+      return S_ind;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- adat_numeric - compute S = P*A*D*A'*P' (numeric phase).
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- void adat_numeric(int m, int n, int P_per[],
+--    int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[], double D_diag[],
+--    int S_ptr[], int S_ind[], double S_val[], double S_diag[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine adat_numeric implements the numeric phase to compute
+-- symmetric matrix S = P*A*D*A'*P', where P is a permutation matrix,
+-- A is a given sparse matrix, D is a diagonal matrix, A' is a matrix
+-- transposed to A, P' is an inverse of P.
+--
+-- The parameter m is the number of rows in A and the order of P.
+--
+-- The parameter n is the number of columns in A and the order of D.
+--
+-- The matrix P is specified in the array P_per, which is not changed
+-- on exit.
+--
+-- The matrix A is specified in the arrays A_ptr, A_ind, and A_val in
+-- storage-by-rows format. These arrays are not changed on exit.
+--
+-- Diagonal elements of the matrix D are specified in the array D_diag,
+-- where D_diag[0] is not used, D_diag[i] = d[i,i] for i = 1, ..., n.
+-- The array D_diag is not changed on exit.
+--
+-- The pattern of the upper triangular part of the matrix S without
+-- diagonal elements (previously computed by the routine adat_symbolic)
+-- is specified in the arrays S_ptr and S_ind, which are not changed on
+-- exit. Numeric values of non-diagonal elements of S are stored in
+-- corresponding locations of the array S_val, and values of diagonal
+-- elements of S are stored in locations S_diag[1], ..., S_diag[n]. */
+
+void adat_numeric(int m, int n, int P_per[],
+      int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[], double D_diag[],
+      int S_ptr[], int S_ind[], double S_val[], double S_diag[])
+{     int i, j, t, ii, jj, tt, beg, end, beg1, end1, k;
+      double sum, *work;
+      work = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) work[j] = 0.0;
+      /* compute S = B*D*B', where B = P*A, B' is a matrix transposed
+         to B */
+      for (ii = 1; ii <= m; ii++)
+      {  i = P_per[ii]; /* i-th row of A = ii-th row of B */
+         /* (work) := (i-th row of A) */
+         beg = A_ptr[i], end = A_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            work[A_ind[t]] = A_val[t];
+         /* compute ii-th row of S */
+         beg = S_ptr[ii], end = S_ptr[ii+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+         {  jj = S_ind[t];
+            j = P_per[jj]; /* j-th row of A = jj-th row of B */
+            /* s[ii,jj] := sum a[i,k] * d[k,k] * a[j,k] */
+            sum = 0.0;
+            beg1 = A_ptr[j], end1 = A_ptr[j+1];
+            for (tt = beg1; tt < end1; tt++)
+            {  k = A_ind[tt];
+               sum += work[k] * D_diag[k] * A_val[tt];
+            }
+            S_val[t] = sum;
+         }
+         /* s[ii,ii] := sum a[i,k] * d[k,k] * a[i,k] */
+         sum = 0.0;
+         beg = A_ptr[i], end = A_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+         {  k = A_ind[t];
+            sum += A_val[t] * D_diag[k] * A_val[t];
+            work[k] = 0.0;
+         }
+         S_diag[ii] = sum;
+      }
+      xfree(work);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- min_degree - minimum degree ordering.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- void min_degree(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int P_per[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine min_degree uses the minimum degree ordering algorithm
+-- to find a permutation matrix P for a given sparse symmetric positive
+-- matrix A which minimizes the number of non-zeros in upper triangular
+-- factor U for Cholesky factorization P*A*P' = U'*U.
+--
+-- The parameter n is the order of matrices A and P.
+--
+-- The pattern of the given matrix A is specified on entry in the arrays
+-- A_ptr and A_ind in storage-by-rows format. Only the upper triangular
+-- part without diagonal elements (which all are assumed to be non-zero)
+-- should be specified as if A were upper triangular. The arrays A_ptr
+-- and A_ind are not changed on exit.
+--
+-- The permutation matrix P is stored by the routine in the array P_per
+-- on exit.
+--
+-- *Algorithm*
+--
+-- The routine min_degree is based on some subroutines from the package
+-- SPARSPAK (see comments in the module glpqmd). */
+
+void min_degree(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int P_per[])
+{     int i, j, ne, t, pos, len;
+      int *xadj, *adjncy, *deg, *marker, *rchset, *nbrhd, *qsize,
+         *qlink, nofsub;
+      /* determine number of non-zeros in complete pattern */
+      ne = A_ptr[n+1] - 1;
+      ne += ne;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      xadj = xcalloc(1+n+1, sizeof(int));
+      adjncy = xcalloc(1+ne, sizeof(int));
+      deg = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      marker = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      rchset = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      nbrhd = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      qsize = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      qlink = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      /* determine row lengths in complete pattern */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) xadj[i] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (t = A_ptr[i]; t < A_ptr[i+1]; t++)
+         {  j = A_ind[t];
+            xassert(i < j && j <= n);
+            xadj[i]++, xadj[j]++;
+         }
+      }
+      /* set up row pointers for complete pattern */
+      pos = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         len = xadj[i], pos += len, xadj[i] = pos;
+      xadj[n+1] = pos;
+      xassert(pos - 1 == ne);
+      /* construct complete pattern */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (t = A_ptr[i]; t < A_ptr[i+1]; t++)
+         {  j = A_ind[t];
+            adjncy[--xadj[i]] = j, adjncy[--xadj[j]] = i;
+         }
+      }
+      /* call the main minimimum degree ordering routine */
+      genqmd(&n, xadj, adjncy, P_per, P_per + n, deg, marker, rchset,
+         nbrhd, qsize, qlink, &nofsub);
+      /* make sure that permutation matrix P is correct */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  j = P_per[i];
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+         xassert(P_per[n+j] == i);
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(xadj);
+      xfree(adjncy);
+      xfree(deg);
+      xfree(marker);
+      xfree(rchset);
+      xfree(nbrhd);
+      xfree(qsize);
+      xfree(qlink);
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void amd_order1(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int P_per[])
+{     /* approximate minimum degree ordering (AMD) */
+      int k, ret;
+      double Control[AMD_CONTROL], Info[AMD_INFO];
+      /* get the default parameters */
+      amd_defaults(Control);
+#if 0
+      /* and print them */
+      amd_control(Control);
+#endif
+      /* make all indices 0-based */
+      for (k = 1; k < A_ptr[n+1]; k++) A_ind[k]--;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n+1; k++) A_ptr[k]--;
+      /* call the ordering routine */
+      ret = amd_order(n, &A_ptr[1], &A_ind[1], &P_per[1], Control, Info)
+         ;
+#if 0
+      amd_info(Info);
+#endif
+      xassert(ret == AMD_OK || ret == AMD_OK_BUT_JUMBLED);
+      /* retsore 1-based indices */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n+1; k++) A_ptr[k]++;
+      for (k = 1; k < A_ptr[n+1]; k++) A_ind[k]++;
+      /* patch up permutation matrix */
+      memset(&P_per[n+1], 0, n * sizeof(int));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  P_per[k]++;
+         xassert(1 <= P_per[k] && P_per[k] <= n);
+         xassert(P_per[n+P_per[k]] == 0);
+         P_per[n+P_per[k]] = k;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+static void *allocate(size_t n, size_t size)
+{     void *ptr;
+      ptr = xcalloc(n, size);
+      memset(ptr, 0, n * size);
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+static void release(void *ptr)
+{     xfree(ptr);
+      return;
+}
+
+void symamd_ord(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int P_per[])
+{     /* approximate minimum degree ordering (SYMAMD) */
+      int k, ok;
+      int stats[COLAMD_STATS];
+      /* make all indices 0-based */
+      for (k = 1; k < A_ptr[n+1]; k++) A_ind[k]--;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n+1; k++) A_ptr[k]--;
+      /* call the ordering routine */
+      ok = symamd(n, &A_ind[1], &A_ptr[1], &P_per[1], NULL, stats,
+         allocate, release);
+#if 0
+      symamd_report(stats);
+#endif
+      xassert(ok);
+      /* restore 1-based indices */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n+1; k++) A_ptr[k]++;
+      for (k = 1; k < A_ptr[n+1]; k++) A_ind[k]++;
+      /* patch up permutation matrix */
+      memset(&P_per[n+1], 0, n * sizeof(int));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  P_per[k]++;
+         xassert(1 <= P_per[k] && P_per[k] <= n);
+         xassert(P_per[n+P_per[k]] == 0);
+         P_per[n+P_per[k]] = k;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- chol_symbolic - compute Cholesky factorization (symbolic phase).
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- int *chol_symbolic(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int U_ptr[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine chol_symbolic implements the symbolic phase of Cholesky
+-- factorization A = U'*U, where A is a given sparse symmetric positive
+-- definite matrix, U is a resultant upper triangular factor, U' is a
+-- matrix transposed to U.
+--
+-- The parameter n is the order of matrices A and U.
+--
+-- The pattern of the given matrix A is specified on entry in the arrays
+-- A_ptr and A_ind in storage-by-rows format. Only the upper triangular
+-- part without diagonal elements (which all are assumed to be non-zero)
+-- should be specified as if A were upper triangular. The arrays A_ptr
+-- and A_ind are not changed on exit.
+--
+-- The pattern of the matrix U without diagonal elements (which all are
+-- assumed to be non-zero) is stored on exit from the routine in the
+-- arrays U_ptr and U_ind in storage-by-rows format. The array U_ptr
+-- should be allocated on entry, however, its content is ignored. The
+-- array U_ind is allocated by the routine which returns a pointer to it
+-- on exit.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine returns a pointer to the array U_ind.
+--
+-- *Method*
+--
+-- The routine chol_symbolic computes the pattern of the matrix U in a
+-- row-wise manner. No pivoting is used.
+--
+-- It is known that to compute the pattern of row k of the matrix U we
+-- need to merge the pattern of row k of the matrix A and the patterns
+-- of each row i of U, where u[i,k] is non-zero (these rows are already
+-- computed and placed above row k).
+--
+-- However, to reduce the number of rows to be merged the routine uses
+-- an advanced algorithm proposed in:
+--
+-- D.J.Rose, R.E.Tarjan, and G.S.Lueker. Algorithmic aspects of vertex
+-- elimination on graphs. SIAM J. Comput. 5, 1976, 266-83.
+--
+-- The authors of the cited paper show that we have the same result if
+-- we merge row k of the matrix A and such rows of the matrix U (among
+-- rows 1, ..., k-1) whose leftmost non-diagonal non-zero element is
+-- placed in k-th column. This feature signficantly reduces the number
+-- of rows to be merged, especially on the final steps, where rows of
+-- the matrix U become quite dense.
+--
+-- To determine rows, which should be merged on k-th step, for a fixed
+-- time the routine uses linked lists of row numbers of the matrix U.
+-- Location head[k] contains the number of a first row, whose leftmost
+-- non-diagonal non-zero element is placed in column k, and location
+-- next[i] contains the number of a next row with the same property as
+-- row i. */
+
+int *chol_symbolic(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int U_ptr[])
+{     int i, j, k, t, len, size, beg, end, min_j, *U_ind, *head, *next,
+         *ind, *map, *temp;
+      /* initially we assume that on computing the pattern of U fill-in
+         will double the number of non-zeros in A */
+      size = A_ptr[n+1] - 1;
+      if (size < n) size = n;
+      size += size;
+      U_ind = xcalloc(1+size, sizeof(int));
+      /* allocate and initialize working arrays */
+      head = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) head[i] = 0;
+      next = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      map = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) map[j] = 0;
+      /* compute the pattern of matrix U */
+      U_ptr[1] = 1;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* compute the pattern of k-th row of U, which is the union of
+            k-th row of A and those rows of U (among 1, ..., k-1) whose
+            leftmost non-diagonal non-zero is placed in k-th column */
+         /* (ind) := (k-th row of A) */
+         len = A_ptr[k+1] - A_ptr[k];
+         memcpy(&ind[1], &A_ind[A_ptr[k]], len * sizeof(int));
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  j = ind[t];
+            xassert(k < j && j <= n);
+            map[j] = 1;
+         }
+         /* walk through rows of U whose leftmost non-diagonal non-zero
+            is placed in k-th column */
+         for (i = head[k]; i != 0; i = next[i])
+         {  /* (ind) := (ind) union (i-th row of U) */
+            beg = U_ptr[i], end = U_ptr[i+1];
+            for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            {  j = U_ind[t];
+               if (j > k && !map[j]) ind[++len] = j, map[j] = 1;
+            }
+         }
+         /* now (ind) is the pattern of k-th row of U */
+         U_ptr[k+1] = U_ptr[k] + len;
+         /* at least (U_ptr[k+1] - 1) locations should be available in
+            the array U_ind */
+         if (U_ptr[k+1] - 1 > size)
+         {  temp = U_ind;
+            size += size;
+            U_ind = xcalloc(1+size, sizeof(int));
+            memcpy(&U_ind[1], &temp[1], (U_ptr[k] - 1) * sizeof(int));
+            xfree(temp);
+         }
+         xassert(U_ptr[k+1] - 1 <= size);
+         /* (k-th row of U) := (ind) */
+         memcpy(&U_ind[U_ptr[k]], &ind[1], len * sizeof(int));
+         /* determine column index of leftmost non-diagonal non-zero in
+            k-th row of U and clear the row pattern map */
+         min_j = n + 1;
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  j = ind[t], map[j] = 0;
+            if (min_j > j) min_j = j;
+         }
+         /* include k-th row into corresponding linked list */
+         if (min_j <= n) next[k] = head[min_j], head[min_j] = k;
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(head);
+      xfree(next);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(map);
+      /* reallocate the array U_ind to free unused locations */
+      temp = U_ind;
+      size = U_ptr[n+1] - 1;
+      U_ind = xcalloc(1+size, sizeof(int));
+      memcpy(&U_ind[1], &temp[1], size * sizeof(int));
+      xfree(temp);
+      return U_ind;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- chol_numeric - compute Cholesky factorization (numeric phase).
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- int chol_numeric(int n,
+--    int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[], double A_diag[],
+--    int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[], double U_diag[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine chol_symbolic implements the numeric phase of Cholesky
+-- factorization A = U'*U, where A is a given sparse symmetric positive
+-- definite matrix, U is a resultant upper triangular factor, U' is a
+-- matrix transposed to U.
+--
+-- The parameter n is the order of matrices A and U.
+--
+-- Upper triangular part of the matrix A without diagonal elements is
+-- specified in the arrays A_ptr, A_ind, and A_val in storage-by-rows
+-- format. Diagonal elements of A are specified in the array A_diag,
+-- where A_diag[0] is not used, A_diag[i] = a[i,i] for i = 1, ..., n.
+-- The arrays A_ptr, A_ind, A_val, and A_diag are not changed on exit.
+--
+-- The pattern of the matrix U without diagonal elements (previously
+-- computed with the routine chol_symbolic) is specified in the arrays
+-- U_ptr and U_ind, which are not changed on exit. Numeric values of
+-- non-diagonal elements of U are stored in corresponding locations of
+-- the array U_val, and values of diagonal elements of U are stored in
+-- locations U_diag[1], ..., U_diag[n].
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine returns the number of non-positive diagonal elements of
+-- the matrix U which have been replaced by a huge positive number (see
+-- the method description below). Zero return code means the matrix A
+-- has been successfully factorized.
+--
+-- *Method*
+--
+-- The routine chol_numeric computes the matrix U in a row-wise manner
+-- using standard gaussian elimination technique. No pivoting is used.
+--
+-- Initially the routine sets U = A, and before k-th elimination step
+-- the matrix U is the following:
+--
+--       1       k         n
+--    1  x x x x x x x x x x
+--       . x x x x x x x x x
+--       . . x x x x x x x x
+--       . . . x x x x x x x
+--    k  . . . . * * * * * *
+--       . . . . * * * * * *
+--       . . . . * * * * * *
+--       . . . . * * * * * *
+--       . . . . * * * * * *
+--    n  . . . . * * * * * *
+--
+-- where 'x' are elements of already computed rows, '*' are elements of
+-- the active submatrix. (Note that the lower triangular part of the
+-- active submatrix being symmetric is not stored and diagonal elements
+-- are stored separately in the array U_diag.)
+--
+-- The matrix A is assumed to be positive definite. However, if it is
+-- close to semi-definite, on some elimination step a pivot u[k,k] may
+-- happen to be non-positive due to round-off errors. In this case the
+-- routine uses a technique proposed in:
+--
+-- S.J.Wright. The Cholesky factorization in interior-point and barrier
+-- methods. Preprint MCS-P600-0596, Mathematics and Computer Science
+-- Division, Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, Ill., May 1996.
+--
+-- The routine just replaces non-positive u[k,k] by a huge positive
+-- number. This involves non-diagonal elements in k-th row of U to be
+-- close to zero that, in turn, involves k-th component of a solution
+-- vector to be close to zero. Note, however, that this technique works
+-- only if the system A*x = b is consistent. */
+
+int chol_numeric(int n,
+      int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[], double A_diag[],
+      int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[], double U_diag[])
+{     int i, j, k, t, t1, beg, end, beg1, end1, count = 0;
+      double ukk, uki, *work;
+      work = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) work[j] = 0.0;
+      /* U := (upper triangle of A) */
+      /* note that the upper traingle of A is a subset of U */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  beg = A_ptr[i], end = A_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            j = A_ind[t], work[j] = A_val[t];
+         beg = U_ptr[i], end = U_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            j = U_ind[t], U_val[t] = work[j], work[j] = 0.0;
+         U_diag[i] = A_diag[i];
+      }
+      /* main elimination loop */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* transform k-th row of U */
+         ukk = U_diag[k];
+         if (ukk > 0.0)
+            U_diag[k] = ukk = sqrt(ukk);
+         else
+            U_diag[k] = ukk = DBL_MAX, count++;
+         /* (work) := (transformed k-th row) */
+         beg = U_ptr[k], end = U_ptr[k+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            work[U_ind[t]] = (U_val[t] /= ukk);
+         /* transform other rows of U */
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+         {  i = U_ind[t];
+            xassert(i > k);
+            /* (i-th row) := (i-th row) - u[k,i] * (k-th row) */
+            uki = work[i];
+            beg1 = U_ptr[i], end1 = U_ptr[i+1];
+            for (t1 = beg1; t1 < end1; t1++)
+               U_val[t1] -= uki * work[U_ind[t1]];
+            U_diag[i] -= uki * uki;
+         }
+         /* (work) := 0 */
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            work[U_ind[t]] = 0.0;
+      }
+      xfree(work);
+      return count;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- u_solve - solve upper triangular system U*x = b.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- void u_solve(int n, int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[],
+--    double U_diag[], double x[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine u_solve solves an linear system U*x = b, where U is an
+-- upper triangular matrix.
+--
+-- The parameter n is the order of matrix U.
+--
+-- The matrix U without diagonal elements is specified in the arrays
+-- U_ptr, U_ind, and U_val in storage-by-rows format. Diagonal elements
+-- of U are specified in the array U_diag, where U_diag[0] is not used,
+-- U_diag[i] = u[i,i] for i = 1, ..., n. All these four arrays are not
+-- changed on exit.
+--
+-- The right-hand side vector b is specified on entry in the array x,
+-- where x[0] is not used, and x[i] = b[i] for i = 1, ..., n. On exit
+-- the routine stores computed components of the vector of unknowns x
+-- in the array x in the same manner. */
+
+void u_solve(int n, int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[],
+      double U_diag[], double x[])
+{     int i, t, beg, end;
+      double temp;
+      for (i = n; i >= 1; i--)
+      {  temp = x[i];
+         beg = U_ptr[i], end = U_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            temp -= U_val[t] * x[U_ind[t]];
+         xassert(U_diag[i] != 0.0);
+         x[i] = temp / U_diag[i];
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- ut_solve - solve lower triangular system U'*x = b.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmat.h"
+-- void ut_solve(int n, int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[],
+--    double U_diag[], double x[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine ut_solve solves an linear system U'*x = b, where U is a
+-- matrix transposed to an upper triangular matrix.
+--
+-- The parameter n is the order of matrix U.
+--
+-- The matrix U without diagonal elements is specified in the arrays
+-- U_ptr, U_ind, and U_val in storage-by-rows format. Diagonal elements
+-- of U are specified in the array U_diag, where U_diag[0] is not used,
+-- U_diag[i] = u[i,i] for i = 1, ..., n. All these four arrays are not
+-- changed on exit.
+--
+-- The right-hand side vector b is specified on entry in the array x,
+-- where x[0] is not used, and x[i] = b[i] for i = 1, ..., n. On exit
+-- the routine stores computed components of the vector of unknowns x
+-- in the array x in the same manner. */
+
+void ut_solve(int n, int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[],
+      double U_diag[], double x[])
+{     int i, t, beg, end;
+      double temp;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  xassert(U_diag[i] != 0.0);
+         temp = (x[i] /= U_diag[i]);
+         if (temp == 0.0) continue;
+         beg = U_ptr[i], end = U_ptr[i+1];
+         for (t = beg; t < end; t++)
+            x[U_ind[t]] -= U_val[t] * temp;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpmat.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpmat.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b058437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpmat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/* glpmat.h (linear algebra routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GLPMAT_H
+#define GLPMAT_H
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  FULL-VECTOR STORAGE
+*
+*  For a sparse vector x having n elements, ne of which are non-zero,
+*  the full-vector storage format uses two arrays x_ind and x_vec, which
+*  are set up as follows:
+*
+*  x_ind is an integer array of length [1+ne]. Location x_ind[0] is
+*  not used, and locations x_ind[1], ..., x_ind[ne] contain indices of
+*  non-zero elements in vector x.
+*
+*  x_vec is a floating-point array of length [1+n]. Location x_vec[0]
+*  is not used, and locations x_vec[1], ..., x_vec[n] contain numeric
+*  values of ALL elements in vector x, including its zero elements.
+*
+*  Let, for example, the following sparse vector x be given:
+*
+*     (0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 3, 0, 4)
+*
+*  Then the arrays are:
+*
+*     x_ind = { X; 2, 5, 6, 8 }
+*
+*     x_vec = { X; 0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 3, 0, 4 }
+*
+*  COMPRESSED-VECTOR STORAGE
+*
+*  For a sparse vector x having n elements, ne of which are non-zero,
+*  the compressed-vector storage format uses two arrays x_ind and x_vec,
+*  which are set up as follows:
+*
+*  x_ind is an integer array of length [1+ne]. Location x_ind[0] is
+*  not used, and locations x_ind[1], ..., x_ind[ne] contain indices of
+*  non-zero elements in vector x.
+*
+*  x_vec is a floating-point array of length [1+ne]. Location x_vec[0]
+*  is not used, and locations x_vec[1], ..., x_vec[ne] contain numeric
+*  values of corresponding non-zero elements in vector x.
+*
+*  Let, for example, the following sparse vector x be given:
+*
+*     (0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 3, 0, 4)
+*
+*  Then the arrays are:
+*
+*     x_ind = { X; 2, 5, 6, 8 }
+*
+*     x_vec = { X; 1, 2, 3, 4 }
+*
+*  STORAGE-BY-ROWS
+*
+*  For a sparse matrix A, which has m rows, n columns, and ne non-zero
+*  elements the storage-by-rows format uses three arrays A_ptr, A_ind,
+*  and A_val, which are set up as follows:
+*
+*  A_ptr is an integer array of length [1+m+1] also called "row pointer
+*  array". It contains the relative starting positions of each row of A
+*  in the arrays A_ind and A_val, i.e. element A_ptr[i], 1 <= i <= m,
+*  indicates where row i begins in the arrays A_ind and A_val. If all
+*  elements in row i are zero, then A_ptr[i] = A_ptr[i+1]. Location
+*  A_ptr[0] is not used, location A_ptr[1] must contain 1, and location
+*  A_ptr[m+1] must contain ne+1 that indicates the position after the
+*  last element in the arrays A_ind and A_val.
+*
+*  A_ind is an integer array of length [1+ne]. Location A_ind[0] is not
+*  used, and locations A_ind[1], ..., A_ind[ne] contain column indices
+*  of (non-zero) elements in matrix A.
+*
+*  A_val is a floating-point array of length [1+ne]. Location A_val[0]
+*  is not used, and locations A_val[1], ..., A_val[ne] contain numeric
+*  values of non-zero elements in matrix A.
+*
+*  Non-zero elements of matrix A are stored contiguously, and the rows
+*  of matrix A are stored consecutively from 1 to m in the arrays A_ind
+*  and A_val. The elements in each row of A may be stored in any order
+*  in A_ind and A_val. Note that elements with duplicate column indices
+*  are not allowed.
+*
+*  Let, for example, the following sparse matrix A be given:
+*
+*     | 11  . 13  .  .  . |
+*     | 21 22  . 24  .  . |
+*     |  . 32 33  .  .  . |
+*     |  .  . 43 44  . 46 |
+*     |  .  .  .  .  .  . |
+*     | 61 62  .  .  . 66 |
+*
+*  Then the arrays are:
+*
+*     A_ptr = { X; 1, 3, 6, 8, 11, 11; 14 }
+*
+*     A_ind = { X;  1,  3;  4,  2,  1;  2,  3;  4,  3,  6;  1,  2,  6 }
+*
+*     A_val = { X; 11, 13; 24, 22, 21; 32, 33; 44, 43, 46; 61, 62, 66 }
+*
+*  PERMUTATION MATRICES
+*
+*  Let P be a permutation matrix of the order n. It is represented as
+*  an integer array P_per of length [1+n+n] as follows: if p[i,j] = 1,
+*  then P_per[i] = j and P_per[n+j] = i. Location P_per[0] is not used.
+*
+*  Let A' = P*A. If i-th row of A corresponds to i'-th row of A', then
+*  P_per[i'] = i and P_per[n+i] = i'.
+*
+*  References:
+*
+*  1. Gustavson F.G. Some basic techniques for solving sparse systems of
+*     linear equations. In Rose and Willoughby (1972), pp. 41-52.
+*
+*  2. Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms Technical (BLAST) Forum Standard.
+*     University of Tennessee (2001). */
+
+#define check_fvs _glp_mat_check_fvs
+int check_fvs(int n, int nnz, int ind[], double vec[]);
+/* check sparse vector in full-vector storage format */
+
+#define check_pattern _glp_mat_check_pattern
+int check_pattern(int m, int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[]);
+/* check pattern of sparse matrix */
+
+#define transpose _glp_mat_transpose
+void transpose(int m, int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[],
+      int AT_ptr[], int AT_ind[], double AT_val[]);
+/* transpose sparse matrix */
+
+#define adat_symbolic _glp_mat_adat_symbolic
+int *adat_symbolic(int m, int n, int P_per[], int A_ptr[], int A_ind[],
+      int S_ptr[]);
+/* compute S = P*A*D*A'*P' (symbolic phase) */
+
+#define adat_numeric _glp_mat_adat_numeric
+void adat_numeric(int m, int n, int P_per[],
+      int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[], double D_diag[],
+      int S_ptr[], int S_ind[], double S_val[], double S_diag[]);
+/* compute S = P*A*D*A'*P' (numeric phase) */
+
+#define min_degree _glp_mat_min_degree
+void min_degree(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int P_per[]);
+/* minimum degree ordering */
+
+#define amd_order1 _glp_mat_amd_order1
+void amd_order1(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int P_per[]);
+/* approximate minimum degree ordering (AMD) */
+
+#define symamd_ord _glp_mat_symamd_ord
+void symamd_ord(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int P_per[]);
+/* approximate minimum degree ordering (SYMAMD) */
+
+#define chol_symbolic _glp_mat_chol_symbolic
+int *chol_symbolic(int n, int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], int U_ptr[]);
+/* compute Cholesky factorization (symbolic phase) */
+
+#define chol_numeric _glp_mat_chol_numeric
+int chol_numeric(int n,
+      int A_ptr[], int A_ind[], double A_val[], double A_diag[],
+      int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[], double U_diag[]);
+/* compute Cholesky factorization (numeric phase) */
+
+#define u_solve _glp_mat_u_solve
+void u_solve(int n, int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[],
+      double U_diag[], double x[]);
+/* solve upper triangular system U*x = b */
+
+#define ut_solve _glp_mat_ut_solve
+void ut_solve(int n, int U_ptr[], int U_ind[], double U_val[],
+      double U_diag[], double x[]);
+/* solve lower triangular system U'*x = b */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glprgr.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glprgr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fbff6b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glprgr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* glprgr.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#define _GLPSTD_ERRNO
+#define _GLPSTD_STDIO
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glprgr.h"
+#define xfault xerror
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rgr_write_bmp16 - write 16-color raster image in BMP file format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glprgr.h"
+*  int rgr_write_bmp16(const char *fname, int m, int n, const char
+*     map[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine rgr_write_bmp16 writes 16-color raster image in
+*  uncompressed BMP file format (Windows bitmap) to a binary file whose
+*  name is specified by the character string fname.
+*
+*  The parameters m and n specify, respectively, the number of rows and
+*  the numbers of columns (i.e. height and width) of the raster image.
+*
+*  The character array map has m*n elements. Elements map[0, ..., n-1]
+*  correspond to the first (top) scanline, elements map[n, ..., 2*n-1]
+*  correspond to the second scanline, etc.
+*
+*  Each element of the array map specifies a color of the corresponding
+*  pixel as 8-bit binary number XXXXIRGB, where four high-order bits (X)
+*  are ignored, I is high intensity bit, R is red color bit, G is green
+*  color bit, and B is blue color bit. Thus, all 16 possible colors are
+*  coded as following hexadecimal numbers:
+*
+*     0x00 = black         0x08 = dark gray
+*     0x01 = blue          0x09 = bright blue
+*     0x02 = green         0x0A = bright green
+*     0x03 = cyan          0x0B = bright cyan
+*     0x04 = red           0x0C = bright red
+*     0x05 = magenta       0x0D = bright magenta
+*     0x06 = brown         0x0E = yellow
+*     0x07 = light gray    0x0F = white
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If no error occured, the routine returns zero; otherwise, it prints
+*  an appropriate error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+static void put_byte(FILE *fp, int c)
+{     fputc(c, fp);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void put_word(FILE *fp, int w)
+{     /* big endian */
+      put_byte(fp, w);
+      put_byte(fp, w >> 8);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void put_dword(FILE *fp, int d)
+{     /* big endian */
+      put_word(fp, d);
+      put_word(fp, d >> 16);
+      return;
+}
+
+int rgr_write_bmp16(const char *fname, int m, int n, const char map[])
+{     FILE *fp;
+      int offset, bmsize, i, j, b, ret = 0;
+      if (!(1 <= m && m <= 32767))
+         xfault("rgr_write_bmp16: m = %d; invalid height\n", m);
+      if (!(1 <= n && n <= 32767))
+         xfault("rgr_write_bmp16: n = %d; invalid width\n", n);
+      fp = fopen(fname, "wb");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("rgr_write_bmp16: unable to create '%s' - %s\n",
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            fname, strerror(errno));
+#else
+            fname, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+         ret = 1;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      offset = 14 + 40 + 16 * 4;
+      bmsize = (4 * n + 31) / 32;
+      /* struct BMPFILEHEADER (14 bytes) */
+      /* UINT bfType */          put_byte(fp, 'B'), put_byte(fp, 'M');
+      /* DWORD bfSize */         put_dword(fp, offset + bmsize * 4);
+      /* UINT bfReserved1 */     put_word(fp, 0);
+      /* UNIT bfReserved2 */     put_word(fp, 0);
+      /* DWORD bfOffBits */      put_dword(fp, offset);
+      /* struct BMPINFOHEADER (40 bytes) */
+      /* DWORD biSize */         put_dword(fp, 40);
+      /* LONG biWidth */         put_dword(fp, n);
+      /* LONG biHeight */        put_dword(fp, m);
+      /* WORD biPlanes */        put_word(fp, 1);
+      /* WORD biBitCount */      put_word(fp, 4);
+      /* DWORD biCompression */  put_dword(fp, 0 /* BI_RGB */);
+      /* DWORD biSizeImage */    put_dword(fp, 0);
+      /* LONG biXPelsPerMeter */ put_dword(fp, 2953 /* 75 dpi */);
+      /* LONG biYPelsPerMeter */ put_dword(fp, 2953 /* 75 dpi */);
+      /* DWORD biClrUsed */      put_dword(fp, 0);
+      /* DWORD biClrImportant */ put_dword(fp, 0);
+      /* struct RGBQUAD (16 * 4 = 64 bytes) */
+      /* CGA-compatible colors: */
+      /* 0x00 = black */         put_dword(fp, 0x000000);
+      /* 0x01 = blue */          put_dword(fp, 0x000080);
+      /* 0x02 = green */         put_dword(fp, 0x008000);
+      /* 0x03 = cyan */          put_dword(fp, 0x008080);
+      /* 0x04 = red */           put_dword(fp, 0x800000);
+      /* 0x05 = magenta */       put_dword(fp, 0x800080);
+      /* 0x06 = brown */         put_dword(fp, 0x808000);
+      /* 0x07 = light gray */    put_dword(fp, 0xC0C0C0);
+      /* 0x08 = dark gray */     put_dword(fp, 0x808080);
+      /* 0x09 = bright blue */   put_dword(fp, 0x0000FF);
+      /* 0x0A = bright green */  put_dword(fp, 0x00FF00);
+      /* 0x0B = bright cyan */   put_dword(fp, 0x00FFFF);
+      /* 0x0C = bright red */    put_dword(fp, 0xFF0000);
+      /* 0x0D = bright magenta */ put_dword(fp, 0xFF00FF);
+      /* 0x0E = yellow */        put_dword(fp, 0xFFFF00);
+      /* 0x0F = white */         put_dword(fp, 0xFFFFFF);
+      /* pixel data bits */
+      b = 0;
+      for (i = m - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+      {  for (j = 0; j < ((n + 7) / 8) * 8; j++)
+         {  b <<= 4;
+            b |= (j < n ? map[i * n + j] & 15 : 0);
+            if (j & 1) put_byte(fp, b);
+         }
+      }
+      fflush(fp);
+      if (ferror(fp))
+      {  xprintf("rgr_write_bmp16: write error on '%s' - %s\n",
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            fname, strerror(errno));
+#else
+            fname, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+         ret = 1;
+      }
+fini: if (fp != NULL) fclose(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glprgr.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glprgr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71e089e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glprgr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* glprgr.h (raster graphics) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GLPRGR_H
+#define GLPRGR_H
+
+#define rgr_write_bmp16 _glp_rgr_write_bmp16
+int rgr_write_bmp16(const char *fname, int m, int n, const char map[]);
+/* write 16-color raster image in BMP file format */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpscl.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpscl.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de769a8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpscl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+/* glpscl.c (problem scaling routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  min_row_aij - determine minimal |a[i,j]| in i-th row
+*
+*  This routine returns minimal magnitude of (non-zero) constraint
+*  coefficients in i-th row of the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter scaled is zero, the original constraint matrix A is
+*  assumed. Otherwise, the scaled constraint matrix R*A*S is assumed.
+*
+*  If i-th row of the matrix is empty, the routine returns 1. */
+
+static double min_row_aij(glp_prob *lp, int i, int scaled)
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      double min_aij, temp;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= lp->m);
+      min_aij = 1.0;
+      for (aij = lp->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  temp = fabs(aij->val);
+         if (scaled) temp *= (aij->row->rii * aij->col->sjj);
+         if (aij->r_prev == NULL || min_aij > temp)
+            min_aij = temp;
+      }
+      return min_aij;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  max_row_aij - determine maximal |a[i,j]| in i-th row
+*
+*  This routine returns maximal magnitude of (non-zero) constraint
+*  coefficients in i-th row of the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter scaled is zero, the original constraint matrix A is
+*  assumed. Otherwise, the scaled constraint matrix R*A*S is assumed.
+*
+*  If i-th row of the matrix is empty, the routine returns 1. */
+
+static double max_row_aij(glp_prob *lp, int i, int scaled)
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      double max_aij, temp;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= lp->m);
+      max_aij = 1.0;
+      for (aij = lp->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  temp = fabs(aij->val);
+         if (scaled) temp *= (aij->row->rii * aij->col->sjj);
+         if (aij->r_prev == NULL || max_aij < temp)
+            max_aij = temp;
+      }
+      return max_aij;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  min_col_aij - determine minimal |a[i,j]| in j-th column
+*
+*  This routine returns minimal magnitude of (non-zero) constraint
+*  coefficients in j-th column of the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter scaled is zero, the original constraint matrix A is
+*  assumed. Otherwise, the scaled constraint matrix R*A*S is assumed.
+*
+*  If j-th column of the matrix is empty, the routine returns 1. */
+
+static double min_col_aij(glp_prob *lp, int j, int scaled)
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      double min_aij, temp;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= lp->n);
+      min_aij = 1.0;
+      for (aij = lp->col[j]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  temp = fabs(aij->val);
+         if (scaled) temp *= (aij->row->rii * aij->col->sjj);
+         if (aij->c_prev == NULL || min_aij > temp)
+            min_aij = temp;
+      }
+      return min_aij;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  max_col_aij - determine maximal |a[i,j]| in j-th column
+*
+*  This routine returns maximal magnitude of (non-zero) constraint
+*  coefficients in j-th column of the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter scaled is zero, the original constraint matrix A is
+*  assumed. Otherwise, the scaled constraint matrix R*A*S is assumed.
+*
+*  If j-th column of the matrix is empty, the routine returns 1. */
+
+static double max_col_aij(glp_prob *lp, int j, int scaled)
+{     GLPAIJ *aij;
+      double max_aij, temp;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= lp->n);
+      max_aij = 1.0;
+      for (aij = lp->col[j]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  temp = fabs(aij->val);
+         if (scaled) temp *= (aij->row->rii * aij->col->sjj);
+         if (aij->c_prev == NULL || max_aij < temp)
+            max_aij = temp;
+      }
+      return max_aij;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  min_mat_aij - determine minimal |a[i,j]| in constraint matrix
+*
+*  This routine returns minimal magnitude of (non-zero) constraint
+*  coefficients in the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter scaled is zero, the original constraint matrix A is
+*  assumed. Otherwise, the scaled constraint matrix R*A*S is assumed.
+*
+*  If the matrix is empty, the routine returns 1. */
+
+static double min_mat_aij(glp_prob *lp, int scaled)
+{     int i;
+      double min_aij, temp;
+      min_aij = 1.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+      {  temp = min_row_aij(lp, i, scaled);
+         if (i == 1 || min_aij > temp)
+            min_aij = temp;
+      }
+      return min_aij;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  max_mat_aij - determine maximal |a[i,j]| in constraint matrix
+*
+*  This routine returns maximal magnitude of (non-zero) constraint
+*  coefficients in the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter scaled is zero, the original constraint matrix A is
+*  assumed. Otherwise, the scaled constraint matrix R*A*S is assumed.
+*
+*  If the matrix is empty, the routine returns 1. */
+
+static double max_mat_aij(glp_prob *lp, int scaled)
+{     int i;
+      double max_aij, temp;
+      max_aij = 1.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+      {  temp = max_row_aij(lp, i, scaled);
+         if (i == 1 || max_aij < temp)
+            max_aij = temp;
+      }
+      return max_aij;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  eq_scaling - perform equilibration scaling
+*
+*  This routine performs equilibration scaling of rows and columns of
+*  the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter flag is zero, the routine scales rows at first and
+*  then columns. Otherwise, the routine scales columns and then rows.
+*
+*  Rows are scaled as follows:
+*
+*                         n
+*     a'[i,j] = a[i,j] / max |a[i,j]|,  i = 1,...,m.
+*                        j=1
+*
+*  This makes the infinity (maximum) norm of each row of the matrix
+*  equal to 1.
+*
+*  Columns are scaled as follows:
+*
+*                         m
+*     a'[i,j] = a[i,j] / max |a[i,j]|,  j = 1,...,n.
+*                        i=1
+*
+*  This makes the infinity (maximum) norm of each column of the matrix
+*  equal to 1. */
+
+static void eq_scaling(glp_prob *lp, int flag)
+{     int i, j, pass;
+      double temp;
+      xassert(flag == 0 || flag == 1);
+      for (pass = 0; pass <= 1; pass++)
+      {  if (pass == flag)
+         {  /* scale rows */
+            for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+            {  temp = max_row_aij(lp, i, 1);
+               glp_set_rii(lp, i, glp_get_rii(lp, i) / temp);
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* scale columns */
+            for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++)
+            {  temp = max_col_aij(lp, j, 1);
+               glp_set_sjj(lp, j, glp_get_sjj(lp, j) / temp);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  gm_scaling - perform geometric mean scaling
+*
+*  This routine performs geometric mean scaling of rows and columns of
+*  the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  If the parameter flag is zero, the routine scales rows at first and
+*  then columns. Otherwise, the routine scales columns and then rows.
+*
+*  Rows are scaled as follows:
+*
+*     a'[i,j] = a[i,j] / sqrt(alfa[i] * beta[i]),  i = 1,...,m,
+*
+*  where:
+*                n                        n
+*     alfa[i] = min |a[i,j]|,  beta[i] = max |a[i,j]|.
+*               j=1                      j=1
+*
+*  This allows decreasing the ratio beta[i] / alfa[i] for each row of
+*  the matrix.
+*
+*  Columns are scaled as follows:
+*
+*     a'[i,j] = a[i,j] / sqrt(alfa[j] * beta[j]),  j = 1,...,n,
+*
+*  where:
+*                m                        m
+*     alfa[j] = min |a[i,j]|,  beta[j] = max |a[i,j]|.
+*               i=1                      i=1
+*
+*  This allows decreasing the ratio beta[j] / alfa[j] for each column
+*  of the matrix. */
+
+static void gm_scaling(glp_prob *lp, int flag)
+{     int i, j, pass;
+      double temp;
+      xassert(flag == 0 || flag == 1);
+      for (pass = 0; pass <= 1; pass++)
+      {  if (pass == flag)
+         {  /* scale rows */
+            for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+            {  temp = min_row_aij(lp, i, 1) * max_row_aij(lp, i, 1);
+               glp_set_rii(lp, i, glp_get_rii(lp, i) / sqrt(temp));
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* scale columns */
+            for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++)
+            {  temp = min_col_aij(lp, j, 1) * max_col_aij(lp, j, 1);
+               glp_set_sjj(lp, j, glp_get_sjj(lp, j) / sqrt(temp));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  max_row_ratio - determine worst scaling "quality" for rows
+*
+*  This routine returns the worst scaling "quality" for rows of the
+*  currently scaled constraint matrix:
+*
+*              m
+*     ratio = max ratio[i],
+*             i=1
+*  where:
+*                 n              n
+*     ratio[i] = max |a[i,j]| / min |a[i,j]|,  1 <= i <= m,
+*                j=1            j=1
+*
+*  is the scaling "quality" of i-th row. */
+
+static double max_row_ratio(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int i;
+      double ratio, temp;
+      ratio = 1.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+      {  temp = max_row_aij(lp, i, 1) / min_row_aij(lp, i, 1);
+         if (i == 1 || ratio < temp) ratio = temp;
+      }
+      return ratio;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  max_col_ratio - determine worst scaling "quality" for columns
+*
+*  This routine returns the worst scaling "quality" for columns of the
+*  currently scaled constraint matrix:
+*
+*              n
+*     ratio = max ratio[j],
+*             j=1
+*  where:
+*                 m              m
+*     ratio[j] = max |a[i,j]| / min |a[i,j]|,  1 <= j <= n,
+*                i=1            i=1
+*
+*  is the scaling "quality" of j-th column. */
+
+static double max_col_ratio(glp_prob *lp)
+{     int j;
+      double ratio, temp;
+      ratio = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++)
+      {  temp = max_col_aij(lp, j, 1) / min_col_aij(lp, j, 1);
+         if (j == 1 || ratio < temp) ratio = temp;
+      }
+      return ratio;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  gm_iterate - perform iterative geometric mean scaling
+*
+*  This routine performs iterative geometric mean scaling of rows and
+*  columns of the constraint matrix.
+*
+*  The parameter it_max specifies the maximal number of iterations.
+*  Recommended value of it_max is 15.
+*
+*  The parameter tau specifies a minimal improvement of the scaling
+*  "quality" on each iteration, 0 < tau < 1. It means than the scaling
+*  process continues while the following condition is satisfied:
+*
+*     ratio[k] <= tau * ratio[k-1],
+*
+*  where ratio = max |a[i,j]| / min |a[i,j]| is the scaling "quality"
+*  to be minimized, k is the iteration number. Recommended value of tau
+*  is 0.90. */
+
+static void gm_iterate(glp_prob *lp, int it_max, double tau)
+{     int k, flag;
+      double ratio = 0.0, r_old;
+      /* if the scaling "quality" for rows is better than for columns,
+         the rows are scaled first; otherwise, the columns are scaled
+         first */
+      flag = (max_row_ratio(lp) > max_col_ratio(lp));
+      for (k = 1; k <= it_max; k++)
+      {  /* save the scaling "quality" from previous iteration */
+         r_old = ratio;
+         /* determine the current scaling "quality" */
+         ratio = max_mat_aij(lp, 1) / min_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+#if 0
+         xprintf("k = %d; ratio = %g\n", k, ratio);
+#endif
+         /* if improvement is not enough, terminate scaling */
+         if (k > 1 && ratio > tau * r_old) break;
+         /* otherwise, perform another iteration */
+         gm_scaling(lp, flag);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  scale_prob - scale problem data
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpscl.h"
+*  void scale_prob(glp_prob *lp, int flags);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine scale_prob performs automatic scaling of problem data
+*  for the specified problem object. */
+
+static void scale_prob(glp_prob *lp, int flags)
+{     static const char *fmt =
+         "%s: min|aij| = %10.3e  max|aij| = %10.3e  ratio = %10.3e\n";
+      double min_aij, max_aij, ratio;
+      xprintf("Scaling...\n");
+      /* cancel the current scaling effect */
+      glp_unscale_prob(lp);
+      /* report original scaling "quality" */
+      min_aij = min_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+      max_aij = max_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+      ratio = max_aij / min_aij;
+      xprintf(fmt, " A", min_aij, max_aij, ratio);
+      /* check if the problem is well scaled */
+      if (min_aij >= 0.10 && max_aij <= 10.0)
+      {  xprintf("Problem data seem to be well scaled\n");
+         /* skip scaling, if required */
+         if (flags & GLP_SF_SKIP) goto done;
+      }
+      /* perform iterative geometric mean scaling, if required */
+      if (flags & GLP_SF_GM)
+      {  gm_iterate(lp, 15, 0.90);
+         min_aij = min_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+         max_aij = max_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+         ratio = max_aij / min_aij;
+         xprintf(fmt, "GM", min_aij, max_aij, ratio);
+      }
+      /* perform equilibration scaling, if required */
+      if (flags & GLP_SF_EQ)
+      {  eq_scaling(lp, max_row_ratio(lp) > max_col_ratio(lp));
+         min_aij = min_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+         max_aij = max_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+         ratio = max_aij / min_aij;
+         xprintf(fmt, "EQ", min_aij, max_aij, ratio);
+      }
+      /* round scale factors to nearest power of two, if required */
+      if (flags & GLP_SF_2N)
+      {  int i, j;
+         for (i = 1; i <= lp->m; i++)
+            glp_set_rii(lp, i, round2n(glp_get_rii(lp, i)));
+         for (j = 1; j <= lp->n; j++)
+            glp_set_sjj(lp, j, round2n(glp_get_sjj(lp, j)));
+         min_aij = min_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+         max_aij = max_mat_aij(lp, 1);
+         ratio = max_aij / min_aij;
+         xprintf(fmt, "2N", min_aij, max_aij, ratio);
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_scale_prob - scale problem data
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_scale_prob(glp_prob *lp, int flags);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_scale_prob performs automatic scaling of problem
+*  data for the specified problem object.
+*
+*  The parameter flags specifies scaling options used by the routine.
+*  Options can be combined with the bitwise OR operator and may be the
+*  following:
+*
+*  GLP_SF_GM      perform geometric mean scaling;
+*  GLP_SF_EQ      perform equilibration scaling;
+*  GLP_SF_2N      round scale factors to nearest power of two;
+*  GLP_SF_SKIP    skip scaling, if the problem is well scaled.
+*
+*  The parameter flags may be specified as GLP_SF_AUTO, in which case
+*  the routine chooses scaling options automatically. */
+
+void glp_scale_prob(glp_prob *lp, int flags)
+{     if (flags & ~(GLP_SF_GM | GLP_SF_EQ | GLP_SF_2N | GLP_SF_SKIP |
+                    GLP_SF_AUTO))
+         xerror("glp_scale_prob: flags = 0x%02X; invalid scaling option"
+            "s\n", flags);
+      if (flags & GLP_SF_AUTO)
+         flags = (GLP_SF_GM | GLP_SF_EQ | GLP_SF_SKIP);
+      scale_prob(lp, flags);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpspm.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpspm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6cfd25d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpspm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,847 @@
+/* glpspm.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "glphbm.h"
+#include "glprgr.h"
+#include "glpspm.h"
+#include "env.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_create_mat - create general sparse matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  SPM *spm_create_mat(int m, int n);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_create_mat creates a general sparse matrix having
+*  m rows and n columns. Being created the matrix is zero (empty), i.e.
+*  has no elements.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the matrix created. */
+
+SPM *spm_create_mat(int m, int n)
+{     SPM *A;
+      xassert(0 <= m && m < INT_MAX);
+      xassert(0 <= n && n < INT_MAX);
+      A = xmalloc(sizeof(SPM));
+      A->m = m;
+      A->n = n;
+      if (m == 0 || n == 0)
+      {  A->pool = NULL;
+         A->row = NULL;
+         A->col = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  int i, j;
+         A->pool = dmp_create_pool();
+         A->row = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(SPME *));
+         for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) A->row[i] = NULL;
+         A->col = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(SPME *));
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) A->col[j] = NULL;
+      }
+      return A;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_new_elem - add new element to sparse matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  SPME *spm_new_elem(SPM *A, int i, int j, double val);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_new_elem adds a new element to the specified sparse
+*  matrix. Parameters i, j, and val specify the row number, the column
+*  number, and a numerical value of the element, respectively.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the new element added. */
+
+SPME *spm_new_elem(SPM *A, int i, int j, double val)
+{     SPME *e;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= A->m);
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= A->n);
+      e = dmp_get_atom(A->pool, sizeof(SPME));
+      e->i = i;
+      e->j = j;
+      e->val = val;
+      e->r_prev = NULL;
+      e->r_next = A->row[i];
+      if (e->r_next != NULL) e->r_next->r_prev = e;
+      e->c_prev = NULL;
+      e->c_next = A->col[j];
+      if (e->c_next != NULL) e->c_next->c_prev = e;
+      A->row[i] = A->col[j] = e;
+      return e;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_delete_mat - delete general sparse matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  void spm_delete_mat(SPM *A);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine deletes the specified general sparse matrix freeing all
+*  the memory allocated to this object. */
+
+void spm_delete_mat(SPM *A)
+{     /* delete sparse matrix */
+      if (A->pool != NULL) dmp_delete_pool(A->pool);
+      if (A->row != NULL) xfree(A->row);
+      if (A->col != NULL) xfree(A->col);
+      xfree(A);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_test_mat_e - create test sparse matrix of E(n,c) class
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  SPM *spm_test_mat_e(int n, int c);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_test_mat_e creates a test sparse matrix of E(n,c)
+*  class as described in the book: Ole 0sterby, Zahari Zlatev. Direct
+*  Methods for Sparse Matrices. Springer-Verlag, 1983.
+*
+*  Matrix of E(n,c) class is a symmetric positive definite matrix of
+*  the order n. It has the number 4 on its main diagonal and the number
+*  -1 on its four co-diagonals, two of which are neighbour to the main
+*  diagonal and two others are shifted from the main diagonal on the
+*  distance c.
+*
+*  It is necessary that n >= 3 and 2 <= c <= n-1.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the matrix created. */
+
+SPM *spm_test_mat_e(int n, int c)
+{     SPM *A;
+      int i;
+      xassert(n >= 3 && 2 <= c && c <= n-1);
+      A = spm_create_mat(n, n);
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i, 4.0);
+      for (i = 1; i <= n-1; i++)
+      {  spm_new_elem(A, i, i+1, -1.0);
+         spm_new_elem(A, i+1, i, -1.0);
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= n-c; i++)
+      {  spm_new_elem(A, i, i+c, -1.0);
+         spm_new_elem(A, i+c, i, -1.0);
+      }
+      return A;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_test_mat_d - create test sparse matrix of D(n,c) class
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  SPM *spm_test_mat_d(int n, int c);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_test_mat_d creates a test sparse matrix of D(n,c)
+*  class as described in the book: Ole 0sterby, Zahari Zlatev. Direct
+*  Methods for Sparse Matrices. Springer-Verlag, 1983.
+*
+*  Matrix of D(n,c) class is a non-singular matrix of the order n. It
+*  has unity main diagonal, three co-diagonals above the main diagonal
+*  on the distance c, which are cyclically continued below the main
+*  diagonal, and a triangle block of the size 10x10 in the upper right
+*  corner.
+*
+*  It is necessary that n >= 14 and 1 <= c <= n-13.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the matrix created. */
+
+SPM *spm_test_mat_d(int n, int c)
+{     SPM *A;
+      int i, j;
+      xassert(n >= 14 && 1 <= c && c <= n-13);
+      A = spm_create_mat(n, n);
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i, 1.0);
+      for (i = 1; i <= n-c; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i+c, (double)(i+1));
+      for (i = n-c+1; i <= n; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i-n+c, (double)(i+1));
+      for (i = 1; i <= n-c-1; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i+c+1, (double)(-i));
+      for (i = n-c; i <= n; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i-n+c+1, (double)(-i));
+      for (i = 1; i <= n-c-2; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i+c+2, 16.0);
+      for (i = n-c-1; i <= n; i++)
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, i-n+c+2, 16.0);
+      for (j = 1; j <= 10; j++)
+         for (i = 1; i <= 11-j; i++)
+            spm_new_elem(A, i, n-11+i+j, 100.0 * (double)j);
+      return A;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_show_mat - write sparse matrix pattern in BMP file format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  int spm_show_mat(const SPM *A, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_show_mat writes pattern of the specified sparse
+*  matrix in uncompressed BMP file format (Windows bitmap) to a binary
+*  file whose name is specified by the character string fname.
+*
+*  Each pixel corresponds to one matrix element. The pixel colors have
+*  the following meaning:
+*
+*  Black    structurally zero element
+*  White    positive element
+*  Cyan     negative element
+*  Green    zero element
+*  Red      duplicate element
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If no error occured, the routine returns zero. Otherwise, it prints
+*  an appropriate error message and returns non-zero. */
+
+int spm_show_mat(const SPM *A, const char *fname)
+{     int m = A->m;
+      int n = A->n;
+      int i, j, k, ret;
+      char *map;
+      xprintf("spm_show_mat: writing matrix pattern to '%s'...\n",
+         fname);
+      xassert(1 <= m && m <= 32767);
+      xassert(1 <= n && n <= 32767);
+      map = xmalloc(m * n);
+      memset(map, 0x08, m * n);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  SPME *e;
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+         {  j = e->j;
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            k = n * (i - 1) + (j - 1);
+            if (map[k] != 0x08)
+               map[k] = 0x0C;
+            else if (e->val > 0.0)
+               map[k] = 0x0F;
+            else if (e->val < 0.0)
+               map[k] = 0x0B;
+            else
+               map[k] = 0x0A;
+         }
+      }
+      ret = rgr_write_bmp16(fname, m, n, map);
+      xfree(map);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_read_hbm - read sparse matrix in Harwell-Boeing format
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  SPM *spm_read_hbm(const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_read_hbm reads a sparse matrix in the Harwell-Boeing
+*  format from a text file whose name is the character string fname.
+*
+*  Detailed description of the Harwell-Boeing format recognised by this
+*  routine can be found in the following report:
+*
+*  I.S.Duff, R.G.Grimes, J.G.Lewis. User's Guide for the Harwell-Boeing
+*  Sparse Matrix Collection (Release I), TR/PA/92/86, October 1992.
+*
+*  NOTE
+*
+*  The routine spm_read_hbm reads the matrix "as is", due to which zero
+*  and/or duplicate elements can appear in the matrix.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If no error occured, the routine returns a pointer to the matrix
+*  created. Otherwise, the routine prints an appropriate error message
+*  and returns NULL. */
+
+SPM *spm_read_hbm(const char *fname)
+{     SPM *A = NULL;
+      HBM *hbm;
+      int nrow, ncol, nnzero, i, j, beg, end, ptr, *colptr, *rowind;
+      double val, *values;
+      char *mxtype;
+      hbm = hbm_read_mat(fname);
+      if (hbm == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("spm_read_hbm: unable to read matrix\n");
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      mxtype = hbm->mxtype;
+      nrow = hbm->nrow;
+      ncol = hbm->ncol;
+      nnzero = hbm->nnzero;
+      colptr = hbm->colptr;
+      rowind = hbm->rowind;
+      values = hbm->values;
+      if (!(strcmp(mxtype, "RSA") == 0 || strcmp(mxtype, "PSA") == 0 ||
+            strcmp(mxtype, "RUA") == 0 || strcmp(mxtype, "PUA") == 0 ||
+            strcmp(mxtype, "RRA") == 0 || strcmp(mxtype, "PRA") == 0))
+      {  xprintf("spm_read_hbm: matrix type '%s' not supported\n",
+            mxtype);
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      A = spm_create_mat(nrow, ncol);
+      if (mxtype[1] == 'S' || mxtype[1] == 'U')
+         xassert(nrow == ncol);
+      for (j = 1; j <= ncol; j++)
+      {  beg = colptr[j];
+         end = colptr[j+1];
+         xassert(1 <= beg && beg <= end && end <= nnzero + 1);
+         for (ptr = beg; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  i = rowind[ptr];
+            xassert(1 <= i && i <= nrow);
+            if (mxtype[0] == 'R')
+               val = values[ptr];
+            else
+               val = 1.0;
+            spm_new_elem(A, i, j, val);
+            if (mxtype[1] == 'S' && i != j)
+               spm_new_elem(A, j, i, val);
+         }
+      }
+fini: if (hbm != NULL) hbm_free_mat(hbm);
+      return A;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_count_nnz - determine number of non-zeros in sparse matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  int spm_count_nnz(const SPM *A);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine spm_count_nnz returns the number of structural non-zero
+*  elements in the specified sparse matrix. */
+
+int spm_count_nnz(const SPM *A)
+{     SPME *e;
+      int i, nnz = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= A->m; i++)
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next) nnz++;
+      return nnz;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_drop_zeros - remove zero elements from sparse matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  int spm_drop_zeros(SPM *A, double eps);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_drop_zeros removes all elements from the specified
+*  sparse matrix, whose absolute value is less than eps.
+*
+*  If the parameter eps is 0, only zero elements are removed from the
+*  matrix.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of elements removed. */
+
+int spm_drop_zeros(SPM *A, double eps)
+{     SPME *e, *next;
+      int i, count = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= A->m; i++)
+      {  for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = next)
+         {  next = e->r_next;
+            if (e->val == 0.0 || fabs(e->val) < eps)
+            {  /* remove element from the row list */
+               if (e->r_prev == NULL)
+                  A->row[e->i] = e->r_next;
+               else
+                  e->r_prev->r_next = e->r_next;
+               if (e->r_next == NULL)
+                  ;
+               else
+                  e->r_next->r_prev = e->r_prev;
+               /* remove element from the column list */
+               if (e->c_prev == NULL)
+                  A->col[e->j] = e->c_next;
+               else
+                  e->c_prev->c_next = e->c_next;
+               if (e->c_next == NULL)
+                  ;
+               else
+                  e->c_next->c_prev = e->c_prev;
+               /* return element to the memory pool */
+               dmp_free_atom(A->pool, e, sizeof(SPME));
+               count++;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_read_mat - read sparse matrix from text file
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  SPM *spm_read_mat(const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine reads a sparse matrix from a text file whose name is
+*  specified by the parameter fname.
+*
+*  For the file format see description of the routine spm_write_mat.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  On success the routine returns a pointer to the matrix created,
+*  otherwise NULL. */
+
+#if 1
+SPM *spm_read_mat(const char *fname)
+{     xassert(fname != fname);
+      return NULL;
+}
+#else
+SPM *spm_read_mat(const char *fname)
+{     SPM *A = NULL;
+      PDS *pds;
+      jmp_buf jump;
+      int i, j, k, m, n, nnz, fail = 0;
+      double val;
+      xprintf("spm_read_mat: reading matrix from '%s'...\n", fname);
+      pds = pds_open_file(fname);
+      if (pds == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("spm_read_mat: unable to open '%s' - %s\n", fname,
+            strerror(errno));
+         fail = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (setjmp(jump))
+      {  fail = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      pds_set_jump(pds, jump);
+      /* number of rows, number of columns, number of non-zeros */
+      m = pds_scan_int(pds);
+      if (m < 0)
+         pds_error(pds, "invalid number of rows\n");
+      n = pds_scan_int(pds);
+      if (n < 0)
+         pds_error(pds, "invalid number of columns\n");
+      nnz = pds_scan_int(pds);
+      if (nnz < 0)
+         pds_error(pds, "invalid number of non-zeros\n");
+      /* create matrix */
+      xprintf("spm_read_mat: %d rows, %d columns, %d non-zeros\n",
+         m, n, nnz);
+      A = spm_create_mat(m, n);
+      /* read matrix elements */
+      for (k = 1; k <= nnz; k++)
+      {  /* row index, column index, element value */
+         i = pds_scan_int(pds);
+         if (!(1 <= i && i <= m))
+            pds_error(pds, "row index out of range\n");
+         j = pds_scan_int(pds);
+         if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+            pds_error(pds, "column index out of range\n");
+         val = pds_scan_num(pds);
+         /* add new element to the matrix */
+         spm_new_elem(A, i, j, val);
+      }
+      xprintf("spm_read_mat: %d lines were read\n", pds->count);
+done: if (pds != NULL) pds_close_file(pds);
+      if (fail && A != NULL) spm_delete_mat(A), A = NULL;
+      return A;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_write_mat - write sparse matrix to text file
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  int spm_write_mat(const SPM *A, const char *fname);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spm_write_mat writes the specified sparse matrix to a
+*  text file whose name is specified by the parameter fname. This file
+*  can be read back with the routine spm_read_mat.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  On success the routine returns zero, otherwise non-zero.
+*
+*  FILE FORMAT
+*
+*  The file created by the routine spm_write_mat is a plain text file,
+*  which contains the following information:
+*
+*     m n nnz
+*     row[1] col[1] val[1]
+*     row[2] col[2] val[2]
+*     . . .
+*     row[nnz] col[nnz] val[nnz]
+*
+*  where:
+*  m is the number of rows;
+*  n is the number of columns;
+*  nnz is the number of non-zeros;
+*  row[k], k = 1,...,nnz, are row indices;
+*  col[k], k = 1,...,nnz, are column indices;
+*  val[k], k = 1,...,nnz, are element values. */
+
+#if 1
+int spm_write_mat(const SPM *A, const char *fname)
+{     xassert(A != A);
+      xassert(fname != fname);
+      return 0;
+}
+#else
+int spm_write_mat(const SPM *A, const char *fname)
+{     FILE *fp;
+      int i, nnz, ret = 0;
+      xprintf("spm_write_mat: writing matrix to '%s'...\n", fname);
+      fp = fopen(fname, "w");
+      if (fp == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("spm_write_mat: unable to create '%s' - %s\n", fname,
+            strerror(errno));
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* number of rows, number of columns, number of non-zeros */
+      nnz = spm_count_nnz(A);
+      fprintf(fp, "%d %d %d\n", A->m, A->n, nnz);
+      /* walk through rows of the matrix */
+      for (i = 1; i <= A->m; i++)
+      {  SPME *e;
+         /* walk through elements of i-th row */
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+         {  /* row index, column index, element value */
+            fprintf(fp, "%d %d %.*g\n", e->i, e->j, DBL_DIG, e->val);
+         }
+      }
+      fflush(fp);
+      if (ferror(fp))
+      {  xprintf("spm_write_mat: writing error on '%s' - %s\n", fname,
+            strerror(errno));
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xprintf("spm_write_mat: %d lines were written\n", 1 + nnz);
+done: if (fp != NULL) fclose(fp);
+      return ret;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spm_transpose - transpose sparse matrix
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpspm.h"
+*  SPM *spm_transpose(const SPM *A);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine computes and returns sparse matrix B, which is a matrix
+*  transposed to sparse matrix A. */
+
+SPM *spm_transpose(const SPM *A)
+{     SPM *B;
+      int i;
+      B = spm_create_mat(A->n, A->m);
+      for (i = 1; i <= A->m; i++)
+      {  SPME *e;
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            spm_new_elem(B, e->j, i, e->val);
+      }
+      return B;
+}
+
+SPM *spm_add_sym(const SPM *A, const SPM *B)
+{     /* add two sparse matrices (symbolic phase) */
+      SPM *C;
+      int i, j, *flag;
+      xassert(A->m == B->m);
+      xassert(A->n == B->n);
+      /* create resultant matrix */
+      C = spm_create_mat(A->m, A->n);
+      /* allocate and clear the flag array */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+C->n, sizeof(int));
+      for (j = 1; j <= C->n; j++)
+         flag[j] = 0;
+      /* compute pattern of C = A + B */
+      for (i = 1; i <= C->m; i++)
+      {  SPME *e;
+         /* at the beginning i-th row of C is empty */
+         /* (i-th row of C) := (i-th row of C) union (i-th row of A) */
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+         {  /* (note that i-th row of A may have duplicate elements) */
+            j = e->j;
+            if (!flag[j])
+            {  spm_new_elem(C, i, j, 0.0);
+               flag[j] = 1;
+            }
+         }
+         /* (i-th row of C) := (i-th row of C) union (i-th row of B) */
+         for (e = B->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+         {  /* (note that i-th row of B may have duplicate elements) */
+            j = e->j;
+            if (!flag[j])
+            {  spm_new_elem(C, i, j, 0.0);
+               flag[j] = 1;
+            }
+         }
+         /* reset the flag array */
+         for (e = C->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            flag[e->j] = 0;
+      }
+      /* check and deallocate the flag array */
+      for (j = 1; j <= C->n; j++)
+         xassert(!flag[j]);
+      xfree(flag);
+      return C;
+}
+
+void spm_add_num(SPM *C, double alfa, const SPM *A, double beta,
+      const SPM *B)
+{     /* add two sparse matrices (numeric phase) */
+      int i, j;
+      double *work;
+      /* allocate and clear the working array */
+      work = xcalloc(1+C->n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= C->n; j++)
+         work[j] = 0.0;
+      /* compute matrix C = alfa * A + beta * B */
+      for (i = 1; i <= C->n; i++)
+      {  SPME *e;
+         /* work := alfa * (i-th row of A) + beta * (i-th row of B) */
+         /* (note that A and/or B may have duplicate elements) */
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            work[e->j] += alfa * e->val;
+         for (e = B->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            work[e->j] += beta * e->val;
+         /* (i-th row of C) := work, work := 0 */
+         for (e = C->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+         {  j = e->j;
+            e->val = work[j];
+            work[j] = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check and deallocate the working array */
+      for (j = 1; j <= C->n; j++)
+         xassert(work[j] == 0.0);
+      xfree(work);
+      return;
+}
+
+SPM *spm_add_mat(double alfa, const SPM *A, double beta, const SPM *B)
+{     /* add two sparse matrices (driver routine) */
+      SPM *C;
+      C = spm_add_sym(A, B);
+      spm_add_num(C, alfa, A, beta, B);
+      return C;
+}
+
+SPM *spm_mul_sym(const SPM *A, const SPM *B)
+{     /* multiply two sparse matrices (symbolic phase) */
+      int i, j, k, *flag;
+      SPM *C;
+      xassert(A->n == B->m);
+      /* create resultant matrix */
+      C = spm_create_mat(A->m, B->n);
+      /* allocate and clear the flag array */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+C->n, sizeof(int));
+      for (j = 1; j <= C->n; j++)
+         flag[j] = 0;
+      /* compute pattern of C = A * B */
+      for (i = 1; i <= C->m; i++)
+      {  SPME *e, *ee;
+         /* compute pattern of i-th row of C */
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+         {  k = e->j;
+            for (ee = B->row[k]; ee != NULL; ee = ee->r_next)
+            {  j = ee->j;
+               /* if a[i,k] != 0 and b[k,j] != 0 then c[i,j] != 0 */
+               if (!flag[j])
+               {  /* c[i,j] does not exist, so create it */
+                  spm_new_elem(C, i, j, 0.0);
+                  flag[j] = 1;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* reset the flag array */
+         for (e = C->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            flag[e->j] = 0;
+      }
+      /* check and deallocate the flag array */
+      for (j = 1; j <= C->n; j++)
+         xassert(!flag[j]);
+      xfree(flag);
+      return C;
+}
+
+void spm_mul_num(SPM *C, const SPM *A, const SPM *B)
+{     /* multiply two sparse matrices (numeric phase) */
+      int i, j;
+      double *work;
+      /* allocate and clear the working array */
+      work = xcalloc(1+A->n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= A->n; j++)
+         work[j] = 0.0;
+      /* compute matrix C = A * B */
+      for (i = 1; i <= C->m; i++)
+      {  SPME *e, *ee;
+         double temp;
+         /* work := (i-th row of A) */
+         /* (note that A may have duplicate elements) */
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            work[e->j] += e->val;
+         /* compute i-th row of C */
+         for (e = C->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+         {  j = e->j;
+            /* c[i,j] := work * (j-th column of B) */
+            temp = 0.0;
+            for (ee = B->col[j]; ee != NULL; ee = ee->c_next)
+               temp += work[ee->i] * ee->val;
+            e->val = temp;
+         }
+         /* reset the working array */
+         for (e = A->row[i]; e != NULL; e = e->r_next)
+            work[e->j] = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* check and deallocate the working array */
+      for (j = 1; j <= A->n; j++)
+         xassert(work[j] == 0.0);
+      xfree(work);
+      return;
+}
+
+SPM *spm_mul_mat(const SPM *A, const SPM *B)
+{     /* multiply two sparse matrices (driver routine) */
+      SPM *C;
+      C = spm_mul_sym(A, B);
+      spm_mul_num(C, A, B);
+      return C;
+}
+
+PER *spm_create_per(int n)
+{     /* create permutation matrix */
+      PER *P;
+      int k;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      P = xmalloc(sizeof(PER));
+      P->n = n;
+      P->row = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      P->col = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      /* initially it is identity matrix */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+         P->row[k] = P->col[k] = k;
+      return P;
+}
+
+void spm_check_per(PER *P)
+{     /* check permutation matrix for correctness */
+      int i, j;
+      xassert(P->n >= 0);
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->n; i++)
+      {  j = P->row[i];
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= P->n);
+         xassert(P->col[j] == i);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void spm_delete_per(PER *P)
+{     /* delete permutation matrix */
+      xfree(P->row);
+      xfree(P->col);
+      xfree(P);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpspm.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpspm.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eda9f98f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpspm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/* glpspm.h (general sparse matrix) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GLPSPM_H
+#define GLPSPM_H
+
+#include "dmp.h"
+
+typedef struct SPM SPM;
+typedef struct SPME SPME;
+
+struct SPM
+{     /* general sparse matrix */
+      int m;
+      /* number of rows, m >= 0 */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns, n >= 0 */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool to store matrix elements */
+      SPME **row; /* SPME *row[1+m]; */
+      /* row[i], 1 <= i <= m, is a pointer to i-th row list */
+      SPME **col; /* SPME *col[1+n]; */
+      /* col[j], 1 <= j <= n, is a pointer to j-th column list */
+};
+
+struct SPME
+{     /* sparse matrix element */
+      int i;
+      /* row number */
+      int j;
+      /* column number */
+      double val;
+      /* element value */
+      SPME *r_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous element in the same row */
+      SPME *r_next;
+      /* pointer to next element in the same row */
+      SPME *c_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous element in the same column */
+      SPME *c_next;
+      /* pointer to next element in the same column */
+};
+
+typedef struct PER PER;
+
+struct PER
+{     /* permutation matrix */
+      int n;
+      /* matrix order, n >= 0 */
+      int *row; /* int row[1+n]; */
+      /* row[i] = j means p[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *col; /* int col[1+n]; */
+      /* col[j] = i means p[i,j] = 1 */
+};
+
+#define spm_create_mat _glp_spm_create_mat
+SPM *spm_create_mat(int m, int n);
+/* create general sparse matrix */
+
+#define spm_new_elem _glp_spm_new_elem
+SPME *spm_new_elem(SPM *A, int i, int j, double val);
+/* add new element to sparse matrix */
+
+#define spm_delete_mat _glp_spm_delete_mat
+void spm_delete_mat(SPM *A);
+/* delete general sparse matrix */
+
+#define spm_test_mat_e _glp_spm_test_mat_e
+SPM *spm_test_mat_e(int n, int c);
+/* create test sparse matrix of E(n,c) class */
+
+#define spm_test_mat_d _glp_spm_test_mat_d
+SPM *spm_test_mat_d(int n, int c);
+/* create test sparse matrix of D(n,c) class */
+
+#define spm_show_mat _glp_spm_show_mat
+int spm_show_mat(const SPM *A, const char *fname);
+/* write sparse matrix pattern in BMP file format */
+
+#define spm_read_hbm _glp_spm_read_hbm
+SPM *spm_read_hbm(const char *fname);
+/* read sparse matrix in Harwell-Boeing format */
+
+#define spm_count_nnz _glp_spm_count_nnz
+int spm_count_nnz(const SPM *A);
+/* determine number of non-zeros in sparse matrix */
+
+#define spm_drop_zeros _glp_spm_drop_zeros
+int spm_drop_zeros(SPM *A, double eps);
+/* remove zero elements from sparse matrix */
+
+#define spm_read_mat _glp_spm_read_mat
+SPM *spm_read_mat(const char *fname);
+/* read sparse matrix from text file */
+
+#define spm_write_mat _glp_spm_write_mat
+int spm_write_mat(const SPM *A, const char *fname);
+/* write sparse matrix to text file */
+
+#define spm_transpose _glp_spm_transpose
+SPM *spm_transpose(const SPM *A);
+/* transpose sparse matrix */
+
+#define spm_add_sym _glp_spm_add_sym
+SPM *spm_add_sym(const SPM *A, const SPM *B);
+/* add two sparse matrices (symbolic phase) */
+
+#define spm_add_num _glp_spm_add_num
+void spm_add_num(SPM *C, double alfa, const SPM *A, double beta,
+      const SPM *B);
+/* add two sparse matrices (numeric phase) */
+
+#define spm_add_mat _glp_spm_add_mat
+SPM *spm_add_mat(double alfa, const SPM *A, double beta,
+      const SPM *B);
+/* add two sparse matrices (driver routine) */
+
+#define spm_mul_sym _glp_spm_mul_sym
+SPM *spm_mul_sym(const SPM *A, const SPM *B);
+/* multiply two sparse matrices (symbolic phase) */
+
+#define spm_mul_num _glp_spm_mul_num
+void spm_mul_num(SPM *C, const SPM *A, const SPM *B);
+/* multiply two sparse matrices (numeric phase) */
+
+#define spm_mul_mat _glp_spm_mul_mat
+SPM *spm_mul_mat(const SPM *A, const SPM *B);
+/* multiply two sparse matrices (driver routine) */
+
+#define spm_create_per _glp_spm_create_per
+PER *spm_create_per(int n);
+/* create permutation matrix */
+
+#define spm_check_per _glp_spm_check_per
+void spm_check_per(PER *P);
+/* check permutation matrix for correctness */
+
+#define spm_delete_per _glp_spm_delete_per
+void spm_delete_per(PER *P);
+/* delete permutation matrix */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b52b3cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/* glpssx.h (simplex method, rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GLPSSX_H
+#define GLPSSX_H
+
+#include "bfx.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+#include "glpk.h"
+#endif
+
+typedef struct SSX SSX;
+
+struct SSX
+{     /* simplex solver workspace */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// LP PROBLEM DATA
+//
+// It is assumed that LP problem has the following statement:
+//
+//    minimize (or maximize)
+//
+//       z = c[1]*x[1] + ... + c[m+n]*x[m+n] + c[0]                  (1)
+//
+//    subject to equality constraints
+//
+//       x[1] - a[1,1]*x[m+1] - ... - a[1,n]*x[m+n] = 0
+//
+//          .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                      (2)
+//
+//       x[m] - a[m,1]*x[m+1] + ... - a[m,n]*x[m+n] = 0
+//
+//    and bounds of variables
+//
+//         l[1] <= x[1]   <= u[1]
+//
+//          .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                      (3)
+//
+//       l[m+n] <= x[m+n] <= u[m+n]
+//
+// where:
+// x[1], ..., x[m]      - auxiliary variables;
+// x[m+1], ..., x[m+n]  - structural variables;
+// z                    - objective function;
+// c[1], ..., c[m+n]    - coefficients of the objective function;
+// c[0]                 - constant term of the objective function;
+// a[1,1], ..., a[m,n]  - constraint coefficients;
+// l[1], ..., l[m+n]    - lower bounds of variables;
+// u[1], ..., u[m+n]    - upper bounds of variables.
+//
+// Bounds of variables can be finite as well as inifinite. Besides,
+// lower and upper bounds can be equal to each other. So the following
+// five types of variables are possible:
+//
+//    Bounds of variable      Type of variable
+//    -------------------------------------------------
+//    -inf <  x[k] <  +inf    Free (unbounded) variable
+//    l[k] <= x[k] <  +inf    Variable with lower bound
+//    -inf <  x[k] <= u[k]    Variable with upper bound
+//    l[k] <= x[k] <= u[k]    Double-bounded variable
+//    l[k] =  x[k] =  u[k]    Fixed variable
+//
+// Using vector-matrix notations the LP problem (1)-(3) can be written
+// as follows:
+//
+//    minimize (or maximize)
+//
+//       z = c * x + c[0]                                            (4)
+//
+//    subject to equality constraints
+//
+//       xR - A * xS = 0                                             (5)
+//
+//    and bounds of variables
+//
+//       l <= x <= u                                                 (6)
+//
+// where:
+// xR                   - vector of auxiliary variables;
+// xS                   - vector of structural variables;
+// x = (xR, xS)         - vector of all variables;
+// z                    - objective function;
+// c                    - vector of objective coefficients;
+// c[0]                 - constant term of the objective function;
+// A                    - matrix of constraint coefficients (has m rows
+//                        and n columns);
+// l                    - vector of lower bounds of variables;
+// u                    - vector of upper bounds of variables.
+//
+// The simplex method makes no difference between auxiliary and
+// structural variables, so it is convenient to think the system of
+// equality constraints (5) written in a homogeneous form:
+//
+//    (I | -A) * x = 0,                                              (7)
+//
+// where (I | -A) is an augmented (m+n)xm constraint matrix, I is mxm
+// unity matrix whose columns correspond to auxiliary variables, and A
+// is the original mxn constraint matrix whose columns correspond to
+// structural variables. Note that only the matrix A is stored.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      int m;
+      /* number of rows (auxiliary variables), m > 0 */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns (structural variables), n > 0 */
+      int *type; /* int type[1+m+n]; */
+      /* type[0] is not used;
+         type[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is the type of variable x[k]: */
+#define SSX_FR          0     /* free (unbounded) variable */
+#define SSX_LO          1     /* variable with lower bound */
+#define SSX_UP          2     /* variable with upper bound */
+#define SSX_DB          3     /* double-bounded variable */
+#define SSX_FX          4     /* fixed variable */
+      mpq_t *lb; /* mpq_t lb[1+m+n]; alias: l */
+      /* lb[0] is not used;
+         lb[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is an lower bound of variable x[k];
+         if x[k] has no lower bound, lb[k] is zero */
+      mpq_t *ub; /* mpq_t ub[1+m+n]; alias: u */
+      /* ub[0] is not used;
+         ub[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is an upper bound of variable x[k];
+         if x[k] has no upper bound, ub[k] is zero;
+         if x[k] is of fixed type, ub[k] is equal to lb[k] */
+      int dir;
+      /* optimization direction (sense of the objective function): */
+#define SSX_MIN         0     /* minimization */
+#define SSX_MAX         1     /* maximization */
+      mpq_t *coef; /* mpq_t coef[1+m+n]; alias: c */
+      /* coef[0] is a constant term of the objective function;
+         coef[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is a coefficient of the objective
+         function at variable x[k];
+         note that auxiliary variables also may have non-zero objective
+         coefficients */
+      int *A_ptr; /* int A_ptr[1+n+1]; */
+      int *A_ind; /* int A_ind[A_ptr[n+1]]; */
+      mpq_t *A_val; /* mpq_t A_val[A_ptr[n+1]]; */
+      /* constraint matrix A (see (5)) in storage-by-columns format */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// LP BASIS AND CURRENT BASIC SOLUTION
+//
+// The LP basis is defined by the following partition of the augmented
+// constraint matrix (7):
+//
+//    (B | N) = (I | -A) * Q,                                        (8)
+//
+// where B is a mxm non-singular basis matrix whose columns correspond
+// to basic variables xB, N is a mxn matrix whose columns correspond to
+// non-basic variables xN, and Q is a permutation (m+n)x(m+n) matrix.
+//
+// From (7) and (8) it follows that
+//
+//    (I | -A) * x = (I | -A) * Q * Q' * x = (B | N) * (xB, xN),
+//
+// therefore
+//
+//    (xB, xN) = Q' * x,                                             (9)
+//
+// where x is the vector of all variables in the original order, xB is
+// a vector of basic variables, xN is a vector of non-basic variables,
+// Q' = inv(Q) is a matrix transposed to Q.
+//
+// Current values of non-basic variables xN[j], j = 1, ..., n, are not
+// stored; they are defined implicitly by their statuses as follows:
+//
+//    0,             if xN[j] is free variable
+//    lN[j],         if xN[j] is on its lower bound                 (10)
+//    uN[j],         if xN[j] is on its upper bound
+//    lN[j] = uN[j], if xN[j] is fixed variable
+//
+// where lN[j] and uN[j] are lower and upper bounds of xN[j].
+//
+// Current values of basic variables xB[i], i = 1, ..., m, are computed
+// as follows:
+//
+//    beta = - inv(B) * N * xN,                                     (11)
+//
+// where current values of xN are defined by (10).
+//
+// Current values of simplex multipliers pi[i], i = 1, ..., m (which
+// are values of Lagrange multipliers for equality constraints (7) also
+// called shadow prices) are computed as follows:
+//
+//    pi = inv(B') * cB,                                            (12)
+//
+// where B' is a matrix transposed to B, cB is a vector of objective
+// coefficients at basic variables xB.
+//
+// Current values of reduced costs d[j], j = 1, ..., n, (which are
+// values of Langrange multipliers for active inequality constraints
+// corresponding to non-basic variables) are computed as follows:
+//
+//    d = cN - N' * pi,                                             (13)
+//
+// where N' is a matrix transposed to N, cN is a vector of objective
+// coefficients at non-basic variables xN.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      int *stat; /* int stat[1+m+n]; */
+      /* stat[0] is not used;
+         stat[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is the status of variable x[k]: */
+#define SSX_BS          0     /* basic variable */
+#define SSX_NL          1     /* non-basic variable on lower bound */
+#define SSX_NU          2     /* non-basic variable on upper bound */
+#define SSX_NF          3     /* non-basic free variable */
+#define SSX_NS          4     /* non-basic fixed variable */
+      int *Q_row; /* int Q_row[1+m+n]; */
+      /* matrix Q in row-like format;
+         Q_row[0] is not used;
+         Q_row[i] = j means that q[i,j] = 1 */
+      int *Q_col; /* int Q_col[1+m+n]; */
+      /* matrix Q in column-like format;
+         Q_col[0] is not used;
+         Q_col[j] = i means that q[i,j] = 1 */
+      /* if k-th column of the matrix (I | A) is k'-th column of the
+         matrix (B | N), then Q_row[k] = k' and Q_col[k'] = k;
+         if x[k] is xB[i], then Q_row[k] = i and Q_col[i] = k;
+         if x[k] is xN[j], then Q_row[k] = m+j and Q_col[m+j] = k */
+      BFX *binv;
+      /* invertable form of the basis matrix B */
+      mpq_t *bbar; /* mpq_t bbar[1+m]; alias: beta */
+      /* bbar[0] is a value of the objective function;
+         bbar[i], 1 <= i <= m, is a value of basic variable xB[i] */
+      mpq_t *pi; /* mpq_t pi[1+m]; */
+      /* pi[0] is not used;
+         pi[i], 1 <= i <= m, is a simplex multiplier corresponding to
+         i-th row (equality constraint) */
+      mpq_t *cbar; /* mpq_t cbar[1+n]; alias: d */
+      /* cbar[0] is not used;
+         cbar[j], 1 <= j <= n, is a reduced cost of non-basic variable
+         xN[j] */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// SIMPLEX TABLE
+//
+// Due to (8) and (9) the system of equality constraints (7) for the
+// current basis can be written as follows:
+//
+//    xB = A~ * xN,                                                 (14)
+//
+// where
+//
+//    A~ = - inv(B) * N                                             (15)
+//
+// is a mxn matrix called the simplex table.
+//
+// The revised simplex method uses only two components of A~, namely,
+// pivot column corresponding to non-basic variable xN[q] chosen to
+// enter the basis, and pivot row corresponding to basic variable xB[p]
+// chosen to leave the basis.
+//
+// Pivot column alfa_q is q-th column of A~, so
+//
+//    alfa_q = A~ * e[q] = - inv(B) * N * e[q] = - inv(B) * N[q],   (16)
+//
+// where N[q] is q-th column of the matrix N.
+//
+// Pivot row alfa_p is p-th row of A~ or, equivalently, p-th column of
+// A~', a matrix transposed to A~, so
+//
+//    alfa_p = A~' * e[p] = - N' * inv(B') * e[p] = - N' * rho_p,   (17)
+//
+// where (*)' means transposition, and
+//
+//    rho_p = inv(B') * e[p],                                       (18)
+//
+// is p-th column of inv(B') or, that is the same, p-th row of inv(B).
+----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      int p;
+      /* number of basic variable xB[p], 1 <= p <= m, chosen to leave
+         the basis */
+      mpq_t *rho; /* mpq_t rho[1+m]; */
+      /* p-th row of the inverse inv(B); see (18) */
+      mpq_t *ap; /* mpq_t ap[1+n]; */
+      /* p-th row of the simplex table; see (17) */
+      int q;
+      /* number of non-basic variable xN[q], 1 <= q <= n, chosen to
+         enter the basis */
+      mpq_t *aq; /* mpq_t aq[1+m]; */
+      /* q-th column of the simplex table; see (16) */
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      int q_dir;
+      /* direction in which non-basic variable xN[q] should change on
+         moving to the adjacent vertex of the polyhedron:
+         +1 means that xN[q] increases
+         -1 means that xN[q] decreases */
+      int p_stat;
+      /* non-basic status which should be assigned to basic variable
+         xB[p] when it has left the basis and become xN[q] */
+      mpq_t delta;
+      /* actual change of xN[q] in the adjacent basis (it has the same
+         sign as q_dir) */
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      int msg_lev;
+      /* verbosity level:
+         GLP_MSG_OFF no output
+         GLP_MSG_ERR report errors and warnings
+         GLP_MSG_ON  normal output
+         GLP_MSG_ALL highest verbosity */
+#endif
+      int it_lim;
+      /* simplex iterations limit; if this value is positive, it is
+         decreased by one each time when one simplex iteration has been
+         performed, and reaching zero value signals the solver to stop
+         the search; negative value means no iterations limit */
+      int it_cnt;
+      /* simplex iterations count; this count is increased by one each
+         time when one simplex iteration has been performed */
+      double tm_lim;
+      /* searching time limit, in seconds; if this value is positive,
+         it is decreased each time when one simplex iteration has been
+         performed by the amount of time spent for the iteration, and
+         reaching zero value signals the solver to stop the search;
+         negative value means no time limit */
+      double out_frq;
+      /* output frequency, in seconds; this parameter specifies how
+         frequently the solver sends information about the progress of
+         the search to the standard output */
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+      glp_long tm_beg;
+#else
+      double tm_beg;
+#endif
+      /* starting time of the search, in seconds; the total time of the
+         search is the difference between xtime() and tm_beg */
+#if 0 /* 10/VI-2013 */
+      glp_long tm_lag;
+#else
+      double tm_lag;
+#endif
+      /* the most recent time, in seconds, at which the progress of the
+         the search was displayed */
+};
+
+#define ssx_create            _glp_ssx_create
+#define ssx_factorize         _glp_ssx_factorize
+#define ssx_get_xNj           _glp_ssx_get_xNj
+#define ssx_eval_bbar         _glp_ssx_eval_bbar
+#define ssx_eval_pi           _glp_ssx_eval_pi
+#define ssx_eval_dj           _glp_ssx_eval_dj
+#define ssx_eval_cbar         _glp_ssx_eval_cbar
+#define ssx_eval_rho          _glp_ssx_eval_rho
+#define ssx_eval_row          _glp_ssx_eval_row
+#define ssx_eval_col          _glp_ssx_eval_col
+#define ssx_chuzc             _glp_ssx_chuzc
+#define ssx_chuzr             _glp_ssx_chuzr
+#define ssx_update_bbar       _glp_ssx_update_bbar
+#define ssx_update_pi         _glp_ssx_update_pi
+#define ssx_update_cbar       _glp_ssx_update_cbar
+#define ssx_change_basis      _glp_ssx_change_basis
+#define ssx_delete            _glp_ssx_delete
+
+#define ssx_phase_I           _glp_ssx_phase_I
+#define ssx_phase_II          _glp_ssx_phase_II
+#define ssx_driver            _glp_ssx_driver
+
+SSX *ssx_create(int m, int n, int nnz);
+/* create simplex solver workspace */
+
+int ssx_factorize(SSX *ssx);
+/* factorize the current basis matrix */
+
+void ssx_get_xNj(SSX *ssx, int j, mpq_t x);
+/* determine value of non-basic variable */
+
+void ssx_eval_bbar(SSX *ssx);
+/* compute values of basic variables */
+
+void ssx_eval_pi(SSX *ssx);
+/* compute values of simplex multipliers */
+
+void ssx_eval_dj(SSX *ssx, int j, mpq_t dj);
+/* compute reduced cost of non-basic variable */
+
+void ssx_eval_cbar(SSX *ssx);
+/* compute reduced costs of all non-basic variables */
+
+void ssx_eval_rho(SSX *ssx);
+/* compute p-th row of the inverse */
+
+void ssx_eval_row(SSX *ssx);
+/* compute pivot row of the simplex table */
+
+void ssx_eval_col(SSX *ssx);
+/* compute pivot column of the simplex table */
+
+void ssx_chuzc(SSX *ssx);
+/* choose pivot column */
+
+void ssx_chuzr(SSX *ssx);
+/* choose pivot row */
+
+void ssx_update_bbar(SSX *ssx);
+/* update values of basic variables */
+
+void ssx_update_pi(SSX *ssx);
+/* update simplex multipliers */
+
+void ssx_update_cbar(SSX *ssx);
+/* update reduced costs of non-basic variables */
+
+void ssx_change_basis(SSX *ssx);
+/* change current basis to adjacent one */
+
+void ssx_delete(SSX *ssx);
+/* delete simplex solver workspace */
+
+int ssx_phase_I(SSX *ssx);
+/* find primal feasible solution */
+
+int ssx_phase_II(SSX *ssx);
+/* find optimal solution */
+
+int ssx_driver(SSX *ssx);
+/* base driver to exact simplex method */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx01.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx01.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b70444e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx01.c
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+/* glpssx01.c (simplex method, rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpssx.h"
+#define xfault xerror
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_create - create simplex solver workspace.
+//
+// This routine creates the workspace used by simplex solver routines,
+// and returns a pointer to it.
+//
+// Parameters m, n, and nnz specify, respectively, the number of rows,
+// columns, and non-zero constraint coefficients.
+//
+// This routine only allocates the memory for the workspace components,
+// so the workspace needs to be saturated by data. */
+
+SSX *ssx_create(int m, int n, int nnz)
+{     SSX *ssx;
+      int i, j, k;
+      if (m < 1)
+         xfault("ssx_create: m = %d; invalid number of rows\n", m);
+      if (n < 1)
+         xfault("ssx_create: n = %d; invalid number of columns\n", n);
+      if (nnz < 0)
+         xfault("ssx_create: nnz = %d; invalid number of non-zero const"
+            "raint coefficients\n", nnz);
+      ssx = xmalloc(sizeof(SSX));
+      ssx->m = m;
+      ssx->n = n;
+      ssx->type = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(int));
+      ssx->lb = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++) mpq_init(ssx->lb[k]);
+      ssx->ub = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++) mpq_init(ssx->ub[k]);
+      ssx->coef = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 0; k <= m+n; k++) mpq_init(ssx->coef[k]);
+      ssx->A_ptr = xcalloc(1+n+1, sizeof(int));
+      ssx->A_ptr[n+1] = nnz+1;
+      ssx->A_ind = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(int));
+      ssx->A_val = xcalloc(1+nnz, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 1; k <= nnz; k++) mpq_init(ssx->A_val[k]);
+      ssx->stat = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(int));
+      ssx->Q_row = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(int));
+      ssx->Q_col = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(int));
+      ssx->binv = bfx_create_binv();
+      ssx->bbar = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (i = 0; i <= m; i++) mpq_init(ssx->bbar[i]);
+      ssx->pi = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_init(ssx->pi[i]);
+      ssx->cbar = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) mpq_init(ssx->cbar[j]);
+      ssx->rho = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_init(ssx->rho[i]);
+      ssx->ap = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) mpq_init(ssx->ap[j]);
+      ssx->aq = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_init(ssx->aq[i]);
+      mpq_init(ssx->delta);
+      return ssx;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_factorize - factorize the current basis matrix.
+//
+// This routine computes factorization of the current basis matrix B
+// and returns the singularity flag. If the matrix B is non-singular,
+// the flag is zero, otherwise non-zero. */
+
+static int basis_col(void *info, int j, int ind[], mpq_t val[])
+{     /* this auxiliary routine provides row indices and numeric values
+         of non-zero elements in j-th column of the matrix B */
+      SSX *ssx = info;
+      int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int *A_ptr = ssx->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = ssx->A_ind;
+      mpq_t *A_val = ssx->A_val;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      int k, len, ptr;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= m);
+      k = Q_col[j]; /* x[k] = xB[j] */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+      /* j-th column of the matrix B is k-th column of the augmented
+         constraint matrix (I | -A) */
+      if (k <= m)
+      {  /* it is a column of the unity matrix I */
+         len = 1, ind[1] = k, mpq_set_si(val[1], 1, 1);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* it is a column of the original constraint matrix -A */
+         len = 0;
+         for (ptr = A_ptr[k-m]; ptr < A_ptr[k-m+1]; ptr++)
+         {  len++;
+            ind[len] = A_ind[ptr];
+            mpq_neg(val[len], A_val[ptr]);
+         }
+      }
+      return len;
+}
+
+int ssx_factorize(SSX *ssx)
+{     int ret;
+      ret = bfx_factorize(ssx->binv, ssx->m, basis_col, ssx);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_get_xNj - determine value of non-basic variable.
+//
+// This routine determines the value of non-basic variable xN[j] in the
+// current basic solution defined as follows:
+//
+//    0,             if xN[j] is free variable
+//    lN[j],         if xN[j] is on its lower bound
+//    uN[j],         if xN[j] is on its upper bound
+//    lN[j] = uN[j], if xN[j] is fixed variable
+//
+// where lN[j] and uN[j] are lower and upper bounds of xN[j]. */
+
+void ssx_get_xNj(SSX *ssx, int j, mpq_t x)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      mpq_t *lb = ssx->lb;
+      mpq_t *ub = ssx->ub;
+      int *stat = ssx->stat;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      int k;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+      k = Q_col[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+      switch (stat[k])
+      {  case SSX_NL:
+            /* xN[j] is on its lower bound */
+            mpq_set(x, lb[k]); break;
+         case SSX_NU:
+            /* xN[j] is on its upper bound */
+            mpq_set(x, ub[k]); break;
+         case SSX_NF:
+            /* xN[j] is free variable */
+            mpq_set_si(x, 0, 1); break;
+         case SSX_NS:
+            /* xN[j] is fixed variable */
+            mpq_set(x, lb[k]); break;
+         default:
+            xassert(stat != stat);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_eval_bbar - compute values of basic variables.
+//
+// This routine computes values of basic variables xB in the current
+// basic solution as follows:
+//
+//    beta = - inv(B) * N * xN,
+//
+// where B is the basis matrix, N is the matrix of non-basic columns,
+// xN is a vector of current values of non-basic variables. */
+
+void ssx_eval_bbar(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      mpq_t *coef = ssx->coef;
+      int *A_ptr = ssx->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = ssx->A_ind;
+      mpq_t *A_val = ssx->A_val;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      mpq_t *bbar = ssx->bbar;
+      int i, j, k, ptr;
+      mpq_t x, temp;
+      mpq_init(x);
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      /* bbar := 0 */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         mpq_set_si(bbar[i], 0, 1);
+      /* bbar := - N * xN = - N[1] * xN[1] - ... - N[n] * xN[n] */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  ssx_get_xNj(ssx, j, x);
+         if (mpq_sgn(x) == 0) continue;
+         k = Q_col[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  /* N[j] is a column of the unity matrix I */
+            mpq_sub(bbar[k], bbar[k], x);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* N[j] is a column of the original constraint matrix -A */
+            for (ptr = A_ptr[k-m]; ptr < A_ptr[k-m+1]; ptr++)
+            {  mpq_mul(temp, A_val[ptr], x);
+               mpq_add(bbar[A_ind[ptr]], bbar[A_ind[ptr]], temp);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* bbar := inv(B) * bbar */
+      bfx_ftran(ssx->binv, bbar, 0);
+#if 1
+      /* compute value of the objective function */
+      /* bbar[0] := c[0] */
+      mpq_set(bbar[0], coef[0]);
+      /* bbar[0] := bbar[0] + sum{i in B} cB[i] * xB[i] */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = Q_col[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (mpq_sgn(coef[k]) == 0) continue;
+         mpq_mul(temp, coef[k], bbar[i]);
+         mpq_add(bbar[0], bbar[0], temp);
+      }
+      /* bbar[0] := bbar[0] + sum{j in N} cN[j] * xN[j] */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  k = Q_col[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (mpq_sgn(coef[k]) == 0) continue;
+         ssx_get_xNj(ssx, j, x);
+         mpq_mul(temp, coef[k], x);
+         mpq_add(bbar[0], bbar[0], temp);
+      }
+#endif
+      mpq_clear(x);
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_eval_pi - compute values of simplex multipliers.
+//
+// This routine computes values of simplex multipliers (shadow prices)
+// pi in the current basic solution as follows:
+//
+//    pi = inv(B') * cB,
+//
+// where B' is a matrix transposed to the basis matrix B, cB is a vector
+// of objective coefficients at basic variables xB. */
+
+void ssx_eval_pi(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      mpq_t *coef = ssx->coef;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      mpq_t *pi = ssx->pi;
+      int i;
+      /* pi := cB */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_set(pi[i], coef[Q_col[i]]);
+      /* pi := inv(B') * cB */
+      bfx_btran(ssx->binv, pi);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_eval_dj - compute reduced cost of non-basic variable.
+//
+// This routine computes reduced cost d[j] of non-basic variable xN[j]
+// in the current basic solution as follows:
+//
+//    d[j] = cN[j] - N[j] * pi,
+//
+// where cN[j] is an objective coefficient at xN[j], N[j] is a column
+// of the augmented constraint matrix (I | -A) corresponding to xN[j],
+// pi is the vector of simplex multipliers (shadow prices). */
+
+void ssx_eval_dj(SSX *ssx, int j, mpq_t dj)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      mpq_t *coef = ssx->coef;
+      int *A_ptr = ssx->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = ssx->A_ind;
+      mpq_t *A_val = ssx->A_val;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      mpq_t *pi = ssx->pi;
+      int k, ptr, end;
+      mpq_t temp;
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+      k = Q_col[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+      /* j-th column of the matrix N is k-th column of the augmented
+         constraint matrix (I | -A) */
+      if (k <= m)
+      {  /* it is a column of the unity matrix I */
+         mpq_sub(dj, coef[k], pi[k]);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* it is a column of the original constraint matrix -A */
+         mpq_set(dj, coef[k]);
+         for (ptr = A_ptr[k-m], end = A_ptr[k-m+1]; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  mpq_mul(temp, A_val[ptr], pi[A_ind[ptr]]);
+            mpq_add(dj, dj, temp);
+         }
+      }
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_eval_cbar - compute reduced costs of all non-basic variables.
+//
+// This routine computes the vector of reduced costs pi in the current
+// basic solution for all non-basic variables, including fixed ones. */
+
+void ssx_eval_cbar(SSX *ssx)
+{     int n = ssx->n;
+      mpq_t *cbar = ssx->cbar;
+      int j;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         ssx_eval_dj(ssx, j, cbar[j]);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_eval_rho - compute p-th row of the inverse.
+//
+// This routine computes p-th row of the matrix inv(B), where B is the
+// current basis matrix.
+//
+// p-th row of the inverse is computed using the following formula:
+//
+//    rho = inv(B') * e[p],
+//
+// where B' is a matrix transposed to B, e[p] is a unity vector, which
+// contains one in p-th position. */
+
+void ssx_eval_rho(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int p = ssx->p;
+      mpq_t *rho = ssx->rho;
+      int i;
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      /* rho := 0 */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_set_si(rho[i], 0, 1);
+      /* rho := e[p] */
+      mpq_set_si(rho[p], 1, 1);
+      /* rho := inv(B') * rho */
+      bfx_btran(ssx->binv, rho);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_eval_row - compute pivot row of the simplex table.
+//
+// This routine computes p-th (pivot) row of the current simplex table
+// A~ = - inv(B) * N using the following formula:
+//
+//    A~[p] = - N' * inv(B') * e[p] = - N' * rho[p],
+//
+// where N' is a matrix transposed to the matrix N, rho[p] is p-th row
+// of the inverse inv(B). */
+
+void ssx_eval_row(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int *A_ptr = ssx->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = ssx->A_ind;
+      mpq_t *A_val = ssx->A_val;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      mpq_t *rho = ssx->rho;
+      mpq_t *ap = ssx->ap;
+      int j, k, ptr;
+      mpq_t temp;
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* ap[j] := - N'[j] * rho (inner product) */
+         k = Q_col[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (k <= m)
+            mpq_neg(ap[j], rho[k]);
+         else
+         {  mpq_set_si(ap[j], 0, 1);
+            for (ptr = A_ptr[k-m]; ptr < A_ptr[k-m+1]; ptr++)
+            {  mpq_mul(temp, A_val[ptr], rho[A_ind[ptr]]);
+               mpq_add(ap[j], ap[j], temp);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_eval_col - compute pivot column of the simplex table.
+//
+// This routine computes q-th (pivot) column of the current simplex
+// table A~ = - inv(B) * N using the following formula:
+//
+//    A~[q] = - inv(B) * N[q],
+//
+// where N[q] is q-th column of the matrix N corresponding to chosen
+// non-basic variable xN[q]. */
+
+void ssx_eval_col(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int *A_ptr = ssx->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = ssx->A_ind;
+      mpq_t *A_val = ssx->A_val;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      int q = ssx->q;
+      mpq_t *aq = ssx->aq;
+      int i, k, ptr;
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      /* aq := 0 */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_set_si(aq[i], 0, 1);
+      /* aq := N[q] */
+      k = Q_col[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      if (k <= m)
+      {  /* N[q] is a column of the unity matrix I */
+         mpq_set_si(aq[k], 1, 1);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* N[q] is a column of the original constraint matrix -A */
+         for (ptr = A_ptr[k-m]; ptr < A_ptr[k-m+1]; ptr++)
+            mpq_neg(aq[A_ind[ptr]], A_val[ptr]);
+      }
+      /* aq := inv(B) * aq */
+      bfx_ftran(ssx->binv, aq, 1);
+      /* aq := - aq */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_neg(aq[i], aq[i]);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_chuzc - choose pivot column.
+//
+// This routine chooses non-basic variable xN[q] whose reduced cost
+// indicates possible improving of the objective function to enter it
+// in the basis.
+//
+// Currently the standard (textbook) pricing is used, i.e. that
+// non-basic variable is preferred which has greatest reduced cost (in
+// magnitude).
+//
+// If xN[q] has been chosen, the routine stores its number q and also
+// sets the flag q_dir that indicates direction in which xN[q] has to
+// change (+1 means increasing, -1 means decreasing).
+//
+// If the choice cannot be made, because the current basic solution is
+// dual feasible, the routine sets the number q to 0. */
+
+void ssx_chuzc(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int dir = (ssx->dir == SSX_MIN ? +1 : -1);
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      int *stat = ssx->stat;
+      mpq_t *cbar = ssx->cbar;
+      int j, k, s, q, q_dir;
+      double best, temp;
+      /* nothing is chosen so far */
+      q = 0, q_dir = 0, best = 0.0;
+      /* look through the list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  k = Q_col[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         s = dir * mpq_sgn(cbar[j]);
+         if ((stat[k] == SSX_NF || stat[k] == SSX_NL) && s < 0 ||
+             (stat[k] == SSX_NF || stat[k] == SSX_NU) && s > 0)
+         {  /* reduced cost of xN[j] indicates possible improving of
+               the objective function */
+            temp = fabs(mpq_get_d(cbar[j]));
+            xassert(temp != 0.0);
+            if (q == 0 || best < temp)
+               q = j, q_dir = - s, best = temp;
+         }
+      }
+      ssx->q = q, ssx->q_dir = q_dir;
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_chuzr - choose pivot row.
+//
+// This routine looks through elements of q-th column of the simplex
+// table and chooses basic variable xB[p] which should leave the basis.
+//
+// The choice is based on the standard (textbook) ratio test.
+//
+// If xB[p] has been chosen, the routine stores its number p and also
+// sets its non-basic status p_stat which should be assigned to xB[p]
+// when it has left the basis and become xN[q].
+//
+// Special case p < 0 means that xN[q] is double-bounded variable and
+// it reaches its opposite bound before any basic variable does that,
+// so the current basis remains unchanged.
+//
+// If the choice cannot be made, because xN[q] can infinitely change in
+// the feasible direction, the routine sets the number p to 0. */
+
+void ssx_chuzr(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int *type = ssx->type;
+      mpq_t *lb = ssx->lb;
+      mpq_t *ub = ssx->ub;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      mpq_t *bbar = ssx->bbar;
+      int q = ssx->q;
+      mpq_t *aq = ssx->aq;
+      int q_dir = ssx->q_dir;
+      int i, k, s, t, p, p_stat;
+      mpq_t teta, temp;
+      mpq_init(teta);
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      xassert(q_dir == +1 || q_dir == -1);
+      /* nothing is chosen so far */
+      p = 0, p_stat = 0;
+      /* look through the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  s = q_dir * mpq_sgn(aq[i]);
+         if (s < 0)
+         {  /* xB[i] decreases */
+            k = Q_col[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+            t = type[k];
+            if (t == SSX_LO || t == SSX_DB || t == SSX_FX)
+            {  /* xB[i] has finite lower bound */
+               mpq_sub(temp, bbar[i], lb[k]);
+               mpq_div(temp, temp, aq[i]);
+               mpq_abs(temp, temp);
+               if (p == 0 || mpq_cmp(teta, temp) > 0)
+               {  p = i;
+                  p_stat = (t == SSX_FX ? SSX_NS : SSX_NL);
+                  mpq_set(teta, temp);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else if (s > 0)
+         {  /* xB[i] increases */
+            k = Q_col[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+            t = type[k];
+            if (t == SSX_UP || t == SSX_DB || t == SSX_FX)
+            {  /* xB[i] has finite upper bound */
+               mpq_sub(temp, bbar[i], ub[k]);
+               mpq_div(temp, temp, aq[i]);
+               mpq_abs(temp, temp);
+               if (p == 0 || mpq_cmp(teta, temp) > 0)
+               {  p = i;
+                  p_stat = (t == SSX_FX ? SSX_NS : SSX_NU);
+                  mpq_set(teta, temp);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* if something has been chosen and the ratio test indicates
+            exact degeneracy, the search can be finished */
+         if (p != 0 && mpq_sgn(teta) == 0) break;
+      }
+      /* if xN[q] is double-bounded, check if it can reach its opposite
+         bound before any basic variable */
+      k = Q_col[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      if (type[k] == SSX_DB)
+      {  mpq_sub(temp, ub[k], lb[k]);
+         if (p == 0 || mpq_cmp(teta, temp) > 0)
+         {  p = -1;
+            p_stat = -1;
+            mpq_set(teta, temp);
+         }
+      }
+      ssx->p = p;
+      ssx->p_stat = p_stat;
+      /* if xB[p] has been chosen, determine its actual change in the
+         adjacent basis (it has the same sign as q_dir) */
+      if (p != 0)
+      {  xassert(mpq_sgn(teta) >= 0);
+         if (q_dir > 0)
+            mpq_set(ssx->delta, teta);
+         else
+            mpq_neg(ssx->delta, teta);
+      }
+      mpq_clear(teta);
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_update_bbar - update values of basic variables.
+//
+// This routine recomputes the current values of basic variables for
+// the adjacent basis.
+//
+// The simplex table for the current basis is the following:
+//
+//    xB[i] = sum{j in 1..n} alfa[i,j] * xN[q],  i = 1,...,m
+//
+// therefore
+//
+//    delta xB[i] = alfa[i,q] * delta xN[q],  i = 1,...,m
+//
+// where delta xN[q] = xN.new[q] - xN[q] is the change of xN[q] in the
+// adjacent basis, and delta xB[i] = xB.new[i] - xB[i] is the change of
+// xB[i]. This gives formulae for recomputing values of xB[i]:
+//
+//    xB.new[p] = xN[q] + delta xN[q]
+//
+// (because xN[q] becomes xB[p] in the adjacent basis), and
+//
+//    xB.new[i] = xB[i] + alfa[i,q] * delta xN[q],  i != p
+//
+// for other basic variables. */
+
+void ssx_update_bbar(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      mpq_t *bbar = ssx->bbar;
+      mpq_t *cbar = ssx->cbar;
+      int p = ssx->p;
+      int q = ssx->q;
+      mpq_t *aq = ssx->aq;
+      int i;
+      mpq_t temp;
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      if (p < 0)
+      {  /* xN[q] is double-bounded and goes to its opposite bound */
+         /* nop */;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* xN[q] becomes xB[p] in the adjacent basis */
+         /* xB.new[p] = xN[q] + delta xN[q] */
+         xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+         ssx_get_xNj(ssx, q, temp);
+         mpq_add(bbar[p], temp, ssx->delta);
+      }
+      /* update values of other basic variables depending on xN[q] */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (i == p) continue;
+         /* xB.new[i] = xB[i] + alfa[i,q] * delta xN[q] */
+         if (mpq_sgn(aq[i]) == 0) continue;
+         mpq_mul(temp, aq[i], ssx->delta);
+         mpq_add(bbar[i], bbar[i], temp);
+      }
+#if 1
+      /* update value of the objective function */
+      /* z.new = z + d[q] * delta xN[q] */
+      mpq_mul(temp, cbar[q], ssx->delta);
+      mpq_add(bbar[0], bbar[0], temp);
+#endif
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- ssx_update_pi - update simplex multipliers.
+--
+-- This routine recomputes the vector of simplex multipliers for the
+-- adjacent basis. */
+
+void ssx_update_pi(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      mpq_t *pi = ssx->pi;
+      mpq_t *cbar = ssx->cbar;
+      int p = ssx->p;
+      int q = ssx->q;
+      mpq_t *aq = ssx->aq;
+      mpq_t *rho = ssx->rho;
+      int i;
+      mpq_t new_dq, temp;
+      mpq_init(new_dq);
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      /* compute d[q] in the adjacent basis */
+      mpq_div(new_dq, cbar[q], aq[p]);
+      /* update the vector of simplex multipliers */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (mpq_sgn(rho[i]) == 0) continue;
+         mpq_mul(temp, new_dq, rho[i]);
+         mpq_sub(pi[i], pi[i], temp);
+      }
+      mpq_clear(new_dq);
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_update_cbar - update reduced costs of non-basic variables.
+//
+// This routine recomputes the vector of reduced costs of non-basic
+// variables for the adjacent basis. */
+
+void ssx_update_cbar(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      mpq_t *cbar = ssx->cbar;
+      int p = ssx->p;
+      int q = ssx->q;
+      mpq_t *ap = ssx->ap;
+      int j;
+      mpq_t temp;
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      /* compute d[q] in the adjacent basis */
+      /* d.new[q] = d[q] / alfa[p,q] */
+      mpq_div(cbar[q], cbar[q], ap[q]);
+      /* update reduced costs of other non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (j == q) continue;
+         /* d.new[j] = d[j] - (alfa[p,j] / alfa[p,q]) * d[q] */
+         if (mpq_sgn(ap[j]) == 0) continue;
+         mpq_mul(temp, ap[j], cbar[q]);
+         mpq_sub(cbar[j], cbar[j], temp);
+      }
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_change_basis - change current basis to adjacent one.
+//
+// This routine changes the current basis to the adjacent one swapping
+// basic variable xB[p] and non-basic variable xN[q]. */
+
+void ssx_change_basis(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int *type = ssx->type;
+      int *stat = ssx->stat;
+      int *Q_row = ssx->Q_row;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      int p = ssx->p;
+      int q = ssx->q;
+      int p_stat = ssx->p_stat;
+      int k, kp, kq;
+      if (p < 0)
+      {  /* special case: xN[q] goes to its opposite bound */
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+         k = Q_col[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+         xassert(type[k] == SSX_DB);
+         switch (stat[k])
+         {  case SSX_NL:
+               stat[k] = SSX_NU;
+               break;
+            case SSX_NU:
+               stat[k] = SSX_NL;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(stat != stat);
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* xB[p] leaves the basis, xN[q] enters the basis */
+         xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+         kp = Q_col[p];   /* x[kp] = xB[p] */
+         kq = Q_col[m+q]; /* x[kq] = xN[q] */
+         /* check non-basic status of xB[p] which becomes xN[q] */
+         switch (type[kp])
+         {  case SSX_FR:
+               xassert(p_stat == SSX_NF);
+               break;
+            case SSX_LO:
+               xassert(p_stat == SSX_NL);
+               break;
+            case SSX_UP:
+               xassert(p_stat == SSX_NU);
+               break;
+            case SSX_DB:
+               xassert(p_stat == SSX_NL || p_stat == SSX_NU);
+               break;
+            case SSX_FX:
+               xassert(p_stat == SSX_NS);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(type != type);
+         }
+         /* swap xB[p] and xN[q] */
+         stat[kp] = (char)p_stat, stat[kq] = SSX_BS;
+         Q_row[kp] = m+q, Q_row[kq] = p;
+         Q_col[p] = kq, Q_col[m+q] = kp;
+         /* update factorization of the basis matrix */
+         if (bfx_update(ssx->binv, p))
+         {  if (ssx_factorize(ssx))
+               xassert(("Internal error: basis matrix is singular", 0));
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_delete - delete simplex solver workspace.
+//
+// This routine deletes the simplex solver workspace freeing all the
+// memory allocated to this object. */
+
+void ssx_delete(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int nnz = ssx->A_ptr[n+1]-1;
+      int i, j, k;
+      xfree(ssx->type);
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++) mpq_clear(ssx->lb[k]);
+      xfree(ssx->lb);
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++) mpq_clear(ssx->ub[k]);
+      xfree(ssx->ub);
+      for (k = 0; k <= m+n; k++) mpq_clear(ssx->coef[k]);
+      xfree(ssx->coef);
+      xfree(ssx->A_ptr);
+      xfree(ssx->A_ind);
+      for (k = 1; k <= nnz; k++) mpq_clear(ssx->A_val[k]);
+      xfree(ssx->A_val);
+      xfree(ssx->stat);
+      xfree(ssx->Q_row);
+      xfree(ssx->Q_col);
+      bfx_delete_binv(ssx->binv);
+      for (i = 0; i <= m; i++) mpq_clear(ssx->bbar[i]);
+      xfree(ssx->bbar);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_clear(ssx->pi[i]);
+      xfree(ssx->pi);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) mpq_clear(ssx->cbar[j]);
+      xfree(ssx->cbar);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_clear(ssx->rho[i]);
+      xfree(ssx->rho);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) mpq_clear(ssx->ap[j]);
+      xfree(ssx->ap);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++) mpq_clear(ssx->aq[i]);
+      xfree(ssx->aq);
+      mpq_clear(ssx->delta);
+      xfree(ssx);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx02.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx02.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81db1350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/glpssx02.c
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+/* glpssx02.c (simplex method, rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "glpssx.h"
+
+static void show_progress(SSX *ssx, int phase)
+{     /* this auxiliary routine displays information about progress of
+         the search */
+      int i, def = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= ssx->m; i++)
+         if (ssx->type[ssx->Q_col[i]] == SSX_FX) def++;
+      xprintf("%s%6d:   %s = %22.15g   (%d)\n", phase == 1 ? " " : "*",
+         ssx->it_cnt, phase == 1 ? "infsum" : "objval",
+         mpq_get_d(ssx->bbar[0]), def);
+#if 0
+      ssx->tm_lag = utime();
+#else
+      ssx->tm_lag = xtime();
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_phase_I - find primal feasible solution.
+//
+// This routine implements phase I of the primal simplex method.
+//
+// On exit the routine returns one of the following codes:
+//
+// 0 - feasible solution found;
+// 1 - problem has no feasible solution;
+// 2 - iterations limit exceeded;
+// 3 - time limit exceeded.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+int ssx_phase_I(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int n = ssx->n;
+      int *type = ssx->type;
+      mpq_t *lb = ssx->lb;
+      mpq_t *ub = ssx->ub;
+      mpq_t *coef = ssx->coef;
+      int *A_ptr = ssx->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = ssx->A_ind;
+      mpq_t *A_val = ssx->A_val;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      mpq_t *bbar = ssx->bbar;
+      mpq_t *pi = ssx->pi;
+      mpq_t *cbar = ssx->cbar;
+      int *orig_type, orig_dir;
+      mpq_t *orig_lb, *orig_ub, *orig_coef;
+      int i, k, ret;
+      /* save components of the original LP problem, which are changed
+         by the routine */
+      orig_type = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(int));
+      orig_lb = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      orig_ub = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      orig_coef = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  orig_type[k] = type[k];
+         mpq_init(orig_lb[k]);
+         mpq_set(orig_lb[k], lb[k]);
+         mpq_init(orig_ub[k]);
+         mpq_set(orig_ub[k], ub[k]);
+      }
+      orig_dir = ssx->dir;
+      for (k = 0; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  mpq_init(orig_coef[k]);
+         mpq_set(orig_coef[k], coef[k]);
+      }
+      /* build an artificial basic solution, which is primal feasible,
+         and also build an auxiliary objective function to minimize the
+         sum of infeasibilities for the original problem */
+      ssx->dir = SSX_MIN;
+      for (k = 0; k <= m+n; k++) mpq_set_si(coef[k], 0, 1);
+      mpq_set_si(bbar[0], 0, 1);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  int t;
+         k = Q_col[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         t = type[k];
+         if (t == SSX_LO || t == SSX_DB || t == SSX_FX)
+         {  /* in the original problem x[k] has lower bound */
+            if (mpq_cmp(bbar[i], lb[k]) < 0)
+            {  /* which is violated */
+               type[k] = SSX_UP;
+               mpq_set(ub[k], lb[k]);
+               mpq_set_si(lb[k], 0, 1);
+               mpq_set_si(coef[k], -1, 1);
+               mpq_add(bbar[0], bbar[0], ub[k]);
+               mpq_sub(bbar[0], bbar[0], bbar[i]);
+            }
+         }
+         if (t == SSX_UP || t == SSX_DB || t == SSX_FX)
+         {  /* in the original problem x[k] has upper bound */
+            if (mpq_cmp(bbar[i], ub[k]) > 0)
+            {  /* which is violated */
+               type[k] = SSX_LO;
+               mpq_set(lb[k], ub[k]);
+               mpq_set_si(ub[k], 0, 1);
+               mpq_set_si(coef[k], +1, 1);
+               mpq_add(bbar[0], bbar[0], bbar[i]);
+               mpq_sub(bbar[0], bbar[0], lb[k]);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* now the initial basic solution should be primal feasible due
+         to changes of bounds of some basic variables, which turned to
+         implicit artifical variables */
+      /* compute simplex multipliers and reduced costs */
+      ssx_eval_pi(ssx);
+      ssx_eval_cbar(ssx);
+      /* display initial progress of the search */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+#endif
+      show_progress(ssx, 1);
+      /* main loop starts here */
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* display current progress of the search */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+         if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+#endif
+#if 0
+         if (utime() - ssx->tm_lag >= ssx->out_frq - 0.001)
+#else
+         if (xdifftime(xtime(), ssx->tm_lag) >= ssx->out_frq - 0.001)
+#endif
+            show_progress(ssx, 1);
+         /* we do not need to wait until all artificial variables have
+            left the basis */
+         if (mpq_sgn(bbar[0]) == 0)
+         {  /* the sum of infeasibilities is zero, therefore the current
+               solution is primal feasible for the original problem */
+            ret = 0;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* check if the iterations limit has been exhausted */
+         if (ssx->it_lim == 0)
+         {  ret = 2;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* check if the time limit has been exhausted */
+#if 0
+         if (ssx->tm_lim >= 0.0 && ssx->tm_lim <= utime() - ssx->tm_beg)
+#else
+         if (ssx->tm_lim >= 0.0 &&
+             ssx->tm_lim <= xdifftime(xtime(), ssx->tm_beg))
+#endif
+         {  ret = 3;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* choose non-basic variable xN[q] */
+         ssx_chuzc(ssx);
+         /* if xN[q] cannot be chosen, the sum of infeasibilities is
+            minimal but non-zero; therefore the original problem has no
+            primal feasible solution */
+         if (ssx->q == 0)
+         {  ret = 1;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* compute q-th column of the simplex table */
+         ssx_eval_col(ssx);
+         /* choose basic variable xB[p] */
+         ssx_chuzr(ssx);
+         /* the sum of infeasibilities cannot be negative, therefore
+            the auxiliary lp problem cannot have unbounded solution */
+         xassert(ssx->p != 0);
+         /* update values of basic variables */
+         ssx_update_bbar(ssx);
+         if (ssx->p > 0)
+         {  /* compute p-th row of the inverse inv(B) */
+            ssx_eval_rho(ssx);
+            /* compute p-th row of the simplex table */
+            ssx_eval_row(ssx);
+            xassert(mpq_cmp(ssx->aq[ssx->p], ssx->ap[ssx->q]) == 0);
+            /* update simplex multipliers */
+            ssx_update_pi(ssx);
+            /* update reduced costs of non-basic variables */
+            ssx_update_cbar(ssx);
+         }
+         /* xB[p] is leaving the basis; if it is implicit artificial
+            variable, the corresponding residual vanishes; therefore
+            bounds of this variable should be restored to the original
+            values */
+         if (ssx->p > 0)
+         {  k = Q_col[ssx->p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+            if (type[k] != orig_type[k])
+            {  /* x[k] is implicit artificial variable */
+               type[k] = orig_type[k];
+               mpq_set(lb[k], orig_lb[k]);
+               mpq_set(ub[k], orig_ub[k]);
+               xassert(ssx->p_stat == SSX_NL || ssx->p_stat == SSX_NU);
+               ssx->p_stat = (ssx->p_stat == SSX_NL ? SSX_NU : SSX_NL);
+               if (type[k] == SSX_FX) ssx->p_stat = SSX_NS;
+               /* nullify the objective coefficient at x[k] */
+               mpq_set_si(coef[k], 0, 1);
+               /* since coef[k] has been changed, we need to compute
+                  new reduced cost of x[k], which it will have in the
+                  adjacent basis */
+               /* the formula d[j] = cN[j] - pi' * N[j] is used (note
+                  that the vector pi is not changed, because it depends
+                  on objective coefficients at basic variables, but in
+                  the adjacent basis, for which the vector pi has been
+                  just recomputed, x[k] is non-basic) */
+               if (k <= m)
+               {  /* x[k] is auxiliary variable */
+                  mpq_neg(cbar[ssx->q], pi[k]);
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* x[k] is structural variable */
+                  int ptr;
+                  mpq_t temp;
+                  mpq_init(temp);
+                  mpq_set_si(cbar[ssx->q], 0, 1);
+                  for (ptr = A_ptr[k-m]; ptr < A_ptr[k-m+1]; ptr++)
+                  {  mpq_mul(temp, pi[A_ind[ptr]], A_val[ptr]);
+                     mpq_add(cbar[ssx->q], cbar[ssx->q], temp);
+                  }
+                  mpq_clear(temp);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* jump to the adjacent vertex of the polyhedron */
+         ssx_change_basis(ssx);
+         /* one simplex iteration has been performed */
+         if (ssx->it_lim > 0) ssx->it_lim--;
+         ssx->it_cnt++;
+      }
+      /* display final progress of the search */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+#endif
+      show_progress(ssx, 1);
+      /* restore components of the original problem, which were changed
+         by the routine */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  type[k] = orig_type[k];
+         mpq_set(lb[k], orig_lb[k]);
+         mpq_clear(orig_lb[k]);
+         mpq_set(ub[k], orig_ub[k]);
+         mpq_clear(orig_ub[k]);
+      }
+      ssx->dir = orig_dir;
+      for (k = 0; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  mpq_set(coef[k], orig_coef[k]);
+         mpq_clear(orig_coef[k]);
+      }
+      xfree(orig_type);
+      xfree(orig_lb);
+      xfree(orig_ub);
+      xfree(orig_coef);
+      /* return to the calling program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_phase_II - find optimal solution.
+//
+// This routine implements phase II of the primal simplex method.
+//
+// On exit the routine returns one of the following codes:
+//
+// 0 - optimal solution found;
+// 1 - problem has unbounded solution;
+// 2 - iterations limit exceeded;
+// 3 - time limit exceeded.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+int ssx_phase_II(SSX *ssx)
+{     int ret;
+      /* display initial progress of the search */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+#endif
+      show_progress(ssx, 2);
+      /* main loop starts here */
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* display current progress of the search */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+         if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+#endif
+#if 0
+         if (utime() - ssx->tm_lag >= ssx->out_frq - 0.001)
+#else
+         if (xdifftime(xtime(), ssx->tm_lag) >= ssx->out_frq - 0.001)
+#endif
+            show_progress(ssx, 2);
+         /* check if the iterations limit has been exhausted */
+         if (ssx->it_lim == 0)
+         {  ret = 2;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* check if the time limit has been exhausted */
+#if 0
+         if (ssx->tm_lim >= 0.0 && ssx->tm_lim <= utime() - ssx->tm_beg)
+#else
+         if (ssx->tm_lim >= 0.0 &&
+             ssx->tm_lim <= xdifftime(xtime(), ssx->tm_beg))
+#endif
+         {  ret = 3;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* choose non-basic variable xN[q] */
+         ssx_chuzc(ssx);
+         /* if xN[q] cannot be chosen, the current basic solution is
+            dual feasible and therefore optimal */
+         if (ssx->q == 0)
+         {  ret = 0;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* compute q-th column of the simplex table */
+         ssx_eval_col(ssx);
+         /* choose basic variable xB[p] */
+         ssx_chuzr(ssx);
+         /* if xB[p] cannot be chosen, the problem has no dual feasible
+            solution (i.e. unbounded) */
+         if (ssx->p == 0)
+         {  ret = 1;
+            break;
+         }
+         /* update values of basic variables */
+         ssx_update_bbar(ssx);
+         if (ssx->p > 0)
+         {  /* compute p-th row of the inverse inv(B) */
+            ssx_eval_rho(ssx);
+            /* compute p-th row of the simplex table */
+            ssx_eval_row(ssx);
+            xassert(mpq_cmp(ssx->aq[ssx->p], ssx->ap[ssx->q]) == 0);
+#if 0
+            /* update simplex multipliers */
+            ssx_update_pi(ssx);
+#endif
+            /* update reduced costs of non-basic variables */
+            ssx_update_cbar(ssx);
+         }
+         /* jump to the adjacent vertex of the polyhedron */
+         ssx_change_basis(ssx);
+         /* one simplex iteration has been performed */
+         if (ssx->it_lim > 0) ssx->it_lim--;
+         ssx->it_cnt++;
+      }
+      /* display final progress of the search */
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ON)
+#endif
+      show_progress(ssx, 2);
+      /* return to the calling program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ssx_driver - base driver to exact simplex method.
+//
+// This routine is a base driver to a version of the primal simplex
+// method using exact (bignum) arithmetic.
+//
+// On exit the routine returns one of the following codes:
+//
+// 0 - optimal solution found;
+// 1 - problem has no feasible solution;
+// 2 - problem has unbounded solution;
+// 3 - iterations limit exceeded (phase I);
+// 4 - iterations limit exceeded (phase II);
+// 5 - time limit exceeded (phase I);
+// 6 - time limit exceeded (phase II);
+// 7 - initial basis matrix is exactly singular.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+int ssx_driver(SSX *ssx)
+{     int m = ssx->m;
+      int *type = ssx->type;
+      mpq_t *lb = ssx->lb;
+      mpq_t *ub = ssx->ub;
+      int *Q_col = ssx->Q_col;
+      mpq_t *bbar = ssx->bbar;
+      int i, k, ret;
+      ssx->tm_beg = xtime();
+      /* factorize the initial basis matrix */
+      if (ssx_factorize(ssx))
+#if 0 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+      {  xprintf("Initial basis matrix is singular\n");
+#else
+      {  if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("Initial basis matrix is singular\n");
+#endif
+         ret = 7;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* compute values of basic variables */
+      ssx_eval_bbar(ssx);
+      /* check if the initial basic solution is primal feasible */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  int t;
+         k = Q_col[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         t = type[k];
+         if (t == SSX_LO || t == SSX_DB || t == SSX_FX)
+         {  /* x[k] has lower bound */
+            if (mpq_cmp(bbar[i], lb[k]) < 0)
+            {  /* which is violated */
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+         if (t == SSX_UP || t == SSX_DB || t == SSX_FX)
+         {  /* x[k] has upper bound */
+            if (mpq_cmp(bbar[i], ub[k]) > 0)
+            {  /* which is violated */
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      if (i > m)
+      {  /* no basic variable violates its bounds */
+         ret = 0;
+         goto skip;
+      }
+      /* phase I: find primal feasible solution */
+      ret = ssx_phase_I(ssx);
+      switch (ret)
+      {  case 0:
+            ret = 0;
+            break;
+         case 1:
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+            if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+#endif
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS NO FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+            ret = 1;
+            break;
+         case 2:
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+            if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+#endif
+            xprintf("ITERATIONS LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+            ret = 3;
+            break;
+         case 3:
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+            if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+#endif
+            xprintf("TIME LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+            ret = 5;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+      }
+      /* compute values of basic variables (actually only the objective
+         value needs to be computed) */
+      ssx_eval_bbar(ssx);
+skip: /* compute simplex multipliers */
+      ssx_eval_pi(ssx);
+      /* compute reduced costs of non-basic variables */
+      ssx_eval_cbar(ssx);
+      /* if phase I failed, do not start phase II */
+      if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      /* phase II: find optimal solution */
+      ret = ssx_phase_II(ssx);
+      switch (ret)
+      {  case 0:
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+            if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+#endif
+            xprintf("OPTIMAL SOLUTION FOUND\n");
+            ret = 0;
+            break;
+         case 1:
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+            if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+#endif
+            xprintf("PROBLEM HAS UNBOUNDED SOLUTION\n");
+            ret = 2;
+            break;
+         case 2:
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+            if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+#endif
+            xprintf("ITERATIONS LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+            ret = 4;
+            break;
+         case 3:
+#if 1 /* 25/XI-2017 */
+            if (ssx->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+#endif
+            xprintf("TIME LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+            ret = 6;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+      }
+done: /* decrease the time limit by the spent amount of time */
+      if (ssx->tm_lim >= 0.0)
+#if 0
+      {  ssx->tm_lim -= utime() - ssx->tm_beg;
+#else
+      {  ssx->tm_lim -= xdifftime(xtime(), ssx->tm_beg);
+#endif
+         if (ssx->tm_lim < 0.0) ssx->tm_lim = 0.0;
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/ios.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/ios.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1cb07ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/ios.h
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+/* ios.h (integer optimization suite) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef IOS_H
+#define IOS_H
+
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#if 1 /* 02/II-2018 */
+#define NEW_LOCAL 1
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 15/II-2018 */
+#define NEW_COVER 1
+#endif
+
+typedef struct IOSLOT IOSLOT;
+typedef struct IOSNPD IOSNPD;
+typedef struct IOSBND IOSBND;
+typedef struct IOSTAT IOSTAT;
+typedef struct IOSROW IOSROW;
+typedef struct IOSAIJ IOSAIJ;
+#ifdef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+typedef glp_prob IOSPOOL;
+typedef GLPROW IOSCUT;
+#else
+typedef struct IOSPOOL IOSPOOL;
+typedef struct IOSCUT IOSCUT;
+#endif
+
+struct glp_tree
+{     /* branch-and-bound tree */
+      int magic;
+      /* magic value used for debugging */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool to store all IOS components */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns (variables) */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* problem components corresponding to the original MIP and its
+         LP relaxation (used to restore the original problem object on
+         exit from the solver) */
+      int orig_m;
+      /* number of rows */
+      unsigned char *orig_type; /* uchar orig_type[1+orig_m+n]; */
+      /* types of all variables */
+      double *orig_lb; /* double orig_lb[1+orig_m+n]; */
+      /* lower bounds of all variables */
+      double *orig_ub; /* double orig_ub[1+orig_m+n]; */
+      /* upper bounds of all variables */
+      unsigned char *orig_stat; /* uchar orig_stat[1+orig_m+n]; */
+      /* statuses of all variables */
+      double *orig_prim; /* double orig_prim[1+orig_m+n]; */
+      /* primal values of all variables */
+      double *orig_dual; /* double orig_dual[1+orig_m+n]; */
+      /* dual values of all variables */
+      double orig_obj;
+      /* optimal objective value for LP relaxation */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* branch-and-bound tree */
+      int nslots;
+      /* length of the array of slots (enlarged automatically) */
+      int avail;
+      /* index of the first free slot; 0 means all slots are in use */
+      IOSLOT *slot; /* IOSLOT slot[1+nslots]; */
+      /* array of slots:
+         slot[0] is not used;
+         slot[p], 1 <= p <= nslots, either contains a pointer to some
+         node of the branch-and-bound tree, in which case p is used on
+         API level as the reference number of corresponding subproblem,
+         or is free; all free slots are linked into single linked list;
+         slot[1] always contains a pointer to the root node (it is free
+         only if the tree is empty) */
+      IOSNPD *head;
+      /* pointer to the head of the active list */
+      IOSNPD *tail;
+      /* pointer to the tail of the active list */
+      /* the active list is a doubly linked list of active subproblems
+         which correspond to leaves of the tree; all subproblems in the
+         active list are ordered chronologically (each a new subproblem
+         is always added to the tail of the list) */
+      int a_cnt;
+      /* current number of active nodes (including the current one) */
+      int n_cnt;
+      /* current number of all (active and inactive) nodes */
+      int t_cnt;
+      /* total number of nodes including those which have been already
+         removed from the tree; this count is increased by one whenever
+         a new node is created and never decreased */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* problem components corresponding to the root subproblem */
+      int root_m;
+      /* number of rows */
+      unsigned char *root_type; /* uchar root_type[1+root_m+n]; */
+      /* types of all variables */
+      double *root_lb; /* double root_lb[1+root_m+n]; */
+      /* lower bounds of all variables */
+      double *root_ub; /* double root_ub[1+root_m+n]; */
+      /* upper bounds of all variables */
+      unsigned char *root_stat; /* uchar root_stat[1+root_m+n]; */
+      /* statuses of all variables */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* current subproblem and its LP relaxation */
+      IOSNPD *curr;
+      /* pointer to the current subproblem (which can be only active);
+         NULL means the current subproblem does not exist */
+      glp_prob *mip;
+      /* original problem object passed to the solver; if the current
+         subproblem exists, its LP segment corresponds to LP relaxation
+         of the current subproblem; if the current subproblem does not
+         exist, its LP segment corresponds to LP relaxation of the root
+         subproblem (note that the root subproblem may differ from the
+         original MIP, because it may be preprocessed and/or may have
+         additional rows) */
+      unsigned char *non_int; /* uchar non_int[1+n]; */
+      /* these column flags are set each time when LP relaxation of the
+         current subproblem has been solved;
+         non_int[0] is not used;
+         non_int[j], 1 <= j <= n, is j-th column flag; if this flag is
+         set, corresponding variable is required to be integer, but its
+         value in basic solution is fractional */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* problem components corresponding to the parent (predecessor)
+         subproblem for the current subproblem; used to inspect changes
+         on freezing the current subproblem */
+      int pred_m;
+      /* number of rows */
+      int pred_max;
+      /* length of the following four arrays (enlarged automatically),
+         pred_max >= pred_m + n */
+      unsigned char *pred_type; /* uchar pred_type[1+pred_m+n]; */
+      /* types of all variables */
+      double *pred_lb; /* double pred_lb[1+pred_m+n]; */
+      /* lower bounds of all variables */
+      double *pred_ub; /* double pred_ub[1+pred_m+n]; */
+      /* upper bounds of all variables */
+      unsigned char *pred_stat; /* uchar pred_stat[1+pred_m+n]; */
+      /* statuses of all variables */
+      /****************************************************************/
+      /* built-in cut generators segment */
+      IOSPOOL *local;
+      /* local cut pool */
+#if 1 /* 13/II-2018 */
+      glp_cov *cov_gen;
+      /* pointer to working area used by the cover cut generator */
+#endif
+      glp_mir *mir_gen;
+      /* pointer to working area used by the MIR cut generator */
+      glp_cfg *clq_gen;
+      /* pointer to conflict graph used by the clique cut generator */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      void *pcost;
+      /* pointer to working area used on pseudocost branching */
+      int *iwrk; /* int iwrk[1+n]; */
+      /* working array */
+      double *dwrk; /* double dwrk[1+n]; */
+      /* working array */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters and statistics */
+      const glp_iocp *parm;
+      /* copy of control parameters passed to the solver */
+      double tm_beg;
+      /* starting time of the search, in seconds; the total time of the
+         search is the difference between xtime() and tm_beg */
+      double tm_lag;
+      /* the most recent time, in seconds, at which the progress of the
+         the search was displayed */
+      int sol_cnt;
+      /* number of integer feasible solutions found */
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+      void *P; /* glp_prob *P; */
+      /* problem passed to glp_intopt */
+      void *npp; /* NPP *npp; */
+      /* preprocessor workspace or NULL */
+      const char *save_sol;
+      /* filename (template) to save every new solution */
+      int save_cnt;
+      /* count to generate filename */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* advanced solver interface */
+      int reason;
+      /* flag indicating the reason why the callback routine is being
+         called (see glpk.h) */
+      int stop;
+      /* flag indicating that the callback routine requires premature
+         termination of the search */
+      int next_p;
+      /* reference number of active subproblem selected to continue
+         the search; 0 means no subproblem has been selected */
+      int reopt;
+      /* flag indicating that the current LP relaxation needs to be
+         re-optimized */
+      int reinv;
+      /* flag indicating that some (non-active) rows were removed from
+         the current LP relaxation, so if there no new rows appear, the
+         basis must be re-factorized */
+      int br_var;
+      /* the number of variable chosen to branch on */
+      int br_sel;
+      /* flag indicating which branch (subproblem) is suggested to be
+         selected to continue the search:
+         GLP_DN_BRNCH - select down-branch
+         GLP_UP_BRNCH - select up-branch
+         GLP_NO_BRNCH - use general selection technique */
+      int child;
+      /* subproblem reference number corresponding to br_sel */
+};
+
+struct IOSLOT
+{     /* node subproblem slot */
+      IOSNPD *node;
+      /* pointer to subproblem descriptor; NULL means free slot */
+      int next;
+      /* index of another free slot (only if this slot is free) */
+};
+
+struct IOSNPD
+{     /* node subproblem descriptor */
+      int p;
+      /* subproblem reference number (it is the index to corresponding
+         slot, i.e. slot[p] points to this descriptor) */
+      IOSNPD *up;
+      /* pointer to the parent subproblem; NULL means this node is the
+         root of the tree, in which case p = 1 */
+      int level;
+      /* node level (the root node has level 0) */
+      int count;
+      /* if count = 0, this subproblem is active; if count > 0, this
+         subproblem is inactive, in which case count is the number of
+         its child subproblems */
+      /* the following three linked lists are destroyed on reviving and
+         built anew on freezing the subproblem: */
+      IOSBND *b_ptr;
+      /* linked list of rows and columns of the parent subproblem whose
+         types and bounds were changed */
+      IOSTAT *s_ptr;
+      /* linked list of rows and columns of the parent subproblem whose
+         statuses were changed */
+      IOSROW *r_ptr;
+      /* linked list of rows (cuts) added to the parent subproblem */
+      int solved;
+      /* how many times LP relaxation of this subproblem was solved;
+         for inactive subproblem this count is always non-zero;
+         for active subproblem, which is not current, this count may be
+         non-zero, if the subproblem was temporarily suspended */
+      double lp_obj;
+      /* optimal objective value to LP relaxation of this subproblem;
+         on creating a subproblem this value is inherited from its
+         parent; for the root subproblem, which has no parent, this
+         value is initially set to -DBL_MAX (minimization) or +DBL_MAX
+         (maximization); each time the subproblem is re-optimized, this
+         value is appropriately changed */
+      double bound;
+      /* local lower (minimization) or upper (maximization) bound for
+         integer optimal solution to *this* subproblem; this bound is
+         local in the sense that only subproblems in the subtree rooted
+         at this node cannot have better integer feasible solutions;
+         on creating a subproblem its local bound is inherited from its
+         parent and then can be made stronger (never weaker); for the
+         root subproblem its local bound is initially set to -DBL_MAX
+         (minimization) or +DBL_MAX (maximization) and then improved as
+         the root LP relaxation has been solved */
+      /* the following two quantities are defined only if LP relaxation
+         of this subproblem was solved at least once (solved > 0): */
+      int ii_cnt;
+      /* number of integer variables whose value in optimal solution to
+         LP relaxation of this subproblem is fractional */
+      double ii_sum;
+      /* sum of integer infeasibilities */
+#if 1 /* 30/XI-2009 */
+      int changed;
+      /* how many times this subproblem was re-formulated (by adding
+         cutting plane constraints) */
+#endif
+      int br_var;
+      /* ordinal number of branching variable, 1 <= br_var <= n, used
+         to split this subproblem; 0 means that either this subproblem
+         is active or branching was made on a constraint */
+      double br_val;
+      /* (fractional) value of branching variable in optimal solution
+         to final LP relaxation of this subproblem */
+      void *data; /* char data[tree->cb_size]; */
+      /* pointer to the application-specific data */
+      IOSNPD *temp;
+      /* working pointer used by some routines */
+      IOSNPD *prev;
+      /* pointer to previous subproblem in the active list */
+      IOSNPD *next;
+      /* pointer to next subproblem in the active list */
+};
+
+struct IOSBND
+{     /* bounds change entry */
+      int k;
+      /* ordinal number of corresponding row (1 <= k <= m) or column
+         (m+1 <= k <= m+n), where m and n are the number of rows and
+         columns, resp., in the parent subproblem */
+      unsigned char type;
+      /* new type */
+      double lb;
+      /* new lower bound */
+      double ub;
+      /* new upper bound */
+      IOSBND *next;
+      /* pointer to next entry for the same subproblem */
+};
+
+struct IOSTAT
+{     /* status change entry */
+      int k;
+      /* ordinal number of corresponding row (1 <= k <= m) or column
+         (m+1 <= k <= m+n), where m and n are the number of rows and
+         columns, resp., in the parent subproblem */
+      unsigned char stat;
+      /* new status */
+      IOSTAT *next;
+      /* pointer to next entry for the same subproblem */
+};
+
+struct IOSROW
+{     /* row (constraint) addition entry */
+      char *name;
+      /* row name or NULL */
+      unsigned char origin;
+      /* row origin flag (see glp_attr.origin) */
+      unsigned char klass;
+      /* row class descriptor (see glp_attr.klass) */
+      unsigned char type;
+      /* row type (GLP_LO, GLP_UP, etc.) */
+      double lb;
+      /* row lower bound */
+      double ub;
+      /* row upper bound */
+      IOSAIJ *ptr;
+      /* pointer to the row coefficient list */
+      double rii;
+      /* row scale factor */
+      unsigned char stat;
+      /* row status (GLP_BS, GLP_NL, etc.) */
+      IOSROW *next;
+      /* pointer to next entry for the same subproblem */
+};
+
+struct IOSAIJ
+{     /* constraint coefficient */
+      int j;
+      /* variable (column) number, 1 <= j <= n */
+      double val;
+      /* non-zero coefficient value */
+      IOSAIJ *next;
+      /* pointer to next coefficient for the same row */
+};
+
+#ifndef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+struct IOSPOOL
+{     /* cut pool */
+      int size;
+      /* pool size = number of cuts in the pool */
+      IOSCUT *head;
+      /* pointer to the first cut */
+      IOSCUT *tail;
+      /* pointer to the last cut */
+      int ord;
+      /* ordinal number of the current cut, 1 <= ord <= size */
+      IOSCUT *curr;
+      /* pointer to the current cut */
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NEW_LOCAL /* 02/II-2018 */
+struct IOSCUT
+{     /* cut (cutting plane constraint) */
+      char *name;
+      /* cut name or NULL */
+      unsigned char klass;
+      /* cut class descriptor (see glp_attr.klass) */
+      IOSAIJ *ptr;
+      /* pointer to the cut coefficient list */
+      unsigned char type;
+      /* cut type:
+         GLP_LO: sum a[j] * x[j] >= b
+         GLP_UP: sum a[j] * x[j] <= b
+         GLP_FX: sum a[j] * x[j]  = b */
+      double rhs;
+      /* cut right-hand side */
+      IOSCUT *prev;
+      /* pointer to previous cut */
+      IOSCUT *next;
+      /* pointer to next cut */
+};
+#endif
+
+#define ios_create_tree _glp_ios_create_tree
+glp_tree *ios_create_tree(glp_prob *mip, const glp_iocp *parm);
+/* create branch-and-bound tree */
+
+#define ios_revive_node _glp_ios_revive_node
+void ios_revive_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+/* revive specified subproblem */
+
+#define ios_freeze_node _glp_ios_freeze_node
+void ios_freeze_node(glp_tree *tree);
+/* freeze current subproblem */
+
+#define ios_clone_node _glp_ios_clone_node
+void ios_clone_node(glp_tree *tree, int p, int nnn, int ref[]);
+/* clone specified subproblem */
+
+#define ios_delete_node _glp_ios_delete_node
+void ios_delete_node(glp_tree *tree, int p);
+/* delete specified subproblem */
+
+#define ios_delete_tree _glp_ios_delete_tree
+void ios_delete_tree(glp_tree *tree);
+/* delete branch-and-bound tree */
+
+#define ios_eval_degrad _glp_ios_eval_degrad
+void ios_eval_degrad(glp_tree *tree, int j, double *dn, double *up);
+/* estimate obj. degrad. for down- and up-branches */
+
+#define ios_round_bound _glp_ios_round_bound
+double ios_round_bound(glp_tree *tree, double bound);
+/* improve local bound by rounding */
+
+#define ios_is_hopeful _glp_ios_is_hopeful
+int ios_is_hopeful(glp_tree *tree, double bound);
+/* check if subproblem is hopeful */
+
+#define ios_best_node _glp_ios_best_node
+int ios_best_node(glp_tree *tree);
+/* find active node with best local bound */
+
+#define ios_relative_gap _glp_ios_relative_gap
+double ios_relative_gap(glp_tree *tree);
+/* compute relative mip gap */
+
+#define ios_solve_node _glp_ios_solve_node
+int ios_solve_node(glp_tree *tree);
+/* solve LP relaxation of current subproblem */
+
+#define ios_create_pool _glp_ios_create_pool
+IOSPOOL *ios_create_pool(glp_tree *tree);
+/* create cut pool */
+
+#define ios_add_row _glp_ios_add_row
+int ios_add_row(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool,
+      const char *name, int klass, int flags, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int type, double rhs);
+/* add row (constraint) to the cut pool */
+
+#define ios_find_row _glp_ios_find_row
+IOSCUT *ios_find_row(IOSPOOL *pool, int i);
+/* find row (constraint) in the cut pool */
+
+#define ios_del_row _glp_ios_del_row
+void ios_del_row(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool, int i);
+/* remove row (constraint) from the cut pool */
+
+#define ios_clear_pool _glp_ios_clear_pool
+void ios_clear_pool(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool);
+/* remove all rows (constraints) from the cut pool */
+
+#define ios_delete_pool _glp_ios_delete_pool
+void ios_delete_pool(glp_tree *tree, IOSPOOL *pool);
+/* delete cut pool */
+
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2013 */
+#define ios_process_sol _glp_ios_process_sol
+void ios_process_sol(glp_tree *T);
+/* process integer feasible solution just found */
+#endif
+
+#define ios_preprocess_node _glp_ios_preprocess_node
+int ios_preprocess_node(glp_tree *tree, int max_pass);
+/* preprocess current subproblem */
+
+#define ios_driver _glp_ios_driver
+int ios_driver(glp_tree *tree);
+/* branch-and-bound driver */
+
+#define ios_cov_gen _glp_ios_cov_gen
+void ios_cov_gen(glp_tree *tree);
+/* generate mixed cover cuts */
+
+#define ios_pcost_init _glp_ios_pcost_init
+void *ios_pcost_init(glp_tree *tree);
+/* initialize working data used on pseudocost branching */
+
+#define ios_pcost_branch _glp_ios_pcost_branch
+int ios_pcost_branch(glp_tree *T, int *next);
+/* choose branching variable with pseudocost branching */
+
+#define ios_pcost_update _glp_ios_pcost_update
+void ios_pcost_update(glp_tree *tree);
+/* update history information for pseudocost branching */
+
+#define ios_pcost_free _glp_ios_pcost_free
+void ios_pcost_free(glp_tree *tree);
+/* free working area used on pseudocost branching */
+
+#define ios_feas_pump _glp_ios_feas_pump
+void ios_feas_pump(glp_tree *T);
+/* feasibility pump heuristic */
+
+#if 1 /* 25/V-2013 */
+#define ios_proxy_heur _glp_ios_proxy_heur
+void ios_proxy_heur(glp_tree *T);
+/* proximity search heuristic */
+#endif
+
+#define ios_process_cuts _glp_ios_process_cuts
+void ios_process_cuts(glp_tree *T);
+/* process cuts stored in the local cut pool */
+
+#define ios_choose_node _glp_ios_choose_node
+int ios_choose_node(glp_tree *T);
+/* select subproblem to continue the search */
+
+#define ios_choose_var _glp_ios_choose_var
+int ios_choose_var(glp_tree *T, int *next);
+/* select variable to branch on */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/lux.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/lux.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38cb758c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/lux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1030 @@
+/* lux.c (LU-factorization, rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "lux.h"
+
+#define xfault xerror
+#define dmp_create_poolx(size) dmp_create_pool()
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  lux_create - create LU-factorization
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "lux.h"
+*  LUX *lux_create(int n);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine lux_create creates LU-factorization data structure for
+*  a matrix of the order n. Initially the factorization corresponds to
+*  the unity matrix (F = V = P = Q = I, so A = I).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the created LU-factorization data
+*  structure, which represents the unity matrix of the order n. */
+
+LUX *lux_create(int n)
+{     LUX *lux;
+      int k;
+      if (n < 1)
+         xfault("lux_create: n = %d; invalid parameter\n", n);
+      lux = xmalloc(sizeof(LUX));
+      lux->n = n;
+      lux->pool = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(LUXELM));
+      lux->F_row = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(LUXELM *));
+      lux->F_col = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(LUXELM *));
+      lux->V_piv = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      lux->V_row = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(LUXELM *));
+      lux->V_col = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(LUXELM *));
+      lux->P_row = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      lux->P_col = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      lux->Q_row = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      lux->Q_col = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  lux->F_row[k] = lux->F_col[k] = NULL;
+         mpq_init(lux->V_piv[k]);
+         mpq_set_si(lux->V_piv[k], 1, 1);
+         lux->V_row[k] = lux->V_col[k] = NULL;
+         lux->P_row[k] = lux->P_col[k] = k;
+         lux->Q_row[k] = lux->Q_col[k] = k;
+      }
+      lux->rank = n;
+      return lux;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  initialize - initialize LU-factorization data structures
+*
+*  This routine initializes data structures for subsequent computing
+*  the LU-factorization of a given matrix A, which is specified by the
+*  formal routine col. On exit V = A and F = P = Q = I, where I is the
+*  unity matrix. */
+
+static void initialize(LUX *lux, int (*col)(void *info, int j,
+      int ind[], mpq_t val[]), void *info, LUXWKA *wka)
+{     int n = lux->n;
+      DMP *pool = lux->pool;
+      LUXELM **F_row = lux->F_row;
+      LUXELM **F_col = lux->F_col;
+      mpq_t *V_piv = lux->V_piv;
+      LUXELM **V_row = lux->V_row;
+      LUXELM **V_col = lux->V_col;
+      int *P_row = lux->P_row;
+      int *P_col = lux->P_col;
+      int *Q_row = lux->Q_row;
+      int *Q_col = lux->Q_col;
+      int *R_len = wka->R_len;
+      int *R_head = wka->R_head;
+      int *R_prev = wka->R_prev;
+      int *R_next = wka->R_next;
+      int *C_len = wka->C_len;
+      int *C_head = wka->C_head;
+      int *C_prev = wka->C_prev;
+      int *C_next = wka->C_next;
+      LUXELM *fij, *vij;
+      int i, j, k, len, *ind;
+      mpq_t *val;
+      /* F := I */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  while (F_row[i] != NULL)
+         {  fij = F_row[i], F_row[i] = fij->r_next;
+            mpq_clear(fij->val);
+            dmp_free_atom(pool, fij, sizeof(LUXELM));
+         }
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) F_col[j] = NULL;
+      /* V := 0 */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) mpq_set_si(V_piv[k], 0, 1);
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  while (V_row[i] != NULL)
+         {  vij = V_row[i], V_row[i] = vij->r_next;
+            mpq_clear(vij->val);
+            dmp_free_atom(pool, vij, sizeof(LUXELM));
+         }
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) V_col[j] = NULL;
+      /* V := A */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) mpq_init(val[k]);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* obtain j-th column of matrix A */
+         len = col(info, j, ind, val);
+         if (!(0 <= len && len <= n))
+            xfault("lux_decomp: j = %d: len = %d; invalid column length"
+               "\n", j, len);
+         /* copy elements of j-th column to matrix V */
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  /* get row index of a[i,j] */
+            i = ind[k];
+            if (!(1 <= i && i <= n))
+               xfault("lux_decomp: j = %d: i = %d; row index out of ran"
+                  "ge\n", j, i);
+            /* check for duplicate indices */
+            if (V_row[i] != NULL && V_row[i]->j == j)
+               xfault("lux_decomp: j = %d: i = %d; duplicate row indice"
+                  "s not allowed\n", j, i);
+            /* check for zero value */
+            if (mpq_sgn(val[k]) == 0)
+               xfault("lux_decomp: j = %d: i = %d; zero elements not al"
+                  "lowed\n", j, i);
+            /* add new element v[i,j] = a[i,j] to V */
+            vij = dmp_get_atom(pool, sizeof(LUXELM));
+            vij->i = i, vij->j = j;
+            mpq_init(vij->val);
+            mpq_set(vij->val, val[k]);
+            vij->r_prev = NULL;
+            vij->r_next = V_row[i];
+            vij->c_prev = NULL;
+            vij->c_next = V_col[j];
+            if (vij->r_next != NULL) vij->r_next->r_prev = vij;
+            if (vij->c_next != NULL) vij->c_next->c_prev = vij;
+            V_row[i] = V_col[j] = vij;
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(ind);
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) mpq_clear(val[k]);
+      xfree(val);
+      /* P := Q := I */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+         P_row[k] = P_col[k] = Q_row[k] = Q_col[k] = k;
+      /* the rank of A and V is not determined yet */
+      lux->rank = -1;
+      /* initially the entire matrix V is active */
+      /* determine its row lengths */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  len = 0;
+         for (vij = V_row[i]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->r_next) len++;
+         R_len[i] = len;
+      }
+      /* build linked lists of active rows */
+      for (len = 0; len <= n; len++) R_head[len] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  len = R_len[i];
+         R_prev[i] = 0;
+         R_next[i] = R_head[len];
+         if (R_next[i] != 0) R_prev[R_next[i]] = i;
+         R_head[len] = i;
+      }
+      /* determine its column lengths */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  len = 0;
+         for (vij = V_col[j]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->c_next) len++;
+         C_len[j] = len;
+      }
+      /* build linked lists of active columns */
+      for (len = 0; len <= n; len++) C_head[len] = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  len = C_len[j];
+         C_prev[j] = 0;
+         C_next[j] = C_head[len];
+         if (C_next[j] != 0) C_prev[C_next[j]] = j;
+         C_head[len] = j;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  find_pivot - choose a pivot element
+*
+*  This routine chooses a pivot element v[p,q] in the active submatrix
+*  of matrix U = P*V*Q.
+*
+*  It is assumed that on entry the matrix U has the following partially
+*  triangularized form:
+*
+*        1       k         n
+*     1  x x x x x x x x x x
+*        . x x x x x x x x x
+*        . . x x x x x x x x
+*        . . . x x x x x x x
+*     k  . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*        . . . . * * * * * *
+*     n  . . . . * * * * * *
+*
+*  where rows and columns k, k+1, ..., n belong to the active submatrix
+*  (elements of the active submatrix are marked by '*').
+*
+*  Since the matrix U = P*V*Q is not stored, the routine works with the
+*  matrix V. It is assumed that the row-wise representation corresponds
+*  to the matrix V, but the column-wise representation corresponds to
+*  the active submatrix of the matrix V, i.e. elements of the matrix V,
+*  which does not belong to the active submatrix, are missing from the
+*  column linked lists. It is also assumed that each active row of the
+*  matrix V is in the set R[len], where len is number of non-zeros in
+*  the row, and each active column of the matrix V is in the set C[len],
+*  where len is number of non-zeros in the column (in the latter case
+*  only elements of the active submatrix are counted; such elements are
+*  marked by '*' on the figure above).
+*
+*  Due to exact arithmetic any non-zero element of the active submatrix
+*  can be chosen as a pivot. However, to keep sparsity of the matrix V
+*  the routine uses Markowitz strategy, trying to choose such element
+*  v[p,q], which has smallest Markowitz cost (nr[p]-1) * (nc[q]-1),
+*  where nr[p] and nc[q] are the number of non-zero elements, resp., in
+*  p-th row and in q-th column of the active submatrix.
+*
+*  In order to reduce the search, i.e. not to walk through all elements
+*  of the active submatrix, the routine exploits a technique proposed by
+*  I.Duff. This technique is based on using the sets R[len] and C[len]
+*  of active rows and columns.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns a pointer to a pivot v[p,q] chosen, or
+*  NULL, if the active submatrix is empty. */
+
+static LUXELM *find_pivot(LUX *lux, LUXWKA *wka)
+{     int n = lux->n;
+      LUXELM **V_row = lux->V_row;
+      LUXELM **V_col = lux->V_col;
+      int *R_len = wka->R_len;
+      int *R_head = wka->R_head;
+      int *R_next = wka->R_next;
+      int *C_len = wka->C_len;
+      int *C_head = wka->C_head;
+      int *C_next = wka->C_next;
+      LUXELM *piv, *some, *vij;
+      int i, j, len, min_len, ncand, piv_lim = 5;
+      double best, cost;
+      /* nothing is chosen so far */
+      piv = NULL, best = DBL_MAX, ncand = 0;
+      /* if in the active submatrix there is a column that has the only
+         non-zero (column singleton), choose it as a pivot */
+      j = C_head[1];
+      if (j != 0)
+      {  xassert(C_len[j] == 1);
+         piv = V_col[j];
+         xassert(piv != NULL && piv->c_next == NULL);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* if in the active submatrix there is a row that has the only
+         non-zero (row singleton), choose it as a pivot */
+      i = R_head[1];
+      if (i != 0)
+      {  xassert(R_len[i] == 1);
+         piv = V_row[i];
+         xassert(piv != NULL && piv->r_next == NULL);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* there are no singletons in the active submatrix; walk through
+         other non-empty rows and columns */
+      for (len = 2; len <= n; len++)
+      {  /* consider active columns having len non-zeros */
+         for (j = C_head[len]; j != 0; j = C_next[j])
+         {  /* j-th column has len non-zeros */
+            /* find an element in the row of minimal length */
+            some = NULL, min_len = INT_MAX;
+            for (vij = V_col[j]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->c_next)
+            {  if (min_len > R_len[vij->i])
+                  some = vij, min_len = R_len[vij->i];
+               /* if Markowitz cost of this element is not greater than
+                  (len-1)**2, it can be chosen right now; this heuristic
+                  reduces the search and works well in many cases */
+               if (min_len <= len)
+               {  piv = some;
+                  goto done;
+               }
+            }
+            /* j-th column has been scanned */
+            /* the minimal element found is a next pivot candidate */
+            xassert(some != NULL);
+            ncand++;
+            /* compute its Markowitz cost */
+            cost = (double)(min_len - 1) * (double)(len - 1);
+            /* choose between the current candidate and this element */
+            if (cost < best) piv = some, best = cost;
+            /* if piv_lim candidates have been considered, there is a
+               doubt that a much better candidate exists; therefore it
+               is the time to terminate the search */
+            if (ncand == piv_lim) goto done;
+         }
+         /* now consider active rows having len non-zeros */
+         for (i = R_head[len]; i != 0; i = R_next[i])
+         {  /* i-th row has len non-zeros */
+            /* find an element in the column of minimal length */
+            some = NULL, min_len = INT_MAX;
+            for (vij = V_row[i]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->r_next)
+            {  if (min_len > C_len[vij->j])
+                  some = vij, min_len = C_len[vij->j];
+               /* if Markowitz cost of this element is not greater than
+                  (len-1)**2, it can be chosen right now; this heuristic
+                  reduces the search and works well in many cases */
+               if (min_len <= len)
+               {  piv = some;
+                  goto done;
+               }
+            }
+            /* i-th row has been scanned */
+            /* the minimal element found is a next pivot candidate */
+            xassert(some != NULL);
+            ncand++;
+            /* compute its Markowitz cost */
+            cost = (double)(len - 1) * (double)(min_len - 1);
+            /* choose between the current candidate and this element */
+            if (cost < best) piv = some, best = cost;
+            /* if piv_lim candidates have been considered, there is a
+               doubt that a much better candidate exists; therefore it
+               is the time to terminate the search */
+            if (ncand == piv_lim) goto done;
+         }
+      }
+done: /* bring the pivot v[p,q] to the factorizing routine */
+      return piv;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  eliminate - perform gaussian elimination
+*
+*  This routine performs elementary gaussian transformations in order
+*  to eliminate subdiagonal elements in the k-th column of the matrix
+*  U = P*V*Q using the pivot element u[k,k], where k is the number of
+*  the current elimination step.
+*
+*  The parameter piv specifies the pivot element v[p,q] = u[k,k].
+*
+*  Each time when the routine applies the elementary transformation to
+*  a non-pivot row of the matrix V, it stores the corresponding element
+*  to the matrix F in order to keep the main equality A = F*V.
+*
+*  The routine assumes that on entry the matrices L = P*F*inv(P) and
+*  U = P*V*Q are the following:
+*
+*        1       k                  1       k         n
+*     1  1 . . . . . . . . .     1  x x x x x x x x x x
+*        x 1 . . . . . . . .        . x x x x x x x x x
+*        x x 1 . . . . . . .        . . x x x x x x x x
+*        x x x 1 . . . . . .        . . . x x x x x x x
+*     k  x x x x 1 . . . . .     k  . . . . * * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ 1 . . . .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ . 1 . . .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ . . 1 . .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*        x x x x _ . . . 1 .        . . . . # * * * * *
+*     n  x x x x _ . . . . 1     n  . . . . # * * * * *
+*
+*             matrix L                   matrix U
+*
+*  where rows and columns of the matrix U with numbers k, k+1, ..., n
+*  form the active submatrix (eliminated elements are marked by '#' and
+*  other elements of the active submatrix are marked by '*'). Note that
+*  each eliminated non-zero element u[i,k] of the matrix U gives the
+*  corresponding element l[i,k] of the matrix L (marked by '_').
+*
+*  Actually all operations are performed on the matrix V. Should note
+*  that the row-wise representation corresponds to the matrix V, but the
+*  column-wise representation corresponds to the active submatrix of the
+*  matrix V, i.e. elements of the matrix V, which doesn't belong to the
+*  active submatrix, are missing from the column linked lists.
+*
+*  Let u[k,k] = v[p,q] be the pivot. In order to eliminate subdiagonal
+*  elements u[i',k] = v[i,q], i' = k+1, k+2, ..., n, the routine applies
+*  the following elementary gaussian transformations:
+*
+*     (i-th row of V) := (i-th row of V) - f[i,p] * (p-th row of V),
+*
+*  where f[i,p] = v[i,q] / v[p,q] is a gaussian multiplier.
+*
+*  Additionally, in order to keep the main equality A = F*V, each time
+*  when the routine applies the transformation to i-th row of the matrix
+*  V, it also adds f[i,p] as a new element to the matrix F.
+*
+*  IMPORTANT: On entry the working arrays flag and work should contain
+*  zeros. This status is provided by the routine on exit. */
+
+static void eliminate(LUX *lux, LUXWKA *wka, LUXELM *piv, int flag[],
+      mpq_t work[])
+{     DMP *pool = lux->pool;
+      LUXELM **F_row = lux->F_row;
+      LUXELM **F_col = lux->F_col;
+      mpq_t *V_piv = lux->V_piv;
+      LUXELM **V_row = lux->V_row;
+      LUXELM **V_col = lux->V_col;
+      int *R_len = wka->R_len;
+      int *R_head = wka->R_head;
+      int *R_prev = wka->R_prev;
+      int *R_next = wka->R_next;
+      int *C_len = wka->C_len;
+      int *C_head = wka->C_head;
+      int *C_prev = wka->C_prev;
+      int *C_next = wka->C_next;
+      LUXELM *fip, *vij, *vpj, *viq, *next;
+      mpq_t temp;
+      int i, j, p, q;
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      /* determine row and column indices of the pivot v[p,q] */
+      xassert(piv != NULL);
+      p = piv->i, q = piv->j;
+      /* remove p-th (pivot) row from the active set; it will never
+         return there */
+      if (R_prev[p] == 0)
+         R_head[R_len[p]] = R_next[p];
+      else
+         R_next[R_prev[p]] = R_next[p];
+      if (R_next[p] == 0)
+         ;
+      else
+         R_prev[R_next[p]] = R_prev[p];
+      /* remove q-th (pivot) column from the active set; it will never
+         return there */
+      if (C_prev[q] == 0)
+         C_head[C_len[q]] = C_next[q];
+      else
+         C_next[C_prev[q]] = C_next[q];
+      if (C_next[q] == 0)
+         ;
+      else
+         C_prev[C_next[q]] = C_prev[q];
+      /* store the pivot value in a separate array */
+      mpq_set(V_piv[p], piv->val);
+      /* remove the pivot from p-th row */
+      if (piv->r_prev == NULL)
+         V_row[p] = piv->r_next;
+      else
+         piv->r_prev->r_next = piv->r_next;
+      if (piv->r_next == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+         piv->r_next->r_prev = piv->r_prev;
+      R_len[p]--;
+      /* remove the pivot from q-th column */
+      if (piv->c_prev == NULL)
+         V_col[q] = piv->c_next;
+      else
+         piv->c_prev->c_next = piv->c_next;
+      if (piv->c_next == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+         piv->c_next->c_prev = piv->c_prev;
+      C_len[q]--;
+      /* free the space occupied by the pivot */
+      mpq_clear(piv->val);
+      dmp_free_atom(pool, piv, sizeof(LUXELM));
+      /* walk through p-th (pivot) row, which already does not contain
+         the pivot v[p,q], and do the following... */
+      for (vpj = V_row[p]; vpj != NULL; vpj = vpj->r_next)
+      {  /* get column index of v[p,j] */
+         j = vpj->j;
+         /* store v[p,j] in the working array */
+         flag[j] = 1;
+         mpq_set(work[j], vpj->val);
+         /* remove j-th column from the active set; it will return there
+            later with a new length */
+         if (C_prev[j] == 0)
+            C_head[C_len[j]] = C_next[j];
+         else
+            C_next[C_prev[j]] = C_next[j];
+         if (C_next[j] == 0)
+            ;
+         else
+            C_prev[C_next[j]] = C_prev[j];
+         /* v[p,j] leaves the active submatrix, so remove it from j-th
+            column; however, v[p,j] is kept in p-th row */
+         if (vpj->c_prev == NULL)
+            V_col[j] = vpj->c_next;
+         else
+            vpj->c_prev->c_next = vpj->c_next;
+         if (vpj->c_next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            vpj->c_next->c_prev = vpj->c_prev;
+         C_len[j]--;
+      }
+      /* now walk through q-th (pivot) column, which already does not
+         contain the pivot v[p,q], and perform gaussian elimination */
+      while (V_col[q] != NULL)
+      {  /* element v[i,q] has to be eliminated */
+         viq = V_col[q];
+         /* get row index of v[i,q] */
+         i = viq->i;
+         /* remove i-th row from the active set; later it will return
+            there with a new length */
+         if (R_prev[i] == 0)
+            R_head[R_len[i]] = R_next[i];
+         else
+            R_next[R_prev[i]] = R_next[i];
+         if (R_next[i] == 0)
+            ;
+         else
+            R_prev[R_next[i]] = R_prev[i];
+         /* compute gaussian multiplier f[i,p] = v[i,q] / v[p,q] and
+            store it in the matrix F */
+         fip = dmp_get_atom(pool, sizeof(LUXELM));
+         fip->i = i, fip->j = p;
+         mpq_init(fip->val);
+         mpq_div(fip->val, viq->val, V_piv[p]);
+         fip->r_prev = NULL;
+         fip->r_next = F_row[i];
+         fip->c_prev = NULL;
+         fip->c_next = F_col[p];
+         if (fip->r_next != NULL) fip->r_next->r_prev = fip;
+         if (fip->c_next != NULL) fip->c_next->c_prev = fip;
+         F_row[i] = F_col[p] = fip;
+         /* v[i,q] has to be eliminated, so remove it from i-th row */
+         if (viq->r_prev == NULL)
+            V_row[i] = viq->r_next;
+         else
+            viq->r_prev->r_next = viq->r_next;
+         if (viq->r_next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            viq->r_next->r_prev = viq->r_prev;
+         R_len[i]--;
+         /* and also from q-th column */
+         V_col[q] = viq->c_next;
+         C_len[q]--;
+         /* free the space occupied by v[i,q] */
+         mpq_clear(viq->val);
+         dmp_free_atom(pool, viq, sizeof(LUXELM));
+         /* perform gaussian transformation:
+            (i-th row) := (i-th row) - f[i,p] * (p-th row)
+            note that now p-th row, which is in the working array,
+            does not contain the pivot v[p,q], and i-th row does not
+            contain the element v[i,q] to be eliminated */
+         /* walk through i-th row and transform existing non-zero
+            elements */
+         for (vij = V_row[i]; vij != NULL; vij = next)
+         {  next = vij->r_next;
+            /* get column index of v[i,j] */
+            j = vij->j;
+            /* v[i,j] := v[i,j] - f[i,p] * v[p,j] */
+            if (flag[j])
+            {  /* v[p,j] != 0 */
+               flag[j] = 0;
+               mpq_mul(temp, fip->val, work[j]);
+               mpq_sub(vij->val, vij->val, temp);
+               if (mpq_sgn(vij->val) == 0)
+               {  /* new v[i,j] is zero, so remove it from the active
+                     submatrix */
+                  /* remove v[i,j] from i-th row */
+                  if (vij->r_prev == NULL)
+                     V_row[i] = vij->r_next;
+                  else
+                     vij->r_prev->r_next = vij->r_next;
+                  if (vij->r_next == NULL)
+                     ;
+                  else
+                     vij->r_next->r_prev = vij->r_prev;
+                  R_len[i]--;
+                  /* remove v[i,j] from j-th column */
+                  if (vij->c_prev == NULL)
+                     V_col[j] = vij->c_next;
+                  else
+                     vij->c_prev->c_next = vij->c_next;
+                  if (vij->c_next == NULL)
+                     ;
+                  else
+                     vij->c_next->c_prev = vij->c_prev;
+                  C_len[j]--;
+                  /* free the space occupied by v[i,j] */
+                  mpq_clear(vij->val);
+                  dmp_free_atom(pool, vij, sizeof(LUXELM));
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* now flag is the pattern of the set v[p,*] \ v[i,*] */
+         /* walk through p-th (pivot) row and create new elements in
+            i-th row, which appear due to fill-in */
+         for (vpj = V_row[p]; vpj != NULL; vpj = vpj->r_next)
+         {  j = vpj->j;
+            if (flag[j])
+            {  /* create new non-zero v[i,j] = 0 - f[i,p] * v[p,j] and
+                  add it to i-th row and j-th column */
+               vij = dmp_get_atom(pool, sizeof(LUXELM));
+               vij->i = i, vij->j = j;
+               mpq_init(vij->val);
+               mpq_mul(vij->val, fip->val, work[j]);
+               mpq_neg(vij->val, vij->val);
+               vij->r_prev = NULL;
+               vij->r_next = V_row[i];
+               vij->c_prev = NULL;
+               vij->c_next = V_col[j];
+               if (vij->r_next != NULL) vij->r_next->r_prev = vij;
+               if (vij->c_next != NULL) vij->c_next->c_prev = vij;
+               V_row[i] = V_col[j] = vij;
+               R_len[i]++, C_len[j]++;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* there is no fill-in, because v[i,j] already exists in
+                  i-th row; restore the flag, which was reset before */
+               flag[j] = 1;
+            }
+         }
+         /* now i-th row has been completely transformed and can return
+            to the active set with a new length */
+         R_prev[i] = 0;
+         R_next[i] = R_head[R_len[i]];
+         if (R_next[i] != 0) R_prev[R_next[i]] = i;
+         R_head[R_len[i]] = i;
+      }
+      /* at this point q-th (pivot) column must be empty */
+      xassert(C_len[q] == 0);
+      /* walk through p-th (pivot) row again and do the following... */
+      for (vpj = V_row[p]; vpj != NULL; vpj = vpj->r_next)
+      {  /* get column index of v[p,j] */
+         j = vpj->j;
+         /* erase v[p,j] from the working array */
+         flag[j] = 0;
+         mpq_set_si(work[j], 0, 1);
+         /* now j-th column has been completely transformed, so it can
+            return to the active list with a new length */
+         C_prev[j] = 0;
+         C_next[j] = C_head[C_len[j]];
+         if (C_next[j] != 0) C_prev[C_next[j]] = j;
+         C_head[C_len[j]] = j;
+      }
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      /* return to the factorizing routine */
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  lux_decomp - compute LU-factorization
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "lux.h"
+*  int lux_decomp(LUX *lux, int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[],
+*     mpq_t val[]), void *info);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine lux_decomp computes LU-factorization of a given square
+*  matrix A.
+*
+*  The parameter lux specifies LU-factorization data structure built by
+*  means of the routine lux_create.
+*
+*  The formal routine col specifies the original matrix A. In order to
+*  obtain j-th column of the matrix A the routine lux_decomp calls the
+*  routine col with the parameter j (1 <= j <= n, where n is the order
+*  of A). In response the routine col should store row indices and
+*  numerical values of non-zero elements of j-th column of A to the
+*  locations ind[1], ..., ind[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], resp.,
+*  where len is the number of non-zeros in j-th column, which should be
+*  returned on exit. Neiter zero nor duplicate elements are allowed.
+*
+*  The parameter info is a transit pointer passed to the formal routine
+*  col; it can be used for various purposes.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine lux_decomp returns the singularity flag. Zero flag means
+*  that the original matrix A is non-singular while non-zero flag means
+*  that A is (exactly!) singular.
+*
+*  Note that LU-factorization is valid in both cases, however, in case
+*  of singularity some rows of the matrix V (including pivot elements)
+*  will be empty.
+*
+*  REPAIRING SINGULAR MATRIX
+*
+*  If the routine lux_decomp returns non-zero flag, it provides all
+*  necessary information that can be used for "repairing" the matrix A,
+*  where "repairing" means replacing linearly dependent columns of the
+*  matrix A by appropriate columns of the unity matrix. This feature is
+*  needed when the routine lux_decomp is used for reinverting the basis
+*  matrix within the simplex method procedure.
+*
+*  On exit linearly dependent columns of the matrix U have the numbers
+*  rank+1, rank+2, ..., n, where rank is the exact rank of the matrix A
+*  stored by the routine to the member lux->rank. The correspondence
+*  between columns of A and U is the same as between columns of V and U.
+*  Thus, linearly dependent columns of the matrix A have the numbers
+*  Q_col[rank+1], Q_col[rank+2], ..., Q_col[n], where Q_col is an array
+*  representing the permutation matrix Q in column-like format. It is
+*  understood that each j-th linearly dependent column of the matrix U
+*  should be replaced by the unity vector, where all elements are zero
+*  except the unity diagonal element u[j,j]. On the other hand j-th row
+*  of the matrix U corresponds to the row of the matrix V (and therefore
+*  of the matrix A) with the number P_row[j], where P_row is an array
+*  representing the permutation matrix P in row-like format. Thus, each
+*  j-th linearly dependent column of the matrix U should be replaced by
+*  a column of the unity matrix with the number P_row[j].
+*
+*  The code that repairs the matrix A may look like follows:
+*
+*     for (j = rank+1; j <= n; j++)
+*     {  replace column Q_col[j] of the matrix A by column P_row[j] of
+*        the unity matrix;
+*     }
+*
+*  where rank, P_row, and Q_col are members of the structure LUX. */
+
+int lux_decomp(LUX *lux, int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[],
+      mpq_t val[]), void *info)
+{     int n = lux->n;
+      LUXELM **V_row = lux->V_row;
+      LUXELM **V_col = lux->V_col;
+      int *P_row = lux->P_row;
+      int *P_col = lux->P_col;
+      int *Q_row = lux->Q_row;
+      int *Q_col = lux->Q_col;
+      LUXELM *piv, *vij;
+      LUXWKA *wka;
+      int i, j, k, p, q, t, *flag;
+      mpq_t *work;
+      /* allocate working area */
+      wka = xmalloc(sizeof(LUXWKA));
+      wka->R_len = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      wka->R_head = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      wka->R_prev = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      wka->R_next = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      wka->C_len = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      wka->C_head = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      wka->C_prev = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      wka->C_next = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      /* initialize LU-factorization data structures */
+      initialize(lux, col, info, wka);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      flag = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      work = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  flag[k] = 0;
+         mpq_init(work[k]);
+      }
+      /* main elimination loop */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* choose a pivot element v[p,q] */
+         piv = find_pivot(lux, wka);
+         if (piv == NULL)
+         {  /* no pivot can be chosen, because the active submatrix is
+               empty */
+            break;
+         }
+         /* determine row and column indices of the pivot element */
+         p = piv->i, q = piv->j;
+         /* let v[p,q] correspond to u[i',j']; permute k-th and i'-th
+            rows and k-th and j'-th columns of the matrix U = P*V*Q to
+            move the element u[i',j'] to the position u[k,k] */
+         i = P_col[p], j = Q_row[q];
+         xassert(k <= i && i <= n && k <= j && j <= n);
+         /* permute k-th and i-th rows of the matrix U */
+         t = P_row[k];
+         P_row[i] = t, P_col[t] = i;
+         P_row[k] = p, P_col[p] = k;
+         /* permute k-th and j-th columns of the matrix U */
+         t = Q_col[k];
+         Q_col[j] = t, Q_row[t] = j;
+         Q_col[k] = q, Q_row[q] = k;
+         /* eliminate subdiagonal elements of k-th column of the matrix
+            U = P*V*Q using the pivot element u[k,k] = v[p,q] */
+         eliminate(lux, wka, piv, flag, work);
+      }
+      /* determine the rank of A (and V) */
+      lux->rank = k - 1;
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(flag);
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) mpq_clear(work[k]);
+      xfree(work);
+      /* build column lists of the matrix V using its row lists */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         xassert(V_col[j] == NULL);
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (vij = V_row[i]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->r_next)
+         {  j = vij->j;
+            vij->c_prev = NULL;
+            vij->c_next = V_col[j];
+            if (vij->c_next != NULL) vij->c_next->c_prev = vij;
+            V_col[j] = vij;
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working area */
+      xfree(wka->R_len);
+      xfree(wka->R_head);
+      xfree(wka->R_prev);
+      xfree(wka->R_next);
+      xfree(wka->C_len);
+      xfree(wka->C_head);
+      xfree(wka->C_prev);
+      xfree(wka->C_next);
+      xfree(wka);
+      /* return to the calling program */
+      return (lux->rank < n);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  lux_f_solve - solve system F*x = b or F'*x = b
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "lux.h"
+*  void lux_f_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine lux_f_solve solves either the system F*x = b (if the
+*  flag tr is zero) or the system F'*x = b (if the flag tr is non-zero),
+*  where the matrix F is a component of LU-factorization specified by
+*  the parameter lux, F' is a matrix transposed to F.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix F. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations. */
+
+void lux_f_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[])
+{     int n = lux->n;
+      LUXELM **F_row = lux->F_row;
+      LUXELM **F_col = lux->F_col;
+      int *P_row = lux->P_row;
+      LUXELM *fik, *fkj;
+      int i, j, k;
+      mpq_t temp;
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      if (!tr)
+      {  /* solve the system F*x = b */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  k = P_row[j];
+            if (mpq_sgn(x[k]) != 0)
+            {  for (fik = F_col[k]; fik != NULL; fik = fik->c_next)
+               {  mpq_mul(temp, fik->val, x[k]);
+                  mpq_sub(x[fik->i], x[fik->i], temp);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* solve the system F'*x = b */
+         for (i = n; i >= 1; i--)
+         {  k = P_row[i];
+            if (mpq_sgn(x[k]) != 0)
+            {  for (fkj = F_row[k]; fkj != NULL; fkj = fkj->r_next)
+               {  mpq_mul(temp, fkj->val, x[k]);
+                  mpq_sub(x[fkj->j], x[fkj->j], temp);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  lux_v_solve - solve system V*x = b or V'*x = b
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "lux.h"
+*  void lux_v_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, double x[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine lux_v_solve solves either the system V*x = b (if the
+*  flag tr is zero) or the system V'*x = b (if the flag tr is non-zero),
+*  where the matrix V is a component of LU-factorization specified by
+*  the parameter lux, V' is a matrix transposed to V.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix V. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations. */
+
+void lux_v_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[])
+{     int n = lux->n;
+      mpq_t *V_piv = lux->V_piv;
+      LUXELM **V_row = lux->V_row;
+      LUXELM **V_col = lux->V_col;
+      int *P_row = lux->P_row;
+      int *Q_col = lux->Q_col;
+      LUXELM *vij;
+      int i, j, k;
+      mpq_t *b, temp;
+      b = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(mpq_t));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+         mpq_init(b[k]), mpq_set(b[k], x[k]), mpq_set_si(x[k], 0, 1);
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      if (!tr)
+      {  /* solve the system V*x = b */
+         for (k = n; k >= 1; k--)
+         {  i = P_row[k], j = Q_col[k];
+            if (mpq_sgn(b[i]) != 0)
+            {  mpq_set(x[j], b[i]);
+               mpq_div(x[j], x[j], V_piv[i]);
+               for (vij = V_col[j]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->c_next)
+               {  mpq_mul(temp, vij->val, x[j]);
+                  mpq_sub(b[vij->i], b[vij->i], temp);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* solve the system V'*x = b */
+         for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+         {  i = P_row[k], j = Q_col[k];
+            if (mpq_sgn(b[j]) != 0)
+            {  mpq_set(x[i], b[j]);
+               mpq_div(x[i], x[i], V_piv[i]);
+               for (vij = V_row[i]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->r_next)
+               {  mpq_mul(temp, vij->val, x[i]);
+                  mpq_sub(b[vij->j], b[vij->j], temp);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) mpq_clear(b[k]);
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      xfree(b);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  lux_solve - solve system A*x = b or A'*x = b
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "lux.h"
+*  void lux_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine lux_solve solves either the system A*x = b (if the flag
+*  tr is zero) or the system A'*x = b (if the flag tr is non-zero),
+*  where the parameter lux specifies LU-factorization of the matrix A,
+*  A' is a matrix transposed to A.
+*
+*  On entry the array x should contain elements of the right-hand side
+*  vector b in locations x[1], ..., x[n], where n is the order of the
+*  matrix A. On exit this array will contain elements of the solution
+*  vector x in the same locations. */
+
+void lux_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[])
+{     if (lux->rank < lux->n)
+         xfault("lux_solve: LU-factorization has incomplete rank\n");
+      if (!tr)
+      {  /* A = F*V, therefore inv(A) = inv(V)*inv(F) */
+         lux_f_solve(lux, 0, x);
+         lux_v_solve(lux, 0, x);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* A' = V'*F', therefore inv(A') = inv(F')*inv(V') */
+         lux_v_solve(lux, 1, x);
+         lux_f_solve(lux, 1, x);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  lux_delete - delete LU-factorization
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "lux.h"
+*  void lux_delete(LUX *lux);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine lux_delete deletes LU-factorization data structure,
+*  which the parameter lux points to, freeing all the memory allocated
+*  to this object. */
+
+void lux_delete(LUX *lux)
+{     int n = lux->n;
+      LUXELM *fij, *vij;
+      int i;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (fij = lux->F_row[i]; fij != NULL; fij = fij->r_next)
+            mpq_clear(fij->val);
+         mpq_clear(lux->V_piv[i]);
+         for (vij = lux->V_row[i]; vij != NULL; vij = vij->r_next)
+            mpq_clear(vij->val);
+      }
+      dmp_delete_pool(lux->pool);
+      xfree(lux->F_row);
+      xfree(lux->F_col);
+      xfree(lux->V_piv);
+      xfree(lux->V_row);
+      xfree(lux->V_col);
+      xfree(lux->P_row);
+      xfree(lux->P_col);
+      xfree(lux->Q_row);
+      xfree(lux->Q_col);
+      xfree(lux);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/lux.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/lux.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8767bb8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/draft/lux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/* lux.h (LU-factorization, rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008,
+*  2009, 2010, 2011, 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef LUX_H
+#define LUX_H
+
+#include "dmp.h"
+#include "mygmp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure LUX defines LU-factorization of a square matrix A,
+*  which is the following quartet:
+*
+*     [A] = (F, V, P, Q),                                            (1)
+*
+*  where F and V are such matrices that
+*
+*     A = F * V,                                                     (2)
+*
+*  and P and Q are such permutation matrices that the matrix
+*
+*     L = P * F * inv(P)                                             (3)
+*
+*  is lower triangular with unity diagonal, and the matrix
+*
+*     U = P * V * Q                                                  (4)
+*
+*  is upper triangular. All the matrices have the order n.
+*
+*  The matrices F and V are stored in row/column-wise sparse format as
+*  row and column linked lists of non-zero elements. Unity elements on
+*  the main diagonal of the matrix F are not stored. Pivot elements of
+*  the matrix V (that correspond to diagonal elements of the matrix U)
+*  are also missing from the row and column lists and stored separately
+*  in an ordinary array.
+*
+*  The permutation matrices P and Q are stored as ordinary arrays using
+*  both row- and column-like formats.
+*
+*  The matrices L and U being completely defined by the matrices F, V,
+*  P, and Q are not stored explicitly.
+*
+*  It is easy to show that the factorization (1)-(3) is some version of
+*  LU-factorization. Indeed, from (3) and (4) it follows that:
+*
+*     F = inv(P) * L * P,
+*
+*     V = inv(P) * U * inv(Q),
+*
+*  and substitution into (2) gives:
+*
+*     A = F * V = inv(P) * L * U * inv(Q).
+*
+*  For more details see the program documentation. */
+
+typedef struct LUX LUX;
+typedef struct LUXELM LUXELM;
+typedef struct LUXWKA LUXWKA;
+
+struct LUX
+{     /* LU-factorization of a square matrix */
+      int n;
+      /* the order of matrices A, F, V, P, Q */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool for elements of matrices F and V */
+      LUXELM **F_row; /* LUXELM *F_row[1+n]; */
+      /* F_row[0] is not used;
+         F_row[i], 1 <= i <= n, is a pointer to the list of elements in
+         i-th row of matrix F (diagonal elements are not stored) */
+      LUXELM **F_col; /* LUXELM *F_col[1+n]; */
+      /* F_col[0] is not used;
+         F_col[j], 1 <= j <= n, is a pointer to the list of elements in
+         j-th column of matrix F (diagonal elements are not stored) */
+      mpq_t *V_piv; /* mpq_t V_piv[1+n]; */
+      /* V_piv[0] is not used;
+         V_piv[p], 1 <= p <= n, is a pivot element v[p,q] corresponding
+         to a diagonal element u[k,k] of matrix U = P*V*Q (used on k-th
+         elimination step, k = 1, 2, ..., n) */
+      LUXELM **V_row; /* LUXELM *V_row[1+n]; */
+      /* V_row[0] is not used;
+         V_row[i], 1 <= i <= n, is a pointer to the list of elements in
+         i-th row of matrix V (except pivot elements) */
+      LUXELM **V_col; /* LUXELM *V_col[1+n]; */
+      /* V_col[0] is not used;
+         V_col[j], 1 <= j <= n, is a pointer to the list of elements in
+         j-th column of matrix V (except pivot elements) */
+      int *P_row; /* int P_row[1+n]; */
+      /* P_row[0] is not used;
+         P_row[i] = j means that p[i,j] = 1, where p[i,j] is an element
+         of permutation matrix P */
+      int *P_col; /* int P_col[1+n]; */
+      /* P_col[0] is not used;
+         P_col[j] = i means that p[i,j] = 1, where p[i,j] is an element
+         of permutation matrix P */
+      /* if i-th row or column of matrix F is i'-th row or column of
+         matrix L = P*F*inv(P), or if i-th row of matrix V is i'-th row
+         of matrix U = P*V*Q, then P_row[i'] = i and P_col[i] = i' */
+      int *Q_row; /* int Q_row[1+n]; */
+      /* Q_row[0] is not used;
+         Q_row[i] = j means that q[i,j] = 1, where q[i,j] is an element
+         of permutation matrix Q */
+      int *Q_col; /* int Q_col[1+n]; */
+      /* Q_col[0] is not used;
+         Q_col[j] = i means that q[i,j] = 1, where q[i,j] is an element
+         of permutation matrix Q */
+      /* if j-th column of matrix V is j'-th column of matrix U = P*V*Q,
+         then Q_row[j] = j' and Q_col[j'] = j */
+      int rank;
+      /* the (exact) rank of matrices A and V */
+};
+
+struct LUXELM
+{     /* element of matrix F or V */
+      int i;
+      /* row index, 1 <= i <= m */
+      int j;
+      /* column index, 1 <= j <= n */
+      mpq_t val;
+      /* numeric (non-zero) element value */
+      LUXELM *r_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous element in the same row */
+      LUXELM *r_next;
+      /* pointer to next element in the same row */
+      LUXELM *c_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous element in the same column */
+      LUXELM *c_next;
+      /* pointer to next element in the same column */
+};
+
+struct LUXWKA
+{     /* working area (used only during factorization) */
+      /* in order to efficiently implement Markowitz strategy and Duff
+         search technique there are two families {R[0], R[1], ..., R[n]}
+         and {C[0], C[1], ..., C[n]}; member R[k] is a set of active
+         rows of matrix V having k non-zeros, and member C[k] is a set
+         of active columns of matrix V having k non-zeros (in the active
+         submatrix); each set R[k] and C[k] is implemented as a separate
+         doubly linked list */
+      int *R_len; /* int R_len[1+n]; */
+      /* R_len[0] is not used;
+         R_len[i], 1 <= i <= n, is the number of non-zero elements in
+         i-th row of matrix V (that is the length of i-th row) */
+      int *R_head; /* int R_head[1+n]; */
+      /* R_head[k], 0 <= k <= n, is the number of a first row, which is
+         active and whose length is k */
+      int *R_prev; /* int R_prev[1+n]; */
+      /* R_prev[0] is not used;
+         R_prev[i], 1 <= i <= n, is the number of a previous row, which
+         is active and has the same length as i-th row */
+      int *R_next; /* int R_next[1+n]; */
+      /* R_prev[0] is not used;
+         R_prev[i], 1 <= i <= n, is the number of a next row, which is
+         active and has the same length as i-th row */
+      int *C_len; /* int C_len[1+n]; */
+      /* C_len[0] is not used;
+         C_len[j], 1 <= j <= n, is the number of non-zero elements in
+         j-th column of the active submatrix of matrix V (that is the
+         length of j-th column in the active submatrix) */
+      int *C_head; /* int C_head[1+n]; */
+      /* C_head[k], 0 <= k <= n, is the number of a first column, which
+         is active and whose length is k */
+      int *C_prev; /* int C_prev[1+n]; */
+      /* C_prev[0] is not used;
+         C_prev[j], 1 <= j <= n, is the number of a previous column,
+         which is active and has the same length as j-th column */
+      int *C_next; /* int C_next[1+n]; */
+      /* C_next[0] is not used;
+         C_next[j], 1 <= j <= n, is the number of a next column, which
+         is active and has the same length as j-th column */
+};
+
+#define lux_create _glp_lux_create
+LUX *lux_create(int n);
+/* create LU-factorization */
+
+#define lux_decomp _glp_lux_decomp
+int lux_decomp(LUX *lux, int (*col)(void *info, int j, int ind[],
+      mpq_t val[]), void *info);
+/* compute LU-factorization */
+
+#define lux_f_solve _glp_lux_f_solve
+void lux_f_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[]);
+/* solve system F*x = b or F'*x = b */
+
+#define lux_v_solve _glp_lux_v_solve
+void lux_v_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[]);
+/* solve system V*x = b or V'*x = b */
+
+#define lux_solve _glp_lux_solve
+void lux_solve(LUX *lux, int tr, mpq_t x[]);
+/* solve system A*x = b or A'*x = b */
+
+#define lux_delete _glp_lux_delete
+void lux_delete(LUX *lux);
+/* delete LU-factorization */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/alloc.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/alloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e2d613d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/alloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/* alloc.c (dynamic memory allocation) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+
+#define ALIGN 16
+/* some processors need data to be properly aligned, so this macro
+ * defines the alignment boundary, in bytes, provided by glpk memory
+ * allocation routines; looks like 16-byte alignment boundary is
+ * sufficient for all 32- and 64-bit platforms (8-byte boundary is not
+ * sufficient for some 64-bit platforms because of jmp_buf) */
+
+#define MBD_SIZE (((sizeof(MBD) + (ALIGN - 1)) / ALIGN) * ALIGN)
+/* size of memory block descriptor, in bytes, rounded up to multiple
+ * of the alignment boundary */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  dma - dynamic memory allocation (basic routine)
+*
+*  This routine performs dynamic memory allocation. It is similar to
+*  the standard realloc function, however, it provides every allocated
+*  memory block with a descriptor, which is used for sanity checks on
+*  reallocating/freeing previously allocated memory blocks as well as
+*  for book-keeping the memory usage statistics. */
+
+static void *dma(const char *func, void *ptr, size_t size)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      MBD *mbd;
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+      {  /* new memory block will be allocated */
+         mbd = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* allocated memory block will be reallocated or freed */
+         /* get pointer to the block descriptor */
+         mbd = (MBD *)((char *)ptr - MBD_SIZE);
+         /* make sure that the block descriptor is valid */
+         if (mbd->self != mbd)
+            xerror("%s: ptr = %p; invalid pointer\n", func, ptr);
+         /* remove the block from the linked list */
+         mbd->self = NULL;
+         if (mbd->prev == NULL)
+            env->mem_ptr = mbd->next;
+         else
+            mbd->prev->next = mbd->next;
+         if (mbd->next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            mbd->next->prev = mbd->prev;
+         /* decrease usage counts */
+         if (!(env->mem_count >= 1 && env->mem_total >= mbd->size))
+            xerror("%s: memory allocation error\n", func);
+         env->mem_count--;
+         env->mem_total -= mbd->size;
+         if (size == 0)
+         {  /* free the memory block */
+            free(mbd);
+            return NULL;
+         }
+      }
+      /* allocate/reallocate memory block */
+      if (size > SIZE_T_MAX - MBD_SIZE)
+         xerror("%s: block too large\n", func);
+      size += MBD_SIZE;
+      if (size > env->mem_limit - env->mem_total)
+         xerror("%s: memory allocation limit exceeded\n", func);
+      if (env->mem_count == INT_MAX)
+         xerror("%s: too many memory blocks allocated\n", func);
+      mbd = (mbd == NULL ? malloc(size) : realloc(mbd, size));
+      if (mbd == NULL)
+         xerror("%s: no memory available\n", func);
+      /* setup the block descriptor */
+      mbd->size = size;
+      mbd->self = mbd;
+      mbd->prev = NULL;
+      mbd->next = env->mem_ptr;
+      /* add the block to the beginning of the linked list */
+      if (mbd->next != NULL)
+         mbd->next->prev = mbd;
+      env->mem_ptr = mbd;
+      /* increase usage counts */
+      env->mem_count++;
+      if (env->mem_cpeak < env->mem_count)
+         env->mem_cpeak = env->mem_count;
+      env->mem_total += size;
+      if (env->mem_tpeak < env->mem_total)
+         env->mem_tpeak = env->mem_total;
+      return (char *)mbd + MBD_SIZE;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_alloc - allocate memory block
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void *glp_alloc(int n, int size);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_alloc allocates a memory block of n * size bytes
+*  long.
+*
+*  Note that being allocated the memory block contains arbitrary data
+*  (not binary zeros!).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_alloc returns a pointer to the block allocated.
+*  To free this block the routine glp_free (not free!) must be used. */
+
+void *glp_alloc(int n, int size)
+{     if (n < 1)
+         xerror("glp_alloc: n = %d; invalid parameter\n", n);
+      if (size < 1)
+         xerror("glp_alloc: size = %d; invalid parameter\n", size);
+      if ((size_t)n > SIZE_T_MAX / (size_t)size)
+         xerror("glp_alloc: n = %d, size = %d; block too large\n",
+            n, size);
+      return dma("glp_alloc", NULL, (size_t)n * (size_t)size);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void *glp_realloc(void *ptr, int n, int size)
+{     /* reallocate memory block */
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_realloc: ptr = %p; invalid pointer\n", ptr);
+      if (n < 1)
+         xerror("glp_realloc: n = %d; invalid parameter\n", n);
+      if (size < 1)
+         xerror("glp_realloc: size = %d; invalid parameter\n", size);
+      if ((size_t)n > SIZE_T_MAX / (size_t)size)
+         xerror("glp_realloc: n = %d, size = %d; block too large\n",
+            n, size);
+      return dma("glp_realloc", ptr, (size_t)n * (size_t)size);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_free - free (deallocate) memory block
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_free(void *ptr);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_free frees (deallocates) a memory block pointed to
+*  by ptr, which was previuosly allocated by the routine glp_alloc or
+*  reallocated by the routine glp_realloc. */
+
+void glp_free(void *ptr)
+{     if (ptr == NULL)
+         xerror("glp_free: ptr = %p; invalid pointer\n", ptr);
+      dma("glp_free", ptr, 0);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mem_limit - set memory usage limit
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_mem_limit(int limit);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_mem_limit limits the amount of memory available for
+*  dynamic allocation (in GLPK routines) to limit megabytes. */
+
+void glp_mem_limit(int limit)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (limit < 1)
+         xerror("glp_mem_limit: limit = %d; invalid parameter\n",
+            limit);
+      if ((size_t)limit <= (SIZE_T_MAX >> 20))
+         env->mem_limit = (size_t)limit << 20;
+      else
+         env->mem_limit = SIZE_T_MAX;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mem_usage - get memory usage information
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_mem_usage(int *count, int *cpeak, size_t *total,
+*     size_t *tpeak);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_mem_usage reports some information about utilization
+*  of the memory by GLPK routines. Information is stored to locations
+*  specified by corresponding parameters (see below). Any parameter can
+*  be specified as NULL, in which case its value is not stored.
+*
+*  *count is the number of the memory blocks currently allocated by the
+*  routines glp_malloc and glp_calloc (one call to glp_malloc or
+*  glp_calloc results in allocating one memory block).
+*
+*  *cpeak is the peak value of *count reached since the initialization
+*  of the GLPK library environment.
+*
+*  *total is the total amount, in bytes, of the memory blocks currently
+*  allocated by the routines glp_malloc and glp_calloc.
+*
+*  *tpeak is the peak value of *total reached since the initialization
+*  of the GLPK library envirionment. */
+
+void glp_mem_usage(int *count, int *cpeak, size_t *total,
+      size_t *tpeak)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (count != NULL)
+         *count = env->mem_count;
+      if (cpeak != NULL)
+         *cpeak = env->mem_cpeak;
+      if (total != NULL)
+         *total = env->mem_total;
+      if (tpeak != NULL)
+         *tpeak = env->mem_tpeak;
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/dlsup.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/dlsup.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54c56c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/dlsup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/* dlsup.c (dynamic linking support) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "env.h"
+
+/* GNU version ********************************************************/
+
+#if defined(HAVE_LTDL)
+
+#include <ltdl.h>
+
+void *xdlopen(const char *module)
+{     /* open dynamically linked library */
+      void *h = NULL;
+      if (lt_dlinit() != 0)
+      {  put_err_msg(lt_dlerror());
+         goto done;
+      }
+      h = lt_dlopen(module);
+      if (h == NULL)
+      {  put_err_msg(lt_dlerror());
+         if (lt_dlexit() != 0)
+            xerror("xdlopen: %s\n", lt_dlerror());
+      }
+done: return h;
+}
+
+void *xdlsym(void *h, const char *symbol)
+{     /* obtain address of symbol from dynamically linked library */
+      void *ptr;
+      xassert(h != NULL);
+      ptr = lt_dlsym(h, symbol);
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+         xerror("xdlsym: %s: %s\n", symbol, lt_dlerror());
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+void xdlclose(void *h)
+{     /* close dynamically linked library */
+      xassert(h != NULL);
+      if (lt_dlclose(h) != 0)
+         xerror("xdlclose: %s\n", lt_dlerror());
+      if (lt_dlexit() != 0)
+         xerror("xdlclose: %s\n", lt_dlerror());
+      return;
+}
+
+/* POSIX version ******************************************************/
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_DLFCN)
+
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+void *xdlopen(const char *module)
+{     /* open dynamically linked library */
+      void *h;
+      h = dlopen(module, RTLD_NOW);
+      if (h == NULL)
+         put_err_msg(dlerror());
+      return h;
+}
+
+void *xdlsym(void *h, const char *symbol)
+{     /* obtain address of symbol from dynamically linked library */
+      void *ptr;
+      xassert(h != NULL);
+      ptr = dlsym(h, symbol);
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+         xerror("xdlsym: %s: %s\n", symbol, dlerror());
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+void xdlclose(void *h)
+{     /* close dynamically linked library */
+      xassert(h != NULL);
+      if (dlclose(h) != 0)
+         xerror("xdlclose: %s\n", dlerror());
+      return;
+}
+
+/* MS Windows version *************************************************/
+
+#elif defined(__WOE__)
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+void *xdlopen(const char *module)
+{     /* open dynamically linked library */
+      void *h;
+      h = LoadLibrary(module);
+      if (h == NULL)
+      {  char msg[20];
+         sprintf(msg, "Error %d", GetLastError());
+         put_err_msg(msg);
+      }
+      return h;
+}
+
+void *xdlsym(void *h, const char *symbol)
+{     /* obtain address of symbol from dynamically linked library */
+      void *ptr;
+      xassert(h != NULL);
+      ptr = GetProcAddress(h, symbol);
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+         xerror("xdlsym: %s: Error %d\n", symbol, GetLastError());
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+void xdlclose(void *h)
+{     /* close dynamically linked library */
+      xassert(h != NULL);
+      if (!FreeLibrary(h))
+         xerror("xdlclose: Error %d\n", GetLastError());
+      return;
+}
+
+/* NULL version *******************************************************/
+
+#else
+
+void *xdlopen(const char *module)
+{     /* open dynamically linked library */
+      xassert(module == module);
+      put_err_msg("Shared libraries not supported");
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+void *xdlsym(void *h, const char *symbol)
+{     /* obtain address of symbol from dynamically linked library */
+      xassert(h != h);
+      xassert(symbol != symbol);
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+void xdlclose(void *h)
+{     /* close dynamically linked library */
+      xassert(h != h);
+      return;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/env.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/env.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b901f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/env.c
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/* env.c (GLPK environment initialization/termination) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "env.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_init_env - initialize GLPK environment
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_init_env(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_init_env initializes the GLPK environment. Normally
+*  the application program does not need to call this routine, because
+*  it is called automatically on the first call to any API routine.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_init_env returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0 - initialization successful;
+*  1 - environment has been already initialized;
+*  2 - initialization failed (insufficient memory);
+*  3 - initialization failed (unsupported programming model). */
+
+int glp_init_env(void)
+{     ENV *env;
+      int ok;
+      /* check if the programming model is supported */
+      ok = (CHAR_BIT == 8 && sizeof(char) == 1 &&
+         sizeof(short) == 2 && sizeof(int) == 4 &&
+         (sizeof(void *) == 4 || sizeof(void *) == 8));
+      if (!ok)
+         return 3;
+      /* check if the environment is already initialized */
+      if (tls_get_ptr() != NULL)
+         return 1;
+      /* allocate and initialize the environment block */
+      env = malloc(sizeof(ENV));
+      if (env == NULL)
+         return 2;
+      memset(env, 0, sizeof(ENV));
+#if 0 /* 14/I-2017 */
+      sprintf(env->version, "%d.%d",
+         GLP_MAJOR_VERSION, GLP_MINOR_VERSION);
+#endif
+      env->self = env;
+      env->term_buf = malloc(TBUF_SIZE);
+      if (env->term_buf == NULL)
+      {  free(env);
+         return 2;
+      }
+      env->term_out = GLP_ON;
+      env->term_hook = NULL;
+      env->term_info = NULL;
+      env->tee_file = NULL;
+#if 1 /* 23/XI-2015 */
+      env->err_st = 0;
+#endif
+      env->err_file = NULL;
+      env->err_line = 0;
+      env->err_hook = NULL;
+      env->err_info = NULL;
+      env->err_buf = malloc(EBUF_SIZE);
+      if (env->err_buf == NULL)
+      {  free(env->term_buf);
+         free(env);
+         return 2;
+      }
+      env->err_buf[0] = '\0';
+      env->mem_limit = SIZE_T_MAX;
+      env->mem_ptr = NULL;
+      env->mem_count = env->mem_cpeak = 0;
+      env->mem_total = env->mem_tpeak = 0;
+#if 1 /* 23/XI-2015 */
+      env->gmp_pool = NULL;
+      env->gmp_size = 0;
+      env->gmp_work = NULL;
+#endif
+      env->h_odbc = env->h_mysql = NULL;
+      /* save pointer to the environment block */
+      tls_set_ptr(env);
+      /* initialization successful */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  get_env_ptr - retrieve pointer to environment block
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "env.h"
+*  ENV *get_env_ptr(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine get_env_ptr retrieves and returns a pointer to the GLPK
+*  environment block.
+*
+*  If the GLPK environment has not been initialized yet, the routine
+*  performs initialization. If initialization fails, the routine prints
+*  an error message to stderr and terminates the program.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the environment block. */
+
+ENV *get_env_ptr(void)
+{     ENV *env = tls_get_ptr();
+      /* check if the environment has been initialized */
+      if (env == NULL)
+      {  /* not initialized yet; perform initialization */
+         if (glp_init_env() != 0)
+         {  /* initialization failed; display an error message */
+            fprintf(stderr, "GLPK initialization failed\n");
+            fflush(stderr);
+            /* and abnormally terminate the program */
+            abort();
+         }
+         /* initialization successful; retrieve the pointer */
+         env = tls_get_ptr();
+      }
+      /* check if the environment block is valid */
+      if (env->self != env)
+      {  fprintf(stderr, "Invalid GLPK environment\n");
+         fflush(stderr);
+         abort();
+      }
+      return env;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_version - determine library version
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  const char *glp_version(void);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_version returns a pointer to a null-terminated
+*  character string, which specifies the version of the GLPK library in
+*  the form "X.Y", where X is the major version number, and Y is the
+*  minor version number, for example, "4.16". */
+
+#define str(s) # s
+#define xstr(s) str(s)
+
+const char *glp_version(void)
+#if 0 /* 14/I-2017 */
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      return env->version;
+}
+#else /* suggested by Heinrich */
+{     return
+         xstr(GLP_MAJOR_VERSION) "." xstr(GLP_MINOR_VERSION);
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_config - determine library configuration
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  const char *glp_config(const char *option);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_config determines some options which were specified
+*  on configuring the GLPK library.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_config returns a pointer to a null-terminating
+*  string depending on the option inquired.
+*
+*  For option = "TLS" the routine returns the thread local storage
+*  class specifier used (e.g. "_Thread_local") if the GLPK library was
+*  configured to run in multi-threaded environment, or NULL otherwise.
+*
+*  For option = "ODBC_DLNAME" the routine returns the name of ODBC
+*  shared library if this option was enabled, or NULL otherwise.
+*
+*  For option = "MYSQL_DLNAME" the routine returns the name of MySQL
+*  shared library if this option was enabled, or NULL otherwise. */
+
+const char *glp_config(const char *option)
+{     const char *s;
+      if (strcmp(option, "TLS") == 0)
+#ifndef TLS
+         s = NULL;
+#else
+         s = xstr(TLS);
+#endif
+      else if (strcmp(option, "ODBC_DLNAME") == 0)
+#ifndef ODBC_DLNAME
+         s = NULL;
+#else
+         s = ODBC_DLNAME;
+#endif
+      else if (strcmp(option, "MYSQL_DLNAME") == 0)
+#ifndef MYSQL_DLNAME
+         s = NULL;
+#else
+         s = MYSQL_DLNAME;
+#endif
+      else
+      {  /* invalid option is always disabled */
+         s = NULL;
+      }
+      return s;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_free_env - free GLPK environment
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_free_env(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_free_env frees all resources used by GLPK routines
+*  (memory blocks, etc.) which are currently still in use.
+*
+*  Normally the application program does not need to call this routine,
+*  because GLPK routines always free all unused resources. However, if
+*  the application program even has deleted all problem objects, there
+*  will be several memory blocks still allocated for the library needs.
+*  For some reasons the application program may want GLPK to free this
+*  memory, in which case it should call glp_free_env.
+*
+*  Note that a call to glp_free_env invalidates all problem objects as
+*  if no GLPK routine were called.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - termination successful;
+*  1 - environment is inactive (was not initialized). */
+
+int glp_free_env(void)
+{     ENV *env = tls_get_ptr();
+      MBD *desc;
+      /* check if the environment is active */
+      if (env == NULL)
+         return 1;
+      /* check if the environment block is valid */
+      if (env->self != env)
+      {  fprintf(stderr, "Invalid GLPK environment\n");
+         fflush(stderr);
+         abort();
+      }
+      /* close handles to shared libraries */
+      if (env->h_odbc != NULL)
+         xdlclose(env->h_odbc);
+      if (env->h_mysql != NULL)
+         xdlclose(env->h_mysql);
+      /* free memory blocks which are still allocated */
+      while (env->mem_ptr != NULL)
+      {  desc = env->mem_ptr;
+         env->mem_ptr = desc->next;
+         free(desc);
+      }
+      /* close text file used for copying terminal output */
+      if (env->tee_file != NULL)
+         fclose(env->tee_file);
+      /* invalidate the environment block */
+      env->self = NULL;
+      /* free memory allocated to the environment block */
+      free(env->term_buf);
+      free(env->err_buf);
+      free(env);
+      /* reset a pointer to the environment block */
+      tls_set_ptr(NULL);
+      /* termination successful */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/env.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/env.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67214ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/env.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/* env.h (GLPK environment) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ENV_H
+#define ENV_H
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+typedef struct ENV ENV;
+typedef struct MBD MBD;
+
+#define SIZE_T_MAX (~(size_t)0)
+/* largest value of size_t type */
+
+#define TBUF_SIZE 4096
+/* terminal output buffer size, in bytes */
+
+#define EBUF_SIZE 1024
+/* error message buffer size, in bytes */
+
+/* enable/disable flag: */
+#define GLP_ON  1
+#define GLP_OFF 0
+
+struct ENV
+{     /* GLPK environment block */
+#if 0 /* 14/I-2007 */
+      char version[7+1];
+      /* version string returned by the routine glp_version */
+#endif
+      ENV *self;
+      /* pointer to this block to check its validity */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* terminal output */
+      char *term_buf; /* char term_buf[TBUF_SIZE]; */
+      /* terminal output buffer */
+      int term_out;
+      /* flag to enable/disable terminal output */
+      int (*term_hook)(void *info, const char *s);
+      /* user-defined routine to intercept terminal output */
+      void *term_info;
+      /* transit pointer (cookie) passed to the routine term_hook */
+      FILE *tee_file;
+      /* output stream used to copy terminal output */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* error handling */
+#if 1 /* 07/XI-2015 */
+      int err_st;
+      /* error state flag; set on entry to glp_error */
+#endif
+      const char *err_file;
+      /* value of the __FILE__ macro passed to glp_error */
+      int err_line;
+      /* value of the __LINE__ macro passed to glp_error */
+      void (*err_hook)(void *info);
+      /* user-defined routine to intercept abnormal termination */
+      void *err_info;
+      /* transit pointer (cookie) passed to the routine err_hook */
+      char *err_buf; /* char err_buf[EBUF_SIZE]; */
+      /* buffer to store error messages (used by I/O routines) */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* dynamic memory allocation */
+      size_t mem_limit;
+      /* maximal amount of memory, in bytes, available for dynamic
+       * allocation */
+      MBD *mem_ptr;
+      /* pointer to the linked list of allocated memory blocks */
+      int mem_count;
+      /* total number of currently allocated memory blocks */
+      int mem_cpeak;
+      /* peak value of mem_count */
+      size_t mem_total;
+      /* total amount of currently allocated memory, in bytes; it is
+       * the sum of the size field over all memory block descriptors */
+      size_t mem_tpeak;
+      /* peak value of mem_total */
+#if 1 /* 23/XI-2015 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* bignum module working area */
+      void *gmp_pool; /* DMP *gmp_pool; */
+      /* working memory pool */
+      int gmp_size;
+      /* size of working array */
+      unsigned short *gmp_work; /* ushort gmp_work[gmp_size]; */
+      /* working array */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* dynamic linking support (optional) */
+      void *h_odbc;
+      /* handle to ODBC shared library */
+      void *h_mysql;
+      /* handle to MySQL shared library */
+};
+
+struct MBD
+{     /* memory block descriptor */
+      size_t size;
+      /* size of block, in bytes, including descriptor */
+      MBD *self;
+      /* pointer to this descriptor to check its validity */
+      MBD *prev;
+      /* pointer to previous memory block descriptor */
+      MBD *next;
+      /* pointer to next memory block descriptor */
+};
+
+#define get_env_ptr _glp_get_env_ptr
+ENV *get_env_ptr(void);
+/* retrieve pointer to environment block */
+
+#define tls_set_ptr _glp_tls_set_ptr
+void tls_set_ptr(void *ptr);
+/* store global pointer in TLS */
+
+#define tls_get_ptr _glp_tls_get_ptr
+void *tls_get_ptr(void);
+/* retrieve global pointer from TLS */
+
+#define xputs glp_puts
+void glp_puts(const char *s);
+/* write string on terminal */
+
+#define xprintf glp_printf
+void glp_printf(const char *fmt, ...);
+/* write formatted output on terminal */
+
+#define xvprintf glp_vprintf
+void glp_vprintf(const char *fmt, va_list arg);
+/* write formatted output on terminal */
+
+int glp_term_out(int flag);
+/* enable/disable terminal output */
+
+void glp_term_hook(int (*func)(void *info, const char *s), void *info);
+/* install hook to intercept terminal output */
+
+int glp_open_tee(const char *fname);
+/* start copying terminal output to text file */
+
+int glp_close_tee(void);
+/* stop copying terminal output to text file */
+
+#ifndef GLP_ERRFUNC_DEFINED
+#define GLP_ERRFUNC_DEFINED
+typedef void (*glp_errfunc)(const char *fmt, ...);
+#endif
+
+#define xerror glp_error_(__FILE__, __LINE__)
+glp_errfunc glp_error_(const char *file, int line);
+/* display fatal error message and terminate execution */
+
+#define xassert(expr) \
+      ((void)((expr) || (glp_assert_(#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__), 1)))
+void glp_assert_(const char *expr, const char *file, int line);
+/* check for logical condition */
+
+void glp_error_hook(void (*func)(void *info), void *info);
+/* install hook to intercept abnormal termination */
+
+#define put_err_msg _glp_put_err_msg
+void put_err_msg(const char *msg);
+/* provide error message string */
+
+#define get_err_msg _glp_get_err_msg
+const char *get_err_msg(void);
+/* obtain error message string */
+
+#define xmalloc(size) glp_alloc(1, size)
+/* allocate memory block (obsolete) */
+
+#define xcalloc(n, size) glp_alloc(n, size)
+/* allocate memory block (obsolete) */
+
+#define xalloc(n, size) glp_alloc(n, size)
+#define talloc(n, type) ((type *)glp_alloc(n, sizeof(type)))
+void *glp_alloc(int n, int size);
+/* allocate memory block */
+
+#define xrealloc(ptr, n, size) glp_realloc(ptr, n, size)
+#define trealloc(ptr, n, type) ((type *)glp_realloc(ptr, n, \
+      sizeof(type)))
+void *glp_realloc(void *ptr, int n, int size);
+/* reallocate memory block */
+
+#define xfree(ptr) glp_free(ptr)
+#define tfree(ptr) glp_free(ptr)
+void glp_free(void *ptr);
+/* free memory block */
+
+void glp_mem_limit(int limit);
+/* set memory usage limit */
+
+void glp_mem_usage(int *count, int *cpeak, size_t *total,
+      size_t *tpeak);
+/* get memory usage information */
+
+typedef struct glp_file glp_file;
+/* sequential stream descriptor */
+
+#define glp_open _glp_open
+glp_file *glp_open(const char *name, const char *mode);
+/* open stream */
+
+#define glp_eof _glp_eof
+int glp_eof(glp_file *f);
+/* test end-of-file indicator */
+
+#define glp_ioerr _glp_ioerr
+int glp_ioerr(glp_file *f);
+/* test I/O error indicator */
+
+#define glp_read _glp_read
+int glp_read(glp_file *f, void *buf, int nnn);
+/* read data from stream */
+
+#define glp_getc _glp_getc
+int glp_getc(glp_file *f);
+/* read character from stream */
+
+#define glp_write _glp_write
+int glp_write(glp_file *f, const void *buf, int nnn);
+/* write data to stream */
+
+#define glp_format _glp_format
+int glp_format(glp_file *f, const char *fmt, ...);
+/* write formatted data to stream */
+
+#define glp_close _glp_close
+int glp_close(glp_file *f);
+/* close stream */
+
+#define xtime glp_time
+double glp_time(void);
+/* determine current universal time */
+
+#define xdifftime glp_difftime
+double glp_difftime(double t1, double t0);
+/* compute difference between two time values */
+
+#define xdlopen _glp_dlopen
+void *xdlopen(const char *module);
+/* open dynamically linked library */
+
+#define xdlsym _glp_dlsym
+void *xdlsym(void *h, const char *symbol);
+/* obtain address of symbol from dynamically linked library */
+
+#define xdlclose _glp_dlclose
+void xdlclose(void *h);
+/* close dynamically linked library */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/error.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a898b768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* error.c (error handling) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_error - display fatal error message and terminate execution
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_error(const char *fmt, ...);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_error (implemented as a macro) formats its
+*  parameters using the format control string fmt, writes the formatted
+*  message on the terminal, and abnormally terminates the program. */
+
+static void errfunc(const char *fmt, ...)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      va_list arg;
+#if 1 /* 07/XI-2015 */
+      env->err_st = 1;
+#endif
+      env->term_out = GLP_ON;
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      xvprintf(fmt, arg);
+      va_end(arg);
+      xprintf("Error detected in file %s at line %d\n",
+         env->err_file, env->err_line);
+      if (env->err_hook != NULL)
+         env->err_hook(env->err_info);
+      abort();
+      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+glp_errfunc glp_error_(const char *file, int line)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      env->err_file = file;
+      env->err_line = line;
+      return errfunc;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 07/XI-2015 */
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_at_error - check for error state
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_at_error(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_at_error checks if the GLPK environment is at error
+*  state, i.e. if the call to the routine is (indirectly) made from the
+*  glp_error routine via an user-defined hook routine.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the GLPK environment is at error state, the routine glp_at_error
+*  returns non-zero, otherwise zero. */
+
+int glp_at_error(void)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      return env->err_st;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_assert - check for logical condition
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_assert(int expr);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_assert (implemented as a macro) checks for a logical
+*  condition specified by the parameter expr. If the condition is false
+*  (i.e. the value of expr is zero), the routine writes a message on
+*  the terminal and abnormally terminates the program. */
+
+void glp_assert_(const char *expr, const char *file, int line)
+{     glp_error_(file, line)("Assertion failed: %s\n", expr);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_error_hook - install hook to intercept abnormal termination
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_error_hook(void (*func)(void *info), void *info);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_error_hook installs a user-defined hook routine to
+*  intercept abnormal termination.
+*
+*  The parameter func specifies the user-defined hook routine. It is
+*  called from the routine glp_error before the latter calls the abort
+*  function to abnormally terminate the application program because of
+*  fatal error. The parameter info is a transit pointer, specified in
+*  the corresponding call to the routine glp_error_hook; it may be used
+*  to pass some information to the hook routine.
+*
+*  To uninstall the hook routine the parameters func and info should be
+*  both specified as NULL. */
+
+void glp_error_hook(void (*func)(void *info), void *info)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (func == NULL)
+      {  env->err_hook = NULL;
+         env->err_info = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  env->err_hook = func;
+         env->err_info = info;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  put_err_msg - provide error message string
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "env.h"
+*  void put_err_msg(const char *msg);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine put_err_msg stores an error message string pointed to by
+*  msg to the environment block. */
+
+void put_err_msg(const char *msg)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      int len;
+      len = strlen(msg);
+      if (len >= EBUF_SIZE)
+         len = EBUF_SIZE - 1;
+      memcpy(env->err_buf, msg, len);
+      if (len > 0 && env->err_buf[len-1] == '\n')
+         len--;
+      env->err_buf[len] = '\0';
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  get_err_msg - obtain error message string
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "env.h"
+*  const char *get_err_msg(void);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine get_err_msg returns a pointer to an error message string
+*  previously stored by the routine put_err_msg. */
+
+const char *get_err_msg(void)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      return env->err_buf;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdc.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59331e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* stdc.c (replacements for standard non-thread-safe functions) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* portable ANSI C version ********************************************/
+
+#if !defined(TLS)
+
+#define ENABLE_NON_SAFE
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+struct tm *xgmtime(const time_t *timer)
+{     return
+         gmtime(timer);
+}
+
+char *xstrerr(int errnum)
+{     return
+         strerror(errnum);
+}
+
+char *xstrtok(char *s1, const char *s2)
+{     return
+         strtok(s1, s2);
+}
+
+/* MS Windows version *************************************************/
+
+#elif defined(__WOE__)
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+struct tm *xgmtime(const time_t *timer)
+{     static TLS struct tm result;
+      gmtime_s(&result, timer);
+      return &result;
+}
+
+char *xstrerr(int errnum)
+{     static TLS char s[1023+1];
+      strerror_s(s, sizeof(s), errnum);
+      return s;
+}
+
+char *xstrtok(char *s1, const char *s2)
+{     static TLS char *ptr;
+      return strtok_s(s1, s2, &ptr);
+}
+
+/* GNU/Linux version **************************************************/
+
+#else
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+struct tm *xgmtime(const time_t *timer)
+{     static TLS struct tm result;
+      gmtime_r(timer, &result);
+      return &result;
+}
+
+char *xstrerr(int errnum)
+{     static TLS char s[1023+1];
+      strerror_r(errnum, s, sizeof(s));
+      return s;
+}
+
+char *xstrtok(char *s1, const char *s2)
+{     static TLS char *ptr;
+      return strtok_r(s1, s2, &ptr);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdc.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a376f2c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* stdc.h (standard ANSI C headers) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef STDC_H
+#define STDC_H
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <float.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <setjmp.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef ENABLE_NON_SAFE /* 29/I-2017 */
+/* disable using non-thread-safe functions directly */
+#undef gmtime
+#define gmtime ???
+#undef strerror
+#define strerror ???
+#undef strtok
+#define strtok ???
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 29/I-2017 */
+/* provide replacements for these functions on a per-thread basis */
+#define xgmtime _glp_xgmtime
+struct tm *xgmtime(const time_t *);
+#define xstrerr _glp_xstrerr
+char *xstrerr(int);
+#define xstrtok _glp_xstrtok
+char *xstrtok(char *, const char *);
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 06/II-2018 */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef __WOE__
+#define CDECL
+#else
+#define CDECL __cdecl
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdout.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdout.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94eee02a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stdout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* stdout.c (terminal output) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#undef NDEBUG
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "env.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_puts - write string on terminal
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_puts(const char *s);
+*
+*  The routine glp_puts writes the string s on the terminal. */
+
+void glp_puts(const char *s)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      /* if terminal output is disabled, do nothing */
+      if (!env->term_out)
+         goto skip;
+      /* pass the string to the hook routine, if defined */
+      if (env->term_hook != NULL)
+      {  if (env->term_hook(env->term_info, s) != 0)
+            goto skip;
+      }
+      /* write the string on the terminal */
+      fputs(s, stdout);
+      fflush(stdout);
+      /* write the string on the tee file, if required */
+      if (env->tee_file != NULL)
+      {  fputs(s, env->tee_file);
+         fflush(env->tee_file);
+      }
+skip: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_printf - write formatted output on terminal
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_printf(const char *fmt, ...);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_printf uses the format control string fmt to format
+*  its parameters and writes the formatted output on the terminal. */
+
+void glp_printf(const char *fmt, ...)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      va_list arg;
+      /* if terminal output is disabled, do nothing */
+      if (!env->term_out)
+         goto skip;
+      /* format the output */
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      vsprintf(env->term_buf, fmt, arg);
+      /* (do not use xassert) */
+      assert(strlen(env->term_buf) < TBUF_SIZE);
+      va_end(arg);
+      /* write the formatted output on the terminal */
+      glp_puts(env->term_buf);
+skip: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_vprintf - write formatted output on terminal
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_vprintf(const char *fmt, va_list arg);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_vprintf uses the format control string fmt to format
+*  its parameters specified by the list arg and writes the formatted
+*  output on the terminal. */
+
+void glp_vprintf(const char *fmt, va_list arg)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      /* if terminal output is disabled, do nothing */
+      if (!env->term_out)
+         goto skip;
+      /* format the output */
+      vsprintf(env->term_buf, fmt, arg);
+      /* (do not use xassert) */
+      assert(strlen(env->term_buf) < TBUF_SIZE);
+      /* write the formatted output on the terminal */
+      glp_puts(env->term_buf);
+skip: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_term_out - enable/disable terminal output
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_term_out(int flag);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  Depending on the parameter flag the routine glp_term_out enables or
+*  disables terminal output performed by glpk routines:
+*
+*  GLP_ON  - enable terminal output;
+*  GLP_OFF - disable terminal output.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_term_out returns the previous value of the terminal
+*  output flag. */
+
+int glp_term_out(int flag)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      int old = env->term_out;
+      if (!(flag == GLP_ON || flag == GLP_OFF))
+         xerror("glp_term_out: flag = %d; invalid parameter\n", flag);
+      env->term_out = flag;
+      return old;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_term_hook - install hook to intercept terminal output
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_term_hook(int (*func)(void *info, const char *s),
+*     void *info);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_term_hook installs a user-defined hook routine to
+*  intercept all terminal output performed by glpk routines.
+*
+*  This feature can be used to redirect the terminal output to other
+*  destination, for example to a file or a text window.
+*
+*  The parameter func specifies the user-defined hook routine. It is
+*  called from an internal printing routine, which passes to it two
+*  parameters: info and s. The parameter info is a transit pointer,
+*  specified in the corresponding call to the routine glp_term_hook;
+*  it may be used to pass some information to the hook routine. The
+*  parameter s is a pointer to the null terminated character string,
+*  which is intended to be written to the terminal. If the hook routine
+*  returns zero, the printing routine writes the string s to the
+*  terminal in a usual way; otherwise, if the hook routine returns
+*  non-zero, no terminal output is performed.
+*
+*  To uninstall the hook routine the parameters func and info should be
+*  specified as NULL. */
+
+void glp_term_hook(int (*func)(void *info, const char *s), void *info)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (func == NULL)
+      {  env->term_hook = NULL;
+         env->term_info = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  env->term_hook = func;
+         env->term_info = info;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_open_tee - start copying terminal output to text file
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_open_tee(const char *name);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_open_tee starts copying all the terminal output to
+*  an output text file, whose name is specified by the character string
+*  name.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - operation successful
+*  1 - copying terminal output is already active
+*  2 - unable to create output file */
+
+int glp_open_tee(const char *name)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (env->tee_file != NULL)
+      {  /* copying terminal output is already active */
+         return 1;
+      }
+      env->tee_file = fopen(name, "w");
+      if (env->tee_file == NULL)
+      {  /* unable to create output file */
+         return 2;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_close_tee - stop copying terminal output to text file
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_close_tee(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_close_tee stops copying the terminal output to the
+*  output text file previously open by the routine glp_open_tee closing
+*  that file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - operation successful
+*  1 - copying terminal output was not started */
+
+int glp_close_tee(void)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (env->tee_file == NULL)
+      {  /* copying terminal output was not started */
+         return 1;
+      }
+      fclose(env->tee_file);
+      env->tee_file = NULL;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stream.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..906e5b04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
+/* stream.c (stream input/output) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+struct glp_file
+{     /* sequential stream descriptor */
+      char *base;
+      /* pointer to buffer */
+      int size;
+      /* size of buffer, in bytes */
+      char *ptr;
+      /* pointer to next byte in buffer */
+      int cnt;
+      /* count of bytes in buffer */
+      int flag;
+      /* stream flags: */
+#define IONULL 0x01 /* null file */
+#define IOSTD  0x02 /* standard stream */
+#define IOGZIP 0x04 /* gzipped file */
+#define IOWRT  0x08 /* output stream */
+#define IOEOF  0x10 /* end of file */
+#define IOERR  0x20 /* input/output error */
+      void *file;
+      /* pointer to underlying control object */
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_open - open stream
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_file *glp_open(const char *name, const char *mode);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_open opens a file whose name is a string pointed to
+*  by name and associates a stream with it.
+*
+*  The following special filenames are recognized by the routine (this
+*  feature is platform independent):
+*
+*  "/dev/null"    empty (null) file;
+*  "/dev/stdin"   standard input stream;
+*  "/dev/stdout"  standard output stream;
+*  "/dev/stderr"  standard error stream.
+*
+*  If the specified filename is ended with ".gz", it is assumed that
+*  the file is in gzipped format. In this case the file is compressed
+*  or decompressed by the I/O routines "on the fly".
+*
+*  The parameter mode points to a string, which indicates the open mode
+*  and should be one of the following:
+*
+*  "r"   open text file for reading;
+*  "w"   truncate to zero length or create text file for writing;
+*  "a"   append, open or create text file for writing at end-of-file;
+*  "rb"  open binary file for reading;
+*  "wb"  truncate to zero length or create binary file for writing;
+*  "ab"  append, open or create binary file for writing at end-of-file.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_open returns a pointer to the object controlling the
+*  stream. If the operation fails, the routine returns NULL. */
+
+glp_file *glp_open(const char *name, const char *mode)
+{     glp_file *f;
+      int flag;
+      void *file;
+      if (strcmp(mode, "r") == 0 || strcmp(mode, "rb") == 0)
+         flag = 0;
+      else if (strcmp(mode, "w") == 0 || strcmp(mode, "wb") == 0)
+         flag = IOWRT;
+#if 1 /* 08/V-2014 */
+      else if (strcmp(mode, "a") == 0 || strcmp(mode, "ab") == 0)
+         flag = IOWRT;
+#endif
+      else
+         xerror("glp_open: invalid mode string\n");
+      if (strcmp(name, "/dev/null") == 0)
+      {  flag |= IONULL;
+         file = NULL;
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(name, "/dev/stdin") == 0)
+      {  flag |= IOSTD;
+         file = stdin;
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(name, "/dev/stdout") == 0)
+      {  flag |= IOSTD;
+         file = stdout;
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(name, "/dev/stderr") == 0)
+      {  flag |= IOSTD;
+         file = stderr;
+      }
+      else
+      {  char *ext = strrchr(name, '.');
+         if (ext == NULL || strcmp(ext, ".gz") != 0)
+         {  file = fopen(name, mode);
+            if (file == NULL)
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            {  put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+            {  put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+               return NULL;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  flag |= IOGZIP;
+            if (strcmp(mode, "r") == 0)
+               mode = "rb";
+            else if (strcmp(mode, "w") == 0)
+               mode = "wb";
+#if 1 /* 08/V-2014; this mode seems not to work */
+            else if (strcmp(mode, "a") == 0)
+               mode = "ab";
+#endif
+            file = gzopen(name, mode);
+            if (file == NULL)
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            {  put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+            {  put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+               return NULL;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      f = talloc(1, glp_file);
+      f->base = talloc(BUFSIZ, char);
+      f->size = BUFSIZ;
+      f->ptr = f->base;
+      f->cnt = 0;
+      f->flag = flag;
+      f->file = file;
+      return f;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_eof - test end-of-file indicator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_eof(glp_file *f);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_eof tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream
+*  pointed to by f.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_eof returns non-zero if and only if the end-of-file
+*  indicator is set for the specified stream. */
+
+int glp_eof(glp_file *f)
+{     return
+         f->flag & IOEOF;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_ioerr - test I/O error indicator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_ioerr(glp_file *f);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_ioerr tests the I/O error indicator for the stream
+*  pointed to by f.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_ioerr returns non-zero if and only if the I/O error
+*  indicator is set for the specified stream. */
+
+int glp_ioerr(glp_file *f)
+{     return
+         f->flag & IOERR;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_read - read data from stream
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_read(glp_file *f, void *buf, int nnn);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_read reads, into the buffer pointed to by buf, up to
+*  nnn bytes, from the stream pointed to by f.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_read returns the number of bytes successfully read
+*  (which may be less than nnn). If an end-of-file is encountered, the
+*  end-of-file indicator for the stream is set and glp_read returns
+*  zero. If a read error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is
+*  set and glp_read returns a negative value. */
+
+int glp_read(glp_file *f, void *buf, int nnn)
+{     int nrd, cnt;
+      if (f->flag & IOWRT)
+         xerror("glp_read: attempt to read from output stream\n");
+      if (nnn < 1)
+         xerror("glp_read: nnn = %d; invalid parameter\n", nnn);
+      for (nrd = 0; nrd < nnn; nrd += cnt)
+      {  if (f->cnt == 0)
+         {  /* buffer is empty; fill it */
+            if (f->flag & IONULL)
+               cnt = 0;
+            else if (!(f->flag & IOGZIP))
+            {  cnt = fread(f->base, 1, f->size, (FILE *)(f->file));
+               if (ferror((FILE *)(f->file)))
+               {  f->flag |= IOERR;
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+                  put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+                  put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+                  return EOF;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  int errnum;
+               const char *msg;
+               cnt = gzread((gzFile)(f->file), f->base, f->size);
+               if (cnt < 0)
+               {  f->flag |= IOERR;
+                  msg = gzerror((gzFile)(f->file), &errnum);
+                  if (errnum == Z_ERRNO)
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+                     put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+                     put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+                  else
+                     put_err_msg(msg);
+                  return EOF;
+               }
+            }
+            if (cnt == 0)
+            {  if (nrd == 0)
+                  f->flag |= IOEOF;
+               break;
+            }
+            f->ptr = f->base;
+            f->cnt = cnt;
+         }
+         cnt = nnn - nrd;
+         if (cnt > f->cnt)
+            cnt = f->cnt;
+         memcpy((char *)buf + nrd, f->ptr, cnt);
+         f->ptr += cnt;
+         f->cnt -= cnt;
+      }
+      return nrd;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_getc - read character from stream
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_getc(glp_file *f);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_getc obtains a next character as an unsigned char
+*  converted to an int from the input stream pointed to by f.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_getc returns the next character obtained. However,
+*  if an end-of-file is encountered or a read error occurs, the routine
+*  returns EOF. (An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished
+*  by use of the routines glp_eof and glp_ioerr.) */
+
+int glp_getc(glp_file *f)
+{     unsigned char buf[1];
+      if (f->flag & IOWRT)
+         xerror("glp_getc: attempt to read from output stream\n");
+      if (glp_read(f, buf, 1) != 1)
+         return EOF;
+      return buf[0];
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  do_flush - flush output stream
+*
+*  This routine causes buffered data for the specified output stream to
+*  be written to the associated file.
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero, otherwise
+*  non-zero. */
+
+static int do_flush(glp_file *f)
+{     xassert(f->flag & IOWRT);
+      if (f->cnt > 0)
+      {  if (f->flag & IONULL)
+            ;
+         else if (!(f->flag & IOGZIP))
+         {  if ((int)fwrite(f->base, 1, f->cnt, (FILE *)(f->file))
+               != f->cnt)
+            {  f->flag |= IOERR;
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+               put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+               return EOF;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  int errnum;
+            const char *msg;
+            if (gzwrite((gzFile)(f->file), f->base, f->cnt) != f->cnt)
+            {  f->flag |= IOERR;
+               msg = gzerror((gzFile)(f->file), &errnum);
+               if (errnum == Z_ERRNO)
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+                  put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+                  put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+               else
+                  put_err_msg(msg);
+               return EOF;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      f->ptr = f->base;
+      f->cnt = 0;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_write - write data to stream
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_write(glp_file *f, const void *buf, int nnn);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_write writes, from the buffer pointed to by buf, up
+*  to nnn bytes, to the stream pointed to by f.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_write returns the number of bytes successfully
+*  written (which is equal to nnn). If a write error occurs, the error
+*  indicator for the stream is set and glp_write returns a negative
+*  value. */
+
+int glp_write(glp_file *f, const void *buf, int nnn)
+{     int nwr, cnt;
+      if (!(f->flag & IOWRT))
+         xerror("glp_write: attempt to write to input stream\n");
+      if (nnn < 1)
+         xerror("glp_write: nnn = %d; invalid parameter\n", nnn);
+      for (nwr = 0; nwr < nnn; nwr += cnt)
+      {  cnt = nnn - nwr;
+         if (cnt > f->size - f->cnt)
+            cnt = f->size - f->cnt;
+         memcpy(f->ptr, (const char *)buf + nwr, cnt);
+         f->ptr += cnt;
+         f->cnt += cnt;
+         if (f->cnt == f->size)
+         {  /* buffer is full; flush it */
+            if (do_flush(f) != 0)
+               return EOF;
+         }
+      }
+      return nwr;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_format - write formatted data to stream
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_format(glp_file *f, const char *fmt, ...);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_format writes formatted data to the stream pointed
+*  to by f. The format control string pointed to by fmt specifies how
+*  subsequent arguments are converted for output.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_format returns the number of characters written, or
+*  a negative value if an output error occurs. */
+
+int glp_format(glp_file *f, const char *fmt, ...)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      va_list arg;
+      int nnn;
+      if (!(f->flag & IOWRT))
+         xerror("glp_format: attempt to write to input stream\n");
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      nnn = vsprintf(env->term_buf, fmt, arg);
+      xassert(0 <= nnn && nnn < TBUF_SIZE);
+      va_end(arg);
+      return nnn == 0 ? 0 : glp_write(f, env->term_buf, nnn);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_close - close stream
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_close(glp_file *f);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine glp_close closes the stream pointed to by f.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the operation was successful, the routine returns zero, otherwise
+*  non-zero. */
+
+int glp_close(glp_file *f)
+{     int ret = 0;
+      if (f->flag & IOWRT)
+      {  if (do_flush(f) != 0)
+            ret = EOF;
+      }
+      if (f->flag & (IONULL | IOSTD))
+         ;
+      else if (!(f->flag & IOGZIP))
+      {  if (fclose((FILE *)(f->file)) != 0)
+         {  if (ret == 0)
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            {  put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+            {  put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+               ret = EOF;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  int errnum;
+         errnum = gzclose((gzFile)(f->file));
+         if (errnum == Z_OK)
+            ;
+         else if (errnum == Z_ERRNO)
+         {  if (ret == 0)
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            {  put_err_msg(strerror(errno));
+#else
+            {  put_err_msg(xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+               ret = EOF;
+            }
+         }
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+         else
+         {  if (ret == 0)
+            {  ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+               sprintf(env->term_buf, "gzclose returned %d", errnum);
+               put_err_msg(env->term_buf);
+               ret = EOF;
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+      }
+      tfree(f->base);
+      tfree(f);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/time.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/time.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ffb28e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/time.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* time.c (standard time) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <address@hidden>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "jd.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_time - determine current universal time
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_time(void);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_time returns the current universal time (UTC), in
+*  milliseconds, elapsed since 00:00:00 GMT January 1, 1970. */
+
+#define EPOCH 2440588 /* = jday(1, 1, 1970) */
+
+/* POSIX version ******************************************************/
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H) && defined(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)
+
+#if 0 /* 29/VI-2017 */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+double glp_time(void)
+{     struct timeval tv;
+      struct tm *tm;
+      int j;
+      double t;
+      gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+      tm = gmtime(&tv.tv_sec);
+#else
+      tm = xgmtime(&tv.tv_sec);
+#endif
+      j = jday(tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_mon + 1, 1900 + tm->tm_year);
+      xassert(j >= 0);
+      t = ((((double)(j - EPOCH) * 24.0 + (double)tm->tm_hour) * 60.0 +
+         (double)tm->tm_min) * 60.0 + (double)tm->tm_sec) * 1000.0 +
+         (double)(tv.tv_usec / 1000);
+      return t;
+}
+#else
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+double glp_time(void)
+{     struct timeval tv;
+      double t;
+      gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
+      t = (double)tv.tv_sec + (double)(tv.tv_usec) / 1e6;
+      xassert(0.0 <= t && t < 4294967296.0);
+      return 1000.0 * t;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* MS Windows version *************************************************/
+
+#elif defined(__WOE__)
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+double glp_time(void)
+{     SYSTEMTIME st;
+      int j;
+      double t;
+      GetSystemTime(&st);
+      j = jday(st.wDay, st.wMonth, st.wYear);
+      xassert(j >= 0);
+      t = ((((double)(j - EPOCH) * 24.0 + (double)st.wHour) * 60.0 +
+         (double)st.wMinute) * 60.0 + (double)st.wSecond) * 1000.0 +
+         (double)st.wMilliseconds;
+      return t;
+}
+
+/* portable ANSI C version ********************************************/
+
+#else
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+double glp_time(void)
+{     time_t timer;
+      struct tm *tm;
+      int j;
+      double t;
+      timer = time(NULL);
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+      tm = gmtime(&timer);
+#else
+      tm = xgmtime(&timer);
+#endif
+      j = jday(tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_mon + 1, 1900 + tm->tm_year);
+      xassert(j >= 0);
+      t = ((((double)(j - EPOCH) * 24.0 + (double)tm->tm_hour) * 60.0 +
+         (double)tm->tm_min) * 60.0 + (double)tm->tm_sec) * 1000.0;
+      return t;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_difftime - compute difference between two time values
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  double glp_difftime(double t1, double t0);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine glp_difftime returns the difference between two time
+*  values t1 and t0, expressed in seconds. */
+
+double glp_difftime(double t1, double t0)
+{     return
+         (t1 - t0) / 1000.0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/tls.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/tls.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4062ee4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/env/tls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* tls.c (thread local storage) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "env.h"
+
+#ifndef TLS
+static void *tls = NULL;
+#else
+static TLS void *tls = NULL;
+/* this option allows running multiple independent instances of GLPK in
+ * different threads of a multi-threaded application, in which case the
+ * variable tls should be placed in the Thread Local Storage (TLS);
+ * it is assumed that the macro TLS is previously defined to something
+ * like '__thread', '_Thread_local', etc. */
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  tls_set_ptr - store global pointer in TLS
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "env.h"
+*  void tls_set_ptr(void *ptr);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine tls_set_ptr stores a pointer specified by the parameter
+*  ptr in the Thread Local Storage (TLS). */
+
+void tls_set_ptr(void *ptr)
+{     tls = ptr;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  tls_get_ptr - retrieve global pointer from TLS
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "env.h"
+*  void *tls_get_ptr(void);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine tls_get_ptr returns a pointer previously stored by the
+*  routine tls_set_ptr. If the latter has not been called yet, NULL is
+*  returned. */
+
+void *tls_get_ptr(void)
+{     void *ptr;
+      ptr = tls;
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __WOE__
+
+/*** Author: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de> ***/
+
+#pragma comment(lib, "user32.lib")
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#define VISTA 0x06
+
+/* This is the main entry point of the DLL. */
+
+BOOL WINAPI DllMain(HINSTANCE hinstDLL, DWORD fdwReason, LPVOID
+      lpvReserved)
+{     DWORD version;
+      DWORD major_version;
+#ifdef TLS
+      switch (fdwReason)
+      {  case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
+         /* @TODO:
+          * GetVersion is deprecated but the version help functions are
+          * not available in Visual Studio 2010. So lets use it until
+          * we remove the outdated Build files. */
+         version = GetVersion();
+         major_version = version & 0xff;
+         if (major_version < VISTA)
+         {  MessageBoxA(NULL,
+               "The GLPK library called by this application is configur"
+               "ed to use thread local storage which is not fully suppo"
+               "rted by your version of Microsoft Windows.\n\n"
+               "Microsoft Windows Vista or a later version of Windows i"
+               "s required to run this application.",
+               "GLPK", MB_OK | MB_ICONERROR);
+            return FALSE;
+         }
+         break;
+      }
+#endif /* TLS */
+      return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif /* __WOE__ */
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/glpk.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/glpk.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4e250f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/glpk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+/* glpk.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GLPK_H
+#define GLPK_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* library version numbers: */
+#define GLP_MAJOR_VERSION  4
+#define GLP_MINOR_VERSION  65
+
+typedef struct glp_prob glp_prob;
+/* LP/MIP problem object */
+
+/* optimization direction flag: */
+#define GLP_MIN            1  /* minimization */
+#define GLP_MAX            2  /* maximization */
+
+/* kind of structural variable: */
+#define GLP_CV             1  /* continuous variable */
+#define GLP_IV             2  /* integer variable */
+#define GLP_BV             3  /* binary variable */
+
+/* type of auxiliary/structural variable: */
+#define GLP_FR             1  /* free (unbounded) variable */
+#define GLP_LO             2  /* variable with lower bound */
+#define GLP_UP             3  /* variable with upper bound */
+#define GLP_DB             4  /* double-bounded variable */
+#define GLP_FX             5  /* fixed variable */
+
+/* status of auxiliary/structural variable: */
+#define GLP_BS             1  /* basic variable */
+#define GLP_NL             2  /* non-basic variable on lower bound */
+#define GLP_NU             3  /* non-basic variable on upper bound */
+#define GLP_NF             4  /* non-basic free (unbounded) variable */
+#define GLP_NS             5  /* non-basic fixed variable */
+
+/* scaling options: */
+#define GLP_SF_GM       0x01  /* perform geometric mean scaling */
+#define GLP_SF_EQ       0x10  /* perform equilibration scaling */
+#define GLP_SF_2N       0x20  /* round scale factors to power of two */
+#define GLP_SF_SKIP     0x40  /* skip if problem is well scaled */
+#define GLP_SF_AUTO     0x80  /* choose scaling options automatically */
+
+/* solution indicator: */
+#define GLP_SOL            1  /* basic solution */
+#define GLP_IPT            2  /* interior-point solution */
+#define GLP_MIP            3  /* mixed integer solution */
+
+/* solution status: */
+#define GLP_UNDEF          1  /* solution is undefined */
+#define GLP_FEAS           2  /* solution is feasible */
+#define GLP_INFEAS         3  /* solution is infeasible */
+#define GLP_NOFEAS         4  /* no feasible solution exists */
+#define GLP_OPT            5  /* solution is optimal */
+#define GLP_UNBND          6  /* solution is unbounded */
+
+typedef struct
+{     /* basis factorization control parameters */
+      int msg_lev;            /* (not used) */
+      int type;               /* factorization type: */
+#if 1 /* 05/III-2014 */
+#define GLP_BF_LUF      0x00  /* plain LU-factorization */
+#define GLP_BF_BTF      0x10  /* block triangular LU-factorization */
+#endif
+#define GLP_BF_FT       0x01  /* Forrest-Tomlin (LUF only) */
+#define GLP_BF_BG       0x02  /* Schur compl. + Bartels-Golub */
+#define GLP_BF_GR       0x03  /* Schur compl. + Givens rotation */
+      int lu_size;            /* (not used) */
+      double piv_tol;         /* sgf_piv_tol */
+      int piv_lim;            /* sgf_piv_lim */
+      int suhl;               /* sgf_suhl */
+      double eps_tol;         /* sgf_eps_tol */
+      double max_gro;         /* (not used) */
+      int nfs_max;            /* fhvint.nfs_max */
+      double upd_tol;         /* (not used) */
+      int nrs_max;            /* scfint.nn_max */
+      int rs_size;            /* (not used) */
+      double foo_bar[38];     /* (reserved) */
+} glp_bfcp;
+
+typedef struct
+{     /* simplex solver control parameters */
+      int msg_lev;            /* message level: */
+#define GLP_MSG_OFF        0  /* no output */
+#define GLP_MSG_ERR        1  /* warning and error messages only */
+#define GLP_MSG_ON         2  /* normal output */
+#define GLP_MSG_ALL        3  /* full output */
+#define GLP_MSG_DBG        4  /* debug output */
+      int meth;               /* simplex method option: */
+#define GLP_PRIMAL         1  /* use primal simplex */
+#define GLP_DUALP          2  /* use dual; if it fails, use primal */
+#define GLP_DUAL           3  /* use dual simplex */
+      int pricing;            /* pricing technique: */
+#define GLP_PT_STD      0x11  /* standard (Dantzig's rule) */
+#define GLP_PT_PSE      0x22  /* projected steepest edge */
+      int r_test;             /* ratio test technique: */
+#define GLP_RT_STD      0x11  /* standard (textbook) */
+#define GLP_RT_HAR      0x22  /* Harris' two-pass ratio test */
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+#define GLP_RT_FLIP     0x33  /* long-step (flip-flop) ratio test */
+#endif
+      double tol_bnd;         /* primal feasibility tolerance */
+      double tol_dj;          /* dual feasibility tolerance */
+      double tol_piv;         /* pivot tolerance */
+      double obj_ll;          /* lower objective limit */
+      double obj_ul;          /* upper objective limit */
+      int it_lim;             /* simplex iteration limit */
+      int tm_lim;             /* time limit, ms */
+      int out_frq;            /* display output frequency, ms */
+      int out_dly;            /* display output delay, ms */
+      int presolve;           /* enable/disable using LP presolver */
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 (not documented yet) */
+      int excl;               /* exclude fixed non-basic variables */
+      int shift;              /* shift bounds of variables to zero */
+      int aorn;               /* option to use A or N: */
+#define GLP_USE_AT         1  /* use A matrix in row-wise format */
+#define GLP_USE_NT         2  /* use N matrix in row-wise format */
+      double foo_bar[33];     /* (reserved) */
+#endif
+} glp_smcp;
+
+typedef struct
+{     /* interior-point solver control parameters */
+      int msg_lev;            /* message level (see glp_smcp) */
+      int ord_alg;            /* ordering algorithm: */
+#define GLP_ORD_NONE       0  /* natural (original) ordering */
+#define GLP_ORD_QMD        1  /* quotient minimum degree (QMD) */
+#define GLP_ORD_AMD        2  /* approx. minimum degree (AMD) */
+#define GLP_ORD_SYMAMD     3  /* approx. minimum degree (SYMAMD) */
+      double foo_bar[48];     /* (reserved) */
+} glp_iptcp;
+
+typedef struct glp_tree glp_tree;
+/* branch-and-bound tree */
+
+typedef struct
+{     /* integer optimizer control parameters */
+      int msg_lev;            /* message level (see glp_smcp) */
+      int br_tech;            /* branching technique: */
+#define GLP_BR_FFV         1  /* first fractional variable */
+#define GLP_BR_LFV         2  /* last fractional variable */
+#define GLP_BR_MFV         3  /* most fractional variable */
+#define GLP_BR_DTH         4  /* heuristic by Driebeck and Tomlin */
+#define GLP_BR_PCH         5  /* hybrid pseudocost heuristic */
+      int bt_tech;            /* backtracking technique: */
+#define GLP_BT_DFS         1  /* depth first search */
+#define GLP_BT_BFS         2  /* breadth first search */
+#define GLP_BT_BLB         3  /* best local bound */
+#define GLP_BT_BPH         4  /* best projection heuristic */
+      double tol_int;         /* mip.tol_int */
+      double tol_obj;         /* mip.tol_obj */
+      int tm_lim;             /* mip.tm_lim (milliseconds) */
+      int out_frq;            /* mip.out_frq (milliseconds) */
+      int out_dly;            /* mip.out_dly (milliseconds) */
+      void (*cb_func)(glp_tree *T, void *info);
+                              /* mip.cb_func */
+      void *cb_info;          /* mip.cb_info */
+      int cb_size;            /* mip.cb_size */
+      int pp_tech;            /* preprocessing technique: */
+#define GLP_PP_NONE        0  /* disable preprocessing */
+#define GLP_PP_ROOT        1  /* preprocessing only on root level */
+#define GLP_PP_ALL         2  /* preprocessing on all levels */
+      double mip_gap;         /* relative MIP gap tolerance */
+      int mir_cuts;           /* MIR cuts       (GLP_ON/GLP_OFF) */
+      int gmi_cuts;           /* Gomory's cuts  (GLP_ON/GLP_OFF) */
+      int cov_cuts;           /* cover cuts     (GLP_ON/GLP_OFF) */
+      int clq_cuts;           /* clique cuts    (GLP_ON/GLP_OFF) */
+      int presolve;           /* enable/disable using MIP presolver */
+      int binarize;           /* try to binarize integer variables */
+      int fp_heur;            /* feasibility pump heuristic */
+      int ps_heur;            /* proximity search heuristic */
+      int ps_tm_lim;          /* proxy time limit, milliseconds */
+      int sr_heur;            /* simple rounding heuristic */
+#if 1 /* 24/X-2015; not documented--should not be used */
+      int use_sol;            /* use existing solution */
+      const char *save_sol;   /* filename to save every new solution */
+      int alien;              /* use alien solver */
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016; not documented--should not be used */
+      int flip;               /* use long-step dual simplex */
+#endif
+      double foo_bar[23];     /* (reserved) */
+} glp_iocp;
+
+typedef struct
+{     /* additional row attributes */
+      int level;
+      /* subproblem level at which the row was added */
+      int origin;
+      /* row origin flag: */
+#define GLP_RF_REG         0  /* regular constraint */
+#define GLP_RF_LAZY        1  /* "lazy" constraint */
+#define GLP_RF_CUT         2  /* cutting plane constraint */
+      int klass;
+      /* row class descriptor: */
+#define GLP_RF_GMI         1  /* Gomory's mixed integer cut */
+#define GLP_RF_MIR         2  /* mixed integer rounding cut */
+#define GLP_RF_COV         3  /* mixed cover cut */
+#define GLP_RF_CLQ         4  /* clique cut */
+      double foo_bar[7];
+      /* (reserved) */
+} glp_attr;
+
+/* enable/disable flag: */
+#define GLP_ON             1  /* enable something */
+#define GLP_OFF            0  /* disable something */
+
+/* reason codes: */
+#define GLP_IROWGEN     0x01  /* request for row generation */
+#define GLP_IBINGO      0x02  /* better integer solution found */
+#define GLP_IHEUR       0x03  /* request for heuristic solution */
+#define GLP_ICUTGEN     0x04  /* request for cut generation */
+#define GLP_IBRANCH     0x05  /* request for branching */
+#define GLP_ISELECT     0x06  /* request for subproblem selection */
+#define GLP_IPREPRO     0x07  /* request for preprocessing */
+
+/* branch selection indicator: */
+#define GLP_NO_BRNCH       0  /* select no branch */
+#define GLP_DN_BRNCH       1  /* select down-branch */
+#define GLP_UP_BRNCH       2  /* select up-branch */
+
+/* return codes: */
+#define GLP_EBADB       0x01  /* invalid basis */
+#define GLP_ESING       0x02  /* singular matrix */
+#define GLP_ECOND       0x03  /* ill-conditioned matrix */
+#define GLP_EBOUND      0x04  /* invalid bounds */
+#define GLP_EFAIL       0x05  /* solver failed */
+#define GLP_EOBJLL      0x06  /* objective lower limit reached */
+#define GLP_EOBJUL      0x07  /* objective upper limit reached */
+#define GLP_EITLIM      0x08  /* iteration limit exceeded */
+#define GLP_ETMLIM      0x09  /* time limit exceeded */
+#define GLP_ENOPFS      0x0A  /* no primal feasible solution */
+#define GLP_ENODFS      0x0B  /* no dual feasible solution */
+#define GLP_EROOT       0x0C  /* root LP optimum not provided */
+#define GLP_ESTOP       0x0D  /* search terminated by application */
+#define GLP_EMIPGAP     0x0E  /* relative mip gap tolerance reached */
+#define GLP_ENOFEAS     0x0F  /* no primal/dual feasible solution */
+#define GLP_ENOCVG      0x10  /* no convergence */
+#define GLP_EINSTAB     0x11  /* numerical instability */
+#define GLP_EDATA       0x12  /* invalid data */
+#define GLP_ERANGE      0x13  /* result out of range */
+
+/* condition indicator: */
+#define GLP_KKT_PE         1  /* primal equalities */
+#define GLP_KKT_PB         2  /* primal bounds */
+#define GLP_KKT_DE         3  /* dual equalities */
+#define GLP_KKT_DB         4  /* dual bounds */
+#define GLP_KKT_CS         5  /* complementary slackness */
+
+/* MPS file format: */
+#define GLP_MPS_DECK       1  /* fixed (ancient) */
+#define GLP_MPS_FILE       2  /* free (modern) */
+
+typedef struct
+{     /* MPS format control parameters */
+      int blank;
+      /* character code to replace blanks in symbolic names */
+      char *obj_name;
+      /* objective row name */
+      double tol_mps;
+      /* zero tolerance for MPS data */
+      double foo_bar[17];
+      /* (reserved for use in the future) */
+} glp_mpscp;
+
+typedef struct
+{     /* CPLEX LP format control parameters */
+      double foo_bar[20];
+      /* (reserved for use in the future) */
+} glp_cpxcp;
+
+#if 1 /* 10/XII-2017 */
+typedef struct glp_prep glp_prep;
+/* LP/MIP preprocessor workspace */
+#endif
+
+typedef struct glp_tran glp_tran;
+/* MathProg translator workspace */
+
+glp_prob *glp_create_prob(void);
+/* create problem object */
+
+void glp_set_prob_name(glp_prob *P, const char *name);
+/* assign (change) problem name */
+
+void glp_set_obj_name(glp_prob *P, const char *name);
+/* assign (change) objective function name */
+
+void glp_set_obj_dir(glp_prob *P, int dir);
+/* set (change) optimization direction flag */
+
+int glp_add_rows(glp_prob *P, int nrs);
+/* add new rows to problem object */
+
+int glp_add_cols(glp_prob *P, int ncs);
+/* add new columns to problem object */
+
+void glp_set_row_name(glp_prob *P, int i, const char *name);
+/* assign (change) row name */
+
+void glp_set_col_name(glp_prob *P, int j, const char *name);
+/* assign (change) column name */
+
+void glp_set_row_bnds(glp_prob *P, int i, int type, double lb,
+      double ub);
+/* set (change) row bounds */
+
+void glp_set_col_bnds(glp_prob *P, int j, int type, double lb,
+      double ub);
+/* set (change) column bounds */
+
+void glp_set_obj_coef(glp_prob *P, int j, double coef);
+/* set (change) obj. coefficient or constant term */
+
+void glp_set_mat_row(glp_prob *P, int i, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[]);
+/* set (replace) row of the constraint matrix */
+
+void glp_set_mat_col(glp_prob *P, int j, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[]);
+/* set (replace) column of the constraint matrix */
+
+void glp_load_matrix(glp_prob *P, int ne, const int ia[],
+      const int ja[], const double ar[]);
+/* load (replace) the whole constraint matrix */
+
+int glp_check_dup(int m, int n, int ne, const int ia[], const int ja[]);
+/* check for duplicate elements in sparse matrix */
+
+void glp_sort_matrix(glp_prob *P);
+/* sort elements of the constraint matrix */
+
+void glp_del_rows(glp_prob *P, int nrs, const int num[]);
+/* delete specified rows from problem object */
+
+void glp_del_cols(glp_prob *P, int ncs, const int num[]);
+/* delete specified columns from problem object */
+
+void glp_copy_prob(glp_prob *dest, glp_prob *prob, int names);
+/* copy problem object content */
+
+void glp_erase_prob(glp_prob *P);
+/* erase problem object content */
+
+void glp_delete_prob(glp_prob *P);
+/* delete problem object */
+
+const char *glp_get_prob_name(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve problem name */
+
+const char *glp_get_obj_name(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve objective function name */
+
+int glp_get_obj_dir(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve optimization direction flag */
+
+int glp_get_num_rows(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve number of rows */
+
+int glp_get_num_cols(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve number of columns */
+
+const char *glp_get_row_name(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row name */
+
+const char *glp_get_col_name(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column name */
+
+int glp_get_row_type(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row type */
+
+double glp_get_row_lb(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row lower bound */
+
+double glp_get_row_ub(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row upper bound */
+
+int glp_get_col_type(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column type */
+
+double glp_get_col_lb(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column lower bound */
+
+double glp_get_col_ub(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column upper bound */
+
+double glp_get_obj_coef(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve obj. coefficient or constant term */
+
+int glp_get_num_nz(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve number of constraint coefficients */
+
+int glp_get_mat_row(glp_prob *P, int i, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* retrieve row of the constraint matrix */
+
+int glp_get_mat_col(glp_prob *P, int j, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* retrieve column of the constraint matrix */
+
+void glp_create_index(glp_prob *P);
+/* create the name index */
+
+int glp_find_row(glp_prob *P, const char *name);
+/* find row by its name */
+
+int glp_find_col(glp_prob *P, const char *name);
+/* find column by its name */
+
+void glp_delete_index(glp_prob *P);
+/* delete the name index */
+
+void glp_set_rii(glp_prob *P, int i, double rii);
+/* set (change) row scale factor */
+
+void glp_set_sjj(glp_prob *P, int j, double sjj);
+/* set (change) column scale factor */
+
+double glp_get_rii(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row scale factor */
+
+double glp_get_sjj(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column scale factor */
+
+void glp_scale_prob(glp_prob *P, int flags);
+/* scale problem data */
+
+void glp_unscale_prob(glp_prob *P);
+/* unscale problem data */
+
+void glp_set_row_stat(glp_prob *P, int i, int stat);
+/* set (change) row status */
+
+void glp_set_col_stat(glp_prob *P, int j, int stat);
+/* set (change) column status */
+
+void glp_std_basis(glp_prob *P);
+/* construct standard initial LP basis */
+
+void glp_adv_basis(glp_prob *P, int flags);
+/* construct advanced initial LP basis */
+
+void glp_cpx_basis(glp_prob *P);
+/* construct Bixby's initial LP basis */
+
+int glp_simplex(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm);
+/* solve LP problem with the simplex method */
+
+int glp_exact(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm);
+/* solve LP problem in exact arithmetic */
+
+void glp_init_smcp(glp_smcp *parm);
+/* initialize simplex method control parameters */
+
+int glp_get_status(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve generic status of basic solution */
+
+int glp_get_prim_stat(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve status of primal basic solution */
+
+int glp_get_dual_stat(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve status of dual basic solution */
+
+double glp_get_obj_val(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve objective value (basic solution) */
+
+int glp_get_row_stat(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row status */
+
+double glp_get_row_prim(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row primal value (basic solution) */
+
+double glp_get_row_dual(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row dual value (basic solution) */
+
+int glp_get_col_stat(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column status */
+
+double glp_get_col_prim(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column primal value (basic solution) */
+
+double glp_get_col_dual(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column dual value (basic solution) */
+
+int glp_get_unbnd_ray(glp_prob *P);
+/* determine variable causing unboundedness */
+
+#if 1 /* 08/VIII-2013; not documented yet */
+int glp_get_it_cnt(glp_prob *P);
+/* get simplex solver iteration count */
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 08/VIII-2013; not documented yet */
+void glp_set_it_cnt(glp_prob *P, int it_cnt);
+/* set simplex solver iteration count */
+#endif
+
+int glp_interior(glp_prob *P, const glp_iptcp *parm);
+/* solve LP problem with the interior-point method */
+
+void glp_init_iptcp(glp_iptcp *parm);
+/* initialize interior-point solver control parameters */
+
+int glp_ipt_status(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve status of interior-point solution */
+
+double glp_ipt_obj_val(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve objective value (interior point) */
+
+double glp_ipt_row_prim(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row primal value (interior point) */
+
+double glp_ipt_row_dual(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row dual value (interior point) */
+
+double glp_ipt_col_prim(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column primal value (interior point) */
+
+double glp_ipt_col_dual(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column dual value (interior point) */
+
+void glp_set_col_kind(glp_prob *P, int j, int kind);
+/* set (change) column kind */
+
+int glp_get_col_kind(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column kind */
+
+int glp_get_num_int(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve number of integer columns */
+
+int glp_get_num_bin(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve number of binary columns */
+
+int glp_intopt(glp_prob *P, const glp_iocp *parm);
+/* solve MIP problem with the branch-and-bound method */
+
+void glp_init_iocp(glp_iocp *parm);
+/* initialize integer optimizer control parameters */
+
+int glp_mip_status(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve status of MIP solution */
+
+double glp_mip_obj_val(glp_prob *P);
+/* retrieve objective value (MIP solution) */
+
+double glp_mip_row_val(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row value (MIP solution) */
+
+double glp_mip_col_val(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column value (MIP solution) */
+
+void glp_check_kkt(glp_prob *P, int sol, int cond, double *ae_max,
+      int *ae_ind, double *re_max, int *re_ind);
+/* check feasibility/optimality conditions */
+
+int glp_print_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* write basic solution in printable format */
+
+int glp_read_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* read basic solution from text file */
+
+int glp_write_sol(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* write basic solution to text file */
+
+int glp_print_ranges(glp_prob *P, int len, const int list[],
+      int flags, const char *fname);
+/* print sensitivity analysis report */
+
+int glp_print_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* write interior-point solution in printable format */
+
+int glp_read_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* read interior-point solution from text file */
+
+int glp_write_ipt(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* write interior-point solution to text file */
+
+int glp_print_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* write MIP solution in printable format */
+
+int glp_read_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* read MIP solution from text file */
+
+int glp_write_mip(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* write MIP solution to text file */
+
+int glp_bf_exists(glp_prob *P);
+/* check if LP basis factorization exists */
+
+int glp_factorize(glp_prob *P);
+/* compute LP basis factorization */
+
+int glp_bf_updated(glp_prob *P);
+/* check if LP basis factorization has been updated */
+
+void glp_get_bfcp(glp_prob *P, glp_bfcp *parm);
+/* retrieve LP basis factorization control parameters */
+
+void glp_set_bfcp(glp_prob *P, const glp_bfcp *parm);
+/* change LP basis factorization control parameters */
+
+int glp_get_bhead(glp_prob *P, int k);
+/* retrieve LP basis header information */
+
+int glp_get_row_bind(glp_prob *P, int i);
+/* retrieve row index in the basis header */
+
+int glp_get_col_bind(glp_prob *P, int j);
+/* retrieve column index in the basis header */
+
+void glp_ftran(glp_prob *P, double x[]);
+/* perform forward transformation (solve system B*x = b) */
+
+void glp_btran(glp_prob *P, double x[]);
+/* perform backward transformation (solve system B'*x = b) */
+
+int glp_warm_up(glp_prob *P);
+/* "warm up" LP basis */
+
+int glp_eval_tab_row(glp_prob *P, int k, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* compute row of the simplex tableau */
+
+int glp_eval_tab_col(glp_prob *P, int k, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* compute column of the simplex tableau */
+
+int glp_transform_row(glp_prob *P, int len, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* transform explicitly specified row */
+
+int glp_transform_col(glp_prob *P, int len, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* transform explicitly specified column */
+
+int glp_prim_rtest(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int dir, double eps);
+/* perform primal ratio test */
+
+int glp_dual_rtest(glp_prob *P, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int dir, double eps);
+/* perform dual ratio test */
+
+void glp_analyze_bound(glp_prob *P, int k, double *value1, int *var1,
+      double *value2, int *var2);
+/* analyze active bound of non-basic variable */
+
+void glp_analyze_coef(glp_prob *P, int k, double *coef1, int *var1,
+      double *value1, double *coef2, int *var2, double *value2);
+/* analyze objective coefficient at basic variable */
+
+#if 1 /* 10/XII-2017 */
+glp_prep *glp_npp_alloc_wksp(void);
+/* allocate the preprocessor workspace */
+
+void glp_npp_load_prob(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *P, int sol,
+      int names);
+/* load original problem instance */
+
+int glp_npp_preprocess1(glp_prep *prep, int hard);
+/* perform basic LP/MIP preprocessing */
+
+void glp_npp_build_prob(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *Q);
+/* build resultant problem instance */
+
+void glp_npp_postprocess(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *Q);
+/* postprocess solution to resultant problem */
+
+void glp_npp_obtain_sol(glp_prep *prep, glp_prob *P);
+/* obtain solution to original problem */
+
+void glp_npp_free_wksp(glp_prep *prep);
+/* free the preprocessor workspace */
+#endif
+
+int glp_ios_reason(glp_tree *T);
+/* determine reason for calling the callback routine */
+
+glp_prob *glp_ios_get_prob(glp_tree *T);
+/* access the problem object */
+
+void glp_ios_tree_size(glp_tree *T, int *a_cnt, int *n_cnt,
+      int *t_cnt);
+/* determine size of the branch-and-bound tree */
+
+int glp_ios_curr_node(glp_tree *T);
+/* determine current active subproblem */
+
+int glp_ios_next_node(glp_tree *T, int p);
+/* determine next active subproblem */
+
+int glp_ios_prev_node(glp_tree *T, int p);
+/* determine previous active subproblem */
+
+int glp_ios_up_node(glp_tree *T, int p);
+/* determine parent subproblem */
+
+int glp_ios_node_level(glp_tree *T, int p);
+/* determine subproblem level */
+
+double glp_ios_node_bound(glp_tree *T, int p);
+/* determine subproblem local bound */
+
+int glp_ios_best_node(glp_tree *T);
+/* find active subproblem with best local bound */
+
+double glp_ios_mip_gap(glp_tree *T);
+/* compute relative MIP gap */
+
+void *glp_ios_node_data(glp_tree *T, int p);
+/* access subproblem application-specific data */
+
+void glp_ios_row_attr(glp_tree *T, int i, glp_attr *attr);
+/* retrieve additional row attributes */
+
+int glp_ios_pool_size(glp_tree *T);
+/* determine current size of the cut pool */
+
+int glp_ios_add_row(glp_tree *T,
+      const char *name, int klass, int flags, int len, const int ind[],
+      const double val[], int type, double rhs);
+/* add row (constraint) to the cut pool */
+
+void glp_ios_del_row(glp_tree *T, int i);
+/* remove row (constraint) from the cut pool */
+
+void glp_ios_clear_pool(glp_tree *T);
+/* remove all rows (constraints) from the cut pool */
+
+int glp_ios_can_branch(glp_tree *T, int j);
+/* check if can branch upon specified variable */
+
+void glp_ios_branch_upon(glp_tree *T, int j, int sel);
+/* choose variable to branch upon */
+
+void glp_ios_select_node(glp_tree *T, int p);
+/* select subproblem to continue the search */
+
+int glp_ios_heur_sol(glp_tree *T, const double x[]);
+/* provide solution found by heuristic */
+
+void glp_ios_terminate(glp_tree *T);
+/* terminate the solution process */
+
+#ifdef GLP_UNDOC
+int glp_gmi_cut(glp_prob *P, int j, int ind[], double val[], double
+      phi[]);
+/* generate Gomory's mixed integer cut (core routine) */
+
+int glp_gmi_gen(glp_prob *P, glp_prob *pool, int max_cuts);
+/* generate Gomory's mixed integer cuts */
+
+typedef struct glp_cov glp_cov;
+/* cover cur generator workspace */
+
+glp_cov *glp_cov_init(glp_prob *P);
+/* create and initialize cover cut generator */
+
+void glp_cov_gen1(glp_prob *P, glp_cov *cov, glp_prob *pool);
+/* generate locally valid simple cover cuts */
+
+void glp_cov_free(glp_cov *cov);
+/* delete cover cut generator workspace */
+
+typedef struct glp_mir glp_mir;
+/* MIR cut generator workspace */
+
+glp_mir *glp_mir_init(glp_prob *P);
+/* create and initialize MIR cut generator */
+
+int glp_mir_gen(glp_prob *P, glp_mir *mir, glp_prob *pool);
+/* generate mixed integer rounding (MIR) cuts */
+
+void glp_mir_free(glp_mir *mir);
+/* delete MIR cut generator workspace */
+
+typedef struct glp_cfg glp_cfg;
+/* conflict graph descriptor */
+
+glp_cfg *glp_cfg_init(glp_prob *P);
+/* create and initialize conflict graph */
+
+void glp_cfg_free(glp_cfg *G);
+/* delete conflict graph descriptor */
+
+int glp_clq_cut(glp_prob *P, glp_cfg *G, int ind[], double val[]);
+/* generate clique cut from conflict graph */
+#endif /* GLP_UNDOC */
+
+void glp_init_mpscp(glp_mpscp *parm);
+/* initialize MPS format control parameters */
+
+int glp_read_mps(glp_prob *P, int fmt, const glp_mpscp *parm,
+      const char *fname);
+/* read problem data in MPS format */
+
+int glp_write_mps(glp_prob *P, int fmt, const glp_mpscp *parm,
+      const char *fname);
+/* write problem data in MPS format */
+
+void glp_init_cpxcp(glp_cpxcp *parm);
+/* initialize CPLEX LP format control parameters */
+
+int glp_read_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_cpxcp *parm, const char *fname);
+/* read problem data in CPLEX LP format */
+
+int glp_write_lp(glp_prob *P, const glp_cpxcp *parm, const char *fname);
+/* write problem data in CPLEX LP format */
+
+int glp_read_prob(glp_prob *P, int flags, const char *fname);
+/* read problem data in GLPK format */
+
+int glp_write_prob(glp_prob *P, int flags, const char *fname);
+/* write problem data in GLPK format */
+
+glp_tran *glp_mpl_alloc_wksp(void);
+/* allocate the MathProg translator workspace */
+
+void glp_mpl_init_rand(glp_tran *tran, int seed);
+/* initialize pseudo-random number generator */
+
+int glp_mpl_read_model(glp_tran *tran, const char *fname, int skip);
+/* read and translate model section */
+
+int glp_mpl_read_data(glp_tran *tran, const char *fname);
+/* read and translate data section */
+
+int glp_mpl_generate(glp_tran *tran, const char *fname);
+/* generate the model */
+
+void glp_mpl_build_prob(glp_tran *tran, glp_prob *prob);
+/* build LP/MIP problem instance from the model */
+
+int glp_mpl_postsolve(glp_tran *tran, glp_prob *prob, int sol);
+/* postsolve the model */
+
+void glp_mpl_free_wksp(glp_tran *tran);
+/* free the MathProg translator workspace */
+
+int glp_read_cnfsat(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* read CNF-SAT problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_check_cnfsat(glp_prob *P);
+/* check for CNF-SAT problem instance */
+
+int glp_write_cnfsat(glp_prob *P, const char *fname);
+/* write CNF-SAT problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_minisat1(glp_prob *P);
+/* solve CNF-SAT problem with MiniSat solver */
+
+int glp_intfeas1(glp_prob *P, int use_bound, int obj_bound);
+/* solve integer feasibility problem */
+
+int glp_init_env(void);
+/* initialize GLPK environment */
+
+const char *glp_version(void);
+/* determine library version */
+
+const char *glp_config(const char *option);
+/* determine library configuration */
+
+int glp_free_env(void);
+/* free GLPK environment */
+
+void glp_puts(const char *s);
+/* write string on terminal */
+
+void glp_printf(const char *fmt, ...);
+/* write formatted output on terminal */
+
+void glp_vprintf(const char *fmt, va_list arg);
+/* write formatted output on terminal */
+
+int glp_term_out(int flag);
+/* enable/disable terminal output */
+
+void glp_term_hook(int (*func)(void *info, const char *s), void *info);
+/* install hook to intercept terminal output */
+
+int glp_open_tee(const char *name);
+/* start copying terminal output to text file */
+
+int glp_close_tee(void);
+/* stop copying terminal output to text file */
+
+#ifndef GLP_ERRFUNC_DEFINED
+#define GLP_ERRFUNC_DEFINED
+typedef void (*glp_errfunc)(const char *fmt, ...);
+#endif
+
+#define glp_error glp_error_(__FILE__, __LINE__)
+glp_errfunc glp_error_(const char *file, int line);
+/* display fatal error message and terminate execution */
+
+#if 1 /* 07/XI-2015 */
+int glp_at_error(void);
+/* check for error state */
+#endif
+
+#define glp_assert(expr) \
+      ((void)((expr) || (glp_assert_(#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__), 1)))
+void glp_assert_(const char *expr, const char *file, int line);
+/* check for logical condition */
+
+void glp_error_hook(void (*func)(void *info), void *info);
+/* install hook to intercept abnormal termination */
+
+#define glp_malloc(size) glp_alloc(1, size)
+/* allocate memory block (obsolete) */
+
+#define glp_calloc(n, size) glp_alloc(n, size)
+/* allocate memory block (obsolete) */
+
+void *glp_alloc(int n, int size);
+/* allocate memory block */
+
+void *glp_realloc(void *ptr, int n, int size);
+/* reallocate memory block */
+
+void glp_free(void *ptr);
+/* free (deallocate) memory block */
+
+void glp_mem_limit(int limit);
+/* set memory usage limit */
+
+void glp_mem_usage(int *count, int *cpeak, size_t *total,
+      size_t *tpeak);
+/* get memory usage information */
+
+double glp_time(void);
+/* determine current universal time */
+
+double glp_difftime(double t1, double t0);
+/* compute difference between two time values */
+
+typedef struct glp_graph glp_graph;
+typedef struct glp_vertex glp_vertex;
+typedef struct glp_arc glp_arc;
+
+struct glp_graph
+{     /* graph descriptor */
+      void *pool; /* DMP *pool; */
+      /* memory pool to store graph components */
+      char *name;
+      /* graph name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned
+         to the graph */
+      int nv_max;
+      /* length of the vertex list (enlarged automatically) */
+      int nv;
+      /* number of vertices in the graph, 0 <= nv <= nv_max */
+      int na;
+      /* number of arcs in the graph, na >= 0 */
+      glp_vertex **v; /* glp_vertex *v[1+nv_max]; */
+      /* v[i], 1 <= i <= nv, is a pointer to i-th vertex */
+      void *index; /* AVL *index; */
+      /* vertex index to find vertices by their names; NULL means the
+         index does not exist */
+      int v_size;
+      /* size of data associated with each vertex (0 to 256 bytes) */
+      int a_size;
+      /* size of data associated with each arc (0 to 256 bytes) */
+};
+
+struct glp_vertex
+{     /* vertex descriptor */
+      int i;
+      /* vertex ordinal number, 1 <= i <= nv */
+      char *name;
+      /* vertex name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned
+         to the vertex */
+      void *entry; /* AVLNODE *entry; */
+      /* pointer to corresponding entry in the vertex index; NULL means
+         that either the index does not exist or the vertex has no name
+         assigned */
+      void *data;
+      /* pointer to data associated with the vertex */
+      void *temp;
+      /* working pointer */
+      glp_arc *in;
+      /* pointer to the (unordered) list of incoming arcs */
+      glp_arc *out;
+      /* pointer to the (unordered) list of outgoing arcs */
+};
+
+struct glp_arc
+{     /* arc descriptor */
+      glp_vertex *tail;
+      /* pointer to the tail endpoint */
+      glp_vertex *head;
+      /* pointer to the head endpoint */
+      void *data;
+      /* pointer to data associated with the arc */
+      void *temp;
+      /* working pointer */
+      glp_arc *t_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous arc having the same tail endpoint */
+      glp_arc *t_next;
+      /* pointer to next arc having the same tail endpoint */
+      glp_arc *h_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous arc having the same head endpoint */
+      glp_arc *h_next;
+      /* pointer to next arc having the same head endpoint */
+};
+
+glp_graph *glp_create_graph(int v_size, int a_size);
+/* create graph */
+
+void glp_set_graph_name(glp_graph *G, const char *name);
+/* assign (change) graph name */
+
+int glp_add_vertices(glp_graph *G, int nadd);
+/* add new vertices to graph */
+
+void glp_set_vertex_name(glp_graph *G, int i, const char *name);
+/* assign (change) vertex name */
+
+glp_arc *glp_add_arc(glp_graph *G, int i, int j);
+/* add new arc to graph */
+
+void glp_del_vertices(glp_graph *G, int ndel, const int num[]);
+/* delete vertices from graph */
+
+void glp_del_arc(glp_graph *G, glp_arc *a);
+/* delete arc from graph */
+
+void glp_erase_graph(glp_graph *G, int v_size, int a_size);
+/* erase graph content */
+
+void glp_delete_graph(glp_graph *G);
+/* delete graph */
+
+void glp_create_v_index(glp_graph *G);
+/* create vertex name index */
+
+int glp_find_vertex(glp_graph *G, const char *name);
+/* find vertex by its name */
+
+void glp_delete_v_index(glp_graph *G);
+/* delete vertex name index */
+
+int glp_read_graph(glp_graph *G, const char *fname);
+/* read graph from plain text file */
+
+int glp_write_graph(glp_graph *G, const char *fname);
+/* write graph to plain text file */
+
+void glp_mincost_lp(glp_prob *P, glp_graph *G, int names, int v_rhs,
+      int a_low, int a_cap, int a_cost);
+/* convert minimum cost flow problem to LP */
+
+int glp_mincost_okalg(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, double *sol, int a_x, int v_pi);
+/* find minimum-cost flow with out-of-kilter algorithm */
+
+int glp_mincost_relax4(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, int crash, double *sol, int a_x, int a_rc);
+/* find minimum-cost flow with Bertsekas-Tseng relaxation method */
+
+void glp_maxflow_lp(glp_prob *P, glp_graph *G, int names, int s,
+      int t, int a_cap);
+/* convert maximum flow problem to LP */
+
+int glp_maxflow_ffalg(glp_graph *G, int s, int t, int a_cap,
+      double *sol, int a_x, int v_cut);
+/* find maximal flow with Ford-Fulkerson algorithm */
+
+int glp_check_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set);
+/* check correctness of assignment problem data */
+
+/* assignment problem formulation: */
+#define GLP_ASN_MIN        1  /* perfect matching (minimization) */
+#define GLP_ASN_MAX        2  /* perfect matching (maximization) */
+#define GLP_ASN_MMP        3  /* maximum matching */
+
+int glp_asnprob_lp(glp_prob *P, int form, glp_graph *G, int names,
+      int v_set, int a_cost);
+/* convert assignment problem to LP */
+
+int glp_asnprob_okalg(int form, glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost,
+      double *sol, int a_x);
+/* solve assignment problem with out-of-kilter algorithm */
+
+int glp_asnprob_hall(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_x);
+/* find bipartite matching of maximum cardinality */
+
+double glp_cpp(glp_graph *G, int v_t, int v_es, int v_ls);
+/* solve critical path problem */
+
+int glp_read_mincost(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, const char *fname);
+/* read min-cost flow problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_write_mincost(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_low, int a_cap,
+      int a_cost, const char *fname);
+/* write min-cost flow problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_read_maxflow(glp_graph *G, int *s, int *t, int a_cap,
+      const char *fname);
+/* read maximum flow problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_write_maxflow(glp_graph *G, int s, int t, int a_cap,
+      const char *fname);
+/* write maximum flow problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_read_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost, const char
+      *fname);
+/* read assignment problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_write_asnprob(glp_graph *G, int v_set, int a_cost, const char
+      *fname);
+/* write assignment problem data in DIMACS format */
+
+int glp_read_ccdata(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, const char *fname);
+/* read graph in DIMACS clique/coloring format */
+
+int glp_write_ccdata(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, const char *fname);
+/* write graph in DIMACS clique/coloring format */
+
+int glp_netgen(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_cap, int a_cost,
+      const int parm[1+15]);
+/* Klingman's network problem generator */
+
+void glp_netgen_prob(int nprob, int parm[1+15]);
+/* Klingman's standard network problem instance */
+
+int glp_gridgen(glp_graph *G, int v_rhs, int a_cap, int a_cost,
+      const int parm[1+14]);
+/* grid-like network problem generator */
+
+int glp_rmfgen(glp_graph *G, int *s, int *t, int a_cap,
+      const int parm[1+5]);
+/* Goldfarb's maximum flow problem generator */
+
+int glp_weak_comp(glp_graph *G, int v_num);
+/* find all weakly connected components of graph */
+
+int glp_strong_comp(glp_graph *G, int v_num);
+/* find all strongly connected components of graph */
+
+int glp_top_sort(glp_graph *G, int v_num);
+/* topological sorting of acyclic digraph */
+
+int glp_wclique_exact(glp_graph *G, int v_wgt, double *sol, int v_set);
+/* find maximum weight clique with exact algorithm */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab73b2da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+/* cfg.c (conflict graph) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "cfg.h"
+#include "env.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_create_graph - create conflict graph
+*
+*  This routine creates the conflict graph, which initially is empty,
+*  and returns a pointer to the graph descriptor.
+*
+*  The parameter n specifies the number of *all* variables in MIP, for
+*  which the conflict graph will be built.
+*
+*  The parameter nv_max specifies maximal number of vertices in the
+*  conflict graph. It should be the double number of binary variables
+*  in corresponding MIP. */
+
+CFG *cfg_create_graph(int n, int nv_max)
+{     CFG *G;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      xassert(0 <= nv_max && nv_max <= n + n);
+      G = talloc(1, CFG);
+      G->n = n;
+      G->pos = talloc(1+n, int);
+      memset(&G->pos[1], 0, n * sizeof(int));
+      G->neg = talloc(1+n, int);
+      memset(&G->neg[1], 0, n * sizeof(int));
+      G->pool = dmp_create_pool();
+      G->nv_max = nv_max;
+      G->nv = 0;
+      G->ref = talloc(1+nv_max, int);
+      G->vptr = talloc(1+nv_max, CFGVLE *);
+      G->cptr = talloc(1+nv_max, CFGCLE *);
+      return G;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_add_clique - add clique to conflict graph
+*
+*  This routine adds a clique to the conflict graph.
+*
+*  The parameter size specifies the clique size, size >= 2. Note that
+*  any edge can be considered as a clique of size 2.
+*
+*  The array ind specifies vertices constituting the clique in elements
+*  ind[k], 1 <= k <= size:
+*
+*  ind[k] = +j means a vertex of the conflict graph that corresponds to
+*  original binary variable x[j], 1 <= j <= n.
+*
+*  ind[k] = -j means a vertex of the conflict graph that corresponds to
+*  complement of original binary variable x[j], 1 <= j <= n.
+*
+*  Note that if both vertices for x[j] and (1 - x[j]) have appeared in
+*  the conflict graph, the routine automatically adds an edge incident
+*  to these vertices. */
+
+static void add_edge(CFG *G, int v, int w)
+{     /* add clique of size 2 */
+      DMP *pool = G->pool;
+      int nv = G->nv;
+      CFGVLE **vptr = G->vptr;
+      CFGVLE *vle;
+      xassert(1 <= v && v <= nv);
+      xassert(1 <= w && w <= nv);
+      xassert(v != w);
+      vle = dmp_talloc(pool, CFGVLE);
+      vle->v = w;
+      vle->next = vptr[v];
+      vptr[v] = vle;
+      vle = dmp_talloc(pool, CFGVLE);
+      vle->v = v;
+      vle->next = vptr[w];
+      vptr[w] = vle;
+      return;
+}
+
+void cfg_add_clique(CFG *G, int size, const int ind[])
+{     int n = G->n;
+      int *pos = G->pos;
+      int *neg = G->neg;
+      DMP *pool = G->pool;
+      int nv_max = G->nv_max;
+      int *ref = G->ref;
+      CFGVLE **vptr = G->vptr;
+      CFGCLE **cptr = G->cptr;
+      int j, k, v;
+      xassert(2 <= size && size <= nv_max);
+      /* add new vertices to the conflict graph */
+      for (k = 1; k <= size; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         if (j > 0)
+         {  /* vertex corresponds to x[j] */
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            if (pos[j] == 0)
+            {  /* no such vertex exists; add it */
+               v = pos[j] = ++(G->nv);
+               xassert(v <= nv_max);
+               ref[v] = j;
+               vptr[v] = NULL;
+               cptr[v] = NULL;
+               if (neg[j] != 0)
+               {  /* now both vertices for x[j] and (1 - x[j]) exist */
+                  add_edge(G, v, neg[j]);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* vertex corresponds to (1 - x[j]) */
+            j = -j;
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            if (neg[j] == 0)
+            {  /* no such vertex exists; add it */
+               v = neg[j] = ++(G->nv);
+               xassert(v <= nv_max);
+               ref[v] = j;
+               vptr[v] = NULL;
+               cptr[v] = NULL;
+               if (pos[j] != 0)
+               {  /* now both vertices for x[j] and (1 - x[j]) exist */
+                  add_edge(G, v, pos[j]);
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* add specified clique to the conflict graph */
+      if (size == 2)
+         add_edge(G,
+            ind[1] > 0 ? pos[+ind[1]] : neg[-ind[1]],
+            ind[2] > 0 ? pos[+ind[2]] : neg[-ind[2]]);
+      else
+      {  CFGVLE *vp, *vle;
+         CFGCLE *cle;
+         /* build list of clique vertices */
+         vp = NULL;
+         for (k = 1; k <= size; k++)
+         {  vle = dmp_talloc(pool, CFGVLE);
+            vle->v = ind[k] > 0 ? pos[+ind[k]] : neg[-ind[k]];
+            vle->next = vp;
+            vp = vle;
+         }
+         /* attach the clique to all its vertices */
+         for (k = 1; k <= size; k++)
+         {  cle = dmp_talloc(pool, CFGCLE);
+            cle->vptr = vp;
+            v = ind[k] > 0 ? pos[+ind[k]] : neg[-ind[k]];
+            cle->next = cptr[v];
+            cptr[v] = cle;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_get_adjacent - get vertices adjacent to specified vertex
+*
+*  This routine stores numbers of all vertices adjacent to specified
+*  vertex v of the conflict graph in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len],
+*  and returns len, 1 <= len <= nv-1, where nv is the total number of
+*  vertices in the conflict graph.
+*
+*  Note that the conflict graph defined by this routine has neither
+*  self-loops nor multiple edges. */
+
+int cfg_get_adjacent(CFG *G, int v, int ind[])
+{     int nv = G->nv;
+      int *ref = G->ref;
+      CFGVLE **vptr = G->vptr;
+      CFGCLE **cptr = G->cptr;
+      CFGVLE *vle;
+      CFGCLE *cle;
+      int k, w, len;
+      xassert(1 <= v && v <= nv);
+      len = 0;
+      /* walk thru the list of adjacent vertices */
+      for (vle = vptr[v]; vle != NULL; vle = vle->next)
+      {  w = vle->v;
+         xassert(1 <= w && w <= nv);
+         xassert(w != v);
+         if (ref[w] > 0)
+         {  ind[++len] = w;
+            ref[w] = -ref[w];
+         }
+      }
+      /* walk thru the list of incident cliques */
+      for (cle = cptr[v]; cle != NULL; cle = cle->next)
+      {  /* walk thru the list of clique vertices */
+         for (vle = cle->vptr; vle != NULL; vle = vle->next)
+         {  w = vle->v;
+            xassert(1 <= w && w <= nv);
+            if (w != v && ref[w] > 0)
+            {  ind[++len] = w;
+               ref[w] = -ref[w];
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(1 <= len && len < nv);
+      /* unmark vertices included in the resultant adjacency list */
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  w = ind[k];
+         ref[w] = -ref[w];
+      }
+      return len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_expand_clique - expand specified clique to maximal clique
+*
+*  Given some clique in the conflict graph this routine expands it to
+*  a maximal clique by including in it new vertices.
+*
+*  On entry vertex indices constituting the initial clique should be
+*  stored in locations c_ind[1], ..., c_ind[c_len], where c_len is the
+*  initial clique size. On exit the routine stores new vertex indices
+*  to locations c_ind[c_len+1], ..., c_ind[c_len'], where c_len' is the
+*  size of the maximal clique found, and returns c_len'.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  Let G = (V, E) be a graph, C within V be a current clique to be
+*  expanded, and D within V \ C be a subset of vertices adjacent to all
+*  vertices from C. On every iteration the routine chooses some vertex
+*  v in D, includes it into C, and removes from D the vertex v as well
+*  as all vertices not adjacent to v. Initially C is empty and D = V.
+*  Iterations repeat until D becomes an empty set. Obviously, the final
+*  set C is a maximal clique in G.
+*
+*  Now let C0 be an initial clique, and we want C0 to be a subset of
+*  the final maximal clique C. To provide this condition the routine
+*  starts constructing C by choosing only such vertices v in D, which
+*  are in C0, until all vertices from C0 have been included in C. May
+*  note that if on some iteration C0 \ C is non-empty (i.e. if not all
+*  vertices from C0 have been included in C), C0 \ C is a subset of D,
+*  because C0 is a clique. */
+
+static int intersection(int d_len, int d_ind[], int d_pos[], int len,
+      const int ind[])
+{     /* compute intersection D := D inter W, where W is some specified
+       * set of vertices */
+      int k, t, v, new_len;
+      /* walk thru vertices in W and mark vertices in D */
+      for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+      {  /* v in W */
+         v = ind[t];
+         /* determine position of v in D */
+         k = d_pos[v];
+         if (k != 0)
+         {  /* v in D */
+            xassert(d_ind[k] == v);
+            /* mark v to keep it in D */
+            d_ind[k] = -v;
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove all unmarked vertices from D */
+      new_len = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= d_len; k++)
+      {  /* v in D */
+         v = d_ind[k];
+         if (v < 0)
+         {  /* v is marked; keep it */
+            v = -v;
+            new_len++;
+            d_ind[new_len] = v;
+            d_pos[v] = new_len;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* v is not marked; remove it */
+            d_pos[v] = 0;
+         }
+      }
+      return new_len;
+}
+
+int cfg_expand_clique(CFG *G, int c_len, int c_ind[])
+{     int nv = G->nv;
+      int d_len, *d_ind, *d_pos, len, *ind;
+      int k, v;
+      xassert(0 <= c_len && c_len <= nv);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      d_ind = talloc(1+nv, int);
+      d_pos = talloc(1+nv, int);
+      ind = talloc(1+nv, int);
+      /* initialize C := 0, D := V */
+      d_len = nv;
+      for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+         d_ind[k] = d_pos[k] = k;
+      /* expand C by vertices of specified initial clique C0 */
+      for (k = 1; k <= c_len; k++)
+      {  /* v in C0 */
+         v = c_ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= v && v <= nv);
+         /* since C0 is clique, v should be in D */
+         xassert(d_pos[v] != 0);
+         /* W := set of vertices adjacent to v */
+         len = cfg_get_adjacent(G, v, ind);
+         /* D := D inter W */
+         d_len = intersection(d_len, d_ind, d_pos, len, ind);
+         /* since v not in W, now v should be not in D */
+         xassert(d_pos[v] == 0);
+      }
+      /* expand C by some other vertices until D is empty */
+      while (d_len > 0)
+      {  /* v in D */
+         v = d_ind[1];
+         xassert(1 <= v && v <= nv);
+         /* note that v is adjacent to all vertices in C (by design),
+          * so add v to C */
+         c_ind[++c_len] = v;
+         /* W := set of vertices adjacent to v */
+         len = cfg_get_adjacent(G, v, ind);
+         /* D := D inter W */
+         d_len = intersection(d_len, d_ind, d_pos, len, ind);
+         /* since v not in W, now v should be not in D */
+         xassert(d_pos[v] == 0);
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(d_ind);
+      tfree(d_pos);
+      tfree(ind);
+      /* bring maximal clique to calling routine */
+      return c_len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_check_clique - check clique in conflict graph
+*
+*  This routine checks that vertices of the conflict graph specified
+*  in locations c_ind[1], ..., c_ind[c_len] constitute a clique.
+*
+*  NOTE: for testing/debugging only. */
+
+void cfg_check_clique(CFG *G, int c_len, const int c_ind[])
+{     int nv = G->nv;
+      int k, kk, v, w, len, *ind;
+      char *flag;
+      ind = talloc(1+nv, int);
+      flag = talloc(1+nv, char);
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, nv);
+      /* walk thru clique vertices */
+      xassert(c_len >= 0);
+      for (k = 1; k <= c_len; k++)
+      {  /* get clique vertex v */
+         v = c_ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= v && v <= nv);
+         /* get vertices adjacent to vertex v */
+         len = cfg_get_adjacent(G, v, ind);
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= len; kk++)
+         {  w = ind[kk];
+            xassert(1 <= w && w <= nv);
+            xassert(w != v);
+            flag[w] = 1;
+         }
+         /* check that all clique vertices other than v are adjacent
+            to v */
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= c_len; kk++)
+         {  w = c_ind[kk];
+            xassert(1 <= w && w <= nv);
+            if (w != v)
+               xassert(flag[w]);
+         }
+         /* reset vertex flags */
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= len; kk++)
+            flag[ind[kk]] = 0;
+      }
+      tfree(ind);
+      tfree(flag);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_delete_graph - delete conflict graph
+*
+*  This routine deletes the conflict graph by freeing all the memory
+*  allocated to this program object. */
+
+void cfg_delete_graph(CFG *G)
+{     tfree(G->pos);
+      tfree(G->neg);
+      dmp_delete_pool(G->pool);
+      tfree(G->ref);
+      tfree(G->vptr);
+      tfree(G->cptr);
+      tfree(G);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d478f6c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* cfg.h (conflict graph) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CFG_H
+#define CFG_H
+
+#include "dmp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure CFG describes the conflict graph.
+*
+*  Conflict graph is an undirected graph G = (V, E), where V is a set
+*  of vertices, E <= V x V is a set of edges. Each vertex v in V of the
+*  conflict graph corresponds to a binary variable z[v], which is
+*  either an original binary variable x[j] or its complement 1 - x[j].
+*  Edge (v,w) in E means that z[v] and z[w] cannot take the value 1 at
+*  the same time, i.e. it defines an inequality z[v] + z[w] <= 1, which
+*  is assumed to be valid for original MIP.
+*
+*  Since the conflict graph may be dense, it is stored as an union of
+*  its cliques rather than explicitly. */
+
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2016 */
+typedef struct CFG CFG;
+#else
+typedef struct glp_cfg CFG;
+#endif
+typedef struct CFGVLE CFGVLE;
+typedef struct CFGCLE CFGCLE;
+
+#if 0 /* 08/III-2016 */
+struct CFG
+#else
+struct glp_cfg
+#endif
+{     /* conflict graph descriptor */
+      int n;
+      /* number of *all* variables (columns) in corresponding MIP */
+      int *pos; /* int pos[1+n]; */
+      /* pos[0] is not used;
+       * pos[j] = v, 1 <= j <= n, means that vertex v corresponds to
+       * original binary variable x[j], and pos[j] = 0 means that the
+       * conflict graph has no such vertex */
+      int *neg; /* int neg[1+n]; */
+      /* neg[0] is not used;
+       * neg[j] = v, 1 <= j <= n, means that vertex v corresponds to
+       * complement of original binary variable x[j], and neg[j] = 0
+       * means that the conflict graph has no such vertex */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool to allocate elements of the conflict graph */
+      int nv_max;
+      /* maximal number of vertices in the conflict graph */
+      int nv;
+      /* current number of vertices in the conflict graph */
+      int *ref; /* int ref[1+nv_max]; */
+      /* ref[v] = j, 1 <= v <= nv, means that vertex v corresponds
+       * either to original binary variable x[j] or to its complement,
+       * i.e. either pos[j] = v or neg[j] = v */
+      CFGVLE **vptr; /* CFGVLE *vptr[1+nv_max]; */
+      /* vptr[v], 1 <= v <= nv, is an initial pointer to the list of
+       * vertices adjacent to vertex v */
+      CFGCLE **cptr; /* CFGCLE *cptr[1+nv_max]; */
+      /* cptr[v], 1 <= v <= nv, is an initial pointer to the list of
+       * cliques that contain vertex v */
+};
+
+struct CFGVLE
+{     /* vertex list element */
+      int v;
+      /* vertex number, 1 <= v <= nv */
+      CFGVLE *next;
+      /* pointer to next vertex list element */
+};
+
+struct CFGCLE
+{     /* clique list element */
+      CFGVLE *vptr;
+      /* initial pointer to the list of clique vertices */
+      CFGCLE *next;
+      /* pointer to next clique list element */
+};
+
+#define cfg_create_graph _glp_cfg_create_graph
+CFG *cfg_create_graph(int n, int nv_max);
+/* create conflict graph */
+
+#define cfg_add_clique _glp_cfg_add_clique
+void cfg_add_clique(CFG *G, int size, const int ind[]);
+/* add clique to conflict graph */
+
+#define cfg_get_adjacent _glp_cfg_get_adjacent
+int cfg_get_adjacent(CFG *G, int v, int ind[]);
+/* get vertices adjacent to specified vertex */
+
+#define cfg_expand_clique _glp_cfg_expand_clique
+int cfg_expand_clique(CFG *G, int c_len, int c_ind[]);
+/* expand specified clique to maximal clique */
+
+#define cfg_check_clique _glp_cfg_check_clique
+void cfg_check_clique(CFG *G, int c_len, const int c_ind[]);
+/* check clique in conflict graph */
+
+#define cfg_delete_graph _glp_cfg_delete_graph
+void cfg_delete_graph(CFG *G);
+/* delete conflict graph */
+
+#define cfg_build_graph _glp_cfg_build_graph
+CFG *cfg_build_graph(void /* glp_prob */ *P);
+/* build conflict graph */
+
+#define cfg_find_clique _glp_cfg_find_clique
+int cfg_find_clique(void /* glp_prob */ *P, CFG *G, int ind[],
+      double *sum);
+/* find maximum weight clique in conflict graph */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80a2e834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,703 @@
+/* cfg1.c (conflict graph) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "cfg.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+#include "wclique.h"
+#include "wclique1.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_build_graph - build conflict graph
+*
+*  This routine builds the conflict graph. It analyzes the specified
+*  problem object to discover original and implied packing inequalities
+*  and adds corresponding cliques to the conflict graph.
+*
+*  Packing inequality has the form:
+*
+*      sum z[j] <= 1,                                                (1)
+*     j in J
+*
+*  where z[j] = x[j] or z[j] = 1 - x[j], x[j] is an original binary
+*  variable. Every packing inequality (1) is equivalent to a set of
+*  edge inequalities:
+*
+*     z[i] + z[j] <= 1   for all i, j in J, i != j,                  (2)
+*
+*  and since every edge inequality (2) defines an edge in the conflict
+*  graph, corresponding packing inequality (1) defines a clique.
+*
+*  To discover packing inequalities the routine analyzes constraints
+*  of the specified MIP. To simplify the analysis each constraint is
+*  analyzed separately. The analysis is performed as follows.
+*
+*  Let some original constraint be the following:
+*
+*     L <= sum a[j] x[j] <= U.                                       (3)
+*
+*  To analyze it the routine analyzes two constraints of "not greater
+*  than" type:
+*
+*     sum (-a[j]) x[j] <= -L,                                        (4)
+*
+*     sum (+a[j]) x[j] <= +U,                                        (5)
+*
+*  which are relaxations of the original constraint (3). (If, however,
+*  L = -oo, or U = +oo, corresponding constraint being redundant is not
+*  analyzed.)
+*
+*  Let a constraint of "not greater than" type be the following:
+*
+*      sum  a[j] x[j] + sum  a[j] x[j] <= b,                         (6)
+*     j in J           j in J'
+*
+*  where J is a subset of binary variables, J' is a subset of other
+*  (continues and non-binary integer) variables. The constraint (6) is
+*  is relaxed as follows, to eliminate non-binary variables:
+*
+*      sum  a[j] x[j] <= b -  sum  a[j] x[j] <= b',                  (7)
+*     j in J                 j in J'
+*
+*     b' = sup(b -  sum  a[j] x[j]) =
+*                  j in J'
+*
+*        = b - inf(sum a[j] x[j]) =
+*
+*        = b - sum inf(a[j] x[j]) =                                  (8)
+*
+*        = b -  sum  a[j] inf(x[j]) -  sum  a[j] sup(x[j]) =
+*              a[j]>0                 a[j]<0
+*
+*        = b -  sum  a[j] l[j] -  sum  a[j] u[j],
+*              a[j]>0            a[j]<0
+*
+*  where l[j] and u[j] are, resp., lower and upper bounds of x[j].
+*
+*  Then the routine transforms the relaxed constraint containing only
+*  binary variables:
+*
+*     sum a[j] x[j] <= b                                             (9)
+*
+*  to an equivalent 0-1 knapsack constraint as follows:
+*
+*     sum  a[j] x[j] + sum  a[j] x[j] <= b   ==>
+*    a[j]>0           a[j]<0
+*
+*     sum  a[j] x[j] + sum  a[j] (1 - x[j]) <= b   ==>
+*    a[j]>0           a[j]<0                                        (10)
+*
+*     sum  (+a[j]) x[j] + sum  (-a[j]) x[j] <= b + sum  (-a[j])   ==>
+*    a[j]>0              a[j]<0                   a[j]<0
+*
+*     sum a'[j] z[j] <= b',
+*
+*  where a'[j] = |a[j]| > 0, and
+*
+*            ( x[j]      if a[j] > 0
+*     z[j] = <
+*            ( 1 - x[j]  if a[j] < 0
+*
+*  is a binary variable, which is either original binary variable x[j]
+*  or its complement.
+*
+*  Finally, the routine analyzes the resultant 0-1 knapsack inequality:
+*
+*       sum a[j] z[j] <= b,                                         (11)
+*     j in J
+*
+*  where all a[j] are positive, to discover clique inequalities (1),
+*  which are valid for (11) and therefore valid for (3). (It is assumed
+*  that the original MIP has been preprocessed, so it is not checked,
+*  for example, that b > 0 or that a[j] <= b.)
+*
+*  In principle, to discover any edge inequalities valid for (11) it
+*  is sufficient to check whether a[i] + a[j] > b for all i, j in J,
+*  i < j. However, this way requires O(|J|^2) checks, so the routine
+*  analyses (11) in the following way, which is much more efficient in
+*  many practical cases.
+*
+*  1. Let a[p] and a[q] be two minimal coefficients:
+*
+*     a[p] = min a[j],                                              (12)
+*
+*     a[q] = min a[j], j != p,                                      (13)
+*
+*  such that
+*
+*     a[p] + a[q] > b.                                              (14)
+*
+*  This means that a[i] + a[j] > b for any i, j in J, i != j, so
+*
+*     z[i] + z[j] <= 1                                              (15)
+*
+*  are valid for (11) for any i, j in J, i != j. This case means that
+*  J define a clique in the conflict graph.
+*
+*  2. Otherwise, let a[p] and [q] be two maximal coefficients:
+*
+*     a[p] = max a[j],                                              (16)
+*
+*     a[q] = max a[j], j != p,                                      (17)
+*
+*  such that
+*
+*     a[p] + a[q] <= b.                                             (18)
+*
+*  This means that a[i] + a[j] <= b for any i, j in J, i != j, so in
+*  this case no valid edge inequalities for (11) exist.
+*
+*  3. Otherwise, let all a[j] be ordered by descending their values:
+*
+*     a[1] >= a[2] >= ... >= a[p-1] >= a[p] >= a[p+1] >= ...        (19)
+*
+*  where p is such that
+*
+*     a[p-1] + a[p] >  b,                                           (20)
+*
+*     a[p] + a[p+1] <= b.                                           (21)
+*
+*  (May note that due to the former two cases in this case we always
+*  have 2 <= p <= |J|-1.)
+*
+*  Since a[p] and a[p-1] are two minimal coefficients in the set
+*  J' = {1, ..., p}, J' define a clique in the conflict graph for the
+*  same reason as in the first case. Similarly, since a[p] and a[p+1]
+*  are two maximal coefficients in the set J" = {p, ..., |J|}, no edge
+*  inequalities exist for all i, j in J" for the same reason as in the
+*  second case. Thus, to discover other edge inequalities (15) valid
+*  for (11), the routine checks if a[i] + a[j] > b for all i in J',
+*  j in J", i != j. */
+
+#define is_binary(j) \
+      (P->col[j]->kind == GLP_IV && P->col[j]->type == GLP_DB && \
+      P->col[j]->lb == 0.0 && P->col[j]->ub == 1.0)
+/* check if x[j] is binary variable */
+
+struct term { int ind; double val; };
+/* term a[j] * z[j] used to sort a[j]'s */
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *e1, const void *e2)
+{     /* auxiliary routine called from qsort */
+      const struct term *t1 = e1, *t2 = e2;
+      if (t1->val > t2->val)
+         return -1;
+      else if (t1->val < t2->val)
+         return +1;
+      else
+         return 0;
+}
+
+static void analyze_ineq(glp_prob *P, CFG *G, int len, int ind[],
+      double val[], double rhs, struct term t[])
+{     /* analyze inequality constraint (6) */
+      /* P is the original MIP
+       * G is the conflict graph to be built
+       * len is the number of terms in the constraint
+       * ind[1], ..., ind[len] are indices of variables x[j]
+       * val[1], ..., val[len] are constraint coefficients a[j]
+       * rhs is the right-hand side b
+       * t[1+len] is a working array */
+      int j, k, kk, p, q, type, new_len;
+      /* eliminate non-binary variables; see (7) and (8) */
+      new_len = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  /* get index of variable x[j] */
+         j = ind[k];
+         if (is_binary(j))
+         {  /* x[j] remains in relaxed constraint */
+            new_len++;
+            ind[new_len] = j;
+            val[new_len] = val[k];
+         }
+         else if (val[k] > 0.0)
+         {  /* eliminate non-binary x[j] in case a[j] > 0 */
+            /* b := b - a[j] * l[j]; see (8) */
+            type = P->col[j]->type;
+            if (type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_UP)
+            {  /* x[j] has no lower bound */
+               goto done;
+            }
+            rhs -= val[k] * P->col[j]->lb;
+         }
+         else /* val[j] < 0.0 */
+         {  /* eliminate non-binary x[j] in case a[j] < 0 */
+            /* b := b - a[j] * u[j]; see (8) */
+            type = P->col[j]->type;
+            if (type == GLP_FR || type == GLP_LO)
+            {  /* x[j] has no upper bound */
+               goto done;
+            }
+            rhs -= val[k] * P->col[j]->ub;
+         }
+      }
+      len = new_len;
+      /* now we have the constraint (9) */
+      if (len <= 1)
+      {  /* at least two terms are needed */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* make all constraint coefficients positive; see (10) */
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  if (val[k] < 0.0)
+         {  /* a[j] < 0; substitute x[j] = 1 - x'[j], where x'[j] is
+             * a complement binary variable */
+            ind[k] = -ind[k];
+            val[k] = -val[k];
+            rhs += val[k];
+         }
+      }
+      /* now we have 0-1 knapsack inequality (11) */
+      /* increase the right-hand side a bit to avoid false checks due
+       * to rounding errors */
+      rhs += 0.001 * (1.0 + fabs(rhs));
+      /*** first case ***/
+      /* find two minimal coefficients a[p] and a[q] */
+      p = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  if (p == 0 || val[p] > val[k])
+            p = k;
+      }
+      q = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  if (k != p && (q == 0 || val[q] > val[k]))
+            q = k;
+      }
+      xassert(p != 0 && q != 0 && p != q);
+      /* check condition (14) */
+      if (val[p] + val[q] > rhs)
+      {  /* all z[j] define a clique in the conflict graph */
+         cfg_add_clique(G, len, ind);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /*** second case ***/
+      /* find two maximal coefficients a[p] and a[q] */
+      p = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  if (p == 0 || val[p] < val[k])
+            p = k;
+      }
+      q = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  if (k != p && (q == 0 || val[q] < val[k]))
+            q = k;
+      }
+      xassert(p != 0 && q != 0 && p != q);
+      /* check condition (18) */
+      if (val[p] + val[q] <= rhs)
+      {  /* no valid edge inequalities exist */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /*** third case ***/
+      xassert(len >= 3);
+      /* sort terms in descending order of coefficient values */
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  t[k].ind = ind[k];
+         t[k].val = val[k];
+      }
+      qsort(&t[1], len, sizeof(struct term), fcmp);
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  ind[k] = t[k].ind;
+         val[k] = t[k].val;
+      }
+      /* now a[1] >= a[2] >= ... >= a[len-1] >= a[len] */
+      /* note that a[1] + a[2] > b and a[len-1] + a[len] <= b due two
+       * the former two cases */
+      xassert(val[1] + val[2] > rhs);
+      xassert(val[len-1] + val[len] <= rhs);
+      /* find p according to conditions (20) and (21) */
+      for (p = 2; p < len; p++)
+      {  if (val[p] + val[p+1] <= rhs)
+            break;
+      }
+      xassert(p < len);
+      /* z[1], ..., z[p] define a clique in the conflict graph */
+      cfg_add_clique(G, p, ind);
+      /* discover other edge inequalities */
+      for (k = 1; k <= p; k++)
+      {  for (kk = p; kk <= len; kk++)
+         {  if (k != kk && val[k] + val[kk] > rhs)
+            {  int iii[1+2];
+               iii[1] = ind[k];
+               iii[2] = ind[kk];
+               cfg_add_clique(G, 2, iii);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+CFG *cfg_build_graph(void *P_)
+{     glp_prob *P = P_;
+      int m = P->m;
+      int n = P->n;
+      CFG *G;
+      int i, k, type, len, *ind;
+      double *val;
+      struct term *t;
+      /* create the conflict graph (number of its vertices cannot be
+       * greater than double number of binary variables) */
+      G = cfg_create_graph(n, 2 * glp_get_num_bin(P));
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = talloc(1+n, int);
+      val = talloc(1+n, double);
+      t = talloc(1+n, struct term);
+      /* analyze constraints to discover edge inequalities */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  type = P->row[i]->type;
+         if (type == GLP_LO || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* i-th row has lower bound */
+            /* analyze inequality sum (-a[j]) * x[j] <= -lb */
+            len = glp_get_mat_row(P, i, ind, val);
+            for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+               val[k] = -val[k];
+            analyze_ineq(P, G, len, ind, val, -P->row[i]->lb, t);
+         }
+         if (type == GLP_UP || type == GLP_DB || type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* i-th row has upper bound */
+            /* analyze inequality sum (+a[j]) * x[j] <= +ub */
+            len = glp_get_mat_row(P, i, ind, val);
+            analyze_ineq(P, G, len, ind, val, +P->row[i]->ub, t);
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(ind);
+      tfree(val);
+      tfree(t);
+      return G;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cfg_find_clique - find maximum weight clique in conflict graph
+*
+*  This routine finds a maximum weight clique in the conflict graph
+*  G = (V, E), where the weight of vertex v in V is the value of
+*  corresponding binary variable z (which is either an original binary
+*  variable or its complement) in the optimal solution to LP relaxation
+*  provided in the problem object. The goal is to find a clique in G,
+*  whose weight is greater than 1, in which case corresponding packing
+*  inequality is violated at the optimal point.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores vertex indices of the conflict graph
+*  included in the clique found to locations ind[1], ..., ind[len], and
+*  returns len, which is the clique size. The clique weight is stored
+*  in location pointed to by the parameter sum. If no clique has been
+*  found, the routine returns 0.
+*
+*  Since the conflict graph may have a big number of vertices and be
+*  quite dense, the routine uses an induced subgraph G' = (V', E'),
+*  which is constructed as follows:
+*
+*  1. If the weight of some vertex v in V is zero (close to zero), it
+*     is not included in V'. Obviously, including in a clique
+*     zero-weight vertices does not change its weight, so if in G there
+*     exist a clique of a non-zero weight, in G' exists a clique of the
+*     same weight. This point is extremely important, because dropping
+*     out zero-weight vertices can be done without retrieving lists of
+*     adjacent vertices whose size may be very large.
+*
+*  2. Cumulative weight of vertex v in V is the sum of the weight of v
+*     and weights of all vertices in V adjacent to v. Obviously, if
+*     a clique includes a vertex v, the clique weight cannot be greater
+*     than the cumulative weight of v. Since we are interested only in
+*     cliques whose weight is greater than 1, vertices of V, whose
+*     cumulative weight is not greater than 1, are not included in V'.
+*
+*  May note that in many practical cases the size of the induced
+*  subgraph G' is much less than the size of the original conflict
+*  graph G due to many binary variables, whose optimal values are zero
+*  or close to zero. For example, it may happen that |V| = 100,000 and
+*  |E| = 1e9 while |V'| = 50 and |E'| = 1000. */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_prob *P;
+      /* original MIP */
+      CFG *G;
+      /* original conflict graph G = (V, E), |V| = nv */
+      int *ind; /* int ind[1+nv]; */
+      /* working array */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* induced subgraph G' = (V', E') of original conflict graph */
+      int nn;
+      /* number of vertices in V' */
+      int *vtoi; /* int vtoi[1+nv]; */
+      /* vtoi[v] = i, 1 <= v <= nv, means that vertex v in V is vertex
+       * i in V'; vtoi[v] = 0 means that vertex v is not included in
+       * the subgraph */
+      int *itov; /* int itov[1+nv]; */
+      /* itov[i] = v, 1 <= i <= nn, means that vertex i in V' is vertex
+       * v in V */
+      double *wgt; /* double wgt[1+nv]; */
+      /* wgt[i], 1 <= i <= nn, is a weight of vertex i in V', which is
+       * the value of corresponding binary variable in optimal solution
+       * to LP relaxation */
+};
+
+static void build_subgraph(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* build induced subgraph */
+      glp_prob *P = csa->P;
+      int n = P->n;
+      CFG *G = csa->G;
+      int *ind = csa->ind;
+      int *pos = G->pos;
+      int *neg = G->neg;
+      int nv = G->nv;
+      int *ref = G->ref;
+      int *vtoi = csa->vtoi;
+      int *itov = csa->itov;
+      double *wgt = csa->wgt;
+      int j, k, v, w, nn, len;
+      double z, sum;
+      /* initially induced subgraph is empty */
+      nn = 0;
+      /* walk thru vertices of original conflict graph */
+      for (v = 1; v <= nv; v++)
+      {  /* determine value of binary variable z[j] that corresponds to
+          * vertex v */
+         j = ref[v];
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+         if (pos[j] == v)
+         {  /* z[j] = x[j], where x[j] is original variable */
+            z = P->col[j]->prim;
+         }
+         else if (neg[j] == v)
+         {  /* z[j] = 1 - x[j], where x[j] is original variable */
+            z = 1.0 - P->col[j]->prim;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(v != v);
+         /* if z[j] is close to zero, do not include v in the induced
+          * subgraph */
+         if (z < 0.001)
+         {  vtoi[v] = 0;
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* calculate cumulative weight of vertex v */
+         sum = z;
+         /* walk thru all vertices adjacent to v */
+         len = cfg_get_adjacent(G, v, ind);
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  /* there is an edge (v,w) in the conflict graph */
+            w = ind[k];
+            xassert(w != v);
+            /* add value of z[j] that corresponds to vertex w */
+            j = ref[w];
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            if (pos[j] == w)
+               sum += P->col[j]->prim;
+            else if (neg[j] == w)
+               sum += 1.0 - P->col[j]->prim;
+            else
+               xassert(w != w);
+         }
+         /* cumulative weight of vertex v is an upper bound of weight
+          * of any clique containing v; so if it not greater than 1, do
+          * not include v in the induced subgraph */
+         if (sum < 1.010)
+         {  vtoi[v] = 0;
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* include vertex v in the induced subgraph */
+         nn++;
+         vtoi[v] = nn;
+         itov[nn] = v;
+         wgt[nn] = z;
+      }
+      /* induced subgraph has been built */
+      csa->nn = nn;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int sub_adjacent(struct csa *csa, int i, int adj[])
+{     /* retrieve vertices of induced subgraph adjacent to specified
+       * vertex */
+      CFG *G = csa->G;
+      int nv = G->nv;
+      int *ind = csa->ind;
+      int nn = csa->nn;
+      int *vtoi = csa->vtoi;
+      int *itov = csa->itov;
+      int j, k, v, w, len, len1;
+      /* determine original vertex v corresponding to vertex i */
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= nn);
+      v = itov[i];
+      /* retrieve vertices adjacent to vertex v in original graph */
+      len1 = cfg_get_adjacent(G, v, ind);
+      /* keep only adjacent vertices which are in induced subgraph and
+       * change their numbers appropriately */
+      len = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len1; k++)
+      {  /* there exists edge (v, w) in original graph */
+         w = ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= w && w <= nv && w != v);
+         j = vtoi[w];
+         if (j != 0)
+         {  /* vertex w is vertex j in induced subgraph */
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= nn && j != i);
+            adj[++len] = j;
+         }
+      }
+      return len;
+}
+
+static int find_clique(struct csa *csa, int c_ind[])
+{     /* find maximum weight clique in induced subgraph with exact
+       * Ostergard's algorithm */
+      int nn = csa->nn;
+      double *wgt = csa->wgt;
+      int i, j, k, p, q, t, ne, nb, len, *iwt, *ind;
+      unsigned char *a;
+      xassert(nn >= 2);
+      /* allocate working array */
+      ind = talloc(1+nn, int);
+      /* calculate the number of elements in lower triangle (without
+       * diagonal) of adjacency matrix of induced subgraph */
+      ne = (nn * (nn - 1)) / 2;
+      /* calculate the number of bytes needed to store lower triangle
+       * of adjacency matrix */
+      nb = (ne + (CHAR_BIT - 1)) / CHAR_BIT;
+      /* allocate lower triangle of adjacency matrix */
+      a = talloc(nb, unsigned char);
+      /* fill lower triangle of adjacency matrix */
+      memset(a, 0, nb);
+      for (p = 1; p <= nn; p++)
+      {  /* retrieve vertices adjacent to vertex p */
+         len = sub_adjacent(csa, p, ind);
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  /* there exists edge (p, q) in induced subgraph */
+            q = ind[k];
+            xassert(1 <= q && q <= nn && q != p);
+            /* determine row and column indices of this edge in lower
+             * triangle of adjacency matrix */
+            if (p > q)
+               i = p, j = q;
+            else /* p < q */
+               i = q, j = p;
+            /* set bit a[i,j] to 1, i > j */
+            t = ((i - 1) * (i - 2)) / 2 + (j - 1);
+            a[t / CHAR_BIT] |=
+               (unsigned char)(1 << ((CHAR_BIT - 1) - t % CHAR_BIT));
+         }
+      }
+      /* scale vertex weights by 1000 and convert them to integers as
+       * required by Ostergard's algorithm */
+      iwt = ind;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nn; i++)
+      {  /* it is assumed that 0 <= wgt[i] <= 1 */
+         t = (int)(1000.0 * wgt[i] + 0.5);
+         if (t < 0)
+            t = 0;
+         else if (t > 1000)
+            t = 1000;
+         iwt[i] = t;
+      }
+      /* find maximum weight clique */
+      len = wclique(nn, iwt, a, c_ind);
+      /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(ind);
+      tfree(a);
+      /* return clique size to calling routine */
+      return len;
+}
+
+static int func(void *info, int i, int ind[])
+{     /* auxiliary routine used by routine find_clique1 */
+      struct csa *csa = info;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= csa->nn);
+      return sub_adjacent(csa, i, ind);
+}
+
+static int find_clique1(struct csa *csa, int c_ind[])
+{     /* find maximum weight clique in induced subgraph with greedy
+       * heuristic */
+      int nn = csa->nn;
+      double *wgt = csa->wgt;
+      int len;
+      xassert(nn >= 2);
+      len = wclique1(nn, wgt, func, csa, c_ind);
+      /* return clique size to calling routine */
+      return len;
+}
+
+int cfg_find_clique(void *P, CFG *G, int ind[], double *sum_)
+{     int nv = G->nv;
+      struct csa csa;
+      int i, k, len;
+      double sum;
+      /* initialize common storage area */
+      csa.P = P;
+      csa.G = G;
+      csa.ind = talloc(1+nv, int);
+      csa.nn = -1;
+      csa.vtoi = talloc(1+nv, int);
+      csa.itov = talloc(1+nv, int);
+      csa.wgt = talloc(1+nv, double);
+      /* build induced subgraph */
+      build_subgraph(&csa);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      xprintf("nn = %d\n", csa.nn);
+#endif
+      /* if subgraph has less than two vertices, do nothing */
+      if (csa.nn < 2)
+      {  len = 0;
+         sum = 0.0;
+         goto skip;
+      }
+      /* find maximum weight clique in induced subgraph */
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      if (csa.nn <= 50)
+#endif
+      {  /* induced subgraph is small; use exact algorithm */
+         len = find_clique(&csa, ind);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* induced subgraph is large; use greedy heuristic */
+         len = find_clique1(&csa, ind);
+      }
+      /* do not report clique, if it has less than two vertices */
+      if (len < 2)
+      {  len = 0;
+         sum = 0.0;
+         goto skip;
+      }
+      /* convert indices of clique vertices from induced subgraph to
+       * original conflict graph and compute clique weight */
+      sum = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  i = ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= csa.nn);
+         sum += csa.wgt[i];
+         ind[k] = csa.itov[i];
+      }
+skip: /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(csa.ind);
+      tfree(csa.vtoi);
+      tfree(csa.itov);
+      tfree(csa.wgt);
+      /* return to calling routine */
+      *sum_ = sum;
+      return len;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg2.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg2.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85c0705e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/cfg2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* cfg2.c (conflict graph) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "cfg.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_cfg_init - create and initialize conflict graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_cfg *glp_cfg_init(glp_prob *P);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine creates and initializes the conflict graph for the
+*  specified problem object.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the conflict graph descriptor.
+*  However, if the conflict graph is empty (no conflicts have been
+*  found), the routine returns NULL. */
+
+glp_cfg *glp_cfg_init(glp_prob *P)
+{     glp_cfg *G;
+      int j, n1, n2;
+      xprintf("Constructing conflict graph...\n");
+      G = cfg_build_graph(P);
+      n1 = n2 = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  if (G->pos[j])
+            n1 ++;
+         if (G->neg[j])
+            n2++;
+      }
+      if (n1 == 0 && n2 == 0)
+      {  xprintf("No conflicts found\n");
+         cfg_delete_graph(G);
+         G = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+         xprintf("Conflict graph has %d + %d = %d vertices\n",
+            n1, n2, G->nv);
+      return G;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_cfg_free - delete conflict graph descriptor
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_cfg_free(glp_cfg *G);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine deletes the conflict graph descriptor and frees all the
+*  memory allocated to it. */
+
+void glp_cfg_free(glp_cfg *G)
+{     xassert(G != NULL);
+      cfg_delete_graph(G);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/clqcut.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/clqcut.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3db5b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/clqcut.c
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* clqcut.c (clique cut generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "cfg.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_clq_cut - generate clique cut from conflict graph
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_clq_cut(glp_prob *P, glp_cfg *G, int ind[], double val[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine attempts to generate a clique cut.
+*
+*  The cut generated by the routine is the following inequality:
+*
+*     sum a[j] * x[j] <= b,
+*
+*  which is expected to be violated at the current basic solution.
+*
+*  If the cut has been successfully generated, the routine stores its
+*  non-zero coefficients a[j] and corresponding column indices j in the
+*  array locations val[1], ..., val[len] and ind[1], ..., ind[len],
+*  where 1 <= len <= n is the number of non-zero coefficients. The
+*  right-hand side value b is stored in val[0], and ind[0] is set to 0.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the cut has been successfully generated, the routine returns
+*  len, the number of non-zero coefficients in the cut, 1 <= len <= n.
+*  Otherwise, the routine returns a non-positive value. */
+
+int glp_clq_cut(glp_prob *P, glp_cfg *G, int ind[], double val[])
+{     int n = P->n;
+      int *pos = G->pos;
+      int *neg = G->neg;
+      int nv = G->nv;
+      int *ref = G->ref;
+      int j, k, v, len;
+      double rhs, sum;
+      xassert(G->n == n);
+      /* find maximum weight clique in conflict graph */
+      len = cfg_find_clique(P, G, ind, &sum);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      xprintf("len = %d; sum = %g\n", len, sum);
+      cfg_check_clique(G, len, ind);
+#endif
+      /* check if clique inequality is violated */
+      if (sum < 1.07)
+         return 0;
+      /* expand clique to maximal one */
+      len = cfg_expand_clique(G, len, ind);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      xprintf("maximal clique size = %d\n", len);
+      cfg_check_clique(G, len, ind);
+#endif
+      /* construct clique cut (fixed binary variables are removed, so
+         this cut is only locally valid) */
+      rhs = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         val[j] = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+      {  /* v is clique vertex */
+         v = ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= v && v <= nv);
+         /* j is number of corresponding binary variable */
+         j = ref[v];
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+         if (pos[j] == v)
+         {  /* v corresponds to x[j] */
+            if (P->col[j]->type == GLP_FX)
+            {  /* x[j] is fixed */
+               rhs -= P->col[j]->prim;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[j] is not fixed */
+               val[j] += 1.0;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (neg[j] == v)
+         {  /* v corresponds to (1 - x[j]) */
+            if (P->col[j]->type == GLP_FX)
+            {  /* x[j] is fixed */
+               rhs -= (1.0 - P->col[j]->prim);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[j] is not fixed */
+               val[j] -= 1.0;
+               rhs -= 1.0;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(v != v);
+      }
+      /* convert cut inequality to sparse format */
+      len = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (val[j] != 0.0)
+         {  len++;
+            ind[len] = j;
+            val[len] = val[j];
+         }
+      }
+      ind[0] = 0, val[0] = rhs;
+      return len;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/covgen.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/covgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..427c3aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/covgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,885 @@
+/* covgen.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "fvs.h"
+#include "ks.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+struct glp_cov
+{     /* cover cut generator working area */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns (variables) */
+      glp_prob *set;
+      /* set of globally valid 0-1 knapsack inequalities chosen from
+       * the root problem; each inequality is either original row or
+       * its relaxation (surrogate 0-1 knapsack) which is constructed
+       * by substitution of lower/upper single/variable bounds for
+       * continuous and general integer (non-binary) variables */
+};
+
+struct bnd
+{     /* simple or variable bound */
+      /* if z = 0, it is a simple bound x >= or <= b; if b = -DBL_MAX
+       * (b = +DBL_MAX), x has no lower (upper) bound; otherwise, if
+       * z != 0, it is a variable bound x >= or <= a * z + b */
+      int z;
+      /* number of binary variable or 0 */
+      double a, b;
+      /* bound parameters */
+};
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      glp_prob *P;
+      /* original (root) MIP */
+      struct bnd *l; /* struct bnd l[1+P->n]; */
+      /* lower simple/variable bounds of variables */
+      struct bnd *u; /* struct bnd u[1+P->n]; */
+      /* upper simple/variable bounds of variables */
+      glp_prob *set;
+      /* see struct glp_cov above */
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  init_bounds - initialize bounds of variables with simple bounds
+*
+*  This routine initializes lower and upper bounds of all variables
+*  with simple bounds specified in the original mip. */
+
+static void init_bounds(struct csa *csa)
+{     glp_prob *P = csa->P;
+      struct bnd *l = csa->l, *u = csa->u;
+      int j;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  l[j].z = u[j].z = 0;
+         l[j].a = u[j].a = 0;
+         l[j].b = glp_get_col_lb(P, j);
+         u[j].b = glp_get_col_ub(P, j);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_vb - check variable bound
+*
+*  This routine checks if the specified i-th row has the form
+*
+*     a1 * x + a2 * z >= or <= rhs,                                  (1)
+*
+*  where x is a non-fixed continuous or general integer variable, and
+*  z is a binary variable. If it is, the routine converts the row to
+*  the following variable lower/upper bound (VLB/VUB) of x:
+*
+*     x >= or <= a * z + b,                                          (2)
+*
+*  where a = - a2 / a1, b = rhs / a1. Note that the inequality type is
+*  changed to opposite one when a1 < 0.
+*
+*  If the row is identified as a variable bound, the routine returns
+*  GLP_LO for VLB or GLP_UP for VUB and provides the reference numbers
+*  of variables x and z and values of a and b. Otherwise, the routine
+*  returns zero. */
+
+static int check_vb(struct csa *csa, int i, int *x, int *z, double *a,
+      double *b)
+{     glp_prob *P = csa->P;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPAIJ *a1, *a2;
+      int type;
+      double rhs;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= P->m);
+      row = P->row[i];
+      /* check row type */
+      switch (row->type)
+      {  case GLP_LO:
+         case GLP_UP:
+            break;
+         default:
+            return 0;
+      }
+      /* take first term of the row */
+      a1 = row->ptr;
+      if (a1 == NULL)
+         return 0;
+      /* take second term of the row */
+      a2 = a1->r_next;
+      if (a2 == NULL)
+         return 0;
+      /* there should be exactly two terms in the row */
+      if (a2->r_next != NULL)
+         return 0;
+      /* if first term is a binary variable, swap the terms */
+      if (glp_get_col_kind(P, a1->col->j) == GLP_BV)
+      {  GLPAIJ *a;
+         a = a1, a1 = a2, a2 = a;
+      }
+      /* now first term should be a non-fixed continuous or general
+       * integer variable */
+      if (a1->col->type == GLP_FX)
+         return 0;
+      if (glp_get_col_kind(P, a1->col->j) == GLP_BV)
+         return 0;
+      /* and second term should be a binary variable */
+      if (glp_get_col_kind(P, a2->col->j) != GLP_BV)
+         return 0;
+      /* VLB/VUB row has been identified */
+      switch (row->type)
+      {  case GLP_LO:
+            type = a1->val > 0 ? GLP_LO : GLP_UP;
+            rhs = row->lb;
+            break;
+         case GLP_UP:
+            type = a1->val > 0 ? GLP_UP : GLP_LO;
+            rhs = row->ub;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(type != type);
+      }
+      *x = a1->col->j;
+      *z = a2->col->j;
+      *a = - a2->val / a1->val;
+      *b = rhs / a1->val;
+      return type;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  set_vb - set variable bound
+*
+*  This routine sets lower or upper variable bound specified as
+*
+*     x >= a * z + b    (type = GLP_LO)
+*
+*     x <= a * z + b    (type = GLP_UP) */
+
+static void set_vb(struct csa *csa, int type, int x, int z, double a,
+      double b)
+{     glp_prob *P = csa->P;
+      struct bnd *l = csa->l, *u = csa->u;
+      xassert(glp_get_col_type(P, x) != GLP_FX);
+      xassert(glp_get_col_kind(P, x) != GLP_BV);
+      xassert(glp_get_col_kind(P, z) == GLP_BV);
+      xassert(a != 0);
+      switch (type)
+      {  case GLP_LO:
+            /* FIXME: check existing simple lower bound? */
+            l[x].z = z, l[x].a = a, l[x].b = b;
+            break;
+         case GLP_UP:
+            /* FIXME: check existing simple upper bound? */
+            u[x].z = z, u[x].a = a, u[x].b = b;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(type != type);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  obtain_vbs - obtain and set variable bounds
+*
+*  This routine walks thru all rows of the original mip, identifies
+*  rows specifying variable lower/upper bounds, and sets these bounds
+*  for corresponding (non-binary) variables. */
+
+static void obtain_vbs(struct csa *csa)
+{     glp_prob *P = csa->P;
+      int i, x, z, type, save;
+      double a, b;
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  switch (P->row[i]->type)
+         {  case GLP_FR:
+               break;
+            case GLP_LO:
+            case GLP_UP:
+               type = check_vb(csa, i, &x, &z, &a, &b);
+               if (type)
+                  set_vb(csa, type, x, z, a, b);
+               break;
+            case GLP_DB:
+            case GLP_FX:
+               /* double-side inequality l <= ... <= u and equality
+                * ... = l = u are considered as two single inequalities
+                * ... >= l and ... <= u */
+               save = P->row[i]->type;
+               P->row[i]->type = GLP_LO;
+               type = check_vb(csa, i, &x, &z, &a, &b);
+               if (type)
+                  set_vb(csa, type, x, z, a, b);
+               P->row[i]->type = GLP_UP;
+               type = check_vb(csa, i, &x, &z, &a, &b);
+               if (type)
+                  set_vb(csa, type, x, z, a, b);
+               P->row[i]->type = save;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(P != P);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  add_term - add term to sparse vector
+*
+*  This routine computes the following linear combination:
+*
+*     v := v + a * e[j],
+*
+*  where v is a sparse vector in full storage format, a is a non-zero
+*  scalar, e[j] is j-th column of unity matrix. */
+
+static void add_term(FVS *v, int j, double a)
+{     xassert(1 <= j && j <= v->n);
+      xassert(a != 0);
+      if (v->vec[j] == 0)
+      {  /* create j-th component */
+         v->nnz++;
+         xassert(v->nnz <= v->n);
+         v->ind[v->nnz] = j;
+      }
+      /* perform addition */
+      v->vec[j] += a;
+      if (fabs(v->vec[j]) < 1e-9 * (1 + fabs(a)))
+      {  /* remove j-th component */
+         v->vec[j] = DBL_MIN;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  build_ks - build "0-1 knapsack" inequality
+*
+*  Given an inequality of "not greater" type:
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j]*x[j] <= b,                                 (1)
+*
+*  this routine attempts to transform it to equivalent or relaxed "0-1
+*  knapsack" inequality that contains only binary variables.
+*
+*  If x[j] is a binary variable, the term a[j]*x[j] is not changed.
+*  Otherwise, if x[j] is a continuous or integer non-binary variable,
+*  it is replaced by its lower (if a[j] > 0) or upper (if a[j] < 0)
+*  single or variable bound. In the latter case, if x[j] is a non-fixed
+*  variable, this results in a relaxation of original inequality known
+*  as "surrogate knapsack". Thus, if the specified inequality is valid
+*  for the original mip, the resulting inequality is also valid.
+*
+*  Note that in both source and resulting inequalities coefficients
+*  a[j] can have any sign.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine the source inequality is specified by the
+*  parameters n, ind (contains original numbers of x[j]), a, and b. The
+*  parameter v is a working sparse vector whose components are assumed
+*  to be zero.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores the resulting "0-1 knapsack" inequality
+*  in the parameters ind, a, and b, and returns n which is the number
+*  of terms in the resulting inequality. Zero content of the vector v
+*  is restored before exit.
+*
+*  If the resulting inequality cannot be constructed due to missing
+*  lower/upper bounds of some variable, the routine returns a negative
+*  value. */
+
+static int build_ks(struct csa *csa, int n, int ind[], double a[],
+      double *b, FVS *v)
+{     glp_prob *P = csa->P;
+      struct bnd *l = csa->l, *u = csa->u;
+      int j, k;
+      /* check that v = 0 */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      fvs_check_vec(v);
+#endif
+      xassert(v->nnz == 0);
+      /* walk thru terms of original inequality */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* process term a[j]*x[j] */
+         k = ind[j]; /* original number of x[j] in mip */
+         if (glp_get_col_kind(P, k) == GLP_BV)
+         {  /* x[j] is a binary variable */
+            /* include its term into resulting inequality */
+            add_term(v, k, a[j]);
+         }
+         else if (a[j] > 0)
+         {  /* substitute x[j] by its lower bound */
+            if (l[k].b == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* x[j] has no lower bound */
+               n = -1;
+               goto skip;
+            }
+            else if (l[k].z == 0)
+            {  /* x[j] has simple lower bound */
+               *b -= a[j] * l[k].b;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[j] has variable lower bound (a * z + b) */
+               add_term(v, l[k].z, a[j] * l[k].a);
+               *b -= a[j] * l[k].b;
+            }
+         }
+         else /* a[j] < 0 */
+         {  /* substitute x[j] by its upper bound */
+            if (u[k].b == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* x[j] has no upper bound */
+               n = -1;
+               goto skip;
+            }
+            else if (u[k].z == 0)
+            {  /* x[j] has simple upper bound */
+               *b -= a[j] * u[k].b;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[j] has variable upper bound (a * z + b) */
+               add_term(v, u[k].z, a[j] * u[k].a);
+               *b -= a[j] * u[k].b;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* replace tiny coefficients by exact zeros (see add_term) */
+      fvs_adjust_vec(v, 2 * DBL_MIN);
+      /* copy terms of resulting inequality */
+      xassert(v->nnz <= n);
+      n = v->nnz;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  ind[j] = v->ind[j];
+         a[j] = v->vec[ind[j]];
+      }
+skip: /* restore zero content of v */
+      fvs_clear_vec(v);
+      return n;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  can_be_active - check if inequality can be active
+*
+*  This routine checks if the specified "0-1 knapsack" inequality
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j]*x[j] <= b
+*
+*  can be active. If so, the routine returns true, otherwise false. */
+
+static int can_be_active(int n, const double a[], double b)
+{     int j;
+      double s;
+      s = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (a[j] > 0)
+            s += a[j];
+      }
+      return s > b + .001 * (1 + fabs(b));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  is_sos_ineq - check if inequality is packing (SOS) constraint
+*
+*  This routine checks if the specified "0-1 knapsack" inequality
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j]*x[j] <= b                                  (1)
+*
+*  is equivalent to packing inequality (Padberg calls such inequalities
+*  special ordered set or SOS constraints)
+*
+*     sum{j in J'} x[j] - sum{j in J"} x[j] <= 1 - |J"|.             (2)
+*
+*  If so, the routine returns true, otherwise false.
+*
+*  Note that if X is a set of feasible binary points satisfying to (2),
+*  its convex hull conv(X) equals to the set of feasible points of LP
+*  relaxation of (2), which is a n-dimensional simplex, so inequalities
+*  (2) are useless for generating cover cuts (due to unimodularity).
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  First, we make all a[j] positive by complementing x[j] = 1 - x'[j]
+*  in (1). This is performed implicitly (i.e. actually the array a is
+*  not changed), but b is replaced by b - sum{j : a[j] < 0}.
+*
+*  Then we find two smallest coefficients a[p] = min{j in 1..n} a[j]
+*  and a[q] = min{j in 1..n : j != p} a[j]. It is obvious that if
+*  a[p] + a[q] > b, then a[i] + a[j] > b for all i != j, from which it
+*  follows that x[i] + x[j] <= 1 for all i != j. But the latter means
+*  that the original inequality (with all a[j] > 0) is equivalent to
+*  packing inequality
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} x[j] <= 1.                                      (3)
+*
+*  Returning to original (uncomplemented) variables x'[j] = 1 - x[j]
+*  we have that the original inequality is equivalent to (2), where
+*  J' = {j : a[j] > 0} and J" = {j : a[j] < 0}. */
+
+static int is_sos_ineq(int n, const double a[], double b)
+{     int j, p, q;
+      xassert(n >= 2);
+      /* compute b := b - sum{j : a[j] < 0} */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (a[j] < 0)
+            b -= a[j];
+      }
+      /* find a[p] = min{j in 1..n} a[j] */
+      p = 1;
+      for (j = 2; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (fabs(a[p]) > fabs(a[j]))
+            p = j;
+      }
+      /* find a[q] = min{j in 1..n : j != p} a[j] */
+      q = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (j != p)
+         {  if (q == 0 || fabs(a[q]) > fabs(a[j]))
+               q = j;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(q != 0);
+      /* check condition a[p] + a[q] > b */
+      return fabs(a[p]) + fabs(a[q]) > b + .001 * (1 + fabs(b));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  process_ineq - basic inequality processing
+*
+*  This routine performs basic processing of an inequality of "not
+*  greater" type
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j]*x[j] <= b
+*
+*  specified by the parameters, n, ind, a, and b.
+*
+*  If the inequality can be transformed to "0-1 knapsack" ineqiality
+*  suitable for generating cover cuts, the routine adds it to the set
+*  of "0-1 knapsack" inequalities.
+*
+*  Note that the arrays ind and a are not saved on exit. */
+
+static void process_ineq(struct csa *csa, int n, int ind[], double a[],
+      double b, FVS *v)
+{     int i;
+      /* attempt to transform the specified inequality to equivalent or
+       * relaxed "0-1 knapsack" inequality */
+      n = build_ks(csa, n, ind, a, &b, v);
+      if (n <= 1)
+      {  /* uninteresting inequality (in principle, such inequalities
+          * should be removed by the preprocessor) */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (!can_be_active(n, a, b))
+      {  /* inequality is redundant (i.e. cannot be active) */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (is_sos_ineq(n, a, b))
+      {  /* packing (SOS) inequality is useless for generating cover
+          * cuts; currently such inequalities are just ignored */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* add resulting "0-1 knapsack" inequality to the set */
+      i = glp_add_rows(csa->set, 1);
+      glp_set_mat_row(csa->set, i, n, ind, a);
+      glp_set_row_bnds(csa->set, i, GLP_UP, b, b);
+done: return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+glp_cov *glp_cov_init(glp_prob *P)
+{     /* create and initialize cover cut generator */
+      glp_cov *cov;
+      struct csa csa;
+      int i, k, len, *ind;
+      double rhs, *val;
+      FVS fvs;
+      csa.P = P;
+      csa.l = talloc(1+P->n, struct bnd);
+      csa.u = talloc(1+P->n, struct bnd);
+      csa.set = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_add_cols(csa.set, P->n);
+      /* initialize bounds of variables with simple bounds */
+      init_bounds(&csa);
+      /* obtain and set variable bounds */
+      obtain_vbs(&csa);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = talloc(1+P->n, int);
+      val = talloc(1+P->n, double);
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&fvs, P->n);
+      /* process all rows of the root mip */
+      for (i = 1; i <= P->m; i++)
+      {  switch (P->row[i]->type)
+         {  case GLP_FR:
+               break;
+            case GLP_LO:
+               /* obtain row of ">=" type */
+               len = glp_get_mat_row(P, i, ind, val);
+               rhs = P->row[i]->lb;
+               /* transforms it to row of "<=" type */
+               for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+                  val[k] = - val[k];
+               rhs = - rhs;
+               /* process the row */
+               process_ineq(&csa, len, ind, val, rhs, &fvs);
+               break;
+            case GLP_UP:
+               /* obtain row of "<=" type */
+               len = glp_get_mat_row(P, i, ind, val);
+               rhs = P->row[i]->ub;
+               /* and process it */
+               process_ineq(&csa, len, ind, val, rhs, &fvs);
+               break;
+            case GLP_DB:
+            case GLP_FX:
+               /* double-sided inequalitiy and equality constraints are
+                * processed as two separate inequalities */
+               /* obtain row as if it were of ">=" type */
+               len = glp_get_mat_row(P, i, ind, val);
+               rhs = P->row[i]->lb;
+               /* transforms it to row of "<=" type */
+               for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+                  val[k] = - val[k];
+               rhs = - rhs;
+               /* and process it */
+               process_ineq(&csa, len, ind, val, rhs, &fvs);
+               /* obtain the same row as if it were of "<=" type */
+               len = glp_get_mat_row(P, i, ind, val);
+               rhs = P->row[i]->ub;
+               /* and process it */
+               process_ineq(&csa, len, ind, val, rhs, &fvs);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(P != P);
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(ind);
+      tfree(val);
+      fvs_check_vec(&fvs);
+      fvs_free_vec(&fvs);
+      /* the set of "0-1 knapsack" inequalities has been built */
+      if (csa.set->m == 0)
+      {  /* the set is empty */
+         xprintf("No 0-1 knapsack inequalities detected\n");
+         cov = NULL;
+         glp_delete_prob(csa.set);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* create the cover cut generator working area */
+         xprintf("Number of 0-1 knapsack inequalities = %d\n",
+            csa.set->m);
+         cov = talloc(1, glp_cov);
+         cov->n = P->n;
+         cov->set = csa.set;
+#if 0
+         glp_write_lp(cov->set, 0, "set.lp");
+#endif
+      }
+      tfree(csa.l);
+      tfree(csa.u);
+      return cov;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  solve_ks - solve 0-1 knapsack problem
+*
+*  This routine finds (sub)optimal solution to 0-1 knapsack problem:
+*
+*     maximize z = sum{j in 1..n} c[j]x[j]                           (1)
+*
+*         s.t. sum{j in 1..n} a[j]x[j] <= b                          (2)
+*
+*              x[j] in {0, 1} for all j in 1..n                      (3)
+*
+*  It is assumed that the instance is non-normalized, i.e. parameters
+*  a, b, and c may have any sign.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores the (sub)optimal point found in locations
+*  x[1], ..., x[n] and returns the optimal objective value. However, if
+*  the instance is infeasible, the routine returns INT_MIN. */
+
+static int solve_ks(int n, const int a[], int b, const int c[],
+      char x[])
+{     int z;
+      /* surprisingly, even for some small instances (n = 50-100)
+       * MT1 routine takes too much time, so it is used only for tiny
+       * instances */
+      if (n <= 16)
+#if 0
+         z = ks_enum(n, a, b, c, x);
+#else
+         z = ks_mt1(n, a, b, c, x);
+#endif
+      else
+         z = ks_greedy(n, a, b, c, x);
+      return z;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  simple_cover - find simple cover cut
+*
+*  Given a 0-1 knapsack inequality (which may be globally as well as
+*  locally valid)
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j]x[j] <= b,                                  (1)
+*
+*  where all x[j] are binary variables and all a[j] are positive, and
+*  a fractional point x~{j in 1..n}, which is feasible to LP relaxation
+*  of (1), this routine attempts to find a simple cover inequality
+*
+*     sum{j in C} (1 - x[j]) >= 1,                                   (2)
+*
+*  which is valid for (1) and violated at x~.
+*
+*  Actually, the routine finds a cover C, i.e. a subset of {1, ..., n}
+*  such that
+*
+*     sum{j in C} a[j] > b,                                          (3)
+*
+*  and which minimizes the left-hand side of (2) at x~
+*
+*     zeta = sum{j in C} (1 - x~[j]).                                (4)
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores the characteritic vector z{j in 1..n}
+*  of the cover found (i.e. z[j] = 1 means j in C, and z[j] = 0 means
+*  j not in C), and returns corresponding minimal value of zeta (4).
+*  However, if no cover is found, the routine returns DBL_MAX.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  The separation problem (3)-(4) is converted to 0-1 knapsack problem
+*  as follows.
+*
+*  First, note that the constraint (3) is equivalent to
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j]z[j] >= b + eps,                            (5)
+*
+*  where eps > 0 is a sufficiently small number (in case of integral
+*  a and b we may take eps = 1). Multiplying both sides of (5) by (-1)
+*  gives
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} (-a[j])z[j] <= - b - eps.                       (6)
+*
+*  To make all coefficients in (6) positive, z[j] is complemented by
+*  substitution z[j] = 1 - z'[j] that finally gives
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j]z'[j] <= sum{j in 1..n} a[j] - b - eps.     (7)
+*
+*  Minimization of zeta (4) is equivalent to maximization of
+*
+*     -zeta = sum{j in 1..n} (x~[j] - 1)z[j].                        (8)
+*
+*  Substitution z[j] = 1 - z'[j] gives
+*
+*     -zeta = sum{j in 1..n} (1 - x~[j])z'[j] - zeta0,               (9)
+*
+*  where zeta0 = sum{j in 1..n} (1 - x~[j]) is a constant term.
+*
+*  Thus, the 0-1 knapsack problem to be solved is the following:
+*
+*     maximize
+*
+*        -zeta = sum{j in 1..n} (1 - x~[j])z'[j] - zeta0            (10)
+*
+*     subject to
+*
+*        sum{j in 1..n} a[j]z'[j] <= sum{j in 1..n} a[j] - b - eps  (11)
+*
+*        z'[j] in {0,1} for all j = 1,...,n                         (12)
+*
+*  (The constant term zeta0 doesn't affect the solution, so it can be
+*  dropped.) */
+
+static double simple_cover(int n, const double a[], double b, const
+      double x[], char z[])
+{     int j, *aa, bb, *cc;
+      double max_aj, min_aj, s, eps;
+      xassert(n >= 3);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      aa = talloc(1+n, int);
+      cc = talloc(1+n, int);
+      /* compute max{j in 1..n} a[j] and min{j in 1..n} a[j] */
+      max_aj = 0, min_aj = DBL_MAX;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(a[j] > 0);
+         if (max_aj < a[j])
+            max_aj = a[j];
+         if (min_aj > a[j])
+            min_aj = a[j];
+      }
+      /* scale and round constraint parameters to make them integral;
+       * note that we make the resulting inequality stronger than (11),
+       * so a[j]'s are rounded up while rhs is rounded down */
+      s = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  s += a[j];
+         aa[j] = ceil(a[j] / max_aj * 1000);
+      }
+      bb = floor((s - b) / max_aj * 1000) - 1;
+      /* scale and round obj. coefficients to make them integral;
+       * again we make the objective function stronger than (10), so
+       * the coefficients are rounded down */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(0 <= x[j] && x[j] <= 1);
+         cc[j] = floor((1 - x[j]) * 1000);
+      }
+      /* solve separation problem */
+      if (solve_ks(n, aa, bb, cc, z) == INT_MIN)
+      {  /* no cover exists */
+         s = DBL_MAX;
+         goto skip;
+      }
+      /* determine z[j] = 1 - z'[j] */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(z[j] == 0 || z[j] == 1);
+         z[j] ^= 1;
+      }
+      /* check condition (11) for original (non-scaled) parameters */
+      s = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (z[j])
+            s += a[j];
+      }
+      eps = 0.01 * (min_aj >= 1 ? min_aj : 1);
+      if (!(s >= b + eps))
+      {  /* no cover found within a precision req'd */
+         s = DBL_MAX;
+         goto skip;
+      }
+      /* compute corresponding zeta (4) for cover found */
+      s = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (z[j])
+            s += 1 - x[j];
+      }
+skip: /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(aa);
+      tfree(cc);
+      return s;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void glp_cov_gen1(glp_prob *P, glp_cov *cov, glp_prob *pool)
+{     /* generate locally valid simple cover cuts */
+      int i, k, len, new_len, *ind;
+      double *val, rhs, *x, zeta;
+      char *z;
+      xassert(P->n == cov->n && P->n == cov->set->n);
+      xassert(glp_get_status(P) == GLP_OPT);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = talloc(1+P->n, int);
+      val = talloc(1+P->n, double);
+      x = talloc(1+P->n, double);
+      z = talloc(1+P->n, char);
+      /* walk thru 0-1 knapsack inequalities */
+      for (i = 1; i <= cov->set->m; i++)
+      {  /* retrieve 0-1 knapsack inequality */
+         len = glp_get_mat_row(cov->set, i, ind, val);
+         rhs = glp_get_row_ub(cov->set, i);
+         xassert(rhs != +DBL_MAX);
+         /* FIXME: skip, if slack is too large? */
+         /* substitute and eliminate binary variables which have been
+          * fixed in the current subproblem (this makes the inequality
+          * only locally valid) */
+         new_len = 0;
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  if (glp_get_col_type(P, ind[k]) == GLP_FX)
+               rhs -= val[k] * glp_get_col_prim(P, ind[k]);
+            else
+            {  new_len++;
+               ind[new_len] = ind[k];
+               val[new_len] = val[k];
+            }
+         }
+         len = new_len;
+         /* we need at least 3 binary variables in the inequality */
+         if (len <= 2)
+            continue;
+         /* obtain values of binary variables from optimal solution to
+          * LP relaxation of current subproblem */
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  xassert(glp_get_col_kind(P, ind[k]) == GLP_BV);
+            x[k] = glp_get_col_prim(P, ind[k]);
+            if (x[k] < 0.00001)
+               x[k] = 0;
+            else if (x[k] > 0.99999)
+               x[k] = 1;
+            /* if val[k] < 0, perform substitution x[k] = 1 - x'[k] to
+             * make all coefficients positive */
+            if (val[k] < 0)
+            {  ind[k] = - ind[k]; /* x[k] is complemented */
+               val[k] = - val[k];
+               rhs += val[k];
+               x[k] = 1 - x[k];
+            }
+         }
+         /* find locally valid simple cover cut */
+         zeta = simple_cover(len, val, rhs, x, z);
+         if (zeta > 0.95)
+         {  /* no violation or insufficient violation; see (2) */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* construct cover inequality (2) for the cover found, which
+          * for original binary variables x[k] is equivalent to:
+          *    sum{k in C'} x[k] + sum{k in C"} x'[k] <= |C| - 1
+          * or
+          *    sum{k in C'} x[k] + sum{k in C"} (1 - x[k]) <= |C| - 1
+          * or
+          *    sum{k in C'} x[k] - sum{k in C"} x[k] <= |C'| - 1
+          * since |C| - |C"| = |C'| */
+         new_len = 0;
+         rhs = -1;
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  if (z[k])
+            {  new_len++;
+               if (ind[k] > 0)
+               {  ind[new_len] = +ind[k];
+                  val[new_len] = +1;
+                  rhs++;
+               }
+               else /* ind[k] < 0 */
+               {  ind[new_len] = -ind[k];
+                  val[new_len] = -1;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         len = new_len;
+         /* add the cover inequality to the local cut pool */
+         k = glp_add_rows(pool, 1);
+         glp_set_mat_row(pool, k, len, ind, val);
+         glp_set_row_bnds(pool, k, GLP_UP, rhs, rhs);
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(ind);
+      tfree(val);
+      tfree(x);
+      tfree(z);
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+void glp_cov_free(glp_cov *cov)
+{     /* delete cover cut generator workspace */
+      xassert(cov != NULL);
+      glp_delete_prob(cov->set);
+      tfree(cov);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/fpump.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/fpump.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0bdd6d4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/fpump.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/* fpump.c (feasibility pump heuristic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+#include "rng.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ios_feas_pump - feasibility pump heuristic
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void ios_feas_pump(glp_tree *T);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ios_feas_pump is a simple implementation of the Feasi-
+*  bility Pump heuristic.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  M.Fischetti, F.Glover, and A.Lodi. "The feasibility pump." Math.
+*  Program., Ser. A 104, pp. 91-104 (2005). */
+
+struct VAR
+{     /* binary variable */
+      int j;
+      /* ordinal number */
+      int x;
+      /* value in the rounded solution (0 or 1) */
+      double d;
+      /* sorting key */
+};
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *x, const void *y)
+{     /* comparison routine */
+      const struct VAR *vx = x, *vy = y;
+      if (vx->d > vy->d)
+         return -1;
+      else if (vx->d < vy->d)
+         return +1;
+      else
+         return 0;
+}
+
+void ios_feas_pump(glp_tree *T)
+{     glp_prob *P = T->mip;
+      int n = P->n;
+      glp_prob *lp = NULL;
+      struct VAR *var = NULL;
+      RNG *rand = NULL;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      glp_smcp parm;
+      int j, k, new_x, nfail, npass, nv, ret, stalling;
+      double dist, tol;
+      xassert(glp_get_status(P) == GLP_OPT);
+      /* this heuristic is applied only once on the root level */
+      if (!(T->curr->level == 0 && T->curr->solved == 1)) goto done;
+      /* determine number of binary variables */
+      nv = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         /* if x[j] is continuous, skip it */
+         if (col->kind == GLP_CV) continue;
+         /* if x[j] is fixed, skip it */
+         if (col->type == GLP_FX) continue;
+         /* x[j] is non-fixed integer */
+         xassert(col->kind == GLP_IV);
+         if (col->type == GLP_DB && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0)
+         {  /* x[j] is binary */
+            nv++;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* x[j] is general integer */
+            if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+               xprintf("FPUMP heuristic cannot be applied due to genera"
+                  "l integer variables\n");
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* there must be at least one binary variable */
+      if (nv == 0) goto done;
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Applying FPUMP heuristic...\n");
+      /* build the list of binary variables */
+      var = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(struct VAR));
+      k = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->kind == GLP_IV && col->type == GLP_DB)
+            var[++k].j = j;
+      }
+      xassert(k == nv);
+      /* create working problem object */
+      lp = glp_create_prob();
+more: /* copy the original problem object to keep it intact */
+      glp_copy_prob(lp, P, GLP_OFF);
+      /* we are interested to find an integer feasible solution, which
+         is better than the best known one */
+      if (P->mip_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  int *ind;
+         double *val, bnd;
+         /* add a row and make it identical to the objective row */
+         glp_add_rows(lp, 1);
+         ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+         val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  ind[j] = j;
+            val[j] = P->col[j]->coef;
+         }
+         glp_set_mat_row(lp, lp->m, n, ind, val);
+         xfree(ind);
+         xfree(val);
+         /* introduce upper (minimization) or lower (maximization)
+            bound to the original objective function; note that this
+            additional constraint is not violated at the optimal point
+            to LP relaxation */
+#if 0 /* modified by xypron <xypron.glpk@gmx.de> */
+         if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+         {  bnd = P->mip_obj - 0.10 * (1.0 + fabs(P->mip_obj));
+            if (bnd < P->obj_val) bnd = P->obj_val;
+            glp_set_row_bnds(lp, lp->m, GLP_UP, 0.0, bnd - P->c0);
+         }
+         else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+         {  bnd = P->mip_obj + 0.10 * (1.0 + fabs(P->mip_obj));
+            if (bnd > P->obj_val) bnd = P->obj_val;
+            glp_set_row_bnds(lp, lp->m, GLP_LO, bnd - P->c0, 0.0);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(P != P);
+#else
+         bnd = 0.1 * P->obj_val + 0.9 * P->mip_obj;
+         /* xprintf("bnd = %f\n", bnd); */
+         if (P->dir == GLP_MIN)
+            glp_set_row_bnds(lp, lp->m, GLP_UP, 0.0, bnd - P->c0);
+         else if (P->dir == GLP_MAX)
+            glp_set_row_bnds(lp, lp->m, GLP_LO, bnd - P->c0, 0.0);
+         else
+            xassert(P != P);
+#endif
+      }
+      /* reset pass count */
+      npass = 0;
+      /* invalidate the rounded point */
+      for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+         var[k].x = -1;
+pass: /* next pass starts here */
+      npass++;
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Pass %d\n", npass);
+      /* initialize minimal distance between the basic point and the
+         rounded one obtained during this pass */
+      dist = DBL_MAX;
+      /* reset failure count (the number of succeeded iterations failed
+         to improve the distance) */
+      nfail = 0;
+      /* if it is not the first pass, perturb the last rounded point
+         rather than construct it from the basic solution */
+      if (npass > 1)
+      {  double rho, temp;
+         if (rand == NULL)
+            rand = rng_create_rand();
+         for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+         {  j = var[k].j;
+            col = lp->col[j];
+            rho = rng_uniform(rand, -0.3, 0.7);
+            if (rho < 0.0) rho = 0.0;
+            temp = fabs((double)var[k].x - col->prim);
+            if (temp + rho > 0.5) var[k].x = 1 - var[k].x;
+         }
+         goto skip;
+      }
+loop: /* innermost loop begins here */
+      /* round basic solution (which is assumed primal feasible) */
+      stalling = 1;
+      for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+      {  col = lp->col[var[k].j];
+         if (col->prim < 0.5)
+         {  /* rounded value is 0 */
+            new_x = 0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* rounded value is 1 */
+            new_x = 1;
+         }
+         if (var[k].x != new_x)
+         {  stalling = 0;
+            var[k].x = new_x;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if the rounded point has not changed (stalling), choose and
+         flip some its entries heuristically */
+      if (stalling)
+      {  /* compute d[j] = |x[j] - round(x[j])| */
+         for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+         {  col = lp->col[var[k].j];
+            var[k].d = fabs(col->prim - (double)var[k].x);
+         }
+         /* sort the list of binary variables by descending d[j] */
+         qsort(&var[1], nv, sizeof(struct VAR), fcmp);
+         /* choose and flip some rounded components */
+         for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+         {  if (k >= 5 && var[k].d < 0.35 || k >= 10) break;
+            var[k].x = 1 - var[k].x;
+         }
+      }
+skip: /* check if the time limit has been exhausted */
+      if (T->parm->tm_lim < INT_MAX &&
+         (double)(T->parm->tm_lim - 1) <=
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(xtime(), T->tm_beg)) goto done;
+      /* build the objective, which is the distance between the current
+         (basic) point and the rounded one */
+      lp->dir = GLP_MIN;
+      lp->c0 = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         lp->col[j]->coef = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+      {  j = var[k].j;
+         if (var[k].x == 0)
+            lp->col[j]->coef = +1.0;
+         else
+         {  lp->col[j]->coef = -1.0;
+            lp->c0 += 1.0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* minimize the distance with the simplex method */
+      glp_init_smcp(&parm);
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev <= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+         parm.msg_lev = T->parm->msg_lev;
+      else if (T->parm->msg_lev <= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+      {  parm.msg_lev = GLP_MSG_ON;
+         parm.out_dly = 10000;
+      }
+      ret = glp_simplex(lp, &parm);
+      if (ret != 0)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("Warning: glp_simplex returned %d\n", ret);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      ret = glp_get_status(lp);
+      if (ret != GLP_OPT)
+      {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("Warning: glp_get_status returned %d\n", ret);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_DBG)
+         xprintf("delta = %g\n", lp->obj_val);
+      /* check if the basic solution is integer feasible; note that it
+         may be so even if the minimial distance is positive */
+      tol = 0.3 * T->parm->tol_int;
+      for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+      {  col = lp->col[var[k].j];
+         if (tol < col->prim && col->prim < 1.0 - tol) break;
+      }
+      if (k > nv)
+      {  /* okay; the basic solution seems to be integer feasible */
+         double *x = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  x[j] = lp->col[j]->prim;
+            if (P->col[j]->kind == GLP_IV) x[j] = floor(x[j] + 0.5);
+         }
+#if 1 /* modified by xypron <xypron.glpk@gmx.de> */
+         /* reset direction and right-hand side of objective */
+         lp->c0  = P->c0;
+         lp->dir = P->dir;
+         /* fix integer variables */
+         for (k = 1; k <= nv; k++)
+#if 0 /* 18/VI-2013; fixed by mao
+       * this bug causes numerical instability, because column statuses
+       * are not changed appropriately */
+         {  lp->col[var[k].j]->lb   = x[var[k].j];
+            lp->col[var[k].j]->ub   = x[var[k].j];
+            lp->col[var[k].j]->type = GLP_FX;
+         }
+#else
+            glp_set_col_bnds(lp, var[k].j, GLP_FX, x[var[k].j], 0.);
+#endif
+         /* copy original objective function */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+            lp->col[j]->coef = P->col[j]->coef;
+         /* solve original LP and copy result */
+         ret = glp_simplex(lp, &parm);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Warning: glp_simplex returned %d\n", ret);
+#if 1 /* 17/III-2016: fix memory leak */
+            xfree(x);
+#endif
+            goto done;
+         }
+         ret = glp_get_status(lp);
+         if (ret != GLP_OPT)
+         {  if (T->parm->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Warning: glp_get_status returned %d\n", ret);
+#if 1 /* 17/III-2016: fix memory leak */
+            xfree(x);
+#endif
+            goto done;
+         }
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+            if (P->col[j]->kind != GLP_IV) x[j] = lp->col[j]->prim;
+#endif
+         ret = glp_ios_heur_sol(T, x);
+         xfree(x);
+         if (ret == 0)
+         {  /* the integer solution is accepted */
+            if (ios_is_hopeful(T, T->curr->bound))
+            {  /* it is reasonable to apply the heuristic once again */
+               goto more;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* the best known integer feasible solution just found
+                  is close to optimal solution to LP relaxation */
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* the basic solution is fractional */
+      if (dist == DBL_MAX ||
+          lp->obj_val <= dist - 1e-6 * (1.0 + dist))
+      {  /* the distance is reducing */
+         nfail = 0, dist = lp->obj_val;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* improving the distance failed */
+         nfail++;
+      }
+      if (nfail < 3) goto loop;
+      if (npass < 5) goto pass;
+done: /* delete working objects */
+      if (lp != NULL) glp_delete_prob(lp);
+      if (var != NULL) xfree(var);
+      if (rand != NULL) rng_delete_rand(rand);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/gmicut.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/gmicut.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ef0b746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/gmicut.c
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/* gmicut.c (Gomory's mixed integer cut generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2002-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_gmi_cut - generate Gomory's mixed integer cut (core routine)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_gmi_cut(glp_prob *P, int j, int ind[], double val[], double
+*     phi[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine attempts to generate a Gomory's mixed integer cut for
+*  specified integer column (structural variable), whose primal value
+*  in current basic solution is integer infeasible (fractional).
+*
+*  On entry to the routine the basic solution contained in the problem
+*  object P should be optimal, and the basis factorization should be
+*  valid. The parameter j should specify the ordinal number of column
+*  (structural variable x[j]), for which the cut should be generated,
+*  1 <= j <= n, where n is the number of columns in the problem object.
+*  This column should be integer, non-fixed, and basic, and its primal
+*  value should be fractional.
+*
+*  The cut generated by the routine is the following inequality:
+*
+*     sum a[j] * x[j] >= b,
+*
+*  which is expected to be violated at the current basic solution.
+*
+*  If the cut has been successfully generated, the routine stores its
+*  non-zero coefficients a[j] and corresponding column indices j in the
+*  array locations val[1], ..., val[len] and ind[1], ..., ind[len],
+*  where 1 <= len <= n is the number of non-zero coefficients. The
+*  right-hand side value b is stored in val[0], and ind[0] is set to 0.
+*
+*  The working array phi should have 1+m+n locations (location phi[0]
+*  is not used), where m and n is the number of rows and columns in the
+*  problem object, resp.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the cut has been successfully generated, the routine returns
+*  len, the number of non-zero coefficients in the cut, 1 <= len <= n.
+*
+*  Otherwise, the routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  -1    current basis factorization is not valid;
+*
+*  -2    current basic solution is not optimal;
+*
+*  -3    column ordinal number j is out of range;
+*
+*  -4    variable x[j] is not of integral kind;
+*
+*  -5    variable x[j] is either fixed or non-basic;
+*
+*  -6    primal value of variable x[j] in basic solution is too close
+*        to nearest integer;
+*
+*  -7    some coefficients in the simplex table row corresponding to
+*        variable x[j] are too large in magnitude;
+*
+*  -8    some free (unbounded) variables have non-zero coefficients in
+*        the simplex table row corresponding to variable x[j].
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  See glpk/doc/notes/gomory (in Russian). */
+
+#define f(x) ((x) - floor(x))
+/* compute fractional part of x */
+
+int glp_gmi_cut(glp_prob *P, int j,
+      int ind[/*1+n*/], double val[/*1+n*/], double phi[/*1+m+n*/])
+{     int m = P->m;
+      int n = P->n;
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, k, len, kind, stat;
+      double lb, ub, alfa, beta, ksi, phi1, rhs;
+      /* sanity checks */
+      if (!(P->m == 0 || P->valid))
+      {  /* current basis factorization is not valid */
+         return -1;
+      }
+      if (!(P->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && P->dbs_stat == GLP_FEAS))
+      {  /* current basic solution is not optimal */
+         return -2;
+      }
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= n))
+      {  /* column ordinal number is out of range */
+         return -3;
+      }
+      col = P->col[j];
+      if (col->kind != GLP_IV)
+      {  /* x[j] is not of integral kind */
+         return -4;
+      }
+      if (col->type == GLP_FX || col->stat != GLP_BS)
+      {  /* x[j] is either fixed or non-basic */
+         return -5;
+      }
+      if (fabs(col->prim - floor(col->prim + 0.5)) < 0.001)
+      {  /* primal value of x[j] is too close to nearest integer */
+         return -6;
+      }
+      /* compute row of the simplex tableau, which (row) corresponds
+       * to specified basic variable xB[i] = x[j]; see (23) */
+      len = glp_eval_tab_row(P, m+j, ind, val);
+      /* determine beta[i], which a value of xB[i] in optimal solution
+       * to current LP relaxation; note that this value is the same as
+       * if it would be computed with formula (27); it is assumed that
+       * beta[i] is fractional enough */
+      beta = P->col[j]->prim;
+      /* compute cut coefficients phi and right-hand side rho, which
+       * correspond to formula (30); dense format is used, because rows
+       * of the simplex tableau are usually dense */
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+         phi[k] = 0.0;
+      rhs = f(beta); /* initial value of rho; see (28), (32) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= len; j++)
+      {  /* determine original number of non-basic variable xN[j] */
+         k = ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         /* determine the kind, bounds and current status of xN[j] in
+          * optimal solution to LP relaxation */
+         if (k <= m)
+         {  /* auxiliary variable */
+            row = P->row[k];
+            kind = GLP_CV;
+            lb = row->lb;
+            ub = row->ub;
+            stat = row->stat;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* structural variable */
+            col = P->col[k-m];
+            kind = col->kind;
+            lb = col->lb;
+            ub = col->ub;
+            stat = col->stat;
+         }
+         /* xN[j] cannot be basic */
+         xassert(stat != GLP_BS);
+         /* determine row coefficient ksi[i,j] at xN[j]; see (23) */
+         ksi = val[j];
+         /* if ksi[i,j] is too large in magnitude, report failure */
+         if (fabs(ksi) > 1e+05)
+            return -7;
+         /* if ksi[i,j] is too small in magnitude, skip it */
+         if (fabs(ksi) < 1e-10)
+            goto skip;
+         /* compute row coefficient alfa[i,j] at y[j]; see (26) */
+         switch (stat)
+         {  case GLP_NF:
+               /* xN[j] is free (unbounded) having non-zero ksi[i,j];
+                * report failure */
+               return -8;
+            case GLP_NL:
+               /* xN[j] has active lower bound */
+               alfa = - ksi;
+               break;
+            case GLP_NU:
+               /* xN[j] has active upper bound */
+               alfa = + ksi;
+               break;
+            case GLP_NS:
+               /* xN[j] is fixed; skip it */
+               goto skip;
+            default:
+               xassert(stat != stat);
+         }
+         /* compute cut coefficient phi'[j] at y[j]; see (21), (28) */
+         switch (kind)
+         {  case GLP_IV:
+               /* y[j] is integer */
+               if (fabs(alfa - floor(alfa + 0.5)) < 1e-10)
+               {  /* alfa[i,j] is close to nearest integer; skip it */
+                  goto skip;
+               }
+               else if (f(alfa) <= f(beta))
+                  phi1 = f(alfa);
+               else
+                  phi1 = (f(beta) / (1.0 - f(beta))) * (1.0 - f(alfa));
+               break;
+            case GLP_CV:
+               /* y[j] is continuous */
+               if (alfa >= 0.0)
+                  phi1 = + alfa;
+               else
+                  phi1 = (f(beta) / (1.0 - f(beta))) * (- alfa);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(kind != kind);
+         }
+         /* compute cut coefficient phi[j] at xN[j] and update right-
+          * hand side rho; see (31), (32) */
+         switch (stat)
+         {  case GLP_NL:
+               /* xN[j] has active lower bound */
+               phi[k] = + phi1;
+               rhs += phi1 * lb;
+               break;
+            case GLP_NU:
+               /* xN[j] has active upper bound */
+               phi[k] = - phi1;
+               rhs -= phi1 * ub;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(stat != stat);
+         }
+skip:    ;
+      }
+      /* now the cut has the form sum_k phi[k] * x[k] >= rho, where cut
+       * coefficients are stored in the array phi in dense format;
+       * x[1,...,m] are auxiliary variables, x[m+1,...,m+n] are struc-
+       * tural variables; see (30) */
+      /* eliminate auxiliary variables in order to express the cut only
+       * through structural variables; see (33) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (fabs(phi[i]) < 1e-10)
+            continue;
+         /* auxiliary variable x[i] has non-zero cut coefficient */
+         row = P->row[i];
+         /* x[i] cannot be fixed variable */
+         xassert(row->type != GLP_FX);
+         /* substitute x[i] = sum_j a[i,j] * x[m+j] */
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            phi[m+aij->col->j] += phi[i] * aij->val;
+      }
+      /* convert the final cut to sparse format and substitute fixed
+       * (structural) variables */
+      len = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (fabs(phi[m+j]) < 1e-10)
+            continue;
+         /* structural variable x[m+j] has non-zero cut coefficient */
+         col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+         {  /* eliminate x[m+j] */
+            rhs -= phi[m+j] * col->lb;
+         }
+         else
+         {  len++;
+            ind[len] = j;
+            val[len] = phi[m+j];
+         }
+      }
+      if (fabs(rhs) < 1e-12)
+         rhs = 0.0;
+      ind[0] = 0, val[0] = rhs;
+      /* the cut has been successfully generated */
+      return len;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/gmigen.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/gmigen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..627682cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/gmigen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* gmigen.c (Gomory's mixed integer cuts generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2002-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_gmi_gen - generate Gomory's mixed integer cuts
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_gmi_gen(glp_prob *P, glp_prob *pool, int max_cuts);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine attempts to generate Gomory's mixed integer cuts for
+*  integer variables, whose primal values in current basic solution are
+*  integer infeasible (fractional).
+*
+*  On entry to the routine the basic solution contained in the problem
+*  object P should be optimal, and the basis factorization should be
+*  valid.
+*
+*  The cutting plane inequalities generated by the routine are added to
+*  the specified cut pool.
+*
+*  The parameter max_cuts specifies the maximal number of cuts to be
+*  generated. Note that the number of cuts cannot exceed the number of
+*  basic variables, which is the number of rows in the problem object.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of cuts that have been generated and
+*  added to the cut pool. */
+
+#define f(x) ((x) - floor(x))
+/* compute fractional part of x */
+
+struct var { int j; double f; };
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{     const struct var *v1 = p1, *v2 = p2;
+      if (v1->f > v2->f) return -1;
+      if (v1->f < v2->f) return +1;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int glp_gmi_gen(glp_prob *P, glp_prob *pool, int max_cuts)
+{     int m = P->m;
+      int n = P->n;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      struct var *var;
+      int i, j, k, t, len, nv, nnn, *ind;
+      double frac, *val, *phi;
+      /* sanity checks */
+      if (!(P->m == 0 || P->valid))
+         xerror("glp_gmi_gen: basis factorization does not exist\n");
+      if (!(P->pbs_stat == GLP_FEAS && P->dbs_stat == GLP_FEAS))
+         xerror("glp_gmi_gen: optimal basic solution required\n");
+      if (pool->n != n)
+         xerror("glp_gmi_gen: cut pool has wrong number of columns\n");
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      var = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(struct var));
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      phi = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* build the list of integer structural variables, which are
+       * basic and have integer infeasible (fractional) primal values
+       * in optimal solution to specified LP */
+      nv = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  col = P->col[j];
+         if (col->kind != GLP_IV)
+            continue;
+         if (col->type == GLP_FX)
+            continue;
+         if (col->stat != GLP_BS)
+            continue;
+         frac = f(col->prim);
+         if (!(0.05 <= frac && frac <= 0.95))
+            continue;
+         /* add variable to the list */
+         nv++, var[nv].j = j, var[nv].f = frac;
+      }
+      /* sort the list by descending fractionality */
+      qsort(&var[1], nv, sizeof(struct var), fcmp);
+      /* try to generate cuts by one for each variable in the list, but
+       * not more than max_cuts cuts */
+      nnn = 0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= nv; t++)
+      {  len = glp_gmi_cut(P, var[t].j, ind, val, phi);
+         if (len < 1)
+            goto skip;
+         /* if the cut inequality seems to be badly scaled, reject it
+          * to avoid numerical difficulties */
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  if (fabs(val[k]) < 1e-03)
+               goto skip;
+            if (fabs(val[k]) > 1e+03)
+               goto skip;
+         }
+         /* add the cut to the cut pool for further consideration */
+         i = glp_add_rows(pool, 1);
+         glp_set_row_bnds(pool, i, GLP_LO, val[0], 0);
+         glp_set_mat_row(pool, i, len, ind, val);
+         /* one cut has been generated */
+         nnn++;
+         if (nnn == max_cuts)
+            break;
+skip:    ;
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(var);
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      xfree(phi);
+      return nnn;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/mirgen.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/mirgen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45a0a55d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/mirgen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1529 @@
+/* mirgen.c (mixed integer rounding cuts generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#if 1 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Subject: Mir cut generation performance improvement
+From: Chris Matrakidis <cmatraki@gmail.com>
+To: Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, help-glpk <help-glpk@gnu.org>
+
+Andrew,
+
+I noticed that mir cut generation takes considerable time on some large
+problems (like rocII-4-11 from miplib). The attached patch makes two
+improvements that considerably improve performance in such instances:
+1. A lot of time was spent on generating a temporary vector in function
+aggregate_row. It is a lot faster to reuse an existing vector.
+2. A search for an element in the same function was done in row order,
+where using the elements in the order they are in the column is more
+efficient. This changes the generated cuts in some cases, but seems
+neutral overall (0.3% less cuts in a test set of 64 miplib instances).
+
+Best Regards,
+
+Chris Matrakidis
+----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#endif
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "prob.h"
+#include "spv.h"
+
+#define MIR_DEBUG 0
+
+#define MAXAGGR 5
+/* maximal number of rows that can be aggregated */
+
+struct glp_mir
+{     /* MIR cut generator working area */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* global information valid for the root subproblem */
+      int m;
+      /* number of rows (in the root subproblem) */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns */
+      char *skip; /* char skip[1+m]; */
+      /* skip[i], 1 <= i <= m, is a flag that means that row i should
+         not be used because (1) it is not suitable, or (2) because it
+         has been used in the aggregated constraint */
+      char *isint; /* char isint[1+m+n]; */
+      /* isint[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is a flag that means that variable
+         x[k] is integer (otherwise, continuous) */
+      double *lb; /* double lb[1+m+n]; */
+      /* lb[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is lower bound of x[k]; -DBL_MAX means
+         that x[k] has no lower bound */
+      int *vlb; /* int vlb[1+m+n]; */
+      /* vlb[k] = k', 1 <= k <= m+n, is the number of integer variable,
+         which defines variable lower bound x[k] >= lb[k] * x[k']; zero
+         means that x[k] has simple lower bound */
+      double *ub; /* double ub[1+m+n]; */
+      /* ub[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is upper bound of x[k]; +DBL_MAX means
+         that x[k] has no upper bound */
+      int *vub; /* int vub[1+m+n]; */
+      /* vub[k] = k', 1 <= k <= m+n, is the number of integer variable,
+         which defines variable upper bound x[k] <= ub[k] * x[k']; zero
+         means that x[k] has simple upper bound */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* current (fractional) point to be separated */
+      double *x; /* double x[1+m+n]; */
+      /* x[k] is current value of auxiliary (1 <= k <= m) or structural
+         (m+1 <= k <= m+n) variable */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* aggregated constraint sum a[k] * x[k] = b, which is a linear
+         combination of original constraints transformed to equalities
+         by introducing auxiliary variables */
+      int agg_cnt;
+      /* number of rows (original constraints) used to build aggregated
+         constraint, 1 <= agg_cnt <= MAXAGGR */
+      int *agg_row; /* int agg_row[1+MAXAGGR]; */
+      /* agg_row[k], 1 <= k <= agg_cnt, is the row number used to build
+         aggregated constraint */
+      SPV *agg_vec; /* SPV agg_vec[1:m+n]; */
+      /* sparse vector of aggregated constraint coefficients, a[k] */
+      double agg_rhs;
+      /* right-hand side of the aggregated constraint, b */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* bound substitution flags for modified constraint */
+      char *subst; /* char subst[1+m+n]; */
+      /* subst[k], 1 <= k <= m+n, is a bound substitution flag used for
+         variable x[k]:
+         '?' - x[k] is missing in modified constraint
+         'L' - x[k] = (lower bound) + x'[k]
+         'U' - x[k] = (upper bound) - x'[k] */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* modified constraint sum a'[k] * x'[k] = b', where x'[k] >= 0,
+         derived from aggregated constraint by substituting bounds;
+         note that due to substitution of variable bounds there may be
+         additional terms in the modified constraint */
+      SPV *mod_vec; /* SPV mod_vec[1:m+n]; */
+      /* sparse vector of modified constraint coefficients, a'[k] */
+      double mod_rhs;
+      /* right-hand side of the modified constraint, b' */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* cutting plane sum alpha[k] * x[k] <= beta */
+      SPV *cut_vec; /* SPV cut_vec[1:m+n]; */
+      /* sparse vector of cutting plane coefficients, alpha[k] */
+      double cut_rhs;
+      /* right-hand size of the cutting plane, beta */
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mir_init - create and initialize MIR cut generator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  glp_mir *glp_mir_init(glp_prob *P);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine creates and initializes the MIR cut generator for the
+*  specified problem object.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the MIR cut generator workspace. */
+
+static void set_row_attrib(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* set global row attributes */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int k;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m; k++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = mip->row[k];
+         mir->skip[k] = 0;
+         mir->isint[k] = 0;
+         switch (row->type)
+         {  case GLP_FR:
+               mir->lb[k] = -DBL_MAX, mir->ub[k] = +DBL_MAX; break;
+            case GLP_LO:
+               mir->lb[k] = row->lb, mir->ub[k] = +DBL_MAX; break;
+            case GLP_UP:
+               mir->lb[k] = -DBL_MAX, mir->ub[k] = row->ub; break;
+            case GLP_DB:
+               mir->lb[k] = row->lb, mir->ub[k] = row->ub; break;
+            case GLP_FX:
+               mir->lb[k] = mir->ub[k] = row->lb; break;
+            default:
+               xassert(row != row);
+         }
+         mir->vlb[k] = mir->vub[k] = 0;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void set_col_attrib(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* set global column attributes */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int k;
+      for (k = m+1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = mip->col[k-m];
+         switch (col->kind)
+         {  case GLP_CV:
+               mir->isint[k] = 0; break;
+            case GLP_IV:
+               mir->isint[k] = 1; break;
+            default:
+               xassert(col != col);
+         }
+         switch (col->type)
+         {  case GLP_FR:
+               mir->lb[k] = -DBL_MAX, mir->ub[k] = +DBL_MAX; break;
+            case GLP_LO:
+               mir->lb[k] = col->lb, mir->ub[k] = +DBL_MAX; break;
+            case GLP_UP:
+               mir->lb[k] = -DBL_MAX, mir->ub[k] = col->ub; break;
+            case GLP_DB:
+               mir->lb[k] = col->lb, mir->ub[k] = col->ub; break;
+            case GLP_FX:
+               mir->lb[k] = mir->ub[k] = col->lb; break;
+            default:
+               xassert(col != col);
+         }
+         mir->vlb[k] = mir->vub[k] = 0;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void set_var_bounds(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* set variable bounds */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, k1, k2;
+      double a1, a2;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  /* we need the row to be '>= 0' or '<= 0' */
+         if (!(mir->lb[i] == 0.0 && mir->ub[i] == +DBL_MAX ||
+               mir->lb[i] == -DBL_MAX && mir->ub[i] == 0.0)) continue;
+         /* take first term */
+         aij = mip->row[i]->ptr;
+         if (aij == NULL) continue;
+         k1 = m + aij->col->j, a1 = aij->val;
+         /* take second term */
+         aij = aij->r_next;
+         if (aij == NULL) continue;
+         k2 = m + aij->col->j, a2 = aij->val;
+         /* there must be only two terms */
+         if (aij->r_next != NULL) continue;
+         /* interchange terms, if needed */
+         if (!mir->isint[k1] && mir->isint[k2])
+            ;
+         else if (mir->isint[k1] && !mir->isint[k2])
+         {  k2 = k1, a2 = a1;
+            k1 = m + aij->col->j, a1 = aij->val;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* both terms are either continuous or integer */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* x[k2] should be double-bounded */
+         if (mir->lb[k2] == -DBL_MAX || mir->ub[k2] == +DBL_MAX ||
+             mir->lb[k2] == mir->ub[k2]) continue;
+         /* change signs, if necessary */
+         if (mir->ub[i] == 0.0) a1 = - a1, a2 = - a2;
+         /* now the row has the form a1 * x1 + a2 * x2 >= 0, where x1
+            is continuous, x2 is integer */
+         if (a1 > 0.0)
+         {  /* x1 >= - (a2 / a1) * x2 */
+            if (mir->vlb[k1] == 0)
+            {  /* set variable lower bound for x1 */
+               mir->lb[k1] = - a2 / a1;
+               mir->vlb[k1] = k2;
+               /* the row should not be used */
+               mir->skip[i] = 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else /* a1 < 0.0 */
+         {  /* x1 <= - (a2 / a1) * x2 */
+            if (mir->vub[k1] == 0)
+            {  /* set variable upper bound for x1 */
+               mir->ub[k1] = - a2 / a1;
+               mir->vub[k1] = k2;
+               /* the row should not be used */
+               mir->skip[i] = 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void mark_useless_rows(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* mark rows which should not be used */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, k, nv;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  /* free rows should not be used */
+         if (mir->lb[i] == -DBL_MAX && mir->ub[i] == +DBL_MAX)
+         {  mir->skip[i] = 1;
+            continue;
+         }
+         nv = 0;
+         for (aij = mip->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  k = m + aij->col->j;
+            /* rows with free variables should not be used */
+            if (mir->lb[k] == -DBL_MAX && mir->ub[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  mir->skip[i] = 1;
+               break;
+            }
+            /* rows with integer variables having infinite (lower or
+               upper) bound should not be used */
+            if (mir->isint[k] && mir->lb[k] == -DBL_MAX ||
+                mir->isint[k] && mir->ub[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  mir->skip[i] = 1;
+               break;
+            }
+            /* count non-fixed variables */
+            if (!(mir->vlb[k] == 0 && mir->vub[k] == 0 &&
+                  mir->lb[k] == mir->ub[k])) nv++;
+         }
+         /* rows with all variables fixed should not be used */
+         if (nv == 0)
+         {  mir->skip[i] = 1;
+            continue;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+glp_mir *glp_mir_init(glp_prob *mip)
+{     /* create and initialize MIR cut generator */
+      int m = mip->m;
+      int n = mip->n;
+      glp_mir *mir;
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      xprintf("ios_mir_init: warning: debug mode enabled\n");
+#endif
+      /* allocate working area */
+      mir = xmalloc(sizeof(glp_mir));
+      mir->m = m;
+      mir->n = n;
+      mir->skip = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(char));
+      mir->isint = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(char));
+      mir->lb = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      mir->vlb = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(int));
+      mir->ub = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      mir->vub = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(int));
+      mir->x = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(double));
+      mir->agg_row = xcalloc(1+MAXAGGR, sizeof(int));
+      mir->agg_vec = spv_create_vec(m+n);
+      mir->subst = xcalloc(1+m+n, sizeof(char));
+      mir->mod_vec = spv_create_vec(m+n);
+      mir->cut_vec = spv_create_vec(m+n);
+      /* set global row attributes */
+      set_row_attrib(mip, mir);
+      /* set global column attributes */
+      set_col_attrib(mip, mir);
+      /* set variable bounds */
+      set_var_bounds(mip, mir);
+      /* mark rows which should not be used */
+      mark_useless_rows(mip, mir);
+      return mir;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mir_gen - generate mixed integer rounding (MIR) cuts
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  int glp_mir_gen(glp_prob *P, glp_mir *mir, glp_prob *pool);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine attempts to generate mixed integer rounding (MIR) cuts
+*  for current basic solution to the specified problem object.
+*
+*  The cutting plane inequalities generated by the routine are added to
+*  the specified cut pool.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of cuts that have been generated and
+*  added to the cut pool. */
+
+static void get_current_point(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* obtain current point */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int k;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m; k++)
+         mir->x[k] = mip->row[k]->prim;
+      for (k = m+1; k <= m+n; k++)
+         mir->x[k] = mip->col[k-m]->prim;
+      return;
+}
+
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+static void check_current_point(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* check current point */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int k, kk;
+      double lb, ub, eps;
+      for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+      {  /* determine lower bound */
+         lb = mir->lb[k];
+         kk = mir->vlb[k];
+         if (kk != 0)
+         {  xassert(lb != -DBL_MAX);
+            xassert(!mir->isint[k]);
+            xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+            lb *= mir->x[kk];
+         }
+         /* check lower bound */
+         if (lb != -DBL_MAX)
+         {  eps = 1e-6 * (1.0 + fabs(lb));
+            xassert(mir->x[k] >= lb - eps);
+         }
+         /* determine upper bound */
+         ub = mir->ub[k];
+         kk = mir->vub[k];
+         if (kk != 0)
+         {  xassert(ub != +DBL_MAX);
+            xassert(!mir->isint[k]);
+            xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+            ub *= mir->x[kk];
+         }
+         /* check upper bound */
+         if (ub != +DBL_MAX)
+         {  eps = 1e-6 * (1.0 + fabs(ub));
+            xassert(mir->x[k] <= ub + eps);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void initial_agg_row(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir, int i)
+{     /* use original i-th row as initial aggregated constraint */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+      xassert(!mir->skip[i]);
+      /* mark i-th row in order not to use it in the same aggregated
+         constraint */
+      mir->skip[i] = 2;
+      mir->agg_cnt = 1;
+      mir->agg_row[1] = i;
+      /* use x[i] - sum a[i,j] * x[m+j] = 0, where x[i] is auxiliary
+         variable of row i, x[m+j] are structural variables */
+      spv_clear_vec(mir->agg_vec);
+      spv_set_vj(mir->agg_vec, i, 1.0);
+      for (aij = mip->row[i]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         spv_set_vj(mir->agg_vec, m + aij->col->j, - aij->val);
+      mir->agg_rhs = 0.0;
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->agg_vec);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+static void check_agg_row(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* check aggregated constraint */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k;
+      double r, big;
+      /* compute the residual r = sum a[k] * x[k] - b and determine
+         big = max(1, |a[k]|, |b|) */
+      r = 0.0, big = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->agg_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->agg_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         r += mir->agg_vec->val[j] * mir->x[k];
+         if (big < fabs(mir->agg_vec->val[j]))
+            big = fabs(mir->agg_vec->val[j]);
+      }
+      r -= mir->agg_rhs;
+      if (big < fabs(mir->agg_rhs))
+         big = fabs(mir->agg_rhs);
+      /* the residual must be close to zero */
+      xassert(fabs(r) <= 1e-6 * big);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void subst_fixed_vars(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* substitute fixed variables into aggregated constraint */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->agg_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->agg_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (mir->vlb[k] == 0 && mir->vub[k] == 0 &&
+             mir->lb[k] == mir->ub[k])
+         {  /* x[k] is fixed */
+            mir->agg_rhs -= mir->agg_vec->val[j] * mir->lb[k];
+            mir->agg_vec->val[j] = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove terms corresponding to fixed variables */
+      spv_clean_vec(mir->agg_vec, DBL_EPSILON);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->agg_vec);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+static void bound_subst_heur(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* bound substitution heuristic */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k, kk;
+      double d1, d2;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->agg_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->agg_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (mir->isint[k]) continue; /* skip integer variable */
+         /* compute distance from x[k] to its lower bound */
+         kk = mir->vlb[k];
+         if (kk == 0)
+         {  if (mir->lb[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+               d1 = DBL_MAX;
+            else
+               d1 = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  xassert(1 <= kk && kk <= m+n);
+            xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+            xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            d1 = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k] * mir->x[kk];
+         }
+         /* compute distance from x[k] to its upper bound */
+         kk = mir->vub[k];
+         if (kk == 0)
+         {  if (mir->vub[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+               d2 = DBL_MAX;
+            else
+               d2 = mir->ub[k] - mir->x[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  xassert(1 <= kk && kk <= m+n);
+            xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+            xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            d2 = mir->ub[k] * mir->x[kk] - mir->x[k];
+         }
+         /* x[k] cannot be free */
+         xassert(d1 != DBL_MAX || d2 != DBL_MAX);
+         /* choose the bound which is closer to x[k] */
+         xassert(mir->subst[k] == '?');
+         if (d1 <= d2)
+            mir->subst[k] = 'L';
+         else
+            mir->subst[k] = 'U';
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void build_mod_row(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* substitute bounds and build modified constraint */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, jj, k, kk;
+      /* initially modified constraint is aggregated constraint */
+      spv_copy_vec(mir->mod_vec, mir->agg_vec);
+      mir->mod_rhs = mir->agg_rhs;
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->mod_vec);
+#endif
+      /* substitute bounds for continuous variables; note that due to
+         substitution of variable bounds additional terms may appear in
+         modified constraint */
+      for (j = mir->mod_vec->nnz; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  k = mir->mod_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (mir->isint[k]) continue; /* skip integer variable */
+         if (mir->subst[k] == 'L')
+         {  /* x[k] = (lower bound) + x'[k] */
+            xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vlb[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+            {  /* x[k] = lb[k] + x'[k] */
+               mir->mod_rhs -= mir->mod_vec->val[j] * mir->lb[k];
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[k] = lb[k] * x[kk] + x'[k] */
+               xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+               jj = mir->mod_vec->pos[kk];
+               if (jj == 0)
+               {  spv_set_vj(mir->mod_vec, kk, 1.0);
+                  jj = mir->mod_vec->pos[kk];
+                  mir->mod_vec->val[jj] = 0.0;
+               }
+               mir->mod_vec->val[jj] +=
+                  mir->mod_vec->val[j] * mir->lb[k];
+            }
+         }
+         else if (mir->subst[k] == 'U')
+         {  /* x[k] = (upper bound) - x'[k] */
+            xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vub[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+            {  /* x[k] = ub[k] - x'[k] */
+               mir->mod_rhs -= mir->mod_vec->val[j] * mir->ub[k];
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[k] = ub[k] * x[kk] - x'[k] */
+               xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+               jj = mir->mod_vec->pos[kk];
+               if (jj == 0)
+               {  spv_set_vj(mir->mod_vec, kk, 1.0);
+                  jj = mir->mod_vec->pos[kk];
+                  mir->mod_vec->val[jj] = 0.0;
+               }
+               mir->mod_vec->val[jj] +=
+                  mir->mod_vec->val[j] * mir->ub[k];
+            }
+            mir->mod_vec->val[j] = - mir->mod_vec->val[j];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(k != k);
+      }
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->mod_vec);
+#endif
+      /* substitute bounds for integer variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->mod_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->mod_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (!mir->isint[k]) continue; /* skip continuous variable */
+         xassert(mir->subst[k] == '?');
+         xassert(mir->vlb[k] == 0 && mir->vub[k] == 0);
+         xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX && mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+         if (fabs(mir->lb[k]) <= fabs(mir->ub[k]))
+         {  /* x[k] = lb[k] + x'[k] */
+            mir->subst[k] = 'L';
+            mir->mod_rhs -= mir->mod_vec->val[j] * mir->lb[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* x[k] = ub[k] - x'[k] */
+            mir->subst[k] = 'U';
+            mir->mod_rhs -= mir->mod_vec->val[j] * mir->ub[k];
+            mir->mod_vec->val[j] = - mir->mod_vec->val[j];
+         }
+      }
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->mod_vec);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+static void check_mod_row(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* check modified constraint */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k, kk;
+      double r, big, x;
+      /* compute the residual r = sum a'[k] * x'[k] - b' and determine
+         big = max(1, |a[k]|, |b|) */
+      r = 0.0, big = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->mod_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->mod_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (mir->subst[k] == 'L')
+         {  /* x'[k] = x[k] - (lower bound) */
+            xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vlb[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+               x = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k];
+            else
+               x = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k] * mir->x[kk];
+         }
+         else if (mir->subst[k] == 'U')
+         {  /* x'[k] = (upper bound) - x[k] */
+            xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vub[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+               x = mir->ub[k] - mir->x[k];
+            else
+               x = mir->ub[k] * mir->x[kk] - mir->x[k];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(k != k);
+         r += mir->mod_vec->val[j] * x;
+         if (big < fabs(mir->mod_vec->val[j]))
+            big = fabs(mir->mod_vec->val[j]);
+      }
+      r -= mir->mod_rhs;
+      if (big < fabs(mir->mod_rhs))
+         big = fabs(mir->mod_rhs);
+      /* the residual must be close to zero */
+      xassert(fabs(r) <= 1e-6 * big);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  mir_ineq - construct MIR inequality
+*
+*  Given the single constraint mixed integer set
+*
+*                    |N|
+*     X = {(x,s) in Z    x R  : sum   a[j] * x[j] <= b + s},
+*                    +      +  j in N
+*
+*  this routine constructs the mixed integer rounding (MIR) inequality
+*
+*     sum   alpha[j] * x[j] <= beta + gamma * s,
+*    j in N
+*
+*  which is valid for X.
+*
+*  If the MIR inequality has been successfully constructed, the routine
+*  returns zero. Otherwise, if b is close to nearest integer, there may
+*  be numeric difficulties due to big coefficients; so in this case the
+*  routine returns non-zero. */
+
+static int mir_ineq(const int n, const double a[], const double b,
+      double alpha[], double *beta, double *gamma)
+{     int j;
+      double f, t;
+      if (fabs(b - floor(b + .5)) < 0.01)
+         return 1;
+      f = b - floor(b);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  t = (a[j] - floor(a[j])) - f;
+         if (t <= 0.0)
+            alpha[j] = floor(a[j]);
+         else
+            alpha[j] = floor(a[j]) + t / (1.0 - f);
+      }
+      *beta = floor(b);
+      *gamma = 1.0 / (1.0 - f);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cmir_ineq - construct c-MIR inequality
+*
+*  Given the mixed knapsack set
+*
+*      MK              |N|
+*     X   = {(x,s) in Z    x R  : sum   a[j] * x[j] <= b + s,
+*                      +      +  j in N
+*
+*             x[j] <= u[j]},
+*
+*  a subset C of variables to be complemented, and a divisor delta > 0,
+*  this routine constructs the complemented MIR (c-MIR) inequality
+*
+*     sum   alpha[j] * x[j] <= beta + gamma * s,
+*    j in N
+*                      MK
+*  which is valid for X  .
+*
+*  If the c-MIR inequality has been successfully constructed, the
+*  routine returns zero. Otherwise, if there is a risk of numerical
+*  difficulties due to big coefficients (see comments to the routine
+*  mir_ineq), the routine cmir_ineq returns non-zero. */
+
+static int cmir_ineq(const int n, const double a[], const double b,
+      const double u[], const char cset[], const double delta,
+      double alpha[], double *beta, double *gamma)
+{     int j;
+      double *aa, bb;
+      aa = alpha, bb = b;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  aa[j] = a[j] / delta;
+         if (cset[j])
+            aa[j] = - aa[j], bb -= a[j] * u[j];
+      }
+      bb /= delta;
+      if (mir_ineq(n, aa, bb, alpha, beta, gamma)) return 1;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (cset[j])
+            alpha[j] = - alpha[j], *beta += alpha[j] * u[j];
+      }
+      *gamma /= delta;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  cmir_sep - c-MIR separation heuristic
+*
+*  Given the mixed knapsack set
+*
+*      MK              |N|
+*     X   = {(x,s) in Z    x R  : sum   a[j] * x[j] <= b + s,
+*                      +      +  j in N
+*
+*             x[j] <= u[j]}
+*
+*                           *   *
+*  and a fractional point (x , s ), this routine tries to construct
+*  c-MIR inequality
+*
+*     sum   alpha[j] * x[j] <= beta + gamma * s,
+*    j in N
+*                      MK
+*  which is valid for X   and has (desirably maximal) violation at the
+*  fractional point given. This is attained by choosing an appropriate
+*  set C of variables to be complemented and a divisor delta > 0, which
+*  together define corresponding c-MIR inequality.
+*
+*  If a violated c-MIR inequality has been successfully constructed,
+*  the routine returns its violation:
+*
+*                       *                      *
+*     sum   alpha[j] * x [j] - beta - gamma * s ,
+*    j in N
+*
+*  which is positive. In case of failure the routine returns zero. */
+
+struct vset { int j; double v; };
+
+static int CDECL cmir_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{     const struct vset *v1 = p1, *v2 = p2;
+      if (v1->v < v2->v) return -1;
+      if (v1->v > v2->v) return +1;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static double cmir_sep(const int n, const double a[], const double b,
+      const double u[], const double x[], const double s,
+      double alpha[], double *beta, double *gamma)
+{     int fail, j, k, nv, v;
+      double delta, eps, d_try[1+3], r, r_best;
+      char *cset;
+      struct vset *vset;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      cset = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      vset = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(struct vset));
+      /* choose initial C */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         cset[j] = (char)(x[j] >= 0.5 * u[j]);
+      /* choose initial delta */
+      r_best = delta = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(a[j] != 0.0);
+         /* if x[j] is close to its bounds, skip it */
+         eps = 1e-9 * (1.0 + fabs(u[j]));
+         if (x[j] < eps || x[j] > u[j] - eps) continue;
+         /* try delta = |a[j]| to construct c-MIR inequality */
+         fail = cmir_ineq(n, a, b, u, cset, fabs(a[j]), alpha, beta,
+            gamma);
+         if (fail) continue;
+         /* compute violation */
+         r = - (*beta) - (*gamma) * s;
+         for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) r += alpha[k] * x[k];
+         if (r_best < r) r_best = r, delta = fabs(a[j]);
+      }
+      if (r_best < 0.001) r_best = 0.0;
+      if (r_best == 0.0) goto done;
+      xassert(delta > 0.0);
+      /* try to increase violation by dividing delta by 2, 4, and 8,
+         respectively */
+      d_try[1] = delta / 2.0;
+      d_try[2] = delta / 4.0;
+      d_try[3] = delta / 8.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= 3; j++)
+      {  /* construct c-MIR inequality */
+         fail = cmir_ineq(n, a, b, u, cset, d_try[j], alpha, beta,
+            gamma);
+         if (fail) continue;
+         /* compute violation */
+         r = - (*beta) - (*gamma) * s;
+         for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) r += alpha[k] * x[k];
+         if (r_best < r) r_best = r, delta = d_try[j];
+      }
+      /* build subset of variables lying strictly between their bounds
+         and order it by nondecreasing values of |x[j] - u[j]/2| */
+      nv = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* if x[j] is close to its bounds, skip it */
+         eps = 1e-9 * (1.0 + fabs(u[j]));
+         if (x[j] < eps || x[j] > u[j] - eps) continue;
+         /* add x[j] to the subset */
+         nv++;
+         vset[nv].j = j;
+         vset[nv].v = fabs(x[j] - 0.5 * u[j]);
+      }
+      qsort(&vset[1], nv, sizeof(struct vset), cmir_cmp);
+      /* try to increase violation by successively complementing each
+         variable in the subset */
+      for (v = 1; v <= nv; v++)
+      {  j = vset[v].j;
+         /* replace x[j] by its complement or vice versa */
+         cset[j] = (char)!cset[j];
+         /* construct c-MIR inequality */
+         fail = cmir_ineq(n, a, b, u, cset, delta, alpha, beta, gamma);
+         /* restore the variable */
+         cset[j] = (char)!cset[j];
+         /* do not replace the variable in case of failure */
+         if (fail) continue;
+         /* compute violation */
+         r = - (*beta) - (*gamma) * s;
+         for (k = 1; k <= n; k++) r += alpha[k] * x[k];
+         if (r_best < r) r_best = r, cset[j] = (char)!cset[j];
+      }
+      /* construct the best c-MIR inequality chosen */
+      fail = cmir_ineq(n, a, b, u, cset, delta, alpha, beta, gamma);
+      xassert(!fail);
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(cset);
+      xfree(vset);
+      /* return to the calling routine */
+      return r_best;
+}
+
+static double generate(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* try to generate violated c-MIR cut for modified constraint */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k, kk, nint;
+      double s, *u, *x, *alpha, r_best = 0.0, b, beta, gamma;
+      spv_copy_vec(mir->cut_vec, mir->mod_vec);
+      mir->cut_rhs = mir->mod_rhs;
+      /* remove small terms, which can appear due to substitution of
+         variable bounds */
+      spv_clean_vec(mir->cut_vec, DBL_EPSILON);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->cut_vec);
+#endif
+      /* remove positive continuous terms to obtain MK relaxation */
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (!mir->isint[k] && mir->cut_vec->val[j] > 0.0)
+            mir->cut_vec->val[j] = 0.0;
+      }
+      spv_clean_vec(mir->cut_vec, 0.0);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->cut_vec);
+#endif
+      /* move integer terms to the beginning of the sparse vector and
+         determine the number of integer variables */
+      nint = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (mir->isint[k])
+         {  double temp;
+            nint++;
+            /* interchange elements [nint] and [j] */
+            kk = mir->cut_vec->ind[nint];
+            mir->cut_vec->pos[k] = nint;
+            mir->cut_vec->pos[kk] = j;
+            mir->cut_vec->ind[nint] = k;
+            mir->cut_vec->ind[j] = kk;
+            temp = mir->cut_vec->val[nint];
+            mir->cut_vec->val[nint] = mir->cut_vec->val[j];
+            mir->cut_vec->val[j] = temp;
+         }
+      }
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->cut_vec);
+#endif
+      /* if there is no integer variable, nothing to generate */
+      if (nint == 0) goto done;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      u = xcalloc(1+nint, sizeof(double));
+      x = xcalloc(1+nint, sizeof(double));
+      alpha = xcalloc(1+nint, sizeof(double));
+      /* determine u and x */
+      for (j = 1; j <= nint; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(m+1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         xassert(mir->isint[k]);
+         u[j] = mir->ub[k] - mir->lb[k];
+         xassert(u[j] >= 1.0);
+         if (mir->subst[k] == 'L')
+            x[j] = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k];
+         else if (mir->subst[k] == 'U')
+            x[j] = mir->ub[k] - mir->x[k];
+         else
+            xassert(k != k);
+#if 0 /* 06/III-2016; notorious bug reported many times */
+         xassert(x[j] >= -0.001);
+#else
+         if (x[j] < -0.001)
+         {  xprintf("glp_mir_gen: warning: x[%d] = %g\n", j, x[j]);
+            r_best = 0.0;
+            goto skip;
+         }
+#endif
+         if (x[j] < 0.0) x[j] = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* compute s = - sum of continuous terms */
+      s = 0.0;
+      for (j = nint+1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  double x;
+         k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         /* must be continuous */
+         xassert(!mir->isint[k]);
+         if (mir->subst[k] == 'L')
+         {  xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vlb[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+               x = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k];
+            else
+               x = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k] * mir->x[kk];
+         }
+         else if (mir->subst[k] == 'U')
+         {  xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vub[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+               x = mir->ub[k] - mir->x[k];
+            else
+               x = mir->ub[k] * mir->x[kk] - mir->x[k];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(k != k);
+#if 0 /* 06/III-2016; notorious bug reported many times */
+         xassert(x >= -0.001);
+#else
+         if (x < -0.001)
+         {  xprintf("glp_mir_gen: warning: x = %g\n", x);
+            r_best = 0.0;
+            goto skip;
+         }
+#endif
+         if (x < 0.0) x = 0.0;
+         s -= mir->cut_vec->val[j] * x;
+      }
+      xassert(s >= 0.0);
+      /* apply heuristic to obtain most violated c-MIR inequality */
+      b = mir->cut_rhs;
+      r_best = cmir_sep(nint, mir->cut_vec->val, b, u, x, s, alpha,
+         &beta, &gamma);
+      if (r_best == 0.0) goto skip;
+      xassert(r_best > 0.0);
+      /* convert to raw cut */
+      /* sum alpha[j] * x[j] <= beta + gamma * s */
+      for (j = 1; j <= nint; j++)
+         mir->cut_vec->val[j] = alpha[j];
+      for (j = nint+1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         if (k <= m+n) mir->cut_vec->val[j] *= gamma;
+      }
+      mir->cut_rhs = beta;
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->cut_vec);
+#endif
+skip: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(u);
+      xfree(x);
+      xfree(alpha);
+done: return r_best;
+}
+
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+static void check_raw_cut(glp_mir *mir, double r_best)
+{     /* check raw cut before back bound substitution */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k, kk;
+      double r, big, x;
+      /* compute the residual r = sum a[k] * x[k] - b and determine
+         big = max(1, |a[k]|, |b|) */
+      r = 0.0, big = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (mir->subst[k] == 'L')
+         {  xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vlb[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+               x = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k];
+            else
+               x = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k] * mir->x[kk];
+         }
+         else if (mir->subst[k] == 'U')
+         {  xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vub[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+               x = mir->ub[k] - mir->x[k];
+            else
+               x = mir->ub[k] * mir->x[kk] - mir->x[k];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(k != k);
+         r += mir->cut_vec->val[j] * x;
+         if (big < fabs(mir->cut_vec->val[j]))
+            big = fabs(mir->cut_vec->val[j]);
+      }
+      r -= mir->cut_rhs;
+      if (big < fabs(mir->cut_rhs))
+         big = fabs(mir->cut_rhs);
+      /* the residual must be close to r_best */
+      xassert(fabs(r - r_best) <= 1e-6 * big);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void back_subst(glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* back substitution of original bounds */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, jj, k, kk;
+      /* at first, restore bounds of integer variables (because on
+         restoring variable bounds of continuous variables we need
+         original, not shifted, bounds of integer variables) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (!mir->isint[k]) continue; /* skip continuous */
+         if (mir->subst[k] == 'L')
+         {  /* x'[k] = x[k] - lb[k] */
+            xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            xassert(mir->vlb[k] == 0);
+            mir->cut_rhs += mir->cut_vec->val[j] * mir->lb[k];
+         }
+         else if (mir->subst[k] == 'U')
+         {  /* x'[k] = ub[k] - x[k] */
+            xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            xassert(mir->vub[k] == 0);
+            mir->cut_rhs -= mir->cut_vec->val[j] * mir->ub[k];
+            mir->cut_vec->val[j] = - mir->cut_vec->val[j];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(k != k);
+      }
+      /* now restore bounds of continuous variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (mir->isint[k]) continue; /* skip integer */
+         if (mir->subst[k] == 'L')
+         {  /* x'[k] = x[k] - (lower bound) */
+            xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vlb[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+            {  /* x'[k] = x[k] - lb[k] */
+               mir->cut_rhs += mir->cut_vec->val[j] * mir->lb[k];
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x'[k] = x[k] - lb[k] * x[kk] */
+               jj = mir->cut_vec->pos[kk];
+#if 0
+               xassert(jj != 0);
+#else
+               if (jj == 0)
+               {  spv_set_vj(mir->cut_vec, kk, 1.0);
+                  jj = mir->cut_vec->pos[kk];
+                  xassert(jj != 0);
+                  mir->cut_vec->val[jj] = 0.0;
+               }
+#endif
+               mir->cut_vec->val[jj] -= mir->cut_vec->val[j] *
+                  mir->lb[k];
+            }
+         }
+         else if (mir->subst[k] == 'U')
+         {  /* x'[k] = (upper bound) - x[k] */
+            xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            kk = mir->vub[k];
+            if (kk == 0)
+            {  /* x'[k] = ub[k] - x[k] */
+               mir->cut_rhs -= mir->cut_vec->val[j] * mir->ub[k];
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x'[k] = ub[k] * x[kk] - x[k] */
+               jj = mir->cut_vec->pos[kk];
+               if (jj == 0)
+               {  spv_set_vj(mir->cut_vec, kk, 1.0);
+                  jj = mir->cut_vec->pos[kk];
+                  xassert(jj != 0);
+                  mir->cut_vec->val[jj] = 0.0;
+               }
+               mir->cut_vec->val[jj] += mir->cut_vec->val[j] *
+                  mir->ub[k];
+            }
+            mir->cut_vec->val[j] = - mir->cut_vec->val[j];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(k != k);
+      }
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->cut_vec);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+static void check_cut_row(glp_mir *mir, double r_best)
+{     /* check the cut after back bound substitution or elimination of
+         auxiliary variables */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k;
+      double r, big;
+      /* compute the residual r = sum a[k] * x[k] - b and determine
+         big = max(1, |a[k]|, |b|) */
+      r = 0.0, big = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->cut_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         r += mir->cut_vec->val[j] * mir->x[k];
+         if (big < fabs(mir->cut_vec->val[j]))
+            big = fabs(mir->cut_vec->val[j]);
+      }
+      r -= mir->cut_rhs;
+      if (big < fabs(mir->cut_rhs))
+         big = fabs(mir->cut_rhs);
+      /* the residual must be close to r_best */
+      xassert(fabs(r - r_best) <= 1e-6 * big);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void subst_aux_vars(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir)
+{     /* final substitution to eliminate auxiliary variables */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+      int j, k, kk, jj;
+      for (j = mir->cut_vec->nnz; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (k > m) continue; /* skip structurals */
+         for (aij = mip->row[k]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  kk = m + aij->col->j; /* structural */
+            jj = mir->cut_vec->pos[kk];
+            if (jj == 0)
+            {  spv_set_vj(mir->cut_vec, kk, 1.0);
+               jj = mir->cut_vec->pos[kk];
+               mir->cut_vec->val[jj] = 0.0;
+            }
+            mir->cut_vec->val[jj] += mir->cut_vec->val[j] * aij->val;
+         }
+         mir->cut_vec->val[j] = 0.0;
+      }
+      spv_clean_vec(mir->cut_vec, 0.0);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void add_cut(glp_mir *mir, glp_prob *pool)
+{     /* add constructed cut inequality to the cut pool */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int j, k, len;
+      int *ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      double *val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      len = 0;
+      for (j = mir->cut_vec->nnz; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  k = mir->cut_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(m+1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         len++, ind[len] = k - m, val[len] = mir->cut_vec->val[j];
+      }
+#if 0
+#if 0
+      ios_add_cut_row(tree, pool, GLP_RF_MIR, len, ind, val, GLP_UP,
+         mir->cut_rhs);
+#else
+      glp_ios_add_row(tree, NULL, GLP_RF_MIR, 0, len, ind, val, GLP_UP,
+         mir->cut_rhs);
+#endif
+#else
+      {  int i;
+         i = glp_add_rows(pool, 1);
+         glp_set_row_bnds(pool, i, GLP_UP, 0, mir->cut_rhs);
+         glp_set_mat_row(pool, i, len, ind, val);
+      }
+#endif
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+static int aggregate_row(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir)
+#else
+static int aggregate_row(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir, SPV *v)
+#endif
+{     /* try to aggregate another row */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      GLPAIJ *aij;
+#if 0 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      SPV *v;
+#endif
+      int ii, j, jj, k, kk, kappa = 0, ret = 0;
+      double d1, d2, d, d_max = 0.0;
+      /* choose appropriate structural variable in the aggregated row
+         to be substituted */
+      for (j = 1; j <= mir->agg_vec->nnz; j++)
+      {  k = mir->agg_vec->ind[j];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+         if (k <= m) continue; /* skip auxiliary var */
+         if (mir->isint[k]) continue; /* skip integer var */
+         if (fabs(mir->agg_vec->val[j]) < 0.001) continue;
+         /* compute distance from x[k] to its lower bound */
+         kk = mir->vlb[k];
+         if (kk == 0)
+         {  if (mir->lb[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+               d1 = DBL_MAX;
+            else
+               d1 = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  xassert(1 <= kk && kk <= m+n);
+            xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+            xassert(mir->lb[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+            d1 = mir->x[k] - mir->lb[k] * mir->x[kk];
+         }
+         /* compute distance from x[k] to its upper bound */
+         kk = mir->vub[k];
+         if (kk == 0)
+         {  if (mir->vub[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+               d2 = DBL_MAX;
+            else
+               d2 = mir->ub[k] - mir->x[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  xassert(1 <= kk && kk <= m+n);
+            xassert(mir->isint[kk]);
+            xassert(mir->ub[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            d2 = mir->ub[k] * mir->x[kk] - mir->x[k];
+         }
+         /* x[k] cannot be free */
+         xassert(d1 != DBL_MAX || d2 != DBL_MAX);
+         /* d = min(d1, d2) */
+         d = (d1 <= d2 ? d1 : d2);
+         xassert(d != DBL_MAX);
+         /* should not be close to corresponding bound */
+         if (d < 0.001) continue;
+         if (d_max < d) d_max = d, kappa = k;
+      }
+      if (kappa == 0)
+      {  /* nothing chosen */
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* x[kappa] has been chosen */
+      xassert(m+1 <= kappa && kappa <= m+n);
+      xassert(!mir->isint[kappa]);
+      /* find another row, which have not been used yet, to eliminate
+         x[kappa] from the aggregated row */
+#if 0 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      for (ii = 1; ii <= m; ii++)
+      {  if (mir->skip[ii]) continue;
+         for (aij = mip->row[ii]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            if (aij->col->j == kappa - m) break;
+         if (aij != NULL && fabs(aij->val) >= 0.001) break;
+#else
+      ii = 0;
+      for (aij = mip->col[kappa - m]->ptr; aij != NULL;
+         aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  if (aij->row->i > m) continue;
+         if (mir->skip[aij->row->i]) continue;
+         if (fabs(aij->val) >= 0.001)
+         {  ii = aij->row->i;
+            break;
+         }
+#endif
+      }
+#if 0 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      if (ii > m)
+#else
+      if (ii == 0)
+#endif
+      {  /* nothing found */
+         ret = 2;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* row ii has been found; include it in the aggregated list */
+      mir->agg_cnt++;
+      xassert(mir->agg_cnt <= MAXAGGR);
+      mir->agg_row[mir->agg_cnt] = ii;
+      mir->skip[ii] = 2;
+      /* v := new row */
+#if 0 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      v = ios_create_vec(m+n);
+#else
+      spv_clear_vec(v);
+#endif
+      spv_set_vj(v, ii, 1.0);
+      for (aij = mip->row[ii]->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         spv_set_vj(v, m + aij->col->j, - aij->val);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(v);
+#endif
+      /* perform gaussian elimination to remove x[kappa] */
+      j = mir->agg_vec->pos[kappa];
+      xassert(j != 0);
+      jj = v->pos[kappa];
+      xassert(jj != 0);
+      spv_linear_comb(mir->agg_vec,
+         - mir->agg_vec->val[j] / v->val[jj], v);
+#if 0 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      ios_delete_vec(v);
+#endif
+      spv_set_vj(mir->agg_vec, kappa, 0.0);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      spv_check_vec(mir->agg_vec);
+#endif
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+int glp_mir_gen(glp_prob *mip, glp_mir *mir, glp_prob *pool)
+{     /* main routine to generate MIR cuts */
+      int m = mir->m;
+      int n = mir->n;
+      int i, nnn = 0;
+      double r_best;
+#if 1 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      SPV *work;
+#endif
+      xassert(mip->m >= m);
+      xassert(mip->n == n);
+      /* obtain current point */
+      get_current_point(mip, mir);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+      /* check current point */
+      check_current_point(mir);
+#endif
+      /* reset bound substitution flags */
+      memset(&mir->subst[1], '?', m+n);
+#if 1 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      work = spv_create_vec(m+n);
+#endif
+      /* try to generate a set of violated MIR cuts */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (mir->skip[i]) continue;
+         /* use original i-th row as initial aggregated constraint */
+         initial_agg_row(mip, mir, i);
+loop:    ;
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+         /* check aggregated row */
+         check_agg_row(mir);
+#endif
+         /* substitute fixed variables into aggregated constraint */
+         subst_fixed_vars(mir);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+         /* check aggregated row */
+         check_agg_row(mir);
+#endif
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+         /* check bound substitution flags */
+         {  int k;
+            for (k = 1; k <= m+n; k++)
+               xassert(mir->subst[k] == '?');
+         }
+#endif
+         /* apply bound substitution heuristic */
+         bound_subst_heur(mir);
+         /* substitute bounds and build modified constraint */
+         build_mod_row(mir);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+         /* check modified row */
+         check_mod_row(mir);
+#endif
+         /* try to generate violated c-MIR cut for modified row */
+         r_best = generate(mir);
+         if (r_best > 0.0)
+         {  /* success */
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+            /* check raw cut before back bound substitution */
+            check_raw_cut(mir, r_best);
+#endif
+            /* back substitution of original bounds */
+            back_subst(mir);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+            /* check the cut after back bound substitution */
+            check_cut_row(mir, r_best);
+#endif
+            /* final substitution to eliminate auxiliary variables */
+            subst_aux_vars(mip, mir);
+#if MIR_DEBUG
+            /* check the cut after elimination of auxiliaries */
+            check_cut_row(mir, r_best);
+#endif
+            /* add constructed cut inequality to the cut pool */
+            add_cut(mir, pool), nnn++;
+         }
+         /* reset bound substitution flags */
+         {  int j, k;
+            for (j = 1; j <= mir->mod_vec->nnz; j++)
+            {  k = mir->mod_vec->ind[j];
+               xassert(1 <= k && k <= m+n);
+               xassert(mir->subst[k] != '?');
+               mir->subst[k] = '?';
+            }
+         }
+         if (r_best == 0.0)
+         {  /* failure */
+            if (mir->agg_cnt < MAXAGGR)
+            {  /* try to aggregate another row */
+#if 0 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+               if (aggregate_row(mip, mir) == 0) goto loop;
+#else
+               if (aggregate_row(mip, mir, work) == 0) goto loop;
+#endif
+            }
+         }
+         /* unmark rows used in the aggregated constraint */
+         {  int k, ii;
+            for (k = 1; k <= mir->agg_cnt; k++)
+            {  ii = mir->agg_row[k];
+               xassert(1 <= ii && ii <= m);
+               xassert(mir->skip[ii] == 2);
+               mir->skip[ii] = 0;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+#if 1 /* 29/II-2016 by Chris */
+      spv_delete_vec(work);
+#endif
+      return nnn;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  glp_mir_free - delete MIR cut generator workspace
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  void glp_mir_free(glp_mir *mir);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  This routine deletes the MIR cut generator workspace and frees all
+*  the memory allocated to it. */
+
+void glp_mir_free(glp_mir *mir)
+{     xfree(mir->skip);
+      xfree(mir->isint);
+      xfree(mir->lb);
+      xfree(mir->vlb);
+      xfree(mir->ub);
+      xfree(mir->vub);
+      xfree(mir->x);
+      xfree(mir->agg_row);
+      spv_delete_vec(mir->agg_vec);
+      xfree(mir->subst);
+      spv_delete_vec(mir->mod_vec);
+      spv_delete_vec(mir->cut_vec);
+      xfree(mir);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/spv.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/spv.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..502f3cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/spv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/* spv.c (operations on sparse vectors) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spv.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_create_vec - create sparse vector
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  SPV *spv_create_vec(int n);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_create_vec creates a sparse vector of dimension n,
+*  which initially is a null vector.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the vector created. */
+
+SPV *spv_create_vec(int n)
+{     SPV *v;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      v = xmalloc(sizeof(SPV));
+      v->n = n;
+      v->nnz = 0;
+      v->pos = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      memset(&v->pos[1], 0, n * sizeof(int));
+      v->ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      v->val = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      return v;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_check_vec - check that sparse vector has correct representation
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void spv_check_vec(SPV *v);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_check_vec checks that a sparse vector specified by
+*  the parameter v has correct representation.
+*
+*  NOTE
+*
+*  Complexity of this operation is O(n). */
+
+void spv_check_vec(SPV *v)
+{     int j, k, nnz;
+      xassert(v->n >= 0);
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (j = v->n; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  k = v->pos[j];
+         xassert(0 <= k && k <= v->nnz);
+         if (k != 0)
+         {  xassert(v->ind[k] == j);
+            nnz++;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(v->nnz == nnz);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_get_vj - retrieve component of sparse vector
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  double spv_get_vj(SPV *v, int j);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine spv_get_vj returns j-th component of a sparse vector
+*  specified by the parameter v. */
+
+double spv_get_vj(SPV *v, int j)
+{     int k;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= v->n);
+      k = v->pos[j];
+      xassert(0 <= k && k <= v->nnz);
+      return (k == 0 ? 0.0 : v->val[k]);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_set_vj - set/change component of sparse vector
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void spv_set_vj(SPV *v, int j, double val);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_set_vj assigns val to j-th component of a sparse
+*  vector specified by the parameter v. */
+
+void spv_set_vj(SPV *v, int j, double val)
+{     int k;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= v->n);
+      k = v->pos[j];
+      if (val == 0.0)
+      {  if (k != 0)
+         {  /* remove j-th component */
+            v->pos[j] = 0;
+            if (k < v->nnz)
+            {  v->pos[v->ind[v->nnz]] = k;
+               v->ind[k] = v->ind[v->nnz];
+               v->val[k] = v->val[v->nnz];
+            }
+            v->nnz--;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  if (k == 0)
+         {  /* create j-th component */
+            k = ++(v->nnz);
+            v->pos[j] = k;
+            v->ind[k] = j;
+         }
+         v->val[k] = val;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_clear_vec - set all components of sparse vector to zero
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void spv_clear_vec(SPV *v);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_clear_vec sets all components of a sparse vector
+*  specified by the parameter v to zero. */
+
+void spv_clear_vec(SPV *v)
+{     int k;
+      for (k = 1; k <= v->nnz; k++)
+         v->pos[v->ind[k]] = 0;
+      v->nnz = 0;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_clean_vec - remove zero or small components from sparse vector
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void spv_clean_vec(SPV *v, double eps);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_clean_vec removes zero components and components
+*  whose magnitude is less than eps from a sparse vector specified by
+*  the parameter v. If eps is 0.0, only zero components are removed. */
+
+void spv_clean_vec(SPV *v, double eps)
+{     int k, nnz;
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= v->nnz; k++)
+      {  if (fabs(v->val[k]) == 0.0 || fabs(v->val[k]) < eps)
+         {  /* remove component */
+            v->pos[v->ind[k]] = 0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* keep component */
+            nnz++;
+            v->pos[v->ind[k]] = nnz;
+            v->ind[nnz] = v->ind[k];
+            v->val[nnz] = v->val[k];
+         }
+      }
+      v->nnz = nnz;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_copy_vec - copy sparse vector (x := y)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void spv_copy_vec(SPV *x, SPV *y);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_copy_vec copies a sparse vector specified by the
+*  parameter y to a sparse vector specified by the parameter x. */
+
+void spv_copy_vec(SPV *x, SPV *y)
+{     int j;
+      xassert(x != y);
+      xassert(x->n == y->n);
+      spv_clear_vec(x);
+      x->nnz = y->nnz;
+      memcpy(&x->ind[1], &y->ind[1], x->nnz * sizeof(int));
+      memcpy(&x->val[1], &y->val[1], x->nnz * sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= x->nnz; j++)
+         x->pos[x->ind[j]] = j;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_linear_comb - compute linear combination (x := x + a * y)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void spv_linear_comb(SPV *x, double a, SPV *y);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_linear_comb computes the linear combination
+*
+*     x := x + a * y,
+*
+*  where x and y are sparse vectors, a is a scalar. */
+
+void spv_linear_comb(SPV *x, double a, SPV *y)
+{     int j, k;
+      double xj, yj;
+      xassert(x != y);
+      xassert(x->n == y->n);
+      for (k = 1; k <= y->nnz; k++)
+      {  j = y->ind[k];
+         xj = spv_get_vj(x, j);
+         yj = y->val[k];
+         spv_set_vj(x, j, xj + a * yj);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  spv_delete_vec - delete sparse vector
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpios.h"
+*  void spv_delete_vec(SPV *v);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine spv_delete_vec deletes a sparse vector specified by the
+*  parameter v freeing all the memory allocated to this object. */
+
+void spv_delete_vec(SPV *v)
+{     /* delete sparse vector */
+      xfree(v->pos);
+      xfree(v->ind);
+      xfree(v->val);
+      xfree(v);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/spv.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/spv.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7d4699f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/intopt/spv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* spv.h (operations on sparse vectors) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPV_H
+#define SPV_H
+
+typedef struct SPV SPV;
+
+struct SPV
+{     /* sparse vector v = (v[j]) */
+      int n;
+      /* dimension, n >= 0 */
+      int nnz;
+      /* number of non-zero components, 0 <= nnz <= n */
+      int *pos; /* int pos[1+n]; */
+      /* pos[j] = k, 1 <= j <= n, is position of (non-zero) v[j] in the
+       * arrays ind and val, where 1 <= k <= nnz; pos[j] = 0 means that
+       * v[j] is structural zero */
+      int *ind; /* int ind[1+n]; */
+      /* ind[k] = j, 1 <= k <= nnz, is index of v[j] */
+      double *val; /* double val[1+n]; */
+      /* val[k], 1 <= k <= nnz, is a numeric value of v[j] */
+};
+
+#define spv_create_vec _glp_spv_create_vec
+SPV *spv_create_vec(int n);
+/* create sparse vector */
+
+#define spv_check_vec _glp_spv_check_vec
+void spv_check_vec(SPV *v);
+/* check that sparse vector has correct representation */
+
+#define spv_get_vj _glp_spv_get_vj
+double spv_get_vj(SPV *v, int j);
+/* retrieve component of sparse vector */
+
+#define spv_set_vj _glp_spv_set_vj
+void spv_set_vj(SPV *v, int j, double val);
+/* set/change component of sparse vector */
+
+#define spv_clear_vec _glp_spv_clear_vec
+void spv_clear_vec(SPV *v);
+/* set all components of sparse vector to zero */
+
+#define spv_clean_vec _glp_spv_clean_vec
+void spv_clean_vec(SPV *v, double eps);
+/* remove zero or small components from sparse vector */
+
+#define spv_copy_vec _glp_spv_copy_vec
+void spv_copy_vec(SPV *x, SPV *y);
+/* copy sparse vector (x := y) */
+
+#define spv_linear_comb _glp_spv_linear_comb
+void spv_linear_comb(SPV *x, double a, SPV *y);
+/* compute linear combination (x := x + a * y) */
+
+#define spv_delete_vec _glp_spv_delete_vec
+void spv_delete_vec(SPV *v);
+/* delete sparse vector */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/LICENSE b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a6b9f36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+MiniSat -- Copyright (c) 2005, Niklas Sorensson
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/README b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c183c7d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/README
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+NOTE: Files in this subdirectory are NOT part of the GLPK package, but
+      are used with GLPK.
+
+      The original code was modified according to GLPK requirements by
+      Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+************************************************************************
+MiniSat-C v1.14.1
+========================================
+
+* Fixed some serious bugs.
+* Tweaked to be Visual Studio friendly (by Alan Mishchenko).
+  This disabled reading of gzipped DIMACS files and signal handling,
+  but none of these features are essential (and easy to re-enable, if
+  wanted).
+
+MiniSat-C v1.14
+========================================
+
+Ok, we get it. You hate C++. You hate templates. We agree; C++ is a
+seriously messed up language. Although we are more pragmatic about the
+quirks and maldesigns in C++, we sympathize with you. So here is a
+pure C version of MiniSat, put together by Niklas Sorensson.
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/minisat.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/minisat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2432d650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/minisat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1315 @@
+/* minisat.c */
+
+/* Modified by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, August 2011 */
+/* May 2017: Changes were made to provide 64-bit portability; thanks to
+ * Chris Matrakidis <cmatraki@gmail.com> for patch */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  MiniSat -- Copyright (c) 2005, Niklas Sorensson
+*  http://www.cs.chalmers.se/Cs/Research/FormalMethods/MiniSat/
+*
+*  Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+*  obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+*  (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+*  including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+*  publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+*  and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+*  subject to the following conditions:
+*
+*  The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+*  included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+*
+*  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+*  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+*  MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+*  NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+*  BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+*  ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+*  CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+*  SOFTWARE.
+***********************************************************************/
+/* Modified to compile with MS Visual Studio 6.0 by Alan Mishchenko */
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "minisat.h"
+
+#if 1 /* by mao */
+static void *ymalloc(int size)
+{     void *ptr;
+      xassert(size > 0);
+      ptr = malloc(size);
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+         xerror("MiniSat: no memory available\n");
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+static void *yrealloc(void *ptr, int size)
+{     xassert(size > 0);
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+         ptr = malloc(size);
+      else
+         ptr = realloc(ptr, size);
+      if (ptr == NULL)
+         xerror("MiniSat: no memory available\n");
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+static void yfree(void *ptr)
+{     xassert(ptr != NULL);
+      free(ptr);
+      return;
+}
+
+#define assert  xassert
+#define printf  xprintf
+#define fflush(f) /* nop */
+#define malloc  ymalloc
+#define realloc yrealloc
+#define free    yfree
+#define inline  /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Debug: */
+
+#if 0
+#define VERBOSEDEBUG 1
+#endif
+
+/* For derivation output (verbosity level 2) */
+#define L_IND    "%-*d"
+#define L_ind    solver_dlevel(s)*3+3,solver_dlevel(s)
+#define L_LIT    "%sx%d"
+#define L_lit(p) lit_sign(p)?"~":"", (lit_var(p))
+
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+/* Just like 'assert()' but expression will be evaluated in the release
+   version as well. */
+static inline void check(int expr) { assert(expr); }
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+static void printlits(lit* begin, lit* end)
+{
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < end - begin; i++)
+        printf(L_LIT" ",L_lit(begin[i]));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Random numbers: */
+
+/* Returns a random float 0 <= x < 1. Seed must never be 0. */
+static inline double drand(double* seed) {
+    int q;
+    *seed *= 1389796;
+    q = (int)(*seed / 2147483647);
+    *seed -= (double)q * 2147483647;
+    return *seed / 2147483647; }
+
+/* Returns a random integer 0 <= x < size. Seed must never be 0. */
+static inline int irand(double* seed, int size) {
+    return (int)(drand(seed) * size); }
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Predeclarations: */
+
+static void sort(void** array, int size,
+    int(*comp)(const void *, const void *));
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Clause datatype + minor functions: */
+
+#if 0 /* by mao; see minisat.h */
+struct clause_t
+{
+    int size_learnt;
+    lit lits[0];
+};
+#endif
+
+#define clause_size(c) ((c)->size_learnt >> 1)
+
+#define clause_begin(c) ((c)->lits)
+
+#define clause_learnt(c) ((c)->size_learnt & 1)
+
+#define clause_activity(c) \
+    (*((float*)&(c)->lits[(c)->size_learnt>>1]))
+
+#define clause_setactivity(c, a) \
+    (void)(*((float*)&(c)->lits[(c)->size_learnt>>1]) = (a))
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Encode literals in clause pointers: */
+
+#if 0 /* 8/I-2017 by cmatraki (64-bit portability) */
+#define clause_from_lit(l) \
+      (clause*)((unsigned long)(l) + (unsigned long)(l) + 1)
+
+#define clause_is_lit(c) \
+      ((unsigned long)(c) & 1)
+
+#define clause_read_lit(c) \
+      (lit)((unsigned long)(c) >> 1)
+#else
+#define clause_from_lit(l) \
+      (clause*)((size_t)(l) + (size_t)(l) + 1)
+
+#define clause_is_lit(c) \
+      ((size_t)(c) & 1)
+
+#define clause_read_lit(c) \
+      (lit)((size_t)(c) >> 1)
+#endif
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Simple helpers: */
+
+#define solver_dlevel(s) \
+    (int)veci_size(&(s)->trail_lim)
+
+#define solver_read_wlist(s, l) \
+    (vecp *)(&(s)->wlists[l])
+
+static inline void    vecp_remove(vecp* v, void* e)
+{
+    void** ws = vecp_begin(v);
+    int    j  = 0;
+
+    for (; ws[j] != e  ; j++);
+    assert(j < vecp_size(v));
+    for (; j < vecp_size(v)-1; j++) ws[j] = ws[j+1];
+    vecp_resize(v,vecp_size(v)-1);
+}
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Variable order functions: */
+
+static inline void order_update(solver* s, int v)
+{   /* updateorder */
+    int*    orderpos = s->orderpos;
+    double* activity = s->activity;
+    int*    heap     = veci_begin(&s->order);
+    int     i        = orderpos[v];
+    int     x        = heap[i];
+    int     parent   = (i - 1) / 2;
+
+    assert(s->orderpos[v] != -1);
+
+    while (i != 0 && activity[x] > activity[heap[parent]]){
+        heap[i]           = heap[parent];
+        orderpos[heap[i]] = i;
+        i                 = parent;
+        parent            = (i - 1) / 2;
+    }
+    heap[i]     = x;
+    orderpos[x] = i;
+}
+
+#define order_assigned(s, v) /* nop */
+
+static inline void order_unassigned(solver* s, int v)
+{   /* undoorder */
+    int* orderpos = s->orderpos;
+    if (orderpos[v] == -1){
+        orderpos[v] = veci_size(&s->order);
+        veci_push(&s->order,v);
+        order_update(s,v);
+    }
+}
+
+static int order_select(solver* s, float random_var_freq)
+{   /* selectvar */
+    int*    heap;
+    double* activity;
+    int*    orderpos;
+
+    lbool* values = s->assigns;
+
+    /* Random decision: */
+    if (drand(&s->random_seed) < random_var_freq){
+        int next = irand(&s->random_seed,s->size);
+        assert(next >= 0 && next < s->size);
+        if (values[next] == l_Undef)
+            return next;
+    }
+
+    /* Activity based decision: */
+
+    heap     = veci_begin(&s->order);
+    activity = s->activity;
+    orderpos = s->orderpos;
+
+    while (veci_size(&s->order) > 0){
+        int    next  = heap[0];
+        int    size  = veci_size(&s->order)-1;
+        int    x     = heap[size];
+
+        veci_resize(&s->order,size);
+
+        orderpos[next] = -1;
+
+        if (size > 0){
+            double act   = activity[x];
+
+            int    i     = 0;
+            int    child = 1;
+
+            while (child < size){
+                if (child+1 < size
+                    && activity[heap[child]] < activity[heap[child+1]])
+                    child++;
+
+                assert(child < size);
+
+                if (act >= activity[heap[child]])
+                    break;
+
+                heap[i]           = heap[child];
+                orderpos[heap[i]] = i;
+                i                 = child;
+                child             = 2 * child + 1;
+            }
+            heap[i]           = x;
+            orderpos[heap[i]] = i;
+        }
+
+        if (values[next] == l_Undef)
+            return next;
+    }
+
+    return var_Undef;
+}
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Activity functions: */
+
+static inline void act_var_rescale(solver* s) {
+    double* activity = s->activity;
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < s->size; i++)
+        activity[i] *= 1e-100;
+    s->var_inc *= 1e-100;
+}
+
+static inline void act_var_bump(solver* s, int v) {
+    double* activity = s->activity;
+    if ((activity[v] += s->var_inc) > 1e100)
+        act_var_rescale(s);
+
+    /* printf("bump %d %f\n", v-1, activity[v]); */
+
+    if (s->orderpos[v] != -1)
+        order_update(s,v);
+
+}
+
+static inline void act_var_decay(solver* s)
+    { s->var_inc *= s->var_decay; }
+
+static inline void act_clause_rescale(solver* s) {
+    clause** cs = (clause**)vecp_begin(&s->learnts);
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < vecp_size(&s->learnts); i++){
+        float a = clause_activity(cs[i]);
+        clause_setactivity(cs[i], a * (float)1e-20);
+    }
+    s->cla_inc *= (float)1e-20;
+}
+
+static inline void act_clause_bump(solver* s, clause *c) {
+    float a = clause_activity(c) + s->cla_inc;
+    clause_setactivity(c,a);
+    if (a > 1e20) act_clause_rescale(s);
+}
+
+static inline void act_clause_decay(solver* s)
+    { s->cla_inc *= s->cla_decay; }
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Clause functions: */
+
+/* pre: size > 1 && no variable occurs twice
+ */
+static clause* clause_new(solver* s, lit* begin, lit* end, int learnt)
+{
+    int size;
+    clause* c;
+    int i;
+
+    assert(end - begin > 1);
+    assert(learnt >= 0 && learnt < 2);
+    size           = end - begin;
+    c              = (clause*)malloc(sizeof(clause)
+                     + sizeof(lit) * size + learnt * sizeof(float));
+    c->size_learnt = (size << 1) | learnt;
+#if 1 /* by mao & cmatraki; non-portable check that is a fundamental  \
+       * assumption of minisat code: bit 0 is used as a flag (zero    \
+       * for pointer, one for shifted int) so allocated memory should \
+       * be at least 16-bit aligned */
+    assert(((size_t)c & 1) == 0);
+#endif
+
+    for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+        c->lits[i] = begin[i];
+
+    if (learnt)
+        *((float*)&c->lits[size]) = 0.0;
+
+    assert(begin[0] >= 0);
+    assert(begin[0] < s->size*2);
+    assert(begin[1] >= 0);
+    assert(begin[1] < s->size*2);
+
+    assert(lit_neg(begin[0]) < s->size*2);
+    assert(lit_neg(begin[1]) < s->size*2);
+
+    /* vecp_push(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(begin[0])),(void*)c); */
+    /* vecp_push(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(begin[1])),(void*)c); */
+
+    vecp_push(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(begin[0])),
+        (void*)(size > 2 ? c : clause_from_lit(begin[1])));
+    vecp_push(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(begin[1])),
+        (void*)(size > 2 ? c : clause_from_lit(begin[0])));
+
+    return c;
+}
+
+static void clause_remove(solver* s, clause* c)
+{
+    lit* lits = clause_begin(c);
+    assert(lit_neg(lits[0]) < s->size*2);
+    assert(lit_neg(lits[1]) < s->size*2);
+
+    /* vecp_remove(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(lits[0])),(void*)c); */
+    /* vecp_remove(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(lits[1])),(void*)c); */
+
+    assert(lits[0] < s->size*2);
+    vecp_remove(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(lits[0])),
+        (void*)(clause_size(c) > 2 ? c : clause_from_lit(lits[1])));
+    vecp_remove(solver_read_wlist(s,lit_neg(lits[1])),
+        (void*)(clause_size(c) > 2 ? c : clause_from_lit(lits[0])));
+
+    if (clause_learnt(c)){
+        s->stats.learnts--;
+        s->stats.learnts_literals -= clause_size(c);
+    }else{
+        s->stats.clauses--;
+        s->stats.clauses_literals -= clause_size(c);
+    }
+
+    free(c);
+}
+
+static lbool clause_simplify(solver* s, clause* c)
+{
+    lit*   lits   = clause_begin(c);
+    lbool* values = s->assigns;
+    int i;
+
+    assert(solver_dlevel(s) == 0);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < clause_size(c); i++){
+        lbool sig = !lit_sign(lits[i]); sig += sig - 1;
+        if (values[lit_var(lits[i])] == sig)
+            return l_True;
+    }
+    return l_False;
+}
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Minor (solver) functions: */
+
+void solver_setnvars(solver* s,int n)
+{
+    int var;
+
+    if (s->cap < n){
+
+        while (s->cap < n) s->cap = s->cap*2+1;
+
+        s->wlists    = (vecp*)   realloc(s->wlists,
+                                 sizeof(vecp)*s->cap*2);
+        s->activity  = (double*) realloc(s->activity,
+                                 sizeof(double)*s->cap);
+        s->assigns   = (lbool*)  realloc(s->assigns,
+                                 sizeof(lbool)*s->cap);
+        s->orderpos  = (int*)    realloc(s->orderpos,
+                                 sizeof(int)*s->cap);
+        s->reasons   = (clause**)realloc(s->reasons,
+                                 sizeof(clause*)*s->cap);
+        s->levels    = (int*)    realloc(s->levels,
+                                 sizeof(int)*s->cap);
+        s->tags      = (lbool*)  realloc(s->tags,
+                                 sizeof(lbool)*s->cap);
+        s->trail     = (lit*)    realloc(s->trail,
+                                 sizeof(lit)*s->cap);
+    }
+
+    for (var = s->size; var < n; var++){
+        vecp_new(&s->wlists[2*var]);
+        vecp_new(&s->wlists[2*var+1]);
+        s->activity [var] = 0;
+        s->assigns  [var] = l_Undef;
+        s->orderpos [var] = veci_size(&s->order);
+        s->reasons  [var] = (clause*)0;
+        s->levels   [var] = 0;
+        s->tags     [var] = l_Undef;
+
+        /* does not hold because variables enqueued at top level will
+           not be reinserted in the heap
+           assert(veci_size(&s->order) == var);
+         */
+        veci_push(&s->order,var);
+        order_update(s, var);
+    }
+
+    s->size = n > s->size ? n : s->size;
+}
+
+static inline bool enqueue(solver* s, lit l, clause* from)
+{
+    lbool* values = s->assigns;
+    int    v      = lit_var(l);
+    lbool  val    = values[v];
+    lbool  sig;
+#ifdef VERBOSEDEBUG
+    printf(L_IND"enqueue("L_LIT")\n", L_ind, L_lit(l));
+#endif
+
+    /* lbool */ sig = !lit_sign(l); sig += sig - 1;
+    if (val != l_Undef){
+        return val == sig;
+    }else{
+        /* New fact -- store it. */
+        int*     levels;
+        clause** reasons;
+#ifdef VERBOSEDEBUG
+        printf(L_IND"bind("L_LIT")\n", L_ind, L_lit(l));
+#endif
+        /* int*     */ levels  = s->levels;
+        /* clause** */ reasons = s->reasons;
+
+        values [v] = sig;
+        levels [v] = solver_dlevel(s);
+        reasons[v] = from;
+        s->trail[s->qtail++] = l;
+
+        order_assigned(s, v);
+        return true;
+    }
+}
+
+static inline void assume(solver* s, lit l){
+    assert(s->qtail == s->qhead);
+    assert(s->assigns[lit_var(l)] == l_Undef);
+#ifdef VERBOSEDEBUG
+    printf(L_IND"assume("L_LIT")\n", L_ind, L_lit(l));
+#endif
+    veci_push(&s->trail_lim,s->qtail);
+    enqueue(s,l,(clause*)0);
+}
+
+static inline void solver_canceluntil(solver* s, int level) {
+    lit*     trail;
+    lbool*   values;
+    clause** reasons;
+    int      bound;
+    int      c;
+
+    if (solver_dlevel(s) <= level)
+        return;
+
+    trail   = s->trail;
+    values  = s->assigns;
+    reasons = s->reasons;
+    bound   = (veci_begin(&s->trail_lim))[level];
+
+    for (c = s->qtail-1; c >= bound; c--) {
+        int     x  = lit_var(trail[c]);
+        values [x] = l_Undef;
+        reasons[x] = (clause*)0;
+    }
+
+    for (c = s->qhead-1; c >= bound; c--)
+        order_unassigned(s,lit_var(trail[c]));
+
+    s->qhead = s->qtail = bound;
+    veci_resize(&s->trail_lim,level);
+}
+
+static void solver_record(solver* s, veci* cls)
+{
+    lit*    begin = veci_begin(cls);
+    lit*    end   = begin + veci_size(cls);
+    clause* c     = (veci_size(cls) > 1) ? clause_new(s,begin,end,1)
+                                         : (clause*)0;
+    enqueue(s,*begin,c);
+
+    assert(veci_size(cls) > 0);
+
+    if (c != 0) {
+        vecp_push(&s->learnts,c);
+        act_clause_bump(s,c);
+        s->stats.learnts++;
+        s->stats.learnts_literals += veci_size(cls);
+    }
+}
+
+static double solver_progress(solver* s)
+{
+    lbool*  values = s->assigns;
+    int*    levels = s->levels;
+    int     i;
+
+    double  progress = 0;
+    double  F        = 1.0 / s->size;
+    for (i = 0; i < s->size; i++)
+        if (values[i] != l_Undef)
+            progress += pow(F, levels[i]);
+    return progress / s->size;
+}
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Major methods: */
+
+static bool solver_lit_removable(solver* s, lit l, int minl)
+{
+    lbool*   tags    = s->tags;
+    clause** reasons = s->reasons;
+    int*     levels  = s->levels;
+    int      top     = veci_size(&s->tagged);
+
+    assert(lit_var(l) >= 0 && lit_var(l) < s->size);
+    assert(reasons[lit_var(l)] != 0);
+    veci_resize(&s->stack,0);
+    veci_push(&s->stack,lit_var(l));
+
+    while (veci_size(&s->stack) > 0){
+        clause* c;
+        int v = veci_begin(&s->stack)[veci_size(&s->stack)-1];
+        assert(v >= 0 && v < s->size);
+        veci_resize(&s->stack,veci_size(&s->stack)-1);
+        assert(reasons[v] != 0);
+        c    = reasons[v];
+
+        if (clause_is_lit(c)){
+            int v = lit_var(clause_read_lit(c));
+            if (tags[v] == l_Undef && levels[v] != 0){
+                if (reasons[v] != 0
+                    && ((1 << (levels[v] & 31)) & minl)){
+                    veci_push(&s->stack,v);
+                    tags[v] = l_True;
+                    veci_push(&s->tagged,v);
+                }else{
+                    int* tagged = veci_begin(&s->tagged);
+                    int j;
+                    for (j = top; j < veci_size(&s->tagged); j++)
+                        tags[tagged[j]] = l_Undef;
+                    veci_resize(&s->tagged,top);
+                    return false;
+                }
+            }
+        }else{
+            lit*    lits = clause_begin(c);
+            int     i, j;
+
+            for (i = 1; i < clause_size(c); i++){
+                int v = lit_var(lits[i]);
+                if (tags[v] == l_Undef && levels[v] != 0){
+                    if (reasons[v] != 0
+                        && ((1 << (levels[v] & 31)) & minl)){
+
+                        veci_push(&s->stack,lit_var(lits[i]));
+                        tags[v] = l_True;
+                        veci_push(&s->tagged,v);
+                    }else{
+                        int* tagged = veci_begin(&s->tagged);
+                        for (j = top; j < veci_size(&s->tagged); j++)
+                            tags[tagged[j]] = l_Undef;
+                        veci_resize(&s->tagged,top);
+                        return false;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static void solver_analyze(solver* s, clause* c, veci* learnt)
+{
+    lit*     trail   = s->trail;
+    lbool*   tags    = s->tags;
+    clause** reasons = s->reasons;
+    int*     levels  = s->levels;
+    int      cnt     = 0;
+    lit      p       = lit_Undef;
+    int      ind     = s->qtail-1;
+    lit*     lits;
+    int      i, j, minl;
+    int*     tagged;
+
+    veci_push(learnt,lit_Undef);
+
+    do{
+        assert(c != 0);
+
+        if (clause_is_lit(c)){
+            lit q = clause_read_lit(c);
+            assert(lit_var(q) >= 0 && lit_var(q) < s->size);
+            if (tags[lit_var(q)] == l_Undef && levels[lit_var(q)] > 0){
+                tags[lit_var(q)] = l_True;
+                veci_push(&s->tagged,lit_var(q));
+                act_var_bump(s,lit_var(q));
+                if (levels[lit_var(q)] == solver_dlevel(s))
+                    cnt++;
+                else
+                    veci_push(learnt,q);
+            }
+        }else{
+
+            if (clause_learnt(c))
+                act_clause_bump(s,c);
+
+            lits = clause_begin(c);
+            /* printlits(lits,lits+clause_size(c)); printf("\n"); */
+            for (j = (p == lit_Undef ? 0 : 1); j < clause_size(c); j++){
+                lit q = lits[j];
+                assert(lit_var(q) >= 0 && lit_var(q) < s->size);
+                if (tags[lit_var(q)] == l_Undef
+                    && levels[lit_var(q)] > 0){
+                    tags[lit_var(q)] = l_True;
+                    veci_push(&s->tagged,lit_var(q));
+                    act_var_bump(s,lit_var(q));
+                    if (levels[lit_var(q)] == solver_dlevel(s))
+                        cnt++;
+                    else
+                        veci_push(learnt,q);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        while (tags[lit_var(trail[ind--])] == l_Undef);
+
+        p = trail[ind+1];
+        c = reasons[lit_var(p)];
+        cnt--;
+
+    }while (cnt > 0);
+
+    *veci_begin(learnt) = lit_neg(p);
+
+    lits = veci_begin(learnt);
+    minl = 0;
+    for (i = 1; i < veci_size(learnt); i++){
+        int lev = levels[lit_var(lits[i])];
+        minl    |= 1 << (lev & 31);
+    }
+
+    /* simplify (full) */
+    for (i = j = 1; i < veci_size(learnt); i++){
+        if (reasons[lit_var(lits[i])] == 0
+            || !solver_lit_removable(s,lits[i],minl))
+            lits[j++] = lits[i];
+    }
+
+    /* update size of learnt + statistics */
+    s->stats.max_literals += veci_size(learnt);
+    veci_resize(learnt,j);
+    s->stats.tot_literals += j;
+
+    /* clear tags */
+    tagged = veci_begin(&s->tagged);
+    for (i = 0; i < veci_size(&s->tagged); i++)
+        tags[tagged[i]] = l_Undef;
+    veci_resize(&s->tagged,0);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    for (i = 0; i < s->size; i++)
+        assert(tags[i] == l_Undef);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef VERBOSEDEBUG
+    printf(L_IND"Learnt {", L_ind);
+    for (i = 0; i < veci_size(learnt); i++)
+        printf(" "L_LIT, L_lit(lits[i]));
+#endif
+    if (veci_size(learnt) > 1){
+        int max_i = 1;
+        int max   = levels[lit_var(lits[1])];
+        lit tmp;
+
+        for (i = 2; i < veci_size(learnt); i++)
+            if (levels[lit_var(lits[i])] > max){
+                max   = levels[lit_var(lits[i])];
+                max_i = i;
+            }
+
+        tmp         = lits[1];
+        lits[1]     = lits[max_i];
+        lits[max_i] = tmp;
+    }
+#ifdef VERBOSEDEBUG
+    {
+        int lev = veci_size(learnt) > 1 ? levels[lit_var(lits[1])] : 0;
+        printf(" } at level %d\n", lev);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+clause* solver_propagate(solver* s)
+{
+    lbool*  values = s->assigns;
+    clause* confl  = (clause*)0;
+    lit*    lits;
+
+    /* printf("solver_propagate\n"); */
+    while (confl == 0 && s->qtail - s->qhead > 0){
+        lit  p  = s->trail[s->qhead++];
+        vecp* ws = solver_read_wlist(s,p);
+        clause **begin = (clause**)vecp_begin(ws);
+        clause **end   = begin + vecp_size(ws);
+        clause **i, **j;
+
+        s->stats.propagations++;
+        s->simpdb_props--;
+
+        /* printf("checking lit %d: "L_LIT"\n", veci_size(ws),
+               L_lit(p)); */
+        for (i = j = begin; i < end; ){
+            if (clause_is_lit(*i)){
+                *j++ = *i;
+                if (!enqueue(s,clause_read_lit(*i),clause_from_lit(p))){
+                    confl = s->binary;
+                    (clause_begin(confl))[1] = lit_neg(p);
+                    (clause_begin(confl))[0] = clause_read_lit(*i++);
+
+                    /* Copy the remaining watches: */
+                    while (i < end)
+                        *j++ = *i++;
+                }
+            }else{
+                lit false_lit;
+                lbool sig;
+
+                lits = clause_begin(*i);
+
+                /* Make sure the false literal is data[1]: */
+                false_lit = lit_neg(p);
+                if (lits[0] == false_lit){
+                    lits[0] = lits[1];
+                    lits[1] = false_lit;
+                }
+                assert(lits[1] == false_lit);
+                /* printf("checking clause: ");
+                   printlits(lits, lits+clause_size(*i));
+                   printf("\n"); */
+
+                /* If 0th watch is true, then clause is already
+                   satisfied. */
+                sig = !lit_sign(lits[0]); sig += sig - 1;
+                if (values[lit_var(lits[0])] == sig){
+                    *j++ = *i;
+                }else{
+                    /* Look for new watch: */
+                    lit* stop = lits + clause_size(*i);
+                    lit* k;
+                    for (k = lits + 2; k < stop; k++){
+                        lbool sig = lit_sign(*k); sig += sig - 1;
+                        if (values[lit_var(*k)] != sig){
+                            lits[1] = *k;
+                            *k = false_lit;
+                            vecp_push(solver_read_wlist(s,
+                                lit_neg(lits[1])),*i);
+                            goto next; }
+                    }
+
+                    *j++ = *i;
+                    /* Clause is unit under assignment: */
+                    if (!enqueue(s,lits[0], *i)){
+                        confl = *i++;
+                        /* Copy the remaining watches: */
+                        while (i < end)
+                            *j++ = *i++;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        next:
+            i++;
+        }
+
+        s->stats.inspects += j - (clause**)vecp_begin(ws);
+        vecp_resize(ws,j - (clause**)vecp_begin(ws));
+    }
+
+    return confl;
+}
+
+static inline int clause_cmp (const void* x, const void* y) {
+    return clause_size((clause*)x) > 2
+           && (clause_size((clause*)y) == 2
+               || clause_activity((clause*)x)
+                  < clause_activity((clause*)y)) ? -1 : 1; }
+
+void solver_reducedb(solver* s)
+{
+    int      i, j;
+    double   extra_lim = s->cla_inc / vecp_size(&s->learnts);
+             /* Remove any clause below this activity */
+    clause** learnts = (clause**)vecp_begin(&s->learnts);
+    clause** reasons = s->reasons;
+
+    sort(vecp_begin(&s->learnts), vecp_size(&s->learnts), clause_cmp);
+
+    for (i = j = 0; i < vecp_size(&s->learnts) / 2; i++){
+        if (clause_size(learnts[i]) > 2
+            && reasons[lit_var(*clause_begin(learnts[i]))]
+               != learnts[i])
+            clause_remove(s,learnts[i]);
+        else
+            learnts[j++] = learnts[i];
+    }
+    for (; i < vecp_size(&s->learnts); i++){
+        if (clause_size(learnts[i]) > 2
+            && reasons[lit_var(*clause_begin(learnts[i]))]
+               != learnts[i]
+            && clause_activity(learnts[i]) < extra_lim)
+            clause_remove(s,learnts[i]);
+        else
+            learnts[j++] = learnts[i];
+    }
+
+    /* printf("reducedb deleted %d\n", vecp_size(&s->learnts) - j); */
+
+    vecp_resize(&s->learnts,j);
+}
+
+static lbool solver_search(solver* s, int nof_conflicts,
+                           int nof_learnts)
+{
+    int*    levels          = s->levels;
+    double  var_decay       = 0.95;
+    double  clause_decay    = 0.999;
+    double  random_var_freq = 0.02;
+
+    int     conflictC       = 0;
+    veci    learnt_clause;
+
+    assert(s->root_level == solver_dlevel(s));
+
+    s->stats.starts++;
+    s->var_decay = (float)(1 / var_decay   );
+    s->cla_decay = (float)(1 / clause_decay);
+    veci_resize(&s->model,0);
+    veci_new(&learnt_clause);
+
+    for (;;){
+        clause* confl = solver_propagate(s);
+        if (confl != 0){
+            /* CONFLICT */
+            int blevel;
+
+#ifdef VERBOSEDEBUG
+            printf(L_IND"**CONFLICT**\n", L_ind);
+#endif
+            s->stats.conflicts++; conflictC++;
+            if (solver_dlevel(s) == s->root_level){
+                veci_delete(&learnt_clause);
+                return l_False;
+            }
+
+            veci_resize(&learnt_clause,0);
+            solver_analyze(s, confl, &learnt_clause);
+            blevel = veci_size(&learnt_clause) > 1
+                     ? levels[lit_var(veci_begin(&learnt_clause)[1])]
+                     : s->root_level;
+            blevel = s->root_level > blevel ? s->root_level : blevel;
+            solver_canceluntil(s,blevel);
+            solver_record(s,&learnt_clause);
+            act_var_decay(s);
+            act_clause_decay(s);
+
+        }else{
+            /* NO CONFLICT */
+            int next;
+
+            if (nof_conflicts >= 0 && conflictC >= nof_conflicts){
+                /* Reached bound on number of conflicts: */
+                s->progress_estimate = solver_progress(s);
+                solver_canceluntil(s,s->root_level);
+                veci_delete(&learnt_clause);
+                return l_Undef; }
+
+            if (solver_dlevel(s) == 0)
+                /* Simplify the set of problem clauses: */
+                solver_simplify(s);
+
+            if (nof_learnts >= 0
+                && vecp_size(&s->learnts) - s->qtail >= nof_learnts)
+                /* Reduce the set of learnt clauses: */
+                solver_reducedb(s);
+
+            /* New variable decision: */
+            s->stats.decisions++;
+            next = order_select(s,(float)random_var_freq);
+
+            if (next == var_Undef){
+                /* Model found: */
+                lbool* values = s->assigns;
+                int i;
+                for (i = 0; i < s->size; i++)
+                    veci_push(&s->model,(int)values[i]);
+                solver_canceluntil(s,s->root_level);
+                veci_delete(&learnt_clause);
+
+                /*
+                veci apa; veci_new(&apa);
+                for (i = 0; i < s->size; i++)
+                    veci_push(&apa,(int)(s->model.ptr[i] == l_True
+                        ? toLit(i) : lit_neg(toLit(i))));
+                printf("model: ");
+                printlits((lit*)apa.ptr,
+                    (lit*)apa.ptr + veci_size(&apa)); printf("\n");
+                veci_delete(&apa);
+                */
+
+                return l_True;
+            }
+
+            assume(s,lit_neg(toLit(next)));
+        }
+    }
+
+#if 0 /* by mao; unreachable code */
+    return l_Undef; /* cannot happen */
+#endif
+}
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* External solver functions: */
+
+solver* solver_new(void)
+{
+    solver* s = (solver*)malloc(sizeof(solver));
+
+    /* initialize vectors */
+    vecp_new(&s->clauses);
+    vecp_new(&s->learnts);
+    veci_new(&s->order);
+    veci_new(&s->trail_lim);
+    veci_new(&s->tagged);
+    veci_new(&s->stack);
+    veci_new(&s->model);
+
+    /* initialize arrays */
+    s->wlists    = 0;
+    s->activity  = 0;
+    s->assigns   = 0;
+    s->orderpos  = 0;
+    s->reasons   = 0;
+    s->levels    = 0;
+    s->tags      = 0;
+    s->trail     = 0;
+
+    /* initialize other vars */
+    s->size                   = 0;
+    s->cap                    = 0;
+    s->qhead                  = 0;
+    s->qtail                  = 0;
+    s->cla_inc                = 1;
+    s->cla_decay              = 1;
+    s->var_inc                = 1;
+    s->var_decay              = 1;
+    s->root_level             = 0;
+    s->simpdb_assigns         = 0;
+    s->simpdb_props           = 0;
+    s->random_seed            = 91648253;
+    s->progress_estimate      = 0;
+    s->binary                 = (clause*)malloc(sizeof(clause)
+                                                + sizeof(lit)*2);
+    s->binary->size_learnt    = (2 << 1);
+    s->verbosity              = 0;
+
+    s->stats.starts           = 0;
+    s->stats.decisions        = 0;
+    s->stats.propagations     = 0;
+    s->stats.inspects         = 0;
+    s->stats.conflicts        = 0;
+    s->stats.clauses          = 0;
+    s->stats.clauses_literals = 0;
+    s->stats.learnts          = 0;
+    s->stats.learnts_literals = 0;
+    s->stats.max_literals     = 0;
+    s->stats.tot_literals     = 0;
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+void solver_delete(solver* s)
+{
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < vecp_size(&s->clauses); i++)
+        free(vecp_begin(&s->clauses)[i]);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < vecp_size(&s->learnts); i++)
+        free(vecp_begin(&s->learnts)[i]);
+
+    /* delete vectors */
+    vecp_delete(&s->clauses);
+    vecp_delete(&s->learnts);
+    veci_delete(&s->order);
+    veci_delete(&s->trail_lim);
+    veci_delete(&s->tagged);
+    veci_delete(&s->stack);
+    veci_delete(&s->model);
+    free(s->binary);
+
+    /* delete arrays */
+    if (s->wlists != 0){
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < s->size*2; i++)
+            vecp_delete(&s->wlists[i]);
+
+        /* if one is different from null, all are */
+        free(s->wlists);
+        free(s->activity );
+        free(s->assigns  );
+        free(s->orderpos );
+        free(s->reasons  );
+        free(s->levels   );
+        free(s->trail    );
+        free(s->tags     );
+    }
+
+    free(s);
+}
+
+bool solver_addclause(solver* s, lit* begin, lit* end)
+{
+    lit *i,*j;
+    int maxvar;
+    lbool* values;
+    lit last;
+
+    if (begin == end) return false;
+
+    /* printlits(begin,end); printf("\n"); */
+    /* insertion sort */
+    maxvar = lit_var(*begin);
+    for (i = begin + 1; i < end; i++){
+        lit l = *i;
+        maxvar = lit_var(l) > maxvar ? lit_var(l) : maxvar;
+        for (j = i; j > begin && *(j-1) > l; j--)
+            *j = *(j-1);
+        *j = l;
+    }
+    solver_setnvars(s,maxvar+1);
+
+    /* printlits(begin,end); printf("\n"); */
+    values = s->assigns;
+
+    /* delete duplicates */
+    last = lit_Undef;
+    for (i = j = begin; i < end; i++){
+        /* printf("lit: "L_LIT", value = %d\n", L_lit(*i),
+        (lit_sign(*i) ? -values[lit_var(*i)] : values[lit_var(*i)])); */
+        lbool sig = !lit_sign(*i); sig += sig - 1;
+        if (*i == lit_neg(last) || sig == values[lit_var(*i)])
+            return true;   /* tautology */
+        else if (*i != last && values[lit_var(*i)] == l_Undef)
+            last = *j++ = *i;
+    }
+
+    /* printf("final: "); printlits(begin,j); printf("\n"); */
+
+    if (j == begin)          /* empty clause */
+        return false;
+    else if (j - begin == 1) /* unit clause */
+        return enqueue(s,*begin,(clause*)0);
+
+    /* create new clause */
+    vecp_push(&s->clauses,clause_new(s,begin,j,0));
+
+    s->stats.clauses++;
+    s->stats.clauses_literals += j - begin;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool   solver_simplify(solver* s)
+{
+    clause** reasons;
+    int type;
+
+    assert(solver_dlevel(s) == 0);
+
+    if (solver_propagate(s) != 0)
+        return false;
+
+    if (s->qhead == s->simpdb_assigns || s->simpdb_props > 0)
+        return true;
+
+    reasons = s->reasons;
+    for (type = 0; type < 2; type++){
+        vecp*    cs  = type ? &s->learnts : &s->clauses;
+        clause** cls = (clause**)vecp_begin(cs);
+
+        int i, j;
+        for (j = i = 0; i < vecp_size(cs); i++){
+            if (reasons[lit_var(*clause_begin(cls[i]))] != cls[i] &&
+                clause_simplify(s,cls[i]) == l_True)
+                clause_remove(s,cls[i]);
+            else
+                cls[j++] = cls[i];
+        }
+        vecp_resize(cs,j);
+    }
+
+    s->simpdb_assigns = s->qhead;
+    /* (shouldn't depend on 'stats' really, but it will do for now) */
+    s->simpdb_props   = (int)(s->stats.clauses_literals
+                              + s->stats.learnts_literals);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool   solver_solve(solver* s, lit* begin, lit* end)
+{
+    double  nof_conflicts = 100;
+    double  nof_learnts   = solver_nclauses(s) / 3;
+    lbool   status        = l_Undef;
+    lbool*  values        = s->assigns;
+    lit*    i;
+
+    /* printf("solve: "); printlits(begin, end); printf("\n"); */
+    for (i = begin; i < end; i++){
+        switch (lit_sign(*i) ? -values[lit_var(*i)]
+                             : values[lit_var(*i)]){
+        case 1: /* l_True: */
+            break;
+        case 0: /* l_Undef */
+            assume(s, *i);
+            if (solver_propagate(s) == NULL)
+                break;
+            /* falltrough */
+        case -1: /* l_False */
+            solver_canceluntil(s, 0);
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    s->root_level = solver_dlevel(s);
+
+    if (s->verbosity >= 1){
+        printf("==================================[MINISAT]============"
+               "=======================\n");
+        printf("| Conflicts |     ORIGINAL     |              LEARNT   "
+               "           | Progress |\n");
+        printf("|           | Clauses Literals |   Limit Clauses Litera"
+               "ls  Lit/Cl |          |\n");
+        printf("======================================================="
+               "=======================\n");
+    }
+
+    while (status == l_Undef){
+        double Ratio = (s->stats.learnts == 0)? 0.0 :
+            s->stats.learnts_literals / (double)s->stats.learnts;
+
+        if (s->verbosity >= 1){
+            printf("| %9.0f | %7.0f %8.0f | %7.0f %7.0f %8.0f %7.1f | %"
+                   "6.3f %% |\n",
+                (double)s->stats.conflicts,
+                (double)s->stats.clauses,
+                (double)s->stats.clauses_literals,
+                (double)nof_learnts,
+                (double)s->stats.learnts,
+                (double)s->stats.learnts_literals,
+                Ratio,
+                s->progress_estimate*100);
+            fflush(stdout);
+        }
+        status = solver_search(s,(int)nof_conflicts, (int)nof_learnts);
+        nof_conflicts *= 1.5;
+        nof_learnts   *= 1.1;
+    }
+    if (s->verbosity >= 1)
+        printf("======================================================="
+               "=======================\n");
+
+    solver_canceluntil(s,0);
+    return status != l_False;
+}
+
+int solver_nvars(solver* s)
+{
+    return s->size;
+}
+
+int solver_nclauses(solver* s)
+{
+    return vecp_size(&s->clauses);
+}
+
+int solver_nconflicts(solver* s)
+{
+    return (int)s->stats.conflicts;
+}
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Sorting functions (sigh): */
+
+static inline void selectionsort(void** array, int size,
+                                 int(*comp)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    int     i, j, best_i;
+    void*   tmp;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < size-1; i++){
+        best_i = i;
+        for (j = i+1; j < size; j++){
+            if (comp(array[j], array[best_i]) < 0)
+                best_i = j;
+        }
+        tmp = array[i]; array[i] = array[best_i]; array[best_i] = tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+static void sortrnd(void** array, int size,
+                    int(*comp)(const void *, const void *),
+                    double* seed)
+{
+    if (size <= 15)
+        selectionsort(array, size, comp);
+
+    else{
+        void*       pivot = array[irand(seed, size)];
+        void*       tmp;
+        int         i = -1;
+        int         j = size;
+
+        for(;;){
+            do i++; while(comp(array[i], pivot)<0);
+            do j--; while(comp(pivot, array[j])<0);
+
+            if (i >= j) break;
+
+            tmp = array[i]; array[i] = array[j]; array[j] = tmp;
+        }
+
+        sortrnd(array    , i     , comp, seed);
+        sortrnd(&array[i], size-i, comp, seed);
+    }
+}
+
+static void sort(void** array, int size,
+          int(*comp)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    double seed = 91648253;
+    sortrnd(array,size,comp,&seed);
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/minisat.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/minisat.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2733e8d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/minisat/minisat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/* minisat.h */
+
+/* Modified by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, August 2011 */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  MiniSat -- Copyright (c) 2005, Niklas Sorensson
+*  http://www.cs.chalmers.se/Cs/Research/FormalMethods/MiniSat/
+*
+*  Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+*  obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+*  (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+*  including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+*  publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+*  and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+*  subject to the following conditions:
+*
+*  The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+*  included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+*
+*  THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+*  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+*  MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+*  NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+*  BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+*  ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+*  CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+*  SOFTWARE.
+***********************************************************************/
+/* Modified to compile with MS Visual Studio 6.0 by Alan Mishchenko */
+
+#ifndef MINISAT_H
+#define MINISAT_H
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Simple types: */
+
+typedef int bool;
+
+#define true  1
+#define false 0
+
+typedef int  lit;
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+typedef char lbool;
+#else
+typedef int lbool;
+#endif
+
+#define var_Undef (int)(-1)
+#define lit_Undef (lit)(-2)
+
+#define l_Undef (lbool)0
+#define l_True  (lbool)1
+#define l_False (lbool)(-1)
+
+#define toLit(v) (lit)((v) + (v))
+#define lit_neg(l) (lit)((l) ^ 1)
+#define lit_var(l) (int)((l) >> 1)
+#define lit_sign(l) (int)((l) & 1)
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Vectors: */
+
+/* vector of 32-bit intergers (added for 64-bit portability) */
+typedef struct /* veci_t */ {
+    int    size;
+    int    cap;
+    int*   ptr;
+} veci;
+
+#define veci_new(v) \
+{   (v)->size = 0; \
+    (v)->cap  = 4; \
+    (v)->ptr  = (int*)malloc(sizeof(int)*(v)->cap); \
+}
+
+#define veci_delete(v) free((v)->ptr)
+
+#define veci_begin(v) ((v)->ptr)
+
+#define veci_size(v) ((v)->size)
+
+#define veci_resize(v, k) (void)((v)->size = (k))
+/* only safe to shrink !! */
+
+#define veci_push(v, e) \
+{   if ((v)->size == (v)->cap) \
+    {   int newsize = (v)->cap * 2+1; \
+        (v)->ptr = (int*)realloc((v)->ptr,sizeof(int)*newsize); \
+        (v)->cap = newsize; \
+    } \
+    (v)->ptr[(v)->size++] = (e); \
+}
+
+/* vector of 32- or 64-bit pointers */
+typedef struct /* vecp_t */ {
+    int    size;
+    int    cap;
+    void** ptr;
+} vecp;
+
+#define vecp_new(v) \
+{   (v)->size = 0; \
+    (v)->cap  = 4; \
+    (v)->ptr  = (void**)malloc(sizeof(void*)*(v)->cap); \
+}
+
+#define vecp_delete(v) free((v)->ptr)
+
+#define vecp_begin(v) ((v)->ptr)
+
+#define vecp_size(v) ((v)->size)
+
+#define vecp_resize(v, k) (void)((v)->size = (k))
+/* only safe to shrink !! */
+
+#define vecp_push(v, e) \
+{   if ((v)->size == (v)->cap) \
+    {   int newsize = (v)->cap * 2+1; \
+        (v)->ptr = (void**)realloc((v)->ptr,sizeof(void*)*newsize); \
+        (v)->cap = newsize; \
+    } \
+    (v)->ptr[(v)->size++] = (e); \
+}
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Solver representation: */
+
+typedef struct /* clause_t */
+{
+    int size_learnt;
+    lit lits[1];
+} clause;
+
+typedef struct /* stats_t */
+{
+    double   starts, decisions, propagations, inspects, conflicts;
+    double   clauses, clauses_literals, learnts, learnts_literals,
+             max_literals, tot_literals;
+} stats;
+
+typedef struct /* solver_t */
+{
+    int      size;          /* nof variables */
+    int      cap;           /* size of varmaps */
+    int      qhead;         /* Head index of queue. */
+    int      qtail;         /* Tail index of queue. */
+
+    /* clauses */
+    vecp     clauses;       /* List of problem constraints.
+                               (contains: clause*) */
+    vecp     learnts;       /* List of learnt clauses.
+                               (contains: clause*) */
+
+    /* activities */
+    double   var_inc;       /* Amount to bump next variable with. */
+    double   var_decay;     /* INVERSE decay factor for variable
+                               activity: stores 1/decay. */
+    float    cla_inc;       /* Amount to bump next clause with. */
+    float    cla_decay;     /* INVERSE decay factor for clause
+                               activity: stores 1/decay. */
+
+    vecp*    wlists;
+    double*  activity;      /* A heuristic measurement of the activity
+                               of a variable. */
+    lbool*   assigns;       /* Current values of variables. */
+    int*     orderpos;      /* Index in variable order. */
+    clause** reasons;
+    int*     levels;
+    lit*     trail;
+
+    clause*  binary;        /* A temporary binary clause */
+    lbool*   tags;
+    veci     tagged;        /* (contains: var) */
+    veci     stack;         /* (contains: var) */
+
+    veci     order;         /* Variable order. (heap) (contains: var) */
+    veci     trail_lim;     /* Separator indices for different decision
+                               levels in 'trail'. (contains: int) */
+    veci     model;         /* If problem is solved, this vector
+                               contains the model (contains: lbool). */
+
+    int      root_level;    /* Level of first proper decision. */
+    int      simpdb_assigns;/* Number of top-level assignments at last
+                               'simplifyDB()'. */
+    int      simpdb_props;  /* Number of propagations before next
+                               'simplifyDB()'. */
+    double   random_seed;
+    double   progress_estimate;
+    int      verbosity;     /* Verbosity level.
+                               0=silent,
+                               1=some progress report,
+                               2=everything */
+
+    stats    stats;
+} solver;
+
+/*====================================================================*/
+/* Public interface: */
+
+#if 1 /* by mao; to keep namespace clean */
+#define solver_new        _glp_minisat_new
+#define solver_delete     _glp_minisat_delete
+#define solver_addclause  _glp_minisat_addclause
+#define solver_simplify   _glp_minisat_simplify
+#define solver_solve      _glp_minisat_solve
+#define solver_nvars      _glp_minisat_nvars
+#define solver_nclauses   _glp_minisat_nclauses
+#define solver_nconflicts _glp_minisat_nconflicts
+#define solver_setnvars   _glp_minisat_setnvars
+#define solver_propagate  _glp_minisat_propagate
+#define solver_reducedb   _glp_minisat_reducedb
+#endif
+
+solver* solver_new(void);
+void    solver_delete(solver* s);
+
+bool    solver_addclause(solver* s, lit* begin, lit* end);
+bool    solver_simplify(solver* s);
+bool    solver_solve(solver* s, lit* begin, lit* end);
+
+int     solver_nvars(solver* s);
+int     solver_nclauses(solver* s);
+int     solver_nconflicts(solver* s);
+
+void    solver_setnvars(solver* s,int n);
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/avl.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/avl.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c97cf13a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/avl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* avl.c (binary search tree) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "avl.h"
+#include "dmp.h"
+#include "env.h"
+
+struct AVL
+{     /* AVL tree (Adelson-Velsky & Landis binary search tree) */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool for allocating nodes */
+      AVLNODE *root;
+      /* pointer to the root node */
+      int (*fcmp)(void *info, const void *key1, const void *key2);
+      /* application-defined key comparison routine */
+      void *info;
+      /* transit pointer passed to the routine fcmp */
+      int size;
+      /* the tree size (the total number of nodes) */
+      int height;
+      /* the tree height */
+};
+
+struct AVLNODE
+{     /* node of AVL tree */
+      const void *key;
+      /* pointer to the node key (data structure for representing keys
+         is supplied by the application) */
+      int rank;
+      /* node rank = relative position of the node in its own subtree =
+         the number of nodes in the left subtree plus one */
+      int type;
+      /* reserved for the application specific information */
+      void *link;
+      /* reserved for the application specific information */
+      AVLNODE *up;
+      /* pointer to the parent node */
+      short int flag;
+      /* node flag:
+         0 - this node is the left child of its parent (or this node is
+             the root of the tree and has no parent)
+         1 - this node is the right child of its parent */
+      short int bal;
+      /* node balance = the difference between heights of the right and
+         left subtrees:
+         -1 - the left subtree is higher than the right one;
+          0 - the left and right subtrees have the same height;
+         +1 - the left subtree is lower than the right one */
+      AVLNODE *left;
+      /* pointer to the root of the left subtree */
+      AVLNODE *right;
+      /* pointer to the root of the right subtree */
+};
+
+AVL *avl_create_tree(int (*fcmp)(void *info, const void *key1,
+      const void *key2), void *info)
+{     /* create AVL tree */
+      AVL *tree;
+      tree = xmalloc(sizeof(AVL));
+      tree->pool = dmp_create_pool();
+      tree->root = NULL;
+      tree->fcmp = fcmp;
+      tree->info = info;
+      tree->size = 0;
+      tree->height = 0;
+      return tree;
+}
+
+int avl_strcmp(void *info, const void *key1, const void *key2)
+{     /* compare character string keys */
+      xassert(info == info);
+      return strcmp(key1, key2);
+}
+
+static AVLNODE *rotate_subtree(AVL *tree, AVLNODE *node);
+
+AVLNODE *avl_insert_node(AVL *tree, const void *key)
+{     /* insert new node into AVL tree */
+      AVLNODE *p, *q, *r;
+      short int flag;
+      /* find an appropriate point for insertion */
+      p = NULL; q = tree->root;
+      while (q != NULL)
+      {  p = q;
+         if (tree->fcmp(tree->info, key, p->key) <= 0)
+         {  flag = 0;
+            q = p->left;
+            p->rank++;
+         }
+         else
+         {  flag = 1;
+            q = p->right;
+         }
+      }
+      /* create new node and insert it into the tree */
+      r = dmp_get_atom(tree->pool, sizeof(AVLNODE));
+      r->key = key; r->type = 0; r->link = NULL;
+      r->rank = 1; r->up = p;
+      r->flag = (short int)(p == NULL ? 0 : flag);
+      r->bal = 0; r->left = NULL; r->right = NULL;
+      tree->size++;
+      if (p == NULL)
+         tree->root = r;
+      else
+         if (flag == 0) p->left = r; else p->right = r;
+      /* go upstairs to the root and correct all subtrees affected by
+         insertion */
+      while (p != NULL)
+      {  if (flag == 0)
+         {  /* the height of the left subtree of [p] is increased */
+            if (p->bal > 0)
+            {  p->bal = 0;
+               break;
+            }
+            if (p->bal < 0)
+            {  rotate_subtree(tree, p);
+               break;
+            }
+            p->bal = -1; flag = p->flag; p = p->up;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* the height of the right subtree of [p] is increased */
+            if (p->bal < 0)
+            {  p->bal = 0;
+               break;
+            }
+            if (p->bal > 0)
+            {  rotate_subtree(tree, p);
+               break;
+            }
+            p->bal = +1; flag = p->flag; p = p->up;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if the root has been reached, the height of the entire tree is
+         increased */
+      if (p == NULL) tree->height++;
+      return r;
+}
+
+void avl_set_node_type(AVLNODE *node, int type)
+{     /* assign the type field of specified node */
+      node->type = type;
+      return;
+}
+
+void avl_set_node_link(AVLNODE *node, void *link)
+{     /* assign the link field of specified node */
+      node->link = link;
+      return;
+}
+
+AVLNODE *avl_find_node(AVL *tree, const void *key)
+{     /* find node in AVL tree */
+      AVLNODE *p;
+      int c;
+      p = tree->root;
+      while (p != NULL)
+      {  c = tree->fcmp(tree->info, key, p->key);
+         if (c == 0) break;
+         p = (c < 0 ? p->left : p->right);
+      }
+      return p;
+}
+
+int avl_get_node_type(AVLNODE *node)
+{     /* retrieve the type field of specified node */
+      return node->type;
+}
+
+void *avl_get_node_link(AVLNODE *node)
+{     /* retrieve the link field of specified node */
+      return node->link;
+}
+
+static AVLNODE *find_next_node(AVL *tree, AVLNODE *node)
+{     /* find next node in AVL tree */
+      AVLNODE *p, *q;
+      if (tree->root == NULL) return NULL;
+      p = node;
+      q = (p == NULL ? tree->root : p->right);
+      if (q == NULL)
+      {  /* go upstairs from the left subtree */
+         for (;;)
+         {  q = p->up;
+            if (q == NULL) break;
+            if (p->flag == 0) break;
+            p = q;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* go downstairs into the right subtree */
+         for (;;)
+         {  p = q->left;
+            if (p == NULL) break;
+            q = p;
+         }
+      }
+      return q;
+}
+
+void avl_delete_node(AVL *tree, AVLNODE *node)
+{     /* delete specified node from AVL tree */
+      AVLNODE *f, *p, *q, *r, *s, *x, *y;
+      short int flag;
+      p = node;
+      /* if both subtrees of the specified node are non-empty, the node
+         should be interchanged with the next one, at least one subtree
+         of which is always empty */
+      if (p->left == NULL || p->right == NULL) goto skip;
+      f = p->up; q = p->left;
+      r = find_next_node(tree, p); s = r->right;
+      if (p->right == r)
+      {  if (f == NULL)
+            tree->root = r;
+         else
+            if (p->flag == 0) f->left = r; else f->right = r;
+         r->rank = p->rank; r->up = f;
+         r->flag = p->flag; r->bal = p->bal;
+         r->left = q; r->right = p;
+         q->up = r;
+         p->rank = 1; p->up = r; p->flag = 1;
+         p->bal = (short int)(s == NULL ? 0 : +1);
+         p->left = NULL; p->right = s;
+         if (s != NULL) s->up = p;
+      }
+      else
+      {  x = p->right; y = r->up;
+         if (f == NULL)
+            tree->root = r;
+         else
+            if (p->flag == 0) f->left = r; else f->right = r;
+         r->rank = p->rank; r->up = f;
+         r->flag = p->flag; r->bal = p->bal;
+         r->left = q; r->right = x;
+         q->up = r; x->up = r; y->left = p;
+         p->rank = 1; p->up = y; p->flag = 0;
+         p->bal = (short int)(s == NULL ? 0 : +1);
+         p->left = NULL; p->right = s;
+         if (s != NULL) s->up = p;
+      }
+skip: /* now the specified node [p] has at least one empty subtree;
+         go upstairs to the root and adjust the rank field of all nodes
+         affected by deletion */
+      q = p; f = q->up;
+      while (f != NULL)
+      {  if (q->flag == 0) f->rank--;
+         q = f; f = q->up;
+      }
+      /* delete the specified node from the tree */
+      f = p->up; flag = p->flag;
+      q = p->left != NULL ? p->left : p->right;
+      if (f == NULL)
+         tree->root = q;
+      else
+         if (flag == 0) f->left = q; else f->right = q;
+      if (q != NULL) q->up = f, q->flag = flag;
+      tree->size--;
+      /* go upstairs to the root and correct all subtrees affected by
+         deletion */
+      while (f != NULL)
+      {  if (flag == 0)
+         {  /* the height of the left subtree of [f] is decreased */
+            if (f->bal == 0)
+            {  f->bal = +1;
+               break;
+            }
+            if (f->bal < 0)
+               f->bal = 0;
+            else
+            {  f = rotate_subtree(tree, f);
+               if (f->bal < 0) break;
+            }
+            flag = f->flag; f = f->up;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* the height of the right subtree of [f] is decreased */
+            if (f->bal == 0)
+            {  f->bal = -1;
+               break;
+            }
+            if (f->bal > 0)
+               f->bal = 0;
+            else
+            {  f = rotate_subtree(tree, f);
+               if (f->bal > 0) break;
+            }
+            flag = f->flag; f = f->up;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if the root has been reached, the height of the entire tree is
+         decreased */
+      if (f == NULL) tree->height--;
+      /* returns the deleted node to the memory pool */
+      dmp_free_atom(tree->pool, p, sizeof(AVLNODE));
+      return;
+}
+
+static AVLNODE *rotate_subtree(AVL *tree, AVLNODE *node)
+{     /* restore balance of AVL subtree */
+      AVLNODE *f, *p, *q, *r, *x, *y;
+      xassert(node != NULL);
+      p = node;
+      if (p->bal < 0)
+      {  /* perform negative (left) rotation */
+         f = p->up; q = p->left; r = q->right;
+         if (q->bal <= 0)
+         {  /* perform single negative rotation */
+            if (f == NULL)
+               tree->root = q;
+            else
+               if (p->flag == 0) f->left = q; else f->right = q;
+            p->rank -= q->rank;
+            q->up = f; q->flag = p->flag; q->bal++; q->right = p;
+            p->up = q; p->flag = 1;
+            p->bal = (short int)(-q->bal); p->left = r;
+            if (r != NULL) r->up = p, r->flag = 0;
+            node = q;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* perform double negative rotation */
+            x = r->left; y = r->right;
+            if (f == NULL)
+               tree->root = r;
+            else
+               if (p->flag == 0) f->left = r; else f->right = r;
+            p->rank -= (q->rank + r->rank);
+            r->rank += q->rank;
+            p->bal = (short int)(r->bal >= 0 ? 0 : +1);
+            q->bal = (short int)(r->bal <= 0 ? 0 : -1);
+            r->up = f; r->flag = p->flag; r->bal = 0;
+            r->left = q; r->right = p;
+            p->up = r; p->flag = 1; p->left = y;
+            q->up = r; q->flag = 0; q->right = x;
+            if (x != NULL) x->up = q, x->flag = 1;
+            if (y != NULL) y->up = p, y->flag = 0;
+            node = r;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* perform positive (right) rotation */
+         f = p->up; q = p->right; r = q->left;
+         if (q->bal >= 0)
+         {  /* perform single positive rotation */
+            if (f == NULL)
+               tree->root = q;
+            else
+               if (p->flag == 0) f->left = q; else f->right = q;
+            q->rank += p->rank;
+            q->up = f; q->flag = p->flag; q->bal--; q->left = p;
+            p->up = q; p->flag = 0;
+            p->bal = (short int)(-q->bal); p->right = r;
+            if (r != NULL) r->up = p, r->flag = 1;
+            node = q;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* perform double positive rotation */
+            x = r->left; y = r->right;
+            if (f == NULL)
+               tree->root = r;
+            else
+               if (p->flag == 0) f->left = r; else f->right = r;
+            q->rank -= r->rank;
+            r->rank += p->rank;
+            p->bal = (short int)(r->bal <= 0 ? 0 : -1);
+            q->bal = (short int)(r->bal >= 0 ? 0 : +1);
+            r->up = f; r->flag = p->flag; r->bal = 0;
+            r->left = p; r->right = q;
+            p->up = r; p->flag = 0; p->right = x;
+            q->up = r; q->flag = 1; q->left = y;
+            if (x != NULL) x->up = p, x->flag = 1;
+            if (y != NULL) y->up = q, y->flag = 0;
+            node = r;
+         }
+      }
+      return node;
+}
+
+void avl_delete_tree(AVL *tree)
+{     /* delete AVL tree */
+      dmp_delete_pool(tree->pool);
+      xfree(tree);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/avl.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/avl.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0aaef61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/avl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* avl.h (binary search tree) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef AVL_H
+#define AVL_H
+
+typedef struct AVL AVL;
+typedef struct AVLNODE AVLNODE;
+
+#define avl_create_tree _glp_avl_create_tree
+AVL *avl_create_tree(int (*fcmp)(void *info, const void *key1,
+      const void *key2), void *info);
+/* create AVL tree */
+
+#define avl_strcmp _glp_avl_strcmp
+int avl_strcmp(void *info, const void *key1, const void *key2);
+/* compare character string keys */
+
+#define avl_insert_node _glp_avl_insert_node
+AVLNODE *avl_insert_node(AVL *tree, const void *key);
+/* insert new node into AVL tree */
+
+#define avl_set_node_type _glp_avl_set_node_type
+void avl_set_node_type(AVLNODE *node, int type);
+/* assign the type field of specified node */
+
+#define avl_set_node_link _glp_avl_set_node_link
+void avl_set_node_link(AVLNODE *node, void *link);
+/* assign the link field of specified node */
+
+#define avl_find_node _glp_avl_find_node
+AVLNODE *avl_find_node(AVL *tree, const void *key);
+/* find node in AVL tree */
+
+#define avl_get_node_type _glp_avl_get_node_type
+int avl_get_node_type(AVLNODE *node);
+/* retrieve the type field of specified node */
+
+#define avl_get_node_link _glp_avl_get_node_link
+void *avl_get_node_link(AVLNODE *node);
+/* retrieve the link field of specified node */
+
+#define avl_delete_node _glp_avl_delete_node
+void avl_delete_node(AVL *tree, AVLNODE *node);
+/* delete specified node from AVL tree */
+
+#define avl_delete_tree _glp_avl_delete_tree
+void avl_delete_tree(AVL *tree);
+/* delete AVL tree */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/bignum.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/bignum.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..540dd9fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/bignum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/* bignum.c (bignum arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "bignum.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  Two routines below are intended to multiply and divide unsigned
+*  integer numbers of arbitrary precision.
+*
+*  The routines assume that an unsigned integer number is represented in
+*  the positional numeral system with the base 2^16 = 65536, i.e. each
+*  "digit" of the number is in the range [0, 65535] and represented as
+*  a 16-bit value of the unsigned short type. In other words, a number x
+*  has the following representation:
+*
+*         n-1
+*     x = sum d[j] * 65536^j,
+*         j=0
+*
+*  where n is the number of places (positions), and d[j] is j-th "digit"
+*  of x, 0 <= d[j] <= 65535.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  bigmul - multiply unsigned integer numbers of arbitrary precision
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "bignum.h"
+*  void bigmul(int n, int m, unsigned short x[], unsigned short y[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine bigmul multiplies unsigned integer numbers of arbitrary
+*  precision.
+*
+*  n is the number of digits of multiplicand, n >= 1;
+*
+*  m is the number of digits of multiplier, m >= 1;
+*
+*  x is an array containing digits of the multiplicand in elements
+*  x[m], x[m+1], ..., x[n+m-1]. Contents of x[0], x[1], ..., x[m-1] are
+*  ignored on entry.
+*
+*  y is an array containing digits of the multiplier in elements y[0],
+*  y[1], ..., y[m-1].
+*
+*  On exit digits of the product are stored in elements x[0], x[1], ...,
+*  x[n+m-1]. The array y is not changed. */
+
+void bigmul(int n, int m, unsigned short x[], unsigned short y[])
+{     int i, j;
+      unsigned int t;
+      xassert(n >= 1);
+      xassert(m >= 1);
+      for (j = 0; j < m; j++) x[j] = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      {  if (x[i+m])
+         {  t = 0;
+            for (j = 0; j < m; j++)
+            {  t += (unsigned int)x[i+m] * (unsigned int)y[j] +
+                    (unsigned int)x[i+j];
+               x[i+j] = (unsigned short)t;
+               t >>= 16;
+            }
+            x[i+m] = (unsigned short)t;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  bigdiv - divide unsigned integer numbers of arbitrary precision
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "bignum.h"
+*  void bigdiv(int n, int m, unsigned short x[], unsigned short y[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine bigdiv divides one unsigned integer number of arbitrary
+*  precision by another with the algorithm described in [1].
+*
+*  n is the difference between the number of digits of dividend and the
+*  number of digits of divisor, n >= 0.
+*
+*  m is the number of digits of divisor, m >= 1.
+*
+*  x is an array containing digits of the dividend in elements x[0],
+*  x[1], ..., x[n+m-1].
+*
+*  y is an array containing digits of the divisor in elements y[0],
+*  y[1], ..., y[m-1]. The highest digit y[m-1] must be non-zero.
+*
+*  On exit n+1 digits of the quotient are stored in elements x[m],
+*  x[m+1], ..., x[n+m], and m digits of the remainder are stored in
+*  elements x[0], x[1], ..., x[m-1]. The array y is changed but then
+*  restored.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  1. D. Knuth. The Art of Computer Programming. Vol. 2: Seminumerical
+*  Algorithms. Stanford University, 1969. */
+
+void bigdiv(int n, int m, unsigned short x[], unsigned short y[])
+{     int i, j;
+      unsigned int t;
+      unsigned short d, q, r;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      xassert(m >= 1);
+      xassert(y[m-1] != 0);
+      /* special case when divisor has the only digit */
+      if (m == 1)
+      {  d = 0;
+         for (i = n; i >= 0; i--)
+         {  t = ((unsigned int)d << 16) + (unsigned int)x[i];
+            x[i+1] = (unsigned short)(t / y[0]);
+            d = (unsigned short)(t % y[0]);
+         }
+         x[0] = d;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* multiply dividend and divisor by a normalizing coefficient in
+       * order to provide the condition y[m-1] >= base / 2 */
+      d = (unsigned short)(0x10000 / ((unsigned int)y[m-1] + 1));
+      if (d == 1)
+         x[n+m] = 0;
+      else
+      {  t = 0;
+         for (i = 0; i < n+m; i++)
+         {  t += (unsigned int)x[i] * (unsigned int)d;
+            x[i] = (unsigned short)t;
+            t >>= 16;
+         }
+         x[n+m] = (unsigned short)t;
+         t = 0;
+         for (j = 0; j < m; j++)
+         {  t += (unsigned int)y[j] * (unsigned int)d;
+            y[j] = (unsigned short)t;
+            t >>= 16;
+         }
+      }
+      /* main loop */
+      for (i = n; i >= 0; i--)
+      {  /* estimate and correct the current digit of quotient */
+         if (x[i+m] < y[m-1])
+         {  t = ((unsigned int)x[i+m] << 16) + (unsigned int)x[i+m-1];
+            q = (unsigned short)(t / (unsigned int)y[m-1]);
+            r = (unsigned short)(t % (unsigned int)y[m-1]);
+            if (q == 0) goto putq; else goto test;
+         }
+         q = 0;
+         r = x[i+m-1];
+decr:    q--; /* if q = 0 then q-- = 0xFFFF */
+         t = (unsigned int)r + (unsigned int)y[m-1];
+         r = (unsigned short)t;
+         if (t > 0xFFFF) goto msub;
+test:    t = (unsigned int)y[m-2] * (unsigned int)q;
+         if ((unsigned short)(t >> 16) > r) goto decr;
+         if ((unsigned short)(t >> 16) < r) goto msub;
+         if ((unsigned short)t > x[i+m-2]) goto decr;
+msub:    /* now subtract divisor multiplied by the current digit of
+          * quotient from the current dividend */
+         if (q == 0) goto putq;
+         t = 0;
+         for (j = 0; j < m; j++)
+         {  t += (unsigned int)y[j] * (unsigned int)q;
+            if (x[i+j] < (unsigned short)t) t += 0x10000;
+            x[i+j] -= (unsigned short)t;
+            t >>= 16;
+         }
+         if (x[i+m] >= (unsigned short)t) goto putq;
+         /* perform correcting addition, because the current digit of
+          * quotient is greater by one than its correct value */
+         q--;
+         t = 0;
+         for (j = 0; j < m; j++)
+         {  t += (unsigned int)x[i+j] + (unsigned int)y[j];
+            x[i+j] = (unsigned short)t;
+            t >>= 16;
+         }
+putq:    /* store the current digit of quotient */
+         x[i+m] = q;
+      }
+      /* divide divisor and remainder by the normalizing coefficient in
+       * order to restore their original values */
+      if (d > 1)
+      {  t = 0;
+         for (i = m-1; i >= 0; i--)
+         {  t = (t << 16) + (unsigned int)x[i];
+            x[i] = (unsigned short)(t / (unsigned int)d);
+            t %= (unsigned int)d;
+         }
+         t = 0;
+         for (j = m-1; j >= 0; j--)
+         {  t = (t << 16) + (unsigned int)y[j];
+            y[j] = (unsigned short)(t / (unsigned int)d);
+            t %= (unsigned int)d;
+         }
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef GLP_TEST
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "rng.h"
+
+#define N_MAX 7
+/* maximal number of digits in multiplicand */
+
+#define M_MAX 5
+/* maximal number of digits in multiplier */
+
+#define N_TEST 1000000
+/* number of tests */
+
+int main(void)
+{     RNG *rand;
+      int d, j, n, m, test;
+      unsigned short x[N_MAX], y[M_MAX], z[N_MAX+M_MAX];
+      rand = rng_create_rand();
+      for (test = 1; test <= N_TEST; test++)
+      {  /* x[0,...,n-1] := multiplicand */
+         n = 1 + rng_unif_rand(rand, N_MAX-1);
+         assert(1 <= n && n <= N_MAX);
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+         {  d = rng_unif_rand(rand, 65536);
+            assert(0 <= d && d <= 65535);
+            x[j] = (unsigned short)d;
+         }
+         /* y[0,...,m-1] := multiplier */
+         m = 1 + rng_unif_rand(rand, M_MAX-1);
+         assert(1 <= m && m <= M_MAX);
+         for (j = 0; j < m; j++)
+         {  d = rng_unif_rand(rand, 65536);
+            assert(0 <= d && d <= 65535);
+            y[j] = (unsigned short)d;
+         }
+         if (y[m-1] == 0) y[m-1] = 1;
+         /* z[0,...,n+m-1] := x * y */
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++) z[m+j] = x[j];
+         bigmul(n, m, z, y);
+         /* z[0,...,m-1] := z mod y, z[m,...,n+m-1] := z div y */
+         bigdiv(n, m, z, y);
+         /* z mod y must be 0 */
+         for (j = 0; j < m; j++) assert(z[j] == 0);
+         /* z div y must be x */
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++) assert(z[m+j] == x[j]);
+      }
+      fprintf(stderr, "%d tests successfully passed\n", N_TEST);
+      rng_delete_rand(rand);
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/bignum.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/bignum.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8567519b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/bignum.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* bignum.h (bignum arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef BIGNUM_H
+#define BIGNUM_H
+
+#define bigmul _glp_bigmul
+void bigmul(int n, int m, unsigned short x[], unsigned short y[]);
+/* multiply unsigned integer numbers of arbitrary precision */
+
+#define bigdiv _glp_bigdiv
+void bigdiv(int n, int m, unsigned short x[], unsigned short y[]);
+/* divide unsigned integer numbers of arbitrary precision */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dimacs.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dimacs.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6aa630a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dimacs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* dimacs.c (reading data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "dimacs.h"
+
+void dmx_error(DMX *csa, const char *fmt, ...)
+{     /* print error message and terminate processing */
+      va_list arg;
+      xprintf("%s:%d: error: ", csa->fname, csa->count);
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      xvprintf(fmt, arg);
+      va_end(arg);
+      xprintf("\n");
+      longjmp(csa->jump, 1);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+void dmx_warning(DMX *csa, const char *fmt, ...)
+{     /* print warning message and continue processing */
+      va_list arg;
+      xprintf("%s:%d: warning: ", csa->fname, csa->count);
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      xvprintf(fmt, arg);
+      va_end(arg);
+      xprintf("\n");
+      return;
+}
+
+void dmx_read_char(DMX *csa)
+{     /* read character from input text file */
+      int c;
+      if (csa->c == '\n') csa->count++;
+      c = glp_getc(csa->fp);
+      if (c < 0)
+      {  if (glp_ioerr(csa->fp))
+            dmx_error(csa, "read error - %s", get_err_msg());
+         else if (csa->c == '\n')
+            dmx_error(csa, "unexpected end of file");
+         else
+         {  dmx_warning(csa, "missing final end of line");
+            c = '\n';
+         }
+      }
+      else if (c == '\n')
+         ;
+      else if (isspace(c))
+         c = ' ';
+      else if (iscntrl(c))
+         dmx_error(csa, "invalid control character 0x%02X", c);
+      csa->c = c;
+      return;
+}
+
+void dmx_read_designator(DMX *csa)
+{     /* read one-character line designator */
+      xassert(csa->c == '\n');
+      dmx_read_char(csa);
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* skip preceding white-space characters */
+         while (csa->c == ' ')
+            dmx_read_char(csa);
+         if (csa->c == '\n')
+         {  /* ignore empty line */
+            if (!csa->empty)
+            {  dmx_warning(csa, "empty line ignored");
+               csa->empty = 1;
+            }
+            dmx_read_char(csa);
+         }
+         else if (csa->c == 'c')
+         {  /* skip comment line */
+            while (csa->c != '\n')
+               dmx_read_char(csa);
+            dmx_read_char(csa);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* hmm... looks like a line designator */
+            csa->field[0] = (char)csa->c, csa->field[1] = '\0';
+            /* check that it is followed by a white-space character */
+            dmx_read_char(csa);
+            if (!(csa->c == ' ' || csa->c == '\n'))
+               dmx_error(csa, "line designator missing or invalid");
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void dmx_read_field(DMX *csa)
+{     /* read data field */
+      int len = 0;
+      /* skip preceding white-space characters */
+      while (csa->c == ' ')
+         dmx_read_char(csa);
+      /* scan data field */
+      if (csa->c == '\n')
+         dmx_error(csa, "unexpected end of line");
+      while (!(csa->c == ' ' || csa->c == '\n'))
+      {  if (len == sizeof(csa->field)-1)
+            dmx_error(csa, "data field '%.15s...' too long",
+               csa->field);
+         csa->field[len++] = (char)csa->c;
+         dmx_read_char(csa);
+      }
+      csa->field[len] = '\0';
+      return;
+}
+
+void dmx_end_of_line(DMX *csa)
+{     /* skip white-space characters until end of line */
+      while (csa->c == ' ')
+         dmx_read_char(csa);
+      if (csa->c != '\n')
+         dmx_error(csa, "too many data fields specified");
+      return;
+}
+
+void dmx_check_int(DMX *csa, double num)
+{     /* print a warning if non-integer data are detected */
+      if (!csa->nonint && num != floor(num))
+      {  dmx_warning(csa, "non-integer data detected");
+         csa->nonint = 1;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dimacs.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dimacs.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42fb9996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dimacs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* dimacs.h (reading data in DIMACS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef DIMACS_H
+#define DIMACS_H
+
+#include "env.h"
+
+typedef struct DMX DMX;
+
+struct DMX
+{     /* DIMACS data reader */
+      jmp_buf jump;
+      /* label for go to in case of error */
+      const char *fname;
+      /* name of input text file */
+      glp_file *fp;
+      /* stream assigned to input text file */
+      int count;
+      /* line count */
+      int c;
+      /* current character */
+      char field[255+1];
+      /* data field */
+      int empty;
+      /* warning 'empty line ignored' was printed */
+      int nonint;
+      /* warning 'non-integer data detected' was printed */
+};
+
+#define dmx_error _glp_dmx_error
+void dmx_error(DMX *csa, const char *fmt, ...);
+/* print error message and terminate processing */
+
+#define dmx_warning _glp_dmx_warning
+void dmx_warning(DMX *csa, const char *fmt, ...);
+/* print warning message and continue processing */
+
+#define dmx_read_char _glp_dmx_read_char
+void dmx_read_char(DMX *csa);
+/* read character from input text file */
+
+#define dmx_read_designator _glp_dmx_read_designator
+void dmx_read_designator(DMX *csa);
+/* read one-character line designator */
+
+#define dmx_read_field _glp_dmx_read_field
+void dmx_read_field(DMX *csa);
+/* read data field */
+
+#define dmx_end_of_line _glp_dmx_end_of_line
+void dmx_end_of_line(DMX *csa);
+/* skip white-space characters until end of line */
+
+#define dmx_check_int _glp_dmx_check_int
+void dmx_check_int(DMX *csa, double num);
+/* print a warning if non-integer data are detected */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dmp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4882c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/* dmp.c (dynamic memory pool) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "dmp.h"
+
+struct DMP
+{     /* dynamic memory pool */
+      void *avail[32];
+      /* avail[k], 0 <= k <= 31, is a pointer to first available (free)
+       * atom of (k+1)*8 bytes long; at the beginning of each free atom
+       * there is a pointer to another free atom of the same size */
+      void *block;
+      /* pointer to most recently allocated memory block; at the
+       * beginning of each allocated memory block there is a pointer to
+       * previously allocated memory block */
+      int used;
+      /* number of bytes used in most recently allocated memory block */
+      size_t count;
+      /* number of atoms which are currently in use */
+};
+
+#define DMP_BLK_SIZE 8000
+/* size of memory blocks, in bytes, allocated for memory pools */
+
+struct prefix
+{     /* atom prefix (for debugging only) */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* dynamic memory pool */
+      int size;
+      /* original atom size, in bytes */
+};
+
+#define prefix_size ((sizeof(struct prefix) + 7) & ~7)
+/* size of atom prefix rounded up to multiple of 8 bytes */
+
+int dmp_debug;
+/* debug mode flag */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  dmp_create_pool - create dynamic memory pool
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "dmp.h"
+*  DMP *dmp_create_pool(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine dmp_create_pool creates a dynamic memory pool.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the memory pool created. */
+
+DMP *dmp_create_pool(void)
+{     DMP *pool;
+      int k;
+      xassert(sizeof(void *) <= 8);
+      if (dmp_debug)
+         xprintf("dmp_create_pool: warning: debug mode is on\n");
+      pool = talloc(1, DMP);
+      for (k = 0; k <= 31; k++)
+         pool->avail[k] = NULL;
+      pool->block = NULL;
+      pool->used = DMP_BLK_SIZE;
+      pool->count = 0;
+      return pool;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  dmp_get_atom - get free atom from dynamic memory pool
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "dmp.h"
+*  void *dmp_get_atom(DMP *pool, int size);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine dmp_get_atom obtains a free atom (memory space) from the
+*  specified memory pool.
+*
+*  The parameter size is the atom size, in bytes, 1 <= size <= 256.
+*
+*  Note that the free atom contains arbitrary data, not binary zeros.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the free atom obtained. */
+
+void *dmp_get_atom(DMP *pool, int size)
+{     void *atom;
+      int k, need;
+      xassert(1 <= size && size <= 256);
+      /* round up atom size to multiple of 8 bytes */
+      need = (size + 7) & ~7;
+      /* determine number of corresponding list of free atoms */
+      k = (need >> 3) - 1;
+      /* obtain free atom */
+      if (pool->avail[k] == NULL)
+      {  /* corresponding list of free atoms is empty */
+         /* if debug mode is on, add atom prefix size */
+         if (dmp_debug)
+            need += prefix_size;
+         if (pool->used + need > DMP_BLK_SIZE)
+         {  /* allocate new memory block */
+            void *block = talloc(DMP_BLK_SIZE, char);
+            *(void **)block = pool->block;
+            pool->block = block;
+            pool->used = 8; /* sufficient to store pointer */
+         }
+         /* allocate new atom in current memory block */
+         atom = (char *)pool->block + pool->used;
+         pool->used += need;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* obtain atom from corresponding list of free atoms */
+         atom  = pool->avail[k];
+         pool->avail[k] = *(void **)atom;
+      }
+      /* if debug mode is on, fill atom prefix */
+      if (dmp_debug)
+      {  ((struct prefix *)atom)->pool = pool;
+         ((struct prefix *)atom)->size = size;
+         atom = (char *)atom + prefix_size;
+      }
+      /* increase number of allocated atoms */
+      pool->count++;
+      return atom;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  dmp_free_atom - return atom to dynamic memory pool
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "dmp.h"
+*  void dmp_free_atom(DMP *pool, void *atom, int size);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine dmp_free_atom returns the specified atom (memory space)
+*  to the specified memory pool, making the atom free.
+*
+*  The parameter size is the atom size, in bytes, 1 <= size <= 256.
+*
+*  Note that the atom can be returned only to the pool, from which it
+*  was obtained, and its size must be exactly the same as on obtaining
+*  it from the pool. */
+
+void dmp_free_atom(DMP *pool, void *atom, int size)
+{     int k;
+      xassert(1 <= size && size <= 256);
+      /* determine number of corresponding list of free atoms */
+      k = ((size + 7) >> 3) - 1;
+      /* if debug mode is on, check atom prefix */
+      if (dmp_debug)
+      {  atom = (char *)atom - prefix_size;
+         xassert(((struct prefix *)atom)->pool == pool);
+         xassert(((struct prefix *)atom)->size == size);
+      }
+      /* return atom to corresponding list of free atoms */
+      *(void **)atom = pool->avail[k];
+      pool->avail[k] = atom;
+      /* decrease number of allocated atoms */
+      xassert(pool->count > 0);
+      pool->count--;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  dmp_in_use - determine how many atoms are still in use
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "dmp.h"
+*  size_t dmp_in_use(DMP *pool);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of atoms of the specified memory pool
+*  which are still in use. */
+
+size_t dmp_in_use(DMP *pool)
+{     return
+         pool->count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  dmp_delete_pool - delete dynamic memory pool
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "dmp.h"
+*  void dmp_delete_pool(DMP *pool);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine dmp_delete_pool deletes the specified dynamic memory
+*  pool freeing all the memory allocated to this object. */
+
+void dmp_delete_pool(DMP *pool)
+{     while (pool->block != NULL)
+      {  void *block = pool->block;
+         pool->block = *(void **)block;
+         tfree(block);
+      }
+      tfree(pool);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dmp.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85fe7176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/dmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* dmp.h (dynamic memory pool) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef DMP_H
+#define DMP_H
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+typedef struct DMP DMP;
+
+#define dmp_debug _glp_dmp_debug
+extern int dmp_debug;
+/* debug mode flag */
+
+#define dmp_create_pool _glp_dmp_create_pool
+DMP *dmp_create_pool(void);
+/* create dynamic memory pool */
+
+#define dmp_talloc(pool, type) \
+      ((type *)dmp_get_atom(pool, sizeof(type)))
+
+#define dmp_get_atom _glp_dmp_get_atom
+void *dmp_get_atom(DMP *pool, int size);
+/* get free atom from dynamic memory pool */
+
+#define dmp_tfree(pool, atom) \
+      dmp_free_atom(pool, atom, sizeof(*(atom)))
+
+#define dmp_free_atom _glp_dmp_free_atom
+void dmp_free_atom(DMP *pool, void *atom, int size);
+/* return atom to dynamic memory pool */
+
+#define dmp_in_use _glp_dmp_in_use
+size_t dmp_in_use(DMP *pool);
+/* determine how many atoms are still in use */
+
+#define dmp_delete_pool _glp_dmp_delete_pool
+void dmp_delete_pool(DMP *pool);
+/* delete dynamic memory pool */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ffalg.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ffalg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ea2913d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ffalg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/* ffalg.c (Ford-Fulkerson algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ffalg.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ffalg - Ford-Fulkerson algorithm
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "ffalg.h"
+*  void ffalg(int nv, int na, const int tail[], const int head[],
+*     int s, int t, const int cap[], int x[], char cut[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine ffalg implements the Ford-Fulkerson algorithm to find a
+*  maximal flow in the specified flow network.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  nv is the number of nodes, nv >= 2.
+*
+*  na is the number of arcs, na >= 0.
+*
+*  tail[a], a = 1,...,na, is the index of tail node of arc a.
+*
+*  head[a], a = 1,...,na, is the index of head node of arc a.
+*
+*  s is the source node index, 1 <= s <= nv.
+*
+*  t is the sink node index, 1 <= t <= nv, t != s.
+*
+*  cap[a], a = 1,...,na, is the capacity of arc a, cap[a] >= 0.
+*
+*  NOTE: Multiple arcs are allowed, but self-loops are not allowed.
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  x[a], a = 1,...,na, is optimal value of the flow through arc a.
+*
+*  cut[i], i = 1,...,nv, is 1 if node i is labelled, and 0 otherwise.
+*  The set of arcs, whose one endpoint is labelled and other is not,
+*  defines the minimal cut corresponding to the maximal flow found.
+*  If the parameter cut is NULL, the cut information are not stored.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  L.R.Ford, Jr., and D.R.Fulkerson, "Flows in Networks," The RAND
+*  Corp., Report R-375-PR (August 1962), Chap. I "Static Maximal Flow,"
+*  pp.30-33. */
+
+void ffalg(int nv, int na, const int tail[], const int head[],
+      int s, int t, const int cap[], int x[], char cut[])
+{     int a, delta, i, j, k, pos1, pos2, temp,
+         *ptr, *arc, *link, *list;
+      /* sanity checks */
+      xassert(nv >= 2);
+      xassert(na >= 0);
+      xassert(1 <= s && s <= nv);
+      xassert(1 <= t && t <= nv);
+      xassert(s != t);
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  i = tail[a], j = head[a];
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= nv);
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= nv);
+         xassert(i != j);
+         xassert(cap[a] >= 0);
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ptr = xcalloc(1+nv+1, sizeof(int));
+      arc = xcalloc(1+na+na, sizeof(int));
+      link = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      list = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      /* ptr[i] := (degree of node i) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         ptr[i] = 0;
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  ptr[tail[a]]++;
+         ptr[head[a]]++;
+      }
+      /* initialize arc pointers */
+      ptr[1]++;
+      for (i = 1; i < nv; i++)
+         ptr[i+1] += ptr[i];
+      ptr[nv+1] = ptr[nv];
+      /* build arc lists */
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  arc[--ptr[tail[a]]] = a;
+         arc[--ptr[head[a]]] = a;
+      }
+      xassert(ptr[1] == 1);
+      xassert(ptr[nv+1] == na+na+1);
+      /* now the indices of arcs incident to node i are stored in
+       * locations arc[ptr[i]], arc[ptr[i]+1], ..., arc[ptr[i+1]-1] */
+      /* initialize arc flows */
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+         x[a] = 0;
+loop: /* main loop starts here */
+      /* build augmenting tree rooted at s */
+      /* link[i] = 0 means that node i is not labelled yet;
+       * link[i] = a means that arc a immediately precedes node i */
+      /* initially node s is labelled as the root */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         link[i] = 0;
+      link[s] = -1, list[1] = s, pos1 = pos2 = 1;
+      /* breadth first search */
+      while (pos1 <= pos2)
+      {  /* dequeue node i */
+         i = list[pos1++];
+         /* consider all arcs incident to node i */
+         for (k = ptr[i]; k < ptr[i+1]; k++)
+         {  a = arc[k];
+            if (tail[a] == i)
+            {  /* a = i->j is a forward arc from s to t */
+               j = head[a];
+               /* if node j has been labelled, skip the arc */
+               if (link[j] != 0) continue;
+               /* if the arc does not allow increasing the flow through
+                * it, skip the arc */
+               if (x[a] == cap[a]) continue;
+            }
+            else if (head[a] == i)
+            {  /* a = i<-j is a backward arc from s to t */
+               j = tail[a];
+               /* if node j has been labelled, skip the arc */
+               if (link[j] != 0) continue;
+               /* if the arc does not allow decreasing the flow through
+                * it, skip the arc */
+               if (x[a] == 0) continue;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(a != a);
+            /* label node j and enqueue it */
+            link[j] = a, list[++pos2] = j;
+            /* check for breakthrough */
+            if (j == t) goto brkt;
+         }
+      }
+      /* NONBREAKTHROUGH */
+      /* no augmenting path exists; current flow is maximal */
+      /* store minimal cut information, if necessary */
+      if (cut != NULL)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+            cut[i] = (char)(link[i] != 0);
+      }
+      goto done;
+brkt: /* BREAKTHROUGH */
+      /* walk through arcs of the augmenting path (s, ..., t) found in
+       * the reverse order and determine maximal change of the flow */
+      delta = 0;
+      for (j = t; j != s; j = i)
+      {  /* arc a immediately precedes node j in the path */
+         a = link[j];
+         if (head[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i->j is a forward arc of the cycle */
+            i = tail[a];
+            /* x[a] may be increased until its upper bound */
+            temp = cap[a] - x[a];
+         }
+         else if (tail[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i<-j is a backward arc of the cycle */
+            i = head[a];
+            /* x[a] may be decreased until its lower bound */
+            temp = x[a];
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+         if (delta == 0 || delta > temp) delta = temp;
+      }
+      xassert(delta > 0);
+      /* increase the flow along the path */
+      for (j = t; j != s; j = i)
+      {  /* arc a immediately precedes node j in the path */
+         a = link[j];
+         if (head[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i->j is a forward arc of the cycle */
+            i = tail[a];
+            x[a] += delta;
+         }
+         else if (tail[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i<-j is a backward arc of the cycle */
+            i = head[a];
+            x[a] -= delta;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+      }
+      goto loop;
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ptr);
+      xfree(arc);
+      xfree(link);
+      xfree(list);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ffalg.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ffalg.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7016f8fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ffalg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* ffalg.h (Ford-Fulkerson algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef FFALG_H
+#define FFALG_H
+
+#define ffalg _glp_ffalg
+void ffalg(int nv, int na, const int tail[], const int head[],
+      int s, int t, const int cap[], int x[], char cut[]);
+/* Ford-Fulkerson algorithm */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fp2rat.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fp2rat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4699bbd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fp2rat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* fp2rat.c (convert floating-point number to rational number) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  fp2rat - convert floating-point number to rational number
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  int fp2rat(double x, double eps, double *p, double *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  Given a floating-point number 0 <= x < 1 the routine fp2rat finds
+*  its "best" rational approximation p / q, where p >= 0 and q > 0 are
+*  integer numbers, such that |x - p / q| <= eps.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine fp2rat returns the number of iterations used to achieve
+*  the specified precision eps.
+*
+*  EXAMPLES
+*
+*  For x = sqrt(2) - 1 = 0.414213562373095 and eps = 1e-6 the routine
+*  gives p = 408 and q = 985, where 408 / 985 = 0.414213197969543.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  It is well known that every positive real number x can be expressed
+*  as the following continued fraction:
+*
+*     x = b[0] + a[1]
+*                ------------------------
+*                b[1] + a[2]
+*                       -----------------
+*                       b[2] + a[3]
+*                              ----------
+*                              b[3] + ...
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     a[k] = 1,                  k = 0, 1, 2, ...
+*
+*     b[k] = floor(x[k]),        k = 0, 1, 2, ...
+*
+*     x[0] = x,
+*
+*     x[k] = 1 / frac(x[k-1]),   k = 1, 2, 3, ...
+*
+*  To find the "best" rational approximation of x the routine computes
+*  partial fractions f[k] by dropping after k terms as follows:
+*
+*     f[k] = A[k] / B[k],
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     A[-1] = 1,   A[0] = b[0],   B[-1] = 0,   B[0] = 1,
+*
+*     A[k] = b[k] * A[k-1] + a[k] * A[k-2],
+*
+*     B[k] = b[k] * B[k-1] + a[k] * B[k-2].
+*
+*  Once the condition
+*
+*     |x - f[k]| <= eps
+*
+*  has been satisfied, the routine reports p = A[k] and q = B[k] as the
+*  final answer.
+*
+*  In the table below here is some statistics obtained for one million
+*  random numbers uniformly distributed in the range [0, 1).
+*
+*      eps      max p   mean p      max q    mean q  max k   mean k
+*     -------------------------------------------------------------
+*     1e-1          8      1.6          9       3.2    3      1.4
+*     1e-2         98      6.2         99      12.4    5      2.4
+*     1e-3        997     20.7        998      41.5    8      3.4
+*     1e-4       9959     66.6       9960     133.5   10      4.4
+*     1e-5      97403    211.7      97404     424.2   13      5.3
+*     1e-6     479669    669.9     479670    1342.9   15      6.3
+*     1e-7    1579030   2127.3    3962146    4257.8   16      7.3
+*     1e-8   26188823   6749.4   26188824   13503.4   19      8.2
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  W. B. Jones and W. J. Thron, "Continued Fractions: Analytic Theory
+*  and Applications," Encyclopedia on Mathematics and Its Applications,
+*  Addison-Wesley, 1980. */
+
+int fp2rat(double x, double eps, double *p, double *q)
+{     int k;
+      double xk, Akm1, Ak, Bkm1, Bk, ak, bk, fk, temp;
+      xassert(0.0 <= x && x < 1.0);
+      for (k = 0; ; k++)
+      {  xassert(k <= 100);
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  /* x[0] = x */
+            xk = x;
+            /* A[-1] = 1 */
+            Akm1 = 1.0;
+            /* A[0] = b[0] = floor(x[0]) = 0 */
+            Ak = 0.0;
+            /* B[-1] = 0 */
+            Bkm1 = 0.0;
+            /* B[0] = 1 */
+            Bk = 1.0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* x[k] = 1 / frac(x[k-1]) */
+            temp = xk - floor(xk);
+            xassert(temp != 0.0);
+            xk = 1.0 / temp;
+            /* a[k] = 1 */
+            ak = 1.0;
+            /* b[k] = floor(x[k]) */
+            bk = floor(xk);
+            /* A[k] = b[k] * A[k-1] + a[k] * A[k-2] */
+            temp = bk * Ak + ak * Akm1;
+            Akm1 = Ak, Ak = temp;
+            /* B[k] = b[k] * B[k-1] + a[k] * B[k-2] */
+            temp = bk * Bk + ak * Bkm1;
+            Bkm1 = Bk, Bk = temp;
+         }
+         /* f[k] = A[k] / B[k] */
+         fk = Ak / Bk;
+#if 0
+         print("%.*g / %.*g = %.*g",
+            DBL_DIG, Ak, DBL_DIG, Bk, DBL_DIG, fk);
+#endif
+         if (fabs(x - fk) <= eps)
+            break;
+      }
+      *p = Ak;
+      *q = Bk;
+      return k;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fvs.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fvs.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..916a1bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fvs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* fvs.c (sparse vector in FVS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "fvs.h"
+
+void fvs_alloc_vec(FVS *x, int n)
+{     /* allocate sparse vector */
+      int j;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      x->n = n;
+      x->nnz = 0;
+      x->ind = talloc(1+n, int);
+      x->vec = talloc(1+n, double);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         x->vec[j] = 0.0;
+      return;
+}
+
+void fvs_check_vec(const FVS *x)
+{     /* check sparse vector */
+      /* NOTE: for testing/debugging only */
+      int n = x->n;
+      int nnz = x->nnz;
+      int *ind = x->ind;
+      double *vec = x->vec;
+      char *map;
+      int j, k;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      xassert(0 <= nnz && nnz <= n);
+      map = talloc(1+n, char);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         map[j] = (vec[j] != 0.0);
+      for (k = 1; k <= nnz; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+         xassert(map[j]);
+         map[j] = 0;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         xassert(!map[j]);
+      tfree(map);
+      return;
+}
+
+void fvs_gather_vec(FVS *x, double eps)
+{     /* gather sparse vector */
+      int n = x->n;
+      int *ind = x->ind;
+      double *vec = x->vec;
+      int j, nnz = 0;
+      for (j = n; j >= 1; j--)
+      {  if (-eps < vec[j] && vec[j] < +eps)
+            vec[j] = 0.0;
+         else
+            ind[++nnz] = j;
+      }
+      x->nnz = nnz;
+      return;
+}
+
+void fvs_clear_vec(FVS *x)
+{     /* clear sparse vector */
+      int *ind = x->ind;
+      double *vec = x->vec;
+      int k;
+      for (k = x->nnz; k >= 1; k--)
+         vec[ind[k]] = 0.0;
+      x->nnz = 0;
+      return;
+}
+
+void fvs_copy_vec(FVS *x, const FVS *y)
+{     /* copy sparse vector */
+      int *x_ind = x->ind;
+      double *x_vec = x->vec;
+      int *y_ind = y->ind;
+      double *y_vec = y->vec;
+      int j, k;
+      xassert(x != y);
+      xassert(x->n == y->n);
+      fvs_clear_vec(x);
+      for (k = x->nnz = y->nnz; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  j = x_ind[k] = y_ind[k];
+         x_vec[j] = y_vec[j];
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void fvs_adjust_vec(FVS *x, double eps)
+{     /* replace tiny vector elements by exact zeros */
+      int nnz = x->nnz;
+      int *ind = x->ind;
+      double *vec = x->vec;
+      int j, k, cnt = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= nnz; k++)
+      {  j = ind[k];
+         if (-eps < vec[j] && vec[j] < +eps)
+            vec[j] = 0.0;
+         else
+            ind[++cnt] = j;
+      }
+      x->nnz = cnt;
+      return;
+}
+
+void fvs_free_vec(FVS *x)
+{     /* deallocate sparse vector */
+      tfree(x->ind);
+      tfree(x->vec);
+      x->n = x->nnz = -1;
+      x->ind = NULL;
+      x->vec = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fvs.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fvs.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..abfed8cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/fvs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* fvs.h (sparse vector in FVS format) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef FVS_H
+#define FVS_H
+
+typedef struct FVS FVS;
+
+struct FVS
+{     /* sparse vector in FVS (Full Vector Storage) format */
+      int n;
+      /* vector dimension (total number of elements) */
+      int nnz;
+      /* number of non-zero elements, 0 <= nnz <= n */
+      int *ind; /* int ind[1+n]; */
+      /* ind[0] is not used;
+       * ind[k] = j, 1 <= k <= nnz, means that vec[j] != 0
+       * non-zero indices in the array ind are stored in arbitrary
+       * order; if vec[j] = 0, its index j SHOULD NOT be presented in
+       * the array ind */
+      double *vec; /* double vec[1+n]; */
+      /* vec[0] is not used;
+       * vec[j], 1 <= j <= n, is a numeric value of j-th element */
+};
+
+#define fvs_alloc_vec _glp_fvs_alloc_vec
+void fvs_alloc_vec(FVS *x, int n);
+/* allocate sparse vector */
+
+#define fvs_check_vec _glp_fvs_check_vec
+void fvs_check_vec(const FVS *x);
+/* check sparse vector */
+
+#define fvs_gather_vec _glp_fvs_gather_vec
+void fvs_gather_vec(FVS *x, double eps);
+/* gather sparse vector */
+
+#define fvs_clear_vec _glp_fvs_clear_vec
+void fvs_clear_vec(FVS *x);
+/* clear sparse vector */
+
+#define fvs_copy_vec _glp_fvs_copy_vec
+void fvs_copy_vec(FVS *x, const FVS *y);
+/* copy sparse vector */
+
+#define fvs_adjust_vec _glp_fvs_adjust_vec
+void fvs_adjust_vec(FVS *x, double eps);
+/* replace tiny vector elements by exact zeros */
+
+#define fvs_free_vec _glp_fvs_free_vec
+void fvs_free_vec(FVS *x);
+/* deallocate sparse vector */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/gcd.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/gcd.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95c48cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/gcd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* gcd.c (greatest common divisor) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  gcd - find greatest common divisor of two integers
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  int gcd(int x, int y);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine gcd returns gcd(x, y), the greatest common divisor of
+*  the two positive integers given.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  The routine gcd is based on Euclid's algorithm.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  Don Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming, Vol.2: Seminumerical
+*  Algorithms, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley, 1997. Section 4.5.2: The
+*  Greatest Common Divisor, pp. 333-56. */
+
+int gcd(int x, int y)
+{     int r;
+      xassert(x > 0 && y > 0);
+      while (y > 0)
+         r = x % y, x = y, y = r;
+      return x;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  gcdn - find greatest common divisor of n integers
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  int gcdn(int n, int x[]);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine gcdn returns gcd(x[1], x[2], ..., x[n]), the greatest
+*  common divisor of n positive integers given, n > 0.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  The routine gcdn is based on the following identity:
+*
+*     gcd(x, y, z) = gcd(gcd(x, y), z).
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  Don Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming, Vol.2: Seminumerical
+*  Algorithms, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley, 1997. Section 4.5.2: The
+*  Greatest Common Divisor, pp. 333-56. */
+
+int gcdn(int n, int x[])
+{     int d, j;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(x[j] > 0);
+         if (j == 1)
+            d = x[1];
+         else
+            d = gcd(d, x[j]);
+         if (d == 1)
+            break;
+      }
+      return d;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/jd.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/jd.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9d63171
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/jd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/* jd.c (conversions between calendar date and Julian day number) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "jd.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  jday - convert calendar date to Julian day number
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "jd.h"
+*  int jday(int d, int m, int y);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine jday converts a calendar date, Gregorian calendar, to
+*  corresponding Julian day number j.
+*
+*  From the given day d, month m, and year y, the Julian day number j
+*  is computed without using tables.
+*
+*  The routine is valid for 1 <= y <= 4000.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine jday returns the Julian day number, or negative value if
+*  the specified date is incorrect.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  R. G. Tantzen, Algorithm 199: conversions between calendar date and
+*  Julian day number, Communications of the ACM, vol. 6, no. 8, p. 444,
+*  Aug. 1963. */
+
+int jday(int d, int m, int y)
+{     int c, ya, j, dd;
+      if (!(1 <= d && d <= 31 &&
+            1 <= m && m <= 12 &&
+            1 <= y && y <= 4000))
+         return -1;
+      if (m >= 3)
+         m -= 3;
+      else
+         m += 9, y--;
+      c = y / 100;
+      ya = y - 100 * c;
+      j = (146097 * c) / 4 + (1461 * ya) / 4 + (153 * m + 2) / 5 + d +
+         1721119;
+      jdate(j, &dd, NULL, NULL);
+      if (d != dd)
+         return -1;
+      return j;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  jdate - convert Julian day number to calendar date
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "jd.h"
+*  int jdate(int j, int *d, int *m, int *y);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine jdate converts a Julian day number j to corresponding
+*  calendar date, Gregorian calendar.
+*
+*  The day d, month m, and year y are computed without using tables and
+*  stored in corresponding locations.
+*
+*  The routine is valid for 1721426 <= j <= 3182395.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the conversion is successful, the routine returns zero, otherwise
+*  non-zero.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  R. G. Tantzen, Algorithm 199: conversions between calendar date and
+*  Julian day number, Communications of the ACM, vol. 6, no. 8, p. 444,
+*  Aug. 1963. */
+
+int jdate(int j, int *d_, int *m_, int *y_)
+{     int d, m, y;
+      if (!(1721426 <= j && j <= 3182395))
+         return 1;
+      j -= 1721119;
+      y = (4 * j - 1) / 146097;
+      j = (4 * j - 1) % 146097;
+      d = j / 4;
+      j = (4 * d + 3) / 1461;
+      d = (4 * d + 3) % 1461;
+      d = (d + 4) / 4;
+      m = (5 * d - 3) / 153;
+      d = (5 * d - 3) % 153;
+      d = (d + 5) / 5;
+      y = 100 * y + j;
+      if (m <= 9)
+         m += 3;
+      else m -= 9,
+         y++;
+      if (d_ != NULL) *d_ = d;
+      if (m_ != NULL) *m_ = m;
+      if (y_ != NULL) *y_ = y;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef GLP_TEST
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int main(void)
+{     int jbeg, jend, j, d, m, y;
+      jbeg = jday(1, 1, 1);
+      jend = jday(31, 12, 4000);
+      for (j = jbeg; j <= jend; j++)
+      {  assert(jdate(j, &d, &m, &y) == 0);
+         assert(jday(d, m, y) == j);
+      }
+      printf("Routines jday and jdate work correctly.\n");
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/jd.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/jd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..009d2daa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/jd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* jd.h (conversions between calendar date and Julian day number) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#define jday _glp_jday
+int jday(int d, int m, int y);
+/* convert calendar date to Julian day number */
+
+#define jdate _glp_jdate
+int jdate(int j, int *d, int *m, int *y);
+/* convert Julian day number to calendar date */
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/keller.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/keller.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d64d3c1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/keller.c
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/* keller.c (cover edges by cliques, Kellerman's heuristic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "keller.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  kellerman - cover edges by cliques with Kellerman's heuristic
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "keller.h"
+*  int kellerman(int n, int (*func)(void *info, int i, int ind[]),
+*     void *info, glp_graph *H);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine kellerman implements Kellerman's heuristic algorithm
+*  to find a minimal set of cliques which cover all edges of specified
+*  graph G = (V, E).
+*
+*  The parameter n specifies the number of vertices |V|, n >= 0.
+*
+*  Formal routine func specifies the set of edges E in the following
+*  way. Running the routine kellerman calls the routine func and passes
+*  to it parameter i, which is the number of some vertex, 1 <= i <= n.
+*  In response the routine func should store numbers of all vertices
+*  adjacent to vertex i to locations ind[1], ind[2], ..., ind[len] and
+*  return the value of len, which is the number of adjacent vertices,
+*  0 <= len <= n. Self-loops are allowed, but ignored. Multiple edges
+*  are not allowed.
+*
+*  The parameter info is a transit pointer (magic cookie) passed to the
+*  formal routine func as its first parameter.
+*
+*  The result provided by the routine kellerman is the bipartite graph
+*  H = (V union C, F), which defines the covering found. (The program
+*  object of type glp_graph specified by the parameter H should be
+*  previously created with the routine glp_create_graph. On entry the
+*  routine kellerman erases the content of this object with the routine
+*  glp_erase_graph.) Vertices of first part V correspond to vertices of
+*  the graph G and have the same ordinal numbers 1, 2, ..., n. Vertices
+*  of second part C correspond to cliques and have ordinal numbers
+*  n+1, n+2, ..., n+k, where k is the total number of cliques in the
+*  edge covering found. Every edge f in F in the program object H is
+*  represented as arc f = (i->j), where i in V and j in C, which means
+*  that vertex i of the graph G is in clique C[j], 1 <= j <= k. (Thus,
+*  if two vertices of the graph G are in the same clique, these vertices
+*  are adjacent in G, and corresponding edge is covered by that clique.)
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine Kellerman returns k, the total number of cliques in the
+*  edge covering found.
+*
+*  REFERENCE
+*
+*  For more details see: glpk/doc/notes/keller.pdf (in Russian). */
+
+struct set
+{     /* set of vertices */
+      int size;
+      /* size (cardinality) of the set, 0 <= card <= n */
+      int *list; /* int list[1+n]; */
+      /* the set contains vertices list[1,...,size] */
+      int *pos; /* int pos[1+n]; */
+      /* pos[i] > 0 means that vertex i is in the set and
+       * list[pos[i]] = i; pos[i] = 0 means that vertex i is not in
+       * the set */
+};
+
+int kellerman(int n, int (*func)(void *info, int i, int ind[]),
+      void *info, void /* glp_graph */ *H_)
+{     glp_graph *H = H_;
+      struct set W_, *W = &W_, V_, *V = &V_;
+      glp_arc *a;
+      int i, j, k, m, t, len, card, best;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      /* H := (V, 0; 0), where V is the set of vertices of graph G */
+      glp_erase_graph(H, H->v_size, H->a_size);
+      glp_add_vertices(H, n);
+      /* W := 0 */
+      W->size = 0;
+      W->list = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      W->pos = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      memset(&W->pos[1], 0, sizeof(int) * n);
+      /* V := 0 */
+      V->size = 0;
+      V->list = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      V->pos = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      memset(&V->pos[1], 0, sizeof(int) * n);
+      /* main loop */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  /* W must be empty */
+         xassert(W->size == 0);
+         /* W := { j : i > j and (i,j) in E } */
+         len = func(info, i, W->list);
+         xassert(0 <= len && len <= n);
+         for (t = 1; t <= len; t++)
+         {  j = W->list[t];
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            if (j >= i) continue;
+            xassert(W->pos[j] == 0);
+            W->list[++W->size] = j, W->pos[j] = W->size;
+         }
+         /* on i-th iteration we need to cover edges (i,j) for all
+          * j in W */
+         /* if W is empty, it is a special case */
+         if (W->size == 0)
+         {  /* set k := k + 1 and create new clique C[k] = { i } */
+            k = glp_add_vertices(H, 1) - n;
+            glp_add_arc(H, i, n + k);
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* try to include vertex i into existing cliques */
+         /* V must be empty */
+         xassert(V->size == 0);
+         /* k is the number of cliques found so far */
+         k = H->nv - n;
+         for (m = 1; m <= k; m++)
+         {  /* do while V != W; since here V is within W, we can use
+             * equivalent condition: do while |V| < |W| */
+            if (V->size == W->size) break;
+            /* check if C[m] is within W */
+            for (a = H->v[n + m]->in; a != NULL; a = a->h_next)
+            {  j = a->tail->i;
+               if (W->pos[j] == 0) break;
+            }
+            if (a != NULL) continue;
+            /* C[m] is within W, expand clique C[m] with vertex i */
+            /* C[m] := C[m] union {i} */
+            glp_add_arc(H, i, n + m);
+            /* V is a set of vertices whose incident edges are already
+             * covered by existing cliques */
+            /* V := V union C[m] */
+            for (a = H->v[n + m]->in; a != NULL; a = a->h_next)
+            {  j = a->tail->i;
+               if (V->pos[j] == 0)
+                  V->list[++V->size] = j, V->pos[j] = V->size;
+            }
+         }
+         /* remove from set W the vertices whose incident edges are
+          * already covered by existing cliques */
+         /* W := W \ V, V := 0 */
+         for (t = 1; t <= V->size; t++)
+         {  j = V->list[t], V->pos[j] = 0;
+            if (W->pos[j] != 0)
+            {  /* remove vertex j from W */
+               if (W->pos[j] != W->size)
+               {  int jj = W->list[W->size];
+                  W->list[W->pos[j]] = jj;
+                  W->pos[jj] = W->pos[j];
+               }
+               W->size--, W->pos[j] = 0;
+            }
+         }
+         V->size = 0;
+         /* now set W contains only vertices whose incident edges are
+          * still not covered by existing cliques; create new cliques
+          * to cover remaining edges until set W becomes empty */
+         while (W->size > 0)
+         {  /* find clique C[m], 1 <= m <= k, which shares maximal
+             * number of vertices with W; to break ties choose clique
+             * having smallest number m */
+            m = 0, best = -1;
+            k = H->nv - n;
+            for (t = 1; t <= k; t++)
+            {  /* compute cardinality of intersection of W and C[t] */
+               card = 0;
+               for (a = H->v[n + t]->in; a != NULL; a = a->h_next)
+               {  j = a->tail->i;
+                  if (W->pos[j] != 0) card++;
+               }
+               if (best < card)
+                  m = t, best = card;
+            }
+            xassert(m > 0);
+            /* set k := k + 1 and create new clique:
+             * C[k] := (W intersect C[m]) union { i }, which covers all
+             * edges incident to vertices from (W intersect C[m]) */
+            k = glp_add_vertices(H, 1) - n;
+            for (a = H->v[n + m]->in; a != NULL; a = a->h_next)
+            {  j = a->tail->i;
+               if (W->pos[j] != 0)
+               {  /* vertex j is in both W and C[m]; include it in new
+                   * clique C[k] */
+                  glp_add_arc(H, j, n + k);
+                  /* remove vertex j from W, since edge (i,j) will be
+                   * covered by new clique C[k] */
+                  if (W->pos[j] != W->size)
+                  {  int jj = W->list[W->size];
+                     W->list[W->pos[j]] = jj;
+                     W->pos[jj] = W->pos[j];
+                  }
+                  W->size--, W->pos[j] = 0;
+               }
+            }
+            /* include vertex i to new clique C[k] to cover edges (i,j)
+             * incident to all vertices j just removed from W */
+            glp_add_arc(H, i, n + k);
+         }
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(W->list);
+      xfree(W->pos);
+      xfree(V->list);
+      xfree(V->pos);
+      /* return the number of cliques in the edge covering found */
+      return H->nv - n;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/keller.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/keller.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7a5b343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/keller.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* keller.h (cover edges by cliques, Kellerman's heuristic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KELLER_H
+#define KELLER_H
+
+#define kellerman _glp_kellerman
+int kellerman(int n, int (*func)(void *info, int i, int ind[]),
+      void *info, void /* glp_graph */ *H);
+/* cover edges by cliques with Kellerman's heuristic */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ks.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ks.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0720cc90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ks.c
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+/* ks.c (0-1 knapsack problem) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ks.h"
+#include "mt1.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  0-1 knapsack problem has the following formulation:
+*
+*     maximize z = sum{j in 1..n} c[j]x[j]                           (1)
+*
+*         s.t. sum{j in 1..n} a[j]x[j] <= b                          (2)
+*
+*              x[j] in {0, 1} for all j in 1..n                      (3)
+*
+*  In general case it is assumed that the instance is non-normalized,
+*  i.e. parameters a, b, and c may have any sign.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ks_enum - solve 0-1 knapsack problem by complete enumeration
+*
+*  This routine finds optimal solution to 0-1 knapsack problem (1)-(3)
+*  by complete enumeration. It is intended mainly for testing purposes.
+*
+*  The instance to be solved is specified by parameters n, a, b, and c.
+*  Note that these parameters can have any sign, i.e. normalization is
+*  not needed.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores the optimal point found in locations
+*  x[1], ..., x[n] and returns the optimal objective value. However, if
+*  the instance is infeasible, the routine returns INT_MIN.
+*
+*  Since the complete enumeration is inefficient, this routine can be
+*  used only for small instances (n <= 20-30). */
+
+#define N_MAX 40
+
+int ks_enum(int n, const int a[/*1+n*/], int b, const int c[/*1+n*/],
+      char x[/*1+n*/])
+{     int j, s, z, z_best;
+      char x_best[1+N_MAX];
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= N_MAX);
+      /* initialization */
+      memset(&x[1], 0, n * sizeof(char));
+      z_best = INT_MIN;
+loop: /* compute constraint and objective at current x */
+      s = z = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (x[j])
+            s += a[j], z += c[j];
+      }
+      /* check constraint violation */
+      if (s > b)
+         goto next;
+      /* check objective function */
+      if (z_best < z)
+      {  /* better solution has been found */
+         memcpy(&x_best[1], &x[1], n * sizeof(char));
+         z_best = z;
+      }
+next: /* generate next x */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (!x[j])
+         {  x[j] = 1;
+            goto loop;
+         }
+         x[j] = 0;
+      }
+      /* report best (optimal) solution */
+      memcpy(&x[1], &x_best[1], n * sizeof(char));
+      return z_best;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  reduce - prepare reduced instance of 0-1 knapsack
+*
+*  Given original instance of 0-1 knapsack (1)-(3) specified by the
+*  parameters n, a, b, and c this routine transforms it to equivalent
+*  reduced instance in the same format. The reduced instance is
+*  normalized, i.e. the following additional conditions are met:
+*
+*     n >= 2                                                         (4)
+*
+*     1 <= a[j] <= b for all j in 1..n                               (5)
+*
+*     sum{j in 1..n} a[j] >= b+1                                     (6)
+*
+*     c[j] >= 1      for all j in 1..n                               (7)
+*
+*  The routine creates the structure ks and stores there parameters n,
+*  a, b, and c of the reduced instance as well as template of solution
+*  to original instance.
+*
+*  Normally the routine returns a pointer to the structure ks created.
+*  However, if the original instance is infeasible, the routine returns
+*  a null pointer. */
+
+struct ks
+{     int orig_n;
+      /* original problem dimension */
+      int n;
+      /* reduced problem dimension */
+      int *a; /* int a[1+orig_n]; */
+      /* a{j in 1..n} are constraint coefficients (2) */
+      int b;
+      /* b is constraint right-hand side (2) */
+      int *c; /* int c[1+orig_n]; */
+      /* c{j in 1..n} are objective coefficients (1) */
+      int c0;
+      /* c0 is objective constant term */
+      char *x; /* char x[1+orig_n]; */
+      /* x{j in 1..orig_n} is solution template to original instance:
+       * x[j] = 0       x[j] is fixed at 0
+       * x[j] = 1       x[j] is fixed at 1
+       * x[j] = 0x10    x[j] = x[j']
+       * x[j] = 0x11    x[j] = 1 - x[j']
+       * where x[j'] is corresponding solution to reduced instance */
+};
+
+static void free_ks(struct ks *ks);
+
+static struct ks *reduce(const int n, const int a[/*1+n*/], int b,
+      const int c[/*1+n*/])
+{     struct ks *ks;
+      int j, s;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      /* initially reduced instance is the same as original one */
+      ks = talloc(1, struct ks);
+      ks->orig_n = n;
+      ks->n = 0;
+      ks->a = talloc(1+n, int);
+      memcpy(&ks->a[1], &a[1], n * sizeof(int));
+      ks->b = b;
+      ks->c = talloc(1+n, int);
+      memcpy(&ks->c[1], &c[1], n * sizeof(int));
+      ks->c0 = 0;
+      ks->x = talloc(1+n, char);
+      /* make all a[j] non-negative */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (a[j] >= 0)
+         {  /* keep original x[j] */
+            ks->x[j] = 0x10;
+         }
+         else /* a[j] < 0 */
+         {  /* substitute x[j] = 1 - x'[j] */
+            ks->x[j] = 0x11;
+            /* ... + a[j]x[j]        + ... <= b
+             * ... + a[j](1 - x'[j]) + ... <= b
+             * ... - a[j]x'[j]       + ... <= b - a[j] */
+            ks->a[j] = - ks->a[j];
+            ks->b += ks->a[j];
+            /* z = ... + c[j]x[j]        + ... + c0 =
+             *   = ... + c[j](1 - x'[j]) + ... + c0 =
+             *   = ... - c[j]x'[j]       + ... + (c0 + c[j]) */
+            ks->c0 += ks->c[j];
+            ks->c[j] = - ks->c[j];
+         }
+      }
+      /* now a[j] >= 0 for all j in 1..n */
+      if (ks->b < 0)
+      {  /* instance is infeasible */
+         free_ks(ks);
+         return NULL;
+      }
+      /* build reduced instance */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (ks->a[j] == 0)
+         {  if (ks->c[j] <= 0)
+            {  /* fix x[j] at 0 */
+               ks->x[j] ^= 0x10;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* fix x[j] at 1 */
+               ks->x[j] ^= 0x11;
+               ks->c0 += ks->c[j];
+            }
+         }
+         else if (ks->a[j] > ks->b || ks->c[j] <= 0)
+         {  /* fix x[j] at 0 */
+            ks->x[j] ^= 0x10;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* include x[j] in reduced instance */
+            ks->n++;
+            ks->a[ks->n] = ks->a[j];
+            ks->c[ks->n] = ks->c[j];
+         }
+      }
+      /* now conditions (5) and (7) are met */
+      /* check condition (6) */
+      s = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= ks->n; j++)
+      {  xassert(1 <= ks->a[j] && ks->a[j] <= ks->b);
+         xassert(ks->c[j] >= 1);
+         s += ks->a[j];
+      }
+      if (s <= ks->b)
+      {  /* sum{j in 1..n} a[j] <= b */
+         /* fix all remaining x[j] at 1 to obtain trivial solution */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  if (ks->x[j] & 0x10)
+               ks->x[j] ^= 0x11;
+         }
+         for (j = 1; j <= ks->n; j++)
+            ks->c0 += ks->c[j];
+         /* reduced instance is empty */
+         ks->n = 0;
+      }
+      /* here n = 0 or n >= 2 due to condition (6) */
+      xassert(ks->n == 0 || ks->n >= 2);
+      return ks;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  restore - restore solution to original 0-1 knapsack instance
+*
+*  Given optimal solution x{j in 1..ks->n} to the reduced 0-1 knapsack
+*  instance (previously prepared by the routine reduce) this routine
+*  constructs optimal solution to the original instance and stores it
+*  in the array ks->x{j in 1..ks->orig_n}.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns optimal objective value for the original
+*  instance.
+*
+*  NOTE: This operation should be performed only once. */
+
+static int restore(struct ks *ks, char x[])
+{     int j, k, z;
+      z = ks->c0;
+      for (j = 1, k = 0; j <= ks->orig_n; j++)
+      {  if (ks->x[j] & 0x10)
+         {  k++;
+            xassert(k <= ks->n);
+            xassert(x[k] == 0 || x[k] == 1);
+            if (ks->x[j] & 1)
+               ks->x[j] = 1 - x[k];
+            else
+               ks->x[j] = x[k];
+            if (x[k])
+               z += ks->c[k];
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(k == ks->n);
+      return z;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  free_ks - deallocate structure ks
+*
+*  This routine frees memory previously allocated to the structure ks
+*  and all its components. */
+
+static void free_ks(struct ks *ks)
+{     xassert(ks != NULL);
+      tfree(ks->a);
+      tfree(ks->c);
+      tfree(ks->x);
+      tfree(ks);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ks_mt1 - solve 0-1 knapsack problem with Martello & Toth algorithm
+*
+*  This routine finds optimal solution to 0-1 knapsack problem (1)-(3)
+*  with Martello & Toth algorithm MT1.
+*
+*  The instance to be solved is specified by parameters n, a, b, and c.
+*  Note that these parameters can have any sign, i.e. normalization is
+*  not needed.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores the optimal point found in locations
+*  x[1], ..., x[n] and returns the optimal objective value. However, if
+*  the instance is infeasible, the routine returns INT_MIN.
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  S.Martello, P.Toth. Knapsack Problems: Algorithms and Computer Imp-
+*  lementations. John Wiley & Sons, 1990. */
+
+struct mt
+{     int j;
+      float r; /* r[j] = c[j] / a[j] */
+};
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{     if (((struct mt *)p1)->r > ((struct mt *)p2)->r)
+         return -1;
+      else if (((struct mt *)p1)->r < ((struct mt *)p2)->r)
+         return +1;
+      else
+         return 0;
+}
+
+static int mt1a(int n, const int a[], int b, const int c[], char x[])
+{     /* interface routine to MT1 */
+      struct mt *mt;
+      int j, z, *p, *w, *x1, *xx, *min, *psign, *wsign, *zsign;
+      xassert(n >= 2);
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      mt = talloc(1+n, struct mt);
+      p = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      w = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      x1 = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      xx = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      min = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      psign = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      wsign = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      zsign = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      /* reorder items to provide c[j] / a[j] >= a[j+1] / a[j+1] */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  mt[j].j = j;
+         mt[j].r = (float)c[j] / (float)a[j];
+      }
+      qsort(&mt[1], n, sizeof(struct mt), fcmp);
+      /* load instance parameters */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  p[j] = c[mt[j].j];
+         w[j] = a[mt[j].j];
+      }
+      /* find optimal solution */
+      z = mt1(n, p, w, b, x1, 1, xx, min, psign, wsign, zsign);
+      xassert(z >= 0);
+      /* store optimal point found */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(x1[j] == 0 || x1[j] == 1);
+         x[mt[j].j] = x1[j];
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      tfree(mt);
+      tfree(p);
+      tfree(w);
+      tfree(x1);
+      tfree(xx);
+      tfree(min);
+      tfree(psign);
+      tfree(wsign);
+      tfree(zsign);
+      return z;
+}
+
+int ks_mt1(int n, const int a[/*1+n*/], int b, const int c[/*1+n*/],
+      char x[/*1+n*/])
+{     struct ks *ks;
+      int j, s1, s2, z;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      /* prepare reduced instance */
+      ks = reduce(n, a, b, c);
+      if (ks == NULL)
+      {  /* original instance is infeasible */
+         return INT_MIN;
+      }
+      /* find optimal solution to reduced instance */
+      if (ks->n > 0)
+         mt1a(ks->n, ks->a, ks->b, ks->c, x);
+      /* restore solution to original instance */
+      z = restore(ks, x);
+      memcpy(&x[1], &ks->x[1], n * sizeof(char));
+      free_ks(ks);
+      /* check solution found */
+      s1 = s2 = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(x[j] == 0 || x[j] == 1);
+         if (x[j])
+            s1 += a[j], s2 += c[j];
+      }
+      xassert(s1 <= b);
+      xassert(s2 == z);
+      return z;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  ks_greedy - solve 0-1 knapsack problem with greedy heuristic
+*
+*  This routine finds (sub)optimal solution to 0-1 knapsack problem
+*  (1)-(3) with greedy heuristic.
+*
+*  The instance to be solved is specified by parameters n, a, b, and c.
+*  Note that these parameters can have any sign, i.e. normalization is
+*  not needed.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores the optimal point found in locations
+*  x[1], ..., x[n] and returns the optimal objective value. However, if
+*  the instance is infeasible, the routine returns INT_MIN. */
+
+static int greedy(int n, const int a[], int b, const int c[], char x[])
+{     /* core routine for normalized 0-1 knapsack instance */
+      struct mt *mt;
+      int j, s, z;
+      xassert(n >= 2);
+      /* reorder items to provide c[j] / a[j] >= a[j+1] / a[j+1] */
+      mt = talloc(1+n, struct mt);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  mt[j].j = j;
+         mt[j].r = (float)c[j] / (float)a[j];
+      }
+      qsort(&mt[1], n, sizeof(struct mt), fcmp);
+      /* take items starting from most valuable ones until the knapsack
+       * is full */
+      s = z = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  if (s + a[mt[j].j] > b)
+            break;
+         x[mt[j].j] = 1;
+         s += a[mt[j].j];
+         z += c[mt[j].j];
+      }
+      /* don't take remaining items */
+      for (j = j; j <= n; j++)
+         x[mt[j].j] = 0;
+      tfree(mt);
+      return z;
+}
+
+int ks_greedy(int n, const int a[/*1+n*/], int b, const int c[/*1+n*/],
+      char x[/*1+n*/])
+{     struct ks *ks;
+      int j, s1, s2, z;
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      /* prepare reduced instance */
+      ks = reduce(n, a, b, c);
+      if (ks == NULL)
+      {  /* original instance is infeasible */
+         return INT_MIN;
+      }
+      /* find suboptimal solution to reduced instance */
+      if (ks->n > 0)
+         greedy(ks->n, ks->a, ks->b, ks->c, x);
+      /* restore solution to original instance */
+      z = restore(ks, x);
+      memcpy(&x[1], &ks->x[1], n * sizeof(char));
+      free_ks(ks);
+      /* check solution found */
+      s1 = s2 = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(x[j] == 0 || x[j] == 1);
+         if (x[j])
+            s1 += a[j], s2 += c[j];
+      }
+      xassert(s1 <= b);
+      xassert(s2 == z);
+      return z;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ks.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ks.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d607dc44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/ks.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* ks.h (0-1 knapsack problem) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KS_H
+#define KS_H
+
+#define ks_enum _glp_ks_enum
+int ks_enum(int n, const int a[/*1+n*/], int b, const int c[/*1+n*/],
+      char x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve 0-1 knapsack problem by complete enumeration */
+
+#define ks_mt1 _glp_ks_mt1
+int ks_mt1(int n, const int a[/*1+n*/], int b, const int c[/*1+n*/],
+      char x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve 0-1 knapsack problem with Martello & Toth algorithm */
+
+#define ks_greedy _glp_ks_greedy
+int ks_greedy(int n, const int a[/*1+n*/], int b, const int c[/*1+n*/],
+      char x[/*1+n*/]);
+/* solve 0-1 knapsack problem with greedy heuristic */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc13d.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc13d.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8bab398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc13d.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/* mc13d.c (permutations to block triangular form) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  This code is the result of translation of the Fortran subroutines
+*  MC13D and MC13E associated with the following paper:
+*
+*  I.S.Duff, J.K.Reid, Algorithm 529: Permutations to block triangular
+*  form, ACM Trans. on Math. Softw. 4 (1978), 189-192.
+*
+*  Use of ACM Algorithms is subject to the ACM Software Copyright and
+*  License Agreement. See <http://www.acm.org/publications/policies>.
+*
+*  The translation was made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mc13d.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  mc13d - permutations to block triangular form
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "mc13d.h"
+*  int mc13d(int n, const int icn[], const int ip[], const int lenr[],
+*     int ior[], int ib[], int lowl[], int numb[], int prev[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  Given the column numbers of the nonzeros in each row of the sparse
+*  matrix, the routine mc13d finds a symmetric permutation that makes
+*  the matrix block lower triangular.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  n     order of the matrix.
+*
+*  icn   array containing the column indices of the non-zeros. Those
+*        belonging to a single row must be contiguous but the ordering
+*        of column indices within each row is unimportant and wasted
+*        space between rows is permitted.
+*
+*  ip    ip[i], i = 1,2,...,n, is the position in array icn of the
+*        first column index of a non-zero in row i.
+*
+*  lenr  lenr[i], i = 1,2,...,n, is the number of non-zeros in row i.
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  ior   ior[i], i = 1,2,...,n, gives the position on the original
+*        ordering of the row or column which is in position i in the
+*        permuted form.
+*
+*  ib    ib[i], i = 1,2,...,num, is the row number in the permuted
+*        matrix of the beginning of block i, 1 <= num <= n.
+*
+*  WORKING ARRAYS
+*
+*  arp   working array of length [1+n], where arp[0] is not used.
+*        arp[i] is one less than the number of unsearched edges leaving
+*        node i. At the end of the algorithm it is set to a permutation
+*        which puts the matrix in block lower triangular form.
+*
+*  ib    working array of length [1+n], where ib[0] is not used.
+*        ib[i] is the position in the ordering of the start of the ith
+*        block. ib[n+1-i] holds the node number of the ith node on the
+*        stack.
+*
+*  lowl  working array of length [1+n], where lowl[0] is not used.
+*        lowl[i] is the smallest stack position of any node to which a
+*        path from node i has been found. It is set to n+1 when node i
+*        is removed from the stack.
+*
+*  numb  working array of length [1+n], where numb[0] is not used.
+*        numb[i] is the position of node i in the stack if it is on it,
+*        is the permuted order of node i for those nodes whose final
+*        position has been found and is otherwise zero.
+*
+*  prev  working array of length [1+n], where prev[0] is not used.
+*        prev[i] is the node at the end of the path when node i was
+*        placed on the stack.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine mc13d returns num, the number of blocks found. */
+
+int mc13d(int n, const int icn[], const int ip[], const int lenr[],
+      int ior[], int ib[], int lowl[], int numb[], int prev[])
+{     int *arp = ior;
+      int dummy, i, i1, i2, icnt, ii, isn, ist, ist1, iv, iw, j, lcnt,
+         nnm1, num, stp;
+      /* icnt is the number of nodes whose positions in final ordering
+       * have been found. */
+      icnt = 0;
+      /* num is the number of blocks that have been found. */
+      num = 0;
+      nnm1 = n + n - 1;
+      /* Initialization of arrays. */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  numb[j] = 0;
+         arp[j] = lenr[j] - 1;
+      }
+      for (isn = 1; isn <= n; isn++)
+      {  /* Look for a starting node. */
+         if (numb[isn] != 0) continue;
+         iv = isn;
+         /* ist is the number of nodes on the stack ... it is the stack
+          * pointer. */
+         ist = 1;
+         /* Put node iv at beginning of stack. */
+         lowl[iv] = numb[iv] = 1;
+         ib[n] = iv;
+         /* The body of this loop puts a new node on the stack or
+          * backtracks. */
+         for (dummy = 1; dummy <= nnm1; dummy++)
+         {  i1 = arp[iv];
+            /* Have all edges leaving node iv been searched? */
+            if (i1 >= 0)
+            {  i2 = ip[iv] + lenr[iv] - 1;
+               i1 = i2 - i1;
+               /* Look at edges leaving node iv until one enters a new
+                * node or all edges are exhausted. */
+               for (ii = i1; ii <= i2; ii++)
+               {  iw = icn[ii];
+                  /* Has node iw been on stack already? */
+                  if (numb[iw] == 0) goto L70;
+                  /* Update value of lowl[iv] if necessary. */
+                  if (lowl[iw] < lowl[iv]) lowl[iv] = lowl[iw];
+               }
+               /* There are no more edges leaving node iv. */
+               arp[iv] = -1;
+            }
+            /* Is node iv the root of a block? */
+            if (lowl[iv] < numb[iv]) goto L60;
+            /* Order nodes in a block. */
+            num++;
+            ist1 = n + 1 - ist;
+            lcnt = icnt + 1;
+            /* Peel block off the top of the stack starting at the top
+             * and working down to the root of the block. */
+            for (stp = ist1; stp <= n; stp++)
+            {  iw = ib[stp];
+               lowl[iw] = n + 1;
+               numb[iw] = ++icnt;
+               if (iw == iv) break;
+            }
+            ist = n - stp;
+            ib[num] = lcnt;
+            /* Are there any nodes left on the stack? */
+            if (ist != 0) goto L60;
+            /* Have all the nodes been ordered? */
+            if (icnt < n) break;
+            goto L100;
+L60:        /* Backtrack to previous node on path. */
+            iw = iv;
+            iv = prev[iv];
+            /* Update value of lowl[iv] if necessary. */
+            if (lowl[iw] < lowl[iv]) lowl[iv] = lowl[iw];
+            continue;
+L70:        /* Put new node on the stack. */
+            arp[iv] = i2 - ii - 1;
+            prev[iw] = iv;
+            iv = iw;
+            lowl[iv] = numb[iv] = ++ist;
+            ib[n+1-ist] = iv;
+         }
+      }
+L100: /* Put permutation in the required form. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         arp[numb[i]] = i;
+      return num;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef GLP_TEST
+#include "env.h"
+
+void test(int n, int ipp);
+
+int main(void)
+{     /* test program for routine mc13d */
+      test( 1,   0);
+      test( 2,   1);
+      test( 2,   2);
+      test( 3,   3);
+      test( 4,   4);
+      test( 5,  10);
+      test(10,  10);
+      test(10,  20);
+      test(20,  20);
+      test(20,  50);
+      test(50,  50);
+      test(50, 200);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void fa01bs(int max, int *nrand);
+
+void setup(int n, char a[1+50][1+50], int ip[], int icn[], int lenr[]);
+
+void test(int n, int ipp)
+{     int ip[1+50], icn[1+1000], ior[1+50], ib[1+51], iw[1+150],
+         lenr[1+50];
+      char a[1+50][1+50], hold[1+100];
+      int i, ii, iblock, ij, index, j, jblock, jj, k9, num;
+      xprintf("\n\n\nMatrix is of order %d and has %d off-diagonal non-"
+         "zeros\n", n, ipp);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+            a[i][j] = 0;
+         a[j][j] = 1;
+      }
+      for (k9 = 1; k9 <= ipp; k9++)
+      {  /* these statements should be replaced by calls to your
+          * favorite random number generator to place two pseudo-random
+          * numbers between 1 and n in the variables i and j */
+         for (;;)
+         {  fa01bs(n, &i);
+            fa01bs(n, &j);
+            if (!a[i][j]) break;
+         }
+         a[i][j] = 1;
+      }
+      /* setup converts matrix a[i,j] to required sparsity-oriented
+       * storage format */
+      setup(n, a, ip, icn, lenr);
+      num = mc13d(n, icn, ip, lenr, ior, ib, &iw[0], &iw[n], &iw[n+n]);
+      /* output reordered matrix with blocking to improve clarity */
+      xprintf("\nThe reordered matrix which has %d block%s is of the fo"
+         "rm\n", num, num == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      ib[num+1] = n + 1;
+      index = 100;
+      iblock = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  for (ij = 1; ij <= index; ij++)
+            hold[ij] = ' ';
+         if (i == ib[iblock])
+         {  xprintf("\n");
+            iblock++;
+         }
+         jblock = 1;
+         index = 0;
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  if (j == ib[jblock])
+            {  hold[++index] = ' ';
+               jblock++;
+            }
+            ii = ior[i];
+            jj = ior[j];
+            hold[++index] = (char)(a[ii][jj] ? 'X' : '0');
+         }
+         xprintf("%.*s\n", index, &hold[1]);
+      }
+      xprintf("\nThe starting point for each block is given by\n");
+      for (i = 1; i <= num; i++)
+      {  if ((i - 1) % 12 == 0) xprintf("\n");
+         xprintf(" %4d", ib[i]);
+      }
+      xprintf("\n");
+      return;
+}
+
+void setup(int n, char a[1+50][1+50], int ip[], int icn[], int lenr[])
+{     int i, j, ind;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         lenr[i] = 0;
+      ind = 1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  ip[i] = ind;
+         for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  if (a[i][j])
+            {  lenr[i]++;
+               icn[ind++] = j;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+double g = 1431655765.0;
+
+double fa01as(int i)
+{     /* random number generator */
+      g = fmod(g * 9228907.0, 4294967296.0);
+      if (i >= 0)
+         return g / 4294967296.0;
+      else
+         return 2.0 * g / 4294967296.0 - 1.0;
+}
+
+void fa01bs(int max, int *nrand)
+{     *nrand = (int)(fa01as(1) * (double)max) + 1;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc13d.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc13d.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdd57a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc13d.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* mc13d.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MC13D_H
+#define MC13D_H
+
+#define mc13d _glp_mc13d
+int mc13d(int n, const int icn[], const int ip[], const int lenr[],
+      int ior[], int ib[], int lowl[], int numb[], int prev[]);
+/* permutations to block triangular form */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc21a.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc21a.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..700d0f4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc21a.c
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/* mc21a.c (permutations for zero-free diagonal) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  This code is the result of translation of the Fortran subroutines
+*  MC21A and MC21B associated with the following paper:
+*
+*  I.S.Duff, Algorithm 575: Permutations for zero-free diagonal, ACM
+*  Trans. on Math. Softw. 7 (1981), 387-390.
+*
+*  Use of ACM Algorithms is subject to the ACM Software Copyright and
+*  License Agreement. See <http://www.acm.org/publications/policies>.
+*
+*  The translation was made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mc21a.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  mc21a - permutations for zero-free diagonal
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "mc21a.h"
+*  int mc21a(int n, const int icn[], const int ip[], const int lenr[],
+*     int iperm[], int pr[], int arp[], int cv[], int out[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  Given the pattern of nonzeros of a sparse matrix, the routine mc21a
+*  attempts to find a permutation of its rows that makes the matrix have
+*  no zeros on its diagonal.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  n     order of matrix.
+*
+*  icn   array containing the column indices of the non-zeros. Those
+*        belonging to a single row must be contiguous but the ordering
+*        of column indices within each row is unimportant and wasted
+*        space between rows is permitted.
+*
+*  ip    ip[i], i = 1,2,...,n, is the position in array icn of the
+*        first column index of a non-zero in row i.
+*
+*  lenr  lenr[i], i = 1,2,...,n, is the number of non-zeros in row i.
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETER
+*
+*  iperm contains permutation to make diagonal have the smallest
+*        number of zeros on it. Elements (iperm[i], i), i = 1,2,...,n,
+*        are non-zero at the end of the algorithm unless the matrix is
+*        structurally singular. In this case, (iperm[i], i) will be
+*        zero for n - numnz entries.
+*
+*  WORKING ARRAYS
+*
+*  pr    working array of length [1+n], where pr[0] is not used.
+*        pr[i] is the previous row to i in the depth first search.
+*
+*  arp   working array of length [1+n], where arp[0] is not used.
+*        arp[i] is one less than the number of non-zeros in row i which
+*        have not been scanned when looking for a cheap assignment.
+*
+*  cv    working array of length [1+n], where cv[0] is not used.
+*        cv[i] is the most recent row extension at which column i was
+*        visited.
+*
+*  out   working array of length [1+n], where out[0] is not used.
+*        out[i] is one less than the number of non-zeros in row i
+*        which have not been scanned during one pass through the main
+*        loop.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine mc21a returns numnz, the number of non-zeros on diagonal
+*  of permuted matrix. */
+
+int mc21a(int n, const int icn[], const int ip[], const int lenr[],
+      int iperm[], int pr[], int arp[], int cv[], int out[])
+{     int i, ii, in1, in2, j, j1, jord, k, kk, numnz;
+      /* Initialization of arrays. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  arp[i] = lenr[i] - 1;
+         cv[i] = iperm[i] = 0;
+      }
+      numnz = 0;
+      /* Main loop. */
+      /* Each pass round this loop either results in a new assignment
+       * or gives a row with no assignment. */
+      for (jord = 1; jord <= n; jord++)
+      {  j = jord;
+         pr[j] = -1;
+         for (k = 1; k <= jord; k++)
+         {  /* Look for a cheap assignment. */
+            in1 = arp[j];
+            if (in1 >= 0)
+            {  in2 = ip[j] + lenr[j] - 1;
+               in1 = in2 - in1;
+               for (ii = in1; ii <= in2; ii++)
+               {  i = icn[ii];
+                  if (iperm[i] == 0) goto L110;
+               }
+               /* No cheap assignment in row. */
+               arp[j] = -1;
+            }
+            /* Begin looking for assignment chain starting with row j.*/
+            out[j] = lenr[j] - 1;
+            /* Inner loop. Extends chain by one or backtracks. */
+            for (kk = 1; kk <= jord; kk++)
+            {  in1 = out[j];
+               if (in1 >= 0)
+               {  in2 = ip[j] + lenr[j] - 1;
+                  in1 = in2 - in1;
+                  /* Forward scan. */
+                  for (ii = in1; ii <= in2; ii++)
+                  {  i = icn[ii];
+                     if (cv[i] != jord)
+                     {  /* Column i has not yet been accessed during
+                         * this pass. */
+                        j1 = j;
+                        j = iperm[i];
+                        cv[i] = jord;
+                        pr[j] = j1;
+                        out[j1] = in2 - ii - 1;
+                        goto L100;
+                     }
+                  }
+               }
+               /* Backtracking step. */
+               j = pr[j];
+               if (j == -1) goto L130;
+            }
+L100:       ;
+         }
+L110:    /* New assignment is made. */
+         iperm[i] = j;
+         arp[j] = in2 - ii - 1;
+         numnz++;
+         for (k = 1; k <= jord; k++)
+         {  j = pr[j];
+            if (j == -1) break;
+            ii = ip[j] + lenr[j] - out[j] - 2;
+            i = icn[ii];
+            iperm[i] = j;
+         }
+L130:    ;
+      }
+      /* If matrix is structurally singular, we now complete the
+       * permutation iperm. */
+      if (numnz < n)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+            arp[i] = 0;
+         k = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         {  if (iperm[i] == 0)
+               out[++k] = i;
+            else
+               arp[iperm[i]] = i;
+         }
+         k = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         {  if (arp[i] == 0)
+               iperm[out[++k]] = i;
+         }
+      }
+      return numnz;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef GLP_TEST
+#include "env.h"
+
+int sing;
+
+void ranmat(int m, int n, int icn[], int iptr[], int nnnp1, int *knum,
+      int iw[]);
+
+void fa01bs(int max, int *nrand);
+
+int main(void)
+{     /* test program for the routine mc21a */
+      /* these runs on random matrices cause all possible statements in
+       * mc21a to be executed */
+      int i, iold, j, j1, j2, jj, knum, l, licn, n, nov4, num, numnz;
+      int ip[1+21], icn[1+1000], iperm[1+20], lenr[1+20], iw1[1+80];
+      licn = 1000;
+      /* run on random matrices of orders 1 through 20 */
+      for (n = 1; n <= 20; n++)
+      {  nov4 = n / 4;
+         if (nov4 < 1) nov4 = 1;
+L10:     fa01bs(nov4, &l);
+         knum = l * n;
+         /* knum is requested number of non-zeros in random matrix */
+         if (knum > licn) goto L10;
+         /* if sing is false, matrix is guaranteed structurally
+          * non-singular */
+         sing = ((n / 2) * 2 == n);
+         /* call to subroutine to generate random matrix */
+         ranmat(n, n, icn, ip, n+1, &knum, iw1);
+         /* knum is now actual number of non-zeros in random matrix */
+         if (knum > licn) goto L10;
+         xprintf("n = %2d; nz = %4d; sing = %d\n", n, knum, sing);
+         /* set up array of row lengths */
+         for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+            lenr[i] = ip[i+1] - ip[i];
+         /* call to mc21a */
+         numnz = mc21a(n, icn, ip, lenr, iperm, &iw1[0], &iw1[n],
+            &iw1[n+n], &iw1[n+n+n]);
+         /* testing to see if there are numnz non-zeros on the diagonal
+          * of the permuted matrix. */
+         num = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         {  iold = iperm[i];
+            j1 = ip[iold];
+            j2 = j1 + lenr[iold] - 1;
+            if (j2 < j1) continue;
+            for (jj = j1; jj <= j2; jj++)
+            {  j = icn[jj];
+               if (j == i)
+               {  num++;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         if (num != numnz)
+            xprintf("Failure in mc21a, numnz = %d instead of %d\n",
+               numnz, num);
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void ranmat(int m, int n, int icn[], int iptr[], int nnnp1, int *knum,
+      int iw[])
+{     /* subroutine to generate random matrix */
+      int i, ii, inum, j, lrow, matnum;
+      inum = (*knum / n) * 2;
+      if (inum > n-1) inum = n-1;
+      matnum = 1;
+      /* each pass through this loop generates a row of the matrix */
+      for (j = 1; j <= m; j++)
+      {  iptr[j] = matnum;
+         if (!(sing || j > n))
+            icn[matnum++] = j;
+         if (n == 1) continue;
+         for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) iw[i] = 0;
+         if (!sing) iw[j] = 1;
+         fa01bs(inum, &lrow);
+         lrow--;
+         if (lrow == 0) continue;
+         /* lrow off-diagonal non-zeros in row j of the matrix */
+         for (ii = 1; ii <= lrow; ii++)
+         {  for (;;)
+            {  fa01bs(n, &i);
+               if (iw[i] != 1) break;
+            }
+            iw[i] = 1;
+            icn[matnum++] = i;
+         }
+      }
+      for (i = m+1; i <= nnnp1; i++)
+         iptr[i] = matnum;
+      *knum = matnum - 1;
+      return;
+}
+
+double g = 1431655765.0;
+
+double fa01as(int i)
+{     /* random number generator */
+      g = fmod(g * 9228907.0, 4294967296.0);
+      if (i >= 0)
+         return g / 4294967296.0;
+      else
+         return 2.0 * g / 4294967296.0 - 1.0;
+}
+
+void fa01bs(int max, int *nrand)
+{     *nrand = (int)(fa01as(1) * (double)max) + 1;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc21a.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc21a.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..755f28b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mc21a.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* mc21a.h (permutations for zero-free diagonal) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MC21A_H
+#define MC21A_H
+
+#define mc21a _glp_mc21a
+int mc21a(int n, const int icn[], const int ip[], const int lenr[],
+      int iperm[], int pr[], int arp[], int cv[], int out[]);
+/* permutations for zero-free diagonal */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/misc.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/misc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ba1dc50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/misc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* misc.h (miscellaneous routines) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MISC_H
+#define MISC_H
+
+#define str2int _glp_str2int
+int str2int(const char *str, int *val);
+/* convert character string to value of int type */
+
+#define str2num _glp_str2num
+int str2num(const char *str, double *val);
+/* convert character string to value of double type */
+
+#define strspx _glp_strspx
+char *strspx(char *str);
+/* remove all spaces from character string */
+
+#define strtrim _glp_strtrim
+char *strtrim(char *str);
+/* remove trailing spaces from character string */
+
+#define gcd _glp_gcd
+int gcd(int x, int y);
+/* find greatest common divisor of two integers */
+
+#define gcdn _glp_gcdn
+int gcdn(int n, int x[]);
+/* find greatest common divisor of n integers */
+
+#define round2n _glp_round2n
+double round2n(double x);
+/* round floating-point number to nearest power of two */
+
+#define fp2rat _glp_fp2rat
+int fp2rat(double x, double eps, double *p, double *q);
+/* convert floating-point number to rational number */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63a0f80e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@
+/* mt1.c (0-1 knapsack problem; Martello & Toth algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  THIS CODE IS THE RESULT OF TRANSLATION OF THE FORTRAN SUBROUTINES
+*  MT1 FROM THE BOOK:
+*
+*  SILVANO MARTELLO, PAOLO TOTH. KNAPSACK PROBLEMS: ALGORITHMS AND
+*  COMPUTER IMPLEMENTATIONS. JOHN WILEY & SONS, 1990.
+*
+*  THE TRANSLATION HAS BEEN DONE WITH THE PERMISSION OF THE AUTHORS OF
+*  THE ORIGINAL FORTRAN SUBROUTINES: SILVANO MARTELLO AND PAOLO TOTH.
+*
+*  The translation was made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#line 1 ""
+/*  -- translated by f2c (version 20100827).
+   You must link the resulting object file with libf2c:
+	on Microsoft Windows system, link with libf2c.lib;
+	on Linux or Unix systems, link with .../path/to/libf2c.a -lm
+	or, if you install libf2c.a in a standard place, with -lf2c -lm
+	-- in that order, at the end of the command line, as in
+		cc *.o -lf2c -lm
+	Source for libf2c is in /netlib/f2c/libf2c.zip, e.g.,
+
+		http://www.netlib.org/f2c/libf2c.zip
+*/
+
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+#include "f2c.h"
+#else
+#include "env.h"
+#include "mt1.h"
+
+typedef int integer;
+typedef float real;
+#endif
+
+#line 1 ""
+/*<       SUBROUTINE MT1(N,P,W,C,Z,X,JDIM,JCK,XX,MIN,PSIGN,WSIGN,ZSIGN) >*/
+#if 1 /* by mao */
+static int chmt1_(int *, int *, int *, int *, int *, int *);
+
+static
+#endif
+/* Subroutine */ int mt1_(integer *n, integer *p, integer *w, integer *c__,
+	integer *z__, integer *x, integer *jdim, integer *jck, integer *xx,
+	integer *min__, integer *psign, integer *wsign, integer *zsign)
+{
+    /* System generated locals */
+    integer i__1;
+
+    /* Local variables */
+    static real a, b;
+    static integer j, r__, t, j1, n1, ch, ii, jj, kk, in, ll, ip, nn, iu, ii1,
+	     chs, lim, lim1, diff, lold, mink;
+    extern /* Subroutine */ int chmt1_(integer *, integer *, integer *,
+	    integer *, integer *, integer *);
+    static integer profit;
+
+
+/* THIS SUBROUTINE SOLVES THE 0-1 SINGLE KNAPSACK PROBLEM */
+
+/* MAXIMIZE  Z = P(1)*X(1) + ... + P(N)*X(N) */
+
+/* SUBJECT TO:   W(1)*X(1) + ... + W(N)*X(N) .LE. C , */
+/*               X(J) = 0 OR 1  FOR J=1,...,N. */
+
+/* THE PROGRAM IS INCLUDED IN THE VOLUME */
+/*   S. MARTELLO, P. TOTH, "KNAPSACK PROBLEMS: ALGORITHMS */
+/*   AND COMPUTER IMPLEMENTATIONS", JOHN WILEY, 1990 */
+/* AND IMPLEMENTS THE BRANCH-AND-BOUND ALGORITHM DESCRIBED IN */
+/* SECTION  2.5.2 . */
+/* THE PROGRAM DERIVES FROM AN EARLIER CODE PRESENTED IN */
+/*  S. MARTELLO, P. TOTH, "ALGORITHM FOR THE SOLUTION OF THE 0-1 SINGLE */
+/*  KNAPSACK PROBLEM", COMPUTING, 1978. */
+
+/* THE INPUT PROBLEM MUST SATISFY THE CONDITIONS */
+
+/*   1) 2 .LE. N .LE. JDIM - 1 ; */
+/*   2) P(J), W(J), C  POSITIVE INTEGERS; */
+/*   3) MAX (W(J)) .LE. C ; */
+/*   4) W(1) + ... + W(N) .GT. C ; */
+/*   5) P(J)/W(J) .GE. P(J+1)/W(J+1) FOR J=1,...,N-1. */
+
+/* MT1 CALLS  1  PROCEDURE: CHMT1. */
+
+/* THE PROGRAM IS COMPLETELY SELF-CONTAINED AND COMMUNICATION TO IT IS */
+/* ACHIEVED SOLELY THROUGH THE PARAMETER LIST OF MT1. */
+/* NO MACHINE-DEPENDENT CONSTANT IS USED. */
+/* THE PROGRAM IS WRITTEN IN 1967 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FORTRAN */
+/* AND IS ACCEPTED BY THE PFORT VERIFIER (PFORT IS THE PORTABLE */
+/* SUBSET OF ANSI DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATION FOR COMPUTING MACHINERY). */
+/* THE PROGRAM HAS BEEN TESTED ON A DIGITAL VAX 11/780 AND AN H.P. */
+/* 9000/840. */
+
+/* MT1 NEEDS  8  ARRAYS ( P ,  W ,  X ,  XX ,  MIN ,  PSIGN ,  WSIGN */
+/*                        AND  ZSIGN ) OF LENGTH AT LEAST  N + 1 . */
+
+/* MEANING OF THE INPUT PARAMETERS: */
+/* N    = NUMBER OF ITEMS; */
+/* P(J) = PROFIT OF ITEM  J  (J=1,...,N); */
+/* W(J) = WEIGHT OF ITEM  J  (J=1,...,N); */
+/* C    = CAPACITY OF THE KNAPSACK; */
+/* JDIM = DIMENSION OF THE 8 ARRAYS; */
+/* JCK  = 1 IF CHECK ON THE INPUT DATA IS DESIRED, */
+/*      = 0 OTHERWISE. */
+
+/* MEANING OF THE OUTPUT PARAMETERS: */
+/* Z    = VALUE OF THE OPTIMAL SOLUTION IF  Z .GT. 0 , */
+/*      = ERROR IN THE INPUT DATA (WHEN JCK=1) IF Z .LT. 0 : CONDI- */
+/*        TION  - Z  IS VIOLATED; */
+/* X(J) = 1 IF ITEM  J  IS IN THE OPTIMAL SOLUTION, */
+/*      = 0 OTHERWISE. */
+
+/* ARRAYS XX, MIN, PSIGN, WSIGN AND ZSIGN ARE DUMMY. */
+
+/* ALL THE PARAMETERS ARE INTEGER. ON RETURN OF MT1 ALL THE INPUT */
+/* PARAMETERS ARE UNCHANGED. */
+
+/*<       INTEGER P(JDIM),W(JDIM),X(JDIM),C,Z >*/
+/*<       INTEGER XX(JDIM),MIN(JDIM),PSIGN(JDIM),WSIGN(JDIM),ZSIGN(JDIM) >*/
+/*<       INTEGER CH,CHS,DIFF,PROFIT,R,T >*/
+/*<       Z = 0 >*/
+#line 65 ""
+    /* Parameter adjustments */
+#line 65 ""
+    --zsign;
+#line 65 ""
+    --wsign;
+#line 65 ""
+    --psign;
+#line 65 ""
+    --min__;
+#line 65 ""
+    --xx;
+#line 65 ""
+    --x;
+#line 65 ""
+    --w;
+#line 65 ""
+    --p;
+#line 65 ""
+
+#line 65 ""
+    /* Function Body */
+#line 65 ""
+    *z__ = 0;
+/*<       IF ( JCK .EQ. 1 ) CALL CHMT1(N,P,W,C,Z,JDIM) >*/
+#line 66 ""
+    if (*jck == 1) {
+#line 66 ""
+	chmt1_(n, &p[1], &w[1], c__, z__, jdim);
+#line 66 ""
+    }
+/*<       IF ( Z .LT. 0 ) RETURN >*/
+#line 67 ""
+    if (*z__ < 0) {
+#line 67 ""
+	return 0;
+#line 67 ""
+    }
+/* INITIALIZE. */
+/*<       CH = C >*/
+#line 69 ""
+    ch = *c__;
+/*<       IP = 0 >*/
+#line 70 ""
+    ip = 0;
+/*<       CHS = CH >*/
+#line 71 ""
+    chs = ch;
+/*<       DO 10 LL=1,N >*/
+#line 72 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 72 ""
+    for (ll = 1; ll <= i__1; ++ll) {
+/*<         IF ( W(LL) .GT. CHS ) GO TO 20 >*/
+#line 73 ""
+	if (w[ll] > chs) {
+#line 73 ""
+	    goto L20;
+#line 73 ""
+	}
+/*<         IP = IP + P(LL) >*/
+#line 74 ""
+	ip += p[ll];
+/*<         CHS = CHS - W(LL) >*/
+#line 75 ""
+	chs -= w[ll];
+/*<    10 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 76 ""
+/* L10: */
+#line 76 ""
+    }
+/*<    20 LL = LL - 1 >*/
+#line 77 ""
+L20:
+#line 77 ""
+    --ll;
+/*<       IF ( CHS .EQ. 0 ) GO TO 50 >*/
+#line 78 ""
+    if (chs == 0) {
+#line 78 ""
+	goto L50;
+#line 78 ""
+    }
+/*<       P(N+1) = 0 >*/
+#line 79 ""
+    p[*n + 1] = 0;
+/*<       W(N+1) = CH + 1 >*/
+#line 80 ""
+    w[*n + 1] = ch + 1;
+/*<       LIM = IP + CHS*P(LL+2)/W(LL+2) >*/
+#line 81 ""
+    lim = ip + chs * p[ll + 2] / w[ll + 2];
+/*<       A = W(LL+1) - CHS >*/
+#line 82 ""
+    a = (real) (w[ll + 1] - chs);
+/*<       B = IP + P(LL+1) >*/
+#line 83 ""
+    b = (real) (ip + p[ll + 1]);
+/*<       LIM1 = B - A*FLOAT(P(LL))/FLOAT(W(LL)) >*/
+#line 84 ""
+    lim1 = b - a * (real) p[ll] / (real) w[ll];
+/*<       IF ( LIM1 .GT. LIM ) LIM = LIM1 >*/
+#line 85 ""
+    if (lim1 > lim) {
+#line 85 ""
+	lim = lim1;
+#line 85 ""
+    }
+/*<       MINK = CH + 1 >*/
+#line 86 ""
+    mink = ch + 1;
+/*<       MIN(N) = MINK >*/
+#line 87 ""
+    min__[*n] = mink;
+/*<       DO 30 J=2,N >*/
+#line 88 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 88 ""
+    for (j = 2; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         KK = N + 2 - J >*/
+#line 89 ""
+	kk = *n + 2 - j;
+/*<         IF ( W(KK) .LT. MINK ) MINK = W(KK) >*/
+#line 90 ""
+	if (w[kk] < mink) {
+#line 90 ""
+	    mink = w[kk];
+#line 90 ""
+	}
+/*<         MIN(KK-1) = MINK >*/
+#line 91 ""
+	min__[kk - 1] = mink;
+/*<    30 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 92 ""
+/* L30: */
+#line 92 ""
+    }
+/*<       DO 40 J=1,N >*/
+#line 93 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 93 ""
+    for (j = 1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         XX(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 94 ""
+	xx[j] = 0;
+/*<    40 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 95 ""
+/* L40: */
+#line 95 ""
+    }
+/*<       Z = 0 >*/
+#line 96 ""
+    *z__ = 0;
+/*<       PROFIT = 0 >*/
+#line 97 ""
+    profit = 0;
+/*<       LOLD = N >*/
+#line 98 ""
+    lold = *n;
+/*<       II = 1 >*/
+#line 99 ""
+    ii = 1;
+/*<       GO TO 170 >*/
+#line 100 ""
+    goto L170;
+/*<    50 Z = IP >*/
+#line 101 ""
+L50:
+#line 101 ""
+    *z__ = ip;
+/*<       DO 60 J=1,LL >*/
+#line 102 ""
+    i__1 = ll;
+#line 102 ""
+    for (j = 1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = 1 >*/
+#line 103 ""
+	x[j] = 1;
+/*<    60 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 104 ""
+/* L60: */
+#line 104 ""
+    }
+/*<       NN = LL + 1 >*/
+#line 105 ""
+    nn = ll + 1;
+/*<       DO 70 J=NN,N >*/
+#line 106 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 106 ""
+    for (j = nn; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 107 ""
+	x[j] = 0;
+/*<    70 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 108 ""
+/* L70: */
+#line 108 ""
+    }
+/*<       RETURN >*/
+#line 109 ""
+    return 0;
+/* TRY TO INSERT THE II-TH ITEM INTO THE CURRENT SOLUTION. */
+/*<    80 IF ( W(II) .LE. CH ) GO TO 90 >*/
+#line 111 ""
+L80:
+#line 111 ""
+    if (w[ii] <= ch) {
+#line 111 ""
+	goto L90;
+#line 111 ""
+    }
+/*<       II1 = II + 1 >*/
+#line 112 ""
+    ii1 = ii + 1;
+/*<       IF ( Z .GE. CH*P(II1)/W(II1) + PROFIT ) GO TO 280 >*/
+#line 113 ""
+    if (*z__ >= ch * p[ii1] / w[ii1] + profit) {
+#line 113 ""
+	goto L280;
+#line 113 ""
+    }
+/*<       II = II1 >*/
+#line 114 ""
+    ii = ii1;
+/*<       GO TO 80 >*/
+#line 115 ""
+    goto L80;
+/* BUILD A NEW CURRENT SOLUTION. */
+/*<    90 IP = PSIGN(II) >*/
+#line 117 ""
+L90:
+#line 117 ""
+    ip = psign[ii];
+/*<       CHS = CH - WSIGN(II) >*/
+#line 118 ""
+    chs = ch - wsign[ii];
+/*<       IN = ZSIGN(II) >*/
+#line 119 ""
+    in = zsign[ii];
+/*<       DO 100 LL=IN,N >*/
+#line 120 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 120 ""
+    for (ll = in; ll <= i__1; ++ll) {
+/*<         IF ( W(LL) .GT. CHS ) GO TO 160 >*/
+#line 121 ""
+	if (w[ll] > chs) {
+#line 121 ""
+	    goto L160;
+#line 121 ""
+	}
+/*<         IP = IP + P(LL) >*/
+#line 122 ""
+	ip += p[ll];
+/*<         CHS = CHS - W(LL) >*/
+#line 123 ""
+	chs -= w[ll];
+/*<   100 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 124 ""
+/* L100: */
+#line 124 ""
+    }
+/*<       LL = N >*/
+#line 125 ""
+    ll = *n;
+/*<   110 IF ( Z .GE. IP + PROFIT ) GO TO 280 >*/
+#line 126 ""
+L110:
+#line 126 ""
+    if (*z__ >= ip + profit) {
+#line 126 ""
+	goto L280;
+#line 126 ""
+    }
+/*<       Z = IP + PROFIT >*/
+#line 127 ""
+    *z__ = ip + profit;
+/*<       NN = II - 1 >*/
+#line 128 ""
+    nn = ii - 1;
+/*<       DO 120 J=1,NN >*/
+#line 129 ""
+    i__1 = nn;
+#line 129 ""
+    for (j = 1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = XX(J) >*/
+#line 130 ""
+	x[j] = xx[j];
+/*<   120 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 131 ""
+/* L120: */
+#line 131 ""
+    }
+/*<       DO 130 J=II,LL >*/
+#line 132 ""
+    i__1 = ll;
+#line 132 ""
+    for (j = ii; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = 1 >*/
+#line 133 ""
+	x[j] = 1;
+/*<   130 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 134 ""
+/* L130: */
+#line 134 ""
+    }
+/*<       IF ( LL .EQ. N ) GO TO 150 >*/
+#line 135 ""
+    if (ll == *n) {
+#line 135 ""
+	goto L150;
+#line 135 ""
+    }
+/*<       NN = LL + 1 >*/
+#line 136 ""
+    nn = ll + 1;
+/*<       DO 140 J=NN,N >*/
+#line 137 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 137 ""
+    for (j = nn; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 138 ""
+	x[j] = 0;
+/*<   140 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 139 ""
+/* L140: */
+#line 139 ""
+    }
+/*<   150 IF ( Z .NE. LIM ) GO TO 280 >*/
+#line 140 ""
+L150:
+#line 140 ""
+    if (*z__ != lim) {
+#line 140 ""
+	goto L280;
+#line 140 ""
+    }
+/*<       RETURN >*/
+#line 141 ""
+    return 0;
+/*<   160 IU = CHS*P(LL)/W(LL) >*/
+#line 142 ""
+L160:
+#line 142 ""
+    iu = chs * p[ll] / w[ll];
+/*<       LL = LL - 1 >*/
+#line 143 ""
+    --ll;
+/*<       IF ( IU .EQ. 0 ) GO TO 110 >*/
+#line 144 ""
+    if (iu == 0) {
+#line 144 ""
+	goto L110;
+#line 144 ""
+    }
+/*<       IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + IP + IU ) GO TO 280 >*/
+#line 145 ""
+    if (*z__ >= profit + ip + iu) {
+#line 145 ""
+	goto L280;
+#line 145 ""
+    }
+/* SAVE THE CURRENT SOLUTION. */
+/*<   170 WSIGN(II) = CH - CHS >*/
+#line 147 ""
+L170:
+#line 147 ""
+    wsign[ii] = ch - chs;
+/*<       PSIGN(II) = IP >*/
+#line 148 ""
+    psign[ii] = ip;
+/*<       ZSIGN(II) = LL + 1 >*/
+#line 149 ""
+    zsign[ii] = ll + 1;
+/*<       XX(II) = 1 >*/
+#line 150 ""
+    xx[ii] = 1;
+/*<       NN = LL - 1 >*/
+#line 151 ""
+    nn = ll - 1;
+/*<       IF ( NN .LT. II) GO TO 190 >*/
+#line 152 ""
+    if (nn < ii) {
+#line 152 ""
+	goto L190;
+#line 152 ""
+    }
+/*<       DO 180 J=II,NN >*/
+#line 153 ""
+    i__1 = nn;
+#line 153 ""
+    for (j = ii; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         WSIGN(J+1) = WSIGN(J) - W(J) >*/
+#line 154 ""
+	wsign[j + 1] = wsign[j] - w[j];
+/*<         PSIGN(J+1) = PSIGN(J) - P(J) >*/
+#line 155 ""
+	psign[j + 1] = psign[j] - p[j];
+/*<         ZSIGN(J+1) = LL + 1 >*/
+#line 156 ""
+	zsign[j + 1] = ll + 1;
+/*<         XX(J+1) = 1 >*/
+#line 157 ""
+	xx[j + 1] = 1;
+/*<   180 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 158 ""
+/* L180: */
+#line 158 ""
+    }
+/*<   190 J1 = LL + 1 >*/
+#line 159 ""
+L190:
+#line 159 ""
+    j1 = ll + 1;
+/*<       DO 200 J=J1,LOLD >*/
+#line 160 ""
+    i__1 = lold;
+#line 160 ""
+    for (j = j1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         WSIGN(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 161 ""
+	wsign[j] = 0;
+/*<         PSIGN(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 162 ""
+	psign[j] = 0;
+/*<         ZSIGN(J) = J >*/
+#line 163 ""
+	zsign[j] = j;
+/*<   200 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 164 ""
+/* L200: */
+#line 164 ""
+    }
+/*<       LOLD = LL >*/
+#line 165 ""
+    lold = ll;
+/*<       CH = CHS >*/
+#line 166 ""
+    ch = chs;
+/*<       PROFIT = PROFIT + IP >*/
+#line 167 ""
+    profit += ip;
+/*<       IF ( LL - (N - 2) ) 240, 220, 210 >*/
+#line 168 ""
+    if ((i__1 = ll - (*n - 2)) < 0) {
+#line 168 ""
+	goto L240;
+#line 168 ""
+    } else if (i__1 == 0) {
+#line 168 ""
+	goto L220;
+#line 168 ""
+    } else {
+#line 168 ""
+	goto L210;
+#line 168 ""
+    }
+/*<   210 II = N >*/
+#line 169 ""
+L210:
+#line 169 ""
+    ii = *n;
+/*<       GO TO 250 >*/
+#line 170 ""
+    goto L250;
+/*<   220 IF ( CH .LT. W(N) ) GO TO 230 >*/
+#line 171 ""
+L220:
+#line 171 ""
+    if (ch < w[*n]) {
+#line 171 ""
+	goto L230;
+#line 171 ""
+    }
+/*<       CH = CH - W(N) >*/
+#line 172 ""
+    ch -= w[*n];
+/*<       PROFIT = PROFIT + P(N) >*/
+#line 173 ""
+    profit += p[*n];
+/*<       XX(N) = 1 >*/
+#line 174 ""
+    xx[*n] = 1;
+/*<   230 II = N - 1 >*/
+#line 175 ""
+L230:
+#line 175 ""
+    ii = *n - 1;
+/*<       GO TO 250 >*/
+#line 176 ""
+    goto L250;
+/*<   240 II = LL + 2 >*/
+#line 177 ""
+L240:
+#line 177 ""
+    ii = ll + 2;
+/*<       IF ( CH .GE. MIN(II-1) ) GO TO 80 >*/
+#line 178 ""
+    if (ch >= min__[ii - 1]) {
+#line 178 ""
+	goto L80;
+#line 178 ""
+    }
+/* SAVE THE CURRENT OPTIMAL SOLUTION. */
+/*<   250 IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT ) GO TO 270 >*/
+#line 180 ""
+L250:
+#line 180 ""
+    if (*z__ >= profit) {
+#line 180 ""
+	goto L270;
+#line 180 ""
+    }
+/*<       Z = PROFIT >*/
+#line 181 ""
+    *z__ = profit;
+/*<       DO 260 J=1,N >*/
+#line 182 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 182 ""
+    for (j = 1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = XX(J) >*/
+#line 183 ""
+	x[j] = xx[j];
+/*<   260 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 184 ""
+/* L260: */
+#line 184 ""
+    }
+/*<       IF ( Z .EQ. LIM ) RETURN >*/
+#line 185 ""
+    if (*z__ == lim) {
+#line 185 ""
+	return 0;
+#line 185 ""
+    }
+/*<   270 IF ( XX(N) .EQ. 0 ) GO TO 280 >*/
+#line 186 ""
+L270:
+#line 186 ""
+    if (xx[*n] == 0) {
+#line 186 ""
+	goto L280;
+#line 186 ""
+    }
+/*<       XX(N) = 0 >*/
+#line 187 ""
+    xx[*n] = 0;
+/*<       CH = CH + W(N) >*/
+#line 188 ""
+    ch += w[*n];
+/*<       PROFIT = PROFIT - P(N) >*/
+#line 189 ""
+    profit -= p[*n];
+/* BACKTRACK. */
+/*<   280 NN = II - 1 >*/
+#line 191 ""
+L280:
+#line 191 ""
+    nn = ii - 1;
+/*<       IF ( NN .EQ. 0 ) RETURN >*/
+#line 192 ""
+    if (nn == 0) {
+#line 192 ""
+	return 0;
+#line 192 ""
+    }
+/*<       DO 290 J=1,NN >*/
+#line 193 ""
+    i__1 = nn;
+#line 193 ""
+    for (j = 1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         KK = II - J >*/
+#line 194 ""
+	kk = ii - j;
+/*<         IF ( XX(KK) .EQ. 1 ) GO TO 300 >*/
+#line 195 ""
+	if (xx[kk] == 1) {
+#line 195 ""
+	    goto L300;
+#line 195 ""
+	}
+/*<   290 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 196 ""
+/* L290: */
+#line 196 ""
+    }
+/*<       RETURN >*/
+#line 197 ""
+    return 0;
+/*<   300 R = CH >*/
+#line 198 ""
+L300:
+#line 198 ""
+    r__ = ch;
+/*<       CH = CH + W(KK) >*/
+#line 199 ""
+    ch += w[kk];
+/*<       PROFIT = PROFIT - P(KK) >*/
+#line 200 ""
+    profit -= p[kk];
+/*<       XX(KK) = 0 >*/
+#line 201 ""
+    xx[kk] = 0;
+/*<       IF ( R .LT. MIN(KK) ) GO TO 310 >*/
+#line 202 ""
+    if (r__ < min__[kk]) {
+#line 202 ""
+	goto L310;
+#line 202 ""
+    }
+/*<       II = KK + 1 >*/
+#line 203 ""
+    ii = kk + 1;
+/*<       GO TO 80 >*/
+#line 204 ""
+    goto L80;
+/*<   310 NN = KK + 1 >*/
+#line 205 ""
+L310:
+#line 205 ""
+    nn = kk + 1;
+/*<       II = KK >*/
+#line 206 ""
+    ii = kk;
+/* TRY TO SUBSTITUTE THE NN-TH ITEM FOR THE KK-TH. */
+/*<   320 IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + CH*P(NN)/W(NN) ) GO TO 280 >*/
+#line 208 ""
+L320:
+#line 208 ""
+    if (*z__ >= profit + ch * p[nn] / w[nn]) {
+#line 208 ""
+	goto L280;
+#line 208 ""
+    }
+/*<       DIFF = W(NN) - W(KK) >*/
+#line 209 ""
+    diff = w[nn] - w[kk];
+/*<       IF ( DIFF ) 370, 330, 340 >*/
+#line 210 ""
+    if (diff < 0) {
+#line 210 ""
+	goto L370;
+#line 210 ""
+    } else if (diff == 0) {
+#line 210 ""
+	goto L330;
+#line 210 ""
+    } else {
+#line 210 ""
+	goto L340;
+#line 210 ""
+    }
+/*<   330 NN = NN + 1 >*/
+#line 211 ""
+L330:
+#line 211 ""
+    ++nn;
+/*<       GO TO 320 >*/
+#line 212 ""
+    goto L320;
+/*<   340 IF ( DIFF .GT. R ) GO TO 330 >*/
+#line 213 ""
+L340:
+#line 213 ""
+    if (diff > r__) {
+#line 213 ""
+	goto L330;
+#line 213 ""
+    }
+/*<       IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + P(NN) ) GO TO 330 >*/
+#line 214 ""
+    if (*z__ >= profit + p[nn]) {
+#line 214 ""
+	goto L330;
+#line 214 ""
+    }
+/*<       Z = PROFIT + P(NN) >*/
+#line 215 ""
+    *z__ = profit + p[nn];
+/*<       DO 350 J=1,KK >*/
+#line 216 ""
+    i__1 = kk;
+#line 216 ""
+    for (j = 1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = XX(J) >*/
+#line 217 ""
+	x[j] = xx[j];
+/*<   350 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 218 ""
+/* L350: */
+#line 218 ""
+    }
+/*<       JJ = KK + 1 >*/
+#line 219 ""
+    jj = kk + 1;
+/*<       DO 360 J=JJ,N >*/
+#line 220 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 220 ""
+    for (j = jj; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         X(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 221 ""
+	x[j] = 0;
+/*<   360 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 222 ""
+/* L360: */
+#line 222 ""
+    }
+/*<       X(NN) = 1 >*/
+#line 223 ""
+    x[nn] = 1;
+/*<       IF ( Z .EQ. LIM ) RETURN >*/
+#line 224 ""
+    if (*z__ == lim) {
+#line 224 ""
+	return 0;
+#line 224 ""
+    }
+/*<       R = R - DIFF >*/
+#line 225 ""
+    r__ -= diff;
+/*<       KK = NN >*/
+#line 226 ""
+    kk = nn;
+/*<       NN = NN + 1 >*/
+#line 227 ""
+    ++nn;
+/*<       GO TO 320 >*/
+#line 228 ""
+    goto L320;
+/*<   370 T = R - DIFF >*/
+#line 229 ""
+L370:
+#line 229 ""
+    t = r__ - diff;
+/*<       IF ( T .LT. MIN(NN) ) GO TO 330 >*/
+#line 230 ""
+    if (t < min__[nn]) {
+#line 230 ""
+	goto L330;
+#line 230 ""
+    }
+/*<       IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + P(NN) + T*P(NN+1)/W(NN+1)) GO TO 280 >*/
+#line 231 ""
+    if (*z__ >= profit + p[nn] + t * p[nn + 1] / w[nn + 1]) {
+#line 231 ""
+	goto L280;
+#line 231 ""
+    }
+/*<       CH = CH - W(NN) >*/
+#line 232 ""
+    ch -= w[nn];
+/*<       PROFIT = PROFIT + P(NN) >*/
+#line 233 ""
+    profit += p[nn];
+/*<       XX(NN) = 1 >*/
+#line 234 ""
+    xx[nn] = 1;
+/*<       II = NN + 1 >*/
+#line 235 ""
+    ii = nn + 1;
+/*<       WSIGN(NN) = W(NN) >*/
+#line 236 ""
+    wsign[nn] = w[nn];
+/*<       PSIGN(NN) = P(NN) >*/
+#line 237 ""
+    psign[nn] = p[nn];
+/*<       ZSIGN(NN) = II >*/
+#line 238 ""
+    zsign[nn] = ii;
+/*<       N1 = NN + 1 >*/
+#line 239 ""
+    n1 = nn + 1;
+/*<       DO 380 J=N1,LOLD >*/
+#line 240 ""
+    i__1 = lold;
+#line 240 ""
+    for (j = n1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         WSIGN(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 241 ""
+	wsign[j] = 0;
+/*<         PSIGN(J) = 0 >*/
+#line 242 ""
+	psign[j] = 0;
+/*<         ZSIGN(J) = J >*/
+#line 243 ""
+	zsign[j] = j;
+/*<   380 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 244 ""
+/* L380: */
+#line 244 ""
+    }
+/*<       LOLD = NN >*/
+#line 245 ""
+    lold = nn;
+/*<       GO TO 80 >*/
+#line 246 ""
+    goto L80;
+/*<       END >*/
+} /* mt1_ */
+
+/*<       SUBROUTINE CHMT1(N,P,W,C,Z,JDIM) >*/
+#if 1 /* by mao */
+static
+#endif
+/* Subroutine */ int chmt1_(integer *n, integer *p, integer *w, integer *c__,
+	integer *z__, integer *jdim)
+{
+    /* System generated locals */
+    integer i__1;
+
+    /* Local variables */
+    static integer j;
+    static real r__, rr;
+    static integer jsw;
+
+
+/* CHECK THE INPUT DATA. */
+
+/*<       INTEGER P(JDIM),W(JDIM),C,Z >*/
+/*<       IF ( N .GE. 2 .AND. N .LE. JDIM - 1 ) GO TO 10 >*/
+#line 253 ""
+    /* Parameter adjustments */
+#line 253 ""
+    --w;
+#line 253 ""
+    --p;
+#line 253 ""
+
+#line 253 ""
+    /* Function Body */
+#line 253 ""
+    if (*n >= 2 && *n <= *jdim - 1) {
+#line 253 ""
+	goto L10;
+#line 253 ""
+    }
+/*<       Z = - 1 >*/
+#line 254 ""
+    *z__ = -1;
+/*<       RETURN >*/
+#line 255 ""
+    return 0;
+/*<    10 IF ( C .GT. 0 ) GO TO 30 >*/
+#line 256 ""
+L10:
+#line 256 ""
+    if (*c__ > 0) {
+#line 256 ""
+	goto L30;
+#line 256 ""
+    }
+/*<    20 Z = - 2 >*/
+#line 257 ""
+L20:
+#line 257 ""
+    *z__ = -2;
+/*<       RETURN >*/
+#line 258 ""
+    return 0;
+/*<    30 JSW = 0 >*/
+#line 259 ""
+L30:
+#line 259 ""
+    jsw = 0;
+/*<       RR = FLOAT(P(1))/FLOAT(W(1)) >*/
+#line 260 ""
+    rr = (real) p[1] / (real) w[1];
+/*<       DO 50 J=1,N >*/
+#line 261 ""
+    i__1 = *n;
+#line 261 ""
+    for (j = 1; j <= i__1; ++j) {
+/*<         R = RR >*/
+#line 262 ""
+	r__ = rr;
+/*<         IF ( P(J) .LE. 0 ) GO TO 20 >*/
+#line 263 ""
+	if (p[j] <= 0) {
+#line 263 ""
+	    goto L20;
+#line 263 ""
+	}
+/*<         IF ( W(J) .LE. 0 ) GO TO 20 >*/
+#line 264 ""
+	if (w[j] <= 0) {
+#line 264 ""
+	    goto L20;
+#line 264 ""
+	}
+/*<         JSW = JSW + W(J) >*/
+#line 265 ""
+	jsw += w[j];
+/*<         IF ( W(J) .LE. C ) GO TO 40 >*/
+#line 266 ""
+	if (w[j] <= *c__) {
+#line 266 ""
+	    goto L40;
+#line 266 ""
+	}
+/*<         Z = - 3 >*/
+#line 267 ""
+	*z__ = -3;
+/*<         RETURN >*/
+#line 268 ""
+	return 0;
+/*<    40   RR = FLOAT(P(J))/FLOAT(W(J)) >*/
+#line 269 ""
+L40:
+#line 269 ""
+	rr = (real) p[j] / (real) w[j];
+/*<         IF ( RR .LE. R ) GO TO 50 >*/
+#line 270 ""
+	if (rr <= r__) {
+#line 270 ""
+	    goto L50;
+#line 270 ""
+	}
+/*<         Z = - 5 >*/
+#line 271 ""
+	*z__ = -5;
+/*<         RETURN >*/
+#line 272 ""
+	return 0;
+/*<    50 CONTINUE >*/
+#line 273 ""
+L50:
+#line 273 ""
+	;
+#line 273 ""
+    }
+/*<       IF ( JSW .GT. C ) RETURN >*/
+#line 274 ""
+    if (jsw > *c__) {
+#line 274 ""
+	return 0;
+#line 274 ""
+    }
+/*<       Z = - 4 >*/
+#line 275 ""
+    *z__ = -4;
+/*<       RETURN >*/
+#line 276 ""
+    return 0;
+/*<       END >*/
+} /* chmt1_ */
+
+#if 1 /* by mao */
+int mt1(int n, int p[], int w[], int c, int x[], int jck, int xx[],
+      int min[], int psign[], int wsign[], int zsign[])
+{     /* solve 0-1 knapsack problem */
+      int z, jdim = n+1, j, s1, s2;
+      mt1_(&n, &p[1], &w[1], &c, &z, &x[1], &jdim, &jck, &xx[1],
+         &min[1], &psign[1], &wsign[1], &zsign[1]);
+      /* check solution found */
+      s1 = s2 = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  xassert(x[j] == 0 || x[j] == 1);
+         if (x[j])
+            s1 += p[j], s2 += w[j];
+      }
+      xassert(s1 == z);
+      xassert(s2 <= c);
+      return z;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.f b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82cc4a1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.f
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+      SUBROUTINE MT1(N,P,W,C,Z,X,JDIM,JCK,XX,MIN,PSIGN,WSIGN,ZSIGN)
+C
+C THIS SUBROUTINE SOLVES THE 0-1 SINGLE KNAPSACK PROBLEM
+C
+C MAXIMIZE  Z = P(1)*X(1) + ... + P(N)*X(N)
+C
+C SUBJECT TO:   W(1)*X(1) + ... + W(N)*X(N) .LE. C ,
+C               X(J) = 0 OR 1  FOR J=1,...,N.
+C
+C THE PROGRAM IS INCLUDED IN THE VOLUME
+C   S. MARTELLO, P. TOTH, "KNAPSACK PROBLEMS: ALGORITHMS
+C   AND COMPUTER IMPLEMENTATIONS", JOHN WILEY, 1990
+C AND IMPLEMENTS THE BRANCH-AND-BOUND ALGORITHM DESCRIBED IN
+C SECTION  2.5.2 .
+C THE PROGRAM DERIVES FROM AN EARLIER CODE PRESENTED IN
+C  S. MARTELLO, P. TOTH, "ALGORITHM FOR THE SOLUTION OF THE 0-1 SINGLE
+C  KNAPSACK PROBLEM", COMPUTING, 1978.
+C
+C THE INPUT PROBLEM MUST SATISFY THE CONDITIONS
+C
+C   1) 2 .LE. N .LE. JDIM - 1 ;
+C   2) P(J), W(J), C  POSITIVE INTEGERS;
+C   3) MAX (W(J)) .LE. C ;
+C   4) W(1) + ... + W(N) .GT. C ;
+C   5) P(J)/W(J) .GE. P(J+1)/W(J+1) FOR J=1,...,N-1.
+C
+C MT1 CALLS  1  PROCEDURE: CHMT1.
+C
+C THE PROGRAM IS COMPLETELY SELF-CONTAINED AND COMMUNICATION TO IT IS
+C ACHIEVED SOLELY THROUGH THE PARAMETER LIST OF MT1.
+C NO MACHINE-DEPENDENT CONSTANT IS USED.
+C THE PROGRAM IS WRITTEN IN 1967 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FORTRAN
+C AND IS ACCEPTED BY THE PFORT VERIFIER (PFORT IS THE PORTABLE
+C SUBSET OF ANSI DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATION FOR COMPUTING MACHINERY).
+C THE PROGRAM HAS BEEN TESTED ON A DIGITAL VAX 11/780 AND AN H.P.
+C 9000/840.
+C
+C MT1 NEEDS  8  ARRAYS ( P ,  W ,  X ,  XX ,  MIN ,  PSIGN ,  WSIGN
+C                        AND  ZSIGN ) OF LENGTH AT LEAST  N + 1 .
+C
+C MEANING OF THE INPUT PARAMETERS:
+C N    = NUMBER OF ITEMS;
+C P(J) = PROFIT OF ITEM  J  (J=1,...,N);
+C W(J) = WEIGHT OF ITEM  J  (J=1,...,N);
+C C    = CAPACITY OF THE KNAPSACK;
+C JDIM = DIMENSION OF THE 8 ARRAYS;
+C JCK  = 1 IF CHECK ON THE INPUT DATA IS DESIRED,
+C      = 0 OTHERWISE.
+C
+C MEANING OF THE OUTPUT PARAMETERS:
+C Z    = VALUE OF THE OPTIMAL SOLUTION IF  Z .GT. 0 ,
+C      = ERROR IN THE INPUT DATA (WHEN JCK=1) IF Z .LT. 0 : CONDI-
+C        TION  - Z  IS VIOLATED;
+C X(J) = 1 IF ITEM  J  IS IN THE OPTIMAL SOLUTION,
+C      = 0 OTHERWISE.
+C
+C ARRAYS XX, MIN, PSIGN, WSIGN AND ZSIGN ARE DUMMY.
+C
+C ALL THE PARAMETERS ARE INTEGER. ON RETURN OF MT1 ALL THE INPUT
+C PARAMETERS ARE UNCHANGED.
+C
+      INTEGER P(JDIM),W(JDIM),X(JDIM),C,Z
+      INTEGER XX(JDIM),MIN(JDIM),PSIGN(JDIM),WSIGN(JDIM),ZSIGN(JDIM)
+      INTEGER CH,CHS,DIFF,PROFIT,R,T
+      Z = 0
+      IF ( JCK .EQ. 1 ) CALL CHMT1(N,P,W,C,Z,JDIM)
+      IF ( Z .LT. 0 ) RETURN
+C INITIALIZE.
+      CH = C
+      IP = 0
+      CHS = CH
+      DO 10 LL=1,N
+        IF ( W(LL) .GT. CHS ) GO TO 20
+        IP = IP + P(LL)
+        CHS = CHS - W(LL)
+   10 CONTINUE
+   20 LL = LL - 1
+      IF ( CHS .EQ. 0 ) GO TO 50
+      P(N+1) = 0
+      W(N+1) = CH + 1
+      LIM = IP + CHS*P(LL+2)/W(LL+2)
+      A = W(LL+1) - CHS
+      B = IP + P(LL+1)
+      LIM1 = B - A*FLOAT(P(LL))/FLOAT(W(LL))
+      IF ( LIM1 .GT. LIM ) LIM = LIM1
+      MINK = CH + 1
+      MIN(N) = MINK
+      DO 30 J=2,N
+        KK = N + 2 - J
+        IF ( W(KK) .LT. MINK ) MINK = W(KK)
+        MIN(KK-1) = MINK
+   30 CONTINUE
+      DO 40 J=1,N
+        XX(J) = 0
+   40 CONTINUE
+      Z = 0
+      PROFIT = 0
+      LOLD = N
+      II = 1
+      GO TO 170
+   50 Z = IP
+      DO 60 J=1,LL
+        X(J) = 1
+   60 CONTINUE
+      NN = LL + 1
+      DO 70 J=NN,N
+        X(J) = 0
+   70 CONTINUE
+      RETURN
+C TRY TO INSERT THE II-TH ITEM INTO THE CURRENT SOLUTION.
+   80 IF ( W(II) .LE. CH ) GO TO 90
+      II1 = II + 1
+      IF ( Z .GE. CH*P(II1)/W(II1) + PROFIT ) GO TO 280
+      II = II1
+      GO TO 80
+C BUILD A NEW CURRENT SOLUTION.
+   90 IP = PSIGN(II)
+      CHS = CH - WSIGN(II)
+      IN = ZSIGN(II)
+      DO 100 LL=IN,N
+        IF ( W(LL) .GT. CHS ) GO TO 160
+        IP = IP + P(LL)
+        CHS = CHS - W(LL)
+  100 CONTINUE
+      LL = N
+  110 IF ( Z .GE. IP + PROFIT ) GO TO 280
+      Z = IP + PROFIT
+      NN = II - 1
+      DO 120 J=1,NN
+        X(J) = XX(J)
+  120 CONTINUE
+      DO 130 J=II,LL
+        X(J) = 1
+  130 CONTINUE
+      IF ( LL .EQ. N ) GO TO 150
+      NN = LL + 1
+      DO 140 J=NN,N
+        X(J) = 0
+  140 CONTINUE
+  150 IF ( Z .NE. LIM ) GO TO 280
+      RETURN
+  160 IU = CHS*P(LL)/W(LL)
+      LL = LL - 1
+      IF ( IU .EQ. 0 ) GO TO 110
+      IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + IP + IU ) GO TO 280
+C SAVE THE CURRENT SOLUTION.
+  170 WSIGN(II) = CH - CHS
+      PSIGN(II) = IP
+      ZSIGN(II) = LL + 1
+      XX(II) = 1
+      NN = LL - 1
+      IF ( NN .LT. II) GO TO 190
+      DO 180 J=II,NN
+        WSIGN(J+1) = WSIGN(J) - W(J)
+        PSIGN(J+1) = PSIGN(J) - P(J)
+        ZSIGN(J+1) = LL + 1
+        XX(J+1) = 1
+  180 CONTINUE
+  190 J1 = LL + 1
+      DO 200 J=J1,LOLD
+        WSIGN(J) = 0
+        PSIGN(J) = 0
+        ZSIGN(J) = J
+  200 CONTINUE
+      LOLD = LL
+      CH = CHS
+      PROFIT = PROFIT + IP
+      IF ( LL - (N - 2) ) 240, 220, 210
+  210 II = N
+      GO TO 250
+  220 IF ( CH .LT. W(N) ) GO TO 230
+      CH = CH - W(N)
+      PROFIT = PROFIT + P(N)
+      XX(N) = 1
+  230 II = N - 1
+      GO TO 250
+  240 II = LL + 2
+      IF ( CH .GE. MIN(II-1) ) GO TO 80
+C SAVE THE CURRENT OPTIMAL SOLUTION.
+  250 IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT ) GO TO 270
+      Z = PROFIT
+      DO 260 J=1,N
+        X(J) = XX(J)
+  260 CONTINUE
+      IF ( Z .EQ. LIM ) RETURN
+  270 IF ( XX(N) .EQ. 0 ) GO TO 280
+      XX(N) = 0
+      CH = CH + W(N)
+      PROFIT = PROFIT - P(N)
+C BACKTRACK.
+  280 NN = II - 1
+      IF ( NN .EQ. 0 ) RETURN
+      DO 290 J=1,NN
+        KK = II - J
+        IF ( XX(KK) .EQ. 1 ) GO TO 300
+  290 CONTINUE
+      RETURN
+  300 R = CH
+      CH = CH + W(KK)
+      PROFIT = PROFIT - P(KK)
+      XX(KK) = 0
+      IF ( R .LT. MIN(KK) ) GO TO 310
+      II = KK + 1
+      GO TO 80
+  310 NN = KK + 1
+      II = KK
+C TRY TO SUBSTITUTE THE NN-TH ITEM FOR THE KK-TH.
+  320 IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + CH*P(NN)/W(NN) ) GO TO 280
+      DIFF = W(NN) - W(KK)
+      IF ( DIFF ) 370, 330, 340
+  330 NN = NN + 1
+      GO TO 320
+  340 IF ( DIFF .GT. R ) GO TO 330
+      IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + P(NN) ) GO TO 330
+      Z = PROFIT + P(NN)
+      DO 350 J=1,KK
+        X(J) = XX(J)
+  350 CONTINUE
+      JJ = KK + 1
+      DO 360 J=JJ,N
+        X(J) = 0
+  360 CONTINUE
+      X(NN) = 1
+      IF ( Z .EQ. LIM ) RETURN
+      R = R - DIFF
+      KK = NN
+      NN = NN + 1
+      GO TO 320
+  370 T = R - DIFF
+      IF ( T .LT. MIN(NN) ) GO TO 330
+      IF ( Z .GE. PROFIT + P(NN) + T*P(NN+1)/W(NN+1)) GO TO 280
+      CH = CH - W(NN)
+      PROFIT = PROFIT + P(NN)
+      XX(NN) = 1
+      II = NN + 1
+      WSIGN(NN) = W(NN)
+      PSIGN(NN) = P(NN)
+      ZSIGN(NN) = II
+      N1 = NN + 1
+      DO 380 J=N1,LOLD
+        WSIGN(J) = 0
+        PSIGN(J) = 0
+        ZSIGN(J) = J
+  380 CONTINUE
+      LOLD = NN
+      GO TO 80
+      END
+      SUBROUTINE CHMT1(N,P,W,C,Z,JDIM)
+C
+C CHECK THE INPUT DATA.
+C
+      INTEGER P(JDIM),W(JDIM),C,Z
+      IF ( N .GE. 2 .AND. N .LE. JDIM - 1 ) GO TO 10
+      Z = - 1
+      RETURN
+   10 IF ( C .GT. 0 ) GO TO 30
+   20 Z = - 2
+      RETURN
+   30 JSW = 0
+      RR = FLOAT(P(1))/FLOAT(W(1))
+      DO 50 J=1,N
+        R = RR
+        IF ( P(J) .LE. 0 ) GO TO 20
+        IF ( W(J) .LE. 0 ) GO TO 20
+        JSW = JSW + W(J)
+        IF ( W(J) .LE. C ) GO TO 40
+        Z = - 3
+        RETURN
+   40   RR = FLOAT(P(J))/FLOAT(W(J))
+        IF ( RR .LE. R ) GO TO 50
+        Z = - 5
+        RETURN
+   50 CONTINUE
+      IF ( JSW .GT. C ) RETURN
+      Z = - 4
+      RETURN
+      END
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cceebba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mt1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* mt1.h (0-1 knapsack problem; Martello & Toth algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2017-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MT1_H
+#define MT1_H
+
+#define mt1 _glp_mt1
+int mt1(int n, int p[], int w[], int c, int x[], int jck, int xx[],
+      int min[], int psign[], int wsign[], int zsign[]);
+/* solve 0-1 single knapsack problem */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mygmp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mygmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89d053ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mygmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@
+/* mygmp.c (integer and rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mygmp.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GMP               /* use GNU MP library */
+
+/* nothing is needed */
+
+#else                         /* use GLPK MP module */
+
+#include "bignum.h"
+#include "dmp.h"
+#include "env.h"
+
+#define gmp_pool env->gmp_pool
+#define gmp_size env->gmp_size
+#define gmp_work env->gmp_work
+
+void *gmp_get_atom(int size)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (gmp_pool == NULL)
+         gmp_pool = dmp_create_pool();
+      return dmp_get_atom(gmp_pool, size);
+}
+
+void gmp_free_atom(void *ptr, int size)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      xassert(gmp_pool != NULL);
+      dmp_free_atom(gmp_pool, ptr, size);
+      return;
+}
+
+int gmp_pool_count(void)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (gmp_pool == NULL)
+         return 0;
+      else
+         return dmp_in_use(gmp_pool);
+}
+
+unsigned short *gmp_get_work(int size)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      xassert(size > 0);
+      if (gmp_size < size)
+      {  if (gmp_size == 0)
+         {  xassert(gmp_work == NULL);
+            gmp_size = 100;
+         }
+         else
+         {  xassert(gmp_work != NULL);
+            xfree(gmp_work);
+         }
+         while (gmp_size < size)
+            gmp_size += gmp_size;
+         gmp_work = xcalloc(gmp_size, sizeof(unsigned short));
+      }
+      return gmp_work;
+}
+
+void gmp_free_mem(void)
+{     ENV *env = get_env_ptr();
+      if (gmp_pool != NULL)
+         dmp_delete_pool(gmp_pool);
+      if (gmp_work != NULL)
+         xfree(gmp_work);
+      gmp_pool = NULL;
+      gmp_size = 0;
+      gmp_work = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+mpz_t _mpz_init(void)
+{     /* initialize x and set its value to 0 */
+      mpz_t x;
+      x = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz));
+      x->val = 0;
+      x->ptr = NULL;
+      return x;
+}
+
+void mpz_clear(mpz_t x)
+{     /* free the space occupied by x */
+      mpz_set_si(x, 0);
+      xassert(x->ptr == NULL);
+      /* free the number descriptor */
+      gmp_free_atom(x, sizeof(struct mpz));
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpz_set(mpz_t z, mpz_t x)
+{     /* set the value of z from x */
+      struct mpz_seg *e, *ee, *es;
+      if (z != x)
+      {  mpz_set_si(z, 0);
+         z->val = x->val;
+         xassert(z->ptr == NULL);
+         for (e = x->ptr, es = NULL; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         {  ee = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+            memcpy(ee->d, e->d, 12);
+            ee->next = NULL;
+            if (z->ptr == NULL)
+               z->ptr = ee;
+            else
+               es->next = ee;
+            es = ee;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpz_set_si(mpz_t x, int val)
+{     /* set the value of x to val */
+      struct mpz_seg *e;
+      /* free existing segments, if any */
+      while (x->ptr != NULL)
+      {  e = x->ptr;
+         x->ptr = e->next;
+         gmp_free_atom(e, sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+      }
+      /* assign new value */
+      if (val == 0x80000000)
+      {  /* long format is needed */
+         x->val = -1;
+         x->ptr = e = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+         memset(e->d, 0, 12);
+         e->d[1] = 0x8000;
+         e->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* short format is enough */
+         x->val = val;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+double mpz_get_d(mpz_t x)
+{     /* convert x to a double, truncating if necessary */
+      struct mpz_seg *e;
+      int j;
+      double val, deg;
+      if (x->ptr == NULL)
+         val = (double)x->val;
+      else
+      {  xassert(x->val != 0);
+         val = 0.0;
+         deg = 1.0;
+         for (e = x->ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         {  for (j = 0; j <= 5; j++)
+            {  val += deg * (double)((int)e->d[j]);
+               deg *= 65536.0;
+            }
+         }
+         if (x->val < 0)
+            val = - val;
+      }
+      return val;
+}
+
+double mpz_get_d_2exp(int *exp, mpz_t x)
+{     /* convert x to a double, truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding
+       * towards zero), and returning the exponent separately;
+       * the return value is in the range 0.5 <= |d| < 1 and the
+       * exponent is stored to *exp; d*2^exp is the (truncated) x value;
+       * if x is zero, the return is 0.0 and 0 is stored to *exp;
+       * this is similar to the standard C frexp function */
+      struct mpz_seg *e;
+      int j, n, n1;
+      double val;
+      if (x->ptr == NULL)
+         val = (double)x->val, n = 0;
+      else
+      {  xassert(x->val != 0);
+         val = 0.0, n = 0;
+         for (e = x->ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         {  for (j = 0; j <= 5; j++)
+            {  val += (double)((int)e->d[j]);
+               val /= 65536.0, n += 16;
+            }
+         }
+         if (x->val < 0)
+            val = - val;
+      }
+      val = frexp(val, &n1);
+      *exp = n + n1;
+      return val;
+}
+
+void mpz_swap(mpz_t x, mpz_t y)
+{     /* swap the values x and y efficiently */
+      int val;
+      void *ptr;
+      val = x->val, ptr = x->ptr;
+      x->val = y->val, x->ptr = y->ptr;
+      y->val = val, y->ptr = ptr;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void normalize(mpz_t x)
+{     /* normalize integer x that includes removing non-significant
+       * (leading) zeros and converting to short format, if possible */
+      struct mpz_seg *es, *e;
+      /* if the integer is in short format, it remains unchanged */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(x->val != 0x80000000);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      xassert(x->val == +1 || x->val == -1);
+      /* find the last (most significant) non-zero segment */
+      es = NULL;
+      for (e = x->ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  if (e->d[0] || e->d[1] || e->d[2] ||
+             e->d[3] || e->d[4] || e->d[5])
+            es = e;
+      }
+      /* if all segments contain zeros, the integer is zero */
+      if (es == NULL)
+      {  mpz_set_si(x, 0);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* remove non-significant (leading) zero segments */
+      while (es->next != NULL)
+      {  e = es->next;
+         es->next = e->next;
+         gmp_free_atom(e, sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+      }
+      /* convert the integer to short format, if possible */
+      e = x->ptr;
+      if (e->next == NULL && e->d[1] <= 0x7FFF &&
+         !e->d[2] && !e->d[3] && !e->d[4] && !e->d[5])
+      {  int val;
+         val = (int)e->d[0] + ((int)e->d[1] << 16);
+         if (x->val < 0)
+            val = - val;
+         mpz_set_si(x, val);
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+void mpz_add(mpz_t z, mpz_t x, mpz_t y)
+{     /* set z to x + y */
+      static struct mpz_seg zero = { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, NULL };
+      struct mpz_seg dumx, dumy, *ex, *ey, *ez, *es, *ee;
+      int k, sx, sy, sz;
+      unsigned int t;
+      /* if [x] = 0 then [z] = [y] */
+      if (x->val == 0)
+      {  xassert(x->ptr == NULL);
+         mpz_set(z, y);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* if [y] = 0 then [z] = [x] */
+      if (y->val == 0)
+      {  xassert(y->ptr == NULL);
+         mpz_set(z, x);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* special case when both [x] and [y] are in short format */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL && y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  int xval = x->val, yval = y->val, zval = x->val + y->val;
+         xassert(xval != 0x80000000 && yval != 0x80000000);
+         if (!(xval > 0 && yval > 0 && zval <= 0 ||
+               xval < 0 && yval < 0 && zval >= 0))
+         {  mpz_set_si(z, zval);
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* convert [x] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(x->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (x->val >= 0)
+         {  sx = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ x->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sx = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- x->val);
+         }
+         ex = &dumx;
+         ex->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ex->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ex->d[2] = ex->d[3] = ex->d[4] = ex->d[5] = 0;
+         ex->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sx = x->val;
+         xassert(sx == +1 || sx == -1);
+         ex = x->ptr;
+      }
+      /* convert [y] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(y->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (y->val >= 0)
+         {  sy = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ y->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sy = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- y->val);
+         }
+         ey = &dumy;
+         ey->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ey->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ey->d[2] = ey->d[3] = ey->d[4] = ey->d[5] = 0;
+         ey->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sy = y->val;
+         xassert(sy == +1 || sy == -1);
+         ey = y->ptr;
+      }
+      /* main fragment */
+      sz = sx;
+      ez = es = NULL;
+      if (sx > 0 && sy > 0 || sx < 0 && sy < 0)
+      {  /* [x] and [y] have identical signs -- addition */
+         t = 0;
+         for (; ex || ey; ex = ex->next, ey = ey->next)
+         {  if (ex == NULL)
+               ex = &zero;
+            if (ey == NULL)
+               ey = &zero;
+            ee = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+            for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+            {  t += (unsigned int)ex->d[k];
+               t += (unsigned int)ey->d[k];
+               ee->d[k] = (unsigned short)t;
+               t >>= 16;
+            }
+            ee->next = NULL;
+            if (ez == NULL)
+               ez = ee;
+            else
+               es->next = ee;
+            es = ee;
+         }
+         if (t)
+         {  /* overflow -- one extra digit is needed */
+            ee = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+            ee->d[0] = 1;
+            ee->d[1] = ee->d[2] = ee->d[3] = ee->d[4] = ee->d[5] = 0;
+            ee->next = NULL;
+            xassert(es != NULL);
+            es->next = ee;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* [x] and [y] have different signs -- subtraction */
+         t = 1;
+         for (; ex || ey; ex = ex->next, ey = ey->next)
+         {  if (ex == NULL)
+               ex = &zero;
+            if (ey == NULL)
+               ey = &zero;
+            ee = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+            for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+            {  t += (unsigned int)ex->d[k];
+               t += (0xFFFF - (unsigned int)ey->d[k]);
+               ee->d[k] = (unsigned short)t;
+               t >>= 16;
+            }
+            ee->next = NULL;
+            if (ez == NULL)
+               ez = ee;
+            else
+               es->next = ee;
+            es = ee;
+         }
+         if (!t)
+         {  /* |[x]| < |[y]| -- result in complement coding */
+            sz = - sz;
+            t = 1;
+            for (ee = ez; ee != NULL; ee = ee->next)
+            {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+               {  t += (0xFFFF - (unsigned int)ee->d[k]);
+                  ee->d[k] = (unsigned short)t;
+                  t >>= 16;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* contruct and normalize result */
+      mpz_set_si(z, 0);
+      z->val = sz;
+      z->ptr = ez;
+      normalize(z);
+done: return;
+}
+
+void mpz_sub(mpz_t z, mpz_t x, mpz_t y)
+{     /* set z to x - y */
+      if (x == y)
+         mpz_set_si(z, 0);
+      else
+      {  y->val = - y->val;
+         mpz_add(z, x, y);
+         if (y != z)
+            y->val = - y->val;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpz_mul(mpz_t z, mpz_t x, mpz_t y)
+{     /* set z to x * y */
+      struct mpz_seg dumx, dumy, *ex, *ey, *es, *e;
+      int sx, sy, k, nx, ny, n;
+      unsigned int t;
+      unsigned short *work, *wx, *wy;
+      /* if [x] = 0 then [z] = 0 */
+      if (x->val == 0)
+      {  xassert(x->ptr == NULL);
+         mpz_set_si(z, 0);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* if [y] = 0 then [z] = 0 */
+      if (y->val == 0)
+      {  xassert(y->ptr == NULL);
+         mpz_set_si(z, 0);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* special case when both [x] and [y] are in short format */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL && y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  int xval = x->val, yval = y->val, sz = +1;
+         xassert(xval != 0x80000000 && yval != 0x80000000);
+         if (xval < 0)
+            xval = - xval, sz = - sz;
+         if (yval < 0)
+            yval = - yval, sz = - sz;
+         if (xval <= 0x7FFFFFFF / yval)
+         {  mpz_set_si(z, sz * (xval * yval));
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* convert [x] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(x->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (x->val >= 0)
+         {  sx = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ x->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sx = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- x->val);
+         }
+         ex = &dumx;
+         ex->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ex->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ex->d[2] = ex->d[3] = ex->d[4] = ex->d[5] = 0;
+         ex->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sx = x->val;
+         xassert(sx == +1 || sx == -1);
+         ex = x->ptr;
+      }
+      /* convert [y] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(y->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (y->val >= 0)
+         {  sy = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ y->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sy = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- y->val);
+         }
+         ey = &dumy;
+         ey->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ey->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ey->d[2] = ey->d[3] = ey->d[4] = ey->d[5] = 0;
+         ey->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sy = y->val;
+         xassert(sy == +1 || sy == -1);
+         ey = y->ptr;
+      }
+      /* determine the number of digits of [x] */
+      nx = n = 0;
+      for (e = ex; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+         {  n++;
+            if (e->d[k])
+               nx = n;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(nx > 0);
+      /* determine the number of digits of [y] */
+      ny = n = 0;
+      for (e = ey; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+         {  n++;
+            if (e->d[k])
+               ny = n;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(ny > 0);
+      /* we need working array containing at least nx+ny+ny places */
+      work = gmp_get_work(nx+ny+ny);
+      /* load digits of [x] */
+      wx = &work[0];
+      for (n = 0; n < nx; n++)
+         wx[ny+n] = 0;
+      for (n = 0, e = ex; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++, n++)
+         {  if (e->d[k])
+               wx[ny+n] = e->d[k];
+         }
+      }
+      /* load digits of [y] */
+      wy = &work[nx+ny];
+      for (n = 0; n < ny; n++) wy[n] = 0;
+      for (n = 0, e = ey; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++, n++)
+         {  if (e->d[k])
+               wy[n] = e->d[k];
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute [x] * [y] */
+      bigmul(nx, ny, wx, wy);
+      /* construct and normalize result */
+      mpz_set_si(z, 0);
+      z->val = sx * sy;
+      es = NULL;
+      k = 6;
+      for (n = 0; n < nx+ny; n++)
+      {  if (k > 5)
+         {  e = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+            e->d[0] = e->d[1] = e->d[2] = 0;
+            e->d[3] = e->d[4] = e->d[5] = 0;
+            e->next = NULL;
+            if (z->ptr == NULL)
+               z->ptr = e;
+            else
+               es->next = e;
+            es = e;
+            k = 0;
+         }
+         es->d[k++] = wx[n];
+      }
+      normalize(z);
+done: return;
+}
+
+void mpz_neg(mpz_t z, mpz_t x)
+{     /* set z to 0 - x */
+      mpz_set(z, x);
+      z->val = - z->val;
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpz_abs(mpz_t z, mpz_t x)
+{     /* set z to the absolute value of x */
+      mpz_set(z, x);
+      if (z->val < 0)
+         z->val = - z->val;
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpz_div(mpz_t q, mpz_t r, mpz_t x, mpz_t y)
+{     /* divide x by y, forming quotient q and/or remainder r
+       * if q = NULL then quotient is not stored; if r = NULL then
+       * remainder is not stored
+       * the sign of quotient is determined as in algebra while the
+       * sign of remainder is the same as the sign of dividend:
+       * +26 : +7 = +3, remainder is +5
+       * -26 : +7 = -3, remainder is -5
+       * +26 : -7 = -3, remainder is +5
+       * -26 : -7 = +3, remainder is -5 */
+      struct mpz_seg dumx, dumy, *ex, *ey, *es, *e;
+      int sx, sy, k, nx, ny, n;
+      unsigned int t;
+      unsigned short *work, *wx, *wy;
+      /* divide by zero is not allowed */
+      if (y->val == 0)
+      {  xassert(y->ptr == NULL);
+         xerror("mpz_div: divide by zero not allowed\n");
+      }
+      /* if [x] = 0 then [q] = [r] = 0 */
+      if (x->val == 0)
+      {  xassert(x->ptr == NULL);
+         if (q != NULL)
+            mpz_set_si(q, 0);
+         if (r != NULL)
+            mpz_set_si(r, 0);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* special case when both [x] and [y] are in short format */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL && y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  int xval = x->val, yval = y->val;
+         xassert(xval != 0x80000000 && yval != 0x80000000);
+         /* FIXME: use div function */
+         if (q != NULL)
+            mpz_set_si(q, xval / yval);
+         if (r != NULL)
+            mpz_set_si(r, xval % yval);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* convert [x] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(x->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (x->val >= 0)
+         {  sx = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ x->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sx = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- x->val);
+         }
+         ex = &dumx;
+         ex->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ex->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ex->d[2] = ex->d[3] = ex->d[4] = ex->d[5] = 0;
+         ex->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sx = x->val;
+         xassert(sx == +1 || sx == -1);
+         ex = x->ptr;
+      }
+      /* convert [y] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(y->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (y->val >= 0)
+         {  sy = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ y->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sy = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- y->val);
+         }
+         ey = &dumy;
+         ey->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ey->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ey->d[2] = ey->d[3] = ey->d[4] = ey->d[5] = 0;
+         ey->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sy = y->val;
+         xassert(sy == +1 || sy == -1);
+         ey = y->ptr;
+      }
+      /* determine the number of digits of [x] */
+      nx = n = 0;
+      for (e = ex; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+         {  n++;
+            if (e->d[k])
+               nx = n;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(nx > 0);
+      /* determine the number of digits of [y] */
+      ny = n = 0;
+      for (e = ey; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+         {  n++;
+            if (e->d[k])
+               ny = n;
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(ny > 0);
+      /* if nx < ny then [q] = 0 and [r] = [x] */
+      if (nx < ny)
+      {  if (r != NULL)
+            mpz_set(r, x);
+         if (q != NULL)
+            mpz_set_si(q, 0);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* we need working array containing at least nx+ny+1 places */
+      work = gmp_get_work(nx+ny+1);
+      /* load digits of [x] */
+      wx = &work[0];
+      for (n = 0; n < nx; n++)
+         wx[n] = 0;
+      for (n = 0, e = ex; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++, n++)
+            if (e->d[k]) wx[n] = e->d[k];
+      }
+      /* load digits of [y] */
+      wy = &work[nx+1];
+      for (n = 0; n < ny; n++)
+         wy[n] = 0;
+      for (n = 0, e = ey; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++, n++)
+            if (e->d[k]) wy[n] = e->d[k];
+      }
+      /* compute quotient and remainder */
+      xassert(wy[ny-1] != 0);
+      bigdiv(nx-ny, ny, wx, wy);
+      /* construct and normalize quotient */
+      if (q != NULL)
+      {  mpz_set_si(q, 0);
+         q->val = sx * sy;
+         es = NULL;
+         k = 6;
+         for (n = ny; n <= nx; n++)
+         {  if (k > 5)
+            {  e = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+               e->d[0] = e->d[1] = e->d[2] = 0;
+               e->d[3] = e->d[4] = e->d[5] = 0;
+               e->next = NULL;
+               if (q->ptr == NULL)
+                  q->ptr = e;
+               else
+                  es->next = e;
+               es = e;
+               k = 0;
+            }
+            es->d[k++] = wx[n];
+         }
+         normalize(q);
+      }
+      /* construct and normalize remainder */
+      if (r != NULL)
+      {  mpz_set_si(r, 0);
+         r->val = sx;
+         es = NULL;
+         k = 6;
+         for (n = 0; n < ny; n++)
+         {  if (k > 5)
+            {  e = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpz_seg));
+               e->d[0] = e->d[1] = e->d[2] = 0;
+               e->d[3] = e->d[4] = e->d[5] = 0;
+               e->next = NULL;
+               if (r->ptr == NULL)
+                  r->ptr = e;
+               else
+                  es->next = e;
+               es = e;
+               k = 0;
+            }
+            es->d[k++] = wx[n];
+         }
+         normalize(r);
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+void mpz_gcd(mpz_t z, mpz_t x, mpz_t y)
+{     /* set z to the greatest common divisor of x and y */
+      /* in case of arbitrary integers GCD(x, y) = GCD(|x|, |y|), and,
+       * in particular, GCD(0, 0) = 0 */
+      mpz_t u, v, r;
+      mpz_init(u);
+      mpz_init(v);
+      mpz_init(r);
+      mpz_abs(u, x);
+      mpz_abs(v, y);
+      while (mpz_sgn(v))
+      {  mpz_div(NULL, r, u, v);
+         mpz_set(u, v);
+         mpz_set(v, r);
+      }
+      mpz_set(z, u);
+      mpz_clear(u);
+      mpz_clear(v);
+      mpz_clear(r);
+      return;
+}
+
+int mpz_cmp(mpz_t x, mpz_t y)
+{     /* compare x and y; return a positive value if x > y, zero if
+       * x = y, or a nefative value if x < y */
+      static struct mpz_seg zero = { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, NULL };
+      struct mpz_seg dumx, dumy, *ex, *ey;
+      int cc, sx, sy, k;
+      unsigned int t;
+      if (x == y)
+      {  cc = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* special case when both [x] and [y] are in short format */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL && y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  int xval = x->val, yval = y->val;
+         xassert(xval != 0x80000000 && yval != 0x80000000);
+         cc = (xval > yval ? +1 : xval < yval ? -1 : 0);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* special case when [x] and [y] have different signs */
+      if (x->val > 0 && y->val <= 0 || x->val == 0 && y->val < 0)
+      {  cc = +1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (x->val < 0 && y->val >= 0 || x->val == 0 && y->val > 0)
+      {  cc = -1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* convert [x] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (x->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(x->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (x->val >= 0)
+         {  sx = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ x->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sx = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- x->val);
+         }
+         ex = &dumx;
+         ex->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ex->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ex->d[2] = ex->d[3] = ex->d[4] = ex->d[5] = 0;
+         ex->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sx = x->val;
+         xassert(sx == +1 || sx == -1);
+         ex = x->ptr;
+      }
+      /* convert [y] to long format, if necessary */
+      if (y->ptr == NULL)
+      {  xassert(y->val != 0x80000000);
+         if (y->val >= 0)
+         {  sy = +1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(+ y->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  sy = -1;
+            t = (unsigned int)(- y->val);
+         }
+         ey = &dumy;
+         ey->d[0] = (unsigned short)t;
+         ey->d[1] = (unsigned short)(t >> 16);
+         ey->d[2] = ey->d[3] = ey->d[4] = ey->d[5] = 0;
+         ey->next = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  sy = y->val;
+         xassert(sy == +1 || sy == -1);
+         ey = y->ptr;
+      }
+      /* main fragment */
+      xassert(sx > 0 && sy > 0 || sx < 0 && sy < 0);
+      cc = 0;
+      for (; ex || ey; ex = ex->next, ey = ey->next)
+      {  if (ex == NULL)
+            ex = &zero;
+         if (ey == NULL)
+            ey = &zero;
+         for (k = 0; k <= 5; k++)
+         {  if (ex->d[k] > ey->d[k])
+               cc = +1;
+            if (ex->d[k] < ey->d[k])
+               cc = -1;
+         }
+      }
+      if (sx < 0) cc = - cc;
+done: return cc;
+}
+
+int mpz_sgn(mpz_t x)
+{     /* return +1 if x > 0, 0 if x = 0, and -1 if x < 0 */
+      int s;
+      s = (x->val > 0 ? +1 : x->val < 0 ? -1 : 0);
+      return s;
+}
+
+int mpz_out_str(void *_fp, int base, mpz_t x)
+{     /* output x on stream fp, as a string in given base; the base
+       * may vary from 2 to 36;
+       * return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
+       * return 0 */
+      FILE *fp = _fp;
+      mpz_t b, y, r;
+      int n, j, nwr = 0;
+      unsigned char *d;
+      static char *set = "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ";
+      if (!(2 <= base && base <= 36))
+         xerror("mpz_out_str: base = %d; invalid base\n", base);
+      mpz_init(b);
+      mpz_set_si(b, base);
+      mpz_init(y);
+      mpz_init(r);
+      /* determine the number of digits */
+      mpz_abs(y, x);
+      for (n = 0; mpz_sgn(y) != 0; n++)
+         mpz_div(y, NULL, y, b);
+      if (n == 0) n = 1;
+      /* compute the digits */
+      d = xmalloc(n);
+      mpz_abs(y, x);
+      for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+      {  mpz_div(y, r, y, b);
+         xassert(0 <= r->val && r->val < base && r->ptr == NULL);
+         d[j] = (unsigned char)r->val;
+      }
+      /* output the integer to the stream */
+      if (fp == NULL)
+         fp = stdout;
+      if (mpz_sgn(x) < 0)
+         fputc('-', fp), nwr++;
+      for (j = n-1; j >= 0; j--)
+         fputc(set[d[j]], fp), nwr++;
+      if (ferror(fp))
+         nwr = 0;
+      mpz_clear(b);
+      mpz_clear(y);
+      mpz_clear(r);
+      xfree(d);
+      return nwr;
+}
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+mpq_t _mpq_init(void)
+{     /* initialize x, and set its value to 0/1 */
+      mpq_t x;
+      x = gmp_get_atom(sizeof(struct mpq));
+      x->p.val = 0;
+      x->p.ptr = NULL;
+      x->q.val = 1;
+      x->q.ptr = NULL;
+      return x;
+}
+
+void mpq_clear(mpq_t x)
+{     /* free the space occupied by x */
+      mpz_set_si(&x->p, 0);
+      xassert(x->p.ptr == NULL);
+      mpz_set_si(&x->q, 0);
+      xassert(x->q.ptr == NULL);
+      /* free the number descriptor */
+      gmp_free_atom(x, sizeof(struct mpq));
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_canonicalize(mpq_t x)
+{     /* remove any factors that are common to the numerator and
+       * denominator of x, and make the denominator positive */
+      mpz_t f;
+      xassert(x->q.val != 0);
+      if (x->q.val < 0)
+      {  mpz_neg(&x->p, &x->p);
+         mpz_neg(&x->q, &x->q);
+      }
+      mpz_init(f);
+      mpz_gcd(f, &x->p, &x->q);
+      if (!(f->val == 1 && f->ptr == NULL))
+      {  mpz_div(&x->p, NULL, &x->p, f);
+         mpz_div(&x->q, NULL, &x->q, f);
+      }
+      mpz_clear(f);
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_set(mpq_t z, mpq_t x)
+{     /* set the value of z from x */
+      if (z != x)
+      {  mpz_set(&z->p, &x->p);
+         mpz_set(&z->q, &x->q);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_set_si(mpq_t x, int p, unsigned int q)
+{     /* set the value of x to p/q */
+      if (q == 0)
+         xerror("mpq_set_si: zero denominator not allowed\n");
+      mpz_set_si(&x->p, p);
+      xassert(q <= 0x7FFFFFFF);
+      mpz_set_si(&x->q, q);
+      return;
+}
+
+double mpq_get_d(mpq_t x)
+{     /* convert x to a double, truncating if necessary */
+      int np, nq;
+      double p, q;
+      p = mpz_get_d_2exp(&np, &x->p);
+      q = mpz_get_d_2exp(&nq, &x->q);
+      return ldexp(p / q, np - nq);
+}
+
+void mpq_set_d(mpq_t x, double val)
+{     /* set x to val; there is no rounding, the conversion is exact */
+      int s, n, d, j;
+      double f;
+      mpz_t temp;
+      xassert(-DBL_MAX <= val && val <= +DBL_MAX);
+      mpq_set_si(x, 0, 1);
+      if (val > 0.0)
+         s = +1;
+      else if (val < 0.0)
+         s = -1;
+      else
+         goto done;
+      f = frexp(fabs(val), &n);
+      /* |val| = f * 2^n, where 0.5 <= f < 1.0 */
+      mpz_init(temp);
+      while (f != 0.0)
+      {  f *= 16.0, n -= 4;
+         d = (int)f;
+         xassert(0 <= d && d <= 15);
+         f -= (double)d;
+         /* x := 16 * x + d */
+         mpz_set_si(temp, 16);
+         mpz_mul(&x->p, &x->p, temp);
+         mpz_set_si(temp, d);
+         mpz_add(&x->p, &x->p, temp);
+      }
+      mpz_clear(temp);
+      /* x := x * 2^n */
+      if (n > 0)
+      {  for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+            mpz_add(&x->p, &x->p, &x->p);
+      }
+      else if (n < 0)
+      {  for (j = 1; j <= -n; j++)
+            mpz_add(&x->q, &x->q, &x->q);
+         mpq_canonicalize(x);
+      }
+      if (s < 0)
+         mpq_neg(x, x);
+done: return;
+}
+
+void mpq_add(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y)
+{     /* set z to x + y */
+      mpz_t p, q;
+      mpz_init(p);
+      mpz_init(q);
+      mpz_mul(p, &x->p, &y->q);
+      mpz_mul(q, &x->q, &y->p);
+      mpz_add(p, p, q);
+      mpz_mul(q, &x->q, &y->q);
+      mpz_set(&z->p, p);
+      mpz_set(&z->q, q);
+      mpz_clear(p);
+      mpz_clear(q);
+      mpq_canonicalize(z);
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_sub(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y)
+{     /* set z to x - y */
+      mpz_t p, q;
+      mpz_init(p);
+      mpz_init(q);
+      mpz_mul(p, &x->p, &y->q);
+      mpz_mul(q, &x->q, &y->p);
+      mpz_sub(p, p, q);
+      mpz_mul(q, &x->q, &y->q);
+      mpz_set(&z->p, p);
+      mpz_set(&z->q, q);
+      mpz_clear(p);
+      mpz_clear(q);
+      mpq_canonicalize(z);
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_mul(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y)
+{     /* set z to x * y */
+      mpz_mul(&z->p, &x->p, &y->p);
+      mpz_mul(&z->q, &x->q, &y->q);
+      mpq_canonicalize(z);
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_div(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y)
+{     /* set z to x / y */
+      mpz_t p, q;
+      if (mpq_sgn(y) == 0)
+         xerror("mpq_div: zero divisor not allowed\n");
+      mpz_init(p);
+      mpz_init(q);
+      mpz_mul(p, &x->p, &y->q);
+      mpz_mul(q, &x->q, &y->p);
+      mpz_set(&z->p, p);
+      mpz_set(&z->q, q);
+      mpz_clear(p);
+      mpz_clear(q);
+      mpq_canonicalize(z);
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_neg(mpq_t z, mpq_t x)
+{     /* set z to 0 - x */
+      mpq_set(z, x);
+      mpz_neg(&z->p, &z->p);
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpq_abs(mpq_t z, mpq_t x)
+{     /* set z to the absolute value of x */
+      mpq_set(z, x);
+      mpz_abs(&z->p, &z->p);
+      xassert(mpz_sgn(&x->q) > 0);
+      return;
+}
+
+int mpq_cmp(mpq_t x, mpq_t y)
+{     /* compare x and y; return a positive value if x > y, zero if
+       * x = y, or a negative value if x < y */
+      mpq_t temp;
+      int s;
+      mpq_init(temp);
+      mpq_sub(temp, x, y);
+      s = mpq_sgn(temp);
+      mpq_clear(temp);
+      return s;
+}
+
+int mpq_sgn(mpq_t x)
+{     /* return +1 if x > 0, 0 if x = 0, and -1 if x < 0 */
+      int s;
+      s = mpz_sgn(&x->p);
+      xassert(mpz_sgn(&x->q) > 0);
+      return s;
+}
+
+int mpq_out_str(void *_fp, int base, mpq_t x)
+{     /* output x on stream fp, as a string in given base; the base
+       * may vary from 2 to 36; output is in the form 'num/den' or if
+       * the denominator is 1 then just 'num';
+       * if the parameter fp is a null pointer, stdout is assumed;
+       * return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
+       * return 0 */
+      FILE *fp = _fp;
+      int nwr;
+      if (!(2 <= base && base <= 36))
+         xerror("mpq_out_str: base = %d; invalid base\n", base);
+      if (fp == NULL)
+         fp = stdout;
+      nwr = mpz_out_str(fp, base, &x->p);
+      if (x->q.val == 1 && x->q.ptr == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+      {  fputc('/', fp), nwr++;
+         nwr += mpz_out_str(fp, base, &x->q);
+      }
+      if (ferror(fp))
+         nwr = 0;
+      return nwr;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mygmp.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mygmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31d2024d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/mygmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* mygmp.h (integer and rational arithmetic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2008-2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MYGMP_H
+#define MYGMP_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GMP               /* use GNU MP library */
+
+#include <gmp.h>
+
+#define gmp_pool_count() 0
+
+#define gmp_free_mem() ((void)0)
+
+#else                         /* use GLPK MP module */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  INTEGER NUMBERS
+*  ---------------
+*  Depending on its magnitude an integer number of arbitrary precision
+*  is represented either in short format or in long format.
+*
+*  Short format corresponds to the int type and allows representing
+*  integer numbers in the range [-(2^31-1), +(2^31-1)]. Note that for
+*  the most negative number of int type the short format is not used.
+*
+*  In long format integer numbers are represented using the positional
+*  system with the base (radix) 2^16 = 65536:
+*
+*     x = (-1)^s sum{j in 0..n-1} d[j] * 65536^j,
+*
+*  where x is the integer to be represented, s is its sign (+1 or -1),
+*  d[j] are its digits (0 <= d[j] <= 65535).
+*
+*  RATIONAL NUMBERS
+*  ----------------
+*  A rational number is represented as an irreducible fraction:
+*
+*     p / q,
+*
+*  where p (numerator) and q (denominator) are integer numbers (q > 0)
+*  having no common divisors. */
+
+struct mpz
+{     /* integer number */
+      int val;
+      /* if ptr is a null pointer, the number is in short format, and
+         val is its value; otherwise, the number is in long format, and
+         val is its sign (+1 or -1) */
+      struct mpz_seg *ptr;
+      /* pointer to the linked list of the number segments ordered in
+         ascending of powers of the base */
+};
+
+struct mpz_seg
+{     /* integer number segment */
+      unsigned short d[6];
+      /* six digits of the number ordered in ascending of powers of the
+         base */
+      struct mpz_seg *next;
+      /* pointer to the next number segment */
+};
+
+struct mpq
+{     /* rational number (p / q) */
+      struct mpz p;
+      /* numerator */
+      struct mpz q;
+      /* denominator */
+};
+
+typedef struct mpz *mpz_t;
+typedef struct mpq *mpq_t;
+
+#define gmp_get_atom _glp_gmp_get_atom
+void *gmp_get_atom(int size);
+
+#define gmp_free_atom _glp_gmp_free_atom
+void gmp_free_atom(void *ptr, int size);
+
+#define gmp_pool_count _glp_gmp_pool_count
+int gmp_pool_count(void);
+
+#define gmp_get_work _glp_gmp_get_work
+unsigned short *gmp_get_work(int size);
+
+#define gmp_free_mem _glp_gmp_free_mem
+void gmp_free_mem(void);
+
+#define mpz_init(x) (void)((x) = _mpz_init())
+
+#define _mpz_init _glp_mpz_init
+mpz_t _mpz_init(void);
+/* initialize x and set its value to 0 */
+
+#define mpz_clear _glp_mpz_clear
+void mpz_clear(mpz_t x);
+/* free the space occupied by x */
+
+#define mpz_set _glp_mpz_set
+void mpz_set(mpz_t z, mpz_t x);
+/* set the value of z from x */
+
+#define mpz_set_si _glp_mpz_set_si
+void mpz_set_si(mpz_t x, int val);
+/* set the value of x to val */
+
+#define mpz_get_d _glp_mpz_get_d
+double mpz_get_d(mpz_t x);
+/* convert x to a double, truncating if necessary */
+
+#define mpz_get_d_2exp _glp_mpz_get_d_2exp
+double mpz_get_d_2exp(int *exp, mpz_t x);
+/* convert x to a double, returning the exponent separately */
+
+#define mpz_swap _glp_mpz_swap
+void mpz_swap(mpz_t x, mpz_t y);
+/* swap the values x and y efficiently */
+
+#define mpz_add _glp_mpz_add
+void mpz_add(mpz_t, mpz_t, mpz_t);
+/* set z to x + y */
+
+#define mpz_sub _glp_mpz_sub
+void mpz_sub(mpz_t, mpz_t, mpz_t);
+/* set z to x - y */
+
+#define mpz_mul _glp_mpz_mul
+void mpz_mul(mpz_t, mpz_t, mpz_t);
+/* set z to x * y */
+
+#define mpz_neg _glp_mpz_neg
+void mpz_neg(mpz_t z, mpz_t x);
+/* set z to 0 - x */
+
+#define mpz_abs _glp_mpz_abs
+void mpz_abs(mpz_t z, mpz_t x);
+/* set z to the absolute value of x */
+
+#define mpz_div _glp_mpz_div
+void mpz_div(mpz_t q, mpz_t r, mpz_t x, mpz_t y);
+/* divide x by y, forming quotient q and/or remainder r */
+
+#define mpz_gcd _glp_mpz_gcd
+void mpz_gcd(mpz_t z, mpz_t x, mpz_t y);
+/* set z to the greatest common divisor of x and y */
+
+#define mpz_cmp _glp_mpz_cmp
+int mpz_cmp(mpz_t x, mpz_t y);
+/* compare x and y */
+
+#define mpz_sgn _glp_mpz_sgn
+int mpz_sgn(mpz_t x);
+/* return +1 if x > 0, 0 if x = 0, and -1 if x < 0 */
+
+#define mpz_out_str _glp_mpz_out_str
+int mpz_out_str(void *fp, int base, mpz_t x);
+/* output x on stream fp, as a string in given base */
+
+#define mpq_init(x) (void)((x) = _mpq_init())
+
+#define _mpq_init _glp_mpq_init
+mpq_t _mpq_init(void);
+/* initialize x, and set its value to 0/1 */
+
+#define mpq_clear _glp_mpq_clear
+void mpq_clear(mpq_t x);
+/* free the space occupied by x */
+
+#define mpq_canonicalize _glp_mpq_canonicalize
+void mpq_canonicalize(mpq_t x);
+/* canonicalize x */
+
+#define mpq_set _glp_mpq_set
+void mpq_set(mpq_t z, mpq_t x);
+/* set the value of z from x */
+
+#define mpq_set_si _glp_mpq_set_si
+void mpq_set_si(mpq_t x, int p, unsigned int q);
+/* set the value of x to p/q */
+
+#define mpq_get_d _glp_mpq_get_d
+double mpq_get_d(mpq_t x);
+/* convert x to a double, truncating if necessary */
+
+#define mpq_set_d _glp_mpq_set_d
+void mpq_set_d(mpq_t x, double val);
+/* set x to val; there is no rounding, the conversion is exact */
+
+#define mpq_add _glp_mpq_add
+void mpq_add(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y);
+/* set z to x + y */
+
+#define mpq_sub _glp_mpq_sub
+void mpq_sub(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y);
+/* set z to x - y */
+
+#define mpq_mul _glp_mpq_mul
+void mpq_mul(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y);
+/* set z to x * y */
+
+#define mpq_div _glp_mpq_div
+void mpq_div(mpq_t z, mpq_t x, mpq_t y);
+/* set z to x / y */
+
+#define mpq_neg _glp_mpq_neg
+void mpq_neg(mpq_t z, mpq_t x);
+/* set z to 0 - x */
+
+#define mpq_abs _glp_mpq_abs
+void mpq_abs(mpq_t z, mpq_t x);
+/* set z to the absolute value of x */
+
+#define mpq_cmp _glp_mpq_cmp
+int mpq_cmp(mpq_t x, mpq_t y);
+/* compare x and y */
+
+#define mpq_sgn _glp_mpq_sgn
+int mpq_sgn(mpq_t x);
+/* return +1 if x > 0, 0 if x = 0, and -1 if x < 0 */
+
+#define mpq_out_str _glp_mpq_out_str
+int mpq_out_str(void *fp, int base, mpq_t x);
+/* output x on stream fp, as a string in given base */
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/okalg.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/okalg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8eecd6df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/okalg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/* okalg.c (out-of-kilter algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "okalg.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  okalg - out-of-kilter algorithm
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "okalg.h"
+*  int okalg(int nv, int na, const int tail[], const int head[],
+*     const int low[], const int cap[], const int cost[], int x[],
+*     int pi[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine okalg implements the out-of-kilter algorithm to find a
+*  minimal-cost circulation in the specified flow network.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  nv is the number of nodes, nv >= 0.
+*
+*  na is the number of arcs, na >= 0.
+*
+*  tail[a], a = 1,...,na, is the index of tail node of arc a.
+*
+*  head[a], a = 1,...,na, is the index of head node of arc a.
+*
+*  low[a], a = 1,...,na, is an lower bound to the flow through arc a.
+*
+*  cap[a], a = 1,...,na, is an upper bound to the flow through arc a,
+*  which is the capacity of the arc.
+*
+*  cost[a], a = 1,...,na, is a per-unit cost of the flow through arc a.
+*
+*  NOTES
+*
+*  1. Multiple arcs are allowed, but self-loops are not allowed.
+*
+*  2. It is required that 0 <= low[a] <= cap[a] for all arcs.
+*
+*  3. Arc costs may have any sign.
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  x[a], a = 1,...,na, is optimal value of the flow through arc a.
+*
+*  pi[i], i = 1,...,nv, is Lagrange multiplier for flow conservation
+*  equality constraint corresponding to node i (the node potential).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0  optimal circulation found;
+*
+*  1  there is no feasible circulation;
+*
+*  2  integer overflow occured;
+*
+*  3  optimality test failed (logic error).
+*
+*  REFERENCES
+*
+*  L.R.Ford, Jr., and D.R.Fulkerson, "Flows in Networks," The RAND
+*  Corp., Report R-375-PR (August 1962), Chap. III "Minimal Cost Flow
+*  Problems," pp.113-26. */
+
+static int overflow(int u, int v)
+{     /* check for integer overflow on computing u + v */
+      if (u > 0 && v > 0 && u + v < 0) return 1;
+      if (u < 0 && v < 0 && u + v > 0) return 1;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int okalg(int nv, int na, const int tail[], const int head[],
+      const int low[], const int cap[], const int cost[], int x[],
+      int pi[])
+{     int a, aok, delta, i, j, k, lambda, pos1, pos2, s, t, temp, ret,
+         *ptr, *arc, *link, *list;
+      /* sanity checks */
+      xassert(nv >= 0);
+      xassert(na >= 0);
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  i = tail[a], j = head[a];
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= nv);
+         xassert(1 <= j && j <= nv);
+         xassert(i != j);
+         xassert(0 <= low[a] && low[a] <= cap[a]);
+      }
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ptr = xcalloc(1+nv+1, sizeof(int));
+      arc = xcalloc(1+na+na, sizeof(int));
+      link = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      list = xcalloc(1+nv, sizeof(int));
+      /* ptr[i] := (degree of node i) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         ptr[i] = 0;
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  ptr[tail[a]]++;
+         ptr[head[a]]++;
+      }
+      /* initialize arc pointers */
+      ptr[1]++;
+      for (i = 1; i < nv; i++)
+         ptr[i+1] += ptr[i];
+      ptr[nv+1] = ptr[nv];
+      /* build arc lists */
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  arc[--ptr[tail[a]]] = a;
+         arc[--ptr[head[a]]] = a;
+      }
+      xassert(ptr[1] == 1);
+      xassert(ptr[nv+1] == na+na+1);
+      /* now the indices of arcs incident to node i are stored in
+       * locations arc[ptr[i]], arc[ptr[i]+1], ..., arc[ptr[i+1]-1] */
+      /* initialize arc flows and node potentials */
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+         x[a] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         pi[i] = 0;
+loop: /* main loop starts here */
+      /* find out-of-kilter arc */
+      aok = 0;
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  i = tail[a], j = head[a];
+         if (overflow(cost[a], pi[i] - pi[j]))
+         {  ret = 2;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         lambda = cost[a] + (pi[i] - pi[j]);
+         if (x[a] < low[a] || (lambda < 0 && x[a] < cap[a]))
+         {  /* arc a = i->j is out of kilter, and we need to increase
+             * the flow through this arc */
+            aok = a, s = j, t = i;
+            break;
+         }
+         if (x[a] > cap[a] || (lambda > 0 && x[a] > low[a]))
+         {  /* arc a = i->j is out of kilter, and we need to decrease
+             * the flow through this arc */
+            aok = a, s = i, t = j;
+            break;
+         }
+      }
+      if (aok == 0)
+      {  /* all arcs are in kilter */
+         /* check for feasibility */
+         for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+         {  if (!(low[a] <= x[a] && x[a] <= cap[a]))
+            {  ret = 3;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         {  temp = 0;
+            for (k = ptr[i]; k < ptr[i+1]; k++)
+            {  a = arc[k];
+               if (tail[a] == i)
+               {  /* a is outgoing arc */
+                  temp += x[a];
+               }
+               else if (head[a] == i)
+               {  /* a is incoming arc */
+                  temp -= x[a];
+               }
+               else
+                  xassert(a != a);
+            }
+            if (temp != 0)
+            {  ret = 3;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         /* check for optimality */
+         for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+         {  i = tail[a], j = head[a];
+            lambda = cost[a] + (pi[i] - pi[j]);
+            if ((lambda > 0 && x[a] != low[a]) ||
+                (lambda < 0 && x[a] != cap[a]))
+            {  ret = 3;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+         /* current circulation is optimal */
+         ret = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* now we need to find a cycle (t, a, s, ..., t), which allows
+       * increasing the flow along it, where a is the out-of-kilter arc
+       * just found */
+      /* link[i] = 0 means that node i is not labelled yet;
+       * link[i] = a means that arc a immediately precedes node i */
+      /* initially only node s is labelled */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+         link[i] = 0;
+      link[s] = aok, list[1] = s, pos1 = pos2 = 1;
+      /* breadth first search */
+      while (pos1 <= pos2)
+      {  /* dequeue node i */
+         i = list[pos1++];
+         /* consider all arcs incident to node i */
+         for (k = ptr[i]; k < ptr[i+1]; k++)
+         {  a = arc[k];
+            if (tail[a] == i)
+            {  /* a = i->j is a forward arc from s to t */
+               j = head[a];
+               /* if node j has been labelled, skip the arc */
+               if (link[j] != 0) continue;
+               /* if the arc does not allow increasing the flow through
+                * it, skip the arc */
+               if (x[a] >= cap[a]) continue;
+               if (overflow(cost[a], pi[i] - pi[j]))
+               {  ret = 2;
+                  goto done;
+               }
+               lambda = cost[a] + (pi[i] - pi[j]);
+               if (lambda > 0 && x[a] >= low[a]) continue;
+            }
+            else if (head[a] == i)
+            {  /* a = i<-j is a backward arc from s to t */
+               j = tail[a];
+               /* if node j has been labelled, skip the arc */
+               if (link[j] != 0) continue;
+               /* if the arc does not allow decreasing the flow through
+                * it, skip the arc */
+               if (x[a] <= low[a]) continue;
+               if (overflow(cost[a], pi[j] - pi[i]))
+               {  ret = 2;
+                  goto done;
+               }
+               lambda = cost[a] + (pi[j] - pi[i]);
+               if (lambda < 0 && x[a] <= cap[a]) continue;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(a != a);
+            /* label node j and enqueue it */
+            link[j] = a, list[++pos2] = j;
+            /* check for breakthrough */
+            if (j == t) goto brkt;
+         }
+      }
+      /* NONBREAKTHROUGH */
+      /* consider all arcs, whose one endpoint is labelled and other is
+       * not, and determine maximal change of node potentials */
+      delta = 0;
+      for (a = 1; a <= na; a++)
+      {  i = tail[a], j = head[a];
+         if (link[i] != 0 && link[j] == 0)
+         {  /* a = i->j, where node i is labelled, node j is not */
+            if (overflow(cost[a], pi[i] - pi[j]))
+            {  ret = 2;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            lambda = cost[a] + (pi[i] - pi[j]);
+            if (x[a] <= cap[a] && lambda > 0)
+               if (delta == 0 || delta > + lambda) delta = + lambda;
+         }
+         else if (link[i] == 0 && link[j] != 0)
+         {  /* a = j<-i, where node j is labelled, node i is not */
+            if (overflow(cost[a], pi[i] - pi[j]))
+            {  ret = 2;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            lambda = cost[a] + (pi[i] - pi[j]);
+            if (x[a] >= low[a] && lambda < 0)
+               if (delta == 0 || delta > - lambda) delta = - lambda;
+         }
+      }
+      if (delta == 0)
+      {  /* there is no feasible circulation */
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* increase potentials of all unlabelled nodes */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nv; i++)
+      {  if (link[i] == 0)
+         {  if (overflow(pi[i], delta))
+            {  ret = 2;
+               goto done;
+            }
+            pi[i] += delta;
+         }
+      }
+      goto loop;
+brkt: /* BREAKTHROUGH */
+      /* walk through arcs of the cycle (t, a, s, ..., t) found in the
+       * reverse order and determine maximal change of the flow */
+      delta = 0;
+      for (j = t;; j = i)
+      {  /* arc a immediately precedes node j in the cycle */
+         a = link[j];
+         if (head[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i->j is a forward arc of the cycle */
+            i = tail[a];
+            lambda = cost[a] + (pi[i] - pi[j]);
+            if (lambda > 0 && x[a] < low[a])
+            {  /* x[a] may be increased until its lower bound */
+               temp = low[a] - x[a];
+            }
+            else if (lambda <= 0 && x[a] < cap[a])
+            {  /* x[a] may be increased until its upper bound */
+               temp = cap[a] - x[a];
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(a != a);
+         }
+         else if (tail[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i<-j is a backward arc of the cycle */
+            i = head[a];
+            lambda = cost[a] + (pi[j] - pi[i]);
+            if (lambda < 0 && x[a] > cap[a])
+            {  /* x[a] may be decreased until its upper bound */
+               temp = x[a] - cap[a];
+            }
+            else if (lambda >= 0 && x[a] > low[a])
+            {  /* x[a] may be decreased until its lower bound */
+               temp = x[a] - low[a];
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(a != a);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+         if (delta == 0 || delta > temp) delta = temp;
+         /* check for end of the cycle */
+         if (i == t) break;
+      }
+      xassert(delta > 0);
+      /* increase the flow along the cycle */
+      for (j = t;; j = i)
+      {  /* arc a immediately precedes node j in the cycle */
+         a = link[j];
+         if (head[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i->j is a forward arc of the cycle */
+            i = tail[a];
+            /* overflow cannot occur */
+            x[a] += delta;
+         }
+         else if (tail[a] == j)
+         {  /* a = i<-j is a backward arc of the cycle */
+            i = head[a];
+            /* overflow cannot occur */
+            x[a] -= delta;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(a != a);
+         /* check for end of the cycle */
+         if (i == t) break;
+      }
+      goto loop;
+done: /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ptr);
+      xfree(arc);
+      xfree(link);
+      xfree(list);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/okalg.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/okalg.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f2d9740
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/okalg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* okalg.h (out-of-kilter algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef OKALG_H
+#define OKALG_H
+
+#define okalg _glp_okalg
+int okalg(int nv, int na, const int tail[], const int head[],
+      const int low[], const int cap[], const int cost[], int x[],
+      int pi[]);
+/* out-of-kilter algorithm */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/qmd.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/qmd.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3397dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/qmd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+/* qmd.c (quotient minimum degree algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  THIS CODE IS THE RESULT OF TRANSLATION OF THE FORTRAN SUBROUTINES
+*  GENQMD, QMDRCH, QMDQT, QMDUPD, AND QMDMRG FROM THE BOOK:
+*
+*  ALAN GEORGE, JOSEPH W-H LIU. COMPUTER SOLUTION OF LARGE SPARSE
+*  POSITIVE DEFINITE SYSTEMS. PRENTICE-HALL, 1981.
+*
+*  THE TRANSLATION HAS BEEN DONE WITH THE PERMISSION OF THE AUTHORS
+*  OF THE ORIGINAL FORTRAN SUBROUTINES: ALAN GEORGE AND JOSEPH LIU,
+*  UNIVERSITY OF WATERLOO, WATERLOO, ONTARIO, CANADA.
+*
+*  The translation was made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qmd.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  genqmd - GENeral Quotient Minimum Degree algorithm
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "qmd.h"
+*  void genqmd(int *neqns, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int perm[],
+*     int invp[], int deg[], int marker[], int rchset[], int nbrhd[],
+*     int qsize[], int qlink[], int *nofsub);
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine implements the minimum degree algorithm. It makes use
+*  of the implicit representation of the elimination graph by quotient
+*  graphs, and the notion of indistinguishable nodes.
+*
+*  CAUTION
+*
+*  The adjancy vector adjncy will be destroyed.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  neqns  - number of equations;
+*  (xadj, adjncy) -
+*           the adjancy structure.
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  perm   - the minimum degree ordering;
+*  invp   - the inverse of perm.
+*
+*  WORKING PARAMETERS
+*
+*  deg    - the degree vector. deg[i] is negative means node i has been
+*           numbered;
+*  marker - a marker vector, where marker[i] is negative means node i
+*           has been merged with another nodeand thus can be ignored;
+*  rchset - vector used for the reachable set;
+*  nbrhd  - vector used for neighborhood set;
+*  qsize  - vector used to store the size of indistinguishable
+*           supernodes;
+*  qlink  - vector used to store indistinguishable nodes, i, qlink[i],
+*           qlink[qlink[i]], ... are the members of the supernode
+*           represented by i.
+*
+*  PROGRAM SUBROUTINES
+*
+*  qmdrch, qmdqt, qmdupd.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+void genqmd(int *_neqns, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int perm[],
+      int invp[], int deg[], int marker[], int rchset[], int nbrhd[],
+      int qsize[], int qlink[], int *_nofsub)
+{     int inode, ip, irch, j, mindeg, ndeg, nhdsze, node, np, num,
+         nump1, nxnode, rchsze, search, thresh;
+#     define neqns  (*_neqns)
+#     define nofsub (*_nofsub)
+      /* Initialize degree vector and other working variables. */
+      mindeg = neqns;
+      nofsub = 0;
+      for (node = 1; node <= neqns; node++)
+      {  perm[node] = node;
+         invp[node] = node;
+         marker[node] = 0;
+         qsize[node] = 1;
+         qlink[node] = 0;
+         ndeg = xadj[node+1] - xadj[node];
+         deg[node] = ndeg;
+         if (ndeg < mindeg) mindeg = ndeg;
+      }
+      num = 0;
+      /* Perform threshold search to get a node of min degree.
+       * Variable search point to where search should start. */
+s200: search = 1;
+      thresh = mindeg;
+      mindeg = neqns;
+s300: nump1 = num + 1;
+      if (nump1 > search) search = nump1;
+      for (j = search; j <= neqns; j++)
+      {  node = perm[j];
+         if (marker[node] >= 0)
+         {  ndeg = deg[node];
+            if (ndeg <= thresh) goto s500;
+            if (ndeg < mindeg) mindeg = ndeg;
+         }
+      }
+      goto s200;
+      /* Node has minimum degree. Find its reachable sets by calling
+       * qmdrch. */
+s500: search = j;
+      nofsub += deg[node];
+      marker[node] = 1;
+      qmdrch(&node, xadj, adjncy, deg, marker, &rchsze, rchset, &nhdsze,
+         nbrhd);
+      /* Eliminate all nodes indistinguishable from node. They are given
+       * by node, qlink[node], ... . */
+      nxnode = node;
+s600: num++;
+      np = invp[nxnode];
+      ip = perm[num];
+      perm[np] = ip;
+      invp[ip] = np;
+      perm[num] = nxnode;
+      invp[nxnode] = num;
+      deg[nxnode] = -1;
+      nxnode = qlink[nxnode];
+      if (nxnode > 0) goto s600;
+      if (rchsze > 0)
+      {  /* Update the degrees of the nodes in the reachable set and
+          * identify indistinguishable nodes. */
+         qmdupd(xadj, adjncy, &rchsze, rchset, deg, qsize, qlink,
+            marker, &rchset[rchsze+1], &nbrhd[nhdsze+1]);
+         /* Reset marker value of nodes in reach set. Update threshold
+          * value for cyclic search. Also call qmdqt to form new
+          * quotient graph. */
+         marker[node] = 0;
+         for (irch = 1; irch <= rchsze; irch++)
+         {  inode = rchset[irch];
+            if (marker[inode] >= 0)
+            {  marker[inode] = 0;
+               ndeg = deg[inode];
+               if (ndeg < mindeg) mindeg = ndeg;
+               if (ndeg <= thresh)
+               {  mindeg = thresh;
+                  thresh = ndeg;
+                  search = invp[inode];
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         if (nhdsze > 0)
+            qmdqt(&node, xadj, adjncy, marker, &rchsze, rchset, nbrhd);
+      }
+      if (num < neqns) goto s300;
+      return;
+#     undef neqns
+#     undef nofsub
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  qmdrch - Quotient MD ReaCHable set
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "qmd.h"
+*  void qmdrch(int *root, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int deg[],
+*     int marker[], int *rchsze, int rchset[], int *nhdsze,
+*     int nbrhd[]);
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This subroutine determines the reachable set of a node through a
+*  given subset. The adjancy structure is assumed to be stored in a
+*  quotient graph format.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  root   - the given node not in the subset;
+*  (xadj, adjncy) -
+*           the adjancy structure pair;
+*  deg    - the degree vector. deg[i] < 0 means the node belongs to the
+*           given subset.
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  (rchsze, rchset) -
+*           the reachable set;
+*  (nhdsze, nbrhd) -
+*           the neighborhood set.
+*
+*  UPDATED PARAMETERS
+*
+*  marker - the marker vector for reach and nbrhd sets. > 0 means the
+*           node is in reach set. < 0 means the node has been merged
+*           with others in the quotient or it is in nbrhd set.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+void qmdrch(int *_root, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int deg[],
+      int marker[], int *_rchsze, int rchset[], int *_nhdsze,
+      int nbrhd[])
+{     int i, istop, istrt, j, jstop, jstrt, nabor, node;
+#     define root   (*_root)
+#     define rchsze (*_rchsze)
+#     define nhdsze (*_nhdsze)
+      /* Loop through the neighbors of root in the quotient graph. */
+      nhdsze = 0;
+      rchsze = 0;
+      istrt = xadj[root];
+      istop = xadj[root+1] - 1;
+      if (istop < istrt) return;
+      for (i = istrt; i <= istop; i++)
+      {  nabor = adjncy[i];
+         if (nabor == 0) return;
+         if (marker[nabor] == 0)
+         {  if (deg[nabor] >= 0)
+            {  /* Include nabor into the reachable set. */
+               rchsze++;
+               rchset[rchsze] = nabor;
+               marker[nabor] = 1;
+               goto s600;
+            }
+            /* nabor has been eliminated. Find nodes reachable from
+             * it. */
+            marker[nabor] = -1;
+            nhdsze++;
+            nbrhd[nhdsze] = nabor;
+s300:       jstrt = xadj[nabor];
+            jstop = xadj[nabor+1] - 1;
+            for (j = jstrt; j <= jstop; j++)
+            {  node = adjncy[j];
+               nabor = - node;
+               if (node < 0) goto s300;
+               if (node == 0) goto s600;
+               if (marker[node] == 0)
+               {  rchsze++;
+                  rchset[rchsze] = node;
+                  marker[node] = 1;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+s600:    ;
+      }
+      return;
+#     undef root
+#     undef rchsze
+#     undef nhdsze
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  qmdqt - Quotient MD Quotient graph Transformation
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "qmd.h"
+*  void qmdqt(int *root, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int marker[],
+*     int *rchsze, int rchset[], int nbrhd[]);
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This subroutine performs the quotient graph transformation after a
+*  node has been eliminated.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  root   - the node just eliminated. It becomes the representative of
+*           the new supernode;
+*  (xadj, adjncy) -
+*           the adjancy structure;
+*  (rchsze, rchset) -
+*           the reachable set of root in the old quotient graph;
+*  nbrhd  - the neighborhood set which will be merged with root to form
+*           the new supernode;
+*  marker - the marker vector.
+*
+*  UPDATED PARAMETERS
+*
+*  adjncy - becomes the adjncy of the quotient graph.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+void qmdqt(int *_root, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int marker[],
+      int *_rchsze, int rchset[], int nbrhd[])
+{     int inhd, irch, j, jstop, jstrt, link, nabor, node;
+#     define root   (*_root)
+#     define rchsze (*_rchsze)
+      irch = 0;
+      inhd = 0;
+      node = root;
+s100: jstrt = xadj[node];
+      jstop = xadj[node+1] - 2;
+      if (jstop >= jstrt)
+      {  /* Place reach nodes into the adjacent list of node. */
+         for (j = jstrt; j <= jstop; j++)
+         {  irch++;
+            adjncy[j] = rchset[irch];
+            if (irch >= rchsze) goto s400;
+         }
+      }
+      /* Link to other space provided by the nbrhd set. */
+      link = adjncy[jstop+1];
+      node = - link;
+      if (link >= 0)
+      {  inhd++;
+         node = nbrhd[inhd];
+         adjncy[jstop+1] = - node;
+      }
+      goto s100;
+      /* All reachable nodes have been saved. End the adjacent list.
+       * Add root to the neighborhood list of each node in the reach
+       * set. */
+s400: adjncy[j+1] = 0;
+      for (irch = 1; irch <= rchsze; irch++)
+      {  node = rchset[irch];
+         if (marker[node] >= 0)
+         {  jstrt = xadj[node];
+            jstop = xadj[node+1] - 1;
+            for (j = jstrt; j <= jstop; j++)
+            {  nabor = adjncy[j];
+               if (marker[nabor] < 0)
+               {  adjncy[j] = root;
+                  goto s600;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+s600:    ;
+      }
+      return;
+#     undef root
+#     undef rchsze
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  qmdupd - Quotient MD UPDate
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "qmd.h"
+*  void qmdupd(int xadj[], int adjncy[], int *nlist, int list[],
+*     int deg[], int qsize[], int qlink[], int marker[], int rchset[],
+*     int nbrhd[]);
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine performs degree update for a set of nodes in the minimum
+*  degree algorithm.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  (xadj, adjncy) -
+*           the adjancy structure;
+*  (nlist, list) -
+*           the list of nodes whose degree has to be updated.
+*
+*  UPDATED PARAMETERS
+*
+*  deg    - the degree vector;
+*  qsize  - size of indistinguishable supernodes;
+*  qlink  - linked list for indistinguishable nodes;
+*  marker - used to mark those nodes in reach/nbrhd sets.
+*
+*  WORKING PARAMETERS
+*
+*  rchset - the reachable set;
+*  nbrhd  - the neighborhood set.
+*
+*  PROGRAM SUBROUTINES
+*
+*  qmdmrg.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+void qmdupd(int xadj[], int adjncy[], int *_nlist, int list[],
+      int deg[], int qsize[], int qlink[], int marker[], int rchset[],
+      int nbrhd[])
+{     int deg0, deg1, il, inhd, inode, irch, j, jstop, jstrt, mark,
+         nabor, nhdsze, node, rchsze;
+#     define nlist  (*_nlist)
+      /* Find all eliminated supernodes that are adjacent to some nodes
+       * in the given list. Put them into (nhdsze, nbrhd). deg0 contains
+       * the number of nodes in the list. */
+      if (nlist <= 0) return;
+      deg0 = 0;
+      nhdsze = 0;
+      for (il = 1; il <= nlist; il++)
+      {  node = list[il];
+         deg0 += qsize[node];
+         jstrt = xadj[node];
+         jstop = xadj[node+1] - 1;
+         for (j = jstrt; j <= jstop; j++)
+         {  nabor = adjncy[j];
+            if (marker[nabor] == 0 && deg[nabor] < 0)
+            {  marker[nabor] = -1;
+               nhdsze++;
+               nbrhd[nhdsze] = nabor;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Merge indistinguishable nodes in the list by calling the
+       * subroutine qmdmrg. */
+      if (nhdsze > 0)
+         qmdmrg(xadj, adjncy, deg, qsize, qlink, marker, &deg0, &nhdsze,
+            nbrhd, rchset, &nbrhd[nhdsze+1]);
+      /* Find the new degrees of the nodes that have not been merged. */
+      for (il = 1; il <= nlist; il++)
+      {  node = list[il];
+         mark = marker[node];
+         if (mark == 0 || mark == 1)
+         {  marker[node] = 2;
+            qmdrch(&node, xadj, adjncy, deg, marker, &rchsze, rchset,
+               &nhdsze, nbrhd);
+            deg1 = deg0;
+            if (rchsze > 0)
+            {  for (irch = 1; irch <= rchsze; irch++)
+               {  inode = rchset[irch];
+                  deg1 += qsize[inode];
+                  marker[inode] = 0;
+               }
+            }
+            deg[node] = deg1 - 1;
+            if (nhdsze > 0)
+            {  for (inhd = 1; inhd <= nhdsze; inhd++)
+               {  inode = nbrhd[inhd];
+                  marker[inode] = 0;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+#     undef nlist
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  qmdmrg - Quotient MD MeRGe
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "qmd.h"
+*  void qmdmrg(int xadj[], int adjncy[], int deg[], int qsize[],
+*     int qlink[], int marker[], int *deg0, int *nhdsze, int nbrhd[],
+*     int rchset[], int ovrlp[]);
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine merges indistinguishable nodes in the minimum degree
+*  ordering algorithm. It also computes the new degrees of these new
+*  supernodes.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  (xadj, adjncy) -
+*           the adjancy structure;
+*  deg0   - the number of nodes in the given set;
+*  (nhdsze, nbrhd) -
+*           the set of eliminated supernodes adjacent to some nodes in
+*           the set.
+*
+*  UPDATED PARAMETERS
+*
+*  deg    - the degree vector;
+*  qsize  - size of indistinguishable nodes;
+*  qlink  - linked list for indistinguishable nodes;
+*  marker - the given set is given by those nodes with marker value set
+*           to 1. Those nodes with degree updated will have marker value
+*           set to 2.
+*
+*  WORKING PARAMETERS
+*
+*  rchset - the reachable set;
+*  ovrlp  - temp vector to store the intersection of two reachable sets.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+void qmdmrg(int xadj[], int adjncy[], int deg[], int qsize[],
+      int qlink[], int marker[], int *_deg0, int *_nhdsze, int nbrhd[],
+      int rchset[], int ovrlp[])
+{     int deg1, head, inhd, iov, irch, j, jstop, jstrt, link, lnode,
+         mark, mrgsze, nabor, node, novrlp, rchsze, root;
+#     define deg0   (*_deg0)
+#     define nhdsze (*_nhdsze)
+      /* Initialization. */
+      if (nhdsze <= 0) return;
+      for (inhd = 1; inhd <= nhdsze; inhd++)
+      {  root = nbrhd[inhd];
+         marker[root] = 0;
+      }
+      /* Loop through each eliminated supernode in the set
+       * (nhdsze, nbrhd). */
+      for (inhd = 1; inhd <= nhdsze; inhd++)
+      {  root = nbrhd[inhd];
+         marker[root] = -1;
+         rchsze = 0;
+         novrlp = 0;
+         deg1 = 0;
+s200:    jstrt = xadj[root];
+         jstop = xadj[root+1] - 1;
+         /* Determine the reachable set and its intersection with the
+          * input reachable set. */
+         for (j = jstrt; j <= jstop; j++)
+         {  nabor = adjncy[j];
+            root = - nabor;
+            if (nabor < 0) goto s200;
+            if (nabor == 0) break;
+            mark = marker[nabor];
+            if (mark == 0)
+            {  rchsze++;
+               rchset[rchsze] = nabor;
+               deg1 += qsize[nabor];
+               marker[nabor] = 1;
+            }
+            else if (mark == 1)
+            {  novrlp++;
+               ovrlp[novrlp] = nabor;
+               marker[nabor] = 2;
+            }
+         }
+         /* From the overlapped set, determine the nodes that can be
+          * merged together. */
+         head = 0;
+         mrgsze = 0;
+         for (iov = 1; iov <= novrlp; iov++)
+         {  node = ovrlp[iov];
+            jstrt = xadj[node];
+            jstop = xadj[node+1] - 1;
+            for (j = jstrt; j <= jstop; j++)
+            {  nabor = adjncy[j];
+               if (marker[nabor] == 0)
+               {  marker[node] = 1;
+                  goto s1100;
+               }
+            }
+            /* Node belongs to the new merged supernode. Update the
+             * vectors qlink and qsize. */
+            mrgsze += qsize[node];
+            marker[node] = -1;
+            lnode = node;
+s900:       link = qlink[lnode];
+            if (link > 0)
+            {  lnode = link;
+               goto s900;
+            }
+            qlink[lnode] = head;
+            head = node;
+s1100:      ;
+         }
+         if (head > 0)
+         {  qsize[head] = mrgsze;
+            deg[head] = deg0 + deg1 - 1;
+            marker[head] = 2;
+         }
+         /* Reset marker values. */
+         root = nbrhd[inhd];
+         marker[root] = 0;
+         if (rchsze > 0)
+         {  for (irch = 1; irch <= rchsze; irch++)
+            {  node = rchset[irch];
+               marker[node] = 0;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+#     undef deg0
+#     undef nhdsze
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/qmd.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/qmd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e55d50f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/qmd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* qmd.h (quotient minimum degree algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMD_H
+#define QMD_H
+
+#define genqmd _glp_genqmd
+void genqmd(int *neqns, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int perm[],
+      int invp[], int deg[], int marker[], int rchset[], int nbrhd[],
+      int qsize[], int qlink[], int *nofsub);
+/* GENeral Quotient Minimum Degree algorithm */
+
+#define qmdrch _glp_qmdrch
+void qmdrch(int *root, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int deg[],
+      int marker[], int *rchsze, int rchset[], int *nhdsze,
+      int nbrhd[]);
+/* Quotient MD ReaCHable set */
+
+#define qmdqt _glp_qmdqt
+void qmdqt(int *root, int xadj[], int adjncy[], int marker[],
+      int *rchsze, int rchset[], int nbrhd[]);
+/* Quotient MD Quotient graph Transformation */
+
+#define qmdupd _glp_qmdupd
+void qmdupd(int xadj[], int adjncy[], int *nlist, int list[],
+      int deg[], int qsize[], int qlink[], int marker[], int rchset[],
+      int nbrhd[]);
+/* Quotient MD UPDate */
+
+#define qmdmrg _glp_qmdmrg
+void qmdmrg(int xadj[], int adjncy[], int deg[], int qsize[],
+      int qlink[], int marker[], int *deg0, int *nhdsze, int nbrhd[],
+      int rchset[], int ovrlp[]);
+/* Quotient MD MeRGe */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/relax4.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/relax4.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0a47d6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/relax4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2850 @@
+/* relax4.c (relaxation method of Bertsekas and Tseng) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  THIS CODE IS THE RESULT OF TRANSLATION OF THE FORTRAN CODE RELAX4.
+*
+*  THE TRANSLATION HAS BEEN DONE WITH THE PERMISSION OF THE AUTHOR OF
+*  THE ORIGINAL FORTRAN CODE PROF. DIMITRI P. BERTSEKAS, MASSACHUSETTS
+*  INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS, USA.
+*
+*  The translation was made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "relax4.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  WARNING
+*
+*  A serious bug was *tentatively* fixed in this code (see #if/#endif
+*  marked by 'mao').
+*
+*  This bug is inherited from the original Fortran version of the
+*  RELAX-IV code. Unfortunately, the code is very intricate, so this
+*  bug is still under investigation. Thanks to Sylvain Fournier for bug
+*  report.
+*
+*  RELAX-IV bug details
+*  --------------------
+*  In the original RELAX-IV code there are four similar fragments in
+*  subroutines ascnt1 and ascnt2 like this:
+*
+*  C
+*  C     DECREASE THE PRICES OF THE SCANNED NODES BY DELPRC.
+*  C     ADJUST FLOW TO MAINTAIN COMPLEMENTARY SLACKNESS WITH
+*  C     THE PRICES.
+*  C
+*        NB = 0
+*        DO 6 I=1,NSAVE
+*        . . .
+*           IF (RC(ARC).EQ.0) THEN
+*              DELX=DELX+U(ARC)
+*              NB = NB + 1
+*              PRDCSR(NB) = ARC
+*           END IF
+*        . . .
+*
+*  On some instances the variable NB becomes greater than N (the number
+*  of nodes) that leads to indexing error, because the array PRDCSR is
+*  declared as array of N elements (more precisely, as array of MAXNN
+*  elements, however, NB becomes even much greater than MAXNN).
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#define false 0
+#define true  1
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  RELAX-IV (version of October 1994)
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine implements the relaxation method of Bertsekas and Tseng
+*  (see [1], [2]) for linear cost ordinary network flow problems.
+*
+*  [1] Bertsekas, D. P., "A Unified Framework for Primal-Dual Methods"
+*      Mathematical Programming, Vol. 32, 1985, pp. 125-145.
+*  [2] Bertsekas, D. P., and Tseng, P., "Relaxation Methods for
+*      Minimum Cost" Operations Research, Vol. 26, 1988, pp. 93-114.
+*
+*  The relaxation method is also described in the books:
+*
+*  [3] Bertsekas, D. P., "Linear Network Optimization: Algorithms and
+*      Codes" MIT Press, 1991.
+*  [4] Bertsekas, D. P. and Tsitsiklis, J. N., "Parallel and Distributed
+*      Computation: Numerical Methods", Prentice-Hall, 1989.
+*  [5] Bertsekas, D. P., "Network Optimization: Continuous and Discrete
+*      Models", Athena Scientific, 1998.
+*
+*  RELEASE NOTE
+*
+*  This version of relaxation code has option for a special crash
+*  procedure for the initial price-flow pair. This is recommended for
+*  difficult problems where the default initialization results in long
+*  running times. crash = 1 corresponds to an auction/shortest path
+*  method
+*
+*  These initializations are recommended in the absence of any prior
+*  information on a favorable initial flow-price vector pair that
+*  satisfies complementary slackness.
+*
+*  The relaxation portion of the code differs from the code RELAXT-III
+*  and other earlier relaxation codes in that it maintains the set of
+*  nodes with nonzero deficit in a fifo queue. Like its predecessor
+*  RELAXT-III, this code maintains a linked list of balanced (i.e., of
+*  zero reduced cost) arcs so to reduce the work in labeling and
+*  scanning. Unlike RELAXT-III, it does not use selectively shortest
+*  path iterations for initialization.
+*
+*  SOURCE
+*
+*  The original Fortran code was written by Dimitri P. Bertsekas and
+*  Paul Tseng, with a contribution by Jonathan Eckstein in the phase II
+*  initialization. The original Fortran routine AUCTION was written by
+*  Dimitri P. Bertsekas and is based on the method described in the
+*  paper:
+*
+*  [6] Bertsekas, D. P., "An Auction/Sequential Shortest Path Algorithm
+*      for the Minimum Cost Flow Problem", LIDS Report P-2146, MIT,
+*      Nov. 1992.
+*
+*  For inquiries about the original Fortran code, please contact:
+*
+*  Dimitri P. Bertsekas
+*  Laboratory for information and decision systems
+*  Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+*  Cambridge, MA 02139
+*  (617) 253-7267, dimitrib@mit.edu
+*
+*  This code is the result of translation of the original Fortran code.
+*  The translation was made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  USER GUIDELINES
+*
+*  This routine is in the public domain to be used only for research
+*  purposes. It cannot be used as part of a commercial product, or to
+*  satisfy in any part commercial delivery requirements to government
+*  or industry, without prior agreement with the authors. Users are
+*  requested to acknowledge the authorship of the code, and the
+*  relaxation method.
+*
+*  No modification should be made to this code other than the minimal
+*  necessary to make it compatible with specific platforms.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS (see notes 1, 2, 4)
+*
+*  n         = number of nodes
+*  na        = number of arcs
+*  large     = a very large integer to represent infinity
+*              (see note 3)
+*  repeat    = true if initialization is to be skipped
+*              (false otherwise)
+*  crash     = 0 if default initialization is used
+*              1 if auction initialization is used
+*  startn[j] = starting node for arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  endn[j]   = ending node for arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  fou[i]    = first arc out of node i, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtou[j]  = next arc out of the starting node of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  fin[i]    = first arc into node i, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtin[j]  = next arc into the ending node of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*
+*  UPDATED PARAMETERS (see notes 1, 3, 4)
+*
+*  rc[j]     = reduced cost of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  u[j]      = capacity of arc j on input
+*              and (capacity of arc j) - x[j] on output, j = 1,...,na
+*  dfct[i]   = demand at node i on input
+*              and zero on output, i = 1,...,n
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS (see notes 1, 3, 4)
+*
+*  x[j]      = flow on arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  nmultinode = number of multinode relaxation iterations in RELAX4
+*  iter      = number of relaxation iterations in RELAX4
+*  num_augm  = number of flow augmentation steps in RELAX4
+*  num_ascnt = number of multinode ascent steps in RELAX4
+*  nsp       = number of auction/shortest path iterations
+*
+*  WORKING PARAMETERS (see notes 1, 4, 5)
+*
+*  label[1+n], prdcsr[1+n], save[1+na], tfstou[1+n], tnxtou[1+na],
+*  tfstin[1+n], tnxtin[1+na], nxtqueue[1+n], scan[1+n], mark[1+n],
+*  extend_arc[1+n], sb_level[1+n], sb_arc[1+n]
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0         = normal return
+*  1,...,8   = problem is found to be infeasible
+*
+*  NOTE 1
+*
+*  To run in limited memory systems, declare the arrays startn, endn,
+*  nxtin, nxtou, fin, fou, label, prdcsr, save, tfstou, tnxtou, tfstin,
+*  tnxtin, ddpos, ddneg, nxtqueue as short instead.
+*
+*  NOTE 2
+*
+*  This routine makes no effort to initialize with a favorable x from
+*  amongst those flow vectors that satisfy complementary slackness with
+*  the initial reduced cost vector rc. If a favorable x is known, then
+*  it can be passed, together with the corresponding arrays u and dfct,
+*  to this routine directly. This, however, requires that the capacity
+*  tightening portion and the flow initialization portion of this
+*  routine (up to line labeled 90) be skipped.
+*
+*  NOTE 3
+*
+*  All problem data should be less than large in magnitude, and large
+*  should be less than, say, 1/4 the largest int of the machine used.
+*  This will guard primarily against overflow in uncapacitated problems
+*  where the arc capacities are taken finite but very large. Note,
+*  however, that as in all codes operating with integers, overflow may
+*  occur if some of the problem data takes very large values.
+*
+*  NOTE 4
+*
+*  [This note being specific to Fortran was removed.-A.M.]
+*
+*  NOTE 5
+*
+*  ddpos and ddneg are arrays that give the directional derivatives for
+*  all positive and negative single-node price changes. These are used
+*  only in phase II of the initialization procedure, before the linked
+*  list of balanced arcs comes to play. Therefore, to reduce storage,
+*  they are equivalence to tfstou and tfstin, which are of the same size
+*  (number of nodes) and are used only after the tree comes into use. */
+
+static void ascnt1(struct relax4_csa *csa, int dm, int *delx,
+      int *nlabel, int *feasbl, int *svitch, int nscan, int curnode,
+      int *prevnode);
+
+static void ascnt2(struct relax4_csa *csa, int dm, int *delx,
+      int *nlabel, int *feasbl, int *svitch, int nscan, int curnode,
+      int *prevnode);
+
+static int auction(struct relax4_csa *csa);
+
+int relax4(struct relax4_csa *csa)
+{     /* input parameters */
+      int n = csa->n;
+      int na = csa->na;
+      int large = csa->large;
+      int repeat = csa->repeat;
+      int crash = csa->crash;
+      int *startn = csa->startn;
+      int *endn = csa->endn;
+      int *fou = csa->fou;
+      int *nxtou = csa->nxtou;
+      int *fin = csa->fin;
+      int *nxtin = csa->nxtin;
+      /* updated parameters */
+      int *rc = csa->rc;
+      int *u = csa->u;
+      int *dfct = csa->dfct;
+      /* output parameters */
+      int *x = csa->x;
+#     define nmultinode (csa->nmultinode)
+#     define iter (csa->iter)
+#     define num_augm (csa->num_augm)
+#     define num_ascnt (csa->num_ascnt)
+#     define nsp (csa->nsp)
+      /* working parameters */
+      int *label = csa->label;
+      int *prdcsr = csa->prdcsr;
+      int *save = csa->save;
+      int *tfstou = csa->tfstou;
+      int *tnxtou = csa->tnxtou;
+      int *tfstin = csa->tfstin;
+      int *tnxtin = csa->tnxtin;
+      int *nxtqueue = csa->nxtqueue;
+      char *scan = csa->scan;
+      char *mark = csa->mark;
+      int *ddpos = tfstou;
+      int *ddneg = tfstin;
+      /* local variables */
+      int arc, augnod, capin, capout, defcit, delprc, delx, dm, dp,
+         dx, feasbl, i, ib, indef, j, lastqueue, maxcap, narc, nb,
+         nlabel, node, node2, node_def, naugnod, nscan, num_passes,
+         numnz, numnz_new, numpasses, nxtarc, nxtbrk, nxtnode, passes,
+         pchange, posit, prevnode, prvarc, quit, rdcost, scapin,
+         scapou, svitch, t, t1, t2, tmparc, tp, trc, ts;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* Initialization phase I */
+      /* In this phase, we reduce the arc capacities by as much as
+       * possible without changing the problem; then we set the initial
+       * flow array x, together with the corresponding arrays u and
+       * dfct. */
+      /* This phase and phase II (from here up to line labeled 90) can
+       * be skipped (by setting repeat to true) if the calling program
+       * places in common user-chosen values for the arc flows, the
+       * residual arc capacities, and the nodal deficits. When this is
+       * done, it is critical that the flow and the reduced cost for
+       * each arc satisfy complementary slackness and the dfct array
+       * properly correspond to the initial arc/flows. */
+      if (repeat)
+         goto L90;
+      for (node = 1; node <= n; node++)
+      {  node_def = dfct[node];
+         ddpos[node] = node_def;
+         ddneg[node] = -node_def;
+         maxcap = 0;
+         scapou = 0;
+         for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  if (scapou <= large - u[arc])
+               scapou += u[arc];
+            else
+               goto L10;
+         }
+         if (scapou <= large - node_def)
+            capout = scapou + node_def;
+         else
+            goto L10;
+         if (capout < 0)
+         {  /* problem is infeasible */
+            /* exogenous flow into node exceeds out capacity */
+            return 1;
+         }
+         scapin = 0;
+         for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+         {  if (u[arc] > capout)
+               u[arc] = capout;
+            if (maxcap < u[arc])
+               maxcap = u[arc];
+            if (scapin <= large - u[arc])
+               scapin += u[arc];
+            else
+               goto L10;
+         }
+         if (scapin <= large + node_def)
+            capin = scapin - node_def;
+         else
+            goto L10;
+         if (capin < 0)
+         {  /* problem is infeasible */
+            /* exogenous flow out of node exceeds in capacity */
+            return 2;
+         }
+         for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  if (u[arc] > capin)
+               u[arc] = capin;
+         }
+L10:     ;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* Initialization phase II */
+      /* In this phase, we initialize the prices and flows by either
+       * calling the routine auction or by performing only single node
+       * (coordinate) relaxation iterations. */
+      if (crash == 1)
+      {  nsp = 0;
+         if (auction(csa) != 0)
+         {  /* problem is found to be infeasible */
+            return 3;
+         }
+         goto L70;
+      }
+      /* Initialize the arc flows to satisfy complementary slackness
+       * with the prices. u[arc] is the residual capacity of arc, and
+       * x[arc] is the flow. These two always add up to the total
+       * capacity for arc. Also compute the directional derivatives for
+       * each coordinate and compute the actual deficits. */
+      for (arc = 1; arc <= na; arc++)
+      {  x[arc] = 0;
+         if (rc[arc] <= 0)
+         {  t = u[arc];
+            t1 = startn[arc];
+            t2 = endn[arc];
+            ddpos[t1] += t;
+            ddneg[t2] += t;
+            if (rc[arc] < 0)
+            {  x[arc] = t;
+               u[arc] = 0;
+               dfct[t1] += t;
+               dfct[t2] -= t;
+               ddneg[t1] -= t;
+               ddpos[t2] -= t;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Make 2 or 3 passes through all nodes, performing only single
+       * node relaxation iterations. The number of passes depends on the
+       * density of the network. */
+      if (na > n * 10)
+         numpasses = 2;
+      else
+         numpasses = 3;
+      for (passes = 1; passes <= numpasses; passes++)
+      for (node = 1; node <= n; node++)
+      {  if (dfct[node] == 0)
+            continue;
+         if (ddpos[node] <= 0)
+         {  /* Compute delprc, the stepsize to the next breakpoint in
+             * the dual cost as the price of node is increased.
+             * [Since the reduced cost of all outgoing (resp., incoming)
+             * arcs will decrease (resp., increase) as the price of node
+             * is increased, the next breakpoint is the minimum of the
+             * positive reduced cost on outgoing arcs and of the
+             * negative reduced cost on incoming arcs.] */
+            delprc = large;
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if ((trc > 0) && (trc < delprc))
+                  delprc = trc;
+            }
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if ((trc < 0) && (trc > -delprc))
+                  delprc = -trc;
+            }
+            /* If no breakpoint is left and dual ascent is still
+             * possible, the problem is infeasible. */
+            if (delprc >= large)
+            {  if (ddpos[node] == 0)
+                  continue;
+               return 4;
+            }
+            /* delprc is the stepsize to next breakpoint. Increase
+             * price of node by delprc and compute the stepsize to the
+             * next breakpoint in the dual cost. */
+L53:        nxtbrk = large;
+            /* Look at all arcs out of node. */
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if (trc == 0)
+               {  t1 = endn[arc];
+                  t = u[arc];
+                  if (t > 0)
+                  {  dfct[node] += t;
+                     dfct[t1] -= t;
+                     x[arc] = t;
+                     u[arc] = 0;
+                  }
+                  else
+                     t = x[arc];
+                  ddneg[node] -= t;
+                  ddpos[t1] -= t;
+               }
+               /* Decrease the reduced costs on all outgoing arcs. */
+               trc -= delprc;
+               if ((trc > 0) && (trc < nxtbrk))
+                  nxtbrk = trc;
+               else if (trc == 0)
+               {  /* Arc goes from inactive to balanced. Update the rate
+                   * of dual ascent at node and at its neighbor. */
+                  ddpos[node] += u[arc];
+                  ddneg[endn[arc]] += u[arc];
+               }
+               rc[arc] = trc;
+            }
+            /* Look at all arcs into node. */
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if (trc == 0)
+               {  t1 = startn[arc];
+                  t = x[arc];
+                  if (t > 0)
+                  {  dfct[node] += t;
+                     dfct[t1] -= t;
+                     u[arc] = t;
+                     x[arc] = 0;
+                  }
+                  else
+                     t = u[arc];
+                  ddpos[t1] -= t;
+                  ddneg[node] -= t;
+               }
+               /* Increase the reduced cost on all incoming arcs. */
+               trc += delprc;
+               if ((trc < 0) && (trc > -nxtbrk))
+                  nxtbrk = -trc;
+               else if (trc == 0)
+               {  /* Arc goes from active to balanced. Update the rate
+                   * of dual ascent at node and at its neighbor. */
+                  ddneg[startn[arc]] += x[arc];
+                  ddpos[node] += x[arc];
+               }
+               rc[arc] = trc;
+            }
+            /* If price of node can be increased further without
+             * decreasing the dual cost (even the dual cost doesn't
+             * increase), return to increase the price further. */
+            if ((ddpos[node] <= 0) && (nxtbrk < large))
+            {  delprc = nxtbrk;
+               goto L53;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (ddneg[node] <= 0)
+         {  /* Compute delprc, the stepsize to the next breakpoint in
+             * the dual cost as the price of node is decreased.
+             * [Since the reduced cost of all outgoing (resp., incoming)
+             * arcs will increase (resp., decrease) as the price of node
+             * is decreased, the next breakpoint is the minimum of the
+             * negative reduced cost on outgoing arcs and of the
+             * positive reduced cost on incoming arcs.] */
+            delprc = large;
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if ((trc < 0) && (trc > -delprc))
+                  delprc = -trc;
+            }
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if ((trc > 0) && (trc < delprc))
+                  delprc = trc;
+            }
+            /* If no breakpoint is left and dual ascent is still
+             * possible, the problem is infeasible. */
+            if (delprc == large)
+            {  if (ddneg[node] == 0)
+                  continue;
+               return 5;
+            }
+            /* delprc is the stepsize to next breakpoint. Decrease
+             * price of node by delprc and compute the stepsize to the
+             * next breakpoint in the dual cost. */
+L63:        nxtbrk = large;
+            /* Look at all arcs out of node. */
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if (trc == 0)
+               {  t1 = endn[arc];
+                  t = x[arc];
+                  if (t > 0)
+                  {  dfct[node] -= t;
+                     dfct[t1] += t;
+                     u[arc] = t;
+                     x[arc] = 0;
+                  }
+                  else
+                     t = u[arc];
+                  ddpos[node] -= t;
+                  ddneg[t1] -= t;
+               }
+               /* Increase the reduced cost on all outgoing arcs. */
+               trc += delprc;
+               if ((trc < 0) && (trc > -nxtbrk))
+                  nxtbrk = -trc;
+               else if (trc == 0)
+               {  /* Arc goes from active to balanced. Update the rate
+                   * of dual ascent at node and at its neighbor. */
+                  ddneg[node] += x[arc];
+                  ddpos[endn[arc]] += x[arc];
+               }
+               rc[arc] = trc;
+            }
+            /* Look at all arcs into node. */
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  trc = rc[arc];
+               if (trc == 0)
+               {  t1 = startn[arc];
+                  t = u[arc];
+                  if (t > 0)
+                  {  dfct[node] -= t;
+                     dfct[t1] += t;
+                     x[arc] = t;
+                     u[arc] = 0;
+                  }
+                  else
+                     t = x[arc];
+                  ddneg[t1] -= t;
+                  ddpos[node] -= t;
+               }
+               /* Decrease the reduced cost on all incoming arcs. */
+               trc -= delprc;
+               if ((trc > 0) && (trc < nxtbrk))
+                  nxtbrk = trc;
+               else if (trc == 0)
+               {  /* Arc goes from inactive to balanced. Update the rate
+                   * of dual ascent at node and at its neighbor. */
+                  ddpos[startn[arc]] += u[arc];
+                  ddneg[node] += u[arc];
+               }
+               rc[arc] = trc;
+            }
+            /* If price of node can be decreased further without
+             * decreasing the dual cost (even the dual cost doesn't
+             * increase), return to decrease the price further. */
+            if ((ddneg[node] <= 0) && (nxtbrk < large))
+            {  delprc = nxtbrk;
+               goto L63;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+L70:  /* Initialize tree data structure. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         tfstou[i] = tfstin[i] = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= na; i++)
+      {  tnxtin[i] = tnxtou[i] = -1;
+         if (rc[i] == 0)
+         {  tnxtou[i] = tfstou[startn[i]];
+            tfstou[startn[i]] = i;
+            tnxtin[i] = tfstin[endn[i]];
+            tfstin[endn[i]] = i;
+         }
+      }
+L90:  /* Initialize other variables. */
+      feasbl = true;
+      iter = 0;
+      nmultinode = 0;
+      num_augm = 0;
+      num_ascnt = 0;
+      num_passes = 0;
+      numnz = n;
+      numnz_new = 0;
+      svitch = false;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         mark[i] = scan[i] = false;
+      nlabel = 0;
+      /* RELAX4 uses an adaptive strategy to decide whether to continue
+       * the scanning process after a multinode price change.
+       * The threshold parameter tp and ts that control this strategy
+       * are set in the next two lines. */
+      tp = 10;
+      ts = n / 15;
+      /* Initialize the queue of nodes with nonzero deficit. */
+      for (node = 1; node <= n - 1; node++)
+         nxtqueue[node] = node + 1;
+      nxtqueue[n] = 1;
+      node = lastqueue = n;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* Start the relaxation algorithm. */
+L100: /* Code for advancing the queue of nonzero deficit nodes. */
+      prevnode = node;
+      node = nxtqueue[node];
+      defcit = dfct[node];
+      if (node == lastqueue)
+      {  numnz = numnz_new;
+         numnz_new = 0;
+         lastqueue = prevnode;
+         num_passes++;
+      }
+      /* Code for deleting a node from the queue. */
+      if (defcit == 0)
+      {  nxtnode = nxtqueue[node];
+         if (node == nxtnode)
+            return 0;
+         else
+         {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = nxtnode;
+            nxtqueue[node] = 0;
+            node = nxtnode;
+            goto L100;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+         posit = (defcit > 0);
+      iter++;
+      numnz_new++;
+      if (posit)
+      {  /* Attempt a single node iteration from node with positive
+          * deficit. */
+         pchange = false;
+         indef = defcit;
+         delx = 0;
+         nb = 0;
+         /* Check outgoing (probably) balanced arcs from node. */
+         for (arc = tfstou[node]; arc > 0; arc = tnxtou[arc])
+         {  if ((rc[arc] == 0) && (x[arc] > 0))
+            {  delx += x[arc];
+               nb++;
+               save[nb] = arc;
+            }
+         }
+         /* Check incoming arcs. */
+         for (arc = tfstin[node]; arc > 0; arc = tnxtin[arc])
+         {  if ((rc[arc] == 0) && (u[arc] > 0))
+            {  delx += u[arc];
+               nb++;
+               save[nb] = -arc;
+            }
+         }
+         /* End of initial node scan. */
+L4018:   /* If no price change is possible, exit. */
+         if (delx > defcit)
+         {  quit = (defcit < indef);
+            goto L4016;
+         }
+         /* RELAX4 searches along the ascent direction for the best
+          * price by checking the slope of the dual cost at successive
+          * break points. First, we compute the distance to the next
+          * break point. */
+         delprc = large;
+         for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc];
+            if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+               delprc = -rdcost;
+         }
+         for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc];
+            if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+               delprc = rdcost;
+         }
+         /* Check if problem is infeasible. */
+         if ((delx < defcit) && (delprc == large))
+         {  /* The dual cost can be decreased without bound. */
+            return 6;
+         }
+         /* Skip flow adjustment if there is no flow to modify. */
+         if (delx == 0)
+            goto L4014;
+         /* Adjust the flow on the balanced arcs incident to node to
+          * maintain complementary slackness after the price change. */
+         for (j = 1; j <= nb; j++)
+         {  arc = save[j];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  node2 = endn[arc];
+               t1 = x[arc];
+               dfct[node2] += t1;
+               if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+               {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                  nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                  prevnode = node2;
+               }
+               u[arc] += t1;
+               x[arc] = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {  narc = -arc;
+               node2 = startn[narc];
+               t1 = u[narc];
+               dfct[node2] += t1;
+               if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+               {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                  nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                  prevnode = node2;
+               }
+               x[narc] += t1;
+               u[narc] = 0;
+            }
+         }
+         defcit -= delx;
+L4014:   if (delprc == large)
+         {  quit = true;
+            goto L4019;
+         }
+         /* Node corresponds to a dual ascent direction. Decrease the
+          * price of node by delprc and compute the stepsize to the next
+          * breakpoint in the dual cost. */
+         nb = 0;
+         pchange = true;
+         dp = delprc;
+         delprc = large;
+         delx = 0;
+         for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc] + dp;
+            rc[arc] = rdcost;
+            if (rdcost == 0)
+            {  nb++;
+               save[nb] = arc;
+               delx += x[arc];
+            }
+            if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+               delprc = -rdcost;
+         }
+         for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc] - dp;
+            rc[arc] = rdcost;
+            if (rdcost == 0)
+            {  nb++;
+               save[nb] = -arc;
+               delx += u[arc];
+            }
+            if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+               delprc = rdcost;
+         }
+         /* Return to check if another price change is possible. */
+         goto L4018;
+L4016:   /* Perform flow augmentation at node. */
+         for (j = 1; j <= nb; j++)
+         {  arc = save[j];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  /* arc is an outgoing arc from node. */
+               node2 = endn[arc];
+               t1 = dfct[node2];
+               if (t1 < 0)
+               {  /* Decrease the total deficit by decreasing flow of
+                   * arc. */
+                  quit = true;
+                  t2 = x[arc];
+                  dx = defcit;
+                  if (dx > -t1) dx = -t1;
+                  if (dx > t2) dx = t2;
+                  defcit -= dx;
+                  dfct[node2] = t1 + dx;
+                  if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                     nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                     prevnode = node2;
+                  }
+                  x[arc] = t2 - dx;
+                  u[arc] += dx;
+                  if (defcit == 0)
+                     break;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* -arc is an incoming arc to node. */
+               narc = -arc;
+               node2 = startn[narc];
+               t1 = dfct[node2];
+               if (t1 < 0)
+               {  /* Decrease the total deficit by increasing flow of
+                   * -arc. */
+                  quit = true;
+                  t2 = u[narc];
+                  dx = defcit;
+                  if (dx > -t1) dx = -t1;
+                  if (dx > t2) dx = t2;
+                  defcit -= dx;
+                  dfct[node2] = t1 + dx;
+                  if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                     nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                     prevnode = node2;
+                  }
+                  x[narc] += dx;
+                  u[narc] = t2 - dx;
+                  if (defcit == 0)
+                     break;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+L4019:   dfct[node] = defcit;
+         /* Reconstruct the linked list of balance arcs incident to this
+          * node. For each adjacent node, we add any newly balanced arcs
+          * to the list, but do not bother removing formerly balanced
+          * ones (they will be removed the next time each adjacent node
+          * is scanned). */
+         if (pchange)
+         {  arc = tfstou[node];
+            tfstou[node] = 0;
+            while (arc > 0)
+            {  nxtarc = tnxtou[arc];
+               tnxtou[arc] = -1;
+               arc = nxtarc;
+            }
+            arc = tfstin[node];
+            tfstin[node] = 0;
+            while (arc > 0)
+            {  nxtarc = tnxtin[arc];
+               tnxtin[arc] = -1;
+               arc = nxtarc;
+            }
+            /* Now add the currently balanced arcs to the list for this
+             * node (which is now empty), and the appropriate adjacent
+             * ones. */
+            for (j = 1; j <= nb; j++)
+            {  arc = save[j];
+               if (arc < 0)
+                  arc = -arc;
+               if (tnxtou[arc] < 0)
+               {  tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[startn[arc]];
+                  tfstou[startn[arc]] = arc;
+               }
+               if (tnxtin[arc] < 0)
+               {  tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[endn[arc]];
+                  tfstin[endn[arc]] = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* End of single node iteration for positive deficit node. */
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* Attempt a single node iteration from node with negative
+          * deficit. */
+         pchange = false;
+         defcit = -defcit;
+         indef = defcit;
+         delx = 0;
+         nb = 0;
+         for (arc = tfstin[node]; arc > 0; arc = tnxtin[arc])
+         {  if ((rc[arc] == 0) && (x[arc] > 0))
+            {  delx += x[arc];
+               nb++;
+               save[nb] = arc;
+            }
+         }
+         for (arc = tfstou[node]; arc > 0; arc = tnxtou[arc])
+         {  if ((rc[arc] == 0) && (u[arc] > 0))
+            {  delx += u[arc];
+               nb++;
+               save[nb] = -arc;
+            }
+         }
+L4028:   if (delx >= defcit)
+         {  quit = (defcit < indef);
+            goto L4026;
+         }
+         /* Compute distance to next breakpoint. */
+         delprc = large;
+         for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc];
+            if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+               delprc = -rdcost;
+         }
+         for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc];
+            if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+               delprc = rdcost;
+         }
+         /* Check if problem is infeasible. */
+         if ((delx < defcit) && (delprc == large))
+            return 7;
+         if (delx == 0)
+            goto L4024;
+         /* Flow augmentation is possible. */
+         for (j = 1; j <= nb; j++)
+         {  arc = save[j];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  node2 = startn[arc];
+               t1 = x[arc];
+               dfct[node2] -= t1;
+               if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+               {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                  nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                  prevnode = node2;
+               }
+               u[arc] += t1;
+               x[arc] = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {  narc = -arc;
+               node2 = endn[narc];
+               t1 = u[narc];
+               dfct[node2] -= t1;
+               if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+               {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                  nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                  prevnode = node2;
+               }
+               x[narc] += t1;
+               u[narc] = 0;
+            }
+         }
+         defcit -= delx;
+L4024:   if (delprc == large)
+         {  quit = true;
+            goto L4029;
+         }
+         /* Price increase at node is possible. */
+         nb = 0;
+         pchange = true;
+         dp = delprc;
+         delprc = large;
+         delx = 0;
+         for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc] + dp;
+            rc[arc] = rdcost;
+            if (rdcost == 0)
+            {  nb++;
+               save[nb] = arc;
+               delx += x[arc];
+            }
+            if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+               delprc = -rdcost;
+         }
+         for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  rdcost = rc[arc] - dp;
+            rc[arc] = rdcost;
+            if (rdcost == 0)
+            {  nb++;
+               save[nb] = -arc;
+               delx += u[arc];
+            }
+            if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+               delprc = rdcost;
+         }
+         goto L4028;
+L4026:   /* Perform flow augmentation at node. */
+         for (j = 1; j <= nb; j++)
+         {  arc = save[j];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  /* arc is an incoming arc to node. */
+               node2 = startn[arc];
+               t1 = dfct[node2];
+               if (t1 > 0)
+               {  quit = true;
+                  t2 = x[arc];
+                  dx = defcit;
+                  if (dx > t1) dx = t1;
+                  if (dx > t2) dx = t2;
+                  defcit -= dx;
+                  dfct[node2] = t1 - dx;
+                  if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                     nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                     prevnode = node2;
+                  }
+                  x[arc] = t2 - dx;
+                  u[arc] += dx;
+                  if (defcit == 0)
+                     break;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* -arc is an outgoing arc from node. */
+               narc = -arc;
+               node2 = endn[narc];
+               t1 = dfct[node2];
+               if (t1 > 0)
+               {  quit = true;
+                  t2 = u[narc];
+                  dx = defcit;
+                  if (dx > t1) dx = t1;
+                  if (dx > t2) dx = t2;
+                  defcit -= dx;
+                  dfct[node2] = t1 - dx;
+                  if (nxtqueue[node2] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = node2;
+                     nxtqueue[node2] = node;
+                     prevnode = node2;
+                  }
+                  x[narc] += dx;
+                  u[narc] = t2 - dx;
+                  if (defcit == 0)
+                     break;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+L4029:   dfct[node] = -defcit;
+         /* Reconstruct the list of balanced arcs incident to node. */
+         if (pchange)
+         {  arc = tfstou[node];
+            tfstou[node] = 0;
+            while (arc > 0)
+            {  nxtarc = tnxtou[arc];
+               tnxtou[arc] = -1;
+               arc = nxtarc;
+            }
+            arc = tfstin[node];
+            tfstin[node] = 0;
+            while (arc > 0)
+            {  nxtarc = tnxtin[arc];
+               tnxtin[arc] = -1;
+               arc = nxtarc;
+            }
+            /* Now add the currently balanced arcs to the list for this
+             * node (which is now empty), and the appropriate adjacent
+             * ones. */
+            for (j = 1; j <= nb; j++)
+            {  arc = save[j];
+               if (arc <= 0)
+                  arc = -arc;
+               if (tnxtou[arc] < 0)
+               {  tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[startn[arc]];
+                  tfstou[startn[arc]] = arc;
+               }
+               if (tnxtin[arc] < 0)
+               {  tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[endn[arc]];
+                  tfstin[endn[arc]] = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* End of single node iteration for a negative deficit node. */
+      }
+      if (quit || (num_passes <= 3))
+         goto L100;
+      /* Do a multinode iteration from node. */
+      nmultinode++;
+      /* If number of nonzero deficit nodes is small, continue labeling
+       * until a flow augmentation is done. */
+      svitch = (numnz < tp);
+      /* Unmark nodes labeled earlier. */
+      for (j = 1; j <= nlabel; j++)
+      {  node2 = label[j];
+         mark[node2] = scan[node2] = false;
+      }
+      /* Initialize labeling. */
+      nlabel = 1;
+      label[1] = node;
+      mark[node] = true;
+      prdcsr[node] = 0;
+      /* Scan starting node. */
+      scan[node] = true;
+      nscan = 1;
+      dm = dfct[node];
+      delx = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= nb; j++)
+      {  arc = save[j];
+         if (arc > 0)
+         {  if (posit)
+               node2 = endn[arc];
+            else
+               node2 = startn[arc];
+            if (!mark[node2])
+            {  nlabel++;
+               label[nlabel] = node2;
+               prdcsr[node2] = arc;
+               mark[node2] = true;
+               delx += x[arc];
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  narc = -arc;
+            if (posit)
+               node2 = startn[narc];
+            else
+               node2 = endn[narc];
+            if (!mark[node2])
+            {  nlabel++;
+               label[nlabel] = node2;
+               prdcsr[node2] = arc;
+               mark[node2] = true;
+               delx += u[narc];
+            }
+         }
+      }
+L4120:/* Start scanning a labeled but unscanned node. */
+      nscan++;
+      /* Check to see if switch needs to be set to true so to continue
+       * scanning even after a price change. */
+      svitch = svitch || ((nscan > ts) && (numnz < ts));
+      /* Scanning will continue until either an overestimate of the
+       * residual capacity across the cut corresponding to the scanned
+       * set of nodes (called delx) exceeds the absolute value of the
+       * total deficit of the scanned nodes (called dm), or else an
+       * augmenting path is found. Arcs that are in the tree but are not
+       * balanced are removed as part of the scanning process. */
+      i = label[nscan];
+      scan[i] = true;
+      naugnod = 0;
+      if (posit)
+      {  /* Scanning node i in case of positive deficit. */
+         prvarc = 0;
+         arc = tfstou[i];
+         while (arc > 0)
+         {  /* arc is an outgoing arc from node. */
+            if (rc[arc] == 0)
+            {  if (x[arc] > 0)
+               {  node2 = endn[arc];
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  /* node2 is not labeled, so add node2 to the
+                        labeled set. */
+                     prdcsr[node2] = arc;
+                     if (dfct[node2] < 0)
+                     {  naugnod++;
+                        save[naugnod] = node2;
+                     }
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                     delx += x[arc];
+                  }
+               }
+               prvarc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtou[arc];
+            }
+            else
+            {  tmparc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtou[arc];
+               tnxtou[tmparc] = -1;
+               if (prvarc == 0)
+                  tfstou[i] = arc;
+               else
+                  tnxtou[prvarc] = arc;
+            }
+         }
+         prvarc = 0;
+         arc = tfstin[i];
+         while (arc > 0)
+         {  /* arc is an incoming arc into node. */
+            if (rc[arc] == 0)
+            {  if (u[arc] > 0)
+               {  node2 = startn[arc];
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  /* node2 is not labeled, so add node2 to the
+                      * labeled set. */
+                     prdcsr[node2] = -arc;
+                     if (dfct[node2] < 0)
+                     {  naugnod++;
+                        save[naugnod] = node2;
+                     }
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                     delx += u[arc];
+                  }
+               }
+               prvarc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtin[arc];
+            }
+            else
+            {  tmparc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtin[arc];
+               tnxtin[tmparc] = -1;
+               if (prvarc == 0)
+                  tfstin[i] = arc;
+               else
+                  tnxtin[prvarc] = arc;
+            }
+         }
+         /* Correct the residual capacity of the scanned node cut. */
+         arc = prdcsr[i];
+         if (arc > 0)
+            delx -= x[arc];
+         else
+            delx -= u[-arc];
+         /* End of scanning of node i for positive deficit case. */
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* Scanning node i for negative deficit case. */
+         prvarc = 0;
+         arc = tfstin[i];
+         while (arc > 0)
+         {  if (rc[arc] == 0)
+            {  if (x[arc] > 0)
+               {  node2 = startn[arc];
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  prdcsr[node2] = arc;
+                     if (dfct[node2] > 0)
+                     {  naugnod++;
+                        save[naugnod] = node2;
+                     }
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                     delx += x[arc];
+                  }
+               }
+               prvarc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtin[arc];
+            }
+            else
+            {  tmparc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtin[arc];
+               tnxtin[tmparc] = -1;
+               if (prvarc == 0)
+                  tfstin[i] = arc;
+               else
+                  tnxtin[prvarc] = arc;
+            }
+         }
+         prvarc = 0;
+         arc = tfstou[i];
+         while (arc > 0)
+         {  if (rc[arc] == 0)
+            {  if (u[arc] > 0)
+               {  node2 = endn[arc];
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  prdcsr[node2] = -arc;
+                     if (dfct[node2] > 0)
+                     {  naugnod++;
+                        save[naugnod] = node2;
+                     }
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                     delx += u[arc];
+                  }
+               }
+               prvarc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtou[arc];
+            }
+            else
+            {  tmparc = arc;
+               arc = tnxtou[arc];
+               tnxtou[tmparc] = -1;
+               if (prvarc == 0)
+                  tfstou[i] = arc;
+               else
+                  tnxtou[prvarc] = arc;
+            }
+         }
+         arc = prdcsr[i];
+         if (arc > 0)
+            delx -= x[arc];
+         else
+            delx -= u[-arc];
+      }
+      /* Add deficit of node scanned to dm. */
+      dm += dfct[i];
+      /* Check if the set of scanned nodes correspond to a dual ascent
+       * direction; if yes, perform a price adjustment step, otherwise
+       * continue labeling. */
+      if (nscan < nlabel)
+      {  if (svitch)
+            goto L4210;
+         if ((delx >= dm) && (delx >= -dm))
+            goto L4210;
+      }
+      /* Try a price change.
+       * [Note that since delx - abs(dm) is an overestimate of ascent
+       * slope, we may occasionally try a direction that is not an
+       * ascent direction. In this case the ascnt routines return with
+       * quit = false, so we continue labeling nodes.] */
+      if (posit)
+      {  ascnt1(csa, dm, &delx, &nlabel, &feasbl, &svitch, nscan, node,
+            &prevnode);
+         num_ascnt++;
+      }
+      else
+      {  ascnt2(csa, dm, &delx, &nlabel, &feasbl, &svitch, nscan, node,
+            &prevnode);
+         num_ascnt++;
+      }
+      if (!feasbl)
+         return 8;
+      if (!svitch)
+         goto L100;
+      /* Store those newly labeled nodes to which flow augmentation is
+       * possible. */
+      naugnod = 0;
+      for (j = nscan + 1; j <= nlabel; j++)
+      {  node2 = label[j];
+         if (posit && (dfct[node2] < 0))
+         {  naugnod++;
+            save[naugnod] = node2;
+         }
+         else if ((!posit) && (dfct[node2] > 0))
+         {  naugnod++;
+            save[naugnod] = node2;
+         }
+      }
+L4210:/* Check if flow augmentation is possible. If not, return to scan
+       * another node. */
+      if (naugnod == 0)
+         goto L4120;
+      for (j = 1; j <= naugnod; j++)
+      {  num_augm++;
+         augnod = save[j];
+         if (posit)
+         {  /* Do the augmentation from node with positive deficit. */
+            dx = -dfct[augnod];
+            ib = augnod;
+            while (ib != node)
+            {  arc = prdcsr[ib];
+               if (arc > 0)
+               {  if (dx > x[arc]) dx = x[arc];
+                  ib = startn[arc];
+               }
+               else
+               {  if (dx > u[-arc]) dx = u[-arc];
+                  ib = endn[-arc];
+               }
+            }
+            if (dx > dfct[node]) dx = dfct[node];
+            if (dx > 0)
+            {  /* Increase (decrease) the flow of all forward (backward)
+                * arcs in the flow augmenting path. Adjust node deficit
+                * accordingly. */
+               if (nxtqueue[augnod] == 0)
+               {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = augnod;
+                  nxtqueue[augnod] = node;
+                  prevnode = augnod;
+               }
+               dfct[augnod] += dx;
+               dfct[node] -= dx;
+               ib = augnod;
+               while (ib != node)
+               {  arc = prdcsr[ib];
+                  if (arc > 0)
+                  {  x[arc] -= dx;
+                     u[arc] += dx;
+                     ib = startn[arc];
+                  }
+                  else
+                  {  narc = -arc;
+                     x[narc] += dx;
+                     u[narc] -= dx;
+                     ib = endn[narc];
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* Do the augmentation from node with negative deficit. */
+            dx = dfct[augnod];
+            ib = augnod;
+            while (ib != node)
+            {  arc = prdcsr[ib];
+               if (arc > 0)
+               {  if (dx > x[arc]) dx = x[arc];
+                  ib = endn[arc];
+               }
+               else
+               {  if (dx > u[-arc]) dx = u[-arc];
+                  ib = startn[-arc];
+               }
+            }
+            if (dx > -dfct[node]) dx = -dfct[node];
+            if (dx > 0)
+            {  /* Update the flow and deficits. */
+               if (nxtqueue[augnod] == 0)
+               {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = augnod;
+                  nxtqueue[augnod] = node;
+                  prevnode = augnod;
+               }
+               dfct[augnod] -= dx;
+               dfct[node] += dx;
+               ib = augnod;
+               while (ib != node)
+               {  arc = prdcsr[ib];
+                  if (arc > 0)
+                  {  x[arc] -= dx;
+                     u[arc] += dx;
+                     ib = endn[arc];
+                  }
+                  else
+                  {  narc = -arc;
+                     x[narc] += dx;
+                     u[narc] -= dx;
+                     ib = startn[narc];
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         if (dfct[node] == 0)
+            goto L100;
+         if (dfct[augnod] != 0)
+            svitch = false;
+      }
+      /* If node still has nonzero deficit and all newly labeled nodes
+       * have same sign for their deficit as node, we can continue
+       * labeling. In this case, continue labeling only when flow
+       * augmentation is done relatively infrequently. */
+      if (svitch && (iter > 8 * num_augm))
+         goto L4120;
+      /* Return to do another relaxation iteration. */
+      goto L100;
+#     undef nmultinode
+#     undef iter
+#     undef num_augm
+#     undef num_ascnt
+#     undef nsp
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  relax4_inidat - construct linked lists for network topology
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine constructs two linked lists for the network topology:
+*  one list (given by fou, nxtou) for the outgoing arcs of nodes and
+*  one list (given by fin, nxtin) for the incoming arcs of nodes. These
+*  two lists are required by RELAX4.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  n         = number of nodes
+*  na        = number of arcs
+*  startn[j] = starting node for arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  endn[j]   = ending node for arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  fou[i]    = first arc out of node i, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtou[j]  = next arc out of the starting node of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  fin[i]    = first arc into node i, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtin[j]  = next arc into the ending node of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*
+*  WORKING PARAMETERS
+*
+*  tempin[1+n], tempou[1+n] */
+
+void relax4_inidat(struct relax4_csa *csa)
+{     /* input parameters */
+      int n = csa->n;
+      int na = csa->na;
+      int *startn = csa->startn;
+      int *endn = csa->endn;
+      /* output parameters */
+      int *fou = csa->fou;
+      int *nxtou = csa->nxtou;
+      int *fin = csa->fin;
+      int *nxtin = csa->nxtin;
+      /* working parameters */
+      int *tempin = csa->label;
+      int *tempou = csa->prdcsr;
+      /* local variables */
+      int i, i1, i2;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  fin[i] = fou[i] = 0;
+         tempin[i] = tempou[i] = 0;
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= na; i++)
+      {  nxtin[i] = nxtou[i] = 0;
+         i1 = startn[i];
+         i2 = endn[i];
+         if (fou[i1] != 0)
+            nxtou[tempou[i1]] = i;
+         else
+            fou[i1] = i;
+         tempou[i1] = i;
+         if (fin[i2] != 0)
+            nxtin[tempin[i2]] = i;
+         else
+            fin[i2] = i;
+         tempin[i2] = i;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ascnt1 - multi-node price adjustment for positive deficit case
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This subroutine performs the multi-node price adjustment step for
+*  the case where the scanned nodes have positive deficit. It first
+*  checks if decreasing the price of the scanned nodes increases the
+*  dual cost. If yes, then it decreases the price of all scanned nodes.
+*  There are two possibilities for price decrease: if switch = true,
+*  then the set of scanned nodes corresponds to an elementary direction
+*  of maximal rate of ascent, in which case the price of all scanned
+*  nodes are decreased until the next breakpoint in the dual cost is
+*  encountered. At this point, some arc becomes balanced and more
+*  node(s) are added to the labeled set and the subroutine is exited.
+*  If switch = false, then the price of all scanned nodes are decreased
+*  until the rate of ascent becomes negative (this corresponds to the
+*  price adjustment step in which both the line search and the
+*  degenerate ascent iteration are implemented).
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  dm        = total deficit of scanned nodes
+*  switch    = true if labeling is to continue after price change
+*  nscan     = number of scanned nodes
+*  curnode   = most recently scanned node
+*  n         = number of nodes
+*  na        = number of arcs
+*  large     = a very large integer to represent infinity (see note 3)
+*  startn[i] = starting node for the i-th arc, i = 1,...,na
+*  endn[i]   = ending node for the i-th arc, i = 1,...,na
+*  fou[i]    = first arc leaving i-th node, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtou[i]  = next arc leaving the starting node of j-th arc,
+*              i = 1,...,na
+*  fin[i]    = first arc entering i-th node, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtin[i]  = next arc entering the ending node of j-th arc,
+*              i = 1,...,na
+*
+*  UPDATED PARAMETERS
+*
+*  delx      = a lower estimate of the total flow on balanced arcs in
+*              the scanned-nodes cut
+*  nlabel    = number of labeled nodes
+*  feasbl    = false if problem is found to be infeasible
+*  prevnode  = the node before curnode in queue
+*  rc[j]     = reduced cost of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  u[j]      = residual capacity of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  x[j]      = flow on arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  dfct[i]   = deficit at node i, i = 1,...,n
+*  label[k]  = k-th node labeled, k = 1,...,nlabel
+*  prdcsr[i] = predecessor of node i in tree of labeled nodes (0 if i
+*              is unlabeled), i = 1,...,n
+*  tfstou[i] = first balanced arc out of node i, i = 1,...,n
+*  tnxtou[j] = next balanced arc out of the starting node of arc j,
+*              j = 1,...,na
+*  tfstin[i] = first balanced arc into node i, i = 1,...,n
+*  tnxtin[j] = next balanced arc into the ending node of arc j,
+*              j = 1,...,na
+*  nxtqueue[i] = node following node i in the fifo queue (0 if node is
+*              not in the queue), i = 1,...,n
+*  scan[i]   = true if node i is scanned, i = 1,...,n
+*  mark[i]   = true if node i is labeled, i = 1,...,n
+*
+*  WORKING PARAMETERS
+*
+*  save[1+na] */
+
+static void ascnt1(struct relax4_csa *csa, int dm, int *delx,
+      int *nlabel, int *feasbl, int *svitch, int nscan, int curnode,
+      int *prevnode)
+{     /* input parameters */
+      int n = csa->n;
+      /* int na = csa->na; */
+      int large = csa->large;
+      int *startn = csa->startn;
+      int *endn = csa->endn;
+      int *fou = csa->fou;
+      int *nxtou = csa->nxtou;
+      int *fin = csa->fin;
+      int *nxtin = csa->nxtin;
+      /* updated parameters */
+#     define delx (*delx)
+#     define nlabel (*nlabel)
+#     define feasbl (*feasbl)
+#     define svitch (*svitch)
+#     define prevnode (*prevnode)
+      int *rc = csa->rc;
+      int *u = csa->u;
+      int *x = csa->x;
+      int *dfct = csa->dfct;
+      int *label = csa->label;
+      int *prdcsr = csa->prdcsr;
+      int *tfstou = csa->tfstou;
+      int *tnxtou = csa->tnxtou;
+      int *tfstin = csa->tfstin;
+      int *tnxtin = csa->tnxtin;
+      int *nxtqueue = csa->nxtqueue;
+      char *scan = csa->scan;
+      char *mark = csa->mark;
+      int *save = csa->save;
+      /* local variables */
+      int arc, delprc, dlx, i, j, nb, node, node2, nsave, rdcost, t1,
+         t2, t3;
+      /* Store the arcs between the set of scanned nodes and its
+       * complement in save and compute delprc, the stepsize to the next
+       * breakpoint in the dual cost in the direction of decreasing
+       * prices of the scanned nodes.
+       * [The arcs are stored into save by looking at the arcs incident
+       * to either the set of scanned nodes or its complement, depending
+       * on whether nscan > n/2 or not. This improves the efficiency of
+       * storing.] */
+      delprc = large;
+      dlx = 0;
+      nsave = 0;
+      if (nscan <= n / 2)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nscan; i++)
+         {  node = label[i];
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  /* arc points from scanned node to an unscanned node. */
+               node2 = endn[arc];
+               if (!scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node2] != arc))
+                     dlx += x[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+                     delprc = -rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  /* arc points from unscanned node to scanned node. */
+               node2 = startn[arc];
+               if (!scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = -arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node2] != -arc))
+                     dlx += u[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+                     delprc = rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  for (node = 1; node <= n; node++)
+         {  if (scan[node])
+               continue;
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  node2 = startn[arc];
+               if (scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node] != arc))
+                     dlx += x[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+                     delprc = -rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  node2 = endn[arc];
+               if (scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = -arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node] != -arc))
+                     dlx += u[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+                     delprc = rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* Check if the set of scanned nodes truly corresponds to a dual
+       * ascent direction. [Here delx + dlx is the exact sum of the flow
+       * on arcs from the scanned set to the unscanned set plus the
+       * (capacity - flow) on arcs from the unscanned set to the scanned
+       * set.] If this were not the case, set switch to true and exit
+       * subroutine. */
+      if ((!svitch) && (delx + dlx >= dm))
+      {  svitch = true;
+         return;
+      }
+      delx += dlx;
+L4:   /* Check that the problem is feasible. */
+      if (delprc == large)
+      {  /* We can increase the dual cost without bound, so the primal
+          * problem is infeasible. */
+         feasbl = false;
+         return;
+      }
+      /* Decrease the prices of the scanned nodes, add more nodes to
+       * the labeled set and check if a newly labeled node has negative
+       * deficit. */
+      if (svitch)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nsave; i++)
+         {  arc = save[i];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  rc[arc] += delprc;
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+               {  node2 = endn[arc];
+                  if (tnxtou[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[startn[arc]];
+                     tfstou[startn[arc]] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (tnxtin[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[node2];
+                     tfstin[node2] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  prdcsr[node2] = arc;
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  arc = -arc;
+               rc[arc] -= delprc;
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+               {  node2 = startn[arc];
+                  if (tnxtou[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[node2];
+                     tfstou[node2] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (tnxtin[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[endn[arc]];
+                     tfstin[endn[arc]] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  prdcsr[node2] = -arc;
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         return;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* Decrease the prices of the scanned nodes by delprc. Adjust
+          * flow to maintain complementary slackness with the prices. */
+         nb = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= nsave; i++)
+         {  arc = save[i];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  t1 = rc[arc];
+               if (t1 == 0)
+               {  t2 = x[arc];
+                  t3 = startn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] -= t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  t3 = endn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] += t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  u[arc] += t2;
+                  x[arc] = 0;
+               }
+               rc[arc] = t1 + delprc;
+#if 0 /* by mao; 26/IV-2013 */
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+#else
+               if (rc[arc] == 0 && nb < n)
+#endif
+               {  delx += x[arc];
+                  nb++;
+                  prdcsr[nb] = arc;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  arc = -arc;
+               t1 = rc[arc];
+               if (t1 == 0)
+               {  t2 = u[arc];
+                  t3 = startn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] += t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  t3 = endn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] -= t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  x[arc] += t2;
+                  u[arc] = 0;
+               }
+               rc[arc] = t1 - delprc;
+#if 0 /* by mao; 26/IV-2013 */
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+#else
+               if (rc[arc] == 0 && nb < n)
+#endif
+               {  delx += u[arc];
+                  nb++;
+                  prdcsr[nb] = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      if (delx <= dm)
+      {  /* The set of scanned nodes still corresponds to a dual
+          * (possibly degenerate) ascent direction. Compute the stepsize
+          * delprc to the next breakpoint in the dual cost. */
+         delprc = large;
+         for (i = 1; i <= nsave; i++)
+         {  arc = save[i];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  rdcost = rc[arc];
+               if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+                  delprc = -rdcost;
+            }
+            else
+            {  arc = -arc;
+               rdcost = rc[arc];
+               if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+                  delprc = rdcost;
+            }
+         }
+         if ((delprc != large) || (delx < dm))
+            goto L4;
+      }
+      /* Add new balanced arcs to the superset of balanced arcs. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nb; i++)
+      {  arc = prdcsr[i];
+         if (tnxtin[arc] == -1)
+         {  j = endn[arc];
+            tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[j];
+            tfstin[j] = arc;
+         }
+         if (tnxtou[arc] == -1)
+         {  j = startn[arc];
+            tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[j];
+            tfstou[j] = arc;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+#     undef delx
+#     undef nlabel
+#     undef feasbl
+#     undef svitch
+#     undef prevnode
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  ascnt2 - multi-node price adjustment for negative deficit case
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine is analogous to ascnt1 but for the case where the
+*  scanned nodes have negative deficit. */
+
+static void ascnt2(struct relax4_csa *csa, int dm, int *delx,
+      int *nlabel, int *feasbl, int *svitch, int nscan, int curnode,
+      int *prevnode)
+{     /* input parameters */
+      int n = csa->n;
+      /* int na = csa->na; */
+      int large = csa->large;
+      int *startn = csa->startn;
+      int *endn = csa->endn;
+      int *fou = csa->fou;
+      int *nxtou = csa->nxtou;
+      int *fin = csa->fin;
+      int *nxtin = csa->nxtin;
+      /* updated parameters */
+#     define delx (*delx)
+#     define nlabel (*nlabel)
+#     define feasbl (*feasbl)
+#     define svitch (*svitch)
+#     define prevnode (*prevnode)
+      int *rc = csa->rc;
+      int *u = csa->u;
+      int *x = csa->x;
+      int *dfct = csa->dfct;
+      int *label = csa->label;
+      int *prdcsr = csa->prdcsr;
+      int *tfstou = csa->tfstou;
+      int *tnxtou = csa->tnxtou;
+      int *tfstin = csa->tfstin;
+      int *tnxtin = csa->tnxtin;
+      int *nxtqueue = csa->nxtqueue;
+      char *scan = csa->scan;
+      char *mark = csa->mark;
+      int *save = csa->save;
+      /* local variables */
+      int arc, delprc, dlx, i, j, nb, node, node2, nsave, rdcost, t1,
+         t2, t3;
+      /* Store the arcs between the set of scanned nodes and its
+       * complement in save and compute delprc, the stepsize to the next
+       * breakpoint in the dual cost in the direction of increasing
+       * prices of the scanned nodes. */
+      delprc = large;
+      dlx = 0;
+      nsave = 0;
+      if (nscan <= n / 2)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nscan; i++)
+         {  node = label[i];
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  node2 = startn[arc];
+               if (!scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node2] != arc))
+                     dlx += x[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+                     delprc = -rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  node2 = endn[arc];
+               if (!scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = -arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node2] != -arc))
+                     dlx += u[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+                     delprc = rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  for (node = 1; node <= n; node++)
+         {  if (scan[node])
+               continue;
+            for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+            {  node2 = endn[arc];
+               if (scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node] != arc))
+                     dlx += x[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+                     delprc = -rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+            for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+            {  node2 = startn[arc];
+               if (scan[node2])
+               {  nsave++;
+                  save[nsave] = -arc;
+                  rdcost = rc[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost == 0) && (prdcsr[node] != -arc))
+                     dlx += u[arc];
+                  if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+                     delprc = rdcost;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      if ((!svitch) && (delx + dlx >= -dm))
+      {  svitch = true;
+         return;
+      }
+      delx += dlx;
+      /* Check that the problem is feasible. */
+L4:   if (delprc == large)
+      {  feasbl = false;
+         return;
+      }
+      /* Increase the prices of the scanned nodes, add more nodes to
+       * the labeled set and check if a newly labeled node has positive
+       * deficit. */
+      if (svitch)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= nsave; i++)
+         {  arc = save[i];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  rc[arc] += delprc;
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+               {  node2 = startn[arc];
+                  if (tnxtou[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[node2];
+                     tfstou[node2] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (tnxtin[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[endn[arc]];
+                     tfstin[endn[arc]] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  prdcsr[node2] = arc;
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  arc = -arc;
+               rc[arc] -= delprc;
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+               {  node2 = endn[arc];
+                  if (tnxtou[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[startn[arc]];
+                     tfstou[startn[arc]] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (tnxtin[arc] < 0)
+                  {  tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[node2];
+                     tfstin[node2] = arc;
+                  }
+                  if (!mark[node2])
+                  {  prdcsr[node2] = -arc;
+                     nlabel++;
+                     label[nlabel] = node2;
+                     mark[node2] = true;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         return;
+      }
+      else
+      {  nb = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= nsave; i++)
+         {  arc = save[i];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  t1 = rc[arc];
+               if (t1 == 0)
+               {  t2 = x[arc];
+                  t3 = startn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] -= t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  t3 = endn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] += t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  u[arc] += t2;
+                  x[arc] = 0;
+               }
+               rc[arc] = t1 + delprc;
+#if 0 /* by mao; 26/IV-2013 */
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+#else
+               if (rc[arc] == 0 && nb < n)
+#endif
+               {  delx += x[arc];
+                  nb++;
+                  prdcsr[nb] = arc;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  arc = -arc;
+               t1 = rc[arc];
+               if (t1 == 0)
+               {  t2 = u[arc];
+                  t3 = startn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] += t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  t3 = endn[arc];
+                  dfct[t3] -= t2;
+                  if (nxtqueue[t3] == 0)
+                  {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = t3;
+                     nxtqueue[t3] = curnode;
+                     prevnode = t3;
+                  }
+                  x[arc] += t2;
+                  u[arc] = 0;
+               }
+               rc[arc] = t1 - delprc;
+#if 0 /* by mao; 26/IV-2013 */
+               if (rc[arc] == 0)
+#else
+               if (rc[arc] == 0 && nb < n)
+#endif
+               {  delx += u[arc];
+                  nb++;
+                  prdcsr[nb] = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      if (delx <= -dm)
+      {  delprc = large;
+         for (i = 1; i <= nsave; i++)
+         {  arc = save[i];
+            if (arc > 0)
+            {  rdcost = rc[arc];
+               if ((rdcost < 0) && (rdcost > -delprc))
+                  delprc = -rdcost;
+            }
+            else
+            {  arc = -arc;
+               rdcost = rc[arc];
+               if ((rdcost > 0) && (rdcost < delprc))
+                  delprc = rdcost;
+            }
+         }
+         if ((delprc != large) || (delx < -dm))
+            goto L4;
+      }
+      /* Add new balanced arcs to the superset of balanced arcs. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nb; i++)
+      {  arc = prdcsr[i];
+         if (tnxtin[arc] == -1)
+         {  j = endn[arc];
+            tnxtin[arc] = tfstin[j];
+            tfstin[j] = arc;
+         }
+         if (tnxtou[arc] == -1)
+         {  j = startn[arc];
+            tnxtou[arc] = tfstou[j];
+            tfstou[j] = arc;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+#     undef delx
+#     undef nlabel
+#     undef feasbl
+#     undef svitch
+#     undef prevnode
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  auction - compute good initial flow and prices
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This subroutine uses a version of the auction algorithm for min
+*  cost network flow to compute a good initial flow and prices for the
+*  problem.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  n         = number of nodes
+*  na        = number of arcs
+*  large     = a very large integer to represent infinity (see note 3)
+*  startn[i] = starting node for the i-th arc, i = 1,...,na
+*  endn[i]   = ending node for the i-th arc, i = 1,...,na
+*  fou[i]    = first arc leaving i-th node, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtou[i]  = next arc leaving the starting node of j-th arc,
+*              i = 1,...,na
+*  fin[i]    = first arc entering i-th node, i = 1,...,n
+*  nxtin[i]  = next arc entering the ending node of j-th arc,
+*              i = 1,...,na
+*
+*  UPDATED PARAMETERS
+*
+*  rc[j]     = reduced cost of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  u[j]      = residual capacity of arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  x[j]      = flow on arc j, j = 1,...,na
+*  dfct[i]   = deficit at node i, i = 1,...,n
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  nsp       = number of auction/shortest path iterations
+*
+*  WORKING PARAMETERS
+*
+*  p[1+n], prdcsr[1+n], save[1+na], fpushf[1+n], nxtpushf[1+na],
+*  fpushb[1+n], nxtpushb[1+na], nxtqueue[1+n], extend_arc[1+n],
+*  sb_level[1+n], sb_arc[1+n], path_id[1+n]
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0         = normal return
+*  1         = problem is found to be infeasible */
+
+static int auction(struct relax4_csa *csa)
+{     /* input parameters */
+      int n = csa->n;
+      int na = csa->na;
+      int large = csa->large;
+      int *startn = csa->startn;
+      int *endn = csa->endn;
+      int *fou = csa->fou;
+      int *nxtou = csa->nxtou;
+      int *fin = csa->fin;
+      int *nxtin = csa->nxtin;
+      /* updated parameters */
+#     define crash (csa->crash)
+      int *rc = csa->rc;
+      int *u = csa->u;
+      int *x = csa->x;
+      int *dfct = csa->dfct;
+      /* output parameters */
+#     define nsp (csa->nsp)
+      /* working parameters */
+      int *p = csa->label;
+      int *prdcsr = csa->prdcsr;
+      int *save = csa->save;
+      int *fpushf = csa->tfstou;
+      int *nxtpushf = csa->tnxtou;
+      int *fpushb = csa->tfstin;
+      int *nxtpushb = csa->tnxtin;
+      int *nxtqueue = csa->nxtqueue;
+      int *extend_arc = csa->extend_arc;
+      int *sb_level = csa->sb_level;
+      int *sb_arc = csa->sb_arc;
+      char *path_id = csa->mark;
+      /* local variables */
+      int arc, bstlevel, end, eps, extarc, factor, flow, i, incr,
+         last, lastqueue, maxcost, mincost, nas, naug, new_level, node,
+         nolist, num_passes, nxtnode, pass, pend, pr_term, prd,
+         prevarc, prevlevel, prevnode, pstart, pterm, rdcost, red_cost,
+         resid, root, secarc, seclevel, start, term, thresh_dfct;
+      /* start initialization using auction */
+      naug = 0;
+      pass = 0;
+      thresh_dfct = 0;
+      /* factor determines by how much epsilon is reduced at each
+       * minimization */
+      factor = 3;
+      /* num_passes determines how many auction scaling phases are
+       * performed */
+      num_passes = 1;
+      /* set arc flows to satisfy cs and calculate maxcost and
+       * mincost */
+      maxcost = -large;
+      mincost = large;
+      for (arc = 1; arc <= na; arc++)
+      {  start = startn[arc];
+         end = endn[arc];
+         rdcost = rc[arc];
+         if (maxcost < rdcost)
+            maxcost = rdcost;
+         if (mincost > rdcost)
+            mincost = rdcost;
+         if (rdcost < 0)
+         {  dfct[start] += u[arc];
+            dfct[end] -= u[arc];
+            x[arc] = u[arc];
+            u[arc] = 0;
+         }
+         else
+            x[arc] = 0;
+      }
+      /* set initial epsilon */
+      if ((maxcost - mincost) >= 8)
+         eps = (maxcost - mincost) / 8;
+      else
+         eps = 1;
+      /* set initial prices to zero */
+      for (node = 1; node <= n; node++)
+         p[node] = 0;
+      /* Initialization using auction/shortest paths. */
+L100: /* Start of the first scaling phase. */
+      pass++;
+      if ((pass == num_passes) || (eps == 1))
+         crash = 0;
+      nolist = 0;
+      /* construct list of positive surplus nodes and queue of negative
+       * surplus nodes */
+      for (node = 1; node <= n; node++)
+      {  prdcsr[node] = 0;
+         path_id[node] = false;
+         extend_arc[node] = 0;
+         sb_level[node] = -large;
+         nxtqueue[node] = node + 1;
+         if (dfct[node] > 0)
+         {  nolist++;
+            save[nolist] = node;
+         }
+      }
+      nxtqueue[n] = 1;
+      root = 1;
+      prevnode = lastqueue = n;
+      /* initialization with down iterations for negative surplus
+       * nodes */
+      for (i = 1; i <= nolist; i++)
+      {  node = save[i];
+         nsp++;
+         /* build the list of arcs w/ room for pushing flow and find
+          * proper price for down iteration */
+         bstlevel = -large;
+         fpushf[node] = 0;
+         for (arc = fou[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  if (u[arc] > 0)
+            {  if (fpushf[node] == 0)
+               {  fpushf[node] = arc;
+                  nxtpushf[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+               else
+               {  nxtpushf[last] = arc;
+                  nxtpushf[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+            }
+            if (x[arc] > 0)
+            {  new_level = p[endn[arc]] + rc[arc];
+               if (new_level > bstlevel)
+               {  bstlevel = new_level;
+                  extarc = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         fpushb[node] = 0;
+         for (arc = fin[node]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+         {  if (x[arc] > 0)
+            {  if (fpushb[node] == 0)
+               {  fpushb[node] = arc;
+                  nxtpushb[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+               else
+               {  nxtpushb[last] = arc;
+                  nxtpushb[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+            }
+            if (u[arc] > 0)
+            {  new_level = p[startn[arc]] - rc[arc];
+               if (new_level > bstlevel)
+               {  bstlevel = new_level;
+                  extarc = -arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         extend_arc[node] = extarc;
+         p[node] = bstlevel - eps;
+      }
+L200: /* Start the augmentation cycles of the new scaling phase. */
+      if (dfct[root] >= thresh_dfct)
+         goto L3000;
+      term = root;
+      path_id[root] = true;
+L500: /* Main forward algorithm with root as origin. */
+      /* start of a new forward iteration */
+      pterm = p[term];
+      extarc = extend_arc[term];
+      if (extarc == 0)
+      {  /* build the list of arcs w/ room for pushing flow */
+         fpushf[term] = 0;
+         for (arc = fou[term]; arc > 0; arc = nxtou[arc])
+         {  if (u[arc] > 0)
+            {  if (fpushf[term] == 0)
+               {  fpushf[term] = arc;
+                  nxtpushf[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+               else
+               {  nxtpushf[last] = arc;
+                  nxtpushf[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         fpushb[term] = 0;
+         for (arc = fin[term]; arc > 0; arc = nxtin[arc])
+         {  if (x[arc] > 0)
+            {  if (fpushb[term] == 0)
+               {  fpushb[term] = arc;
+                  nxtpushb[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+               else
+               {  nxtpushb[last] = arc;
+                  nxtpushb[arc] = 0;
+                  last = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         goto L600;
+      }
+      /* speculative path extension attempt */
+      /* note: arc > 0 means that arc is oriented from the root to the
+       * destinations
+       * arc < 0 means that arc is oriented from the destinations to the
+       * root
+       * extarc = 0 or prdarc = 0, means the extension arc or the
+       * predecessor arc, respectively, has not been established */
+      if (extarc > 0)
+      {  if (u[extarc] == 0)
+         {  seclevel = sb_level[term];
+            goto L580;
+         }
+         end = endn[extarc];
+         bstlevel = p[end] + rc[extarc];
+         if (pterm >= bstlevel)
+         {  if (path_id[end])
+               goto L1200;
+            term = end;
+            prdcsr[term] = extarc;
+            path_id[term] = true;
+            /* if negative surplus node is found, do an augmentation */
+            if (dfct[term] > 0)
+               goto L2000;
+            /* return for another iteration */
+            goto L500;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  extarc = -extarc;
+         if (x[extarc] == 0)
+         {  seclevel = sb_level[term];
+            goto L580;
+         }
+         start = startn[extarc];
+         bstlevel = p[start] - rc[extarc];
+         if (pterm >= bstlevel)
+         {  if (path_id[start])
+               goto L1200;
+            term = start;
+            prdcsr[term] = -extarc;
+            path_id[term] = true;
+            /* if negative surplus node is found, do an augmentation */
+            if (dfct[term] > 0)
+               goto L2000;
+            /* return for another iteration */
+            goto L500;
+         }
+      }
+L550: /* second best logic test applied to save a full node scan
+       * if old best level continues to be best go for another
+       * contraction */
+      seclevel = sb_level[term];
+      if (bstlevel <= seclevel)
+         goto L800;
+L580: /* if second best can be used do either a contraction or start
+       * over with a speculative extension */
+      if (seclevel > -large)
+      {  extarc = sb_arc[term];
+         if (extarc > 0)
+         {  if (u[extarc] == 0)
+               goto L600;
+            bstlevel = p[endn[extarc]] + rc[extarc];
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (x[-extarc] == 0)
+               goto L600;
+            bstlevel = p[startn[-extarc]] - rc[-extarc];
+         }
+         if (bstlevel == seclevel)
+         {  sb_level[term] = -large;
+            extend_arc[term] = extarc;
+            goto L800;
+         }
+      }
+L600: /* extension/contraction attempt was unsuccessful, so scan
+       * terminal node */
+      nsp++;
+      bstlevel = seclevel = large;
+      for (arc = fpushf[term]; arc > 0; arc = nxtpushf[arc])
+      {  new_level = p[endn[arc]] + rc[arc];
+         if (new_level < seclevel)
+         {  if (new_level < bstlevel)
+            {  seclevel = bstlevel;
+               bstlevel = new_level;
+               secarc = extarc;
+               extarc = arc;
+            }
+            else
+            {  seclevel = new_level;
+               secarc = arc;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      for (arc = fpushb[term]; arc > 0; arc = nxtpushb[arc])
+      {  new_level = p[startn[arc]] - rc[arc];
+         if (new_level < seclevel)
+         {  if (new_level < bstlevel)
+            {  seclevel = bstlevel;
+               bstlevel = new_level;
+               secarc = extarc;
+               extarc = -arc;
+            }
+            else
+            {  seclevel = new_level;
+               secarc = -arc;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      sb_level[term] = seclevel;
+      sb_arc[term] = secarc;
+      extend_arc[term] = extarc;
+L800: /* End of node scan. */
+      /* if the terminal node is the root, adjust its price and change
+       * root */
+      if (term == root)
+      {  p[term] = bstlevel + eps;
+         if (p[term] >= large)
+         {  /* no path to the destination */
+            /* problem is found to be infeasible */
+            return 1;
+         }
+         path_id[root] = false;
+         prevnode = root;
+         root = nxtqueue[root];
+         goto L200;
+      }
+      /* check whether extension or contraction */
+      prd = prdcsr[term];
+      if (prd > 0)
+      {  pr_term = startn[prd];
+         prevlevel = p[pr_term] - rc[prd];
+      }
+      else
+      {  pr_term = endn[-prd];
+         prevlevel = p[pr_term] + rc[-prd];
+      }
+      if (prevlevel > bstlevel)
+      {  /* path extension */
+         if (prevlevel >= bstlevel + eps)
+            p[term] = bstlevel + eps;
+         else
+            p[term] = prevlevel;
+         if (extarc > 0)
+         {  end = endn[extarc];
+            if (path_id[end])
+               goto L1200;
+            term = end;
+         }
+         else
+         {  start = startn[-extarc];
+            if (path_id[start])
+               goto L1200;
+            term = start;
+         }
+         prdcsr[term] = extarc;
+         path_id[term] = true;
+         /* if negative surplus node is found, do an augmentation */
+         if (dfct[term] > 0)
+            goto L2000;
+         /* return for another iteration */
+         goto L500;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* path contraction */
+         p[term] = bstlevel + eps;
+         path_id[term] = false;
+         term = pr_term;
+         if (pr_term != root)
+         {  if (bstlevel <= pterm + eps)
+               goto L2000;
+         }
+         pterm = p[term];
+         extarc = prd;
+         if (prd > 0)
+            bstlevel += eps + rc[prd];
+         else
+            bstlevel += eps - rc[-prd];
+         /* do a second best test and if that fails, do a full node
+          * scan */
+         goto L550;
+      }
+L1200:/* A cycle is about to form; do a retreat sequence. */
+      node = term;
+L1600:if (node != root)
+      {  path_id[node] = false;
+         prd = prdcsr[node];
+         if (prd > 0)
+         {  pr_term = startn[prd];
+            if (p[pr_term] == p[node] + rc[prd] + eps)
+            {  node = pr_term;
+               goto L1600;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  pr_term = endn[-prd];
+            if (p[pr_term] == p[node] - rc[-prd] + eps)
+            {  node = pr_term;
+               goto L1600;
+            }
+         }
+         /* do a full scan and price rise at pr_term */
+         nsp++;
+         bstlevel = seclevel = large;
+         for (arc = fpushf[pr_term]; arc > 0; arc = nxtpushf[arc])
+         {  new_level = p[endn[arc]] + rc[arc];
+            if (new_level < seclevel)
+            {  if (new_level < bstlevel)
+               {  seclevel = bstlevel;
+                  bstlevel = new_level;
+                  secarc = extarc;
+                  extarc = arc;
+               }
+               else
+               {  seclevel = new_level;
+                  secarc = arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         for (arc = fpushb[pr_term]; arc > 0; arc = nxtpushb[arc])
+         {  new_level = p[startn[arc]] - rc[arc];
+            if (new_level < seclevel)
+            {  if (new_level < bstlevel)
+               {  seclevel = bstlevel;
+                  bstlevel = new_level;
+                  secarc = extarc;
+                  extarc = -arc;
+               }
+               else
+               {  seclevel = new_level;
+                  secarc = -arc;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         sb_level[pr_term] = seclevel;
+         sb_arc[pr_term] = secarc;
+         extend_arc[pr_term] = extarc;
+         p[pr_term] = bstlevel + eps;
+         if (pr_term == root)
+         {  prevnode = root;
+            path_id[root] = false;
+            root = nxtqueue[root];
+            goto L200;
+         }
+         path_id[pr_term] = false;
+         prd = prdcsr[pr_term];
+         if (prd > 0)
+            term = startn[prd];
+         else
+            term = endn[-prd];
+         if (term == root)
+         {  prevnode = root;
+            path_id[root] = false;
+            root = nxtqueue[root];
+            goto L200;
+         }
+         else
+            goto L2000;
+      }
+L2000:/* End of auction/shortest path routine. */
+      /* do augmentation from root and correct the push lists */
+      incr = -dfct[root];
+      for (node = root;;)
+      {  extarc = extend_arc[node];
+         path_id[node] = false;
+         if (extarc > 0)
+         {  node = endn[extarc];
+            if (incr > u[extarc])
+               incr = u[extarc];
+         }
+         else
+         {  node = startn[-extarc];
+            if (incr > x[-extarc])
+               incr = x[-extarc];
+         }
+         if (node == term)
+            break;
+      }
+      path_id[term] = false;
+      if (dfct[term] > 0)
+      {  if (incr > dfct[term])
+            incr = dfct[term];
+      }
+      for (node = root;;)
+      {  extarc = extend_arc[node];
+         if (extarc > 0)
+         {  end = endn[extarc];
+            /* add arc to the reduced graph */
+            if (x[extarc] == 0)
+            {  nxtpushb[extarc] = fpushb[end];
+               fpushb[end] = extarc;
+               new_level = p[node] - rc[extarc];
+               if (sb_level[end] > new_level)
+               {  sb_level[end] = new_level;
+                  sb_arc[end] = -extarc;
+               }
+            }
+            x[extarc] += incr;
+            u[extarc] -= incr;
+            /* remove arc from the reduced graph */
+            if (u[extarc] == 0)
+            {  nas++;
+               arc = fpushf[node];
+               if (arc == extarc)
+                  fpushf[node] = nxtpushf[arc];
+               else
+               {  prevarc = arc;
+                  arc = nxtpushf[arc];
+                  while (arc > 0)
+                  {  if (arc == extarc)
+                     {  nxtpushf[prevarc] = nxtpushf[arc];
+                        break;
+                     }
+                     prevarc = arc;
+                     arc = nxtpushf[arc];
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            node = end;
+         }
+         else
+         {  extarc = -extarc;
+            start = startn[extarc];
+            /* add arc to the reduced graph */
+            if (u[extarc] == 0)
+            {  nxtpushf[extarc] = fpushf[start];
+               fpushf[start] = extarc;
+               new_level = p[node] + rc[extarc];
+               if (sb_level[start] > new_level)
+               {  sb_level[start] = new_level;
+                  sb_arc[start] = extarc;
+               }
+            }
+            u[extarc] += incr;
+            x[extarc] -= incr;
+            /* remove arc from the reduced graph */
+            if (x[extarc] == 0)
+            {  nas++;
+               arc = fpushb[node];
+               if (arc == extarc)
+                  fpushb[node] = nxtpushb[arc];
+               else
+               {  prevarc = arc;
+                  arc = nxtpushb[arc];
+                  while (arc > 0)
+                  {  if (arc == extarc)
+                     {  nxtpushb[prevarc] = nxtpushb[arc];
+                        break;
+                     }
+                     prevarc = arc;
+                     arc = nxtpushb[arc];
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            node = start;
+         }
+         if (node == term)
+            break;
+      }
+      dfct[term] -= incr;
+      dfct[root] += incr;
+      /* insert term in the queue if it has a large enough surplus */
+      if (dfct[term] < thresh_dfct)
+      {  if (nxtqueue[term] == 0)
+         {  nxtnode = nxtqueue[root];
+            if ((p[term] >= p[nxtnode]) && (root != nxtnode))
+            {  nxtqueue[root] = term;
+               nxtqueue[term] = nxtnode;
+            }
+            else
+            {  nxtqueue[prevnode] = term;
+               nxtqueue[term] = root;
+               prevnode = term;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* if root has a large enough surplus, keep it in the queue and
+       * return for another iteration */
+      if (dfct[root] < thresh_dfct)
+      {  prevnode = root;
+         root = nxtqueue[root];
+         goto L200;
+      }
+L3000:/* end of augmentation cycle */
+      /* Check for termination of scaling phase. If scaling phase is not
+       * finished, advance the queue and return to take another node. */
+      nxtnode = nxtqueue[root];
+      if (root != nxtnode)
+      {  nxtqueue[root] = 0;
+         nxtqueue[prevnode] = nxtnode;
+         root = nxtnode;
+         goto L200;
+      }
+      /* End of subproblem (scaling phase). */
+      /* Reduce epsilon. */
+      eps /= factor;
+      if (eps < 1) eps = 1;
+      thresh_dfct /= factor;
+      if (eps == 1) thresh_dfct = 0;
+      /* if another auction scaling phase remains, reset the flows &
+       * the push lists; else reset arc flows to satisfy cs and compute
+       * reduced costs */
+      if (crash == 1)
+      {  for (arc = 1; arc <= na; arc++)
+         {  start = startn[arc];
+            end = endn[arc];
+            pstart = p[start];
+            pend = p[end];
+            if (pstart > pend + eps + rc[arc])
+            {  resid = u[arc];
+               if (resid > 0)
+               {  dfct[start] += resid;
+                  dfct[end] -= resid;
+                  x[arc] += resid;
+                  u[arc] = 0;
+               }
+            }
+            else if (pstart < pend - eps + rc[arc])
+            {  flow = x[arc];
+               if (flow > 0)
+               {  dfct[start] -= flow;
+                  dfct[end] += flow;
+                  x[arc] = 0;
+                  u[arc] += flow;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* return for another phase */
+         goto L100;
+      }
+      else
+      {  crash = 1;
+         for (arc = 1; arc <= na; arc++)
+         {  start = startn[arc];
+            end = endn[arc];
+            red_cost = rc[arc] + p[end] - p[start];
+            if (red_cost < 0)
+            {  resid = u[arc];
+               if (resid > 0)
+               {  dfct[start] += resid;
+                  dfct[end] -= resid;
+                  x[arc] += resid;
+                  u[arc] = 0;
+               }
+            }
+            else if (red_cost > 0)
+            {  flow = x[arc];
+               if (flow > 0)
+               {  dfct[start] -= flow;
+                  dfct[end] += flow;
+                  x[arc] = 0;
+                  u[arc] += flow;
+               }
+            }
+            rc[arc] = red_cost;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+#     undef crash
+#     undef nsp
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/relax4.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/relax4.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f48b8508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/relax4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* relax4.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef RELAX4_H
+#define RELAX4_H
+
+struct relax4_csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      /* input parameters --------------------------------------------*/
+      int n;
+      /* number of nodes */
+      int na;
+      /* number of arcs */
+      int large;
+      /* very large int to represent infinity */
+      int repeat;
+      /* true if initialization is to be skipped (false otherwise) */
+      int crash;
+      /* 0 if default initialization is used
+       * 1 if auction initialization is used */
+      int *startn; /* int startn[1+na]; */
+      /* startn[j] = starting node for arc j, j = 1,...,na */
+      int *endn; /* int endn[1+na] */
+      /* endn[j] = ending node for arc j, j = 1,...,na */
+      int *fou; /* int fou[1+n]; */
+      /* fou[i] = first arc out of node i, i = 1,...,n */
+      int *nxtou; /* int nxtou[1+na]; */
+      /* nxtou[j] = next arc out of the starting node of arc j,
+       * j = 1,...,na */
+      int *fin; /* int fin[1+n]; */
+      /* fin[i] = first arc into node i, i = 1,...,n */
+      int *nxtin; /* int nxtin[1+na]; */
+      /* nxtin[j] = next arc into the ending node of arc j,
+       * j = 1,...,na */
+      /* updated parameters ------------------------------------------*/
+      int *rc; /* int rc[1+na]; */
+      /* rc[j] = reduced cost of arc j, j = 1,...,na */
+      int *u; /* int u[1+na]; */
+      /* u[j] = capacity of arc j on input
+       * and (capacity of arc j) - x(j) on output, j = 1,...,na */
+      int *dfct; /* int dfct[1+n]; */
+      /* dfct[i] = demand at node i on input
+       * and zero on output, i = 1,...,n */
+      /* output parameters -------------------------------------------*/
+      int *x; /* int x[1+na]; */
+      /* x[j] = flow on arc j, j = 1,...,na */
+      int nmultinode;
+      /* number of multinode relaxation iterations in RELAX4 */
+      int iter;
+      /* number of relaxation iterations in RELAX4 */
+      int num_augm;
+      /* number of flow augmentation steps in RELAX4 */
+      int num_ascnt;
+      /* number of multinode ascent steps in RELAX4 */
+      int nsp;
+      /* number of auction/shortest path iterations */
+      /* working parameters ------------------------------------------*/
+      int *label; /* int label, tempin, p[1+n]; */
+      int *prdcsr; /* int prdcsr, tempou, price[1+n]; */
+      int *save; /* int save[1+na]; */
+      int *tfstou; /* int tfstou, fpushf[1+n]; */
+      int *tnxtou; /* int tnxtou, nxtpushf[1+na]; */
+      int *tfstin; /* int tfstin, fpushb[1+n]; */
+      int *tnxtin; /* int tnxtin, nxtpushb[1+na]; */
+      int *nxtqueue; /* int nxtqueue[1+n]; */
+      char *scan; /* bool scan[1+n]; */
+      char *mark; /* bool mark, path_id[1+n]; */
+      /* working parameters used by routine auction only -------------*/
+      int *extend_arc; /* int extend_arc[1+n]; */
+      int *sb_level; /* int sb_level[1+n]; */
+      int *sb_arc; /* int sb_arc[1+n]; */
+};
+
+#define relax4 _glp_relax4
+int relax4(struct relax4_csa *csa);
+
+#define relax4_inidat _glp_relax4_inidat
+void relax4_inidat(struct relax4_csa *csa);
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e0acb53a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng.c
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* rng.c (pseudo-random number generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  This code is a modified version of the module GB_FLIP, a portable
+*  pseudo-random number generator. The original version of GB_FLIP is
+*  a part of The Stanford GraphBase developed by Donald E. Knuth (see
+*  http://www-cs-staff.stanford.edu/~knuth/sgb.html).
+*
+*  Note that all changes concern only external names, so this modified
+*  version produces exactly the same results as the original version.
+*
+*  Changes were made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "rng.h"
+
+#if 0
+int A[56] = { -1 };
+#else
+#define A (rand->A)
+#endif
+/* pseudo-random values */
+
+#if 0
+int *fptr = A;
+#else
+#define fptr (rand->fptr)
+#endif
+/* the next A value to be exported */
+
+#define mod_diff(x, y) (((x) - (y)) & 0x7FFFFFFF)
+/* difference modulo 2^31 */
+
+static int flip_cycle(RNG *rand)
+{     /* this is an auxiliary routine to do 55 more steps of the basic
+       * recurrence, at high speed, and to reset fptr */
+      int *ii, *jj;
+      for (ii = &A[1], jj = &A[32]; jj <= &A[55]; ii++, jj++)
+         *ii = mod_diff(*ii, *jj);
+      for (jj = &A[1]; ii <= &A[55]; ii++, jj++)
+         *ii = mod_diff(*ii, *jj);
+      fptr = &A[54];
+      return A[55];
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rng_create_rand - create pseudo-random number generator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "rng.h"
+*  RNG *rng_create_rand(void);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine rng_create_rand creates and initializes a pseudo-random
+*  number generator.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the generator created. */
+
+RNG *rng_create_rand(void)
+{     RNG *rand;
+      int i;
+      rand = talloc(1, RNG);
+      A[0] = -1;
+      for (i = 1; i <= 55; i++) A[i] = 0;
+      fptr = A;
+      rng_init_rand(rand, 1);
+      return rand;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rng_init_rand - initialize pseudo-random number generator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "rng.h"
+*  void rng_init_rand(RNG *rand, int seed);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine rng_init_rand initializes the pseudo-random number
+*  generator. The parameter seed may be any integer number. Note that
+*  on creating the generator this routine is called with the parameter
+*  seed equal to 1. */
+
+void rng_init_rand(RNG *rand, int seed)
+{     int i;
+      int prev = seed, next = 1;
+      seed = prev = mod_diff(prev, 0);
+      A[55] = prev;
+      for (i = 21; i; i = (i + 21) % 55)
+      {  A[i] = next;
+         next = mod_diff(prev, next);
+         if (seed & 1)
+            seed = 0x40000000 + (seed >> 1);
+         else
+            seed >>= 1;
+         next = mod_diff(next, seed);
+         prev = A[i];
+      }
+      flip_cycle(rand);
+      flip_cycle(rand);
+      flip_cycle(rand);
+      flip_cycle(rand);
+      flip_cycle(rand);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rng_next_rand - obtain pseudo-random integer in the range [0, 2^31-1]
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "rng.h"
+*  int rng_next_rand(RNG *rand);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine rng_next_rand returns a next pseudo-random integer which
+*  is uniformly distributed between 0 and 2^31-1, inclusive. The period
+*  length of the generated numbers is 2^85 - 2^30. The low order bits of
+*  the generated numbers are just as random as the high-order bits. */
+
+int rng_next_rand(RNG *rand)
+{     return
+         *fptr >= 0 ? *fptr-- : flip_cycle(rand);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rng_unif_rand - obtain pseudo-random integer in the range [0, m-1]
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "rng.h"
+*  int rng_unif_rand(RNG *rand, int m);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine rng_unif_rand returns a next pseudo-random integer which
+*  is uniformly distributed between 0 and m-1, inclusive, where m is any
+*  positive integer less than 2^31. */
+
+#define two_to_the_31 ((unsigned int)0x80000000)
+
+int rng_unif_rand(RNG *rand, int m)
+{     unsigned int t = two_to_the_31 - (two_to_the_31 % m);
+      int r;
+      xassert(m > 0);
+      do { r = rng_next_rand(rand); } while (t <= (unsigned int)r);
+      return r % m;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rng_delete_rand - delete pseudo-random number generator
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "rng.h"
+*  void rng_delete_rand(RNG *rand);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine rng_delete_rand frees all the memory allocated to the
+*  specified pseudo-random number generator. */
+
+void rng_delete_rand(RNG *rand)
+{     tfree(rand);
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef GLP_TEST
+/* To be sure that this modified version produces the same results as
+ * the original version, run this validation program. */
+
+int main(void)
+{     RNG *rand;
+      int j;
+      rand = rng_create_rand();
+      rng_init_rand(rand, -314159);
+      if (rng_next_rand(rand) != 119318998)
+      {  fprintf(stderr, "Failure on the first try!\n");
+         return -1;
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= 133; j++) rng_next_rand(rand);
+      if (rng_unif_rand(rand, 0x55555555) != 748103812)
+      {  fprintf(stderr, "Failure on the second try!\n");
+         return -2;
+      }
+      fprintf(stderr, "OK, the random-number generator routines seem to"
+         " work!\n");
+      rng_delete_rand(rand);
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49725e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* rng.h (pseudo-random number generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef RNG_H
+#define RNG_H
+
+typedef struct RNG RNG;
+
+struct RNG
+{     /* Knuth's portable pseudo-random number generator */
+      int A[56];
+      /* pseudo-random values */
+      int *fptr;
+      /* the next A value to be exported */
+};
+
+#define rng_create_rand _glp_rng_create_rand
+RNG *rng_create_rand(void);
+/* create pseudo-random number generator */
+
+#define rng_init_rand _glp_rng_init_rand
+void rng_init_rand(RNG *rand, int seed);
+/* initialize pseudo-random number generator */
+
+#define rng_next_rand _glp_rng_next_rand
+int rng_next_rand(RNG *rand);
+/* obtain pseudo-random integer in the range [0, 2^31-1] */
+
+#define rng_unif_rand _glp_rng_unif_rand
+int rng_unif_rand(RNG *rand, int m);
+/* obtain pseudo-random integer in the range [0, m-1] */
+
+#define rng_delete_rand _glp_rng_delete_rand
+void rng_delete_rand(RNG *rand);
+/* delete pseudo-random number generator */
+
+#define rng_unif_01 _glp_rng_unif_01
+double rng_unif_01(RNG *rand);
+/* obtain pseudo-random number in the range [0, 1] */
+
+#define rng_uniform _glp_rng_uniform
+double rng_uniform(RNG *rand, double a, double b);
+/* obtain pseudo-random number in the range [a, b] */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b89f676f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/rng1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* rng1.c (pseudo-random number generator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "rng.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rng_unif_01 - obtain pseudo-random number in the range [0, 1]
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "rng.h"
+*  double rng_unif_01(RNG *rand);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine rng_unif_01 returns a next pseudo-random number which is
+*  uniformly distributed in the range [0, 1]. */
+
+double rng_unif_01(RNG *rand)
+{     double x;
+      x = (double)rng_next_rand(rand) / 2147483647.0;
+      xassert(0.0 <= x && x <= 1.0);
+      return x;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  rng_uniform - obtain pseudo-random number in the range [a, b]
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "rng.h"
+*  double rng_uniform(RNG *rand, double a, double b);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine rng_uniform returns a next pseudo-random number which is
+*  uniformly distributed in the range [a, b]. */
+
+double rng_uniform(RNG *rand, double a, double b)
+{     double x;
+      xassert(a < b);
+      x = rng_unif_01(rand);
+      x = a * (1.0 - x) + b * x;
+      xassert(a <= x && x <= b);
+      return x;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/round2n.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/round2n.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a94c616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/round2n.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* round2n.c (round floating-point number to nearest power of two) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  round2n - round floating-point number to nearest power of two
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  double round2n(double x);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  Given a positive floating-point value x the routine round2n returns
+*  2^n such that |x - 2^n| is minimal.
+*
+*  EXAMPLES
+*
+*  round2n(10.1) = 2^3 = 8
+*  round2n(15.3) = 2^4 = 16
+*  round2n(0.01) = 2^(-7) = 0.0078125
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  Let x = f * 2^e, where 0.5 <= f < 1 is a normalized fractional part,
+*  e is an integer exponent. Then, obviously, 0.5 * 2^e <= x < 2^e, so
+*  if x - 0.5 * 2^e <= 2^e - x, we choose 0.5 * 2^e = 2^(e-1), and 2^e
+*  otherwise. The latter condition can be written as 2 * x <= 1.5 * 2^e
+*  or 2 * f * 2^e <= 1.5 * 2^e or, finally, f <= 0.75. */
+
+double round2n(double x)
+{     int e;
+      double f;
+      xassert(x > 0.0);
+      f = frexp(x, &e);
+      return ldexp(1.0, f <= 0.75 ? e-1 : e);
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/str2int.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/str2int.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbd6e953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/str2int.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* str2int.c (convert string to int) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  str2int - convert character string to value of int type
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  int str2int(const char *str, int *val);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine str2int converts the character string str to a value of
+*  integer type and stores the value into location, which the parameter
+*  val points to (in the case of error content of this location is not
+*  changed).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns one of the following error codes:
+*
+*  0 - no error;
+*  1 - value out of range;
+*  2 - character string is syntactically incorrect. */
+
+int str2int(const char *str, int *val_)
+{     int d, k, s, val = 0;
+      /* scan optional sign */
+      if (str[0] == '+')
+         s = +1, k = 1;
+      else if (str[0] == '-')
+         s = -1, k = 1;
+      else
+         s = +1, k = 0;
+      /* check for the first digit */
+      if (!isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+         return 2;
+      /* scan digits */
+      while (isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+      {  d = str[k++] - '0';
+         if (s > 0)
+         {  if (val > INT_MAX / 10)
+               return 1;
+            val *= 10;
+            if (val > INT_MAX - d)
+               return 1;
+            val += d;
+         }
+         else /* s < 0 */
+         {  if (val < INT_MIN / 10)
+               return 1;
+            val *= 10;
+            if (val < INT_MIN + d)
+               return 1;
+            val -= d;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check for terminator */
+      if (str[k] != '\0')
+         return 2;
+      /* conversion has been done */
+      *val_ = val;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/str2num.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/str2num.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26c2f68f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/str2num.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* str2num.c (convert string to double) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  str2num - convert character string to value of double type
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  int str2num(const char *str, double *val);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine str2num converts the character string str to a value of
+*  double type and stores the value into location, which the parameter
+*  val points to (in the case of error content of this location is not
+*  changed).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns one of the following error codes:
+*
+*  0 - no error;
+*  1 - value out of range;
+*  2 - character string is syntactically incorrect. */
+
+int str2num(const char *str, double *val_)
+{     int k;
+      double val;
+      /* scan optional sign */
+      k = (str[0] == '+' || str[0] == '-' ? 1 : 0);
+      /* check for decimal point */
+      if (str[k] == '.')
+      {  k++;
+         /* a digit should follow it */
+         if (!isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+            return 2;
+         k++;
+         goto frac;
+      }
+      /* integer part should start with a digit */
+      if (!isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+         return 2;
+      /* scan integer part */
+      while (isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+         k++;
+      /* check for decimal point */
+      if (str[k] == '.') k++;
+frac: /* scan optional fraction part */
+      while (isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+         k++;
+      /* check for decimal exponent */
+      if (str[k] == 'E' || str[k] == 'e')
+      {  k++;
+         /* scan optional sign */
+         if (str[k] == '+' || str[k] == '-')
+            k++;
+         /* a digit should follow E, E+ or E- */
+         if (!isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+            return 2;
+      }
+      /* scan optional exponent part */
+      while (isdigit((unsigned char)str[k]))
+         k++;
+      /* check for terminator */
+      if (str[k] != '\0')
+         return 2;
+      /* perform conversion */
+      {  char *endptr;
+         val = strtod(str, &endptr);
+         if (*endptr != '\0')
+            return 2;
+      }
+      /* check for overflow */
+      if (!(-DBL_MAX <= val && val <= +DBL_MAX))
+         return 1;
+      /* check for underflow */
+      if (-DBL_MIN < val && val < +DBL_MIN)
+         val = 0.0;
+      /* conversion has been done */
+      *val_ = val;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/strspx.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/strspx.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe8a2a10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/strspx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* strspx.c (remove all spaces from string) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "misc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  strspx - remove all spaces from character string
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  char *strspx(char *str);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine strspx removes all spaces from the character string str.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the character string.
+*
+*  EXAMPLES
+*
+*  strspx("   Errare   humanum   est   ") => "Errarehumanumest"
+*
+*  strspx("      ")                       => ""                       */
+
+char *strspx(char *str)
+{     char *s, *t;
+      for (s = t = str; *s; s++)
+      {  if (*s != ' ')
+            *t++ = *s;
+      }
+      *t = '\0';
+      return str;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/strtrim.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/strtrim.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9992c4b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/strtrim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* strtrim.c (remove trailing spaces from string) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  strtrim - remove trailing spaces from character string
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "misc.h"
+*  char *strtrim(char *str);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine strtrim removes trailing spaces from the character
+*  string str.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to the character string.
+*
+*  EXAMPLES
+*
+*  strtrim("Errare humanum est   ") => "Errare humanum est"
+*
+*  strtrim("      ")                => ""                             */
+
+char *strtrim(char *str)
+{     char *t;
+      for (t = strrchr(str, '\0') - 1; t >= str; t--)
+      {  if (*t != ' ')
+            break;
+         *t = '\0';
+      }
+      return str;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/triang.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/triang.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99ba4d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/triang.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/* triang.c (find maximal triangular part of rectangular matrix) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "triang.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  triang - find maximal triangular part of rectangular matrix
+*
+*  Given a mxn sparse matrix A this routine finds permutation matrices
+*  P and Q such that matrix A' = P * A * Q has the following structure:
+*
+*        1         s         n
+*     1  * . . . . . x x x x x
+*        * * . . . . x x x x x
+*        * * * . . . x x x x x
+*        * * * * . . x x x x x
+*        * * * * * . x x x x x
+*     s  * * * * * * x x x x x
+*        x x x x x x x x x x x
+*        x x x x x x x x x x x
+*     m  x x x x x x x x x x x
+*
+*  where '*' are elements of the triangular part, '.' are structural
+*  zeros, 'x' are other elements.
+*
+*  The formal routine mat specifies the original matrix A in both row-
+*  and column-wise format. If the routine mat is called with k = +i,
+*  1 <= i <= m, it should store column indices and values of non-zero
+*  elements of i-th row of A in locations ind[1], ..., ind[len] and
+*  val[1], ..., val[len], resp., where len is the returned number of
+*  non-zeros in the row, 0 <= len <= n. Similarly, if the routine mat
+*  is called with k = -j, 1 <= j <= n, it should store row indices and
+*  values of non-zero elements of j-th column of A and return len, the
+*  number of non-zeros in the column, 0 <= len <= m. Should note that
+*  duplicate indices are not allowed.
+*
+*  The parameter info is a transit pointer passed to the routine mat.
+*
+*  The parameter tol is a tolerance. The routine triang guarantees that
+*  each diagonal element in the triangular part of matrix A' is not
+*  less in magnitude than tol * max, where max is the maximal magnitude
+*  of elements in corresponding column.
+*
+*  On exit the routine triang stores information on the triangular part
+*  found in the arrays rn and cn. Elements rn[1], ..., rn[s] specify
+*  row numbers and elements cn[1], ..., cn[s] specify column numbers
+*  of the original matrix A, which correspond to rows/columns 1, ..., s
+*  of matrix A', where s is the size of the triangular part returned by
+*  the routine, 0 <= s <= min(m, n). The order of rows and columns that
+*  are not included in the triangular part remains unspecified.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  The routine triang uses a simple greedy heuristic.
+*
+*  At some step the matrix A' = P * A * Q has the following structure:
+*
+*        1                   n
+*     1  * . . . . . . . x x x
+*        * * . . . . . . x x x
+*        * * * . . . . . x x x
+*        * * * * . . . . x x x
+*        x x x x # # # # x x x
+*        x x x x # # # # x x x
+*        x x x x # # # # x x x
+*        x x x x # # # # x x x
+*     m  x x x x # # # # x x x
+*
+*  where '#' are elements of active submatrix. Initially P = Q = I, so
+*  the active submatrix is the original matrix A = A'.
+*
+*  If some row has exactly one non-zero in the active submatrix (row
+*  singleton), the routine includes this row and corresponding column
+*  in the triangular part, and removes the column from the active
+*  submatrix. Otherwise, the routine simply removes a column having
+*  maximal number of non-zeros from the active submatrix in the hope
+*  that new row singleton(s) will appear.
+*
+*  COMPLEXITY
+*
+*  The time complexity of the routine triang is O(nnz), where nnz is
+*  number of non-zeros in the original matrix A. */
+
+int triang(int m, int n, int (*mat)(void *info, int k, int ind[],
+      double val[]), void *info, double tol, int rn[], int cn[])
+{     int head, i, j, jj, k, kk, ks, len, len2, next_j, ns, size;
+      int *cind, *rind, *cnt, *ptr, *list, *prev, *next;
+      double *cval, *rval, *big;
+      char *flag;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      cind = talloc(1+m, int);
+      cval = talloc(1+m, double);
+      rind = talloc(1+n, int);
+      rval = talloc(1+n, double);
+      cnt = ptr = talloc(1+m, int);
+      list = talloc(1+n, int);
+      prev = talloc(1+n, int);
+      next = talloc(1+n, int);
+      big = talloc(1+n, double);
+      flag = talloc(1+n, char);
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* build linked lists of columns having equal lengths           */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* ptr[len], 0 <= len <= m, is number of first column of length
+       * len;
+       * next[j], 1 <= j <= n, is number of next column having the same
+       * length as column j;
+       * big[j], 1 <= j <= n, is maximal magnitude of elements in j-th
+       * column */
+      for (len = 0; len <= m; len++)
+         ptr[len] = 0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  /* get j-th column */
+         len = mat(info, -j, cind, cval);
+         xassert(0 <= len && len <= m);
+         /* add this column to beginning of list ptr[len] */
+         next[j] = ptr[len];
+         ptr[len] = j;
+         /* determine maximal magnitude of elements in this column */
+         big[j] = 0.0;
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  if (big[j] < fabs(cval[k]))
+               big[j] = fabs(cval[k]);
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* build doubly linked list of columns ordered by decreasing    */
+      /* column lengths                                               */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* head is number of first column in the list;
+       * prev[j], 1 <= j <= n, is number of column that precedes j-th
+       * column in the list;
+       * next[j], 1 <= j <= n, is number of column that follows j-th
+       * column in the list */
+      head = 0;
+      for (len = 0; len <= m; len++)
+      {  /* walk thru list of columns of length len */
+         for (j = ptr[len]; j != 0; j = next_j)
+         {  next_j = next[j];
+            /* add j-th column to beginning of the column list */
+            prev[j] = 0;
+            next[j] = head;
+            if (head != 0)
+               prev[head] = j;
+            head = j;
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* build initial singleton list                                 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* there are used two list of columns:
+       * 1) doubly linked list of active columns, in which all columns
+       *    are ordered by decreasing column lengths;
+       * 2) singleton list; an active column is included in this list
+       *    if it has at least one row singleton in active submatrix */
+      /* flag[j], 1 <= j <= n, is a flag of j-th column:
+       * 0  j-th column is inactive;
+       * 1  j-th column is active;
+       * 2  j-th column is active and has row singleton(s) */
+      /* initially all columns are active */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+         flag[j] = 1;
+      /* initialize row counts and build initial singleton list */
+      /* cnt[i], 1 <= i <= m, is number of non-zeros, which i-th row
+       * has in active submatrix;
+       * ns is size of singleton list;
+       * list[1], ..., list[ns] are numbers of active columns included
+       * in the singleton list */
+      ns = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  /* get i-th row */
+         len = cnt[i] = mat(info, +i, rind, rval);
+         xassert(0 <= len && len <= n);
+         if (len == 1)
+         {  /* a[i,j] is row singleton */
+            j = rind[1];
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n);
+            if (flag[j] != 2)
+            {  /* include j-th column in singleton list */
+               flag[j] = 2;
+               list[++ns] = j;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* main loop                                                    */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      size = 0; /* size of triangular part */
+      /* loop until active column list is non-empty, i.e. until the
+       * active submatrix has at least one column */
+      while (head != 0)
+      {  if (ns == 0)
+         {  /* singleton list is empty */
+            /* remove from the active submatrix a column of maximal
+             * length in the hope that some row singletons appear */
+            j = head;
+            len = mat(info, -j, cind, cval);
+            xassert(0 <= len && len <= m);
+            goto drop;
+         }
+         /* take column j from the singleton list */
+         j = list[ns--];
+         xassert(flag[j] == 2);
+         /* j-th column has at least one row singleton in the active
+          * submatrix; choose one having maximal magnitude */
+         len = mat(info, -j, cind, cval);
+         xassert(0 <= len && len <= m);
+         kk = 0;
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  i = cind[k];
+            xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+            if (cnt[i] == 1)
+            {  /* a[i,j] is row singleton */
+               if (kk == 0 || fabs(cval[kk]) < fabs(cval[k]))
+                  kk = k;
+            }
+         }
+         xassert(kk > 0);
+         /* check magnitude of the row singleton chosen */
+         if (fabs(cval[kk]) < tol * big[j])
+         {  /* all row singletons are too small in magnitude; drop j-th
+             * column */
+            goto drop;
+         }
+         /* row singleton a[i,j] is ok; add i-th row and j-th column to
+          * the triangular part */
+         size++;
+         rn[size] = cind[kk];
+         cn[size] = j;
+drop:    /* remove j-th column from the active submatrix */
+         xassert(flag[j]);
+         flag[j] = 0;
+         if (prev[j] == 0)
+            head = next[j];
+         else
+            next[prev[j]] = next[j];
+         if (next[j] == 0)
+            ;
+         else
+            prev[next[j]] = prev[j];
+         /* decrease row counts */
+         for (k = 1; k <= len; k++)
+         {  i = cind[k];
+            xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+            xassert(cnt[i] > 0);
+            cnt[i]--;
+            if (cnt[i] == 1)
+            {  /* new singleton appeared in i-th row; determine number
+                * of corresponding column (it is the only active column
+                * in this row) */
+               len2 = mat(info, +i, rind, rval);
+               xassert(0 <= len2 && len2 <= n);
+               ks = 0;
+               for (kk = 1; kk <= len2; kk++)
+               {  jj = rind[kk];
+                  xassert(1 <= jj && jj <= n);
+                  if (flag[jj])
+                  {  xassert(ks == 0);
+                     ks = kk;
+                  }
+               }
+               xassert(ks > 0);
+               /* a[i,jj] is new row singleton */
+               jj = rind[ks];
+               if (flag[jj] != 2)
+               {  /* include jj-th column in the singleton list */
+                  flag[jj] = 2;
+                  list[++ns] = jj;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* now all row counts should be zero */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         xassert(cnt[i] == 0);
+      /* deallocate working arrays */
+      tfree(cind);
+      tfree(cval);
+      tfree(rind);
+      tfree(rval);
+      tfree(ptr);
+      tfree(list);
+      tfree(prev);
+      tfree(next);
+      tfree(big);
+      tfree(flag);
+      return size;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/triang.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/triang.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e50d44d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/triang.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* triang.h (find maximal triangular part of rectangular matrix) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRIANG_H
+#define TRIANG_H
+
+#define triang _glp_triang
+int triang(int m, int n, int (*mat)(void *info, int k, int ind[],
+      double val[]), void *info, double tol, int rn[], int cn[]);
+/* find maximal triangular part of rectangular matrix */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5daa69cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/* wclique.c (maximum weight clique, Ostergard's algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Two subroutines sub() and wclique() below are intended to find a
+*  maximum weight clique in a given undirected graph. These subroutines
+*  are slightly modified version of the program WCLIQUE developed by
+*  Patric Ostergard <http://www.tcs.hut.fi/~pat/wclique.html> and based
+*  on ideas from the article "P. R. J. Ostergard, A new algorithm for
+*  the maximum-weight clique problem, submitted for publication", which
+*  in turn is a generalization of the algorithm for unweighted graphs
+*  presented in "P. R. J. Ostergard, A fast algorithm for the maximum
+*  clique problem, submitted for publication".
+*
+*  USED WITH PERMISSION OF THE AUTHOR OF THE ORIGINAL CODE.
+*
+*  Changes were made by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "wclique.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  wclique - find maximum weight clique with Ostergard's algorithm
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "wclique.h"
+*  int wclique(int n, const int w[], const unsigned char a[],
+*     int ind[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine wclique finds a maximum weight clique in an undirected
+*  graph with Ostergard's algorithm.
+*
+*  INPUT PARAMETERS
+*
+*  n is the number of vertices, n > 0.
+*
+*  w[i], i = 1,...,n, is a weight of vertex i.
+*
+*  a[*] is the strict (without main diagonal) lower triangle of the
+*  graph adjacency matrix in packed format.
+*
+*  OUTPUT PARAMETER
+*
+*  ind[k], k = 1,...,size, is the number of a vertex included in the
+*  clique found, 1 <= ind[k] <= n, where size is the number of vertices
+*  in the clique returned on exit.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns the clique size, i.e. the number of vertices in
+*  the clique. */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      int n;
+      /* number of vertices */
+      const int *wt; /* int wt[0:n-1]; */
+      /* weights */
+      const unsigned char *a;
+      /* adjacency matrix (packed lower triangle without main diag.) */
+      int record;
+      /* weight of best clique */
+      int rec_level;
+      /* number of vertices in best clique */
+      int *rec; /* int rec[0:n-1]; */
+      /* best clique so far */
+      int *clique; /* int clique[0:n-1]; */
+      /* table for pruning */
+      int *set; /* int set[0:n-1]; */
+      /* current clique */
+};
+
+#define n         (csa->n)
+#define wt        (csa->wt)
+#define a         (csa->a)
+#define record    (csa->record)
+#define rec_level (csa->rec_level)
+#define rec       (csa->rec)
+#define clique    (csa->clique)
+#define set       (csa->set)
+
+#if 0
+static int is_edge(struct csa *csa, int i, int j)
+{     /* if there is arc (i,j), the routine returns true; otherwise
+       * false; 0 <= i, j < n */
+      int k;
+      xassert(0 <= i && i < n);
+      xassert(0 <= j && j < n);
+      if (i == j) return 0;
+      if (i < j) k = i, i = j, j = k;
+      k = (i * (i - 1)) / 2 + j;
+      return a[k / CHAR_BIT] &
+         (unsigned char)(1 << ((CHAR_BIT - 1) - k % CHAR_BIT));
+}
+#else
+#define is_edge(csa, i, j) ((i) == (j) ? 0 : \
+      (i) > (j) ? is_edge1(i, j) : is_edge1(j, i))
+#define is_edge1(i, j) is_edge2(((i) * ((i) - 1)) / 2 + (j))
+#define is_edge2(k) (a[(k) / CHAR_BIT] & \
+      (unsigned char)(1 << ((CHAR_BIT - 1) - (k) % CHAR_BIT)))
+#endif
+
+static void sub(struct csa *csa, int ct, int table[], int level,
+      int weight, int l_weight)
+{     int i, j, k, curr_weight, left_weight, *p1, *p2, *newtable;
+      newtable = xcalloc(n, sizeof(int));
+      if (ct <= 0)
+      {  /* 0 or 1 elements left; include these */
+         if (ct == 0)
+         {  set[level++] = table[0];
+            weight += l_weight;
+         }
+         if (weight > record)
+         {  record = weight;
+            rec_level = level;
+            for (i = 0; i < level; i++) rec[i] = set[i];
+         }
+         goto done;
+      }
+      for (i = ct; i >= 0; i--)
+      {  if ((level == 0) && (i < ct)) goto done;
+         k = table[i];
+         if ((level > 0) && (clique[k] <= (record - weight)))
+            goto done; /* prune */
+         set[level] = k;
+         curr_weight = weight + wt[k];
+         l_weight -= wt[k];
+         if (l_weight <= (record - curr_weight))
+            goto done; /* prune */
+         p1 = newtable;
+         p2 = table;
+         left_weight = 0;
+         while (p2 < table + i)
+         {  j = *p2++;
+            if (is_edge(csa, j, k))
+            {  *p1++ = j;
+               left_weight += wt[j];
+            }
+         }
+         if (left_weight <= (record - curr_weight)) continue;
+         sub(csa, p1 - newtable - 1, newtable, level + 1, curr_weight,
+            left_weight);
+      }
+done: xfree(newtable);
+      return;
+}
+
+int wclique(int n_, const int w[], const unsigned char a_[], int ind[])
+{     struct csa csa_, *csa = &csa_;
+      int i, j, p, max_wt, max_nwt, wth, *used, *nwt, *pos;
+      double timer;
+      n = n_;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      wt = &w[1];
+      a = a_;
+      record = 0;
+      rec_level = 0;
+      rec = &ind[1];
+      clique = xcalloc(n, sizeof(int));
+      set = xcalloc(n, sizeof(int));
+      used = xcalloc(n, sizeof(int));
+      nwt = xcalloc(n, sizeof(int));
+      pos = xcalloc(n, sizeof(int));
+      /* start timer */
+      timer = xtime();
+      /* order vertices */
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      {  nwt[i] = 0;
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+            if (is_edge(csa, i, j)) nwt[i] += wt[j];
+      }
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+         used[i] = 0;
+      for (i = n-1; i >= 0; i--)
+      {  max_wt = -1;
+         max_nwt = -1;
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+         {  if ((!used[j]) && ((wt[j] > max_wt) || (wt[j] == max_wt
+               && nwt[j] > max_nwt)))
+            {  max_wt = wt[j];
+               max_nwt = nwt[j];
+               p = j;
+            }
+         }
+         pos[i] = p;
+         used[p] = 1;
+         for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
+            if ((!used[j]) && (j != p) && (is_edge(csa, p, j)))
+               nwt[j] -= wt[p];
+      }
+      /* main routine */
+      wth = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+      {  wth += wt[pos[i]];
+         sub(csa, i, pos, 0, 0, wth);
+         clique[pos[i]] = record;
+         if (xdifftime(xtime(), timer) >= 5.0 - 0.001)
+         {  /* print current record and reset timer */
+            xprintf("level = %d (%d); best = %d\n", i+1, n, record);
+            timer = xtime();
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(clique);
+      xfree(set);
+      xfree(used);
+      xfree(nwt);
+      xfree(pos);
+      /* return the solution found */
+      for (i = 1; i <= rec_level; i++) ind[i]++;
+      return rec_level;
+}
+
+#undef n
+#undef wt
+#undef a
+#undef record
+#undef rec_level
+#undef rec
+#undef clique
+#undef set
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d52dc805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* wclique.h (maximum weight clique, Ostergard's algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef WCLIQUE_H
+#define WCLIQUE_H
+
+#define wclique _glp_wclique
+int wclique(int n, const int w[], const unsigned char a[], int ind[]);
+/* find maximum weight clique with Ostergard's algorithm */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3d89542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/* wclique1.c (maximum weight clique, greedy heuristic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "wclique1.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  wclique1 - find maximum weight clique with greedy heuristic
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "wclique1.h"
+*  int wclique1(int n, const double w[],
+*     int (*func)(void *info, int i, int ind[]), void *info, int c[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine wclique1 implements a sequential greedy heuristic to
+*  find maximum weight clique in a given (undirected) graph G = (V, E).
+*
+*  The parameter n specifies the number of vertices |V| in the graph,
+*  n >= 0.
+*
+*  The array w specifies vertex weights in locations w[i], i = 1,...,n.
+*  All weights must be non-negative.
+*
+*  The formal routine func specifies the graph. For a given vertex i,
+*  1 <= i <= n, it stores indices of all vertices adjacent to vertex i
+*  in locations ind[1], ..., ind[deg], where deg is the degree of
+*  vertex i, 0 <= deg < n, returned on exit. Note that self-loops and
+*  multiple edges are not allowed.
+*
+*  The parameter info is a cookie passed to the routine func.
+*
+*  On exit the routine wclique1 stores vertex indices included in
+*  the clique found to locations c[1], ..., c[size], where size is the
+*  clique size returned by the routine, 0 <= size <= n.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine wclique1 returns the size of the clique found. */
+
+struct vertex { int i; double cw; };
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *xx, const void *yy)
+{     const struct vertex *x = xx, *y = yy;
+      if (x->cw > y->cw) return -1;
+      if (x->cw < y->cw) return +1;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int wclique1(int n, const double w[],
+      int (*func)(void *info, int i, int ind[]), void *info, int c[])
+{     struct vertex *v_list;
+      int deg, c_size, d_size, i, j, k, kk, l, *ind, *c_list, *d_list,
+         size = 0;
+      double c_wght, d_wght, *sw, best = 0.0;
+      char *d_flag, *skip;
+      /* perform sanity checks */
+      xassert(n >= 0);
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+         xassert(w[i] >= 0.0);
+      /* if the graph is empty, nothing to do */
+      if (n == 0) goto done;
+      /* allocate working arrays */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      v_list = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(struct vertex));
+      c_list = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      d_list = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(int));
+      d_flag = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      skip = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(char));
+      sw = xcalloc(1+n, sizeof(double));
+      /* build the vertex list */
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  v_list[i].i = i;
+         /* compute the cumulative weight of each vertex i, which is
+          * cw[i] = w[i] + sum{j : (i,j) in E} w[j] */
+         v_list[i].cw = w[i];
+         deg = func(info, i, ind);
+         xassert(0 <= deg && deg < n);
+         for (k = 1; k <= deg; k++)
+         {  j = ind[k];
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n && j != i);
+            v_list[i].cw += w[j];
+         }
+      }
+      /* sort the vertex list to access vertices in descending order of
+       * cumulative weights */
+      qsort(&v_list[1], n, sizeof(struct vertex), fcmp);
+      /* initially all vertices are unmarked */
+      memset(&skip[1], 0, sizeof(char) * n);
+      /* clear flags of all vertices */
+      memset(&d_flag[1], 0, sizeof(char) * n);
+      /* look through all vertices of the graph */
+      for (l = 1; l <= n; l++)
+      {  /* take vertex i */
+         i = v_list[l].i;
+         /* if this vertex was already included in one of previosuly
+          * constructed cliques, skip it */
+         if (skip[i]) continue;
+         /* use vertex i as the initial clique vertex */
+         c_size = 1;    /* size of current clique */
+         c_list[1] = i; /* list of vertices in current clique */
+         c_wght = w[i]; /* weight of current clique */
+         /* determine the candidate set D = { j : (i,j) in E } */
+         d_size = func(info, i, d_list);
+         xassert(0 <= d_size && d_size < n);
+         d_wght = 0.0;  /* weight of set D */
+         for (k = 1; k <= d_size; k++)
+         {  j = d_list[k];
+            xassert(1 <= j && j <= n && j != i);
+            xassert(!d_flag[j]);
+            d_flag[j] = 1;
+            d_wght += w[j];
+         }
+         /* check an upper bound to the final clique weight */
+         if (c_wght + d_wght < best + 1e-5 * (1.0 + fabs(best)))
+         {  /* skip constructing the current clique */
+            goto next;
+         }
+         /* compute the summary weight of each vertex i in D, which is
+          * sw[i] = w[i] + sum{j in D and (i,j) in E} w[j] */
+         for (k = 1; k <= d_size; k++)
+         {  i = d_list[k];
+            sw[i] = w[i];
+            /* consider vertices adjacent to vertex i */
+            deg = func(info, i, ind);
+            xassert(0 <= deg && deg < n);
+            for (kk = 1; kk <= deg; kk++)
+            {  j = ind[kk];
+               xassert(1 <= j && j <= n && j != i);
+               if (d_flag[j]) sw[i] += w[j];
+            }
+         }
+         /* grow the current clique by adding vertices from D */
+         while (d_size > 0)
+         {  /* check an upper bound to the final clique weight */
+            if (c_wght + d_wght < best + 1e-5 * (1.0 + fabs(best)))
+            {  /* skip constructing the current clique */
+               goto next;
+            }
+            /* choose vertex i in D having maximal summary weight */
+            i = d_list[1];
+            for (k = 2; k <= d_size; k++)
+            {  j = d_list[k];
+               if (sw[i] < sw[j]) i = j;
+            }
+            /* include vertex i in the current clique */
+            c_size++;
+            c_list[c_size] = i;
+            c_wght += w[i];
+            /* remove all vertices not adjacent to vertex i, including
+             * vertex i itself, from the candidate set D */
+            deg = func(info, i, ind);
+            xassert(0 <= deg && deg < n);
+            for (k = 1; k <= deg; k++)
+            {  j = ind[k];
+               xassert(1 <= j && j <= n && j != i);
+               /* vertex j is adjacent to vertex i */
+               if (d_flag[j])
+               {  xassert(d_flag[j] == 1);
+                  /* mark vertex j to keep it in D */
+                  d_flag[j] = 2;
+               }
+            }
+            kk = d_size, d_size = 0;
+            for (k = 1; k <= kk; k++)
+            {  j = d_list[k];
+               if (d_flag[j] == 1)
+               {  /* remove vertex j from D */
+                  d_flag[j] = 0;
+                  d_wght -= w[j];
+               }
+               else if (d_flag[j] == 2)
+               {  /* keep vertex j in D */
+                  d_list[++d_size] = j;
+                  d_flag[j] = 1;
+               }
+               else
+                  xassert(d_flag != d_flag);
+            }
+         }
+         /* the current clique has been completely constructed */
+         if (best < c_wght)
+         {  best = c_wght;
+            size = c_size;
+            xassert(1 <= size && size <= n);
+            memcpy(&c[1], &c_list[1], size * sizeof(int));
+         }
+next:    /* mark the current clique vertices in order not to use them
+          * as initial vertices anymore */
+         for (k = 1; k <= c_size; k++)
+            skip[c_list[k]] = 1;
+         /* set D can be non-empty, so clean up vertex flags */
+         for (k = 1; k <= d_size; k++)
+            d_flag[d_list[k]] = 0;
+      }
+      /* free working arrays */
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(v_list);
+      xfree(c_list);
+      xfree(d_list);
+      xfree(d_flag);
+      xfree(skip);
+      xfree(sw);
+done: /* return to the calling program */
+      return size;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef GLP_TEST
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "rng.h"
+
+typedef struct { double w; } v_data;
+
+#define weight(v) (((v_data *)((v)->data))->w)
+
+glp_graph *G;
+
+char *flag;
+
+int func(void *info, int i, int ind[])
+{     glp_arc *e;
+      int j, k, deg = 0;
+      xassert(info == NULL);
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= G->nv);
+      /* look through incoming arcs */
+      for (e = G->v[i]->in; e != NULL; e = e->h_next)
+      {  j = e->tail->i; /* j->i */
+         if (j != i && !flag[j]) ind[++deg] = j, flag[j] = 1;
+      }
+      /* look through outgoing arcs */
+      for (e = G->v[i]->out; e != NULL; e = e->t_next)
+      {  j = e->head->i; /* i->j */
+         if (j != i && !flag[j]) ind[++deg] = j, flag[j] = 1;
+      }
+      /* clear the flag array */
+      xassert(deg < G->nv);
+      for (k = 1; k <= deg; k++) flag[ind[k]] = 0;
+      return deg;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{     RNG *rand;
+      int i, k, kk, size, *c, *ind, deg;
+      double *w, sum, t;
+      /* read graph in DIMACS format */
+      G = glp_create_graph(sizeof(v_data), 0);
+      xassert(argc == 2);
+      xassert(glp_read_ccdata(G, offsetof(v_data, w), argv[1]) == 0);
+      /* print the number of connected components */
+      xprintf("nc = %d\n", glp_weak_comp(G, -1));
+      /* assign random weights unformly distributed in [1,100] */
+      w = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(double));
+      rand = rng_create_rand();
+      for (i = 1; i <= G->nv; i++)
+#if 0
+         w[i] = weight(G->v[i]) = 1.0;
+#else
+         w[i] = weight(G->v[i]) = rng_unif_rand(rand, 100) + 1;
+#endif
+      /* write graph in DIMACS format */
+      xassert(glp_write_ccdata(G, offsetof(v_data, w), "graph") == 0);
+      /* find maximum weight clique */
+      c = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      flag = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(char));
+      memset(&flag[1], 0, G->nv);
+      t = xtime();
+      size = wclique1(G->nv, w, func, NULL, c);
+      xprintf("Time used: %.1f s\n", xdifftime(xtime(), t));
+      /* check the clique found */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+G->nv, sizeof(int));
+      for (k = 1; k <= size; k++)
+      {  i = c[k];
+         deg = func(NULL, i, ind);
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= size; kk++)
+            flag[c[kk]] = 1;
+         flag[i] = 0;
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= deg; kk++)
+            flag[ind[kk]] = 0;
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= size; kk++)
+            xassert(flag[c[kk]] == 0);
+      }
+      /* compute the clique weight */
+      sum = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= size; i++)
+         sum += w[c[i]];
+      xprintf("size = %d; sum = %g\n", size, sum);
+      return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique1.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique1.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..588f3257
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/misc/wclique1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* wclique1.h (maximum weight clique, greedy heuristic) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef WCLIQUE1_H
+#define WCLIQUE1_H
+
+#define wclique1 _glp_wclique1
+int wclique1(int n, const double w[],
+      int (*func)(void *info, int i, int ind[]), void *info, int c[]);
+/* find maximum weight clique with greedy heuristic */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ddd31543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2598 @@
+/* mpl.h (GNU MathProg translator) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MPL_H
+#define MPL_H
+
+#include "avl.h"
+#include "dmp.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "rng.h"
+
+#if 0 /* 22/I-2013 */
+typedef struct MPL MPL;
+#else
+typedef struct glp_tran MPL;
+#endif
+typedef char STRING;
+typedef struct SYMBOL SYMBOL;
+typedef struct TUPLE TUPLE;
+typedef struct ARRAY ELEMSET;
+typedef struct ELEMVAR ELEMVAR;
+typedef struct FORMULA FORMULA;
+typedef struct ELEMCON ELEMCON;
+typedef union VALUE VALUE;
+typedef struct ARRAY ARRAY;
+typedef struct MEMBER MEMBER;
+#if 1
+/* many C compilers have DOMAIN declared in <math.h> :( */
+#undef DOMAIN
+#define DOMAIN DOMAIN1
+#endif
+typedef struct DOMAIN DOMAIN;
+typedef struct DOMAIN_BLOCK DOMAIN_BLOCK;
+typedef struct DOMAIN_SLOT DOMAIN_SLOT;
+typedef struct SET SET;
+typedef struct WITHIN WITHIN;
+typedef struct GADGET GADGET;
+typedef struct PARAMETER PARAMETER;
+typedef struct CONDITION CONDITION;
+typedef struct VARIABLE VARIABLE;
+typedef struct CONSTRAINT CONSTRAINT;
+typedef struct TABLE TABLE;
+typedef struct TABARG TABARG;
+typedef struct TABFLD TABFLD;
+typedef struct TABIN TABIN;
+typedef struct TABOUT TABOUT;
+typedef struct TABDCA TABDCA;
+typedef union OPERANDS OPERANDS;
+typedef struct ARG_LIST ARG_LIST;
+typedef struct CODE CODE;
+typedef struct CHECK CHECK;
+typedef struct DISPLAY DISPLAY;
+typedef struct DISPLAY1 DISPLAY1;
+typedef struct PRINTF PRINTF;
+typedef struct PRINTF1 PRINTF1;
+typedef struct FOR FOR;
+typedef struct STATEMENT STATEMENT;
+typedef struct TUPLE SLICE;
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                    TRANSLATOR DATABASE                     * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define A_BINARY        101   /* something binary */
+#define A_CHECK         102   /* check statement */
+#define A_CONSTRAINT    103   /* model constraint */
+#define A_DISPLAY       104   /* display statement */
+#define A_ELEMCON       105   /* elemental constraint/objective */
+#define A_ELEMSET       106   /* elemental set */
+#define A_ELEMVAR       107   /* elemental variable */
+#define A_EXPRESSION    108   /* expression */
+#define A_FOR           109   /* for statement */
+#define A_FORMULA       110   /* formula */
+#define A_INDEX         111   /* dummy index */
+#define A_INPUT         112   /* input table */
+#define A_INTEGER       113   /* something integer */
+#define A_LOGICAL       114   /* something logical */
+#define A_MAXIMIZE      115   /* objective has to be maximized */
+#define A_MINIMIZE      116   /* objective has to be minimized */
+#define A_NONE          117   /* nothing */
+#define A_NUMERIC       118   /* something numeric */
+#define A_OUTPUT        119   /* output table */
+#define A_PARAMETER     120   /* model parameter */
+#define A_PRINTF        121   /* printf statement */
+#define A_SET           122   /* model set */
+#define A_SOLVE         123   /* solve statement */
+#define A_SYMBOLIC      124   /* something symbolic */
+#define A_TABLE         125   /* data table */
+#define A_TUPLE         126   /* n-tuple */
+#define A_VARIABLE      127   /* model variable */
+
+#define MAX_LENGTH 100
+/* maximal length of any symbolic value (this includes symbolic names,
+   numeric and string literals, and all symbolic values that may appear
+   during the evaluation phase) */
+
+#define CONTEXT_SIZE 60
+/* size of the context queue, in characters */
+
+#define OUTBUF_SIZE 1024
+/* size of the output buffer, in characters */
+
+#if 0 /* 22/I-2013 */
+struct MPL
+#else
+struct glp_tran
+#endif
+{     /* translator database */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* scanning segment */
+      int line;
+      /* number of the current text line */
+      int c;
+      /* the current character or EOF */
+      int token;
+      /* the current token: */
+#define T_EOF           201   /* end of file */
+#define T_NAME          202   /* symbolic name (model section only) */
+#define T_SYMBOL        203   /* symbol (data section only) */
+#define T_NUMBER        204   /* numeric literal */
+#define T_STRING        205   /* string literal */
+#define T_AND           206   /* and && */
+#define T_BY            207   /* by */
+#define T_CROSS         208   /* cross */
+#define T_DIFF          209   /* diff */
+#define T_DIV           210   /* div */
+#define T_ELSE          211   /* else */
+#define T_IF            212   /* if */
+#define T_IN            213   /* in */
+#define T_INFINITY      214   /* Infinity */
+#define T_INTER         215   /* inter */
+#define T_LESS          216   /* less */
+#define T_MOD           217   /* mod */
+#define T_NOT           218   /* not ! */
+#define T_OR            219   /* or || */
+#define T_SPTP          220   /* s.t. */
+#define T_SYMDIFF       221   /* symdiff */
+#define T_THEN          222   /* then */
+#define T_UNION         223   /* union */
+#define T_WITHIN        224   /* within */
+#define T_PLUS          225   /* + */
+#define T_MINUS         226   /* - */
+#define T_ASTERISK      227   /* * */
+#define T_SLASH         228   /* / */
+#define T_POWER         229   /* ^ ** */
+#define T_LT            230   /* <  */
+#define T_LE            231   /* <= */
+#define T_EQ            232   /* = == */
+#define T_GE            233   /* >= */
+#define T_GT            234   /* >  */
+#define T_NE            235   /* <> != */
+#define T_CONCAT        236   /* & */
+#define T_BAR           237   /* | */
+#define T_POINT         238   /* . */
+#define T_COMMA         239   /* , */
+#define T_COLON         240   /* : */
+#define T_SEMICOLON     241   /* ; */
+#define T_ASSIGN        242   /* := */
+#define T_DOTS          243   /* .. */
+#define T_LEFT          244   /* ( */
+#define T_RIGHT         245   /* ) */
+#define T_LBRACKET      246   /* [ */
+#define T_RBRACKET      247   /* ] */
+#define T_LBRACE        248   /* { */
+#define T_RBRACE        249   /* } */
+#define T_APPEND        250   /* >> */
+#define T_TILDE         251   /* ~ */
+#define T_INPUT         252   /* <- */
+      int imlen;
+      /* length of the current token */
+      char *image; /* char image[MAX_LENGTH+1]; */
+      /* image of the current token */
+      double value;
+      /* value of the current token (for T_NUMBER only) */
+      int b_token;
+      /* the previous token */
+      int b_imlen;
+      /* length of the previous token */
+      char *b_image; /* char b_image[MAX_LENGTH+1]; */
+      /* image of the previous token */
+      double b_value;
+      /* value of the previous token (if token is T_NUMBER) */
+      int f_dots;
+      /* if this flag is set, the next token should be recognized as
+         T_DOTS, not as T_POINT */
+      int f_scan;
+      /* if this flag is set, the next token is already scanned */
+      int f_token;
+      /* the next token */
+      int f_imlen;
+      /* length of the next token */
+      char *f_image; /* char f_image[MAX_LENGTH+1]; */
+      /* image of the next token */
+      double f_value;
+      /* value of the next token (if token is T_NUMBER) */
+      char *context; /* char context[CONTEXT_SIZE]; */
+      /* context circular queue (not null-terminated!) */
+      int c_ptr;
+      /* pointer to the current position in the context queue */
+      int flag_d;
+      /* if this flag is set, the data section is being processed */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* translating segment */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool used to allocate all data instances created during
+         the translation phase */
+      AVL *tree;
+      /* symbolic name table:
+         node.type = A_INDEX     => node.link -> DOMAIN_SLOT
+         node.type = A_SET       => node.link -> SET
+         node.type = A_PARAMETER => node.link -> PARAMETER
+         node.type = A_VARIABLE  => node.link -> VARIABLE
+         node.type = A_CONSTRANT => node.link -> CONSTRAINT */
+      STATEMENT *model;
+      /* linked list of model statements in the original order */
+      int flag_x;
+      /* if this flag is set, the current token being left parenthesis
+         begins a slice that allows recognizing any undeclared symbolic
+         names as dummy indices; this flag is automatically reset once
+         the next token has been scanned */
+      int as_within;
+      /* the warning "in understood as within" has been issued */
+      int as_in;
+      /* the warning "within understood as in" has been issued */
+      int as_binary;
+      /* the warning "logical understood as binary" has been issued */
+      int flag_s;
+      /* if this flag is set, the solve statement has been parsed */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* common segment */
+      DMP *strings;
+      /* memory pool to allocate STRING data structures */
+      DMP *symbols;
+      /* memory pool to allocate SYMBOL data structures */
+      DMP *tuples;
+      /* memory pool to allocate TUPLE data structures */
+      DMP *arrays;
+      /* memory pool to allocate ARRAY data structures */
+      DMP *members;
+      /* memory pool to allocate MEMBER data structures */
+      DMP *elemvars;
+      /* memory pool to allocate ELEMVAR data structures */
+      DMP *formulae;
+      /* memory pool to allocate FORMULA data structures */
+      DMP *elemcons;
+      /* memory pool to allocate ELEMCON data structures */
+      ARRAY *a_list;
+      /* linked list of all arrays in the database */
+      char *sym_buf; /* char sym_buf[255+1]; */
+      /* working buffer used by the routine format_symbol */
+      char *tup_buf; /* char tup_buf[255+1]; */
+      /* working buffer used by the routine format_tuple */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* generating/postsolving segment */
+      RNG *rand;
+      /* pseudo-random number generator */
+      int flag_p;
+      /* if this flag is set, the postsolving phase is in effect */
+      STATEMENT *stmt;
+      /* model statement being currently executed */
+      TABDCA *dca;
+      /* pointer to table driver communication area for table statement
+         currently executed */
+      int m;
+      /* number of rows in the problem, m >= 0 */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns in the problem, n >= 0 */
+      ELEMCON **row; /* ELEMCON *row[1+m]; */
+      /* row[0] is not used;
+         row[i] is elemental constraint or objective, which corresponds
+         to i-th row of the problem, 1 <= i <= m */
+      ELEMVAR **col; /* ELEMVAR *col[1+n]; */
+      /* col[0] is not used;
+         col[j] is elemental variable, which corresponds to j-th column
+         of the problem, 1 <= j <= n */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* input/output segment */
+      glp_file *in_fp;
+      /* stream assigned to the input text file */
+      char *in_file;
+      /* name of the input text file */
+      glp_file *out_fp;
+      /* stream assigned to the output text file used to write all data
+         produced by display and printf statements; NULL means the data
+         should be sent to stdout via the routine xprintf */
+      char *out_file;
+      /* name of the output text file */
+#if 0 /* 08/XI-2009 */
+      char *out_buf; /* char out_buf[OUTBUF_SIZE] */
+      /* buffer to accumulate output data */
+      int out_cnt;
+      /* count of data bytes stored in the output buffer */
+#endif
+      glp_file *prt_fp;
+      /* stream assigned to the print text file; may be NULL */
+      char *prt_file;
+      /* name of the output print file */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* solver interface segment */
+      jmp_buf jump;
+      /* jump address for non-local go to in case of error */
+      int phase;
+      /* phase of processing:
+         0 - database is being or has been initialized
+         1 - model section is being or has been read
+         2 - data section is being or has been read
+         3 - model is being or has been generated/postsolved
+         4 - model processing error has occurred */
+      char *mod_file;
+      /* name of the input text file, which contains model section */
+      char *mpl_buf; /* char mpl_buf[255+1]; */
+      /* working buffer used by some interface routines */
+};
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                  PROCESSING MODEL SECTION                  * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define alloc(type) ((type *)dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, sizeof(type)))
+/* allocate atom of given type */
+
+#define enter_context _glp_mpl_enter_context
+void enter_context(MPL *mpl);
+/* enter current token into context queue */
+
+#define print_context _glp_mpl_print_context
+void print_context(MPL *mpl);
+/* print current content of context queue */
+
+#define get_char _glp_mpl_get_char
+void get_char(MPL *mpl);
+/* scan next character from input text file */
+
+#define append_char _glp_mpl_append_char
+void append_char(MPL *mpl);
+/* append character to current token */
+
+#define get_token _glp_mpl_get_token
+void get_token(MPL *mpl);
+/* scan next token from input text file */
+
+#define unget_token _glp_mpl_unget_token
+void unget_token(MPL *mpl);
+/* return current token back to input stream */
+
+#define is_keyword _glp_mpl_is_keyword
+int is_keyword(MPL *mpl, char *keyword);
+/* check if current token is given non-reserved keyword */
+
+#define is_reserved _glp_mpl_is_reserved
+int is_reserved(MPL *mpl);
+/* check if current token is reserved keyword */
+
+#define make_code _glp_mpl_make_code
+CODE *make_code(MPL *mpl, int op, OPERANDS *arg, int type, int dim);
+/* generate pseudo-code (basic routine) */
+
+#define make_unary _glp_mpl_make_unary
+CODE *make_unary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, int type, int dim);
+/* generate pseudo-code for unary operation */
+
+#define make_binary _glp_mpl_make_binary
+CODE *make_binary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, int type,
+      int dim);
+/* generate pseudo-code for binary operation */
+
+#define make_ternary _glp_mpl_make_ternary
+CODE *make_ternary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, CODE *z,
+      int type, int dim);
+/* generate pseudo-code for ternary operation */
+
+#define numeric_literal _glp_mpl_numeric_literal
+CODE *numeric_literal(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse reference to numeric literal */
+
+#define string_literal _glp_mpl_string_literal
+CODE *string_literal(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse reference to string literal */
+
+#define create_arg_list _glp_mpl_create_arg_list
+ARG_LIST *create_arg_list(MPL *mpl);
+/* create empty operands list */
+
+#define expand_arg_list _glp_mpl_expand_arg_list
+ARG_LIST *expand_arg_list(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list, CODE *x);
+/* append operand to operands list */
+
+#define arg_list_len _glp_mpl_arg_list_len
+int arg_list_len(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list);
+/* determine length of operands list */
+
+#define subscript_list _glp_mpl_subscript_list
+ARG_LIST *subscript_list(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse subscript list */
+
+#define object_reference _glp_mpl_object_reference
+CODE *object_reference(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse reference to named object */
+
+#define numeric_argument _glp_mpl_numeric_argument
+CODE *numeric_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func);
+/* parse argument passed to built-in function */
+
+#define symbolic_argument _glp_mpl_symbolic_argument
+CODE *symbolic_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func);
+
+#define elemset_argument _glp_mpl_elemset_argument
+CODE *elemset_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func);
+
+#define function_reference _glp_mpl_function_reference
+CODE *function_reference(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse reference to built-in function */
+
+#define create_domain _glp_mpl_create_domain
+DOMAIN *create_domain(MPL *mpl);
+/* create empty domain */
+
+#define create_block _glp_mpl_create_block
+DOMAIN_BLOCK *create_block(MPL *mpl);
+/* create empty domain block */
+
+#define append_block _glp_mpl_append_block
+void append_block(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block);
+/* append domain block to specified domain */
+
+#define append_slot _glp_mpl_append_slot
+DOMAIN_SLOT *append_slot(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block, char *name,
+      CODE *code);
+/* create and append new slot to domain block */
+
+#define expression_list _glp_mpl_expression_list
+CODE *expression_list(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression list */
+
+#define literal_set _glp_mpl_literal_set
+CODE *literal_set(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* parse literal set */
+
+#define indexing_expression _glp_mpl_indexing_expression
+DOMAIN *indexing_expression(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse indexing expression */
+
+#define close_scope _glp_mpl_close_scope
+void close_scope(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain);
+/* close scope of indexing expression */
+
+#define iterated_expression _glp_mpl_iterated_expression
+CODE *iterated_expression(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse iterated expression */
+
+#define domain_arity _glp_mpl_domain_arity
+int domain_arity(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain);
+/* determine arity of domain */
+
+#define set_expression _glp_mpl_set_expression
+CODE *set_expression(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse set expression */
+
+#define branched_expression _glp_mpl_branched_expression
+CODE *branched_expression(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse conditional expression */
+
+#define primary_expression _glp_mpl_primary_expression
+CODE *primary_expression(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse primary expression */
+
+#define error_preceding _glp_mpl_error_preceding
+void error_preceding(MPL *mpl, char *opstr);
+/* raise error if preceding operand has wrong type */
+
+#define error_following _glp_mpl_error_following
+void error_following(MPL *mpl, char *opstr);
+/* raise error if following operand has wrong type */
+
+#define error_dimension _glp_mpl_error_dimension
+void error_dimension(MPL *mpl, char *opstr, int dim1, int dim2);
+/* raise error if operands have different dimension */
+
+#define expression_0 _glp_mpl_expression_0
+CODE *expression_0(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 0 */
+
+#define expression_1 _glp_mpl_expression_1
+CODE *expression_1(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 1 */
+
+#define expression_2 _glp_mpl_expression_2
+CODE *expression_2(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 2 */
+
+#define expression_3 _glp_mpl_expression_3
+CODE *expression_3(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 3 */
+
+#define expression_4 _glp_mpl_expression_4
+CODE *expression_4(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 4 */
+
+#define expression_5 _glp_mpl_expression_5
+CODE *expression_5(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 5 */
+
+#define expression_6 _glp_mpl_expression_6
+CODE *expression_6(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 6 */
+
+#define expression_7 _glp_mpl_expression_7
+CODE *expression_7(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 7 */
+
+#define expression_8 _glp_mpl_expression_8
+CODE *expression_8(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 8 */
+
+#define expression_9 _glp_mpl_expression_9
+CODE *expression_9(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 9 */
+
+#define expression_10 _glp_mpl_expression_10
+CODE *expression_10(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 10 */
+
+#define expression_11 _glp_mpl_expression_11
+CODE *expression_11(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 11 */
+
+#define expression_12 _glp_mpl_expression_12
+CODE *expression_12(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 12 */
+
+#define expression_13 _glp_mpl_expression_13
+CODE *expression_13(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse expression of level 13 */
+
+#define set_statement _glp_mpl_set_statement
+SET *set_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse set statement */
+
+#define parameter_statement _glp_mpl_parameter_statement
+PARAMETER *parameter_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse parameter statement */
+
+#define variable_statement _glp_mpl_variable_statement
+VARIABLE *variable_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse variable statement */
+
+#define constraint_statement _glp_mpl_constraint_statement
+CONSTRAINT *constraint_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse constraint statement */
+
+#define objective_statement _glp_mpl_objective_statement
+CONSTRAINT *objective_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse objective statement */
+
+#define table_statement _glp_mpl_table_statement
+TABLE *table_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse table statement */
+
+#define solve_statement _glp_mpl_solve_statement
+void *solve_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse solve statement */
+
+#define check_statement _glp_mpl_check_statement
+CHECK *check_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse check statement */
+
+#define display_statement _glp_mpl_display_statement
+DISPLAY *display_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse display statement */
+
+#define printf_statement _glp_mpl_printf_statement
+PRINTF *printf_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse printf statement */
+
+#define for_statement _glp_mpl_for_statement
+FOR *for_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse for statement */
+
+#define end_statement _glp_mpl_end_statement
+void end_statement(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse end statement */
+
+#define simple_statement _glp_mpl_simple_statement
+STATEMENT *simple_statement(MPL *mpl, int spec);
+/* parse simple statement */
+
+#define model_section _glp_mpl_model_section
+void model_section(MPL *mpl);
+/* parse model section */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                  PROCESSING DATA SECTION                   * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#if 2 + 2 == 5
+struct SLICE /* see TUPLE */
+{     /* component of slice; the slice itself is associated with its
+         first component; slices are similar to n-tuples with exception
+         that some slice components (which are indicated by asterisks)
+         don't refer to any symbols */
+      SYMBOL *sym;
+      /* symbol, which this component refers to; can be NULL */
+      SLICE *next;
+      /* the next component of slice */
+};
+#endif
+
+#define create_slice _glp_mpl_create_slice
+SLICE *create_slice(MPL *mpl);
+/* create slice */
+
+#define expand_slice _glp_mpl_expand_slice
+SLICE *expand_slice
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice,           /* destroyed */
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* destroyed */
+);
+/* append new component to slice */
+
+#define slice_dimen _glp_mpl_slice_dimen
+int slice_dimen
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+);
+/* determine dimension of slice */
+
+#define slice_arity _glp_mpl_slice_arity
+int slice_arity
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+);
+/* determine arity of slice */
+
+#define fake_slice _glp_mpl_fake_slice
+SLICE *fake_slice(MPL *mpl, int dim);
+/* create fake slice of all asterisks */
+
+#define delete_slice _glp_mpl_delete_slice
+void delete_slice
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* delete slice */
+
+#define is_number _glp_mpl_is_number
+int is_number(MPL *mpl);
+/* check if current token is number */
+
+#define is_symbol _glp_mpl_is_symbol
+int is_symbol(MPL *mpl);
+/* check if current token is symbol */
+
+#define is_literal _glp_mpl_is_literal
+int is_literal(MPL *mpl, char *literal);
+/* check if current token is given symbolic literal */
+
+#define read_number _glp_mpl_read_number
+double read_number(MPL *mpl);
+/* read number */
+
+#define read_symbol _glp_mpl_read_symbol
+SYMBOL *read_symbol(MPL *mpl);
+/* read symbol */
+
+#define read_slice _glp_mpl_read_slice
+SLICE *read_slice
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name,             /* not changed */
+      int dim
+);
+/* read slice */
+
+#define select_set _glp_mpl_select_set
+SET *select_set
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name              /* not changed */
+);
+/* select set to saturate it with elemental sets */
+
+#define simple_format _glp_mpl_simple_format
+void simple_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      MEMBER *memb,           /* modified */
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+);
+/* read set data block in simple format */
+
+#define matrix_format _glp_mpl_matrix_format
+void matrix_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      MEMBER *memb,           /* modified */
+      SLICE *slice,           /* not changed */
+      int tr
+);
+/* read set data block in matrix format */
+
+#define set_data _glp_mpl_set_data
+void set_data(MPL *mpl);
+/* read set data */
+
+#define select_parameter _glp_mpl_select_parameter
+PARAMETER *select_parameter
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name              /* not changed */
+);
+/* select parameter to saturate it with data */
+
+#define set_default _glp_mpl_set_default
+void set_default
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      SYMBOL *altval          /* destroyed */
+);
+/* set default parameter value */
+
+#define read_value _glp_mpl_read_value
+MEMBER *read_value
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* read value and assign it to parameter member */
+
+#define plain_format _glp_mpl_plain_format
+void plain_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+);
+/* read parameter data block in plain format */
+
+#define tabular_format _glp_mpl_tabular_format
+void tabular_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      SLICE *slice,           /* not changed */
+      int tr
+);
+/* read parameter data block in tabular format */
+
+#define tabbing_format _glp_mpl_tabbing_format
+void tabbing_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *altval          /* not changed */
+);
+/* read parameter data block in tabbing format */
+
+#define parameter_data _glp_mpl_parameter_data
+void parameter_data(MPL *mpl);
+/* read parameter data */
+
+#define data_section _glp_mpl_data_section
+void data_section(MPL *mpl);
+/* read data section */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                   FLOATING-POINT NUMBERS                   * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define fp_add _glp_mpl_fp_add
+double fp_add(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point addition */
+
+#define fp_sub _glp_mpl_fp_sub
+double fp_sub(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point subtraction */
+
+#define fp_less _glp_mpl_fp_less
+double fp_less(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point non-negative subtraction */
+
+#define fp_mul _glp_mpl_fp_mul
+double fp_mul(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point multiplication */
+
+#define fp_div _glp_mpl_fp_div
+double fp_div(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point division */
+
+#define fp_idiv _glp_mpl_fp_idiv
+double fp_idiv(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point quotient of exact division */
+
+#define fp_mod _glp_mpl_fp_mod
+double fp_mod(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point remainder of exact division */
+
+#define fp_power _glp_mpl_fp_power
+double fp_power(MPL *mpl, double x, double y);
+/* floating-point exponentiation (raise to power) */
+
+#define fp_exp _glp_mpl_fp_exp
+double fp_exp(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point base-e exponential */
+
+#define fp_log _glp_mpl_fp_log
+double fp_log(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point natural logarithm */
+
+#define fp_log10 _glp_mpl_fp_log10
+double fp_log10(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point common (decimal) logarithm */
+
+#define fp_sqrt _glp_mpl_fp_sqrt
+double fp_sqrt(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point square root */
+
+#define fp_sin _glp_mpl_fp_sin
+double fp_sin(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point trigonometric sine */
+
+#define fp_cos _glp_mpl_fp_cos
+double fp_cos(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point trigonometric cosine */
+
+#define fp_tan _glp_mpl_fp_tan
+double fp_tan(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point trigonometric tangent */
+
+#define fp_atan _glp_mpl_fp_atan
+double fp_atan(MPL *mpl, double x);
+/* floating-point trigonometric arctangent */
+
+#define fp_atan2 _glp_mpl_fp_atan2
+double fp_atan2(MPL *mpl, double y, double x);
+/* floating-point trigonometric arctangent */
+
+#define fp_round _glp_mpl_fp_round
+double fp_round(MPL *mpl, double x, double n);
+/* round floating-point value to n fractional digits */
+
+#define fp_trunc _glp_mpl_fp_trunc
+double fp_trunc(MPL *mpl, double x, double n);
+/* truncate floating-point value to n fractional digits */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *              PSEUDO-RANDOM NUMBER GENERATORS               * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define fp_irand224 _glp_mpl_fp_irand224
+double fp_irand224(MPL *mpl);
+/* pseudo-random integer in the range [0, 2^24) */
+
+#define fp_uniform01 _glp_mpl_fp_uniform01
+double fp_uniform01(MPL *mpl);
+/* pseudo-random number in the range [0, 1) */
+
+#define fp_uniform _glp_mpl_uniform
+double fp_uniform(MPL *mpl, double a, double b);
+/* pseudo-random number in the range [a, b) */
+
+#define fp_normal01 _glp_mpl_fp_normal01
+double fp_normal01(MPL *mpl);
+/* Gaussian random variate with mu = 0 and sigma = 1 */
+
+#define fp_normal _glp_mpl_fp_normal
+double fp_normal(MPL *mpl, double mu, double sigma);
+/* Gaussian random variate with specified mu and sigma */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                         DATE/TIME                          * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define fn_gmtime _glp_mpl_fn_gmtime
+double fn_gmtime(MPL *mpl);
+/* obtain the current calendar time (UTC) */
+
+#define fn_str2time _glp_mpl_fn_str2time
+double fn_str2time(MPL *mpl, const char *str, const char *fmt);
+/* convert character string to the calendar time */
+
+#define fn_time2str _glp_mpl_fn_time2str
+void fn_time2str(MPL *mpl, char *str, double t, const char *fmt);
+/* convert the calendar time to character string */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                     CHARACTER STRINGS                      * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define create_string _glp_mpl_create_string
+STRING *create_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1]  /* not changed */
+);
+/* create character string */
+
+#define copy_string _glp_mpl_copy_string
+STRING *copy_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str             /* not changed */
+);
+/* make copy of character string */
+
+#define compare_strings _glp_mpl_compare_strings
+int compare_strings
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str1,           /* not changed */
+      STRING *str2            /* not changed */
+);
+/* compare one character string with another */
+
+#define fetch_string _glp_mpl_fetch_string
+char *fetch_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str,            /* not changed */
+      char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1]  /* modified */
+);
+/* extract content of character string */
+
+#define delete_string _glp_mpl_delete_string
+void delete_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str             /* destroyed */
+);
+/* delete character string */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                          SYMBOLS                           * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct SYMBOL
+{     /* symbol (numeric or abstract quantity) */
+      double num;
+      /* numeric value of symbol (used only if str == NULL) */
+      STRING *str;
+      /* abstract value of symbol (used only if str != NULL) */
+};
+
+#define create_symbol_num _glp_mpl_create_symbol_num
+SYMBOL *create_symbol_num(MPL *mpl, double num);
+/* create symbol of numeric type */
+
+#define create_symbol_str _glp_mpl_create_symbol_str
+SYMBOL *create_symbol_str
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str             /* destroyed */
+);
+/* create symbol of abstract type */
+
+#define copy_symbol _glp_mpl_copy_symbol
+SYMBOL *copy_symbol
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* not changed */
+);
+/* make copy of symbol */
+
+#define compare_symbols _glp_mpl_compare_symbols
+int compare_symbols
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym1,           /* not changed */
+      SYMBOL *sym2            /* not changed */
+);
+/* compare one symbol with another */
+
+#define delete_symbol _glp_mpl_delete_symbol
+void delete_symbol
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* destroyed */
+);
+/* delete symbol */
+
+#define format_symbol _glp_mpl_format_symbol
+char *format_symbol
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* not changed */
+);
+/* format symbol for displaying or printing */
+
+#define concat_symbols _glp_mpl_concat_symbols
+SYMBOL *concat_symbols
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym1,           /* destroyed */
+      SYMBOL *sym2            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* concatenate one symbol with another */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                          N-TUPLES                          * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct TUPLE
+{     /* component of n-tuple; the n-tuple itself is associated with
+         its first component; (note that 0-tuple has no components) */
+      SYMBOL *sym;
+      /* symbol, which the component refers to; cannot be NULL */
+      TUPLE *next;
+      /* the next component of n-tuple */
+};
+
+#define create_tuple _glp_mpl_create_tuple
+TUPLE *create_tuple(MPL *mpl);
+/* create n-tuple */
+
+#define expand_tuple _glp_mpl_expand_tuple
+TUPLE *expand_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* destroyed */
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* destroyed */
+);
+/* append symbol to n-tuple */
+
+#define tuple_dimen _glp_mpl_tuple_dimen
+int tuple_dimen
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* determine dimension of n-tuple */
+
+#define copy_tuple _glp_mpl_copy_tuple
+TUPLE *copy_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* make copy of n-tuple */
+
+#define compare_tuples _glp_mpl_compare_tuples
+int compare_tuples
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple1,          /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple2           /* not changed */
+);
+/* compare one n-tuple with another */
+
+#define build_subtuple _glp_mpl_build_subtuple
+TUPLE *build_subtuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      int dim
+);
+/* build subtuple of given n-tuple */
+
+#define delete_tuple _glp_mpl_delete_tuple
+void delete_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* delete n-tuple */
+
+#define format_tuple _glp_mpl_format_tuple
+char *format_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      int c,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* format n-tuple for displaying or printing */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                       ELEMENTAL SETS                       * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#if 2 + 2 == 5
+struct ELEMSET /* see ARRAY */
+{     /* elemental set of n-tuples; formally it is a "value" assigned
+         to members of model sets (like numbers and symbols, which are
+         values assigned to members of model parameters); note that a
+         simple model set is not an elemental set, it is 0-dimensional
+         array, the only member of which (if it exists) is assigned an
+         elemental set */
+#endif
+
+#define create_elemset _glp_mpl_create_elemset
+ELEMSET *create_elemset(MPL *mpl, int dim);
+/* create elemental set */
+
+#define find_tuple _glp_mpl_find_tuple
+MEMBER *find_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set,           /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* check if elemental set contains given n-tuple */
+
+#define add_tuple _glp_mpl_add_tuple
+MEMBER *add_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set,           /* modified */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* add new n-tuple to elemental set */
+
+#define check_then_add _glp_mpl_check_then_add
+MEMBER *check_then_add
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set,           /* modified */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* check and add new n-tuple to elemental set */
+
+#define copy_elemset _glp_mpl_copy_elemset
+ELEMSET *copy_elemset
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set            /* not changed */
+);
+/* make copy of elemental set */
+
+#define delete_elemset _glp_mpl_delete_elemset
+void delete_elemset
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* delete elemental set */
+
+#define arelset_size _glp_mpl_arelset_size
+int arelset_size(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt);
+/* compute size of "arithmetic" elemental set */
+
+#define arelset_member _glp_mpl_arelset_member
+double arelset_member(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt, int j);
+/* compute member of "arithmetic" elemental set */
+
+#define create_arelset _glp_mpl_create_arelset
+ELEMSET *create_arelset(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt);
+/* create "arithmetic" elemental set */
+
+#define set_union _glp_mpl_set_union
+ELEMSET *set_union
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+);
+/* union of two elemental sets */
+
+#define set_diff _glp_mpl_set_diff
+ELEMSET *set_diff
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+);
+/* difference between two elemental sets */
+
+#define set_symdiff _glp_mpl_set_symdiff
+ELEMSET *set_symdiff
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+);
+/* symmetric difference between two elemental sets */
+
+#define set_inter _glp_mpl_set_inter
+ELEMSET *set_inter
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+);
+/* intersection of two elemental sets */
+
+#define set_cross _glp_mpl_set_cross
+ELEMSET *set_cross
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+);
+/* cross (Cartesian) product of two elemental sets */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                    ELEMENTAL VARIABLES                     * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct ELEMVAR
+{     /* elemental variable; formally it is a "value" assigned to
+         members of model variables (like numbers and symbols, which
+         are values assigned to members of model parameters) */
+      int j;
+      /* LP column number assigned to this elemental variable */
+      VARIABLE *var;
+      /* model variable, which contains this elemental variable */
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      /* array member, which is assigned this elemental variable */
+      double lbnd;
+      /* lower bound */
+      double ubnd;
+      /* upper bound */
+      double temp;
+      /* working quantity used in operations on linear forms; normally
+         it contains floating-point zero */
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+      int stat;
+      double prim, dual;
+      /* solution components provided by the solver */
+#endif
+};
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        LINEAR FORMS                        * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct FORMULA
+{     /* term of linear form c * x, where c is a coefficient, x is an
+         elemental variable; the linear form itself is the sum of terms
+         and is associated with its first term; (note that the linear
+         form may be empty that means the sum is equal to zero) */
+      double coef;
+      /* coefficient at elemental variable or constant term */
+      ELEMVAR *var;
+      /* reference to elemental variable; NULL means constant term */
+      FORMULA *next;
+      /* the next term of linear form */
+};
+
+#define constant_term _glp_mpl_constant_term
+FORMULA *constant_term(MPL *mpl, double coef);
+/* create constant term */
+
+#define single_variable _glp_mpl_single_variable
+FORMULA *single_variable
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMVAR *var            /* referenced */
+);
+/* create single variable */
+
+#define copy_formula _glp_mpl_copy_formula
+FORMULA *copy_formula
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form           /* not changed */
+);
+/* make copy of linear form */
+
+#define delete_formula _glp_mpl_delete_formula
+void delete_formula
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form           /* destroyed */
+);
+/* delete linear form */
+
+#define linear_comb _glp_mpl_linear_comb
+FORMULA *linear_comb
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      double a, FORMULA *fx,  /* destroyed */
+      double b, FORMULA *fy   /* destroyed */
+);
+/* linear combination of two linear forms */
+
+#define remove_constant _glp_mpl_remove_constant
+FORMULA *remove_constant
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form,          /* destroyed */
+      double *coef            /* modified */
+);
+/* remove constant term from linear form */
+
+#define reduce_terms _glp_mpl_reduce_terms
+FORMULA *reduce_terms
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form           /* destroyed */
+);
+/* reduce identical terms in linear form */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                   ELEMENTAL CONSTRAINTS                    * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct ELEMCON
+{     /* elemental constraint; formally it is a "value" assigned to
+         members of model constraints (like numbers or symbols, which
+         are values assigned to members of model parameters) */
+      int i;
+      /* LP row number assigned to this elemental constraint */
+      CONSTRAINT *con;
+      /* model constraint, which contains this elemental constraint */
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      /* array member, which is assigned this elemental constraint */
+      FORMULA *form;
+      /* linear form */
+      double lbnd;
+      /* lower bound */
+      double ubnd;
+      /* upper bound */
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+      int stat;
+      double prim, dual;
+      /* solution components provided by the solver */
+#endif
+};
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                       GENERIC VALUES                       * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+union VALUE
+{     /* generic value, which can be assigned to object member or be a
+         result of evaluation of expression */
+      /* indicator that specifies the particular type of generic value
+         is stored in the corresponding array or pseudo-code descriptor
+         and can be one of the following:
+         A_NONE     - no value
+         A_NUMERIC  - floating-point number
+         A_SYMBOLIC - symbol
+         A_LOGICAL  - logical value
+         A_TUPLE    - n-tuple
+         A_ELEMSET  - elemental set
+         A_ELEMVAR  - elemental variable
+         A_FORMULA  - linear form
+         A_ELEMCON  - elemental constraint */
+      void *none;    /* null */
+      double num;    /* value */
+      SYMBOL *sym;   /* value */
+      int bit;       /* value */
+      TUPLE *tuple;  /* value */
+      ELEMSET *set;  /* value */
+      ELEMVAR *var;  /* reference */
+      FORMULA *form; /* value */
+      ELEMCON *con;  /* reference */
+};
+
+#define delete_value _glp_mpl_delete_value
+void delete_value
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      int type,
+      VALUE *value            /* content destroyed */
+);
+/* delete generic value */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                SYMBOLICALLY INDEXED ARRAYS                 * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct ARRAY
+{     /* multi-dimensional array, a set of members indexed over simple
+         or compound sets of symbols; arrays are used to represent the
+         contents of model objects (i.e. sets, parameters, variables,
+         constraints, and objectives); arrays also are used as "values"
+         that are assigned to members of set objects, in which case the
+         array itself represents an elemental set */
+      int type;
+      /* type of generic values assigned to the array members:
+         A_NONE     - none (members have no assigned values)
+         A_NUMERIC  - floating-point numbers
+         A_SYMBOLIC - symbols
+         A_ELEMSET  - elemental sets
+         A_ELEMVAR  - elemental variables
+         A_ELEMCON  - elemental constraints */
+      int dim;
+      /* dimension of the array that determines number of components in
+         n-tuples for all members of the array, dim >= 0; dim = 0 means
+         the array is 0-dimensional */
+      int size;
+      /* size of the array, i.e. number of its members */
+      MEMBER *head;
+      /* the first array member; NULL means the array is empty */
+      MEMBER *tail;
+      /* the last array member; NULL means the array is empty */
+      AVL *tree;
+      /* the search tree intended to find array members for logarithmic
+         time; NULL means the search tree doesn't exist */
+      ARRAY *prev;
+      /* the previous array in the translator database */
+      ARRAY *next;
+      /* the next array in the translator database */
+};
+
+struct MEMBER
+{     /* array member */
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      /* n-tuple, which identifies the member; number of its components
+         is the same for all members within the array and determined by
+         the array dimension; duplicate members are not allowed */
+      MEMBER *next;
+      /* the next array member */
+      VALUE value;
+      /* generic value assigned to the member */
+};
+
+#define create_array _glp_mpl_create_array
+ARRAY *create_array(MPL *mpl, int type, int dim);
+/* create array */
+
+#define find_member _glp_mpl_find_member
+MEMBER *find_member
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ARRAY *array,           /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* find array member with given n-tuple */
+
+#define add_member _glp_mpl_add_member
+MEMBER *add_member
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ARRAY *array,           /* modified */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* add new member to array */
+
+#define delete_array _glp_mpl_delete_array
+void delete_array
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ARRAY *array            /* destroyed */
+);
+/* delete array */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                 DOMAINS AND DUMMY INDICES                  * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct DOMAIN
+{     /* domain (a simple or compound set); syntactically domain looks
+         like '{ i in I, (j,k) in S, t in T : <predicate> }'; domains
+         are used to define sets, over which model objects are indexed,
+         and also as constituents of iterated operators */
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *list;
+      /* linked list of domain blocks (in the example above such blocks
+         are 'i in I', '(j,k) in S', and 't in T'); this list cannot be
+         empty */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing the logical predicate, which follows
+         the colon; NULL means no predicate is specified */
+};
+
+struct DOMAIN_BLOCK
+{     /* domain block; syntactically domain blocks look like 'i in I',
+         '(j,k) in S', and 't in T' in the example above (in the sequel
+         sets like I, S, and T are called basic sets) */
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *list;
+      /* linked list of domain slots (i.e. indexing positions); number
+         of slots in this list is the same as dimension of n-tuples in
+         the basic set; this list cannot be empty */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing basic set; cannot be NULL */
+      TUPLE *backup;
+      /* if this n-tuple is not empty, current values of dummy indices
+         in the domain block are the same as components of this n-tuple
+         (note that this n-tuple may have larger dimension than number
+         of dummy indices in this block, in which case extra components
+         are ignored); this n-tuple is used to restore former values of
+         dummy indices, if they were changed due to recursive calls to
+         the domain block */
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *next;
+      /* the next block in the same domain */
+};
+
+struct DOMAIN_SLOT
+{     /* domain slot; it specifies an individual indexing position and
+         defines the corresponding dummy index */
+      char *name;
+      /* symbolic name of the dummy index; null pointer means the dummy
+         index is not explicitly specified */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing symbolic value, at which the dummy
+         index is bound; NULL means the dummy index is free within the
+         domain scope */
+      SYMBOL *value;
+      /* current value assigned to the dummy index; NULL means no value
+         is assigned at the moment */
+      CODE *list;
+      /* linked list of pseudo-codes with operation O_INDEX referring
+         to this slot; this linked list is used to invalidate resultant
+         values of the operation, which depend on this dummy index */
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *next;
+      /* the next slot in the same domain block */
+};
+
+#define assign_dummy_index _glp_mpl_assign_dummy_index
+void assign_dummy_index
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot,      /* modified */
+      SYMBOL *value           /* not changed */
+);
+/* assign new value to dummy index */
+
+#define update_dummy_indices _glp_mpl_update_dummy_indices
+void update_dummy_indices
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block     /* not changed */
+);
+/* update current values of dummy indices */
+
+#define enter_domain_block _glp_mpl_enter_domain_block
+int enter_domain_block
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block,    /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+);
+/* enter domain block */
+
+#define eval_within_domain _glp_mpl_eval_within_domain
+int eval_within_domain
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN *domain,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+);
+/* perform evaluation within domain scope */
+
+#define loop_within_domain _glp_mpl_loop_within_domain
+void loop_within_domain
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN *domain,         /* not changed */
+      void *info, int (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+);
+/* perform iterations within domain scope */
+
+#define out_of_domain _glp_mpl_out_of_domain
+void out_of_domain
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name,             /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* raise domain exception */
+
+#define get_domain_tuple _glp_mpl_get_domain_tuple
+TUPLE *get_domain_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN *domain          /* not changed */
+);
+/* obtain current n-tuple from domain */
+
+#define clean_domain _glp_mpl_clean_domain
+void clean_domain(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain);
+/* clean domain */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                         MODEL SETS                         * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct SET
+{     /* model set */
+      char *name;
+      /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */
+      char *alias;
+      /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */
+      int dim; /* aka arity */
+      /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional
+         (unsubscripted) set, dim > 0 means set of sets */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional set */
+      int dimen;
+      /* dimension of n-tuples, which members of this set consist of
+         (note that the model set itself is an array of elemental sets,
+         which are its members; so, don't confuse this dimension with
+         dimension of the model set); always non-zero */
+      WITHIN *within;
+      /* list of supersets, which restrict each member of the set to be
+         in every superset from this list; this list can be empty */
+      CODE *assign;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing assigned value; can be NULL */
+      CODE *option;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing default value; can be NULL */
+      GADGET *gadget;
+      /* plain set used to initialize the array of sets; can be NULL */
+      int data;
+      /* data status flag:
+         0 - no data are provided in the data section
+         1 - data are provided, but not checked yet
+         2 - data are provided and have been checked */
+      ARRAY *array;
+      /* array of members, which are assigned elemental sets */
+};
+
+struct WITHIN
+{     /* restricting superset list entry */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing the superset; cannot be NULL */
+      WITHIN *next;
+      /* the next entry for the same set or parameter */
+};
+
+struct GADGET
+{     /* plain set used to initialize the array of sets with data */
+      SET *set;
+      /* pointer to plain set; cannot be NULL */
+      int ind[20]; /* ind[dim+dimen]; */
+      /* permutation of integers 1, 2, ..., dim+dimen */
+};
+
+#define check_elem_set _glp_mpl_check_elem_set
+void check_elem_set
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      ELEMSET *refer          /* not changed */
+);
+/* check elemental set assigned to set member */
+
+#define take_member_set _glp_mpl_take_member_set
+ELEMSET *take_member_set      /* returns reference, not value */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* obtain elemental set assigned to set member */
+
+#define eval_member_set _glp_mpl_eval_member_set
+ELEMSET *eval_member_set      /* returns reference, not value */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* evaluate elemental set assigned to set member */
+
+#define eval_whole_set _glp_mpl_eval_whole_set
+void eval_whole_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set);
+/* evaluate model set over entire domain */
+
+#define clean_set _glp_mpl_clean_set
+void clean_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set);
+/* clean model set */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      MODEL PARAMETERS                      * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct PARAMETER
+{     /* model parameter */
+      char *name;
+      /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */
+      char *alias;
+      /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */
+      int dim; /* aka arity */
+      /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional
+         (unsubscripted) parameter */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional parameter */
+      int type;
+      /* parameter type:
+         A_NUMERIC  - numeric
+         A_INTEGER  - integer
+         A_BINARY   - binary
+         A_SYMBOLIC - symbolic */
+      CONDITION *cond;
+      /* list of conditions, which restrict each parameter member to
+         satisfy to every condition from this list; this list is used
+         only for numeric parameters and can be empty */
+      WITHIN *in;
+      /* list of supersets, which restrict each parameter member to be
+         in every superset from this list; this list is used only for
+         symbolic parameters and can be empty */
+      CODE *assign;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing assigned value; can be NULL */
+      CODE *option;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing default value; can be NULL */
+      int data;
+      /* data status flag:
+         0 - no data are provided in the data section
+         1 - data are provided, but not checked yet
+         2 - data are provided and have been checked */
+      SYMBOL *defval;
+      /* default value provided in the data section; can be NULL */
+      ARRAY *array;
+      /* array of members, which are assigned numbers or symbols */
+};
+
+struct CONDITION
+{     /* restricting condition list entry */
+      int rho;
+      /* flag that specifies the form of the condition:
+         O_LT - less than
+         O_LE - less than or equal to
+         O_EQ - equal to
+         O_GE - greater than or equal to
+         O_GT - greater than
+         O_NE - not equal to */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing the reference value */
+      CONDITION *next;
+      /* the next entry for the same parameter */
+};
+
+#define check_value_num _glp_mpl_check_value_num
+void check_value_num
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      double value
+);
+/* check numeric value assigned to parameter member */
+
+#define take_member_num _glp_mpl_take_member_num
+double take_member_num
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* obtain numeric value assigned to parameter member */
+
+#define eval_member_num _glp_mpl_eval_member_num
+double eval_member_num
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* evaluate numeric value assigned to parameter member */
+
+#define check_value_sym _glp_mpl_check_value_sym
+void check_value_sym
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      SYMBOL *value           /* not changed */
+);
+/* check symbolic value assigned to parameter member */
+
+#define take_member_sym _glp_mpl_take_member_sym
+SYMBOL *take_member_sym       /* returns value, not reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* obtain symbolic value assigned to parameter member */
+
+#define eval_member_sym _glp_mpl_eval_member_sym
+SYMBOL *eval_member_sym       /* returns value, not reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* evaluate symbolic value assigned to parameter member */
+
+#define eval_whole_par _glp_mpl_eval_whole_par
+void eval_whole_par(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par);
+/* evaluate model parameter over entire domain */
+
+#define clean_parameter _glp_mpl_clean_parameter
+void clean_parameter(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par);
+/* clean model parameter */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      MODEL VARIABLES                       * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct VARIABLE
+{     /* model variable */
+      char *name;
+      /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */
+      char *alias;
+      /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */
+      int dim; /* aka arity */
+      /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional
+         (unsubscripted) variable */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional variable */
+      int type;
+      /* variable type:
+         A_NUMERIC - continuous
+         A_INTEGER - integer
+         A_BINARY  - binary */
+      CODE *lbnd;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing lower bound; NULL means lower bound
+         is not specified */
+      CODE *ubnd;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing upper bound; NULL means upper bound
+         is not specified */
+      /* if both the pointers lbnd and ubnd refer to the same code, the
+         variable is fixed at the corresponding value */
+      ARRAY *array;
+      /* array of members, which are assigned elemental variables */
+};
+
+#define take_member_var _glp_mpl_take_member_var
+ELEMVAR *take_member_var      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      VARIABLE *var,          /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* obtain reference to elemental variable */
+
+#define eval_member_var _glp_mpl_eval_member_var
+ELEMVAR *eval_member_var      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      VARIABLE *var,          /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* evaluate reference to elemental variable */
+
+#define eval_whole_var _glp_mpl_eval_whole_var
+void eval_whole_var(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var);
+/* evaluate model variable over entire domain */
+
+#define clean_variable _glp_mpl_clean_variable
+void clean_variable(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var);
+/* clean model variable */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *              MODEL CONSTRAINTS AND OBJECTIVES              * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct CONSTRAINT
+{     /* model constraint or objective */
+      char *name;
+      /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */
+      char *alias;
+      /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */
+      int dim; /* aka arity */
+      /* dimension (number of subscripts); dim = 0 means 0-dimensional
+         (unsubscripted) constraint */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; NULL for 0-dimensional constraint */
+      int type;
+      /* constraint type:
+         A_CONSTRAINT - constraint
+         A_MINIMIZE   - objective (minimization)
+         A_MAXIMIZE   - objective (maximization) */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing main linear form; cannot be NULL */
+      CODE *lbnd;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing lower bound; NULL means lower bound
+         is not specified */
+      CODE *ubnd;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing upper bound; NULL means upper bound
+         is not specified */
+      /* if both the pointers lbnd and ubnd refer to the same code, the
+         constraint has the form of equation */
+      ARRAY *array;
+      /* array of members, which are assigned elemental constraints */
+};
+
+#define take_member_con _glp_mpl_take_member_con
+ELEMCON *take_member_con      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      CONSTRAINT *con,        /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* obtain reference to elemental constraint */
+
+#define eval_member_con _glp_mpl_eval_member_con
+ELEMCON *eval_member_con      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      CONSTRAINT *con,        /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+);
+/* evaluate reference to elemental constraint */
+
+#define eval_whole_con _glp_mpl_eval_whole_con
+void eval_whole_con(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con);
+/* evaluate model constraint over entire domain */
+
+#define clean_constraint _glp_mpl_clean_constraint
+void clean_constraint(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con);
+/* clean model constraint */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        DATA TABLES                         * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct TABLE
+{     /* data table */
+      char *name;
+      /* symbolic name; cannot be NULL */
+      char *alias;
+      /* alias; NULL means alias is not specified */
+      int type;
+      /* table type:
+         A_INPUT  - input table
+         A_OUTPUT - output table */
+      TABARG *arg;
+      /* argument list; cannot be empty */
+      union
+      {  struct
+         {  SET *set;
+            /* input set; NULL means the set is not specified */
+            TABFLD *fld;
+            /* field list; cannot be empty */
+            TABIN *list;
+            /* input list; can be empty */
+         } in;
+         struct
+         {  DOMAIN *domain;
+            /* subscript domain; cannot be NULL */
+            TABOUT *list;
+            /* output list; cannot be empty */
+         } out;
+      } u;
+};
+
+struct TABARG
+{     /* table argument list entry */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing the argument */
+      TABARG *next;
+      /* next entry for the same table */
+};
+
+struct TABFLD
+{     /* table field list entry */
+      char *name;
+      /* field name; cannot be NULL */
+      TABFLD *next;
+      /* next entry for the same table */
+};
+
+struct TABIN
+{     /* table input list entry */
+      PARAMETER *par;
+      /* parameter to be read; cannot be NULL */
+      char *name;
+      /* column name; cannot be NULL */
+      TABIN *next;
+      /* next entry for the same table */
+};
+
+struct TABOUT
+{     /* table output list entry */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing the value to be written */
+      char *name;
+      /* column name; cannot be NULL */
+      TABOUT *next;
+      /* next entry for the same table */
+};
+
+struct TABDCA
+{     /* table driver communication area */
+      int id;
+      /* driver identifier (set by mpl_tab_drv_open) */
+      void *link;
+      /* driver link pointer (set by mpl_tab_drv_open) */
+      int na;
+      /* number of arguments */
+      char **arg; /* char *arg[1+ns]; */
+      /* arg[k], 1 <= k <= ns, is pointer to k-th argument */
+      int nf;
+      /* number of fields */
+      char **name; /* char *name[1+nc]; */
+      /* name[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is name of k-th field */
+      int *type; /* int type[1+nc]; */
+      /* type[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is type of k-th field:
+         '?' - value not assigned
+         'N' - number
+         'S' - character string */
+      double *num; /* double num[1+nc]; */
+      /* num[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is numeric value of k-th field */
+      char **str;
+      /* str[k], 1 <= k <= nc, is string value of k-th field */
+};
+
+#define mpl_tab_num_args _glp_mpl_tab_num_args
+int mpl_tab_num_args(TABDCA *dca);
+
+#define mpl_tab_get_arg _glp_mpl_tab_get_arg
+const char *mpl_tab_get_arg(TABDCA *dca, int k);
+
+#define mpl_tab_num_flds _glp_mpl_tab_num_flds
+int mpl_tab_num_flds(TABDCA *dca);
+
+#define mpl_tab_get_name _glp_mpl_tab_get_name
+const char *mpl_tab_get_name(TABDCA *dca, int k);
+
+#define mpl_tab_get_type _glp_mpl_tab_get_type
+int mpl_tab_get_type(TABDCA *dca, int k);
+
+#define mpl_tab_get_num _glp_mpl_tab_get_num
+double mpl_tab_get_num(TABDCA *dca, int k);
+
+#define mpl_tab_get_str _glp_mpl_tab_get_str
+const char *mpl_tab_get_str(TABDCA *dca, int k);
+
+#define mpl_tab_set_num _glp_mpl_tab_set_num
+void mpl_tab_set_num(TABDCA *dca, int k, double num);
+
+#define mpl_tab_set_str _glp_mpl_tab_set_str
+void mpl_tab_set_str(TABDCA *dca, int k, const char *str);
+
+#define mpl_tab_drv_open _glp_mpl_tab_drv_open
+void mpl_tab_drv_open(MPL *mpl, int mode);
+
+#define mpl_tab_drv_read _glp_mpl_tab_drv_read
+int mpl_tab_drv_read(MPL *mpl);
+
+#define mpl_tab_drv_write _glp_mpl_tab_drv_write
+void mpl_tab_drv_write(MPL *mpl);
+
+#define mpl_tab_drv_close _glp_mpl_tab_drv_close
+void mpl_tab_drv_close(MPL *mpl);
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        PSEUDO-CODE                         * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+union OPERANDS
+{     /* operands that participate in pseudo-code operation (choice of
+         particular operands depends on the operation code) */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      double num;             /* O_NUMBER */
+      /* floaing-point number to be taken */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      char *str;              /* O_STRING */
+      /* character string to be taken */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      struct                  /* O_INDEX */
+      {  DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+         /* domain slot, which contains dummy index to be taken */
+         CODE *next;
+         /* the next pseudo-code with op = O_INDEX, which refers to the
+            same slot as this one; pointer to the beginning of this list
+            is stored in the corresponding domain slot */
+      } index;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      struct                  /* O_MEMNUM, O_MEMSYM */
+      {  PARAMETER *par;
+         /* model parameter, which contains member to be taken */
+         ARG_LIST *list;
+         /* list of subscripts; NULL for 0-dimensional parameter */
+      } par;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      struct                  /* O_MEMSET */
+      {  SET *set;
+         /* model set, which contains member to be taken */
+         ARG_LIST *list;
+         /* list of subscripts; NULL for 0-dimensional set */
+      } set;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      struct                  /* O_MEMVAR */
+      {  VARIABLE *var;
+         /* model variable, which contains member to be taken */
+         ARG_LIST *list;
+         /* list of subscripts; NULL for 0-dimensional variable */
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+         int suff;
+         /* suffix specified: */
+#define DOT_NONE        0x00  /* none     (means variable itself) */
+#define DOT_LB          0x01  /* .lb      (lower bound) */
+#define DOT_UB          0x02  /* .ub      (upper bound) */
+#define DOT_STATUS      0x03  /* .status  (status) */
+#define DOT_VAL         0x04  /* .val     (primal value) */
+#define DOT_DUAL        0x05  /* .dual    (dual value) */
+#endif
+      } var;
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      struct                  /* O_MEMCON */
+      {  CONSTRAINT *con;
+         /* model constraint, which contains member to be taken */
+         ARG_LIST *list;
+         /* list of subscripys; NULL for 0-dimensional constraint */
+         int suff;
+         /* suffix specified (see O_MEMVAR above) */
+      } con;
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      ARG_LIST *list;         /* O_TUPLE, O_MAKE, n-ary operations */
+      /* list of operands */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *slice;    /* O_SLICE */
+      /* domain block, which specifies slice (i.e. n-tuple that contains
+         free dummy indices); this operation is never evaluated */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      struct                  /* unary, binary, ternary operations */
+      {  CODE *x;
+         /* pseudo-code for computing first operand */
+         CODE *y;
+         /* pseudo-code for computing second operand */
+         CODE *z;
+         /* pseudo-code for computing third operand */
+      } arg;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      struct                  /* iterated operations */
+      {  DOMAIN *domain;
+         /* domain, over which the operation is performed */
+         CODE *x;
+         /* pseudo-code for computing "integrand" */
+      } loop;
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+};
+
+struct ARG_LIST
+{     /* operands list entry */
+      CODE *x;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing operand */
+      ARG_LIST *next;
+      /* the next operand of the same operation */
+};
+
+struct CODE
+{     /* pseudo-code (internal form of expressions) */
+      int op;
+      /* operation code: */
+#define O_NUMBER        301   /* take floating-point number */
+#define O_STRING        302   /* take character string */
+#define O_INDEX         303   /* take dummy index */
+#define O_MEMNUM        304   /* take member of numeric parameter */
+#define O_MEMSYM        305   /* take member of symbolic parameter */
+#define O_MEMSET        306   /* take member of set */
+#define O_MEMVAR        307   /* take member of variable */
+#define O_MEMCON        308   /* take member of constraint */
+#define O_TUPLE         309   /* make n-tuple */
+#define O_MAKE          310   /* make elemental set of n-tuples */
+#define O_SLICE         311   /* define domain block (dummy op) */
+                              /* 0-ary operations --------------------*/
+#define O_IRAND224      312   /* pseudo-random in [0, 2^24-1] */
+#define O_UNIFORM01     313   /* pseudo-random in [0, 1) */
+#define O_NORMAL01      314   /* gaussian random, mu = 0, sigma = 1 */
+#define O_GMTIME        315   /* current calendar time (UTC) */
+                              /* unary operations --------------------*/
+#define O_CVTNUM        316   /* conversion to numeric */
+#define O_CVTSYM        317   /* conversion to symbolic */
+#define O_CVTLOG        318   /* conversion to logical */
+#define O_CVTTUP        319   /* conversion to 1-tuple */
+#define O_CVTLFM        320   /* conversion to linear form */
+#define O_PLUS          321   /* unary plus */
+#define O_MINUS         322   /* unary minus */
+#define O_NOT           323   /* negation (logical "not") */
+#define O_ABS           324   /* absolute value */
+#define O_CEIL          325   /* round upward ("ceiling of x") */
+#define O_FLOOR         326   /* round downward ("floor of x") */
+#define O_EXP           327   /* base-e exponential */
+#define O_LOG           328   /* natural logarithm */
+#define O_LOG10         329   /* common (decimal) logarithm */
+#define O_SQRT          330   /* square root */
+#define O_SIN           331   /* trigonometric sine */
+#define O_COS           332   /* trigonometric cosine */
+#define O_TAN           333   /* trigonometric tangent */
+#define O_ATAN          334   /* trigonometric arctangent */
+#define O_ROUND         335   /* round to nearest integer */
+#define O_TRUNC         336   /* truncate to nearest integer */
+#define O_CARD          337   /* cardinality of set */
+#define O_LENGTH        338   /* length of symbolic value */
+                              /* binary operations -------------------*/
+#define O_ADD           339   /* addition */
+#define O_SUB           340   /* subtraction */
+#define O_LESS          341   /* non-negative subtraction */
+#define O_MUL           342   /* multiplication */
+#define O_DIV           343   /* division */
+#define O_IDIV          344   /* quotient of exact division */
+#define O_MOD           345   /* remainder of exact division */
+#define O_POWER         346   /* exponentiation (raise to power) */
+#define O_ATAN2         347   /* trigonometric arctangent */
+#define O_ROUND2        348   /* round to n fractional digits */
+#define O_TRUNC2        349   /* truncate to n fractional digits */
+#define O_UNIFORM       350   /* pseudo-random in [a, b) */
+#define O_NORMAL        351   /* gaussian random, given mu and sigma */
+#define O_CONCAT        352   /* concatenation */
+#define O_LT            353   /* comparison on 'less than' */
+#define O_LE            354   /* comparison on 'not greater than' */
+#define O_EQ            355   /* comparison on 'equal to' */
+#define O_GE            356   /* comparison on 'not less than' */
+#define O_GT            357   /* comparison on 'greater than' */
+#define O_NE            358   /* comparison on 'not equal to' */
+#define O_AND           359   /* conjunction (logical "and") */
+#define O_OR            360   /* disjunction (logical "or") */
+#define O_UNION         361   /* union */
+#define O_DIFF          362   /* difference */
+#define O_SYMDIFF       363   /* symmetric difference */
+#define O_INTER         364   /* intersection */
+#define O_CROSS         365   /* cross (Cartesian) product */
+#define O_IN            366   /* test on 'x in Y' */
+#define O_NOTIN         367   /* test on 'x not in Y' */
+#define O_WITHIN        368   /* test on 'X within Y' */
+#define O_NOTWITHIN     369   /* test on 'X not within Y' */
+#define O_SUBSTR        370   /* substring */
+#define O_STR2TIME      371   /* convert string to time */
+#define O_TIME2STR      372   /* convert time to string */
+                              /* ternary operations ------------------*/
+#define O_DOTS          373   /* build "arithmetic" set */
+#define O_FORK          374   /* if-then-else */
+#define O_SUBSTR3       375   /* substring */
+                              /* n-ary operations --------------------*/
+#define O_MIN           376   /* minimal value (n-ary) */
+#define O_MAX           377   /* maximal value (n-ary) */
+                              /* iterated operations -----------------*/
+#define O_SUM           378   /* summation */
+#define O_PROD          379   /* multiplication */
+#define O_MINIMUM       380   /* minimum */
+#define O_MAXIMUM       381   /* maximum */
+#define O_FORALL        382   /* conjunction (A-quantification) */
+#define O_EXISTS        383   /* disjunction (E-quantification) */
+#define O_SETOF         384   /* compute elemental set */
+#define O_BUILD         385   /* build elemental set */
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      /* operands that participate in the operation */
+      int type;
+      /* type of the resultant value:
+         A_NUMERIC  - numeric
+         A_SYMBOLIC - symbolic
+         A_LOGICAL  - logical
+         A_TUPLE    - n-tuple
+         A_ELEMSET  - elemental set
+         A_FORMULA  - linear form */
+      int dim;
+      /* dimension of the resultant value; for A_TUPLE and A_ELEMSET it
+         is the dimension of the corresponding n-tuple(s) and cannot be
+         zero; for other resultant types it is always zero */
+      CODE *up;
+      /* parent pseudo-code, which refers to this pseudo-code as to its
+         operand; NULL means this pseudo-code has no parent and defines
+         an expression, which is not contained in another expression */
+      int vflag;
+      /* volatile flag; being set this flag means that this operation
+         has a side effect; for primary expressions this flag is set
+         directly by corresponding parsing routines (for example, if
+         primary expression is a reference to a function that generates
+         pseudo-random numbers); in other cases this flag is inherited
+         from operands */
+      int valid;
+      /* if this flag is set, the resultant value, which is a temporary
+         result of evaluating this operation on particular values of
+         operands, is valid; if this flag is clear, the resultant value
+         doesn't exist and therefore not valid; having been evaluated
+         the resultant value is stored here and not destroyed until the
+         dummy indices, which this value depends on, have been changed
+         (and if it doesn't depend on dummy indices at all, it is never
+         destroyed); thus, if the resultant value is valid, evaluating
+         routine can immediately take its copy not computing the result
+         from scratch; this mechanism is similar to moving invariants
+         out of loops and allows improving efficiency at the expense of
+         some extra memory needed to keep temporary results */
+      /* however, if the volatile flag (see above) is set, even if the
+         resultant value is valid, evaluating routine computes it as if
+         it were not valid, i.e. caching is not used in this case */
+      VALUE value;
+      /* resultant value in generic format */
+};
+
+#define eval_numeric _glp_mpl_eval_numeric
+double eval_numeric(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* evaluate pseudo-code to determine numeric value */
+
+#define eval_symbolic _glp_mpl_eval_symbolic
+SYMBOL *eval_symbolic(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* evaluate pseudo-code to determine symbolic value */
+
+#define eval_logical _glp_mpl_eval_logical
+int eval_logical(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* evaluate pseudo-code to determine logical value */
+
+#define eval_tuple _glp_mpl_eval_tuple
+TUPLE *eval_tuple(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* evaluate pseudo-code to construct n-tuple */
+
+#define eval_elemset _glp_mpl_eval_elemset
+ELEMSET *eval_elemset(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* evaluate pseudo-code to construct elemental set */
+
+#define is_member _glp_mpl_is_member
+int is_member(MPL *mpl, CODE *code, TUPLE *tuple);
+/* check if n-tuple is in set specified by pseudo-code */
+
+#define eval_formula _glp_mpl_eval_formula
+FORMULA *eval_formula(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* evaluate pseudo-code to construct linear form */
+
+#define clean_code _glp_mpl_clean_code
+void clean_code(MPL *mpl, CODE *code);
+/* clean pseudo-code */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      MODEL STATEMENTS                      * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct CHECK
+{     /* check statement */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; NULL means domain is not used */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* code for computing the predicate to be checked */
+};
+
+struct DISPLAY
+{     /* display statement */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; NULL means domain is not used */
+      DISPLAY1 *list;
+      /* display list; cannot be empty */
+};
+
+struct DISPLAY1
+{     /* display list entry */
+      int type;
+      /* item type:
+         A_INDEX      - dummy index
+         A_SET        - model set
+         A_PARAMETER  - model parameter
+         A_VARIABLE   - model variable
+         A_CONSTRAINT - model constraint/objective
+         A_EXPRESSION - expression */
+      union
+      {  DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+         SET *set;
+         PARAMETER *par;
+         VARIABLE *var;
+         CONSTRAINT *con;
+         CODE *code;
+      } u;
+      /* item to be displayed */
+#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */
+      ARG_LIST *list;
+      /* optional subscript list (for constraint/objective only) */
+#endif
+      DISPLAY1 *next;
+      /* the next entry for the same statement */
+};
+
+struct PRINTF
+{     /* printf statement */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; NULL means domain is not used */
+      CODE *fmt;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing format string */
+      PRINTF1 *list;
+      /* printf list; can be empty */
+      CODE *fname;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing filename to redirect the output;
+         NULL means the output goes to stdout */
+      int app;
+      /* if this flag is set, the output is appended */
+};
+
+struct PRINTF1
+{     /* printf list entry */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for computing value to be printed */
+      PRINTF1 *next;
+      /* the next entry for the same statement */
+};
+
+struct FOR
+{     /* for statement */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* subscript domain; cannot be NULL */
+      STATEMENT *list;
+      /* linked list of model statements within this for statement in
+         the original order */
+};
+
+struct STATEMENT
+{     /* model statement */
+      int line;
+      /* number of source text line, where statement begins */
+      int type;
+      /* statement type:
+         A_SET        - set statement
+         A_PARAMETER  - parameter statement
+         A_VARIABLE   - variable statement
+         A_CONSTRAINT - constraint/objective statement
+         A_TABLE      - table statement
+         A_SOLVE      - solve statement
+         A_CHECK      - check statement
+         A_DISPLAY    - display statement
+         A_PRINTF     - printf statement
+         A_FOR        - for statement */
+      union
+      {  SET *set;
+         PARAMETER *par;
+         VARIABLE *var;
+         CONSTRAINT *con;
+         TABLE *tab;
+         void *slv; /* currently not used (set to NULL) */
+         CHECK *chk;
+         DISPLAY *dpy;
+         PRINTF *prt;
+         FOR *fur;
+      } u;
+      /* specific part of statement */
+      STATEMENT *next;
+      /* the next statement; in this list statements follow in the same
+         order as they appear in the model section */
+};
+
+#define execute_table _glp_mpl_execute_table
+void execute_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab);
+/* execute table statement */
+
+#define free_dca _glp_mpl_free_dca
+void free_dca(MPL *mpl);
+/* free table driver communucation area */
+
+#define clean_table _glp_mpl_clean_table
+void clean_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab);
+/* clean table statement */
+
+#define execute_check _glp_mpl_execute_check
+void execute_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk);
+/* execute check statement */
+
+#define clean_check _glp_mpl_clean_check
+void clean_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk);
+/* clean check statement */
+
+#define execute_display _glp_mpl_execute_display
+void execute_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy);
+/* execute display statement */
+
+#define clean_display _glp_mpl_clean_display
+void clean_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy);
+/* clean display statement */
+
+#define execute_printf _glp_mpl_execute_printf
+void execute_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt);
+/* execute printf statement */
+
+#define clean_printf _glp_mpl_clean_printf
+void clean_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt);
+/* clean printf statement */
+
+#define execute_for _glp_mpl_execute_for
+void execute_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur);
+/* execute for statement */
+
+#define clean_for _glp_mpl_clean_for
+void clean_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur);
+/* clean for statement */
+
+#define execute_statement _glp_mpl_execute_statement
+void execute_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt);
+/* execute specified model statement */
+
+#define clean_statement _glp_mpl_clean_statement
+void clean_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt);
+/* clean specified model statement */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *              GENERATING AND POSTSOLVING MODEL              * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define alloc_content _glp_mpl_alloc_content
+void alloc_content(MPL *mpl);
+/* allocate content arrays for all model objects */
+
+#define generate_model _glp_mpl_generate_model
+void generate_model(MPL *mpl);
+/* generate model */
+
+#define build_problem _glp_mpl_build_problem
+void build_problem(MPL *mpl);
+/* build problem instance */
+
+#define postsolve_model _glp_mpl_postsolve_model
+void postsolve_model(MPL *mpl);
+/* postsolve model */
+
+#define clean_model _glp_mpl_clean_model
+void clean_model(MPL *mpl);
+/* clean model content */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        INPUT/OUTPUT                        * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define open_input _glp_mpl_open_input
+void open_input(MPL *mpl, char *file);
+/* open input text file */
+
+#define read_char _glp_mpl_read_char
+int read_char(MPL *mpl);
+/* read next character from input text file */
+
+#define close_input _glp_mpl_close_input
+void close_input(MPL *mpl);
+/* close input text file */
+
+#define open_output _glp_mpl_open_output
+void open_output(MPL *mpl, char *file);
+/* open output text file */
+
+#define write_char _glp_mpl_write_char
+void write_char(MPL *mpl, int c);
+/* write next character to output text file */
+
+#define write_text _glp_mpl_write_text
+void write_text(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...);
+/* format and write text to output text file */
+
+#define flush_output _glp_mpl_flush_output
+void flush_output(MPL *mpl);
+/* finalize writing data to output text file */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      SOLVER INTERFACE                      * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define MPL_FR          401   /* free (unbounded) */
+#define MPL_LO          402   /* lower bound */
+#define MPL_UP          403   /* upper bound */
+#define MPL_DB          404   /* both lower and upper bounds */
+#define MPL_FX          405   /* fixed */
+
+#define MPL_ST          411   /* constraint */
+#define MPL_MIN         412   /* objective (minimization) */
+#define MPL_MAX         413   /* objective (maximization) */
+
+#define MPL_NUM         421   /* continuous */
+#define MPL_INT         422   /* integer */
+#define MPL_BIN         423   /* binary */
+
+#define error _glp_mpl_error
+void error(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...);
+/* print error message and terminate model processing */
+
+#define warning _glp_mpl_warning
+void warning(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...);
+/* print warning message and continue model processing */
+
+#define mpl_initialize _glp_mpl_initialize
+MPL *mpl_initialize(void);
+/* create and initialize translator database */
+
+#define mpl_read_model _glp_mpl_read_model
+int mpl_read_model(MPL *mpl, char *file, int skip_data);
+/* read model section and optional data section */
+
+#define mpl_read_data _glp_mpl_read_data
+int mpl_read_data(MPL *mpl, char *file);
+/* read data section */
+
+#define mpl_generate _glp_mpl_generate
+int mpl_generate(MPL *mpl, char *file);
+/* generate model */
+
+#define mpl_get_prob_name _glp_mpl_get_prob_name
+char *mpl_get_prob_name(MPL *mpl);
+/* obtain problem (model) name */
+
+#define mpl_get_num_rows _glp_mpl_get_num_rows
+int mpl_get_num_rows(MPL *mpl);
+/* determine number of rows */
+
+#define mpl_get_num_cols _glp_mpl_get_num_cols
+int mpl_get_num_cols(MPL *mpl);
+/* determine number of columns */
+
+#define mpl_get_row_name _glp_mpl_get_row_name
+char *mpl_get_row_name(MPL *mpl, int i);
+/* obtain row name */
+
+#define mpl_get_row_kind _glp_mpl_get_row_kind
+int mpl_get_row_kind(MPL *mpl, int i);
+/* determine row kind */
+
+#define mpl_get_row_bnds _glp_mpl_get_row_bnds
+int mpl_get_row_bnds(MPL *mpl, int i, double *lb, double *ub);
+/* obtain row bounds */
+
+#define mpl_get_mat_row _glp_mpl_get_mat_row
+int mpl_get_mat_row(MPL *mpl, int i, int ndx[], double val[]);
+/* obtain row of the constraint matrix */
+
+#define mpl_get_row_c0 _glp_mpl_get_row_c0
+double mpl_get_row_c0(MPL *mpl, int i);
+/* obtain constant term of free row */
+
+#define mpl_get_col_name _glp_mpl_get_col_name
+char *mpl_get_col_name(MPL *mpl, int j);
+/* obtain column name */
+
+#define mpl_get_col_kind _glp_mpl_get_col_kind
+int mpl_get_col_kind(MPL *mpl, int j);
+/* determine column kind */
+
+#define mpl_get_col_bnds _glp_mpl_get_col_bnds
+int mpl_get_col_bnds(MPL *mpl, int j, double *lb, double *ub);
+/* obtain column bounds */
+
+#define mpl_has_solve_stmt _glp_mpl_has_solve_stmt
+int mpl_has_solve_stmt(MPL *mpl);
+/* check if model has solve statement */
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+#define mpl_put_row_soln _glp_mpl_put_row_soln
+void mpl_put_row_soln(MPL *mpl, int i, int stat, double prim,
+      double dual);
+/* store row (constraint/objective) solution components */
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+#define mpl_put_col_soln _glp_mpl_put_col_soln
+void mpl_put_col_soln(MPL *mpl, int j, int stat, double prim,
+      double dual);
+/* store column (variable) solution components */
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */
+#define mpl_put_col_value _glp_mpl_put_col_value
+void mpl_put_col_value(MPL *mpl, int j, double val);
+/* store column value */
+#endif
+
+#define mpl_postsolve _glp_mpl_postsolve
+int mpl_postsolve(MPL *mpl);
+/* postsolve model */
+
+#define mpl_terminate _glp_mpl_terminate
+void mpl_terminate(MPL *mpl);
+/* free all resources used by translator */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7dc3cd79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4718 @@
+/* mpl1.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mpl.h"
+
+#define dmp_get_atomv dmp_get_atom
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                  PROCESSING MODEL SECTION                  * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- enter_context - enter current token into context queue.
+--
+-- This routine enters the current token into the context queue. */
+
+void enter_context(MPL *mpl)
+{     char *image, *s;
+      if (mpl->token == T_EOF)
+         image = "_|_";
+      else if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+         image = "'...'";
+      else
+         image = mpl->image;
+      xassert(0 <= mpl->c_ptr && mpl->c_ptr < CONTEXT_SIZE);
+      mpl->context[mpl->c_ptr++] = ' ';
+      if (mpl->c_ptr == CONTEXT_SIZE) mpl->c_ptr = 0;
+      for (s = image; *s != '\0'; s++)
+      {  mpl->context[mpl->c_ptr++] = *s;
+         if (mpl->c_ptr == CONTEXT_SIZE) mpl->c_ptr = 0;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- print_context - print current content of context queue.
+--
+-- This routine prints current content of the context queue. */
+
+void print_context(MPL *mpl)
+{     int c;
+      while (mpl->c_ptr > 0)
+      {  mpl->c_ptr--;
+         c = mpl->context[0];
+         memmove(mpl->context, mpl->context+1, CONTEXT_SIZE-1);
+         mpl->context[CONTEXT_SIZE-1] = (char)c;
+      }
+      xprintf("Context: %s%.*s\n", mpl->context[0] == ' ' ? "" : "...",
+         CONTEXT_SIZE, mpl->context);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- get_char - scan next character from input text file.
+--
+-- This routine scans a next ASCII character from the input text file.
+-- In case of end-of-file, the character is assigned EOF. */
+
+void get_char(MPL *mpl)
+{     int c;
+      if (mpl->c == EOF) goto done;
+      if (mpl->c == '\n') mpl->line++;
+      c = read_char(mpl);
+      if (c == EOF)
+      {  if (mpl->c == '\n')
+            mpl->line--;
+         else
+            warning(mpl, "final NL missing before end of file");
+      }
+      else if (c == '\n')
+         ;
+      else if (isspace(c))
+         c = ' ';
+      else if (iscntrl(c))
+      {  enter_context(mpl);
+         error(mpl, "control character 0x%02X not allowed", c);
+      }
+      mpl->c = c;
+done: return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- append_char - append character to current token.
+--
+-- This routine appends the current character to the current token and
+-- then scans a next character. */
+
+void append_char(MPL *mpl)
+{     xassert(0 <= mpl->imlen && mpl->imlen <= MAX_LENGTH);
+      if (mpl->imlen == MAX_LENGTH)
+      {  switch (mpl->token)
+         {  case T_NAME:
+               enter_context(mpl);
+               error(mpl, "symbolic name %s... too long", mpl->image);
+            case T_SYMBOL:
+               enter_context(mpl);
+               error(mpl, "symbol %s... too long", mpl->image);
+            case T_NUMBER:
+               enter_context(mpl);
+               error(mpl, "numeric literal %s... too long", mpl->image);
+            case T_STRING:
+               enter_context(mpl);
+               error(mpl, "string literal too long");
+            default:
+               xassert(mpl != mpl);
+         }
+      }
+      mpl->image[mpl->imlen++] = (char)mpl->c;
+      mpl->image[mpl->imlen] = '\0';
+      get_char(mpl);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- get_token - scan next token from input text file.
+--
+-- This routine scans a next token from the input text file using the
+-- standard finite automation technique. */
+
+void get_token(MPL *mpl)
+{     /* save the current token */
+      mpl->b_token = mpl->token;
+      mpl->b_imlen = mpl->imlen;
+      strcpy(mpl->b_image, mpl->image);
+      mpl->b_value = mpl->value;
+      /* if the next token is already scanned, make it current */
+      if (mpl->f_scan)
+      {  mpl->f_scan = 0;
+         mpl->token = mpl->f_token;
+         mpl->imlen = mpl->f_imlen;
+         strcpy(mpl->image, mpl->f_image);
+         mpl->value = mpl->f_value;
+         goto done;
+      }
+loop: /* nothing has been scanned so far */
+      mpl->token = 0;
+      mpl->imlen = 0;
+      mpl->image[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->value = 0.0;
+      /* skip any uninteresting characters */
+      while (mpl->c == ' ' || mpl->c == '\n') get_char(mpl);
+      /* recognize and construct the token */
+      if (mpl->c == EOF)
+      {  /* end-of-file reached */
+         mpl->token = T_EOF;
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '#')
+      {  /* comment; skip anything until end-of-line */
+         while (mpl->c != '\n' && mpl->c != EOF) get_char(mpl);
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      else if (!mpl->flag_d && (isalpha(mpl->c) || mpl->c == '_'))
+      {  /* symbolic name or reserved keyword */
+         mpl->token = T_NAME;
+         while (isalnum(mpl->c) || mpl->c == '_') append_char(mpl);
+         if (strcmp(mpl->image, "and") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_AND;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "by") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_BY;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "cross") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_CROSS;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "diff") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_DIFF;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "div") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_DIV;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "else") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_ELSE;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "if") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_IF;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "in") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_IN;
+#if 1 /* 21/VII-2006 */
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Infinity") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_INFINITY;
+#endif
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "inter") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_INTER;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "less") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_LESS;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "mod") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_MOD;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "not") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_NOT;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "or") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_OR;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "s") == 0 && mpl->c == '.')
+         {  mpl->token = T_SPTP;
+            append_char(mpl);
+            if (mpl->c != 't')
+sptp:       {  enter_context(mpl);
+               error(mpl, "keyword s.t. incomplete");
+            }
+            append_char(mpl);
+            if (mpl->c != '.') goto sptp;
+            append_char(mpl);
+         }
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "symdiff") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_SYMDIFF;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "then") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_THEN;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "union") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_UNION;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "within") == 0)
+            mpl->token = T_WITHIN;
+      }
+      else if (!mpl->flag_d && isdigit(mpl->c))
+      {  /* numeric literal */
+         mpl->token = T_NUMBER;
+         /* scan integer part */
+         while (isdigit(mpl->c)) append_char(mpl);
+         /* scan optional fractional part */
+         if (mpl->c == '.')
+         {  append_char(mpl);
+            if (mpl->c == '.')
+            {  /* hmm, it is not the fractional part, it is dots that
+                  follow the integer part */
+               mpl->imlen--;
+               mpl->image[mpl->imlen] = '\0';
+               mpl->f_dots = 1;
+               goto conv;
+            }
+frac:       while (isdigit(mpl->c)) append_char(mpl);
+         }
+         /* scan optional decimal exponent */
+         if (mpl->c == 'e' || mpl->c == 'E')
+         {  append_char(mpl);
+            if (mpl->c == '+' || mpl->c == '-') append_char(mpl);
+            if (!isdigit(mpl->c))
+            {  enter_context(mpl);
+               error(mpl, "numeric literal %s incomplete", mpl->image);
+            }
+            while (isdigit(mpl->c)) append_char(mpl);
+         }
+         /* there must be no letter following the numeric literal */
+         if (isalpha(mpl->c) || mpl->c == '_')
+         {  enter_context(mpl);
+            error(mpl, "symbol %s%c... should be enclosed in quotes",
+               mpl->image, mpl->c);
+         }
+conv:    /* convert numeric literal to floating-point */
+         if (str2num(mpl->image, &mpl->value))
+err:     {  enter_context(mpl);
+            error(mpl, "cannot convert numeric literal %s to floating-p"
+               "oint number", mpl->image);
+         }
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '\'' || mpl->c == '"')
+      {  /* character string */
+         int quote = mpl->c;
+         mpl->token = T_STRING;
+         get_char(mpl);
+         for (;;)
+         {  if (mpl->c == '\n' || mpl->c == EOF)
+            {  enter_context(mpl);
+               error(mpl, "unexpected end of line; string literal incom"
+                  "plete");
+            }
+            if (mpl->c == quote)
+            {  get_char(mpl);
+               if (mpl->c != quote) break;
+            }
+            append_char(mpl);
+         }
+      }
+      else if (!mpl->flag_d && mpl->c == '+')
+         mpl->token = T_PLUS, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (!mpl->flag_d && mpl->c == '-')
+         mpl->token = T_MINUS, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == '*')
+      {  mpl->token = T_ASTERISK, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '*')
+            mpl->token = T_POWER, append_char(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '/')
+      {  mpl->token = T_SLASH, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '*')
+         {  /* comment sequence */
+            get_char(mpl);
+            for (;;)
+            {  if (mpl->c == EOF)
+               {  /* do not call enter_context at this point */
+                  error(mpl, "unexpected end of file; comment sequence "
+                     "incomplete");
+               }
+               else if (mpl->c == '*')
+               {  get_char(mpl);
+                  if (mpl->c == '/') break;
+               }
+               else
+                  get_char(mpl);
+            }
+            get_char(mpl);
+            goto loop;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '^')
+         mpl->token = T_POWER, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == '<')
+      {  mpl->token = T_LT, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '=')
+            mpl->token = T_LE, append_char(mpl);
+         else if (mpl->c == '>')
+            mpl->token = T_NE, append_char(mpl);
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+         else if (mpl->c == '-')
+            mpl->token = T_INPUT, append_char(mpl);
+#endif
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '=')
+      {  mpl->token = T_EQ, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '=') append_char(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '>')
+      {  mpl->token = T_GT, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '=')
+            mpl->token = T_GE, append_char(mpl);
+#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */
+         else if (mpl->c == '>')
+            mpl->token = T_APPEND, append_char(mpl);
+#endif
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '!')
+      {  mpl->token = T_NOT, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '=')
+            mpl->token = T_NE, append_char(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '&')
+      {  mpl->token = T_CONCAT, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '&')
+            mpl->token = T_AND, append_char(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == '|')
+      {  mpl->token = T_BAR, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '|')
+            mpl->token = T_OR, append_char(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (!mpl->flag_d && mpl->c == '.')
+      {  mpl->token = T_POINT, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->f_dots)
+         {  /* dots; the first dot was read on the previous call to the
+               scanner, so the current character is the second dot */
+            mpl->token = T_DOTS;
+            mpl->imlen = 2;
+            strcpy(mpl->image, "..");
+            mpl->f_dots = 0;
+         }
+         else if (mpl->c == '.')
+            mpl->token = T_DOTS, append_char(mpl);
+         else if (isdigit(mpl->c))
+         {  /* numeric literal that begins with the decimal point */
+            mpl->token = T_NUMBER, append_char(mpl);
+            goto frac;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == ',')
+         mpl->token = T_COMMA, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == ':')
+      {  mpl->token = T_COLON, append_char(mpl);
+         if (mpl->c == '=')
+            mpl->token = T_ASSIGN, append_char(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->c == ';')
+         mpl->token = T_SEMICOLON, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == '(')
+         mpl->token = T_LEFT, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == ')')
+         mpl->token = T_RIGHT, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == '[')
+         mpl->token = T_LBRACKET, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == ']')
+         mpl->token = T_RBRACKET, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == '{')
+         mpl->token = T_LBRACE, append_char(mpl);
+      else if (mpl->c == '}')
+         mpl->token = T_RBRACE, append_char(mpl);
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+      else if (mpl->c == '~')
+         mpl->token = T_TILDE, append_char(mpl);
+#endif
+      else if (isalnum(mpl->c) || strchr("+-._", mpl->c) != NULL)
+      {  /* symbol */
+         xassert(mpl->flag_d);
+         mpl->token = T_SYMBOL;
+         while (isalnum(mpl->c) || strchr("+-._", mpl->c) != NULL)
+            append_char(mpl);
+         switch (str2num(mpl->image, &mpl->value))
+         {  case 0:
+               mpl->token = T_NUMBER;
+               break;
+            case 1:
+               goto err;
+            case 2:
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(mpl != mpl);
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  enter_context(mpl);
+         error(mpl, "character %c not allowed", mpl->c);
+      }
+      /* enter the current token into the context queue */
+      enter_context(mpl);
+      /* reset the flag, which may be set by indexing_expression() and
+         is used by expression_list() */
+      mpl->flag_x = 0;
+done: return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- unget_token - return current token back to input stream.
+--
+-- This routine returns the current token back to the input stream, so
+-- the previously scanned token becomes the current one. */
+
+void unget_token(MPL *mpl)
+{     /* save the current token, which becomes the next one */
+      xassert(!mpl->f_scan);
+      mpl->f_scan = 1;
+      mpl->f_token = mpl->token;
+      mpl->f_imlen = mpl->imlen;
+      strcpy(mpl->f_image, mpl->image);
+      mpl->f_value = mpl->value;
+      /* restore the previous token, which becomes the current one */
+      mpl->token = mpl->b_token;
+      mpl->imlen = mpl->b_imlen;
+      strcpy(mpl->image, mpl->b_image);
+      mpl->value = mpl->b_value;
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- is_keyword - check if current token is given non-reserved keyword.
+--
+-- If the current token is given (non-reserved) keyword, this routine
+-- returns non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned. */
+
+int is_keyword(MPL *mpl, char *keyword)
+{     return
+         mpl->token == T_NAME && strcmp(mpl->image, keyword) == 0;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- is_reserved - check if current token is reserved keyword.
+--
+-- If the current token is a reserved keyword, this routine returns
+-- non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned. */
+
+int is_reserved(MPL *mpl)
+{     return
+         mpl->token == T_AND && mpl->image[0] == 'a' ||
+         mpl->token == T_BY ||
+         mpl->token == T_CROSS ||
+         mpl->token == T_DIFF ||
+         mpl->token == T_DIV ||
+         mpl->token == T_ELSE ||
+         mpl->token == T_IF ||
+         mpl->token == T_IN ||
+         mpl->token == T_INTER ||
+         mpl->token == T_LESS ||
+         mpl->token == T_MOD ||
+         mpl->token == T_NOT && mpl->image[0] == 'n' ||
+         mpl->token == T_OR && mpl->image[0] == 'o' ||
+         mpl->token == T_SYMDIFF ||
+         mpl->token == T_THEN ||
+         mpl->token == T_UNION ||
+         mpl->token == T_WITHIN;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- make_code - generate pseudo-code (basic routine).
+--
+-- This routine generates specified pseudo-code. It is assumed that all
+-- other translator routines use this basic routine. */
+
+CODE *make_code(MPL *mpl, int op, OPERANDS *arg, int type, int dim)
+{     CODE *code;
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      ARG_LIST *e;
+      /* generate pseudo-code */
+      code = alloc(CODE);
+      code->op = op;
+      code->vflag = 0; /* is inherited from operand(s) */
+      /* copy operands and also make them referring to the pseudo-code
+         being generated, because the latter becomes the parent for all
+         its operands */
+      memset(&code->arg, '?', sizeof(OPERANDS));
+      switch (op)
+      {  case O_NUMBER:
+            code->arg.num = arg->num;
+            break;
+         case O_STRING:
+            code->arg.str = arg->str;
+            break;
+         case O_INDEX:
+            code->arg.index.slot = arg->index.slot;
+            code->arg.index.next = arg->index.next;
+            break;
+         case O_MEMNUM:
+         case O_MEMSYM:
+            for (e = arg->par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+            {  xassert(e->x != NULL);
+               xassert(e->x->up == NULL);
+               e->x->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= e->x->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.par.par = arg->par.par;
+            code->arg.par.list = arg->par.list;
+            break;
+         case O_MEMSET:
+            for (e = arg->set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+            {  xassert(e->x != NULL);
+               xassert(e->x->up == NULL);
+               e->x->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= e->x->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.set.set = arg->set.set;
+            code->arg.set.list = arg->set.list;
+            break;
+         case O_MEMVAR:
+            for (e = arg->var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+            {  xassert(e->x != NULL);
+               xassert(e->x->up == NULL);
+               e->x->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= e->x->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.var.var = arg->var.var;
+            code->arg.var.list = arg->var.list;
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+            code->arg.var.suff = arg->var.suff;
+#endif
+            break;
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+         case O_MEMCON:
+            for (e = arg->con.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+            {  xassert(e->x != NULL);
+               xassert(e->x->up == NULL);
+               e->x->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= e->x->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.con.con = arg->con.con;
+            code->arg.con.list = arg->con.list;
+            code->arg.con.suff = arg->con.suff;
+            break;
+#endif
+         case O_TUPLE:
+         case O_MAKE:
+            for (e = arg->list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+            {  xassert(e->x != NULL);
+               xassert(e->x->up == NULL);
+               e->x->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= e->x->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.list = arg->list;
+            break;
+         case O_SLICE:
+            xassert(arg->slice != NULL);
+            code->arg.slice = arg->slice;
+            break;
+         case O_IRAND224:
+         case O_UNIFORM01:
+         case O_NORMAL01:
+         case O_GMTIME:
+            code->vflag = 1;
+            break;
+         case O_CVTNUM:
+         case O_CVTSYM:
+         case O_CVTLOG:
+         case O_CVTTUP:
+         case O_CVTLFM:
+         case O_PLUS:
+         case O_MINUS:
+         case O_NOT:
+         case O_ABS:
+         case O_CEIL:
+         case O_FLOOR:
+         case O_EXP:
+         case O_LOG:
+         case O_LOG10:
+         case O_SQRT:
+         case O_SIN:
+         case O_COS:
+         case O_TAN:
+         case O_ATAN:
+         case O_ROUND:
+         case O_TRUNC:
+         case O_CARD:
+         case O_LENGTH:
+            /* unary operation */
+            xassert(arg->arg.x != NULL);
+            xassert(arg->arg.x->up == NULL);
+            arg->arg.x->up = code;
+            code->vflag |= arg->arg.x->vflag;
+            code->arg.arg.x = arg->arg.x;
+            break;
+         case O_ADD:
+         case O_SUB:
+         case O_LESS:
+         case O_MUL:
+         case O_DIV:
+         case O_IDIV:
+         case O_MOD:
+         case O_POWER:
+         case O_ATAN2:
+         case O_ROUND2:
+         case O_TRUNC2:
+         case O_UNIFORM:
+            if (op == O_UNIFORM) code->vflag = 1;
+         case O_NORMAL:
+            if (op == O_NORMAL) code->vflag = 1;
+         case O_CONCAT:
+         case O_LT:
+         case O_LE:
+         case O_EQ:
+         case O_GE:
+         case O_GT:
+         case O_NE:
+         case O_AND:
+         case O_OR:
+         case O_UNION:
+         case O_DIFF:
+         case O_SYMDIFF:
+         case O_INTER:
+         case O_CROSS:
+         case O_IN:
+         case O_NOTIN:
+         case O_WITHIN:
+         case O_NOTWITHIN:
+         case O_SUBSTR:
+         case O_STR2TIME:
+         case O_TIME2STR:
+            /* binary operation */
+            xassert(arg->arg.x != NULL);
+            xassert(arg->arg.x->up == NULL);
+            arg->arg.x->up = code;
+            code->vflag |= arg->arg.x->vflag;
+            xassert(arg->arg.y != NULL);
+            xassert(arg->arg.y->up == NULL);
+            arg->arg.y->up = code;
+            code->vflag |= arg->arg.y->vflag;
+            code->arg.arg.x = arg->arg.x;
+            code->arg.arg.y = arg->arg.y;
+            break;
+         case O_DOTS:
+         case O_FORK:
+         case O_SUBSTR3:
+            /* ternary operation */
+            xassert(arg->arg.x != NULL);
+            xassert(arg->arg.x->up == NULL);
+            arg->arg.x->up = code;
+            code->vflag |= arg->arg.x->vflag;
+            xassert(arg->arg.y != NULL);
+            xassert(arg->arg.y->up == NULL);
+            arg->arg.y->up = code;
+            code->vflag |= arg->arg.y->vflag;
+            if (arg->arg.z != NULL)
+            {  xassert(arg->arg.z->up == NULL);
+               arg->arg.z->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= arg->arg.z->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.arg.x = arg->arg.x;
+            code->arg.arg.y = arg->arg.y;
+            code->arg.arg.z = arg->arg.z;
+            break;
+         case O_MIN:
+         case O_MAX:
+            /* n-ary operation */
+            for (e = arg->list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+            {  xassert(e->x != NULL);
+               xassert(e->x->up == NULL);
+               e->x->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= e->x->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.list = arg->list;
+            break;
+         case O_SUM:
+         case O_PROD:
+         case O_MINIMUM:
+         case O_MAXIMUM:
+         case O_FORALL:
+         case O_EXISTS:
+         case O_SETOF:
+         case O_BUILD:
+            /* iterated operation */
+            domain = arg->loop.domain;
+            xassert(domain != NULL);
+            if (domain->code != NULL)
+            {  xassert(domain->code->up == NULL);
+               domain->code->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= domain->code->vflag;
+            }
+            for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block =
+               block->next)
+            {  xassert(block->code != NULL);
+               xassert(block->code->up == NULL);
+               block->code->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= block->code->vflag;
+            }
+            if (arg->loop.x != NULL)
+            {  xassert(arg->loop.x->up == NULL);
+               arg->loop.x->up = code;
+               code->vflag |= arg->loop.x->vflag;
+            }
+            code->arg.loop.domain = arg->loop.domain;
+            code->arg.loop.x = arg->loop.x;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(op != op);
+      }
+      /* set other attributes of the pseudo-code */
+      code->type = type;
+      code->dim = dim;
+      code->up = NULL;
+      code->valid = 0;
+      memset(&code->value, '?', sizeof(VALUE));
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- make_unary - generate pseudo-code for unary operation.
+--
+-- This routine generates pseudo-code for unary operation. */
+
+CODE *make_unary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, int type, int dim)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      xassert(x != NULL);
+      arg.arg.x = x;
+      code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, type, dim);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- make_binary - generate pseudo-code for binary operation.
+--
+-- This routine generates pseudo-code for binary operation. */
+
+CODE *make_binary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, int type,
+      int dim)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      xassert(x != NULL);
+      xassert(y != NULL);
+      arg.arg.x = x;
+      arg.arg.y = y;
+      code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, type, dim);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- make_ternary - generate pseudo-code for ternary operation.
+--
+-- This routine generates pseudo-code for ternary operation. */
+
+CODE *make_ternary(MPL *mpl, int op, CODE *x, CODE *y, CODE *z,
+      int type, int dim)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      xassert(x != NULL);
+      xassert(y != NULL);
+      /* third operand can be NULL */
+      arg.arg.x = x;
+      arg.arg.y = y;
+      arg.arg.z = z;
+      code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, type, dim);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- numeric_literal - parse reference to numeric literal.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= <numeric literal> */
+
+CODE *numeric_literal(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_NUMBER);
+      arg.num = mpl->value;
+      code = make_code(mpl, O_NUMBER, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      get_token(mpl /* <numeric literal> */);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- string_literal - parse reference to string literal.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= <string literal> */
+
+CODE *string_literal(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_STRING);
+      arg.str = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+      strcpy(arg.str, mpl->image);
+      code = make_code(mpl, O_STRING, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+      get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_arg_list - create empty operands list.
+--
+-- This routine creates operands list, which is initially empty. */
+
+ARG_LIST *create_arg_list(MPL *mpl)
+{     ARG_LIST *list;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      list = NULL;
+      return list;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expand_arg_list - append operand to operands list.
+--
+-- This routine appends new operand to specified operands list. */
+
+ARG_LIST *expand_arg_list(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list, CODE *x)
+{     ARG_LIST *tail, *temp;
+      xassert(x != NULL);
+      /* create new operands list entry */
+      tail = alloc(ARG_LIST);
+      tail->x = x;
+      tail->next = NULL;
+      /* and append it to the operands list */
+      if (list == NULL)
+         list = tail;
+      else
+      {  for (temp = list; temp->next != NULL; temp = temp->next);
+         temp->next = tail;
+      }
+      return list;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- arg_list_len - determine length of operands list.
+--
+-- This routine returns the number of operands in operands list. */
+
+int arg_list_len(MPL *mpl, ARG_LIST *list)
+{     ARG_LIST *temp;
+      int len;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      len = 0;
+      for (temp = list; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) len++;
+      return len;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- subscript_list - parse subscript list.
+--
+-- This routine parses subscript list using the syntax:
+--
+-- <subscript list> ::= <subscript>
+-- <subscript list> ::= <subscript list> , <subscript>
+-- <subscript> ::= <expression 5> */
+
+ARG_LIST *subscript_list(MPL *mpl)
+{     ARG_LIST *list;
+      CODE *x;
+      list = create_arg_list(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* parse subscript expression */
+         x = expression_5(mpl);
+         /* convert it to symbolic type, if necessary */
+         if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         /* check that now the expression is of symbolic type */
+         if (x->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+            error(mpl, "subscript expression has invalid type");
+         xassert(x->dim == 0);
+         /* and append it to the subscript list */
+         list = expand_arg_list(mpl, list, x);
+         /* check a token that follows the subscript expression */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACKET)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in subscript list");
+      }
+      return list;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- object_reference - parse reference to named object.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= <dummy index>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <set name>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <set name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name> <suffix>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name> [ <subscript list> ]
+--                          <suffix>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <constraint name> <suffix>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <constraint name> [ <subscript list> ]
+--                          <suffix>
+-- <dummy index> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <set name> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <parameter name> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <variable name> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <constraint name> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <suffix> ::= <empty> | .lb | .ub | .status | .val | .dual */
+
+CODE *object_reference(MPL *mpl)
+{     AVLNODE *node;
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      SET *set;
+      PARAMETER *par;
+      VARIABLE *var;
+      CONSTRAINT *con;
+      ARG_LIST *list;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      CODE *code;
+      char *name;
+      int dim, suff;
+      /* find the object in the symbolic name table */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_NAME);
+      node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image);
+      if (node == NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image);
+      /* check the object type and obtain its dimension */
+      switch (avl_get_node_type(node))
+      {  case A_INDEX:
+            /* dummy index */
+            slot = (DOMAIN_SLOT *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+            name = slot->name;
+            dim = 0;
+            break;
+         case A_SET:
+            /* model set */
+            set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+            name = set->name;
+            dim = set->dim;
+            /* if a set object is referenced in its own declaration and
+               the dimen attribute is not specified yet, use dimen 1 by
+               default */
+            if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = 1;
+            break;
+         case A_PARAMETER:
+            /* model parameter */
+            par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+            name = par->name;
+            dim = par->dim;
+            break;
+         case A_VARIABLE:
+            /* model variable */
+            var = (VARIABLE *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+            name = var->name;
+            dim = var->dim;
+            break;
+         case A_CONSTRAINT:
+            /* model constraint or objective */
+            con = (CONSTRAINT *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+            name = con->name;
+            dim = con->dim;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(node != node);
+      }
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* parse optional subscript list */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET)
+      {  /* subscript list is specified */
+         if (dim == 0)
+            error(mpl, "%s cannot be subscripted", name);
+         get_token(mpl /* [ */);
+         list = subscript_list(mpl);
+         if (dim != arg_list_len(mpl, list))
+            error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s rather than %d",
+               name, dim, dim == 1 ? "" : "s", arg_list_len(mpl, list));
+         xassert(mpl->token == T_RBRACKET);
+         get_token(mpl /* ] */);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* subscript list is not specified */
+         if (dim != 0)
+            error(mpl, "%s must be subscripted", name);
+         list = create_arg_list(mpl);
+      }
+      /* parse optional suffix */
+      if (!mpl->flag_s && avl_get_node_type(node) == A_VARIABLE)
+         suff = DOT_NONE;
+      else
+         suff = DOT_VAL;
+      if (mpl->token == T_POINT)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* . */);
+         if (mpl->token != T_NAME)
+            error(mpl, "invalid use of period");
+         if (!(avl_get_node_type(node) == A_VARIABLE ||
+               avl_get_node_type(node) == A_CONSTRAINT))
+            error(mpl, "%s cannot have a suffix", name);
+         if (strcmp(mpl->image, "lb") == 0)
+            suff = DOT_LB;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "ub") == 0)
+            suff = DOT_UB;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "status") == 0)
+            suff = DOT_STATUS;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "val") == 0)
+            suff = DOT_VAL;
+         else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "dual") == 0)
+            suff = DOT_DUAL;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "suffix .%s invalid", mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* suffix */);
+      }
+      /* generate pseudo-code to take value of the object */
+      switch (avl_get_node_type(node))
+      {  case A_INDEX:
+            arg.index.slot = slot;
+            arg.index.next = slot->list;
+            code = make_code(mpl, O_INDEX, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            slot->list = code;
+            break;
+         case A_SET:
+            arg.set.set = set;
+            arg.set.list = list;
+            code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMSET, &arg, A_ELEMSET,
+               set->dimen);
+            break;
+         case A_PARAMETER:
+            arg.par.par = par;
+            arg.par.list = list;
+            if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMSYM, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            else
+               code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMNUM, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            break;
+         case A_VARIABLE:
+            if (!mpl->flag_s && (suff == DOT_STATUS || suff == DOT_VAL
+               || suff == DOT_DUAL))
+               error(mpl, "invalid reference to status, primal value, o"
+                  "r dual value of variable %s above solve statement",
+                  var->name);
+            arg.var.var = var;
+            arg.var.list = list;
+            arg.var.suff = suff;
+            code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMVAR, &arg, suff == DOT_NONE ?
+               A_FORMULA : A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            break;
+         case A_CONSTRAINT:
+            if (!mpl->flag_s && (suff == DOT_STATUS || suff == DOT_VAL
+               || suff == DOT_DUAL))
+               error(mpl, "invalid reference to status, primal value, o"
+                  "r dual value of %s %s above solve statement",
+                  con->type == A_CONSTRAINT ? "constraint" : "objective"
+                  , con->name);
+            arg.con.con = con;
+            arg.con.list = list;
+            arg.con.suff = suff;
+            code = make_code(mpl, O_MEMCON, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(node != node);
+      }
+      return code;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- numeric_argument - parse argument passed to built-in function.
+--
+-- This routine parses an argument passed to numeric built-in function
+-- using the syntax:
+--
+-- <arg> ::= <expression 5> */
+
+CODE *numeric_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func)
+{     CODE *x;
+      x = expression_5(mpl);
+      /* convert the argument to numeric type, if necessary */
+      if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+         x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      /* check that now the argument is of numeric type */
+      if (x->type != A_NUMERIC)
+         error(mpl, "argument for %s has invalid type", func);
+      xassert(x->dim == 0);
+      return x;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2006 */
+CODE *symbolic_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func)
+{     CODE *x;
+      x = expression_5(mpl);
+      /* convert the argument to symbolic type, if necessary */
+      if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+         x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+      /* check that now the argument is of symbolic type */
+      if (x->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+         error(mpl, "argument for %s has invalid type", func);
+      xassert(x->dim == 0);
+      return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2006 */
+CODE *elemset_argument(MPL *mpl, char *func)
+{     CODE *x;
+      x = expression_9(mpl);
+      if (x->type != A_ELEMSET)
+         error(mpl, "argument for %s has invalid type", func);
+      xassert(x->dim > 0);
+      return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- function_reference - parse reference to built-in function.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= abs ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= ceil ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= floor ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= exp ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= log ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= log10 ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= max ( <arg list> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= min ( <arg list> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= sqrt ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= sin ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= cos ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= tan ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= atan ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= atan2 ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= round ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= round ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= trunc ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= trunc ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= Irand224 ( )
+-- <primary expression> ::= Uniform01 ( )
+-- <primary expression> ::= Uniform ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= Normal01 ( )
+-- <primary expression> ::= Normal ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= card ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= length ( <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= substr ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= substr ( <arg> , <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= str2time ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= time2str ( <arg> , <arg> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= gmtime ( )
+-- <arg list> ::= <arg>
+-- <arg list> ::= <arg list> , <arg> */
+
+CODE *function_reference(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      int op;
+      char func[15+1];
+      /* determine operation code */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_NAME);
+      if (strcmp(mpl->image, "abs") == 0)
+         op = O_ABS;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "ceil") == 0)
+         op = O_CEIL;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "floor") == 0)
+         op = O_FLOOR;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "exp") == 0)
+         op = O_EXP;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "log") == 0)
+         op = O_LOG;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "log10") == 0)
+         op = O_LOG10;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "sqrt") == 0)
+         op = O_SQRT;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "sin") == 0)
+         op = O_SIN;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "cos") == 0)
+         op = O_COS;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "tan") == 0)
+         op = O_TAN;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "atan") == 0)
+         op = O_ATAN;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "min") == 0)
+         op = O_MIN;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "max") == 0)
+         op = O_MAX;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "round") == 0)
+         op = O_ROUND;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "trunc") == 0)
+         op = O_TRUNC;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Irand224") == 0)
+         op = O_IRAND224;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Uniform01") == 0)
+         op = O_UNIFORM01;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Uniform") == 0)
+         op = O_UNIFORM;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Normal01") == 0)
+         op = O_NORMAL01;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "Normal") == 0)
+         op = O_NORMAL;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "card") == 0)
+         op = O_CARD;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "length") == 0)
+         op = O_LENGTH;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "substr") == 0)
+         op = O_SUBSTR;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "str2time") == 0)
+         op = O_STR2TIME;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "time2str") == 0)
+         op = O_TIME2STR;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "gmtime") == 0)
+         op = O_GMTIME;
+      else
+         error(mpl, "function %s unknown", mpl->image);
+      /* save symbolic name of the function */
+      strcpy(func, mpl->image);
+      xassert(strlen(func) < sizeof(func));
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* check the left parenthesis that follows the function name */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_LEFT);
+      get_token(mpl /* ( */);
+      /* parse argument list */
+      if (op == O_MIN || op == O_MAX)
+      {  /* min and max allow arbitrary number of arguments */
+         arg.list = create_arg_list(mpl);
+         /* parse argument list */
+         for (;;)
+         {  /* parse argument and append it to the operands list */
+            arg.list = expand_arg_list(mpl, arg.list,
+               numeric_argument(mpl, func));
+            /* check a token that follows the argument */
+            if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+               get_token(mpl /* , */);
+            else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+               break;
+            else
+               error(mpl, "syntax error in argument list for %s", func);
+         }
+      }
+      else if (op == O_IRAND224 || op == O_UNIFORM01 || op ==
+         O_NORMAL01 || op == O_GMTIME)
+      {  /* Irand224, Uniform01, Normal01, gmtime need no arguments */
+         if (mpl->token != T_RIGHT)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs no arguments", func);
+      }
+      else if (op == O_UNIFORM || op == O_NORMAL)
+      {  /* Uniform and Normal need two arguments */
+         /* parse the first argument */
+         arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the first argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            ;
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two arguments", func);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+         get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* parse the second argument */
+         arg.arg.y = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the second argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two argument", func);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            ;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+      }
+      else if (op == O_ATAN || op == O_ROUND || op == O_TRUNC)
+      {  /* atan, round, and trunc need one or two arguments */
+         /* parse the first argument */
+         arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* parse the second argument, if specified */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+         {  switch (op)
+            {  case O_ATAN:  op = O_ATAN2;  break;
+               case O_ROUND: op = O_ROUND2; break;
+               case O_TRUNC: op = O_TRUNC2; break;
+               default: xassert(op != op);
+            }
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+            arg.arg.y = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         }
+         /* check a token that follows the last argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs one or two arguments", func);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            ;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+      }
+      else if (op == O_SUBSTR)
+      {  /* substr needs two or three arguments */
+         /* parse the first argument */
+         arg.arg.x = symbolic_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the first argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            ;
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two or three arguments", func);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+         get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* parse the second argument */
+         arg.arg.y = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* parse the third argument, if specified */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+         {  op = O_SUBSTR3;
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+            arg.arg.z = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         }
+         /* check a token that follows the last argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two or three arguments", func);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            ;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+      }
+      else if (op == O_STR2TIME)
+      {  /* str2time needs two arguments, both symbolic */
+         /* parse the first argument */
+         arg.arg.x = symbolic_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the first argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            ;
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two arguments", func);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+         get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* parse the second argument */
+         arg.arg.y = symbolic_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the second argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two argument", func);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            ;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+      }
+      else if (op == O_TIME2STR)
+      {  /* time2str needs two arguments, numeric and symbolic */
+         /* parse the first argument */
+         arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the first argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            ;
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two arguments", func);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+         get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* parse the second argument */
+         arg.arg.y = symbolic_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the second argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs two argument", func);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            ;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* other functions need one argument */
+         if (op == O_CARD)
+            arg.arg.x = elemset_argument(mpl, func);
+         else if (op == O_LENGTH)
+            arg.arg.x = symbolic_argument(mpl, func);
+         else
+            arg.arg.x = numeric_argument(mpl, func);
+         /* check a token that follows the argument */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs one argument", func);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            ;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in argument for %s", func);
+      }
+      /* make pseudo-code to call the built-in function */
+      if (op == O_SUBSTR || op == O_SUBSTR3 || op == O_TIME2STR)
+         code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+      else
+         code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      /* the reference ends with the right parenthesis */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_RIGHT);
+      get_token(mpl /* ) */);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_domain - create empty domain.
+--
+-- This routine creates empty domain, which is initially empty, i.e.
+-- has no domain blocks. */
+
+DOMAIN *create_domain(MPL *mpl)
+{     DOMAIN *domain;
+      domain = alloc(DOMAIN);
+      domain->list = NULL;
+      domain->code = NULL;
+      return domain;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_block - create empty domain block.
+--
+-- This routine creates empty domain block, which is initially empty,
+-- i.e. has no domain slots. */
+
+DOMAIN_BLOCK *create_block(MPL *mpl)
+{     DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      block = alloc(DOMAIN_BLOCK);
+      block->list = NULL;
+      block->code = NULL;
+      block->backup = NULL;
+      block->next = NULL;
+      return block;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- append_block - append domain block to specified domain.
+--
+-- This routine adds given domain block to the end of the block list of
+-- specified domain. */
+
+void append_block(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block)
+{     DOMAIN_BLOCK *temp;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      xassert(domain != NULL);
+      xassert(block != NULL);
+      xassert(block->next == NULL);
+      if (domain->list == NULL)
+         domain->list = block;
+      else
+      {  for (temp = domain->list; temp->next != NULL; temp =
+            temp->next);
+         temp->next = block;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- append_slot - create and append new slot to domain block.
+--
+-- This routine creates new domain slot and adds it to the end of slot
+-- list of specified domain block.
+--
+-- The parameter name is symbolic name of the dummy index associated
+-- with the slot (the character string must be allocated). NULL means
+-- the dummy index is not explicitly specified.
+--
+-- The parameter code is pseudo-code for computing symbolic value, at
+-- which the dummy index is bounded. NULL means the dummy index is free
+-- in the domain scope. */
+
+DOMAIN_SLOT *append_slot(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN_BLOCK *block, char *name,
+      CODE *code)
+{     DOMAIN_SLOT *slot, *temp;
+      xassert(block != NULL);
+      slot = alloc(DOMAIN_SLOT);
+      slot->name = name;
+      slot->code = code;
+      slot->value = NULL;
+      slot->list = NULL;
+      slot->next = NULL;
+      if (block->list == NULL)
+         block->list = slot;
+      else
+      {  for (temp = block->list; temp->next != NULL; temp =
+            temp->next);
+         temp->next = slot;
+      }
+      return slot;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_list - parse expression list.
+--
+-- This routine parses a list of one or more expressions enclosed into
+-- the parentheses using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= ( <expression list> )
+-- <expression list> ::= <expression 13>
+-- <expression list> ::= <expression 13> , <expression list>
+--
+-- Note that this construction may have three different meanings:
+--
+-- 1. If <expression list> consists of only one expression, <primary
+--    expression> is a parenthesized expression, which may be of any
+--    valid type (not necessarily 1-tuple).
+--
+-- 2. If <expression list> consists of several expressions separated by
+--    commae, where no expression is undeclared symbolic name, <primary
+--    expression> is a n-tuple.
+--
+-- 3. If <expression list> consists of several expressions separated by
+--    commae, where at least one expression is undeclared symbolic name
+--    (that denotes a dummy index), <primary expression> is a slice and
+--    can be only used as constituent of indexing expression. */
+
+#define max_dim 20
+/* maximal number of components allowed within parentheses */
+
+CODE *expression_list(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      struct { char *name; CODE *code; } list[1+max_dim];
+      int flag_x, next_token, dim, j, slice = 0;
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_LEFT);
+      /* the flag, which allows recognizing undeclared symbolic names
+         as dummy indices, will be automatically reset by get_token(),
+         so save it before scanning the next token */
+      flag_x = mpl->flag_x;
+      get_token(mpl /* ( */);
+      /* parse <expression list> */
+      for (dim = 1; ; dim++)
+      {  if (dim > max_dim)
+            error(mpl, "too many components within parentheses");
+         /* current component of <expression list> can be either dummy
+            index or expression */
+         if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         {  /* symbolic name is recognized as dummy index only if:
+               the flag, which allows that, is set, and
+               the name is followed by comma or right parenthesis, and
+               the name is undeclared */
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+            next_token = mpl->token;
+            unget_token(mpl);
+            if (!(flag_x &&
+                  (next_token == T_COMMA || next_token == T_RIGHT) &&
+                  avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) == NULL))
+            {  /* this is not dummy index */
+               goto expr;
+            }
+            /* all dummy indices within the same slice must have unique
+               symbolic names */
+            for (j = 1; j < dim; j++)
+            {  if (list[j].name != NULL && strcmp(list[j].name,
+                  mpl->image) == 0)
+                  error(mpl, "duplicate dummy index %s not allowed",
+                     mpl->image);
+            }
+            /* current component of <expression list> is dummy index */
+            list[dim].name
+               = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+            strcpy(list[dim].name, mpl->image);
+            list[dim].code = NULL;
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+            /* <expression list> is a slice, because at least one dummy
+               index has appeared */
+            slice = 1;
+            /* note that the context ( <dummy index> ) is not allowed,
+               i.e. in this case <primary expression> is considered as
+               a parenthesized expression */
+            if (dim == 1 && mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+               error(mpl, "%s not defined", list[dim].name);
+         }
+         else
+expr:    {  /* current component of <expression list> is expression */
+            code = expression_13(mpl);
+            /* if the current expression is followed by comma or it is
+               not the very first expression, entire <expression list>
+               is n-tuple or slice, in which case the current expression
+               should be converted to symbolic type, if necessary */
+            if (mpl->token == T_COMMA || dim > 1)
+            {  if (code->type == A_NUMERIC)
+                  code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, code, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+               /* now the expression must be of symbolic type */
+               if (code->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+                  error(mpl, "component expression has invalid type");
+               xassert(code->dim == 0);
+            }
+            list[dim].name = NULL;
+            list[dim].code = code;
+         }
+         /* check a token that follows the current component */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "right parenthesis missing where expected");
+      }
+      /* generate pseudo-code for <primary expression> */
+      if (dim == 1 && !slice)
+      {  /* <primary expression> is a parenthesized expression */
+         code = list[1].code;
+      }
+      else if (!slice)
+      {  /* <primary expression> is a n-tuple */
+         arg.list = create_arg_list(mpl);
+         for (j = 1; j <= dim; j++)
+            arg.list = expand_arg_list(mpl, arg.list, list[j].code);
+         code = make_code(mpl, O_TUPLE, &arg, A_TUPLE, dim);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* <primary expression> is a slice */
+         arg.slice = create_block(mpl);
+         for (j = 1; j <= dim; j++)
+            append_slot(mpl, arg.slice, list[j].name, list[j].code);
+         /* note that actually pseudo-codes with op = O_SLICE are never
+            evaluated */
+         code = make_code(mpl, O_SLICE, &arg, A_TUPLE, dim);
+      }
+      get_token(mpl /* ) */);
+      /* if <primary expression> is a slice, there must be the keyword
+         'in', which follows the right parenthesis */
+      if (slice && mpl->token != T_IN)
+         error(mpl, "keyword in missing where expected");
+      /* if the slice flag is set and there is the keyword 'in', which
+         follows <primary expression>, the latter must be a slice */
+      if (flag_x && mpl->token == T_IN && !slice)
+      {  if (dim == 1)
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in indexing expression");
+         else
+            error(mpl, "0-ary slice not allowed");
+      }
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- literal set - parse literal set.
+--
+-- This routine parses literal set using the syntax:
+--
+-- <literal set> ::= { <member list> }
+-- <member list> ::= <member expression>
+-- <member list> ::= <member list> , <member expression>
+-- <member expression> ::= <expression 5>
+--
+-- It is assumed that the left curly brace and the very first member
+-- expression that follows it are already parsed. The right curly brace
+-- remains unscanned on exit. */
+
+CODE *literal_set(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     OPERANDS arg;
+      int j;
+      xassert(code != NULL);
+      arg.list = create_arg_list(mpl);
+      /* parse <member list> */
+      for (j = 1; ; j++)
+      {  /* all member expressions must be n-tuples; so, if the current
+            expression is not n-tuple, convert it to 1-tuple */
+         if (code->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, code, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         if (code->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTTUP, code, A_TUPLE, 1);
+         /* now the expression must be n-tuple */
+         if (code->type != A_TUPLE)
+            error(mpl, "member expression has invalid type");
+         /* all member expressions must have identical dimension */
+         if (arg.list != NULL && arg.list->x->dim != code->dim)
+            error(mpl, "member %d has %d component%s while member %d ha"
+               "s %d component%s",
+               j-1, arg.list->x->dim, arg.list->x->dim == 1 ? "" : "s",
+               j, code->dim, code->dim == 1 ? "" : "s");
+         /* append the current expression to the member list */
+         arg.list = expand_arg_list(mpl, arg.list, code);
+         /* check a token that follows the current expression */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACE)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in literal set");
+         /* parse the next expression that follows the comma */
+         code = expression_5(mpl);
+      }
+      /* generate pseudo-code for <literal set> */
+      code = make_code(mpl, O_MAKE, &arg, A_ELEMSET, arg.list->x->dim);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- indexing_expression - parse indexing expression.
+--
+-- This routine parses indexing expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <indexing expression> ::= <literal set>
+-- <indexing expression> ::= { <indexing list> }
+-- <indexing expression> ::= { <indexing list> : <logical expression> }
+-- <indexing list> ::= <indexing element>
+-- <indexing list> ::= <indexing list> , <indexing element>
+-- <indexing element> ::= <basic expression>
+-- <indexing element> ::= <dummy index> in <basic expression>
+-- <indexing element> ::= <slice> in <basic expression>
+-- <dummy index> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <slice> ::= ( <expression list> )
+-- <basic expression> ::= <expression 9>
+-- <logical expression> ::= <expression 13>
+--
+-- This routine creates domain for <indexing expression>, where each
+-- domain block corresponds to <indexing element>, and each domain slot
+-- corresponds to individual indexing position. */
+
+DOMAIN *indexing_expression(MPL *mpl)
+{     DOMAIN *domain;
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      CODE *code;
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_LBRACE);
+      get_token(mpl /* { */);
+      if (mpl->token == T_RBRACE)
+         error(mpl, "empty indexing expression not allowed");
+      /* create domain to be constructed */
+      domain = create_domain(mpl);
+      /* parse either <member list> or <indexing list> that follows the
+         left brace */
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* domain block for <indexing element> is not created yet */
+         block = NULL;
+         /* pseudo-code for <basic expression> is not generated yet */
+         code = NULL;
+         /* check a token, which <indexing element> begins with */
+         if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         {  /* it is a symbolic name */
+            int next_token;
+            char *name;
+            /* symbolic name is recognized as dummy index only if it is
+               followed by the keyword 'in' and not declared */
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+            next_token = mpl->token;
+            unget_token(mpl);
+            if (!(next_token == T_IN &&
+                  avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) == NULL))
+            {  /* this is not dummy index; the symbolic name begins an
+                  expression, which is either <basic expression> or the
+                  very first <member expression> in <literal set> */
+               goto expr;
+            }
+            /* create domain block with one slot, which is assigned the
+               dummy index */
+            block = create_block(mpl);
+            name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+            strcpy(name, mpl->image);
+            append_slot(mpl, block, name, NULL);
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+            /* the keyword 'in' is already checked above */
+            xassert(mpl->token == T_IN);
+            get_token(mpl /* in */);
+            /* <basic expression> that follows the keyword 'in' will be
+               parsed below */
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT)
+         {  /* it is the left parenthesis; parse expression that begins
+               with this parenthesis (the flag is set in order to allow
+               recognizing slices; see the routine expression_list) */
+            mpl->flag_x = 1;
+            code = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (code->op != O_SLICE)
+            {  /* this is either <basic expression> or the very first
+                  <member expression> in <literal set> */
+               goto expr;
+            }
+            /* this is a slice; besides the corresponding domain block
+               is already created by expression_list() */
+            block = code->arg.slice;
+            code = NULL; /* <basic expression> is not parsed yet */
+            /* the keyword 'in' following the slice is already checked
+               by expression_list() */
+            xassert(mpl->token == T_IN);
+            get_token(mpl /* in */);
+            /* <basic expression> that follows the keyword 'in' will be
+               parsed below */
+         }
+expr:    /* parse expression that follows either the keyword 'in' (in
+            which case it can be <basic expression) or the left brace
+            (in which case it can be <basic expression> as well as the
+            very first <member expression> in <literal set>); note that
+            this expression can be already parsed above */
+         if (code == NULL) code = expression_9(mpl);
+         /* check the type of the expression just parsed */
+         if (code->type != A_ELEMSET)
+         {  /* it is not <basic expression> and therefore it can only
+               be the very first <member expression> in <literal set>;
+               however, then there must be no dummy index neither slice
+               between the left brace and this expression */
+            if (block != NULL)
+               error(mpl, "domain expression has invalid type");
+            /* parse the rest part of <literal set> and make this set
+               be <basic expression>, i.e. the construction {a, b, c}
+               is parsed as it were written as {A}, where A = {a, b, c}
+               is a temporary elemental set */
+            code = literal_set(mpl, code);
+         }
+         /* now pseudo-code for <basic set> has been built */
+         xassert(code != NULL);
+         xassert(code->type == A_ELEMSET);
+         xassert(code->dim > 0);
+         /* if domain block for the current <indexing element> is still
+            not created, create it for fake slice of the same dimension
+            as <basic set> */
+         if (block == NULL)
+         {  int j;
+            block = create_block(mpl);
+            for (j = 1; j <= code->dim; j++)
+               append_slot(mpl, block, NULL, NULL);
+         }
+         /* number of indexing positions in <indexing element> must be
+            the same as dimension of n-tuples in basic set */
+         {  int dim = 0;
+            for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+               dim++;
+            if (dim != code->dim)
+               error(mpl,"%d %s specified for set of dimension %d",
+                  dim, dim == 1 ? "index" : "indices", code->dim);
+         }
+         /* store pseudo-code for <basic set> in the domain block */
+         xassert(block->code == NULL);
+         block->code = code;
+         /* and append the domain block to the domain */
+         append_block(mpl, domain, block);
+         /* the current <indexing element> has been completely parsed;
+            include all its dummy indices into the symbolic name table
+            to make them available for referencing from expressions;
+            implicit declarations of dummy indices remain valid while
+            the corresponding domain scope is valid */
+         for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+         if (slot->name != NULL)
+         {  AVLNODE *node;
+            xassert(avl_find_node(mpl->tree, slot->name) == NULL);
+            node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, slot->name);
+            avl_set_node_type(node, A_INDEX);
+            avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)slot);
+         }
+         /* check a token that follows <indexing element> */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_COLON || mpl->token == T_RBRACE)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in indexing expression");
+      }
+      /* parse <logical expression> that follows the colon */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COLON)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* : */);
+         code = expression_13(mpl);
+         /* convert the expression to logical type, if necessary */
+         if (code->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, code, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (code->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, code, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+         /* now the expression must be of logical type */
+         if (code->type != A_LOGICAL)
+            error(mpl, "expression following colon has invalid type");
+         xassert(code->dim == 0);
+         domain->code = code;
+         /* the right brace must follow the logical expression */
+         if (mpl->token != T_RBRACE)
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in indexing expression");
+      }
+      get_token(mpl /* } */);
+      return domain;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- close_scope - close scope of indexing expression.
+--
+-- The routine closes the scope of indexing expression specified by its
+-- domain and thereby makes all dummy indices introduced in the indexing
+-- expression no longer available for referencing. */
+
+void close_scope(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain)
+{     DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      AVLNODE *node;
+      xassert(domain != NULL);
+      /* remove all dummy indices from the symbolic names table */
+      for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next)
+      {  for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+         {  if (slot->name != NULL)
+            {  node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, slot->name);
+               xassert(node != NULL);
+               xassert(avl_get_node_type(node) == A_INDEX);
+               avl_delete_node(mpl->tree, node);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- iterated_expression - parse iterated expression.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= <iterated expression>
+-- <iterated expression> ::= sum <indexing expression> <expression 3>
+-- <iterated expression> ::= prod <indexing expression> <expression 3>
+-- <iterated expression> ::= min <indexing expression> <expression 3>
+-- <iterated expression> ::= max <indexing expression> <expression 3>
+-- <iterated expression> ::= exists <indexing expression>
+--                           <expression 12>
+-- <iterated expression> ::= forall <indexing expression>
+--                           <expression 12>
+-- <iterated expression> ::= setof <indexing expression> <expression 5>
+--
+-- Note that parsing "integrand" depends on the iterated operator. */
+
+#if 1 /* 07/IX-2008 */
+static void link_up(CODE *code)
+{     /* if we have something like sum{(i+1,j,k-1) in E} x[i,j,k],
+         where i and k are dummy indices defined out of the iterated
+         expression, we should link up pseudo-code for computing i+1
+         and k-1 to pseudo-code for computing the iterated expression;
+         this is needed to invalidate current value of the iterated
+         expression once i or k have been changed */
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      for (block = code->arg.loop.domain->list; block != NULL;
+         block = block->next)
+      {  for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+         {  if (slot->code != NULL)
+            {  xassert(slot->code->up == NULL);
+               slot->code->up = code;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+CODE *iterated_expression(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      int op;
+      char opstr[8];
+      /* determine operation code */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_NAME);
+      if (strcmp(mpl->image, "sum") == 0)
+         op = O_SUM;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "prod") == 0)
+         op = O_PROD;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "min") == 0)
+         op = O_MINIMUM;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "max") == 0)
+         op = O_MAXIMUM;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "forall") == 0)
+         op = O_FORALL;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "exists") == 0)
+         op = O_EXISTS;
+      else if (strcmp(mpl->image, "setof") == 0)
+         op = O_SETOF;
+      else
+         error(mpl, "operator %s unknown", mpl->image);
+      strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+      xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* check the left brace that follows the operator name */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_LBRACE);
+      /* parse indexing expression that controls iterating */
+      arg.loop.domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+      /* parse "integrand" expression and generate pseudo-code */
+      switch (op)
+      {  case O_SUM:
+         case O_PROD:
+         case O_MINIMUM:
+         case O_MAXIMUM:
+            arg.loop.x = expression_3(mpl);
+            /* convert the integrand to numeric type, if necessary */
+            if (arg.loop.x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, arg.loop.x,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            /* now the integrand must be of numeric type or linear form
+               (the latter is only allowed for the sum operator) */
+            if (!(arg.loop.x->type == A_NUMERIC ||
+                  op == O_SUM && arg.loop.x->type == A_FORMULA))
+err:           error(mpl, "integrand following %s{...} has invalid type"
+                  , opstr);
+            xassert(arg.loop.x->dim == 0);
+            /* generate pseudo-code */
+            code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, arg.loop.x->type, 0);
+            break;
+         case O_FORALL:
+         case O_EXISTS:
+            arg.loop.x = expression_12(mpl);
+            /* convert the integrand to logical type, if necessary */
+            if (arg.loop.x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, arg.loop.x,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (arg.loop.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, arg.loop.x,
+                  A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            /* now the integrand must be of logical type */
+            if (arg.loop.x->type != A_LOGICAL) goto err;
+            xassert(arg.loop.x->dim == 0);
+            /* generate pseudo-code */
+            code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            break;
+         case O_SETOF:
+            arg.loop.x = expression_5(mpl);
+            /* convert the integrand to 1-tuple, if necessary */
+            if (arg.loop.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, arg.loop.x,
+                  A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            if (arg.loop.x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               arg.loop.x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTTUP, arg.loop.x,
+                  A_TUPLE, 1);
+            /* now the integrand must be n-tuple */
+            if (arg.loop.x->type != A_TUPLE) goto err;
+            xassert(arg.loop.x->dim > 0);
+            /* generate pseudo-code */
+            code = make_code(mpl, op, &arg, A_ELEMSET, arg.loop.x->dim);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(op != op);
+      }
+      /* close the scope of the indexing expression */
+      close_scope(mpl, arg.loop.domain);
+#if 1 /* 07/IX-2008 */
+      link_up(code);
+#endif
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- domain_arity - determine arity of domain.
+--
+-- This routine returns arity of specified domain, which is number of
+-- its free dummy indices. */
+
+int domain_arity(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain)
+{     DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      int arity;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      arity = 0;
+      for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next)
+         for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+            if (slot->code == NULL) arity++;
+      return arity;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_expression - parse set expression.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= { }
+-- <primary expression> ::= <indexing expression> */
+
+CODE *set_expression(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      OPERANDS arg;
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_LBRACE);
+      get_token(mpl /* { */);
+      /* check a token that follows the left brace */
+      if (mpl->token == T_RBRACE)
+      {  /* it is the right brace, so the resultant is an empty set of
+            dimension 1 */
+         arg.list = NULL;
+         /* generate pseudo-code to build the resultant set */
+         code = make_code(mpl, O_MAKE, &arg, A_ELEMSET, 1);
+         get_token(mpl /* } */);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* the next token begins an indexing expression */
+         unget_token(mpl);
+         arg.loop.domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+         arg.loop.x = NULL; /* integrand is not used */
+         /* close the scope of the indexing expression */
+         close_scope(mpl, arg.loop.domain);
+         /* generate pseudo-code to build the resultant set */
+         code = make_code(mpl, O_BUILD, &arg, A_ELEMSET,
+            domain_arity(mpl, arg.loop.domain));
+#if 1 /* 07/IX-2008 */
+         link_up(code);
+#endif
+      }
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- branched_expression - parse conditional expression.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= <branched expression>
+-- <branched expression> ::= if <logical expression> then <expression 9>
+-- <branched expression> ::= if <logical expression> then <expression 9>
+--                           else <expression 9>
+-- <logical expression> ::= <expression 13> */
+
+CODE *branched_expression(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code, *x, *y, *z;
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_IF);
+      get_token(mpl /* if */);
+      /* parse <logical expression> that follows 'if' */
+      x = expression_13(mpl);
+      /* convert the expression to logical type, if necessary */
+      if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+         x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+         x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+      /* now the expression must be of logical type */
+      if (x->type != A_LOGICAL)
+         error(mpl, "expression following if has invalid type");
+      xassert(x->dim == 0);
+      /* the keyword 'then' must follow the logical expression */
+      if (mpl->token != T_THEN)
+         error(mpl, "keyword then missing where expected");
+      get_token(mpl /* then */);
+      /* parse <expression> that follows 'then' and check its type */
+      y = expression_9(mpl);
+      if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_SYMBOLIC ||
+            y->type == A_ELEMSET || y->type == A_FORMULA))
+         error(mpl, "expression following then has invalid type");
+      /* if the expression that follows the keyword 'then' is elemental
+         set, the keyword 'else' cannot be omitted; otherwise else-part
+         is optional */
+      if (mpl->token != T_ELSE)
+      {  if (y->type == A_ELEMSET)
+            error(mpl, "keyword else missing where expected");
+         z = NULL;
+         goto skip;
+      }
+      get_token(mpl /* else */);
+      /* parse <expression> that follow 'else' and check its type */
+      z = expression_9(mpl);
+      if (!(z->type == A_NUMERIC || z->type == A_SYMBOLIC ||
+            z->type == A_ELEMSET || z->type == A_FORMULA))
+         error(mpl, "expression following else has invalid type");
+      /* convert to identical types, if necessary */
+      if (y->type == A_FORMULA || z->type == A_FORMULA)
+      {  if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, y, A_FORMULA, 0);
+         if (z->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, z, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (z->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, z, A_FORMULA, 0);
+      }
+      if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC || z->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+      {  if (y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         if (z->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, z, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+      }
+      /* now both expressions must have identical types */
+      if (y->type != z->type)
+         error(mpl, "expressions following then and else have incompati"
+            "ble types");
+      /* and identical dimensions */
+      if (y->dim != z->dim)
+         error(mpl, "expressions following then and else have different"
+            " dimensions %d and %d, respectively", y->dim, z->dim);
+skip: /* generate pseudo-code to perform branching */
+      code = make_ternary(mpl, O_FORK, x, y, z, y->type, y->dim);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- primary_expression - parse primary expression.
+--
+-- This routine parses primary expression using the syntax:
+--
+-- <primary expression> ::= <numeric literal>
+-- <primary expression> ::= Infinity
+-- <primary expression> ::= <string literal>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <dummy index>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <set name>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <set name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <parameter name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <variable name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <primary expression> ::= <built-in function> ( <argument list> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= ( <expression list> )
+-- <primary expression> ::= <iterated expression>
+-- <primary expression> ::= { }
+-- <primary expression> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <primary expression> ::= <branched expression>
+--
+-- For complete list of syntactic rules for <primary expression> see
+-- comments to the corresponding parsing routines. */
+
+CODE *primary_expression(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      if (mpl->token == T_NUMBER)
+      {  /* parse numeric literal */
+         code = numeric_literal(mpl);
+      }
+#if 1 /* 21/VII-2006 */
+      else if (mpl->token == T_INFINITY)
+      {  /* parse "infinity" */
+         OPERANDS arg;
+         arg.num = DBL_MAX;
+         code = make_code(mpl, O_NUMBER, &arg, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         get_token(mpl /* Infinity */);
+      }
+#endif
+      else if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+      {  /* parse string literal */
+         code = string_literal(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+      {  int next_token;
+         get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+         next_token = mpl->token;
+         unget_token(mpl);
+         /* check a token that follows <symbolic name> */
+         switch (next_token)
+         {  case T_LBRACKET:
+               /* parse reference to subscripted object */
+               code = object_reference(mpl);
+               break;
+            case T_LEFT:
+               /* parse reference to built-in function */
+               code = function_reference(mpl);
+               break;
+            case T_LBRACE:
+               /* parse iterated expression */
+               code = iterated_expression(mpl);
+               break;
+            default:
+               /* parse reference to unsubscripted object */
+               code = object_reference(mpl);
+               break;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT)
+      {  /* parse parenthesized expression */
+         code = expression_list(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  /* parse set expression */
+         code = set_expression(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->token == T_IF)
+      {  /* parse conditional expression */
+         code = branched_expression(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+      {  /* other reserved keywords cannot be used here */
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      }
+      else
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in expression");
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- error_preceding - raise error if preceding operand has wrong type.
+--
+-- This routine is called to raise error if operand that precedes some
+-- infix operator has invalid type. */
+
+void error_preceding(MPL *mpl, char *opstr)
+{     error(mpl, "operand preceding %s has invalid type", opstr);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- error_following - raise error if following operand has wrong type.
+--
+-- This routine is called to raise error if operand that follows some
+-- infix operator has invalid type. */
+
+void error_following(MPL *mpl, char *opstr)
+{     error(mpl, "operand following %s has invalid type", opstr);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- error_dimension - raise error if operands have different dimension.
+--
+-- This routine is called to raise error if two operands of some infix
+-- operator have different dimension. */
+
+void error_dimension(MPL *mpl, char *opstr, int dim1, int dim2)
+{     error(mpl, "operands preceding and following %s have different di"
+         "mensions %d and %d, respectively", opstr, dim1, dim2);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_0 - parse expression of level 0.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 0 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 0> ::= <primary expression> */
+
+CODE *expression_0(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *code;
+      code = primary_expression(mpl);
+      return code;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_1 - parse expression of level 1.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 1 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 1> ::= <expression 0>
+-- <expression 1> ::= <expression 0> <power> <expression 1>
+-- <expression 1> ::= <expression 0> <power> <expression 2>
+-- <power> ::= ^ | ** */
+
+CODE *expression_1(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      char opstr[8];
+      x = expression_0(mpl);
+      if (mpl->token == T_POWER)
+      {  strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+         xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+         if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (x->type != A_NUMERIC)
+            error_preceding(mpl, opstr);
+         get_token(mpl /* ^ | ** */);
+         if (mpl->token == T_PLUS || mpl->token == T_MINUS)
+            y = expression_2(mpl);
+         else
+            y = expression_1(mpl);
+         if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (y->type != A_NUMERIC)
+            error_following(mpl, opstr);
+         x = make_binary(mpl, O_POWER, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_2 - parse expression of level 2.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 2 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 2> ::= <expression 1>
+-- <expression 2> ::= + <expression 1>
+-- <expression 2> ::= - <expression 1> */
+
+CODE *expression_2(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x;
+      if (mpl->token == T_PLUS)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* + */);
+         x = expression_1(mpl);
+         if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA))
+            error_following(mpl, "+");
+         x = make_unary(mpl, O_PLUS, x, x->type, 0);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->token == T_MINUS)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* - */);
+         x = expression_1(mpl);
+         if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA))
+            error_following(mpl, "-");
+         x = make_unary(mpl, O_MINUS, x, x->type, 0);
+      }
+      else
+         x = expression_1(mpl);
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_3 - parse expression of level 3.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 3 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 2>
+-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> * <expression 2>
+-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> / <expression 2>
+-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> div <expression 2>
+-- <expression 3> ::= <expression 3> mod <expression 2> */
+
+CODE *expression_3(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      x = expression_2(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_ASTERISK)
+         {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA))
+               error_preceding(mpl, "*");
+            get_token(mpl /* * */);
+            y = expression_2(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_FORMULA))
+               error_following(mpl, "*");
+            if (x->type == A_FORMULA && y->type == A_FORMULA)
+               error(mpl, "multiplication of linear forms not allowed");
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               x = make_binary(mpl, O_MUL, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            else
+               x = make_binary(mpl, O_MUL, x, y, A_FORMULA, 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SLASH)
+         {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA))
+               error_preceding(mpl, "/");
+            get_token(mpl /* / */);
+            y = expression_2(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_following(mpl, "/");
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               x = make_binary(mpl, O_DIV, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            else
+               x = make_binary(mpl, O_DIV, x, y, A_FORMULA, 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_DIV)
+         {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (x->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "div");
+            get_token(mpl /* div */);
+            y = expression_2(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_following(mpl, "div");
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_IDIV, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_MOD)
+         {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (x->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "mod");
+            get_token(mpl /* mod */);
+            y = expression_2(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_following(mpl, "mod");
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_MOD, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_4 - parse expression of level 4.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 4 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 3>
+-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 4> + <expression 3>
+-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 4> - <expression 3>
+-- <expression 4> ::= <expression 4> less <expression 3> */
+
+CODE *expression_4(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      x = expression_3(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_PLUS)
+         {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA))
+               error_preceding(mpl, "+");
+            get_token(mpl /* + */);
+            y = expression_3(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_FORMULA))
+               error_following(mpl, "+");
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_FORMULA)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, x, A_FORMULA, 0);
+            if (x->type == A_FORMULA && y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, y, A_FORMULA, 0);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_ADD, x, y, x->type, 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_MINUS)
+         {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_FORMULA))
+               error_preceding(mpl, "-");
+            get_token(mpl /* - */);
+            y = expression_3(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_FORMULA))
+               error_following(mpl, "-");
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_FORMULA)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, x, A_FORMULA, 0);
+            if (x->type == A_FORMULA && y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, y, A_FORMULA, 0);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_SUB, x, y, x->type, 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LESS)
+         {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (x->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "less");
+            get_token(mpl /* less */);
+            y = expression_3(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_following(mpl, "less");
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_LESS, x, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_5 - parse expression of level 5.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 5 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 5> ::= <expression 4>
+-- <expression 5> ::= <expression 5> & <expression 4> */
+
+CODE *expression_5(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      x = expression_4(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_CONCAT)
+         {  if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            if (x->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "&");
+            get_token(mpl /* & */);
+            y = expression_4(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+               error_following(mpl, "&");
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_CONCAT, x, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_6 - parse expression of level 6.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 6 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 6> ::= <expression 5>
+-- <expression 6> ::= <expression 5> .. <expression 5>
+-- <expression 6> ::= <expression 5> .. <expression 5> by
+--                    <expression 5> */
+
+CODE *expression_6(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y, *z;
+      x = expression_5(mpl);
+      if (mpl->token == T_DOTS)
+      {  if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (x->type != A_NUMERIC)
+            error_preceding(mpl, "..");
+         get_token(mpl /* .. */);
+         y = expression_5(mpl);
+         if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (y->type != A_NUMERIC)
+            error_following(mpl, "..");
+         if (mpl->token == T_BY)
+         {  get_token(mpl /* by */);
+            z = expression_5(mpl);
+            if (z->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               z = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, z, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (z->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_following(mpl, "by");
+         }
+         else
+            z = NULL;
+         x = make_ternary(mpl, O_DOTS, x, y, z, A_ELEMSET, 1);
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_7 - parse expression of level 7.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 7 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 7> ::= <expression 6>
+-- <expression 7> ::= <expression 7> cross <expression 6> */
+
+CODE *expression_7(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      x = expression_6(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_CROSS)
+         {  if (x->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "cross");
+            get_token(mpl /* cross */);
+            y = expression_6(mpl);
+            if (y->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_following(mpl, "cross");
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_CROSS, x, y, A_ELEMSET,
+               x->dim + y->dim);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_8 - parse expression of level 8.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 8 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 8> ::= <expression 7>
+-- <expression 8> ::= <expression 8> inter <expression 7> */
+
+CODE *expression_8(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      x = expression_7(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_INTER)
+         {  if (x->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "inter");
+            get_token(mpl /* inter */);
+            y = expression_7(mpl);
+            if (y->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_following(mpl, "inter");
+            if (x->dim != y->dim)
+               error_dimension(mpl, "inter", x->dim, y->dim);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_INTER, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_9 - parse expression of level 9.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 9 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 8>
+-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 9> union <expression 8>
+-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 9> diff <expression 8>
+-- <expression 9> ::= <expression 9> symdiff <expression 8> */
+
+CODE *expression_9(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      x = expression_8(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_UNION)
+         {  if (x->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "union");
+            get_token(mpl /* union */);
+            y = expression_8(mpl);
+            if (y->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_following(mpl, "union");
+            if (x->dim != y->dim)
+               error_dimension(mpl, "union", x->dim, y->dim);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_UNION, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_DIFF)
+         {  if (x->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "diff");
+            get_token(mpl /* diff */);
+            y = expression_8(mpl);
+            if (y->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_following(mpl, "diff");
+            if (x->dim != y->dim)
+               error_dimension(mpl, "diff", x->dim, y->dim);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_DIFF, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SYMDIFF)
+         {  if (x->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_preceding(mpl, "symdiff");
+            get_token(mpl /* symdiff */);
+            y = expression_8(mpl);
+            if (y->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_following(mpl, "symdiff");
+            if (x->dim != y->dim)
+               error_dimension(mpl, "symdiff", x->dim, y->dim);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_SYMDIFF, x, y, A_ELEMSET, x->dim);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_10 - parse expression of level 10.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 10 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 10> ::= <expression 9>
+-- <expression 10> ::= <expression 9> <rho> <expression 9>
+-- <rho> ::= < | <= | = | == | >= | > | <> | != | in | not in | ! in |
+--           within | not within | ! within */
+
+CODE *expression_10(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      int op = -1;
+      char opstr[16];
+      x = expression_9(mpl);
+      strcpy(opstr, "");
+      switch (mpl->token)
+      {  case T_LT:
+            op = O_LT; break;
+         case T_LE:
+            op = O_LE; break;
+         case T_EQ:
+            op = O_EQ; break;
+         case T_GE:
+            op = O_GE; break;
+         case T_GT:
+            op = O_GT; break;
+         case T_NE:
+            op = O_NE; break;
+         case T_IN:
+            op = O_IN; break;
+         case T_WITHIN:
+            op = O_WITHIN; break;
+         case T_NOT:
+            strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+            get_token(mpl /* not | ! */);
+            if (mpl->token == T_IN)
+               op = O_NOTIN;
+            else if (mpl->token == T_WITHIN)
+               op = O_NOTWITHIN;
+            else
+               error(mpl, "invalid use of %s", opstr);
+            strcat(opstr, " ");
+            break;
+         default:
+            goto done;
+      }
+      strcat(opstr, mpl->image);
+      xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+      switch (op)
+      {  case O_EQ:
+         case O_NE:
+#if 1 /* 02/VIII-2008 */
+         case O_LT:
+         case O_LE:
+         case O_GT:
+         case O_GE:
+#endif
+            if (!(x->type == A_NUMERIC || x->type == A_SYMBOLIC))
+               error_preceding(mpl, opstr);
+            get_token(mpl /* <rho> */);
+            y = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (!(y->type == A_NUMERIC || y->type == A_SYMBOLIC))
+               error_following(mpl, opstr);
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC && y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC && y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, y, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            break;
+#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */
+         case O_LT:
+         case O_LE:
+         case O_GT:
+         case O_GE:
+            if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (x->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_preceding(mpl, opstr);
+            get_token(mpl /* <rho> */);
+            y = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error_following(mpl, opstr);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            break;
+#endif
+         case O_IN:
+         case O_NOTIN:
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, x, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+            if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTTUP, x, A_TUPLE, 1);
+            if (x->type != A_TUPLE)
+               error_preceding(mpl, opstr);
+            get_token(mpl /* <rho> */);
+            y = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (y->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_following(mpl, opstr);
+            if (x->dim != y->dim)
+               error_dimension(mpl, opstr, x->dim, y->dim);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            break;
+         case O_WITHIN:
+         case O_NOTWITHIN:
+            if (x->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_preceding(mpl, opstr);
+            get_token(mpl /* <rho> */);
+            y = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (y->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error_following(mpl, opstr);
+            if (x->dim != y->dim)
+               error_dimension(mpl, opstr, x->dim, y->dim);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, op, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(op != op);
+      }
+done: return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_11 - parse expression of level 11.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 11 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 11> ::= <expression 10>
+-- <expression 11> ::= not <expression 10>
+-- <expression 11> ::= ! <expression 10> */
+
+CODE *expression_11(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x;
+      char opstr[8];
+      if (mpl->token == T_NOT)
+      {  strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+         xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+         get_token(mpl /* not | ! */);
+         x = expression_10(mpl);
+         if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+         if (x->type != A_LOGICAL)
+            error_following(mpl, opstr);
+         x = make_unary(mpl, O_NOT, x, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+      }
+      else
+         x = expression_10(mpl);
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_12 - parse expression of level 12.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 12 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 12> ::= <expression 11>
+-- <expression 12> ::= <expression 12> and <expression 11>
+-- <expression 12> ::= <expression 12> && <expression 11> */
+
+CODE *expression_12(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      char opstr[8];
+      x = expression_11(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_AND)
+         {  strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+            xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+            if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            if (x->type != A_LOGICAL)
+               error_preceding(mpl, opstr);
+            get_token(mpl /* and | && */);
+            y = expression_11(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_LOGICAL)
+               error_following(mpl, opstr);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_AND, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expression_13 - parse expression of level 13.
+--
+-- This routine parses expression of level 13 using the syntax:
+--
+-- <expression 13> ::= <expression 12>
+-- <expression 13> ::= <expression 13> or <expression 12>
+-- <expression 13> ::= <expression 13> || <expression 12> */
+
+CODE *expression_13(MPL *mpl)
+{     CODE *x, *y;
+      char opstr[8];
+      x = expression_12(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_OR)
+         {  strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+            xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+            if (x->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, x, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               x = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, x, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            if (x->type != A_LOGICAL)
+               error_preceding(mpl, opstr);
+            get_token(mpl /* or | || */);
+            y = expression_12(mpl);
+            if (y->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, y, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (y->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               y = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLOG, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+            if (y->type != A_LOGICAL)
+               error_following(mpl, opstr);
+            x = make_binary(mpl, O_OR, x, y, A_LOGICAL, 0);
+         }
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_statement - parse set statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses set statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <set statement> ::= set <symbolic name> <alias> <domain>
+--                     <attributes> ;
+-- <alias> ::= <empty>
+-- <alias> ::= <string literal>
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <attributes> ::= <empty>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , dimen <numeric literal>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , within <expression 9>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , := <expression 9>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , default <expression 9>
+--
+-- Commae in <attributes> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */
+
+SET *set_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     SET *set;
+      int dimen_used = 0;
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "set"));
+      get_token(mpl /* set */);
+      /* symbolic name must follow the keyword 'set' */
+      if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         ;
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected");
+      /* there must be no other object with the same name */
+      if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image);
+      /* create model set */
+      set = alloc(SET);
+      set->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+      strcpy(set->name, mpl->image);
+      set->alias = NULL;
+      set->dim = 0;
+      set->domain = NULL;
+      set->dimen = 0;
+      set->within = NULL;
+      set->assign = NULL;
+      set->option = NULL;
+      set->gadget = NULL;
+      set->data = 0;
+      set->array = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* parse optional alias */
+      if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+      {  set->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+         strcpy(set->alias, mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */);
+      }
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  set->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+         set->dim = domain_arity(mpl, set->domain);
+      }
+      /* include the set name in the symbolic names table */
+      {  AVLNODE *node;
+         node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, set->name);
+         avl_set_node_type(node, A_SET);
+         avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)set);
+      }
+      /* parse the list of optional attributes */
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            break;
+         if (is_keyword(mpl, "dimen"))
+         {  /* dimension of set members */
+            int dimen;
+            get_token(mpl /* dimen */);
+            if (!(mpl->token == T_NUMBER &&
+                  1.0 <= mpl->value && mpl->value <= 20.0 &&
+                  floor(mpl->value) == mpl->value))
+               error(mpl, "dimension must be integer between 1 and 20");
+            dimen = (int)(mpl->value + 0.5);
+            if (dimen_used)
+               error(mpl, "at most one dimension attribute allowed");
+            if (set->dimen > 0)
+               error(mpl, "dimension %d conflicts with dimension %d alr"
+                  "eady determined", dimen, set->dimen);
+            set->dimen = dimen;
+            dimen_used = 1;
+            get_token(mpl /* <numeric literal> */);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_WITHIN || mpl->token == T_IN)
+         {  /* restricting superset */
+            WITHIN *within, *temp;
+            if (mpl->token == T_IN && !mpl->as_within)
+            {  warning(mpl, "keyword in understood as within");
+               mpl->as_within = 1;
+            }
+            get_token(mpl /* within */);
+            /* create new restricting superset list entry and append it
+               to the within-list */
+            within = alloc(WITHIN);
+            within->code = NULL;
+            within->next = NULL;
+            if (set->within == NULL)
+               set->within = within;
+            else
+            {  for (temp = set->within; temp->next != NULL; temp =
+                  temp->next);
+               temp->next = within;
+            }
+            /* parse an expression that follows 'within' */
+            within->code = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (within->code->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error(mpl, "expression following within has invalid type"
+                  );
+            xassert(within->code->dim > 0);
+            /* check/set dimension of set members */
+            if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = within->code->dim;
+            if (set->dimen != within->code->dim)
+               error(mpl, "set expression following within must have di"
+                  "mension %d rather than %d",
+                  set->dimen, within->code->dim);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN)
+         {  /* assignment expression */
+            if (!(set->assign == NULL && set->option == NULL &&
+                  set->gadget == NULL))
+err:           error(mpl, "at most one := or default/data allowed");
+            get_token(mpl /* := */);
+            /* parse an expression that follows ':=' */
+            set->assign = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (set->assign->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error(mpl, "expression following := has invalid type");
+            xassert(set->assign->dim > 0);
+            /* check/set dimension of set members */
+            if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = set->assign->dim;
+            if (set->dimen != set->assign->dim)
+               error(mpl, "set expression following := must have dimens"
+                  "ion %d rather than %d",
+                  set->dimen, set->assign->dim);
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "default"))
+         {  /* expression for default value */
+            if (!(set->assign == NULL && set->option == NULL)) goto err;
+            get_token(mpl /* := */);
+            /* parse an expression that follows 'default' */
+            set->option = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (set->option->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error(mpl, "expression following default has invalid typ"
+                  "e");
+            xassert(set->option->dim > 0);
+            /* check/set dimension of set members */
+            if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = set->option->dim;
+            if (set->dimen != set->option->dim)
+               error(mpl, "set expression following default must have d"
+                  "imension %d rather than %d",
+                  set->dimen, set->option->dim);
+         }
+#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "data"))
+         {  /* gadget to initialize the set by data from plain set */
+            GADGET *gadget;
+            AVLNODE *node;
+            int i, k, fff[20];
+            if (!(set->assign == NULL && set->gadget == NULL)) goto err;
+            get_token(mpl /* data */);
+            set->gadget = gadget = alloc(GADGET);
+            /* set name must follow the keyword 'data' */
+            if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+               ;
+            else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+               error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s",
+                  mpl->image);
+            else
+               error(mpl, "set name missing where expected");
+            /* find the set in the symbolic name table */
+            node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image);
+            if (node == NULL)
+               error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image);
+            if (avl_get_node_type(node) != A_SET)
+err1:          error(mpl, "%s not a plain set", mpl->image);
+            gadget->set = avl_get_node_link(node);
+            if (gadget->set->dim != 0) goto err1;
+            if (gadget->set == set)
+               error(mpl, "set cannot be initialized by itself");
+            /* check and set dimensions */
+            if (set->dim >= gadget->set->dimen)
+err2:          error(mpl, "dimension of %s too small", mpl->image);
+            if (set->dimen == 0)
+               set->dimen = gadget->set->dimen - set->dim;
+            if (set->dim + set->dimen > gadget->set->dimen)
+               goto err2;
+            else if (set->dim + set->dimen < gadget->set->dimen)
+               error(mpl, "dimension of %s too big", mpl->image);
+            get_token(mpl /* set name */);
+            /* left parenthesis must follow the set name */
+            if (mpl->token == T_LEFT)
+               get_token(mpl /* ( */);
+            else
+               error(mpl, "left parenthesis missing where expected");
+            /* parse permutation of component numbers */
+            for (k = 0; k < gadget->set->dimen; k++) fff[k] = 0;
+            k = 0;
+            for (;;)
+            {  if (mpl->token != T_NUMBER)
+                  error(mpl, "component number missing where expected");
+               if (str2int(mpl->image, &i) != 0)
+err3:             error(mpl, "component number must be integer between "
+                     "1 and %d", gadget->set->dimen);
+               if (!(1 <= i && i <= gadget->set->dimen)) goto err3;
+               if (fff[i-1] != 0)
+                  error(mpl, "component %d multiply specified", i);
+               gadget->ind[k++] = i, fff[i-1] = 1;
+               xassert(k <= gadget->set->dimen);
+               get_token(mpl /* number */);
+               if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+                  get_token(mpl /* , */);
+               else if (mpl->token == T_RIGHT)
+                  break;
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "syntax error in data attribute");
+            }
+            if (k < gadget->set->dimen)
+               error(mpl, "there are must be %d components rather than "
+                  "%d", gadget->set->dimen, k);
+            get_token(mpl /* ) */);
+         }
+#endif
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in set statement");
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (set->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, set->domain);
+      /* if dimension of set members is still unknown, set it to 1 */
+      if (set->dimen == 0) set->dimen = 1;
+      /* the set statement has been completely parsed */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON);
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return set;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- parameter_statement - parse parameter statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses parameter statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <parameter statement> ::= param <symbolic name> <alias> <domain>
+--                           <attributes> ;
+-- <alias> ::= <empty>
+-- <alias> ::= <string literal>
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <attributes> ::= <empty>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , integer
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , binary
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , symbolic
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , <rho> <expression 5>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , in <expression 9>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , := <expression 5>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , default <expression 5>
+-- <rho> ::= < | <= | = | == | >= | > | <> | !=
+--
+-- Commae in <attributes> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */
+
+PARAMETER *parameter_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     PARAMETER *par;
+      int integer_used = 0, binary_used = 0, symbolic_used = 0;
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "param"));
+      get_token(mpl /* param */);
+      /* symbolic name must follow the keyword 'param' */
+      if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         ;
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected");
+      /* there must be no other object with the same name */
+      if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image);
+      /* create model parameter */
+      par = alloc(PARAMETER);
+      par->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+      strcpy(par->name, mpl->image);
+      par->alias = NULL;
+      par->dim = 0;
+      par->domain = NULL;
+      par->type = A_NUMERIC;
+      par->cond = NULL;
+      par->in = NULL;
+      par->assign = NULL;
+      par->option = NULL;
+      par->data = 0;
+      par->defval = NULL;
+      par->array = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* parse optional alias */
+      if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+      {  par->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+         strcpy(par->alias, mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */);
+      }
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  par->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+         par->dim = domain_arity(mpl, par->domain);
+      }
+      /* include the parameter name in the symbolic names table */
+      {  AVLNODE *node;
+         node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, par->name);
+         avl_set_node_type(node, A_PARAMETER);
+         avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)par);
+      }
+      /* parse the list of optional attributes */
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            break;
+         if (is_keyword(mpl, "integer"))
+         {  if (integer_used)
+               error(mpl, "at most one integer allowed");
+            if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               error(mpl, "symbolic parameter cannot be integer");
+            if (par->type != A_BINARY) par->type = A_INTEGER;
+            integer_used = 1;
+            get_token(mpl /* integer */);
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "binary"))
+bin:     {  if (binary_used)
+               error(mpl, "at most one binary allowed");
+            if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               error(mpl, "symbolic parameter cannot be binary");
+            par->type = A_BINARY;
+            binary_used = 1;
+            get_token(mpl /* binary */);
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "logical"))
+         {  if (!mpl->as_binary)
+            {  warning(mpl, "keyword logical understood as binary");
+               mpl->as_binary = 1;
+            }
+            goto bin;
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "symbolic"))
+         {  if (symbolic_used)
+               error(mpl, "at most one symbolic allowed");
+            if (par->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error(mpl, "integer or binary parameter cannot be symbol"
+                  "ic");
+            /* the parameter may be referenced from expressions given
+               in the same parameter declaration, so its type must be
+               completed before parsing that expressions */
+            if (!(par->cond == NULL && par->in == NULL &&
+                  par->assign == NULL && par->option == NULL))
+               error(mpl, "keyword symbolic must precede any other para"
+                  "meter attributes");
+            par->type = A_SYMBOLIC;
+            symbolic_used = 1;
+            get_token(mpl /* symbolic */);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LT || mpl->token == T_LE ||
+                  mpl->token == T_EQ || mpl->token == T_GE ||
+                  mpl->token == T_GT || mpl->token == T_NE)
+         {  /* restricting condition */
+            CONDITION *cond, *temp;
+            char opstr[8];
+            /* create new restricting condition list entry and append
+               it to the conditions list */
+            cond = alloc(CONDITION);
+            switch (mpl->token)
+            {  case T_LT:
+                  cond->rho = O_LT, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break;
+               case T_LE:
+                  cond->rho = O_LE, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break;
+               case T_EQ:
+                  cond->rho = O_EQ, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break;
+               case T_GE:
+                  cond->rho = O_GE, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break;
+               case T_GT:
+                  cond->rho = O_GT, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break;
+               case T_NE:
+                  cond->rho = O_NE, strcpy(opstr, mpl->image); break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(mpl->token != mpl->token);
+            }
+            xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+            cond->code = NULL;
+            cond->next = NULL;
+            if (par->cond == NULL)
+               par->cond = cond;
+            else
+            {  for (temp = par->cond; temp->next != NULL; temp =
+                  temp->next);
+               temp->next = cond;
+            }
+#if 0 /* 13/VIII-2008 */
+            if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC &&
+               !(cond->rho == O_EQ || cond->rho == O_NE))
+               error(mpl, "inequality restriction not allowed");
+#endif
+            get_token(mpl /* rho */);
+            /* parse an expression that follows relational operator */
+            cond->code = expression_5(mpl);
+            if (!(cond->code->type == A_NUMERIC ||
+                  cond->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC))
+               error(mpl, "expression following %s has invalid type",
+                  opstr);
+            xassert(cond->code->dim == 0);
+            /* convert to the parameter type, if necessary */
+            if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC && cond->code->type ==
+               A_SYMBOLIC)
+               cond->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, cond->code,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC && cond->code->type !=
+               A_SYMBOLIC)
+               cond->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, cond->code,
+                  A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_IN || mpl->token == T_WITHIN)
+         {  /* restricting superset */
+            WITHIN *in, *temp;
+            if (mpl->token == T_WITHIN && !mpl->as_in)
+            {  warning(mpl, "keyword within understood as in");
+               mpl->as_in = 1;
+            }
+            get_token(mpl /* in */);
+            /* create new restricting superset list entry and append it
+               to the in-list */
+            in = alloc(WITHIN);
+            in->code = NULL;
+            in->next = NULL;
+            if (par->in == NULL)
+               par->in = in;
+            else
+            {  for (temp = par->in; temp->next != NULL; temp =
+                  temp->next);
+               temp->next = in;
+            }
+            /* parse an expression that follows 'in' */
+            in->code = expression_9(mpl);
+            if (in->code->type != A_ELEMSET)
+               error(mpl, "expression following in has invalid type");
+            xassert(in->code->dim > 0);
+            if (in->code->dim != 1)
+               error(mpl, "set expression following in must have dimens"
+                  "ion 1 rather than %d", in->code->dim);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN)
+         {  /* assignment expression */
+            if (!(par->assign == NULL && par->option == NULL))
+err:           error(mpl, "at most one := or default allowed");
+            get_token(mpl /* := */);
+            /* parse an expression that follows ':=' */
+            par->assign = expression_5(mpl);
+            /* the expression must be of numeric/symbolic type */
+            if (!(par->assign->type == A_NUMERIC ||
+                  par->assign->type == A_SYMBOLIC))
+               error(mpl, "expression following := has invalid type");
+            xassert(par->assign->dim == 0);
+            /* convert to the parameter type, if necessary */
+            if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC && par->assign->type ==
+               A_SYMBOLIC)
+               par->assign = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, par->assign,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC && par->assign->type !=
+               A_SYMBOLIC)
+               par->assign = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, par->assign,
+                  A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "default"))
+         {  /* expression for default value */
+            if (!(par->assign == NULL && par->option == NULL)) goto err;
+            get_token(mpl /* default */);
+            /* parse an expression that follows 'default' */
+            par->option = expression_5(mpl);
+            if (!(par->option->type == A_NUMERIC ||
+                  par->option->type == A_SYMBOLIC))
+               error(mpl, "expression following default has invalid typ"
+                  "e");
+            xassert(par->option->dim == 0);
+            /* convert to the parameter type, if necessary */
+            if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC && par->option->type ==
+               A_SYMBOLIC)
+               par->option = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, par->option,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (par->type == A_SYMBOLIC && par->option->type !=
+               A_SYMBOLIC)
+               par->option = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, par->option,
+                  A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         }
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in parameter statement");
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (par->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, par->domain);
+      /* the parameter statement has been completely parsed */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON);
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return par;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- variable_statement - parse variable statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses variable statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <variable statement> ::= var <symbolic name> <alias> <domain>
+--                          <attributes> ;
+-- <alias> ::= <empty>
+-- <alias> ::= <string literal>
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <attributes> ::= <empty>
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , integer
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , binary
+-- <attributes> ::= <attributes> , <rho> <expression 5>
+-- <rho> ::= >= | <= | = | ==
+--
+-- Commae in <attributes> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */
+
+VARIABLE *variable_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     VARIABLE *var;
+      int integer_used = 0, binary_used = 0;
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "var"));
+      if (mpl->flag_s)
+         error(mpl, "variable statement must precede solve statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* var */);
+      /* symbolic name must follow the keyword 'var' */
+      if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         ;
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected");
+      /* there must be no other object with the same name */
+      if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image);
+      /* create model variable */
+      var = alloc(VARIABLE);
+      var->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+      strcpy(var->name, mpl->image);
+      var->alias = NULL;
+      var->dim = 0;
+      var->domain = NULL;
+      var->type = A_NUMERIC;
+      var->lbnd = NULL;
+      var->ubnd = NULL;
+      var->array = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* parse optional alias */
+      if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+      {  var->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+         strcpy(var->alias, mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */);
+      }
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  var->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+         var->dim = domain_arity(mpl, var->domain);
+      }
+      /* include the variable name in the symbolic names table */
+      {  AVLNODE *node;
+         node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, var->name);
+         avl_set_node_type(node, A_VARIABLE);
+         avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)var);
+      }
+      /* parse the list of optional attributes */
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            break;
+         if (is_keyword(mpl, "integer"))
+         {  if (integer_used)
+               error(mpl, "at most one integer allowed");
+            if (var->type != A_BINARY) var->type = A_INTEGER;
+            integer_used = 1;
+            get_token(mpl /* integer */);
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "binary"))
+bin:     {  if (binary_used)
+               error(mpl, "at most one binary allowed");
+            var->type = A_BINARY;
+            binary_used = 1;
+            get_token(mpl /* binary */);
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "logical"))
+         {  if (!mpl->as_binary)
+            {  warning(mpl, "keyword logical understood as binary");
+               mpl->as_binary = 1;
+            }
+            goto bin;
+         }
+         else if (is_keyword(mpl, "symbolic"))
+            error(mpl, "variable cannot be symbolic");
+         else if (mpl->token == T_GE)
+         {  /* lower bound */
+            if (var->lbnd != NULL)
+            {  if (var->lbnd == var->ubnd)
+                  error(mpl, "both fixed value and lower bound not allo"
+                     "wed");
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "at most one lower bound allowed");
+            }
+            get_token(mpl /* >= */);
+            /* parse an expression that specifies the lower bound */
+            var->lbnd = expression_5(mpl);
+            if (var->lbnd->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               var->lbnd = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, var->lbnd,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (var->lbnd->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error(mpl, "expression following >= has invalid type");
+            xassert(var->lbnd->dim == 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LE)
+         {  /* upper bound */
+            if (var->ubnd != NULL)
+            {  if (var->ubnd == var->lbnd)
+                  error(mpl, "both fixed value and upper bound not allo"
+                     "wed");
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "at most one upper bound allowed");
+            }
+            get_token(mpl /* <= */);
+            /* parse an expression that specifies the upper bound */
+            var->ubnd = expression_5(mpl);
+            if (var->ubnd->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               var->ubnd = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, var->ubnd,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (var->ubnd->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error(mpl, "expression following <= has invalid type");
+            xassert(var->ubnd->dim == 0);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_EQ)
+         {  /* fixed value */
+            char opstr[8];
+            if (!(var->lbnd == NULL && var->ubnd == NULL))
+            {  if (var->lbnd == var->ubnd)
+                  error(mpl, "at most one fixed value allowed");
+               else if (var->lbnd != NULL)
+                  error(mpl, "both lower bound and fixed value not allo"
+                     "wed");
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "both upper bound and fixed value not allo"
+                     "wed");
+            }
+            strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+            xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+            get_token(mpl /* = | == */);
+            /* parse an expression that specifies the fixed value */
+            var->lbnd = expression_5(mpl);
+            if (var->lbnd->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+               var->lbnd = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, var->lbnd,
+                  A_NUMERIC, 0);
+            if (var->lbnd->type != A_NUMERIC)
+               error(mpl, "expression following %s has invalid type",
+                  opstr);
+            xassert(var->lbnd->dim == 0);
+            /* indicate that the variable is fixed, not bounded */
+            var->ubnd = var->lbnd;
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LT || mpl->token == T_GT ||
+                  mpl->token == T_NE)
+            error(mpl, "strict bound not allowed");
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in variable statement");
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (var->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, var->domain);
+      /* the variable statement has been completely parsed */
+      xassert(mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON);
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return var;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- constraint_statement - parse constraint statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses constraint statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <constraint statement> ::= <subject to> <symbolic name> <alias>
+--                            <domain> : <constraint> ;
+-- <subject to> ::= <empty>
+-- <subject to> ::= subject to
+-- <subject to> ::= subj to
+-- <subject to> ::= s.t.
+-- <alias> ::= <empty>
+-- <alias> ::= <string literal>
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , >= <formula>
+-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , <= <formula>
+-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , = <formula>
+-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , <= <formula> , <= <formula>
+-- <constraint> ::= <formula> , >= <formula> , >= <formula>
+-- <formula> ::= <expression 5>
+--
+-- Commae in <constraint> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */
+
+CONSTRAINT *constraint_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     CONSTRAINT *con;
+      CODE *first, *second, *third;
+      int rho;
+      char opstr[8];
+      if (mpl->flag_s)
+         error(mpl, "constraint statement must precede solve statement")
+            ;
+      if (is_keyword(mpl, "subject"))
+      {  get_token(mpl /* subject */);
+         if (!is_keyword(mpl, "to"))
+            error(mpl, "keyword subject to incomplete");
+         get_token(mpl /* to */);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "subj"))
+      {  get_token(mpl /* subj */);
+         if (!is_keyword(mpl, "to"))
+            error(mpl, "keyword subj to incomplete");
+         get_token(mpl /* to */);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->token == T_SPTP)
+         get_token(mpl /* s.t. */);
+      /* the current token must be symbolic name of constraint */
+      if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         ;
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected");
+      /* there must be no other object with the same name */
+      if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image);
+      /* create model constraint */
+      con = alloc(CONSTRAINT);
+      con->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+      strcpy(con->name, mpl->image);
+      con->alias = NULL;
+      con->dim = 0;
+      con->domain = NULL;
+      con->type = A_CONSTRAINT;
+      con->code = NULL;
+      con->lbnd = NULL;
+      con->ubnd = NULL;
+      con->array = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* parse optional alias */
+      if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+      {  con->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+         strcpy(con->alias, mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */);
+      }
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  con->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+         con->dim = domain_arity(mpl, con->domain);
+      }
+      /* include the constraint name in the symbolic names table */
+      {  AVLNODE *node;
+         node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, con->name);
+         avl_set_node_type(node, A_CONSTRAINT);
+         avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)con);
+      }
+      /* the colon must precede the first expression */
+      if (mpl->token != T_COLON)
+         error(mpl, "colon missing where expected");
+      get_token(mpl /* : */);
+      /* parse the first expression */
+      first = expression_5(mpl);
+      if (first->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+         first = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, first, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      if (!(first->type == A_NUMERIC || first->type == A_FORMULA))
+         error(mpl, "expression following colon has invalid type");
+      xassert(first->dim == 0);
+      /* relational operator must follow the first expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+      switch (mpl->token)
+      {  case T_LE:
+         case T_GE:
+         case T_EQ:
+            break;
+         case T_LT:
+         case T_GT:
+         case T_NE:
+            error(mpl, "strict inequality not allowed");
+         case T_SEMICOLON:
+            error(mpl, "constraint must be equality or inequality");
+         default:
+            goto err;
+      }
+      rho = mpl->token;
+      strcpy(opstr, mpl->image);
+      xassert(strlen(opstr) < sizeof(opstr));
+      get_token(mpl /* rho */);
+      /* parse the second expression */
+      second = expression_5(mpl);
+      if (second->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+         second = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, second, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      if (!(second->type == A_NUMERIC || second->type == A_FORMULA))
+         error(mpl, "expression following %s has invalid type", opstr);
+      xassert(second->dim == 0);
+      /* check a token that follow the second expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON) goto err;
+      }
+      if (mpl->token == T_LT || mpl->token == T_LE ||
+          mpl->token == T_EQ || mpl->token == T_GE ||
+          mpl->token == T_GT || mpl->token == T_NE)
+      {  /* it is another relational operator, therefore the constraint
+            is double inequality */
+         if (rho == T_EQ || mpl->token != rho)
+            error(mpl, "double inequality must be ... <= ... <= ... or "
+               "... >= ... >= ...");
+         /* the first expression cannot be linear form */
+         if (first->type == A_FORMULA)
+            error(mpl, "leftmost expression in double inequality cannot"
+               " be linear form");
+         get_token(mpl /* rho */);
+         /* parse the third expression */
+         third = expression_5(mpl);
+         if (third->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+            third = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, second, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+         if (!(third->type == A_NUMERIC || third->type == A_FORMULA))
+            error(mpl, "rightmost expression in double inequality const"
+               "raint has invalid type");
+         xassert(third->dim == 0);
+         /* the third expression also cannot be linear form */
+         if (third->type == A_FORMULA)
+            error(mpl, "rightmost expression in double inequality canno"
+               "t be linear form");
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* the constraint is equality or single inequality */
+         third = NULL;
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (con->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, con->domain);
+      /* convert all expressions to linear form, if necessary */
+      if (first->type != A_FORMULA)
+         first = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, first, A_FORMULA, 0);
+      if (second->type != A_FORMULA)
+         second = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, second, A_FORMULA, 0);
+      if (third != NULL)
+         third = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, third, A_FORMULA, 0);
+      /* arrange expressions in the constraint */
+      if (third == NULL)
+      {  /* the constraint is equality or single inequality */
+         switch (rho)
+         {  case T_LE:
+               /* first <= second */
+               con->code = first;
+               con->lbnd = NULL;
+               con->ubnd = second;
+               break;
+            case T_GE:
+               /* first >= second */
+               con->code = first;
+               con->lbnd = second;
+               con->ubnd = NULL;
+               break;
+            case T_EQ:
+               /* first = second */
+               con->code = first;
+               con->lbnd = second;
+               con->ubnd = second;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(rho != rho);
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* the constraint is double inequality */
+         switch (rho)
+         {  case T_LE:
+               /* first <= second <= third */
+               con->code = second;
+               con->lbnd = first;
+               con->ubnd = third;
+               break;
+            case T_GE:
+               /* first >= second >= third */
+               con->code = second;
+               con->lbnd = third;
+               con->ubnd = first;
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(rho != rho);
+         }
+      }
+      /* the constraint statement has been completely parsed */
+      if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+err:     error(mpl, "syntax error in constraint statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return con;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- objective_statement - parse objective statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses objective statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <objective statement> ::= <verb> <symbolic name> <alias> <domain> :
+--                           <formula> ;
+-- <verb> ::= minimize
+-- <verb> ::= maximize
+-- <alias> ::= <empty>
+-- <alias> ::= <string literal>
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <formula> ::= <expression 5> */
+
+CONSTRAINT *objective_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     CONSTRAINT *obj;
+      int type;
+      if (is_keyword(mpl, "minimize"))
+         type = A_MINIMIZE;
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "maximize"))
+         type = A_MAXIMIZE;
+      else
+         xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      if (mpl->flag_s)
+         error(mpl, "objective statement must precede solve statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* minimize | maximize */);
+      /* symbolic name must follow the verb 'minimize' or 'maximize' */
+      if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         ;
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected");
+      /* there must be no other object with the same name */
+      if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image);
+      /* create model objective */
+      obj = alloc(CONSTRAINT);
+      obj->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+      strcpy(obj->name, mpl->image);
+      obj->alias = NULL;
+      obj->dim = 0;
+      obj->domain = NULL;
+      obj->type = type;
+      obj->code = NULL;
+      obj->lbnd = NULL;
+      obj->ubnd = NULL;
+      obj->array = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* parse optional alias */
+      if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+      {  obj->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+         strcpy(obj->alias, mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */);
+      }
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  obj->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+         obj->dim = domain_arity(mpl, obj->domain);
+      }
+      /* include the constraint name in the symbolic names table */
+      {  AVLNODE *node;
+         node = avl_insert_node(mpl->tree, obj->name);
+         avl_set_node_type(node, A_CONSTRAINT);
+         avl_set_node_link(node, (void *)obj);
+      }
+      /* the colon must precede the objective expression */
+      if (mpl->token != T_COLON)
+         error(mpl, "colon missing where expected");
+      get_token(mpl /* : */);
+      /* parse the objective expression */
+      obj->code = expression_5(mpl);
+      if (obj->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC)
+         obj->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTNUM, obj->code, A_NUMERIC, 0);
+      if (obj->code->type == A_NUMERIC)
+         obj->code = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTLFM, obj->code, A_FORMULA, 0);
+      if (obj->code->type != A_FORMULA)
+         error(mpl, "expression following colon has invalid type");
+      xassert(obj->code->dim == 0);
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (obj->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, obj->domain);
+      /* the objective statement has been completely parsed */
+      if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in objective statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return obj;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+/***********************************************************************
+*  table_statement - parse table statement
+*
+*  This routine parses table statement using the syntax:
+*
+*  <table statement> ::= <input table statement>
+*  <table statement> ::= <output table statement>
+*
+*  <input table statement> ::=
+*        table <table name> <alias> IN <argument list> :
+*        <input set> [ <field list> ] , <input list> ;
+*  <alias> ::= <empty>
+*  <alias> ::= <string literal>
+*  <argument list> ::= <expression 5>
+*  <argument list> ::= <argument list> <expression 5>
+*  <argument list> ::= <argument list> , <expression 5>
+*  <input set> ::= <empty>
+*  <input set> ::= <set name> <-
+*  <field list> ::= <field name>
+*  <field list> ::= <field list> , <field name>
+*  <input list> ::= <input item>
+*  <input list> ::= <input list> , <input item>
+*  <input item> ::= <parameter name>
+*  <input item> ::= <parameter name> ~ <field name>
+*
+*  <output table statement> ::=
+*        table <table name> <alias> <domain> OUT <argument list> :
+*        <output list> ;
+*  <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+*  <output list> ::= <output item>
+*  <output list> ::= <output list> , <output item>
+*  <output item> ::= <expression 5>
+*  <output item> ::= <expression 5> ~ <field name> */
+
+TABLE *table_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     TABLE *tab;
+      TABARG *last_arg, *arg;
+      TABFLD *last_fld, *fld;
+      TABIN *last_in, *in;
+      TABOUT *last_out, *out;
+      AVLNODE *node;
+      int nflds;
+      char name[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "table"));
+      get_token(mpl /* solve */);
+      /* symbolic name must follow the keyword table */
+      if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         ;
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "symbolic name missing where expected");
+      /* there must be no other object with the same name */
+      if (avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s multiply declared", mpl->image);
+      /* create data table */
+      tab = alloc(TABLE);
+      tab->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+      strcpy(tab->name, mpl->image);
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* parse optional alias */
+      if (mpl->token == T_STRING)
+      {  tab->alias = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+         strcpy(tab->alias, mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <string literal> */);
+      }
+      else
+         tab->alias = NULL;
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  /* this is output table */
+         tab->type = A_OUTPUT;
+         tab->u.out.domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+         if (!is_keyword(mpl, "OUT"))
+            error(mpl, "keyword OUT missing where expected");
+         get_token(mpl /* OUT */);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* this is input table */
+         tab->type = A_INPUT;
+         if (!is_keyword(mpl, "IN"))
+            error(mpl, "keyword IN missing where expected");
+         get_token(mpl /* IN */);
+      }
+      /* parse argument list */
+      tab->arg = last_arg = NULL;
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* create argument list entry */
+         arg = alloc(TABARG);
+         /* parse argument expression */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA || mpl->token == T_COLON ||
+             mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            error(mpl, "argument expression missing where expected");
+         arg->code = expression_5(mpl);
+         /* convert the result to symbolic type, if necessary */
+         if (arg->code->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            arg->code =
+               make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, arg->code, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         /* check that now the result is of symbolic type */
+         if (arg->code->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+            error(mpl, "argument expression has invalid type");
+         /* add the entry to the end of the list */
+         arg->next = NULL;
+         if (last_arg == NULL)
+            tab->arg = arg;
+         else
+            last_arg->next = arg;
+         last_arg = arg;
+         /* argument expression has been parsed */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_COLON || mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            break;
+      }
+      xassert(tab->arg != NULL);
+      /* argument list must end with colon */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COLON)
+         get_token(mpl /* : */);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "colon missing where expected");
+      /* parse specific part of the table statement */
+      switch (tab->type)
+      {  case A_INPUT:  goto input_table;
+         case A_OUTPUT: goto output_table;
+         default:       xassert(tab != tab);
+      }
+input_table:
+      /* parse optional set name */
+      if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+      {  node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image);
+         if (node == NULL)
+            error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image);
+         if (avl_get_node_type(node) != A_SET)
+            error(mpl, "%s not a set", mpl->image);
+         tab->u.in.set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+         if (tab->u.in.set->assign != NULL)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs no data", mpl->image);
+         if (tab->u.in.set->dim != 0)
+            error(mpl, "%s must be a simple set", mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+         if (mpl->token == T_INPUT)
+            get_token(mpl /* <- */);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "delimiter <- missing where expected");
+      }
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         tab->u.in.set = NULL;
+      /* parse field list */
+      tab->u.in.fld = last_fld = NULL;
+      nflds = 0;
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET)
+         get_token(mpl /* [ */);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "field list missing where expected");
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* create field list entry */
+         fld = alloc(TABFLD);
+         /* parse field name */
+         if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+            ;
+         else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+            error(mpl,
+               "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "field name missing where expected");
+         fld->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(mpl->image)+1);
+         strcpy(fld->name, mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+         /* add the entry to the end of the list */
+         fld->next = NULL;
+         if (last_fld == NULL)
+            tab->u.in.fld = fld;
+         else
+            last_fld->next = fld;
+         last_fld = fld;
+         nflds++;
+         /* field name has been parsed */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACKET)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in field list");
+      }
+      /* check that the set dimen is equal to the number of fields */
+      if (tab->u.in.set != NULL && tab->u.in.set->dimen != nflds)
+         error(mpl, "there must be %d field%s rather than %d",
+            tab->u.in.set->dimen, tab->u.in.set->dimen == 1 ? "" : "s",
+            nflds);
+      get_token(mpl /* ] */);
+      /* parse optional input list */
+      tab->u.in.list = last_in = NULL;
+      while (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* create input list entry */
+         in = alloc(TABIN);
+         /* parse parameter name */
+         if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+            ;
+         else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+            error(mpl,
+               "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "parameter name missing where expected");
+         node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image);
+         if (node == NULL)
+            error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image);
+         if (avl_get_node_type(node) != A_PARAMETER)
+            error(mpl, "%s not a parameter", mpl->image);
+         in->par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+         if (in->par->dim != nflds)
+            error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s rather than %d",
+               mpl->image, nflds, nflds == 1 ? "" : "s", in->par->dim);
+         if (in->par->assign != NULL)
+            error(mpl, "%s needs no data", mpl->image);
+         get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+         /* parse optional field name */
+         if (mpl->token == T_TILDE)
+         {  get_token(mpl /* ~ */);
+            /* parse field name */
+            if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+               ;
+            else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+               error(mpl,
+                  "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+            else
+               error(mpl, "field name missing where expected");
+            xassert(strlen(mpl->image) < sizeof(name));
+            strcpy(name, mpl->image);
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* field name is the same as the parameter name */
+            xassert(strlen(in->par->name) < sizeof(name));
+            strcpy(name, in->par->name);
+         }
+         /* assign field name */
+         in->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(in->name, name);
+         /* add the entry to the end of the list */
+         in->next = NULL;
+         if (last_in == NULL)
+            tab->u.in.list = in;
+         else
+            last_in->next = in;
+         last_in = in;
+      }
+      goto end_of_table;
+output_table:
+      /* parse output list */
+      tab->u.out.list = last_out = NULL;
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* create output list entry */
+         out = alloc(TABOUT);
+         /* parse expression */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA || mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            error(mpl, "expression missing where expected");
+         if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         {  xassert(strlen(mpl->image) < sizeof(name));
+            strcpy(name, mpl->image);
+         }
+         else
+            name[0] = '\0';
+         out->code = expression_5(mpl);
+         /* parse optional field name */
+         if (mpl->token == T_TILDE)
+         {  get_token(mpl /* ~ */);
+            /* parse field name */
+            if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+               ;
+            else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+               error(mpl,
+                  "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+            else
+               error(mpl, "field name missing where expected");
+            xassert(strlen(mpl->image) < sizeof(name));
+            strcpy(name, mpl->image);
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+         }
+         /* assign field name */
+         if (name[0] == '\0')
+            error(mpl, "field name required");
+         out->name = dmp_get_atomv(mpl->pool, strlen(name)+1);
+         strcpy(out->name, name);
+         /* add the entry to the end of the list */
+         out->next = NULL;
+         if (last_out == NULL)
+            tab->u.out.list = out;
+         else
+            last_out->next = out;
+         last_out = out;
+         /* output item has been parsed */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in output list");
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      close_scope(mpl,tab->u.out.domain);
+end_of_table:
+      /* the table statement must end with semicolon */
+      if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in table statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return tab;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- solve_statement - parse solve statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses solve statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <solve statement> ::= solve ;
+--
+-- The solve statement can be used at most once. */
+
+void *solve_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "solve"));
+      if (mpl->flag_s)
+         error(mpl, "at most one solve statement allowed");
+      mpl->flag_s = 1;
+      get_token(mpl /* solve */);
+      /* semicolon must follow solve statement */
+      if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in solve statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- check_statement - parse check statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses check statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <check statement> ::= check <domain> : <expression 13> ;
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+--
+-- If <domain> is omitted, colon following it may also be omitted. */
+
+CHECK *check_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     CHECK *chk;
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "check"));
+      /* create check descriptor */
+      chk = alloc(CHECK);
+      chk->domain = NULL;
+      chk->code = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* check */);
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  chk->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+#if 0
+         if (mpl->token != T_COLON)
+            error(mpl, "colon missing where expected");
+#endif
+      }
+      /* skip optional colon */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */);
+      /* parse logical expression */
+      chk->code = expression_13(mpl);
+      if (chk->code->type != A_LOGICAL)
+         error(mpl, "expression has invalid type");
+      xassert(chk->code->dim == 0);
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (chk->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, chk->domain);
+      /* the check statement has been completely parsed */
+      if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in check statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return chk;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- display_statement - parse display statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses display statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <display statement> ::= display <domain> : <display list> ;
+-- <display statement> ::= display <domain> <display list> ;
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <display list> ::= <display entry>
+-- <display list> ::= <display list> , <display entry>
+-- <display entry> ::= <dummy index>
+-- <display entry> ::= <set name>
+-- <display entry> ::= <set name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <display entry> ::= <parameter name>
+-- <display entry> ::= <parameter name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <display entry> ::= <variable name>
+-- <display entry> ::= <variable name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <display entry> ::= <constraint name>
+-- <display entry> ::= <constraint name> [ <subscript list> ]
+-- <display entry> ::= <expression 13> */
+
+DISPLAY *display_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     DISPLAY *dpy;
+      DISPLAY1 *entry, *last_entry;
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "display"));
+      /* create display descriptor */
+      dpy = alloc(DISPLAY);
+      dpy->domain = NULL;
+      dpy->list = last_entry = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* display */);
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+         dpy->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+      /* skip optional colon */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */);
+      /* parse display list */
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* create new display entry */
+         entry = alloc(DISPLAY1);
+         entry->type = 0;
+         entry->next = NULL;
+         /* and append it to the display list */
+         if (dpy->list == NULL)
+            dpy->list = entry;
+         else
+            last_entry->next = entry;
+         last_entry = entry;
+         /* parse display entry */
+         if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+         {  AVLNODE *node;
+            int next_token;
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+            next_token = mpl->token;
+            unget_token(mpl);
+            if (!(next_token == T_COMMA || next_token == T_SEMICOLON))
+            {  /* symbolic name begins expression */
+               goto expr;
+            }
+            /* display entry is dummy index or model object */
+            node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, mpl->image);
+            if (node == NULL)
+               error(mpl, "%s not defined", mpl->image);
+            entry->type = avl_get_node_type(node);
+            switch (avl_get_node_type(node))
+            {  case A_INDEX:
+                  entry->u.slot =
+                     (DOMAIN_SLOT *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+                  break;
+               case A_SET:
+                  entry->u.set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+                  break;
+               case A_PARAMETER:
+                  entry->u.par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+                  break;
+               case A_VARIABLE:
+                  entry->u.var = (VARIABLE *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+                  if (!mpl->flag_s)
+                     error(mpl, "invalid reference to variable %s above"
+                        " solve statement", entry->u.var->name);
+                  break;
+               case A_CONSTRAINT:
+                  entry->u.con = (CONSTRAINT *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+                  if (!mpl->flag_s)
+                     error(mpl, "invalid reference to %s %s above solve"
+                        " statement",
+                        entry->u.con->type == A_CONSTRAINT ?
+                        "constraint" : "objective", entry->u.con->name);
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(node != node);
+            }
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+         }
+         else
+expr:    {  /* display entry is expression */
+            entry->type = A_EXPRESSION;
+            entry->u.code = expression_13(mpl);
+         }
+         /* check a token that follows the entry parsed */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (dpy->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, dpy->domain);
+      /* the display statement has been completely parsed */
+      if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in display statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return dpy;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- printf_statement - parse printf statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses print statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <printf statement> ::= <printf clause> ;
+-- <printf statement> ::= <printf clause> > <file name> ;
+-- <printf statement> ::= <printf clause> >> <file name> ;
+-- <printf clause> ::= printf <domain> : <format> <printf list>
+-- <printf clause> ::= printf <domain> <format> <printf list>
+-- <domain> ::= <empty>
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <format> ::= <expression 5>
+-- <printf list> ::= <empty>
+-- <printf list> ::= <printf list> , <printf entry>
+-- <printf entry> ::= <expression 9>
+-- <file name> ::= <expression 5> */
+
+PRINTF *printf_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     PRINTF *prt;
+      PRINTF1 *entry, *last_entry;
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "printf"));
+      /* create printf descriptor */
+      prt = alloc(PRINTF);
+      prt->domain = NULL;
+      prt->fmt = NULL;
+      prt->list = last_entry = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* printf */);
+      /* parse optional indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACE)
+      {  prt->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+#if 0
+         if (mpl->token != T_COLON)
+            error(mpl, "colon missing where expected");
+#endif
+      }
+      /* skip optional colon */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */);
+      /* parse expression for format string */
+      prt->fmt = expression_5(mpl);
+      /* convert it to symbolic type, if necessary */
+      if (prt->fmt->type == A_NUMERIC)
+         prt->fmt = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, prt->fmt, A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+      /* check that now the expression is of symbolic type */
+      if (prt->fmt->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+         error(mpl, "format expression has invalid type");
+      /* parse printf list */
+      while (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* create new printf entry */
+         entry = alloc(PRINTF1);
+         entry->code = NULL;
+         entry->next = NULL;
+         /* and append it to the printf list */
+         if (prt->list == NULL)
+            prt->list = entry;
+         else
+            last_entry->next = entry;
+         last_entry = entry;
+         /* parse printf entry */
+         entry->code = expression_9(mpl);
+         if (!(entry->code->type == A_NUMERIC ||
+               entry->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC ||
+               entry->code->type == A_LOGICAL))
+            error(mpl, "only numeric, symbolic, or logical expression a"
+               "llowed");
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      if (prt->domain != NULL) close_scope(mpl, prt->domain);
+#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */
+      /* parse optional redirection */
+      prt->fname = NULL, prt->app = 0;
+      if (mpl->token == T_GT || mpl->token == T_APPEND)
+      {  prt->app = (mpl->token == T_APPEND);
+         get_token(mpl /* > or >> */);
+         /* parse expression for file name string */
+         prt->fname = expression_5(mpl);
+         /* convert it to symbolic type, if necessary */
+         if (prt->fname->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            prt->fname = make_unary(mpl, O_CVTSYM, prt->fname,
+               A_SYMBOLIC, 0);
+         /* check that now the expression is of symbolic type */
+         if (prt->fname->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+            error(mpl, "file name expression has invalid type");
+      }
+#endif
+      /* the printf statement has been completely parsed */
+      if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in printf statement");
+      get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      return prt;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- for_statement - parse for statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses for statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <for statement> ::= for <domain> <statement>
+-- <for statement> ::= for <domain> { <statement list> }
+-- <domain> ::= <indexing expression>
+-- <statement list> ::= <empty>
+-- <statement list> ::= <statement list> <statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <check statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <display statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <printf statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <for statement> */
+
+FOR *for_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     FOR *fur;
+      STATEMENT *stmt, *last_stmt;
+      xassert(is_keyword(mpl, "for"));
+      /* create for descriptor */
+      fur = alloc(FOR);
+      fur->domain = NULL;
+      fur->list = last_stmt = NULL;
+      get_token(mpl /* for */);
+      /* parse indexing expression */
+      if (mpl->token != T_LBRACE)
+         error(mpl, "indexing expression missing where expected");
+      fur->domain = indexing_expression(mpl);
+      /* skip optional colon */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */);
+      /* parse for statement body */
+      if (mpl->token != T_LBRACE)
+      {  /* parse simple statement */
+         fur->list = simple_statement(mpl, 1);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* parse compound statement */
+         get_token(mpl /* { */);
+         while (mpl->token != T_RBRACE)
+         {  /* parse statement */
+            stmt = simple_statement(mpl, 1);
+            /* and append it to the end of the statement list */
+            if (last_stmt == NULL)
+               fur->list = stmt;
+            else
+               last_stmt->next = stmt;
+            last_stmt = stmt;
+         }
+         get_token(mpl /* } */);
+      }
+      /* close the domain scope */
+      xassert(fur->domain != NULL);
+      close_scope(mpl, fur->domain);
+      /* the for statement has been completely parsed */
+      return fur;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- end_statement - parse end statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses end statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <end statement> ::= end ; <eof> */
+
+void end_statement(MPL *mpl)
+{     if (!mpl->flag_d && is_keyword(mpl, "end") ||
+           mpl->flag_d && is_literal(mpl, "end"))
+      {  get_token(mpl /* end */);
+         if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+            get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+         else
+            warning(mpl, "no semicolon following end statement; missing"
+               " semicolon inserted");
+      }
+      else
+         warning(mpl, "unexpected end of file; missing end statement in"
+            "serted");
+      if (mpl->token != T_EOF)
+         warning(mpl, "some text detected beyond end statement; text ig"
+            "nored");
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- simple_statement - parse simple statement.
+--
+-- This routine parses simple statement using the syntax:
+--
+-- <statement> ::= <set statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <parameter statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <variable statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <constraint statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <objective statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <solve statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <check statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <display statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <printf statement>
+-- <statement> ::= <for statement>
+--
+-- If the flag spec is set, some statements cannot be used. */
+
+STATEMENT *simple_statement(MPL *mpl, int spec)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt;
+      stmt = alloc(STATEMENT);
+      stmt->line = mpl->line;
+      stmt->next = NULL;
+      if (is_keyword(mpl, "set"))
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "set statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_SET;
+         stmt->u.set = set_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "param"))
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "parameter statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_PARAMETER;
+         stmt->u.par = parameter_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "var"))
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "variable statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_VARIABLE;
+         stmt->u.var = variable_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "subject") ||
+               is_keyword(mpl, "subj") ||
+               mpl->token == T_SPTP)
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "constraint statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_CONSTRAINT;
+         stmt->u.con = constraint_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "minimize") ||
+               is_keyword(mpl, "maximize"))
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "objective statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_CONSTRAINT;
+         stmt->u.con = objective_statement(mpl);
+      }
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "table"))
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "table statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_TABLE;
+         stmt->u.tab = table_statement(mpl);
+      }
+#endif
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "solve"))
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "solve statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_SOLVE;
+         stmt->u.slv = solve_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "check"))
+      {  stmt->type = A_CHECK;
+         stmt->u.chk = check_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "display"))
+      {  stmt->type = A_DISPLAY;
+         stmt->u.dpy = display_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "printf"))
+      {  stmt->type = A_PRINTF;
+         stmt->u.prt = printf_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_keyword(mpl, "for"))
+      {  stmt->type = A_FOR;
+         stmt->u.fur = for_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (mpl->token == T_NAME)
+      {  if (spec)
+            error(mpl, "constraint statement not allowed here");
+         stmt->type = A_CONSTRAINT;
+         stmt->u.con = constraint_statement(mpl);
+      }
+      else if (is_reserved(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "invalid use of reserved keyword %s", mpl->image);
+      else
+         error(mpl, "syntax error in model section");
+      return stmt;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- model_section - parse model section.
+--
+-- This routine parses model section using the syntax:
+--
+-- <model section> ::= <empty>
+-- <model section> ::= <model section> <statement>
+--
+-- Parsing model section is terminated by either the keyword 'data', or
+-- the keyword 'end', or the end of file. */
+
+void model_section(MPL *mpl)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt, *last_stmt;
+      xassert(mpl->model == NULL);
+      last_stmt = NULL;
+      while (!(mpl->token == T_EOF || is_keyword(mpl, "data") ||
+               is_keyword(mpl, "end")))
+      {  /* parse statement */
+         stmt = simple_statement(mpl, 0);
+         /* and append it to the end of the statement list */
+         if (last_stmt == NULL)
+            mpl->model = stmt;
+         else
+            last_stmt->next = stmt;
+         last_stmt = stmt;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl2.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl2.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f99528b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@
+/* mpl2.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mpl.h"
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                  PROCESSING DATA SECTION                   * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_slice - create slice.
+--
+-- This routine creates a slice, which initially has no components. */
+
+SLICE *create_slice(MPL *mpl)
+{     SLICE *slice;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      slice = NULL;
+      return slice;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expand_slice - append new component to slice.
+--
+-- This routine expands slice appending to it either a given symbol or
+-- null component, which becomes the last component of the slice. */
+
+SLICE *expand_slice
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice,           /* destroyed */
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* destroyed */
+)
+{     SLICE *tail, *temp;
+      /* create a new component */
+      tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(SLICE));
+      tail->sym = sym;
+      tail->next = NULL;
+      /* and append it to the component list */
+      if (slice == NULL)
+         slice = tail;
+      else
+      {  for (temp = slice; temp->next != NULL; temp = temp->next);
+         temp->next = tail;
+      }
+      return slice;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- slice_dimen - determine dimension of slice.
+--
+-- This routine returns dimension of slice, which is number of all its
+-- components including null ones. */
+
+int slice_dimen
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+)
+{     SLICE *temp;
+      int dim;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      dim = 0;
+      for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) dim++;
+      return dim;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- slice_arity - determine arity of slice.
+--
+-- This routine returns arity of slice, i.e. number of null components
+-- (indicated by asterisks) in the slice. */
+
+int slice_arity
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+)
+{     SLICE *temp;
+      int arity;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      arity = 0;
+      for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next)
+         if (temp->sym == NULL) arity++;
+      return arity;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fake_slice - create fake slice of all asterisks.
+--
+-- This routine creates a fake slice of given dimension, which contains
+-- asterisks in all components. Zero dimension is allowed. */
+
+SLICE *fake_slice(MPL *mpl, int dim)
+{     SLICE *slice;
+      slice = create_slice(mpl);
+      while (dim-- > 0) slice = expand_slice(mpl, slice, NULL);
+      return slice;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_slice - delete slice.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified slice. */
+
+void delete_slice
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SLICE *slice            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     SLICE *temp;
+      while (slice != NULL)
+      {  temp = slice;
+         slice = temp->next;
+         if (temp->sym != NULL) delete_symbol(mpl, temp->sym);
+xassert(sizeof(SLICE) == sizeof(TUPLE));
+         dmp_free_atom(mpl->tuples, temp, sizeof(TUPLE));
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- is_number - check if current token is number.
+--
+-- If the current token is a number, this routine returns non-zero.
+-- Otherwise zero is returned. */
+
+int is_number(MPL *mpl)
+{     return
+         mpl->token == T_NUMBER;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- is_symbol - check if current token is symbol.
+--
+-- If the current token is suitable to be a symbol, the routine returns
+-- non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned. */
+
+int is_symbol(MPL *mpl)
+{     return
+         mpl->token == T_NUMBER ||
+         mpl->token == T_SYMBOL ||
+         mpl->token == T_STRING;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- is_literal - check if current token is given symbolic literal.
+--
+-- If the current token is given symbolic literal, this routine returns
+-- non-zero. Otherwise zero is returned.
+--
+-- This routine is used on processing the data section in the same way
+-- as the routine is_keyword on processing the model section. */
+
+int is_literal(MPL *mpl, char *literal)
+{     return
+         is_symbol(mpl) && strcmp(mpl->image, literal) == 0;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- read_number - read number.
+--
+-- This routine reads the current token, which must be a number, and
+-- returns its numeric value. */
+
+double read_number(MPL *mpl)
+{     double num;
+      xassert(is_number(mpl));
+      num = mpl->value;
+      get_token(mpl /* <number> */);
+      return num;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- read_symbol - read symbol.
+--
+-- This routine reads the current token, which must be a symbol, and
+-- returns its symbolic value. */
+
+SYMBOL *read_symbol(MPL *mpl)
+{     SYMBOL *sym;
+      xassert(is_symbol(mpl));
+      if (is_number(mpl))
+         sym = create_symbol_num(mpl, mpl->value);
+      else
+         sym = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, mpl->image));
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */);
+      return sym;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- read_slice - read slice.
+--
+-- This routine reads slice using the syntax:
+--
+-- <slice> ::= [ <symbol list> ]
+-- <slice> ::= ( <symbol list> )
+-- <symbol list> ::= <symbol or star>
+-- <symbol list> ::= <symbol list> , <symbol or star>
+-- <symbol or star> ::= <symbol>
+-- <symbol or star> ::= *
+--
+-- The bracketed form of slice is used for members of multi-dimensional
+-- objects while the parenthesized form is used for elemental sets. */
+
+SLICE *read_slice
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name,             /* not changed */
+      int dim
+)
+{     SLICE *slice;
+      int close;
+      xassert(name != NULL);
+      switch (mpl->token)
+      {  case T_LBRACKET:
+            close = T_RBRACKET;
+            break;
+         case T_LEFT:
+            xassert(dim > 0);
+            close = T_RIGHT;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      }
+      if (dim == 0)
+         error(mpl, "%s cannot be subscripted", name);
+      get_token(mpl /* ( | [ */);
+      /* read slice components */
+      slice = create_slice(mpl);
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* the current token must be a symbol or asterisk */
+         if (is_symbol(mpl))
+            slice = expand_slice(mpl, slice, read_symbol(mpl));
+         else if (mpl->token == T_ASTERISK)
+         {  slice = expand_slice(mpl, slice, NULL);
+            get_token(mpl /* * */);
+         }
+         else
+            error(mpl, "number, symbol, or asterisk missing where expec"
+               "ted");
+         /* check a token that follows the symbol */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         else if (mpl->token == close)
+            break;
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in slice");
+      }
+      /* number of slice components must be the same as the appropriate
+         dimension */
+      if (slice_dimen(mpl, slice) != dim)
+      {  switch (close)
+         {  case T_RBRACKET:
+               error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s, not %d", name,
+                  dim, dim == 1 ? "" : "s", slice_dimen(mpl, slice));
+               break;
+            case T_RIGHT:
+               error(mpl, "%s has dimension %d, not %d", name, dim,
+                  slice_dimen(mpl, slice));
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(close != close);
+         }
+      }
+      get_token(mpl /* ) | ] */);
+      return slice;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- select_set - select set to saturate it with elemental sets.
+--
+-- This routine selects set to saturate it with elemental sets provided
+-- in the data section. */
+
+SET *select_set
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name              /* not changed */
+)
+{     SET *set;
+      AVLNODE *node;
+      xassert(name != NULL);
+      node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, name);
+      if (node == NULL || avl_get_node_type(node) != A_SET)
+         error(mpl, "%s not a set", name);
+      set = (SET *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+      if (set->assign != NULL || set->gadget != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s needs no data", name);
+      set->data = 1;
+      return set;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- simple_format - read set data block in simple format.
+--
+-- This routine reads set data block using the syntax:
+--
+-- <simple format> ::= <symbol> , <symbol> , ... , <symbol>
+--
+-- where <symbols> are used to construct a complete n-tuple, which is
+-- included in elemental set assigned to the set member. Commae between
+-- symbols are optional and may be omitted anywhere.
+--
+-- Number of components in the slice must be the same as dimension of
+-- n-tuples in elemental sets assigned to the set members. To construct
+-- complete n-tuple the routine replaces null positions in the slice by
+-- corresponding <symbols>.
+--
+-- If the slice contains at least one null position, the current token
+-- must be symbol. Otherwise, the routine reads no symbols to construct
+-- the n-tuple, so the current token is not checked. */
+
+void simple_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      MEMBER *memb,           /* modified */
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *tuple;
+      SLICE *temp;
+      SYMBOL *sym, *with = NULL;
+      xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(memb != NULL);
+      xassert(slice != NULL);
+      xassert(set->dimen == slice_dimen(mpl, slice));
+      xassert(memb->value.set->dim == set->dimen);
+      if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) > 0) xassert(is_symbol(mpl));
+      /* read symbols and construct complete n-tuple */
+      tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+      for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next)
+      {  if (temp->sym == NULL)
+         {  /* substitution is needed; read symbol */
+            if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            {  int lack = slice_arity(mpl, temp);
+               /* with cannot be null due to assertion above */
+               xassert(with != NULL);
+               if (lack == 1)
+                  error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, with));
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, with));
+            }
+            sym = read_symbol(mpl);
+            if (with == NULL) with = sym;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* copy symbol from the slice */
+            sym = copy_symbol(mpl, temp->sym);
+         }
+         /* append the symbol to the n-tuple */
+         tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, sym);
+         /* skip optional comma *between* <symbols> */
+         if (temp->next != NULL && mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+            get_token(mpl /* , */);
+      }
+      /* add constructed n-tuple to elemental set */
+      check_then_add(mpl, memb->value.set, tuple);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- matrix_format - read set data block in matrix format.
+--
+-- This routine reads set data block using the syntax:
+--
+-- <matrix format> ::= <column> <column> ... <column> :=
+--               <row>   +/-      +/-    ...   +/-
+--               <row>   +/-      +/-    ...   +/-
+--                 .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+--               <row>   +/-      +/-    ...   +/-
+--
+-- where <rows> are symbols that denote rows of the matrix, <columns>
+-- are symbols that denote columns of the matrix, "+" and "-" indicate
+-- whether corresponding n-tuple needs to be included in the elemental
+-- set or not, respectively.
+--
+-- Number of the slice components must be the same as dimension of the
+-- elemental set. The slice must have two null positions. To construct
+-- complete n-tuple for particular element of the matrix the routine
+-- replaces first null position of the slice by the corresponding <row>
+-- (or <column>, if the flag tr is on) and second null position by the
+-- corresponding <column> (or by <row>, if the flag tr is on). */
+
+void matrix_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      MEMBER *memb,           /* modified */
+      SLICE *slice,           /* not changed */
+      int tr
+)
+{     SLICE *list, *col, *temp;
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      SYMBOL *row;
+      xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(memb != NULL);
+      xassert(slice != NULL);
+      xassert(set->dimen == slice_dimen(mpl, slice));
+      xassert(memb->value.set->dim == set->dimen);
+      xassert(slice_arity(mpl, slice) == 2);
+      /* read the matrix heading that contains column symbols (there
+         may be no columns at all) */
+      list = create_slice(mpl);
+      while (mpl->token != T_ASSIGN)
+      {  /* read column symbol and append it to the column list */
+         if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            error(mpl, "number, symbol, or := missing where expected");
+         list = expand_slice(mpl, list, read_symbol(mpl));
+      }
+      get_token(mpl /* := */);
+      /* read zero or more rows that contain matrix data */
+      while (is_symbol(mpl))
+      {  /* read row symbol (if the matrix has no columns, row symbols
+            are just ignored) */
+         row = read_symbol(mpl);
+         /* read the matrix row accordingly to the column list */
+         for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         {  int which = 0;
+            /* check indicator */
+            if (is_literal(mpl, "+"))
+               ;
+            else if (is_literal(mpl, "-"))
+            {  get_token(mpl /* - */);
+               continue;
+            }
+            else
+            {  int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, col);
+               if (lack == 1)
+                  error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, row));
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, row));
+            }
+            /* construct complete n-tuple */
+            tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+            for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next)
+            {  if (temp->sym == NULL)
+               {  /* substitution is needed */
+                  switch (++which)
+                  {  case 1:
+                        /* substitute in the first null position */
+                        tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple,
+                           copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? col->sym : row));
+                        break;
+                     case 2:
+                        /* substitute in the second null position */
+                        tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple,
+                           copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? row : col->sym));
+                        break;
+                     default:
+                        xassert(which != which);
+                  }
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* copy symbol from the slice */
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl,
+                     temp->sym));
+               }
+            }
+            xassert(which == 2);
+            /* add constructed n-tuple to elemental set */
+            check_then_add(mpl, memb->value.set, tuple);
+            get_token(mpl /* + */);
+         }
+         /* delete the row symbol */
+         delete_symbol(mpl, row);
+      }
+      /* delete the column list */
+      delete_slice(mpl, list);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_data - read set data.
+--
+-- This routine reads set data using the syntax:
+--
+-- <set data> ::= set <set name> <assignments> ;
+-- <set data> ::= set <set name> [ <symbol list> ] <assignments> ;
+-- <set name> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <assignments> ::= <empty>
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , :=
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , ( <symbol list> )
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , <simple format>
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , : <matrix format>
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) <matrix format>
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) : <matrix format>
+--
+-- Commae in <assignments> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */
+
+void set_data(MPL *mpl)
+{     SET *set;
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      SLICE *slice;
+      int tr = 0;
+      xassert(is_literal(mpl, "set"));
+      get_token(mpl /* set */);
+      /* symbolic name of set must follows the keyword 'set' */
+      if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "set name missing where expected");
+      /* select the set to saturate it with data */
+      set = select_set(mpl, mpl->image);
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbolic name> */);
+      /* read optional subscript list, which identifies member of the
+         set to be read */
+      tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+      if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET)
+      {  /* subscript list is specified */
+         if (set->dim == 0)
+            error(mpl, "%s cannot be subscripted", set->name);
+         get_token(mpl /* [ */);
+         /* read symbols and construct subscript list */
+         for (;;)
+         {  if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+               error(mpl, "number or symbol missing where expected");
+            tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, read_symbol(mpl));
+            if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+               get_token(mpl /* , */);
+            else if (mpl->token == T_RBRACKET)
+               break;
+            else
+               error(mpl, "syntax error in subscript list");
+         }
+         if (set->dim != tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple))
+            error(mpl, "%s must have %d subscript%s rather than %d",
+               set->name, set->dim, set->dim == 1 ? "" : "s",
+               tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+         get_token(mpl /* ] */);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* subscript list is not specified */
+         if (set->dim != 0)
+            error(mpl, "%s must be subscripted", set->name);
+      }
+      /* there must be no member with the same subscript list */
+      if (find_member(mpl, set->array, tuple) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s%s already defined",
+            set->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple));
+      /* add new member to the set and assign it empty elemental set */
+      memb = add_member(mpl, set->array, tuple);
+      memb->value.set = create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen);
+      /* create an initial fake slice of all asterisks */
+      slice = fake_slice(mpl, set->dimen);
+      /* read zero or more data assignments */
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* skip optional comma */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* process assignment element */
+         if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN)
+         {  /* assignment ligature is non-significant element */
+            get_token(mpl /* := */);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT)
+         {  /* left parenthesis begins either new slice or "transpose"
+               indicator */
+            int is_tr;
+            get_token(mpl /* ( */);
+            is_tr = is_literal(mpl, "tr");
+            unget_token(mpl /* ( */);
+            if (is_tr) goto left;
+            /* delete the current slice and read new one */
+            delete_slice(mpl, slice);
+            slice = read_slice(mpl, set->name, set->dimen);
+            /* each new slice resets the "transpose" indicator */
+            tr = 0;
+            /* if the new slice is 0-ary, formally there is one 0-tuple
+               (in the simple format) that follows it */
+            if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) == 0)
+               simple_format(mpl, set, memb, slice);
+         }
+         else if (is_symbol(mpl))
+         {  /* number or symbol begins data in the simple format */
+            simple_format(mpl, set, memb, slice);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_COLON)
+         {  /* colon begins data in the matrix format */
+            if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2)
+err1:          error(mpl, "slice currently used must specify 2 asterisk"
+                  "s, not %d", slice_arity(mpl, slice));
+            get_token(mpl /* : */);
+            /* read elemental set data in the matrix format */
+            matrix_format(mpl, set, memb, slice, tr);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT)
+left:    {  /* left parenthesis begins the "transpose" indicator, which
+               is followed by data in the matrix format */
+            get_token(mpl /* ( */);
+            if (!is_literal(mpl, "tr"))
+err2:          error(mpl, "transpose indicator (tr) incomplete");
+            if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2) goto err1;
+            get_token(mpl /* tr */);
+            if (mpl->token != T_RIGHT) goto err2;
+            get_token(mpl /* ) */);
+            /* in this case the colon is optional */
+            if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */);
+            /* set the "transpose" indicator */
+            tr = 1;
+            /* read elemental set data in the matrix format */
+            matrix_format(mpl, set, memb, slice, tr);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+         {  /* semicolon terminates the data block */
+            get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+            break;
+         }
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in set data block");
+      }
+      /* delete the current slice */
+      delete_slice(mpl, slice);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- select_parameter - select parameter to saturate it with data.
+--
+-- This routine selects parameter to saturate it with data provided in
+-- the data section. */
+
+PARAMETER *select_parameter
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name              /* not changed */
+)
+{     PARAMETER *par;
+      AVLNODE *node;
+      xassert(name != NULL);
+      node = avl_find_node(mpl->tree, name);
+      if (node == NULL || avl_get_node_type(node) != A_PARAMETER)
+         error(mpl, "%s not a parameter", name);
+      par = (PARAMETER *)avl_get_node_link(node);
+      if (par->assign != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s needs no data", name);
+      if (par->data)
+         error(mpl, "%s already provided with data", name);
+      par->data = 1;
+      return par;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_default - set default parameter value.
+--
+-- This routine sets default value for specified parameter. */
+
+void set_default
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      SYMBOL *altval          /* destroyed */
+)
+{     xassert(par != NULL);
+      xassert(altval != NULL);
+      if (par->option != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "default value for %s already specified in model se"
+            "ction", par->name);
+      xassert(par->defval == NULL);
+      par->defval = altval;
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- read_value - read value and assign it to parameter member.
+--
+-- This routine reads numeric or symbolic value from the input stream
+-- and assigns to new parameter member specified by its n-tuple, which
+-- (the member) is created and added to the parameter array. */
+
+MEMBER *read_value
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(par != NULL);
+      xassert(is_symbol(mpl));
+      /* there must be no member with the same n-tuple */
+      if (find_member(mpl, par->array, tuple) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "%s%s already defined",
+            par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple));
+      /* create new parameter member with given n-tuple */
+      memb = add_member(mpl, par->array, tuple);
+      /* read value and assigns it to the new parameter member */
+      switch (par->type)
+      {  case A_NUMERIC:
+         case A_INTEGER:
+         case A_BINARY:
+            if (!is_number(mpl))
+               error(mpl, "%s requires numeric data", par->name);
+            memb->value.num = read_number(mpl);
+            break;
+         case A_SYMBOLIC:
+            memb->value.sym = read_symbol(mpl);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(par != par);
+      }
+      return memb;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- plain_format - read parameter data block in plain format.
+--
+-- This routine reads parameter data block using the syntax:
+--
+-- <plain format> ::= <symbol> , <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value>
+--
+-- where <symbols> are used to determine a complete subscript list for
+-- parameter member, <value> is a numeric or symbolic value assigned to
+-- the parameter member. Commae between data items are optional and may
+-- be omitted anywhere.
+--
+-- Number of components in the slice must be the same as dimension of
+-- the parameter. To construct the complete subscript list the routine
+-- replaces null positions in the slice by corresponding <symbols>. */
+
+void plain_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      SLICE *slice            /* not changed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *tuple;
+      SLICE *temp;
+      SYMBOL *sym, *with = NULL;
+      xassert(par != NULL);
+      xassert(par->dim == slice_dimen(mpl, slice));
+      xassert(is_symbol(mpl));
+      /* read symbols and construct complete subscript list */
+      tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+      for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next)
+      {  if (temp->sym == NULL)
+         {  /* substitution is needed; read symbol */
+            if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            {  int lack = slice_arity(mpl, temp) + 1;
+               xassert(with != NULL);
+               xassert(lack > 1);
+               error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning wit"
+                  "h %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, with));
+            }
+            sym = read_symbol(mpl);
+            if (with == NULL) with = sym;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* copy symbol from the slice */
+            sym = copy_symbol(mpl, temp->sym);
+         }
+         /* append the symbol to the subscript list */
+         tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, sym);
+         /* skip optional comma */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+      }
+      /* read value and assign it to new parameter member */
+      if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+      {  xassert(with != NULL);
+         error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning with %s",
+            format_symbol(mpl, with));
+      }
+      read_value(mpl, par, tuple);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- tabular_format - read parameter data block in tabular format.
+--
+-- This routine reads parameter data block using the syntax:
+--
+-- <tabular format> ::= <column> <column> ... <column> :=
+--                <row> <value>  <value>  ... <value>
+--                <row> <value>  <value>  ... <value>
+--                  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+--                <row> <value>  <value>  ... <value>
+--
+-- where <rows> are symbols that denote rows of the table, <columns>
+-- are symbols that denote columns of the table, <values> are numeric
+-- or symbolic values assigned to the corresponding parameter members.
+-- If <value> is specified as single point, no value is provided.
+--
+-- Number of components in the slice must be the same as dimension of
+-- the parameter. The slice must have two null positions. To construct
+-- complete subscript list for particular <value> the routine replaces
+-- the first null position of the slice by the corresponding <row> (or
+-- <column>, if the flag tr is on) and the second null position by the
+-- corresponding <column> (or by <row>, if the flag tr is on). */
+
+void tabular_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      SLICE *slice,           /* not changed */
+      int tr
+)
+{     SLICE *list, *col, *temp;
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      SYMBOL *row;
+      xassert(par != NULL);
+      xassert(par->dim == slice_dimen(mpl, slice));
+      xassert(slice_arity(mpl, slice) == 2);
+      /* read the table heading that contains column symbols (the table
+         may have no columns) */
+      list = create_slice(mpl);
+      while (mpl->token != T_ASSIGN)
+      {  /* read column symbol and append it to the column list */
+         if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            error(mpl, "number, symbol, or := missing where expected");
+         list = expand_slice(mpl, list, read_symbol(mpl));
+      }
+      get_token(mpl /* := */);
+      /* read zero or more rows that contain tabular data */
+      while (is_symbol(mpl))
+      {  /* read row symbol (if the table has no columns, these symbols
+            are just ignored) */
+         row = read_symbol(mpl);
+         /* read values accordingly to the column list */
+         for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         {  int which = 0;
+            /* if the token is single point, no value is provided */
+            if (is_literal(mpl, "."))
+            {  get_token(mpl /* . */);
+               continue;
+            }
+            /* construct complete subscript list */
+            tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+            for (temp = slice; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next)
+            {  if (temp->sym == NULL)
+               {  /* substitution is needed */
+                  switch (++which)
+                  {  case 1:
+                        /* substitute in the first null position */
+                        tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple,
+                           copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? col->sym : row));
+                        break;
+                     case 2:
+                        /* substitute in the second null position */
+                        tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple,
+                           copy_symbol(mpl, tr ? row : col->sym));
+                        break;
+                     default:
+                        xassert(which != which);
+                  }
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* copy symbol from the slice */
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl,
+                     temp->sym));
+               }
+            }
+            xassert(which == 2);
+            /* read value and assign it to new parameter member */
+            if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            {  int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, col);
+               if (lack == 1)
+                  error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, row));
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, row));
+            }
+            read_value(mpl, par, tuple);
+         }
+         /* delete the row symbol */
+         delete_symbol(mpl, row);
+      }
+      /* delete the column list */
+      delete_slice(mpl, list);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- tabbing_format - read parameter data block in tabbing format.
+--
+-- This routine reads parameter data block using the syntax:
+--
+-- <tabbing format> ::=  <prefix> <name>  , ... , <name>  , := ,
+--    <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value> , ... , <value> ,
+--    <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value> , ... , <value> ,
+--     .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+--    <symbol> , ... , <symbol> , <value> , ... , <value>
+-- <prefix> ::= <empty>
+-- <prefix> ::= <set name> :
+--
+-- where <names> are names of parameters (all the parameters must be
+-- subscripted and have identical dimensions), <symbols> are symbols
+-- used to define subscripts of parameter members, <values> are numeric
+-- or symbolic values assigned to the corresponding parameter members.
+-- Optional <prefix> may specify a simple set, in which case n-tuples
+-- built of <symbols> for each row of the data table (i.e. subscripts
+-- of parameter members) are added to the specified set. Commae between
+-- data items are optional and may be omitted anywhere.
+--
+-- If the parameter altval is not NULL, it specifies a default value
+-- provided for all the parameters specified in the data block.  */
+
+void tabbing_format
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *altval          /* not changed */
+)
+{     SET *set = NULL;
+      PARAMETER *par;
+      SLICE *list, *col;
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      int next_token, j, dim = 0;
+      char *last_name = NULL;
+      /* read the optional <prefix> */
+      if (is_symbol(mpl))
+      {  get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */);
+         next_token = mpl->token;
+         unget_token(mpl /* <symbol> */);
+         if (next_token == T_COLON)
+         {  /* select the set to saturate it with data */
+            set = select_set(mpl, mpl->image);
+            /* the set must be simple (i.e. not set of sets) */
+            if (set->dim != 0)
+               error(mpl, "%s must be a simple set", set->name);
+            /* and must not be defined yet */
+            if (set->array->head != NULL)
+               error(mpl, "%s already defined", set->name);
+            /* add new (the only) member to the set and assign it empty
+               elemental set */
+            add_member(mpl, set->array, NULL)->value.set =
+               create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen);
+            last_name = set->name, dim = set->dimen;
+            get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */);
+            xassert(mpl->token == T_COLON);
+            get_token(mpl /* : */);
+         }
+      }
+      /* read the table heading that contains parameter names */
+      list = create_slice(mpl);
+      while (mpl->token != T_ASSIGN)
+      {  /* there must be symbolic name of parameter */
+         if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            error(mpl, "parameter name or := missing where expected");
+         /* select the parameter to saturate it with data */
+         par = select_parameter(mpl, mpl->image);
+         /* the parameter must be subscripted */
+         if (par->dim == 0)
+            error(mpl, "%s not a subscripted parameter", mpl->image);
+         /* the set (if specified) and all the parameters in the data
+            block must have identical dimension */
+         if (dim != 0 && par->dim != dim)
+         {  xassert(last_name != NULL);
+            error(mpl, "%s has dimension %d while %s has dimension %d",
+               last_name, dim, par->name, par->dim);
+         }
+         /* set default value for the parameter (if specified) */
+         if (altval != NULL)
+            set_default(mpl, par, copy_symbol(mpl, altval));
+         /* append the parameter to the column list */
+         list = expand_slice(mpl, list, (SYMBOL *)par);
+         last_name = par->name, dim = par->dim;
+         get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */);
+         /* skip optional comma */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+      }
+      if (slice_dimen(mpl, list) == 0)
+         error(mpl, "at least one parameter name required");
+      get_token(mpl /* := */);
+      /* skip optional comma */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+      /* read rows that contain tabbing data */
+      while (is_symbol(mpl))
+      {  /* read subscript list */
+         tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+         for (j = 1; j <= dim; j++)
+         {  /* read j-th subscript */
+            if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            {  int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, list) + dim - j + 1;
+               xassert(tuple != NULL);
+               xassert(lack > 1);
+               error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning wit"
+                  "h %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym));
+            }
+            /* read and append j-th subscript to the n-tuple */
+            tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, read_symbol(mpl));
+            /* skip optional comma *between* <symbols> */
+            if (j < dim && mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+               get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         }
+         /* if the set is specified, add to it new n-tuple, which is a
+            copy of the subscript list just read */
+         if (set != NULL)
+            check_then_add(mpl, set->array->head->value.set,
+               copy_tuple(mpl, tuple));
+         /* skip optional comma between <symbol> and <value> */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* read values accordingly to the column list */
+         for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         {  /* if the token is single point, no value is provided */
+            if (is_literal(mpl, "."))
+            {  get_token(mpl /* . */);
+               continue;
+            }
+            /* read value and assign it to new parameter member */
+            if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            {  int lack = slice_dimen(mpl, col);
+               xassert(tuple != NULL);
+               if (lack == 1)
+                  error(mpl, "one item missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", format_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym));
+               else
+                  error(mpl, "%d items missing in data group beginning "
+                     "with %s", lack, format_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym));
+            }
+            read_value(mpl, (PARAMETER *)col->sym, copy_tuple(mpl,
+               tuple));
+            /* skip optional comma preceding the next value */
+            if (col->next != NULL && mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+               get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         }
+         /* delete the original subscript list */
+         delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+         /* skip optional comma (only if there is next data group) */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA)
+         {  get_token(mpl /* , */);
+            if (!is_symbol(mpl)) unget_token(mpl /* , */);
+         }
+      }
+      /* delete the column list (it contains parameters, not symbols,
+         so nullify it before) */
+      for (col = list; col != NULL; col = col->next) col->sym = NULL;
+      delete_slice(mpl, list);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- parameter_data - read parameter data.
+--
+-- This routine reads parameter data using the syntax:
+--
+-- <parameter data> ::= param <default value> : <tabbing format> ;
+-- <parameter data> ::= param <parameter name> <default value>
+--                      <assignments> ;
+-- <parameter name> ::= <symbolic name>
+-- <default value> ::= <empty>
+-- <default value> ::= default <symbol>
+-- <assignments> ::= <empty>
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , :=
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , [ <symbol list> ]
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , <plain format>
+-- <assignemnts> ::= <assignments> , : <tabular format>
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) <tabular format>
+-- <assignments> ::= <assignments> , (tr) : <tabular format>
+--
+-- Commae in <assignments> are optional and may be omitted anywhere. */
+
+void parameter_data(MPL *mpl)
+{     PARAMETER *par;
+      SYMBOL *altval = NULL;
+      SLICE *slice;
+      int tr = 0;
+      xassert(is_literal(mpl, "param"));
+      get_token(mpl /* param */);
+      /* read optional default value */
+      if (is_literal(mpl, "default"))
+      {  get_token(mpl /* default */);
+         if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            error(mpl, "default value missing where expected");
+         altval = read_symbol(mpl);
+         /* if the default value follows the keyword 'param', the next
+            token must be only the colon */
+         if (mpl->token != T_COLON)
+            error(mpl, "colon missing where expected");
+      }
+      /* being used after the keyword 'param' or the optional default
+         value the colon begins data in the tabbing format */
+      if (mpl->token == T_COLON)
+      {  get_token(mpl /* : */);
+         /* skip optional comma */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* read parameter data in the tabbing format */
+         tabbing_format(mpl, altval);
+         /* on reading data in the tabbing format the default value is
+            always copied, so delete the original symbol */
+         if (altval != NULL) delete_symbol(mpl, altval);
+         /* the next token must be only semicolon */
+         if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+            error(mpl, "symbol, number, or semicolon missing where expe"
+               "cted");
+         get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* in other cases there must be symbolic name of parameter, which
+         follows the keyword 'param' */
+      if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+         error(mpl, "parameter name missing where expected");
+      /* select the parameter to saturate it with data */
+      par = select_parameter(mpl, mpl->image);
+      get_token(mpl /* <symbol> */);
+      /* read optional default value */
+      if (is_literal(mpl, "default"))
+      {  get_token(mpl /* default */);
+         if (!is_symbol(mpl))
+            error(mpl, "default value missing where expected");
+         altval = read_symbol(mpl);
+         /* set default value for the parameter */
+         set_default(mpl, par, altval);
+      }
+      /* create initial fake slice of all asterisks */
+      slice = fake_slice(mpl, par->dim);
+      /* read zero or more data assignments */
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* skip optional comma */
+         if (mpl->token == T_COMMA) get_token(mpl /* , */);
+         /* process current assignment */
+         if (mpl->token == T_ASSIGN)
+         {  /* assignment ligature is non-significant element */
+            get_token(mpl /* := */);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LBRACKET)
+         {  /* left bracket begins new slice; delete the current slice
+               and read new one */
+            delete_slice(mpl, slice);
+            slice = read_slice(mpl, par->name, par->dim);
+            /* each new slice resets the "transpose" indicator */
+            tr = 0;
+         }
+         else if (is_symbol(mpl))
+         {  /* number or symbol begins data in the plain format */
+            plain_format(mpl, par, slice);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_COLON)
+         {  /* colon begins data in the tabular format */
+            if (par->dim == 0)
+err1:          error(mpl, "%s not a subscripted parameter",
+                  par->name);
+            if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2)
+err2:          error(mpl, "slice currently used must specify 2 asterisk"
+                  "s, not %d", slice_arity(mpl, slice));
+            get_token(mpl /* : */);
+            /* read parameter data in the tabular format */
+            tabular_format(mpl, par, slice, tr);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_LEFT)
+         {  /* left parenthesis begins the "transpose" indicator, which
+               is followed by data in the tabular format */
+            get_token(mpl /* ( */);
+            if (!is_literal(mpl, "tr"))
+err3:          error(mpl, "transpose indicator (tr) incomplete");
+            if (par->dim == 0) goto err1;
+            if (slice_arity(mpl, slice) != 2) goto err2;
+            get_token(mpl /* tr */);
+            if (mpl->token != T_RIGHT) goto err3;
+            get_token(mpl /* ) */);
+            /* in this case the colon is optional */
+            if (mpl->token == T_COLON) get_token(mpl /* : */);
+            /* set the "transpose" indicator */
+            tr = 1;
+            /* read parameter data in the tabular format */
+            tabular_format(mpl, par, slice, tr);
+         }
+         else if (mpl->token == T_SEMICOLON)
+         {  /* semicolon terminates the data block */
+            get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+            break;
+         }
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in parameter data block");
+      }
+      /* delete the current slice */
+      delete_slice(mpl, slice);
+done: return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- data_section - read data section.
+--
+-- This routine reads data section using the syntax:
+--
+-- <data section> ::= <empty>
+-- <data section> ::= <data section> <data block> ;
+-- <data block> ::= <set data>
+-- <data block> ::= <parameter data>
+--
+-- Reading data section is terminated by either the keyword 'end' or
+-- the end of file. */
+
+void data_section(MPL *mpl)
+{     while (!(mpl->token == T_EOF || is_literal(mpl, "end")))
+      {  if (is_literal(mpl, "set"))
+            set_data(mpl);
+         else if (is_literal(mpl, "param"))
+            parameter_data(mpl);
+         else
+            error(mpl, "syntax error in data section");
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl3.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl3.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2489db27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,6100 @@
+/* mpl3.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mpl.h"
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                   FLOATING-POINT NUMBERS                   * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_add - floating-point addition.
+--
+-- This routine computes the sum x + y. */
+
+double fp_add(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     if (x > 0.0 && y > 0.0 && x > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX - y ||
+          x < 0.0 && y < 0.0 && x < - 0.999 * DBL_MAX - y)
+         error(mpl, "%.*g + %.*g; floating-point overflow",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      return x + y;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_sub - floating-point subtraction.
+--
+-- This routine computes the difference x - y. */
+
+double fp_sub(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0 && x > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX + y ||
+          x < 0.0 && y > 0.0 && x < - 0.999 * DBL_MAX + y)
+         error(mpl, "%.*g - %.*g; floating-point overflow",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      return x - y;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_less - floating-point non-negative subtraction.
+--
+-- This routine computes the non-negative difference max(0, x - y). */
+
+double fp_less(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     if (x < y) return 0.0;
+      if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0 && x > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX + y)
+         error(mpl, "%.*g less %.*g; floating-point overflow",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      return x - y;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_mul - floating-point multiplication.
+--
+-- This routine computes the product x * y. */
+
+double fp_mul(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     if (fabs(y) > 1.0 && fabs(x) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) / fabs(y))
+         error(mpl, "%.*g * %.*g; floating-point overflow",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      return x * y;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_div - floating-point division.
+--
+-- This routine computes the quotient x / y. */
+
+double fp_div(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     if (fabs(y) < DBL_MIN)
+         error(mpl, "%.*g / %.*g; floating-point zero divide",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      if (fabs(y) < 1.0 && fabs(x) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) * fabs(y))
+         error(mpl, "%.*g / %.*g; floating-point overflow",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      return x / y;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_idiv - floating-point quotient of exact division.
+--
+-- This routine computes the quotient of exact division x div y. */
+
+double fp_idiv(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     if (fabs(y) < DBL_MIN)
+         error(mpl, "%.*g div %.*g; floating-point zero divide",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      if (fabs(y) < 1.0 && fabs(x) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) * fabs(y))
+         error(mpl, "%.*g div %.*g; floating-point overflow",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      x /= y;
+      return x > 0.0 ? floor(x) : x < 0.0 ? ceil(x) : 0.0;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_mod - floating-point remainder of exact division.
+--
+-- This routine computes the remainder of exact division x mod y.
+--
+-- NOTE: By definition x mod y = x - y * floor(x / y). */
+
+double fp_mod(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     double r;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      if (x == 0.0)
+         r = 0.0;
+      else if (y == 0.0)
+         r = x;
+      else
+      {  r = fmod(fabs(x), fabs(y));
+         if (r != 0.0)
+         {  if (x < 0.0) r = - r;
+            if (x > 0.0 && y < 0.0 || x < 0.0 && y > 0.0) r += y;
+         }
+      }
+      return r;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_power - floating-point exponentiation (raise to power).
+--
+-- This routine computes the exponentiation x ** y. */
+
+double fp_power(MPL *mpl, double x, double y)
+{     double r;
+      if (x == 0.0 && y <= 0.0 || x < 0.0 && y != floor(y))
+         error(mpl, "%.*g ** %.*g; result undefined",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      if (x == 0.0) goto eval;
+      if (fabs(x) > 1.0 && y > +1.0 &&
+            +log(fabs(x)) > (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y ||
+          fabs(x) < 1.0 && y < -1.0 &&
+            +log(fabs(x)) < (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y)
+         error(mpl, "%.*g ** %.*g; floating-point overflow",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, y);
+      if (fabs(x) > 1.0 && y < -1.0 &&
+            -log(fabs(x)) < (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y ||
+          fabs(x) < 1.0 && y > +1.0 &&
+            -log(fabs(x)) > (0.999 * log(DBL_MAX)) / y)
+         r = 0.0;
+      else
+eval:    r = pow(x, y);
+      return r;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_exp - floating-point base-e exponential.
+--
+-- This routine computes the base-e exponential e ** x. */
+
+double fp_exp(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     if (x > 0.999 * log(DBL_MAX))
+         error(mpl, "exp(%.*g); floating-point overflow", DBL_DIG, x);
+      return exp(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_log - floating-point natural logarithm.
+--
+-- This routine computes the natural logarithm log x. */
+
+double fp_log(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     if (x <= 0.0)
+         error(mpl, "log(%.*g); non-positive argument", DBL_DIG, x);
+      return log(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_log10 - floating-point common (decimal) logarithm.
+--
+-- This routine computes the common (decimal) logarithm lg x. */
+
+double fp_log10(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     if (x <= 0.0)
+         error(mpl, "log10(%.*g); non-positive argument", DBL_DIG, x);
+      return log10(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_sqrt - floating-point square root.
+--
+-- This routine computes the square root x ** 0.5. */
+
+double fp_sqrt(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     if (x < 0.0)
+         error(mpl, "sqrt(%.*g); negative argument", DBL_DIG, x);
+      return sqrt(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_sin - floating-point trigonometric sine.
+--
+-- This routine computes the trigonometric sine sin(x). */
+
+double fp_sin(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     if (!(-1e6 <= x && x <= +1e6))
+         error(mpl, "sin(%.*g); argument too large", DBL_DIG, x);
+      return sin(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_cos - floating-point trigonometric cosine.
+--
+-- This routine computes the trigonometric cosine cos(x). */
+
+double fp_cos(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     if (!(-1e6 <= x && x <= +1e6))
+         error(mpl, "cos(%.*g); argument too large", DBL_DIG, x);
+      return cos(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_tan - floating-point trigonometric tangent.
+--
+-- This routine computes the trigonometric tangent tan(x). */
+
+double fp_tan(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     if (!(-1e6 <= x && x <= +1e6))
+         error(mpl, "tan(%.*g); argument too large", DBL_DIG, x);
+      return tan(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_atan - floating-point trigonometric arctangent.
+--
+-- This routine computes the trigonometric arctangent atan(x). */
+
+double fp_atan(MPL *mpl, double x)
+{     xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      return atan(x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_atan2 - floating-point trigonometric arctangent.
+--
+-- This routine computes the trigonometric arctangent atan(y / x). */
+
+double fp_atan2(MPL *mpl, double y, double x)
+{     xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      return atan2(y, x);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_round - round floating-point value to n fractional digits.
+--
+-- This routine rounds given floating-point value x to n fractional
+-- digits with the formula:
+--
+--    round(x, n) = floor(x * 10^n + 0.5) / 10^n.
+--
+-- The parameter n is assumed to be integer. */
+
+double fp_round(MPL *mpl, double x, double n)
+{     double ten_to_n;
+      if (n != floor(n))
+         error(mpl, "round(%.*g, %.*g); non-integer second argument",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, n);
+      if (n <= DBL_DIG + 2)
+      {  ten_to_n = pow(10.0, n);
+         if (fabs(x) < (0.999 * DBL_MAX) / ten_to_n)
+         {  x = floor(x * ten_to_n + 0.5);
+            if (x != 0.0) x /= ten_to_n;
+         }
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_trunc - truncate floating-point value to n fractional digits.
+--
+-- This routine truncates given floating-point value x to n fractional
+-- digits with the formula:
+--
+--                  ( floor(x * 10^n) / 10^n,  if x >= 0
+--    trunc(x, n) = <
+--                  ( ceil(x * 10^n) / 10^n,   if x < 0
+--
+-- The parameter n is assumed to be integer. */
+
+double fp_trunc(MPL *mpl, double x, double n)
+{     double ten_to_n;
+      if (n != floor(n))
+         error(mpl, "trunc(%.*g, %.*g); non-integer second argument",
+            DBL_DIG, x, DBL_DIG, n);
+      if (n <= DBL_DIG + 2)
+      {  ten_to_n = pow(10.0, n);
+         if (fabs(x) < (0.999 * DBL_MAX) / ten_to_n)
+         {  x = (x >= 0.0 ? floor(x * ten_to_n) : ceil(x * ten_to_n));
+            if (x != 0.0) x /= ten_to_n;
+         }
+      }
+      return x;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *              PSEUDO-RANDOM NUMBER GENERATORS               * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_irand224 - pseudo-random integer in the range [0, 2^24).
+--
+-- This routine returns a next pseudo-random integer (converted to
+-- floating-point) which is uniformly distributed between 0 and 2^24-1,
+-- inclusive. */
+
+#define two_to_the_24 0x1000000
+
+double fp_irand224(MPL *mpl)
+{     return
+         (double)rng_unif_rand(mpl->rand, two_to_the_24);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_uniform01 - pseudo-random number in the range [0, 1).
+--
+-- This routine returns a next pseudo-random number which is uniformly
+-- distributed in the range [0, 1). */
+
+#define two_to_the_31 ((unsigned int)0x80000000)
+
+double fp_uniform01(MPL *mpl)
+{     return
+         (double)rng_next_rand(mpl->rand) / (double)two_to_the_31;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_uniform - pseudo-random number in the range [a, b).
+--
+-- This routine returns a next pseudo-random number which is uniformly
+-- distributed in the range [a, b). */
+
+double fp_uniform(MPL *mpl, double a, double b)
+{     double x;
+      if (a >= b)
+         error(mpl, "Uniform(%.*g, %.*g); invalid range",
+            DBL_DIG, a, DBL_DIG, b);
+      x = fp_uniform01(mpl);
+#if 0
+      x = a * (1.0 - x) + b * x;
+#else
+      x = fp_add(mpl, a * (1.0 - x), b * x);
+#endif
+      return x;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_normal01 - Gaussian random variate with mu = 0 and sigma = 1.
+--
+-- This routine returns a Gaussian random variate with zero mean and
+-- unit standard deviation. The polar (Box-Mueller) method is used.
+--
+-- This code is a modified version of the routine gsl_ran_gaussian from
+-- the GNU Scientific Library Version 1.0. */
+
+double fp_normal01(MPL *mpl)
+{     double x, y, r2;
+      do
+      {  /* choose x, y in uniform square (-1,-1) to (+1,+1) */
+         x = -1.0 + 2.0 * fp_uniform01(mpl);
+         y = -1.0 + 2.0 * fp_uniform01(mpl);
+         /* see if it is in the unit circle */
+         r2 = x * x + y * y;
+      } while (r2 > 1.0 || r2 == 0.0);
+      /* Box-Muller transform */
+      return y * sqrt(-2.0 * log (r2) / r2);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fp_normal - Gaussian random variate with specified mu and sigma.
+--
+-- This routine returns a Gaussian random variate with mean mu and
+-- standard deviation sigma. */
+
+double fp_normal(MPL *mpl, double mu, double sigma)
+{     double x;
+#if 0
+      x = mu + sigma * fp_normal01(mpl);
+#else
+      x = fp_add(mpl, mu, fp_mul(mpl, sigma, fp_normal01(mpl)));
+#endif
+      return x;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                SEGMENTED CHARACTER STRINGS                 * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_string - create character string.
+--
+-- This routine creates a segmented character string, which is exactly
+-- equivalent to specified character string. */
+
+STRING *create_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1]  /* not changed */
+)
+#if 0
+{     STRING *head, *tail;
+      int i, j;
+      xassert(buf != NULL);
+      xassert(strlen(buf) <= MAX_LENGTH);
+      head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING));
+      for (i = j = 0; ; i++)
+      {  if ((tail->seg[j++] = buf[i]) == '\0') break;
+         if (j == STRSEG_SIZE)
+tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING))), j = 0;
+      }
+      tail->next = NULL;
+      return head;
+}
+#else
+{     STRING *str;
+      xassert(strlen(buf) <= MAX_LENGTH);
+      str = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, strlen(buf)+1);
+      strcpy(str, buf);
+      return str;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- copy_string - make copy of character string.
+--
+-- This routine returns an exact copy of segmented character string. */
+
+STRING *copy_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str             /* not changed */
+)
+#if 0
+{     STRING *head, *tail;
+      xassert(str != NULL);
+      head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING));
+      for (; str != NULL; str = str->next)
+      {  memcpy(tail->seg, str->seg, STRSEG_SIZE);
+         if (str->next != NULL)
+tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->strings, sizeof(STRING)));
+      }
+      tail->next = NULL;
+      return head;
+}
+#else
+{     xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      return create_string(mpl, str);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- compare_strings - compare one character string with another.
+--
+-- This routine compares one segmented character strings with another
+-- and returns the result of comparison as follows:
+--
+-- = 0 - both strings are identical;
+-- < 0 - the first string precedes the second one;
+-- > 0 - the first string follows the second one. */
+
+int compare_strings
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str1,           /* not changed */
+      STRING *str2            /* not changed */
+)
+#if 0
+{     int j, c1, c2;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      for (;; str1 = str1->next, str2 = str2->next)
+      {  xassert(str1 != NULL);
+         xassert(str2 != NULL);
+         for (j = 0; j < STRSEG_SIZE; j++)
+         {  c1 = (unsigned char)str1->seg[j];
+            c2 = (unsigned char)str2->seg[j];
+            if (c1 < c2) return -1;
+            if (c1 > c2) return +1;
+            if (c1 == '\0') goto done;
+         }
+      }
+done: return 0;
+}
+#else
+{     xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      return strcmp(str1, str2);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- fetch_string - extract content of character string.
+--
+-- This routine returns a character string, which is exactly equivalent
+-- to specified segmented character string. */
+
+char *fetch_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str,            /* not changed */
+      char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1]  /* modified */
+)
+#if 0
+{     int i, j;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      xassert(buf != NULL);
+      for (i = 0; ; str = str->next)
+      {  xassert(str != NULL);
+         for (j = 0; j < STRSEG_SIZE; j++)
+            if ((buf[i++] = str->seg[j]) == '\0') goto done;
+      }
+done: xassert(strlen(buf) <= MAX_LENGTH);
+      return buf;
+}
+#else
+{     xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      return strcpy(buf, str);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_string - delete character string.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified segmented character string. */
+
+void delete_string
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str             /* destroyed */
+)
+#if 0
+{     STRING *temp;
+      xassert(str != NULL);
+      while (str != NULL)
+      {  temp = str;
+         str = str->next;
+         dmp_free_atom(mpl->strings, temp, sizeof(STRING));
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#else
+{     dmp_free_atom(mpl->strings, str, strlen(str)+1);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                          SYMBOLS                           * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_symbol_num - create symbol of numeric type.
+--
+-- This routine creates a symbol, which has a numeric value specified
+-- as floating-point number. */
+
+SYMBOL *create_symbol_num(MPL *mpl, double num)
+{     SYMBOL *sym;
+      sym = dmp_get_atom(mpl->symbols, sizeof(SYMBOL));
+      sym->num = num;
+      sym->str = NULL;
+      return sym;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_symbol_str - create symbol of abstract type.
+--
+-- This routine creates a symbol, which has an abstract value specified
+-- as segmented character string. */
+
+SYMBOL *create_symbol_str
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      STRING *str             /* destroyed */
+)
+{     SYMBOL *sym;
+      xassert(str != NULL);
+      sym = dmp_get_atom(mpl->symbols, sizeof(SYMBOL));
+      sym->num = 0.0;
+      sym->str = str;
+      return sym;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- copy_symbol - make copy of symbol.
+--
+-- This routine returns an exact copy of symbol. */
+
+SYMBOL *copy_symbol
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* not changed */
+)
+{     SYMBOL *copy;
+      xassert(sym != NULL);
+      copy = dmp_get_atom(mpl->symbols, sizeof(SYMBOL));
+      if (sym->str == NULL)
+      {  copy->num = sym->num;
+         copy->str = NULL;
+      }
+      else
+      {  copy->num = 0.0;
+         copy->str = copy_string(mpl, sym->str);
+      }
+      return copy;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- compare_symbols - compare one symbol with another.
+--
+-- This routine compares one symbol with another and returns the result
+-- of comparison as follows:
+--
+-- = 0 - both symbols are identical;
+-- < 0 - the first symbol precedes the second one;
+-- > 0 - the first symbol follows the second one.
+--
+-- Note that the linear order, in which symbols follow each other, is
+-- implementation-dependent. It may be not an alphabetical order. */
+
+int compare_symbols
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym1,           /* not changed */
+      SYMBOL *sym2            /* not changed */
+)
+{     xassert(sym1 != NULL);
+      xassert(sym2 != NULL);
+      /* let all numeric quantities precede all symbolic quantities */
+      if (sym1->str == NULL && sym2->str == NULL)
+      {  if (sym1->num < sym2->num) return -1;
+         if (sym1->num > sym2->num) return +1;
+         return 0;
+      }
+      if (sym1->str == NULL) return -1;
+      if (sym2->str == NULL) return +1;
+      return compare_strings(mpl, sym1->str, sym2->str);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_symbol - delete symbol.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified symbol. */
+
+void delete_symbol
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* destroyed */
+)
+{     xassert(sym != NULL);
+      if (sym->str != NULL) delete_string(mpl, sym->str);
+      dmp_free_atom(mpl->symbols, sym, sizeof(SYMBOL));
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- format_symbol - format symbol for displaying or printing.
+--
+-- This routine converts specified symbol to a charater string, which
+-- is suitable for displaying or printing.
+--
+-- The resultant string is never longer than 255 characters. If it gets
+-- longer, it is truncated from the right and appended by dots. */
+
+char *format_symbol
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* not changed */
+)
+{     char *buf = mpl->sym_buf;
+      xassert(sym != NULL);
+      if (sym->str == NULL)
+         sprintf(buf, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+      else
+      {  char str[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+         int quoted, j, len;
+         fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, str);
+         if (!(isalpha((unsigned char)str[0]) || str[0] == '_'))
+            quoted = 1;
+         else
+         {  quoted = 0;
+            for (j = 1; str[j] != '\0'; j++)
+            {  if (!(isalnum((unsigned char)str[j]) ||
+                     strchr("+-._", (unsigned char)str[j]) != NULL))
+               {  quoted = 1;
+                  break;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+#        define safe_append(c) \
+            (void)(len < 255 ? (buf[len++] = (char)(c)) : 0)
+         buf[0] = '\0', len = 0;
+         if (quoted) safe_append('\'');
+         for (j = 0; str[j] != '\0'; j++)
+         {  if (quoted && str[j] == '\'') safe_append('\'');
+            safe_append(str[j]);
+         }
+         if (quoted) safe_append('\'');
+#        undef safe_append
+         buf[len] = '\0';
+         if (len == 255) strcpy(buf+252, "...");
+      }
+      xassert(strlen(buf) <= 255);
+      return buf;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- concat_symbols - concatenate one symbol with another.
+--
+-- This routine concatenates values of two given symbols and assigns
+-- the resultant character string to a new symbol, which is returned on
+-- exit. Both original symbols are destroyed. */
+
+SYMBOL *concat_symbols
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SYMBOL *sym1,           /* destroyed */
+      SYMBOL *sym2            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     char str1[MAX_LENGTH+1], str2[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+      xassert(MAX_LENGTH >= DBL_DIG + DBL_DIG);
+      if (sym1->str == NULL)
+         sprintf(str1, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym1->num);
+      else
+         fetch_string(mpl, sym1->str, str1);
+      if (sym2->str == NULL)
+         sprintf(str2, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym2->num);
+      else
+         fetch_string(mpl, sym2->str, str2);
+      if (strlen(str1) + strlen(str2) > MAX_LENGTH)
+      {  char buf[255+1];
+         strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, sym1));
+         xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+         error(mpl, "%s & %s; resultant symbol exceeds %d characters",
+            buf, format_symbol(mpl, sym2), MAX_LENGTH);
+      }
+      delete_symbol(mpl, sym1);
+      delete_symbol(mpl, sym2);
+      return create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, strcat(str1,
+         str2)));
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                          N-TUPLES                          * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_tuple - create n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine creates a n-tuple, which initially has no components,
+-- i.e. which is 0-tuple. */
+
+TUPLE *create_tuple(MPL *mpl)
+{     TUPLE *tuple;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      tuple = NULL;
+      return tuple;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- expand_tuple - append symbol to n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine expands n-tuple appending to it a given symbol, which
+-- becomes its new last component. */
+
+TUPLE *expand_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* destroyed */
+      SYMBOL *sym             /* destroyed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *tail, *temp;
+      xassert(sym != NULL);
+      /* create a new component */
+      tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE));
+      tail->sym = sym;
+      tail->next = NULL;
+      /* and append it to the component list */
+      if (tuple == NULL)
+         tuple = tail;
+      else
+      {  for (temp = tuple; temp->next != NULL; temp = temp->next);
+         temp->next = tail;
+      }
+      return tuple;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- tuple_dimen - determine dimension of n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine returns dimension of n-tuple, i.e. number of components
+-- in the n-tuple. */
+
+int tuple_dimen
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *temp;
+      int dim = 0;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      for (temp = tuple; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next) dim++;
+      return dim;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- copy_tuple - make copy of n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine returns an exact copy of n-tuple. */
+
+TUPLE *copy_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *head, *tail;
+      if (tuple == NULL)
+         head = NULL;
+      else
+      {  head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE));
+         for (; tuple != NULL; tuple = tuple->next)
+         {  xassert(tuple->sym != NULL);
+            tail->sym = copy_symbol(mpl, tuple->sym);
+            if (tuple->next != NULL)
+tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE)));
+         }
+         tail->next = NULL;
+      }
+      return head;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- compare_tuples - compare one n-tuple with another.
+--
+-- This routine compares two given n-tuples, which must have the same
+-- dimension (not checked for the sake of efficiency), and returns one
+-- of the following codes:
+--
+-- = 0 - both n-tuples are identical;
+-- < 0 - the first n-tuple precedes the second one;
+-- > 0 - the first n-tuple follows the second one.
+--
+-- Note that the linear order, in which n-tuples follow each other, is
+-- implementation-dependent. It may be not an alphabetical order. */
+
+int compare_tuples
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple1,          /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple2           /* not changed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *item1, *item2;
+      int ret;
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      for (item1 = tuple1, item2 = tuple2; item1 != NULL;
+           item1 = item1->next, item2 = item2->next)
+      {  xassert(item2 != NULL);
+         xassert(item1->sym != NULL);
+         xassert(item2->sym != NULL);
+         ret = compare_symbols(mpl, item1->sym, item2->sym);
+         if (ret != 0) return ret;
+      }
+      xassert(item2 == NULL);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- build_subtuple - build subtuple of given n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine builds subtuple, which consists of first dim components
+-- of given n-tuple. */
+
+TUPLE *build_subtuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      int dim
+)
+{     TUPLE *head, *temp;
+      int j;
+      head = create_tuple(mpl);
+      for (j = 1, temp = tuple; j <= dim; j++, temp = temp->next)
+      {  xassert(temp != NULL);
+         head = expand_tuple(mpl, head, copy_symbol(mpl, temp->sym));
+      }
+      return head;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_tuple - delete n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified n-tuple. */
+
+void delete_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *temp;
+      while (tuple != NULL)
+      {  temp = tuple;
+         tuple = temp->next;
+         xassert(temp->sym != NULL);
+         delete_symbol(mpl, temp->sym);
+         dmp_free_atom(mpl->tuples, temp, sizeof(TUPLE));
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- format_tuple - format n-tuple for displaying or printing.
+--
+-- This routine converts specified n-tuple to a character string, which
+-- is suitable for displaying or printing.
+--
+-- The resultant string is never longer than 255 characters. If it gets
+-- longer, it is truncated from the right and appended by dots. */
+
+char *format_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      int c,
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     TUPLE *temp;
+      int dim, j, len;
+      char *buf = mpl->tup_buf, str[255+1], *save;
+#     define safe_append(c) \
+         (void)(len < 255 ? (buf[len++] = (char)(c)) : 0)
+      buf[0] = '\0', len = 0;
+      dim = tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple);
+      if (c == '[' && dim > 0) safe_append('[');
+      if (c == '(' && dim > 1) safe_append('(');
+      for (temp = tuple; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next)
+      {  if (temp != tuple) safe_append(',');
+         xassert(temp->sym != NULL);
+         save = mpl->sym_buf;
+         mpl->sym_buf = str;
+         format_symbol(mpl, temp->sym);
+         mpl->sym_buf = save;
+         xassert(strlen(str) < sizeof(str));
+         for (j = 0; str[j] != '\0'; j++) safe_append(str[j]);
+      }
+      if (c == '[' && dim > 0) safe_append(']');
+      if (c == '(' && dim > 1) safe_append(')');
+#     undef safe_append
+      buf[len] = '\0';
+      if (len == 255) strcpy(buf+252, "...");
+      xassert(strlen(buf) <= 255);
+      return buf;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                       ELEMENTAL SETS                       * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_elemset - create elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine creates an elemental set, whose members are n-tuples of
+-- specified dimension. Being created the set is initially empty. */
+
+ELEMSET *create_elemset(MPL *mpl, int dim)
+{     ELEMSET *set;
+      xassert(dim > 0);
+      set = create_array(mpl, A_NONE, dim);
+      return set;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- find_tuple - check if elemental set contains given n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine finds given n-tuple in specified elemental set in order
+-- to check if the set contains that n-tuple. If the n-tuple is found,
+-- the routine returns pointer to corresponding array member. Otherwise
+-- null pointer is returned. */
+
+MEMBER *find_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set,           /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(set->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(set->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+      return find_member(mpl, set, tuple);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- add_tuple - add new n-tuple to elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine adds given n-tuple to specified elemental set.
+--
+-- For the sake of efficiency this routine doesn't check whether the
+-- set already contains the same n-tuple or not. Therefore the calling
+-- program should use the routine find_tuple (if necessary) in order to
+-- make sure that the given n-tuple is not contained in the set, since
+-- duplicate n-tuples within the same set are not allowed. */
+
+MEMBER *add_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set,           /* modified */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(set->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(set->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+      memb = add_member(mpl, set, tuple);
+      memb->value.none = NULL;
+      return memb;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- check_then_add - check and add new n-tuple to elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine is equivalent to the routine add_tuple except that it
+-- does check for duplicate n-tuples. */
+
+MEMBER *check_then_add
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set,           /* modified */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     if (find_tuple(mpl, set, tuple) != NULL)
+         error(mpl, "duplicate tuple %s detected", format_tuple(mpl,
+            '(', tuple));
+      return add_tuple(mpl, set, tuple);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- copy_elemset - make copy of elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine makes an exact copy of elemental set. */
+
+ELEMSET *copy_elemset
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set            /* not changed */
+)
+{     ELEMSET *copy;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(set->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(set->dim > 0);
+      copy = create_elemset(mpl, set->dim);
+      for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+         add_tuple(mpl, copy, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple));
+      return copy;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_elemset - delete elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified elemental set. */
+
+void delete_elemset
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *set            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(set->type == A_NONE);
+      delete_array(mpl, set);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- arelset_size - compute size of "arithmetic" elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine computes the size of "arithmetic" elemental set, which
+-- is specified in the form of arithmetic progression:
+--
+--    { t0 .. tf by dt }.
+--
+-- The size is computed using the formula:
+--
+--    n = max(0, floor((tf - t0) / dt) + 1). */
+
+int arelset_size(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt)
+{     double temp;
+      if (dt == 0.0)
+         error(mpl, "%.*g .. %.*g by %.*g; zero stride not allowed",
+            DBL_DIG, t0, DBL_DIG, tf, DBL_DIG, dt);
+      if (tf > 0.0 && t0 < 0.0 && tf > + 0.999 * DBL_MAX + t0)
+         temp = +DBL_MAX;
+      else if (tf < 0.0 && t0 > 0.0 && tf < - 0.999 * DBL_MAX + t0)
+         temp = -DBL_MAX;
+      else
+         temp = tf - t0;
+      if (fabs(dt) < 1.0 && fabs(temp) > (0.999 * DBL_MAX) * fabs(dt))
+      {  if (temp > 0.0 && dt > 0.0 || temp < 0.0 && dt < 0.0)
+            temp = +DBL_MAX;
+         else
+            temp = 0.0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  temp = floor(temp / dt) + 1.0;
+         if (temp < 0.0) temp = 0.0;
+      }
+      xassert(temp >= 0.0);
+      if (temp > (double)(INT_MAX - 1))
+         error(mpl, "%.*g .. %.*g by %.*g; set too large",
+            DBL_DIG, t0, DBL_DIG, tf, DBL_DIG, dt);
+      return (int)(temp + 0.5);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- arelset_member - compute member of "arithmetic" elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine returns a numeric value of symbol, which is equivalent
+-- to j-th member of given "arithmetic" elemental set specified in the
+-- form of arithmetic progression:
+--
+--    { t0 .. tf by dt }.
+--
+-- The symbol value is computed with the formula:
+--
+--    j-th member = t0 + (j - 1) * dt,
+--
+-- The number j must satisfy to the restriction 1 <= j <= n, where n is
+-- the set size computed by the routine arelset_size. */
+
+double arelset_member(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt, int j)
+{     xassert(1 <= j && j <= arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt));
+      return t0 + (double)(j - 1) * dt;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_arelset - create "arithmetic" elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine creates "arithmetic" elemental set, which is specified
+-- in the form of arithmetic progression:
+--
+--    { t0 .. tf by dt }.
+--
+-- Components of this set are 1-tuples. */
+
+ELEMSET *create_arelset(MPL *mpl, double t0, double tf, double dt)
+{     ELEMSET *set;
+      int j, n;
+      set = create_elemset(mpl, 1);
+      n = arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  add_tuple
+         (  mpl,
+            set,
+            expand_tuple
+            (  mpl,
+               create_tuple(mpl),
+               create_symbol_num
+               (  mpl,
+                  arelset_member(mpl, t0, tf, dt, j)
+               )
+            )
+         );
+      }
+      return set;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_union - union of two elemental sets.
+--
+-- This routine computes the union:
+--
+--    X U Y = { j | (j in X) or (j in Y) },
+--
+-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */
+
+ELEMSET *set_union
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(X != NULL);
+      xassert(X->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(X->dim > 0);
+      xassert(Y != NULL);
+      xassert(Y->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(Y->dim > 0);
+      xassert(X->dim == Y->dim);
+      for (memb = Y->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+      {  if (find_tuple(mpl, X, memb->tuple) == NULL)
+            add_tuple(mpl, X, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple));
+      }
+      delete_elemset(mpl, Y);
+      return X;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_diff - difference between two elemental sets.
+--
+-- This routine computes the difference:
+--
+--    X \ Y = { j | (j in X) and (j not in Y) },
+--
+-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */
+
+ELEMSET *set_diff
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+)
+{     ELEMSET *Z;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(X != NULL);
+      xassert(X->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(X->dim > 0);
+      xassert(Y != NULL);
+      xassert(Y->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(Y->dim > 0);
+      xassert(X->dim == Y->dim);
+      Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim);
+      for (memb = X->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+      {  if (find_tuple(mpl, Y, memb->tuple) == NULL)
+            add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple));
+      }
+      delete_elemset(mpl, X);
+      delete_elemset(mpl, Y);
+      return Z;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_symdiff - symmetric difference between two elemental sets.
+--
+-- This routine computes the symmetric difference:
+--
+--    X (+) Y = (X \ Y) U (Y \ X),
+--
+-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */
+
+ELEMSET *set_symdiff
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+)
+{     ELEMSET *Z;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(X != NULL);
+      xassert(X->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(X->dim > 0);
+      xassert(Y != NULL);
+      xassert(Y->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(Y->dim > 0);
+      xassert(X->dim == Y->dim);
+      /* Z := X \ Y */
+      Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim);
+      for (memb = X->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+      {  if (find_tuple(mpl, Y, memb->tuple) == NULL)
+            add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple));
+      }
+      /* Z := Z U (Y \ X) */
+      for (memb = Y->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+      {  if (find_tuple(mpl, X, memb->tuple) == NULL)
+            add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple));
+      }
+      delete_elemset(mpl, X);
+      delete_elemset(mpl, Y);
+      return Z;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_inter - intersection of two elemental sets.
+--
+-- This routine computes the intersection:
+--
+--    X ^ Y = { j | (j in X) and (j in Y) },
+--
+-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */
+
+ELEMSET *set_inter
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+)
+{     ELEMSET *Z;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(X != NULL);
+      xassert(X->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(X->dim > 0);
+      xassert(Y != NULL);
+      xassert(Y->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(Y->dim > 0);
+      xassert(X->dim == Y->dim);
+      Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim);
+      for (memb = X->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+      {  if (find_tuple(mpl, Y, memb->tuple) != NULL)
+            add_tuple(mpl, Z, copy_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple));
+      }
+      delete_elemset(mpl, X);
+      delete_elemset(mpl, Y);
+      return Z;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- set_cross - cross (Cartesian) product of two elemental sets.
+--
+-- This routine computes the cross (Cartesian) product:
+--
+--    X x Y = { (i,j) | (i in X) and (j in Y) },
+--
+-- where X and Y are given elemental sets (destroyed on exit). */
+
+ELEMSET *set_cross
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMSET *X,             /* destroyed */
+      ELEMSET *Y              /* destroyed */
+)
+{     ELEMSET *Z;
+      MEMBER *memx, *memy;
+      TUPLE *tuple, *temp;
+      xassert(X != NULL);
+      xassert(X->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(X->dim > 0);
+      xassert(Y != NULL);
+      xassert(Y->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(Y->dim > 0);
+      Z = create_elemset(mpl, X->dim + Y->dim);
+      for (memx = X->head; memx != NULL; memx = memx->next)
+      {  for (memy = Y->head; memy != NULL; memy = memy->next)
+         {  tuple = copy_tuple(mpl, memx->tuple);
+            for (temp = memy->tuple; temp != NULL; temp = temp->next)
+               tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl,
+                  temp->sym));
+            add_tuple(mpl, Z, tuple);
+         }
+      }
+      delete_elemset(mpl, X);
+      delete_elemset(mpl, Y);
+      return Z;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                    ELEMENTAL VARIABLES                     * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/* (there are no specific routines for elemental variables) */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        LINEAR FORMS                        * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- constant_term - create constant term.
+--
+-- This routine creates the linear form, which is a constant term. */
+
+FORMULA *constant_term(MPL *mpl, double coef)
+{     FORMULA *form;
+      if (coef == 0.0)
+         form = NULL;
+      else
+      {  form = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA));
+         form->coef = coef;
+         form->var = NULL;
+         form->next = NULL;
+      }
+      return form;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- single_variable - create single variable.
+--
+-- This routine creates the linear form, which is a single elemental
+-- variable. */
+
+FORMULA *single_variable
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ELEMVAR *var            /* referenced */
+)
+{     FORMULA *form;
+      xassert(var != NULL);
+      form = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA));
+      form->coef = 1.0;
+      form->var = var;
+      form->next = NULL;
+      return form;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- copy_formula - make copy of linear form.
+--
+-- This routine returns an exact copy of linear form. */
+
+FORMULA *copy_formula
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form           /* not changed */
+)
+{     FORMULA *head, *tail;
+      if (form == NULL)
+         head = NULL;
+      else
+      {  head = tail = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA));
+         for (; form != NULL; form = form->next)
+         {  tail->coef = form->coef;
+            tail->var = form->var;
+            if (form->next != NULL)
+tail = (tail->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA)));
+         }
+         tail->next = NULL;
+      }
+      return head;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_formula - delete linear form.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified linear form. */
+
+void delete_formula
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form           /* destroyed */
+)
+{     FORMULA *temp;
+      while (form != NULL)
+      {  temp = form;
+         form = form->next;
+         dmp_free_atom(mpl->formulae, temp, sizeof(FORMULA));
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- linear_comb - linear combination of two linear forms.
+--
+-- This routine computes the linear combination:
+--
+--    a * fx + b * fy,
+--
+-- where a and b are numeric coefficients, fx and fy are linear forms
+-- (destroyed on exit). */
+
+FORMULA *linear_comb
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      double a, FORMULA *fx,  /* destroyed */
+      double b, FORMULA *fy   /* destroyed */
+)
+{     FORMULA *form = NULL, *term, *temp;
+      double c0 = 0.0;
+      for (term = fx; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+      {  if (term->var == NULL)
+            c0 = fp_add(mpl, c0, fp_mul(mpl, a, term->coef));
+         else
+            term->var->temp =
+               fp_add(mpl, term->var->temp, fp_mul(mpl, a, term->coef));
+      }
+      for (term = fy; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+      {  if (term->var == NULL)
+            c0 = fp_add(mpl, c0, fp_mul(mpl, b, term->coef));
+         else
+            term->var->temp =
+               fp_add(mpl, term->var->temp, fp_mul(mpl, b, term->coef));
+      }
+      for (term = fx; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+      {  if (term->var != NULL && term->var->temp != 0.0)
+         {  temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA));
+            temp->coef = term->var->temp, temp->var = term->var;
+            temp->next = form, form = temp;
+            term->var->temp = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      for (term = fy; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+      {  if (term->var != NULL && term->var->temp != 0.0)
+         {  temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA));
+            temp->coef = term->var->temp, temp->var = term->var;
+            temp->next = form, form = temp;
+            term->var->temp = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      if (c0 != 0.0)
+      {  temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->formulae, sizeof(FORMULA));
+         temp->coef = c0, temp->var = NULL;
+         temp->next = form, form = temp;
+      }
+      delete_formula(mpl, fx);
+      delete_formula(mpl, fy);
+      return form;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- remove_constant - remove constant term from linear form.
+--
+-- This routine removes constant term from linear form and stores its
+-- value to given location. */
+
+FORMULA *remove_constant
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form,          /* destroyed */
+      double *coef            /* modified */
+)
+{     FORMULA *head = NULL, *temp;
+      *coef = 0.0;
+      while (form != NULL)
+      {  temp = form;
+         form = form->next;
+         if (temp->var == NULL)
+         {  /* constant term */
+            *coef = fp_add(mpl, *coef, temp->coef);
+            dmp_free_atom(mpl->formulae, temp, sizeof(FORMULA));
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* linear term */
+            temp->next = head;
+            head = temp;
+         }
+      }
+      return head;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- reduce_terms - reduce identical terms in linear form.
+--
+-- This routine reduces identical terms in specified linear form. */
+
+FORMULA *reduce_terms
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      FORMULA *form           /* destroyed */
+)
+{     FORMULA *term, *next_term;
+      double c0 = 0.0;
+      for (term = form; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+      {  if (term->var == NULL)
+            c0 = fp_add(mpl, c0, term->coef);
+         else
+            term->var->temp = fp_add(mpl, term->var->temp, term->coef);
+      }
+      next_term = form, form = NULL;
+      for (term = next_term; term != NULL; term = next_term)
+      {  next_term = term->next;
+         if (term->var == NULL && c0 != 0.0)
+         {  term->coef = c0, c0 = 0.0;
+            term->next = form, form = term;
+         }
+         else if (term->var != NULL && term->var->temp != 0.0)
+         {  term->coef = term->var->temp, term->var->temp = 0.0;
+            term->next = form, form = term;
+         }
+         else
+            dmp_free_atom(mpl->formulae, term, sizeof(FORMULA));
+      }
+      return form;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                   ELEMENTAL CONSTRAINTS                    * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/* (there are no specific routines for elemental constraints) */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                       GENERIC VALUES                       * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_value - delete generic value.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified generic value.
+--
+-- NOTE: The generic value to be deleted must be valid. */
+
+void delete_value
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      int type,
+      VALUE *value            /* content destroyed */
+)
+{     xassert(value != NULL);
+      switch (type)
+      {  case A_NONE:
+            value->none = NULL;
+            break;
+         case A_NUMERIC:
+            value->num = 0.0;
+            break;
+         case A_SYMBOLIC:
+            delete_symbol(mpl, value->sym), value->sym = NULL;
+            break;
+         case A_LOGICAL:
+            value->bit = 0;
+            break;
+         case A_TUPLE:
+            delete_tuple(mpl, value->tuple), value->tuple = NULL;
+            break;
+         case A_ELEMSET:
+            delete_elemset(mpl, value->set), value->set = NULL;
+            break;
+         case A_ELEMVAR:
+            value->var = NULL;
+            break;
+         case A_FORMULA:
+            delete_formula(mpl, value->form), value->form = NULL;
+            break;
+         case A_ELEMCON:
+            value->con = NULL;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(type != type);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                SYMBOLICALLY INDEXED ARRAYS                 * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- create_array - create array.
+--
+-- This routine creates an array of specified type and dimension. Being
+-- created the array is initially empty.
+--
+-- The type indicator determines generic values, which can be assigned
+-- to the array members:
+--
+-- A_NONE     - none (members have no assigned values)
+-- A_NUMERIC  - floating-point numbers
+-- A_SYMBOLIC - symbols
+-- A_ELEMSET  - elemental sets
+-- A_ELEMVAR  - elemental variables
+-- A_ELEMCON  - elemental constraints
+--
+-- The dimension may be 0, in which case the array consists of the only
+-- member (such arrays represent 0-dimensional objects). */
+
+ARRAY *create_array(MPL *mpl, int type, int dim)
+{     ARRAY *array;
+      xassert(type == A_NONE || type == A_NUMERIC ||
+             type == A_SYMBOLIC || type == A_ELEMSET ||
+             type == A_ELEMVAR || type == A_ELEMCON);
+      xassert(dim >= 0);
+      array = dmp_get_atom(mpl->arrays, sizeof(ARRAY));
+      array->type = type;
+      array->dim = dim;
+      array->size = 0;
+      array->head = NULL;
+      array->tail = NULL;
+      array->tree = NULL;
+      array->prev = NULL;
+      array->next = mpl->a_list;
+      /* include the array in the global array list */
+      if (array->next != NULL) array->next->prev = array;
+      mpl->a_list = array;
+      return array;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- find_member - find array member with given n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine finds an array member, which has given n-tuple. If the
+-- array is short, the linear search is used. Otherwise the routine
+-- autimatically creates the search tree (i.e. the array index) to find
+-- members for logarithmic time. */
+
+static int compare_member_tuples(void *info, const void *key1,
+      const void *key2)
+{     /* this is an auxiliary routine used to compare keys, which are
+         n-tuples assigned to array members */
+      return compare_tuples((MPL *)info, (TUPLE *)key1, (TUPLE *)key2);
+}
+
+MEMBER *find_member
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ARRAY *array,           /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(array != NULL);
+      /* the n-tuple must have the same dimension as the array */
+      xassert(tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple) == array->dim);
+      /* if the array is large enough, create the search tree and index
+         all existing members of the array */
+      if (array->size > 30 && array->tree == NULL)
+      {  array->tree = avl_create_tree(compare_member_tuples, mpl);
+         for (memb = array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+avl_set_node_link(avl_insert_node(array->tree, memb->tuple),
+               (void *)memb);
+      }
+      /* find a member, which has the given tuple */
+      if (array->tree == NULL)
+      {  /* the search tree doesn't exist; use the linear search */
+         for (memb = array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+            if (compare_tuples(mpl, memb->tuple, tuple) == 0) break;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* the search tree exists; use the binary search */
+         AVLNODE *node;
+         node = avl_find_node(array->tree, tuple);
+memb = (MEMBER *)(node == NULL ? NULL : avl_get_node_link(node));
+      }
+      return memb;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- add_member - add new member to array.
+--
+-- This routine creates a new member with given n-tuple and adds it to
+-- specified array.
+--
+-- For the sake of efficiency this routine doesn't check whether the
+-- array already contains a member with the given n-tuple or not. Thus,
+-- if necessary, the calling program should use the routine find_member
+-- in order to be sure that the array contains no member with the same
+-- n-tuple, because members with duplicate n-tuples are not allowed.
+--
+-- This routine assigns no generic value to the new member, because the
+-- calling program must do that. */
+
+MEMBER *add_member
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ARRAY *array,           /* modified */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(array != NULL);
+      /* the n-tuple must have the same dimension as the array */
+      xassert(tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple) == array->dim);
+      /* create new member */
+      memb = dmp_get_atom(mpl->members, sizeof(MEMBER));
+      memb->tuple = tuple;
+      memb->next = NULL;
+      memset(&memb->value, '?', sizeof(VALUE));
+      /* and append it to the member list */
+      array->size++;
+      if (array->head == NULL)
+         array->head = memb;
+      else
+         array->tail->next = memb;
+      array->tail = memb;
+      /* if the search tree exists, index the new member */
+      if (array->tree != NULL)
+avl_set_node_link(avl_insert_node(array->tree, memb->tuple),
+            (void *)memb);
+      return memb;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- delete_array - delete array.
+--
+-- This routine deletes specified array.
+--
+-- Generic values assigned to the array members are not deleted by this
+-- routine. The calling program itself must delete all assigned generic
+-- values before deleting the array. */
+
+void delete_array
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      ARRAY *array            /* destroyed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      xassert(array != NULL);
+      /* delete all existing array members */
+      while (array->head != NULL)
+      {  memb = array->head;
+         array->head = memb->next;
+         delete_tuple(mpl, memb->tuple);
+         dmp_free_atom(mpl->members, memb, sizeof(MEMBER));
+      }
+      /* if the search tree exists, also delete it */
+      if (array->tree != NULL) avl_delete_tree(array->tree);
+      /* remove the array from the global array list */
+      if (array->prev == NULL)
+         mpl->a_list = array->next;
+      else
+         array->prev->next = array->next;
+      if (array->next == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+         array->next->prev = array->prev;
+      /* delete the array descriptor */
+      dmp_free_atom(mpl->arrays, array, sizeof(ARRAY));
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                 DOMAINS AND DUMMY INDICES                  * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- assign_dummy_index - assign new value to dummy index.
+--
+-- This routine assigns new value to specified dummy index and, that is
+-- important, invalidates all temporary resultant values, which depends
+-- on that dummy index. */
+
+void assign_dummy_index
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot,      /* modified */
+      SYMBOL *value           /* not changed */
+)
+{     CODE *leaf, *code;
+      xassert(slot != NULL);
+      xassert(value != NULL);
+      /* delete the current value assigned to the dummy index */
+      if (slot->value != NULL)
+      {  /* if the current value and the new one are identical, actual
+            assignment is not needed */
+         if (compare_symbols(mpl, slot->value, value) == 0) goto done;
+         /* delete a symbol, which is the current value */
+         delete_symbol(mpl, slot->value), slot->value = NULL;
+      }
+      /* now walk through all the pseudo-codes with op = O_INDEX, which
+         refer to the dummy index to be changed (these pseudo-codes are
+         leaves in the forest of *all* expressions in the database) */
+      for (leaf = slot->list; leaf != NULL; leaf = leaf->arg.index.
+         next)
+      {  xassert(leaf->op == O_INDEX);
+         /* invalidate all resultant values, which depend on the dummy
+            index, walking from the current leaf toward the root of the
+            corresponding expression tree */
+         for (code = leaf; code != NULL; code = code->up)
+         {  if (code->valid)
+            {  /* invalidate and delete resultant value */
+               code->valid = 0;
+               delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* assign new value to the dummy index */
+      slot->value = copy_symbol(mpl, value);
+done: return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- update_dummy_indices - update current values of dummy indices.
+--
+-- This routine assigns components of "backup" n-tuple to dummy indices
+-- of specified domain block. If no "backup" n-tuple is defined for the
+-- domain block, values of the dummy indices remain untouched. */
+
+void update_dummy_indices
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block     /* not changed */
+)
+{     DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      TUPLE *temp;
+      if (block->backup != NULL)
+      {  for (slot = block->list, temp = block->backup; slot != NULL;
+            slot = slot->next, temp = temp->next)
+         {  xassert(temp != NULL);
+            xassert(temp->sym != NULL);
+            assign_dummy_index(mpl, slot, temp->sym);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- enter_domain_block - enter domain block.
+--
+-- Let specified domain block have the form:
+--
+--    { ..., (j1, j2, ..., jn) in J, ... }
+--
+-- where j1, j2, ..., jn are dummy indices, J is a basic set.
+--
+-- This routine does the following:
+--
+-- 1. Checks if the given n-tuple is a member of the basic set J. Note
+--    that J being *out of the scope* of the domain block cannot depend
+--    on the dummy indices in the same and inner domain blocks, so it
+--    can be computed before the dummy indices are assigned new values.
+--    If this check fails, the routine returns with non-zero code.
+--
+-- 2. Saves current values of the dummy indices j1, j2, ..., jn.
+--
+-- 3. Assigns new values, which are components of the given n-tuple, to
+--    the dummy indices j1, j2, ..., jn. If dimension of the n-tuple is
+--    larger than n, its extra components n+1, n+2, ... are not used.
+--
+-- 4. Calls the formal routine func which either enters the next domain
+--    block or evaluates some code within the domain scope.
+--
+-- 5. Restores former values of the dummy indices j1, j2, ..., jn.
+--
+-- Since current values assigned to the dummy indices on entry to this
+-- routine are restored on exit, the formal routine func is allowed to
+-- call this routine recursively. */
+
+int enter_domain_block
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block,    /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+)
+{     TUPLE *backup;
+      int ret = 0;
+      /* check if the given n-tuple is a member of the basic set */
+      xassert(block->code != NULL);
+      if (!is_member(mpl, block->code, tuple))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* save reference to "backup" n-tuple, which was used to assign
+         current values of the dummy indices (it is sufficient to save
+         reference, not value, because that n-tuple is defined in some
+         outer level of recursion and therefore cannot be changed on
+         this and deeper recursive calls) */
+      backup = block->backup;
+      /* set up new "backup" n-tuple, which defines new values of the
+         dummy indices */
+      block->backup = tuple;
+      /* assign new values to the dummy indices */
+      update_dummy_indices(mpl, block);
+      /* call the formal routine that does the rest part of the job */
+      func(mpl, info);
+      /* restore reference to the former "backup" n-tuple */
+      block->backup = backup;
+      /* restore former values of the dummy indices; note that if the
+         domain block just escaped has no other active instances which
+         may exist due to recursion (it is indicated by a null pointer
+         to the former n-tuple), former values of the dummy indices are
+         undefined; therefore in this case the routine keeps currently
+         assigned values of the dummy indices that involves keeping all
+         dependent temporary results and thereby, if this domain block
+         is not used recursively, allows improving efficiency */
+      update_dummy_indices(mpl, block);
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_within_domain - perform evaluation within domain scope.
+--
+-- This routine assigns new values (symbols) to all dummy indices of
+-- specified domain and calls the formal routine func, which is used to
+-- evaluate some code in the domain scope. Each free dummy index in the
+-- domain is assigned a value specified in the corresponding component
+-- of given n-tuple. Non-free dummy indices are assigned values, which
+-- are computed by this routine.
+--
+-- Number of components in the given n-tuple must be the same as number
+-- of free indices in the domain.
+--
+-- If the given n-tuple is not a member of the domain set, the routine
+-- func is not called, and non-zero code is returned.
+--
+-- For the sake of convenience it is allowed to specify domain as NULL
+-- (then n-tuple also must be 0-tuple, i.e. empty), in which case this
+-- routine just calls the routine func and returns zero.
+--
+-- This routine allows recursive calls from the routine func providing
+-- correct values of dummy indices for each instance.
+--
+-- NOTE: The n-tuple passed to this routine must not be changed by any
+--       other routines called from the formal routine func until this
+--       routine has returned. */
+
+struct eval_domain_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine eval_within_domain */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* domain, which has to be entered */
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      /* domain block, which is currently processed */
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      /* tail of original n-tuple, whose components have to be assigned
+         to free dummy indices in the current domain block */
+      void *info;
+      /* transit pointer passed to the formal routine func */
+      void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info);
+      /* routine, which has to be executed in the domain scope */
+      int failure;
+      /* this flag indicates that given n-tuple is not a member of the
+         domain set */
+};
+
+static void eval_domain_func(MPL *mpl, void *_my_info)
+{     /* this routine recursively enters into the domain scope and then
+         calls the routine func */
+      struct eval_domain_info *my_info = _my_info;
+      if (my_info->block != NULL)
+      {  /* the current domain block to be entered exists */
+         DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+         DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+         TUPLE *tuple = NULL, *temp = NULL;
+         /* save pointer to the current domain block */
+         block = my_info->block;
+         /* and get ready to enter the next block (if it exists) */
+         my_info->block = block->next;
+         /* construct temporary n-tuple, whose components correspond to
+            dummy indices (slots) of the current domain; components of
+            the temporary n-tuple that correspond to free dummy indices
+            are assigned references (not values!) to symbols specified
+            in the corresponding components of the given n-tuple, while
+            other components that correspond to non-free dummy indices
+            are assigned symbolic values computed here */
+         for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+         {  /* create component that corresponds to the current slot */
+            if (tuple == NULL)
+               tuple = temp = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE));
+            else
+temp = (temp->next = dmp_get_atom(mpl->tuples, sizeof(TUPLE)));
+            if (slot->code == NULL)
+            {  /* dummy index is free; take reference to symbol, which
+                  is specified in the corresponding component of given
+                  n-tuple */
+               xassert(my_info->tuple != NULL);
+               temp->sym = my_info->tuple->sym;
+               xassert(temp->sym != NULL);
+               my_info->tuple = my_info->tuple->next;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* dummy index is non-free; compute symbolic value to be
+                  temporarily assigned to the dummy index */
+               temp->sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, slot->code);
+            }
+         }
+         temp->next = NULL;
+         /* enter the current domain block */
+         if (enter_domain_block(mpl, block, tuple, my_info,
+               eval_domain_func)) my_info->failure = 1;
+         /* delete temporary n-tuple as well as symbols that correspond
+            to non-free dummy indices (they were computed here) */
+         for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+         {  xassert(tuple != NULL);
+            temp = tuple;
+            tuple = tuple->next;
+            if (slot->code != NULL)
+            {  /* dummy index is non-free; delete symbolic value */
+               delete_symbol(mpl, temp->sym);
+            }
+            /* delete component that corresponds to the current slot */
+            dmp_free_atom(mpl->tuples, temp, sizeof(TUPLE));
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* there are no more domain blocks, i.e. we have reached the
+            domain scope */
+         xassert(my_info->tuple == NULL);
+         /* check optional predicate specified for the domain */
+         if (my_info->domain->code != NULL && !eval_logical(mpl,
+            my_info->domain->code))
+         {  /* the predicate is false */
+            my_info->failure = 2;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* the predicate is true; do the job */
+            my_info->func(mpl, my_info->info);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+int eval_within_domain
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN *domain,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      void *info, void (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+)
+{     /* this routine performs evaluation within domain scope */
+      struct eval_domain_info _my_info, *my_info = &_my_info;
+      if (domain == NULL)
+      {  xassert(tuple == NULL);
+         func(mpl, info);
+         my_info->failure = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  xassert(tuple != NULL);
+         my_info->domain = domain;
+         my_info->block = domain->list;
+         my_info->tuple = tuple;
+         my_info->info = info;
+         my_info->func = func;
+         my_info->failure = 0;
+         /* enter the very first domain block */
+         eval_domain_func(mpl, my_info);
+      }
+      return my_info->failure;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- loop_within_domain - perform iterations within domain scope.
+--
+-- This routine iteratively assigns new values (symbols) to the dummy
+-- indices of specified domain by enumerating all n-tuples, which are
+-- members of the domain set, and for every n-tuple it calls the formal
+-- routine func to evaluate some code within the domain scope.
+--
+-- If the routine func returns non-zero, enumeration within the domain
+-- is prematurely terminated.
+--
+-- For the sake of convenience it is allowed to specify domain as NULL,
+-- in which case this routine just calls the routine func only once and
+-- returns zero.
+--
+-- This routine allows recursive calls from the routine func providing
+-- correct values of dummy indices for each instance. */
+
+struct loop_domain_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine loop_within_domain */
+      DOMAIN *domain;
+      /* domain, which has to be entered */
+      DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      /* domain block, which is currently processed */
+      int looping;
+      /* clearing this flag leads to terminating enumeration */
+      void *info;
+      /* transit pointer passed to the formal routine func */
+      int (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info);
+      /* routine, which needs to be executed in the domain scope */
+};
+
+static void loop_domain_func(MPL *mpl, void *_my_info)
+{     /* this routine enumerates all n-tuples in the basic set of the
+         current domain block, enters recursively into the domain scope
+         for every n-tuple, and then calls the routine func */
+      struct loop_domain_info *my_info = _my_info;
+      if (my_info->block != NULL)
+      {  /* the current domain block to be entered exists */
+         DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+         DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+         TUPLE *bound;
+         /* save pointer to the current domain block */
+         block = my_info->block;
+         /* and get ready to enter the next block (if it exists) */
+         my_info->block = block->next;
+         /* compute symbolic values, at which non-free dummy indices of
+            the current domain block are bound; since that values don't
+            depend on free dummy indices of the current block, they can
+            be computed once out of the enumeration loop */
+         bound = create_tuple(mpl);
+         for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+         {  if (slot->code != NULL)
+               bound = expand_tuple(mpl, bound, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                  slot->code));
+         }
+         /* start enumeration */
+         xassert(block->code != NULL);
+         if (block->code->op == O_DOTS)
+         {  /* the basic set is "arithmetic", in which case it doesn't
+               need to be computed explicitly */
+            TUPLE *tuple;
+            int n, j;
+            double t0, tf, dt;
+            /* compute "parameters" of the basic set */
+            t0 = eval_numeric(mpl, block->code->arg.arg.x);
+            tf = eval_numeric(mpl, block->code->arg.arg.y);
+            if (block->code->arg.arg.z == NULL)
+               dt = 1.0;
+            else
+               dt = eval_numeric(mpl, block->code->arg.arg.z);
+            /* determine cardinality of the basic set */
+            n = arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt);
+            /* create dummy 1-tuple for members of the basic set */
+            tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl),
+               create_symbol_num(mpl, 0.0));
+            /* in case of "arithmetic" set there is exactly one dummy
+               index, which cannot be non-free */
+            xassert(bound == NULL);
+            /* walk through 1-tuples of the basic set */
+            for (j = 1; j <= n && my_info->looping; j++)
+            {  /* construct dummy 1-tuple for the current member */
+               tuple->sym->num = arelset_member(mpl, t0, tf, dt, j);
+               /* enter the current domain block */
+               enter_domain_block(mpl, block, tuple, my_info,
+                  loop_domain_func);
+            }
+            /* delete dummy 1-tuple */
+            delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* the basic set is of general kind, in which case it needs
+               to be explicitly computed */
+            ELEMSET *set;
+            MEMBER *memb;
+            TUPLE *temp1, *temp2;
+            /* compute the basic set */
+            set = eval_elemset(mpl, block->code);
+            /* walk through all n-tuples of the basic set */
+            for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL && my_info->looping;
+               memb = memb->next)
+            {  /* all components of the current n-tuple that correspond
+                  to non-free dummy indices must be feasible; otherwise
+                  the n-tuple is not in the basic set */
+               temp1 = memb->tuple;
+               temp2 = bound;
+               for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+               {  xassert(temp1 != NULL);
+                  if (slot->code != NULL)
+                  {  /* non-free dummy index */
+                     xassert(temp2 != NULL);
+                     if (compare_symbols(mpl, temp1->sym, temp2->sym)
+                        != 0)
+                     {  /* the n-tuple is not in the basic set */
+                        goto skip;
+                     }
+                     temp2 = temp2->next;
+                  }
+                  temp1 = temp1->next;
+               }
+               xassert(temp1 == NULL);
+               xassert(temp2 == NULL);
+               /* enter the current domain block */
+               enter_domain_block(mpl, block, memb->tuple, my_info,
+                  loop_domain_func);
+skip:          ;
+            }
+            /* delete the basic set */
+            delete_elemset(mpl, set);
+         }
+         /* delete symbolic values binding non-free dummy indices */
+         delete_tuple(mpl, bound);
+         /* restore pointer to the current domain block */
+         my_info->block = block;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* there are no more domain blocks, i.e. we have reached the
+            domain scope */
+         /* check optional predicate specified for the domain */
+         if (my_info->domain->code != NULL && !eval_logical(mpl,
+            my_info->domain->code))
+         {  /* the predicate is false */
+            /* nop */;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* the predicate is true; do the job */
+            my_info->looping = !my_info->func(mpl, my_info->info);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void loop_within_domain
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN *domain,         /* not changed */
+      void *info, int (*func)(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+)
+{     /* this routine performs iterations within domain scope */
+      struct loop_domain_info _my_info, *my_info = &_my_info;
+      if (domain == NULL)
+         func(mpl, info);
+      else
+      {  my_info->domain = domain;
+         my_info->block = domain->list;
+         my_info->looping = 1;
+         my_info->info = info;
+         my_info->func = func;
+         /* enter the very first domain block */
+         loop_domain_func(mpl, my_info);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- out_of_domain - raise domain exception.
+--
+-- This routine is called when a reference is made to a member of some
+-- model object, but its n-tuple is out of the object domain. */
+
+void out_of_domain
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      char *name,             /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     xassert(name != NULL);
+      xassert(tuple != NULL);
+      error(mpl, "%s%s out of domain", name, format_tuple(mpl, '[',
+         tuple));
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- get_domain_tuple - obtain current n-tuple from domain.
+--
+-- This routine constructs n-tuple, whose components are current values
+-- assigned to *free* dummy indices of specified domain.
+--
+-- For the sake of convenience it is allowed to specify domain as NULL,
+-- in which case this routine returns 0-tuple.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+TUPLE *get_domain_tuple
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      DOMAIN *domain          /* not changed */
+)
+{     DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+      if (domain != NULL)
+      {  for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next)
+         {  for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+            {  if (slot->code == NULL)
+               {  xassert(slot->value != NULL);
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, copy_symbol(mpl,
+                     slot->value));
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return tuple;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_domain - clean domain.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified domain that assumes deleting all stuff
+-- dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */
+
+void clean_domain(MPL *mpl, DOMAIN *domain)
+{     DOMAIN_BLOCK *block;
+      DOMAIN_SLOT *slot;
+      /* if no domain is specified, do nothing */
+      if (domain == NULL) goto done;
+      /* clean all domain blocks */
+      for (block = domain->list; block != NULL; block = block->next)
+      {  /* clean all domain slots */
+         for (slot = block->list; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
+         {  /* clean pseudo-code for computing bound value */
+            clean_code(mpl, slot->code);
+            /* delete symbolic value assigned to dummy index */
+            if (slot->value != NULL)
+               delete_symbol(mpl, slot->value), slot->value = NULL;
+         }
+         /* clean pseudo-code for computing basic set */
+         clean_code(mpl, block->code);
+      }
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing domain predicate */
+      clean_code(mpl, domain->code);
+done: return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                         MODEL SETS                         * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- check_elem_set - check elemental set assigned to set member.
+--
+-- This routine checks if given elemental set being assigned to member
+-- of specified model set satisfies to all restrictions.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+void check_elem_set
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      ELEMSET *refer          /* not changed */
+)
+{     WITHIN *within;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      int eqno;
+      /* elemental set must be within all specified supersets */
+      for (within = set->within, eqno = 1; within != NULL; within =
+         within->next, eqno++)
+      {  xassert(within->code != NULL);
+         for (memb = refer->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+         {  if (!is_member(mpl, within->code, memb->tuple))
+            {  char buf[255+1];
+               strcpy(buf, format_tuple(mpl, '(', memb->tuple));
+               xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+               error(mpl, "%s%s contains %s which not within specified "
+                  "set; see (%d)", set->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[',
+                     tuple), buf, eqno);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- take_member_set - obtain elemental set assigned to set member.
+--
+-- This routine obtains a reference to elemental set assigned to given
+-- member of specified model set and returns it on exit.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+ELEMSET *take_member_set      /* returns reference, not value */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      ELEMSET *refer;
+      /* find member in the set array */
+      memb = find_member(mpl, set->array, tuple);
+      if (memb != NULL)
+      {  /* member exists, so just take the reference */
+         refer = memb->value.set;
+      }
+      else if (set->assign != NULL)
+      {  /* compute value using assignment expression */
+         refer = eval_elemset(mpl, set->assign);
+add:     /* check that the elemental set satisfies to all restrictions,
+            assign it to new member, and add the member to the array */
+         check_elem_set(mpl, set, tuple, refer);
+         memb = add_member(mpl, set->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple));
+         memb->value.set = refer;
+      }
+      else if (set->option != NULL)
+      {  /* compute default elemental set */
+         refer = eval_elemset(mpl, set->option);
+         goto add;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* no value (elemental set) is provided */
+         error(mpl, "no value for %s%s", set->name, format_tuple(mpl,
+            '[', tuple));
+      }
+      return refer;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_member_set - evaluate elemental set assigned to set member.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates a reference to elemental set assigned to given
+-- member of specified model set and returns it on exit. */
+
+struct eval_set_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine eval_member_set */
+      SET *set;
+      /* model set */
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      /* n-tuple, which defines set member */
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      /* normally this pointer is NULL; the routine uses this pointer
+         to check data provided in the data section, in which case it
+         points to a member currently checked; this check is performed
+         automatically only once when a reference to any member occurs
+         for the first time */
+      ELEMSET *refer;
+      /* evaluated reference to elemental set */
+};
+
+static void eval_set_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      struct eval_set_info *info = _info;
+      if (info->memb != NULL)
+      {  /* checking call; check elemental set being assigned */
+         check_elem_set(mpl, info->set, info->memb->tuple,
+            info->memb->value.set);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* normal call; evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+         info->refer = take_member_set(mpl, info->set, info->tuple);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */
+static void saturate_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set)
+{     GADGET *gadget = set->gadget;
+      ELEMSET *data;
+      MEMBER *elem, *memb;
+      TUPLE *tuple, *work[20];
+      int i;
+      xprintf("Generating %s...\n", set->name);
+      eval_whole_set(mpl, gadget->set);
+      /* gadget set must have exactly one member */
+      xassert(gadget->set->array != NULL);
+      xassert(gadget->set->array->head != NULL);
+      xassert(gadget->set->array->head == gadget->set->array->tail);
+      data = gadget->set->array->head->value.set;
+      xassert(data->type == A_NONE);
+      xassert(data->dim == gadget->set->dimen);
+      /* walk thru all elements of the plain set */
+      for (elem = data->head; elem != NULL; elem = elem->next)
+      {  /* create a copy of n-tuple */
+         tuple = copy_tuple(mpl, elem->tuple);
+         /* rearrange component of the n-tuple */
+         for (i = 0; i < gadget->set->dimen; i++)
+            work[i] = NULL;
+         for (i = 0; tuple != NULL; tuple = tuple->next)
+            work[gadget->ind[i++]-1] = tuple;
+         xassert(i == gadget->set->dimen);
+         for (i = 0; i < gadget->set->dimen; i++)
+         {  xassert(work[i] != NULL);
+            work[i]->next = work[i+1];
+         }
+         /* construct subscript list from first set->dim components */
+         if (set->dim == 0)
+            tuple = NULL;
+         else
+            tuple = work[0], work[set->dim-1]->next = NULL;
+         /* find corresponding member of the set to be initialized */
+         memb = find_member(mpl, set->array, tuple);
+         if (memb == NULL)
+         {  /* not found; add new member to the set and assign it empty
+               elemental set */
+            memb = add_member(mpl, set->array, tuple);
+            memb->value.set = create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* found; free subscript list */
+            delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+         }
+         /* construct new n-tuple from rest set->dimen components */
+         tuple = work[set->dim];
+         xassert(set->dim + set->dimen == gadget->set->dimen);
+         work[gadget->set->dimen-1]->next = NULL;
+         /* and add it to the elemental set assigned to the member
+            (no check for duplicates is needed) */
+         add_tuple(mpl, memb->value.set, tuple);
+      }
+      /* the set has been saturated with data */
+      set->data = 1;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+ELEMSET *eval_member_set      /* returns reference, not value */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      SET *set,               /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     /* this routine evaluates set member */
+      struct eval_set_info _info, *info = &_info;
+      xassert(set->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+      info->set = set;
+      info->tuple = tuple;
+#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */
+      if (set->gadget != NULL && set->data == 0)
+      {  /* initialize the set with data from a plain set */
+         saturate_set(mpl, set);
+      }
+#endif
+      if (set->data == 1)
+      {  /* check data, which are provided in the data section, but not
+            checked yet */
+         /* save pointer to the last array member; note that during the
+            check new members may be added beyond the last member due to
+            references to the same parameter from default expression as
+            well as from expressions that define restricting supersets;
+            however, values assigned to the new members will be checked
+            by other routine, so we don't need to check them here */
+         MEMBER *tail = set->array->tail;
+         /* change the data status to prevent infinite recursive loop
+            due to references to the same set during the check */
+         set->data = 2;
+         /* check elemental sets assigned to array members in the data
+            section until the marked member has been reached */
+         for (info->memb = set->array->head; info->memb != NULL;
+            info->memb = info->memb->next)
+         {  if (eval_within_domain(mpl, set->domain, info->memb->tuple,
+               info, eval_set_func))
+               out_of_domain(mpl, set->name, info->memb->tuple);
+            if (info->memb == tail) break;
+         }
+         /* the check has been finished */
+      }
+      /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+      info->memb = NULL;
+      if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->set->domain, info->tuple, info,
+         eval_set_func))
+      out_of_domain(mpl, set->name, info->tuple);
+      /* bring evaluated reference to the calling program */
+      return info->refer;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_whole_set - evaluate model set over entire domain.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model set over entire
+-- domain. */
+
+static int whole_set_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      SET *set = (SET *)info;
+      TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, set->domain);
+      eval_member_set(mpl, set, tuple);
+      delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void eval_whole_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, set->domain, set, whole_set_func);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean set - clean model set.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified model set that assumes deleting all
+-- stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */
+
+void clean_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set)
+{     WITHIN *within;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, set->domain);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing supersets */
+      for (within = set->within; within != NULL; within = within->next)
+         clean_code(mpl, within->code);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing assigned value */
+      clean_code(mpl, set->assign);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing default value */
+      clean_code(mpl, set->option);
+      /* reset data status flag */
+      set->data = 0;
+      /* delete content array */
+      for (memb = set->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+         delete_value(mpl, set->array->type, &memb->value);
+      delete_array(mpl, set->array), set->array = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      MODEL PARAMETERS                      * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- check_value_num - check numeric value assigned to parameter member.
+--
+-- This routine checks if numeric value being assigned to some member
+-- of specified numeric model parameter satisfies to all restrictions.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+void check_value_num
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      double value
+)
+{     CONDITION *cond;
+      WITHIN *in;
+      int eqno;
+      /* the value must satisfy to the parameter type */
+      switch (par->type)
+      {  case A_NUMERIC:
+            break;
+         case A_INTEGER:
+            if (value != floor(value))
+               error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not integer", par->name,
+                  format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG, value);
+            break;
+         case A_BINARY:
+            if (!(value == 0.0 || value == 1.0))
+               error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not binary", par->name,
+                  format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG, value);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(par != par);
+      }
+      /* the value must satisfy to all specified conditions */
+      for (cond = par->cond, eqno = 1; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next,
+         eqno++)
+      {  double bound;
+         char *rho;
+         xassert(cond->code != NULL);
+         bound = eval_numeric(mpl, cond->code);
+         switch (cond->rho)
+         {  case O_LT:
+               if (!(value < bound))
+               {  rho = "<";
+err:              error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not %s %.*g; see (%d)",
+                     par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG,
+                     value, rho, DBL_DIG, bound, eqno);
+               }
+               break;
+            case O_LE:
+               if (!(value <= bound)) { rho = "<="; goto err; }
+               break;
+            case O_EQ:
+               if (!(value == bound)) { rho = "="; goto err; }
+               break;
+            case O_GE:
+               if (!(value >= bound)) { rho = ">="; goto err; }
+               break;
+            case O_GT:
+               if (!(value > bound)) { rho = ">"; goto err; }
+               break;
+            case O_NE:
+               if (!(value != bound)) { rho = "<>"; goto err; }
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(cond != cond);
+         }
+      }
+      /* the value must be in all specified supersets */
+      for (in = par->in, eqno = 1; in != NULL; in = in->next, eqno++)
+      {  TUPLE *dummy;
+         xassert(in->code != NULL);
+         xassert(in->code->dim == 1);
+         dummy = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl),
+            create_symbol_num(mpl, value));
+         if (!is_member(mpl, in->code, dummy))
+            error(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g not in specified set; see (%d)",
+               par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple), DBL_DIG,
+               value, eqno);
+         delete_tuple(mpl, dummy);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- take_member_num - obtain num. value assigned to parameter member.
+--
+-- This routine obtains a numeric value assigned to member of specified
+-- numeric model parameter and returns it on exit.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+double take_member_num
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      double value;
+      /* find member in the parameter array */
+      memb = find_member(mpl, par->array, tuple);
+      if (memb != NULL)
+      {  /* member exists, so just take its value */
+         value = memb->value.num;
+      }
+      else if (par->assign != NULL)
+      {  /* compute value using assignment expression */
+         value = eval_numeric(mpl, par->assign);
+add:     /* check that the value satisfies to all restrictions, assign
+            it to new member, and add the member to the array */
+         check_value_num(mpl, par, tuple, value);
+         memb = add_member(mpl, par->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple));
+         memb->value.num = value;
+      }
+      else if (par->option != NULL)
+      {  /* compute default value */
+         value = eval_numeric(mpl, par->option);
+         goto add;
+      }
+      else if (par->defval != NULL)
+      {  /* take default value provided in the data section */
+         if (par->defval->str != NULL)
+            error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point number",
+               format_symbol(mpl, par->defval));
+         value = par->defval->num;
+         goto add;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* no value is provided */
+         error(mpl, "no value for %s%s", par->name, format_tuple(mpl,
+            '[', tuple));
+      }
+      return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_member_num - evaluate num. value assigned to parameter member.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates a numeric value assigned to given member of
+-- specified numeric model parameter and returns it on exit. */
+
+struct eval_num_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine eval_member_num */
+      PARAMETER *par;
+      /* model parameter  */
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      /* n-tuple, which defines parameter member */
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      /* normally this pointer is NULL; the routine uses this pointer
+         to check data provided in the data section, in which case it
+         points to a member currently checked; this check is performed
+         automatically only once when a reference to any member occurs
+         for the first time */
+      double value;
+      /* evaluated numeric value */
+};
+
+static void eval_num_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      struct eval_num_info *info = _info;
+      if (info->memb != NULL)
+      {  /* checking call; check numeric value being assigned */
+         check_value_num(mpl, info->par, info->memb->tuple,
+            info->memb->value.num);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* normal call; evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+         info->value = take_member_num(mpl, info->par, info->tuple);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+double eval_member_num
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     /* this routine evaluates numeric parameter member */
+      struct eval_num_info _info, *info = &_info;
+      xassert(par->type == A_NUMERIC || par->type == A_INTEGER ||
+             par->type == A_BINARY);
+      xassert(par->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+      info->par = par;
+      info->tuple = tuple;
+      if (par->data == 1)
+      {  /* check data, which are provided in the data section, but not
+            checked yet */
+         /* save pointer to the last array member; note that during the
+            check new members may be added beyond the last member due to
+            references to the same parameter from default expression as
+            well as from expressions that define restricting conditions;
+            however, values assigned to the new members will be checked
+            by other routine, so we don't need to check them here */
+         MEMBER *tail = par->array->tail;
+         /* change the data status to prevent infinite recursive loop
+            due to references to the same parameter during the check */
+         par->data = 2;
+         /* check values assigned to array members in the data section
+            until the marked member has been reached */
+         for (info->memb = par->array->head; info->memb != NULL;
+            info->memb = info->memb->next)
+         {  if (eval_within_domain(mpl, par->domain, info->memb->tuple,
+               info, eval_num_func))
+               out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->memb->tuple);
+            if (info->memb == tail) break;
+         }
+         /* the check has been finished */
+      }
+      /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+      info->memb = NULL;
+      if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->par->domain, info->tuple, info,
+         eval_num_func))
+         out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->tuple);
+      /* bring evaluated value to the calling program */
+      return info->value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- check_value_sym - check symbolic value assigned to parameter member.
+--
+-- This routine checks if symbolic value being assigned to some member
+-- of specified symbolic model parameter satisfies to all restrictions.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+void check_value_sym
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple,           /* not changed */
+      SYMBOL *value           /* not changed */
+)
+{     CONDITION *cond;
+      WITHIN *in;
+      int eqno;
+      /* the value must satisfy to all specified conditions */
+      for (cond = par->cond, eqno = 1; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next,
+         eqno++)
+      {  SYMBOL *bound;
+         char buf[255+1];
+         xassert(cond->code != NULL);
+         bound = eval_symbolic(mpl, cond->code);
+         switch (cond->rho)
+         {
+#if 1 /* 13/VIII-2008 */
+            case O_LT:
+               if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) < 0))
+               {  strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound));
+                  xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+                  error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not < %s",
+                     par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple),
+                     format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno);
+               }
+               break;
+            case O_LE:
+               if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) <= 0))
+               {  strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound));
+                  xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+                  error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not <= %s",
+                     par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple),
+                     format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno);
+               }
+               break;
+#endif
+            case O_EQ:
+               if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) == 0))
+               {  strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound));
+                  xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+                  error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not = %s",
+                     par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple),
+                     format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno);
+               }
+               break;
+#if 1 /* 13/VIII-2008 */
+            case O_GE:
+               if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) >= 0))
+               {  strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound));
+                  xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+                  error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not >= %s",
+                     par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple),
+                     format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno);
+               }
+               break;
+            case O_GT:
+               if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) > 0))
+               {  strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound));
+                  xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+                  error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not > %s",
+                     par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple),
+                     format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno);
+               }
+               break;
+#endif
+            case O_NE:
+               if (!(compare_symbols(mpl, value, bound) != 0))
+               {  strcpy(buf, format_symbol(mpl, bound));
+                  xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+                  error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not <> %s",
+                     par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple),
+                     format_symbol(mpl, value), buf, eqno);
+               }
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(cond != cond);
+         }
+         delete_symbol(mpl, bound);
+      }
+      /* the value must be in all specified supersets */
+      for (in = par->in, eqno = 1; in != NULL; in = in->next, eqno++)
+      {  TUPLE *dummy;
+         xassert(in->code != NULL);
+         xassert(in->code->dim == 1);
+         dummy = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl), copy_symbol(mpl,
+            value));
+         if (!is_member(mpl, in->code, dummy))
+            error(mpl, "%s%s = %s not in specified set; see (%d)",
+               par->name, format_tuple(mpl, '[', tuple),
+               format_symbol(mpl, value), eqno);
+         delete_tuple(mpl, dummy);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- take_member_sym - obtain symb. value assigned to parameter member.
+--
+-- This routine obtains a symbolic value assigned to member of specified
+-- symbolic model parameter and returns it on exit.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+SYMBOL *take_member_sym       /* returns value, not reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      SYMBOL *value;
+      /* find member in the parameter array */
+      memb = find_member(mpl, par->array, tuple);
+      if (memb != NULL)
+      {  /* member exists, so just take its value */
+         value = copy_symbol(mpl, memb->value.sym);
+      }
+      else if (par->assign != NULL)
+      {  /* compute value using assignment expression */
+         value = eval_symbolic(mpl, par->assign);
+add:     /* check that the value satisfies to all restrictions, assign
+            it to new member, and add the member to the array */
+         check_value_sym(mpl, par, tuple, value);
+         memb = add_member(mpl, par->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple));
+         memb->value.sym = copy_symbol(mpl, value);
+      }
+      else if (par->option != NULL)
+      {  /* compute default value */
+         value = eval_symbolic(mpl, par->option);
+         goto add;
+      }
+      else if (par->defval != NULL)
+      {  /* take default value provided in the data section */
+         value = copy_symbol(mpl, par->defval);
+         goto add;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* no value is provided */
+         error(mpl, "no value for %s%s", par->name, format_tuple(mpl,
+            '[', tuple));
+      }
+      return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_member_sym - evaluate symb. value assigned to parameter member.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates a symbolic value assigned to given member of
+-- specified symbolic model parameter and returns it on exit. */
+
+struct eval_sym_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine eval_member_sym */
+      PARAMETER *par;
+      /* model parameter */
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      /* n-tuple, which defines parameter member */
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      /* normally this pointer is NULL; the routine uses this pointer
+         to check data provided in the data section, in which case it
+         points to a member currently checked; this check is performed
+         automatically only once when a reference to any member occurs
+         for the first time */
+      SYMBOL *value;
+      /* evaluated symbolic value */
+};
+
+static void eval_sym_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      struct eval_sym_info *info = _info;
+      if (info->memb != NULL)
+      {  /* checking call; check symbolic value being assigned */
+         check_value_sym(mpl, info->par, info->memb->tuple,
+            info->memb->value.sym);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* normal call; evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+         info->value = take_member_sym(mpl, info->par, info->tuple);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+SYMBOL *eval_member_sym       /* returns value, not reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      PARAMETER *par,         /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     /* this routine evaluates symbolic parameter member */
+      struct eval_sym_info _info, *info = &_info;
+      xassert(par->type == A_SYMBOLIC);
+      xassert(par->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+      info->par = par;
+      info->tuple = tuple;
+      if (par->data == 1)
+      {  /* check data, which are provided in the data section, but not
+            checked yet */
+         /* save pointer to the last array member; note that during the
+            check new members may be added beyond the last member due to
+            references to the same parameter from default expression as
+            well as from expressions that define restricting conditions;
+            however, values assigned to the new members will be checked
+            by other routine, so we don't need to check them here */
+         MEMBER *tail = par->array->tail;
+         /* change the data status to prevent infinite recursive loop
+            due to references to the same parameter during the check */
+         par->data = 2;
+         /* check values assigned to array members in the data section
+            until the marked member has been reached */
+         for (info->memb = par->array->head; info->memb != NULL;
+            info->memb = info->memb->next)
+         {  if (eval_within_domain(mpl, par->domain, info->memb->tuple,
+               info, eval_sym_func))
+               out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->memb->tuple);
+            if (info->memb == tail) break;
+         }
+         /* the check has been finished */
+      }
+      /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+      info->memb = NULL;
+      if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->par->domain, info->tuple, info,
+         eval_sym_func))
+         out_of_domain(mpl, par->name, info->tuple);
+      /* bring evaluated value to the calling program */
+      return info->value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_whole_par - evaluate model parameter over entire domain.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model parameter over
+-- entire domain. */
+
+static int whole_par_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      PARAMETER *par = (PARAMETER *)info;
+      TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, par->domain);
+      switch (par->type)
+      {  case A_NUMERIC:
+         case A_INTEGER:
+         case A_BINARY:
+            eval_member_num(mpl, par, tuple);
+            break;
+         case A_SYMBOLIC:
+            delete_symbol(mpl, eval_member_sym(mpl, par, tuple));
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(par != par);
+      }
+      delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void eval_whole_par(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, par->domain, par, whole_par_func);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_parameter - clean model parameter.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified model parameter that assumes deleting
+-- all stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */
+
+void clean_parameter(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par)
+{     CONDITION *cond;
+      WITHIN *in;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, par->domain);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing restricting conditions */
+      for (cond = par->cond; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next)
+         clean_code(mpl, cond->code);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing restricting supersets */
+      for (in = par->in; in != NULL; in = in->next)
+         clean_code(mpl, in->code);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing assigned value */
+      clean_code(mpl, par->assign);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing default value */
+      clean_code(mpl, par->option);
+      /* reset data status flag */
+      par->data = 0;
+      /* delete default symbolic value */
+      if (par->defval != NULL)
+         delete_symbol(mpl, par->defval), par->defval = NULL;
+      /* delete content array */
+      for (memb = par->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+         delete_value(mpl, par->array->type, &memb->value);
+      delete_array(mpl, par->array), par->array = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      MODEL VARIABLES                       * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- take_member_var - obtain reference to elemental variable.
+--
+-- This routine obtains a reference to elemental variable assigned to
+-- given member of specified model variable and returns it on exit. If
+-- necessary, new elemental variable is created.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+ELEMVAR *take_member_var      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      VARIABLE *var,          /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      ELEMVAR *refer;
+      /* find member in the variable array */
+      memb = find_member(mpl, var->array, tuple);
+      if (memb != NULL)
+      {  /* member exists, so just take the reference */
+         refer = memb->value.var;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* member is referenced for the first time and therefore does
+            not exist; create new elemental variable, assign it to new
+            member, and add the member to the variable array */
+         memb = add_member(mpl, var->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple));
+         refer = (memb->value.var =
+            dmp_get_atom(mpl->elemvars, sizeof(ELEMVAR)));
+         refer->j = 0;
+         refer->var = var;
+         refer->memb = memb;
+         /* compute lower bound */
+         if (var->lbnd == NULL)
+            refer->lbnd = 0.0;
+         else
+            refer->lbnd = eval_numeric(mpl, var->lbnd);
+         /* compute upper bound */
+         if (var->ubnd == NULL)
+            refer->ubnd = 0.0;
+         else if (var->ubnd == var->lbnd)
+            refer->ubnd = refer->lbnd;
+         else
+            refer->ubnd = eval_numeric(mpl, var->ubnd);
+         /* nullify working quantity */
+         refer->temp = 0.0;
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+         /* solution has not been obtained by the solver yet */
+         refer->stat = 0;
+         refer->prim = refer->dual = 0.0;
+#endif
+      }
+      return refer;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_member_var - evaluate reference to elemental variable.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates a reference to elemental variable assigned to
+-- member of specified model variable and returns it on exit. */
+
+struct eval_var_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine eval_member_var */
+      VARIABLE *var;
+      /* model variable */
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      /* n-tuple, which defines variable member */
+      ELEMVAR *refer;
+      /* evaluated reference to elemental variable */
+};
+
+static void eval_var_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      struct eval_var_info *info = _info;
+      info->refer = take_member_var(mpl, info->var, info->tuple);
+      return;
+}
+
+ELEMVAR *eval_member_var      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      VARIABLE *var,          /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     /* this routine evaluates variable member */
+      struct eval_var_info _info, *info = &_info;
+      xassert(var->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+      info->var = var;
+      info->tuple = tuple;
+      /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+      if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->var->domain, info->tuple, info,
+         eval_var_func))
+         out_of_domain(mpl, var->name, info->tuple);
+      /* bring evaluated reference to the calling program */
+      return info->refer;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_whole_var - evaluate model variable over entire domain.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model variable over
+-- entire domain. */
+
+static int whole_var_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      VARIABLE *var = (VARIABLE *)info;
+      TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, var->domain);
+      eval_member_var(mpl, var, tuple);
+      delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void eval_whole_var(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, var->domain, var, whole_var_func);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_variable - clean model variable.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified model variable that assumes deleting
+-- all stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */
+
+void clean_variable(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, var->domain);
+      /* clean code for computing lower bound */
+      clean_code(mpl, var->lbnd);
+      /* clean code for computing upper bound */
+      if (var->ubnd != var->lbnd) clean_code(mpl, var->ubnd);
+      /* delete content array */
+      for (memb = var->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+         dmp_free_atom(mpl->elemvars, memb->value.var, sizeof(ELEMVAR));
+      delete_array(mpl, var->array), var->array = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *              MODEL CONSTRAINTS AND OBJECTIVES              * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- take_member_con - obtain reference to elemental constraint.
+--
+-- This routine obtains a reference to elemental constraint assigned
+-- to given member of specified model constraint and returns it on exit.
+-- If necessary, new elemental constraint is created.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called out of domain scope. */
+
+ELEMCON *take_member_con      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      CONSTRAINT *con,        /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      ELEMCON *refer;
+      /* find member in the constraint array */
+      memb = find_member(mpl, con->array, tuple);
+      if (memb != NULL)
+      {  /* member exists, so just take the reference */
+         refer = memb->value.con;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* member is referenced for the first time and therefore does
+            not exist; create new elemental constraint, assign it to new
+            member, and add the member to the constraint array */
+         memb = add_member(mpl, con->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tuple));
+         refer = (memb->value.con =
+            dmp_get_atom(mpl->elemcons, sizeof(ELEMCON)));
+         refer->i = 0;
+         refer->con = con;
+         refer->memb = memb;
+         /* compute linear form */
+         xassert(con->code != NULL);
+         refer->form = eval_formula(mpl, con->code);
+         /* compute lower and upper bounds */
+         if (con->lbnd == NULL && con->ubnd == NULL)
+         {  /* objective has no bounds */
+            double temp;
+            xassert(con->type == A_MINIMIZE || con->type == A_MAXIMIZE);
+            /* carry the constant term to the right-hand side */
+            refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp);
+            refer->lbnd = refer->ubnd = - temp;
+         }
+         else if (con->lbnd != NULL && con->ubnd == NULL)
+         {  /* constraint a * x + b >= c * y + d is transformed to the
+               standard form a * x - c * y >= d - b */
+            double temp;
+            xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT);
+            refer->form = linear_comb(mpl,
+               +1.0, refer->form,
+               -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, con->lbnd));
+            refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp);
+            refer->lbnd = - temp;
+            refer->ubnd = 0.0;
+         }
+         else if (con->lbnd == NULL && con->ubnd != NULL)
+         {  /* constraint a * x + b <= c * y + d is transformed to the
+               standard form a * x - c * y <= d - b */
+            double temp;
+            xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT);
+            refer->form = linear_comb(mpl,
+               +1.0, refer->form,
+               -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, con->ubnd));
+            refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp);
+            refer->lbnd = 0.0;
+            refer->ubnd = - temp;
+         }
+         else if (con->lbnd == con->ubnd)
+         {  /* constraint a * x + b = c * y + d is transformed to the
+               standard form a * x - c * y = d - b */
+            double temp;
+            xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT);
+            refer->form = linear_comb(mpl,
+               +1.0, refer->form,
+               -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, con->lbnd));
+            refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp);
+            refer->lbnd = refer->ubnd = - temp;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* ranged constraint c <= a * x + b <= d is transformed to
+               the standard form c - b <= a * x <= d - b */
+            double temp, temp1, temp2;
+            xassert(con->type == A_CONSTRAINT);
+            refer->form = remove_constant(mpl, refer->form, &temp);
+            xassert(remove_constant(mpl, eval_formula(mpl, con->lbnd),
+               &temp1) == NULL);
+            xassert(remove_constant(mpl, eval_formula(mpl, con->ubnd),
+               &temp2) == NULL);
+            refer->lbnd = fp_sub(mpl, temp1, temp);
+            refer->ubnd = fp_sub(mpl, temp2, temp);
+         }
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+         /* solution has not been obtained by the solver yet */
+         refer->stat = 0;
+         refer->prim = refer->dual = 0.0;
+#endif
+      }
+      return refer;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_member_con - evaluate reference to elemental constraint.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates a reference to elemental constraint assigned
+-- to member of specified model constraint and returns it on exit. */
+
+struct eval_con_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine eval_member_con */
+      CONSTRAINT *con;
+      /* model constraint */
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      /* n-tuple, which defines constraint member */
+      ELEMCON *refer;
+      /* evaluated reference to elemental constraint */
+};
+
+static void eval_con_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      struct eval_con_info *info = _info;
+      info->refer = take_member_con(mpl, info->con, info->tuple);
+      return;
+}
+
+ELEMCON *eval_member_con      /* returns reference */
+(     MPL *mpl,
+      CONSTRAINT *con,        /* not changed */
+      TUPLE *tuple            /* not changed */
+)
+{     /* this routine evaluates constraint member */
+      struct eval_con_info _info, *info = &_info;
+      xassert(con->dim == tuple_dimen(mpl, tuple));
+      info->con = con;
+      info->tuple = tuple;
+      /* evaluate member, which has given n-tuple */
+      if (eval_within_domain(mpl, info->con->domain, info->tuple, info,
+         eval_con_func))
+         out_of_domain(mpl, con->name, info->tuple);
+      /* bring evaluated reference to the calling program */
+      return info->refer;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_whole_con - evaluate model constraint over entire domain.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates all members of specified model constraint over
+-- entire domain. */
+
+static int whole_con_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      CONSTRAINT *con = (CONSTRAINT *)info;
+      TUPLE *tuple = get_domain_tuple(mpl, con->domain);
+      eval_member_con(mpl, con, tuple);
+      delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void eval_whole_con(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, con->domain, con, whole_con_func);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_constraint - clean model constraint.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified model constraint that assumes deleting
+-- all stuff dynamically allocated during the generation phase. */
+
+void clean_constraint(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con)
+{     MEMBER *memb;
+      /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, con->domain);
+      /* clean code for computing main linear form */
+      clean_code(mpl, con->code);
+      /* clean code for computing lower bound */
+      clean_code(mpl, con->lbnd);
+      /* clean code for computing upper bound */
+      if (con->ubnd != con->lbnd) clean_code(mpl, con->ubnd);
+      /* delete content array */
+      for (memb = con->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+      {  delete_formula(mpl, memb->value.con->form);
+         dmp_free_atom(mpl->elemcons, memb->value.con, sizeof(ELEMCON));
+      }
+      delete_array(mpl, con->array), con->array = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        PSEUDO-CODE                         * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_numeric - evaluate pseudo-code to determine numeric value.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to determine resultant
+-- numeric value, which is returned on exit. */
+
+struct iter_num_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine iter_num_func */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */
+      double value;
+      /* resultant value */
+};
+
+static int iter_num_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation
+         on numeric "integrand" within domain scope */
+      struct iter_num_info *info = _info;
+      double temp;
+      temp = eval_numeric(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x);
+      switch (info->code->op)
+      {  case O_SUM:
+            /* summation over domain */
+            info->value = fp_add(mpl, info->value, temp);
+            break;
+         case O_PROD:
+            /* multiplication over domain */
+            info->value = fp_mul(mpl, info->value, temp);
+            break;
+         case O_MINIMUM:
+            /* minimum over domain */
+            if (info->value > temp) info->value = temp;
+            break;
+         case O_MAXIMUM:
+            /* maximum over domain */
+            if (info->value < temp) info->value = temp;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(info != info);
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+double eval_numeric(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     double value;
+      xassert(code != NULL);
+      xassert(code->type == A_NUMERIC);
+      xassert(code->dim == 0);
+      /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the
+         resultant value */
+      if (code->vflag && code->valid)
+      {  code->valid = 0;
+         delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+      }
+      /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */
+      if (code->valid)
+      {  value = code->value.num;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_NUMBER:
+            /* take floating-point number */
+            value = code->arg.num;
+            break;
+         case O_MEMNUM:
+            /* take member of numeric parameter */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               ARG_LIST *e;
+               tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+               value = eval_member_num(mpl, code->arg.par.par, tuple);
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_MEMVAR:
+            /* take computed value of elemental variable */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               ARG_LIST *e;
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+               ELEMVAR *var;
+#endif
+               tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */
+               value = eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var, tuple)
+                  ->value;
+#else
+               var = eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var, tuple);
+               switch (code->arg.var.suff)
+               {  case DOT_LB:
+                     if (var->var->lbnd == NULL)
+                        value = -DBL_MAX;
+                     else
+                        value = var->lbnd;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_UB:
+                     if (var->var->ubnd == NULL)
+                        value = +DBL_MAX;
+                     else
+                        value = var->ubnd;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_STATUS:
+                     value = var->stat;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_VAL:
+                     value = var->prim;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_DUAL:
+                     value = var->dual;
+                     break;
+                  default:
+                     xassert(code != code);
+               }
+#endif
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+         case O_MEMCON:
+            /* take computed value of elemental constraint */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               ARG_LIST *e;
+               ELEMCON *con;
+               tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.con.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+               con = eval_member_con(mpl, code->arg.con.con, tuple);
+               switch (code->arg.con.suff)
+               {  case DOT_LB:
+                     if (con->con->lbnd == NULL)
+                        value = -DBL_MAX;
+                     else
+                        value = con->lbnd;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_UB:
+                     if (con->con->ubnd == NULL)
+                        value = +DBL_MAX;
+                     else
+                        value = con->ubnd;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_STATUS:
+                     value = con->stat;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_VAL:
+                     value = con->prim;
+                     break;
+                  case DOT_DUAL:
+                     value = con->dual;
+                     break;
+                  default:
+                     xassert(code != code);
+               }
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+         case O_IRAND224:
+            /* pseudo-random in [0, 2^24-1] */
+            value = fp_irand224(mpl);
+            break;
+         case O_UNIFORM01:
+            /* pseudo-random in [0, 1) */
+            value = fp_uniform01(mpl);
+            break;
+         case O_NORMAL01:
+            /* gaussian random, mu = 0, sigma = 1 */
+            value = fp_normal01(mpl);
+            break;
+         case O_GMTIME:
+            /* current calendar time */
+            value = fn_gmtime(mpl);
+            break;
+         case O_CVTNUM:
+            /* conversion to numeric */
+            {  SYMBOL *sym;
+               sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+#if 0 /* 23/XI-2008 */
+               if (sym->str != NULL)
+                  error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point numbe"
+                     "r", format_symbol(mpl, sym));
+               value = sym->num;
+#else
+               if (sym->str == NULL)
+                  value = sym->num;
+               else
+               {  if (str2num(sym->str, &value))
+                     error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point nu"
+                        "mber", format_symbol(mpl, sym));
+               }
+#endif
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_PLUS:
+            /* unary plus */
+            value = + eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+            break;
+         case O_MINUS:
+            /* unary minus */
+            value = - eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+            break;
+         case O_ABS:
+            /* absolute value */
+            value = fabs(eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_CEIL:
+            /* round upward ("ceiling of x") */
+            value = ceil(eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_FLOOR:
+            /* round downward ("floor of x") */
+            value = floor(eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_EXP:
+            /* base-e exponential */
+            value = fp_exp(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_LOG:
+            /* natural logarithm */
+            value = fp_log(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_LOG10:
+            /* common (decimal) logarithm */
+            value = fp_log10(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_SQRT:
+            /* square root */
+            value = fp_sqrt(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_SIN:
+            /* trigonometric sine */
+            value = fp_sin(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_COS:
+            /* trigonometric cosine */
+            value = fp_cos(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_TAN:
+            /* trigonometric tangent */
+            value = fp_tan(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_ATAN:
+            /* trigonometric arctangent (one argument) */
+            value = fp_atan(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_ATAN2:
+            /* trigonometric arctangent (two arguments) */
+            value = fp_atan2(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_ROUND:
+            /* round to nearest integer */
+            value = fp_round(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), 0.0);
+            break;
+         case O_ROUND2:
+            /* round to n fractional digits */
+            value = fp_round(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_TRUNC:
+            /* truncate to nearest integer */
+            value = fp_trunc(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x), 0.0);
+            break;
+         case O_TRUNC2:
+            /* truncate to n fractional digits */
+            value = fp_trunc(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_ADD:
+            /* addition */
+            value = fp_add(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_SUB:
+            /* subtraction */
+            value = fp_sub(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_LESS:
+            /* non-negative subtraction */
+            value = fp_less(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_MUL:
+            /* multiplication */
+            value = fp_mul(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_DIV:
+            /* division */
+            value = fp_div(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_IDIV:
+            /* quotient of exact division */
+            value = fp_idiv(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_MOD:
+            /* remainder of exact division */
+            value = fp_mod(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_POWER:
+            /* exponentiation (raise to power) */
+            value = fp_power(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_UNIFORM:
+            /* pseudo-random in [a, b) */
+            value = fp_uniform(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_NORMAL:
+            /* gaussian random, given mu and sigma */
+            value = fp_normal(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_CARD:
+            {  ELEMSET *set;
+               set = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               value = set->size;
+               delete_array(mpl, set);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_LENGTH:
+            {  SYMBOL *sym;
+               char str[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+               sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               if (sym->str == NULL)
+                  sprintf(str, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+               else
+                  fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, str);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+               value = strlen(str);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_STR2TIME:
+            {  SYMBOL *sym;
+               char str[MAX_LENGTH+1], fmt[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+               sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               if (sym->str == NULL)
+                  sprintf(str, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+               else
+                  fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, str);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+               sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               if (sym->str == NULL)
+                  sprintf(fmt, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+               else
+                  fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fmt);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+               value = fn_str2time(mpl, str, fmt);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_FORK:
+            /* if-then-else */
+            if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x))
+               value = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            else if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL)
+               value = 0.0;
+            else
+               value = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.z);
+            break;
+         case O_MIN:
+            /* minimal value (n-ary) */
+            {  ARG_LIST *e;
+               double temp;
+               value = +DBL_MAX;
+               for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               {  temp = eval_numeric(mpl, e->x);
+                  if (value > temp) value = temp;
+               }
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_MAX:
+            /* maximal value (n-ary) */
+            {  ARG_LIST *e;
+               double temp;
+               value = -DBL_MAX;
+               for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               {  temp = eval_numeric(mpl, e->x);
+                  if (value < temp) value = temp;
+               }
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_SUM:
+            /* summation over domain */
+            {  struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = 0.0;
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_num_func);
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_PROD:
+            /* multiplication over domain */
+            {  struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = 1.0;
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_num_func);
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_MINIMUM:
+            /* minimum over domain */
+            {  struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = +DBL_MAX;
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_num_func);
+               if (info->value == +DBL_MAX)
+                  error(mpl, "min{} over empty set; result undefined");
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_MAXIMUM:
+            /* maximum over domain */
+            {  struct iter_num_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = -DBL_MAX;
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_num_func);
+               if (info->value == -DBL_MAX)
+                  error(mpl, "max{} over empty set; result undefined");
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      /* save resultant value */
+      xassert(!code->valid);
+      code->valid = 1;
+      code->value.num = value;
+done: return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_symbolic - evaluate pseudo-code to determine symbolic value.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to determine resultant
+-- symbolic value, which is returned on exit. */
+
+SYMBOL *eval_symbolic(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     SYMBOL *value;
+      xassert(code != NULL);
+      xassert(code->type == A_SYMBOLIC);
+      xassert(code->dim == 0);
+      /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the
+         resultant value */
+      if (code->vflag && code->valid)
+      {  code->valid = 0;
+         delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+      }
+      /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */
+      if (code->valid)
+      {  value = copy_symbol(mpl, code->value.sym);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_STRING:
+            /* take character string */
+            value = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl,
+               code->arg.str));
+            break;
+         case O_INDEX:
+            /* take dummy index */
+            xassert(code->arg.index.slot->value != NULL);
+            value = copy_symbol(mpl, code->arg.index.slot->value);
+            break;
+         case O_MEMSYM:
+            /* take member of symbolic parameter */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               ARG_LIST *e;
+               tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+               value = eval_member_sym(mpl, code->arg.par.par, tuple);
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_CVTSYM:
+            /* conversion to symbolic */
+            value = create_symbol_num(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl,
+               code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_CONCAT:
+            /* concatenation */
+            value = concat_symbols(mpl,
+               eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_FORK:
+            /* if-then-else */
+            if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x))
+               value = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            else if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL)
+               value = create_symbol_num(mpl, 0.0);
+            else
+               value = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.z);
+            break;
+         case O_SUBSTR:
+         case O_SUBSTR3:
+            {  double pos, len;
+               char str[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+               value = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               if (value->str == NULL)
+                  sprintf(str, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, value->num);
+               else
+                  fetch_string(mpl, value->str, str);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, value);
+               if (code->op == O_SUBSTR)
+               {  pos = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+                  if (pos != floor(pos))
+                     error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g); non-integer secon"
+                        "d argument", DBL_DIG, pos);
+                  if (pos < 1 || pos > strlen(str) + 1)
+                     error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g); substring out of "
+                        "range", DBL_DIG, pos);
+               }
+               else
+               {  pos = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+                  len = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.z);
+                  if (pos != floor(pos) || len != floor(len))
+                     error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g, %.*g); non-integer"
+                        " second and/or third argument", DBL_DIG, pos,
+                        DBL_DIG, len);
+                  if (pos < 1 || len < 0 || pos + len > strlen(str) + 1)
+                     error(mpl, "substr('...', %.*g, %.*g); substring o"
+                        "ut of range", DBL_DIG, pos, DBL_DIG, len);
+                  str[(int)pos + (int)len - 1] = '\0';
+               }
+               value = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, str +
+                  (int)pos - 1));
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_TIME2STR:
+            {  double num;
+               SYMBOL *sym;
+               char str[MAX_LENGTH+1], fmt[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+               num = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               if (sym->str == NULL)
+                  sprintf(fmt, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+               else
+                  fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fmt);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+               fn_time2str(mpl, str, num, fmt);
+               value = create_symbol_str(mpl, create_string(mpl, str));
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      /* save resultant value */
+      xassert(!code->valid);
+      code->valid = 1;
+      code->value.sym = copy_symbol(mpl, value);
+done: return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_logical - evaluate pseudo-code to determine logical value.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to determine resultant
+-- logical value, which is returned on exit. */
+
+struct iter_log_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine iter_log_func */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */
+      int value;
+      /* resultant value */
+};
+
+static int iter_log_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation
+         on logical "integrand" within domain scope */
+      struct iter_log_info *info = _info;
+      int ret = 0;
+      switch (info->code->op)
+      {  case O_FORALL:
+            /* conjunction over domain */
+            info->value &= eval_logical(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x);
+            if (!info->value) ret = 1;
+            break;
+         case O_EXISTS:
+            /* disjunction over domain */
+            info->value |= eval_logical(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x);
+            if (info->value) ret = 1;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(info != info);
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int eval_logical(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     int value;
+      xassert(code->type == A_LOGICAL);
+      xassert(code->dim == 0);
+      /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the
+         resultant value */
+      if (code->vflag && code->valid)
+      {  code->valid = 0;
+         delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+      }
+      /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */
+      if (code->valid)
+      {  value = code->value.bit;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_CVTLOG:
+            /* conversion to logical */
+            value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) != 0.0);
+            break;
+         case O_NOT:
+            /* negation (logical "not") */
+            value = !eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+            break;
+         case O_LT:
+            /* comparison on 'less than' */
+#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */
+            value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) <
+                     eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+#else
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL);
+            if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) <
+                        eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            else
+            {  SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) < 0);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym1);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym2);
+            }
+#endif
+            break;
+         case O_LE:
+            /* comparison on 'not greater than' */
+#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */
+            value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) <=
+                     eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+#else
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL);
+            if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) <=
+                        eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            else
+            {  SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) <= 0);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym1);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym2);
+            }
+#endif
+            break;
+         case O_EQ:
+            /* comparison on 'equal to' */
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL);
+            if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) ==
+                        eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            else
+            {  SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) == 0);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym1);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym2);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_GE:
+            /* comparison on 'not less than' */
+#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */
+            value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) >=
+                     eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+#else
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL);
+            if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) >=
+                        eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            else
+            {  SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) >= 0);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym1);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym2);
+            }
+#endif
+            break;
+         case O_GT:
+            /* comparison on 'greater than' */
+#if 0 /* 02/VIII-2008 */
+            value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) >
+                     eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+#else
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL);
+            if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) >
+                        eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            else
+            {  SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) > 0);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym1);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym2);
+            }
+#endif
+            break;
+         case O_NE:
+            /* comparison on 'not equal to' */
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL);
+            if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+               value = (eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) !=
+                        eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            else
+            {  SYMBOL *sym1 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               SYMBOL *sym2 = eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               value = (compare_symbols(mpl, sym1, sym2) != 0);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym1);
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym2);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_AND:
+            /* conjunction (logical "and") */
+            value = eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) &&
+                    eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            break;
+         case O_OR:
+            /* disjunction (logical "or") */
+            value = eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x) ||
+                    eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            break;
+         case O_IN:
+            /* test on 'x in Y' */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_NOTIN:
+            /* test on 'x not in Y' */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               value = !is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_WITHIN:
+            /* test on 'X within Y' */
+            {  ELEMSET *set;
+               MEMBER *memb;
+               set = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               value = 1;
+               for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+               {  if (!is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, memb->tuple))
+                  {  value = 0;
+                     break;
+                  }
+               }
+               delete_elemset(mpl, set);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_NOTWITHIN:
+            /* test on 'X not within Y' */
+            {  ELEMSET *set;
+               MEMBER *memb;
+               set = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               value = 1;
+               for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+               {  if (is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, memb->tuple))
+                  {  value = 0;
+                     break;
+                  }
+               }
+               delete_elemset(mpl, set);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_FORALL:
+            /* conjunction (A-quantification) */
+            {  struct iter_log_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = 1;
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_log_func);
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_EXISTS:
+            /* disjunction (E-quantification) */
+            {  struct iter_log_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = 0;
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_log_func);
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      /* save resultant value */
+      xassert(!code->valid);
+      code->valid = 1;
+      code->value.bit = value;
+done: return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_tuple - evaluate pseudo-code to construct n-tuple.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to construct resultant
+-- n-tuple, which is returned on exit. */
+
+TUPLE *eval_tuple(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     TUPLE *value;
+      xassert(code != NULL);
+      xassert(code->type == A_TUPLE);
+      xassert(code->dim > 0);
+      /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the
+         resultant value */
+      if (code->vflag && code->valid)
+      {  code->valid = 0;
+         delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+      }
+      /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */
+      if (code->valid)
+      {  value = copy_tuple(mpl, code->value.tuple);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_TUPLE:
+            /* make n-tuple */
+            {  ARG_LIST *e;
+               value = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  value = expand_tuple(mpl, value, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_CVTTUP:
+            /* convert to 1-tuple */
+            value = expand_tuple(mpl, create_tuple(mpl),
+               eval_symbolic(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      /* save resultant value */
+      xassert(!code->valid);
+      code->valid = 1;
+      code->value.tuple = copy_tuple(mpl, value);
+done: return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_elemset - evaluate pseudo-code to construct elemental set.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to construct resultant
+-- elemental set, which is returned on exit. */
+
+struct iter_set_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine iter_set_func */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */
+      ELEMSET *value;
+      /* resultant value */
+};
+
+static int iter_set_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation
+         on n-tuple "integrand" within domain scope */
+      struct iter_set_info *info = _info;
+      TUPLE *tuple;
+      switch (info->code->op)
+      {  case O_SETOF:
+            /* compute next n-tuple and add it to the set; in this case
+               duplicate n-tuples are silently ignored */
+            tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x);
+            if (find_tuple(mpl, info->value, tuple) == NULL)
+               add_tuple(mpl, info->value, tuple);
+            else
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            break;
+         case O_BUILD:
+            /* construct next n-tuple using current values assigned to
+               *free* dummy indices as its components and add it to the
+               set; in this case duplicate n-tuples cannot appear */
+            add_tuple(mpl, info->value, get_domain_tuple(mpl,
+               info->code->arg.loop.domain));
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(info != info);
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+ELEMSET *eval_elemset(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     ELEMSET *value;
+      xassert(code != NULL);
+      xassert(code->type == A_ELEMSET);
+      xassert(code->dim > 0);
+      /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the
+         resultant value */
+      if (code->vflag && code->valid)
+      {  code->valid = 0;
+         delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+      }
+      /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */
+      if (code->valid)
+      {  value = copy_elemset(mpl, code->value.set);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_MEMSET:
+            /* take member of set */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               ARG_LIST *e;
+               tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+               value = copy_elemset(mpl,
+                  eval_member_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set, tuple));
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_MAKE:
+            /* make elemental set of n-tuples */
+            {  ARG_LIST *e;
+               value = create_elemset(mpl, code->dim);
+               for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  check_then_add(mpl, value, eval_tuple(mpl, e->x));
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_UNION:
+            /* union of two elemental sets */
+            value = set_union(mpl,
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_DIFF:
+            /* difference between two elemental sets */
+            value = set_diff(mpl,
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_SYMDIFF:
+            /* symmetric difference between two elemental sets */
+            value = set_symdiff(mpl,
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_INTER:
+            /* intersection of two elemental sets */
+            value = set_inter(mpl,
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_CROSS:
+            /* cross (Cartesian) product of two elemental sets */
+            value = set_cross(mpl,
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_DOTS:
+            /* build "arithmetic" elemental set */
+            value = create_arelset(mpl,
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y),
+               code->arg.arg.z == NULL ? 1.0 : eval_numeric(mpl,
+                  code->arg.arg.z));
+            break;
+         case O_FORK:
+            /* if-then-else */
+            if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x))
+               value = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            else
+               value = eval_elemset(mpl, code->arg.arg.z);
+            break;
+         case O_SETOF:
+            /* compute elemental set */
+            {  struct iter_set_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = create_elemset(mpl, code->dim);
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_set_func);
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_BUILD:
+            /* build elemental set identical to domain set */
+            {  struct iter_set_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = create_elemset(mpl, code->dim);
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_set_func);
+               value = info->value;
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      /* save resultant value */
+      xassert(!code->valid);
+      code->valid = 1;
+      code->value.set = copy_elemset(mpl, value);
+done: return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- is_member - check if n-tuple is in set specified by pseudo-code.
+--
+-- This routine checks if given n-tuple is a member of elemental set
+-- specified in the form of pseudo-code (i.e. by expression).
+--
+-- The n-tuple may have more components that dimension of the elemental
+-- set, in which case the extra components are ignored. */
+
+static void null_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is dummy routine used to enter the domain scope */
+      xassert(mpl == mpl);
+      xassert(info == NULL);
+      return;
+}
+
+int is_member(MPL *mpl, CODE *code, TUPLE *tuple)
+{     int value;
+      xassert(code != NULL);
+      xassert(code->type == A_ELEMSET);
+      xassert(code->dim > 0);
+      xassert(tuple != NULL);
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_MEMSET:
+            /* check if given n-tuple is member of elemental set, which
+               is assigned to member of model set */
+            {  ARG_LIST *e;
+               TUPLE *temp;
+               ELEMSET *set;
+               /* evaluate reference to elemental set */
+               temp = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  temp = expand_tuple(mpl, temp, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+               set = eval_member_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set, temp);
+               delete_tuple(mpl, temp);
+               /* check if the n-tuple is contained in the set array */
+               temp = build_subtuple(mpl, tuple, set->dim);
+               value = (find_tuple(mpl, set, temp) != NULL);
+               delete_tuple(mpl, temp);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_MAKE:
+            /* check if given n-tuple is member of literal set */
+            {  ARG_LIST *e;
+               TUPLE *temp, *that;
+               value = 0;
+               temp = build_subtuple(mpl, tuple, code->dim);
+               for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               {  that = eval_tuple(mpl, e->x);
+                  value = (compare_tuples(mpl, temp, that) == 0);
+                  delete_tuple(mpl, that);
+                  if (value) break;
+               }
+               delete_tuple(mpl, temp);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_UNION:
+            value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple) ||
+                    is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+            break;
+         case O_DIFF:
+            value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple) &&
+                   !is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+            break;
+         case O_SYMDIFF:
+            {  int in1 = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple);
+               int in2 = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+               value = (in1 && !in2) || (!in1 && in2);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_INTER:
+            value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple) &&
+                    is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+            break;
+         case O_CROSS:
+            {  int j;
+               value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.x, tuple);
+               if (value)
+               {  for (j = 1; j <= code->arg.arg.x->dim; j++)
+                  {  xassert(tuple != NULL);
+                     tuple = tuple->next;
+                  }
+                  value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+               }
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_DOTS:
+            /* check if given 1-tuple is member of "arithmetic" set */
+            {  int j;
+               double x, t0, tf, dt;
+               xassert(code->dim == 1);
+               /* compute "parameters" of the "arithmetic" set */
+               t0 = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+               tf = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+               if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL)
+                  dt = 1.0;
+               else
+                  dt = eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.z);
+               /* make sure the parameters are correct */
+               arelset_size(mpl, t0, tf, dt);
+               /* if component of 1-tuple is symbolic, not numeric, the
+                  1-tuple cannot be member of "arithmetic" set */
+               xassert(tuple->sym != NULL);
+               if (tuple->sym->str != NULL)
+               {  value = 0;
+                  break;
+               }
+               /* determine numeric value of the component */
+               x = tuple->sym->num;
+               /* if the component value is out of the set range, the
+                  1-tuple is not in the set */
+               if (dt > 0.0 && !(t0 <= x && x <= tf) ||
+                   dt < 0.0 && !(tf <= x && x <= t0))
+               {  value = 0;
+                  break;
+               }
+               /* estimate ordinal number of the 1-tuple in the set */
+               j = (int)(((x - t0) / dt) + 0.5) + 1;
+               /* perform the main check */
+               value = (arelset_member(mpl, t0, tf, dt, j) == x);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_FORK:
+            /* check if given n-tuple is member of conditional set */
+            if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x))
+               value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.y, tuple);
+            else
+               value = is_member(mpl, code->arg.arg.z, tuple);
+            break;
+         case O_SETOF:
+            /* check if given n-tuple is member of computed set */
+            /* it is not clear how to efficiently perform the check not
+               computing the entire elemental set :+( */
+            error(mpl, "implementation restriction; in/within setof{} n"
+               "ot allowed");
+            break;
+         case O_BUILD:
+            /* check if given n-tuple is member of domain set */
+            {  TUPLE *temp;
+               temp = build_subtuple(mpl, tuple, code->dim);
+               /* try to enter the domain scope; if it is successful,
+                  the n-tuple is in the domain set */
+               value = (eval_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain,
+                  temp, NULL, null_func) == 0);
+               delete_tuple(mpl, temp);
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- eval_formula - evaluate pseudo-code to construct linear form.
+--
+-- This routine evaluates specified pseudo-code to construct resultant
+-- linear form, which is returned on exit. */
+
+struct iter_form_info
+{     /* working info used by the routine iter_form_func */
+      CODE *code;
+      /* pseudo-code for iterated operation to be performed */
+      FORMULA *value;
+      /* resultant value */
+      FORMULA *tail;
+      /* pointer to the last term */
+};
+
+static int iter_form_func(MPL *mpl, void *_info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine used to perform iterated operation
+         on linear form "integrand" within domain scope */
+      struct iter_form_info *info = _info;
+      switch (info->code->op)
+      {  case O_SUM:
+            /* summation over domain */
+#if 0
+            info->value =
+               linear_comb(mpl,
+                  +1.0, info->value,
+                  +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x));
+#else
+            /* the routine linear_comb needs to look through all terms
+               of both linear forms to reduce identical terms, so using
+               it here is not a good idea (for example, evaluation of
+               sum{i in 1..n} x[i] required quadratic time); the better
+               idea is to gather all terms of the integrand in one list
+               and reduce identical terms only once after all terms of
+               the resultant linear form have been evaluated */
+            {  FORMULA *form, *term;
+               form = eval_formula(mpl, info->code->arg.loop.x);
+               if (info->value == NULL)
+               {  xassert(info->tail == NULL);
+                  info->value = form;
+               }
+               else
+               {  xassert(info->tail != NULL);
+                  info->tail->next = form;
+               }
+               for (term = form; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+                  info->tail = term;
+            }
+#endif
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(info != info);
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+FORMULA *eval_formula(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     FORMULA *value;
+      xassert(code != NULL);
+      xassert(code->type == A_FORMULA);
+      xassert(code->dim == 0);
+      /* if the operation has a side effect, invalidate and delete the
+         resultant value */
+      if (code->vflag && code->valid)
+      {  code->valid = 0;
+         delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+      }
+      /* if resultant value is valid, no evaluation is needed */
+      if (code->valid)
+      {  value = copy_formula(mpl, code->value.form);
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* evaluate pseudo-code recursively */
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_MEMVAR:
+            /* take member of variable */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               ARG_LIST *e;
+               tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+               for (e = code->arg.var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+                  tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+                     e->x));
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+               xassert(code->arg.var.suff == DOT_NONE);
+#endif
+               value = single_variable(mpl,
+                  eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var, tuple));
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_CVTLFM:
+            /* convert to linear form */
+            value = constant_term(mpl, eval_numeric(mpl,
+               code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_PLUS:
+            /* unary plus */
+            value = linear_comb(mpl,
+                0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0),
+               +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_MINUS:
+            /* unary minus */
+            value = linear_comb(mpl,
+                0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0),
+               -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x));
+            break;
+         case O_ADD:
+            /* addition */
+            value = linear_comb(mpl,
+               +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_SUB:
+            /* subtraction */
+            value = linear_comb(mpl,
+               +1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               -1.0, eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y));
+            break;
+         case O_MUL:
+            /* multiplication */
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.x != NULL);
+            xassert(code->arg.arg.y != NULL);
+            if (code->arg.arg.x->type == A_NUMERIC)
+            {  xassert(code->arg.arg.y->type == A_FORMULA);
+               value = linear_comb(mpl,
+                  eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+                  eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y),
+                  0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0));
+            }
+            else
+            {  xassert(code->arg.arg.x->type == A_FORMULA);
+               xassert(code->arg.arg.y->type == A_NUMERIC);
+               value = linear_comb(mpl,
+                  eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y),
+                  eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+                  0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0));
+            }
+            break;
+         case O_DIV:
+            /* division */
+            value = linear_comb(mpl,
+               fp_div(mpl, 1.0, eval_numeric(mpl, code->arg.arg.y)),
+               eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.x),
+               0.0, constant_term(mpl, 0.0));
+            break;
+         case O_FORK:
+            /* if-then-else */
+            if (eval_logical(mpl, code->arg.arg.x))
+               value = eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            else if (code->arg.arg.z == NULL)
+               value = constant_term(mpl, 0.0);
+            else
+               value = eval_formula(mpl, code->arg.arg.z);
+            break;
+         case O_SUM:
+            /* summation over domain */
+            {  struct iter_form_info _info, *info = &_info;
+               info->code = code;
+               info->value = constant_term(mpl, 0.0);
+               info->tail = NULL;
+               loop_within_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain, info,
+                  iter_form_func);
+               value = reduce_terms(mpl, info->value);
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      /* save resultant value */
+      xassert(!code->valid);
+      code->valid = 1;
+      code->value.form = copy_formula(mpl, value);
+done: return value;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_code - clean pseudo-code.
+--
+-- This routine recursively cleans specified pseudo-code that assumes
+-- deleting all temporary resultant values. */
+
+void clean_code(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     ARG_LIST *e;
+      /* if no pseudo-code is specified, do nothing */
+      if (code == NULL) goto done;
+      /* if resultant value is valid (exists), delete it */
+      if (code->valid)
+      {  code->valid = 0;
+         delete_value(mpl, code->type, &code->value);
+      }
+      /* recursively clean pseudo-code for operands */
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_NUMBER:
+         case O_STRING:
+         case O_INDEX:
+            break;
+         case O_MEMNUM:
+         case O_MEMSYM:
+            for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               clean_code(mpl, e->x);
+            break;
+         case O_MEMSET:
+            for (e = code->arg.set.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               clean_code(mpl, e->x);
+            break;
+         case O_MEMVAR:
+            for (e = code->arg.var.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               clean_code(mpl, e->x);
+            break;
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+         case O_MEMCON:
+            for (e = code->arg.con.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               clean_code(mpl, e->x);
+            break;
+#endif
+         case O_TUPLE:
+         case O_MAKE:
+            for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               clean_code(mpl, e->x);
+            break;
+         case O_SLICE:
+            xassert(code != code);
+         case O_IRAND224:
+         case O_UNIFORM01:
+         case O_NORMAL01:
+         case O_GMTIME:
+            break;
+         case O_CVTNUM:
+         case O_CVTSYM:
+         case O_CVTLOG:
+         case O_CVTTUP:
+         case O_CVTLFM:
+         case O_PLUS:
+         case O_MINUS:
+         case O_NOT:
+         case O_ABS:
+         case O_CEIL:
+         case O_FLOOR:
+         case O_EXP:
+         case O_LOG:
+         case O_LOG10:
+         case O_SQRT:
+         case O_SIN:
+         case O_COS:
+         case O_TAN:
+         case O_ATAN:
+         case O_ROUND:
+         case O_TRUNC:
+         case O_CARD:
+         case O_LENGTH:
+            /* unary operation */
+            clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+            break;
+         case O_ADD:
+         case O_SUB:
+         case O_LESS:
+         case O_MUL:
+         case O_DIV:
+         case O_IDIV:
+         case O_MOD:
+         case O_POWER:
+         case O_ATAN2:
+         case O_ROUND2:
+         case O_TRUNC2:
+         case O_UNIFORM:
+         case O_NORMAL:
+         case O_CONCAT:
+         case O_LT:
+         case O_LE:
+         case O_EQ:
+         case O_GE:
+         case O_GT:
+         case O_NE:
+         case O_AND:
+         case O_OR:
+         case O_UNION:
+         case O_DIFF:
+         case O_SYMDIFF:
+         case O_INTER:
+         case O_CROSS:
+         case O_IN:
+         case O_NOTIN:
+         case O_WITHIN:
+         case O_NOTWITHIN:
+         case O_SUBSTR:
+         case O_STR2TIME:
+         case O_TIME2STR:
+            /* binary operation */
+            clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+            clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            break;
+         case O_DOTS:
+         case O_FORK:
+         case O_SUBSTR3:
+            /* ternary operation */
+            clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.x);
+            clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.y);
+            clean_code(mpl, code->arg.arg.z);
+            break;
+         case O_MIN:
+         case O_MAX:
+            /* n-ary operation */
+            for (e = code->arg.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               clean_code(mpl, e->x);
+            break;
+         case O_SUM:
+         case O_PROD:
+         case O_MINIMUM:
+         case O_MAXIMUM:
+         case O_FORALL:
+         case O_EXISTS:
+         case O_SETOF:
+         case O_BUILD:
+            /* iterated operation */
+            clean_domain(mpl, code->arg.loop.domain);
+            clean_code(mpl, code->arg.loop.x);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code->op != code->op);
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        DATA TABLES                         * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int mpl_tab_num_args(TABDCA *dca)
+{     /* returns the number of arguments */
+      return dca->na;
+}
+
+const char *mpl_tab_get_arg(TABDCA *dca, int k)
+{     /* returns pointer to k-th argument */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->na);
+      return dca->arg[k];
+}
+
+int mpl_tab_num_flds(TABDCA *dca)
+{     /* returns the number of fields */
+      return dca->nf;
+}
+
+const char *mpl_tab_get_name(TABDCA *dca, int k)
+{     /* returns pointer to name of k-th field */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf);
+      return dca->name[k];
+}
+
+int mpl_tab_get_type(TABDCA *dca, int k)
+{     /* returns type of k-th field */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf);
+      return dca->type[k];
+}
+
+double mpl_tab_get_num(TABDCA *dca, int k)
+{     /* returns numeric value of k-th field */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf);
+      xassert(dca->type[k] == 'N');
+      return dca->num[k];
+}
+
+const char *mpl_tab_get_str(TABDCA *dca, int k)
+{     /* returns pointer to string value of k-th field */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf);
+      xassert(dca->type[k] == 'S');
+      xassert(dca->str[k] != NULL);
+      return dca->str[k];
+}
+
+void mpl_tab_set_num(TABDCA *dca, int k, double num)
+{     /* assign numeric value to k-th field */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf);
+      xassert(dca->type[k] == '?');
+      dca->type[k] = 'N';
+      dca->num[k] = num;
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpl_tab_set_str(TABDCA *dca, int k, const char *str)
+{     /* assign string value to k-th field */
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= dca->nf);
+      xassert(dca->type[k] == '?');
+      xassert(strlen(str) <= MAX_LENGTH);
+      xassert(dca->str[k] != NULL);
+      dca->type[k] = 'S';
+      strcpy(dca->str[k], str);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int write_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      TABLE *tab = info;
+      TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca;
+      TABOUT *out;
+      SYMBOL *sym;
+      int k;
+      char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+      /* evaluate field values */
+      k = 0;
+      for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next)
+      {  k++;
+         switch (out->code->type)
+         {  case A_NUMERIC:
+               dca->type[k] = 'N';
+               dca->num[k] = eval_numeric(mpl, out->code);
+               dca->str[k][0] = '\0';
+               break;
+            case A_SYMBOLIC:
+               sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, out->code);
+               if (sym->str == NULL)
+               {  dca->type[k] = 'N';
+                  dca->num[k] = sym->num;
+                  dca->str[k][0] = '\0';
+               }
+               else
+               {  dca->type[k] = 'S';
+                  dca->num[k] = 0.0;
+                  fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, buf);
+                  strcpy(dca->str[k], buf);
+               }
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(out != out);
+         }
+      }
+      /* write record to output table */
+      mpl_tab_drv_write(mpl);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void execute_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab)
+{     /* execute table statement */
+      TABARG *arg;
+      TABFLD *fld;
+      TABIN *in;
+      TABOUT *out;
+      TABDCA *dca;
+      SET *set;
+      int k;
+      char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+      /* allocate table driver communication area */
+      xassert(mpl->dca == NULL);
+      mpl->dca = dca = xmalloc(sizeof(TABDCA));
+      dca->id = 0;
+      dca->link = NULL;
+      dca->na = 0;
+      dca->arg = NULL;
+      dca->nf = 0;
+      dca->name = NULL;
+      dca->type = NULL;
+      dca->num = NULL;
+      dca->str = NULL;
+      /* allocate arguments */
+      xassert(dca->na == 0);
+      for (arg = tab->arg; arg != NULL; arg = arg->next)
+         dca->na++;
+      dca->arg = xcalloc(1+dca->na, sizeof(char *));
+#if 1 /* 28/IX-2008 */
+      for (k = 1; k <= dca->na; k++) dca->arg[k] = NULL;
+#endif
+      /* evaluate argument values */
+      k = 0;
+      for (arg = tab->arg; arg != NULL; arg = arg->next)
+      {  SYMBOL *sym;
+         k++;
+         xassert(arg->code->type == A_SYMBOLIC);
+         sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, arg->code);
+         if (sym->str == NULL)
+            sprintf(buf, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+         else
+            fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, buf);
+         delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+         dca->arg[k] = xmalloc(strlen(buf)+1);
+         strcpy(dca->arg[k], buf);
+      }
+      /* perform table input/output */
+      switch (tab->type)
+      {  case A_INPUT:  goto read_table;
+         case A_OUTPUT: goto write_table;
+         default:       xassert(tab != tab);
+      }
+read_table:
+      /* read data from input table */
+      /* add the only member to the control set and assign it empty
+         elemental set */
+      set = tab->u.in.set;
+      if (set != NULL)
+      {  if (set->data)
+            error(mpl, "%s already provided with data", set->name);
+         xassert(set->array->head == NULL);
+         add_member(mpl, set->array, NULL)->value.set =
+            create_elemset(mpl, set->dimen);
+         set->data = 1;
+      }
+      /* check parameters specified in the input list */
+      for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next)
+      {  if (in->par->data)
+            error(mpl, "%s already provided with data", in->par->name);
+         in->par->data = 1;
+      }
+      /* allocate and initialize fields */
+      xassert(dca->nf == 0);
+      for (fld = tab->u.in.fld; fld != NULL; fld = fld->next)
+         dca->nf++;
+      for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next)
+         dca->nf++;
+      dca->name = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *));
+      dca->type = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(int));
+      dca->num = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(double));
+      dca->str = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *));
+      k = 0;
+      for (fld = tab->u.in.fld; fld != NULL; fld = fld->next)
+      {  k++;
+         dca->name[k] = fld->name;
+         dca->type[k] = '?';
+         dca->num[k] = 0.0;
+         dca->str[k] = xmalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1);
+         dca->str[k][0] = '\0';
+      }
+      for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next)
+      {  k++;
+         dca->name[k] = in->name;
+         dca->type[k] = '?';
+         dca->num[k] = 0.0;
+         dca->str[k] = xmalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1);
+         dca->str[k][0] = '\0';
+      }
+      /* open input table */
+      mpl_tab_drv_open(mpl, 'R');
+      /* read and process records */
+      for (;;)
+      {  TUPLE *tup;
+         /* reset field types */
+         for (k = 1; k <= dca->nf; k++)
+            dca->type[k] = '?';
+         /* read next record */
+         if (mpl_tab_drv_read(mpl)) break;
+         /* all fields must be set by the driver */
+         for (k = 1; k <= dca->nf; k++)
+         {  if (dca->type[k] == '?')
+               error(mpl, "field %s missing in input table",
+                  dca->name[k]);
+         }
+         /* construct n-tuple */
+         tup = create_tuple(mpl);
+         k = 0;
+         for (fld = tab->u.in.fld; fld != NULL; fld = fld->next)
+         {  k++;
+            xassert(k <= dca->nf);
+            switch (dca->type[k])
+            {  case 'N':
+                  tup = expand_tuple(mpl, tup, create_symbol_num(mpl,
+                     dca->num[k]));
+                  break;
+               case 'S':
+                  xassert(strlen(dca->str[k]) <= MAX_LENGTH);
+                  tup = expand_tuple(mpl, tup, create_symbol_str(mpl,
+                     create_string(mpl, dca->str[k])));
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(dca != dca);
+            }
+         }
+         /* add n-tuple just read to the control set */
+         if (tab->u.in.set != NULL)
+            check_then_add(mpl, tab->u.in.set->array->head->value.set,
+               copy_tuple(mpl, tup));
+         /* assign values to the parameters in the input list */
+         for (in = tab->u.in.list; in != NULL; in = in->next)
+         {  MEMBER *memb;
+            k++;
+            xassert(k <= dca->nf);
+            /* there must be no member with the same n-tuple */
+            if (find_member(mpl, in->par->array, tup) != NULL)
+               error(mpl, "%s%s already defined", in->par->name,
+               format_tuple(mpl, '[', tup));
+            /* create new parameter member with given n-tuple */
+            memb = add_member(mpl, in->par->array, copy_tuple(mpl, tup))
+               ;
+            /* assign value to the parameter member */
+            switch (in->par->type)
+            {  case A_NUMERIC:
+               case A_INTEGER:
+               case A_BINARY:
+                  if (dca->type[k] != 'N')
+                     error(mpl, "%s requires numeric data",
+                        in->par->name);
+                  memb->value.num = dca->num[k];
+                  break;
+               case A_SYMBOLIC:
+                  switch (dca->type[k])
+                  {  case 'N':
+                        memb->value.sym = create_symbol_num(mpl,
+                           dca->num[k]);
+                        break;
+                     case 'S':
+                        xassert(strlen(dca->str[k]) <= MAX_LENGTH);
+                        memb->value.sym = create_symbol_str(mpl,
+                           create_string(mpl,dca->str[k]));
+                        break;
+                     default:
+                        xassert(dca != dca);
+                  }
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(in != in);
+            }
+         }
+         /* n-tuple is no more needed */
+         delete_tuple(mpl, tup);
+      }
+      /* close input table */
+      mpl_tab_drv_close(mpl);
+      goto done;
+write_table:
+      /* write data to output table */
+      /* allocate and initialize fields */
+      xassert(dca->nf == 0);
+      for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next)
+         dca->nf++;
+      dca->name = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *));
+      dca->type = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(int));
+      dca->num = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(double));
+      dca->str = xcalloc(1+dca->nf, sizeof(char *));
+      k = 0;
+      for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next)
+      {  k++;
+         dca->name[k] = out->name;
+         dca->type[k] = '?';
+         dca->num[k] = 0.0;
+         dca->str[k] = xmalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1);
+         dca->str[k][0] = '\0';
+      }
+      /* open output table */
+      mpl_tab_drv_open(mpl, 'W');
+      /* evaluate fields and write records */
+      loop_within_domain(mpl, tab->u.out.domain, tab, write_func);
+      /* close output table */
+      mpl_tab_drv_close(mpl);
+done: /* free table driver communication area */
+      free_dca(mpl);
+      return;
+}
+
+void free_dca(MPL *mpl)
+{     /* free table driver communucation area */
+      TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca;
+      int k;
+      if (dca != NULL)
+      {  if (dca->link != NULL)
+            mpl_tab_drv_close(mpl);
+         if (dca->arg != NULL)
+         {  for (k = 1; k <= dca->na; k++)
+#if 1 /* 28/IX-2008 */
+               if (dca->arg[k] != NULL)
+#endif
+               xfree(dca->arg[k]);
+            xfree(dca->arg);
+         }
+         if (dca->name != NULL) xfree(dca->name);
+         if (dca->type != NULL) xfree(dca->type);
+         if (dca->num != NULL) xfree(dca->num);
+         if (dca->str != NULL)
+         {  for (k = 1; k <= dca->nf; k++)
+               xfree(dca->str[k]);
+            xfree(dca->str);
+         }
+         xfree(dca), mpl->dca = NULL;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void clean_table(MPL *mpl, TABLE *tab)
+{     /* clean table statement */
+      TABARG *arg;
+      TABOUT *out;
+      /* clean string list */
+      for (arg = tab->arg; arg != NULL; arg = arg->next)
+         clean_code(mpl, arg->code);
+      switch (tab->type)
+      {  case A_INPUT:
+            break;
+         case A_OUTPUT:
+            /* clean subscript domain */
+            clean_domain(mpl, tab->u.out.domain);
+            /* clean output list */
+            for (out = tab->u.out.list; out != NULL; out = out->next)
+               clean_code(mpl, out->code);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(tab != tab);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      MODEL STATEMENTS                      * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- execute_check - execute check statement.
+--
+-- This routine executes specified check statement. */
+
+static int check_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      CHECK *chk = (CHECK *)info;
+      if (!eval_logical(mpl, chk->code))
+         error(mpl, "check%s failed", format_tuple(mpl, '[',
+            get_domain_tuple(mpl, chk->domain)));
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void execute_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, chk->domain, chk, check_func);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_check - clean check statement.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified check statement that assumes deleting
+-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */
+
+void clean_check(MPL *mpl, CHECK *chk)
+{     /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, chk->domain);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing predicate */
+      clean_code(mpl, chk->code);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- execute_display - execute display statement.
+--
+-- This routine executes specified display statement. */
+
+static void display_set(MPL *mpl, SET *set, MEMBER *memb)
+{     /* display member of model set */
+      ELEMSET *s = memb->value.set;
+      MEMBER *m;
+      write_text(mpl, "%s%s%s\n", set->name,
+         format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple),
+         s->head == NULL ? " is empty" : ":");
+      for (m = s->head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+         write_text(mpl, "   %s\n", format_tuple(mpl, '(', m->tuple));
+      return;
+}
+
+static void display_par(MPL *mpl, PARAMETER *par, MEMBER *memb)
+{     /* display member of model parameter */
+      switch (par->type)
+      {  case A_NUMERIC:
+         case A_INTEGER:
+         case A_BINARY:
+            write_text(mpl, "%s%s = %.*g\n", par->name,
+               format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple),
+               DBL_DIG, memb->value.num);
+            break;
+         case A_SYMBOLIC:
+            write_text(mpl, "%s%s = %s\n", par->name,
+               format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple),
+               format_symbol(mpl, memb->value.sym));
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(par != par);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+static void display_var(MPL *mpl, VARIABLE *var, MEMBER *memb,
+      int suff)
+{     /* display member of model variable */
+      if (suff == DOT_NONE || suff == DOT_VAL)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.val = %.*g\n", var->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.var->prim);
+      else if (suff == DOT_LB)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.lb = %.*g\n", var->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.var->var->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX :
+            memb->value.var->lbnd);
+      else if (suff == DOT_UB)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.ub = %.*g\n", var->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.var->var->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX :
+            memb->value.var->ubnd);
+      else if (suff == DOT_STATUS)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.status = %d\n", var->name, format_tuple
+            (mpl, '[', memb->tuple), memb->value.var->stat);
+      else if (suff == DOT_DUAL)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.dual = %.*g\n", var->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.var->dual);
+      else
+         xassert(suff != suff);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+static void display_con(MPL *mpl, CONSTRAINT *con, MEMBER *memb,
+      int suff)
+{     /* display member of model constraint */
+      if (suff == DOT_NONE || suff == DOT_VAL)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.val = %.*g\n", con->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.con->prim);
+      else if (suff == DOT_LB)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.lb = %.*g\n", con->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.con->con->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX :
+            memb->value.con->lbnd);
+      else if (suff == DOT_UB)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.ub = %.*g\n", con->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.con->con->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX :
+            memb->value.con->ubnd);
+      else if (suff == DOT_STATUS)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.status = %d\n", con->name, format_tuple
+            (mpl, '[', memb->tuple), memb->value.con->stat);
+      else if (suff == DOT_DUAL)
+         write_text(mpl, "%s%s.dual = %.*g\n", con->name,
+            format_tuple(mpl, '[', memb->tuple), DBL_DIG,
+            memb->value.con->dual);
+      else
+         xassert(suff != suff);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+static void display_memb(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     /* display member specified by pseudo-code */
+      MEMBER memb;
+      ARG_LIST *e;
+      xassert(code->op == O_MEMNUM || code->op == O_MEMSYM
+         || code->op == O_MEMSET || code->op == O_MEMVAR
+         || code->op == O_MEMCON);
+      memb.tuple = create_tuple(mpl);
+      for (e = code->arg.par.list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         memb.tuple = expand_tuple(mpl, memb.tuple, eval_symbolic(mpl,
+            e->x));
+      switch (code->op)
+      {  case O_MEMNUM:
+            memb.value.num = eval_member_num(mpl, code->arg.par.par,
+               memb.tuple);
+            display_par(mpl, code->arg.par.par, &memb);
+            break;
+         case O_MEMSYM:
+            memb.value.sym = eval_member_sym(mpl, code->arg.par.par,
+               memb.tuple);
+            display_par(mpl, code->arg.par.par, &memb);
+            delete_symbol(mpl, memb.value.sym);
+            break;
+         case O_MEMSET:
+            memb.value.set = eval_member_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set,
+               memb.tuple);
+            display_set(mpl, code->arg.set.set, &memb);
+            break;
+         case O_MEMVAR:
+            memb.value.var = eval_member_var(mpl, code->arg.var.var,
+               memb.tuple);
+            display_var
+               (mpl, code->arg.var.var, &memb, code->arg.var.suff);
+            break;
+         case O_MEMCON:
+            memb.value.con = eval_member_con(mpl, code->arg.con.con,
+               memb.tuple);
+            display_con
+               (mpl, code->arg.con.con, &memb, code->arg.con.suff);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      delete_tuple(mpl, memb.tuple);
+      return;
+}
+
+static void display_code(MPL *mpl, CODE *code)
+{     /* display value of expression */
+      switch (code->type)
+      {  case A_NUMERIC:
+            /* numeric value */
+            {  double num;
+               num = eval_numeric(mpl, code);
+               write_text(mpl, "%.*g\n", DBL_DIG, num);
+            }
+            break;
+         case A_SYMBOLIC:
+            /* symbolic value */
+            {  SYMBOL *sym;
+               sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, code);
+               write_text(mpl, "%s\n", format_symbol(mpl, sym));
+               delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+            }
+            break;
+         case A_LOGICAL:
+            /* logical value */
+            {  int bit;
+               bit = eval_logical(mpl, code);
+               write_text(mpl, "%s\n", bit ? "true" : "false");
+            }
+            break;
+         case A_TUPLE:
+            /* n-tuple */
+            {  TUPLE *tuple;
+               tuple = eval_tuple(mpl, code);
+               write_text(mpl, "%s\n", format_tuple(mpl, '(', tuple));
+               delete_tuple(mpl, tuple);
+            }
+            break;
+         case A_ELEMSET:
+            /* elemental set */
+            {  ELEMSET *set;
+               MEMBER *memb;
+               set = eval_elemset(mpl, code);
+               if (set->head == 0)
+                  write_text(mpl, "set is empty\n");
+               for (memb = set->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+                  write_text(mpl, "   %s\n", format_tuple(mpl, '(',
+                     memb->tuple));
+               delete_elemset(mpl, set);
+            }
+            break;
+         case A_FORMULA:
+            /* linear form */
+            {  FORMULA *form, *term;
+               form = eval_formula(mpl, code);
+               if (form == NULL)
+                  write_text(mpl, "linear form is empty\n");
+               for (term = form; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+               {  if (term->var == NULL)
+                     write_text(mpl, "   %.*g\n", term->coef);
+                  else
+                     write_text(mpl, "   %.*g %s%s\n", DBL_DIG,
+                        term->coef, term->var->var->name,
+                        format_tuple(mpl, '[', term->var->memb->tuple));
+               }
+               delete_formula(mpl, form);
+            }
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(code != code);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static int display_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      DISPLAY *dpy = (DISPLAY *)info;
+      DISPLAY1 *entry;
+      for (entry = dpy->list; entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
+      {  if (entry->type == A_INDEX)
+         {  /* dummy index */
+            DOMAIN_SLOT *slot = entry->u.slot;
+            write_text(mpl, "%s = %s\n", slot->name,
+            format_symbol(mpl, slot->value));
+         }
+         else if (entry->type == A_SET)
+         {  /* model set */
+            SET *set = entry->u.set;
+            MEMBER *memb;
+            if (set->assign != NULL)
+            {  /* the set has assignment expression; evaluate all its
+                  members over entire domain */
+               eval_whole_set(mpl, set);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* the set has no assignment expression; refer to its
+                  any existing member ignoring resultant value to check
+                  the data provided the data section */
+#if 1 /* 12/XII-2008 */
+               if (set->gadget != NULL && set->data == 0)
+               {  /* initialize the set with data from a plain set */
+                  saturate_set(mpl, set);
+               }
+#endif
+               if (set->array->head != NULL)
+                  eval_member_set(mpl, set, set->array->head->tuple);
+            }
+            /* display all members of the set array */
+            if (set->array->head == NULL)
+               write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", set->name);
+            for (memb = set->array->head; memb != NULL; memb =
+               memb->next) display_set(mpl, set, memb);
+         }
+         else if (entry->type == A_PARAMETER)
+         {  /* model parameter */
+            PARAMETER *par = entry->u.par;
+            MEMBER *memb;
+            if (par->assign != NULL)
+            {  /* the parameter has an assignment expression; evaluate
+                  all its member over entire domain */
+               eval_whole_par(mpl, par);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* the parameter has no assignment expression; refer to
+                  its any existing member ignoring resultant value to
+                  check the data provided in the data section */
+               if (par->array->head != NULL)
+               {  if (par->type != A_SYMBOLIC)
+                     eval_member_num(mpl, par, par->array->head->tuple);
+                  else
+                     delete_symbol(mpl, eval_member_sym(mpl, par,
+                        par->array->head->tuple));
+               }
+            }
+            /* display all members of the parameter array */
+            if (par->array->head == NULL)
+               write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", par->name);
+            for (memb = par->array->head; memb != NULL; memb =
+               memb->next) display_par(mpl, par, memb);
+         }
+         else if (entry->type == A_VARIABLE)
+         {  /* model variable */
+            VARIABLE *var = entry->u.var;
+            MEMBER *memb;
+            xassert(mpl->flag_p);
+            /* display all members of the variable array */
+            if (var->array->head == NULL)
+               write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", var->name);
+            for (memb = var->array->head; memb != NULL; memb =
+               memb->next) display_var(mpl, var, memb, DOT_NONE);
+         }
+         else if (entry->type == A_CONSTRAINT)
+         {  /* model constraint */
+            CONSTRAINT *con = entry->u.con;
+            MEMBER *memb;
+            xassert(mpl->flag_p);
+            /* display all members of the constraint array */
+            if (con->array->head == NULL)
+               write_text(mpl, "%s has empty content\n", con->name);
+            for (memb = con->array->head; memb != NULL; memb =
+               memb->next) display_con(mpl, con, memb, DOT_NONE);
+         }
+         else if (entry->type == A_EXPRESSION)
+         {  /* expression */
+            CODE *code = entry->u.code;
+            if (code->op == O_MEMNUM || code->op == O_MEMSYM ||
+                code->op == O_MEMSET || code->op == O_MEMVAR ||
+                code->op == O_MEMCON)
+               display_memb(mpl, code);
+            else
+               display_code(mpl, code);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(entry != entry);
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void execute_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, dpy->domain, dpy, display_func);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_display - clean display statement.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified display statement that assumes deleting
+-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */
+
+void clean_display(MPL *mpl, DISPLAY *dpy)
+{     DISPLAY1 *d;
+#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */
+      ARG_LIST *e;
+#endif
+      /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, dpy->domain);
+      /* clean display list */
+      for (d = dpy->list; d != NULL; d = d->next)
+      {  /* clean pseudo-code for computing expression */
+         if (d->type == A_EXPRESSION)
+            clean_code(mpl, d->u.code);
+#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */
+         /* clean pseudo-code for computing subscripts */
+         for (e = d->list; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+            clean_code(mpl, e->x);
+#endif
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- execute_printf - execute printf statement.
+--
+-- This routine executes specified printf statement. */
+
+#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */
+static void print_char(MPL *mpl, int c)
+{     if (mpl->prt_fp == NULL)
+         write_char(mpl, c);
+      else
+#if 0 /* 04/VIII-2013 */
+         xfputc(c, mpl->prt_fp);
+#else
+      {  unsigned char buf[1];
+         buf[0] = (unsigned char)c;
+         glp_write(mpl->prt_fp, buf, 1);
+      }
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+static void print_text(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...)
+{     va_list arg;
+      char buf[OUTBUF_SIZE], *c;
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      vsprintf(buf, fmt, arg);
+      xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+      va_end(arg);
+      for (c = buf; *c != '\0'; c++) print_char(mpl, *c);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int printf_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      PRINTF *prt = (PRINTF *)info;
+      PRINTF1 *entry;
+      SYMBOL *sym;
+      char fmt[MAX_LENGTH+1], *c, *from, save;
+      /* evaluate format control string */
+      sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, prt->fmt);
+      if (sym->str == NULL)
+         sprintf(fmt, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+      else
+         fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fmt);
+      delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+      /* scan format control string and perform formatting output */
+      entry = prt->list;
+      for (c = fmt; *c != '\0'; c++)
+      {  if (*c == '%')
+         {  /* scan format specifier */
+            from = c++;
+            if (*c == '%')
+            {  print_char(mpl, '%');
+               continue;
+            }
+            if (entry == NULL) break;
+            /* scan optional flags */
+            while (*c == '-' || *c == '+' || *c == ' ' || *c == '#' ||
+                   *c == '0') c++;
+            /* scan optional minimum field width */
+            while (isdigit((unsigned char)*c)) c++;
+            /* scan optional precision */
+            if (*c == '.')
+            {  c++;
+               while (isdigit((unsigned char)*c)) c++;
+            }
+            /* scan conversion specifier and perform formatting */
+            save = *(c+1), *(c+1) = '\0';
+            if (*c == 'd' || *c == 'i' || *c == 'e' || *c == 'E' ||
+                *c == 'f' || *c == 'F' || *c == 'g' || *c == 'G')
+            {  /* the specifier requires numeric value */
+               double value;
+               xassert(entry != NULL);
+               switch (entry->code->type)
+               {  case A_NUMERIC:
+                     value = eval_numeric(mpl, entry->code);
+                     break;
+                  case A_SYMBOLIC:
+                     sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, entry->code);
+                     if (sym->str != NULL)
+                        error(mpl, "cannot convert %s to floating-point"
+                           " number", format_symbol(mpl, sym));
+                     value = sym->num;
+                     delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+                     break;
+                  case A_LOGICAL:
+                     if (eval_logical(mpl, entry->code))
+                        value = 1.0;
+                     else
+                        value = 0.0;
+                     break;
+                  default:
+                     xassert(entry != entry);
+               }
+               if (*c == 'd' || *c == 'i')
+               {  double int_max = (double)INT_MAX;
+                  if (!(-int_max <= value && value <= +int_max))
+                     error(mpl, "cannot convert %.*g to integer",
+                        DBL_DIG, value);
+                  print_text(mpl, from, (int)floor(value + 0.5));
+               }
+               else
+                  print_text(mpl, from, value);
+            }
+            else if (*c == 's')
+            {  /* the specifier requires symbolic value */
+               char value[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+               switch (entry->code->type)
+               {  case A_NUMERIC:
+                     sprintf(value, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, eval_numeric(mpl,
+                        entry->code));
+                     break;
+                  case A_LOGICAL:
+                     if (eval_logical(mpl, entry->code))
+                        strcpy(value, "T");
+                     else
+                        strcpy(value, "F");
+                     break;
+                  case A_SYMBOLIC:
+                     sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, entry->code);
+                     if (sym->str == NULL)
+                        sprintf(value, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+                     else
+                        fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, value);
+                     delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+                     break;
+                  default:
+                     xassert(entry != entry);
+               }
+               print_text(mpl, from, value);
+            }
+            else
+               error(mpl, "format specifier missing or invalid");
+            *(c+1) = save;
+            entry = entry->next;
+         }
+         else if (*c == '\\')
+         {  /* write some control character */
+            c++;
+            if (*c == 't')
+               print_char(mpl, '\t');
+            else if (*c == 'n')
+               print_char(mpl, '\n');
+#if 1 /* 28/X-2010 */
+            else if (*c == '\0')
+            {  /* format string ends with backslash */
+               error(mpl, "invalid use of escape character \\ in format"
+                  " control string");
+            }
+#endif
+            else
+               print_char(mpl, *c);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* write character without formatting */
+            print_char(mpl, *c);
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* 14/VII-2006 */
+void execute_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, prt->domain, prt, printf_func);
+      return;
+}
+#else
+void execute_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt)
+{     if (prt->fname == NULL)
+      {  /* switch to the standard output */
+         if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL)
+         {  glp_close(mpl->prt_fp), mpl->prt_fp = NULL;
+            xfree(mpl->prt_file), mpl->prt_file = NULL;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* evaluate file name string */
+         SYMBOL *sym;
+         char fname[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+         sym = eval_symbolic(mpl, prt->fname);
+         if (sym->str == NULL)
+            sprintf(fname, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, sym->num);
+         else
+            fetch_string(mpl, sym->str, fname);
+         delete_symbol(mpl, sym);
+         /* close the current print file, if necessary */
+         if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL &&
+            (!prt->app || strcmp(mpl->prt_file, fname) != 0))
+         {  glp_close(mpl->prt_fp), mpl->prt_fp = NULL;
+            xfree(mpl->prt_file), mpl->prt_file = NULL;
+         }
+         /* open the specified print file, if necessary */
+         if (mpl->prt_fp == NULL)
+         {  mpl->prt_fp = glp_open(fname, prt->app ? "a" : "w");
+            if (mpl->prt_fp == NULL)
+               error(mpl, "unable to open '%s' for writing - %s",
+                  fname, get_err_msg());
+            mpl->prt_file = xmalloc(strlen(fname)+1);
+            strcpy(mpl->prt_file, fname);
+         }
+      }
+      loop_within_domain(mpl, prt->domain, prt, printf_func);
+      if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL)
+      {
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+         xfflush(mpl->prt_fp);
+#endif
+         if (glp_ioerr(mpl->prt_fp))
+            error(mpl, "writing error to '%s' - %s", mpl->prt_file,
+               get_err_msg());
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_printf - clean printf statement.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified printf statement that assumes deleting
+-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */
+
+void clean_printf(MPL *mpl, PRINTF *prt)
+{     PRINTF1 *p;
+      /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, prt->domain);
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing format string */
+      clean_code(mpl, prt->fmt);
+      /* clean printf list */
+      for (p = prt->list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+      {  /* clean pseudo-code for computing value to be printed */
+         clean_code(mpl, p->code);
+      }
+#if 1 /* 14/VII-2006 */
+      /* clean pseudo-code for computing file name string */
+      clean_code(mpl, prt->fname);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- execute_for - execute for statement.
+--
+-- This routine executes specified for statement. */
+
+static int for_func(MPL *mpl, void *info)
+{     /* this is auxiliary routine to work within domain scope */
+      FOR *fur = (FOR *)info;
+      STATEMENT *stmt, *save;
+      save = mpl->stmt;
+      for (stmt = fur->list; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+         execute_statement(mpl, stmt);
+      mpl->stmt = save;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+void execute_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur)
+{     loop_within_domain(mpl, fur->domain, fur, for_func);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_for - clean for statement.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified for statement that assumes deleting all
+-- stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */
+
+void clean_for(MPL *mpl, FOR *fur)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt;
+      /* clean subscript domain */
+      clean_domain(mpl, fur->domain);
+      /* clean all sub-statements */
+      for (stmt = fur->list; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+         clean_statement(mpl, stmt);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- execute_statement - execute specified model statement.
+--
+-- This routine executes specified model statement. */
+
+void execute_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt)
+{     mpl->stmt = stmt;
+      switch (stmt->type)
+      {  case A_SET:
+         case A_PARAMETER:
+         case A_VARIABLE:
+            break;
+         case A_CONSTRAINT:
+            xprintf("Generating %s...\n", stmt->u.con->name);
+            eval_whole_con(mpl, stmt->u.con);
+            break;
+         case A_TABLE:
+            switch (stmt->u.tab->type)
+            {  case A_INPUT:
+                  xprintf("Reading %s...\n", stmt->u.tab->name);
+                  break;
+               case A_OUTPUT:
+                  xprintf("Writing %s...\n", stmt->u.tab->name);
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(stmt != stmt);
+            }
+            execute_table(mpl, stmt->u.tab);
+            break;
+         case A_SOLVE:
+            break;
+         case A_CHECK:
+            xprintf("Checking (line %d)...\n", stmt->line);
+            execute_check(mpl, stmt->u.chk);
+            break;
+         case A_DISPLAY:
+            write_text(mpl, "Display statement at line %d\n",
+               stmt->line);
+            execute_display(mpl, stmt->u.dpy);
+            break;
+         case A_PRINTF:
+            execute_printf(mpl, stmt->u.prt);
+            break;
+         case A_FOR:
+            execute_for(mpl, stmt->u.fur);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(stmt != stmt);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_statement - clean specified model statement.
+--
+-- This routine cleans specified model statement that assumes deleting
+-- all stuff dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase. */
+
+void clean_statement(MPL *mpl, STATEMENT *stmt)
+{     switch(stmt->type)
+      {  case A_SET:
+            clean_set(mpl, stmt->u.set); break;
+         case A_PARAMETER:
+            clean_parameter(mpl, stmt->u.par); break;
+         case A_VARIABLE:
+            clean_variable(mpl, stmt->u.var); break;
+         case A_CONSTRAINT:
+            clean_constraint(mpl, stmt->u.con); break;
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+         case A_TABLE:
+            clean_table(mpl, stmt->u.tab); break;
+#endif
+         case A_SOLVE:
+            break;
+         case A_CHECK:
+            clean_check(mpl, stmt->u.chk); break;
+         case A_DISPLAY:
+            clean_display(mpl, stmt->u.dpy); break;
+         case A_PRINTF:
+            clean_printf(mpl, stmt->u.prt); break;
+         case A_FOR:
+            clean_for(mpl, stmt->u.fur); break;
+         default:
+            xassert(stmt != stmt);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl4.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl4.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e80499c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1426 @@
+/* mpl4.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mpl.h"
+
+#define xfault xerror
+#define xfprintf glp_format
+#define dmp_create_poolx(size) dmp_create_pool()
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *              GENERATING AND POSTSOLVING MODEL              * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- alloc_content - allocate content arrays for all model objects.
+--
+-- This routine allocates content arrays for all existing model objects
+-- and thereby finalizes creating model.
+--
+-- This routine must be called immediately after reading model section,
+-- i.e. before reading data section or generating model. */
+
+void alloc_content(MPL *mpl)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt;
+      /* walk through all model statements */
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+      {  switch (stmt->type)
+         {  case A_SET:
+               /* model set */
+               xassert(stmt->u.set->array == NULL);
+               stmt->u.set->array = create_array(mpl, A_ELEMSET,
+                  stmt->u.set->dim);
+               break;
+            case A_PARAMETER:
+               /* model parameter */
+               xassert(stmt->u.par->array == NULL);
+               switch (stmt->u.par->type)
+               {  case A_NUMERIC:
+                  case A_INTEGER:
+                  case A_BINARY:
+                     stmt->u.par->array = create_array(mpl, A_NUMERIC,
+                        stmt->u.par->dim);
+                     break;
+                  case A_SYMBOLIC:
+                     stmt->u.par->array = create_array(mpl, A_SYMBOLIC,
+                        stmt->u.par->dim);
+                     break;
+                  default:
+                     xassert(stmt != stmt);
+               }
+               break;
+            case A_VARIABLE:
+               /* model variable */
+               xassert(stmt->u.var->array == NULL);
+               stmt->u.var->array = create_array(mpl, A_ELEMVAR,
+                  stmt->u.var->dim);
+               break;
+            case A_CONSTRAINT:
+               /* model constraint/objective */
+               xassert(stmt->u.con->array == NULL);
+               stmt->u.con->array = create_array(mpl, A_ELEMCON,
+                  stmt->u.con->dim);
+               break;
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+            case A_TABLE:
+#endif
+            case A_SOLVE:
+            case A_CHECK:
+            case A_DISPLAY:
+            case A_PRINTF:
+            case A_FOR:
+               /* functional statements have no content array */
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(stmt != stmt);
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- generate_model - generate model.
+--
+-- This routine executes the model statements which precede the solve
+-- statement. */
+
+void generate_model(MPL *mpl)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt;
+      xassert(!mpl->flag_p);
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+      {  execute_statement(mpl, stmt);
+         if (mpl->stmt->type == A_SOLVE) break;
+      }
+      mpl->stmt = stmt;
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- build_problem - build problem instance.
+--
+-- This routine builds lists of rows and columns for problem instance,
+-- which corresponds to the generated model. */
+
+void build_problem(MPL *mpl)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt;
+      MEMBER *memb;
+      VARIABLE *v;
+      CONSTRAINT *c;
+      FORMULA *t;
+      int i, j;
+      xassert(mpl->m == 0);
+      xassert(mpl->n == 0);
+      xassert(mpl->row == NULL);
+      xassert(mpl->col == NULL);
+      /* check that all elemental variables has zero column numbers */
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+      {  if (stmt->type == A_VARIABLE)
+         {  v = stmt->u.var;
+            for (memb = v->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+               xassert(memb->value.var->j == 0);
+         }
+      }
+      /* assign row numbers to elemental constraints and objectives */
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+      {  if (stmt->type == A_CONSTRAINT)
+         {  c = stmt->u.con;
+            for (memb = c->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+            {  xassert(memb->value.con->i == 0);
+               memb->value.con->i = ++mpl->m;
+               /* walk through linear form and mark elemental variables,
+                  which are referenced at least once */
+               for (t = memb->value.con->form; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+               {  xassert(t->var != NULL);
+                  t->var->memb->value.var->j = -1;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* assign column numbers to marked elemental variables */
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+      {  if (stmt->type == A_VARIABLE)
+         {  v = stmt->u.var;
+            for (memb = v->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+               if (memb->value.var->j != 0) memb->value.var->j =
+                  ++mpl->n;
+         }
+      }
+      /* build list of rows */
+      mpl->row = xcalloc(1+mpl->m, sizeof(ELEMCON *));
+      for (i = 1; i <= mpl->m; i++) mpl->row[i] = NULL;
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+      {  if (stmt->type == A_CONSTRAINT)
+         {  c = stmt->u.con;
+            for (memb = c->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+            {  i = memb->value.con->i;
+               xassert(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m);
+               xassert(mpl->row[i] == NULL);
+               mpl->row[i] = memb->value.con;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= mpl->m; i++) xassert(mpl->row[i] != NULL);
+      /* build list of columns */
+      mpl->col = xcalloc(1+mpl->n, sizeof(ELEMVAR *));
+      for (j = 1; j <= mpl->n; j++) mpl->col[j] = NULL;
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+      {  if (stmt->type == A_VARIABLE)
+         {  v = stmt->u.var;
+            for (memb = v->array->head; memb != NULL; memb = memb->next)
+            {  j = memb->value.var->j;
+               if (j == 0) continue;
+               xassert(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n);
+               xassert(mpl->col[j] == NULL);
+               mpl->col[j] = memb->value.var;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      for (j = 1; j <= mpl->n; j++) xassert(mpl->col[j] != NULL);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- postsolve_model - postsolve model.
+--
+-- This routine executes the model statements which follow the solve
+-- statement. */
+
+void postsolve_model(MPL *mpl)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt;
+      xassert(!mpl->flag_p);
+      mpl->flag_p = 1;
+      for (stmt = mpl->stmt; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+         execute_statement(mpl, stmt);
+      mpl->stmt = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- clean_model - clean model content.
+--
+-- This routine cleans the model content that assumes deleting all stuff
+-- dynamically allocated on generating/postsolving phase.
+--
+-- Actually cleaning model content is not needed. This function is used
+-- mainly to be sure that there were no logical errors on using dynamic
+-- memory pools during the generation phase.
+--
+-- NOTE: This routine must not be called if any errors were detected on
+--       the generation phase. */
+
+void clean_model(MPL *mpl)
+{     STATEMENT *stmt;
+      for (stmt = mpl->model; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->next)
+         clean_statement(mpl, stmt);
+      /* check that all atoms have been returned to their pools */
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->strings) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d string segment(s) were lo"
+            "st", dmp_in_use(mpl->strings));
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->symbols) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d symbol(s) were lost",
+            dmp_in_use(mpl->symbols));
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->tuples) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d n-tuple component(s) were"
+            " lost", dmp_in_use(mpl->tuples));
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->arrays) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d array(s) were lost",
+            dmp_in_use(mpl->arrays));
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->members) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d array member(s) were lost"
+            , dmp_in_use(mpl->members));
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->elemvars) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d elemental variable(s) wer"
+            "e lost", dmp_in_use(mpl->elemvars));
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->formulae) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d linear term(s) were lost",
+            dmp_in_use(mpl->formulae));
+      if (dmp_in_use(mpl->elemcons) != 0)
+         error(mpl, "internal logic error: %d elemental constraint(s) w"
+            "ere lost", dmp_in_use(mpl->elemcons));
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                        INPUT/OUTPUT                        * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- open_input - open input text file.
+--
+-- This routine opens the input text file for scanning. */
+
+void open_input(MPL *mpl, char *file)
+{     mpl->line = 0;
+      mpl->c = '\n';
+      mpl->token = 0;
+      mpl->imlen = 0;
+      mpl->image[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->value = 0.0;
+      mpl->b_token = T_EOF;
+      mpl->b_imlen = 0;
+      mpl->b_image[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->b_value = 0.0;
+      mpl->f_dots = 0;
+      mpl->f_scan = 0;
+      mpl->f_token = 0;
+      mpl->f_imlen = 0;
+      mpl->f_image[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->f_value = 0.0;
+      memset(mpl->context, ' ', CONTEXT_SIZE);
+      mpl->c_ptr = 0;
+      xassert(mpl->in_fp == NULL);
+      mpl->in_fp = glp_open(file, "r");
+      if (mpl->in_fp == NULL)
+         error(mpl, "unable to open %s - %s", file, get_err_msg());
+      mpl->in_file = file;
+      /* scan the very first character */
+      get_char(mpl);
+      /* scan the very first token */
+      get_token(mpl);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- read_char - read next character from input text file.
+--
+-- This routine returns a next ASCII character read from the input text
+-- file. If the end of file has been reached, EOF is returned. */
+
+int read_char(MPL *mpl)
+{     int c;
+      xassert(mpl->in_fp != NULL);
+      c = glp_getc(mpl->in_fp);
+      if (c < 0)
+      {  if (glp_ioerr(mpl->in_fp))
+            error(mpl, "read error on %s - %s", mpl->in_file,
+               get_err_msg());
+         c = EOF;
+      }
+      return c;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- close_input - close input text file.
+--
+-- This routine closes the input text file. */
+
+void close_input(MPL *mpl)
+{     xassert(mpl->in_fp != NULL);
+      glp_close(mpl->in_fp);
+      mpl->in_fp = NULL;
+      mpl->in_file = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- open_output - open output text file.
+--
+-- This routine opens the output text file for writing data produced by
+-- display and printf statements. */
+
+void open_output(MPL *mpl, char *file)
+{     xassert(mpl->out_fp == NULL);
+      if (file == NULL)
+      {  file = "<stdout>";
+         mpl->out_fp = (void *)stdout;
+      }
+      else
+      {  mpl->out_fp = glp_open(file, "w");
+         if (mpl->out_fp == NULL)
+            error(mpl, "unable to create %s - %s", file, get_err_msg());
+      }
+      mpl->out_file = xmalloc(strlen(file)+1);
+      strcpy(mpl->out_file, file);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- write_char - write next character to output text file.
+--
+-- This routine writes an ASCII character to the output text file. */
+
+void write_char(MPL *mpl, int c)
+{     xassert(mpl->out_fp != NULL);
+      if (mpl->out_fp == (void *)stdout)
+         xprintf("%c", c);
+      else
+         xfprintf(mpl->out_fp, "%c", c);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- write_text - format and write text to output text file.
+--
+-- This routine formats a text using the format control string and then
+-- writes this text to the output text file. */
+
+void write_text(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...)
+{     va_list arg;
+      char buf[OUTBUF_SIZE], *c;
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      vsprintf(buf, fmt, arg);
+      xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+      va_end(arg);
+      for (c = buf; *c != '\0'; c++) write_char(mpl, *c);
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- flush_output - finalize writing data to output text file.
+--
+-- This routine finalizes writing data to the output text file. */
+
+void flush_output(MPL *mpl)
+{     xassert(mpl->out_fp != NULL);
+      if (mpl->out_fp != (void *)stdout)
+      {
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+         xfflush(mpl->out_fp);
+#endif
+         if (glp_ioerr(mpl->out_fp))
+            error(mpl, "write error on %s - %s", mpl->out_file,
+               get_err_msg());
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* * *                      SOLVER INTERFACE                      * * */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- error - print error message and terminate model processing.
+--
+-- This routine formats and prints an error message and then terminates
+-- model processing. */
+
+void error(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...)
+{     va_list arg;
+      char msg[4095+1];
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      vsprintf(msg, fmt, arg);
+      xassert(strlen(msg) < sizeof(msg));
+      va_end(arg);
+      switch (mpl->phase)
+      {  case 1:
+         case 2:
+            /* translation phase */
+            xprintf("%s:%d: %s\n",
+               mpl->in_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->in_file,
+               mpl->line, msg);
+            print_context(mpl);
+            break;
+         case 3:
+            /* generation/postsolve phase */
+            xprintf("%s:%d: %s\n",
+               mpl->mod_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->mod_file,
+               mpl->stmt == NULL ? 0 : mpl->stmt->line, msg);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      }
+      mpl->phase = 4;
+      longjmp(mpl->jump, 1);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- warning - print warning message and continue model processing.
+--
+-- This routine formats and prints a warning message and returns to the
+-- calling program. */
+
+void warning(MPL *mpl, char *fmt, ...)
+{     va_list arg;
+      char msg[4095+1];
+      va_start(arg, fmt);
+      vsprintf(msg, fmt, arg);
+      xassert(strlen(msg) < sizeof(msg));
+      va_end(arg);
+      switch (mpl->phase)
+      {  case 1:
+         case 2:
+            /* translation phase */
+            xprintf("%s:%d: warning: %s\n",
+               mpl->in_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->in_file,
+               mpl->line, msg);
+            break;
+         case 3:
+            /* generation/postsolve phase */
+            xprintf("%s:%d: warning: %s\n",
+               mpl->mod_file == NULL ? "(unknown)" : mpl->mod_file,
+               mpl->stmt == NULL ? 0 : mpl->stmt->line, msg);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_initialize - create and initialize translator database.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- MPL *mpl_initialize(void);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_initialize creates and initializes the database used
+-- by the GNU MathProg translator.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine returns a pointer to the database created. */
+
+MPL *mpl_initialize(void)
+{     MPL *mpl;
+      mpl = xmalloc(sizeof(MPL));
+      /* scanning segment */
+      mpl->line = 0;
+      mpl->c = 0;
+      mpl->token = 0;
+      mpl->imlen = 0;
+      mpl->image = xcalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1, sizeof(char));
+      mpl->image[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->value = 0.0;
+      mpl->b_token = 0;
+      mpl->b_imlen = 0;
+      mpl->b_image = xcalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1, sizeof(char));
+      mpl->b_image[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->b_value = 0.0;
+      mpl->f_dots = 0;
+      mpl->f_scan = 0;
+      mpl->f_token = 0;
+      mpl->f_imlen = 0;
+      mpl->f_image = xcalloc(MAX_LENGTH+1, sizeof(char));
+      mpl->f_image[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->f_value = 0.0;
+      mpl->context = xcalloc(CONTEXT_SIZE, sizeof(char));
+      memset(mpl->context, ' ', CONTEXT_SIZE);
+      mpl->c_ptr = 0;
+      mpl->flag_d = 0;
+      /* translating segment */
+      mpl->pool = dmp_create_poolx(0);
+      mpl->tree = avl_create_tree(avl_strcmp, NULL);
+      mpl->model = NULL;
+      mpl->flag_x = 0;
+      mpl->as_within = 0;
+      mpl->as_in = 0;
+      mpl->as_binary = 0;
+      mpl->flag_s = 0;
+      /* common segment */
+      mpl->strings = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(STRING));
+      mpl->symbols = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(SYMBOL));
+      mpl->tuples = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(TUPLE));
+      mpl->arrays = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(ARRAY));
+      mpl->members = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(MEMBER));
+      mpl->elemvars = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(ELEMVAR));
+      mpl->formulae = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(FORMULA));
+      mpl->elemcons = dmp_create_poolx(sizeof(ELEMCON));
+      mpl->a_list = NULL;
+      mpl->sym_buf = xcalloc(255+1, sizeof(char));
+      mpl->sym_buf[0] = '\0';
+      mpl->tup_buf = xcalloc(255+1, sizeof(char));
+      mpl->tup_buf[0] = '\0';
+      /* generating/postsolving segment */
+      mpl->rand = rng_create_rand();
+      mpl->flag_p = 0;
+      mpl->stmt = NULL;
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+      mpl->dca = NULL;
+#endif
+      mpl->m = 0;
+      mpl->n = 0;
+      mpl->row = NULL;
+      mpl->col = NULL;
+      /* input/output segment */
+      mpl->in_fp = NULL;
+      mpl->in_file = NULL;
+      mpl->out_fp = NULL;
+      mpl->out_file = NULL;
+      mpl->prt_fp = NULL;
+      mpl->prt_file = NULL;
+      /* solver interface segment */
+      if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      mpl->phase = 0;
+      mpl->mod_file = NULL;
+      mpl->mpl_buf = xcalloc(255+1, sizeof(char));
+      mpl->mpl_buf[0] = '\0';
+      return mpl;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_read_model - read model section and optional data section.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_read_model(MPL *mpl, char *file, int skip_data);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_read_model reads model section and optionally data
+-- section, which may follow the model section, from the text file,
+-- whose name is the character string file, performs translating model
+-- statements and data blocks, and stores all the information in the
+-- translator database.
+--
+-- The parameter skip_data is a flag. If the input file contains the
+-- data section and this flag is set, the data section is not read as
+-- if there were no data section and a warning message is issued. This
+-- allows reading the data section from another input file.
+--
+-- This routine should be called once after the routine mpl_initialize
+-- and before other API routines.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_read_model returns one the following codes:
+--
+-- 1 - translation successful. The input text file contains only model
+--     section. In this case the calling program may call the routine
+--     mpl_read_data to read data section from another file.
+-- 2 - translation successful. The input text file contains both model
+--     and data section.
+-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling
+--     program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model
+--     processing. */
+
+int mpl_read_model(MPL *mpl, char *file, int skip_data)
+{     if (mpl->phase != 0)
+         xfault("mpl_read_model: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (file == NULL)
+         xfault("mpl_read_model: no input filename specified\n");
+      /* set up error handler */
+      if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done;
+      /* translate model section */
+      mpl->phase = 1;
+      xprintf("Reading model section from %s...\n", file);
+      open_input(mpl, file);
+      model_section(mpl);
+      if (mpl->model == NULL)
+         error(mpl, "empty model section not allowed");
+      /* save name of the input text file containing model section for
+         error diagnostics during the generation phase */
+      mpl->mod_file = xcalloc(strlen(file)+1, sizeof(char));
+      strcpy(mpl->mod_file, mpl->in_file);
+      /* allocate content arrays for all model objects */
+      alloc_content(mpl);
+      /* optional data section may begin with the keyword 'data' */
+      if (is_keyword(mpl, "data"))
+      {  if (skip_data)
+         {  warning(mpl, "data section ignored");
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         mpl->flag_d = 1;
+         get_token(mpl /* data */);
+         if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+            error(mpl, "semicolon missing where expected");
+         get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+         /* translate data section */
+         mpl->phase = 2;
+         xprintf("Reading data section from %s...\n", file);
+         data_section(mpl);
+      }
+      /* process end statement */
+      end_statement(mpl);
+skip: xprintf("%d line%s were read\n",
+         mpl->line, mpl->line == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      close_input(mpl);
+done: /* return to the calling program */
+      return mpl->phase;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_read_data - read data section.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_read_data(MPL *mpl, char *file);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_read_data reads data section from the text file,
+-- whose name is the character string file, performs translating data
+-- blocks, and stores the data read in the translator database.
+--
+-- If this routine is used, it should be called once after the routine
+-- mpl_read_model and if the latter returned the code 1.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_read_data returns one of the following codes:
+--
+-- 2 - data section has been successfully processed.
+-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling
+--     program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model
+--     processing. */
+
+int mpl_read_data(MPL *mpl, char *file)
+#if 0 /* 02/X-2008 */
+{     if (mpl->phase != 1)
+#else
+{     if (!(mpl->phase == 1 || mpl->phase == 2))
+#endif
+         xfault("mpl_read_data: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (file == NULL)
+         xfault("mpl_read_data: no input filename specified\n");
+      /* set up error handler */
+      if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done;
+      /* process data section */
+      mpl->phase = 2;
+      xprintf("Reading data section from %s...\n", file);
+      mpl->flag_d = 1;
+      open_input(mpl, file);
+      /* in this case the keyword 'data' is optional */
+      if (is_literal(mpl, "data"))
+      {  get_token(mpl /* data */);
+         if (mpl->token != T_SEMICOLON)
+            error(mpl, "semicolon missing where expected");
+         get_token(mpl /* ; */);
+      }
+      data_section(mpl);
+      /* process end statement */
+      end_statement(mpl);
+      xprintf("%d line%s were read\n",
+         mpl->line, mpl->line == 1 ? "" : "s");
+      close_input(mpl);
+done: /* return to the calling program */
+      return mpl->phase;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_generate - generate model.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_generate(MPL *mpl, char *file);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_generate generates the model using its description
+-- stored in the translator database. This phase means generating all
+-- variables, constraints, and objectives, executing check and display
+-- statements, which precede the solve statement (if it is presented),
+-- and building the problem instance.
+--
+-- The character string file specifies the name of output text file, to
+-- which output produced by display statements should be written. It is
+-- allowed to specify NULL, in which case the output goes to stdout via
+-- the routine print.
+--
+-- This routine should be called once after the routine mpl_read_model
+-- or mpl_read_data and if one of the latters returned the code 2.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_generate returns one of the following codes:
+--
+-- 3 - model has been successfully generated. In this case the calling
+--     program may call other api routines to obtain components of the
+--     problem instance from the translator database.
+-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling
+--     program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model
+--     processing. */
+
+int mpl_generate(MPL *mpl, char *file)
+{     if (!(mpl->phase == 1 || mpl->phase == 2))
+         xfault("mpl_generate: invalid call sequence\n");
+      /* set up error handler */
+      if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done;
+      /* generate model */
+      mpl->phase = 3;
+      open_output(mpl, file);
+      generate_model(mpl);
+      flush_output(mpl);
+      /* build problem instance */
+      build_problem(mpl);
+      /* generation phase has been finished */
+      xprintf("Model has been successfully generated\n");
+done: /* return to the calling program */
+      return mpl->phase;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_prob_name - obtain problem (model) name.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- char *mpl_get_prob_name(MPL *mpl);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_prob_name returns a pointer to internal buffer,
+-- which contains symbolic name of the problem (model).
+--
+-- *Note*
+--
+-- Currently MathProg has no feature to assign a symbolic name to the
+-- model. Therefore the routine mpl_get_prob_name tries to construct
+-- such name using the name of input text file containing model section,
+-- although this is not a good idea (due to portability problems). */
+
+char *mpl_get_prob_name(MPL *mpl)
+{     char *name = mpl->mpl_buf;
+      char *file = mpl->mod_file;
+      int k;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_prob_name: invalid call sequence\n");
+      for (;;)
+      {  if (strchr(file, '/') != NULL)
+            file = strchr(file, '/') + 1;
+         else if (strchr(file, '\\') != NULL)
+            file = strchr(file, '\\') + 1;
+         else if (strchr(file, ':') != NULL)
+            file = strchr(file, ':') + 1;
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      for (k = 0; ; k++)
+      {  if (k == 255) break;
+         if (!(isalnum((unsigned char)*file) || *file == '_')) break;
+         name[k] = *file++;
+      }
+      if (k == 0)
+         strcpy(name, "Unknown");
+      else
+         name[k] = '\0';
+      xassert(strlen(name) <= 255);
+      return name;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_num_rows - determine number of rows.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_get_num_rows(MPL *mpl);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_num_rows returns total number of rows in the
+-- problem, where each row is an individual constraint or objective. */
+
+int mpl_get_num_rows(MPL *mpl)
+{     if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_num_rows: invalid call sequence\n");
+      return mpl->m;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_num_cols - determine number of columns.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_get_num_cols(MPL *mpl);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_num_cols returns total number of columns in the
+-- problem, where each column is an individual variable. */
+
+int mpl_get_num_cols(MPL *mpl)
+{     if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_num_cols: invalid call sequence\n");
+      return mpl->n;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_row_name - obtain row name.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- char *mpl_get_row_name(MPL *mpl, int i);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_row_name returns a pointer to internal buffer,
+-- which contains symbolic name of i-th row of the problem. */
+
+char *mpl_get_row_name(MPL *mpl, int i)
+{     char *name = mpl->mpl_buf, *t;
+      int len;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_name: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m))
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_name: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      strcpy(name, mpl->row[i]->con->name);
+      len = strlen(name);
+      xassert(len <= 255);
+      t = format_tuple(mpl, '[', mpl->row[i]->memb->tuple);
+      while (*t)
+      {  if (len == 255) break;
+         name[len++] = *t++;
+      }
+      name[len] = '\0';
+      if (len == 255) strcpy(name+252, "...");
+      xassert(strlen(name) <= 255);
+      return name;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_row_kind - determine row kind.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_get_row_kind(MPL *mpl, int i);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_row_kind returns the kind of i-th row, which can
+-- be one of the following:
+--
+-- MPL_ST  - non-free (constraint) row;
+-- MPL_MIN - free (objective) row to be minimized;
+-- MPL_MAX - free (objective) row to be maximized. */
+
+int mpl_get_row_kind(MPL *mpl, int i)
+{     int kind;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_kind: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m))
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_kind: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      switch (mpl->row[i]->con->type)
+      {  case A_CONSTRAINT:
+            kind = MPL_ST; break;
+         case A_MINIMIZE:
+            kind = MPL_MIN; break;
+         case A_MAXIMIZE:
+            kind = MPL_MAX; break;
+         default:
+            xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      }
+      return kind;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_row_bnds - obtain row bounds.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_get_row_bnds(MPL *mpl, int i, double *lb, double *ub);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_row_bnds stores lower and upper bounds of i-th
+-- row of the problem to the locations, which the parameters lb and ub
+-- point to, respectively. Besides the routine returns the type of the
+-- i-th row.
+--
+-- If some of the parameters lb and ub is NULL, the corresponding bound
+-- value is not stored.
+--
+-- Types and bounds have the following meaning:
+--
+--     Type           Bounds          Note
+--    -----------------------------------------------------------
+--    MPL_FR   -inf <  f(x) <  +inf   Free linear form
+--    MPL_LO     lb <= f(x) <  +inf   Inequality f(x) >= lb
+--    MPL_UP   -inf <  f(x) <=  ub    Inequality f(x) <= ub
+--    MPL_DB     lb <= f(x) <=  ub    Inequality lb <= f(x) <= ub
+--    MPL_FX           f(x)  =  lb    Equality f(x) = lb
+--
+-- where f(x) is the corresponding linear form of the i-th row.
+--
+-- If the row has no lower bound, *lb is set to zero; if the row has
+-- no upper bound, *ub is set to zero; and if the row is of fixed type,
+-- both *lb and *ub are set to the same value.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine returns the type of the i-th row as it is stated in the
+-- table above. */
+
+int mpl_get_row_bnds(MPL *mpl, int i, double *_lb, double *_ub)
+{     ELEMCON *con;
+      int type;
+      double lb, ub;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_bnds: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m))
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_bnds: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      con = mpl->row[i];
+#if 0 /* 21/VII-2006 */
+      if (con->con->lbnd == NULL && con->con->ubnd == NULL)
+         type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0;
+      else if (con->con->ubnd == NULL)
+         type = MPL_LO, lb = con->lbnd, ub = 0.0;
+      else if (con->con->lbnd == NULL)
+         type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0, ub = con->ubnd;
+      else if (con->con->lbnd != con->con->ubnd)
+         type = MPL_DB, lb = con->lbnd, ub = con->ubnd;
+      else
+         type = MPL_FX, lb = ub = con->lbnd;
+#else
+      lb = (con->con->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX : con->lbnd);
+      ub = (con->con->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX : con->ubnd);
+      if (lb == -DBL_MAX && ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0;
+      else if (ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         type = MPL_LO, ub = 0.0;
+      else if (lb == -DBL_MAX)
+         type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0;
+      else if (con->con->lbnd != con->con->ubnd)
+         type = MPL_DB;
+      else
+         type = MPL_FX;
+#endif
+      if (_lb != NULL) *_lb = lb;
+      if (_ub != NULL) *_ub = ub;
+      return type;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_mat_row - obtain row of the constraint matrix.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_get_mat_row(MPL *mpl, int i, int ndx[], double val[]);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_mat_row stores column indices and numeric values
+-- of constraint coefficients for the i-th row to locations ndx[1], ...,
+-- ndx[len] and val[1], ..., val[len], respectively, where 0 <= len <= n
+-- is number of (structural) non-zero constraint coefficients, and n is
+-- number of columns in the problem.
+--
+-- If the parameter ndx is NULL, column indices are not stored. If the
+-- parameter val is NULL, numeric values are not stored.
+--
+-- Note that free rows may have constant terms, which are not part of
+-- the constraint matrix and therefore not reported by this routine. The
+-- constant term of a particular row can be obtained, if necessary, via
+-- the routine mpl_get_row_c0.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_mat_row returns len, which is length of i-th row
+-- of the constraint matrix (i.e. number of non-zero coefficients). */
+
+int mpl_get_mat_row(MPL *mpl, int i, int ndx[], double val[])
+{     FORMULA *term;
+      int len = 0;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_mat_row: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m))
+         xfault("mpl_get_mat_row: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      for (term = mpl->row[i]->form; term != NULL; term = term->next)
+      {  xassert(term->var != NULL);
+         len++;
+         xassert(len <= mpl->n);
+         if (ndx != NULL) ndx[len] = term->var->j;
+         if (val != NULL) val[len] = term->coef;
+      }
+      return len;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_row_c0 - obtain constant term of free row.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- double mpl_get_row_c0(MPL *mpl, int i);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_row_c0 returns numeric value of constant term of
+-- i-th row.
+--
+-- Note that only free rows may have non-zero constant terms. Therefore
+-- if i-th row is not free, the routine returns zero. */
+
+double mpl_get_row_c0(MPL *mpl, int i)
+{     ELEMCON *con;
+      double c0;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_c0: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m))
+         xfault("mpl_get_row_c0: i = %d; row number out of range\n",
+            i);
+      con = mpl->row[i];
+      if (con->con->lbnd == NULL && con->con->ubnd == NULL)
+         c0 = - con->lbnd;
+      else
+         c0 = 0.0;
+      return c0;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_col_name - obtain column name.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- char *mpl_get_col_name(MPL *mpl, int j);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_col_name returns a pointer to internal buffer,
+-- which contains symbolic name of j-th column of the problem. */
+
+char *mpl_get_col_name(MPL *mpl, int j)
+{     char *name = mpl->mpl_buf, *t;
+      int len;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_col_name: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n))
+         xfault("mpl_get_col_name: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      strcpy(name, mpl->col[j]->var->name);
+      len = strlen(name);
+      xassert(len <= 255);
+      t = format_tuple(mpl, '[', mpl->col[j]->memb->tuple);
+      while (*t)
+      {  if (len == 255) break;
+         name[len++] = *t++;
+      }
+      name[len] = '\0';
+      if (len == 255) strcpy(name+252, "...");
+      xassert(strlen(name) <= 255);
+      return name;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_col_kind - determine column kind.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_get_col_kind(MPL *mpl, int j);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_col_kind returns the kind of j-th column, which
+-- can be one of the following:
+--
+-- MPL_NUM - continuous variable;
+-- MPL_INT - integer variable;
+-- MPL_BIN - binary variable.
+--
+-- Note that column kinds are defined independently on type and bounds
+-- (reported by the routine mpl_get_col_bnds) of corresponding columns.
+-- This means, in particular, that bounds of an integer column may be
+-- fractional, or a binary column may have lower and upper bounds that
+-- are not 0 and 1 (or it may have no lower/upper bound at all). */
+
+int mpl_get_col_kind(MPL *mpl, int j)
+{     int kind;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_col_kind: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n))
+         xfault("mpl_get_col_kind: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      switch (mpl->col[j]->var->type)
+      {  case A_NUMERIC:
+            kind = MPL_NUM; break;
+         case A_INTEGER:
+            kind = MPL_INT; break;
+         case A_BINARY:
+            kind = MPL_BIN; break;
+         default:
+            xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      }
+      return kind;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_get_col_bnds - obtain column bounds.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_get_col_bnds(MPL *mpl, int j, double *lb, double *ub);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_get_col_bnds stores lower and upper bound of j-th
+-- column of the problem to the locations, which the parameters lb and
+-- ub point to, respectively. Besides the routine returns the type of
+-- the j-th column.
+--
+-- If some of the parameters lb and ub is NULL, the corresponding bound
+-- value is not stored.
+--
+-- Types and bounds have the following meaning:
+--
+--     Type         Bounds         Note
+--    ------------------------------------------------------
+--    MPL_FR   -inf <  x <  +inf   Free (unbounded) variable
+--    MPL_LO     lb <= x <  +inf   Variable with lower bound
+--    MPL_UP   -inf <  x <=  ub    Variable with upper bound
+--    MPL_DB     lb <= x <=  ub    Double-bounded variable
+--    MPL_FX           x  =  lb    Fixed variable
+--
+-- where x is individual variable corresponding to the j-th column.
+--
+-- If the column has no lower bound, *lb is set to zero; if the column
+-- has no upper bound, *ub is set to zero; and if the column is of fixed
+-- type, both *lb and *ub are set to the same value.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine returns the type of the j-th column as it is stated in
+-- the table above. */
+
+int mpl_get_col_bnds(MPL *mpl, int j, double *_lb, double *_ub)
+{     ELEMVAR *var;
+      int type;
+      double lb, ub;
+      if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_get_col_bnds: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n))
+         xfault("mpl_get_col_bnds: j = %d; column number out of range\n"
+            , j);
+      var = mpl->col[j];
+#if 0 /* 21/VII-2006 */
+      if (var->var->lbnd == NULL && var->var->ubnd == NULL)
+         type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0;
+      else if (var->var->ubnd == NULL)
+         type = MPL_LO, lb = var->lbnd, ub = 0.0;
+      else if (var->var->lbnd == NULL)
+         type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0, ub = var->ubnd;
+      else if (var->var->lbnd != var->var->ubnd)
+         type = MPL_DB, lb = var->lbnd, ub = var->ubnd;
+      else
+         type = MPL_FX, lb = ub = var->lbnd;
+#else
+      lb = (var->var->lbnd == NULL ? -DBL_MAX : var->lbnd);
+      ub = (var->var->ubnd == NULL ? +DBL_MAX : var->ubnd);
+      if (lb == -DBL_MAX && ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         type = MPL_FR, lb = ub = 0.0;
+      else if (ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         type = MPL_LO, ub = 0.0;
+      else if (lb == -DBL_MAX)
+         type = MPL_UP, lb = 0.0;
+      else if (var->var->lbnd != var->var->ubnd)
+         type = MPL_DB;
+      else
+         type = MPL_FX;
+#endif
+      if (_lb != NULL) *_lb = lb;
+      if (_ub != NULL) *_ub = ub;
+      return type;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_has_solve_stmt - check if model has solve statement.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_has_solve_stmt(MPL *mpl);
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- If the model has the solve statement, the routine returns non-zero,
+-- otherwise zero is returned. */
+
+int mpl_has_solve_stmt(MPL *mpl)
+{     if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_has_solve_stmt: invalid call sequence\n");
+      return mpl->flag_s;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+void mpl_put_row_soln(MPL *mpl, int i, int stat, double prim,
+      double dual)
+{     /* store row (constraint/objective) solution components */
+      xassert(mpl->phase == 3);
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= mpl->m);
+      mpl->row[i]->stat = stat;
+      mpl->row[i]->prim = prim;
+      mpl->row[i]->dual = dual;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 15/V-2010 */
+void mpl_put_col_soln(MPL *mpl, int j, int stat, double prim,
+      double dual)
+{     /* store column (variable) solution components */
+      xassert(mpl->phase == 3);
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n);
+      mpl->col[j]->stat = stat;
+      mpl->col[j]->prim = prim;
+      mpl->col[j]->dual = dual;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* 15/V-2010 */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_put_col_value - store column value.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- void mpl_put_col_value(MPL *mpl, int j, double val);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_put_col_value stores numeric value of j-th column
+-- into the translator database. It is assumed that the column value is
+-- provided by the solver. */
+
+void mpl_put_col_value(MPL *mpl, int j, double val)
+{     if (mpl->phase != 3)
+         xfault("mpl_put_col_value: invalid call sequence\n");
+      if (!(1 <= j && j <= mpl->n))
+         xfault(
+         "mpl_put_col_value: j = %d; column number out of range\n", j);
+      mpl->col[j]->prim = val;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_postsolve - postsolve model.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- int mpl_postsolve(MPL *mpl);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_postsolve performs postsolving of the model using
+-- its description stored in the translator database. This phase means
+-- executing statements, which follow the solve statement.
+--
+-- If this routine is used, it should be called once after the routine
+-- mpl_generate and if the latter returned the code 3.
+--
+-- *Returns*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_postsolve returns one of the following codes:
+--
+-- 3 - model has been successfully postsolved.
+-- 4 - processing failed due to some errors. In this case the calling
+--     program should call the routine mpl_terminate to terminate model
+--     processing. */
+
+int mpl_postsolve(MPL *mpl)
+{     if (!(mpl->phase == 3 && !mpl->flag_p))
+         xfault("mpl_postsolve: invalid call sequence\n");
+      /* set up error handler */
+      if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) goto done;
+      /* perform postsolving */
+      postsolve_model(mpl);
+      flush_output(mpl);
+      /* postsolving phase has been finished */
+      xprintf("Model has been successfully processed\n");
+done: /* return to the calling program */
+      return mpl->phase;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+-- mpl_terminate - free all resources used by translator.
+--
+-- *Synopsis*
+--
+-- #include "glpmpl.h"
+-- void mpl_terminate(MPL *mpl);
+--
+-- *Description*
+--
+-- The routine mpl_terminate frees all the resources used by the GNU
+-- MathProg translator. */
+
+void mpl_terminate(MPL *mpl)
+{     if (setjmp(mpl->jump)) xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      switch (mpl->phase)
+      {  case 0:
+         case 1:
+         case 2:
+         case 3:
+            /* there were no errors; clean the model content */
+            clean_model(mpl);
+            xassert(mpl->a_list == NULL);
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+            xassert(mpl->dca == NULL);
+#endif
+            break;
+         case 4:
+            /* model processing has been finished due to error; delete
+               search trees, which may be created for some arrays */
+            {  ARRAY *a;
+               for (a = mpl->a_list; a != NULL; a = a->next)
+                  if (a->tree != NULL) avl_delete_tree(a->tree);
+            }
+#if 1 /* 11/II-2008 */
+            free_dca(mpl);
+#endif
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(mpl != mpl);
+      }
+      /* delete the translator database */
+      xfree(mpl->image);
+      xfree(mpl->b_image);
+      xfree(mpl->f_image);
+      xfree(mpl->context);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->pool);
+      avl_delete_tree(mpl->tree);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->strings);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->symbols);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->tuples);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->arrays);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->members);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->elemvars);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->formulae);
+      dmp_delete_pool(mpl->elemcons);
+      xfree(mpl->sym_buf);
+      xfree(mpl->tup_buf);
+      rng_delete_rand(mpl->rand);
+      if (mpl->row != NULL) xfree(mpl->row);
+      if (mpl->col != NULL) xfree(mpl->col);
+      if (mpl->in_fp != NULL) glp_close(mpl->in_fp);
+      if (mpl->out_fp != NULL && mpl->out_fp != (void *)stdout)
+         glp_close(mpl->out_fp);
+      if (mpl->out_file != NULL) xfree(mpl->out_file);
+      if (mpl->prt_fp != NULL) glp_close(mpl->prt_fp);
+      if (mpl->prt_file != NULL) xfree(mpl->prt_file);
+      if (mpl->mod_file != NULL) xfree(mpl->mod_file);
+      xfree(mpl->mpl_buf);
+      xfree(mpl);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl5.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl5.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5374c9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/* mpl5.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Authors: Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>
+*           Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#if 1 /* 11/VI-2013 */
+#include "jd.h"
+#endif
+#include "mpl.h"
+
+double fn_gmtime(MPL *mpl)
+{     /* obtain the current calendar time (UTC) */
+      time_t timer;
+      struct tm *tm;
+      int j;
+      time(&timer);
+      if (timer == (time_t)(-1))
+err:     error(mpl, "gmtime(); unable to obtain current calendar time");
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+      tm = gmtime(&timer);
+#else
+      tm = xgmtime(&timer);
+#endif
+      if (tm == NULL) goto err;
+      j = jday(tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_mon + 1, 1900 + tm->tm_year);
+      if (j < 0) goto err;
+      return (((double)(j - jday(1, 1, 1970)) * 24.0 +
+         (double)tm->tm_hour) * 60.0 + (double)tm->tm_min) * 60.0 +
+         (double)tm->tm_sec;
+}
+
+static char *week[] = { "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday",
+      "Friday", "Saturday", "Sunday" };
+
+static char *moon[] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May",
+      "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November",
+      "December" };
+
+static void error1(MPL *mpl, const char *str, const char *s,
+      const char *fmt, const char *f, const char *msg)
+{     xprintf("Input string passed to str2time:\n");
+      xprintf("%s\n", str);
+      xprintf("%*s\n", (s - str) + 1, "^");
+      xprintf("Format string passed to str2time:\n");
+      xprintf("%s\n", fmt);
+      xprintf("%*s\n", (f - fmt) + 1, "^");
+      error(mpl, "%s", msg);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+double fn_str2time(MPL *mpl, const char *str, const char *fmt)
+{     /* convert character string to the calendar time */
+      int j, year, month, day, hh, mm, ss, zone;
+      const char *s, *f;
+      year = month = day = hh = mm = ss = -1, zone = INT_MAX;
+      s = str;
+      for (f = fmt; *f != '\0'; f++)
+      {  if (*f == '%')
+         {  f++;
+            if (*f == 'b' || *f == 'h')
+            {  /* the abbreviated month name */
+               int k;
+               char *name;
+               if (month >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month multiply specified"
+                     );
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               for (month = 1; month <= 12; month++)
+               {  name = moon[month-1];
+                  for (k = 0; k <= 2; k++)
+                  {  if (toupper((unsigned char)s[k]) !=
+                         toupper((unsigned char)name[k])) goto next;
+                  }
+                  s += 3;
+                  for (k = 3; name[k] != '\0'; k++)
+                  {  if (toupper((unsigned char)*s) !=
+                         toupper((unsigned char)name[k])) break;
+                     s++;
+                  }
+                  break;
+next:             ;
+               }
+               if (month > 12)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "abbreviated month name m"
+                     "issing or invalid");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'd')
+            {  /* the day of the month as a decimal number (01..31) */
+               if (day >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "day multiply specified");
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "day missing or invalid");
+               day = (*s++) - '0';
+               if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')
+                  day = 10 * day + ((*s++) - '0');
+               if (!(1 <= day && day <= 31))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "day out of range");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'H')
+            {  /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock
+                  (00..23) */
+               if (hh >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "hour multiply specified")
+                     ;
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "hour missing or invalid")
+                     ;
+               hh = (*s++) - '0';
+               if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')
+                  hh = 10 * hh + ((*s++) - '0');
+               if (!(0 <= hh && hh <= 23))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "hour out of range");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'm')
+            {  /* the month as a decimal number (01..12) */
+               if (month >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month multiply specified"
+                     );
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month missing or invalid"
+                     );
+               month = (*s++) - '0';
+               if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')
+                  month = 10 * month + ((*s++) - '0');
+               if (!(1 <= month && month <= 12))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "month out of range");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'M')
+            {  /* the minute as a decimal number (00..59) */
+               if (mm >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "minute multiply specifie"
+                     "d");
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "minute missing or invali"
+                     "d");
+               mm = (*s++) - '0';
+               if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')
+                  mm = 10 * mm + ((*s++) - '0');
+               if (!(0 <= mm && mm <= 59))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "minute out of range");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'S')
+            {  /* the second as a decimal number (00..60) */
+               if (ss >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "second multiply specifie"
+                     "d");
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "second missing or invali"
+                     "d");
+               ss = (*s++) - '0';
+               if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')
+                  ss = 10 * ss + ((*s++) - '0');
+               if (!(0 <= ss && ss <= 60))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "second out of range");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'y')
+            {  /* the year without a century as a decimal number
+                  (00..99); the values 00 to 68 mean the years 2000 to
+                  2068 while the values 69 to 99 mean the years 1969 to
+                  1999 */
+               if (year >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year multiply specified")
+                     ;
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year missing or invalid")
+                     ;
+               year = (*s++) - '0';
+               if ('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')
+                  year = 10 * year + ((*s++) - '0');
+               year += (year >= 69 ? 1900 : 2000);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'Y')
+            {  /* the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian
+                  calendar */
+               if (year >= 0)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year multiply specified")
+                     ;
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year missing or invalid")
+                     ;
+               year = 0;
+               for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++)
+               {  if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) break;
+                  year = 10 * year + ((*s++) - '0');
+               }
+               if (!(1 <= year && year <= 4000))
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "year out of range");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'z')
+            {  /* time zone offset in the form zhhmm */
+               int z, hh, mm;
+               if (zone != INT_MAX)
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset multipl"
+                     "y specified");
+               while (*s == ' ') s++;
+               if (*s == 'Z')
+               {  z = hh = mm = 0, s++;
+                  goto skip;
+               }
+               if (*s == '+')
+                  z = +1, s++;
+               else if (*s == '-')
+                  z = -1, s++;
+               else
+                  error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset sign mi"
+                     "ssing");
+               hh = 0;
+               for (j = 1; j <= 2; j++)
+               {  if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9'))
+err1:                error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset valu"
+                        "e incomplete or invalid");
+                  hh = 10 * hh + ((*s++) - '0');
+               }
+               if (hh > 23)
+err2:             error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "time zone offset value o"
+                     "ut of range");
+               if (*s == ':')
+               {  s++;
+                  if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) goto err1;
+               }
+               mm = 0;
+               if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) goto skip;
+               for (j = 1; j <= 2; j++)
+               {  if (!('0' <= *s && *s <= '9')) goto err1;
+                  mm = 10 * mm + ((*s++) - '0');
+               }
+               if (mm > 59) goto err2;
+skip:          zone = z * (60 * hh + mm);
+            }
+            else if (*f == '%')
+            {  /* literal % character */
+               goto test;
+            }
+            else
+               error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "invalid conversion specifie"
+                  "r");
+         }
+         else if (*f == ' ')
+            ;
+         else
+test:    {  /* check a matching character in the input string */
+            if (*s != *f)
+               error1(mpl, str, s, fmt, f, "character mismatch");
+            s++;
+         }
+      }
+      if (year < 0) year = 1970;
+      if (month < 0) month = 1;
+      if (day < 0) day = 1;
+      if (hh < 0) hh = 0;
+      if (mm < 0) mm = 0;
+      if (ss < 0) ss = 0;
+      if (zone == INT_MAX) zone = 0;
+      j = jday(day, month, year);
+      xassert(j >= 0);
+      return (((double)(j - jday(1, 1, 1970)) * 24.0 + (double)hh) *
+         60.0 + (double)mm) * 60.0 + (double)ss - 60.0 * (double)zone;
+}
+
+static void error2(MPL *mpl, const char *fmt, const char *f,
+      const char *msg)
+{     xprintf("Format string passed to time2str:\n");
+      xprintf("%s\n", fmt);
+      xprintf("%*s\n", (f - fmt) + 1, "^");
+      error(mpl, "%s", msg);
+      /* no return */
+}
+
+static int weekday(int j)
+{     /* determine weekday number (1 = Mon, ..., 7 = Sun) */
+      return (j + jday(1, 1, 1970)) % 7 + 1;
+}
+
+static int firstday(int year)
+{     /* determine the first day of the first week for a specified year
+         according to ISO 8601 */
+      int j;
+      /* if 1 January is Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday, it is
+         in week 01; if 1 January is Friday, Saturday or Sunday, it is
+         in week 52 or 53 of the previous year */
+      j = jday(1, 1, year) - jday(1, 1, 1970);
+      switch (weekday(j))
+      {  case 1: /* 1 Jan is Mon */ j += 0; break;
+         case 2: /* 1 Jan is Tue */ j -= 1; break;
+         case 3: /* 1 Jan is Wed */ j -= 2; break;
+         case 4: /* 1 Jan is Thu */ j -= 3; break;
+         case 5: /* 1 Jan is Fri */ j += 3; break;
+         case 6: /* 1 Jan is Sat */ j += 2; break;
+         case 7: /* 1 Jan is Sun */ j += 1; break;
+         default: xassert(j != j);
+      }
+      /* the first day of the week must be Monday */
+      xassert(weekday(j) == 1);
+      return j;
+}
+
+void fn_time2str(MPL *mpl, char *str, double t, const char *fmt)
+{     /* convert the calendar time to character string */
+      int j, year, month, day, hh, mm, ss, len;
+      double temp;
+      const char *f;
+      char buf[MAX_LENGTH+1];
+      if (!(-62135596800.0 <= t && t <= 64092211199.0))
+         error(mpl, "time2str(%.*g,...); argument out of range",
+            DBL_DIG, t);
+      t = floor(t + 0.5);
+      temp = fabs(t) / 86400.0;
+      j = (int)floor(temp);
+      if (t < 0.0)
+      {  if (temp == floor(temp))
+            j = - j;
+         else
+            j = - (j + 1);
+      }
+      xassert(jdate(j + jday(1, 1, 1970), &day, &month, &year) == 0);
+      ss = (int)(t - 86400.0 * (double)j);
+      xassert(0 <= ss && ss < 86400);
+      mm = ss / 60, ss %= 60;
+      hh = mm / 60, mm %= 60;
+      len = 0;
+      for (f = fmt; *f != '\0'; f++)
+      {  if (*f == '%')
+         {  f++;
+            if (*f == 'a')
+            {  /* the abbreviated weekday name */
+               memcpy(buf, week[weekday(j)-1], 3), buf[3] = '\0';
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'A')
+            {  /* the full weekday name */
+               strcpy(buf, week[weekday(j)-1]);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'b' || *f == 'h')
+            {  /* the abbreviated month name */
+               memcpy(buf, moon[month-1], 3), buf[3] = '\0';
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'B')
+            {  /* the full month name */
+               strcpy(buf, moon[month-1]);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'C')
+            {  /* the century of the year */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", year / 100);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'd')
+            {  /* the day of the month as a decimal number (01..31) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", day);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'D')
+            {  /* the date using the format %m/%d/%y */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d/%02d/%02d", month, day, year % 100);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'e')
+            {  /* the day of the month like with %d, but padded with
+                  blank (1..31) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%2d", day);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'F')
+            {  /* the date using the format %Y-%m-%d */
+               sprintf(buf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", year, month, day);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'g')
+            {  /* the year corresponding to the ISO week number, but
+                  without the century (range 00 through 99); this has
+                  the same format and value as %y, except that if the
+                  ISO week number (see %V) belongs to the previous or
+                  next year, that year is used instead */
+               int iso;
+               if (j < firstday(year))
+                  iso = year - 1;
+               else if (j < firstday(year + 1))
+                  iso = year;
+               else
+                  iso = year + 1;
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", iso % 100);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'G')
+            {  /* the year corresponding to the ISO week number; this
+                  has the same format and value as %Y, excepth that if
+                  the ISO week number (see %V) belongs to the previous
+                  or next year, that year is used instead */
+               int iso;
+               if (j < firstday(year))
+                  iso = year - 1;
+               else if (j < firstday(year + 1))
+                  iso = year;
+               else
+                  iso = year + 1;
+               sprintf(buf, "%04d", iso);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'H')
+            {  /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock
+                  (00..23) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", hh);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'I')
+            {  /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 12-hour clock
+                  (01..12) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d",
+                  hh == 0 ? 12 : hh <= 12 ? hh : hh - 12);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'j')
+            {  /* the day of the year as a decimal number (001..366) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%03d",
+                  jday(day, month, year) - jday(1, 1, year) + 1);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'k')
+            {  /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock
+                  like %H, but padded with blank (0..23) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%2d", hh);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'l')
+            {  /* the hour as a decimal number, using a 12-hour clock
+                  like %I, but padded with blank (1..12) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%2d",
+                  hh == 0 ? 12 : hh <= 12 ? hh : hh - 12);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'm')
+            {  /* the month as a decimal number (01..12) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", month);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'M')
+            {  /* the minute as a decimal number (00..59) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", mm);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'p')
+            {  /* either AM or PM, according to the given time value;
+                  noon is treated as PM and midnight as AM */
+               strcpy(buf, hh <= 11 ? "AM" : "PM");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'P')
+            {  /* either am or pm, according to the given time value;
+                  noon is treated as pm and midnight as am */
+               strcpy(buf, hh <= 11 ? "am" : "pm");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'r')
+            {  /* the calendar time using the format %I:%M:%S %p */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d:%02d:%02d %s",
+                  hh == 0 ? 12 : hh <= 12 ? hh : hh - 12,
+                  mm, ss, hh <= 11 ? "AM" : "PM");
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'R')
+            {  /* the hour and minute using the format %H:%M */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d:%02d", hh, mm);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'S')
+            {  /* the second as a decimal number (00..59) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", ss);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'T')
+            {  /* the time of day using the format %H:%M:%S */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", hh, mm, ss);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'u')
+            {  /* the day of the week as a decimal number (1..7),
+                  Monday being 1 */
+               sprintf(buf, "%d", weekday(j));
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'U')
+            {  /* the week number of the current year as a decimal
+                  number (range 00 through 53), starting with the first
+                  Sunday as the first day of the first week; days
+                  preceding the first Sunday in the year are considered
+                  to be in week 00 */
+#if 1 /* 09/I-2009 */
+#undef sun
+/* causes compilation error in SunOS */
+#endif
+               int sun;
+               /* sun = the first Sunday of the year */
+               sun = jday(1, 1, year) - jday(1, 1, 1970);
+               sun += (7 - weekday(sun));
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", (j + 7 - sun) / 7);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'V')
+            {  /* the ISO week number as a decimal number (range 01
+                  through 53); ISO weeks start with Monday and end with
+                  Sunday; week 01 of a year is the first week which has
+                  the majority of its days in that year; week 01 of
+                  a year can contain days from the previous year; the
+                  week before week 01 of a year is the last week (52 or
+                  53) of the previous year even if it contains days
+                  from the new year */
+               int iso;
+               if (j < firstday(year))
+                  iso = j - firstday(year - 1);
+               else if (j < firstday(year + 1))
+                  iso = j - firstday(year);
+               else
+                  iso = j - firstday(year + 1);
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", iso / 7 + 1);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'w')
+            {  /* the day of the week as a decimal number (0..6),
+                  Sunday being 0 */
+               sprintf(buf, "%d", weekday(j) % 7);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'W')
+            {  /* the week number of the current year as a decimal
+                  number (range 00 through 53), starting with the first
+                  Monday as the first day of the first week; days
+                  preceding the first Monday in the year are considered
+                  to be in week 00 */
+               int mon;
+               /* mon = the first Monday of the year */
+               mon = jday(1, 1, year) - jday(1, 1, 1970);
+               mon += (8 - weekday(mon)) % 7;
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", (j + 7 - mon) / 7);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'y')
+            {  /* the year without a century as a decimal number
+                  (00..99) */
+               sprintf(buf, "%02d", year % 100);
+            }
+            else if (*f == 'Y')
+            {  /* the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian
+                  calendar */
+               sprintf(buf, "%04d", year);
+            }
+            else if (*f == '%')
+            {  /* a literal % character */
+               buf[0] = '%', buf[1] = '\0';
+            }
+            else
+               error2(mpl, fmt, f, "invalid conversion specifier");
+         }
+         else
+            buf[0] = *f, buf[1] = '\0';
+         if (len + strlen(buf) > MAX_LENGTH)
+            error(mpl, "time2str; output string length exceeds %d chara"
+               "cters", MAX_LENGTH);
+         memcpy(str+len, buf, strlen(buf));
+         len += strlen(buf);
+      }
+      str[len] = '\0';
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl6.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl6.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac2a0393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mpl6.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1039 @@
+/* mpl6.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mpl.h"
+#include "mplsql.h"
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define CSV_FIELD_MAX 50
+/* maximal number of fields in record */
+
+#define CSV_FDLEN_MAX 100
+/* maximal field length */
+
+struct csv
+{     /* comma-separated values file */
+      int mode;
+      /* 'R' = reading; 'W' = writing */
+      char *fname;
+      /* name of csv file */
+      FILE *fp;
+      /* stream assigned to csv file */
+      jmp_buf jump;
+      /* address for non-local go to in case of error */
+      int count;
+      /* record count */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* used only for input csv file */
+      int c;
+      /* current character or EOF */
+      int what;
+      /* current marker: */
+#define CSV_EOF   0  /* end-of-file */
+#define CSV_EOR   1  /* end-of-record */
+#define CSV_NUM   2  /* floating-point number */
+#define CSV_STR   3  /* character string */
+      char field[CSV_FDLEN_MAX+1];
+      /* current field just read */
+      int nf;
+      /* number of fields in the csv file */
+      int ref[1+CSV_FIELD_MAX];
+      /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to
+         k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field
+         of the csv file is ignored */
+#if 1 /* 01/VI-2010 */
+      int nskip;
+      /* number of comment records preceding the header record */
+#endif
+};
+
+#undef read_char
+
+static void read_char(struct csv *csv)
+{     /* read character from csv data file */
+      int c;
+      xassert(csv->c != EOF);
+      if (csv->c == '\n') csv->count++;
+loop: c = fgetc(csv->fp);
+      if (ferror(csv->fp))
+      {  xprintf("%s:%d: read error - %s\n", csv->fname, csv->count,
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            strerror(errno));
+#else
+            xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+         longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+      }
+      if (feof(csv->fp))
+      {  if (csv->c == '\n')
+         {  csv->count--;
+            c = EOF;
+         }
+         else
+         {  xprintf("%s:%d: warning: missing final end-of-line\n",
+               csv->fname, csv->count);
+            c = '\n';
+         }
+      }
+      else if (c == '\r')
+         goto loop;
+      else if (c == '\n')
+         ;
+      else if (iscntrl(c))
+      {  xprintf("%s:%d: invalid control character 0x%02X\n",
+            csv->fname, csv->count, c);
+         longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+      }
+      csv->c = c;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void read_field(struct csv *csv)
+{     /* read field from csv data file */
+      /* check for end of file */
+      if (csv->c == EOF)
+      {  csv->what = CSV_EOF;
+         strcpy(csv->field, "EOF");
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check for end of record */
+      if (csv->c == '\n')
+      {  csv->what = CSV_EOR;
+         strcpy(csv->field, "EOR");
+         read_char(csv);
+         if (csv->c == ',')
+err1:    {  xprintf("%s:%d: empty field not allowed\n", csv->fname,
+               csv->count);
+            longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+         }
+         if (csv->c == '\n')
+         {  xprintf("%s:%d: empty record not allowed\n", csv->fname,
+               csv->count);
+            longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+         }
+#if 1 /* 01/VI-2010 */
+         /* skip comment records; may appear only before the very first
+            record containing field names */
+         if (csv->c == '#' && csv->count == 1)
+         {  while (csv->c == '#')
+            {  while (csv->c != '\n')
+                  read_char(csv);
+               read_char(csv);
+               csv->nskip++;
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* skip comma before next field */
+      if (csv->c == ',')
+         read_char(csv);
+      /* read field */
+      if (csv->c == '\'' || csv->c == '"')
+      {  /* read a field enclosed in quotes */
+         int quote = csv->c, len = 0;
+         csv->what = CSV_STR;
+         /* skip opening quote */
+         read_char(csv);
+         /* read field characters within quotes */
+         for (;;)
+         {  /* check for closing quote and read it */
+            if (csv->c == quote)
+            {  read_char(csv);
+               if (csv->c == quote)
+                  ;
+               else if (csv->c == ',' || csv->c == '\n')
+                  break;
+               else
+               {  xprintf("%s:%d: invalid field\n", csv->fname,
+                     csv->count);
+                  longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+               }
+            }
+            /* check the current field length */
+            if (len == CSV_FDLEN_MAX)
+err2:       {  xprintf("%s:%d: field too long\n", csv->fname,
+                  csv->count);
+               longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+            }
+            /* add the current character to the field */
+            csv->field[len++] = (char)csv->c;
+            /* read the next character */
+            read_char(csv);
+         }
+         /* the field has been read */
+         if (len == 0) goto err1;
+         csv->field[len] = '\0';
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* read a field not enclosed in quotes */
+         int len = 0;
+         double temp;
+         csv->what = CSV_NUM;
+         while (!(csv->c == ',' || csv->c == '\n'))
+         {  /* quotes within the field are not allowed */
+            if (csv->c == '\'' || csv->c == '"')
+            {  xprintf("%s:%d: invalid use of single or double quote wi"
+                  "thin field\n", csv->fname, csv->count);
+               longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+            }
+            /* check the current field length */
+            if (len == CSV_FDLEN_MAX) goto err2;
+            /* add the current character to the field */
+            csv->field[len++] = (char)csv->c;
+            /* read the next character */
+            read_char(csv);
+         }
+         /* the field has been read */
+         if (len == 0) goto err1;
+         csv->field[len] = '\0';
+         /* check the field type */
+         if (str2num(csv->field, &temp)) csv->what = CSV_STR;
+      }
+done: return;
+}
+
+static struct csv *csv_open_file(TABDCA *dca, int mode)
+{     /* open csv data file */
+      struct csv *csv;
+      /* create control structure */
+      csv = xmalloc(sizeof(struct csv));
+      csv->mode = mode;
+      csv->fname = NULL;
+      csv->fp = NULL;
+      if (setjmp(csv->jump)) goto fail;
+      csv->count = 0;
+      csv->c = '\n';
+      csv->what = 0;
+      csv->field[0] = '\0';
+      csv->nf = 0;
+      /* try to open the csv data file */
+      if (mpl_tab_num_args(dca) < 2)
+      {  xprintf("csv_driver: file name not specified\n");
+         longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+      }
+      csv->fname = xmalloc(strlen(mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2))+1);
+      strcpy(csv->fname, mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2));
+      if (mode == 'R')
+      {  /* open the file for reading */
+         int k;
+         csv->fp = fopen(csv->fname, "r");
+         if (csv->fp == NULL)
+         {  xprintf("csv_driver: unable to open %s - %s\n",
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               csv->fname, strerror(errno));
+#else
+               csv->fname, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+            longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+         }
+#if 1 /* 01/VI-2010 */
+         csv->nskip = 0;
+#endif
+         /* skip fake new-line */
+         read_field(csv);
+         xassert(csv->what == CSV_EOR);
+         /* read field names */
+         xassert(csv->nf == 0);
+         for (;;)
+         {  read_field(csv);
+            if (csv->what == CSV_EOR)
+               break;
+            if (csv->what != CSV_STR)
+            {  xprintf("%s:%d: invalid field name\n", csv->fname,
+                  csv->count);
+               longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+            }
+            if (csv->nf == CSV_FIELD_MAX)
+            {  xprintf("%s:%d: too many fields\n", csv->fname,
+                  csv->count);
+               longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+            }
+            csv->nf++;
+            /* find corresponding field in the table statement */
+            for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--)
+            {  if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), csv->field) == 0)
+                  break;
+            }
+            csv->ref[csv->nf] = k;
+         }
+         /* find dummy RECNO field in the table statement */
+         for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--)
+            if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), "RECNO") == 0) break;
+         csv->ref[0] = k;
+      }
+      else if (mode == 'W')
+      {  /* open the file for writing */
+         int k, nf;
+         csv->fp = fopen(csv->fname, "w");
+         if (csv->fp == NULL)
+         {  xprintf("csv_driver: unable to create %s - %s\n",
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               csv->fname, strerror(errno));
+#else
+               csv->fname, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+            longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+         }
+         /* write field names */
+         nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+         for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++)
+            fprintf(csv->fp, "%s%c", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k),
+               k < nf ? ',' : '\n');
+         csv->count++;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(mode != mode);
+      /* the file has been open */
+      return csv;
+fail: /* the file cannot be open */
+      if (csv->fname != NULL) xfree(csv->fname);
+      if (csv->fp != NULL) fclose(csv->fp);
+      xfree(csv);
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+static int csv_read_record(TABDCA *dca, struct csv *csv)
+{     /* read next record from csv data file */
+      int k, ret = 0;
+      xassert(csv->mode == 'R');
+      if (setjmp(csv->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* read dummy RECNO field */
+      if (csv->ref[0] > 0)
+#if 0 /* 01/VI-2010 */
+         mpl_tab_set_num(dca, csv->ref[0], csv->count-1);
+#else
+         mpl_tab_set_num(dca, csv->ref[0], csv->count-csv->nskip-1);
+#endif
+      /* read fields */
+      for (k = 1; k <= csv->nf; k++)
+      {  read_field(csv);
+         if (csv->what == CSV_EOF)
+         {  /* end-of-file reached */
+            xassert(k == 1);
+            ret = -1;
+            goto done;
+         }
+         else if (csv->what == CSV_EOR)
+         {  /* end-of-record reached */
+            int lack = csv->nf - k + 1;
+            if (lack == 1)
+               xprintf("%s:%d: one field missing\n", csv->fname,
+                  csv->count);
+            else
+               xprintf("%s:%d: %d fields missing\n", csv->fname,
+                  csv->count, lack);
+            longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+         }
+         else if (csv->what == CSV_NUM)
+         {  /* floating-point number */
+            if (csv->ref[k] > 0)
+            {  double num;
+               xassert(str2num(csv->field, &num) == 0);
+               mpl_tab_set_num(dca, csv->ref[k], num);
+            }
+         }
+         else if (csv->what == CSV_STR)
+         {  /* character string */
+            if (csv->ref[k] > 0)
+               mpl_tab_set_str(dca, csv->ref[k], csv->field);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(csv != csv);
+      }
+      /* now there must be NL */
+      read_field(csv);
+      xassert(csv->what != CSV_EOF);
+      if (csv->what != CSV_EOR)
+      {  xprintf("%s:%d: too many fields\n", csv->fname, csv->count);
+         longjmp(csv->jump, 0);
+      }
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int csv_write_record(TABDCA *dca, struct csv *csv)
+{     /* write next record to csv data file */
+      int k, nf, ret = 0;
+      const char *c;
+      xassert(csv->mode == 'W');
+      nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+      for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++)
+      {  switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k))
+         {  case 'N':
+               fprintf(csv->fp, "%.*g", DBL_DIG,
+                  mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k));
+               break;
+            case 'S':
+               fputc('"', csv->fp);
+               for (c = mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k); *c != '\0'; c++)
+               {  if (*c == '"')
+                     fputc('"', csv->fp), fputc('"', csv->fp);
+                  else
+                     fputc(*c, csv->fp);
+               }
+               fputc('"', csv->fp);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(dca != dca);
+         }
+         fputc(k < nf ? ',' : '\n', csv->fp);
+      }
+      csv->count++;
+      if (ferror(csv->fp))
+      {  xprintf("%s:%d: write error - %s\n", csv->fname, csv->count,
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            strerror(errno));
+#else
+            xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+         ret = 1;
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+static int csv_close_file(TABDCA *dca, struct csv *csv)
+{     /* close csv data file */
+      int ret = 0;
+      xassert(dca == dca);
+      if (csv->mode == 'W')
+      {  fflush(csv->fp);
+         if (ferror(csv->fp))
+         {  xprintf("%s:%d: write error - %s\n", csv->fname,
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               csv->count, strerror(errno));
+#else
+               csv->count, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+            ret = 1;
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(csv->fname);
+      fclose(csv->fp);
+      xfree(csv);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define DBF_FIELD_MAX 50
+/* maximal number of fields in record */
+
+#define DBF_FDLEN_MAX 100
+/* maximal field length */
+
+struct dbf
+{     /* xBASE data file */
+      int mode;
+      /* 'R' = reading; 'W' = writing */
+      char *fname;
+      /* name of xBASE file */
+      FILE *fp;
+      /* stream assigned to xBASE file */
+      jmp_buf jump;
+      /* address for non-local go to in case of error */
+      int offset;
+      /* offset of a byte to be read next */
+      int count;
+      /* record count */
+      int nf;
+      /* number of fields */
+      int ref[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX];
+      /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to
+         k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field
+         of the csv file is ignored */
+      int type[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX];
+      /* type[k] is type of k-th field */
+      int len[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX];
+      /* len[k] is length of k-th field */
+      int prec[1+DBF_FIELD_MAX];
+      /* prec[k] is precision of k-th field */
+};
+
+static int read_byte(struct dbf *dbf)
+{     /* read byte from xBASE data file */
+      int b;
+      b = fgetc(dbf->fp);
+      if (ferror(dbf->fp))
+      {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: read error - %s\n", dbf->fname,
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+            dbf->offset, strerror(errno));
+#else
+            dbf->offset, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+         longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+      }
+      if (feof(dbf->fp))
+      {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: unexpected end of file\n", dbf->fname,
+            dbf->offset);
+         longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+      }
+      xassert(0x00 <= b && b <= 0xFF);
+      dbf->offset++;
+      return b;
+}
+
+static void read_header(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf)
+{     /* read xBASE data file header */
+      int b, j, k, recl;
+      char name[10+1];
+      /* (ignored) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= 10; j++)
+         read_byte(dbf);
+      /* length of each record, in bytes */
+      recl = read_byte(dbf);
+      recl += read_byte(dbf) << 8;
+      /* (ignored) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= 20; j++)
+         read_byte(dbf);
+      /* field descriptor array */
+      xassert(dbf->nf == 0);
+      for (;;)
+      {  /* check for end of array */
+         b = read_byte(dbf);
+         if (b == 0x0D) break;
+         if (dbf->nf == DBF_FIELD_MAX)
+         {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: too many fields\n", dbf->fname,
+               dbf->offset);
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         dbf->nf++;
+         /* field name */
+         name[0] = (char)b;
+         for (j = 1; j < 10; j++)
+         {  b = read_byte(dbf);
+            name[j] = (char)b;
+         }
+         name[10] = '\0';
+         b = read_byte(dbf);
+         if (b != 0x00)
+         {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid field name\n", dbf->fname,
+               dbf->offset);
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         /* find corresponding field in the table statement */
+         for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--)
+            if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), name) == 0) break;
+         dbf->ref[dbf->nf] = k;
+         /* field type */
+         b = read_byte(dbf);
+         if (!(b == 'C' || b == 'N'))
+         {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid field type\n", dbf->fname,
+               dbf->offset);
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         dbf->type[dbf->nf] = b;
+         /* (ignored) */
+         for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++)
+            read_byte(dbf);
+         /* field length */
+         b = read_byte(dbf);
+         if (b == 0)
+         {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid field length\n", dbf->fname,
+               dbf->offset);
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         if (b > DBF_FDLEN_MAX)
+         {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: field too long\n", dbf->fname,
+               dbf->offset);
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         dbf->len[dbf->nf] = b;
+         recl -= b;
+         /* (ignored) */
+         for (j = 1; j <= 15; j++)
+            read_byte(dbf);
+      }
+      if (recl != 1)
+      {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid file header\n", dbf->fname,
+            dbf->offset);
+         longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+      }
+      /* find dummy RECNO field in the table statement */
+      for (k = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca); k >= 1; k--)
+         if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), "RECNO") == 0) break;
+      dbf->ref[0] = k;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void parse_third_arg(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf)
+{     /* parse xBASE file format (third argument) */
+      int j, k, temp;
+      const char *arg;
+      dbf->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+      arg = mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 3), j = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++)
+      {  /* parse specification of k-th field */
+         if (arg[j] == '\0')
+         {  xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: specification missing\n",
+               mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k));
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         /* parse field type */
+         if (arg[j] == 'C' || arg[j] == 'N')
+            dbf->type[k] = arg[j], j++;
+         else
+         {  xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field type\n",
+               mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k));
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         /* check for left parenthesis */
+         if (arg[j] == '(')
+            j++;
+         else
+err:     {  xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field format\n",
+               mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k));
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         /* parse field length */
+         temp = 0;
+         while (isdigit(arg[j]))
+         {  if (temp > DBF_FDLEN_MAX) break;
+            temp = 10 * temp + (arg[j] - '0'), j++;
+         }
+         if (!(1 <= temp && temp <= DBF_FDLEN_MAX))
+         {  xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field length\n",
+               mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k));
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         dbf->len[k] = temp;
+         /* parse optional field precision */
+         if (dbf->type[k] == 'N' && arg[j] == ',')
+         {  j++;
+            temp = 0;
+            while (isdigit(arg[j]))
+            {  if (temp > dbf->len[k]) break;
+               temp = 10 * temp + (arg[j] - '0'), j++;
+            }
+            if (temp > dbf->len[k])
+            {  xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: invalid field precision"
+                  "\n", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k));
+               longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+            }
+            dbf->prec[k] = temp;
+         }
+         else
+            dbf->prec[k] = 0;
+         /* check for right parenthesis */
+         if (arg[j] == ')')
+            j++;
+         else
+            goto err;
+      }
+      /* ignore other specifications */
+      return;
+}
+
+static void write_byte(struct dbf *dbf, int b)
+{     /* write byte to xBASE data file */
+      fputc(b, dbf->fp);
+      dbf->offset++;
+      return;
+}
+
+static void write_header(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf)
+{     /* write xBASE data file header */
+      int j, k, temp;
+      const char *name;
+      /* version number */
+      write_byte(dbf, 0x03 /* file without DBT */);
+      /* date of last update (YYMMDD) */
+      write_byte(dbf, 70 /* 1970 */);
+      write_byte(dbf, 1 /* January */);
+      write_byte(dbf, 1 /* 1st */);
+      /* number of records (unknown so far) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++)
+         write_byte(dbf, 0xFF);
+      /* length of the header, in bytes */
+      temp = 32 + dbf->nf * 32 + 1;
+      write_byte(dbf, temp);
+      write_byte(dbf, temp >> 8);
+      /* length of each record, in bytes */
+      temp = 1;
+      for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++)
+         temp += dbf->len[k];
+      write_byte(dbf, temp);
+      write_byte(dbf, temp >> 8);
+      /* (reserved) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= 20; j++)
+         write_byte(dbf, 0x00);
+      /* field descriptor array */
+      for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++)
+      {  /* field name (terminated by 0x00) */
+         name = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k);
+         for (j = 0; j < 10 && name[j] != '\0'; j++)
+            write_byte(dbf, name[j]);
+         for (j = j; j < 11; j++)
+            write_byte(dbf, 0x00);
+         /* field type */
+         write_byte(dbf, dbf->type[k]);
+         /* (reserved) */
+         for (j = 1; j <= 4; j++)
+            write_byte(dbf, 0x00);
+         /* field length */
+         write_byte(dbf, dbf->len[k]);
+         /* field precision */
+         write_byte(dbf, dbf->prec[k]);
+         /* (reserved) */
+         for (j = 1; j <= 14; j++)
+            write_byte(dbf, 0x00);
+      }
+      /* end of header */
+      write_byte(dbf, 0x0D);
+      return;
+}
+
+static struct dbf *dbf_open_file(TABDCA *dca, int mode)
+{     /* open xBASE data file */
+      struct dbf *dbf;
+      /* create control structure */
+      dbf = xmalloc(sizeof(struct dbf));
+      dbf->mode = mode;
+      dbf->fname = NULL;
+      dbf->fp = NULL;
+      if (setjmp(dbf->jump)) goto fail;
+      dbf->offset = 0;
+      dbf->count = 0;
+      dbf->nf = 0;
+      /* try to open the xBASE data file */
+      if (mpl_tab_num_args(dca) < 2)
+      {  xprintf("xBASE driver: file name not specified\n");
+         longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+      }
+      dbf->fname = xmalloc(strlen(mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2))+1);
+      strcpy(dbf->fname, mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2));
+      if (mode == 'R')
+      {  /* open the file for reading */
+         dbf->fp = fopen(dbf->fname, "rb");
+         if (dbf->fp == NULL)
+         {  xprintf("xBASE driver: unable to open %s - %s\n",
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               dbf->fname, strerror(errno));
+#else
+               dbf->fname, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         read_header(dca, dbf);
+      }
+      else if (mode == 'W')
+      {  /* open the file for writing */
+         if (mpl_tab_num_args(dca) < 3)
+         {  xprintf("xBASE driver: file format not specified\n");
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         parse_third_arg(dca, dbf);
+         dbf->fp = fopen(dbf->fname, "wb");
+         if (dbf->fp == NULL)
+         {  xprintf("xBASE driver: unable to create %s - %s\n",
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               dbf->fname, strerror(errno));
+#else
+               dbf->fname, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         write_header(dca, dbf);
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(mode != mode);
+      /* the file has been open */
+      return dbf;
+fail: /* the file cannot be open */
+      if (dbf->fname != NULL) xfree(dbf->fname);
+      if (dbf->fp != NULL) fclose(dbf->fp);
+      xfree(dbf);
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+static int dbf_read_record(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf)
+{     /* read next record from xBASE data file */
+      int b, j, k, ret = 0;
+      char buf[DBF_FDLEN_MAX+1];
+      xassert(dbf->mode == 'R');
+      if (setjmp(dbf->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* check record flag */
+      b = read_byte(dbf);
+      if (b == 0x1A)
+      {  /* end of data */
+         ret = -1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      if (b != 0x20)
+      {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: invalid record flag\n", dbf->fname,
+            dbf->offset);
+         longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+      }
+      /* read dummy RECNO field */
+      if (dbf->ref[0] > 0)
+         mpl_tab_set_num(dca, dbf->ref[0], dbf->count+1);
+      /* read fields */
+      for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++)
+      {  /* read k-th field */
+         for (j = 0; j < dbf->len[k]; j++)
+            buf[j] = (char)read_byte(dbf);
+         buf[dbf->len[k]] = '\0';
+         /* set field value */
+         if (dbf->type[k] == 'C')
+         {  /* character field */
+            if (dbf->ref[k] > 0)
+               mpl_tab_set_str(dca, dbf->ref[k], strtrim(buf));
+         }
+         else if (dbf->type[k] == 'N')
+         {  /* numeric field */
+            if (dbf->ref[k] > 0)
+            {  double num;
+               strspx(buf);
+               xassert(str2num(buf, &num) == 0);
+               mpl_tab_set_num(dca, dbf->ref[k], num);
+            }
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(dbf != dbf);
+      }
+      /* increase record count */
+      dbf->count++;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int dbf_write_record(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf)
+{     /* write next record to xBASE data file */
+      int j, k, ret = 0;
+      char buf[255+1];
+      xassert(dbf->mode == 'W');
+      if (setjmp(dbf->jump))
+      {  ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* record flag */
+      write_byte(dbf, 0x20);
+      xassert(dbf->nf == mpl_tab_num_flds(dca));
+      for (k = 1; k <= dbf->nf; k++)
+      {  if (dbf->type[k] == 'C')
+         {  /* character field */
+            const char *str;
+            if (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k) == 'N')
+            {  sprintf(buf, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k));
+               str = buf;
+            }
+            else if (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k) == 'S')
+               str = mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k);
+            else
+               xassert(dca != dca);
+            if ((int)strlen(str) > dbf->len[k])
+            {  xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: cannot convert %.15s..."
+                  " to field format\n", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), str);
+               longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+            }
+            for (j = 0; j < dbf->len[k] && str[j] != '\0'; j++)
+                write_byte(dbf, str[j]);
+            for (j = j; j < dbf->len[k]; j++)
+                write_byte(dbf, ' ');
+         }
+         else if (dbf->type[k] == 'N')
+         {  /* numeric field */
+            double num = mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k);
+            if (fabs(num) > 1e20)
+err:        {  xprintf("xBASE driver: field %s: cannot convert %g to fi"
+                  "eld format\n", mpl_tab_get_name(dca, k), num);
+               longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+            }
+            sprintf(buf, "%*.*f", dbf->len[k], dbf->prec[k], num);
+            xassert(strlen(buf) < sizeof(buf));
+            if ((int)strlen(buf) != dbf->len[k]) goto err;
+            for (j = 0; j < dbf->len[k]; j++)
+               write_byte(dbf, buf[j]);
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(dbf != dbf);
+      }
+      /* increase record count */
+      dbf->count++;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+static int dbf_close_file(TABDCA *dca, struct dbf *dbf)
+{     /* close xBASE data file */
+      int ret = 0;
+      xassert(dca == dca);
+      if (dbf->mode == 'W')
+      {  if (setjmp(dbf->jump))
+         {  ret = 1;
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         /* end-of-file flag */
+         write_byte(dbf, 0x1A);
+         /* number of records */
+         dbf->offset = 4;
+         if (fseek(dbf->fp, dbf->offset, SEEK_SET))
+         {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: seek error - %s\n", dbf->fname,
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               dbf->offset, strerror(errno));
+#else
+               dbf->offset, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+         write_byte(dbf, dbf->count);
+         write_byte(dbf, dbf->count >> 8);
+         write_byte(dbf, dbf->count >> 16);
+         write_byte(dbf, dbf->count >> 24);
+         fflush(dbf->fp);
+         if (ferror(dbf->fp))
+         {  xprintf("%s:0x%X: write error - %s\n", dbf->fname,
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+               dbf->offset, strerror(errno));
+#else
+               dbf->offset, xstrerr(errno));
+#endif
+            longjmp(dbf->jump, 0);
+         }
+skip:    ;
+      }
+      xfree(dbf->fname);
+      fclose(dbf->fp);
+      xfree(dbf);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define TAB_CSV   1
+#define TAB_XBASE 2
+#define TAB_ODBC  3
+#define TAB_MYSQL 4
+
+void mpl_tab_drv_open(MPL *mpl, int mode)
+{     TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca;
+      xassert(dca->id == 0);
+      xassert(dca->link == NULL);
+      xassert(dca->na >= 1);
+      if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "CSV") == 0)
+      {  dca->id = TAB_CSV;
+         dca->link = csv_open_file(dca, mode);
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "xBASE") == 0)
+      {  dca->id = TAB_XBASE;
+         dca->link = dbf_open_file(dca, mode);
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "ODBC") == 0 ||
+               strcmp(dca->arg[1], "iODBC") == 0)
+      {  dca->id = TAB_ODBC;
+         dca->link = db_iodbc_open(dca, mode);
+      }
+      else if (strcmp(dca->arg[1], "MySQL") == 0)
+      {  dca->id = TAB_MYSQL;
+         dca->link = db_mysql_open(dca, mode);
+      }
+      else
+         xprintf("Invalid table driver '%s'\n", dca->arg[1]);
+      if (dca->link == NULL)
+         error(mpl, "error on opening table %s",
+            mpl->stmt->u.tab->name);
+      return;
+}
+
+int mpl_tab_drv_read(MPL *mpl)
+{     TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca;
+      int ret;
+      switch (dca->id)
+      {  case TAB_CSV:
+            ret = csv_read_record(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_XBASE:
+            ret = dbf_read_record(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_ODBC:
+            ret = db_iodbc_read(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_MYSQL:
+            ret = db_mysql_read(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(dca != dca);
+      }
+      if (ret > 0)
+         error(mpl, "error on reading data from table %s",
+            mpl->stmt->u.tab->name);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+void mpl_tab_drv_write(MPL *mpl)
+{     TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca;
+      int ret;
+      switch (dca->id)
+      {  case TAB_CSV:
+            ret = csv_write_record(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_XBASE:
+            ret = dbf_write_record(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_ODBC:
+            ret = db_iodbc_write(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_MYSQL:
+            ret = db_mysql_write(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(dca != dca);
+      }
+      if (ret)
+         error(mpl, "error on writing data to table %s",
+            mpl->stmt->u.tab->name);
+      return;
+}
+
+void mpl_tab_drv_close(MPL *mpl)
+{     TABDCA *dca = mpl->dca;
+      int ret;
+      switch (dca->id)
+      {  case TAB_CSV:
+            ret = csv_close_file(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_XBASE:
+            ret = dbf_close_file(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_ODBC:
+            ret = db_iodbc_close(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         case TAB_MYSQL:
+            ret = db_mysql_close(dca, dca->link);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(dca != dca);
+      }
+      dca->id = 0;
+      dca->link = NULL;
+      if (ret)
+         error(mpl, "error on closing table %s",
+            mpl->stmt->u.tab->name);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fcd2afa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1659 @@
+/* mplsql.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Author: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>.
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "mpl.h"
+#include "mplsql.h"
+
+#ifdef ODBC_DLNAME
+#define HAVE_ODBC
+#define libodbc ODBC_DLNAME
+#define h_odbc (get_env_ptr()->h_odbc)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MYSQL_DLNAME
+#define HAVE_MYSQL
+#define libmysql MYSQL_DLNAME
+#define h_mysql (get_env_ptr()->h_mysql)
+#endif
+
+static void *db_iodbc_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char
+      **sqllines);
+static void *db_mysql_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char
+      **sqllines);
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(HAVE_ODBC) || defined(HAVE_MYSQL)
+
+#define SQL_FIELD_MAX 100
+/* maximal field count */
+
+#define SQL_FDLEN_MAX 255
+/* maximal field length */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  args_concat - concatenate arguments
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  static char **args_concat(TABDCA *dca);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The arguments passed in dca are SQL statements. A SQL statement may
+*  be split over multiple arguments. The last argument of a SQL
+*  statement will be terminated with a semilocon. Each SQL statement is
+*  merged into a single zero terminated string. Boundaries between
+*  arguments are replaced by space.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  Buffer with SQL statements */
+
+static char **args_concat(TABDCA *dca)
+{
+   const char  *arg;
+   int          i;
+   int          j;
+   int          j0;
+   int          j1;
+   size_t       len;
+   int          lentot;
+   int          narg;
+   int          nline = 0;
+   char       **sqllines = NULL;
+
+   narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca);
+   /* The SQL statements start with argument 3. */
+   if (narg < 3)
+      return NULL;
+   /* Count the SQL statements */
+   for (j = 3; j <= narg; j++)
+   {
+      arg = mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, j);
+      len = strlen(arg);
+      if (arg[len-1] == ';' || j == narg)
+        nline ++;
+   }
+   /* Allocate string buffer. */
+   sqllines = (char **) xmalloc((nline+1) * sizeof(char **));
+   /* Join arguments */
+   sqllines[0] = NULL;
+   j0     = 3;
+   i      = 0;
+   lentot = 0;
+   for (j = 3; j <= narg; j++)
+   {
+      arg = mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, j);
+      len = strlen(arg);
+      /* add length of part */
+      lentot += len;
+      /* add length of space separating parts or 0x00 at end of SQL
+         statement */
+      lentot++;
+      if (arg[len-1] == ';' || j == narg)
+      {  /* Join arguments for a single SQL statement */
+         sqllines[i] = xmalloc(lentot);
+         sqllines[i+1] = NULL;
+         sqllines[i][0] = 0x00;
+         for (j1 = j0; j1 <= j; j1++)
+         {  if(j1>j0)
+               strcat(sqllines[i], " ");
+            strcat(sqllines[i], mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, j1));
+         }
+         len = strlen(sqllines[i]);
+         if (sqllines[i][len-1] == ';')
+            sqllines[i][len-1] = 0x00;
+         j0 = j+1;
+         i++;
+         lentot = 0;
+      }
+   }
+   return sqllines;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  free_buffer - free multiline string buffer
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  static void free_buffer(char **buf);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  buf is a list of strings terminated by NULL.
+*  The memory for the strings and for the list is released. */
+
+static void free_buffer(char **buf)
+{  int i;
+
+   for(i = 0; buf[i] != NULL; i++)
+      xfree(buf[i]);
+   xfree(buf);
+}
+
+static int db_escaped_string_length(const char* from)
+/* length of escaped string */
+{
+   int         count;
+   const char *pointer;
+
+    for (pointer = from, count = 0; *pointer != (char) '\0'; pointer++,
+         count++)
+    {
+      switch (*pointer)
+      {
+         case '\'':
+            count++;
+            break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return count;
+}
+
+static void db_escape_string (char *to, const char *from)
+/* escape string*/
+{
+   const char *source = from;
+   char *target = to;
+   size_t remaining;
+
+   remaining = strlen(from);
+
+   if (to == NULL)
+     to = (char *) (from + remaining);
+
+   while (remaining > 0)
+   {
+      switch (*source)
+      {
+         case '\'':
+            *target = '\'';
+            target++;
+            *target = '\'';
+            break;
+
+         default:
+            *target = *source;
+            }
+      source++;
+      target++;
+      remaining--;
+      }
+
+   /* Write the terminating NUL character. */
+   *target = '\0';
+}
+
+static char *db_generate_select_stmt(TABDCA *dca)
+/* generate select statement */
+{
+   char        *arg;
+   char const  *field;
+   char        *query;
+   int          j;
+   int          narg;
+   int          nf;
+   int          total;
+
+   total = 50;
+   nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+   narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca);
+   for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++)
+   {
+      field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j);
+      total += strlen(field);
+      total += 2;
+   }
+   arg = (char *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, narg);
+   total += strlen(arg);
+   query = xmalloc( total * sizeof(char));
+   strcpy (query, "SELECT ");
+   for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++)
+   {
+      field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j);
+      strcat(query, field);
+      if ( j < nf )
+         strcat(query, ", ");
+   }
+   strcat(query, " FROM ");
+   strcat(query, arg);
+   return query;
+}
+
+static char *db_generate_insert_stmt(TABDCA *dca)
+/* generate insert statement */
+{
+   char        *arg;
+   char const  *field;
+   char        *query;
+   int          j;
+   int          narg;
+   int          nf;
+   int          total;
+
+   total = 50;
+   nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+   narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca);
+   for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++)
+   {
+      field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j);
+      total += strlen(field);
+      total += 5;
+   }
+   arg = (char *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, narg);
+   total += strlen(arg);
+   query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char));
+   strcpy (query, "INSERT INTO ");
+   strcat(query, arg);
+   strcat(query, " ( ");
+   for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++)
+   {
+      field = mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j);
+      strcat(query, field);
+      if ( j < nf )
+         strcat(query, ", ");
+   }
+   strcat(query, " ) VALUES ( ");
+   for (j=1; j <= nf && j <= SQL_FIELD_MAX; j++)
+   {
+      strcat(query, "?");
+      if ( j < nf )
+         strcat(query, ", ");
+   }
+   strcat(query, " )");
+   return query;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ODBC
+
+void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode)
+{     xassert(dca == dca);
+      xassert(mode == mode);
+      xprintf("iODBC table driver not supported\n");
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+int db_iodbc_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{     xassert(dca != dca);
+      xassert(link != link);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int db_iodbc_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{     xassert(dca != dca);
+      xassert(link != link);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int db_iodbc_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{     xassert(dca != dca);
+      xassert(link != link);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WOE__)
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sql.h>
+#include <sqlext.h>
+
+struct db_odbc
+{
+   int              mode;         /*'R' = Read, 'W' = Write*/
+   SQLHDBC          hdbc;         /*connection handle*/
+   SQLHENV          henv;         /*environment handle*/
+   SQLHSTMT         hstmt;        /*statement handle*/
+   SQLSMALLINT      nresultcols;  /* columns in result*/
+   SQLULEN          collen[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1];
+   SQLLEN           outlen[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1];
+   SQLSMALLINT      coltype[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1];
+   SQLCHAR          data[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1][SQL_FDLEN_MAX+1];
+#if 1 /* 12/I-2014 */
+   SQLDOUBLE        datanum[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1];
+#endif
+   SQLCHAR          colname[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1][SQL_FDLEN_MAX+1];
+   int              isnumeric[SQL_FIELD_MAX+1];
+   int              nf;
+   /* number of fields in the csv file */
+   int              ref[1+SQL_FIELD_MAX];
+   /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to
+      k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field
+      of the csv file is ignored */
+   SQLCHAR         *query;
+   /* query generated by db_iodbc_open */
+};
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLAllocHandle (
+   SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+   SQLHANDLE             InputHandle,
+   SQLHANDLE            *OutputHandle)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLAllocHandle(
+         SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+         SQLHANDLE             InputHandle,
+         SQLHANDLE            *OutputHandle);
+
+      ep_SQLAllocHandle *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLAllocHandle *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLAllocHandle");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(HandleType, InputHandle, OutputHandle);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLBindCol (
+   SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+   SQLUSMALLINT          ColumnNumber,
+   SQLSMALLINT           TargetType,
+   SQLPOINTER            TargetValue,
+   SQLLEN                BufferLength,
+   SQLLEN               *StrLen_or_Ind)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLBindCol(
+         SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+         SQLUSMALLINT          ColumnNumber,
+         SQLSMALLINT           TargetType,
+         SQLPOINTER            TargetValue,
+         SQLLEN                BufferLength,
+         SQLLEN               *StrLen_or_Ind);
+      ep_SQLBindCol *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLBindCol *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLBindCol");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(StatementHandle, ColumnNumber, TargetType,
+         TargetValue, BufferLength, StrLen_or_Ind);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLCloseCursor (
+   SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLCloseCursor (
+         SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle);
+
+      ep_SQLCloseCursor *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLCloseCursor *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLCloseCursor");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(StatementHandle);
+}
+
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLDisconnect (
+   SQLHDBC               ConnectionHandle)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLDisconnect(
+         SQLHDBC               ConnectionHandle);
+
+      ep_SQLDisconnect *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLDisconnect *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLDisconnect");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(ConnectionHandle);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLDriverConnect (
+   SQLHDBC               hdbc,
+   SQLHWND               hwnd,
+   SQLCHAR              *szConnStrIn,
+   SQLSMALLINT           cbConnStrIn,
+   SQLCHAR              *szConnStrOut,
+   SQLSMALLINT           cbConnStrOutMax,
+   SQLSMALLINT          *pcbConnStrOut,
+   SQLUSMALLINT          fDriverCompletion)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLDriverConnect(
+         SQLHDBC               hdbc,
+         SQLHWND               hwnd,
+         SQLCHAR             * szConnStrIn,
+         SQLSMALLINT           cbConnStrIn,
+         SQLCHAR             * szConnStrOut,
+         SQLSMALLINT           cbConnStrOutMax,
+         SQLSMALLINT         * pcbConnStrOut,
+         SQLUSMALLINT          fDriverCompletion);
+
+      ep_SQLDriverConnect *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLDriverConnect *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLDriverConnect");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(hdbc, hwnd, szConnStrIn, cbConnStrIn, szConnStrOut,
+         cbConnStrOutMax, pcbConnStrOut, fDriverCompletion);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLEndTran (
+   SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+   SQLHANDLE             Handle,
+   SQLSMALLINT           CompletionType)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLEndTran (
+         SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+         SQLHANDLE             Handle,
+         SQLSMALLINT           CompletionType);
+
+      ep_SQLEndTran *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLEndTran *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLEndTran");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(HandleType, Handle, CompletionType);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLExecDirect (
+   SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+   SQLCHAR             * StatementText,
+   SQLINTEGER            TextLength)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLExecDirect (
+         SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+         SQLCHAR             * StatementText,
+         SQLINTEGER            TextLength);
+
+      ep_SQLExecDirect *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLExecDirect *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLExecDirect");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(StatementHandle, StatementText, TextLength);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLFetch (
+   SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLFetch (
+         SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle);
+
+      ep_SQLFetch *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLFetch*) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLFetch");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(StatementHandle);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLFreeHandle (
+   SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+   SQLHANDLE             Handle)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLFreeHandle (
+         SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+         SQLHANDLE             Handle);
+
+      ep_SQLFreeHandle *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLFreeHandle *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLFreeHandle");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(HandleType, Handle);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLDescribeCol (
+   SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+   SQLUSMALLINT          ColumnNumber,
+   SQLCHAR             * ColumnName,
+   SQLSMALLINT           BufferLength,
+   SQLSMALLINT         * NameLength,
+   SQLSMALLINT         * DataType,
+   SQLULEN             * ColumnSize,
+   SQLSMALLINT         * DecimalDigits,
+   SQLSMALLINT         * Nullable)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLDescribeCol (
+         SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+         SQLUSMALLINT          ColumnNumber,
+         SQLCHAR              *ColumnName,
+         SQLSMALLINT           BufferLength,
+         SQLSMALLINT          *NameLength,
+         SQLSMALLINT          *DataType,
+         SQLULEN              *ColumnSize,
+         SQLSMALLINT          *DecimalDigits,
+         SQLSMALLINT          *Nullable);
+
+      ep_SQLDescribeCol *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLDescribeCol *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLDescribeCol");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(StatementHandle, ColumnNumber, ColumnName,
+         BufferLength, NameLength,
+         DataType, ColumnSize, DecimalDigits, Nullable);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLGetDiagRec (
+   SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+   SQLHANDLE             Handle,
+   SQLSMALLINT           RecNumber,
+   SQLCHAR              *Sqlstate,
+   SQLINTEGER           *NativeError,
+   SQLCHAR              *MessageText,
+   SQLSMALLINT           BufferLength,
+   SQLSMALLINT          *TextLength)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLGetDiagRec (
+         SQLSMALLINT           HandleType,
+         SQLHANDLE             Handle,
+         SQLSMALLINT           RecNumber,
+         SQLCHAR              *Sqlstate,
+         SQLINTEGER           *NativeError,
+         SQLCHAR              *MessageText,
+         SQLSMALLINT           BufferLength,
+         SQLSMALLINT          *TextLength);
+
+      ep_SQLGetDiagRec *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLGetDiagRec *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLGetDiagRec");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(HandleType, Handle, RecNumber, Sqlstate,
+         NativeError, MessageText, BufferLength, TextLength);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLGetInfo (
+   SQLHDBC               ConnectionHandle,
+   SQLUSMALLINT          InfoType,
+   SQLPOINTER            InfoValue,
+   SQLSMALLINT           BufferLength,
+   SQLSMALLINT          *StringLength)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLGetInfo (
+         SQLHDBC               ConnectionHandle,
+         SQLUSMALLINT          InfoType,
+         SQLPOINTER            InfoValue,
+         SQLSMALLINT           BufferLength,
+         SQLSMALLINT          *StringLength);
+
+      ep_SQLGetInfo *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLGetInfo *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLGetInfo");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(ConnectionHandle, InfoType, InfoValue, BufferLength,
+         StringLength);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLNumResultCols (
+   SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+   SQLSMALLINT          *ColumnCount)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLNumResultCols (
+         SQLHSTMT              StatementHandle,
+         SQLSMALLINT          *ColumnCount);
+
+      ep_SQLNumResultCols *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLNumResultCols *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLNumResultCols");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(StatementHandle, ColumnCount);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLSetConnectAttr (
+   SQLHDBC               ConnectionHandle,
+   SQLINTEGER            Attribute,
+   SQLPOINTER            Value,
+   SQLINTEGER            StringLength)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLSetConnectAttr (
+         SQLHDBC               ConnectionHandle,
+         SQLINTEGER            Attribute,
+         SQLPOINTER            Value,
+         SQLINTEGER            StringLength);
+
+      ep_SQLSetConnectAttr *fn;
+     fn = (ep_SQLSetConnectAttr *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLSetConnectAttr");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(ConnectionHandle, Attribute, Value, StringLength);
+}
+
+SQLRETURN SQL_API dl_SQLSetEnvAttr (
+   SQLHENV               EnvironmentHandle,
+   SQLINTEGER            Attribute,
+   SQLPOINTER            Value,
+   SQLINTEGER            StringLength)
+{
+      typedef SQLRETURN SQL_API ep_SQLSetEnvAttr (
+         SQLHENV               EnvironmentHandle,
+         SQLINTEGER            Attribute,
+         SQLPOINTER            Value,
+         SQLINTEGER            StringLength);
+
+      ep_SQLSetEnvAttr *fn;
+      fn = (ep_SQLSetEnvAttr *) xdlsym(h_odbc, "SQLSetEnvAttr");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(EnvironmentHandle, Attribute, Value, StringLength);
+}
+
+static void extract_error(
+   char *fn,
+   SQLHANDLE handle,
+   SQLSMALLINT type);
+
+static int is_numeric(
+    SQLSMALLINT coltype);
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  db_iodbc_open - open connection to ODBC data base
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "mplsql.h"
+*  void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine db_iodbc_open opens a connection to an ODBC data base.
+*  It then executes the sql statements passed.
+*
+*  In the case of table read the SELECT statement is executed.
+*
+*  In the case of table write the INSERT statement is prepared.
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to data storage area created. */
+void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode)
+{  void  *ret;
+   char **sqllines;
+
+   sqllines = args_concat(dca);
+   if (sqllines == NULL)
+   {  xprintf("Missing arguments in table statement.\n"
+              "Please, supply table driver, dsn, and query.\n");
+      return NULL;
+   }
+   ret = db_iodbc_open_int(dca, mode, (const char **) sqllines);
+   free_buffer(sqllines);
+   return ret;
+}
+
+static void *db_iodbc_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char
+   **sqllines)
+{
+   struct db_odbc    *sql;
+   SQLRETURN          ret;
+   SQLCHAR FAR       *dsn;
+   SQLCHAR            info[256];
+   SQLSMALLINT        colnamelen;
+   SQLSMALLINT        nullable;
+   SQLSMALLINT        scale;
+   const char        *arg;
+   int                narg;
+   int                i, j;
+   int                total;
+
+   if (libodbc == NULL)
+   {
+      xprintf("No loader for shared ODBC library available\n");
+      return NULL;
+   }
+
+   if (h_odbc == NULL)
+   {
+      h_odbc = xdlopen(libodbc);
+      if (h_odbc == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("unable to open library %s\n", libodbc);
+         xprintf("%s\n", get_err_msg());
+         return NULL;
+      }
+   }
+
+   sql = (struct db_odbc *) xmalloc(sizeof(struct db_odbc));
+   if (sql == NULL)
+         return NULL;
+
+   sql->mode  = mode;
+   sql->hdbc  = NULL;
+   sql->henv  = NULL;
+   sql->hstmt = NULL;
+   sql->query = NULL;
+   narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca);
+
+   dsn = (SQLCHAR FAR *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2);
+   /* allocate an environment handle */
+   ret = dl_SQLAllocHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, SQL_NULL_HANDLE,
+      &(sql->henv));
+   /* set attribute to enable application to run as ODBC 3.0
+      application */
+   ret = dl_SQLSetEnvAttr(sql->henv, SQL_ATTR_ODBC_VERSION,
+      (void *) SQL_OV_ODBC3, 0);
+   /* allocate a connection handle */
+   ret = dl_SQLAllocHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->henv, &(sql->hdbc));
+   /* connect */
+   ret = dl_SQLDriverConnect(sql->hdbc, NULL, dsn, SQL_NTS, NULL, 0,
+      NULL, SQL_DRIVER_COMPLETE);
+   if (SQL_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+   {  /* output information about data base connection */
+      xprintf("Connected to ");
+      dl_SQLGetInfo(sql->hdbc, SQL_DBMS_NAME, (SQLPOINTER)info,
+         sizeof(info), NULL);
+      xprintf("%s ", info);
+      dl_SQLGetInfo(sql->hdbc, SQL_DBMS_VER, (SQLPOINTER)info,
+         sizeof(info), NULL);
+      xprintf("%s - ", info);
+      dl_SQLGetInfo(sql->hdbc, SQL_DATABASE_NAME, (SQLPOINTER)info,
+         sizeof(info), NULL);
+      xprintf("%s\n", info);
+   }
+   else
+   {  /* describe error */
+      xprintf("Failed to connect\n");
+      extract_error("SQLDriverConnect", sql->hdbc, SQL_HANDLE_DBC);
+      dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc);
+      dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv);
+      xfree(sql);
+      return NULL;
+   }
+   /* set AUTOCOMMIT on*/
+   ret = dl_SQLSetConnectAttr(sql->hdbc, SQL_ATTR_AUTOCOMMIT,
+      (SQLPOINTER)SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_ON, 0);
+   /* allocate a statement handle */
+   ret = dl_SQLAllocHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hdbc, &(sql->hstmt));
+
+   /* initialization queries */
+   for(j = 0; sqllines[j+1] != NULL; j++)
+   {
+      sql->query = (SQLCHAR *) sqllines[j];
+      xprintf("%s\n", sql->query);
+      ret = dl_SQLExecDirect(sql->hstmt, sql->query, SQL_NTS);
+      switch (ret)
+      {
+         case SQL_SUCCESS:
+         case SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO:
+         case SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND:
+            break;
+         default:
+            xprintf("db_iodbc_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n",
+               sql->query);
+            extract_error("SQLExecDirect", sql->hstmt, SQL_HANDLE_STMT);
+            dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt);
+            dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc);
+            dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc);
+            dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv);
+            xfree(sql);
+            return NULL;
+      }
+      /* commit statement */
+      dl_SQLEndTran(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv, SQL_COMMIT);
+   }
+
+   if ( sql->mode == 'R' )
+   {  sql->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+      for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++)
+         arg = sqllines[j];
+      total = strlen(arg);
+      if (total > 7 && 0 == strncmp(arg, "SELECT ", 7))
+      {
+         total = strlen(arg);
+         sql->query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char));
+         strcpy (sql->query, arg);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         sql->query = db_generate_select_stmt(dca);
+      }
+      xprintf("%s\n", sql->query);
+      if (dl_SQLExecDirect(sql->hstmt, sql->query, SQL_NTS) !=
+         SQL_SUCCESS)
+      {
+         xprintf("db_iodbc_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", sql->query);
+         extract_error("SQLExecDirect", sql->hstmt, SQL_HANDLE_STMT);
+         dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt);
+         dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc);
+         dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc);
+         dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv);
+         xfree(sql->query);
+            xfree(sql);
+         return NULL;
+      }
+      xfree(sql->query);
+      /* determine number of result columns */
+      ret = dl_SQLNumResultCols(sql->hstmt, &sql->nresultcols);
+      total = sql->nresultcols;
+      if (total > SQL_FIELD_MAX)
+      {  xprintf("db_iodbc_open: Too many fields (> %d) in query.\n"
+            "\"%s\"\n", SQL_FIELD_MAX, sql->query);
+         dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt);
+         dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc);
+         dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc);
+         dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv);
+         xfree(sql->query);
+         return NULL;
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= total; i++)
+      {  /* return a set of attributes for a column */
+         ret = dl_SQLDescribeCol(sql->hstmt, (SQLSMALLINT) i,
+            sql->colname[i], SQL_FDLEN_MAX,
+            &colnamelen, &(sql->coltype[i]), &(sql->collen[i]), &scale,
+            &nullable);
+         sql->isnumeric[i] = is_numeric(sql->coltype[i]);
+         /* bind columns to program vars, converting all types to CHAR*/
+         if (sql->isnumeric[i])
+#if 0 /* 12/I-2014 */
+         {  dl_SQLBindCol(sql->hstmt, i, SQL_DOUBLE, sql->data[i],
+#else
+         {  dl_SQLBindCol(sql->hstmt, i, SQL_DOUBLE, &sql->datanum[i],
+#endif
+               SQL_FDLEN_MAX, &(sql->outlen[i]));
+         } else
+         {  dl_SQLBindCol(sql->hstmt, i, SQL_CHAR, sql->data[i],
+               SQL_FDLEN_MAX, &(sql->outlen[i]));
+         }
+         for (j = sql->nf; j >= 1; j--)
+         {  if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j), sql->colname[i]) == 0)
+            break;
+         }
+         sql->ref[i] = j;
+      }
+   }
+   else if ( sql->mode == 'W' )
+   {  for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++)
+         arg = sqllines[j];
+      if (  NULL != strchr(arg, '?') )
+      {
+         total = strlen(arg);
+         sql->query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char));
+         strcpy (sql->query, arg);
+         }
+      else
+      {
+         sql->query = db_generate_insert_stmt(dca);
+      }
+      xprintf("%s\n", sql->query);
+   }
+   return sql;
+}
+
+int db_iodbc_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{
+   struct db_odbc  *sql;
+   SQLRETURN        ret;
+   char             buf[SQL_FDLEN_MAX+1];
+   int              i;
+   int              len;
+   double           num;
+
+   sql = (struct db_odbc *) link;
+
+   xassert(sql != NULL);
+   xassert(sql->mode == 'R');
+
+   ret=dl_SQLFetch(sql->hstmt);
+   if (ret== SQL_ERROR)
+      return -1;
+   if (ret== SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND)
+      return -1; /*EOF*/
+   for (i=1; i <= sql->nresultcols; i++)
+   {
+      if (sql->ref[i] > 0)
+      {
+         len = sql->outlen[i];
+         if (len != SQL_NULL_DATA)
+         {
+            if (sql->isnumeric[i])
+            {  mpl_tab_set_num(dca, sql->ref[i],
+#if 0 /* 12/I-2014 */
+                               *((const double *) sql->data[i]));
+#else
+                               (const double) sql->datanum[i]);
+#endif
+            }
+            else
+            {  if (len > SQL_FDLEN_MAX)
+                  len = SQL_FDLEN_MAX;
+               else if (len < 0)
+                  len = 0;
+               strncpy(buf, (const char *) sql->data[i], len);
+               buf[len] = 0x00;
+               mpl_tab_set_str(dca, sql->ref[i], strtrim(buf));
+            }
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   return 0;
+}
+
+int db_iodbc_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{
+   struct db_odbc  *sql;
+   char            *part;
+   char            *query;
+   char            *template;
+   char             num[50];
+   int              k;
+   int              len;
+   int              nf;
+
+   sql = (struct db_odbc *) link;
+   xassert(sql != NULL);
+   xassert(sql->mode == 'W');
+
+   len      = strlen(sql->query);
+   template = (char *) xmalloc( (len + 1) * sizeof(char) );
+   strcpy(template, sql->query);
+
+   nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+   for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++)
+   {     switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k))
+      {  case 'N':
+            len += 20;
+            break;
+         case 'S':
+            len += db_escaped_string_length(mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k));
+            len += 2;
+            break;
+              default:
+                        xassert(dca != dca);
+         }
+   }
+   query = xmalloc( (len + 1 ) * sizeof(char) );
+   query[0] = 0x00;
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+   for (k = 1, part = strtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL);
+      part = strtok (NULL, "?"), k++)
+#else
+   for (k = 1, part = xstrtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL);
+      part = xstrtok (NULL, "?"), k++)
+#endif
+   {
+      if (k > nf) break;
+      strcat( query, part );
+      switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k))
+      {  case 'N':
+#if 0 /* 02/XI-2010 by xypron */
+            sprintf(num, "%-18g",mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k));
+#else
+            sprintf(num, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k));
+#endif
+            strcat( query, num );
+            break;
+         case 'S':
+            strcat( query, "'");
+            db_escape_string( query + strlen(query),
+               mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k) );
+            strcat( query, "'");
+            break;
+              default:
+                        xassert(dca != dca);
+         }
+   }
+   if (part != NULL)
+      strcat(query, part);
+   if (dl_SQLExecDirect(sql->hstmt, (SQLCHAR *) query, SQL_NTS)
+      != SQL_SUCCESS)
+   {
+      xprintf("db_iodbc_write: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query);
+      extract_error("SQLExecDirect", sql->hdbc, SQL_HANDLE_DBC);
+      xfree(query);
+      xfree(template);
+      return 1;
+      }
+
+   xfree(query);
+   xfree(template);
+   return 0;
+}
+
+int db_iodbc_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{
+   struct db_odbc *sql;
+
+   sql = (struct db_odbc *) link;
+   xassert(sql != NULL);
+   /* Commit */
+   if ( sql->mode == 'W' )
+      dl_SQLEndTran(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv, SQL_COMMIT);
+   if ( sql->mode == 'R' )
+      dl_SQLCloseCursor(sql->hstmt);
+
+   dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_STMT, sql->hstmt);
+   dl_SQLDisconnect(sql->hdbc);
+   dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_DBC, sql->hdbc);
+   dl_SQLFreeHandle(SQL_HANDLE_ENV, sql->henv);
+   if ( sql->mode == 'W' )
+      xfree(sql->query);
+   xfree(sql);
+   dca->link = NULL;
+   return 0;
+}
+
+static void extract_error(
+   char *fn,
+   SQLHANDLE handle,
+   SQLSMALLINT type)
+{
+   SQLINTEGER   i = 0;
+   SQLINTEGER   native;
+   SQLCHAR   state[ 7 ];
+   SQLCHAR   text[256];
+   SQLSMALLINT  len;
+   SQLRETURN    ret;
+
+   xprintf("\nThe driver reported the following diagnostics whilst "
+      "running %s\n", fn);
+
+   do
+   {
+      ret = dl_SQLGetDiagRec(type, handle, ++i, state, &native, text,
+         sizeof(text), &len );
+      if (SQL_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+         xprintf("%s:%ld:%ld:%s\n", state, i, native, text);
+   }
+   while( ret == SQL_SUCCESS );
+}
+
+static int is_numeric(SQLSMALLINT coltype)
+{
+   int ret = 0;
+   switch (coltype)
+   {
+      case SQL_DECIMAL:
+      case SQL_NUMERIC:
+      case SQL_SMALLINT:
+      case SQL_INTEGER:
+      case SQL_REAL:
+      case SQL_FLOAT:
+      case SQL_DOUBLE:
+      case SQL_TINYINT:
+      case SQL_BIGINT:
+         ret = 1;
+         break;
+   }
+   return ret;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MYSQL
+
+void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode)
+{     xassert(dca == dca);
+      xassert(mode == mode);
+      xprintf("MySQL table driver not supported\n");
+      return NULL;
+}
+
+int db_mysql_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{     xassert(dca != dca);
+      xassert(link != link);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int db_mysql_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{     xassert(dca != dca);
+      xassert(link != link);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+int db_mysql_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{     xassert(dca != dca);
+      xassert(link != link);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WOE__)
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#define byte_defined 1
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* 12/II-2014; to fix namespace bug */
+#include <my_global.h>
+#include <my_sys.h>
+#endif
+#include <mysql.h>
+
+struct db_mysql
+{
+   int              mode;  /*'R' = Read, 'W' = Write*/
+   MYSQL           *con;   /*connection*/
+   MYSQL_RES       *res;    /*result*/
+   int              nf;
+   /* number of fields in the csv file */
+   int              ref[1+SQL_FIELD_MAX];
+   /* ref[k] = k', if k-th field of the csv file corresponds to
+      k'-th field in the table statement; if ref[k] = 0, k-th field
+      of the csv file is ignored */
+   char            *query;
+   /* query generated by db_mysql_open */
+};
+
+void STDCALL dl_mysql_close(MYSQL *sock)
+{
+      typedef void STDCALL ep_mysql_close(MYSQL *sock);
+
+      ep_mysql_close *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_close *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_close");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(sock);
+}
+
+const char * STDCALL dl_mysql_error(MYSQL *mysql)
+{
+      typedef const char * STDCALL ep_mysql_error(MYSQL *mysql);
+
+      ep_mysql_error *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_error *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_error");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(mysql);
+}
+
+MYSQL_FIELD * STDCALL dl_mysql_fetch_fields(MYSQL_RES *res)
+{
+      typedef MYSQL_FIELD * STDCALL
+         ep_mysql_fetch_fields(MYSQL_RES *res);
+
+      ep_mysql_fetch_fields *fn;
+   fn = (ep_mysql_fetch_fields *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_fetch_fields");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(res);
+}
+
+unsigned long * STDCALL dl_mysql_fetch_lengths(MYSQL_RES *result)
+{
+      typedef unsigned long * STDCALL
+         ep_mysql_fetch_lengths(MYSQL_RES *result);
+
+      ep_mysql_fetch_lengths *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_fetch_lengths *) xdlsym(h_mysql,
+         "mysql_fetch_lengths");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(result);
+}
+
+MYSQL_ROW STDCALL dl_mysql_fetch_row(MYSQL_RES *result)
+{
+      typedef MYSQL_ROW STDCALL ep_mysql_fetch_row(MYSQL_RES *result);
+
+      ep_mysql_fetch_row *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_fetch_row *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_fetch_row");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(result);
+}
+
+unsigned int STDCALL dl_mysql_field_count(MYSQL *mysql)
+{
+      typedef unsigned int STDCALL ep_mysql_field_count(MYSQL *mysql);
+
+      ep_mysql_field_count *fn;
+     fn = (ep_mysql_field_count *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_field_count");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(mysql);
+}
+
+MYSQL * STDCALL dl_mysql_init(MYSQL *mysql)
+{
+      typedef MYSQL * STDCALL ep_mysql_init(MYSQL *mysql);
+
+      ep_mysql_init *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_init *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_init");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(mysql);
+}
+
+unsigned int STDCALL dl_mysql_num_fields(MYSQL_RES *res)
+{
+      typedef unsigned int STDCALL ep_mysql_num_fields(MYSQL_RES *res);
+
+      ep_mysql_num_fields *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_num_fields *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_num_fields");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(res);
+}
+
+int STDCALL dl_mysql_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q)
+{
+      typedef int STDCALL ep_mysql_query(MYSQL *mysql, const char *q);
+
+      ep_mysql_query *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_query *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_query");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(mysql, q);
+}
+
+MYSQL * STDCALL dl_mysql_real_connect(MYSQL *mysql, const char *host,
+                                           const char *user,
+                                           const char *passwd,
+                                           const char *db,
+                                           unsigned int port,
+                                           const char *unix_socket,
+                                           unsigned long clientflag)
+{
+      typedef MYSQL * STDCALL ep_mysql_real_connect(MYSQL *mysql,
+            const char *host,
+            const char *user,
+            const char *passwd,
+            const char *db,
+            unsigned int port,
+            const char *unix_socket,
+            unsigned long clientflag);
+
+      ep_mysql_real_connect *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_real_connect *) xdlsym(h_mysql,
+         "mysql_real_connect");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(mysql, host, user, passwd, db, port, unix_socket,
+         clientflag);
+}
+
+MYSQL_RES * STDCALL dl_mysql_use_result(MYSQL *mysql)
+{
+      typedef MYSQL_RES * STDCALL ep_mysql_use_result(MYSQL *mysql);
+      ep_mysql_use_result *fn;
+      fn = (ep_mysql_use_result *) xdlsym(h_mysql, "mysql_use_result");
+      xassert(fn != NULL);
+      return (*fn)(mysql);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  db_mysql_open - open connection to ODBC data base
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "mplsql.h"
+*  void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine db_mysql_open opens a connection to a MySQL data base.
+*  It then executes the sql statements passed.
+*
+*  In the case of table read the SELECT statement is executed.
+*
+*  In the case of table write the INSERT statement is prepared.
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns a pointer to data storage area created. */
+
+void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode)
+{  void  *ret;
+   char **sqllines;
+
+   sqllines = args_concat(dca);
+   if (sqllines == NULL)
+   {  xprintf("Missing arguments in table statement.\n"
+              "Please, supply table driver, dsn, and query.\n");
+      return NULL;
+   }
+   ret = db_mysql_open_int(dca, mode, (const char **) sqllines);
+   free_buffer(sqllines);
+   return ret;
+}
+
+static void *db_mysql_open_int(TABDCA *dca, int mode, const char
+   **sqllines)
+{
+   struct db_mysql *sql = NULL;
+   char            *arg = NULL;
+   const char      *field;
+   MYSQL_FIELD     *fields;
+   char            *keyword;
+   char            *value;
+   char            *query;
+   char            *dsn;
+/* "Server=[server_name];Database=[database_name];UID=[username];*/
+/* PWD=[password];Port=[port]"*/
+   char            *server   = NULL;        /* Server */
+   char            *user     = NULL;        /* UID */
+   char            *password = NULL;        /* PWD */
+   char            *database = NULL;        /* Database */
+   unsigned int     port = 0;               /* Port */
+   int              narg;
+   int              i, j, total;
+
+   if (libmysql == NULL)
+   {
+      xprintf("No loader for shared MySQL library available\n");
+      return NULL;
+   }
+
+   if (h_mysql == NULL)
+   {
+      h_mysql = xdlopen(libmysql);
+      if (h_mysql == NULL)
+      {  xprintf("unable to open library %s\n", libmysql);
+         xprintf("%s\n", get_err_msg());
+         return NULL;
+      }
+   }
+
+   sql = (struct db_mysql *) xmalloc(sizeof(struct db_mysql));
+   if (sql == NULL)
+         return NULL;
+   sql->mode = mode;
+   sql->res = NULL;
+   sql->query = NULL;
+   sql->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+
+   narg = mpl_tab_num_args(dca);
+   if (narg < 3 )
+      xprintf("MySQL driver: string list too short \n");
+
+   /* get connection string*/
+   dsn = (char *) mpl_tab_get_arg(dca, 2);
+      /* copy connection string*/
+   i = strlen(dsn);
+   i++;
+   arg = xmalloc(i * sizeof(char));
+   strcpy(arg, dsn);
+   /*tokenize connection string*/
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+   for (i = 1, keyword = strtok (arg, "="); (keyword != NULL);
+      keyword = strtok (NULL, "="), i++)
+#else
+   for (i = 1, keyword = xstrtok (arg, "="); (keyword != NULL);
+      keyword = xstrtok (NULL, "="), i++)
+#endif
+   {
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+         value = strtok (NULL, ";");
+#else
+         value = xstrtok (NULL, ";");
+#endif
+      if (value==NULL)
+         {
+            xprintf("db_mysql_open: Missing value for keyword %s\n",
+               keyword);
+            xfree(arg);
+            xfree(sql);
+            return NULL;
+      }
+      if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "Server"))
+            server = value;
+      else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "Database"))
+             database = value;
+      else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "UID"))
+             user = value;
+      else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "PWD"))
+             password = value;
+      else if (0 == strcmp(keyword, "Port"))
+             port = (unsigned int) atol(value);
+   }
+   /* Connect to database */
+   sql->con = dl_mysql_init(NULL);
+  if (!dl_mysql_real_connect(sql->con, server, user, password, database,
+      port, NULL, 0))
+   {
+      xprintf("db_mysql_open: Connect failed\n");
+      xprintf("%s\n", dl_mysql_error(sql->con));
+      xfree(arg);
+      xfree(sql);
+      return NULL;
+   }
+   xfree(arg);
+
+   for(j = 0; sqllines[j+1] != NULL; j++)
+   {  query = (char *) sqllines[j];
+      xprintf("%s\n", query);
+      if (dl_mysql_query(sql->con, query))
+      {
+         xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query);
+         xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con));
+         dl_mysql_close(sql->con);
+         xfree(sql);
+         return NULL;
+      }
+   }
+
+   if ( sql->mode == 'R' )
+   {  sql->nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+      for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++)
+         arg = (char *) sqllines[j];
+      total = strlen(arg);
+      if (total > 7 && 0 == strncmp(arg, "SELECT ", 7))
+      {
+         total = strlen(arg);
+         query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char));
+         strcpy (query, arg);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         query = db_generate_select_stmt(dca);
+      }
+      xprintf("%s\n", query);
+      if (dl_mysql_query(sql->con, query))
+      {
+         xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query);
+         xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con));
+         dl_mysql_close(sql->con);
+         xfree(query);
+         xfree(sql);
+         return NULL;
+      }
+      xfree(query);
+      sql->res = dl_mysql_use_result(sql->con);
+      if (sql->res)
+      {
+         /* create references between query results and table fields*/
+         total = dl_mysql_num_fields(sql->res);
+         if (total > SQL_FIELD_MAX)
+         {  xprintf("db_mysql_open: Too many fields (> %d) in query.\n"
+               "\"%s\"\n", SQL_FIELD_MAX, query);
+            xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con));
+            dl_mysql_close(sql->con);
+            xfree(query);
+                 xfree(sql);
+            return NULL;
+         }
+         fields = dl_mysql_fetch_fields(sql->res);
+         for (i = 1; i <= total; i++)
+         {
+               for (j = sql->nf; j >= 1; j--)
+            {
+               if (strcmp(mpl_tab_get_name(dca, j), fields[i-1].name)
+                  == 0)
+               break;
+            }
+            sql->ref[i] = j;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+         if(dl_mysql_field_count(sql->con) == 0)
+            {
+            xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query was not a SELECT\n\"%s\"\n",
+               query);
+            xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con));
+            xfree(query);
+            xfree(sql);
+            return NULL;
+         }
+         else
+         {
+            xprintf("db_mysql_open: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query);
+            xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con));
+            xfree(query);
+            xfree(sql);
+            return NULL;
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   else if ( sql->mode == 'W' )
+   {  for(j = 0; sqllines[j] != NULL; j++)
+         arg = (char *) sqllines[j];
+      if (  NULL != strchr(arg, '?') )
+      {
+         total = strlen(arg);
+         query = xmalloc( (total+1) * sizeof(char));
+         strcpy (query, arg);
+         }
+      else
+         query = db_generate_insert_stmt(dca);
+      sql->query = query;
+      xprintf("%s\n", query);
+   }
+   return sql;
+}
+
+int db_mysql_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{  struct db_mysql *sql;
+   char            buf[255+1];
+   char            **row;
+   unsigned long   *lengths;
+   MYSQL_FIELD     *fields;
+   double          num;
+   int             len;
+   unsigned long   num_fields;
+   int             i;
+
+   sql = (struct db_mysql *) link;
+
+   xassert(sql != NULL);
+   xassert(sql->mode == 'R');
+   if (NULL == sql->res)
+   {
+      xprintf("db_mysql_read: no result set available");
+      return 1;
+   }
+   if (NULL==(row = (char **)dl_mysql_fetch_row(sql->res))) {
+       return -1; /*EOF*/
+   }
+   lengths = dl_mysql_fetch_lengths(sql->res);
+   fields = dl_mysql_fetch_fields(sql->res);
+   num_fields = dl_mysql_num_fields(sql->res);
+   for (i=1; i <= num_fields; i++)
+   {
+      if (row[i-1] != NULL)
+      {  len = (size_t) lengths[i-1];
+         if (len > 255)
+            len = 255;
+         strncpy(buf, (const char *) row[i-1], len);
+         buf[len] = 0x00;
+         if (0 != (fields[i-1].flags & NUM_FLAG))
+         {  strspx(buf); /* remove spaces*/
+            if (str2num(buf, &num) != 0)
+            {  xprintf("'%s' cannot be converted to a number.\n", buf);
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (sql->ref[i] > 0)
+               mpl_tab_set_num(dca, sql->ref[i], num);
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (sql->ref[i] > 0)
+               mpl_tab_set_str(dca, sql->ref[i], strtrim(buf));
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   return 0;
+}
+
+int db_mysql_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{
+   struct db_mysql *sql;
+   char            *part;
+   char            *query;
+   char            *template;
+   char             num[50];
+   int              k;
+   int              len;
+   int              nf;
+
+   sql = (struct db_mysql *) link;
+   xassert(sql != NULL);
+   xassert(sql->mode == 'W');
+
+   len      = strlen(sql->query);
+   template = (char *) xmalloc( (len + 1) * sizeof(char) );
+   strcpy(template, sql->query);
+
+   nf = mpl_tab_num_flds(dca);
+   for (k = 1; k <= nf; k++)
+   {     switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k))
+      {  case 'N':
+            len += 20;
+            break;
+         case 'S':
+            len += db_escaped_string_length(mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k));
+            len += 2;
+            break;
+              default:
+                        xassert(dca != dca);
+         }
+   }
+   query = xmalloc( (len + 1 ) * sizeof(char) );
+   query[0] = 0x00;
+#if 0 /* 29/I-2017 */
+   for (k = 1, part = strtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL);
+      part = strtok (NULL, "?"), k++)
+#else
+   for (k = 1, part = xstrtok (template, "?"); (part != NULL);
+      part = xstrtok (NULL, "?"), k++)
+#endif
+   {
+      if (k > nf) break;
+      strcat( query, part );
+      switch (mpl_tab_get_type(dca, k))
+      {  case 'N':
+#if 0 /* 02/XI-2010 by xypron */
+            sprintf(num, "%-18g",mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k));
+#else
+            sprintf(num, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, mpl_tab_get_num(dca, k));
+#endif
+            strcat( query, num );
+            break;
+         case 'S':
+            strcat( query, "'");
+            db_escape_string( query + strlen(query),
+               mpl_tab_get_str(dca, k) );
+            strcat( query, "'");
+            break;
+              default:
+                        xassert(dca != dca);
+         }
+   }
+   if (part != NULL)
+      strcat(query, part);
+   if (dl_mysql_query(sql->con, query))
+   {
+      xprintf("db_mysql_write: Query\n\"%s\"\nfailed.\n", query);
+      xprintf("%s\n",dl_mysql_error(sql->con));
+      xfree(query);
+      xfree(template);
+      return 1;
+      }
+
+   xfree(query);
+   xfree(template);
+   return 0;
+   }
+
+int db_mysql_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link)
+{
+   struct db_mysql *sql;
+
+   sql = (struct db_mysql *) link;
+   xassert(sql != NULL);
+   dl_mysql_close(sql->con);
+   if ( sql->mode == 'W' )
+      xfree(sql->query);
+   xfree(sql);
+   dca->link = NULL;
+   return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11d438bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/mpl/mplsql.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* mplsql.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Author: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@gmx.de>.
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2003-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MPLSQL_H
+#define MPLSQL_H
+
+#define db_iodbc_open _glp_db_iodbc_open
+void *db_iodbc_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode);
+/* open iODBC database connection */
+
+#define db_iodbc_read _glp_db_iodbc_read
+int db_iodbc_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link);
+/* read data from iODBC */
+
+#define db_iodbc_write _glp_db_iodbc_write
+int db_iodbc_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link);
+/* write data to iODBC */
+
+#define db_iodbc_close _glp_db_iodbc_close
+int db_iodbc_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link);
+/* close iODBC database connection */
+
+#define db_mysql_open _glp_db_mysql_open
+void *db_mysql_open(TABDCA *dca, int mode);
+/* open MySQL database connection */
+
+#define db_mysql_read _glp_db_mysql_read
+int db_mysql_read(TABDCA *dca, void *link);
+/* read data from MySQL */
+
+#define db_mysql_write _glp_db_mysql_write
+int db_mysql_write(TABDCA *dca, void *link);
+/* write data to MySQL */
+
+#define db_mysql_close _glp_db_mysql_close
+int db_mysql_close(TABDCA *dca, void *link);
+/* close MySQL database connection */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..428cb23c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+/* npp.h (LP/MIP preprocessor) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef NPP_H
+#define NPP_H
+
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#if 0 /* 20/XI-2017 */
+typedef struct NPP NPP;
+#else
+typedef struct glp_prep NPP;
+#endif
+typedef struct NPPROW NPPROW;
+typedef struct NPPCOL NPPCOL;
+typedef struct NPPAIJ NPPAIJ;
+typedef struct NPPTSE NPPTSE;
+typedef struct NPPLFE NPPLFE;
+
+#if 0 /* 20/XI-2017 */
+struct NPP
+#else
+struct glp_prep
+#endif
+{     /* LP/MIP preprocessor workspace */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* original problem segment */
+      int orig_dir;
+      /* optimization direction flag:
+         GLP_MIN - minimization
+         GLP_MAX - maximization */
+      int orig_m;
+      /* number of rows */
+      int orig_n;
+      /* number of columns */
+      int orig_nnz;
+      /* number of non-zero constraint coefficients */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* transformed problem segment (always minimization) */
+      DMP *pool;
+      /* memory pool to store problem components */
+      char *name;
+      /* problem name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned
+         to the problem */
+      char *obj;
+      /* objective function name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name
+         is assigned to the objective function */
+      double c0;
+      /* constant term of the objective function */
+      int nrows;
+      /* number of rows introduced into the problem; this count
+         increases by one every time a new row is added and never
+         decreases; thus, actual number of rows may be less than nrows
+         due to row deletions */
+      int ncols;
+      /* number of columns introduced into the problem; this count
+         increases by one every time a new column is added and never
+         decreases; thus, actual number of column may be less than
+         ncols due to column deletions */
+      NPPROW *r_head;
+      /* pointer to the beginning of the row list */
+      NPPROW *r_tail;
+      /* pointer to the end of the row list */
+      NPPCOL *c_head;
+      /* pointer to the beginning of the column list */
+      NPPCOL *c_tail;
+      /* pointer to the end of the column list */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* transformation history */
+      DMP *stack;
+      /* memory pool to store transformation entries */
+      NPPTSE *top;
+      /* pointer to most recent transformation entry */
+#if 0 /* 16/XII-2009 */
+      int count[1+25];
+      /* transformation statistics */
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* resultant (preprocessed) problem segment */
+      int m;
+      /* number of rows */
+      int n;
+      /* number of columns */
+      int nnz;
+      /* number of non-zero constraint coefficients */
+      int *row_ref; /* int row_ref[1+m]; */
+      /* row_ref[i], 1 <= i <= m, is the reference number assigned to
+         a row, which is i-th row of the resultant problem */
+      int *col_ref; /* int col_ref[1+n]; */
+      /* col_ref[j], 1 <= j <= n, is the reference number assigned to
+         a column, which is j-th column of the resultant problem */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* recovered solution segment */
+      int sol;
+      /* solution indicator:
+         GLP_SOL - basic solution
+         GLP_IPT - interior-point solution
+         GLP_MIP - mixed integer solution */
+      int scaling;
+      /* scaling option:
+         GLP_OFF - scaling is disabled
+         GLP_ON  - scaling is enabled */
+      int p_stat;
+      /* status of primal basic solution:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - primal solution is undefined
+         GLP_FEAS   - primal solution is feasible
+         GLP_INFEAS - primal solution is infeasible
+         GLP_NOFEAS - no primal feasible solution exists */
+      int d_stat;
+      /* status of dual basic solution:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - dual solution is undefined
+         GLP_FEAS   - dual solution is feasible
+         GLP_INFEAS - dual solution is infeasible
+         GLP_NOFEAS - no dual feasible solution exists */
+      int t_stat;
+      /* status of interior-point solution:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - interior solution is undefined
+         GLP_OPT    - interior solution is optimal */
+      int i_stat;
+      /* status of mixed integer solution:
+         GLP_UNDEF  - integer solution is undefined
+         GLP_OPT    - integer solution is optimal
+         GLP_FEAS   - integer solution is feasible
+         GLP_NOFEAS - no integer solution exists */
+      char *r_stat; /* char r_stat[1+nrows]; */
+      /* r_stat[i], 1 <= i <= nrows, is status of i-th row:
+         GLP_BS - inactive constraint
+         GLP_NL - active constraint on lower bound
+         GLP_NU - active constraint on upper bound
+         GLP_NF - active free row
+         GLP_NS - active equality constraint */
+      char *c_stat; /* char c_stat[1+nrows]; */
+      /* c_stat[j], 1 <= j <= nrows, is status of j-th column:
+         GLP_BS - basic variable
+         GLP_NL - non-basic variable on lower bound
+         GLP_NU - non-basic variable on upper bound
+         GLP_NF - non-basic free variable
+         GLP_NS - non-basic fixed variable */
+      double *r_pi; /* double r_pi[1+nrows]; */
+      /* r_pi[i], 1 <= i <= nrows, is Lagrange multiplier (dual value)
+         for i-th row (constraint) */
+      double *c_value; /* double c_value[1+ncols]; */
+      /* c_value[j], 1 <= j <= ncols, is primal value of j-th column
+         (structural variable) */
+};
+
+struct NPPROW
+{     /* row (constraint) */
+      int i;
+      /* reference number assigned to the row, 1 <= i <= nrows */
+      char *name;
+      /* row name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned to
+         the row */
+      double lb;
+      /* lower bound; -DBL_MAX means the row has no lower bound */
+      double ub;
+      /* upper bound; +DBL_MAX means the row has no upper bound */
+      NPPAIJ *ptr;
+      /* pointer to the linked list of constraint coefficients */
+      int temp;
+      /* working field used by preprocessor routines */
+      NPPROW *prev;
+      /* pointer to previous row in the row list */
+      NPPROW *next;
+      /* pointer to next row in the row list */
+};
+
+struct NPPCOL
+{     /* column (variable) */
+      int j;
+      /* reference number assigned to the column, 1 <= j <= ncols */
+      char *name;
+      /* column name (1 to 255 chars); NULL means no name is assigned
+         to the column */
+      char is_int;
+      /* 0 means continuous variable; 1 means integer variable */
+      double lb;
+      /* lower bound; -DBL_MAX means the column has no lower bound */
+      double ub;
+      /* upper bound; +DBL_MAX means the column has no upper bound */
+      double coef;
+      /* objective coefficient */
+      NPPAIJ *ptr;
+      /* pointer to the linked list of constraint coefficients */
+      int temp;
+      /* working field used by preprocessor routines */
+#if 1 /* 28/XII-2009 */
+      union
+      {  double ll;
+         /* implied column lower bound */
+         int pos;
+         /* vertex ordinal number corresponding to this binary column
+            in the conflict graph (0, if the vertex does not exist) */
+      }  ll;
+      union
+      {  double uu;
+         /* implied column upper bound */
+         int neg;
+         /* vertex ordinal number corresponding to complement of this
+            binary column in the conflict graph (0, if the vertex does
+            not exist) */
+      }  uu;
+#endif
+      NPPCOL *prev;
+      /* pointer to previous column in the column list */
+      NPPCOL *next;
+      /* pointer to next column in the column list */
+};
+
+struct NPPAIJ
+{     /* constraint coefficient */
+      NPPROW *row;
+      /* pointer to corresponding row */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      /* pointer to corresponding column */
+      double val;
+      /* (non-zero) coefficient value */
+      NPPAIJ *r_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous coefficient in the same row */
+      NPPAIJ *r_next;
+      /* pointer to next coefficient in the same row */
+      NPPAIJ *c_prev;
+      /* pointer to previous coefficient in the same column */
+      NPPAIJ *c_next;
+      /* pointer to next coefficient in the same column */
+};
+
+struct NPPTSE
+{     /* transformation stack entry */
+      int (*func)(NPP *npp, void *info);
+      /* pointer to routine performing back transformation */
+      void *info;
+      /* pointer to specific info (depends on the transformation) */
+      NPPTSE *link;
+      /* pointer to another entry created *before* this entry */
+};
+
+struct NPPLFE
+{     /* linear form element */
+      int ref;
+      /* row/column reference number */
+      double val;
+      /* (non-zero) coefficient value */
+      NPPLFE *next;
+      /* pointer to another element */
+};
+
+#define npp_create_wksp _glp_npp_create_wksp
+NPP *npp_create_wksp(void);
+/* create LP/MIP preprocessor workspace */
+
+#define npp_insert_row _glp_npp_insert_row
+void npp_insert_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int where);
+/* insert row to the row list */
+
+#define npp_remove_row _glp_npp_remove_row
+void npp_remove_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* remove row from the row list */
+
+#define npp_activate_row _glp_npp_activate_row
+void npp_activate_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* make row active */
+
+#define npp_deactivate_row _glp_npp_deactivate_row
+void npp_deactivate_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* make row inactive */
+
+#define npp_insert_col _glp_npp_insert_col
+void npp_insert_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col, int where);
+/* insert column to the column list */
+
+#define npp_remove_col _glp_npp_remove_col
+void npp_remove_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col);
+/* remove column from the column list */
+
+#define npp_activate_col _glp_npp_activate_col
+void npp_activate_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col);
+/* make column active */
+
+#define npp_deactivate_col _glp_npp_deactivate_col
+void npp_deactivate_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col);
+/* make column inactive */
+
+#define npp_add_row _glp_npp_add_row
+NPPROW *npp_add_row(NPP *npp);
+/* add new row to the current problem */
+
+#define npp_add_col _glp_npp_add_col
+NPPCOL *npp_add_col(NPP *npp);
+/* add new column to the current problem */
+
+#define npp_add_aij _glp_npp_add_aij
+NPPAIJ *npp_add_aij(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, NPPCOL *col, double val);
+/* add new element to the constraint matrix */
+
+#define npp_row_nnz _glp_npp_row_nnz
+int npp_row_nnz(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* count number of non-zero coefficients in row */
+
+#define npp_col_nnz _glp_npp_col_nnz
+int npp_col_nnz(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col);
+/* count number of non-zero coefficients in column */
+
+#define npp_push_tse _glp_npp_push_tse
+void *npp_push_tse(NPP *npp, int (*func)(NPP *npp, void *info),
+      int size);
+/* push new entry to the transformation stack */
+
+#define npp_erase_row _glp_npp_erase_row
+void npp_erase_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* erase row content to make it empty */
+
+#define npp_del_row _glp_npp_del_row
+void npp_del_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* remove row from the current problem */
+
+#define npp_del_col _glp_npp_del_col
+void npp_del_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col);
+/* remove column from the current problem */
+
+#define npp_del_aij _glp_npp_del_aij
+void npp_del_aij(NPP *npp, NPPAIJ *aij);
+/* remove element from the constraint matrix */
+
+#define npp_load_prob _glp_npp_load_prob
+void npp_load_prob(NPP *npp, glp_prob *orig, int names, int sol,
+      int scaling);
+/* load original problem into the preprocessor workspace */
+
+#define npp_build_prob _glp_npp_build_prob
+void npp_build_prob(NPP *npp, glp_prob *prob);
+/* build resultant (preprocessed) problem */
+
+#define npp_postprocess _glp_npp_postprocess
+void npp_postprocess(NPP *npp, glp_prob *prob);
+/* postprocess solution from the resultant problem */
+
+#define npp_unload_sol _glp_npp_unload_sol
+void npp_unload_sol(NPP *npp, glp_prob *orig);
+/* store solution to the original problem */
+
+#define npp_delete_wksp _glp_npp_delete_wksp
+void npp_delete_wksp(NPP *npp);
+/* delete LP/MIP preprocessor workspace */
+
+#define npp_error()
+
+#define npp_free_row _glp_npp_free_row
+void npp_free_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process free (unbounded) row */
+
+#define npp_geq_row _glp_npp_geq_row
+void npp_geq_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process row of 'not less than' type */
+
+#define npp_leq_row _glp_npp_leq_row
+void npp_leq_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process row of 'not greater than' type */
+
+#define npp_free_col _glp_npp_free_col
+void npp_free_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process free (unbounded) column */
+
+#define npp_lbnd_col _glp_npp_lbnd_col
+void npp_lbnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process column with (non-zero) lower bound */
+
+#define npp_ubnd_col _glp_npp_ubnd_col
+void npp_ubnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process column with upper bound */
+
+#define npp_dbnd_col _glp_npp_dbnd_col
+void npp_dbnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process non-negative column with upper bound */
+
+#define npp_fixed_col _glp_npp_fixed_col
+void npp_fixed_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process fixed column */
+
+#define npp_make_equality _glp_npp_make_equality
+int npp_make_equality(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process row with almost identical bounds */
+
+#define npp_make_fixed _glp_npp_make_fixed
+int npp_make_fixed(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process column with almost identical bounds */
+
+#define npp_empty_row _glp_npp_empty_row
+int npp_empty_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process empty row */
+
+#define npp_empty_col _glp_npp_empty_col
+int npp_empty_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process empty column */
+
+#define npp_implied_value _glp_npp_implied_value
+int npp_implied_value(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double s);
+/* process implied column value */
+
+#define npp_eq_singlet _glp_npp_eq_singlet
+int npp_eq_singlet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process row singleton (equality constraint) */
+
+#define npp_implied_lower _glp_npp_implied_lower
+int npp_implied_lower(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double l);
+/* process implied column lower bound */
+
+#define npp_implied_upper _glp_npp_implied_upper
+int npp_implied_upper(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double u);
+/* process implied upper bound of column */
+
+#define npp_ineq_singlet _glp_npp_ineq_singlet
+int npp_ineq_singlet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process row singleton (inequality constraint) */
+
+#define npp_implied_slack _glp_npp_implied_slack
+void npp_implied_slack(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process column singleton (implied slack variable) */
+
+#define npp_implied_free _glp_npp_implied_free
+int npp_implied_free(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process column singleton (implied free variable) */
+
+#define npp_eq_doublet _glp_npp_eq_doublet
+NPPCOL *npp_eq_doublet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process row doubleton (equality constraint) */
+
+#define npp_forcing_row _glp_npp_forcing_row
+int npp_forcing_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p, int at);
+/* process forcing row */
+
+#define npp_analyze_row _glp_npp_analyze_row
+int npp_analyze_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* perform general row analysis */
+
+#define npp_inactive_bound _glp_npp_inactive_bound
+void npp_inactive_bound(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p, int which);
+/* remove row lower/upper inactive bound */
+
+#define npp_implied_bounds _glp_npp_implied_bounds
+void npp_implied_bounds(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* determine implied column bounds */
+
+#define npp_binarize_prob _glp_npp_binarize_prob
+int npp_binarize_prob(NPP *npp);
+/* binarize MIP problem */
+
+#define npp_is_packing _glp_npp_is_packing
+int npp_is_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* test if constraint is packing inequality */
+
+#define npp_hidden_packing _glp_npp_hidden_packing
+int npp_hidden_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* identify hidden packing inequality */
+
+#define npp_implied_packing _glp_npp_implied_packing
+int npp_implied_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int which,
+      NPPCOL *var[], char set[]);
+/* identify implied packing inequality */
+
+#define npp_is_covering _glp_npp_is_covering
+int npp_is_covering(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* test if constraint is covering inequality */
+
+#define npp_hidden_covering _glp_npp_hidden_covering
+int npp_hidden_covering(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* identify hidden covering inequality */
+
+#define npp_is_partitioning _glp_npp_is_partitioning
+int npp_is_partitioning(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* test if constraint is partitioning equality */
+
+#define npp_reduce_ineq_coef _glp_npp_reduce_ineq_coef
+int npp_reduce_ineq_coef(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* reduce inequality constraint coefficients */
+
+#define npp_clean_prob _glp_npp_clean_prob
+void npp_clean_prob(NPP *npp);
+/* perform initial LP/MIP processing */
+
+#define npp_process_row _glp_npp_process_row
+int npp_process_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int hard);
+/* perform basic row processing */
+
+#define npp_improve_bounds _glp_npp_improve_bounds
+int npp_improve_bounds(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int flag);
+/* improve current column bounds */
+
+#define npp_process_col _glp_npp_process_col
+int npp_process_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col);
+/* perform basic column processing */
+
+#define npp_process_prob _glp_npp_process_prob
+int npp_process_prob(NPP *npp, int hard);
+/* perform basic LP/MIP processing */
+
+#define npp_simplex _glp_npp_simplex
+int npp_simplex(NPP *npp, const glp_smcp *parm);
+/* process LP prior to applying primal/dual simplex method */
+
+#define npp_integer _glp_npp_integer
+int npp_integer(NPP *npp, const glp_iocp *parm);
+/* process MIP prior to applying branch-and-bound method */
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define npp_sat_free_row _glp_npp_sat_free_row
+void npp_sat_free_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+/* process free (unbounded) row */
+
+#define npp_sat_fixed_col _glp_npp_sat_fixed_col
+int npp_sat_fixed_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+/* process fixed column */
+
+#define npp_sat_is_bin_comb _glp_npp_sat_is_bin_comb
+int npp_sat_is_bin_comb(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* test if row is binary combination */
+
+#define npp_sat_num_pos_coef _glp_npp_sat_num_pos_coef
+int npp_sat_num_pos_coef(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* determine number of positive coefficients */
+
+#define npp_sat_num_neg_coef _glp_npp_sat_num_neg_coef
+int npp_sat_num_neg_coef(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* determine number of negative coefficients */
+
+#define npp_sat_is_cover_ineq _glp_npp_sat_is_cover_ineq
+int npp_sat_is_cover_ineq(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* test if row is covering inequality */
+
+#define npp_sat_is_pack_ineq _glp_npp_sat_is_pack_ineq
+int npp_sat_is_pack_ineq(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* test if row is packing inequality */
+
+#define npp_sat_is_partn_eq _glp_npp_sat_is_partn_eq
+int npp_sat_is_partn_eq(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* test if row is partitioning equality */
+
+#define npp_sat_reverse_row _glp_npp_sat_reverse_row
+int npp_sat_reverse_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* multiply both sides of row by -1 */
+
+#define npp_sat_split_pack _glp_npp_sat_split_pack
+NPPROW *npp_sat_split_pack(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int nnn);
+/* split packing inequality */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_pack _glp_npp_sat_encode_pack
+void npp_sat_encode_pack(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* encode packing inequality */
+
+typedef struct NPPLIT NPPLIT;
+typedef struct NPPLSE NPPLSE;
+typedef struct NPPSED NPPSED;
+
+struct NPPLIT
+{     /* literal (binary variable or its negation) */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      /* pointer to binary variable; NULL means constant false */
+      int neg;
+      /* negation flag:
+         0 - literal is variable (or constant false)
+         1 - literal is negation of variable (or constant true) */
+};
+
+struct NPPLSE
+{     /* literal set element */
+      NPPLIT lit;
+      /* literal */
+      NPPLSE *next;
+      /* pointer to another element */
+};
+
+struct NPPSED
+{     /* summation encoding descriptor */
+      /* this struct describes the equality
+            x + y + z = s + 2 * c,
+         which was encoded as CNF and included into the transformed
+         problem; here x and y are literals, z is either a literal or
+         constant zero, s and c are binary variables modeling, resp.,
+         the low and high (carry) sum bits */
+      NPPLIT x, y, z;
+      /* literals; if z.col = NULL, z is constant zero */
+      NPPCOL *s, *c;
+      /* binary variables modeling the sum bits */
+};
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_sum2 _glp_npp_sat_encode_sum2
+void npp_sat_encode_sum2(NPP *npp, NPPLSE *set, NPPSED *sed);
+/* encode 2-bit summation */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_sum3 _glp_npp_sat_encode_sum3
+void npp_sat_encode_sum3(NPP *npp, NPPLSE *set, NPPSED *sed);
+/* encode 3-bit summation */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_sum_ax _glp_npp_sat_encode_sum_ax
+int npp_sat_encode_sum_ax(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, NPPLIT y[]);
+/* encode linear combination of 0-1 variables */
+
+#define npp_sat_normalize_clause _glp_npp_sat_normalize_clause
+int npp_sat_normalize_clause(NPP *npp, int size, NPPLIT lit[]);
+/* normalize clause */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_clause _glp_npp_sat_encode_clause
+NPPROW *npp_sat_encode_clause(NPP *npp, int size, NPPLIT lit[]);
+/* translate clause to cover inequality */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_geq _glp_npp_sat_encode_geq
+int npp_sat_encode_geq(NPP *npp, int n, NPPLIT y[], int rhs);
+/* encode "not less than" constraint */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_leq _glp_npp_sat_encode_leq
+int npp_sat_encode_leq(NPP *npp, int n, NPPLIT y[], int rhs);
+/* encode "not greater than" constraint */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_row _glp_npp_sat_encode_row
+int npp_sat_encode_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+/* encode constraint (row) of general type */
+
+#define npp_sat_encode_prob _glp_npp_sat_encode_prob
+int npp_sat_encode_prob(NPP *npp);
+/* encode 0-1 feasibility problem */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51758bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,937 @@
+/* npp1.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+NPP *npp_create_wksp(void)
+{     /* create LP/MIP preprocessor workspace */
+      NPP *npp;
+      npp = xmalloc(sizeof(NPP));
+      npp->orig_dir = 0;
+      npp->orig_m = npp->orig_n = npp->orig_nnz = 0;
+      npp->pool = dmp_create_pool();
+      npp->name = npp->obj = NULL;
+      npp->c0 = 0.0;
+      npp->nrows = npp->ncols = 0;
+      npp->r_head = npp->r_tail = NULL;
+      npp->c_head = npp->c_tail = NULL;
+      npp->stack = dmp_create_pool();
+      npp->top = NULL;
+#if 0 /* 16/XII-2009 */
+      memset(&npp->count, 0, sizeof(npp->count));
+#endif
+      npp->m = npp->n = npp->nnz = 0;
+      npp->row_ref = npp->col_ref = NULL;
+      npp->sol = npp->scaling = 0;
+      npp->p_stat = npp->d_stat = npp->t_stat = npp->i_stat = 0;
+      npp->r_stat = NULL;
+      /*npp->r_prim =*/ npp->r_pi = NULL;
+      npp->c_stat = NULL;
+      npp->c_value = /*npp->c_dual =*/ NULL;
+      return npp;
+}
+
+void npp_insert_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int where)
+{     /* insert row to the row list */
+      if (where == 0)
+      {  /* insert row to the beginning of the row list */
+         row->prev = NULL;
+         row->next = npp->r_head;
+         if (row->next == NULL)
+            npp->r_tail = row;
+         else
+            row->next->prev = row;
+         npp->r_head = row;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* insert row to the end of the row list */
+         row->prev = npp->r_tail;
+         row->next = NULL;
+         if (row->prev == NULL)
+            npp->r_head = row;
+         else
+            row->prev->next = row;
+         npp->r_tail = row;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_remove_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* remove row from the row list */
+      if (row->prev == NULL)
+         npp->r_head = row->next;
+      else
+         row->prev->next = row->next;
+      if (row->next == NULL)
+         npp->r_tail = row->prev;
+      else
+         row->next->prev = row->prev;
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_activate_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* make row active */
+      if (!row->temp)
+      {  row->temp = 1;
+         /* move the row to the beginning of the row list */
+         npp_remove_row(npp, row);
+         npp_insert_row(npp, row, 0);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_deactivate_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* make row inactive */
+      if (row->temp)
+      {  row->temp = 0;
+         /* move the row to the end of the row list */
+         npp_remove_row(npp, row);
+         npp_insert_row(npp, row, 1);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_insert_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col, int where)
+{     /* insert column to the column list */
+      if (where == 0)
+      {  /* insert column to the beginning of the column list */
+         col->prev = NULL;
+         col->next = npp->c_head;
+         if (col->next == NULL)
+            npp->c_tail = col;
+         else
+            col->next->prev = col;
+         npp->c_head = col;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* insert column to the end of the column list */
+         col->prev = npp->c_tail;
+         col->next = NULL;
+         if (col->prev == NULL)
+            npp->c_head = col;
+         else
+            col->prev->next = col;
+         npp->c_tail = col;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_remove_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col)
+{     /* remove column from the column list */
+      if (col->prev == NULL)
+         npp->c_head = col->next;
+      else
+         col->prev->next = col->next;
+      if (col->next == NULL)
+         npp->c_tail = col->prev;
+      else
+         col->next->prev = col->prev;
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_activate_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col)
+{     /* make column active */
+      if (!col->temp)
+      {  col->temp = 1;
+         /* move the column to the beginning of the column list */
+         npp_remove_col(npp, col);
+         npp_insert_col(npp, col, 0);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_deactivate_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col)
+{     /* make column inactive */
+      if (col->temp)
+      {  col->temp = 0;
+         /* move the column to the end of the column list */
+         npp_remove_col(npp, col);
+         npp_insert_col(npp, col, 1);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+NPPROW *npp_add_row(NPP *npp)
+{     /* add new row to the current problem */
+      NPPROW *row;
+      row = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, sizeof(NPPROW));
+      row->i = ++(npp->nrows);
+      row->name = NULL;
+      row->lb = -DBL_MAX, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      row->ptr = NULL;
+      row->temp = 0;
+      npp_insert_row(npp, row, 1);
+      return row;
+}
+
+NPPCOL *npp_add_col(NPP *npp)
+{     /* add new column to the current problem */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      col = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, sizeof(NPPCOL));
+      col->j = ++(npp->ncols);
+      col->name = NULL;
+#if 0
+      col->kind = GLP_CV;
+#else
+      col->is_int = 0;
+#endif
+      col->lb = col->ub = col->coef = 0.0;
+      col->ptr = NULL;
+      col->temp = 0;
+      npp_insert_col(npp, col, 1);
+      return col;
+}
+
+NPPAIJ *npp_add_aij(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, NPPCOL *col, double val)
+{     /* add new element to the constraint matrix */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      aij = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, sizeof(NPPAIJ));
+      aij->row = row;
+      aij->col = col;
+      aij->val = val;
+      aij->r_prev = NULL;
+      aij->r_next = row->ptr;
+      aij->c_prev = NULL;
+      aij->c_next = col->ptr;
+      if (aij->r_next != NULL)
+         aij->r_next->r_prev = aij;
+      if (aij->c_next != NULL)
+         aij->c_next->c_prev = aij;
+      row->ptr = col->ptr = aij;
+      return aij;
+}
+
+int npp_row_nnz(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* count number of non-zero coefficients in row */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int nnz;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         nnz++;
+      return nnz;
+}
+
+int npp_col_nnz(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col)
+{     /* count number of non-zero coefficients in column */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int nnz;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      nnz = 0;
+      for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         nnz++;
+      return nnz;
+}
+
+void *npp_push_tse(NPP *npp, int (*func)(NPP *npp, void *info),
+      int size)
+{     /* push new entry to the transformation stack */
+      NPPTSE *tse;
+      tse = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(NPPTSE));
+      tse->func = func;
+      tse->info = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, size);
+      tse->link = npp->top;
+      npp->top = tse;
+      return tse->info;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 23/XII-2009 */
+void npp_erase_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* erase row content to make it empty */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      while (row->ptr != NULL)
+      {  aij = row->ptr;
+         row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+         if (aij->c_prev == NULL)
+            aij->col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+         else
+            aij->c_prev->c_next = aij->c_next;
+         if (aij->c_next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            aij->c_next->c_prev = aij->c_prev;
+         dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, aij, sizeof(NPPAIJ));
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+void npp_del_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* remove row from the current problem */
+#if 0 /* 23/XII-2009 */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+#endif
+      if (row->name != NULL)
+         dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, row->name, strlen(row->name)+1);
+#if 0 /* 23/XII-2009 */
+      while (row->ptr != NULL)
+      {  aij = row->ptr;
+         row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+         if (aij->c_prev == NULL)
+            aij->col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+         else
+            aij->c_prev->c_next = aij->c_next;
+         if (aij->c_next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            aij->c_next->c_prev = aij->c_prev;
+         dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, aij, sizeof(NPPAIJ));
+      }
+#else
+      npp_erase_row(npp, row);
+#endif
+      npp_remove_row(npp, row);
+      dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, row, sizeof(NPPROW));
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_del_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col)
+{     /* remove column from the current problem */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      if (col->name != NULL)
+         dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, col->name, strlen(col->name)+1);
+      while (col->ptr != NULL)
+      {  aij = col->ptr;
+         col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+         if (aij->r_prev == NULL)
+            aij->row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+         else
+            aij->r_prev->r_next = aij->r_next;
+         if (aij->r_next == NULL)
+            ;
+         else
+            aij->r_next->r_prev = aij->r_prev;
+         dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, aij, sizeof(NPPAIJ));
+      }
+      npp_remove_col(npp, col);
+      dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, col, sizeof(NPPCOL));
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_del_aij(NPP *npp, NPPAIJ *aij)
+{     /* remove element from the constraint matrix */
+      if (aij->r_prev == NULL)
+         aij->row->ptr = aij->r_next;
+      else
+         aij->r_prev->r_next = aij->r_next;
+      if (aij->r_next == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+         aij->r_next->r_prev = aij->r_prev;
+      if (aij->c_prev == NULL)
+         aij->col->ptr = aij->c_next;
+      else
+         aij->c_prev->c_next = aij->c_next;
+      if (aij->c_next == NULL)
+         ;
+      else
+         aij->c_next->c_prev = aij->c_prev;
+      dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, aij, sizeof(NPPAIJ));
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_load_prob(NPP *npp, glp_prob *orig, int names, int sol,
+      int scaling)
+{     /* load original problem into the preprocessor workspace */
+      int m = orig->m;
+      int n = orig->n;
+      NPPROW **link;
+      int i, j;
+      double dir;
+      xassert(names == GLP_OFF || names == GLP_ON);
+      xassert(sol == GLP_SOL || sol == GLP_IPT || sol == GLP_MIP);
+      xassert(scaling == GLP_OFF || scaling == GLP_ON);
+      if (sol == GLP_MIP) xassert(!scaling);
+      npp->orig_dir = orig->dir;
+      if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MIN)
+         dir = +1.0;
+      else if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MAX)
+         dir = -1.0;
+      else
+         xassert(npp != npp);
+      npp->orig_m = m;
+      npp->orig_n = n;
+      npp->orig_nnz = orig->nnz;
+      if (names && orig->name != NULL)
+      {  npp->name = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, strlen(orig->name)+1);
+         strcpy(npp->name, orig->name);
+      }
+      if (names && orig->obj != NULL)
+      {  npp->obj = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, strlen(orig->obj)+1);
+         strcpy(npp->obj, orig->obj);
+      }
+      npp->c0 = dir * orig->c0;
+      /* load rows */
+      link = xcalloc(1+m, sizeof(NPPROW *));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *rrr = orig->row[i];
+         NPPROW *row;
+         link[i] = row = npp_add_row(npp);
+         xassert(row->i == i);
+         if (names && rrr->name != NULL)
+         {  row->name = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, strlen(rrr->name)+1);
+            strcpy(row->name, rrr->name);
+         }
+         if (!scaling)
+         {  if (rrr->type == GLP_FR)
+               row->lb = -DBL_MAX, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_LO)
+               row->lb = rrr->lb, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_UP)
+               row->lb = -DBL_MAX, row->ub = rrr->ub;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_DB)
+               row->lb = rrr->lb, row->ub = rrr->ub;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_FX)
+               row->lb = row->ub = rrr->lb;
+            else
+               xassert(rrr != rrr);
+         }
+         else
+         {  double rii = rrr->rii;
+            if (rrr->type == GLP_FR)
+               row->lb = -DBL_MAX, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_LO)
+               row->lb = rrr->lb * rii, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_UP)
+               row->lb = -DBL_MAX, row->ub = rrr->ub * rii;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_DB)
+               row->lb = rrr->lb * rii, row->ub = rrr->ub * rii;
+            else if (rrr->type == GLP_FX)
+               row->lb = row->ub = rrr->lb * rii;
+            else
+               xassert(rrr != rrr);
+         }
+      }
+      /* load columns and constraint coefficients */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *ccc = orig->col[j];
+         GLPAIJ *aaa;
+         NPPCOL *col;
+         col = npp_add_col(npp);
+         xassert(col->j == j);
+         if (names && ccc->name != NULL)
+         {  col->name = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, strlen(ccc->name)+1);
+            strcpy(col->name, ccc->name);
+         }
+         if (sol == GLP_MIP)
+#if 0
+            col->kind = ccc->kind;
+#else
+            col->is_int = (char)(ccc->kind == GLP_IV);
+#endif
+         if (!scaling)
+         {  if (ccc->type == GLP_FR)
+               col->lb = -DBL_MAX, col->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_LO)
+               col->lb = ccc->lb, col->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_UP)
+               col->lb = -DBL_MAX, col->ub = ccc->ub;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_DB)
+               col->lb = ccc->lb, col->ub = ccc->ub;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_FX)
+               col->lb = col->ub = ccc->lb;
+            else
+               xassert(ccc != ccc);
+            col->coef = dir * ccc->coef;
+            for (aaa = ccc->ptr; aaa != NULL; aaa = aaa->c_next)
+               npp_add_aij(npp, link[aaa->row->i], col, aaa->val);
+         }
+         else
+         {  double sjj = ccc->sjj;
+            if (ccc->type == GLP_FR)
+               col->lb = -DBL_MAX, col->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_LO)
+               col->lb = ccc->lb / sjj, col->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_UP)
+               col->lb = -DBL_MAX, col->ub = ccc->ub / sjj;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_DB)
+               col->lb = ccc->lb / sjj, col->ub = ccc->ub / sjj;
+            else if (ccc->type == GLP_FX)
+               col->lb = col->ub = ccc->lb / sjj;
+            else
+               xassert(ccc != ccc);
+            col->coef = dir * ccc->coef * sjj;
+            for (aaa = ccc->ptr; aaa != NULL; aaa = aaa->c_next)
+               npp_add_aij(npp, link[aaa->row->i], col,
+                  aaa->row->rii * aaa->val * sjj);
+         }
+      }
+      xfree(link);
+      /* keep solution indicator and scaling option */
+      npp->sol = sol;
+      npp->scaling = scaling;
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_build_prob(NPP *npp, glp_prob *prob)
+{     /* build resultant (preprocessed) problem */
+      NPPROW *row;
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int i, j, type, len, *ind;
+      double dir, *val;
+      glp_erase_prob(prob);
+      glp_set_prob_name(prob, npp->name);
+      glp_set_obj_name(prob, npp->obj);
+      glp_set_obj_dir(prob, npp->orig_dir);
+      if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MIN)
+         dir = +1.0;
+      else if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MAX)
+         dir = -1.0;
+      else
+         xassert(npp != npp);
+      glp_set_obj_coef(prob, 0, dir * npp->c0);
+      /* build rows */
+      for (row = npp->r_head; row != NULL; row = row->next)
+      {  row->temp = i = glp_add_rows(prob, 1);
+         glp_set_row_name(prob, i, row->name);
+         if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_FR;
+         else if (row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_LO;
+         else if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_UP;
+         else if (row->lb != row->ub)
+            type = GLP_DB;
+         else
+            type = GLP_FX;
+         glp_set_row_bnds(prob, i, type, row->lb, row->ub);
+      }
+      /* build columns and the constraint matrix */
+      ind = xcalloc(1+prob->m, sizeof(int));
+      val = xcalloc(1+prob->m, sizeof(double));
+      for (col = npp->c_head; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+      {  j = glp_add_cols(prob, 1);
+         glp_set_col_name(prob, j, col->name);
+#if 0
+         glp_set_col_kind(prob, j, col->kind);
+#else
+         glp_set_col_kind(prob, j, col->is_int ? GLP_IV : GLP_CV);
+#endif
+         if (col->lb == -DBL_MAX && col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_FR;
+         else if (col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_LO;
+         else if (col->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            type = GLP_UP;
+         else if (col->lb != col->ub)
+            type = GLP_DB;
+         else
+            type = GLP_FX;
+         glp_set_col_bnds(prob, j, type, col->lb, col->ub);
+         glp_set_obj_coef(prob, j, dir * col->coef);
+         len = 0;
+         for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         {  len++;
+            ind[len] = aij->row->temp;
+            val[len] = aij->val;
+         }
+         glp_set_mat_col(prob, j, len, ind, val);
+      }
+      xfree(ind);
+      xfree(val);
+      /* resultant problem has been built */
+      npp->m = prob->m;
+      npp->n = prob->n;
+      npp->nnz = prob->nnz;
+      npp->row_ref = xcalloc(1+npp->m, sizeof(int));
+      npp->col_ref = xcalloc(1+npp->n, sizeof(int));
+      for (row = npp->r_head, i = 0; row != NULL; row = row->next)
+         npp->row_ref[++i] = row->i;
+      for (col = npp->c_head, j = 0; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         npp->col_ref[++j] = col->j;
+      /* transformed problem segment is no longer needed */
+      dmp_delete_pool(npp->pool), npp->pool = NULL;
+      npp->name = npp->obj = NULL;
+      npp->c0 = 0.0;
+      npp->r_head = npp->r_tail = NULL;
+      npp->c_head = npp->c_tail = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_postprocess(NPP *npp, glp_prob *prob)
+{     /* postprocess solution from the resultant problem */
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      NPPTSE *tse;
+      int i, j, k;
+      double dir;
+      xassert(npp->orig_dir == prob->dir);
+      if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MIN)
+         dir = +1.0;
+      else if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MAX)
+         dir = -1.0;
+      else
+         xassert(npp != npp);
+#if 0 /* 11/VII-2013; due to call from ios_main */
+      xassert(npp->m == prob->m);
+#else
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+         xassert(npp->m == prob->m);
+#endif
+      xassert(npp->n == prob->n);
+#if 0 /* 11/VII-2013; due to call from ios_main */
+      xassert(npp->nnz == prob->nnz);
+#else
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+         xassert(npp->nnz == prob->nnz);
+#endif
+      /* copy solution status */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  npp->p_stat = prob->pbs_stat;
+         npp->d_stat = prob->dbs_stat;
+      }
+      else if (npp->sol == GLP_IPT)
+         npp->t_stat = prob->ipt_stat;
+      else if (npp->sol == GLP_MIP)
+         npp->i_stat = prob->mip_stat;
+      else
+         xassert(npp != npp);
+      /* allocate solution arrays */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->r_stat == NULL)
+            npp->r_stat = xcalloc(1+npp->nrows, sizeof(char));
+         for (i = 1; i <= npp->nrows; i++)
+            npp->r_stat[i] = 0;
+         if (npp->c_stat == NULL)
+            npp->c_stat = xcalloc(1+npp->ncols, sizeof(char));
+         for (j = 1; j <= npp->ncols; j++)
+            npp->c_stat[j] = 0;
+      }
+#if 0
+      if (npp->r_prim == NULL)
+         npp->r_prim = xcalloc(1+npp->nrows, sizeof(double));
+      for (i = 1; i <= npp->nrows; i++)
+         npp->r_prim[i] = DBL_MAX;
+#endif
+      if (npp->c_value == NULL)
+         npp->c_value = xcalloc(1+npp->ncols, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= npp->ncols; j++)
+         npp->c_value[j] = DBL_MAX;
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+      {  if (npp->r_pi == NULL)
+            npp->r_pi = xcalloc(1+npp->nrows, sizeof(double));
+         for (i = 1; i <= npp->nrows; i++)
+            npp->r_pi[i] = DBL_MAX;
+#if 0
+         if (npp->c_dual == NULL)
+            npp->c_dual = xcalloc(1+npp->ncols, sizeof(double));
+         for (j = 1; j <= npp->ncols; j++)
+            npp->c_dual[j] = DBL_MAX;
+#endif
+      }
+      /* copy solution components from the resultant problem */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= npp->m; i++)
+         {  row = prob->row[i];
+            k = npp->row_ref[i];
+            npp->r_stat[k] = (char)row->stat;
+            /*npp->r_prim[k] = row->prim;*/
+            npp->r_pi[k] = dir * row->dual;
+         }
+         for (j = 1; j <= npp->n; j++)
+         {  col = prob->col[j];
+            k = npp->col_ref[j];
+            npp->c_stat[k] = (char)col->stat;
+            npp->c_value[k] = col->prim;
+            /*npp->c_dual[k] = dir * col->dual;*/
+         }
+      }
+      else if (npp->sol == GLP_IPT)
+      {  for (i = 1; i <= npp->m; i++)
+         {  row = prob->row[i];
+            k = npp->row_ref[i];
+            /*npp->r_prim[k] = row->pval;*/
+            npp->r_pi[k] = dir * row->dval;
+         }
+         for (j = 1; j <= npp->n; j++)
+         {  col = prob->col[j];
+            k = npp->col_ref[j];
+            npp->c_value[k] = col->pval;
+            /*npp->c_dual[k] = dir * col->dval;*/
+         }
+      }
+      else if (npp->sol == GLP_MIP)
+      {
+#if 0
+         for (i = 1; i <= npp->m; i++)
+         {  row = prob->row[i];
+            k = npp->row_ref[i];
+            /*npp->r_prim[k] = row->mipx;*/
+         }
+#endif
+         for (j = 1; j <= npp->n; j++)
+         {  col = prob->col[j];
+            k = npp->col_ref[j];
+            npp->c_value[k] = col->mipx;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(npp != npp);
+      /* perform postprocessing to construct solution to the original
+         problem */
+      for (tse = npp->top; tse != NULL; tse = tse->link)
+      {  xassert(tse->func != NULL);
+         xassert(tse->func(npp, tse->info) == 0);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_unload_sol(NPP *npp, glp_prob *orig)
+{     /* store solution to the original problem */
+      GLPROW *row;
+      GLPCOL *col;
+      int i, j;
+      double dir;
+      xassert(npp->orig_dir == orig->dir);
+      if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MIN)
+         dir = +1.0;
+      else if (npp->orig_dir == GLP_MAX)
+         dir = -1.0;
+      else
+         xassert(npp != npp);
+      xassert(npp->orig_m == orig->m);
+      xassert(npp->orig_n == orig->n);
+      xassert(npp->orig_nnz == orig->nnz);
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  /* store basic solution */
+         orig->valid = 0;
+         orig->pbs_stat = npp->p_stat;
+         orig->dbs_stat = npp->d_stat;
+         orig->obj_val = orig->c0;
+         orig->some = 0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= orig->m; i++)
+         {  row = orig->row[i];
+            row->stat = npp->r_stat[i];
+            if (!npp->scaling)
+            {  /*row->prim = npp->r_prim[i];*/
+               row->dual = dir * npp->r_pi[i];
+            }
+            else
+            {  /*row->prim = npp->r_prim[i] / row->rii;*/
+               row->dual = dir * npp->r_pi[i] * row->rii;
+            }
+            if (row->stat == GLP_BS)
+               row->dual = 0.0;
+            else if (row->stat == GLP_NL)
+            {  xassert(row->type == GLP_LO || row->type == GLP_DB);
+               row->prim = row->lb;
+            }
+            else if (row->stat == GLP_NU)
+            {  xassert(row->type == GLP_UP || row->type == GLP_DB);
+               row->prim = row->ub;
+            }
+            else if (row->stat == GLP_NF)
+            {  xassert(row->type == GLP_FR);
+               row->prim = 0.0;
+            }
+            else if (row->stat == GLP_NS)
+            {  xassert(row->type == GLP_FX);
+               row->prim = row->lb;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(row != row);
+         }
+         for (j = 1; j <= orig->n; j++)
+         {  col = orig->col[j];
+            col->stat = npp->c_stat[j];
+            if (!npp->scaling)
+            {  col->prim = npp->c_value[j];
+               /*col->dual = dir * npp->c_dual[j];*/
+            }
+            else
+            {  col->prim = npp->c_value[j] * col->sjj;
+               /*col->dual = dir * npp->c_dual[j] / col->sjj;*/
+            }
+            if (col->stat == GLP_BS)
+               col->dual = 0.0;
+#if 1
+            else if (col->stat == GLP_NL)
+            {  xassert(col->type == GLP_LO || col->type == GLP_DB);
+               col->prim = col->lb;
+            }
+            else if (col->stat == GLP_NU)
+            {  xassert(col->type == GLP_UP || col->type == GLP_DB);
+               col->prim = col->ub;
+            }
+            else if (col->stat == GLP_NF)
+            {  xassert(col->type == GLP_FR);
+               col->prim = 0.0;
+            }
+            else if (col->stat == GLP_NS)
+            {  xassert(col->type == GLP_FX);
+               col->prim = col->lb;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(col != col);
+#endif
+            orig->obj_val += col->coef * col->prim;
+         }
+#if 1
+         /* compute primal values of inactive rows */
+         for (i = 1; i <= orig->m; i++)
+         {  row = orig->row[i];
+            if (row->stat == GLP_BS)
+            {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+               double temp;
+               temp = 0.0;
+               for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+                  temp += aij->val * aij->col->prim;
+               row->prim = temp;
+            }
+         }
+         /* compute reduced costs of active columns */
+         for (j = 1; j <= orig->n; j++)
+         {  col = orig->col[j];
+            if (col->stat != GLP_BS)
+            {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+               double temp;
+               temp = col->coef;
+               for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+                  temp -= aij->val * aij->row->dual;
+               col->dual = temp;
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+      }
+      else if (npp->sol == GLP_IPT)
+      {  /* store interior-point solution */
+         orig->ipt_stat = npp->t_stat;
+         orig->ipt_obj = orig->c0;
+         for (i = 1; i <= orig->m; i++)
+         {  row = orig->row[i];
+            if (!npp->scaling)
+            {  /*row->pval = npp->r_prim[i];*/
+               row->dval = dir * npp->r_pi[i];
+            }
+            else
+            {  /*row->pval = npp->r_prim[i] / row->rii;*/
+               row->dval = dir * npp->r_pi[i] * row->rii;
+            }
+         }
+         for (j = 1; j <= orig->n; j++)
+         {  col = orig->col[j];
+            if (!npp->scaling)
+            {  col->pval = npp->c_value[j];
+               /*col->dval = dir * npp->c_dual[j];*/
+            }
+            else
+            {  col->pval = npp->c_value[j] * col->sjj;
+               /*col->dval = dir * npp->c_dual[j] / col->sjj;*/
+            }
+            orig->ipt_obj += col->coef * col->pval;
+         }
+#if 1
+         /* compute row primal values */
+         for (i = 1; i <= orig->m; i++)
+         {  row = orig->row[i];
+            {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+               double temp;
+               temp = 0.0;
+               for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+                  temp += aij->val * aij->col->pval;
+               row->pval = temp;
+            }
+         }
+         /* compute column dual values */
+         for (j = 1; j <= orig->n; j++)
+         {  col = orig->col[j];
+            {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+               double temp;
+               temp = col->coef;
+               for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+                  temp -= aij->val * aij->row->dval;
+               col->dval = temp;
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+      }
+      else if (npp->sol == GLP_MIP)
+      {  /* store MIP solution */
+         xassert(!npp->scaling);
+         orig->mip_stat = npp->i_stat;
+         orig->mip_obj = orig->c0;
+#if 0
+         for (i = 1; i <= orig->m; i++)
+         {  row = orig->row[i];
+            /*row->mipx = npp->r_prim[i];*/
+         }
+#endif
+         for (j = 1; j <= orig->n; j++)
+         {  col = orig->col[j];
+            col->mipx = npp->c_value[j];
+            if (col->kind == GLP_IV)
+               xassert(col->mipx == floor(col->mipx));
+            orig->mip_obj += col->coef * col->mipx;
+         }
+#if 1
+         /* compute row primal values */
+         for (i = 1; i <= orig->m; i++)
+         {  row = orig->row[i];
+            {  GLPAIJ *aij;
+               double temp;
+               temp = 0.0;
+               for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+                  temp += aij->val * aij->col->mipx;
+               row->mipx = temp;
+            }
+         }
+#endif
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(npp != npp);
+      return;
+}
+
+void npp_delete_wksp(NPP *npp)
+{     /* delete LP/MIP preprocessor workspace */
+      if (npp->pool != NULL)
+         dmp_delete_pool(npp->pool);
+      if (npp->stack != NULL)
+         dmp_delete_pool(npp->stack);
+      if (npp->row_ref != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->row_ref);
+      if (npp->col_ref != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->col_ref);
+      if (npp->r_stat != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->r_stat);
+#if 0
+      if (npp->r_prim != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->r_prim);
+#endif
+      if (npp->r_pi != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->r_pi);
+      if (npp->c_stat != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->c_stat);
+      if (npp->c_value != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->c_value);
+#if 0
+      if (npp->c_dual != NULL)
+         xfree(npp->c_dual);
+#endif
+      xfree(npp);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp2.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp2.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4efcf1d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1433 @@
+/* npp2.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_free_row - process free (unbounded) row
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_free_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_free_row processes row p, which is free (i.e. has
+*  no finite bounds):
+*
+*     -inf < sum a[p,j] x[j] < +inf.                                 (1)
+*             j
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Constraint (1) cannot be active, so it is redundant and can be
+*  removed from the original problem.
+*
+*  Removing row p leads to removing a column of multiplier pi[p] for
+*  this row in the dual system. Since row p has no bounds, pi[p] = 0,
+*  so removing the column does not affect the dual solution.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  In solution to the original problem row p is inactive constraint,
+*  so it is assigned status GLP_BS, and multiplier pi[p] is assigned
+*  zero value.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  In solution to the original problem row p is inactive constraint,
+*  so its multiplier pi[p] is assigned zero value.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct free_row
+{     /* free (unbounded) row */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+};
+
+static int rcv_free_row(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_free_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process free (unbounded) row */
+      struct free_row *info;
+      /* the row must be free */
+      xassert(p->lb == -DBL_MAX && p->ub == +DBL_MAX);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_free_row, sizeof(struct free_row));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      /* remove the row from the problem */
+      npp_del_row(npp, p);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_free_row(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover free (unbounded) row */
+      struct free_row *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+         npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+         npp->r_pi[info->p] = 0.0;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_geq_row - process row of 'not less than' type
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_geq_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_geq_row processes row p, which is 'not less than'
+*  inequality constraint:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] (<= U[p]),                             (1)
+*              j
+*
+*  where L[p] < U[p], and upper bound may not exist (U[p] = +oo).
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Constraint (1) can be replaced by equality constraint:
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] - s = L[p],                                    (2)
+*      j
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     0 <= s (<= U[p] - L[p])                                        (3)
+*
+*  is a non-negative surplus variable.
+*
+*  Since in the primal system there appears column s having the only
+*  non-zero coefficient in row p, in the dual system there appears a
+*  new row:
+*
+*     (-1) pi[p] + lambda = 0,                                       (4)
+*
+*  where (-1) is coefficient of column s in row p, pi[p] is multiplier
+*  of row p, lambda is multiplier of column q, 0 is coefficient of
+*  column s in the objective row.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Status of row p in solution to the original problem is determined
+*  by its status and status of column q in solution to the transformed
+*  problem as follows:
+*
+*     +--------------------------------------+------------------+
+*     |         Transformed problem          | Original problem |
+*     +-----------------+--------------------+------------------+
+*     | Status of row p | Status of column s | Status of row p  |
+*     +-----------------+--------------------+------------------+
+*     |     GLP_BS      |       GLP_BS       |       N/A        |
+*     |     GLP_BS      |       GLP_NL       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |     GLP_BS      |       GLP_NU       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |     GLP_NS      |       GLP_BS       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |     GLP_NS      |       GLP_NL       |      GLP_NL      |
+*     |     GLP_NS      |       GLP_NU       |      GLP_NU      |
+*     +-----------------+--------------------+------------------+
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem
+*  is the same as in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  1. In solution to the transformed problem row p and column q cannot
+*     be basic at the same time; otherwise the basis matrix would have
+*     two linear dependent columns: unity column of auxiliary variable
+*     of row p and unity column of variable s.
+*
+*  2. Though in the transformed problem row p is equality constraint,
+*     it may be basic due to primal degenerate solution.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem
+*  is the same as in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct ineq_row
+{     /* inequality constraint row */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      int s;
+      /* column reference number for slack/surplus variable */
+};
+
+static int rcv_geq_row(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_geq_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process row of 'not less than' type */
+      struct ineq_row *info;
+      NPPCOL *s;
+      /* the row must have lower bound */
+      xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(p->lb < p->ub);
+      /* create column for surplus variable */
+      s = npp_add_col(npp);
+      s->lb = 0.0;
+      s->ub = (p->ub == +DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : p->ub - p->lb);
+      /* and add it to the transformed problem */
+      npp_add_aij(npp, p, s, -1.0);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_geq_row, sizeof(struct ineq_row));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      info->s = s->j;
+      /* replace the row by equality constraint */
+      p->ub = p->lb;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_geq_row(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover row of 'not less than' type */
+      struct ineq_row *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_BS)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS)
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL ||
+                     npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NU)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_NS)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NL;
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NU)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NU;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_leq_row - process row of 'not greater than' type
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_leq_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_leq_row processes row p, which is 'not greater than'
+*  inequality constraint:
+*
+*     (L[p] <=) sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p],                             (1)
+*                j
+*
+*  where L[p] < U[p], and lower bound may not exist (L[p] = +oo).
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Constraint (1) can be replaced by equality constraint:
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] + s = L[p],                                    (2)
+*      j
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     0 <= s (<= U[p] - L[p])                                        (3)
+*
+*  is a non-negative slack variable.
+*
+*  Since in the primal system there appears column s having the only
+*  non-zero coefficient in row p, in the dual system there appears a
+*  new row:
+*
+*     (+1) pi[p] + lambda = 0,                                       (4)
+*
+*  where (+1) is coefficient of column s in row p, pi[p] is multiplier
+*  of row p, lambda is multiplier of column q, 0 is coefficient of
+*  column s in the objective row.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Status of row p in solution to the original problem is determined
+*  by its status and status of column q in solution to the transformed
+*  problem as follows:
+*
+*     +--------------------------------------+------------------+
+*     |         Transformed problem          | Original problem |
+*     +-----------------+--------------------+------------------+
+*     | Status of row p | Status of column s | Status of row p  |
+*     +-----------------+--------------------+------------------+
+*     |     GLP_BS      |       GLP_BS       |       N/A        |
+*     |     GLP_BS      |       GLP_NL       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |     GLP_BS      |       GLP_NU       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |     GLP_NS      |       GLP_BS       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |     GLP_NS      |       GLP_NL       |      GLP_NU      |
+*     |     GLP_NS      |       GLP_NU       |      GLP_NL      |
+*     +-----------------+--------------------+------------------+
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem
+*  is the same as in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  1. In solution to the transformed problem row p and column q cannot
+*     be basic at the same time; otherwise the basis matrix would have
+*     two linear dependent columns: unity column of auxiliary variable
+*     of row p and unity column of variable s.
+*
+*  2. Though in the transformed problem row p is equality constraint,
+*     it may be basic due to primal degeneracy.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem
+*  is the same as in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+static int rcv_leq_row(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_leq_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process row of 'not greater than' type */
+      struct ineq_row *info;
+      NPPCOL *s;
+      /* the row must have upper bound */
+      xassert(p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(p->lb < p->ub);
+      /* create column for slack variable */
+      s = npp_add_col(npp);
+      s->lb = 0.0;
+      s->ub = (p->lb == -DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : p->ub - p->lb);
+      /* and add it to the transformed problem */
+      npp_add_aij(npp, p, s, +1.0);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_leq_row, sizeof(struct ineq_row));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      info->s = s->j;
+      /* replace the row by equality constraint */
+      p->lb = p->ub;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_leq_row(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover row of 'not greater than' type */
+      struct ineq_row *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_BS)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS)
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL ||
+                     npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NU)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_NS)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NU;
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NU)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NL;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_free_col - process free (unbounded) column
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_free_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_free_col processes column q, which is free (i.e. has
+*  no finite bounds):
+*
+*     -oo < x[q] < +oo.                                              (1)
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Free (unbounded) variable can be replaced by the difference of two
+*  non-negative variables:
+*
+*     x[q] = s' - s'',   s', s'' >= 0.                               (2)
+*
+*  Assuming that in the transformed problem x[q] becomes s',
+*  transformation (2) causes new column s'' to appear, which differs
+*  from column s' only in the sign of coefficients in constraint and
+*  objective rows. Thus, if in the dual system the following row
+*  corresponds to column s':
+*
+*     sum a[i,q] pi[i] + lambda' = c[q],                             (3)
+*      i
+*
+*  the row which corresponds to column s'' is the following:
+*
+*     sum (-a[i,q]) pi[i] + lambda'' = -c[q].                        (4)
+*      i
+*
+*  Then from (3) and (4) it follows that:
+*
+*     lambda' + lambda'' = 0   =>   lambda' = lmabda'' = 0,          (5)
+*
+*  where lambda' and lambda'' are multipliers for columns s' and s'',
+*  resp.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  With respect to (5) status of column q in solution to the original
+*  problem is determined by statuses of columns s' and s'' in solution
+*  to the transformed problem as follows:
+*
+*     +--------------------------------------+------------------+
+*     |         Transformed problem          | Original problem |
+*     +------------------+-------------------+------------------+
+*     | Status of col s' | Status of col s'' | Status of col q  |
+*     +------------------+-------------------+------------------+
+*     |      GLP_BS      |      GLP_BS       |       N/A        |
+*     |      GLP_BS      |      GLP_NL       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |      GLP_NL      |      GLP_BS       |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |      GLP_NL      |      GLP_NL       |      GLP_NF      |
+*     +------------------+-------------------+------------------+
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2).
+*
+*  1. In solution to the transformed problem columns s' and s'' cannot
+*     be basic at the same time, because they differ only in the sign,
+*     hence, are linear dependent.
+*
+*  2. Though column q is free, it can be non-basic due to dual
+*     degeneracy.
+*
+*  3. If column q is integral, columns s' and s'' are also integral.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2).
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2). */
+
+struct free_col
+{     /* free (unbounded) column */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number for variables x[q] and s' */
+      int s;
+      /* column reference number for variable s'' */
+};
+
+static int rcv_free_col(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_free_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process free (unbounded) column */
+      struct free_col *info;
+      NPPCOL *s;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      /* the column must be free */
+      xassert(q->lb == -DBL_MAX && q->ub == +DBL_MAX);
+      /* variable x[q] becomes s' */
+      q->lb = 0.0, q->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      /* create variable s'' */
+      s = npp_add_col(npp);
+      s->is_int = q->is_int;
+      s->lb = 0.0, s->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      /* duplicate objective coefficient */
+      s->coef = -q->coef;
+      /* duplicate column of the constraint matrix */
+      for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         npp_add_aij(npp, aij->row, s, -aij->val);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_free_col, sizeof(struct free_col));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->s = s->j;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_free_col(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover free (unbounded) column */
+      struct free_col *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_BS)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS)
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL)
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return -1;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NL)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS)
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL)
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NF;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return -1;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return -1;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute value of x[q] with formula (2) */
+      npp->c_value[info->q] -= npp->c_value[info->s];
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_lbnd_col - process column with (non-zero) lower bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_lbnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_lbnd_col processes column q, which has (non-zero)
+*  lower bound:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] (<= u[q]),                                        (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], and upper bound may not exist (u[q] = +oo).
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Column q can be replaced as follows:
+*
+*     x[q] = l[q] + s,                                               (2)
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     0 <= s (<= u[q] - l[q])                                        (3)
+*
+*  is a non-negative variable.
+*
+*  Substituting x[q] from (2) into the objective row, we have:
+*
+*     z = sum c[j] x[j] + c0 =
+*          j
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] x[q] + c0 =
+*         j!=q
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] (l[q] + s) + c0 =
+*         j!=q
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] s + c~0,
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     c~0 = c0 + c[q] l[q]                                           (4)
+*
+*  is the constant term of the objective in the transformed problem.
+*  Similarly, substituting x[q] into constraint row i, we have:
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] <= U[i]  ==>
+*              j
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] x[q] <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] (l[q] + s) <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q
+*
+*     L~[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] s <= U~[i],
+*              j!=q
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     L~[i] = L[i] - a[i,q] l[q],  U~[i] = U[i] - a[i,q] l[q]        (5)
+*
+*  are lower and upper bounds of row i in the transformed problem,
+*  resp.
+*
+*  Transformation (2) does not affect the dual system.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Status of column q in solution to the original problem is the same
+*  as in solution to the transformed problem (GLP_BS, GLP_NL or GLP_NU).
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2).
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2).
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2). */
+
+struct bnd_col
+{     /* bounded column */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number for variables x[q] and s */
+      double bnd;
+      /* lower/upper bound l[q] or u[q] */
+};
+
+static int rcv_lbnd_col(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_lbnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process column with (non-zero) lower bound */
+      struct bnd_col *info;
+      NPPROW *i;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      /* the column must have non-zero lower bound */
+      xassert(q->lb != 0.0);
+      xassert(q->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_lbnd_col, sizeof(struct bnd_col));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->bnd = q->lb;
+      /* substitute x[q] into objective row */
+      npp->c0 += q->coef * q->lb;
+      /* substitute x[q] into constraint rows */
+      for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  i = aij->row;
+         if (i->lb == i->ub)
+            i->ub = (i->lb -= aij->val * q->lb);
+         else
+         {  if (i->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+               i->lb -= aij->val * q->lb;
+            if (i->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+               i->ub -= aij->val * q->lb;
+         }
+      }
+      /* column x[q] becomes column s */
+      if (q->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+         q->ub -= q->lb;
+      q->lb = 0.0;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_lbnd_col(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover column with (non-zero) lower bound */
+      struct bnd_col *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_BS ||
+             npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NL ||
+             npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NU)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] = npp->c_stat[info->q];
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute value of x[q] with formula (2) */
+      npp->c_value[info->q] = info->bnd + npp->c_value[info->q];
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_ubnd_col - process column with upper bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_ubnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_ubnd_col processes column q, which has upper bound:
+*
+*     (l[q] <=) x[q] <= u[q],                                        (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], and lower bound may not exist (l[q] = -oo).
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Column q can be replaced as follows:
+*
+*     x[q] = u[q] - s,                                               (2)
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     0 <= s (<= u[q] - l[q])                                        (3)
+*
+*  is a non-negative variable.
+*
+*  Substituting x[q] from (2) into the objective row, we have:
+*
+*     z = sum c[j] x[j] + c0 =
+*          j
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] x[q] + c0 =
+*         j!=q
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] (u[q] - s) + c0 =
+*         j!=q
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] - c[q] s + c~0,
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     c~0 = c0 + c[q] u[q]                                           (4)
+*
+*  is the constant term of the objective in the transformed problem.
+*  Similarly, substituting x[q] into constraint row i, we have:
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] <= U[i]  ==>
+*              j
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] x[q] <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] (u[q] - s) <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q
+*
+*     L~[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] - a[i,q] s <= U~[i],
+*              j!=q
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     L~[i] = L[i] - a[i,q] u[q],  U~[i] = U[i] - a[i,q] u[q]        (5)
+*
+*  are lower and upper bounds of row i in the transformed problem,
+*  resp.
+*
+*  Note that in the transformed problem coefficients c[q] and a[i,q]
+*  change their sign. Thus, the row of the dual system corresponding to
+*  column q:
+*
+*     sum a[i,q] pi[i] + lambda[q] = c[q]                            (6)
+*      i
+*
+*  in the transformed problem becomes the following:
+*
+*     sum (-a[i,q]) pi[i] + lambda[s] = -c[q].                       (7)
+*      i
+*
+*  Therefore:
+*
+*     lambda[q] = - lambda[s],                                       (8)
+*
+*  where lambda[q] is multiplier for column q, lambda[s] is multiplier
+*  for column s.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  With respect to (8) status of column q in solution to the original
+*  problem is determined by status of column s in solution to the
+*  transformed problem as follows:
+*
+*     +-----------------------+--------------------+
+*     |  Status of column s   | Status of column q |
+*     | (transformed problem) | (original problem) |
+*     +-----------------------+--------------------+
+*     |        GLP_BS         |       GLP_BS       |
+*     |        GLP_NL         |       GLP_NU       |
+*     |        GLP_NU         |       GLP_NL       |
+*     +-----------------------+--------------------+
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2).
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2).
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (2). */
+
+static int rcv_ubnd_col(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_ubnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process column with upper bound */
+      struct bnd_col *info;
+      NPPROW *i;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      /* the column must have upper bound */
+      xassert(q->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_ubnd_col, sizeof(struct bnd_col));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->bnd = q->ub;
+      /* substitute x[q] into objective row */
+      npp->c0 += q->coef * q->ub;
+      q->coef = -q->coef;
+      /* substitute x[q] into constraint rows */
+      for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  i = aij->row;
+         if (i->lb == i->ub)
+            i->ub = (i->lb -= aij->val * q->ub);
+         else
+         {  if (i->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+               i->lb -= aij->val * q->ub;
+            if (i->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+               i->ub -= aij->val * q->ub;
+         }
+         aij->val = -aij->val;
+      }
+      /* column x[q] becomes column s */
+      if (q->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+         q->ub -= q->lb;
+      else
+         q->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      q->lb = 0.0;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_ubnd_col(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover column with upper bound */
+      struct bnd_col *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_BS)
+      {  if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_BS)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NL)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NU;
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NU)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NL;
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute value of x[q] with formula (2) */
+      npp->c_value[info->q] = info->bnd - npp->c_value[info->q];
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_dbnd_col - process non-negative column with upper bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_dbnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_dbnd_col processes column q, which is non-negative
+*  and has upper bound:
+*
+*     0 <= x[q] <= u[q],                                             (1)
+*
+*  where u[q] > 0.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Upper bound of column q can be replaced by the following equality
+*  constraint:
+*
+*     x[q] + s = u[q],                                               (2)
+*
+*  where s >= 0 is a non-negative complement variable.
+*
+*  Since in the primal system along with new row (2) there appears a
+*  new column s having the only non-zero coefficient in this row, in
+*  the dual system there appears a new row:
+*
+*     (+1)pi + lambda[s] = 0,                                        (3)
+*
+*  where (+1) is coefficient at column s in row (2), pi is multiplier
+*  for row (2), lambda[s] is multiplier for column s, 0 is coefficient
+*  at column s in the objective row.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Status of column q in solution to the original problem is determined
+*  by its status and status of column s in solution to the transformed
+*  problem as follows:
+*
+*     +-----------------------------------+------------------+
+*     |         Transformed problem       | Original problem |
+*     +-----------------+-----------------+------------------+
+*     | Status of col q | Status of col s | Status of col q  |
+*     +-----------------+-----------------+------------------+
+*     |     GLP_BS      |     GLP_BS      |      GLP_BS      |
+*     |     GLP_BS      |     GLP_NL      |      GLP_NU      |
+*     |     GLP_NL      |     GLP_BS      |      GLP_NL      |
+*     |     GLP_NL      |     GLP_NL      |      GLP_NL (*)  |
+*     +-----------------+-----------------+------------------+
+*
+*  Value of column q in solution to the original problem is the same as
+*  in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  1. Formally, in solution to the transformed problem columns q and s
+*     cannot be non-basic at the same time, since the constraint (2)
+*     would be violated. However, if u[q] is close to zero, violation
+*     may be less than a working precision even if both columns q and s
+*     are non-basic. In this degenerate case row (2) can be only basic,
+*     i.e. non-active constraint (otherwise corresponding row of the
+*     basis matrix would be zero). This allows to pivot out auxiliary
+*     variable and pivot in column s, in which case the row becomes
+*     active while column s becomes basic.
+*
+*  2. If column q is integral, column s is also integral.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q in solution to the original problem is the same as
+*  in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q in solution to the original problem is the same as
+*  in solution to the transformed problem. */
+
+struct dbnd_col
+{     /* double-bounded column */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number for variable x[q] */
+      int s;
+      /* column reference number for complement variable s */
+};
+
+static int rcv_dbnd_col(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_dbnd_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process non-negative column with upper bound */
+      struct dbnd_col *info;
+      NPPROW *p;
+      NPPCOL *s;
+      /* the column must be non-negative with upper bound */
+      xassert(q->lb == 0.0);
+      xassert(q->ub > 0.0);
+      xassert(q->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      /* create variable s */
+      s = npp_add_col(npp);
+      s->is_int = q->is_int;
+      s->lb = 0.0, s->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      /* create equality constraint (2) */
+      p = npp_add_row(npp);
+      p->lb = p->ub = q->ub;
+      npp_add_aij(npp, p, q, +1.0);
+      npp_add_aij(npp, p, s, +1.0);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_dbnd_col, sizeof(struct dbnd_col));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->s = s->j;
+      /* remove upper bound of x[q] */
+      q->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_dbnd_col(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover non-negative column with upper bound */
+      struct dbnd_col *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_BS)
+      {  if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_BS)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS)
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+            else if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL)
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NU;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NL)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_BS ||
+                npp->c_stat[info->s] == GLP_NL)
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NL;
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_fixed_col - process fixed column
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_fixed_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_fixed_col processes column q, which is fixed:
+*
+*     x[q] = s[q],                                                   (1)
+*
+*  where s[q] is a fixed column value.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  The value of a fixed column can be substituted into the objective
+*  and constraint rows that allows removing the column from the problem.
+*
+*  Substituting x[q] = s[q] into the objective row, we have:
+*
+*     z = sum c[j] x[j] + c0 =
+*          j
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] x[q] + c0 =
+*         j!=q
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] s[q] + c0 =
+*         j!=q
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c~0,
+*         j!=q
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     c~0 = c0 + c[q] s[q]                                           (2)
+*
+*  is the constant term of the objective in the transformed problem.
+*  Similarly, substituting x[q] = s[q] into constraint row i, we have:
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] <= U[i]  ==>
+*              j
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] x[q] <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] s[q] <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q
+*
+*     L~[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] s <= U~[i],
+*              j!=q
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     L~[i] = L[i] - a[i,q] s[q],  U~[i] = U[i] - a[i,q] s[q]        (3)
+*
+*  are lower and upper bounds of row i in the transformed problem,
+*  resp.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Column q is assigned status GLP_NS and its value is assigned s[q].
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is assigned s[q].
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is assigned s[q]. */
+
+struct fixed_col
+{     /* fixed column */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number for variable x[q] */
+      double s;
+      /* value, at which x[q] is fixed */
+};
+
+static int rcv_fixed_col(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_fixed_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process fixed column */
+      struct fixed_col *info;
+      NPPROW *i;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      /* the column must be fixed */
+      xassert(q->lb == q->ub);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_fixed_col, sizeof(struct fixed_col));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->s = q->lb;
+      /* substitute x[q] = s[q] into objective row */
+      npp->c0 += q->coef * q->lb;
+      /* substitute x[q] = s[q] into constraint rows */
+      for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  i = aij->row;
+         if (i->lb == i->ub)
+            i->ub = (i->lb -= aij->val * q->lb);
+         else
+         {  if (i->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+               i->lb -= aij->val * q->lb;
+            if (i->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+               i->ub -= aij->val * q->lb;
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove the column from the problem */
+      npp_del_col(npp, q);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_fixed_col(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover fixed column */
+      struct fixed_col *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+         npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NS;
+      npp->c_value[info->q] = info->s;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_make_equality - process row with almost identical bounds
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_make_equality(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_make_equality processes row p:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p],                               (1)
+*              j
+*
+*  where -oo < L[p] < U[p] < +oo, i.e. which is double-sided inequality
+*  constraint.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - row bounds have not been changed;
+*
+*  1 - row has been replaced by equality constraint.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  If bounds of row (1) are very close to each other:
+*
+*     U[p] - L[p] <= eps,                                            (2)
+*
+*  where eps is an absolute tolerance for row value, the row can be
+*  replaced by the following almost equivalent equiality constraint:
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] = b,                                           (3)
+*      j
+*
+*  where b = (L[p] + U[p]) / 2. If the right-hand side in (3) happens
+*  to be very close to its nearest integer:
+*
+*     |b - floor(b + 0.5)| <= eps,                                   (4)
+*
+*  it is reasonable to use this nearest integer as the right-hand side.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Status of row p in solution to the original problem is determined
+*  by its status and the sign of its multiplier pi[p] in solution to
+*  the transformed problem as follows:
+*
+*     +-----------------------+---------+--------------------+
+*     |    Status of row p    | Sign of |  Status of row p   |
+*     | (transformed problem) |  pi[p]  | (original problem) |
+*     +-----------------------+---------+--------------------+
+*     |        GLP_BS         |  + / -  |       GLP_BS       |
+*     |        GLP_NS         |    +    |       GLP_NL       |
+*     |        GLP_NS         |    -    |       GLP_NU       |
+*     +-----------------------+---------+--------------------+
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem is
+*  the same as in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem is
+*  the same as in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct make_equality
+{     /* row with almost identical bounds */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+};
+
+static int rcv_make_equality(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_make_equality(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process row with almost identical bounds */
+      struct make_equality *info;
+      double b, eps, nint;
+      /* the row must be double-sided inequality */
+      xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(p->lb < p->ub);
+      /* check row bounds */
+      eps = 1e-9 + 1e-12 * fabs(p->lb);
+      if (p->ub - p->lb > eps) return 0;
+      /* row bounds are very close to each other */
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_make_equality, sizeof(struct make_equality));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      /* compute right-hand side */
+      b = 0.5 * (p->ub + p->lb);
+      nint = floor(b + 0.5);
+      if (fabs(b - nint) <= eps) b = nint;
+      /* replace row p by almost equivalent equality constraint */
+      p->lb = p->ub = b;
+      return 1;
+}
+
+int rcv_make_equality(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover row with almost identical bounds */
+      struct make_equality *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_BS)
+            npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+         else if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_NS)
+         {  if (npp->r_pi[info->p] >= 0.0)
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NL;
+            else
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NU;
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_make_fixed - process column with almost identical bounds
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_make_fixed(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_make_fixed processes column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  where -oo < l[q] < u[q] < +oo, i.e. which has both lower and upper
+*  bounds.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - column bounds have not been changed;
+*
+*  1 - column has been fixed.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  If bounds of column (1) are very close to each other:
+*
+*     u[q] - l[q] <= eps,                                            (2)
+*
+*  where eps is an absolute tolerance for column value, the column can
+*  be fixed:
+*
+*     x[q] = s[q],                                                   (3)
+*
+*  where s[q] = (l[q] + u[q]) / 2. And if the fixed column value s[q]
+*  happens to be very close to its nearest integer:
+*
+*     |s[q] - floor(s[q] + 0.5)| <= eps,                             (4)
+*
+*  it is reasonable to use this nearest integer as the fixed value.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  In the dual system of the original (as well as transformed) problem
+*  column q corresponds to the following row:
+*
+*     sum a[i,q] pi[i] + lambda[q] = c[q].                           (5)
+*      i
+*
+*  Since multipliers pi[i] are known for all rows from solution to the
+*  transformed problem, formula (5) allows computing value of multiplier
+*  (reduced cost) for column q:
+*
+*     lambda[q] = c[q] - sum a[i,q] pi[i].                           (6)
+*                         i
+*
+*  Status of column q in solution to the original problem is determined
+*  by its status and the sign of its multiplier lambda[q] in solution to
+*  the transformed problem as follows:
+*
+*     +-----------------------+-----------+--------------------+
+*     |  Status of column q   |  Sign of  | Status of column q |
+*     | (transformed problem) | lambda[q] | (original problem) |
+*     +-----------------------+-----------+--------------------+
+*     |        GLP_BS         |   + / -   |       GLP_BS       |
+*     |        GLP_NS         |     +     |       GLP_NL       |
+*     |        GLP_NS         |     -     |       GLP_NU       |
+*     +-----------------------+-----------+--------------------+
+*
+*  Value of column q in solution to the original problem is the same as
+*  in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q in solution to the original problem is the same as
+*  in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct make_fixed
+{     /* column with almost identical bounds */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number */
+      double c;
+      /* objective coefficient at x[q] */
+      NPPLFE *ptr;
+      /* list of non-zero coefficients a[i,q] */
+};
+
+static int rcv_make_fixed(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_make_fixed(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process column with almost identical bounds */
+      struct make_fixed *info;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double s, eps, nint;
+      /* the column must be double-bounded */
+      xassert(q->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(q->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      /* check column bounds */
+      eps = 1e-9 + 1e-12 * fabs(q->lb);
+      if (q->ub - q->lb > eps) return 0;
+      /* column bounds are very close to each other */
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_make_fixed, sizeof(struct make_fixed));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->c = q->coef;
+      info->ptr = NULL;
+      /* save column coefficients a[i,q] (needed for basic solution
+         only) */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         {  lfe = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(NPPLFE));
+            lfe->ref = aij->row->i;
+            lfe->val = aij->val;
+            lfe->next = info->ptr;
+            info->ptr = lfe;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute column fixed value */
+      s = 0.5 * (q->ub + q->lb);
+      nint = floor(s + 0.5);
+      if (fabs(s - nint) <= eps) s = nint;
+      /* make column q fixed */
+      q->lb = q->ub = s;
+      return 1;
+}
+
+static int rcv_make_fixed(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover column with almost identical bounds */
+      struct make_fixed *info = _info;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double lambda;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_BS)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NS)
+         {  /* compute multiplier for column q with formula (6) */
+            lambda = info->c;
+            for (lfe = info->ptr; lfe != NULL; lfe = lfe->next)
+               lambda -= lfe->val * npp->r_pi[lfe->ref];
+            /* assign status to non-basic column */
+            if (lambda >= 0.0)
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NL;
+            else
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NU;
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp3.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp3.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..883af127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2861 @@
+/* npp3.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_empty_row - process empty row
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_empty_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_empty_row processes row p, which is empty, i.e.
+*  coefficients at all columns in this row are zero:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum 0 x[j] <= U[p],                                    (1)
+*
+*  where L[p] <= U[p].
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - success;
+*
+*  1 - problem has no primal feasible solution.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  If the following conditions hold:
+*
+*     L[p] <= +eps,  U[p] >= -eps,                                   (2)
+*
+*  where eps is an absolute tolerance for row value, the row p is
+*  redundant. In this case it can be replaced by equivalent redundant
+*  row, which is free (unbounded), and then removed from the problem.
+*  Otherwise, the row p is infeasible and, thus, the problem has no
+*  primal feasible solution.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  See the routine npp_free_row.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  See the routine npp_free_row.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+int npp_empty_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process empty row */
+      double eps = 1e-3;
+      /* the row must be empty */
+      xassert(p->ptr == NULL);
+      /* check primal feasibility */
+      if (p->lb > +eps || p->ub < -eps)
+         return 1;
+      /* replace the row by equivalent free (unbounded) row */
+      p->lb = -DBL_MAX, p->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      /* and process it */
+      npp_free_row(npp, p);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_empty_col - process empty column
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_empty_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_empty_col processes column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] <= u[q], which is empty, i.e. has zero coefficients in
+*  all constraint rows.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - success;
+*
+*  1 - problem has no dual feasible solution.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  The row of the dual system corresponding to the empty column is the
+*  following:
+*
+*     sum 0 pi[i] + lambda[q] = c[q],                                (2)
+*      i
+*
+*  from which it follows that:
+*
+*     lambda[q] = c[q].                                              (3)
+*
+*  If the following condition holds:
+*
+*     c[q] < - eps,                                                  (4)
+*
+*  where eps is an absolute tolerance for column multiplier, the lower
+*  column bound l[q] must be active to provide dual feasibility (note
+*  that being preprocessed the problem is always minimization). In this
+*  case the column can be fixed on its lower bound and removed from the
+*  problem (if the column is integral, its bounds are also assumed to
+*  be integral). And if the column has no lower bound (l[q] = -oo), the
+*  problem has no dual feasible solution.
+*
+*  If the following condition holds:
+*
+*     c[q] > + eps,                                                  (5)
+*
+*  the upper column bound u[q] must be active to provide dual
+*  feasibility. In this case the column can be fixed on its upper bound
+*  and removed from the problem. And if the column has no upper bound
+*  (u[q] = +oo), the problem has no dual feasible solution.
+*
+*  Finally, if the following condition holds:
+*
+*     - eps <= c[q] <= +eps,                                         (6)
+*
+*  dual feasibility does not depend on a particular value of column q.
+*  In this case the column can be fixed either on its lower bound (if
+*  l[q] > -oo) or on its upper bound (if u[q] < +oo) or at zero (if the
+*  column is unbounded) and then removed from the problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  See the routine npp_fixed_col. Having been recovered the column
+*  is assigned status GLP_NS. However, if actually it is not fixed
+*  (l[q] < u[q]), its status should be changed to GLP_NL, GLP_NU, or
+*  GLP_NF depending on which bound it was fixed on transformation stage.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  See the routine npp_fixed_col.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  See the routine npp_fixed_col. */
+
+struct empty_col
+{     /* empty column */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number */
+      char stat;
+      /* status in basic solution */
+};
+
+static int rcv_empty_col(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_empty_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process empty column */
+      struct empty_col *info;
+      double eps = 1e-3;
+      /* the column must be empty */
+      xassert(q->ptr == NULL);
+      /* check dual feasibility */
+      if (q->coef > +eps && q->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+         return 1;
+      if (q->coef < -eps && q->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         return 1;
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_empty_col, sizeof(struct empty_col));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      /* fix the column */
+      if (q->lb == -DBL_MAX && q->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* free column */
+         info->stat = GLP_NF;
+         q->lb = q->ub = 0.0;
+      }
+      else if (q->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+lo:   {  /* column with lower bound */
+         info->stat = GLP_NL;
+         q->ub = q->lb;
+      }
+      else if (q->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+up:   {  /* column with upper bound */
+         info->stat = GLP_NU;
+         q->lb = q->ub;
+      }
+      else if (q->lb != q->ub)
+      {  /* double-bounded column */
+         if (q->coef >= +DBL_EPSILON) goto lo;
+         if (q->coef <= -DBL_EPSILON) goto up;
+         if (fabs(q->lb) <= fabs(q->ub)) goto lo; else goto up;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* fixed column */
+         info->stat = GLP_NS;
+      }
+      /* process fixed column */
+      npp_fixed_col(npp, q);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static int rcv_empty_col(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover empty column */
+      struct empty_col *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+         npp->c_stat[info->q] = info->stat;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_implied_value - process implied column value
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_implied_value(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double s);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  For column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], the routine npp_implied_value processes its
+*  implied value s[q]. If this implied value satisfies to the current
+*  column bounds and integrality condition, the routine fixes column q
+*  at the given point. Note that the column is kept in the problem in
+*  any case.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - column has been fixed;
+*
+*  1 - implied value violates to current column bounds;
+*
+*  2 - implied value violates integrality condition.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  Implied column value s[q] satisfies to the current column bounds if
+*  the following condition holds:
+*
+*     l[q] - eps <= s[q] <= u[q] + eps,                              (2)
+*
+*  where eps is an absolute tolerance for column value. If the column
+*  is integral, the following condition also must hold:
+*
+*     |s[q] - floor(s[q]+0.5)| <= eps,                               (3)
+*
+*  where floor(s[q]+0.5) is the nearest integer to s[q].
+*
+*  If both condition (2) and (3) are satisfied, the column can be fixed
+*  at the value s[q], or, if it is integral, at floor(s[q]+0.5).
+*  Otherwise, if s[q] violates (2) or (3), the problem has no feasible
+*  solution.
+*
+*  Note: If s[q] is close to l[q] or u[q], it seems to be reasonable to
+*  fix the column at its lower or upper bound, resp. rather than at the
+*  implied value. */
+
+int npp_implied_value(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double s)
+{     /* process implied column value */
+      double eps, nint;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* column must not be fixed */
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      /* check integrality */
+      if (q->is_int)
+      {  nint = floor(s + 0.5);
+         if (fabs(s - nint) <= 1e-5)
+            s = nint;
+         else
+            return 2;
+      }
+      /* check current column lower bound */
+      if (q->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = (q->is_int ? 1e-5 : 1e-5 + 1e-8 * fabs(q->lb));
+         if (s < q->lb - eps) return 1;
+         /* if s[q] is close to l[q], fix column at its lower bound
+            rather than at the implied value */
+         if (s < q->lb + 1e-3 * eps)
+         {  q->ub = q->lb;
+            return 0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check current column upper bound */
+      if (q->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = (q->is_int ? 1e-5 : 1e-5 + 1e-8 * fabs(q->ub));
+         if (s > q->ub + eps) return 1;
+         /* if s[q] is close to u[q], fix column at its upper bound
+            rather than at the implied value */
+         if (s > q->ub - 1e-3 * eps)
+         {  q->lb = q->ub;
+            return 0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* fix column at the implied value */
+      q->lb = q->ub = s;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_eq_singlet - process row singleton (equality constraint)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_eq_singlet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_eq_singlet processes row p, which is equiality
+*  constraint having the only non-zero coefficient:
+*
+*     a[p,q] x[q] = b.                                               (1)
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - success;
+*
+*  1 - problem has no primal feasible solution;
+*
+*  2 - problem has no integer feasible solution.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  The equality constraint defines implied value of column q:
+*
+*     x[q] = s[q] = b / a[p,q].                                      (2)
+*
+*  If the implied value s[q] satisfies to the column bounds (see the
+*  routine npp_implied_value), the column can be fixed at s[q] and
+*  removed from the problem. In this case row p becomes redundant, so
+*  it can be replaced by equivalent free row and also removed from the
+*  problem.
+*
+*  Note that the routine removes from the problem only row p. Column q
+*  becomes fixed, however, it is kept in the problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  In solution to the original problem row p is assigned status GLP_NS
+*  (active equality constraint), and column q is assigned status GLP_BS
+*  (basic column).
+*
+*  Multiplier for row p can be computed as follows. In the dual system
+*  of the original problem column q corresponds to the following row:
+*
+*     sum a[i,q] pi[i] + lambda[q] = c[q]  ==>
+*      i
+*
+*     sum a[i,q] pi[i] + a[p,q] pi[p] + lambda[q] = c[q].
+*     i!=p
+*
+*  Therefore:
+*
+*               1
+*     pi[p] = ------ (c[q] - lambda[q] - sum a[i,q] pi[i]),          (3)
+*             a[p,q]                     i!=q
+*
+*  where lambda[q] = 0 (since column[q] is basic), and pi[i] for all
+*  i != p are known in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  Value of column q in solution to the original problem is assigned
+*  its implied value s[q].
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Multiplier for row p is computed with formula (3). Value of column
+*  q is assigned its implied value s[q].
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is assigned its implied value s[q]. */
+
+struct eq_singlet
+{     /* row singleton (equality constraint) */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number */
+      double apq;
+      /* constraint coefficient a[p,q] */
+      double c;
+      /* objective coefficient at x[q] */
+      NPPLFE *ptr;
+      /* list of non-zero coefficients a[i,q], i != p */
+};
+
+static int rcv_eq_singlet(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_eq_singlet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process row singleton (equality constraint) */
+      struct eq_singlet *info;
+      NPPCOL *q;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      int ret;
+      double s;
+      /* the row must be singleton equality constraint */
+      xassert(p->lb == p->ub);
+      xassert(p->ptr != NULL && p->ptr->r_next == NULL);
+      /* compute and process implied column value */
+      aij = p->ptr;
+      q = aij->col;
+      s = p->lb / aij->val;
+      ret = npp_implied_value(npp, q, s);
+      xassert(0 <= ret && ret <= 2);
+      if (ret != 0) return ret;
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_eq_singlet, sizeof(struct eq_singlet));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->apq = aij->val;
+      info->c = q->coef;
+      info->ptr = NULL;
+      /* save column coefficients a[i,q], i != p (not needed for MIP
+         solution) */
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+      {  for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         {  if (aij->row == p) continue; /* skip a[p,q] */
+            lfe = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(NPPLFE));
+            lfe->ref = aij->row->i;
+            lfe->val = aij->val;
+            lfe->next = info->ptr;
+            info->ptr = lfe;
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove the row from the problem */
+      npp_del_row(npp, p);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static int rcv_eq_singlet(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover row singleton (equality constraint) */
+      struct eq_singlet *info = _info;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double temp;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  /* column q must be already recovered as GLP_NS */
+         if (npp->c_stat[info->q] != GLP_NS)
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+         npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NS;
+         npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+      }
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+      {  /* compute multiplier for row p with formula (3) */
+         temp = info->c;
+         for (lfe = info->ptr; lfe != NULL; lfe = lfe->next)
+            temp -= lfe->val * npp->r_pi[lfe->ref];
+         npp->r_pi[info->p] = temp / info->apq;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_implied_lower - process implied column lower bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_implied_lower(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double l);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  For column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], the routine npp_implied_lower processes its
+*  implied lower bound l'[q]. As the result the current column lower
+*  bound may increase. Note that the column is kept in the problem in
+*  any case.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - current column lower bound has not changed;
+*
+*  1 - current column lower bound has changed, but not significantly;
+*
+*  2 - current column lower bound has significantly changed;
+*
+*  3 - column has been fixed on its upper bound;
+*
+*  4 - implied lower bound violates current column upper bound.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  If column q is integral, before processing its implied lower bound
+*  should be rounded up:
+*
+*              ( floor(l'[q]+0.5), if |l'[q] - floor(l'[q]+0.5)| <= eps
+*     l'[q] := <                                                     (2)
+*              ( ceil(l'[q]),      otherwise
+*
+*  where floor(l'[q]+0.5) is the nearest integer to l'[q], ceil(l'[q])
+*  is smallest integer not less than l'[q], and eps is an absolute
+*  tolerance for column value.
+*
+*  Processing implied column lower bound l'[q] includes the following
+*  cases:
+*
+*  1) if l'[q] < l[q] + eps, implied lower bound is redundant;
+*
+*  2) if l[q] + eps <= l[q] <= u[q] + eps, current column lower bound
+*     l[q] can be strengthened by replacing it with l'[q]. If in this
+*     case new column lower bound becomes close to current column upper
+*     bound u[q], the column can be fixed on its upper bound;
+*
+*  3) if l'[q] > u[q] + eps, implied lower bound violates current
+*     column upper bound u[q], in which case the problem has no primal
+*     feasible solution. */
+
+int npp_implied_lower(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double l)
+{     /* process implied column lower bound */
+      int ret;
+      double eps, nint;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* column must not be fixed */
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      /* implied lower bound must be finite */
+      xassert(l != -DBL_MAX);
+      /* if column is integral, round up l'[q] */
+      if (q->is_int)
+      {  nint = floor(l + 0.5);
+         if (fabs(l - nint) <= 1e-5)
+            l = nint;
+         else
+            l = ceil(l);
+      }
+      /* check current column lower bound */
+      if (q->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = (q->is_int ? 1e-3 : 1e-3 + 1e-6 * fabs(q->lb));
+         if (l < q->lb + eps)
+         {  ret = 0; /* redundant */
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check current column upper bound */
+      if (q->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = (q->is_int ? 1e-5 : 1e-5 + 1e-8 * fabs(q->ub));
+         if (l > q->ub + eps)
+         {  ret = 4; /* infeasible */
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* if l'[q] is close to u[q], fix column at its upper bound */
+         if (l > q->ub - 1e-3 * eps)
+         {  q->lb = q->ub;
+            ret = 3; /* fixed */
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if column lower bound changes significantly */
+      if (q->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+         ret = 2; /* significantly */
+      else if (q->is_int && l > q->lb + 0.5)
+         ret = 2; /* significantly */
+      else if (l > q->lb + 0.30 * (1.0 + fabs(q->lb)))
+         ret = 2; /* significantly */
+      else
+         ret = 1; /* not significantly */
+      /* set new column lower bound */
+      q->lb = l;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_implied_upper - process implied column upper bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_implied_upper(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double u);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  For column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], the routine npp_implied_upper processes its
+*  implied upper bound u'[q]. As the result the current column upper
+*  bound may decrease. Note that the column is kept in the problem in
+*  any case.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - current column upper bound has not changed;
+*
+*  1 - current column upper bound has changed, but not significantly;
+*
+*  2 - current column upper bound has significantly changed;
+*
+*  3 - column has been fixed on its lower bound;
+*
+*  4 - implied upper bound violates current column lower bound.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  If column q is integral, before processing its implied upper bound
+*  should be rounded down:
+*
+*              ( floor(u'[q]+0.5), if |u'[q] - floor(l'[q]+0.5)| <= eps
+*     u'[q] := <                                                     (2)
+*              ( floor(l'[q]),     otherwise
+*
+*  where floor(u'[q]+0.5) is the nearest integer to u'[q],
+*  floor(u'[q]) is largest integer not greater than u'[q], and eps is
+*  an absolute tolerance for column value.
+*
+*  Processing implied column upper bound u'[q] includes the following
+*  cases:
+*
+*  1) if u'[q] > u[q] - eps, implied upper bound is redundant;
+*
+*  2) if l[q] - eps <= u[q] <= u[q] - eps, current column upper bound
+*     u[q] can be strengthened by replacing it with u'[q]. If in this
+*     case new column upper bound becomes close to current column lower
+*     bound, the column can be fixed on its lower bound;
+*
+*  3) if u'[q] < l[q] - eps, implied upper bound violates current
+*     column lower bound l[q], in which case the problem has no primal
+*     feasible solution. */
+
+int npp_implied_upper(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q, double u)
+{     int ret;
+      double eps, nint;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* column must not be fixed */
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      /* implied upper bound must be finite */
+      xassert(u != +DBL_MAX);
+      /* if column is integral, round down u'[q] */
+      if (q->is_int)
+      {  nint = floor(u + 0.5);
+         if (fabs(u - nint) <= 1e-5)
+            u = nint;
+         else
+            u = floor(u);
+      }
+      /* check current column upper bound */
+      if (q->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = (q->is_int ? 1e-3 : 1e-3 + 1e-6 * fabs(q->ub));
+         if (u > q->ub - eps)
+         {  ret = 0; /* redundant */
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check current column lower bound */
+      if (q->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = (q->is_int ? 1e-5 : 1e-5 + 1e-8 * fabs(q->lb));
+         if (u < q->lb - eps)
+         {  ret = 4; /* infeasible */
+            goto done;
+         }
+         /* if u'[q] is close to l[q], fix column at its lower bound */
+         if (u < q->lb + 1e-3 * eps)
+         {  q->ub = q->lb;
+            ret = 3; /* fixed */
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if column upper bound changes significantly */
+      if (q->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         ret = 2; /* significantly */
+      else if (q->is_int && u < q->ub - 0.5)
+         ret = 2; /* significantly */
+      else if (u < q->ub - 0.30 * (1.0 + fabs(q->ub)))
+         ret = 2; /* significantly */
+      else
+         ret = 1; /* not significantly */
+      /* set new column upper bound */
+      q->ub = u;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_ineq_singlet - process row singleton (inequality constraint)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_ineq_singlet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_ineq_singlet processes row p, which is inequality
+*  constraint having the only non-zero coefficient:
+*
+*     L[p] <= a[p,q] * x[q] <= U[p],                                 (1)
+*
+*  where L[p] < U[p], L[p] > -oo and/or U[p] < +oo.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - current column bounds have not changed;
+*
+*  1 - current column bounds have changed, but not significantly;
+*
+*  2 - current column bounds have significantly changed;
+*
+*  3 - column has been fixed on its lower or upper bound;
+*
+*  4 - problem has no primal feasible solution.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Inequality constraint (1) defines implied bounds of column q:
+*
+*             (  L[p] / a[p,q],  if a[p,q] > 0
+*     l'[q] = <                                                      (2)
+*             (  U[p] / a[p,q],  if a[p,q] < 0
+*
+*             (  U[p] / a[p,q],  if a[p,q] > 0
+*     u'[q] = <                                                      (3)
+*             (  L[p] / a[p,q],  if a[p,q] < 0
+*
+*  If these implied bounds do not violate current bounds of column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (4)
+*
+*  they can be used to strengthen the current column bounds:
+*
+*     l[q] := max(l[q], l'[q]),                                      (5)
+*
+*     u[q] := min(u[q], u'[q]).                                      (6)
+*
+*  (See the routines npp_implied_lower and npp_implied_upper.)
+*
+*  Once bounds of row p (1) have been carried over column q, the row
+*  becomes redundant, so it can be replaced by equivalent free row and
+*  removed from the problem.
+*
+*  Note that the routine removes from the problem only row p. Column q,
+*  even it has been fixed, is kept in the problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Note that the row in the dual system corresponding to column q is
+*  the following:
+*
+*     sum a[i,q] pi[i] + lambda[q] = c[q]  ==>
+*      i
+*                                                                    (7)
+*     sum a[i,q] pi[i] + a[p,q] pi[p] + lambda[q] = c[q],
+*     i!=p
+*
+*  where pi[i] for all i != p are known in solution to the transformed
+*  problem. Row p does not exist in the transformed problem, so it has
+*  zero multiplier there. This allows computing multiplier for column q
+*  in solution to the transformed problem:
+*
+*     lambda~[q] = c[q] - sum a[i,q] pi[i].                          (8)
+*                         i!=p
+*
+*  Let in solution to the transformed problem column q be non-basic
+*  with lower bound active (GLP_NL, lambda~[q] >= 0), and this lower
+*  bound be implied one l'[q]. From the original problem's standpoint
+*  this then means that actually the original column lower bound l[q]
+*  is inactive, and active is that row bound L[p] or U[p] that defines
+*  the implied bound l'[q] (2). In this case in solution to the
+*  original problem column q is assigned status GLP_BS while row p is
+*  assigned status GLP_NL (if a[p,q] > 0) or GLP_NU (if a[p,q] < 0).
+*  Since now column q is basic, its multiplier lambda[q] is zero. This
+*  allows using (7) and (8) to find multiplier for row p in solution to
+*  the original problem:
+*
+*               1
+*     pi[p] = ------ (c[q] - sum a[i,q] pi[i]) = lambda~[q] / a[p,q] (9)
+*             a[p,q]         i!=p
+*
+*  Now let in solution to the transformed problem column q be non-basic
+*  with upper bound active (GLP_NU, lambda~[q] <= 0), and this upper
+*  bound be implied one u'[q]. As in the previous case this then means
+*  that from the original problem's standpoint actually the original
+*  column upper bound u[q] is inactive, and active is that row bound
+*  L[p] or U[p] that defines the implied bound u'[q] (3). In this case
+*  in solution to the original problem column q is assigned status
+*  GLP_BS, row p is assigned status GLP_NU (if a[p,q] > 0) or GLP_NL
+*  (if a[p,q] < 0), and its multiplier is computed with formula (9).
+*
+*  Strengthening bounds of column q according to (5) and (6) may make
+*  it fixed. Thus, if in solution to the transformed problem column q is
+*  non-basic and fixed (GLP_NS), we can suppose that if lambda~[q] > 0,
+*  column q has active lower bound (GLP_NL), and if lambda~[q] < 0,
+*  column q has active upper bound (GLP_NU), reducing this case to two
+*  previous ones. If, however, lambda~[q] is close to zero or
+*  corresponding bound of row p does not exist (this may happen if
+*  lambda~[q] has wrong sign due to round-off errors, in which case it
+*  is expected to be close to zero, since solution is assumed to be dual
+*  feasible), column q can be assigned status GLP_BS (basic), and row p
+*  can be made active on its existing bound. In the latter case row
+*  multiplier pi[p] computed with formula (9) will be also close to
+*  zero, and dual feasibility will be kept.
+*
+*  In all other cases, namely, if in solution to the transformed
+*  problem column q is basic (GLP_BS), or non-basic with original lower
+*  bound l[q] active (GLP_NL), or non-basic with original upper bound
+*  u[q] active (GLP_NU), constraint (1) is inactive. So in solution to
+*  the original problem status of column q remains unchanged, row p is
+*  assigned status GLP_BS, and its multiplier pi[p] is assigned zero
+*  value.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  First, value of multiplier for column q in solution to the original
+*  problem is computed with formula (8). If lambda~[q] > 0 and column q
+*  has implied lower bound, or if lambda~[q] < 0 and column q has
+*  implied upper bound, this means that from the original problem's
+*  standpoint actually row p has corresponding active bound, in which
+*  case its multiplier pi[p] is computed with formula (9). In other
+*  cases, when the sign of lambda~[q] corresponds to original bound of
+*  column q, or when lambda~[q] =~ 0, value of row multiplier pi[p] is
+*  assigned zero value.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct ineq_singlet
+{     /* row singleton (inequality constraint) */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number */
+      double apq;
+      /* constraint coefficient a[p,q] */
+      double c;
+      /* objective coefficient at x[q] */
+      double lb;
+      /* row lower bound */
+      double ub;
+      /* row upper bound */
+      char lb_changed;
+      /* this flag is set if column lower bound was changed */
+      char ub_changed;
+      /* this flag is set if column upper bound was changed */
+      NPPLFE *ptr;
+      /* list of non-zero coefficients a[i,q], i != p */
+};
+
+static int rcv_ineq_singlet(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_ineq_singlet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process row singleton (inequality constraint) */
+      struct ineq_singlet *info;
+      NPPCOL *q;
+      NPPAIJ *apq, *aij;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      int lb_changed, ub_changed;
+      double ll, uu;
+      /* the row must be singleton inequality constraint */
+      xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX || p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(p->lb < p->ub);
+      xassert(p->ptr != NULL && p->ptr->r_next == NULL);
+      /* compute implied column bounds */
+      apq = p->ptr;
+      q = apq->col;
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      if (apq->val > 0.0)
+      {  ll = (p->lb == -DBL_MAX ? -DBL_MAX : p->lb / apq->val);
+         uu = (p->ub == +DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : p->ub / apq->val);
+      }
+      else
+      {  ll = (p->ub == +DBL_MAX ? -DBL_MAX : p->ub / apq->val);
+         uu = (p->lb == -DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : p->lb / apq->val);
+      }
+      /* process implied column lower bound */
+      if (ll == -DBL_MAX)
+         lb_changed = 0;
+      else
+      {  lb_changed = npp_implied_lower(npp, q, ll);
+         xassert(0 <= lb_changed && lb_changed <= 4);
+         if (lb_changed == 4) return 4; /* infeasible */
+      }
+      /* process implied column upper bound */
+      if (uu == +DBL_MAX)
+         ub_changed = 0;
+      else if (lb_changed == 3)
+      {  /* column was fixed on its upper bound due to l'[q] = u[q] */
+         /* note that L[p] < U[p], so l'[q] = u[q] < u'[q] */
+         ub_changed = 0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  ub_changed = npp_implied_upper(npp, q, uu);
+         xassert(0 <= ub_changed && ub_changed <= 4);
+         if (ub_changed == 4) return 4; /* infeasible */
+      }
+      /* if neither lower nor upper column bound was changed, the row
+         is originally redundant and can be replaced by free row */
+      if (!lb_changed && !ub_changed)
+      {  p->lb = -DBL_MAX, p->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+         npp_free_row(npp, p);
+         return 0;
+      }
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_ineq_singlet, sizeof(struct ineq_singlet));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->apq = apq->val;
+      info->c = q->coef;
+      info->lb = p->lb;
+      info->ub = p->ub;
+      info->lb_changed = (char)lb_changed;
+      info->ub_changed = (char)ub_changed;
+      info->ptr = NULL;
+      /* save column coefficients a[i,q], i != p (not needed for MIP
+         solution) */
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+      {  for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+         {  if (aij == apq) continue; /* skip a[p,q] */
+            lfe = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(NPPLFE));
+            lfe->ref = aij->row->i;
+            lfe->val = aij->val;
+            lfe->next = info->ptr;
+            info->ptr = lfe;
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove the row from the problem */
+      npp_del_row(npp, p);
+      return lb_changed >= ub_changed ? lb_changed : ub_changed;
+}
+
+static int rcv_ineq_singlet(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover row singleton (inequality constraint) */
+      struct ineq_singlet *info = _info;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double lambda;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_MIP) goto done;
+      /* compute lambda~[q] in solution to the transformed problem
+         with formula (8) */
+      lambda = info->c;
+      for (lfe = info->ptr; lfe != NULL; lfe = lfe->next)
+         lambda -= lfe->val * npp->r_pi[lfe->ref];
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  /* recover basic solution */
+         if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_BS)
+         {  /* column q is basic, so row p is inactive */
+            npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+            npp->r_pi[info->p] = 0.0;
+         }
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NL)
+nl:      {  /* column q is non-basic with lower bound active */
+            if (info->lb_changed)
+            {  /* it is implied bound, so actually row p is active
+                  while column q is basic */
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] =
+                  (char)(info->apq > 0.0 ? GLP_NL : GLP_NU);
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+               npp->r_pi[info->p] = lambda / info->apq;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* it is original bound, so row p is inactive */
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+               npp->r_pi[info->p] = 0.0;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NU)
+nu:      {  /* column q is non-basic with upper bound active */
+            if (info->ub_changed)
+            {  /* it is implied bound, so actually row p is active
+                  while column q is basic */
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] =
+                  (char)(info->apq > 0.0 ? GLP_NU : GLP_NL);
+               npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+               npp->r_pi[info->p] = lambda / info->apq;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* it is original bound, so row p is inactive */
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+               npp->r_pi[info->p] = 0.0;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (npp->c_stat[info->q] == GLP_NS)
+         {  /* column q is non-basic and fixed; note, however, that in
+               in the original problem it is non-fixed */
+            if (lambda > +1e-7)
+            {  if (info->apq > 0.0 && info->lb != -DBL_MAX ||
+                   info->apq < 0.0 && info->ub != +DBL_MAX ||
+                  !info->lb_changed)
+               {  /* either corresponding bound of row p exists or
+                     column q remains non-basic with its original lower
+                     bound active */
+                  npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NL;
+                  goto nl;
+               }
+            }
+            if (lambda < -1e-7)
+            {  if (info->apq > 0.0 && info->ub != +DBL_MAX ||
+                   info->apq < 0.0 && info->lb != -DBL_MAX ||
+                  !info->ub_changed)
+               {  /* either corresponding bound of row p exists or
+                     column q remains non-basic with its original upper
+                     bound active */
+                  npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_NU;
+                  goto nu;
+               }
+            }
+            /* either lambda~[q] is close to zero, or corresponding
+               bound of row p does not exist, because lambda~[q] has
+               wrong sign due to round-off errors; in the latter case
+               lambda~[q] is also assumed to be close to zero; so, we
+               can make row p active on its existing bound and column q
+               basic; pi[p] will have wrong sign, but it also will be
+               close to zero (rarus casus of dual degeneracy) */
+            if (info->lb != -DBL_MAX && info->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* row lower bound exists, but upper bound doesn't */
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NL;
+            }
+            else if (info->lb == -DBL_MAX && info->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* row upper bound exists, but lower bound doesn't */
+               npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NU;
+            }
+            else if (info->lb != -DBL_MAX && info->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* both row lower and upper bounds exist */
+               /* to choose proper active row bound we should not use
+                  lambda~[q], because its value being close to zero is
+                  unreliable; so we choose that bound which provides
+                  primal feasibility for original constraint (1) */
+               if (info->apq * npp->c_value[info->q] <=
+                   0.5 * (info->lb + info->ub))
+                  npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NL;
+               else
+                  npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NU;
+            }
+            else
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] = GLP_BS;
+            npp->r_pi[info->p] = lambda / info->apq;
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_IPT)
+      {  /* recover interior-point solution */
+         if (lambda > +DBL_EPSILON && info->lb_changed ||
+             lambda < -DBL_EPSILON && info->ub_changed)
+         {  /* actually row p has corresponding active bound */
+            npp->r_pi[info->p] = lambda / info->apq;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* either bounds of column q are both inactive or its
+               original bound is active */
+            npp->r_pi[info->p] = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+done: return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_implied_slack - process column singleton (implied slack variable)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_implied_slack(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_implied_slack processes column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], having the only non-zero coefficient in row p,
+*  which is equality constraint:
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] + a[p,q] x[q] = b.                             (2)
+*     j!=q
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  (If x[q] is integral, this transformation must not be used.)
+*
+*  The term a[p,q] x[q] in constraint (2) can be considered as a slack
+*  variable that allows to carry bounds of column q over row p and then
+*  remove column q from the problem.
+*
+*  Constraint (2) can be written as follows:
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] = b - a[p,q] x[q].                             (3)
+*     j!=q
+*
+*  According to (1) constraint (3) is equivalent to the following
+*  inequality constraint:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p],                               (4)
+*             j!=q
+*
+*  where
+*
+*            ( b - a[p,q] u[q],  if a[p,q] > 0
+*     L[p] = <                                                       (5)
+*            ( b - a[p,q] l[q],  if a[p,q] < 0
+*
+*            ( b - a[p,q] l[q],  if a[p,q] > 0
+*     U[p] = <                                                       (6)
+*            ( b - a[p,q] u[q],  if a[p,q] < 0
+*
+*  From (2) it follows that:
+*
+*              1
+*     x[q] = ------ (b - sum a[p,j] x[j]).                           (7)
+*            a[p,q]      j!=q
+*
+*  In order to eliminate x[q] from the objective row we substitute it
+*  from (6) to that row:
+*
+*     z = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] x[q] + c[0] =
+*         j!=q
+*                                 1
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] [------ (b - sum a[p,j] x[j])] + c0 =
+*         j!=q                  a[p,q]      j!=q
+*
+*       = sum c~[j] x[j] + c~[0],
+*         j!=q
+*                         a[p,j]                     b
+*     c~[j] = c[j] - c[q] ------,  c~0 = c0 - c[q] ------            (8)
+*                         a[p,q]                   a[p,q]
+*
+*  are values of objective coefficients and constant term, resp., in
+*  the transformed problem.
+*
+*  Note that column q is column singleton, so in the dual system of the
+*  original problem it corresponds to the following row singleton:
+*
+*     a[p,q] pi[p] + lambda[q] = c[q].                               (9)
+*
+*  In the transformed problem row (9) would be the following:
+*
+*     a[p,q] pi~[p] + lambda[q] = c~[q] = 0.                        (10)
+*
+*  Subtracting (10) from (9) we have:
+*
+*     a[p,q] (pi[p] - pi~[p]) = c[q]
+*
+*  that gives the following formula to compute multiplier for row p in
+*  solution to the original problem using its value in solution to the
+*  transformed problem:
+*
+*     pi[p] = pi~[p] + c[q] / a[p,q].                               (11)
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Status of column q in solution to the original problem is defined
+*  by status of row p in solution to the transformed problem and the
+*  sign of coefficient a[p,q] in the original inequality constraint (2)
+*  as follows:
+*
+*     +-----------------------+---------+--------------------+
+*     |    Status of row p    | Sign of | Status of column q |
+*     | (transformed problem) | a[p,q]  | (original problem) |
+*     +-----------------------+---------+--------------------+
+*     |        GLP_BS         |  + / -  |       GLP_BS       |
+*     |        GLP_NL         |    +    |       GLP_NU       |
+*     |        GLP_NL         |    -    |       GLP_NL       |
+*     |        GLP_NU         |    +    |       GLP_NL       |
+*     |        GLP_NU         |    -    |       GLP_NU       |
+*     |        GLP_NF         |  + / -  |       GLP_NF       |
+*     +-----------------------+---------+--------------------+
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (7). Since originally row
+*  p is equality constraint, its status is assigned GLP_NS, and value of
+*  its multiplier pi[p] is computed with formula (11).
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (7). Row multiplier value
+*  pi[p] is computed with formula (11).
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of column q is computed with formula (7). */
+
+struct implied_slack
+{     /* column singleton (implied slack variable) */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number */
+      double apq;
+      /* constraint coefficient a[p,q] */
+      double b;
+      /* right-hand side of original equality constraint */
+      double c;
+      /* original objective coefficient at x[q] */
+      NPPLFE *ptr;
+      /* list of non-zero coefficients a[p,j], j != q */
+};
+
+static int rcv_implied_slack(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_implied_slack(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process column singleton (implied slack variable) */
+      struct implied_slack *info;
+      NPPROW *p;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      /* the column must be non-integral non-fixed singleton */
+      xassert(!q->is_int);
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      xassert(q->ptr != NULL && q->ptr->c_next == NULL);
+      /* corresponding row must be equality constraint */
+      aij = q->ptr;
+      p = aij->row;
+      xassert(p->lb == p->ub);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_implied_slack, sizeof(struct implied_slack));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->apq = aij->val;
+      info->b = p->lb;
+      info->c = q->coef;
+      info->ptr = NULL;
+      /* save row coefficients a[p,j], j != q, and substitute x[q]
+         into the objective row */
+      for (aij = p->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  if (aij->col == q) continue; /* skip a[p,q] */
+         lfe = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(NPPLFE));
+         lfe->ref = aij->col->j;
+         lfe->val = aij->val;
+         lfe->next = info->ptr;
+         info->ptr = lfe;
+         aij->col->coef -= info->c * (aij->val / info->apq);
+      }
+      npp->c0 += info->c * (info->b / info->apq);
+      /* compute new row bounds */
+      if (info->apq > 0.0)
+      {  p->lb = (q->ub == +DBL_MAX ?
+            -DBL_MAX : info->b - info->apq * q->ub);
+         p->ub = (q->lb == -DBL_MAX ?
+            +DBL_MAX : info->b - info->apq * q->lb);
+      }
+      else
+      {  p->lb = (q->lb == -DBL_MAX ?
+            -DBL_MAX : info->b - info->apq * q->lb);
+         p->ub = (q->ub == +DBL_MAX ?
+            +DBL_MAX : info->b - info->apq * q->ub);
+      }
+      /* remove the column from the problem */
+      npp_del_col(npp, q);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_implied_slack(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover column singleton (implied slack variable) */
+      struct implied_slack *info = _info;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double temp;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  /* assign statuses to row p and column q */
+         if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_BS ||
+             npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_NF)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] = npp->r_stat[info->p];
+         else if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_NL)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] =
+               (char)(info->apq > 0.0 ? GLP_NU : GLP_NL);
+         else if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_NU)
+            npp->c_stat[info->q] =
+               (char)(info->apq > 0.0 ? GLP_NL : GLP_NU);
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+         npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_NS;
+      }
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+      {  /* compute multiplier for row p */
+         npp->r_pi[info->p] += info->c / info->apq;
+      }
+      /* compute value of column q */
+      temp = info->b;
+      for (lfe = info->ptr; lfe != NULL; lfe = lfe->next)
+         temp -= lfe->val * npp->c_value[lfe->ref];
+      npp->c_value[info->q] = temp / info->apq;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_implied_free - process column singleton (implied free variable)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_implied_free(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_implied_free processes column q:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  having non-zero coefficient in the only row p, which is inequality
+*  constraint:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] + a[p,q] x[q] <= U[p],                 (2)
+*             j!=q
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], L[p] < U[p], L[p] > -oo and/or U[p] < +oo.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - success;
+*
+*  1 - column lower and/or upper bound(s) can be active;
+*
+*  2 - problem has no dual feasible solution.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Constraint (2) can be written as follows:
+*
+*     L[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j] <= a[p,q] x[q] <= U[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j],
+*            j!=q                                     j!=q
+*
+*  from which it follows that:
+*
+*     alfa <= a[p,q] x[q] <= beta,                                   (3)
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     alfa = inf(L[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j]) =
+*                       j!=q
+*
+*          = L[p] - sup sum a[p,j] x[j] =                            (4)
+*                       j!=q
+*
+*          = L[p] -  sum  a[p,j] u[j] -  sum  a[p,j] l[j],
+*                  j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     beta = sup(L[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j]) =
+*                       j!=q
+*
+*          = L[p] - inf sum a[p,j] x[j] =                            (5)
+*                       j!=q
+*
+*          = L[p] -  sum  a[p,j] l[j] -  sum  a[p,j] u[j],
+*                  j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     Jp = {j != q: a[p,j] > 0},  Jn = {j != q: a[p,j] < 0}.         (6)
+*
+*  Inequality (3) defines implied bounds of variable x[q]:
+*
+*     l'[q] <= x[q] <= u'[q],                                        (7)
+*
+*  where
+*
+*             ( alfa / a[p,q], if a[p,q] > 0
+*     l'[q] = <                                                     (8a)
+*             ( beta / a[p,q], if a[p,q] < 0
+*
+*             ( beta / a[p,q], if a[p,q] > 0
+*     u'[q] = <                                                     (8b)
+*             ( alfa / a[p,q], if a[p,q] < 0
+*
+*  Thus, if l'[q] > l[q] - eps and u'[q] < u[q] + eps, where eps is
+*  an absolute tolerance for column value, column bounds (1) cannot be
+*  active, in which case column q can be replaced by equivalent free
+*  (unbounded) column.
+*
+*  Note that column q is column singleton, so in the dual system of the
+*  original problem it corresponds to the following row singleton:
+*
+*     a[p,q] pi[p] + lambda[q] = c[q],                               (9)
+*
+*  from which it follows that:
+*
+*     pi[p] = (c[q] - lambda[q]) / a[p,q].                          (10)
+*
+*  Let x[q] be implied free (unbounded) variable. Then column q can be
+*  only basic, so its multiplier lambda[q] is equal to zero, and from
+*  (10) we have:
+*
+*     pi[p] = c[q] / a[p,q].                                        (11)
+*
+*  There are possible three cases:
+*
+*  1) pi[p] < -eps, where eps is an absolute tolerance for row
+*     multiplier. In this case, to provide dual feasibility of the
+*     original problem, row p must be active on its lower bound, and
+*     if its lower bound does not exist (L[p] = -oo), the problem has
+*     no dual feasible solution;
+*
+*  2) pi[p] > +eps. In this case row p must be active on its upper
+*     bound, and if its upper bound does not exist (U[p] = +oo), the
+*     problem has no dual feasible solution;
+*
+*  3) -eps <= pi[p] <= +eps. In this case any (either lower or upper)
+*     bound of row p can be active, because this does not affect dual
+*     feasibility.
+*
+*  Thus, in all three cases original inequality constraint (2) can be
+*  replaced by equality constraint, where the right-hand side is either
+*  lower or upper bound of row p, and bounds of column q can be removed
+*  that makes it free (unbounded). (May note that this transformation
+*  can be followed by transformation "Column singleton (implied slack
+*  variable)" performed by the routine npp_implied_slack.)
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  Status of row p in solution to the original problem is determined
+*  by its status in solution to the transformed problem and its bound,
+*  which was choosen to be active:
+*
+*     +-----------------------+--------+--------------------+
+*     |    Status of row p    | Active | Status of row p    |
+*     | (transformed problem) | bound  | (original problem) |
+*     +-----------------------+--------+--------------------+
+*     |        GLP_BS         |  L[p]  |       GLP_BS       |
+*     |        GLP_BS         |  U[p]  |       GLP_BS       |
+*     |        GLP_NS         |  L[p]  |       GLP_NL       |
+*     |        GLP_NS         |  U[p]  |       GLP_NU       |
+*     +-----------------------+--------+--------------------+
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] (as well as value of column q) in
+*  solution to the original problem is the same as in solution to the
+*  transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of row multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem is
+*  the same as in solution to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct implied_free
+{     /* column singleton (implied free variable) */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      char stat;
+      /* row status:
+         GLP_NL - active constraint on lower bound
+         GLP_NU - active constraint on upper bound */
+};
+
+static int rcv_implied_free(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_implied_free(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     /* process column singleton (implied free variable) */
+      struct implied_free *info;
+      NPPROW *p;
+      NPPAIJ *apq, *aij;
+      double alfa, beta, l, u, pi, eps;
+      /* the column must be non-fixed singleton */
+      xassert(q->lb < q->ub);
+      xassert(q->ptr != NULL && q->ptr->c_next == NULL);
+      /* corresponding row must be inequality constraint */
+      apq = q->ptr;
+      p = apq->row;
+      xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX || p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      xassert(p->lb < p->ub);
+      /* compute alfa */
+      alfa = p->lb;
+      if (alfa != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  for (aij = p->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  if (aij == apq) continue; /* skip a[p,q] */
+            if (aij->val > 0.0)
+            {  if (aij->col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+               {  alfa = -DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               }
+               alfa -= aij->val * aij->col->ub;
+            }
+            else /* < 0.0 */
+            {  if (aij->col->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+               {  alfa = -DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               }
+               alfa -= aij->val * aij->col->lb;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute beta */
+      beta = p->ub;
+      if (beta != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  for (aij = p->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  if (aij == apq) continue; /* skip a[p,q] */
+            if (aij->val > 0.0)
+            {  if (aij->col->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+               {  beta = +DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               }
+               beta -= aij->val * aij->col->lb;
+            }
+            else /* < 0.0 */
+            {  if (aij->col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+               {  beta = +DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               }
+               beta -= aij->val * aij->col->ub;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute implied column lower bound l'[q] */
+      if (apq->val > 0.0)
+         l = (alfa == -DBL_MAX ? -DBL_MAX : alfa / apq->val);
+      else /* < 0.0 */
+         l = (beta == +DBL_MAX ? -DBL_MAX : beta / apq->val);
+      /* compute implied column upper bound u'[q] */
+      if (apq->val > 0.0)
+         u = (beta == +DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : beta / apq->val);
+      else
+         u = (alfa == -DBL_MAX ? +DBL_MAX : alfa / apq->val);
+      /* check if column lower bound l[q] can be active */
+      if (q->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = 1e-9 + 1e-12 * fabs(q->lb);
+         if (l < q->lb - eps) return 1; /* yes, it can */
+      }
+      /* check if column upper bound u[q] can be active */
+      if (q->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = 1e-9 + 1e-12 * fabs(q->ub);
+         if (u > q->ub + eps) return 1; /* yes, it can */
+      }
+      /* okay; make column q free (unbounded) */
+      q->lb = -DBL_MAX, q->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_implied_free, sizeof(struct implied_free));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      info->stat = -1;
+      /* compute row multiplier pi[p] */
+      pi = q->coef / apq->val;
+      /* check dual feasibility for row p */
+      if (pi > +DBL_EPSILON)
+      {  /* lower bound L[p] must be active */
+         if (p->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+nl:      {  info->stat = GLP_NL;
+            p->ub = p->lb;
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (pi > +1e-5) return 2; /* dual infeasibility */
+            /* take a chance on U[p] */
+            xassert(p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+            goto nu;
+         }
+      }
+      else if (pi < -DBL_EPSILON)
+      {  /* upper bound U[p] must be active */
+         if (p->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+nu:      {  info->stat = GLP_NU;
+            p->lb = p->ub;
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (pi < -1e-5) return 2; /* dual infeasibility */
+            /* take a chance on L[p] */
+            xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+            goto nl;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* any bound (either L[p] or U[p]) can be made active  */
+         if (p->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         {  xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+            goto nl;
+         }
+         if (p->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+         {  xassert(p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+            goto nu;
+         }
+         if (fabs(p->lb) <= fabs(p->ub)) goto nl; else goto nu;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static int rcv_implied_free(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover column singleton (implied free variable) */
+      struct implied_free *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_BS)
+            npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+         else if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_NS)
+         {  xassert(info->stat == GLP_NL || info->stat == GLP_NU);
+            npp->r_stat[info->p] = info->stat;
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_eq_doublet - process row doubleton (equality constraint)
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  NPPCOL *npp_eq_doublet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_eq_doublet processes row p, which is equality
+*  constraint having exactly two non-zero coefficients:
+*
+*     a[p,q] x[q] + a[p,r] x[r] = b.                                 (1)
+*
+*  As the result of processing one of columns q or r is eliminated from
+*  all other rows and, thus, becomes column singleton of type "implied
+*  slack variable". Row p is not changed and along with column q and r
+*  remains in the problem.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine npp_eq_doublet returns pointer to the descriptor of that
+*  column q or r which has been eliminated. If, due to some reason, the
+*  elimination was not performed, the routine returns NULL.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  First, we decide which column q or r will be eliminated. Let it be
+*  column q. Consider i-th constraint row, where column q has non-zero
+*  coefficient a[i,q] != 0:
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] <= U[i].                               (2)
+*              j
+*
+*  In order to eliminate column q from row (2) we subtract from it row
+*  (1) multiplied by gamma[i] = a[i,q] / a[p,q], i.e. we replace in the
+*  transformed problem row (2) by its linear combination with row (1).
+*  This transformation changes only coefficients in columns q and r,
+*  and bounds of row i as follows:
+*
+*     a~[i,q] = a[i,q] - gamma[i] a[p,q] = 0,                        (3)
+*
+*     a~[i,r] = a[i,r] - gamma[i] a[p,r],                            (4)
+*
+*       L~[i] = L[i] - gamma[i] b,                                   (5)
+*
+*       U~[i] = U[i] - gamma[i] b.                                   (6)
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  The transformation of the primal system of the original problem:
+*
+*     L <= A x <= U                                                  (7)
+*
+*  is equivalent to multiplying from the left a transformation matrix F
+*  by components of this primal system, which in the transformed problem
+*  becomes the following:
+*
+*     F L <= F A x <= F U  ==>  L~ <= A~x <= U~.                     (8)
+*
+*  The matrix F has the following structure:
+*
+*         ( 1           -gamma[1]            )
+*         (                                  )
+*         (    1        -gamma[2]            )
+*         (                                  )
+*         (      ...       ...               )
+*         (                                  )
+*     F = (          1  -gamma[p-1]          )                       (9)
+*         (                                  )
+*         (                 1                )
+*         (                                  )
+*         (             -gamma[p+1]  1       )
+*         (                                  )
+*         (                ...          ...  )
+*
+*  where its column containing elements -gamma[i] corresponds to row p
+*  of the primal system.
+*
+*  From (8) it follows that the dual system of the original problem:
+*
+*     A'pi + lambda = c,                                            (10)
+*
+*  in the transformed problem becomes the following:
+*
+*     A'F'inv(F')pi + lambda = c  ==>  (A~)'pi~ + lambda = c,       (11)
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     pi~ = inv(F')pi                                               (12)
+*
+*  is the vector of row multipliers in the transformed problem. Thus:
+*
+*     pi = F'pi~.                                                   (13)
+*
+*  Therefore, as it follows from (13), value of multiplier for row p in
+*  solution to the original problem can be computed as follows:
+*
+*     pi[p] = pi~[p] - sum gamma[i] pi~[i],                         (14)
+*                       i
+*
+*  where pi~[i] = pi[i] is multiplier for row i (i != p).
+*
+*  Note that the statuses of all rows and columns are not changed.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Multiplier for row p in solution to the original problem is computed
+*  with formula (14).
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct eq_doublet
+{     /* row doubleton (equality constraint) */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      double apq;
+      /* constraint coefficient a[p,q] */
+      NPPLFE *ptr;
+      /* list of non-zero coefficients a[i,q], i != p */
+};
+
+static int rcv_eq_doublet(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+NPPCOL *npp_eq_doublet(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* process row doubleton (equality constraint) */
+      struct eq_doublet *info;
+      NPPROW *i;
+      NPPCOL *q, *r;
+      NPPAIJ *apq, *apr, *aiq, *air, *next;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double gamma;
+      /* the row must be doubleton equality constraint */
+      xassert(p->lb == p->ub);
+      xassert(p->ptr != NULL && p->ptr->r_next != NULL &&
+              p->ptr->r_next->r_next == NULL);
+      /* choose column to be eliminated */
+      {  NPPAIJ *a1, *a2;
+         a1 = p->ptr, a2 = a1->r_next;
+         if (fabs(a2->val) < 0.001 * fabs(a1->val))
+         {  /* only first column can be eliminated, because second one
+               has too small constraint coefficient */
+            apq = a1, apr = a2;
+         }
+         else if (fabs(a1->val) < 0.001 * fabs(a2->val))
+         {  /* only second column can be eliminated, because first one
+               has too small constraint coefficient */
+            apq = a2, apr = a1;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* both columns are appropriate; choose that one which is
+               shorter to minimize fill-in */
+            if (npp_col_nnz(npp, a1->col) <= npp_col_nnz(npp, a2->col))
+            {  /* first column is shorter */
+               apq = a1, apr = a2;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* second column is shorter */
+               apq = a2, apr = a1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* now columns q and r have been chosen */
+      q = apq->col, r = apr->col;
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_eq_doublet, sizeof(struct eq_doublet));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      info->apq = apq->val;
+      info->ptr = NULL;
+      /* transform each row i (i != p), where a[i,q] != 0, to eliminate
+         column q */
+      for (aiq = q->ptr; aiq != NULL; aiq = next)
+      {  next = aiq->c_next;
+         if (aiq == apq) continue; /* skip row p */
+         i = aiq->row; /* row i to be transformed */
+         /* save constraint coefficient a[i,q] */
+         if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+         {  lfe = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(NPPLFE));
+            lfe->ref = i->i;
+            lfe->val = aiq->val;
+            lfe->next = info->ptr;
+            info->ptr = lfe;
+         }
+         /* find coefficient a[i,r] in row i */
+         for (air = i->ptr; air != NULL; air = air->r_next)
+            if (air->col == r) break;
+         /* if a[i,r] does not exist, create a[i,r] = 0 */
+         if (air == NULL)
+            air = npp_add_aij(npp, i, r, 0.0);
+         /* compute gamma[i] = a[i,q] / a[p,q] */
+         gamma = aiq->val / apq->val;
+         /* (row i) := (row i) - gamma[i] * (row p); see (3)-(6) */
+         /* new a[i,q] is exact zero due to elimnation; remove it from
+            row i */
+         npp_del_aij(npp, aiq);
+         /* compute new a[i,r] */
+         air->val -= gamma * apr->val;
+         /* if new a[i,r] is close to zero due to numeric cancelation,
+            remove it from row i */
+         if (fabs(air->val) <= 1e-10)
+            npp_del_aij(npp, air);
+         /* compute new lower and upper bounds of row i */
+         if (i->lb == i->ub)
+            i->lb = i->ub = (i->lb - gamma * p->lb);
+         else
+         {  if (i->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+               i->lb -= gamma * p->lb;
+            if (i->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+               i->ub -= gamma * p->lb;
+         }
+      }
+      return q;
+}
+
+static int rcv_eq_doublet(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover row doubleton (equality constraint) */
+      struct eq_doublet *info = _info;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double gamma, temp;
+      /* we assume that processing row p is followed by processing
+         column q as singleton of type "implied slack variable", in
+         which case row p must always be active equality constraint */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->r_stat[info->p] != GLP_NS)
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+      {  /* compute value of multiplier for row p; see (14) */
+         temp = npp->r_pi[info->p];
+         for (lfe = info->ptr; lfe != NULL; lfe = lfe->next)
+         {  gamma = lfe->val / info->apq; /* a[i,q] / a[p,q] */
+            temp -= gamma * npp->r_pi[lfe->ref];
+         }
+         npp->r_pi[info->p] = temp;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_forcing_row - process forcing row
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_forcing_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p, int at);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_forcing row processes row p of general format:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p],                               (1)
+*              j
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j],                                          (2)
+*
+*  where L[p] <= U[p] and l[j] < u[j] for all a[p,j] != 0. It is also
+*  assumed that:
+*
+*  1) if at = 0 then |L[p] - U'[p]| <= eps, where U'[p] is implied
+*     row upper bound (see below), eps is an absolute tolerance for row
+*     value;
+*
+*  2) if at = 1 then |U[p] - L'[p]| <= eps, where L'[p] is implied
+*     row lower bound (see below).
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0 - success;
+*
+*  1 - cannot fix columns due to too small constraint coefficients.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Implied lower and upper bounds of row (1) are determined by bounds
+*  of corresponding columns (variables) as follows:
+*
+*     L'[p] = inf sum a[p,j] x[j] =
+*                  j
+*                                                                    (3)
+*           =  sum  a[p,j] l[j] +  sum  a[p,j] u[j],
+*            j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     U'[p] = sup sum a[p,j] x[j] =
+*                                                                    (4)
+*           =  sum  a[p,j] u[j] +  sum  a[p,j] l[j],
+*            j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     Jp = {j: a[p,j] > 0},  Jn = {j: a[p,j] < 0}.                   (5)
+*
+*  If L[p] =~ U'[p] (at = 0), solution can be primal feasible only when
+*  all variables take their boundary values as defined by (4):
+*
+*            ( u[j], if j in Jp
+*     x[j] = <                                                       (6)
+*            ( l[j], if j in Jn
+*
+*  Similarly, if U[p] =~ L'[p] (at = 1), solution can be primal feasible
+*  only when all variables take their boundary values as defined by (3):
+*
+*            ( l[j], if j in Jp
+*     x[j] = <                                                       (7)
+*            ( u[j], if j in Jn
+*
+*  Condition (6) or (7) allows fixing all columns (variables x[j])
+*  in row (1) on their bounds and then removing them from the problem
+*  (see the routine npp_fixed_col). Due to this row p becomes redundant,
+*  so it can be replaced by equivalent free (unbounded) row and also
+*  removed from the problem (see the routine npp_free_row).
+*
+*  1. To apply this transformation row (1) should not have coefficients
+*     whose magnitude is too small, i.e. all a[p,j] should satisfy to
+*     the following condition:
+*
+*        |a[p,j]| >= eps * max(1, |a[p,k]|),                         (8)
+*                           k
+*     where eps is a relative tolerance for constraint coefficients.
+*     Otherwise, fixing columns may be numerically unreliable and may
+*     lead to wrong solution.
+*
+*  2. The routine fixes columns and remove bounds of row p, however,
+*     it does not remove the row and columns from the problem.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  In the transformed problem row p being inactive constraint is
+*  assigned status GLP_BS (as the result of transformation of free
+*  row), and all columns in this row are assigned status GLP_NS (as the
+*  result of transformation of fixed columns).
+*
+*  Note that in the dual system of the transformed (as well as original)
+*  problem every column j in row p corresponds to the following row:
+*
+*     sum  a[i,j] pi[i] + a[p,j] pi[p] + lambda[j] = c[j],           (9)
+*     i!=p
+*
+*  from which it follows that:
+*
+*     lambda[j] = c[j] - sum a[i,j] pi[i] - a[p,j] pi[p].           (10)
+*                        i!=p
+*
+*  In the transformed problem values of all multipliers pi[i] are known
+*  (including pi[i], whose value is zero, since row p is inactive).
+*  Thus, using formula (10) it is possible to compute values of
+*  multipliers lambda[j] for all columns in row p.
+*
+*  Note also that in the original problem all columns in row p are
+*  bounded, not fixed. So status GLP_NS assigned to every such column
+*  must be changed to GLP_NL or GLP_NU depending on which bound the
+*  corresponding column has been fixed. This status change may lead to
+*  dual feasibility violation for solution of the original problem,
+*  because now column multipliers must satisfy to the following
+*  condition:
+*
+*               ( >= 0, if status of column j is GLP_NL,
+*     lambda[j] <                                                   (11)
+*               ( <= 0, if status of column j is GLP_NU.
+*
+*  If this condition holds, solution to the original problem is the
+*  same as to the transformed problem. Otherwise, we have to perform
+*  one degenerate pivoting step of the primal simplex method to obtain
+*  dual feasible (hence, optimal) solution to the original problem as
+*  follows. If, on problem transformation, row p was made active on its
+*  lower bound (case at = 0), we change its status to GLP_NL (or GLP_NS)
+*  and start increasing its multiplier pi[p]. Otherwise, if row p was
+*  made active on its upper bound (case at = 1), we change its status
+*  to GLP_NU (or GLP_NS) and start decreasing pi[p]. From (10) it
+*  follows that:
+*
+*     delta lambda[j] = - a[p,j] * delta pi[p] = - a[p,j] pi[p].    (12)
+*
+*  Simple analysis of formulae (3)-(5) shows that changing pi[p] in the
+*  specified direction causes increasing lambda[j] for every column j
+*  assigned status GLP_NL (delta lambda[j] > 0) and decreasing lambda[j]
+*  for every column j assigned status GLP_NU (delta lambda[j] < 0). It
+*  is understood that once the last lambda[q], which violates condition
+*  (11), has reached zero, multipliers lambda[j] for all columns get
+*  valid signs. Such column q can be determined as follows. Let d[j] be
+*  initial value of lambda[j] (i.e. reduced cost of column j) in the
+*  transformed problem computed with formula (10) when pi[p] = 0. Then
+*  lambda[j] = d[j] + delta lambda[j], and from (12) it follows that
+*  lambda[j] becomes zero if:
+*
+*     delta lambda[j] = - a[p,j] pi[p] = - d[j]  ==>
+*                                                                   (13)
+*     pi[p] = d[j] / a[p,j].
+*
+*  Therefore, the last column q, for which lambda[q] becomes zero, can
+*  be determined from the following condition:
+*
+*     |d[q] / a[p,q]| = max  |pi[p]| = max  |d[j] / a[p,j]|,        (14)
+*                      j in D         j in D
+*
+*  where D is a set of columns j whose, reduced costs d[j] have invalid
+*  signs, i.e. violate condition (11). (Thus, if D is empty, solution
+*  to the original problem is the same as solution to the transformed
+*  problem, and no correction is needed as was noticed above.) In
+*  solution to the original problem column q is assigned status GLP_BS,
+*  since it replaces column of auxiliary variable of row p (becoming
+*  active) in the basis, and multiplier for row p is assigned its new
+*  value, which is pi[p] = d[q] / a[p,q]. Note that due to primal
+*  degeneracy values of all columns having non-zero coefficients in row
+*  p remain unchanged.
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of multiplier pi[p] in solution to the original problem is
+*  corrected in the same way as for basic solution. Values of all
+*  columns having non-zero coefficients in row p remain unchanged.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct forcing_col
+{     /* column fixed on its bound by forcing row */
+      int j;
+      /* column reference number */
+      char stat;
+      /* original column status:
+         GLP_NL - fixed on lower bound
+         GLP_NU - fixed on upper bound */
+      double a;
+      /* constraint coefficient a[p,j] */
+      double c;
+      /* objective coefficient c[j] */
+      NPPLFE *ptr;
+      /* list of non-zero coefficients a[i,j], i != p */
+      struct forcing_col *next;
+      /* pointer to another column fixed by forcing row */
+};
+
+struct forcing_row
+{     /* forcing row */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      char stat;
+      /* status assigned to the row if it becomes active:
+         GLP_NS - active equality constraint
+         GLP_NL - inequality constraint with lower bound active
+         GLP_NU - inequality constraint with upper bound active */
+      struct forcing_col *ptr;
+      /* list of all columns having non-zero constraint coefficient
+         a[p,j] in the forcing row */
+};
+
+static int rcv_forcing_row(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_forcing_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p, int at)
+{     /* process forcing row */
+      struct forcing_row *info;
+      struct forcing_col *col = NULL;
+      NPPCOL *j;
+      NPPAIJ *apj, *aij;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double big;
+      xassert(at == 0 || at == 1);
+      /* determine maximal magnitude of the row coefficients */
+      big = 1.0;
+      for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+         if (big < fabs(apj->val)) big = fabs(apj->val);
+      /* if there are too small coefficients in the row, transformation
+         should not be applied */
+      for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+         if (fabs(apj->val) < 1e-7 * big) return 1;
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_forcing_row, sizeof(struct forcing_row));
+      info->p = p->i;
+      if (p->lb == p->ub)
+      {  /* equality constraint */
+         info->stat = GLP_NS;
+      }
+      else if (at == 0)
+      {  /* inequality constraint; case L[p] = U'[p] */
+         info->stat = GLP_NL;
+         xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+      }
+      else /* at == 1 */
+      {  /* inequality constraint; case U[p] = L'[p] */
+         info->stat = GLP_NU;
+         xassert(p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+      }
+      info->ptr = NULL;
+      /* scan the forcing row, fix columns at corresponding bounds, and
+         save column information (the latter is not needed for MIP) */
+      for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+      {  /* column j has non-zero coefficient in the forcing row */
+         j = apj->col;
+         /* it must be non-fixed */
+         xassert(j->lb < j->ub);
+         /* allocate stack entry to save column information */
+         if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+         {  col = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(struct forcing_col));
+            col->j = j->j;
+            col->stat = -1; /* will be set below */
+            col->a = apj->val;
+            col->c = j->coef;
+            col->ptr = NULL;
+            col->next = info->ptr;
+            info->ptr = col;
+         }
+         /* fix column j */
+         if (at == 0 && apj->val < 0.0 || at != 0 && apj->val > 0.0)
+         {  /* at its lower bound */
+            if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+               col->stat = GLP_NL;
+            xassert(j->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+            j->ub = j->lb;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* at its upper bound */
+            if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+               col->stat = GLP_NU;
+            xassert(j->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+            j->lb = j->ub;
+         }
+         /* save column coefficients a[i,j], i != p */
+         if (npp->sol != GLP_MIP)
+         {  for (aij = j->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+            {  if (aij == apj) continue; /* skip a[p,j] */
+               lfe = dmp_get_atom(npp->stack, sizeof(NPPLFE));
+               lfe->ref = aij->row->i;
+               lfe->val = aij->val;
+               lfe->next = col->ptr;
+               col->ptr = lfe;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* make the row free (unbounded) */
+      p->lb = -DBL_MAX, p->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static int rcv_forcing_row(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover forcing row */
+      struct forcing_row *info = _info;
+      struct forcing_col *col, *piv;
+      NPPLFE *lfe;
+      double d, big, temp;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_MIP) goto done;
+      /* initially solution to the original problem is the same as
+         to the transformed problem, where row p is inactive constraint
+         with pi[p] = 0, and all columns are non-basic */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  if (npp->r_stat[info->p] != GLP_BS)
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+         for (col = info->ptr; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         {  if (npp->c_stat[col->j] != GLP_NS)
+            {  npp_error();
+               return 1;
+            }
+            npp->c_stat[col->j] = col->stat; /* original status */
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute reduced costs d[j] for all columns with formula (10)
+         and store them in col.c instead objective coefficients */
+      for (col = info->ptr; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+      {  d = col->c;
+         for (lfe = col->ptr; lfe != NULL; lfe = lfe->next)
+            d -= lfe->val * npp->r_pi[lfe->ref];
+         col->c = d;
+      }
+      /* consider columns j, whose multipliers lambda[j] has wrong
+         sign in solution to the transformed problem (where lambda[j] =
+         d[j]), and choose column q, whose multipler lambda[q] reaches
+         zero last on changing row multiplier pi[p]; see (14) */
+      piv = NULL, big = 0.0;
+      for (col = info->ptr; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+      {  d = col->c; /* d[j] */
+         temp = fabs(d / col->a);
+         if (col->stat == GLP_NL)
+         {  /* column j has active lower bound */
+            if (d < 0.0 && big < temp)
+               piv = col, big = temp;
+         }
+         else if (col->stat == GLP_NU)
+         {  /* column j has active upper bound */
+            if (d > 0.0 && big < temp)
+               piv = col, big = temp;
+         }
+         else
+         {  npp_error();
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if column q does not exist, no correction is needed */
+      if (piv != NULL)
+      {  /* correct solution; row p becomes active constraint while
+            column q becomes basic */
+         if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+         {  npp->r_stat[info->p] = info->stat;
+            npp->c_stat[piv->j] = GLP_BS;
+         }
+         /* assign new value to row multiplier pi[p] = d[p] / a[p,q] */
+         npp->r_pi[info->p] = piv->c / piv->a;
+      }
+done: return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_analyze_row - perform general row analysis
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_analyze_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_analyze_row performs analysis of row p of general
+*  format:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p],                               (1)
+*              j
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j],                                          (2)
+*
+*  where L[p] <= U[p] and l[j] <= u[j] for all a[p,j] != 0.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0x?0 - row lower bound does not exist or is redundant;
+*
+*  0x?1 - row lower bound can be active;
+*
+*  0x?2 - row lower bound is a forcing bound;
+*
+*  0x0? - row upper bound does not exist or is redundant;
+*
+*  0x1? - row upper bound can be active;
+*
+*  0x2? - row upper bound is a forcing bound;
+*
+*  0x33 - row bounds are inconsistent with column bounds.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  Analysis of row (1) is based on analysis of its implied lower and
+*  upper bounds, which are determined by bounds of corresponding columns
+*  (variables) as follows:
+*
+*     L'[p] = inf sum a[p,j] x[j] =
+*                  j
+*                                                                    (3)
+*           =  sum  a[p,j] l[j] +  sum  a[p,j] u[j],
+*            j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     U'[p] = sup sum a[p,j] x[j] =
+*                                                                    (4)
+*           =  sum  a[p,j] u[j] +  sum  a[p,j] l[j],
+*            j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     Jp = {j: a[p,j] > 0},  Jn = {j: a[p,j] < 0}.                   (5)
+*
+*  (Note that bounds of all columns in row p are assumed to be correct,
+*  so L'[p] <= U'[p].)
+*
+*  Analysis of row lower bound L[p] includes the following cases:
+*
+*  1) if L[p] > U'[p] + eps, where eps is an absolute tolerance for row
+*     value, row lower bound L[p] and implied row upper bound U'[p] are
+*     inconsistent, ergo, the problem has no primal feasible solution;
+*
+*  2) if U'[p] - eps <= L[p] <= U'[p] + eps, i.e. if L[p] =~ U'[p],
+*     the row is a forcing row on its lower bound (see description of
+*     the routine npp_forcing_row);
+*
+*  3) if L[p] > L'[p] + eps, row lower bound L[p] can be active (this
+*     conclusion does not account other rows in the problem);
+*
+*  4) if L[p] <= L'[p] + eps, row lower bound L[p] cannot be active, so
+*     it is redundant and can be removed (replaced by -oo).
+*
+*  Analysis of row upper bound U[p] is performed in a similar way and
+*  includes the following cases:
+*
+*  1) if U[p] < L'[p] - eps, row upper bound U[p] and implied row lower
+*     bound L'[p] are inconsistent, ergo the problem has no primal
+*     feasible solution;
+*
+*  2) if L'[p] - eps <= U[p] <= L'[p] + eps, i.e. if U[p] =~ L'[p],
+*     the row is a forcing row on its upper bound (see description of
+*     the routine npp_forcing_row);
+*
+*  3) if U[p] < U'[p] - eps, row upper bound U[p] can be active (this
+*     conclusion does not account other rows in the problem);
+*
+*  4) if U[p] >= U'[p] - eps, row upper bound U[p] cannot be active, so
+*     it is redundant and can be removed (replaced by +oo). */
+
+int npp_analyze_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* perform general row analysis */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int ret = 0x00;
+      double l, u, eps;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* compute implied lower bound L'[p]; see (3) */
+      l = 0.0;
+      for (aij = p->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  if (aij->val > 0.0)
+         {  if (aij->col->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  l = -DBL_MAX;
+               break;
+            }
+            l += aij->val * aij->col->lb;
+         }
+         else /* aij->val < 0.0 */
+         {  if (aij->col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  l = -DBL_MAX;
+               break;
+            }
+            l += aij->val * aij->col->ub;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute implied upper bound U'[p]; see (4) */
+      u = 0.0;
+      for (aij = p->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  if (aij->val > 0.0)
+         {  if (aij->col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  u = +DBL_MAX;
+               break;
+            }
+            u += aij->val * aij->col->ub;
+         }
+         else /* aij->val < 0.0 */
+         {  if (aij->col->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  u = +DBL_MAX;
+               break;
+            }
+            u += aij->val * aij->col->lb;
+         }
+      }
+      /* column bounds are assumed correct, so L'[p] <= U'[p] */
+      /* check if row lower bound is consistent */
+      if (p->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = 1e-3 + 1e-6 * fabs(p->lb);
+         if (p->lb - eps > u)
+         {  ret = 0x33;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if row upper bound is consistent */
+      if (p->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = 1e-3 + 1e-6 * fabs(p->ub);
+         if (p->ub + eps < l)
+         {  ret = 0x33;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if row lower bound can be active/forcing */
+      if (p->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = 1e-9 + 1e-12 * fabs(p->lb);
+         if (p->lb - eps > l)
+         {  if (p->lb + eps <= u)
+               ret |= 0x01;
+            else
+               ret |= 0x02;
+         }
+      }
+      /* check if row upper bound can be active/forcing */
+      if (p->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  eps = 1e-9 + 1e-12 * fabs(p->ub);
+         if (p->ub + eps < u)
+         {  /* check if the upper bound is forcing */
+            if (p->ub - eps >= l)
+               ret |= 0x10;
+            else
+               ret |= 0x20;
+         }
+      }
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_inactive_bound - remove row lower/upper inactive bound
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_inactive_bound(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p, int which);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_inactive_bound removes lower (if which = 0) or upper
+*  (if which = 1) bound of row p:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p],
+*
+*  which (bound) is assumed to be redundant.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  If which = 0, current lower bound L[p] of row p is assigned -oo.
+*  If which = 1, current upper bound U[p] of row p is assigned +oo.
+*
+*  RECOVERING BASIC SOLUTION
+*
+*  If in solution to the transformed problem row p is inactive
+*  constraint (GLP_BS), its status is not changed in solution to the
+*  original problem. Otherwise, status of row p in solution to the
+*  original problem is defined by its type before transformation and
+*  its status in solution to the transformed problem as follows:
+*
+*     +---------------------+-------+---------------+---------------+
+*     |        Row          | Flag  | Row status in | Row status in |
+*     |        type         | which | transfmd soln | original soln |
+*     +---------------------+-------+---------------+---------------+
+*     |     sum >= L[p]     |   0   |    GLP_NF     |    GLP_NL     |
+*     |     sum <= U[p]     |   1   |    GLP_NF     |    GLP_NU     |
+*     | L[p] <= sum <= U[p] |   0   |    GLP_NU     |    GLP_NU     |
+*     | L[p] <= sum <= U[p] |   1   |    GLP_NL     |    GLP_NL     |
+*     |  sum = L[p] = U[p]  |   0   |    GLP_NU     |    GLP_NS     |
+*     |  sum = L[p] = U[p]  |   1   |    GLP_NL     |    GLP_NS     |
+*     +---------------------+-------+---------------+---------------+
+*
+*  RECOVERING INTERIOR-POINT SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed.
+*
+*  RECOVERING MIP SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+struct inactive_bound
+{     /* row inactive bound */
+      int p;
+      /* row reference number */
+      char stat;
+      /* row status (if active constraint) */
+};
+
+static int rcv_inactive_bound(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+void npp_inactive_bound(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p, int which)
+{     /* remove row lower/upper inactive bound */
+      struct inactive_bound *info;
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_SOL)
+      {  /* create transformation stack entry */
+         info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+            rcv_inactive_bound, sizeof(struct inactive_bound));
+         info->p = p->i;
+         if (p->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            info->stat = GLP_NL;
+         else if (p->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            info->stat = GLP_NU;
+         else if (p->lb != p->ub)
+            info->stat = (char)(which == 0 ? GLP_NU : GLP_NL);
+         else
+            info->stat = GLP_NS;
+      }
+      /* remove row inactive bound */
+      if (which == 0)
+      {  xassert(p->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+         p->lb = -DBL_MAX;
+      }
+      else if (which == 1)
+      {  xassert(p->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+         p->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(which != which);
+      return;
+}
+
+static int rcv_inactive_bound(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recover row status */
+      struct inactive_bound *info = _info;
+      if (npp->sol != GLP_SOL)
+      {  npp_error();
+         return 1;
+      }
+      if (npp->r_stat[info->p] == GLP_BS)
+         npp->r_stat[info->p] = GLP_BS;
+      else
+         npp->r_stat[info->p] = info->stat;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_implied_bounds - determine implied column bounds
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_implied_bounds(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_implied_bounds inspects general row (constraint) p:
+*
+*     L[p] <= sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p],                               (1)
+*
+*     l[j] <= x[j] <= u[j],                                          (2)
+*
+*  where L[p] <= U[p] and l[j] <= u[j] for all a[p,j] != 0, to compute
+*  implied bounds of columns (variables x[j]) in this row.
+*
+*  The routine stores implied column bounds l'[j] and u'[j] in column
+*  descriptors (NPPCOL); it does not change current column bounds l[j]
+*  and u[j]. (Implied column bounds can be then used to strengthen the
+*  current column bounds; see the routines npp_implied_lower and
+*  npp_implied_upper).
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  Current column bounds (2) define implied lower and upper bounds of
+*  row (1) as follows:
+*
+*     L'[p] = inf sum a[p,j] x[j] =
+*                  j
+*                                                                    (3)
+*           =  sum  a[p,j] l[j] +  sum  a[p,j] u[j],
+*            j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     U'[p] = sup sum a[p,j] x[j] =
+*                                                                    (4)
+*           =  sum  a[p,j] u[j] +  sum  a[p,j] l[j],
+*            j in Jp             j in Jn
+*
+*     Jp = {j: a[p,j] > 0},  Jn = {j: a[p,j] < 0}.                   (5)
+*
+*  (Note that bounds of all columns in row p are assumed to be correct,
+*  so L'[p] <= U'[p].)
+*
+*  If L[p] > L'[p] and/or U[p] < U'[p], the lower and/or upper bound of
+*  row (1) can be active, in which case such row defines implied bounds
+*  of its variables.
+*
+*  Let x[k] be some variable having in row (1) coefficient a[p,k] != 0.
+*  Consider a case when row lower bound can be active (L[p] > L'[p]):
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] >= L[p]  ==>
+*      j
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] + a[p,k] x[k] >= L[p]  ==>
+*     j!=k
+*                                                                    (6)
+*     a[p,k] x[k] >= L[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j]  ==>
+*                           j!=k
+*
+*     a[p,k] x[k] >= L[p,k],
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     L[p,k] = inf(L[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j]) =
+*                         j!=k
+*
+*            = L[p] - sup sum a[p,j] x[j] =                          (7)
+*                         j!=k
+*
+*            = L[p] - sum a[p,j] u[j] - sum a[p,j] l[j].
+*                    j in Jp\{k}       j in Jn\{k}
+*
+*  Thus:
+*
+*     x[k] >= l'[k] = L[p,k] / a[p,k],  if a[p,k] > 0,               (8)
+*
+*     x[k] <= u'[k] = L[p,k] / a[p,k],  if a[p,k] < 0.               (9)
+*
+*  where l'[k] and u'[k] are implied lower and upper bounds of variable
+*  x[k], resp.
+*
+*  Now consider a similar case when row upper bound can be active
+*  (U[p] < U'[p]):
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] <= U[p]  ==>
+*      j
+*
+*     sum a[p,j] x[j] + a[p,k] x[k] <= U[p]  ==>
+*     j!=k
+*                                                                   (10)
+*     a[p,k] x[k] <= U[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j]  ==>
+*                           j!=k
+*
+*     a[p,k] x[k] <= U[p,k],
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     U[p,k] = sup(U[p] - sum a[p,j] x[j]) =
+*                         j!=k
+*
+*            = U[p] - inf sum a[p,j] x[j] =                         (11)
+*                         j!=k
+*
+*            = U[p] - sum a[p,j] l[j] - sum a[p,j] u[j].
+*                    j in Jp\{k}       j in Jn\{k}
+*
+*  Thus:
+*
+*     x[k] <= u'[k] = U[p,k] / a[p,k],  if a[p,k] > 0,              (12)
+*
+*     x[k] >= l'[k] = U[p,k] / a[p,k],  if a[p,k] < 0.              (13)
+*
+*  Note that in formulae (8), (9), (12), and (13) coefficient a[p,k]
+*  must not be too small in magnitude relatively to other non-zero
+*  coefficients in row (1), i.e. the following condition must hold:
+*
+*     |a[p,k]| >= eps * max(1, |a[p,j]|),                           (14)
+*                        j
+*
+*  where eps is a relative tolerance for constraint coefficients.
+*  Otherwise the implied column bounds can be numerical inreliable. For
+*  example, using formula (8) for the following inequality constraint:
+*
+*     1e-12 x1 - x2 - x3 >= 0,
+*
+*  where x1 >= -1, x2, x3, >= 0, may lead to numerically unreliable
+*  conclusion that x1 >= 0.
+*
+*  Using formulae (8), (9), (12), and (13) to compute implied bounds
+*  for one variable requires |J| operations, where J = {j: a[p,j] != 0},
+*  because this needs computing L[p,k] and U[p,k]. Thus, computing
+*  implied bounds for all variables in row (1) would require |J|^2
+*  operations, that is not a good technique. However, the total number
+*  of operations can be reduced to |J| as follows.
+*
+*  Let a[p,k] > 0. Then from (7) and (11) we have:
+*
+*     L[p,k] = L[p] - (U'[p] - a[p,k] u[k]) =
+*
+*            = L[p] - U'[p] + a[p,k] u[k],
+*
+*     U[p,k] = U[p] - (L'[p] - a[p,k] l[k]) =
+*
+*            = U[p] - L'[p] + a[p,k] l[k],
+*
+*  where L'[p] and U'[p] are implied row lower and upper bounds defined
+*  by formulae (3) and (4). Substituting these expressions into (8) and
+*  (12) gives:
+*
+*     l'[k] = L[p,k] / a[p,k] = u[k] + (L[p] - U'[p]) / a[p,k],     (15)
+*
+*     u'[k] = U[p,k] / a[p,k] = l[k] + (U[p] - L'[p]) / a[p,k].     (16)
+*
+*  Similarly, if a[p,k] < 0, according to (7) and (11) we have:
+*
+*     L[p,k] = L[p] - (U'[p] - a[p,k] l[k]) =
+*
+*            = L[p] - U'[p] + a[p,k] l[k],
+*
+*     U[p,k] = U[p] - (L'[p] - a[p,k] u[k]) =
+*
+*            = U[p] - L'[p] + a[p,k] u[k],
+*
+*  and substituting these expressions into (8) and (12) gives:
+*
+*     l'[k] = U[p,k] / a[p,k] = u[k] + (U[p] - L'[p]) / a[p,k],     (17)
+*
+*     u'[k] = L[p,k] / a[p,k] = l[k] + (L[p] - U'[p]) / a[p,k].     (18)
+*
+*  Note that formulae (15)-(18) can be used only if L'[p] and U'[p]
+*  exist. However, if for some variable x[j] it happens that l[j] = -oo
+*  and/or u[j] = +oo, values of L'[p] (if a[p,j] > 0) and/or U'[p] (if
+*  a[p,j] < 0) are undefined. Consider, therefore, the most general
+*  situation, when some column bounds (2) may not exist.
+*
+*  Let:
+*
+*     J' = {j : (a[p,j] > 0 and l[j] = -oo) or
+*                                                                   (19)
+*               (a[p,j] < 0 and u[j] = +oo)}.
+*
+*  Then (assuming that row upper bound U[p] can be active) the following
+*  three cases are possible:
+*
+*  1) |J'| = 0. In this case L'[p] exists, thus, for all variables x[j]
+*     in row (1) we can use formulae (16) and (17);
+*
+*  2) J' = {k}. In this case L'[p] = -oo, however, U[p,k] (11) exists,
+*     so for variable x[k] we can use formulae (12) and (13). Note that
+*     for all other variables x[j] (j != k) l'[j] = -oo (if a[p,j] < 0)
+*     or u'[j] = +oo (if a[p,j] > 0);
+*
+*  3) |J'| > 1. In this case for all variables x[j] in row [1] we have
+*     l'[j] = -oo (if a[p,j] < 0) or u'[j] = +oo (if a[p,j] > 0).
+*
+*  Similarly, let:
+*
+*     J'' = {j : (a[p,j] > 0 and u[j] = +oo) or
+*                                                                   (20)
+*                (a[p,j] < 0 and l[j] = -oo)}.
+*
+*  Then (assuming that row lower bound L[p] can be active) the following
+*  three cases are possible:
+*
+*  1) |J''| = 0. In this case U'[p] exists, thus, for all variables x[j]
+*     in row (1) we can use formulae (15) and (18);
+*
+*  2) J'' = {k}. In this case U'[p] = +oo, however, L[p,k] (7) exists,
+*     so for variable x[k] we can use formulae (8) and (9). Note that
+*     for all other variables x[j] (j != k) l'[j] = -oo (if a[p,j] > 0)
+*     or u'[j] = +oo (if a[p,j] < 0);
+*
+*  3) |J''| > 1. In this case for all variables x[j] in row (1) we have
+*     l'[j] = -oo (if a[p,j] > 0) or u'[j] = +oo (if a[p,j] < 0). */
+
+void npp_implied_bounds(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     NPPAIJ *apj, *apk;
+      double big, eps, temp;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* initialize implied bounds for all variables and determine
+         maximal magnitude of row coefficients a[p,j] */
+      big = 1.0;
+      for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+      {  apj->col->ll.ll = -DBL_MAX, apj->col->uu.uu = +DBL_MAX;
+         if (big < fabs(apj->val)) big = fabs(apj->val);
+      }
+      eps = 1e-6 * big;
+      /* process row lower bound (assuming that it can be active) */
+      if (p->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  apk = NULL;
+         for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+         {  if (apj->val > 0.0 && apj->col->ub == +DBL_MAX ||
+                apj->val < 0.0 && apj->col->lb == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (apk == NULL)
+                  apk = apj;
+               else
+                  goto skip1;
+            }
+         }
+         /* if a[p,k] = NULL then |J'| = 0 else J' = { k } */
+         temp = p->lb;
+         for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+         {  if (apj == apk)
+               /* skip a[p,k] */;
+            else if (apj->val > 0.0)
+               temp -= apj->val * apj->col->ub;
+            else /* apj->val < 0.0 */
+               temp -= apj->val * apj->col->lb;
+         }
+         /* compute column implied bounds */
+         if (apk == NULL)
+         {  /* temp = L[p] - U'[p] */
+            for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+            {  if (apj->val >= +eps)
+               {  /* l'[j] := u[j] + (L[p] - U'[p]) / a[p,j] */
+                  apj->col->ll.ll = apj->col->ub + temp / apj->val;
+               }
+               else if (apj->val <= -eps)
+               {  /* u'[j] := l[j] + (L[p] - U'[p]) / a[p,j] */
+                  apj->col->uu.uu = apj->col->lb + temp / apj->val;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* temp = L[p,k] */
+            if (apk->val >= +eps)
+            {  /* l'[k] := L[p,k] / a[p,k] */
+               apk->col->ll.ll = temp / apk->val;
+            }
+            else if (apk->val <= -eps)
+            {  /* u'[k] := L[p,k] / a[p,k] */
+               apk->col->uu.uu = temp / apk->val;
+            }
+         }
+skip1:   ;
+      }
+      /* process row upper bound (assuming that it can be active) */
+      if (p->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  apk = NULL;
+         for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+         {  if (apj->val > 0.0 && apj->col->lb == -DBL_MAX ||
+                apj->val < 0.0 && apj->col->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  if (apk == NULL)
+                  apk = apj;
+               else
+                  goto skip2;
+            }
+         }
+         /* if a[p,k] = NULL then |J''| = 0 else J'' = { k } */
+         temp = p->ub;
+         for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+         {  if (apj == apk)
+               /* skip a[p,k] */;
+            else if (apj->val > 0.0)
+               temp -= apj->val * apj->col->lb;
+            else /* apj->val < 0.0 */
+               temp -= apj->val * apj->col->ub;
+         }
+         /* compute column implied bounds */
+         if (apk == NULL)
+         {  /* temp = U[p] - L'[p] */
+            for (apj = p->ptr; apj != NULL; apj = apj->r_next)
+            {  if (apj->val >= +eps)
+               {  /* u'[j] := l[j] + (U[p] - L'[p]) / a[p,j] */
+                  apj->col->uu.uu = apj->col->lb + temp / apj->val;
+               }
+               else if (apj->val <= -eps)
+               {  /* l'[j] := u[j] + (U[p] - L'[p]) / a[p,j] */
+                  apj->col->ll.ll = apj->col->ub + temp / apj->val;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* temp = U[p,k] */
+            if (apk->val >= +eps)
+            {  /* u'[k] := U[p,k] / a[p,k] */
+               apk->col->uu.uu = temp / apk->val;
+            }
+            else if (apk->val <= -eps)
+            {  /* l'[k] := U[p,k] / a[p,k] */
+               apk->col->ll.ll = temp / apk->val;
+            }
+         }
+skip2:   ;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp4.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp4.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7dd0e86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1414 @@
+/* npp4.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_binarize_prob - binarize MIP problem
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_binarize_prob(NPP *npp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_binarize_prob replaces in the original MIP problem
+*  every integer variable:
+*
+*     l[q] <= x[q] <= u[q],                                          (1)
+*
+*  where l[q] < u[q], by an equivalent sum of binary variables.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of integer variables for which the
+*  transformation failed, because u[q] - l[q] > d_max.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  If variable x[q] has non-zero lower bound, it is first processed
+*  with the routine npp_lbnd_col. Thus, we can assume that:
+*
+*     0 <= x[q] <= u[q].                                             (2)
+*
+*  If u[q] = 1, variable x[q] is already binary, so further processing
+*  is not needed. Let, therefore, that 2 <= u[q] <= d_max, and n be a
+*  smallest integer such that u[q] <= 2^n - 1 (n >= 2, since u[q] >= 2).
+*  Then variable x[q] can be replaced by the following sum:
+*
+*            n-1
+*     x[q] = sum 2^k x[k],                                           (3)
+*            k=0
+*
+*  where x[k] are binary columns (variables). If u[q] < 2^n - 1, the
+*  following additional inequality constraint must be also included in
+*  the transformed problem:
+*
+*     n-1
+*     sum 2^k x[k] <= u[q].                                          (4)
+*     k=0
+*
+*  Note: Assuming that in the transformed problem x[q] becomes binary
+*  variable x[0], this transformation causes new n-1 binary variables
+*  to appear.
+*
+*  Substituting x[q] from (3) to the objective row gives:
+*
+*     z = sum c[j] x[j] + c[0] =
+*          j
+*
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] x[q] + c[0] =
+*         j!=q
+*                              n-1
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + c[q] sum 2^k x[k] + c[0] =
+*         j!=q                 k=0
+*                         n-1
+*       = sum c[j] x[j] + sum c[k] x[k] + c[0],
+*         j!=q            k=0
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     c[k] = 2^k c[q],  k = 0, ..., n-1.                             (5)
+*
+*  And substituting x[q] from (3) to i-th constraint row i gives:
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] <= U[i]  ==>
+*              j
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] x[q] <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q
+*                                      n-1
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] sum 2^k x[k] <= U[i]  ==>
+*             j!=q                     k=0
+*                               n-1
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + sum a[i,k] x[k] <= U[i],
+*             j!=q              k=0
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     a[i,k] = 2^k a[i,q],  k = 0, ..., n-1.                         (6)
+*
+*  RECOVERING SOLUTION
+*
+*  Value of variable x[q] is computed with formula (3). */
+
+struct binarize
+{     int q;
+      /* column reference number for x[q] = x[0] */
+      int j;
+      /* column reference number for x[1]; x[2] has reference number
+         j+1, x[3] - j+2, etc. */
+      int n;
+      /* total number of binary variables, n >= 2 */
+};
+
+static int rcv_binarize_prob(NPP *npp, void *info);
+
+int npp_binarize_prob(NPP *npp)
+{     /* binarize MIP problem */
+      struct binarize *info;
+      NPPROW *row;
+      NPPCOL *col, *bin;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int u, n, k, temp, nfails, nvars, nbins, nrows;
+      /* new variables will be added to the end of the column list, so
+         we go from the end to beginning of the column list */
+      nfails = nvars = nbins = nrows = 0;
+      for (col = npp->c_tail; col != NULL; col = col->prev)
+      {  /* skip continuous variable */
+         if (!col->is_int) continue;
+         /* skip fixed variable */
+         if (col->lb == col->ub) continue;
+         /* skip binary variable */
+         if (col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0) continue;
+         /* check if the transformation is applicable */
+         if (col->lb < -1e6 || col->ub > +1e6 ||
+             col->ub - col->lb > 4095.0)
+         {  /* unfortunately, not */
+            nfails++;
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* process integer non-binary variable x[q] */
+         nvars++;
+         /* make x[q] non-negative, if its lower bound is non-zero */
+         if (col->lb != 0.0)
+            npp_lbnd_col(npp, col);
+         /* now 0 <= x[q] <= u[q] */
+         xassert(col->lb == 0.0);
+         u = (int)col->ub;
+         xassert(col->ub == (double)u);
+         /* if x[q] is binary, further processing is not needed */
+         if (u == 1) continue;
+         /* determine smallest n such that u <= 2^n - 1 (thus, n is the
+            number of binary variables needed) */
+         n = 2, temp = 4;
+         while (u >= temp)
+            n++, temp += temp;
+         nbins += n;
+         /* create transformation stack entry */
+         info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+            rcv_binarize_prob, sizeof(struct binarize));
+         info->q = col->j;
+         info->j = 0; /* will be set below */
+         info->n = n;
+         /* if u < 2^n - 1, we need one additional row for (4) */
+         if (u < temp - 1)
+         {  row = npp_add_row(npp), nrows++;
+            row->lb = -DBL_MAX, row->ub = u;
+         }
+         else
+            row = NULL;
+         /* in the transformed problem variable x[q] becomes binary
+            variable x[0], so its objective and constraint coefficients
+            are not changed */
+         col->ub = 1.0;
+         /* include x[0] into constraint (4) */
+         if (row != NULL)
+            npp_add_aij(npp, row, col, 1.0);
+         /* add other binary variables x[1], ..., x[n-1] */
+         for (k = 1, temp = 2; k < n; k++, temp += temp)
+         {  /* add new binary variable x[k] */
+            bin = npp_add_col(npp);
+            bin->is_int = 1;
+            bin->lb = 0.0, bin->ub = 1.0;
+            bin->coef = (double)temp * col->coef;
+            /* store column reference number for x[1] */
+            if (info->j == 0)
+               info->j = bin->j;
+            else
+               xassert(info->j + (k-1) == bin->j);
+            /* duplicate constraint coefficients for x[k]; this also
+               automatically includes x[k] into constraint (4) */
+            for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+               npp_add_aij(npp, aij->row, bin, (double)temp * aij->val);
+         }
+      }
+      if (nvars > 0)
+         xprintf("%d integer variable(s) were replaced by %d binary one"
+            "s\n", nvars, nbins);
+      if (nrows > 0)
+         xprintf("%d row(s) were added due to binarization\n", nrows);
+      if (nfails > 0)
+         xprintf("Binarization failed for %d integer variable(s)\n",
+            nfails);
+      return nfails;
+}
+
+static int rcv_binarize_prob(NPP *npp, void *_info)
+{     /* recovery binarized variable */
+      struct binarize *info = _info;
+      int k, temp;
+      double sum;
+      /* compute value of x[q]; see formula (3) */
+      sum = npp->c_value[info->q];
+      for (k = 1, temp = 2; k < info->n; k++, temp += temp)
+         sum += (double)temp * npp->c_value[info->j + (k-1)];
+      npp->c_value[info->q] = sum;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct elem
+{     /* linear form element a[j] x[j] */
+      double aj;
+      /* non-zero coefficient value */
+      NPPCOL *xj;
+      /* pointer to variable (column) */
+      struct elem *next;
+      /* pointer to another term */
+};
+
+static struct elem *copy_form(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, double s)
+{     /* copy linear form */
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      struct elem *ptr, *e;
+      ptr = NULL;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  e = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, sizeof(struct elem));
+         e->aj = s * aij->val;
+         e->xj = aij->col;
+         e->next = ptr;
+         ptr = e;
+      }
+      return ptr;
+}
+
+static void drop_form(NPP *npp, struct elem *ptr)
+{     /* drop linear form */
+      struct elem *e;
+      while (ptr != NULL)
+      {  e = ptr;
+         ptr = e->next;
+         dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, e, sizeof(struct elem));
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_is_packing - test if constraint is packing inequality
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_is_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the specified row (constraint) is packing inequality (see below),
+*  the routine npp_is_packing returns non-zero. Otherwise, it returns
+*  zero.
+*
+*  PACKING INEQUALITIES
+*
+*  In canonical format the packing inequality is the following:
+*
+*     sum  x[j] <= 1,                                                (1)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  where all variables x[j] are binary. This inequality expresses the
+*  condition that in any integer feasible solution at most one variable
+*  from set J can take non-zero (unity) value while other variables
+*  must be equal to zero. W.l.o.g. it is assumed that |J| >= 2, because
+*  if J is empty or |J| = 1, the inequality (1) is redundant.
+*
+*  In general case the packing inequality may include original variables
+*  x[j] as well as their complements x~[j]:
+*
+*     sum   x[j] + sum   x~[j] <= 1,                                 (2)
+*    j in Jp      j in Jn
+*
+*  where Jp and Jn are not intersected. Therefore, using substitution
+*  x~[j] = 1 - x[j] gives the packing inequality in generalized format:
+*
+*     sum   x[j] - sum   x[j] <= 1 - |Jn|.                           (3)
+*    j in Jp      j in Jn */
+
+int npp_is_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* test if constraint is packing inequality */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int b;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      if (!(row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub != +DBL_MAX))
+         return 0;
+      b = 1;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  col = aij->col;
+         if (!(col->is_int && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0))
+            return 0;
+         if (aij->val == +1.0)
+            ;
+         else if (aij->val == -1.0)
+            b--;
+         else
+            return 0;
+      }
+      if (row->ub != (double)b) return 0;
+      return 1;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_hidden_packing - identify hidden packing inequality
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_hidden_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_hidden_packing processes specified inequality
+*  constraint, which includes only binary variables, and the number of
+*  the variables is not less than two. If the original inequality is
+*  equivalent to a packing inequality, the routine replaces it by this
+*  equivalent inequality. If the original constraint is double-sided
+*  inequality, it is replaced by a pair of single-sided inequalities,
+*  if necessary.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the original inequality constraint was replaced by equivalent
+*  packing inequality, the routine npp_hidden_packing returns non-zero.
+*  Otherwise, it returns zero.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Consider an inequality constraint:
+*
+*     sum  a[j] x[j] <= b,                                           (1)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  where all variables x[j] are binary, and |J| >= 2. (In case of '>='
+*  inequality it can be transformed to '<=' format by multiplying both
+*  its sides by -1.)
+*
+*  Let Jp = {j: a[j] > 0}, Jn = {j: a[j] < 0}. Performing substitution
+*  x[j] = 1 - x~[j] for all j in Jn, we have:
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] <= b  ==>
+*    j in J
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] + sum   a[j] x[j] <= b  ==>
+*    j in Jp           j in Jn
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] + sum   a[j] (1 - x~[j]) <= b  ==>
+*    j in Jp           j in Jn
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] - sum   a[j] x~[j] <= b - sum   a[j].
+*    j in Jp           j in Jn                 j in Jn
+*
+*  Thus, meaning the transformation above, we can assume that in
+*  inequality (1) all coefficients a[j] are positive. Moreover, we can
+*  assume that a[j] <= b. In fact, let a[j] > b; then the following
+*  three cases are possible:
+*
+*  1) b < 0. In this case inequality (1) is infeasible, so the problem
+*     has no feasible solution (see the routine npp_analyze_row);
+*
+*  2) b = 0. In this case inequality (1) is a forcing inequality on its
+*     upper bound (see the routine npp_forcing row), from which it
+*     follows that all variables x[j] should be fixed at zero;
+*
+*  3) b > 0. In this case inequality (1) defines an implied zero upper
+*     bound for variable x[j] (see the routine npp_implied_bounds), from
+*     which it follows that x[j] should be fixed at zero.
+*
+*  It is assumed that all three cases listed above have been recognized
+*  by the routine npp_process_prob, which performs basic MIP processing
+*  prior to a call the routine npp_hidden_packing. So, if one of these
+*  cases occurs, we should just skip processing such constraint.
+*
+*  Thus, let 0 < a[j] <= b. Then it is obvious that constraint (1) is
+*  equivalent to packing inquality only if:
+*
+*     a[j] + a[k] > b + eps                                          (2)
+*
+*  for all j, k in J, j != k, where eps is an absolute tolerance for
+*  row (linear form) value. Checking the condition (2) for all j and k,
+*  j != k, requires time O(|J|^2). However, this time can be reduced to
+*  O(|J|), if use minimal a[j] and a[k], in which case it is sufficient
+*  to check the condition (2) only once.
+*
+*  Once the original inequality (1) is replaced by equivalent packing
+*  inequality, we need to perform back substitution x~[j] = 1 - x[j] for
+*  all j in Jn (see above).
+*
+*  RECOVERING SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+static int hidden_packing(NPP *npp, struct elem *ptr, double *_b)
+{     /* process inequality constraint: sum a[j] x[j] <= b;
+         0 - specified row is NOT hidden packing inequality;
+         1 - specified row is packing inequality;
+         2 - specified row is hidden packing inequality. */
+      struct elem *e, *ej, *ek;
+      int neg;
+      double b = *_b, eps;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* a[j] must be non-zero, x[j] must be binary, for all j in J */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  xassert(e->aj != 0.0);
+         xassert(e->xj->is_int);
+         xassert(e->xj->lb == 0.0 && e->xj->ub == 1.0);
+      }
+      /* check if the specified inequality constraint already has the
+         form of packing inequality */
+      neg = 0; /* neg is |Jn| */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  if (e->aj == +1.0)
+            ;
+         else if (e->aj == -1.0)
+            neg++;
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      if (e == NULL)
+      {  /* all coefficients a[j] are +1 or -1; check rhs b */
+         if (b == (double)(1 - neg))
+         {  /* it is packing inequality; no processing is needed */
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      /* substitute x[j] = 1 - x~[j] for all j in Jn to make all a[j]
+         positive; the result is a~[j] = |a[j]| and new rhs b */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         if (e->aj < 0) b -= e->aj;
+      /* now a[j] > 0 for all j in J (actually |a[j]| are used) */
+      /* if a[j] > b, skip processing--this case must not appear */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         if (fabs(e->aj) > b) return 0;
+      /* now 0 < a[j] <= b for all j in J */
+      /* find two minimal coefficients a[j] and a[k], j != k */
+      ej = NULL;
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         if (ej == NULL || fabs(ej->aj) > fabs(e->aj)) ej = e;
+      xassert(ej != NULL);
+      ek = NULL;
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         if (e != ej)
+            if (ek == NULL || fabs(ek->aj) > fabs(e->aj)) ek = e;
+      xassert(ek != NULL);
+      /* the specified constraint is equivalent to packing inequality
+         iff a[j] + a[k] > b + eps */
+      eps = 1e-3 + 1e-6 * fabs(b);
+      if (fabs(ej->aj) + fabs(ek->aj) <= b + eps) return 0;
+      /* perform back substitution x~[j] = 1 - x[j] and construct the
+         final equivalent packing inequality in generalized format */
+      b = 1.0;
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  if (e->aj > 0.0)
+            e->aj = +1.0;
+         else /* e->aj < 0.0 */
+            e->aj = -1.0, b -= 1.0;
+      }
+      *_b = b;
+      return 2;
+}
+
+int npp_hidden_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* identify hidden packing inequality */
+      NPPROW *copy;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      struct elem *ptr, *e;
+      int kase, ret, count = 0;
+      double b;
+      /* the row must be inequality constraint */
+      xassert(row->lb < row->ub);
+      for (kase = 0; kase <= 1; kase++)
+      {  if (kase == 0)
+         {  /* process row upper bound */
+            if (row->ub == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+            ptr = copy_form(npp, row, +1.0);
+            b = + row->ub;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* process row lower bound */
+            if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX) continue;
+            ptr = copy_form(npp, row, -1.0);
+            b = - row->lb;
+         }
+         /* now the inequality has the form "sum a[j] x[j] <= b" */
+         ret = hidden_packing(npp, ptr, &b);
+         xassert(0 <= ret && ret <= 2);
+         if (kase == 1 && ret == 1 || ret == 2)
+         {  /* the original inequality has been identified as hidden
+               packing inequality */
+            count++;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("Original constraint:\n");
+            for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+               xprintf(" %+g x%d", aij->val, aij->col->j);
+            if (row->lb != -DBL_MAX) xprintf(", >= %g", row->lb);
+            if (row->ub != +DBL_MAX) xprintf(", <= %g", row->ub);
+            xprintf("\n");
+            xprintf("Equivalent packing inequality:\n");
+            for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               xprintf(" %sx%d", e->aj > 0.0 ? "+" : "-", e->xj->j);
+            xprintf(", <= %g\n", b);
+#endif
+            if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX || row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* the original row is single-sided inequality; no copy
+                  is needed */
+               copy = NULL;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* the original row is double-sided inequality; we need
+                  to create its copy for other bound before replacing it
+                  with the equivalent inequality */
+               copy = npp_add_row(npp);
+               if (kase == 0)
+               {  /* the copy is for lower bound */
+                  copy->lb = row->lb, copy->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* the copy is for upper bound */
+                  copy->lb = -DBL_MAX, copy->ub = row->ub;
+               }
+               /* copy original row coefficients */
+               for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+                  npp_add_aij(npp, copy, aij->col, aij->val);
+            }
+            /* replace the original inequality by equivalent one */
+            npp_erase_row(npp, row);
+            row->lb = -DBL_MAX, row->ub = b;
+            for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               npp_add_aij(npp, row, e->xj, e->aj);
+            /* continue processing lower bound for the copy */
+            if (copy != NULL) row = copy;
+         }
+         drop_form(npp, ptr);
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_implied_packing - identify implied packing inequality
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_implied_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int which,
+*     NPPCOL *var[], char set[]);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_implied_packing processes specified row (constraint)
+*  of general format:
+*
+*     L <= sum a[j] x[j] <= U.                                       (1)
+*           j
+*
+*  If which = 0, only lower bound L, which must exist, is considered,
+*  while upper bound U is ignored. Similarly, if which = 1, only upper
+*  bound U, which must exist, is considered, while lower bound L is
+*  ignored. Thus, if the specified row is a double-sided inequality or
+*  equality constraint, this routine should be called twice for both
+*  lower and upper bounds.
+*
+*  The routine npp_implied_packing attempts to find a non-trivial (i.e.
+*  having not less than two binary variables) packing inequality:
+*
+*     sum   x[j] - sum   x[j] <= 1 - |Jn|,                           (2)
+*    j in Jp      j in Jn
+*
+*  which is relaxation of the constraint (1) in the sense that any
+*  solution satisfying to that constraint also satisfies to the packing
+*  inequality (2). If such relaxation exists, the routine stores
+*  pointers to descriptors of corresponding binary variables and their
+*  flags, resp., to locations var[1], var[2], ..., var[len] and set[1],
+*  set[2], ..., set[len], where set[j] = 0 means that j in Jp and
+*  set[j] = 1 means that j in Jn.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine npp_implied_packing returns len, which is the total
+*  number of binary variables in the packing inequality found, len >= 2.
+*  However, if the relaxation does not exist, the routine returns zero.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  If which = 0, the constraint coefficients (1) are multiplied by -1
+*  and b is assigned -L; if which = 1, the constraint coefficients (1)
+*  are not changed and b is assigned +U. In both cases the specified
+*  constraint gets the following format:
+*
+*     sum a[j] x[j] <= b.                                            (3)
+*      j
+*
+*  (Note that (3) is a relaxation of (1), because one of bounds L or U
+*  is ignored.)
+*
+*  Let J be set of binary variables, Kp be set of non-binary (integer
+*  or continuous) variables with a[j] > 0, and Kn be set of non-binary
+*  variables with a[j] < 0. Then the inequality (3) can be written as
+*  follows:
+*
+*     sum  a[j] x[j] <= b - sum   a[j] x[j] - sum   a[j] x[j].       (4)
+*    j in J                j in Kp           j in Kn
+*
+*  To get rid of non-binary variables we can replace the inequality (4)
+*  by the following relaxed inequality:
+*
+*     sum  a[j] x[j] <= b~,                                          (5)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     b~ = sup(b - sum   a[j] x[j] - sum   a[j] x[j]) =
+*                 j in Kp           j in Kn
+*
+*        = b - inf sum   a[j] x[j] - inf sum   a[j] x[j] =           (6)
+*                 j in Kp               j in Kn
+*
+*        = b - sum   a[j] l[j] - sum   a[j] u[j].
+*             j in Kp           j in Kn
+*
+*  Note that if lower bound l[j] (if j in Kp) or upper bound u[j]
+*  (if j in Kn) of some non-binary variable x[j] does not exist, then
+*  formally b = +oo, in which case further analysis is not performed.
+*
+*  Let Bp = {j in J: a[j] > 0}, Bn = {j in J: a[j] < 0}. To make all
+*  the inequality coefficients in (5) positive, we replace all x[j] in
+*  Bn by their complementaries, substituting x[j] = 1 - x~[j] for all
+*  j in Bn, that gives:
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] - sum   a[j] x~[j] <= b~ - sum   a[j].         (7)
+*    j in Bp           j in Bn                  j in Bn
+*
+*  This inequality is a relaxation of the original constraint (1), and
+*  it is a binary knapsack inequality. Writing it in the standard format
+*  we have:
+*
+*     sum  alfa[j] z[j] <= beta,                                     (8)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  where:
+*               ( + a[j],   if j in Bp,
+*     alfa[j] = <                                                    (9)
+*               ( - a[j],   if j in Bn,
+*
+*               ( x[j],     if j in Bp,
+*        z[j] = <                                                   (10)
+*               ( 1 - x[j], if j in Bn,
+*
+*        beta = b~ - sum   a[j].                                    (11)
+*                   j in Bn
+*
+*  In the inequality (8) all coefficients are positive, therefore, the
+*  packing relaxation to be found for this inequality is the following:
+*
+*     sum  z[j] <= 1.                                               (12)
+*    j in P
+*
+*  It is obvious that set P within J, which we would like to find, must
+*  satisfy to the following condition:
+*
+*     alfa[j] + alfa[k] > beta + eps  for all j, k in P, j != k,    (13)
+*
+*  where eps is an absolute tolerance for value of the linear form.
+*  Thus, it is natural to take P = {j: alpha[j] > (beta + eps) / 2}.
+*  Moreover, if in the equality (8) there exist coefficients alfa[k],
+*  for which alfa[k] <= (beta + eps) / 2, but which, nevertheless,
+*  satisfies to the condition (13) for all j in P, *one* corresponding
+*  variable z[k] (having, for example, maximal coefficient alfa[k]) can
+*  be included in set P, that allows increasing the number of binary
+*  variables in (12) by one.
+*
+*  Once the set P has been built, for the inequality (12) we need to
+*  perform back substitution according to (10) in order to express it
+*  through the original binary variables. As the result of such back
+*  substitution the relaxed packing inequality get its final format (2),
+*  where Jp = J intersect Bp, and Jn = J intersect Bn. */
+
+int npp_implied_packing(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int which,
+      NPPCOL *var[], char set[])
+{     struct elem *ptr, *e, *i, *k;
+      int len = 0;
+      double b, eps;
+      /* build inequality (3) */
+      if (which == 0)
+      {  ptr = copy_form(npp, row, -1.0);
+         xassert(row->lb != -DBL_MAX);
+         b = - row->lb;
+      }
+      else if (which == 1)
+      {  ptr = copy_form(npp, row, +1.0);
+         xassert(row->ub != +DBL_MAX);
+         b = + row->ub;
+      }
+      /* remove non-binary variables to build relaxed inequality (5);
+         compute its right-hand side b~ with formula (6) */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  if (!(e->xj->is_int && e->xj->lb == 0.0 && e->xj->ub == 1.0))
+         {  /* x[j] is non-binary variable */
+            if (e->aj > 0.0)
+            {  if (e->xj->lb == -DBL_MAX) goto done;
+               b -= e->aj * e->xj->lb;
+            }
+            else /* e->aj < 0.0 */
+            {  if (e->xj->ub == +DBL_MAX) goto done;
+               b -= e->aj * e->xj->ub;
+            }
+            /* a[j] = 0 means that variable x[j] is removed */
+            e->aj = 0.0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* substitute x[j] = 1 - x~[j] to build knapsack inequality (8);
+         compute its right-hand side beta with formula (11) */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         if (e->aj < 0.0) b -= e->aj;
+      /* if beta is close to zero, the knapsack inequality is either
+         infeasible or forcing inequality; this must never happen, so
+         we skip further analysis */
+      if (b < 1e-3) goto done;
+      /* build set P as well as sets Jp and Jn, and determine x[k] as
+         explained above in comments to the routine */
+      eps = 1e-3 + 1e-6 * b;
+      i = k = NULL;
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  /* note that alfa[j] = |a[j]| */
+         if (fabs(e->aj) > 0.5 * (b + eps))
+         {  /* alfa[j] > (b + eps) / 2; include x[j] in set P, i.e. in
+               set Jp or Jn */
+            var[++len] = e->xj;
+            set[len] = (char)(e->aj > 0.0 ? 0 : 1);
+            /* alfa[i] = min alfa[j] over all j included in set P */
+            if (i == NULL || fabs(i->aj) > fabs(e->aj)) i = e;
+         }
+         else if (fabs(e->aj) >= 1e-3)
+         {  /* alfa[k] = max alfa[j] over all j not included in set P;
+               we skip coefficient a[j] if it is close to zero to avoid
+               numerically unreliable results */
+            if (k == NULL || fabs(k->aj) < fabs(e->aj)) k = e;
+         }
+      }
+      /* if alfa[k] satisfies to condition (13) for all j in P, include
+         x[k] in P */
+      if (i != NULL && k != NULL && fabs(i->aj) + fabs(k->aj) > b + eps)
+      {  var[++len] = k->xj;
+         set[len] = (char)(k->aj > 0.0 ? 0 : 1);
+      }
+      /* trivial packing inequality being redundant must never appear,
+         so we just ignore it */
+      if (len < 2) len = 0;
+done: drop_form(npp, ptr);
+      return len;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_is_covering - test if constraint is covering inequality
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_is_covering(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the specified row (constraint) is covering inequality (see below),
+*  the routine npp_is_covering returns non-zero. Otherwise, it returns
+*  zero.
+*
+*  COVERING INEQUALITIES
+*
+*  In canonical format the covering inequality is the following:
+*
+*     sum  x[j] >= 1,                                                (1)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  where all variables x[j] are binary. This inequality expresses the
+*  condition that in any integer feasible solution variables in set J
+*  cannot be all equal to zero at the same time, i.e. at least one
+*  variable must take non-zero (unity) value. W.l.o.g. it is assumed
+*  that |J| >= 2, because if J is empty, the inequality (1) is
+*  infeasible, and if |J| = 1, the inequality (1) is a forcing row.
+*
+*  In general case the covering inequality may include original
+*  variables x[j] as well as their complements x~[j]:
+*
+*     sum   x[j] + sum   x~[j] >= 1,                                 (2)
+*    j in Jp      j in Jn
+*
+*  where Jp and Jn are not intersected. Therefore, using substitution
+*  x~[j] = 1 - x[j] gives the packing inequality in generalized format:
+*
+*     sum   x[j] - sum   x[j] >= 1 - |Jn|.                           (3)
+*    j in Jp      j in Jn
+*
+*  (May note that the inequality (3) cuts off infeasible solutions,
+*  where x[j] = 0 for all j in Jp and x[j] = 1 for all j in Jn.)
+*
+*  NOTE: If |J| = 2, the inequality (3) is equivalent to packing
+*        inequality (see the routine npp_is_packing). */
+
+int npp_is_covering(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* test if constraint is covering inequality */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int b;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      if (!(row->lb != -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX))
+         return 0;
+      b = 1;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  col = aij->col;
+         if (!(col->is_int && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0))
+            return 0;
+         if (aij->val == +1.0)
+            ;
+         else if (aij->val == -1.0)
+            b--;
+         else
+            return 0;
+      }
+      if (row->lb != (double)b) return 0;
+      return 1;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_hidden_covering - identify hidden covering inequality
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_hidden_covering(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_hidden_covering processes specified inequality
+*  constraint, which includes only binary variables, and the number of
+*  the variables is not less than three. If the original inequality is
+*  equivalent to a covering inequality (see below), the routine
+*  replaces it by the equivalent inequality. If the original constraint
+*  is double-sided inequality, it is replaced by a pair of single-sided
+*  inequalities, if necessary.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the original inequality constraint was replaced by equivalent
+*  covering inequality, the routine npp_hidden_covering returns
+*  non-zero. Otherwise, it returns zero.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  Consider an inequality constraint:
+*
+*     sum  a[j] x[j] >= b,                                           (1)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  where all variables x[j] are binary, and |J| >= 3. (In case of '<='
+*  inequality it can be transformed to '>=' format by multiplying both
+*  its sides by -1.)
+*
+*  Let Jp = {j: a[j] > 0}, Jn = {j: a[j] < 0}. Performing substitution
+*  x[j] = 1 - x~[j] for all j in Jn, we have:
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] >= b  ==>
+*    j in J
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] + sum   a[j] x[j] >= b  ==>
+*    j in Jp           j in Jn
+*
+*     sum   a[j] x[j] + sum   a[j] (1 - x~[j]) >= b  ==>
+*    j in Jp           j in Jn
+*
+*     sum  m   a[j] x[j] - sum   a[j] x~[j] >= b - sum   a[j].
+*    j in Jp              j in Jn                 j in Jn
+*
+*  Thus, meaning the transformation above, we can assume that in
+*  inequality (1) all coefficients a[j] are positive. Moreover, we can
+*  assume that b > 0, because otherwise the inequality (1) would be
+*  redundant (see the routine npp_analyze_row). It is then obvious that
+*  constraint (1) is equivalent to covering inequality only if:
+*
+*     a[j] >= b,                                                     (2)
+*
+*  for all j in J.
+*
+*  Once the original inequality (1) is replaced by equivalent covering
+*  inequality, we need to perform back substitution x~[j] = 1 - x[j] for
+*  all j in Jn (see above).
+*
+*  RECOVERING SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+static int hidden_covering(NPP *npp, struct elem *ptr, double *_b)
+{     /* process inequality constraint: sum a[j] x[j] >= b;
+         0 - specified row is NOT hidden covering inequality;
+         1 - specified row is covering inequality;
+         2 - specified row is hidden covering inequality. */
+      struct elem *e;
+      int neg;
+      double b = *_b, eps;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* a[j] must be non-zero, x[j] must be binary, for all j in J */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  xassert(e->aj != 0.0);
+         xassert(e->xj->is_int);
+         xassert(e->xj->lb == 0.0 && e->xj->ub == 1.0);
+      }
+      /* check if the specified inequality constraint already has the
+         form of covering inequality */
+      neg = 0; /* neg is |Jn| */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  if (e->aj == +1.0)
+            ;
+         else if (e->aj == -1.0)
+            neg++;
+         else
+            break;
+      }
+      if (e == NULL)
+      {  /* all coefficients a[j] are +1 or -1; check rhs b */
+         if (b == (double)(1 - neg))
+         {  /* it is covering inequality; no processing is needed */
+            return 1;
+         }
+      }
+      /* substitute x[j] = 1 - x~[j] for all j in Jn to make all a[j]
+         positive; the result is a~[j] = |a[j]| and new rhs b */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         if (e->aj < 0) b -= e->aj;
+      /* now a[j] > 0 for all j in J (actually |a[j]| are used) */
+      /* if b <= 0, skip processing--this case must not appear */
+      if (b < 1e-3) return 0;
+      /* now a[j] > 0 for all j in J, and b > 0 */
+      /* the specified constraint is equivalent to covering inequality
+         iff a[j] >= b for all j in J */
+      eps = 1e-9 + 1e-12 * fabs(b);
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+         if (fabs(e->aj) < b - eps) return 0;
+      /* perform back substitution x~[j] = 1 - x[j] and construct the
+         final equivalent covering inequality in generalized format */
+      b = 1.0;
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  if (e->aj > 0.0)
+            e->aj = +1.0;
+         else /* e->aj < 0.0 */
+            e->aj = -1.0, b -= 1.0;
+      }
+      *_b = b;
+      return 2;
+}
+
+int npp_hidden_covering(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* identify hidden covering inequality */
+      NPPROW *copy;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      struct elem *ptr, *e;
+      int kase, ret, count = 0;
+      double b;
+      /* the row must be inequality constraint */
+      xassert(row->lb < row->ub);
+      for (kase = 0; kase <= 1; kase++)
+      {  if (kase == 0)
+         {  /* process row lower bound */
+            if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX) continue;
+            ptr = copy_form(npp, row, +1.0);
+            b = + row->lb;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* process row upper bound */
+            if (row->ub == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+            ptr = copy_form(npp, row, -1.0);
+            b = - row->ub;
+         }
+         /* now the inequality has the form "sum a[j] x[j] >= b" */
+         ret = hidden_covering(npp, ptr, &b);
+         xassert(0 <= ret && ret <= 2);
+         if (kase == 1 && ret == 1 || ret == 2)
+         {  /* the original inequality has been identified as hidden
+               covering inequality */
+            count++;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("Original constraint:\n");
+            for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+               xprintf(" %+g x%d", aij->val, aij->col->j);
+            if (row->lb != -DBL_MAX) xprintf(", >= %g", row->lb);
+            if (row->ub != +DBL_MAX) xprintf(", <= %g", row->ub);
+            xprintf("\n");
+            xprintf("Equivalent covering inequality:\n");
+            for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               xprintf(" %sx%d", e->aj > 0.0 ? "+" : "-", e->xj->j);
+            xprintf(", >= %g\n", b);
+#endif
+            if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX || row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* the original row is single-sided inequality; no copy
+                  is needed */
+               copy = NULL;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* the original row is double-sided inequality; we need
+                  to create its copy for other bound before replacing it
+                  with the equivalent inequality */
+               copy = npp_add_row(npp);
+               if (kase == 0)
+               {  /* the copy is for upper bound */
+                  copy->lb = -DBL_MAX, copy->ub = row->ub;
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* the copy is for lower bound */
+                  copy->lb = row->lb, copy->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+               }
+               /* copy original row coefficients */
+               for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+                  npp_add_aij(npp, copy, aij->col, aij->val);
+            }
+            /* replace the original inequality by equivalent one */
+            npp_erase_row(npp, row);
+            row->lb = b, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               npp_add_aij(npp, row, e->xj, e->aj);
+            /* continue processing upper bound for the copy */
+            if (copy != NULL) row = copy;
+         }
+         drop_form(npp, ptr);
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_is_partitioning - test if constraint is partitioning equality
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_is_partitioning(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  If the specified row (constraint) is partitioning equality (see
+*  below), the routine npp_is_partitioning returns non-zero. Otherwise,
+*  it returns zero.
+*
+*  PARTITIONING EQUALITIES
+*
+*  In canonical format the partitioning equality is the following:
+*
+*     sum  x[j] = 1,                                                 (1)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  where all variables x[j] are binary. This equality expresses the
+*  condition that in any integer feasible solution exactly one variable
+*  in set J must take non-zero (unity) value while other variables must
+*  be equal to zero. W.l.o.g. it is assumed that |J| >= 2, because if
+*  J is empty, the inequality (1) is infeasible, and if |J| = 1, the
+*  inequality (1) is a fixing row.
+*
+*  In general case the partitioning equality may include original
+*  variables x[j] as well as their complements x~[j]:
+*
+*     sum   x[j] + sum   x~[j] = 1,                                  (2)
+*    j in Jp      j in Jn
+*
+*  where Jp and Jn are not intersected. Therefore, using substitution
+*  x~[j] = 1 - x[j] leads to the partitioning equality in generalized
+*  format:
+*
+*     sum   x[j] - sum   x[j] = 1 - |Jn|.                            (3)
+*    j in Jp      j in Jn */
+
+int npp_is_partitioning(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* test if constraint is partitioning equality */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int b;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      if (row->lb != row->ub) return 0;
+      b = 1;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  col = aij->col;
+         if (!(col->is_int && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0))
+            return 0;
+         if (aij->val == +1.0)
+            ;
+         else if (aij->val == -1.0)
+            b--;
+         else
+            return 0;
+      }
+      if (row->lb != (double)b) return 0;
+      return 1;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_reduce_ineq_coef - reduce inequality constraint coefficients
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_reduce_ineq_coef(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_reduce_ineq_coef processes specified inequality
+*  constraint attempting to replace it by an equivalent constraint,
+*  where magnitude of coefficients at binary variables is smaller than
+*  in the original constraint. If the inequality is double-sided, it is
+*  replaced by a pair of single-sided inequalities, if necessary.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine npp_reduce_ineq_coef returns the number of coefficients
+*  reduced.
+*
+*  BACKGROUND
+*
+*  Consider an inequality constraint:
+*
+*     sum  a[j] x[j] >= b.                                           (1)
+*    j in J
+*
+*  (In case of '<=' inequality it can be transformed to '>=' format by
+*  multiplying both its sides by -1.) Let x[k] be a binary variable;
+*  other variables can be integer as well as continuous. We can write
+*  constraint (1) as follows:
+*
+*     a[k] x[k] + t[k] >= b,                                         (2)
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     t[k] = sum      a[j] x[j].                                     (3)
+*           j in J\{k}
+*
+*  Since x[k] is binary, constraint (2) is equivalent to disjunction of
+*  the following two constraints:
+*
+*     x[k] = 0,  t[k] >= b                                           (4)
+*
+*        OR
+*
+*     x[k] = 1,  t[k] >= b - a[k].                                   (5)
+*
+*  Let also that for the partial sum t[k] be known some its implied
+*  lower bound inf t[k].
+*
+*  Case a[k] > 0. Let inf t[k] < b, since otherwise both constraints
+*  (4) and (5) and therefore constraint (2) are redundant.
+*  If inf t[k] > b - a[k], only constraint (5) is redundant, in which
+*  case it can be replaced with the following redundant and therefore
+*  equivalent constraint:
+*
+*     t[k] >= b - a'[k] = inf t[k],                                  (6)
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     a'[k] = b - inf t[k].                                          (7)
+*
+*  Thus, the original constraint (2) is equivalent to the following
+*  constraint with coefficient at variable x[k] changed:
+*
+*     a'[k] x[k] + t[k] >= b.                                        (8)
+*
+*  From inf t[k] < b it follows that a'[k] > 0, i.e. the coefficient
+*  at x[k] keeps its sign. And from inf t[k] > b - a[k] it follows that
+*  a'[k] < a[k], i.e. the coefficient reduces in magnitude.
+*
+*  Case a[k] < 0. Let inf t[k] < b - a[k], since otherwise both
+*  constraints (4) and (5) and therefore constraint (2) are redundant.
+*  If inf t[k] > b, only constraint (4) is redundant, in which case it
+*  can be replaced with the following redundant and therefore equivalent
+*  constraint:
+*
+*     t[k] >= b' = inf t[k].                                         (9)
+*
+*  Rewriting constraint (5) as follows:
+*
+*     t[k] >= b - a[k] = b' - a'[k],                                (10)
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     a'[k] = a[k] + b' - b = a[k] + inf t[k] - b,                  (11)
+*
+*  we can see that disjunction of constraint (9) and (10) is equivalent
+*  to disjunction of constraint (4) and (5), from which it follows that
+*  the original constraint (2) is equivalent to the following constraint
+*  with both coefficient at variable x[k] and right-hand side changed:
+*
+*     a'[k] x[k] + t[k] >= b'.                                      (12)
+*
+*  From inf t[k] < b - a[k] it follows that a'[k] < 0, i.e. the
+*  coefficient at x[k] keeps its sign. And from inf t[k] > b it follows
+*  that a'[k] > a[k], i.e. the coefficient reduces in magnitude.
+*
+*  PROBLEM TRANSFORMATION
+*
+*  In the routine npp_reduce_ineq_coef the following implied lower
+*  bound of the partial sum (3) is used:
+*
+*     inf t[k] = sum       a[j] l[j] + sum       a[j] u[j],         (13)
+*               j in Jp\{k}           k in Jn\{k}
+*
+*  where Jp = {j : a[j] > 0}, Jn = {j : a[j] < 0}, l[j] and u[j] are
+*  lower and upper bounds, resp., of variable x[j].
+*
+*  In order to compute inf t[k] more efficiently, the following formula,
+*  which is equivalent to (13), is actually used:
+*
+*                ( h - a[k] l[k] = h,        if a[k] > 0,
+*     inf t[k] = <                                                  (14)
+*                ( h - a[k] u[k] = h - a[k], if a[k] < 0,
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*     h = sum   a[j] l[j] + sum   a[j] u[j]                         (15)
+*        j in Jp           j in Jn
+*
+*  is the implied lower bound of row (1).
+*
+*  Reduction of positive coefficient (a[k] > 0) does not change value
+*  of h, since l[k] = 0. In case of reduction of negative coefficient
+*  (a[k] < 0) from (11) it follows that:
+*
+*     delta a[k] = a'[k] - a[k] = inf t[k] - b  (> 0),              (16)
+*
+*  so new value of h (accounting that u[k] = 1) can be computed as
+*  follows:
+*
+*     h := h + delta a[k] = h + (inf t[k] - b).                     (17)
+*
+*  RECOVERING SOLUTION
+*
+*  None needed. */
+
+static int reduce_ineq_coef(NPP *npp, struct elem *ptr, double *_b)
+{     /* process inequality constraint: sum a[j] x[j] >= b */
+      /* returns: the number of coefficients reduced */
+      struct elem *e;
+      int count = 0;
+      double h, inf_t, new_a, b = *_b;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* compute h; see (15) */
+      h = 0.0;
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  if (e->aj > 0.0)
+         {  if (e->xj->lb == -DBL_MAX) goto done;
+            h += e->aj * e->xj->lb;
+         }
+         else /* e->aj < 0.0 */
+         {  if (e->xj->ub == +DBL_MAX) goto done;
+            h += e->aj * e->xj->ub;
+         }
+      }
+      /* perform reduction of coefficients at binary variables */
+      for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+      {  /* skip non-binary variable */
+         if (!(e->xj->is_int && e->xj->lb == 0.0 && e->xj->ub == 1.0))
+            continue;
+         if (e->aj > 0.0)
+         {  /* compute inf t[k]; see (14) */
+            inf_t = h;
+            if (b - e->aj < inf_t && inf_t < b)
+            {  /* compute reduced coefficient a'[k]; see (7) */
+               new_a = b - inf_t;
+               if (new_a >= +1e-3 &&
+                   e->aj - new_a >= 0.01 * (1.0 + e->aj))
+               {  /* accept a'[k] */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+                  xprintf("+");
+#endif
+                  e->aj = new_a;
+                  count++;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else /* e->aj < 0.0 */
+         {  /* compute inf t[k]; see (14) */
+            inf_t = h - e->aj;
+            if (b < inf_t && inf_t < b - e->aj)
+            {  /* compute reduced coefficient a'[k]; see (11) */
+               new_a = e->aj + (inf_t - b);
+               if (new_a <= -1e-3 &&
+                   new_a - e->aj >= 0.01 * (1.0 - e->aj))
+               {  /* accept a'[k] */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+                  xprintf("-");
+#endif
+                  e->aj = new_a;
+                  /* update h; see (17) */
+                  h += (inf_t - b);
+                  /* compute b'; see (9) */
+                  b = inf_t;
+                  count++;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      *_b = b;
+done: return count;
+}
+
+int npp_reduce_ineq_coef(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     /* reduce inequality constraint coefficients */
+      NPPROW *copy;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      struct elem *ptr, *e;
+      int kase, count[2];
+      double b;
+      /* the row must be inequality constraint */
+      xassert(row->lb < row->ub);
+      count[0] = count[1] = 0;
+      for (kase = 0; kase <= 1; kase++)
+      {  if (kase == 0)
+         {  /* process row lower bound */
+            if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX) continue;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("L");
+#endif
+            ptr = copy_form(npp, row, +1.0);
+            b = + row->lb;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* process row upper bound */
+            if (row->ub == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("U");
+#endif
+            ptr = copy_form(npp, row, -1.0);
+            b = - row->ub;
+         }
+         /* now the inequality has the form "sum a[j] x[j] >= b" */
+         count[kase] = reduce_ineq_coef(npp, ptr, &b);
+         if (count[kase] > 0)
+         {  /* the original inequality has been replaced by equivalent
+               one with coefficients reduced */
+            if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX || row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* the original row is single-sided inequality; no copy
+                  is needed */
+               copy = NULL;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* the original row is double-sided inequality; we need
+                  to create its copy for other bound before replacing it
+                  with the equivalent inequality */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("*");
+#endif
+               copy = npp_add_row(npp);
+               if (kase == 0)
+               {  /* the copy is for upper bound */
+                  copy->lb = -DBL_MAX, copy->ub = row->ub;
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* the copy is for lower bound */
+                  copy->lb = row->lb, copy->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+               }
+               /* copy original row coefficients */
+               for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+                  npp_add_aij(npp, copy, aij->col, aij->val);
+            }
+            /* replace the original inequality by equivalent one */
+            npp_erase_row(npp, row);
+            row->lb = b, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            for (e = ptr; e != NULL; e = e->next)
+               npp_add_aij(npp, row, e->xj, e->aj);
+            /* continue processing upper bound for the copy */
+            if (copy != NULL) row = copy;
+         }
+         drop_form(npp, ptr);
+      }
+      return count[0] + count[1];
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp5.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp5.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2fad496d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,809 @@
+/* npp5.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_clean_prob - perform initial LP/MIP processing
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  void npp_clean_prob(NPP *npp);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_clean_prob performs initial LP/MIP processing that
+*  currently includes:
+*
+*  1) removing free rows;
+*
+*  2) replacing double-sided constraint rows with almost identical
+*     bounds, by equality constraint rows;
+*
+*  3) removing fixed columns;
+*
+*  4) replacing double-bounded columns with almost identical bounds by
+*     fixed columns and removing those columns;
+*
+*  5) initial processing constraint coefficients (not implemented);
+*
+*  6) initial processing objective coefficients (not implemented). */
+
+void npp_clean_prob(NPP *npp)
+{     /* perform initial LP/MIP processing */
+      NPPROW *row, *next_row;
+      NPPCOL *col, *next_col;
+      int ret;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      /* process rows which originally are free */
+      for (row = npp->r_head; row != NULL; row = next_row)
+      {  next_row = row->next;
+         if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* process free row */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("1");
+#endif
+            npp_free_row(npp, row);
+            /* row was deleted */
+         }
+      }
+      /* process rows which originally are double-sided inequalities */
+      for (row = npp->r_head; row != NULL; row = next_row)
+      {  next_row = row->next;
+         if (row->lb != -DBL_MAX && row->ub != +DBL_MAX &&
+             row->lb < row->ub)
+         {  ret = npp_make_equality(npp, row);
+            if (ret == 0)
+               ;
+            else if (ret == 1)
+            {  /* row was replaced by equality constraint */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("2");
+#endif
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(ret != ret);
+         }
+      }
+      /* process columns which are originally fixed */
+      for (col = npp->c_head; col != NULL; col = next_col)
+      {  next_col = col->next;
+         if (col->lb == col->ub)
+         {  /* process fixed column */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("3");
+#endif
+            npp_fixed_col(npp, col);
+            /* column was deleted */
+         }
+      }
+      /* process columns which are originally double-bounded */
+      for (col = npp->c_head; col != NULL; col = next_col)
+      {  next_col = col->next;
+         if (col->lb != -DBL_MAX && col->ub != +DBL_MAX &&
+             col->lb < col->ub)
+         {  ret = npp_make_fixed(npp, col);
+            if (ret == 0)
+               ;
+            else if (ret == 1)
+            {  /* column was replaced by fixed column; process it */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("4");
+#endif
+               npp_fixed_col(npp, col);
+               /* column was deleted */
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_process_row - perform basic row processing
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_process_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int hard);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_process_row performs basic row processing that
+*  currently includes:
+*
+*  1) removing empty row;
+*
+*  2) removing equality constraint row singleton and corresponding
+*     column;
+*
+*  3) removing inequality constraint row singleton and corresponding
+*     column if it was fixed;
+*
+*  4) performing general row analysis;
+*
+*  5) removing redundant row bounds;
+*
+*  6) removing forcing row and corresponding columns;
+*
+*  7) removing row which becomes free due to redundant bounds;
+*
+*  8) computing implied bounds for all columns in the row and using
+*     them to strengthen current column bounds (MIP only, optional,
+*     performed if the flag hard is on).
+*
+*  Additionally the routine may activate affected rows and/or columns
+*  for further processing.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0           success;
+*
+*  GLP_ENOPFS  primal/integer infeasibility detected;
+*
+*  GLP_ENODFS  dual infeasibility detected. */
+
+int npp_process_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int hard)
+{     /* perform basic row processing */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij, *next_aij, *aaa;
+      int ret;
+      /* row must not be free */
+      xassert(!(row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX));
+      /* start processing row */
+      if (row->ptr == NULL)
+      {  /* empty row */
+         ret = npp_empty_row(npp, row);
+         if (ret == 0)
+         {  /* row was deleted */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("A");
+#endif
+            return 0;
+         }
+         else if (ret == 1)
+         {  /* primal infeasibility */
+            return GLP_ENOPFS;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+      }
+      if (row->ptr->r_next == NULL)
+      {  /* row singleton */
+         col = row->ptr->col;
+         if (row->lb == row->ub)
+         {  /* equality constraint */
+            ret = npp_eq_singlet(npp, row);
+            if (ret == 0)
+            {  /* column was fixed, row was deleted */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("B");
+#endif
+               /* activate rows affected by column */
+               for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+                  npp_activate_row(npp, aij->row);
+               /* process fixed column */
+               npp_fixed_col(npp, col);
+               /* column was deleted */
+               return 0;
+            }
+            else if (ret == 1 || ret == 2)
+            {  /* primal/integer infeasibility */
+               return GLP_ENOPFS;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(ret != ret);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* inequality constraint */
+            ret = npp_ineq_singlet(npp, row);
+            if (0 <= ret && ret <= 3)
+            {  /* row was deleted */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("C");
+#endif
+               /* activate column, since its length was changed due to
+                  row deletion */
+               npp_activate_col(npp, col);
+               if (ret >= 2)
+               {  /* column bounds changed significantly or column was
+                     fixed */
+                  /* activate rows affected by column */
+                  for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+                     npp_activate_row(npp, aij->row);
+               }
+               if (ret == 3)
+               {  /* column was fixed; process it */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+                  xprintf("D");
+#endif
+                  npp_fixed_col(npp, col);
+                  /* column was deleted */
+               }
+               return 0;
+            }
+            else if (ret == 4)
+            {  /* primal infeasibility */
+               return GLP_ENOPFS;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(ret != ret);
+         }
+      }
+#if 0
+      /* sometimes this causes too large round-off errors; probably
+         pivot coefficient should be chosen more carefully */
+      if (row->ptr->r_next->r_next == NULL)
+      {  /* row doubleton */
+         if (row->lb == row->ub)
+         {  /* equality constraint */
+            if (!(row->ptr->col->is_int ||
+                  row->ptr->r_next->col->is_int))
+            {  /* both columns are continuous */
+               NPPCOL *q;
+               q = npp_eq_doublet(npp, row);
+               if (q != NULL)
+               {  /* column q was eliminated */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+                  xprintf("E");
+#endif
+                  /* now column q is singleton of type "implied slack
+                     variable"; we process it here to make sure that on
+                     recovering basic solution the row is always active
+                     equality constraint (as required by the routine
+                     rcv_eq_doublet) */
+                  xassert(npp_process_col(npp, q) == 0);
+                  /* column q was deleted; note that row p also may be
+                     deleted */
+                  return 0;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* general row analysis */
+      ret = npp_analyze_row(npp, row);
+      xassert(0x00 <= ret && ret <= 0xFF);
+      if (ret == 0x33)
+      {  /* row bounds are inconsistent with column bounds */
+         return GLP_ENOPFS;
+      }
+      if ((ret & 0x0F) == 0x00)
+      {  /* row lower bound does not exist or redundant */
+         if (row->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* remove redundant row lower bound */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("F");
+#endif
+            npp_inactive_bound(npp, row, 0);
+         }
+      }
+      else if ((ret & 0x0F) == 0x01)
+      {  /* row lower bound can be active */
+         /* see below */
+      }
+      else if ((ret & 0x0F) == 0x02)
+      {  /* row lower bound is a forcing bound */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+         xprintf("G");
+#endif
+         /* process forcing row */
+         if (npp_forcing_row(npp, row, 0) == 0)
+fixup:   {  /* columns were fixed, row was made free */
+            for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = next_aij)
+            {  /* process column fixed by forcing row */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("H");
+#endif
+               col = aij->col;
+               next_aij = aij->r_next;
+               /* activate rows affected by column */
+               for (aaa = col->ptr; aaa != NULL; aaa = aaa->c_next)
+                  npp_activate_row(npp, aaa->row);
+               /* process fixed column */
+               npp_fixed_col(npp, col);
+               /* column was deleted */
+            }
+            /* process free row (which now is empty due to deletion of
+               all its columns) */
+            npp_free_row(npp, row);
+            /* row was deleted */
+            return 0;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      if ((ret & 0xF0) == 0x00)
+      {  /* row upper bound does not exist or redundant */
+         if (row->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* remove redundant row upper bound */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("I");
+#endif
+            npp_inactive_bound(npp, row, 1);
+         }
+      }
+      else if ((ret & 0xF0) == 0x10)
+      {  /* row upper bound can be active */
+         /* see below */
+      }
+      else if ((ret & 0xF0) == 0x20)
+      {  /* row upper bound is a forcing bound */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+         xprintf("J");
+#endif
+         /* process forcing row */
+         if (npp_forcing_row(npp, row, 1) == 0) goto fixup;
+      }
+      else
+         xassert(ret != ret);
+      if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* row became free due to redundant bounds removal */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+         xprintf("K");
+#endif
+         /* activate its columns, since their length will change due
+            to row deletion */
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+            npp_activate_col(npp, aij->col);
+         /* process free row */
+         npp_free_row(npp, row);
+         /* row was deleted */
+         return 0;
+      }
+#if 1 /* 23/XII-2009 */
+      /* row lower and/or upper bounds can be active */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_MIP && hard)
+      {  /* improve current column bounds (optional) */
+         if (npp_improve_bounds(npp, row, 1) < 0)
+            return GLP_ENOPFS;
+      }
+#endif
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_improve_bounds - improve current column bounds
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_improve_bounds(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int flag);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_improve_bounds analyzes specified row (inequality
+*  or equality constraint) to determine implied column bounds and then
+*  uses these bounds to improve (strengthen) current column bounds.
+*
+*  If the flag is on and current column bounds changed significantly
+*  or the column was fixed, the routine activate rows affected by the
+*  column for further processing. (This feature is intended to be used
+*  in the main loop of the routine npp_process_row.)
+*
+*  NOTE: This operation can be used for MIP problem only.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine npp_improve_bounds returns the number of significantly
+*  changed bounds plus the number of column having been fixed due to
+*  bound improvements. However, if the routine detects primal/integer
+*  infeasibility, it returns a negative value. */
+
+int npp_improve_bounds(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int flag)
+{     /* improve current column bounds */
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij, *next_aij, *aaa;
+      int kase, ret, count = 0;
+      double lb, ub;
+      xassert(npp->sol == GLP_MIP);
+      /* row must not be free */
+      xassert(!(row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX));
+      /* determine implied column bounds */
+      npp_implied_bounds(npp, row);
+      /* and use these bounds to strengthen current column bounds */
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = next_aij)
+      {  col = aij->col;
+         next_aij = aij->r_next;
+         for (kase = 0; kase <= 1; kase++)
+         {  /* save current column bounds */
+            lb = col->lb, ub = col->ub;
+            if (kase == 0)
+            {  /* process implied column lower bound */
+               if (col->ll.ll == -DBL_MAX) continue;
+               ret = npp_implied_lower(npp, col, col->ll.ll);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* process implied column upper bound */
+               if (col->uu.uu == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+               ret = npp_implied_upper(npp, col, col->uu.uu);
+            }
+            if (ret == 0 || ret == 1)
+            {  /* current column bounds did not change or changed, but
+                  not significantly; restore current column bounds */
+               col->lb = lb, col->ub = ub;
+            }
+            else if (ret == 2 || ret == 3)
+            {  /* current column bounds changed significantly or column
+                  was fixed */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("L");
+#endif
+               count++;
+               /* activate other rows affected by column, if required */
+               if (flag)
+               {  for (aaa = col->ptr; aaa != NULL; aaa = aaa->c_next)
+                  {  if (aaa->row != row)
+                        npp_activate_row(npp, aaa->row);
+                  }
+               }
+               if (ret == 3)
+               {  /* process fixed column */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+                  xprintf("M");
+#endif
+                  npp_fixed_col(npp, col);
+                  /* column was deleted */
+                  break; /* for kase */
+               }
+            }
+            else if (ret == 4)
+            {  /* primal/integer infeasibility */
+               return -1;
+            }
+            else
+               xassert(ret != ret);
+         }
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_process_col - perform basic column processing
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_process_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_process_col performs basic column processing that
+*  currently includes:
+*
+*  1) fixing and removing empty column;
+*
+*  2) removing column singleton, which is implied slack variable, and
+*     corresponding row if it becomes free;
+*
+*  3) removing bounds of column, which is implied free variable, and
+*     replacing corresponding row by equality constraint.
+*
+*  Additionally the routine may activate affected rows and/or columns
+*  for further processing.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0           success;
+*
+*  GLP_ENOPFS  primal/integer infeasibility detected;
+*
+*  GLP_ENODFS  dual infeasibility detected. */
+
+int npp_process_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *col)
+{     /* perform basic column processing */
+      NPPROW *row;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int ret;
+      /* column must not be fixed */
+      xassert(col->lb < col->ub);
+      /* start processing column */
+      if (col->ptr == NULL)
+      {  /* empty column */
+         ret = npp_empty_col(npp, col);
+         if (ret == 0)
+         {  /* column was fixed and deleted */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+            xprintf("N");
+#endif
+            return 0;
+         }
+         else if (ret == 1)
+         {  /* dual infeasibility */
+            return GLP_ENODFS;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+      }
+      if (col->ptr->c_next == NULL)
+      {  /* column singleton */
+         row = col->ptr->row;
+         if (row->lb == row->ub)
+         {  /* equality constraint */
+            if (!col->is_int)
+slack:      {  /* implied slack variable */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+               xprintf("O");
+#endif
+               npp_implied_slack(npp, col);
+               /* column was deleted */
+               if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+               {  /* row became free due to implied slack variable */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+                  xprintf("P");
+#endif
+                  /* activate columns affected by row */
+                  for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+                     npp_activate_col(npp, aij->col);
+                  /* process free row */
+                  npp_free_row(npp, row);
+                  /* row was deleted */
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* row became inequality constraint; activate it
+                     since its length changed due to column deletion */
+                  npp_activate_row(npp, row);
+               }
+               return 0;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* inequality constraint */
+            if (!col->is_int)
+            {  ret = npp_implied_free(npp, col);
+               if (ret == 0)
+               {  /* implied free variable */
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+                  xprintf("Q");
+#endif
+                  /* column bounds were removed, row was replaced by
+                     equality constraint */
+                  goto slack;
+               }
+               else if (ret == 1)
+               {  /* column is not implied free variable, because its
+                     lower and/or upper bounds can be active */
+               }
+               else if (ret == 2)
+               {  /* dual infeasibility */
+                  return GLP_ENODFS;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* column still exists */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  NAME
+*
+*  npp_process_prob - perform basic LP/MIP processing
+*
+*  SYNOPSIS
+*
+*  #include "glpnpp.h"
+*  int npp_process_prob(NPP *npp, int hard);
+*
+*  DESCRIPTION
+*
+*  The routine npp_process_prob performs basic LP/MIP processing that
+*  currently includes:
+*
+*  1) initial LP/MIP processing (see the routine npp_clean_prob),
+*
+*  2) basic row processing (see the routine npp_process_row), and
+*
+*  3) basic column processing (see the routine npp_process_col).
+*
+*  If the flag hard is on, the routine attempts to improve current
+*  column bounds multiple times within the main processing loop, in
+*  which case this feature may take a time. Otherwise, if the flag hard
+*  is off, improving column bounds is performed only once at the end of
+*  the main loop. (Note that this feature is used for MIP only.)
+*
+*  The routine uses two sets: the set of active rows and the set of
+*  active columns. Rows/columns are marked by a flag (the field temp in
+*  NPPROW/NPPCOL). If the flag is non-zero, the row/column is active,
+*  in which case it is placed in the beginning of the row/column list;
+*  otherwise, if the flag is zero, the row/column is inactive, in which
+*  case it is placed in the end of the row/column list. If a row/column
+*  being currently processed may affect other rows/columns, the latters
+*  are activated for further processing.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0           success;
+*
+*  GLP_ENOPFS  primal/integer infeasibility detected;
+*
+*  GLP_ENODFS  dual infeasibility detected. */
+
+int npp_process_prob(NPP *npp, int hard)
+{     /* perform basic LP/MIP processing */
+      NPPROW *row;
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      int processing, ret;
+      /* perform initial LP/MIP processing */
+      npp_clean_prob(npp);
+      /* activate all remaining rows and columns */
+      for (row = npp->r_head; row != NULL; row = row->next)
+         row->temp = 1;
+      for (col = npp->c_head; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         col->temp = 1;
+      /* main processing loop */
+      processing = 1;
+      while (processing)
+      {  processing = 0;
+         /* process all active rows */
+         for (;;)
+         {  row = npp->r_head;
+            if (row == NULL || !row->temp) break;
+            npp_deactivate_row(npp, row);
+            ret = npp_process_row(npp, row, hard);
+            if (ret != 0) goto done;
+            processing = 1;
+         }
+         /* process all active columns */
+         for (;;)
+         {  col = npp->c_head;
+            if (col == NULL || !col->temp) break;
+            npp_deactivate_col(npp, col);
+            ret = npp_process_col(npp, col);
+            if (ret != 0) goto done;
+            processing = 1;
+         }
+      }
+#if 1 /* 23/XII-2009 */
+      if (npp->sol == GLP_MIP && !hard)
+      {  /* improve current column bounds (optional) */
+         for (row = npp->r_head; row != NULL; row = row->next)
+         {  if (npp_improve_bounds(npp, row, 0) < 0)
+            {  ret = GLP_ENOPFS;
+               goto done;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* all seems ok */
+      ret = 0;
+done: xassert(ret == 0 || ret == GLP_ENOPFS || ret == GLP_ENODFS);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      xprintf("\n");
+#endif
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int npp_simplex(NPP *npp, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     /* process LP prior to applying primal/dual simplex method */
+      int ret;
+      xassert(npp->sol == GLP_SOL);
+      xassert(parm == parm);
+      ret = npp_process_prob(npp, 0);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int npp_integer(NPP *npp, const glp_iocp *parm)
+{     /* process MIP prior to applying branch-and-bound method */
+      NPPROW *row, *prev_row;
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int count, ret;
+      xassert(npp->sol == GLP_MIP);
+      xassert(parm == parm);
+      /*==============================================================*/
+      /* perform basic MIP processing */
+      ret = npp_process_prob(npp, 1);
+      if (ret != 0) goto done;
+      /*==============================================================*/
+      /* binarize problem, if required */
+      if (parm->binarize)
+         npp_binarize_prob(npp);
+      /*==============================================================*/
+      /* identify hidden packing inequalities */
+      count = 0;
+      /* new rows will be added to the end of the row list, so we go
+         from the end to beginning of the row list */
+      for (row = npp->r_tail; row != NULL; row = prev_row)
+      {  prev_row = row->prev;
+         /* skip free row */
+         if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+         /* skip equality constraint */
+         if (row->lb == row->ub) continue;
+         /* skip row having less than two variables */
+         if (row->ptr == NULL || row->ptr->r_next == NULL) continue;
+         /* skip row having non-binary variables */
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  col = aij->col;
+            if (!(col->is_int && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0))
+               break;
+         }
+         if (aij != NULL) continue;
+         count += npp_hidden_packing(npp, row);
+      }
+      if (count > 0)
+         xprintf("%d hidden packing inequaliti(es) were detected\n",
+            count);
+      /*==============================================================*/
+      /* identify hidden covering inequalities */
+      count = 0;
+      /* new rows will be added to the end of the row list, so we go
+         from the end to beginning of the row list */
+      for (row = npp->r_tail; row != NULL; row = prev_row)
+      {  prev_row = row->prev;
+         /* skip free row */
+         if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX) continue;
+         /* skip equality constraint */
+         if (row->lb == row->ub) continue;
+         /* skip row having less than three variables */
+         if (row->ptr == NULL || row->ptr->r_next == NULL ||
+             row->ptr->r_next->r_next == NULL) continue;
+         /* skip row having non-binary variables */
+         for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         {  col = aij->col;
+            if (!(col->is_int && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0))
+               break;
+         }
+         if (aij != NULL) continue;
+         count += npp_hidden_covering(npp, row);
+      }
+      if (count > 0)
+         xprintf("%d hidden covering inequaliti(es) were detected\n",
+            count);
+      /*==============================================================*/
+      /* reduce inequality constraint coefficients */
+      count = 0;
+      /* new rows will be added to the end of the row list, so we go
+         from the end to beginning of the row list */
+      for (row = npp->r_tail; row != NULL; row = prev_row)
+      {  prev_row = row->prev;
+         /* skip equality constraint */
+         if (row->lb == row->ub) continue;
+         count += npp_reduce_ineq_coef(npp, row);
+      }
+      if (count > 0)
+         xprintf("%d constraint coefficient(s) were reduced\n", count);
+      /*==============================================================*/
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      routine(npp);
+#endif
+      /*==============================================================*/
+      /* all seems ok */
+      ret = 0;
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp6.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp6.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b57f8615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/npp/npp6.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1500 @@
+/* npp6.c (translate feasibility problem to CNF-SAT) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "npp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_free_row - process free (unbounded) row
+*
+*  This routine processes row p, which is free (i.e. has no finite
+*  bounds):
+*
+*     -inf < sum a[p,j] x[j] < +inf.                                 (1)
+*
+*  The constraint (1) cannot be active and therefore it is redundant,
+*  so the routine simply removes it from the original problem. */
+
+void npp_sat_free_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *p)
+{     /* the row should be free */
+      xassert(p->lb == -DBL_MAX && p->ub == +DBL_MAX);
+      /* remove the row from the problem */
+      npp_del_row(npp, p);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_fixed_col - process fixed column
+*
+*  This routine processes column q, which is fixed:
+*
+*     x[q] = s[q],                                                   (1)
+*
+*  where s[q] is a fixed column value.
+*
+*  The routine substitutes fixed value s[q] into constraint rows and
+*  then removes column x[q] from the original problem.
+*
+*  Substitution of x[q] = s[q] into row i gives:
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] <= U[i]   ==>
+*              j
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] x[q] <= U[i]   ==>
+*            j!=q
+*
+*     L[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] + a[i,q] s[q] <= U[i]   ==>
+*            j!=q
+*
+*     L~[i] <= sum a[i,j] x[j] <= U~[i],
+*             j!=q
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     L~[i] = L[i] - a[i,q] s[q],                                    (2)
+*
+*     U~[i] = U[i] - a[i,q] s[q]                                     (3)
+*
+*  are, respectively, lower and upper bound of row i in the transformed
+*  problem.
+*
+*  On recovering solution x[q] is assigned the value of s[q]. */
+
+struct sat_fixed_col
+{     /* fixed column */
+      int q;
+      /* column reference number for variable x[q] */
+      int s;
+      /* value, at which x[q] is fixed */
+};
+
+static int rcv_sat_fixed_col(NPP *, void *);
+
+int npp_sat_fixed_col(NPP *npp, NPPCOL *q)
+{     struct sat_fixed_col *info;
+      NPPROW *i;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int temp;
+      /* the column should be fixed */
+      xassert(q->lb == q->ub);
+      /* create transformation stack entry */
+      info = npp_push_tse(npp,
+         rcv_sat_fixed_col, sizeof(struct sat_fixed_col));
+      info->q = q->j;
+      info->s = (int)q->lb;
+      xassert((double)info->s == q->lb);
+      /* substitute x[q] = s[q] into constraint rows */
+      if (info->s == 0)
+         goto skip;
+      for (aij = q->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+      {  i = aij->row;
+         if (i->lb != -DBL_MAX)
+         {  i->lb -= aij->val * (double)info->s;
+            temp = (int)i->lb;
+            if ((double)temp != i->lb)
+               return 1; /* integer arithmetic error */
+         }
+         if (i->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+         {  i->ub -= aij->val * (double)info->s;
+            temp = (int)i->ub;
+            if ((double)temp != i->ub)
+               return 2; /* integer arithmetic error */
+         }
+      }
+skip: /* remove the column from the problem */
+      npp_del_col(npp, q);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+static int rcv_sat_fixed_col(NPP *npp, void *info_)
+{     struct sat_fixed_col *info = info_;
+      npp->c_value[info->q] = (double)info->s;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_is_bin_comb - test if row is binary combination
+*
+*  This routine tests if the specified row is a binary combination,
+*  i.e. all its constraint coefficients are +1 and -1 and all variables
+*  are binary. If the test was passed, the routine returns non-zero,
+*  otherwise zero. */
+
+int npp_sat_is_bin_comb(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  if (!(aij->val == +1.0 || aij->val == -1.0))
+            return 0; /* non-unity coefficient */
+         col = aij->col;
+         if (!(col->is_int && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0))
+            return 0; /* non-binary column */
+      }
+      return 1; /* test was passed */
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_num_pos_coef - determine number of positive coefficients
+*
+*  This routine returns the number of positive coefficients in the
+*  specified row. */
+
+int npp_sat_num_pos_coef(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int num = 0;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  if (aij->val > 0.0)
+            num++;
+      }
+      return num;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_num_neg_coef - determine number of negative coefficients
+*
+*  This routine returns the number of negative coefficients in the
+*  specified row. */
+
+int npp_sat_num_neg_coef(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int num = 0;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  if (aij->val < 0.0)
+            num++;
+      }
+      return num;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_is_cover_ineq - test if row is covering inequality
+*
+*  The canonical form of a covering inequality is the following:
+*
+*     sum x[j] >= 1,                                                 (1)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where all x[j] are binary variables.
+*
+*  In general case a covering inequality may have one of the following
+*  two forms:
+*
+*     sum  x[j] -  sum  x[j] >= 1 - |J-|,                            (2)
+*   j in J+      j in J-
+*
+*
+*     sum  x[j] -  sum  x[j] <= |J+| - 1.                            (3)
+*   j in J+      j in J-
+*
+*  Obviously, the inequality (2) can be transformed to the form (1) by
+*  substitution x[j] = 1 - x'[j] for all j in J-, where x'[j] is the
+*  negation of variable x[j]. And the inequality (3) can be transformed
+*  to (2) by multiplying both left- and right-hand sides by -1.
+*
+*  This routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0, if the specified row is not a covering inequality;
+*
+*  1, if the specified row has the form (2);
+*
+*  2, if the specified row has the form (3). */
+
+int npp_sat_is_cover_ineq(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     xassert(npp == npp);
+      if (row->lb != -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* row is inequality of '>=' type */
+         if (npp_sat_is_bin_comb(npp, row))
+         {  /* row is a binary combination */
+            if (row->lb == 1.0 - npp_sat_num_neg_coef(npp, row))
+            {  /* row has the form (2) */
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* row is inequality of '<=' type */
+         if (npp_sat_is_bin_comb(npp, row))
+         {  /* row is a binary combination */
+            if (row->ub == npp_sat_num_pos_coef(npp, row) - 1.0)
+            {  /* row has the form (3) */
+               return 2;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* row is not a covering inequality */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_is_pack_ineq - test if row is packing inequality
+*
+*  The canonical form of a packing inequality is the following:
+*
+*     sum x[j] <= 1,                                                 (1)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where all x[j] are binary variables.
+*
+*  In general case a packing inequality may have one of the following
+*  two forms:
+*
+*     sum  x[j] -  sum  x[j] <= 1 - |J-|,                            (2)
+*   j in J+      j in J-
+*
+*
+*     sum  x[j] -  sum  x[j] >= |J+| - 1.                            (3)
+*   j in J+      j in J-
+*
+*  Obviously, the inequality (2) can be transformed to the form (1) by
+*  substitution x[j] = 1 - x'[j] for all j in J-, where x'[j] is the
+*  negation of variable x[j]. And the inequality (3) can be transformed
+*  to (2) by multiplying both left- and right-hand sides by -1.
+*
+*  This routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0, if the specified row is not a packing inequality;
+*
+*  1, if the specified row has the form (2);
+*
+*  2, if the specified row has the form (3). */
+
+int npp_sat_is_pack_ineq(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     xassert(npp == npp);
+      if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* row is inequality of '<=' type */
+         if (npp_sat_is_bin_comb(npp, row))
+         {  /* row is a binary combination */
+            if (row->ub == 1.0 - npp_sat_num_neg_coef(npp, row))
+            {  /* row has the form (2) */
+               return 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else if (row->lb != -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* row is inequality of '>=' type */
+         if (npp_sat_is_bin_comb(npp, row))
+         {  /* row is a binary combination */
+            if (row->lb == npp_sat_num_pos_coef(npp, row) - 1.0)
+            {  /* row has the form (3) */
+               return 2;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* row is not a packing inequality */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_is_partn_eq - test if row is partitioning equality
+*
+*  The canonical form of a partitioning equality is the following:
+*
+*     sum x[j] = 1,                                                  (1)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where all x[j] are binary variables.
+*
+*  In general case a partitioning equality may have one of the following
+*  two forms:
+*
+*     sum  x[j] -  sum  x[j] = 1 - |J-|,                             (2)
+*   j in J+      j in J-
+*
+*
+*     sum  x[j] -  sum  x[j] = |J+| - 1.                             (3)
+*   j in J+      j in J-
+*
+*  Obviously, the equality (2) can be transformed to the form (1) by
+*  substitution x[j] = 1 - x'[j] for all j in J-, where x'[j] is the
+*  negation of variable x[j]. And the equality (3) can be transformed
+*  to (2) by multiplying both left- and right-hand sides by -1.
+*
+*  This routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0, if the specified row is not a partitioning equality;
+*
+*  1, if the specified row has the form (2);
+*
+*  2, if the specified row has the form (3). */
+
+int npp_sat_is_partn_eq(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     xassert(npp == npp);
+      if (row->lb == row->ub)
+      {  /* row is equality constraint */
+         if (npp_sat_is_bin_comb(npp, row))
+         {  /* row is a binary combination */
+            if (row->lb == 1.0 - npp_sat_num_neg_coef(npp, row))
+            {  /* row has the form (2) */
+               return 1;
+            }
+            if (row->ub == npp_sat_num_pos_coef(npp, row) - 1.0)
+            {  /* row has the form (3) */
+               return 2;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* row is not a partitioning equality */
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_reverse_row - multiply both sides of row by -1
+*
+*  This routines multiplies by -1 both left- and right-hand sides of
+*  the specified row:
+*
+*     L <= sum x[j] <= U,
+*
+*  that results in the following row:
+*
+*     -U <= sum (-x[j]) <= -L.
+*
+*  If no integer overflow occured, the routine returns zero, otherwise
+*  non-zero. */
+
+int npp_sat_reverse_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int temp, ret = 0;
+      double old_lb, old_ub;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  aij->val = -aij->val;
+         temp = (int)aij->val;
+         if ((double)temp != aij->val)
+            ret = 1;
+      }
+      old_lb = row->lb, old_ub = row->ub;
+      if (old_ub == +DBL_MAX)
+         row->lb = -DBL_MAX;
+      else
+      {  row->lb = -old_ub;
+         temp = (int)row->lb;
+         if ((double)temp != row->lb)
+            ret = 2;
+      }
+      if (old_lb == -DBL_MAX)
+         row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      else
+      {  row->ub = -old_lb;
+         temp = (int)row->ub;
+         if ((double)temp != row->ub)
+            ret = 3;
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_split_pack - split packing inequality
+*
+*  Let there be given a packing inequality in canonical form:
+*
+*     sum  t[j] <= 1,                                                (1)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where t[j] = x[j] or t[j] = 1 - x[j], x[j] is a binary variable.
+*  And let J = J1 U J2 is a partition of the set of literals. Then the
+*  inequality (1) is obviously equivalent to the following two packing
+*  inequalities:
+*
+*     sum  t[j] <= y       <-->   sum  t[j] + (1 - y) <= 1,          (2)
+*   j in J1                     j in J1
+*
+*     sum  t[j] <= 1 - y   <-->   sum  t[j] + y       <= 1,          (3)
+*   j in J2                     j in J2
+*
+*  where y is a new binary variable added to the transformed problem.
+*
+*  Assuming that the specified row is a packing inequality (1), this
+*  routine constructs the set J1 by including there first nlit literals
+*  (terms) from the specified row, and the set J2 = J \ J1. Then the
+*  routine creates a new row, which corresponds to inequality (2), and
+*  replaces the specified row with inequality (3). */
+
+NPPROW *npp_sat_split_pack(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, int nlit)
+{     NPPROW *rrr;
+      NPPCOL *col;
+      NPPAIJ *aij;
+      int k;
+      /* original row should be packing inequality (1) */
+      xassert(npp_sat_is_pack_ineq(npp, row) == 1);
+      /* and nlit should be less than the number of literals (terms)
+         in the original row */
+      xassert(0 < nlit && nlit < npp_row_nnz(npp, row));
+      /* create new row corresponding to inequality (2) */
+      rrr = npp_add_row(npp);
+      rrr->lb = -DBL_MAX, rrr->ub = 1.0;
+      /* move first nlit literals (terms) from the original row to the
+         new row; the original row becomes inequality (3) */
+      for (k = 1; k <= nlit; k++)
+      {  aij = row->ptr;
+         xassert(aij != NULL);
+         /* add literal to the new row */
+         npp_add_aij(npp, rrr, aij->col, aij->val);
+         /* correct rhs */
+         if (aij->val < 0.0)
+            rrr->ub -= 1.0, row->ub += 1.0;
+         /* remove literal from the original row */
+         npp_del_aij(npp, aij);
+      }
+      /* create new binary variable y */
+      col = npp_add_col(npp);
+      col->is_int = 1, col->lb = 0.0, col->ub = 1.0;
+      /* include literal (1 - y) in the new row */
+      npp_add_aij(npp, rrr, col, -1.0);
+      rrr->ub -= 1.0;
+      /* include literal y in the original row */
+      npp_add_aij(npp, row, col, +1.0);
+      return rrr;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_pack - encode packing inequality
+*
+*  Given a packing inequality in canonical form:
+*
+*     sum  t[j] <= 1,                                                (1)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where t[j] = x[j] or t[j] = 1 - x[j], x[j] is a binary variable,
+*  this routine translates it to CNF by replacing it with the following
+*  equivalent set of edge packing inequalities:
+*
+*     t[j] + t[k] <= 1   for all j, k in J, j != k.                  (2)
+*
+*  Then the routine transforms each edge packing inequality (2) to
+*  corresponding covering inequality (that encodes two-literal clause)
+*  by multiplying both its part by -1:
+*
+*     - t[j] - t[k] >= -1   <-->   (1 - t[j]) + (1 - t[k]) >= 1.     (3)
+*
+*  On exit the routine removes the original row from the problem. */
+
+void npp_sat_encode_pack(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     NPPROW *rrr;
+      NPPAIJ *aij, *aik;
+      /* original row should be packing inequality (1) */
+      xassert(npp_sat_is_pack_ineq(npp, row) == 1);
+      /* create equivalent system of covering inequalities (3) */
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  /* due to symmetry only one of inequalities t[j] + t[k] <= 1
+            and t[k] <= t[j] <= 1 can be considered */
+         for (aik = aij->r_next; aik != NULL; aik = aik->r_next)
+         {  /* create edge packing inequality (2) */
+            rrr = npp_add_row(npp);
+            rrr->lb = -DBL_MAX, rrr->ub = 1.0;
+            npp_add_aij(npp, rrr, aij->col, aij->val);
+            if (aij->val < 0.0)
+               rrr->ub -= 1.0;
+            npp_add_aij(npp, rrr, aik->col, aik->val);
+            if (aik->val < 0.0)
+               rrr->ub -= 1.0;
+            /* and transform it to covering inequality (3) */
+            npp_sat_reverse_row(npp, rrr);
+            xassert(npp_sat_is_cover_ineq(npp, rrr) == 1);
+         }
+      }
+      /* remove the original row from the problem */
+      npp_del_row(npp, row);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_sum2 - encode 2-bit summation
+*
+*  Given a set containing two literals x and y this routine encodes
+*  the equality
+*
+*     x + y = s + 2 * c,                                             (1)
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     s = (x + y) % 2                                                (2)
+*
+*  is a binary variable modeling the low sum bit, and
+*
+*     c = (x + y) / 2                                                (3)
+*
+*  is a binary variable modeling the high (carry) sum bit. */
+
+void npp_sat_encode_sum2(NPP *npp, NPPLSE *set, NPPSED *sed)
+{     NPPROW *row;
+      int x, y, s, c;
+      /* the set should contain exactly two literals */
+      xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(set->next != NULL);
+      xassert(set->next->next == NULL);
+      sed->x = set->lit;
+      xassert(sed->x.neg == 0 || sed->x.neg == 1);
+      sed->y = set->next->lit;
+      xassert(sed->y.neg == 0 || sed->y.neg == 1);
+      sed->z.col = NULL, sed->z.neg = 0;
+      /* perform encoding s = (x + y) % 2 */
+      sed->s = npp_add_col(npp);
+      sed->s->is_int = 1, sed->s->lb = 0.0, sed->s->ub = 1.0;
+      for (x = 0; x <= 1; x++)
+      {  for (y = 0; y <= 1; y++)
+         {  for (s = 0; s <= 1; s++)
+            {  if ((x + y) % 2 != s)
+               {  /* generate CNF clause to disable infeasible
+                     combination */
+                  row = npp_add_row(npp);
+                  row->lb = 1.0, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+                  if (x == sed->x.neg)
+                     npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, +1.0);
+                  else
+                  {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, -1.0);
+                     row->lb -= 1.0;
+                  }
+                  if (y == sed->y.neg)
+                     npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, +1.0);
+                  else
+                  {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, -1.0);
+                     row->lb -= 1.0;
+                  }
+                  if (s == 0)
+                     npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->s, +1.0);
+                  else
+                  {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->s, -1.0);
+                     row->lb -= 1.0;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* perform encoding c = (x + y) / 2 */
+      sed->c = npp_add_col(npp);
+      sed->c->is_int = 1, sed->c->lb = 0.0, sed->c->ub = 1.0;
+      for (x = 0; x <= 1; x++)
+      {  for (y = 0; y <= 1; y++)
+         {  for (c = 0; c <= 1; c++)
+            {  if ((x + y) / 2 != c)
+               {  /* generate CNF clause to disable infeasible
+                     combination */
+                  row = npp_add_row(npp);
+                  row->lb = 1.0, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+                  if (x == sed->x.neg)
+                     npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, +1.0);
+                  else
+                  {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, -1.0);
+                     row->lb -= 1.0;
+                  }
+                  if (y == sed->y.neg)
+                     npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, +1.0);
+                  else
+                  {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, -1.0);
+                     row->lb -= 1.0;
+                  }
+                  if (c == 0)
+                     npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->c, +1.0);
+                  else
+                  {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->c, -1.0);
+                     row->lb -= 1.0;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_sum3 - encode 3-bit summation
+*
+*  Given a set containing at least three literals this routine chooses
+*  some literals x, y, z from that set and encodes the equality
+*
+*     x + y + z = s + 2 * c,                                         (1)
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     s = (x + y + z) % 2                                            (2)
+*
+*  is a binary variable modeling the low sum bit, and
+*
+*     c = (x + y + z) / 2                                            (3)
+*
+*  is a binary variable modeling the high (carry) sum bit. */
+
+void npp_sat_encode_sum3(NPP *npp, NPPLSE *set, NPPSED *sed)
+{     NPPROW *row;
+      int x, y, z, s, c;
+      /* the set should contain at least three literals */
+      xassert(set != NULL);
+      xassert(set->next != NULL);
+      xassert(set->next->next != NULL);
+      sed->x = set->lit;
+      xassert(sed->x.neg == 0 || sed->x.neg == 1);
+      sed->y = set->next->lit;
+      xassert(sed->y.neg == 0 || sed->y.neg == 1);
+      sed->z = set->next->next->lit;
+      xassert(sed->z.neg == 0 || sed->z.neg == 1);
+      /* perform encoding s = (x + y + z) % 2 */
+      sed->s = npp_add_col(npp);
+      sed->s->is_int = 1, sed->s->lb = 0.0, sed->s->ub = 1.0;
+      for (x = 0; x <= 1; x++)
+      {  for (y = 0; y <= 1; y++)
+         {  for (z = 0; z <= 1; z++)
+            {  for (s = 0; s <= 1; s++)
+               {  if ((x + y + z) % 2 != s)
+                  {  /* generate CNF clause to disable infeasible
+                        combination */
+                     row = npp_add_row(npp);
+                     row->lb = 1.0, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+                     if (x == sed->x.neg)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                     if (y == sed->y.neg)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                     if (z == sed->z.neg)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->z.col, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->z.col, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                     if (s == 0)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->s, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->s, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* perform encoding c = (x + y + z) / 2 */
+      sed->c = npp_add_col(npp);
+      sed->c->is_int = 1, sed->c->lb = 0.0, sed->c->ub = 1.0;
+      for (x = 0; x <= 1; x++)
+      {  for (y = 0; y <= 1; y++)
+         {  for (z = 0; z <= 1; z++)
+            {  for (c = 0; c <= 1; c++)
+               {  if ((x + y + z) / 2 != c)
+                  {  /* generate CNF clause to disable infeasible
+                        combination */
+                     row = npp_add_row(npp);
+                     row->lb = 1.0, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+                     if (x == sed->x.neg)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->x.col, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                     if (y == sed->y.neg)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->y.col, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                     if (z == sed->z.neg)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->z.col, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->z.col, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                     if (c == 0)
+                        npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->c, +1.0);
+                     else
+                     {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, sed->c, -1.0);
+                        row->lb -= 1.0;
+                     }
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_sum_ax - encode linear combination of 0-1 variables
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  Given a linear combination of binary variables:
+*
+*     sum a[j] x[j],                                                 (1)
+*      j
+*
+*  which is the linear form of the specified row, this routine encodes
+*  (i.e. translates to CNF) the following equality:
+*
+*                        n
+*     sum |a[j]| t[j] = sum 2**(k-1) * y[k],                         (2)
+*      j                k=1
+*
+*  where t[j] = x[j] (if a[j] > 0) or t[j] = 1 - x[j] (if a[j] < 0),
+*  and y[k] is either t[j] or a new literal created by the routine or
+*  a constant zero. Note that the sum in the right-hand side of (2) can
+*  be thought as a n-bit representation of the sum in the left-hand
+*  side, which is a non-negative integer number.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  First, the number of bits, n, sufficient to represent any value in
+*  the left-hand side of (2) is determined. Obviously, n is the number
+*  of bits sufficient to represent the sum (sum |a[j]|).
+*
+*  Let
+*
+*               n
+*     |a[j]| = sum 2**(k-1) b[j,k],                                  (3)
+*              k=1
+*
+*  where b[j,k] is k-th bit in a n-bit representation of |a[j]|. Then
+*
+*                          m            n
+*     sum |a[j]| * t[j] = sum 2**(k-1) sum b[j,k] * t[j].            (4)
+*      j                  k=1          j=1
+*
+*  Introducing the set
+*
+*     J[k] = { j : b[j,k] = 1 }                                      (5)
+*
+*  allows rewriting (4) as follows:
+*
+*                          n
+*     sum |a[j]| * t[j] = sum 2**(k-1)  sum    t[j].                 (6)
+*      j                  k=1         j in J[k]
+*
+*  Thus, our goal is to provide |J[k]| <= 1 for all k, in which case
+*  we will have the representation (1).
+*
+*  Let |J[k]| = 2, i.e. J[k] has exactly two literals u and v. In this
+*  case we can apply the following transformation:
+*
+*     u + v = s + 2 * c,                                             (7)
+*
+*  where s and c are, respectively, low (sum) and high (carry) bits of
+*  the sum of two bits. This allows to replace two literals u and v in
+*  J[k] by one literal s, and carry out literal c to J[k+1].
+*
+*  If |J[k]| >= 3, i.e. J[k] has at least three literals u, v, and w,
+*  we can apply the following transformation:
+*
+*     u + v + w = s + 2 * c.                                         (8)
+*
+*  Again, literal s replaces literals u, v, and w in J[k], and literal
+*  c goes into J[k+1].
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores each literal from J[k] in element y[k],
+*  1 <= k <= n. If J[k] is empty, y[k] is set to constant false.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns n, the number of literals in the right-hand side
+*  of (2), 0 <= n <= NBIT_MAX. If the sum (sum |a[j]|) is too large, so
+*  more than NBIT_MAX (= 31) literals are needed to encode the original
+*  linear combination, the routine returns a negative value. */
+
+#define NBIT_MAX 31
+/* maximal number of literals in the right hand-side of (2) */
+
+static NPPLSE *remove_lse(NPP *npp, NPPLSE *set, NPPCOL *col)
+{     /* remove specified literal from specified literal set */
+      NPPLSE *lse, *prev = NULL;
+      for (lse = set; lse != NULL; prev = lse, lse = lse->next)
+         if (lse->lit.col == col) break;
+      xassert(lse != NULL);
+      if (prev == NULL)
+         set = lse->next;
+      else
+         prev->next = lse->next;
+      dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, lse, sizeof(NPPLSE));
+      return set;
+}
+
+int npp_sat_encode_sum_ax(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row, NPPLIT y[])
+{     NPPAIJ *aij;
+      NPPLSE *set[1+NBIT_MAX], *lse;
+      NPPSED sed;
+      int k, n, temp;
+      double sum;
+      /* compute the sum (sum |a[j]|) */
+      sum = 0.0;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+         sum += fabs(aij->val);
+      /* determine n, the number of bits in the sum */
+      temp = (int)sum;
+      if ((double)temp != sum)
+         return -1; /* integer arithmetic error */
+      for (n = 0; temp > 0; n++, temp >>= 1);
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= NBIT_MAX);
+      /* build initial sets J[k], 1 <= k <= n; see (5) */
+      /* set[k] is a pointer to the list of literals in J[k] */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+         set[k] = NULL;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  temp = (int)fabs(aij->val);
+         xassert((int)temp == fabs(aij->val));
+         for (k = 1; temp > 0; k++, temp >>= 1)
+         {  if (temp & 1)
+            {  xassert(k <= n);
+               lse = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, sizeof(NPPLSE));
+               lse->lit.col = aij->col;
+               lse->lit.neg = (aij->val > 0.0 ? 0 : 1);
+               lse->next = set[k];
+               set[k] = lse;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* main transformation loop */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* reduce J[k] and set y[k] */
+         for (;;)
+         {  if (set[k] == NULL)
+            {  /* J[k] is empty */
+               /* set y[k] to constant false */
+               y[k].col = NULL, y[k].neg = 0;
+               break;
+            }
+            if (set[k]->next == NULL)
+            {  /* J[k] contains one literal */
+               /* set y[k] to that literal */
+               y[k] = set[k]->lit;
+               dmp_free_atom(npp->pool, set[k], sizeof(NPPLSE));
+               break;
+            }
+            if (set[k]->next->next == NULL)
+            {  /* J[k] contains two literals */
+               /* apply transformation (7) */
+               npp_sat_encode_sum2(npp, set[k], &sed);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* J[k] contains at least three literals */
+               /* apply transformation (8) */
+               npp_sat_encode_sum3(npp, set[k], &sed);
+               /* remove third literal from set[k] */
+               set[k] = remove_lse(npp, set[k], sed.z.col);
+            }
+            /* remove second literal from set[k] */
+            set[k] = remove_lse(npp, set[k], sed.y.col);
+            /* remove first literal from set[k] */
+            set[k] = remove_lse(npp, set[k], sed.x.col);
+            /* include new literal s to set[k] */
+            lse = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, sizeof(NPPLSE));
+            lse->lit.col = sed.s, lse->lit.neg = 0;
+            lse->next = set[k];
+            set[k] = lse;
+            /* include new literal c to set[k+1] */
+            xassert(k < n); /* FIXME: can "overflow" happen? */
+            lse = dmp_get_atom(npp->pool, sizeof(NPPLSE));
+            lse->lit.col = sed.c, lse->lit.neg = 0;
+            lse->next = set[k+1];
+            set[k+1] = lse;
+         }
+      }
+      return n;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_normalize_clause - normalize clause
+*
+*  This routine normalizes the specified clause, which is a disjunction
+*  of literals, by replacing multiple literals, which refer to the same
+*  binary variable, with a single literal.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns the number of literals in the resulting
+*  clause. However, if the specified clause includes both a literal and
+*  its negation, the routine returns a negative value meaning that the
+*  clause is equivalent to the value true. */
+
+int npp_sat_normalize_clause(NPP *npp, int size, NPPLIT lit[])
+{     int j, k, new_size;
+      xassert(npp == npp);
+      xassert(size >= 0);
+      new_size = 0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= size; k++)
+      {  for (j = 1; j <= new_size; j++)
+         {  if (lit[k].col == lit[j].col)
+            {  /* lit[k] refers to the same variable as lit[j], which
+                  is already included in the resulting clause */
+               if (lit[k].neg == lit[j].neg)
+               {  /* ignore lit[k] due to the idempotent law */
+                  goto skip;
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* lit[k] is NOT lit[j]; the clause is equivalent to
+                     the value true */
+                  return -1;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         /* include lit[k] in the resulting clause */
+         lit[++new_size] = lit[k];
+skip:    ;
+      }
+      return new_size;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_clause - translate clause to cover inequality
+*
+*  Given a clause
+*
+*     OR  t[j],                                                      (1)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where t[j] is a literal, i.e. t[j] = x[j] or t[j] = NOT x[j], this
+*  routine translates it to the following equivalent cover inequality,
+*  which is added to the transformed problem:
+*
+*     sum t[j] >= 1,                                                 (2)
+*   j in J
+*
+*  where t[j] = x[j] or t[j] = 1 - x[j].
+*
+*  If necessary, the clause should be normalized before a call to this
+*  routine. */
+
+NPPROW *npp_sat_encode_clause(NPP *npp, int size, NPPLIT lit[])
+{     NPPROW *row;
+      int k;
+      xassert(size >= 1);
+      row = npp_add_row(npp);
+      row->lb = 1.0, row->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+      for (k = 1; k <= size; k++)
+      {  xassert(lit[k].col != NULL);
+         if (lit[k].neg == 0)
+            npp_add_aij(npp, row, lit[k].col, +1.0);
+         else if (lit[k].neg == 1)
+         {  npp_add_aij(npp, row, lit[k].col, -1.0);
+            row->lb -= 1.0;
+         }
+         else
+            xassert(lit != lit);
+      }
+      return row;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_geq - encode "not less than" constraint
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine translates to CNF the following constraint:
+*
+*      n
+*     sum 2**(k-1) * y[k] >= b,                                      (1)
+*     k=1
+*
+*  where y[k] is either a literal (i.e. y[k] = x[k] or y[k] = 1 - x[k])
+*  or constant false (zero), b is a given lower bound.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  If b < 0, the constraint is redundant, so assume that b >= 0. Let
+*
+*          n
+*     b = sum 2**(k-1) b[k],                                         (2)
+*         k=1
+*
+*  where b[k] is k-th binary digit of b. (Note that if b >= 2**n and
+*  therefore cannot be represented in the form (2), the constraint (1)
+*  is infeasible.) In this case the condition (1) is equivalent to the
+*  following condition:
+*
+*     y[n] y[n-1] ... y[2] y[1] >= b[n] b[n-1] ... b[2] b[1],        (3)
+*
+*  where ">=" is understood lexicographically.
+*
+*  Algorithmically the condition (3) can be tested as follows:
+*
+*     for (k = n; k >= 1; k--)
+*     {  if (y[k] < b[k])
+*           y is less than b;
+*        if (y[k] > b[k])
+*           y is greater than b;
+*     }
+*     y is equal to b;
+*
+*  Thus, y is less than b iff there exists k, 1 <= k <= n, for which
+*  the following condition is satisfied:
+*
+*     y[n] = b[n] AND ... AND y[k+1] = b[k+1] AND y[k] < b[k].       (4)
+*
+*  Negating the condition (4) we have that y is not less than b iff for
+*  all k, 1 <= k <= n, the following condition is satisfied:
+*
+*     y[n] != b[n] OR ... OR y[k+1] != b[k+1] OR y[k] >= b[k].       (5)
+*
+*  Note that if b[k] = 0, the literal y[k] >= b[k] is always true, in
+*  which case the entire clause (5) is true and can be omitted.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  Normally the routine returns zero. However, if the constraint (1) is
+*  infeasible, the routine returns non-zero. */
+
+int npp_sat_encode_geq(NPP *npp, int n, NPPLIT y[], int rhs)
+{     NPPLIT lit[1+NBIT_MAX];
+      int j, k, size, temp, b[1+NBIT_MAX];
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= NBIT_MAX);
+      /* if the constraint (1) is redundant, do nothing */
+      if (rhs < 0)
+         return 0;
+      /* determine binary digits of b according to (2) */
+      for (k = 1, temp = rhs; k <= n; k++, temp >>= 1)
+         b[k] = temp & 1;
+      if (temp != 0)
+      {  /* b >= 2**n; the constraint (1) is infeasible */
+         return 1;
+      }
+      /* main transformation loop */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* build the clause (5) for current k */
+         size = 0; /* clause size = number of literals */
+         /* add literal y[k] >= b[k] */
+         if (b[k] == 0)
+         {  /* b[k] = 0 -> the literal is true */
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         else if (y[k].col == NULL)
+         {  /* y[k] = 0, b[k] = 1 -> the literal is false */
+            xassert(y[k].neg == 0);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* add literal y[k] = 1 */
+            lit[++size] = y[k];
+         }
+         for (j = k+1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  /* add literal y[j] != b[j] */
+            if (y[j].col == NULL)
+            {  xassert(y[j].neg == 0);
+               if (b[j] == 0)
+               {  /* y[j] = 0, b[j] = 0 -> the literal is false */
+                  continue;
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* y[j] = 0, b[j] = 1 -> the literal is true */
+                  goto skip;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  lit[++size] = y[j];
+               if (b[j] != 0)
+                  lit[size].neg = 1 - lit[size].neg;
+            }
+         }
+         /* normalize the clause */
+         size = npp_sat_normalize_clause(npp, size, lit);
+         if (size < 0)
+         {  /* the clause is equivalent to the value true */
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         if (size == 0)
+         {  /* the clause is equivalent to the value false; this means
+               that the constraint (1) is infeasible */
+            return 2;
+         }
+         /* translate the clause to corresponding cover inequality */
+         npp_sat_encode_clause(npp, size, lit);
+skip:    ;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_leq - encode "not greater than" constraint
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine translates to CNF the following constraint:
+*
+*      n
+*     sum 2**(k-1) * y[k] <= b,                                      (1)
+*     k=1
+*
+*  where y[k] is either a literal (i.e. y[k] = x[k] or y[k] = 1 - x[k])
+*  or constant false (zero), b is a given upper bound.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  If b < 0, the constraint is infeasible, so assume that b >= 0. Let
+*
+*          n
+*     b = sum 2**(k-1) b[k],                                         (2)
+*         k=1
+*
+*  where b[k] is k-th binary digit of b. (Note that if b >= 2**n and
+*  therefore cannot be represented in the form (2), the constraint (1)
+*  is redundant.) In this case the condition (1) is equivalent to the
+*  following condition:
+*
+*     y[n] y[n-1] ... y[2] y[1] <= b[n] b[n-1] ... b[2] b[1],        (3)
+*
+*  where "<=" is understood lexicographically.
+*
+*  Algorithmically the condition (3) can be tested as follows:
+*
+*     for (k = n; k >= 1; k--)
+*     {  if (y[k] < b[k])
+*           y is less than b;
+*        if (y[k] > b[k])
+*           y is greater than b;
+*     }
+*     y is equal to b;
+*
+*  Thus, y is greater than b iff there exists k, 1 <= k <= n, for which
+*  the following condition is satisfied:
+*
+*     y[n] = b[n] AND ... AND y[k+1] = b[k+1] AND y[k] > b[k].       (4)
+*
+*  Negating the condition (4) we have that y is not greater than b iff
+*  for all k, 1 <= k <= n, the following condition is satisfied:
+*
+*     y[n] != b[n] OR ... OR y[k+1] != b[k+1] OR y[k] <= b[k].       (5)
+*
+*  Note that if b[k] = 1, the literal y[k] <= b[k] is always true, in
+*  which case the entire clause (5) is true and can be omitted.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  Normally the routine returns zero. However, if the constraint (1) is
+*  infeasible, the routine returns non-zero. */
+
+int npp_sat_encode_leq(NPP *npp, int n, NPPLIT y[], int rhs)
+{     NPPLIT lit[1+NBIT_MAX];
+      int j, k, size, temp, b[1+NBIT_MAX];
+      xassert(0 <= n && n <= NBIT_MAX);
+      /* check if the constraint (1) is infeasible */
+      if (rhs < 0)
+         return 1;
+      /* determine binary digits of b according to (2) */
+      for (k = 1, temp = rhs; k <= n; k++, temp >>= 1)
+         b[k] = temp & 1;
+      if (temp != 0)
+      {  /* b >= 2**n; the constraint (1) is redundant */
+         return 0;
+      }
+      /* main transformation loop */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  /* build the clause (5) for current k */
+         size = 0; /* clause size = number of literals */
+         /* add literal y[k] <= b[k] */
+         if (b[k] == 1)
+         {  /* b[k] = 1 -> the literal is true */
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         else if (y[k].col == NULL)
+         {  /* y[k] = 0, b[k] = 0 -> the literal is true */
+            xassert(y[k].neg == 0);
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* add literal y[k] = 0 */
+            lit[++size] = y[k];
+            lit[size].neg = 1 - lit[size].neg;
+         }
+         for (j = k+1; j <= n; j++)
+         {  /* add literal y[j] != b[j] */
+            if (y[j].col == NULL)
+            {  xassert(y[j].neg == 0);
+               if (b[j] == 0)
+               {  /* y[j] = 0, b[j] = 0 -> the literal is false */
+                  continue;
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* y[j] = 0, b[j] = 1 -> the literal is true */
+                  goto skip;
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  lit[++size] = y[j];
+               if (b[j] != 0)
+                  lit[size].neg = 1 - lit[size].neg;
+            }
+         }
+         /* normalize the clause */
+         size = npp_sat_normalize_clause(npp, size, lit);
+         if (size < 0)
+         {  /* the clause is equivalent to the value true */
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         if (size == 0)
+         {  /* the clause is equivalent to the value false; this means
+               that the constraint (1) is infeasible */
+            return 2;
+         }
+         /* translate the clause to corresponding cover inequality */
+         npp_sat_encode_clause(npp, size, lit);
+skip:    ;
+      }
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_row - encode constraint (row) of general type
+*
+*  PURPOSE
+*
+*  This routine translates to CNF the following constraint (row):
+*
+*     L <= sum a[j] x[j] <= U,                                       (1)
+*           j
+*
+*  where all x[j] are binary variables.
+*
+*  ALGORITHM
+*
+*  First, the routine performs substitution x[j] = t[j] for j in J+
+*  and x[j] = 1 - t[j] for j in J-, where J+ = { j : a[j] > 0 } and
+*  J- = { j : a[j] < 0 }. This gives:
+*
+*     L <=  sum  a[j] t[j] +   sum  a[j] (1 - t[j]) <= U  ==>
+*         j in J+            j in J-
+*
+*     L' <= sum |a[j]| t[j] <= U',                                   (2)
+*            j
+*
+*  where
+*
+*     L' = L -   sum  a[j],   U' = U -   sum  a[j].                  (3)
+*              j in J-                 j in J-
+*
+*  (Actually only new bounds L' and U' are computed.)
+*
+*  Then the routine translates to CNF the following equality:
+*
+*                        n
+*     sum |a[j]| t[j] = sum 2**(k-1) * y[k],                         (4)
+*      j                k=1
+*
+*  where y[k] is either some t[j] or a new literal or a constant zero
+*  (see the routine npp_sat_encode_sum_ax).
+*
+*  Finally, the routine translates to CNF the following conditions:
+*
+*      n
+*     sum 2**(k-1) * y[k] >= L'                                      (5)
+*     k=1
+*
+*  and
+*
+*      n
+*     sum 2**(k-1) * y[k] <= U'                                      (6)
+*     k=1
+*
+*  (see the routines npp_sat_encode_geq and npp_sat_encode_leq).
+*
+*  All resulting clauses are encoded as cover inequalities and included
+*  into the transformed problem.
+*
+*  Note that on exit the routine removes the specified constraint (row)
+*  from the original problem.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  The routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0 - translation was successful;
+*  1 - constraint (1) was found infeasible;
+*  2 - integer arithmetic error occured. */
+
+int npp_sat_encode_row(NPP *npp, NPPROW *row)
+{     NPPAIJ *aij;
+      NPPLIT y[1+NBIT_MAX];
+      int n, rhs;
+      double lb, ub;
+      /* the row should not be free */
+      xassert(!(row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX));
+      /* compute new bounds L' and U' (3) */
+      lb = row->lb;
+      ub = row->ub;
+      for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+      {  if (aij->val < 0.0)
+         {  if (lb != -DBL_MAX)
+               lb -= aij->val;
+            if (ub != -DBL_MAX)
+               ub -= aij->val;
+         }
+      }
+      /* encode the equality (4) */
+      n = npp_sat_encode_sum_ax(npp, row, y);
+      if (n < 0)
+         return 2; /* integer arithmetic error */
+      /* encode the condition (5) */
+      if (lb != -DBL_MAX)
+      {  rhs = (int)lb;
+         if ((double)rhs != lb)
+            return 2; /* integer arithmetic error */
+         if (npp_sat_encode_geq(npp, n, y, rhs) != 0)
+            return 1; /* original constraint is infeasible */
+      }
+      /* encode the condition (6) */
+      if (ub != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  rhs = (int)ub;
+         if ((double)rhs != ub)
+            return 2; /* integer arithmetic error */
+         if (npp_sat_encode_leq(npp, n, y, rhs) != 0)
+            return 1; /* original constraint is infeasible */
+      }
+      /* remove the specified row from the problem */
+      npp_del_row(npp, row);
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  npp_sat_encode_prob - encode 0-1 feasibility problem
+*
+*  This routine translates the specified 0-1 feasibility problem to an
+*  equivalent SAT-CNF problem.
+*
+*  N.B. Currently this is a very crude implementation.
+*
+*  RETURNS
+*
+*  0           success;
+*
+*  GLP_ENOPFS  primal/integer infeasibility detected;
+*
+*  GLP_ERANGE  integer overflow occured. */
+
+int npp_sat_encode_prob(NPP *npp)
+{     NPPROW *row, *next_row, *prev_row;
+      NPPCOL *col, *next_col;
+      int cover = 0, pack = 0, partn = 0, ret;
+      /* process and remove free rows */
+      for (row = npp->r_head; row != NULL; row = next_row)
+      {  next_row = row->next;
+         if (row->lb == -DBL_MAX && row->ub == +DBL_MAX)
+            npp_sat_free_row(npp, row);
+      }
+      /* process and remove fixed columns */
+      for (col = npp->c_head; col != NULL; col = next_col)
+      {  next_col = col->next;
+         if (col->lb == col->ub)
+            xassert(npp_sat_fixed_col(npp, col) == 0);
+      }
+      /* only binary variables should remain */
+      for (col = npp->c_head; col != NULL; col = col->next)
+         xassert(col->is_int && col->lb == 0.0 && col->ub == 1.0);
+      /* new rows may be added to the end of the row list, so we walk
+         from the end to beginning of the list */
+      for (row = npp->r_tail; row != NULL; row = prev_row)
+      {  prev_row = row->prev;
+         /* process special cases */
+         ret = npp_sat_is_cover_ineq(npp, row);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  /* row is covering inequality */
+            cover++;
+            /* since it already encodes a clause, just transform it to
+               canonical form */
+            if (ret == 2)
+            {  xassert(npp_sat_reverse_row(npp, row) == 0);
+               ret = npp_sat_is_cover_ineq(npp, row);
+            }
+            xassert(ret == 1);
+            continue;
+         }
+         ret = npp_sat_is_partn_eq(npp, row);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  /* row is partitioning equality */
+            NPPROW *cov;
+            NPPAIJ *aij;
+            partn++;
+            /* transform it to canonical form */
+            if (ret == 2)
+            {  xassert(npp_sat_reverse_row(npp, row) == 0);
+               ret = npp_sat_is_partn_eq(npp, row);
+            }
+            xassert(ret == 1);
+            /* and split it into covering and packing inequalities,
+               both in canonical forms */
+            cov = npp_add_row(npp);
+            cov->lb = row->lb, cov->ub = +DBL_MAX;
+            for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+               npp_add_aij(npp, cov, aij->col, aij->val);
+            xassert(npp_sat_is_cover_ineq(npp, cov) == 1);
+            /* the cover inequality already encodes a clause and do
+               not need any further processing */
+            row->lb = -DBL_MAX;
+            xassert(npp_sat_is_pack_ineq(npp, row) == 1);
+            /* the packing inequality will be processed below */
+            pack--;
+         }
+         ret = npp_sat_is_pack_ineq(npp, row);
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  /* row is packing inequality */
+            NPPROW *rrr;
+            int nlit, desired_nlit = 4;
+            pack++;
+            /* transform it to canonical form */
+            if (ret == 2)
+            {  xassert(npp_sat_reverse_row(npp, row) == 0);
+               ret = npp_sat_is_pack_ineq(npp, row);
+            }
+            xassert(ret == 1);
+            /* process the packing inequality */
+            for (;;)
+            {  /* determine the number of literals in the remaining
+                  inequality */
+               nlit = npp_row_nnz(npp, row);
+               if (nlit <= desired_nlit)
+                  break;
+               /* split the current inequality into one having not more
+                  than desired_nlit literals and remaining one */
+               rrr = npp_sat_split_pack(npp, row, desired_nlit-1);
+               /* translate the former inequality to CNF and remove it
+                  from the original problem */
+               npp_sat_encode_pack(npp, rrr);
+            }
+            /* translate the remaining inequality to CNF and remove it
+               from the original problem */
+            npp_sat_encode_pack(npp, row);
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* translate row of general type to CNF and remove it from the
+            original problem */
+         ret = npp_sat_encode_row(npp, row);
+         if (ret == 0)
+            ;
+         else if (ret == 1)
+            ret = GLP_ENOPFS;
+         else if (ret == 2)
+            ret = GLP_ERANGE;
+         else
+            xassert(ret != ret);
+         if (ret != 0)
+            goto done;
+      }
+      ret = 0;
+      if (cover != 0)
+         xprintf("%d covering inequalities\n", cover);
+      if (pack != 0)
+         xprintf("%d packing inequalities\n", pack);
+      if (partn != 0)
+         xprintf("%d partitioning equalities\n", partn);
+done: return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/main.c.disabled b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/main.c.disabled
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7d1e2b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/main.c.disabled
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* Last update: 08-May-2013 */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "proxy.h"
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    glp_prob *lp;
+    int ncols, status;
+    double *initsol, zstar, *xstar;
+
+    /* check arguments */
+    if ( (argc == 1) || (argc > 3) ) {
+        printf("ERROR: Usage: ts <instance> <(possibly) xml initsols>\n"
+              );
+        exit(1);
+    }
+
+    /* creating the problem */
+    lp = glp_create_prob();
+    glp_set_prob_name(lp, "Proxy");
+
+    /* reading the problem */
+    glp_term_out(GLP_OFF);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    status = glp_read_lp(lp, NULL, argv[1]);
+#else
+    status = glp_read_mps(lp, GLP_MPS_FILE, NULL, argv[1]);
+#endif
+    glp_term_out(GLP_ON);
+    if ( status ) {
+        printf("Problem %s does not exist!!!, status %d\n",
+               argv[1], status);
+        exit(1);
+    }
+
+    ncols = glp_get_num_cols(lp);
+
+    initsol = (double *) calloc(ncols+1, sizeof(double));
+
+    if (argc == 3) {
+        FILE *fp=fopen(argv[2],"r");
+        char  tmp[256]={0x0};
+        int counter = 1;
+        while(fp!=NULL && fgets(tmp, sizeof(tmp),fp)!=NULL)
+        {
+            char *valini = strstr(tmp, "value");
+            if (valini!=NULL){
+                int num;
+                double dnum;
+                valini +=7;
+                sscanf(valini, "%d%*s",&num);
+                dnum = (double)num;
+                initsol[counter] = dnum;
+                counter++;
+            }
+        }
+        fclose(fp);
+    }
+
+    xstar = (double *) calloc(ncols+1, sizeof(double));
+
+    if (argc == 3) {
+        status = proxy(lp, &zstar, xstar, initsol, 0.0, 0, 1);
+    }
+    else {
+        status = proxy(lp, &zstar, xstar, NULL, 0.0, 0, 1);
+    }
+
+    printf("Status = %d; ZSTAR = %f\n",status,zstar);
+    /*
+    int i;
+    for (i=1; i< ncols+1; i++) {
+        printf("XSTAR[%d] = %f\n",i, xstar[i]);
+    }
+     */
+
+    glp_delete_prob(lp);
+
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d890003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1073 @@
+/* proxy.c (proximity search heuristic algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Author: Giorgio Sartor <0gioker0@gmail.com>.
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013, 2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*
+************************************************************************
+*
+* THIS CODE IS AN IMPLEMENTATION OF THE ALGORITHM PROPOSED IN
+*
+* M. Fischetti, M. Monaci,
+* "Proximity Search for 0-1 Mixed-Integer Convex Programming"
+* Technical Report DEI, University of Padua, March 2013.
+*
+* AVAILABLE AT
+*       http://www.dei.unipd.it/~fisch/papers/proximity_search.pdf
+*
+* THE CODE HAS BEEN WRITTEN BY GIORGIO SARTOR, " 0gioker0@gmail.com "
+*
+* BASIC IDEA:
+*
+* The initial feasible solution x_tilde is defined. This initial
+* solution can be found by an ad-hoc heuristic and proxy can be used to
+* refine it by exploiting an underlying MIP model whose solution from
+* scratch turned out to be problematic. Otherwise, x_tilde can be found
+* by running the GLPK mip solver until a first feasible solution is
+* found, setting a conservative time limit of 10 minutes (by default).
+* Time limit can be modified passing variable tlim [ms].
+*
+* Then the cutoff tolerance "delta" is defined. The default tolerance
+* is 1% of the last feasible solution obj value--rounded to integer if
+* all the variables and obj coefficients are integer.
+*
+* Next, the objective function c' x is replaced by the Hamming distance
+* between x (the actual obj coefficients) and x_tilde (the given
+* solution). Distance is only computed wrt the binary variables.
+*
+* The GLPK solver is then invoked to hopefully find a new incumbent
+* x_star with cost c' x_star <= c' x_tilde - delta. A crucial property
+* here is that the root-node solution of the LP relaxation is expected
+* to be not too different from x_tilde, as this latter solution would
+* be optimal without the cutoff constraint, that for a small delta can
+* typically be fulfilled with just local adjustments.
+*
+* If no new solution x_star is found within the time limit the
+* algorithm stops. Of course, if the MIP solver proved infeasibility
+* for the given delta, we have that c' x_tilde - delta is a valid lower
+* bound (in case of minimazation) on the optimal value of the original
+* MIP.
+*
+* The new solution x_star, if any, is possibly improved by solving a
+* simplified problem (refinement) where all binary variables have been
+* fixed to their value in x_star so as to find the best solution within
+* the neighborhood.
+*
+* Finally, the approach is reapplied on x_star (that replaces x_tilde)
+* so as to recenter the distance Hamming function and by modifying the
+* cutoff tolerance delta.
+*
+* In this way, there will be a series of hopefully not-too-difficult
+* sub-MIPs to solve, each leading to an improvement of the incumbent.
+* More aggressive policies on the definition of tolerance delta can
+* lead to a better performance, but would require an ad-hoc tuning.
+*
+************************************************************************
+*
+* int proxy(glp_prob *lp, double *zstar, double *xstar,
+*           const double[] initsol, double rel_impr, int tlim,
+*           int verbose)
+*
+* lp       : GLPK problem pointer to a MIP with binary variables
+*
+* zstar    : the value of objective function of the best solution found
+*
+* xstar    : best solution with components xstar[1],...,xstar[ncols]
+*
+* initsol  : pointer to a initial feasible solution, see
+*            glp_ios_heur_sol
+*            If initsol = NULL, the procedure finds the first solution
+*            by itself.
+*
+* rel_impr : minimum relative obj improvement to be achieved at each
+*            internal step; if <= 0.0 a default value of 0.01 (1%) is
+*            used; for some problems (e.g., set covering with small
+*            integer costs) a more-conservative choice of 0.001 (0.1%)
+*            can lead to a better final solution; values larger than
+*            0.05 (5%) are typically too aggressive and do not work
+*            well.
+*
+* tlim     : time limit to find a new solution, in ms.
+*            If tlim = 0, it is set to its default value, 600000 ms
+*
+* verbose  : if 1 the output is activated. If 0 only errors are
+*            displayed
+*
+* The procedure returns -1 if an error occurred, 0 otherwise (possibly,
+* time limit)
+*
+***********************************************************************/
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* 1. INCLUDE                                                         */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "glpk.h"
+#include "env.h"
+#include "proxy.h"
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* 2. PARAMETERS AND CONSTANTS                                        */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+#define TDAY            86400.0
+#define TRUE                1
+#define FALSE               0
+#define EPS              1e-6
+#define RINF             1e38
+#define MAXVAL           1e20
+#define MINVAL          -1e20
+#if 0 /* by gioker */
+    #define PROXY_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* 3. GLOBAL VARIABLES                                                */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+struct csa {
+
+int integer_obj;        /* TRUE if each feasible solution has an
+                           integral cost */
+int b_vars_exist;       /* TRUE if there is at least one binary
+                           variable in the problem */
+int i_vars_exist;       /* TRUE if there is at least one general
+                           integer variable in the problem */
+const double *startsol; /* Pointer to the initial solution */
+
+int *ckind;             /* Store the kind of the structural variables
+                           of the problem */
+double *clb;            /* Store the lower bound on the structural
+                           variables of the problem */
+double *cub;            /* Store the upper bound on the structural
+                           variables of the problem */
+double *true_obj;       /* Store the obj coefficients of the problem */
+
+int dir;                /* Minimization or maximization problem */
+int ncols;              /* Number of structural variables of the
+                           problem */
+
+time_t GLOtstart;       /* starting time of the algorithm */
+
+glp_prob *lp_ref;       /* glp problem for refining only*/
+
+};
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* 4. FUNCTIONS PROTOTYPES                                            */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+static void callback(glp_tree *tree, void *info);
+static void get_info(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp);
+static int is_integer(struct csa *csa);
+static void check_integrality(struct csa *csa);
+static int check_ref(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp, double *xref);
+static double second(void);
+static int add_cutoff(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp);
+static void get_sol(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp, double *xstar);
+static double elapsed_time(struct csa *csa);
+static void redefine_obj(glp_prob *lp, double *xtilde, int ncols,
+                         int *ckind, double *clb, double *cub);
+static double update_cutoff(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp,
+                            double zstar, int index, double rel_impr);
+static double compute_delta(struct csa *csa, double z,
+                            double rel_impr);
+static double objval(int ncols, double *x, double *true_obj);
+static void array_copy(int begin, int end, double *source,
+                       double *destination);
+static int do_refine(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp_ref, int ncols,
+                     int *ckind, double *xref, int *tlim, int tref_lim,
+                     int verbose);
+static void deallocate(struct csa *csa, int refine);
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+/* 5. FUNCTIONS                                                       */
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+int proxy(glp_prob *lp, double *zfinal, double *xfinal,
+          const double initsol[], double rel_impr, int tlim,
+          int verbose)
+
+{   struct csa csa_, *csa = &csa_;
+    glp_iocp parm;
+    glp_smcp parm_lp;
+    size_t tpeak;
+    int refine, tref_lim, err, cutoff_row, niter, status, i, tout;
+    double *xref, *xstar, zstar, tela, cutoff, zz;
+
+    memset(csa, 0, sizeof(struct csa));
+
+
+    /**********                         **********/
+    /********** RETRIEVING PROBLEM INFO **********/
+    /**********                         **********/
+
+    /* getting problem direction (min or max) */
+    csa->dir = glp_get_obj_dir(lp);
+
+    /* getting number of variables */
+    csa->ncols = glp_get_num_cols(lp);
+
+    /* getting kind, bounds and obj coefficient of each variable
+     information is stored in ckind, cub, clb, true_obj */
+    get_info(csa, lp);
+
+    /* checking if the objective function is always integral */
+    check_integrality(csa);
+
+    /* Proximity search cannot be used if there are no binary
+       variables */
+    if (csa->b_vars_exist == FALSE) {
+        if (verbose) {
+            xprintf("The problem has not binary variables. Proximity se"
+                    "arch cannot be used.\n");
+        }
+        tfree(csa->ckind);
+        tfree(csa->clb);
+        tfree(csa->cub);
+        tfree(csa->true_obj);
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* checking if the problem needs refinement, i.e., not all
+       variables are binary. If so, the routine creates a copy of the
+       lp problem named lp_ref and initializes the solution xref to
+       zero. */
+    xref = talloc(csa->ncols+1, double);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(xref, 0, sizeof(double)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+    refine = check_ref(csa, lp, xref);
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+    xprintf("REFINE = %d\n",refine);
+#endif
+
+    /* Initializing the solution */
+    xstar = talloc(csa->ncols+1, double);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(xstar, 0, sizeof(double)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+
+    /**********                         **********/
+    /********** FINDING FIRST SOLUTION  **********/
+    /**********                         **********/
+
+    if (verbose) {
+        xprintf("Applying PROXY heuristic...\n");
+    }
+
+    /* get the initial time */
+    csa->GLOtstart = second();
+
+    /* setting the optimization parameters */
+    glp_init_iocp(&parm);
+    glp_init_smcp(&parm_lp);
+#if 0 /* by gioker */
+    /* Preprocessing should be disabled because the mip passed
+     to proxy is already preprocessed */
+    parm.presolve = GLP_ON;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* by mao */
+    /* best projection backtracking seems to be more efficient to find
+       any integer feasible solution */
+    parm.bt_tech = GLP_BT_BPH;
+#endif
+
+    /* Setting the default value of the minimum relative improvement
+       to 1% */
+    if ( rel_impr <= 0.0 ) {
+        rel_impr = 0.01;
+    }
+
+    /* Setting the default value of time limit to 10 minutes */
+    if (tlim <= 0) {
+        tlim = INT_MAX;
+    }
+    if (verbose) {
+        xprintf("Proxy's time limit set to %d seconds.\n",tlim/1000);
+        xprintf("Proxy's relative improvement "
+                "set to %2.2lf %c.\n",rel_impr*100,37);
+    }
+
+    parm_lp.tm_lim = tlim;
+
+    parm.mip_gap = 9999999.9; /* to stop the optimization at the first
+                                 feasible solution found */
+
+    /* finding the first solution */
+    if (verbose) {
+        xprintf("Searching for a feasible solution...\n");
+    }
+
+    /* verifying the existence of an input starting solution */
+    if (initsol != NULL) {
+        csa->startsol = initsol;
+        parm.cb_func = callback;
+        parm.cb_info = csa;
+        if (verbose) {
+            xprintf("Input solution found.\n");
+        }
+    }
+
+    tout = glp_term_out(GLP_OFF);
+    err = glp_simplex(lp,&parm_lp);
+    glp_term_out(tout);
+
+    status = glp_get_status(lp);
+
+    if (status != GLP_OPT) {
+        if (verbose) {
+            xprintf("Proxy heuristic terminated.\n");
+        }
+#ifdef  PROXY_DEBUG
+        /* For debug only */
+        xprintf("GLP_SIMPLEX status = %d\n",status);
+        xprintf("GLP_SIMPLEX error code = %d\n",err);
+#endif
+        tfree(xref);
+        tfree(xstar);
+        deallocate(csa, refine);
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    tela = elapsed_time(csa);
+    if (tlim-tela*1000 <= 0) {
+        if (verbose) {
+            xprintf("Time limit exceeded. Proxy could not "
+                    "find optimal solution to LP relaxation.\n");
+            xprintf("Proxy heuristic aborted.\n");
+        }
+        tfree(xref);
+        tfree(xstar);
+        deallocate(csa, refine);
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    parm.tm_lim = tlim - tela*1000;
+    tref_lim = (tlim - tela *1000) / 20;
+
+    tout = glp_term_out(GLP_OFF);
+    err = glp_intopt(lp, &parm);
+    glp_term_out(tout);
+
+    status = glp_mip_status(lp);
+
+    /***** If no solution was found *****/
+
+    if (status == GLP_NOFEAS || status == GLP_UNDEF) {
+        if (err == GLP_ETMLIM) {
+            if (verbose) {
+                xprintf("Time limit exceeded. Proxy could not "
+                        "find an initial integer feasible solution.\n");
+                xprintf("Proxy heuristic aborted.\n");
+            }
+        }
+        else {
+            if (verbose) {
+                xprintf("Proxy could not "
+                        "find an initial integer feasible solution.\n");
+                xprintf("Proxy heuristic aborted.\n");
+            }
+        }
+        tfree(xref);
+        tfree(xstar);
+        deallocate(csa, refine);
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* getting the first solution and its value */
+    get_sol(csa, lp,xstar);
+    zstar = glp_mip_obj_val(lp);
+
+    if (verbose) {
+        xprintf(">>>>> first solution = %e;\n", zstar);
+    }
+
+    /* If a feasible solution was found but the time limit is
+       exceeded */
+    if (err == GLP_ETMLIM) {
+        if (verbose) {
+          xprintf("Time limit exceeded. Proxy heuristic terminated.\n");
+        }
+        goto done;
+    }
+
+    tela = elapsed_time(csa);
+    tpeak = 0;
+    glp_mem_usage(NULL, NULL, NULL, &tpeak);
+    if (verbose) {
+        xprintf("Time used: %3.1lf secs.  Memory used: %2.1lf Mb\n",
+                tela,(double)tpeak/1048576);
+        xprintf("Starting proximity search...\n");
+    }
+
+    /**********                                 **********/
+    /********** PREPARING THE PROBLEM FOR PROXY **********/
+    /**********                                 **********/
+
+    /* adding a dummy cutoff constraint */
+    cutoff_row = add_cutoff(csa, lp);
+
+    /* proximity search needs minimization direction
+       even if the problem is a maximization one */
+    if (csa->dir == GLP_MAX) {
+        glp_set_obj_dir(lp, GLP_MIN);
+    }
+
+    /**********                           **********/
+    /********** STARTING PROXIMITY SEARCH **********/
+    /**********                           **********/
+
+
+    niter = 0;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+        niter++;
+
+        /********** CHANGING THE OBJ FUNCTION **********/
+
+        redefine_obj(lp,xstar, csa->ncols, csa->ckind, csa->clb,
+                     csa->cub);
+
+        /********** UPDATING THE CUTOFF CONSTRAINT **********/
+
+        cutoff = update_cutoff(csa, lp,zstar, cutoff_row, rel_impr);
+
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+        xprintf("TRUE_OBJ[0] = %f\n",csa->true_obj[0]);
+        xprintf("ZSTAR  = %f\n",zstar);
+        xprintf("CUTOFF = %f\n",cutoff);
+#endif
+
+        /********** SEARCHING FOR A BETTER SOLUTION **********/
+
+        tela = elapsed_time(csa);
+        if (tlim-tela*1000 <= 0) {
+            if (verbose) {
+                xprintf("Time limit exceeded. Proxy heuristic "
+                        "terminated.\n");
+            }
+            goto done;
+        }
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+        xprintf("TELA = %3.1lf\n",tela*1000);
+        xprintf("TLIM = %3.1lf\n",tlim - tela*1000);
+#endif
+        parm_lp.tm_lim = tlim -tela*1000;
+
+        tout = glp_term_out(GLP_OFF);
+        err = glp_simplex(lp,&parm_lp);
+        glp_term_out(tout);
+
+        status = glp_get_status(lp);
+
+        if (status != GLP_OPT) {
+            if (status == GLP_NOFEAS) {
+                if (verbose) {
+                    xprintf("Bound exceeded = %f. ",cutoff);
+                }
+            }
+            if (verbose) {
+                xprintf("Proxy heuristic terminated.\n");
+            }
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+            xprintf("GLP_SIMPLEX status = %d\n",status);
+            xprintf("GLP_SIMPLEX error code = %d\n",err);
+#endif
+            goto done;
+        }
+
+        tela = elapsed_time(csa);
+        if (tlim-tela*1000 <= 0) {
+            if (verbose) {
+                xprintf("Time limit exceeded. Proxy heuristic "
+                        "terminated.\n");
+            }
+            goto done;
+        }
+        parm.tm_lim = tlim - tela*1000;
+        parm.cb_func = NULL;
+#if 0 /* by gioker */
+        /* Preprocessing should be disabled because the mip passed
+         to proxy is already preprocessed */
+        parm.presolve = GLP_ON;
+#endif
+        tout = glp_term_out(GLP_OFF);
+        err = glp_intopt(lp, &parm);
+        glp_term_out(tout);
+
+        /********** MANAGEMENT OF THE SOLUTION **********/
+
+        status = glp_mip_status(lp);
+
+        /***** No feasible solutions *****/
+
+        if (status == GLP_NOFEAS) {
+            if (verbose) {
+                xprintf("Bound exceeded = %f. Proxy heuristic "
+                        "terminated.\n",cutoff);
+            }
+            goto done;
+        }
+
+        /***** Undefined solution *****/
+
+        if (status == GLP_UNDEF) {
+            if (err == GLP_ETMLIM) {
+                if (verbose) {
+                    xprintf("Time limit exceeded. Proxy heuristic "
+                            "terminated.\n");
+                }
+            }
+            else {
+                if (verbose) {
+                    xprintf("Proxy terminated unexpectedly.\n");
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+                    xprintf("GLP_INTOPT error code = %d\n",err);
+#endif
+                }
+            }
+            goto done;
+        }
+
+        /***** Feasible solution *****/
+
+        if ((status == GLP_FEAS) || (status == GLP_OPT)) {
+
+            /* getting the solution and computing its value */
+            get_sol(csa, lp,xstar);
+            zz = objval(csa->ncols, xstar, csa->true_obj);
+
+            /* Comparing the incumbent solution with the current best
+               one */
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+            xprintf("ZZ = %f\n",zz);
+            xprintf("ZSTAR = %f\n",zstar);
+            xprintf("REFINE = %d\n",refine);
+#endif
+            if (((zz<zstar) && (csa->dir == GLP_MIN)) ||
+                ((zz>zstar) && (csa->dir == GLP_MAX))) {
+
+                /* refining (possibly) the solution */
+                if (refine) {
+
+                    /* copying the incumbent solution in the refinement
+                       one */
+                    array_copy(1, csa->ncols +1, xstar, xref);
+                    err = do_refine(csa, csa->lp_ref, csa->ncols,
+                          csa->ckind, xref, &tlim, tref_lim, verbose);
+                    if (!err) {
+                        double zref = objval(csa->ncols, xref,
+                                             csa->true_obj);
+                        if (((zref<zz) && (csa->dir == GLP_MIN)) ||
+                            ((zref>zz) && (csa->dir == GLP_MAX))) {
+                            zz = zref;
+                            /* copying the refinement solution in the
+                               incumbent one */
+                            array_copy(1, csa->ncols +1, xref, xstar);
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                zstar = zz;
+                tela = elapsed_time(csa);
+                if (verbose) {
+                    xprintf(">>>>> it: %3d:   mip = %e;   elapsed time "
+                            "%3.1lf sec.s\n", niter,zstar,tela);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+done:
+    tela = elapsed_time(csa);
+    glp_mem_usage(NULL, NULL, NULL, &tpeak);
+    if (verbose) {
+        xprintf("Time used: %3.1lf.  Memory used: %2.1lf Mb\n",
+                tela,(double)tpeak/1048576);
+    }
+
+
+    /* Exporting solution and obj val */
+    *zfinal = zstar;
+
+    for (i=1; i < (csa->ncols + 1); i++) {
+        xfinal[i]=xstar[i];
+    }
+
+    /* Freeing allocated memory */
+    tfree(xref);
+    tfree(xstar);
+    deallocate(csa, refine);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static void callback(glp_tree *tree, void *info){
+/**********************************************************************/
+    struct csa *csa = info;
+    switch(glp_ios_reason(tree)) {
+        case GLP_IHEUR:
+            glp_ios_heur_sol(tree, csa->startsol);
+            break;
+        default: break;
+    }
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static void get_info(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    int i;
+
+    /*  Storing helpful info of the problem  */
+
+    csa->ckind = talloc(csa->ncols+1, int);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(csa->ckind, 0, sizeof(int)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+    csa->clb = talloc(csa->ncols+1, double);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(csa->clb, 0, sizeof(double)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+    csa->cub = talloc(csa->ncols+1, double);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(csa->cub, 0, sizeof(double)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+    csa->true_obj = talloc(csa->ncols+1, double);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(csa->true_obj, 0, sizeof(double)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+        for( i = 1 ; i < (csa->ncols + 1); i++ ) {
+            csa->ckind[i] = glp_get_col_kind(lp, i);
+            csa->clb[i] = glp_get_col_lb(lp, i);
+            csa->cub[i] = glp_get_col_ub(lp, i);
+            csa->true_obj[i] = glp_get_obj_coef(lp, i);
+        }
+    csa->true_obj[0] = glp_get_obj_coef(lp, 0);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static int is_integer(struct csa *csa)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    int i;
+    csa->integer_obj = TRUE;
+    for ( i = 1; i < (csa->ncols + 1); i++ ) {
+        if (fabs(csa->true_obj[i]) > INT_MAX ) {
+            csa->integer_obj = FALSE;
+        }
+        if (fabs(csa->true_obj[i]) <= INT_MAX) {
+            double tmp, rem;
+            if (fabs(csa->true_obj[i]) - floor(fabs(csa->true_obj[i]))
+                < 0.5) {
+                tmp = floor(fabs(csa->true_obj[i]));
+            }
+            else {
+                tmp = ceil(fabs(csa->true_obj[i]));
+            }
+            rem = fabs(csa->true_obj[i]) - tmp;
+            rem = fabs(rem);
+            if (rem > EPS) {
+                csa->integer_obj = FALSE;
+            }
+
+        }
+    }
+    return csa->integer_obj;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static void check_integrality(struct csa *csa)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /*
+     Checking if the problem has binary, integer or continuos variables.
+     integer_obj is TRUE if the problem has no continuous variables
+     and all the obj coefficients are integer (and < INT_MAX).
+     */
+
+    int i;
+    csa->integer_obj = is_integer(csa);
+    csa->b_vars_exist = FALSE;
+    csa->i_vars_exist = FALSE;
+    for ( i = 1; i < (csa->ncols + 1); i++ ) {
+        if ( csa->ckind[i] == GLP_IV ){
+            csa->i_vars_exist = TRUE;
+            continue;
+        }
+        if ( csa->ckind[i] == GLP_BV ){
+            csa->b_vars_exist =TRUE;
+            continue;
+        }
+        csa->integer_obj = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static int check_ref(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp, double *xref)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /*
+     checking if the problem has continuos or integer variables. If so,
+     refinement is prepared.
+     */
+    int refine = FALSE;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 1; i < (csa->ncols + 1); i++ ) {
+        if ( csa->ckind[i] != GLP_BV) {
+            refine = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* possibly creating a mip clone for refinement only */
+    if ( refine ) {
+        csa->lp_ref = glp_create_prob();
+        glp_copy_prob(csa->lp_ref, lp, GLP_ON);
+    }
+
+    return refine;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static double second(void)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    return ((double)clock()/(double)CLOCKS_PER_SEC);
+#else
+    return xtime() / 1000.0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static int add_cutoff(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /*
+     Adding a cutoff constraint to set an upper bound (in case of
+     minimaztion) on the obj value of the next solution, i.e., the next
+     value of the true obj function that we would like to find
+     */
+
+    /* store non-zero coefficients in the objective function */
+    int *obj_index = talloc(csa->ncols+1, int);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(obj_index, 0, sizeof(int)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+    double *obj_value = talloc(csa->ncols+1, double);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(obj_value, 0, sizeof(double)*(csa->ncols+1));
+#endif
+    int obj_nzcnt = 0;
+    int i, irow;
+    const char *rowname;
+    for ( i = 1; i < (csa->ncols + 1); i++ ) {
+        if ( fabs(csa->true_obj[i]) > EPS ) {
+            obj_nzcnt++;
+            obj_index[obj_nzcnt] = i;
+            obj_value[obj_nzcnt] = csa->true_obj[i];
+        }
+    }
+
+    irow = glp_add_rows(lp, 1);
+    rowname = "Cutoff";
+    glp_set_row_name(lp, irow, rowname);
+    if (csa->dir == GLP_MIN) {
+        /* minimization problem */
+        glp_set_row_bnds(lp, irow, GLP_UP, MAXVAL, MAXVAL);
+    }
+    else {
+        /* maximization problem */
+        glp_set_row_bnds(lp, irow, GLP_LO, MINVAL, MINVAL);
+    }
+
+    glp_set_mat_row(lp, irow, obj_nzcnt, obj_index, obj_value);
+
+    tfree(obj_index);
+    tfree(obj_value);
+
+    return irow;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static void get_sol(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp, double *xstar)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /* Retrieving and storing the coefficients of the solution */
+
+    int i;
+    for (i = 1; i < (csa->ncols +1); i++) {
+        xstar[i] = glp_mip_col_val(lp, i);
+    }
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static double elapsed_time(struct csa *csa)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    double tela = second() - csa->GLOtstart;
+    if ( tela < 0 ) tela += TDAY;
+    return(tela);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static void redefine_obj(glp_prob *lp, double *xtilde, int ncols,
+                         int *ckind, double *clb, double *cub)
+/**********************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ Redefine the lp objective function obj as the distance-to-integrality
+ (Hamming distance) from xtilde (the incumbent feasible solution), wrt
+ to binary vars only
+ */
+
+{
+    int j;
+    double *delta = talloc(ncols+1, double);
+#if 0 /* by mao */
+    memset(delta, 0, sizeof(double)*(ncols+1));
+#endif
+
+    for ( j = 1; j < (ncols +1); j++ ) {
+        delta[j] = 0.0;
+        /* skip continuous variables */
+        if ( ckind[j] == GLP_CV ) continue;
+
+        /* skip integer variables that have been fixed */
+        if ( cub[j]-clb[j] < 0.5 ) continue;
+
+        /* binary variable */
+        if ( ckind[j] == GLP_BV ) {
+            if ( xtilde[j] > 0.5 ) {
+                delta[j] = -1.0;
+            }
+            else {
+                delta[j] = 1.0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* changing the obj coeff. for all variables, including continuous
+       ones */
+    for ( j = 1; j < (ncols +1); j++ ) {
+        glp_set_obj_coef(lp, j, delta[j]);
+    }
+    glp_set_obj_coef(lp, 0, 0.0);
+
+    tfree(delta);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static double update_cutoff(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp,
+                            double zstar, int cutoff_row,
+                            double rel_impr)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /*
+     Updating the cutoff constraint with the value we would like to
+     find during the next optimization
+     */
+    double cutoff;
+    zstar -= csa->true_obj[0];
+    if (csa->dir == GLP_MIN) {
+        cutoff = zstar - compute_delta(csa, zstar, rel_impr);
+        glp_set_row_bnds(lp, cutoff_row, GLP_UP, cutoff, cutoff);
+    }
+    else {
+        cutoff = zstar + compute_delta(csa, zstar, rel_impr);
+        glp_set_row_bnds(lp, cutoff_row, GLP_LO, cutoff, cutoff);
+    }
+
+    return cutoff;
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static double compute_delta(struct csa *csa, double z, double rel_impr)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /* Computing the offset for the next best solution */
+
+    double delta = rel_impr * fabs(z);
+    if ( csa->integer_obj ) delta = ceil(delta);
+
+    return(delta);
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static double objval(int ncols, double *x, double *true_obj)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /* Computing the true cost of x (using the original obj coeff.s) */
+
+    int j;
+    double z = 0.0;
+    for ( j = 1; j < (ncols +1); j++ ) {
+        z += x[j] * true_obj[j];
+    }
+    return z + true_obj[0];
+}
+
+/**********************************************************************/
+static void array_copy(int begin, int end, double *source,
+                       double *destination)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    int i;
+    for (i = begin; i < end; i++) {
+        destination[i] = source[i];
+    }
+}
+/**********************************************************************/
+static int do_refine(struct csa *csa, glp_prob *lp_ref, int ncols,
+                     int *ckind, double *xref, int *tlim, int tref_lim,
+                     int verbose)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /*
+     Refinement is applied when the variables of the problem are not
+     all binary. Binary variables are fixed to their value and
+     remaining ones are optimized. If there are only continuos
+     variables (in addition to those binary) the problem becomes just
+     an LP. Otherwise, it remains a MIP but of smaller size.
+     */
+
+    int j, tout;
+    double refineStart = second();
+    double val, tela, tlimit;
+
+    if ( glp_get_num_cols(lp_ref) != ncols ) {
+        if (verbose) {
+            xprintf("Error in Proxy refinement: ");
+            xprintf("wrong number of columns (%d vs %d).\n",
+                    ncols, glp_get_num_cols(lp_ref));
+        }
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    val = -1.0;
+
+    /* fixing all binary variables to their current value in xref */
+    for ( j = 1; j < (ncols + 1); j++ ) {
+        if ( ckind[j] == GLP_BV ) {
+            val = 0.0;
+            if ( xref[j] > 0.5 ) val = 1.0;
+            glp_set_col_bnds(lp_ref, j, GLP_FX, val, val);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* re-optimizing (refining) if some bound has been changed */
+    if ( val > -1.0 ) {
+        glp_iocp parm_ref;
+        glp_smcp parm_ref_lp;
+        int err, status;
+
+        glp_init_iocp(&parm_ref);
+        parm_ref.presolve = GLP_ON;
+        glp_init_smcp(&parm_ref_lp);
+        /*
+         If there are no general integer variable the problem becomes
+         an LP (after fixing the binary variables) and can be solved
+         quickly. Otherwise the problem is still a MIP problem and a
+         timelimit has to be set.
+         */
+        parm_ref.tm_lim = tref_lim;
+        if (parm_ref.tm_lim > *tlim) {
+            parm_ref.tm_lim = *tlim;
+        }
+        parm_ref_lp.tm_lim = parm_ref.tm_lim;
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+        xprintf("***** REFINING *****\n");
+#endif
+        tout = glp_term_out(GLP_OFF);
+        if (csa->i_vars_exist == TRUE) {
+            err = glp_intopt(lp_ref, &parm_ref);
+        }
+        else {
+            err = glp_simplex(lp_ref, &parm_ref_lp);
+        }
+        glp_term_out(tout);
+
+        if (csa->i_vars_exist == TRUE) {
+            status = glp_mip_status(lp_ref);
+        }
+        else {
+            status = glp_get_status(lp_ref);
+        }
+
+#if 1 /* 29/II-2016 by mao as reported by Chris */
+      switch (status)
+      {  case GLP_OPT:
+         case GLP_FEAS:
+            break;
+         default:
+            status = GLP_UNDEF;
+            break;
+      }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+        xprintf("STATUS REFINING = %d\n",status);
+#endif
+        if (status == GLP_UNDEF) {
+            if (err == GLP_ETMLIM) {
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+                    xprintf("Time limit exceeded on Proxy refining.\n");
+#endif
+                return 1;
+            }
+        }
+        for( j = 1 ; j < (ncols + 1); j++ ){
+            if (ckind[j] != GLP_BV) {
+                if (csa->i_vars_exist == TRUE) {
+                    xref[j] = glp_mip_col_val(lp_ref, j);
+                }
+                else{
+                    xref[j] = glp_get_col_prim(lp_ref, j);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    tela = second() - refineStart;
+#ifdef PROXY_DEBUG
+    xprintf("REFINE TELA = %3.1lf\n",tela*1000);
+#endif
+    return 0;
+}
+/**********************************************************************/
+static void deallocate(struct csa *csa, int refine)
+/**********************************************************************/
+{
+    /* Deallocating routine */
+
+    if (refine) {
+        glp_delete_prob(csa->lp_ref);
+    }
+
+    tfree(csa->ckind);
+    tfree(csa->clb);
+    tfree(csa->cub);
+    tfree(csa->true_obj);
+
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a91e36f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* proxy.h (proximity search heuristic algorithm) */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Author: Giorgio Sartor <0gioker0@gmail.com>.
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PROXY_H
+#define PROXY_H
+
+#define proxy _glp_proxy
+int proxy(glp_prob *lp, double *zstar, double *xstar,
+          const double initsol[], double rel_impr, int tlim,
+          int verbose);
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy1.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy1.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f9850d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/proxy/proxy1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* proxy1.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2013, 2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "ios.h"
+#include "proxy.h"
+
+void ios_proxy_heur(glp_tree *T)
+{     glp_prob *prob;
+      int j, status;
+      double *xstar, zstar;
+      /* this heuristic is applied only once on the root level */
+      if (!(T->curr->level == 0 && T->curr->solved == 1))
+         goto done;
+      prob = glp_create_prob();
+      glp_copy_prob(prob, T->mip, 0);
+      xstar = xcalloc(1+prob->n, sizeof(double));
+      for (j = 1; j <= prob->n; j++)
+         xstar[j] = 0.0;
+      if (T->mip->mip_stat != GLP_FEAS)
+         status = proxy(prob, &zstar, xstar, NULL, 0.0,
+            T->parm->ps_tm_lim, 1);
+      else
+      {  double *xinit = xcalloc(1+prob->n, sizeof(double));
+         for (j = 1; j <= prob->n; j++)
+            xinit[j] = T->mip->col[j]->mipx;
+         status = proxy(prob, &zstar, xstar, xinit, 0.0,
+            T->parm->ps_tm_lim, 1);
+         xfree(xinit);
+      }
+      if (status == 0)
+#if 0 /* 17/III-2016 */
+         glp_ios_heur_sol(T, xstar);
+#else
+      {  /* sometimes the proxy heuristic reports a wrong solution, so
+          * make sure that the solution is really integer feasible */
+         int i, feas1, feas2, ae_ind, re_ind;
+         double ae_max, re_max;
+         glp_copy_prob(prob, T->mip, 0);
+         for (j = 1; j <= prob->n; j++)
+            prob->col[j]->mipx = xstar[j];
+         for (i = 1; i <= prob->m; i++)
+         {  GLPROW *row;
+            GLPAIJ *aij;
+            row = prob->row[i];
+            row->mipx = 0.0;
+            for (aij = row->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->r_next)
+               row->mipx += aij->val * aij->col->mipx;
+         }
+         glp_check_kkt(prob, GLP_MIP, GLP_KKT_PE, &ae_max, &ae_ind,
+            &re_max, &re_ind);
+         feas1 = (re_max <= 1e-6);
+         glp_check_kkt(prob, GLP_MIP, GLP_KKT_PB, &ae_max, &ae_ind,
+            &re_max, &re_ind);
+         feas2 = (re_max <= 1e-6);
+         if (feas1 && feas2)
+            glp_ios_heur_sol(T, xstar);
+         else
+            xprintf("WARNING: PROXY HEURISTIC REPORTED WRONG SOLUTION; "
+               "SOLUTION REJECTED\n");
+      }
+#endif
+      xfree(xstar);
+      glp_delete_prob(prob);
+done: return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/simplex.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/simplex.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a5acdb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/simplex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* simplex.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SIMPLEX_H
+#define SIMPLEX_H
+
+#include "prob.h"
+
+#define spx_primal _glp_spx_primal
+int spx_primal(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm);
+/* driver to the primal simplex method */
+
+#define spy_dual _glp_spy_dual
+int spy_dual(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm);
+/* driver to the dual simplex method */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxat.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3570a18c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* spxat.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spxat.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_alloc_at - allocate constraint matrix in sparse row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine allocates the memory for arrays needed to represent the
+*  constraint matrix in sparse row-wise format. */
+
+void spx_alloc_at(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      at->ptr = talloc(1+m+1, int);
+      at->ind = talloc(1+nnz, int);
+      at->val = talloc(1+nnz, double);
+      at->work = talloc(1+n, double);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_build_at - build constraint matrix in sparse row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine builds sparse row-wise representation of the constraint
+*  matrix A using its sparse column-wise representation stored in the
+*  lp object, and stores the result in the at object. */
+
+void spx_build_at(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      int *AT_ptr = at->ptr;
+      int *AT_ind = at->ind;
+      double *AT_val = at->val;
+      int i, k, ptr, end, pos;
+      /* calculate AT_ptr[i] = number of non-zeros in i-th row */
+      memset(&AT_ptr[1], 0, m * sizeof(int));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  ptr = A_ptr[k];
+         end = A_ptr[k+1];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            AT_ptr[A_ind[ptr]]++;
+      }
+      /* set AT_ptr[i] to position after last element in i-th row */
+      AT_ptr[1]++;
+      for (i = 2; i <= m; i++)
+         AT_ptr[i] += AT_ptr[i-1];
+      xassert(AT_ptr[m] == nnz+1);
+      AT_ptr[m+1] = nnz+1;
+      /* build row-wise representation and re-arrange AT_ptr[i] */
+      for (k = n; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  /* copy elements from k-th column to corresponding rows */
+         ptr = A_ptr[k];
+         end = A_ptr[k+1];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  pos = --AT_ptr[A_ind[ptr]];
+            AT_ind[pos] = k;
+            AT_val[pos] = A_val[ptr];
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(AT_ptr[1] == 1);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_at_prod - compute product y := y + s * A'* x
+*
+*  This routine computes the product:
+*
+*     y := y + s * A'* x,
+*
+*  where A' is a matrix transposed to the mxn-matrix A of constraint
+*  coefficients, x is a m-vector, s is a scalar, y is a n-vector.
+*
+*  The routine uses the row-wise representation of the matrix A and
+*  computes the product as a linear combination:
+*
+*     y := y + s * (A'[1] * x[1] + ... + A'[m] * x[m]),
+*
+*  where A'[i] is i-th row of A, 1 <= i <= m. */
+
+void spx_at_prod(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at, double y[/*1+n*/], double s,
+      const double x[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int *AT_ptr = at->ptr;
+      int *AT_ind = at->ind;
+      double *AT_val = at->val;
+      int i, ptr, end;
+      double t;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (x[i] != 0.0)
+         {  /* y := y + s * (i-th row of A) * x[i] */
+            t = s * x[i];
+            ptr = AT_ptr[i];
+            end = AT_ptr[i+1];
+            for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               y[AT_ind[ptr]] += AT_val[ptr] * t;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_nt_prod1 - compute product y := y + s * N'* x
+*
+*  This routine computes the product:
+*
+*     y := y + s * N'* x,
+*
+*  where N' is a matrix transposed to the mx(n-m)-matrix N composed
+*  from non-basic columns of the constraint matrix A, x is a m-vector,
+*  s is a scalar, y is (n-m)-vector.
+*
+*  If the flag ign is non-zero, the routine ignores the input content
+*  of the array y assuming that y = 0. */
+
+void spx_nt_prod1(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at, double y[/*1+n-m*/], int ign,
+      double s, const double x[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      double *work = at->work;
+      int j, k;
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+         work[k] = 0.0;
+      if (!ign)
+      {  for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+            work[head[m+j]] = y[j];
+      }
+      spx_at_prod(lp, at, work, s, x);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+         y[j] = work[head[m+j]];
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_trow1 - compute i-th row of simplex table
+*
+*  This routine computes i-th row of the current simplex table
+*  T = (T[i,j]) = - inv(B) * N, 1 <= i <= m, using representation of
+*  the constraint matrix A in row-wise format.
+*
+*  The vector rho = (rho[j]), which is i-th row of the basis inverse
+*  inv(B), should be previously computed with the routine spx_eval_rho.
+*  It is assumed that elements of this vector are stored in the array
+*  locations rho[1], ..., rho[m].
+*
+*  There exist two ways to compute the simplex table row.
+*
+*  1. T[i,j], j = 1,...,n-m, is computed as inner product:
+*
+*                    m
+*        T[i,j] = - sum a[i,k] * rho[i],
+*                   i=1
+*
+*  where N[j] = A[k] is a column of the constraint matrix corresponding
+*  to non-basic variable xN[j]. The estimated number of operations in
+*  this case is:
+*
+*        n1 = (n - m) * (nnz(A) / n),
+*
+*  (n - m) is the number of columns of N, nnz(A) / n is the average
+*  number of non-zeros in one column of A and, therefore, of N.
+*
+*  2. The simplex table row is computed as part of a linear combination
+*     of rows of A with coefficients rho[i] != 0. The estimated number
+*     of operations in this case is:
+*
+*        n2 = nnz(rho) * (nnz(A) / m),
+*
+*     where nnz(rho) is the number of non-zeros in the vector rho,
+*     nnz(A) / m is the average number of non-zeros in one row of A.
+*
+*  If n1 < n2, the routine computes the simples table row using the
+*  first way (like the routine spx_eval_trow). Otherwise, the routine
+*  uses the second way calling the routine spx_nt_prod1.
+*
+*  On exit components of the simplex table row are stored in the array
+*  locations trow[1], ... trow[n-m]. */
+
+void spx_eval_trow1(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at, const double rho[/*1+m*/],
+      double trow[/*1+n-m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      int i, j, nnz_rho;
+      double cnt1, cnt2;
+      /* determine nnz(rho) */
+      nnz_rho = 0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (rho[i] != 0.0)
+            nnz_rho++;
+      }
+      /* estimate the number of operations for both ways */
+      cnt1 = (double)(n - m) * ((double)nnz / (double)n);
+      cnt2 = (double)nnz_rho * ((double)nnz / (double)m);
+      /* compute i-th row of simplex table */
+      if (cnt1 < cnt2)
+      {  /* as inner products */
+         int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+         int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+         double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+         int *head = lp->head;
+         int k, ptr, end;
+         double tij;
+         for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+         {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+            /* compute t[i,j] = - N'[j] * pi */
+            tij = 0.0;
+            ptr = A_ptr[k];
+            end = A_ptr[k+1];
+            for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               tij -= A_val[ptr] * rho[A_ind[ptr]];
+            trow[j] = tij;
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* as linear combination */
+         spx_nt_prod1(lp, at, trow, 1, -1.0, rho);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_free_at - deallocate constraint matrix in sparse row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine deallocates the memory used for arrays of the program
+*  object at. */
+
+void spx_free_at(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at)
+{     xassert(lp == lp);
+      tfree(at->ptr);
+      tfree(at->ind);
+      tfree(at->val);
+      tfree(at->work);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxat.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxat.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98d5b003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* spxat.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPXAT_H
+#define SPXAT_H
+
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+typedef struct SPXAT SPXAT;
+
+struct SPXAT
+{     /* mxn-matrix A of constraint coefficients in sparse row-wise
+       * format */
+      int *ptr; /* int ptr[1+m+1]; */
+      /* ptr[0] is not used;
+       * ptr[i], 1 <= i <= m, is starting position of i-th row in
+       * arrays ind and val; note that ptr[1] is always 1;
+       * ptr[m+1] indicates the position after the last element in
+       * arrays ind and val, i.e. ptr[m+1] = nnz+1, where nnz is the
+       * number of non-zero elements in matrix A;
+       * the length of i-th row (the number of non-zero elements in
+       * that row) can be calculated as ptr[i+1] - ptr[i] */
+      int *ind; /* int ind[1+nnz]; */
+      /* column indices */
+      double *val; /* double val[1+nnz]; */
+      /* non-zero element values */
+      double *work; /* double work[1+n]; */
+      /* working array */
+};
+
+#define spx_alloc_at _glp_spx_alloc_at
+void spx_alloc_at(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at);
+/* allocate constraint matrix in sparse row-wise format */
+
+#define spx_build_at _glp_spx_build_at
+void spx_build_at(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at);
+/* build constraint matrix in sparse row-wise format */
+
+#define spx_at_prod _glp_spx_at_prod
+void spx_at_prod(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at, double y[/*1+n*/], double s,
+      const double x[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute product y := y + s * A'* x */
+
+#define spx_nt_prod1 _glp_spx_nt_prod1
+void spx_nt_prod1(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at, double y[/*1+n-m*/], int ign,
+      double s, const double x[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute product y := y + s * N'* x */
+
+#define spx_eval_trow1 _glp_spx_eval_trow1
+void spx_eval_trow1(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at, const double rho[/*1+m*/],
+      double trow[/*1+n-m*/]);
+/* compute i-th row of simplex table */
+
+#define spx_free_at _glp_spx_free_at
+void spx_free_at(SPXLP *lp, SPXAT *at);
+/* deallocate constraint matrix in sparse row-wise format */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzc.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c60ccabc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/* spxchuzc.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spxchuzc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_chuzc_sel - select eligible non-basic variables
+*
+*  This routine selects eligible non-basic variables xN[j], whose
+*  reduced costs d[j] have "wrong" sign, i.e. changing such xN[j] in
+*  feasible direction improves (decreases) the objective function.
+*
+*  Reduced costs of non-basic variables should be placed in the array
+*  locations d[1], ..., d[n-m].
+*
+*  Non-basic variable xN[j] is considered eligible if:
+*
+*     d[j] <= -eps[j] and xN[j] can increase
+*
+*     d[j] >= +eps[j] and xN[j] can decrease
+*
+*  for
+*
+*     eps[j] = tol + tol1 * |cN[j]|,
+*
+*  where cN[j] is the objective coefficient at xN[j], tol and tol1 are
+*  specified tolerances.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores indices j of eligible non-basic variables
+*  xN[j] to the array locations list[1], ..., list[num] and returns the
+*  number of such variables 0 <= num <= n-m. (If the parameter list is
+*  specified as NULL, no indices are stored.) */
+
+int spx_chuzc_sel(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/], double tol,
+      double tol1, int list[/*1+n-m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int j, k, num;
+      double ck, eps;
+      num = 0;
+      /* walk thru list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+         {  /* xN[j] is fixed variable; skip it */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* determine absolute tolerance eps[j] */
+         ck = c[k];
+         eps = tol + tol1 * (ck >= 0.0 ? +ck : -ck);
+         /* check if xN[j] is eligible */
+         if (d[j] <= -eps)
+         {  /* xN[j] should be able to increase */
+            if (flag[j])
+            {  /* but its upper bound is active */
+               continue;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (d[j] >= +eps)
+         {  /* xN[j] should be able to decrease */
+            if (!flag[j] && l[k] != -DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* but its lower bound is active */
+               continue;
+            }
+         }
+         else /* -eps < d[j] < +eps */
+         {  /* xN[j] does not affect the objective function within the
+             * specified tolerance */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* xN[j] is eligible non-basic variable */
+         num++;
+         if (list != NULL)
+            list[num] = j;
+      }
+      return num;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_chuzc_std - choose non-basic variable (Dantzig's rule)
+*
+*  This routine chooses most eligible non-basic variable xN[q]
+*  according to Dantzig's ("standard") rule:
+*
+*     d[q] =   max |d[j]|,
+*            j in J
+*
+*  where J <= {1, ..., n-m} is the set of indices of eligible non-basic
+*  variables, d[j] is the reduced cost of non-basic variable xN[j] in
+*  the current basis.
+*
+*  Reduced costs of non-basic variables should be placed in the array
+*  locations d[1], ..., d[n-m].
+*
+*  Indices of eligible non-basic variables j in J should be placed in
+*  the array locations list[1], ..., list[num], where num = |J| > 0 is
+*  the total number of such variables.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns q, the index of the non-basic variable
+*  xN[q] chosen. */
+
+int spx_chuzc_std(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/], int num,
+      const int list[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int j, q, t;
+      double abs_dj, abs_dq;
+      xassert(0 < num && num <= n-m);
+      q = 0, abs_dq = -1.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  j = list[t];
+         abs_dj = (d[j] >= 0.0 ? +d[j] : -d[j]);
+         if (abs_dq < abs_dj)
+            q = j, abs_dq = abs_dj;
+      }
+      xassert(q != 0);
+      return q;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_alloc_se - allocate pricing data block
+*
+*  This routine allocates the memory for arrays used in the pricing
+*  data block. */
+
+void spx_alloc_se(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      se->valid = 0;
+      se->refsp = talloc(1+n, char);
+      se->gamma = talloc(1+n-m, double);
+      se->work = talloc(1+m, double);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_reset_refsp - reset reference space
+*
+*  This routine resets (re-initializes) the reference space composing
+*  it from variables which are non-basic in the current basis, and sets
+*  all weights gamma[j] to 1. */
+
+void spx_reset_refsp(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *refsp = se->refsp;
+      double *gamma = se->gamma;
+      int j, k;
+      se->valid = 1;
+      memset(&refsp[1], 0, n * sizeof(char));
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         refsp[k] = 1;
+         gamma[j] = 1.0;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_gamma_j - compute projected steepest edge weight directly
+*
+*  This routine computes projected steepest edge weight gamma[j],
+*  1 <= j <= n-m, for the current basis directly with the formula:
+*
+*                            m
+*     gamma[j] = delta[j] + sum eta[i] * T[i,j]**2,
+*                           i=1
+*
+*  where T[i,j] is element of the current simplex table, and
+*
+*                ( 1, if xB[i] is in the reference space
+*     eta[i]   = {
+*                ( 0, otherwise
+*
+*                ( 1, if xN[j] is in the reference space
+*     delta[j] = {
+*                ( 0, otherwise
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+double spx_eval_gamma_j(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se, int j)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *refsp = se->refsp;
+      double *tcol = se->work;
+      int i, k;
+      double gamma_j;
+      xassert(se->valid);
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n-m);
+      k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+      gamma_j = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0);
+      spx_eval_tcol(lp, j, tcol);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (refsp[k])
+            gamma_j += tcol[i] * tcol[i];
+      }
+      return gamma_j;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_chuzc_pse - choose non-basic variable (projected steepest edge)
+*
+*  This routine chooses most eligible non-basic variable xN[q]
+*  according to the projected steepest edge method:
+*
+*      d[q]**2           d[j]**2
+*     -------- =   max  -------- ,
+*     gamma[q]   j in J gamma[j]
+*
+*  where J <= {1, ..., n-m} is the set of indices of eligible non-basic
+*  variable, d[j] is the reduced cost of non-basic variable xN[j] in
+*  the current basis, gamma[j] is the projected steepest edge weight.
+*
+*  Reduced costs of non-basic variables should be placed in the array
+*  locations d[1], ..., d[n-m].
+*
+*  Indices of eligible non-basic variables j in J should be placed in
+*  the array locations list[1], ..., list[num], where num = |J| > 0 is
+*  the total number of such variables.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns q, the index of the non-basic variable
+*  xN[q] chosen. */
+
+int spx_chuzc_pse(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+      int num, const int list[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *gamma = se->gamma;
+      int j, q, t;
+      double best, temp;
+      xassert(se->valid);
+      xassert(0 < num && num <= n-m);
+      q = 0, best = -1.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  j = list[t];
+         /* FIXME */
+         if (gamma[j] < DBL_EPSILON)
+            temp = 0.0;
+         else
+            temp = (d[j] * d[j]) / gamma[j];
+         if (best < temp)
+            q = j, best = temp;
+      }
+      xassert(q != 0);
+      return q;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_update_gamma - update projected steepest edge weights exactly
+*
+*  This routine updates the vector gamma = (gamma[j]) of projected
+*  steepest edge weights exactly, for the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine the content of the se object should be valid
+*  and should correspond to the current basis.
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= p <= m specifies basic variable xB[p] which
+*  becomes non-basic variable xN[q] in the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= q <= n-m specified non-basic variable xN[q] which
+*  becomes basic variable xB[p] in the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  It is assumed that the array trow contains elements of p-th (pivot)
+*  row T'[p] of the simplex table in locations trow[1], ..., trow[n-m].
+*  It is also assumed that the array tcol contains elements of q-th
+*  (pivot) column T[q] of the simple table in locations tcol[1], ...,
+*  tcol[m]. (These row and column should be computed for the current
+*  basis.)
+*
+*  For details about the formulae used see the program documentation.
+*
+*  The routine also computes the relative error:
+*
+*     e = |gamma[q] - gamma'[q]| / (1 + |gamma[q]|),
+*
+*  where gamma'[q] is the weight for xN[q] on entry to the routine,
+*  and returns e on exit. (If e happens to be large enough, the calling
+*  program may reset the reference space, since other weights also may
+*  be inaccurate.) */
+
+double spx_update_gamma(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se, int p, int q,
+      const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], const double tcol[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *refsp = se->refsp;
+      double *gamma = se->gamma;
+      double *u = se->work;
+      int i, j, k, ptr, end;
+      double gamma_q, delta_q, e, r, s, t1, t2;
+      xassert(se->valid);
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      /* compute gamma[q] in current basis more accurately; also
+       * compute auxiliary vector u */
+      k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      gamma_q = delta_q = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (refsp[k])
+         {  gamma_q += tcol[i] * tcol[i];
+            u[i] = tcol[i];
+         }
+         else
+            u[i] = 0.0;
+      }
+      bfd_btran(lp->bfd, u);
+      /* compute relative error in gamma[q] */
+      e = fabs(gamma_q - gamma[q]) / (1.0 + gamma_q);
+      /* compute new gamma[q] */
+      gamma[q] = gamma_q / (tcol[p] * tcol[p]);
+      /* compute new gamma[j] for all j != q */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  if (j == q)
+            continue;
+         if (-1e-9 < trow[j] && trow[j] < +1e-9)
+         {  /* T[p,j] is close to zero; gamma[j] is not changed */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* compute r[j] = T[p,j] / T[p,q] */
+         r = trow[j] / tcol[p];
+         /* compute inner product s[j] = N'[j] * u, where N[j] = A[k]
+          * is constraint matrix column corresponding to xN[j] */
+         s = 0.0;
+         k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         ptr = lp->A_ptr[k];
+         end = lp->A_ptr[k+1];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            s += lp->A_val[ptr] * u[lp->A_ind[ptr]];
+         /* compute new gamma[j] */
+         t1 = gamma[j] + r * (r * gamma_q + s + s);
+         t2 = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0) + delta_q * r * r;
+         gamma[j] = (t1 >= t2 ? t1 : t2);
+      }
+      return e;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_free_se - deallocate pricing data block
+*
+*  This routine deallocates the memory used for arrays in the pricing
+*  data block. */
+
+void spx_free_se(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se)
+{     xassert(lp == lp);
+      tfree(se->refsp);
+      tfree(se->gamma);
+      tfree(se->work);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzc.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c09cca9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* spxchuzc.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPXCHUZC_H
+#define SPXCHUZC_H
+
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+#define spx_chuzc_sel _glp_spx_chuzc_sel
+int spx_chuzc_sel(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/], double tol,
+      double tol1, int list[/*1+n-m*/]);
+/* select eligible non-basic variables */
+
+#define spx_chuzc_std _glp_spx_chuzc_std
+int spx_chuzc_std(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/], int num,
+      const int list[]);
+/* choose non-basic variable (Dantzig's rule) */
+
+typedef struct SPXSE SPXSE;
+
+struct SPXSE
+{     /* projected steepest edge and Devex pricing data block */
+      int valid;
+      /* content validity flag */
+      char *refsp; /* char refsp[1+n]; */
+      /* refsp[0] is not used;
+       * refsp[k], 1 <= k <= n, is the flag meaning that variable x[k]
+       * is in the reference space */
+      double *gamma; /* double gamma[1+n-m]; */
+      /* gamma[0] is not used;
+       * gamma[j], 1 <= j <= n-m, is the weight for reduced cost d[j]
+       * of non-basic variable xN[j] in the current basis */
+      double *work; /* double work[1+m]; */
+      /* working array */
+};
+
+#define spx_alloc_se _glp_spx_alloc_se
+void spx_alloc_se(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se);
+/* allocate pricing data block */
+
+#define spx_reset_refsp _glp_spx_reset_refsp
+void spx_reset_refsp(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se);
+/* reset reference space */
+
+#define spx_eval_gamma_j _glp_spx_eval_gamma_j
+double spx_eval_gamma_j(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se, int j);
+/* compute projeted steepest edge weight directly */
+
+#define spx_chuzc_pse _glp_spx_chuzc_pse
+int spx_chuzc_pse(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+      int num, const int list[]);
+/* choose non-basic variable (projected steepest edge) */
+
+#define spx_update_gamma _glp_spx_update_gamma
+double spx_update_gamma(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se, int p, int q,
+      const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], const double tcol[/*1+m*/]);
+/* update projected steepest edge weights exactly */
+
+#define spx_free_se _glp_spx_free_se
+void spx_free_se(SPXLP *lp, SPXSE *se);
+/* deallocate pricing data block */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzr.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8bef77ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,594 @@
+/* spxchuzr.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spxchuzr.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_chuzr_std - choose basic variable (textbook ratio test)
+*
+*  This routine implements an improved textbook ratio test to choose
+*  basic variable xB[p].
+*
+*  The parameter phase specifies the search phase:
+*
+*  1 - searching for feasible basic solution. In this case the routine
+*      uses artificial bounds of basic variables that correspond to
+*      breakpoints of the penalty function:
+*
+*                 ( lB[i], if cB[i] = 0
+*                 (
+*        lB'[i] = { uB[i], if cB[i] > 0
+*                 (
+*                 (  -inf, if cB[i] < 0
+*
+*                 ( uB[i], if cB[i] = 0
+*                 (
+*        uB'[i] = {  +inf, if cB[i] > 0
+*                 (
+*                 ( lB[i], if cB[i] < 0
+*
+*      where lB[i] and uB[i] are original bounds of variable xB[i],
+*      cB[i] is the penalty (objective) coefficient of that variable.
+*
+*  2 - searching for optimal basic solution. In this case the routine
+*      uses original bounds of basic variables.
+*
+*  Current values of basic variables should be placed in the array
+*  locations beta[1], ..., beta[m].
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= q <= n-m specifies the index of non-basic
+*  variable xN[q] chosen.
+*
+*  The parameter s specifies the direction in which xN[q] changes:
+*  s = +1.0 means xN[q] increases, and s = -1.0 means xN[q] decreases.
+*  (Thus, the corresponding ray parameter is theta = s (xN[q] - f[q]),
+*  where f[q] is the active bound of xN[q] in the current basis.)
+*
+*  Elements of q-th simplex table column T[q] = (t[i,q]) corresponding
+*  to non-basic variable xN[q] should be placed in the array locations
+*  tcol[1], ..., tcol[m].
+*
+*  The parameter tol_piv specifies a tolerance for elements of the
+*  simplex table column T[q]. If |t[i,q]| < tol_piv, basic variable
+*  xB[i] is skipped, i.e. it is assumed that it does not depend on the
+*  ray parameter theta.
+*
+*  The parameters tol and tol1 specify tolerances used to increase the
+*  choice freedom by simulating an artificial degeneracy as follows.
+*  If beta[i] <= lB[i] + delta[i], where delta[i] = tol + tol1 |lB[i]|,
+*  it is assumed that beta[i] is exactly the same as lB[i]. Similarly,
+*  if beta[i] >= uB[i] - delta[i], where delta[i] = tol + tol1 |uB[i]|,
+*  it is assumed that beta[i] is exactly the same as uB[i].
+*
+*  The routine determines the index 1 <= p <= m of basic variable xB[p]
+*  that reaches its (lower or upper) bound first on increasing the ray
+*  parameter theta, stores the bound flag (0 - lower bound or fixed
+*  value, 1 - upper bound) to the location pointed to by the pointer
+*  p_flag, and returns the index p. If non-basic variable xN[q] is
+*  double-bounded and reaches its opposite bound first, the routine
+*  returns (-1). And if the ray parameter may increase unlimitedly, the
+*  routine returns zero.
+*
+*  Should note that the bound flag stored to the location pointed to by
+*  p_flag corresponds to the original (not artficial) bound of variable
+*  xB[p] and defines the active bound flag lp->flag[q] to be set in the
+*  adjacent basis for that basic variable. */
+
+int spx_chuzr_std(SPXLP *lp, int phase, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int q, double s, const double tcol[/*1+m*/], int *p_flag,
+      double tol_piv, double tol, double tol1)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, i_flag, k, p;
+      double alfa, biga, delta, lk, uk, teta, teta_min;
+      xassert(phase == 1 || phase == 2);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      xassert(s == +1.0 || s == -1.0);
+      /* determine initial teta_min */
+      k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* xN[q] has no opposite bound */
+         p = 0, *p_flag = 0, teta_min = DBL_MAX, biga = 0.0;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* xN[q] have both lower and upper bounds */
+         p = -1, *p_flag = 0, teta_min = fabs(l[k] - u[k]), biga = 1.0;
+      }
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         /* determine alfa such that delta xB[i] = alfa * teta */
+         alfa = s * tcol[i];
+         if (alfa <= -tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] decreases */
+            /* determine actual lower bound of xB[i] */
+            if (phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+            {  /* xB[i] has no actual lower bound */
+               continue;
+            }
+            else if (phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+            {  /* actual lower bound of xB[i] is its upper bound */
+               lk = u[k];
+               xassert(lk != +DBL_MAX);
+               i_flag = 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* actual lower bound of xB[i] is its original bound */
+               lk = l[k];
+               if (lk == -DBL_MAX)
+                  continue;
+               i_flag = 0;
+            }
+            /* determine teta on which xB[i] reaches its lower bound */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (lk >= 0.0 ? +lk : -lk);
+            if (beta[i] <= lk + delta)
+               teta = 0.0;
+            else
+               teta = (lk - beta[i]) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (alfa >= +tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] increases */
+            /* determine actual upper bound of xB[i] */
+            if (phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+            {  /* actual upper bound of xB[i] is its lower bound */
+               uk = l[k];
+               xassert(uk != -DBL_MAX);
+               i_flag = 0;
+            }
+            else if (phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+            {  /* xB[i] has no actual upper bound */
+               continue;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* actual upper bound of xB[i] is its original bound */
+               uk = u[k];
+               if (uk == +DBL_MAX)
+                  continue;
+               i_flag = 1;
+            }
+            /* determine teta on which xB[i] reaches its upper bound */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (uk >= 0.0 ? +uk : -uk);
+            if (beta[i] >= uk - delta)
+               teta = 0.0;
+            else
+               teta = (uk - beta[i]) / alfa;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xB[i] does not depend on teta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* choose basic variable xB[p] for which teta is minimal */
+         xassert(teta >= 0.0);
+         alfa = (alfa >= 0.0 ? +alfa : -alfa);
+         if (teta_min > teta || (teta_min == teta && biga < alfa))
+            p = i, *p_flag = i_flag, teta_min = teta, biga = alfa;
+      }
+      /* if xB[p] is fixed variable, adjust its bound flag */
+      if (p > 0)
+      {  k = head[p];
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+            *p_flag = 0;
+      }
+      return p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_chuzr_harris - choose basic variable (Harris' ratio test)
+*
+*  This routine implements Harris' ratio test to choose basic variable
+*  xB[p].
+*
+*  All the parameters, except tol and tol1, as well as the returned
+*  value have the same meaning as for the routine spx_chuzr_std (see
+*  above).
+*
+*  The parameters tol and tol1 specify tolerances on bound violations
+*  for basic variables. For the lower bound of basic variable xB[i] the
+*  tolerance is delta[i] = tol + tol1 |lB[i]|, and for the upper bound
+*  the tolerance is delta[i] = tol + tol1 |uB[i]|. */
+
+int spx_chuzr_harris(SPXLP *lp, int phase, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int q, double s, const double tcol[/*1+m*/], int *p_flag,
+      double tol_piv, double tol, double tol1)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, i_flag, k, p;
+      double alfa, biga, delta, lk, uk, teta, teta_min;
+      xassert(phase == 1 || phase == 2);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      xassert(s == +1.0 || s == -1.0);
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* first pass: determine teta_min for relaxed bounds            */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      teta_min = DBL_MAX;
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         /* determine alfa such that delta xB[i] = alfa * teta */
+         alfa = s * tcol[i];
+         if (alfa <= -tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] decreases */
+            /* determine actual lower bound of xB[i] */
+            if (phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+            {  /* xB[i] has no actual lower bound */
+               continue;
+            }
+            else if (phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+            {  /* actual lower bound of xB[i] is its upper bound */
+               lk = u[k];
+               xassert(lk != +DBL_MAX);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* actual lower bound of xB[i] is its original bound */
+               lk = l[k];
+               if (lk == -DBL_MAX)
+                  continue;
+            }
+            /* determine teta on which xB[i] reaches its relaxed lower
+             * bound */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (lk >= 0.0 ? +lk : -lk);
+            if (beta[i] < lk)
+               teta = - delta / alfa;
+            else
+               teta = ((lk - delta) - beta[i]) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (alfa >= +tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] increases */
+            /* determine actual upper bound of xB[i] */
+            if (phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+            {  /* actual upper bound of xB[i] is its lower bound */
+               uk = l[k];
+               xassert(uk != -DBL_MAX);
+            }
+            else if (phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+            {  /* xB[i] has no actual upper bound */
+               continue;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* actual upper bound of xB[i] is its original bound */
+               uk = u[k];
+               if (uk == +DBL_MAX)
+                  continue;
+            }
+            /* determine teta on which xB[i] reaches its relaxed upper
+             * bound */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (uk >= 0.0 ? +uk : -uk);
+            if (beta[i] > uk)
+               teta = + delta / alfa;
+            else
+               teta = ((uk + delta) - beta[i]) / alfa;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xB[i] does not depend on teta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         xassert(teta >= 0.0);
+         if (teta_min > teta)
+            teta_min = teta;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* second pass: choose basic variable xB[p]                     */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* xN[q] has both lower and upper bounds */
+         if (fabs(l[k] - u[k]) <= teta_min)
+         {  /* and reaches its opposite bound */
+            p = -1, *p_flag = 0;
+            goto done;
+         }
+      }
+      if (teta_min == DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* teta may increase unlimitedly */
+         p = 0, *p_flag = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* nothing is chosen so far */
+      p = 0, *p_flag = 0, biga = 0.0;
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         /* determine alfa such that delta xB[i] = alfa * teta */
+         alfa = s * tcol[i];
+         if (alfa <= -tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] decreases */
+            /* determine actual lower bound of xB[i] */
+            if (phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+            {  /* xB[i] has no actual lower bound */
+               continue;
+            }
+            else if (phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+            {  /* actual lower bound of xB[i] is its upper bound */
+               lk = u[k];
+               xassert(lk != +DBL_MAX);
+               i_flag = 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* actual lower bound of xB[i] is its original bound */
+               lk = l[k];
+               if (lk == -DBL_MAX)
+                  continue;
+               i_flag = 0;
+            }
+            /* determine teta on which xB[i] reaches its lower bound */
+            teta = (lk - beta[i]) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (alfa >= +tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] increases */
+            /* determine actual upper bound of xB[i] */
+            if (phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+            {  /* actual upper bound of xB[i] is its lower bound */
+               uk = l[k];
+               xassert(uk != -DBL_MAX);
+               i_flag = 0;
+            }
+            else if (phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+            {  /* xB[i] has no actual upper bound */
+               continue;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* actual upper bound of xB[i] is its original bound */
+               uk = u[k];
+               if (uk == +DBL_MAX)
+                  continue;
+               i_flag = 1;
+            }
+            /* determine teta on which xB[i] reaches its upper bound */
+            teta = (uk - beta[i]) / alfa;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xB[i] does not depend on teta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* choose basic variable for which teta is not greater than
+          * teta_min determined for relaxed bounds and which has best
+          * (largest in magnitude) pivot */
+         alfa = (alfa >= 0.0 ? +alfa : -alfa);
+         if (teta <= teta_min && biga < alfa)
+            p = i, *p_flag = i_flag, biga = alfa;
+      }
+      /* something must be chosen */
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      /* if xB[p] is fixed variable, adjust its bound flag */
+      k = head[p];
+      if (l[k] == u[k])
+         *p_flag = 0;
+done: return p;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 22/VI-2017 */
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_ls_eval_bp - determine penalty function break points
+*
+*  This routine determines break points of the penalty function (which
+*  is the sum of primal infeasibilities).
+*
+*  The parameters lp, beta, q, dq, tcol, and tol_piv have the same
+*  meaning as for the routine spx_chuzr_std (see above).
+*
+*  The routine stores the break-points determined to the array elements
+*  bp[1], ..., bp[nbp] in *arbitrary* order, where 0 <= nbp <= 2*m+1 is
+*  the number of break-points returned by the routine on exit. */
+
+int spx_ls_eval_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int q, double dq, const double tcol[/*1+m*/], double tol_piv,
+      SPXBP bp[/*1+2*m+1*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, k, nbp;
+      double s, alfa;
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      xassert(dq != 0.0);
+      s = (dq < 0.0 ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+      nbp = 0;
+      /* if chosen non-basic variable xN[q] is double-bounded, include
+       * it in the list, because it can cross its opposite bound */
+      k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX)
+      {  nbp++;
+         bp[nbp].i = 0;
+         xassert(l[k] < u[k]); /* xN[q] cannot be fixed */
+         bp[nbp].teta = u[k] - l[k];
+         bp[nbp].dc = s;
+      }
+      /* build the list of all basic variables xB[i] that can cross
+       * their bound(s) for the ray parameter 0 <= teta < teta_max */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         xassert(l[k] <= u[k]);
+         /* determine alfa such that (delta xB[i]) = alfa * teta */
+         alfa = s * tcol[i];
+         if (alfa >= +tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] increases on increasing teta */
+            if (l[k] == u[k])
+            {  /* xB[i] is fixed at lB[i] = uB[i] */
+               if (c[k] <= 0.0)
+               {  /* increasing xB[i] can cross its fixed value lB[i],
+                   * because currently xB[i] <= lB[i] */
+                  nbp++;
+                  bp[nbp].i = +i;
+                  bp[nbp].teta = (l[k] - beta[i]) / alfa;
+                  /* if xB[i] > lB[i] then cB[i] = +1 */
+                  bp[nbp].dc = +1.0 - c[k];
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && c[k] < 0.0)
+               {  /* increasing xB[i] can cross its lower bound lB[i],
+                   * because currently xB[i] < lB[i] */
+                  nbp++;
+                  bp[nbp].i = +i;
+                  bp[nbp].teta = (l[k] - beta[i]) / alfa;
+                  bp[nbp].dc = +1.0;
+               }
+               if (u[k] != +DBL_MAX && c[k] <= 0.0)
+               {  /* increasing xB[i] can cross its upper bound uB[i],
+                   * because currently xB[i] does not violate it */
+                  nbp++;
+                  bp[nbp].i = -i;
+                  bp[nbp].teta = (u[k] - beta[i]) / alfa;
+                  bp[nbp].dc = +1.0;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else if (alfa <= -tol_piv)
+         {  /* xB[i] decreases on increasing teta */
+            if (l[k] == u[k])
+            {  /* xB[i] is fixed at lB[i] = uB[i] */
+               if (c[k] >= 0.0)
+               {  /* decreasing xB[i] can cross its fixed value lB[i],
+                   * because currently xB[i] >= lB[i] */
+                  nbp++;
+                  bp[nbp].i = +i;
+                  bp[nbp].teta = (l[k] - beta[i]) / alfa;
+                  /* if xB[i] < lB[i] then cB[i] = -1 */
+                  bp[nbp].dc = -1.0 - c[k];
+               }
+            }
+            else
+            {  if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && c[k] >= 0.0)
+               {  /* decreasing xB[i] can cross its lower bound lB[i],
+                   * because currently xB[i] does not violate it */
+                  nbp++;
+                  bp[nbp].i = +i;
+                  bp[nbp].teta = (l[k] - beta[i]) / alfa;
+                  bp[nbp].dc = -1.0;
+               }
+               if (u[k] != +DBL_MAX && c[k] > 0.0)
+               {  /* decreasing xB[i] can cross its upper bound uB[i],
+                   * because currently xB[i] > uB[i] */
+                  nbp++;
+                  bp[nbp].i = -i;
+                  bp[nbp].teta = (u[k] - beta[i]) / alfa;
+                  bp[nbp].dc = -1.0;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xB[i] does not depend on teta within a tolerance */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* teta < 0 may happen only due to round-off errors when the
+          * current value of xB[i] is *close* to its (lower or upper)
+          * bound; in this case we replace teta by exact zero */
+         if (bp[nbp].teta < 0.0)
+            bp[nbp].teta = 0.0;
+      }
+      xassert(nbp <= 2*m+1);
+      return nbp;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 22/VI-2017 */
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_ls_select_bp - select and process penalty function break points
+*
+*  This routine selects a next portion of the penalty function break
+*  points and processes them.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine it is assumed that break points bp[1], ...,
+*  bp[num] are already processed, and slope is the penalty function
+*  slope to the right of the last processed break point bp[num].
+*  (Initially, when num = 0, slope should be specified as -fabs(d[q]),
+*  where d[q] is the reduced cost of chosen non-basic variable xN[q].)
+*
+*  The routine selects break points among bp[num+1], ..., bp[nbp], for
+*  which teta <= teta_lim, and moves these break points to the array
+*  elements bp[num+1], ..., bp[num1], where num <= num1 <= 2*m+1 is the
+*  new number of processed break points returned by the routine on
+*  exit. Then the routine sorts the break points by ascending teta and
+*  computes the change of the penalty function relative to its value at
+*  teta = 0.
+*
+*  On exit the routine also replaces the parameter slope with a new
+*  value that corresponds to the new last break-point bp[num1]. */
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *v1, const void *v2)
+{     const SPXBP *p1 = v1, *p2 = v2;
+      if (p1->teta < p2->teta)
+         return -1;
+      else if (p1->teta > p2->teta)
+         return +1;
+      else
+         return 0;
+}
+
+int spx_ls_select_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double tcol[/*1+m*/],
+      int nbp, SPXBP bp[/*1+m+m+1*/], int num, double *slope, double
+      teta_lim)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int i, t, num1;
+      double teta, dz;
+      xassert(0 <= num && num <= nbp && nbp <= m+m+1);
+      /* select a new portion of break points */
+      num1 = num;
+      for (t = num+1; t <= nbp; t++)
+      {  if (bp[t].teta <= teta_lim)
+         {  /* move break point to the beginning of the new portion */
+            num1++;
+            i = bp[num1].i, teta = bp[num1].teta, dz = bp[num1].dc;
+            bp[num1].i = bp[t].i, bp[num1].teta = bp[t].teta,
+            bp[num1].dc = bp[t].dc;
+            bp[t].i = i, bp[t].teta = teta, bp[t].dc = dz;
+         }
+      }
+      /* sort new break points bp[num+1], ..., bp[num1] by ascending
+       * the ray parameter teta */
+      if (num1 - num > 1)
+         qsort(&bp[num+1], num1 - num, sizeof(SPXBP), fcmp);
+      /* calculate the penalty function change at the new break points
+       * selected */
+      for (t = num+1; t <= num1; t++)
+      {  /* calculate the penalty function change relative to its value
+          * at break point bp[t-1] */
+         dz = (*slope) * (bp[t].teta - (t == 1 ? 0.0 : bp[t-1].teta));
+         /* calculate the penalty function change relative to its value
+          * at teta = 0 */
+         bp[t].dz = (t == 1 ? 0.0 : bp[t-1].dz) + dz;
+         /* calculate a new slope of the penalty function to the right
+          * of the current break point bp[t] */
+         i = (bp[t].i >= 0 ? bp[t].i : -bp[t].i);
+         xassert(0 <= i && i <= m);
+         if (i == 0)
+            *slope += fabs(1.0 * bp[t].dc);
+         else
+            *slope += fabs(tcol[i] * bp[t].dc);
+      }
+      return num1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzr.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ec90050
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxchuzr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* spxchuzr.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPXCHUZR_H
+#define SPXCHUZR_H
+
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+#define spx_chuzr_std _glp_spx_chuzr_std
+int spx_chuzr_std(SPXLP *lp, int phase, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int q, double s, const double tcol[/*1+m*/], int *p_flag,
+      double tol_piv, double tol, double tol1);
+/* choose basic variable (textbook ratio test) */
+
+#define spx_chuzr_harris _glp_spx_chuzr_harris
+int spx_chuzr_harris(SPXLP *lp, int phase, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int q, double s, const double tcol[/*1+m*/], int *p_flag,
+      double tol_piv, double tol, double tol1);
+/* choose basic variable (Harris' ratio test) */
+
+#if 1 /* 22/VI-2017 */
+typedef struct SPXBP SPXBP;
+
+struct SPXBP
+{     /* penalty function (sum of infeasibilities) break point */
+      int i;
+      /* basic variable xB[i], 1 <= i <= m, that intersects its bound
+       * at this break point
+       * i > 0 if xB[i] intersects its lower bound (or fixed value)
+       * i < 0 if xB[i] intersects its upper bound
+       * i = 0 if xN[q] intersects its opposite bound */
+      double teta;
+      /* ray parameter value, teta >= 0, at this break point */
+      double dc;
+      /* increment of the penalty function coefficient cB[i] at this
+       * break point */
+      double dz;
+      /* increment, z[t] - z[0], of the penalty function at this break
+       * point */
+};
+
+#define spx_ls_eval_bp _glp_spx_ls_eval_bp
+int spx_ls_eval_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int q, double dq, const double tcol[/*1+m*/], double tol_piv,
+      SPXBP bp[/*1+2*m+1*/]);
+/* determine penalty function break points */
+
+#define spx_ls_select_bp _glp_spx_ls_select_bp
+int spx_ls_select_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double tcol[/*1+m*/],
+      int nbp, SPXBP bp[/*1+m+m+1*/], int num, double *slope, double
+      teta_lim);
+/* select and process penalty function break points */
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxlp.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxlp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90ce2636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxlp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+/* spxlp.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_factorize - compute factorization of current basis matrix
+*
+*  This routine computes factorization of the current basis matrix B.
+*
+*  If the factorization has been successfully computed, the routine
+*  validates it and returns zero. Otherwise, the routine invalidates
+*  the factorization and returns the code provided by the factorization
+*  driver (bfd_factorize). */
+
+static int jth_col(void *info, int j, int ind[], double val[])
+{     /* provide column B[j] */
+      SPXLP *lp = info;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int k, ptr, len;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= m);
+      k = head[j]; /* x[k] = xB[j] */
+      ptr = A_ptr[k];
+      len = A_ptr[k+1] - ptr;
+      memcpy(&ind[1], &lp->A_ind[ptr], len * sizeof(int));
+      memcpy(&val[1], &lp->A_val[ptr], len * sizeof(double));
+      return len;
+}
+
+int spx_factorize(SPXLP *lp)
+{     int ret;
+      ret = bfd_factorize(lp->bfd, lp->m, jth_col, lp);
+      lp->valid = (ret == 0);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_beta - compute current values of basic variables
+*
+*  This routine computes vector beta = (beta[i]) of current values of
+*  basic variables xB = (xB[i]). (Factorization of the current basis
+*  matrix should be valid.)
+*
+*  First the routine computes a modified vector of right-hand sides:
+*
+*                         n-m
+*     y = b - N * f = b - sum N[j] * f[j],
+*                         j=1
+*
+*  where b = (b[i]) is the original vector of right-hand sides, N is
+*  a matrix composed from columns of the original constraint matrix A,
+*  which (columns) correspond to non-basic variables, f = (f[j]) is the
+*  vector of active bounds of non-basic variables xN = (xN[j]),
+*  N[j] = A[k] is a column of matrix A corresponding to non-basic
+*  variable xN[j] = x[k], f[j] is current active bound lN[j] = l[k] or
+*  uN[j] = u[k] of non-basic variable xN[j] = x[k]. The matrix-vector
+*  product N * f is computed as a linear combination of columns of N,
+*  so if f[j] = 0, column N[j] can be skipped.
+*
+*  Then the routine performs FTRAN to compute the vector beta:
+*
+*     beta = inv(B) * y.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores components of the vector beta to array
+*  locations beta[1], ..., beta[m]. */
+
+void spx_eval_beta(SPXLP *lp, double beta[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      double *b = lp->b;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int j, k, ptr, end;
+      double fj, *y;
+      /* compute y = b - N * xN */
+      /* y := b */
+      y = beta;
+      memcpy(&y[1], &b[1], m * sizeof(double));
+      /* y := y - N * f */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         /* f[j] := active bound of xN[j] */
+         fj = flag[j] ? u[k] : l[k];
+         if (fj == 0.0 || fj == -DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* either xN[j] has zero active bound or it is unbounded;
+             * in the latter case its value is assumed to be zero */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* y := y - N[j] * f[j] */
+         ptr = A_ptr[k];
+         end = A_ptr[k+1];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            y[A_ind[ptr]] -= A_val[ptr] * fj;
+      }
+      /* compute beta = inv(B) * y */
+      xassert(lp->valid);
+      bfd_ftran(lp->bfd, beta);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_obj - compute current value of objective function
+*
+*  This routine computes the value of the objective function in the
+*  current basic solution:
+*
+*     z = cB'* beta + cN'* f + c[0] =
+*
+*          m                    n-m
+*       = sum cB[i] * beta[i] + sum cN[j] * f[j] + c[0],
+*         i=1                   j=1
+*
+*  where cB = (cB[i]) is the vector of objective coefficients at basic
+*  variables, beta = (beta[i]) is the vector of current values of basic
+*  variables, cN = (cN[j]) is the vector of objective coefficients at
+*  non-basic variables, f = (f[j]) is the vector of current active
+*  bounds of non-basic variables, c[0] is the constant term of the
+*  objective function.
+*
+*  It as assumed that components of the vector beta are stored in the
+*  array locations beta[1], ..., beta[m]. */
+
+double spx_eval_obj(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int i, j, k;
+      double fj, z;
+      /* compute z = cB'* beta + cN'* f + c0 */
+      /* z := c0 */
+      z = c[0];
+      /* z := z + cB'* beta */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         z += c[k] * beta[i];
+      }
+      /* z := z + cN'* f */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         /* f[j] := active bound of xN[j] */
+         fj = flag[j] ? u[k] : l[k];
+         if (fj == 0.0 || fj == -DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* either xN[j] has zero active bound or it is unbounded;
+             * in the latter case its value is assumed to be zero */
+            continue;
+         }
+         z += c[k] * fj;
+      }
+      return z;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_pi - compute simplex multipliers in current basis
+*
+*  This routine computes vector pi = (pi[i]) of simplex multipliers in
+*  the current basis. (Factorization of the current basis matrix should
+*  be valid.)
+*
+*  The vector pi is computed by performing BTRAN:
+*
+*     pi = inv(B') * cB,
+*
+*  where cB = (cB[i]) is the vector of objective coefficients at basic
+*  variables xB = (xB[i]).
+*
+*  On exit components of vector pi are stored in the array locations
+*  pi[1], ..., pi[m]. */
+
+void spx_eval_pi(SPXLP *lp, double pi[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i;
+      double *cB;
+      /* construct cB */
+      cB = pi;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         cB[i] = c[head[i]];
+      /* compute pi = inv(B) * cB */
+      bfd_btran(lp->bfd, pi);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_dj - compute reduced cost of j-th non-basic variable
+*
+*  This routine computes reduced cost d[j] of non-basic variable
+*  xN[j] = x[k], 1 <= j <= n-m, in the current basic solution:
+*
+*     d[j] = c[k] - A'[k] * pi,
+*
+*  where c[k] is the objective coefficient at x[k], A[k] is k-th column
+*  of the constraint matrix, pi is the vector of simplex multipliers in
+*  the current basis.
+*
+*  It as assumed that components of the vector pi are stored in the
+*  array locations pi[1], ..., pi[m]. */
+
+double spx_eval_dj(SPXLP *lp, const double pi[/*1+m*/], int j)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      int k, ptr, end;
+      double dj;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n-m);
+      k = lp->head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+      /* dj := c[k] */
+      dj = lp->c[k];
+      /* dj := dj - A'[k] * pi */
+      ptr = A_ptr[k];
+      end = A_ptr[k+1];
+      for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         dj -= A_val[ptr] * pi[A_ind[ptr]];
+      return dj;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_tcol - compute j-th column of simplex table
+*
+*  This routine computes j-th column of the current simplex table
+*  T = (T[i,j]) = - inv(B) * N, 1 <= j <= n-m. (Factorization of the
+*  current basis matrix should be valid.)
+*
+*  The simplex table column is computed by performing FTRAN:
+*
+*     tcol = - inv(B) * N[j],
+*
+*  where B is the current basis matrix, N[j] = A[k] is a column of the
+*  constraint matrix corresponding to non-basic variable xN[j] = x[k].
+*
+*  On exit components of the simplex table column are stored in the
+*  array locations tcol[1], ... tcol[m]. */
+
+void spx_eval_tcol(SPXLP *lp, int j, double tcol[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, k, ptr, end;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n-m);
+      k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+      /* compute tcol = - inv(B) * N[j] */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         tcol[i] = 0.0;
+      ptr = A_ptr[k];
+      end = A_ptr[k+1];
+      for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         tcol[A_ind[ptr]] = -A_val[ptr];
+      bfd_ftran(lp->bfd, tcol);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_rho - compute i-th row of basis matrix inverse
+*
+*  This routine computes i-th row of the matrix inv(B), where B is
+*  the current basis matrix, 1 <= i <= m. (Factorization of the current
+*  basis matrix should be valid.)
+*
+*  The inverse row is computed by performing BTRAN:
+*
+*     rho = inv(B') * e[i],
+*
+*  where e[i] is i-th column of unity matrix.
+*
+*  On exit components of the row are stored in the array locations
+*  row[1], ..., row[m]. */
+
+void spx_eval_rho(SPXLP *lp, int i, double rho[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int j;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+      /* compute rho = inv(B') * e[i] */
+      for (j = 1; j <= m; j++)
+         rho[j] = 0.0;
+      rho[i] = 1.0;
+      bfd_btran(lp->bfd, rho);
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+void spx_eval_rho_s(SPXLP *lp, int i, FVS *rho)
+{     /* sparse version of spx_eval_rho */
+      int m = lp->m;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+      /* compute rho = inv(B') * e[i] */
+      xassert(rho->n == m);
+      fvs_clear_vec(rho);
+      rho->nnz = 1;
+      rho->ind[1] = i;
+      rho->vec[i] = 1.0;
+      bfd_btran_s(lp->bfd, rho);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_tij - compute element T[i,j] of simplex table
+*
+*  This routine computes element T[i,j] of the current simplex table
+*  T = - inv(B) * N, 1 <= i <= m, 1 <= j <= n-m, with the following
+*  formula:
+*
+*     T[i,j] = - N'[j] * rho,                                        (1)
+*
+*  where N[j] = A[k] is a column of the constraint matrix corresponding
+*  to non-basic variable xN[j] = x[k], rho is i-th row of the inverse
+*  matrix inv(B).
+*
+*  It as assumed that components of the inverse row rho = (rho[j]) are
+*  stored in the array locations rho[1], ..., rho[m]. */
+
+double spx_eval_tij(SPXLP *lp, const double rho[/*1+m*/], int j)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      int k, ptr, end;
+      double tij;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n-m);
+      k = lp->head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+      /* compute t[i,j] = - N'[j] * pi */
+      tij = 0.0;
+      ptr = A_ptr[k];
+      end = A_ptr[k+1];
+      for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         tij -= A_val[ptr] * rho[A_ind[ptr]];
+      return tij;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_eval_trow - compute i-th row of simplex table
+*
+*  This routine computes i-th row of the current simplex table
+*  T = (T[i,j]) = - inv(B) * N, 1 <= i <= m.
+*
+*  Elements of the row T[i] = (T[i,j]), j = 1, ..., n-m, are computed
+*  directly with the routine spx_eval_tij.
+*
+*  The vector rho = (rho[j]), which is i-th row of the basis inverse
+*  inv(B), should be previously computed with the routine spx_eval_rho.
+*  It is assumed that elements of this vector are stored in the array
+*  locations rho[1], ..., rho[m].
+*
+*  On exit components of the simplex table row are stored in the array
+*  locations trow[1], ... trow[n-m].
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+void spx_eval_trow(SPXLP *lp, const double rho[/*1+m*/], double
+      trow[/*1+n-m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int j;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+         trow[j] = spx_eval_tij(lp, rho, j);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_update_beta - update values of basic variables
+*
+*  This routine updates the vector beta = (beta[i]) of values of basic
+*  variables xB = (xB[i]) for the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine components of the vector beta in the current
+*  basis should be placed in array locations beta[1], ..., beta[m].
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= p <= m specifies basic variable xB[p] which
+*  becomes non-basic variable xN[q] in the adjacent basis. The special
+*  case p < 0 means that non-basic variable xN[q] goes from its current
+*  active bound to opposite one in the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  If the flag p_flag is set, the active bound of xB[p] in the adjacent
+*  basis is set to its upper bound. (In this case xB[p] should have its
+*  upper bound and should not be fixed.)
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= q <= n-m specifies non-basic variable xN[q] which
+*  becomes basic variable xB[p] in the adjacent basis (if 1 <= p <= m),
+*  or goes to its opposite bound (if p < 0). (In the latter case xN[q]
+*  should have both lower and upper bounds and should not be fixed.)
+*
+*  It is assumed that the array tcol contains elements of q-th (pivot)
+*  column T[q] of the simple table in locations tcol[1], ..., tcol[m].
+*  (This column should be computed for the current basis.)
+*
+*  First, the routine determines the increment of basic variable xB[p]
+*  in the adjacent basis (but only if 1 <= p <= m):
+*
+*                   (       - beta[p], if -inf < xB[p] < +inf
+*                   (
+*     delta xB[p] = { lB[p] - beta[p], if p_flag = 0
+*                   (
+*                   ( uB[p] - beta[p], if p_flag = 1
+*
+*  where beta[p] is the value of xB[p] in the current basis, lB[p] and
+*  uB[p] are its lower and upper bounds. Then, the routine determines
+*  the increment of non-basic variable xN[q] in the adjacent basis:
+*
+*                   ( delta xB[p] / T[p,q], if 1 <= p <= m
+*                   (
+*     delta xN[q] = { uN[q] - lN[q],        if p < 0 and f[q] = lN[q]
+*                   (
+*                   ( lN[q] - uN[q],        if p < 0 and f[q] = uN[q]
+*
+*  where T[p,q] is the pivot element of the simplex table, f[q] is the
+*  active bound of xN[q] in the current basis.
+*
+*  If 1 <= p <= m, in the adjacent basis xN[q] becomes xB[p], so:
+*
+*     new beta[p] = f[q] + delta xN[q].
+*
+*  Values of other basic variables xB[i] for 1 <= i <= m, i != p, are
+*  updated as follows:
+*
+*     new beta[i] = beta[i] + T[i,q] * delta xN[q].
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores updated components of the vector beta to
+*  the same locations, where the input vector beta was stored. */
+
+void spx_update_beta(SPXLP *lp, double beta[/*1+m*/], int p,
+      int p_flag, int q, const double tcol[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int i, k;
+      double delta_p, delta_q;
+      if (p < 0)
+      {  /* special case: xN[q] goes to its opposite bound */
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+         /* xN[q] should be double-bounded variable */
+         k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+         xassert(l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX && l[k] != u[k]);
+         /* determine delta xN[q] */
+         if (flag[q])
+         {  /* xN[q] goes from its upper bound to its lower bound */
+            delta_q = l[k] - u[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xN[q] goes from its lower bound to its upper bound */
+            delta_q = u[k] - l[k];
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* xB[p] leaves the basis, xN[q] enters the basis */
+         xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+         /* determine delta xB[p] */
+         k = head[p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+         if (p_flag)
+         {  /* xB[p] goes to its upper bound */
+            xassert(l[k] != u[k] && u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            delta_p = u[k] - beta[p];
+         }
+         else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* unbounded xB[p] becomes non-basic (unusual case) */
+            xassert(u[k] == +DBL_MAX);
+            delta_p = 0.0 - beta[p];
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xB[p] goes to its lower bound or becomes fixed */
+            delta_p = l[k] - beta[p];
+         }
+         /* determine delta xN[q] */
+         delta_q = delta_p / tcol[p];
+         /* compute new beta[p], which is the value of xN[q] in the
+          * adjacent basis */
+         k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+         if (flag[q])
+         {  /* xN[q] has its upper bound active */
+            xassert(l[k] != u[k] && u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            beta[p] = u[k] + delta_q;
+         }
+         else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* xN[q] is non-basic unbounded variable */
+            xassert(u[k] == +DBL_MAX);
+            beta[p] = 0.0 + delta_q;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xN[q] has its lower bound active or is fixed (latter
+             * case is unusual) */
+            beta[p] = l[k] + delta_q;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute new beta[i] for all i != p */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (i != p)
+            beta[i] += tcol[i] * delta_q;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+void spx_update_beta_s(SPXLP *lp, double beta[/*1+m*/], int p,
+      int p_flag, int q, const FVS *tcol)
+{     /* sparse version of spx_update_beta */
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int nnz = tcol->nnz;
+      int *ind = tcol->ind;
+      double *vec = tcol->vec;
+      int i, k;
+      double delta_p, delta_q;
+      xassert(tcol->n == m);
+      if (p < 0)
+      {  /* special case: xN[q] goes to its opposite bound */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+         /* FIXME: not tested yet */
+         xassert(0);
+#endif
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+         /* xN[q] should be double-bounded variable */
+         k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+         xassert(l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX && l[k] != u[k]);
+         /* determine delta xN[q] */
+         if (flag[q])
+         {  /* xN[q] goes from its upper bound to its lower bound */
+            delta_q = l[k] - u[k];
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xN[q] goes from its lower bound to its upper bound */
+            delta_q = u[k] - l[k];
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* xB[p] leaves the basis, xN[q] enters the basis */
+         xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+         /* determine delta xB[p] */
+         k = head[p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+         if (p_flag)
+         {  /* xB[p] goes to its upper bound */
+            xassert(l[k] != u[k] && u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            delta_p = u[k] - beta[p];
+         }
+         else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* unbounded xB[p] becomes non-basic (unusual case) */
+            xassert(u[k] == +DBL_MAX);
+            delta_p = 0.0 - beta[p];
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xB[p] goes to its lower bound or becomes fixed */
+            delta_p = l[k] - beta[p];
+         }
+         /* determine delta xN[q] */
+         delta_q = delta_p / vec[p];
+         /* compute new beta[p], which is the value of xN[q] in the
+          * adjacent basis */
+         k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+         if (flag[q])
+         {  /* xN[q] has its upper bound active */
+            xassert(l[k] != u[k] && u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+            beta[p] = u[k] + delta_q;
+         }
+         else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* xN[q] is non-basic unbounded variable */
+            xassert(u[k] == +DBL_MAX);
+            beta[p] = 0.0 + delta_q;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xN[q] has its lower bound active or is fixed (latter
+             * case is unusual) */
+            beta[p] = l[k] + delta_q;
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute new beta[i] for all i != p */
+      for (k = 1; k <= nnz; k++)
+      {  i = ind[k];
+         if (i != p)
+            beta[i] += vec[i] * delta_q;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_update_d - update reduced costs of non-basic variables
+*
+*  This routine updates the vector d = (d[j]) of reduced costs of
+*  non-basic variables xN = (xN[j]) for the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine components of the vector d in the current
+*  basis should be placed in locations d[1], ..., d[n-m].
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= p <= m specifies basic variable xB[p] which
+*  becomes non-basic variable xN[q] in the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= q <= n-m specified non-basic variable xN[q] which
+*  becomes basic variable xB[p] in the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  It is assumed that the array trow contains elements of p-th (pivot)
+*  row T'[p] of the simplex table in locations trow[1], ..., trow[n-m].
+*  It is also assumed that the array tcol contains elements of q-th
+*  (pivot) column T[q] of the simple table in locations tcol[1], ...,
+*  tcol[m]. (These row and column should be computed for the current
+*  basis.)
+*
+*  First, the routine computes more accurate reduced cost d[q] in the
+*  current basis using q-th column of the simplex table:
+*
+*                    n-m
+*     d[q] = cN[q] + sum t[i,q] * cB[i],
+*                    i=1
+*
+*  where cN[q] and cB[i] are objective coefficients at variables xN[q]
+*  and xB[i], resp. The routine also computes the relative error:
+*
+*     e = |d[q] - d'[q]| / (1 + |d[q]|),
+*
+*  where d'[q] is the reduced cost of xN[q] on entry to the routine,
+*  and returns e on exit. (If e happens to be large enough, the calling
+*  program may compute the reduced costs directly, since other reduced
+*  costs also may be inaccurate.)
+*
+*  In the adjacent basis xB[p] becomes xN[q], so:
+*
+*     new d[q] = d[q] / T[p,q],
+*
+*  where T[p,q] is the pivot element of the simplex table (it is taken
+*  from column T[q] as more accurate). Reduced costs of other non-basic
+*  variables xN[j] for 1 <= j <= n-m, j != q, are updated as follows:
+*
+*     new d[j] = d[j] + T[p,j] * new d[q].
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores updated components of the vector d to the
+*  same locations, where the input vector d was stored. */
+
+double spx_update_d(SPXLP *lp, double d[/*1+n-m*/], int p, int q,
+      const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], const double tcol[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, j, k;
+      double dq, e;
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      /* compute d[q] in current basis more accurately */
+      k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      dq = c[k];
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         dq += tcol[i] * c[head[i]];
+      /* compute relative error in d[q] */
+      e = fabs(dq - d[q]) / (1.0 + fabs(dq));
+      /* compute new d[q], which is the reduced cost of xB[p] in the
+       * adjacent basis */
+      d[q] = (dq /= tcol[p]);
+      /* compute new d[j] for all j != q */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  if (j != q)
+            d[j] -= trow[j] * dq;
+      }
+      return e;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+double spx_update_d_s(SPXLP *lp, double d[/*1+n-m*/], int p, int q,
+      const FVS *trow, const FVS *tcol)
+{     /* sparse version of spx_update_d */
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int trow_nnz = trow->nnz;
+      int *trow_ind = trow->ind;
+      double *trow_vec = trow->vec;
+      int tcol_nnz = tcol->nnz;
+      int *tcol_ind = tcol->ind;
+      double *tcol_vec = tcol->vec;
+      int i, j, k;
+      double dq, e;
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n);
+      xassert(trow->n == n-m);
+      xassert(tcol->n == m);
+      /* compute d[q] in current basis more accurately */
+      k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+      dq = c[k];
+      for (k = 1; k <= tcol_nnz; k++)
+      {  i = tcol_ind[k];
+         dq += tcol_vec[i] * c[head[i]];
+      }
+      /* compute relative error in d[q] */
+      e = fabs(dq - d[q]) / (1.0 + fabs(dq));
+      /* compute new d[q], which is the reduced cost of xB[p] in the
+       * adjacent basis */
+      d[q] = (dq /= tcol_vec[p]);
+      /* compute new d[j] for all j != q */
+      for (k = 1; k <= trow_nnz; k++)
+      {  j = trow_ind[k];
+         if (j != q)
+            d[j] -= trow_vec[j] * dq;
+      }
+      return e;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_change_basis - change current basis to adjacent one
+*
+*  This routine changes the current basis to the adjacent one making
+*  necessary changes in lp->head and lp->flag members.
+*
+*  The parameters p, p_flag, and q have the same meaning as for the
+*  routine spx_update_beta. */
+
+void spx_change_basis(SPXLP *lp, int p, int p_flag, int q)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int k;
+      if (p < 0)
+      {  /* special case: xN[q] goes to its opposite bound */
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+         /* xN[q] should be double-bounded variable */
+         k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+         xassert(l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX && l[k] != u[k]);
+         /* change active bound flag */
+         flag[q] = 1 - flag[q];
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* xB[p] leaves the basis, xN[q] enters the basis */
+         xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+         xassert(p_flag == 0 || p_flag == 1);
+         xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+         k = head[p]; /* xB[p] = x[k] */
+         if (p_flag)
+         {  /* xB[p] goes to its upper bound */
+            xassert(l[k] != u[k] && u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+         }
+         /* swap xB[p] and xN[q] in the basis */
+         head[p] = head[m+q], head[m+q] = k;
+         /* and set active bound flag for new xN[q] */
+         lp->flag[q] = p_flag;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_update_invb - update factorization of basis matrix
+*
+*  This routine updates factorization of the basis matrix B when i-th
+*  column of B is replaced by k-th column of the constraint matrix A.
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= i <= m specifies the number of column of matrix B
+*  to be replaced by a new column.
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= k <= n specifies the number of column of matrix A
+*  to be used for replacement.
+*
+*  If the factorization has been successfully updated, the routine
+*  validates it and returns zero. Otherwise, the routine invalidates
+*  the factorization and returns the code provided by the factorization
+*  driver (bfd_update). */
+
+int spx_update_invb(SPXLP *lp, int i, int k)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      int ptr, len, ret;
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+      ptr = A_ptr[k];
+      len = A_ptr[k+1] - ptr;
+      ret = bfd_update(lp->bfd, i, len, &A_ind[ptr-1], &A_val[ptr-1]);
+      lp->valid = (ret == 0);
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxlp.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxlp.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29a135fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxlp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* spxlp.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPXLP_H
+#define SPXLP_H
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  The structure SPXLP describes LP problem and its current basis.
+*
+*  It is assumed that LP problem has the following formulation (this is
+*  so called "working format"):
+*
+*     z = c'* x + c0 -> min                                          (1)
+*
+*     A * x = b                                                      (2)
+*
+*     l <= x <= u                                                    (3)
+*
+*  where:
+*
+*  x = (x[k]) is a n-vector of variables;
+*
+*  z is an objective function;
+*
+*  c = (c[k]) is a n-vector of objective coefficients;
+*
+*  c0 is a constant term of the objective function;
+*
+*  A = (a[i,k]) is a mxn-matrix of constraint coefficients;
+*
+*  b = (b[i]) is a m-vector of right-hand sides;
+*
+*  l = (l[k]) is a n-vector of lower bounds of variables;
+*
+*  u = (u[k]) is a n-vector of upper bounds of variables.
+*
+*  If variable x[k] has no lower (upper) bound, it is formally assumed
+*  that l[k] = -inf (u[k] = +inf). Variable having no bounds is called
+*  free (unbounded) variable. If l[k] = u[k], variable x[k] is assumed
+*  to be fixed.
+*
+*  It is also assumed that matrix A has full row rank: rank(A) = m,
+*  i.e. all its rows are linearly independent, so m <= n.
+*
+*  The (current) basis is defined by an appropriate permutation matrix
+*  P of order n such that:
+*
+*             ( xB )
+*     P * x = (    ),                                                (4)
+*             ( xN )
+*
+*  where xB = (xB[i]) is a m-vector of basic variables, xN = (xN[j]) is
+*  a (n-m)-vector of non-basic variables. If a non-basic variable xN[j]
+*  has both lower and upper bounds, there is used an additional flag to
+*  indicate which bound is active.
+*
+*  From (2) and (4) it follows that:
+*
+*     A * P'* P * x = b   <=>   B * xB + N * xN = b,                 (5)
+*
+*  where P' is a matrix transposed to P, and
+*
+*     A * P' = (B | N).                                              (6)
+*
+*  Here B is the basis matrix, which is a square non-singular matrix
+*  of order m composed from columns of matrix A that correspond to
+*  basic variables xB, and N is a mx(n-m) matrix composed from columns
+*  of matrix A that correspond to non-basic variables xN. */
+
+typedef struct SPXLP SPXLP;
+
+struct SPXLP
+{     /* LP problem data and its (current) basis */
+      int m;
+      /* number of equality constraints, m > 0 */
+      int n;
+      /* number of variables, n >= m */
+      int nnz;
+      /* number of non-zeros in constraint matrix A */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* mxn-matrix A of constraint coefficients in sparse column-wise
+       * format */
+      int *A_ptr; /* int A_ptr[1+n+1]; */
+      /* A_ptr[0] is not used;
+       * A_ptr[k], 1 <= k <= n, is starting position of k-th column in
+       * arrays A_ind and A_val; note that A_ptr[1] is always 1;
+       * A_ptr[n+1] indicates the position after the last element in
+       * arrays A_ind and A_val, i.e. A_ptr[n+1] = nnz+1, where nnz is
+       * the number of non-zero elements in matrix A;
+       * the length of k-th column (the number of non-zero elements in
+       * that column) can be calculated as A_ptr[k+1] - A_ptr[k] */
+      int *A_ind; /* int A_ind[1+nnz]; */
+      /* row indices */
+      double *A_val; /* double A_val[1+nnz]; */
+      /* non-zero element values (constraint coefficients) */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* principal vectors of LP formulation */
+      double *b; /* double b[1+m]; */
+      /* b[0] is not used;
+       * b[i], 1 <= i <= m, is the right-hand side of i-th equality
+       * constraint */
+      double *c; /* double c[1+n]; */
+      /* c[0] is the constant term of the objective function;
+       * c[k], 1 <= k <= n, is the objective function coefficient at
+       * variable x[k] */
+      double *l; /* double l[1+n]; */
+      /* l[0] is not used;
+       * l[k], 1 <= k <= n, is the lower bound of variable x[k];
+       * if x[k] has no lower bound, l[k] = -DBL_MAX */
+      double *u; /* double u[1+n]; */
+      /* u[0] is not used;
+       * u[k], 1 <= k <= n, is the upper bound of variable u[k];
+       * if x[k] has no upper bound, u[k] = +DBL_MAX;
+       * note that l[k] = u[k] means that x[k] is fixed variable */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* LP basis */
+      int *head; /* int head[1+n]; */
+      /* basis header, which is permutation matrix P (4):
+       * head[0] is not used;
+       * head[i] = k means that xB[i] = x[k], 1 <= i <= m;
+       * head[m+j] = k, means that xN[j] = x[k], 1 <= j <= n-m */
+      char *flag; /* char flag[1+n-m]; */
+      /* flags of non-basic variables:
+       * flag[0] is not used;
+       * flag[j], 1 <= j <= n-m, indicates that non-basic variable
+       * xN[j] is non-fixed and has its upper bound active */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* basis matrix B of order m stored in factorized form */
+      int valid;
+      /* factorization validity flag */
+      BFD *bfd;
+      /* driver to factorization of the basis matrix */
+};
+
+#define spx_factorize _glp_spx_factorize
+int spx_factorize(SPXLP *lp);
+/* compute factorization of current basis matrix */
+
+#define spx_eval_beta _glp_spx_eval_beta
+void spx_eval_beta(SPXLP *lp, double beta[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute values of basic variables */
+
+#define spx_eval_obj _glp_spx_eval_obj
+double spx_eval_obj(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute value of objective function */
+
+#define spx_eval_pi _glp_spx_eval_pi
+void spx_eval_pi(SPXLP *lp, double pi[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute simplex multipliers */
+
+#define spx_eval_dj _glp_spx_eval_dj
+double spx_eval_dj(SPXLP *lp, const double pi[/*1+m*/], int j);
+/* compute reduced cost of j-th non-basic variable */
+
+#define spx_eval_tcol _glp_spx_eval_tcol
+void spx_eval_tcol(SPXLP *lp, int j, double tcol[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute j-th column of simplex table */
+
+#define spx_eval_rho _glp_spx_eval_rho
+void spx_eval_rho(SPXLP *lp, int i, double rho[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute i-th row of basis matrix inverse */
+
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+#define spx_eval_rho_s _glp_spx_eval_rho_s
+void spx_eval_rho_s(SPXLP *lp, int i, FVS *rho);
+/* sparse version of spx_eval_rho */
+#endif
+
+#define spx_eval_tij _glp_spx_eval_tij
+double spx_eval_tij(SPXLP *lp, const double rho[/*1+m*/], int j);
+/* compute element T[i,j] of simplex table */
+
+#define spx_eval_trow _glp_spx_eval_trow
+void spx_eval_trow(SPXLP *lp, const double rho[/*1+m*/], double
+      trow[/*1+n-m*/]);
+/* compute i-th row of simplex table */
+
+#define spx_update_beta _glp_spx_update_beta
+void spx_update_beta(SPXLP *lp, double beta[/*1+m*/], int p,
+      int p_flag, int q, const double tcol[/*1+m*/]);
+/* update values of basic variables */
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+#define spx_update_beta_s _glp_spx_update_beta_s
+void spx_update_beta_s(SPXLP *lp, double beta[/*1+m*/], int p,
+      int p_flag, int q, const FVS *tcol);
+/* sparse version of spx_update_beta */
+#endif
+
+#define spx_update_d _glp_spx_update_d
+double spx_update_d(SPXLP *lp, double d[/*1+n-m*/], int p, int q,
+      const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], const double tcol[/*1+m*/]);
+/* update reduced costs of non-basic variables */
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+#define spx_update_d_s _glp_spx_update_d_s
+double spx_update_d_s(SPXLP *lp, double d[/*1+n-m*/], int p, int q,
+      const FVS *trow, const FVS *tcol);
+/* sparse version of spx_update_d */
+#endif
+
+#define spx_change_basis _glp_spx_change_basis
+void spx_change_basis(SPXLP *lp, int p, int p_flag, int q);
+/* change current basis to adjacent one */
+
+#define spx_update_invb _glp_spx_update_invb
+int spx_update_invb(SPXLP *lp, int i, int k);
+/* update factorization of basis matrix */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxnt.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxnt.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7eaac852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxnt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/* spxnt.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spxnt.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_alloc_nt - allocate matrix N in sparse row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine allocates the memory for arrays needed to represent the
+*  matrix N composed of non-basic columns of the constraint matrix A. */
+
+void spx_alloc_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      nt->ptr = talloc(1+m, int);
+      nt->len = talloc(1+m, int);
+      nt->ind = talloc(1+nnz, int);
+      nt->val = talloc(1+nnz, double);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_init_nt - initialize row pointers for matrix N
+*
+*  This routine initializes (sets up) row pointers for the matrix N
+*  using column-wise representation of the constraint matrix A.
+*
+*  This routine needs to be called only once. */
+
+void spx_init_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      int *NT_ptr = nt->ptr;
+      int *NT_len = nt->len;
+      int i, k, ptr, end;
+      /* calculate NT_len[i] = maximal number of non-zeros in i-th row
+       * of N = number of non-zeros in i-th row of A */
+      memset(&NT_len[1], 0, m * sizeof(int));
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  ptr = A_ptr[k];
+         end = A_ptr[k+1];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+            NT_len[A_ind[ptr]]++;
+      }
+      /* initialize row pointers NT_ptr[i], i = 1,...,n-m */
+      NT_ptr[1] = 1;
+      for (i = 2; i <= m; i++)
+         NT_ptr[i] = NT_ptr[i-1] + NT_len[i-1];
+      xassert(NT_ptr[m] + NT_len[m] == nnz+1);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_nt_add_col - add column N[j] = A[k] to matrix N
+*
+*  This routine adds elements of column N[j] = A[k], 1 <= j <= n-m,
+*  1 <= k <= n, to the row-wise represntation of the matrix N. It is
+*  assumed (with no check) that elements of the specified column are
+*  missing in the row-wise represntation of N. */
+
+void spx_nt_add_col(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, int j, int k)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      int *NT_ptr = nt->ptr;
+      int *NT_len = nt->len;
+      int *NT_ind = nt->ind;
+      double *NT_val = nt->val;
+      int i, ptr, end, pos;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n-m);
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+      ptr = A_ptr[k];
+      end = A_ptr[k+1];
+      for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+      {  i = A_ind[ptr];
+         /* add element N[i,j] = A[i,k] to i-th row of matrix N */
+         pos = NT_ptr[i] + (NT_len[i]++);
+         if (i < m)
+            xassert(pos < NT_ptr[i+1]);
+         else
+            xassert(pos <= nnz);
+         NT_ind[pos] = j;
+         NT_val[pos] = A_val[ptr];
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_build_nt - build matrix N for current basis
+*
+*  This routine builds the row-wise represntation of the matrix N
+*  for the current basis by adding columns of the constraint matrix A
+*  corresponding to non-basic variables. */
+
+void spx_build_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int *NT_len = nt->len;
+      int j, k;
+      /* N := 0 */
+      memset(&NT_len[1], 0, m * sizeof(int));
+      /* add non-basic columns N[j] = A[k] */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         spx_nt_add_col(lp, nt, j, k);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_nt_del_col - remove column N[j] = A[k] from matrix N
+*
+*  This routine removes elements of column N[j] = A[k], 1 <= j <= n-m,
+*  1 <= k <= n, from the row-wise representation of the matrix N. It is
+*  assumed (with no check) that elements of the specified column are
+*  present in the row-wise representation of N. */
+
+void spx_nt_del_col(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, int j, int k)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      int *NT_ptr = nt->ptr;
+      int *NT_len = nt->len;
+      int *NT_ind = nt->ind;
+      double *NT_val = nt->val;
+      int i, ptr, end, ptr1, end1;
+      xassert(1 <= j && j <= n-m);
+      xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+      ptr = A_ptr[k];
+      end = A_ptr[k+1];
+      for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+      {  i = A_ind[ptr];
+         /* find element N[i,j] = A[i,k] in i-th row of matrix N */
+         ptr1 = NT_ptr[i];
+         end1 = ptr1 + NT_len[i];
+         for (; NT_ind[ptr1] != j; ptr1++)
+            /* nop */;
+         xassert(ptr1 < end1);
+         /* and remove it from i-th row element list */
+         NT_len[i]--;
+         NT_ind[ptr1] = NT_ind[end1-1];
+         NT_val[ptr1] = NT_val[end1-1];
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_update_nt - update matrix N for adjacent basis
+*
+*  This routine updates the row-wise represntation of matrix N for
+*  the adjacent basis, where column N[q], 1 <= q <= n-m, is replaced by
+*  column B[p], 1 <= p <= m, of the current basis matrix B. */
+
+void spx_update_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, int p, int q)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      /* remove old column N[q] corresponding to variable xN[q] */
+      spx_nt_del_col(lp, nt, q, head[m+q]);
+      /* add new column N[q] corresponding to variable xB[p] */
+      spx_nt_add_col(lp, nt, q, head[p]);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_nt_prod - compute product y := y + s * N'* x
+*
+*  This routine computes the product:
+*
+*     y := y + s * N'* x,
+*
+*  where N' is a matrix transposed to the mx(n-m)-matrix N composed
+*  from non-basic columns of the constraint matrix A, x is a m-vector,
+*  s is a scalar, y is (n-m)-vector.
+*
+*  If the flag ign is non-zero, the routine ignores the input content
+*  of the array y assuming that y = 0.
+*
+*  The routine uses the row-wise representation of the matrix N and
+*  computes the product as a linear combination:
+*
+*     y := y + s * (N'[1] * x[1] + ... + N'[m] * x[m]),
+*
+*  where N'[i] is i-th row of N, 1 <= i <= m. */
+
+void spx_nt_prod(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, double y[/*1+n-m*/], int ign,
+      double s, const double x[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *NT_ptr = nt->ptr;
+      int *NT_len = nt->len;
+      int *NT_ind = nt->ind;
+      double *NT_val = nt->val;
+      int i, j, ptr, end;
+      double t;
+      if (ign)
+      {  /* y := 0 */
+         for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+            y[j] = 0.0;
+      }
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (x[i] != 0.0)
+         {  /* y := y + s * (i-th row of N) * x[i] */
+            t = s * x[i];
+            ptr = NT_ptr[i];
+            end = ptr + NT_len[i];
+            for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               y[NT_ind[ptr]] += NT_val[ptr] * t;
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+void spx_nt_prod_s(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, FVS *y, int ign, double s,
+      const FVS *x, double eps)
+{     /* sparse version of spx_nt_prod */
+      int *NT_ptr = nt->ptr;
+      int *NT_len = nt->len;
+      int *NT_ind = nt->ind;
+      double *NT_val = nt->val;
+      int *x_ind = x->ind;
+      double *x_vec = x->vec;
+      int *y_ind = y->ind;
+      double *y_vec = y->vec;
+      int i, j, k, nnz, ptr, end;
+      double t;
+      xassert(x->n == lp->m);
+      xassert(y->n == lp->n-lp->m);
+      if (ign)
+      {  /* y := 0 */
+         fvs_clear_vec(y);
+      }
+      nnz = y->nnz;
+      for (k = x->nnz; k >= 1; k--)
+      {  i = x_ind[k];
+         /* y := y + s * (i-th row of N) * x[i] */
+         t = s * x_vec[i];
+         ptr = NT_ptr[i];
+         end = ptr + NT_len[i];
+         for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+         {  j = NT_ind[ptr];
+            if (y_vec[j] == 0.0)
+               y_ind[++nnz] = j;
+            y_vec[j] += NT_val[ptr] * t;
+            /* don't forget about numeric cancellation */
+            if (y_vec[j] == 0.0)
+               y_vec[j] = DBL_MIN;
+         }
+      }
+      y->nnz = nnz;
+      fvs_adjust_vec(y, eps);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_free_nt - deallocate matrix N in sparse row-wise format
+*
+*  This routine deallocates the memory used for arrays of the program
+*  object nt. */
+
+void spx_free_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt)
+{     xassert(lp == lp);
+      tfree(nt->ptr);
+      tfree(nt->len);
+      tfree(nt->ind);
+      tfree(nt->val);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxnt.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxnt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..857917b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxnt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* spxnt.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPXNT_H
+#define SPXNT_H
+
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+typedef struct SPXNT SPXNT;
+
+struct SPXNT
+{     /* mx(n-m)-matrix N composed of non-basic columns of constraint
+       * matrix A, in sparse row-wise format */
+      int *ptr; /* int ptr[1+m]; */
+      /* ptr[0] is not used;
+       * ptr[i], 1 <= i <= m, is starting position of i-th row in
+       * arrays ind and val; note that ptr[1] is always 1;
+       * these starting positions are set up *once* as if they would
+       * correspond to rows of matrix A stored without gaps, i.e.
+       * ptr[i+1] - ptr[i] is the number of non-zeros in i-th (i < m)
+       * row of matrix A, and (nnz+1) - ptr[m] is the number of
+       * non-zero in m-th (last) row of matrix A, where nnz is the
+       * total number of non-zeros in matrix A */
+      int *len; /* int len[1+m]; */
+      /* len[0] is not used;
+       * len[i], 1 <= i <= m, is the number of non-zeros in i-th row
+       * of current matrix N */
+      int *ind; /* int ind[1+nnz]; */
+      /* column indices */
+      double *val; /* double val[1+nnz]; */
+      /* non-zero element values */
+};
+
+#define spx_alloc_nt _glp_spx_alloc_nt
+void spx_alloc_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt);
+/* allocate matrix N in sparse row-wise format */
+
+#define spx_init_nt _glp_spx_init_nt
+void spx_init_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt);
+/* initialize row pointers for matrix N */
+
+#define spx_nt_add_col _glp_spx_nt_add_col
+void spx_nt_add_col(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, int j, int k);
+/* add column N[j] = A[k] */
+
+#define spx_build_nt _glp_spx_build_nt
+void spx_build_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt);
+/* build matrix N for current basis */
+
+#define spx_nt_del_col _glp_spx_nt_del_col
+void spx_nt_del_col(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, int j, int k);
+/* remove column N[j] = A[k] from matrix N */
+
+#define spx_update_nt _glp_spx_update_nt
+void spx_update_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, int p, int q);
+/* update matrix N for adjacent basis */
+
+#define spx_nt_prod _glp_spx_nt_prod
+void spx_nt_prod(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, double y[/*1+n-m*/], int ign,
+      double s, const double x[/*1+m*/]);
+/* compute product y := y + s * N'* x */
+
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+#define spx_nt_prod_s _glp_spx_nt_prod_s
+void spx_nt_prod_s(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt, FVS *y, int ign, double s,
+      const FVS *x, double eps);
+/* sparse version of spx_nt_prod */
+#endif
+
+#define spx_free_nt _glp_spx_free_nt
+void spx_free_nt(SPXLP *lp, SPXNT *nt);
+/* deallocate matrix N in sparse row-wise format */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprim.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprim.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1cdfb5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1860 @@
+/* spxprim.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#if 1 /* 18/VII-2017 */
+#define SCALE_Z 1
+#endif
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "simplex.h"
+#include "spxat.h"
+#include "spxnt.h"
+#include "spxchuzc.h"
+#include "spxchuzr.h"
+#include "spxprob.h"
+
+#define CHECK_ACCURACY 0
+/* (for debugging) */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      SPXLP *lp;
+      /* LP problem data and its (current) basis; this LP has m rows
+       * and n columns */
+      int dir;
+      /* original optimization direction:
+       * +1 - minimization
+       * -1 - maximization */
+#if SCALE_Z
+      double fz;
+      /* factor used to scale original objective */
+#endif
+      double *orig_c; /* double orig_c[1+n]; */
+      /* copy of original objective coefficients */
+      double *orig_l; /* double orig_l[1+n]; */
+      /* copy of original lower bounds */
+      double *orig_u; /* double orig_u[1+n]; */
+      /* copy of original upper bounds */
+      SPXAT *at;
+      /* mxn-matrix A of constraint coefficients, in sparse row-wise
+       * format (NULL if not used) */
+      SPXNT *nt;
+      /* mx(n-m)-matrix N composed of non-basic columns of constraint
+       * matrix A, in sparse row-wise format (NULL if not used) */
+      int phase;
+      /* search phase:
+       * 0 - not determined yet
+       * 1 - searching for primal feasible solution
+       * 2 - searching for optimal solution */
+      double *beta; /* double beta[1+m]; */
+      /* beta[i] is a primal value of basic variable xB[i] */
+      int beta_st;
+      /* status of the vector beta:
+       * 0 - undefined
+       * 1 - just computed
+       * 2 - updated */
+      double *d; /* double d[1+n-m]; */
+      /* d[j] is a reduced cost of non-basic variable xN[j] */
+      int d_st;
+      /* status of the vector d:
+       * 0 - undefined
+       * 1 - just computed
+       * 2 - updated */
+      SPXSE *se;
+      /* projected steepest edge and Devex pricing data block (NULL if
+       * not used) */
+      int num;
+      /* number of eligible non-basic variables */
+      int *list; /* int list[1+n-m]; */
+      /* list[1], ..., list[num] are indices j of eligible non-basic
+       * variables xN[j] */
+      int q;
+      /* xN[q] is a non-basic variable chosen to enter the basis */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      double *tcol; /* double tcol[1+m]; */
+#else
+      FVS tcol; /* FVS tcol[1:m]; */
+#endif
+      /* q-th (pivot) column of the simplex table */
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      SPXBP *bp; /* SPXBP bp[1+2*m+1]; */
+      /* penalty function break points */
+#endif
+      int p;
+      /* xB[p] is a basic variable chosen to leave the basis;
+       * p = 0 means that no basic variable reaches its bound;
+       * p < 0 means that non-basic variable xN[q] reaches its opposite
+       * bound before any basic variable */
+      int p_flag;
+      /* if this flag is set, the active bound of xB[p] in the adjacent
+       * basis should be set to the upper bound */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      double *trow; /* double trow[1+n-m]; */
+#else
+      FVS trow; /* FVS trow[1:n-m]; */
+#endif
+      /* p-th (pivot) row of the simplex table */
+#if 0 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+      double *work; /* double work[1+m]; */
+      /* working array */
+#else
+      FVS work; /* FVS work[1:m]; */
+      /* working vector */
+#endif
+      int p_stat, d_stat;
+      /* primal and dual solution statuses */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters (see struct glp_smcp) */
+      int msg_lev;
+      /* message level */
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      int harris;
+      /* ratio test technique:
+       * 0 - textbook ratio test
+       * 1 - Harris' two pass ratio test */
+#else
+      int r_test;
+      /* ratio test technique:
+       * GLP_RT_STD  - textbook ratio test
+       * GLP_RT_HAR  - Harris' two pass ratio test
+       * GLP_RT_FLIP - long-step ratio test (only for phase I) */
+#endif
+      double tol_bnd, tol_bnd1;
+      /* primal feasibility tolerances */
+      double tol_dj, tol_dj1;
+      /* dual feasibility tolerances */
+      double tol_piv;
+      /* pivot tolerance */
+      int it_lim;
+      /* iteration limit */
+      int tm_lim;
+      /* time limit, milliseconds */
+      int out_frq;
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      /* display output frequency, iterations */
+#else
+      /* display output frequency, milliseconds */
+#endif
+      int out_dly;
+      /* display output delay, milliseconds */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* working parameters */
+      double tm_beg;
+      /* time value at the beginning of the search */
+      int it_beg;
+      /* simplex iteration count at the beginning of the search */
+      int it_cnt;
+      /* simplex iteration count; it increases by one every time the
+       * basis changes (including the case when a non-basic variable
+       * jumps to its opposite bound) */
+      int it_dpy;
+      /* simplex iteration count at most recent display output */
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      double tm_dpy;
+      /* time value at most recent display output */
+#endif
+      int inv_cnt;
+      /* basis factorization count since most recent display output */
+#if 1 /* 01/VII-2017 */
+      int degen;
+      /* count of successive degenerate iterations; this count is used
+       * to detect stalling */
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      int ns_cnt, ls_cnt;
+      /* normal and long-step iteration counts */
+#endif
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  set_penalty - set penalty function coefficients
+*
+*  This routine sets up objective coefficients of the penalty function,
+*  which is the sum of primal infeasibilities, as follows:
+*
+*     if beta[i] < l[k] - eps1, set c[k] = -1,
+*
+*     if beta[i] > u[k] + eps2, set c[k] = +1,
+*
+*     otherwise, set c[k] = 0,
+*
+*  where beta[i] is current value of basic variable xB[i] = x[k], l[k]
+*  and u[k] are original bounds of x[k], and
+*
+*     eps1 = tol + tol1 * |l[k]|,
+*
+*     eps2 = tol + tol1 * |u[k]|.
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of non-zero objective coefficients,
+*  which is the number of basic variables violating their bounds. Thus,
+*  if the value returned is zero, the current basis is primal feasible
+*  within the specified tolerances. */
+
+static int set_penalty(struct csa *csa, double tol, double tol1)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      int i, k, count = 0;
+      double t, eps;
+      /* reset objective coefficients */
+      for (k = 0; k <= n; k++)
+         c[k] = 0.0;
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         /* check lower bound */
+         if ((t = l[k]) != -DBL_MAX)
+         {  eps = tol + tol1 * (t >= 0.0 ? +t : -t);
+            if (beta[i] < t - eps)
+            {  /* lower bound is violated */
+               c[k] = -1.0, count++;
+            }
+         }
+         /* check upper bound */
+         if ((t = u[k]) != +DBL_MAX)
+         {  eps = tol + tol1 * (t >= 0.0 ? +t : -t);
+            if (beta[i] > t + eps)
+            {  /* upper bound is violated */
+               c[k] = +1.0, count++;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_feas - check primal feasibility of basic solution
+*
+*  This routine checks if the specified values of all basic variables
+*  beta = (beta[i]) are within their bounds.
+*
+*  Let l[k] and u[k] be original bounds of basic variable xB[i] = x[k].
+*  The actual bounds of x[k] are determined as follows:
+*
+*  1) if phase = 1 and c[k] < 0, x[k] violates its lower bound, so its
+*     actual bounds are artificial: -inf < x[k] <= l[k];
+*
+*  2) if phase = 1 and c[k] > 0, x[k] violates its upper bound, so its
+*     actual bounds are artificial: u[k] <= x[k] < +inf;
+*
+*  3) in all other cases (if phase = 1 and c[k] = 0, or if phase = 2)
+*     actual bounds are original: l[k] <= x[k] <= u[k].
+*
+*  The parameters tol and tol1 are bound violation tolerances. The
+*  actual bounds l'[k] and u'[k] are considered as non-violated within
+*  the specified tolerance if
+*
+*     l'[k] - eps1 <= beta[i] <= u'[k] + eps2,
+*
+*  where eps1 = tol + tol1 * |l'[k]|, eps2 = tol + tol1 * |u'[k]|.
+*
+*  The routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0 - solution is feasible (no actual bounds are violated);
+*
+*  1 - solution is infeasible, however, only artificial bounds are
+*      violated (this is possible only if phase = 1);
+*
+*  2 - solution is infeasible and at least one original bound is
+*      violated. */
+
+static int check_feas(struct csa *csa, int phase, double tol, double
+      tol1)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      int i, k, orig, ret = 0;
+      double lk, uk, eps;
+      xassert(phase == 1 || phase == 2);
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         /* determine actual bounds of x[k] */
+         if (phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+         {  /* -inf < x[k] <= l[k] */
+            lk = -DBL_MAX, uk = l[k];
+            orig = 0; /* artificial bounds */
+         }
+         else if (phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+         {  /* u[k] <= x[k] < +inf */
+            lk = u[k], uk = +DBL_MAX;
+            orig = 0; /* artificial bounds */
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* l[k] <= x[k] <= u[k] */
+            lk = l[k], uk = u[k];
+            orig = 1; /* original bounds */
+         }
+         /* check actual lower bound */
+         if (lk != -DBL_MAX)
+         {  eps = tol + tol1 * (lk >= 0.0 ? +lk : -lk);
+            if (beta[i] < lk - eps)
+            {  /* actual lower bound is violated */
+               if (orig)
+               {  ret = 2;
+                  break;
+               }
+               ret = 1;
+            }
+         }
+         /* check actual upper bound */
+         if (uk != +DBL_MAX)
+         {  eps = tol + tol1 * (uk >= 0.0 ? +uk : -uk);
+            if (beta[i] > uk + eps)
+            {  /* actual upper bound is violated */
+               if (orig)
+               {  ret = 2;
+                  break;
+               }
+               ret = 1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  adjust_penalty - adjust penalty function coefficients
+*
+*  On searching for primal feasible solution it may happen that some
+*  basic variable xB[i] = x[k] has non-zero objective coefficient c[k]
+*  indicating that xB[i] violates its lower (if c[k] < 0) or upper (if
+*  c[k] > 0) original bound, but due to primal degenarcy the violation
+*  is close to zero.
+*
+*  This routine identifies such basic variables and sets objective
+*  coefficients at these variables to zero that allows avoiding zero-
+*  step simplex iterations.
+*
+*  The parameters tol and tol1 are bound violation tolerances. The
+*  original bounds l[k] and u[k] are considered as non-violated within
+*  the specified tolerance if
+*
+*     l[k] - eps1 <= beta[i] <= u[k] + eps2,
+*
+*  where beta[i] is value of basic variable xB[i] = x[k] in the current
+*  basis, eps1 = tol + tol1 * |l[k]|, eps2 = tol + tol1 * |u[k]|.
+*
+*  The routine returns the number of objective coefficients which were
+*  set to zero. */
+
+#if 0
+static int adjust_penalty(struct csa *csa, double tol, double tol1)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      int i, k, count = 0;
+      double t, eps;
+      xassert(csa->phase == 1);
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (c[k] < 0.0)
+         {  /* x[k] violates its original lower bound l[k] */
+            xassert((t = l[k]) != -DBL_MAX);
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (t >= 0.0 ? +t : -t);
+            if (beta[i] >= t - eps)
+            {  /* however, violation is close to zero */
+               c[k] = 0.0, count++;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (c[k] > 0.0)
+         {  /* x[k] violates its original upper bound u[k] */
+            xassert((t = u[k]) != +DBL_MAX);
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (t >= 0.0 ? +t : -t);
+            if (beta[i] <= t + eps)
+            {  /* however, violation is close to zero */
+               c[k] = 0.0, count++;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return count;
+}
+#else
+static int adjust_penalty(struct csa *csa, int num, const int
+      ind[/*1+num*/], double tol, double tol1)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      int i, k, t, cnt = 0;
+      double lk, uk, eps;
+      xassert(csa->phase == 1);
+      /* walk thru the specified list of basic variables */
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  i = ind[t];
+         xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+         k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (c[k] < 0.0)
+         {  /* x[k] violates its original lower bound */
+            lk = l[k];
+            xassert(lk != -DBL_MAX);
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (lk >= 0.0 ? +lk : -lk);
+            if (beta[i] >= lk - eps)
+            {  /* however, violation is close to zero */
+               c[k] = 0.0, cnt++;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (c[k] > 0.0)
+         {  /* x[k] violates its original upper bound */
+            uk = u[k];
+            xassert(uk != +DBL_MAX);
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (uk >= 0.0 ? +uk : -uk);
+            if (beta[i] <= uk + eps)
+            {  /* however, violation is close to zero */
+               c[k] = 0.0, cnt++;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return cnt;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_vec - compute maximal relative error between two vectors
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error between
+*  n-vectors x and y:
+*
+*     err_max = max |x[i] - y[i]| / (1 + |x[i]|).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugginig purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_vec(int n, const double x[], const double y[])
+{     int i;
+      double err, err_max;
+      err_max = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  err = fabs(x[i] - y[i]) / (1.0 + fabs(x[i]));
+         if (err_max < err)
+            err_max = err;
+      }
+      return err_max;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_beta - compute maximal relative error in vector beta
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error in vector
+*  of values of basic variables beta = (beta[i]).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugginig purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_beta(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      double err, *beta;
+      beta = talloc(1+m, double);
+      spx_eval_beta(lp, beta);
+      err = err_in_vec(m, beta, csa->beta);
+      tfree(beta);
+      return err;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_d - compute maximal relative error in vector d
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error in vector
+*  of reduced costs of non-basic variables d = (d[j]).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugginig purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_d(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int j;
+      double err, *pi, *d;
+      pi = talloc(1+m, double);
+      d = talloc(1+n-m, double);
+      spx_eval_pi(lp, pi);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+         d[j] = spx_eval_dj(lp, pi, j);
+      err = err_in_vec(n-m, d, csa->d);
+      tfree(pi);
+      tfree(d);
+      return err;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_gamma - compute maximal relative error in vector gamma
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error in vector
+*  of projected steepest edge weights gamma = (gamma[j]).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugginig purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_gamma(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      SPXSE *se = csa->se;
+      int j;
+      double err, *gamma;
+      xassert(se != NULL);
+      gamma = talloc(1+n-m, double);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+         gamma[j] = spx_eval_gamma_j(lp, se, j);
+      err = err_in_vec(n-m, gamma, se->gamma);
+      tfree(gamma);
+      return err;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_accuracy - check accuracy of basic solution components
+*
+*  This routine checks accuracy of current basic solution components.
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugginig purposes. */
+
+static void check_accuracy(struct csa *csa)
+{     double e_beta, e_d, e_gamma;
+      e_beta = err_in_beta(csa);
+      e_d = err_in_d(csa);
+      if (csa->se == NULL)
+         e_gamma = 0.;
+      else
+         e_gamma = err_in_gamma(csa);
+      xprintf("e_beta = %10.3e; e_d = %10.3e; e_gamma = %10.3e\n",
+         e_beta, e_d, e_gamma);
+      xassert(e_beta <= 1e-5 && e_d <= 1e-5 && e_gamma <= 1e-3);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  choose_pivot - choose xN[q] and xB[p]
+*
+*  Given the list of eligible non-basic variables this routine first
+*  chooses non-basic variable xN[q]. This choice is always possible,
+*  because the list is assumed to be non-empty. Then the routine
+*  computes q-th column T[*,q] of the simplex table T[i,j] and chooses
+*  basic variable xB[p]. If the pivot T[p,q] is small in magnitude,
+*  the routine attempts to choose another xN[q] and xB[p] in order to
+*  avoid badly conditioned adjacent bases. */
+
+#if 1 /* 17/III-2016 */
+#define MIN_RATIO 0.0001
+
+static int choose_pivot(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      SPXSE *se = csa->se;
+      int *list = csa->list;
+#if 0 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+      double *tcol = csa->work;
+#else
+      double *tcol = csa->work.vec;
+#endif
+      double tol_piv = csa->tol_piv;
+      int try, nnn, /*i,*/ p, p_flag, q, t;
+      double big, /*temp,*/ best_ratio;
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      SPXBP *bp = csa->bp;
+      int nbp, t_best, ret, k;
+      double dz_best;
+#endif
+      xassert(csa->beta_st);
+      xassert(csa->d_st);
+more: /* initial number of eligible non-basic variables */
+      nnn = csa->num;
+      /* nothing has been chosen so far */
+      csa->q = 0;
+      best_ratio = 0.0;
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      try = 0;
+#else
+      try = ret = 0;
+#endif
+try:  /* choose non-basic variable xN[q] */
+      xassert(nnn > 0);
+      try++;
+      if (se == NULL)
+      {  /* Dantzig's rule */
+         q = spx_chuzc_std(lp, d, nnn, list);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* projected steepest edge */
+         q = spx_chuzc_pse(lp, se, d, nnn, list);
+      }
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      /* compute q-th column of the simplex table */
+      spx_eval_tcol(lp, q, tcol);
+#if 0
+      /* big := max(1, |tcol[1]|, ..., |tcol[m]|) */
+      big = 1.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  temp = tcol[i];
+         if (temp < 0.0)
+            temp = - temp;
+         if (big < temp)
+            big = temp;
+      }
+#else
+      /* this still puzzles me */
+      big = 1.0;
+#endif
+      /* choose basic variable xB[p] */
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      if (csa->phase == 1 && csa->r_test == GLP_RT_FLIP && try <= 2)
+      {  /* long-step ratio test */
+         int t, num, num1;
+         double slope, teta_lim;
+         /* determine penalty function break points */
+         nbp = spx_ls_eval_bp(lp, beta, q, d[q], tcol, tol_piv, bp);
+         if (nbp < 2)
+            goto skip;
+         /* set initial slope */
+         slope = - fabs(d[q]);
+         /* estimate initial teta_lim */
+         teta_lim = DBL_MAX;
+         for (t = 1; t <= nbp; t++)
+         {  if (teta_lim > bp[t].teta)
+               teta_lim = bp[t].teta;
+         }
+         xassert(teta_lim >= 0.0);
+         if (teta_lim < 1e-3)
+            teta_lim = 1e-3;
+         /* nothing has been chosen so far */
+         t_best = 0, dz_best = 0.0, num = 0;
+         /* choose appropriate break point */
+         while (num < nbp)
+         {  /* select and process a new portion of break points */
+            num1 = spx_ls_select_bp(lp, tcol, nbp, bp, num, &slope,
+               teta_lim);
+            for (t = num+1; t <= num1; t++)
+            {  int i = (bp[t].i >= 0 ? bp[t].i : -bp[t].i);
+               xassert(0 <= i && i <= m);
+               if (i == 0 || fabs(tcol[i]) / big >= MIN_RATIO)
+               {  if (dz_best > bp[t].dz)
+                     t_best = t, dz_best = bp[t].dz;
+               }
+#if 0
+               if (i == 0)
+               {  /* do not consider further break points beyond this
+                   * point, where xN[q] reaches its opposite bound;
+                   * in principle (see spx_ls_eval_bp), this break
+                   * point should be the last one, however, due to
+                   * round-off errors there may be other break points
+                   * with the same teta beyond this one */
+                  slope = +1.0;
+               }
+#endif
+            }
+            if (slope > 0.0)
+            {  /* penalty function starts increasing */
+               break;
+            }
+            /* penalty function continues decreasing */
+            num = num1;
+            teta_lim += teta_lim;
+         }
+         if (dz_best == 0.0)
+            goto skip;
+         /* the choice has been made */
+         xassert(1 <= t_best && t_best <= num1);
+         if (t_best == 1)
+         {  /* the very first break point was chosen; it is reasonable
+             * to use the short-step ratio test */
+            goto skip;
+         }
+         csa->q = q;
+         memcpy(&csa->tcol.vec[1], &tcol[1], m * sizeof(double));
+         fvs_gather_vec(&csa->tcol, DBL_EPSILON);
+         if (bp[t_best].i == 0)
+         {  /* xN[q] goes to its opposite bound */
+            csa->p = -1;
+            csa->p_flag = 0;
+            best_ratio = 1.0;
+         }
+         else if (bp[t_best].i > 0)
+         {  /* xB[p] leaves the basis and goes to its lower bound */
+            csa->p = + bp[t_best].i;
+            xassert(1 <= csa->p && csa->p <= m);
+            csa->p_flag = 0;
+            best_ratio = fabs(tcol[csa->p]) / big;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* xB[p] leaves the basis and goes to its upper bound */
+            csa->p = - bp[t_best].i;
+            xassert(1 <= csa->p && csa->p <= m);
+            csa->p_flag = 1;
+            best_ratio = fabs(tcol[csa->p]) / big;
+         }
+#if 0
+         xprintf("num1 = %d; t_best = %d; dz = %g\n", num1, t_best,
+            bp[t_best].dz);
+#endif
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+skip:    ;
+      }
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      if (!csa->harris)
+#else
+      if (csa->r_test == GLP_RT_STD)
+#endif
+      {  /* textbook ratio test */
+         p = spx_chuzr_std(lp, csa->phase, beta, q,
+            d[q] < 0.0 ? +1. : -1., tcol, &p_flag, tol_piv,
+            .30 * csa->tol_bnd, .30 * csa->tol_bnd1);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* Harris' two-pass ratio test */
+         p = spx_chuzr_harris(lp, csa->phase, beta, q,
+            d[q] < 0.0 ? +1. : -1., tcol, &p_flag , tol_piv,
+            .50 * csa->tol_bnd, .50 * csa->tol_bnd1);
+      }
+      if (p <= 0)
+      {  /* primal unboundedness or special case */
+         csa->q = q;
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+         memcpy(&csa->tcol[1], &tcol[1], m * sizeof(double));
+#else
+         memcpy(&csa->tcol.vec[1], &tcol[1], m * sizeof(double));
+         fvs_gather_vec(&csa->tcol, DBL_EPSILON);
+#endif
+         csa->p = p;
+         csa->p_flag = p_flag;
+         best_ratio = 1.0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* either keep previous choice or accept new choice depending on
+       * which one is better */
+      if (best_ratio < fabs(tcol[p]) / big)
+      {  csa->q = q;
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+         memcpy(&csa->tcol[1], &tcol[1], m * sizeof(double));
+#else
+         memcpy(&csa->tcol.vec[1], &tcol[1], m * sizeof(double));
+         fvs_gather_vec(&csa->tcol, DBL_EPSILON);
+#endif
+         csa->p = p;
+         csa->p_flag = p_flag;
+         best_ratio = fabs(tcol[p]) / big;
+      }
+      /* check if the current choice is acceptable */
+      if (best_ratio >= MIN_RATIO || nnn == 1 || try == 5)
+         goto done;
+      /* try to choose other xN[q] and xB[p] */
+      /* find xN[q] in the list */
+      for (t = 1; t <= nnn; t++)
+         if (list[t] == q) break;
+      xassert(t <= nnn);
+      /* move xN[q] to the end of the list */
+      list[t] = list[nnn], list[nnn] = q;
+      /* and exclude it from consideration */
+      nnn--;
+      /* repeat the choice */
+      goto try;
+done: /* the choice has been made */
+#if 1 /* FIXME: currently just to avoid badly conditioned basis */
+      if (best_ratio < .001 * MIN_RATIO)
+      {  /* looks like this helps */
+         if (bfd_get_count(lp->bfd) > 0)
+            return -1;
+         /* didn't help; last chance to improve the choice */
+         if (tol_piv == csa->tol_piv)
+         {  tol_piv *= 1000.;
+            goto more;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      return 0;
+#else /* FIXME */
+      if (ret)
+      {  /* invalidate dual basic solution components */
+         csa->d_st = 0;
+         /* change penalty function coefficients at basic variables for
+          * all break points preceding the chosen one */
+         for (t = 1; t < t_best; t++)
+         {  int i = (bp[t].i >= 0 ? bp[t].i : -bp[t].i);
+            xassert(0 <= i && i <= m);
+            if (i == 0)
+            {  /* xN[q] crosses its opposite bound */
+               xassert(1 <= csa->q && csa->q <= n-m);
+               k = head[m+csa->q];
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* xB[i] crosses its (lower or upper) bound */
+               k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+            }
+            c[k] += bp[t].dc;
+            xassert(c[k] == 0.0 || c[k] == +1.0 || c[k] == -1.0);
+         }
+      }
+      return ret;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  play_bounds - play bounds of primal variables
+*
+*  This routine is called after the primal values of basic variables
+*  beta[i] were updated and the basis was changed to the adjacent one.
+*
+*  It is assumed that before updating all the primal values beta[i]
+*  were strongly feasible, so in the adjacent basis beta[i] remain
+*  feasible within a tolerance, i.e. if some beta[i] violates its lower
+*  or upper bound, the violation is insignificant.
+*
+*  If some beta[i] violates its lower or upper bound, this routine
+*  changes (perturbs) the bound to remove such violation, i.e. to make
+*  all beta[i] strongly feasible. Otherwise, if beta[i] has a feasible
+*  value, this routine attempts to reduce (or remove) perturbation of
+*  corresponding lower/upper bound keeping strong feasibility. */
+
+/* FIXME: what to do if l[k] = u[k]? */
+
+/* FIXME: reduce/remove perturbation if x[k] becomes non-basic? */
+
+static void play_bounds(struct csa *csa, int all)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      double *orig_l = csa->orig_l;
+      double *orig_u = csa->orig_u;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      const double *tcol = csa->tcol; /* was used to update beta */
+#else
+      const double *tcol = csa->tcol.vec;
+#endif
+      int i, k;
+      xassert(csa->phase == 1 || csa->phase == 2);
+      /* primal values beta = (beta[i]) should be valid */
+      xassert(csa->beta_st);
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables xB = (xB[i]) */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (all || tcol[i] != 0.0)
+         {  /* beta[i] has changed in the adjacent basis */
+            k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+            if (csa->phase == 1 && c[k] < 0.0)
+            {  /* -inf < xB[i] <= lB[i] (artificial bounds) */
+               if (beta[i] < l[k] - 1e-9)
+                  continue;
+               /* restore actual bounds */
+               c[k] = 0.0;
+               csa->d_st = 0; /* since c[k] = cB[i] has changed */
+            }
+            if (csa->phase == 1 && c[k] > 0.0)
+            {  /* uB[i] <= xB[i] < +inf (artificial bounds) */
+               if (beta[i] > u[k] + 1e-9)
+                  continue;
+               /* restore actual bounds */
+               c[k] = 0.0;
+               csa->d_st = 0; /* since c[k] = cB[i] has changed */
+            }
+            /* lB[i] <= xB[i] <= uB[i] */
+            if (csa->phase == 1)
+               xassert(c[k] == 0.0);
+            if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* xB[i] has lower bound */
+               if (beta[i] < l[k])
+               {  /* strong feasibility means xB[i] >= lB[i] */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+                  l[k] = beta[i];
+#else
+                  l[k] = beta[i] - 1e-9;
+#endif
+               }
+               else if (l[k] < orig_l[k])
+               {  /* remove/reduce perturbation of lB[i] */
+                  if (beta[i] >= orig_l[k])
+                     l[k] = orig_l[k];
+                  else
+                     l[k] = beta[i];
+               }
+            }
+            if (u[k] != +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* xB[i] has upper bound */
+               if (beta[i] > u[k])
+               {  /* strong feasibility means xB[i] <= uB[i] */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+                  u[k] = beta[i];
+#else
+                  u[k] = beta[i] + 1e-9;
+#endif
+               }
+               else if (u[k] > orig_u[k])
+               {  /* remove/reduce perturbation of uB[i] */
+                  if (beta[i] <= orig_u[k])
+                     u[k] = orig_u[k];
+                  else
+                     u[k] = beta[i];
+               }
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+static void remove_perturb(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* remove perturbation */
+      SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      double *orig_l = csa->orig_l;
+      double *orig_u = csa->orig_u;
+      int j, k;
+      /* restore original bounds of variables */
+      memcpy(l, orig_l, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+      memcpy(u, orig_u, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+      /* adjust flags of fixed non-basic variables, because in the
+       * perturbed problem such variables might be changed to double-
+       * bounded type */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+            flag[j] = 0;
+      }
+      /* removing perturbation changes primal solution components */
+      csa->phase = csa->beta_st = 0;
+#if 1
+      if (csa->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Removing LP perturbation [%d]...\n",
+            csa->it_cnt);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  sum_infeas - compute sum of primal infeasibilities
+*
+*  This routine compute the sum of primal infeasibilities, which is the
+*  current penalty function value. */
+
+static double sum_infeas(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, k;
+      double sum = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && beta[i] < l[k])
+            sum += l[k] - beta[i];
+         if (u[k] != +DBL_MAX && beta[i] > u[k])
+            sum += beta[i] - u[k];
+      }
+      return sum;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  display - display search progress
+*
+*  This routine displays some information about the search progress
+*  that includes:
+*
+*  search phase;
+*
+*  number of simplex iterations performed by the solver;
+*
+*  original objective value;
+*
+*  sum of (scaled) primal infeasibilities;
+*
+*  number of infeasibilities (phase I) or non-optimalities (phase II);
+*
+*  number of basic factorizations since last display output. */
+
+static void display(struct csa *csa, int spec)
+{     int nnn, k;
+      double obj, sum, *save, *save1;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      double tm_cur;
+#endif
+      /* check if the display output should be skipped */
+      if (csa->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_ON) goto skip;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      tm_cur = xtime();
+#endif
+      if (csa->out_dly > 0 &&
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(xtime(), csa->tm_beg) < csa->out_dly)
+#else
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(tm_cur, csa->tm_beg) < csa->out_dly)
+#endif
+         goto skip;
+      if (csa->it_cnt == csa->it_dpy) goto skip;
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      if (!spec && csa->it_cnt % csa->out_frq != 0) goto skip;
+#else
+      if (!spec &&
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(tm_cur, csa->tm_dpy) < csa->out_frq)
+         goto skip;
+#endif
+      /* compute original objective value */
+      save = csa->lp->c;
+      csa->lp->c = csa->orig_c;
+      obj = csa->dir * spx_eval_obj(csa->lp, csa->beta);
+      csa->lp->c = save;
+#if SCALE_Z
+      obj *= csa->fz;
+#endif
+      /* compute sum of (scaled) primal infeasibilities */
+#if 1 /* 01/VII-2017 */
+      save = csa->lp->l;
+      save1 = csa->lp->u;
+      csa->lp->l = csa->orig_l;
+      csa->lp->u = csa->orig_u;
+#endif
+      sum = sum_infeas(csa->lp, csa->beta);
+#if 1 /* 01/VII-2017 */
+      csa->lp->l = save;
+      csa->lp->u = save1;
+#endif
+      /* compute number of infeasibilities/non-optimalities */
+      switch (csa->phase)
+      {  case 1:
+            nnn = 0;
+            for (k = 1; k <= csa->lp->n; k++)
+               if (csa->lp->c[k] != 0.0) nnn++;
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            xassert(csa->d_st);
+            nnn = spx_chuzc_sel(csa->lp, csa->d, csa->tol_dj,
+               csa->tol_dj1, NULL);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+      /* display search progress */
+      xprintf("%c%6d: obj = %17.9e inf = %11.3e (%d)",
+         csa->phase == 2 ? '*' : ' ', csa->it_cnt, obj, sum, nnn);
+      if (csa->inv_cnt)
+      {  /* number of basis factorizations performed */
+         xprintf(" %d", csa->inv_cnt);
+         csa->inv_cnt = 0;
+      }
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      if (csa->phase == 1 && csa->r_test == GLP_RT_FLIP)
+      {  /*xprintf("   %d,%d", csa->ns_cnt, csa->ls_cnt);*/
+         if (csa->ns_cnt + csa->ls_cnt)
+            xprintf(" %d%%",
+               (100 * csa->ls_cnt) / (csa->ns_cnt + csa->ls_cnt));
+         csa->ns_cnt = csa->ls_cnt = 0;
+      }
+#endif
+      xprintf("\n");
+      csa->it_dpy = csa->it_cnt;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      csa->tm_dpy = tm_cur;
+#endif
+skip: return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_primal - driver to the primal simplex method
+*
+*  This routine is a driver to the two-phase primal simplex method.
+*
+*  On exit this routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0  LP instance has been successfully solved.
+*
+*  GLP_EITLIM
+*     Iteration limit has been exhausted.
+*
+*  GLP_ETMLIM
+*     Time limit has been exhausted.
+*
+*  GLP_EFAIL
+*     The solver failed to solve LP instance. */
+
+static int primal_simplex(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* primal simplex method main logic routine */
+      SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      SPXAT *at = csa->at;
+      SPXNT *nt = csa->nt;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      SPXSE *se = csa->se;
+      int *list = csa->list;
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      double *tcol = csa->tcol;
+      double *trow = csa->trow;
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+      double *pi = csa->work;
+      double *rho = csa->work;
+#else
+      double *pi = csa->work.vec;
+      double *rho = csa->work.vec;
+#endif
+      int msg_lev = csa->msg_lev;
+      double tol_bnd = csa->tol_bnd;
+      double tol_bnd1 = csa->tol_bnd1;
+      double tol_dj = csa->tol_dj;
+      double tol_dj1 = csa->tol_dj1;
+      int perturb = -1;
+      /* -1 = perturbation is not used, but enabled
+       *  0 = perturbation is not used and disabled
+       * +1 = perturbation is being used */
+      int j, refct, ret;
+loop: /* main loop starts here */
+      /* compute factorization of the basis matrix */
+      if (!lp->valid)
+      {  double cond;
+         ret = spx_factorize(lp);
+         csa->inv_cnt++;
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Error: unable to factorize the basis matrix (%d"
+                  ")\n", ret);
+            csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+            ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+            goto fini;
+         }
+         /* check condition of the basis matrix */
+         cond = bfd_condest(lp->bfd);
+         if (cond > 1.0 / DBL_EPSILON)
+         {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Error: basis matrix is singular to working prec"
+                  "ision (cond = %.3g)\n", cond);
+            csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+            ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+            goto fini;
+         }
+         if (cond > 0.001 / DBL_EPSILON)
+         {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Warning: basis matrix is ill-conditioned (cond "
+                  "= %.3g)\n", cond);
+         }
+         /* invalidate basic solution components */
+         csa->beta_st = csa->d_st = 0;
+      }
+      /* compute values of basic variables beta = (beta[i]) */
+      if (!csa->beta_st)
+      {  spx_eval_beta(lp, beta);
+         csa->beta_st = 1; /* just computed */
+         /* determine the search phase, if not determined yet */
+         if (!csa->phase)
+         {  if (set_penalty(csa, 0.97 * tol_bnd, 0.97 * tol_bnd1))
+            {  /* current basic solution is primal infeasible */
+               /* start to minimize the sum of infeasibilities */
+               csa->phase = 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* current basic solution is primal feasible */
+               /* start to minimize the original objective function */
+               csa->phase = 2;
+               memcpy(c, csa->orig_c, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+            }
+            /* working objective coefficients have been changed, so
+             * invalidate reduced costs */
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         }
+         /* make sure that the current basic solution remains primal
+          * feasible (or pseudo-feasible on phase I) */
+         if (perturb <= 0)
+         {  if (check_feas(csa, csa->phase, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1))
+            {  /* excessive bound violations due to round-off errors */
+#if 1 /* 01/VII-2017 */
+               if (perturb < 0)
+               {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                     xprintf("Perturbing LP to avoid instability [%d].."
+                        ".\n", csa->it_cnt);
+                  perturb = 1;
+                  goto loop;
+               }
+#endif
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                  xprintf("Warning: numerical instability (primal simpl"
+                     "ex, phase %s)\n", csa->phase == 1 ? "I" : "II");
+               /* restart the search */
+               lp->valid = 0;
+               csa->phase = 0;
+               goto loop;
+            }
+            if (csa->phase == 1)
+            {  int i, cnt;
+               for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+                  csa->tcol.ind[i] = i;
+               cnt = adjust_penalty(csa, m, csa->tcol.ind,
+                  0.99 * tol_bnd, 0.99 * tol_bnd1);
+               if (cnt)
+               {  /*xprintf("*** cnt = %d\n", cnt);*/
+                  csa->d_st = 0;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* FIXME */
+            play_bounds(csa, 1);
+         }
+      }
+      /* at this point the search phase is determined */
+      xassert(csa->phase == 1 || csa->phase == 2);
+      /* compute reduced costs of non-basic variables d = (d[j]) */
+      if (!csa->d_st)
+      {  spx_eval_pi(lp, pi);
+         for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+            d[j] = spx_eval_dj(lp, pi, j);
+         csa->d_st = 1; /* just computed */
+      }
+      /* reset the reference space, if necessary */
+      if (se != NULL && !se->valid)
+         spx_reset_refsp(lp, se), refct = 1000;
+      /* at this point the basis factorization and all basic solution
+       * components are valid */
+      xassert(lp->valid && csa->beta_st && csa->d_st);
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+      /* check accuracy of current basic solution components (only for
+       * debugging) */
+      check_accuracy(csa);
+#endif
+      /* check if the iteration limit has been exhausted */
+      if (csa->it_cnt - csa->it_beg >= csa->it_lim)
+      {  if (perturb > 0)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         display(csa, 1);
+         if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("ITERATION LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->phase == 2 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+         csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF; /* will be set below */
+         ret = GLP_EITLIM;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      /* check if the time limit has been exhausted */
+      if (1000.0 * xdifftime(xtime(), csa->tm_beg) >= csa->tm_lim)
+      {  if (perturb > 0)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         display(csa, 1);
+         if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("TIME LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->phase == 2 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+         csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF; /* will be set below */
+         ret = GLP_ETMLIM;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      /* display the search progress */
+      display(csa, 0);
+      /* select eligible non-basic variables */
+      switch (csa->phase)
+      {  case 1:
+            csa->num = spx_chuzc_sel(lp, d, 1e-8, 0.0, list);
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            csa->num = spx_chuzc_sel(lp, d, tol_dj, tol_dj1, list);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+      /* check for optimality */
+      if (csa->num == 0)
+      {  if (perturb > 0 && csa->phase == 2)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         /* current basis is optimal */
+         display(csa, 1);
+         switch (csa->phase)
+         {  case 1:
+               /* check for primal feasibility */
+               if (!check_feas(csa, 2, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1))
+               {  /* feasible solution found; switch to phase II */
+                  memcpy(c, csa->orig_c, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+                  csa->phase = 2;
+                  csa->d_st = 0;
+                  goto loop;
+               }
+               /* no feasible solution exists */
+#if 1 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+               /* FIXME: remove perturbation */
+#endif
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("LP HAS NO PRIMAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+               csa->p_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF; /* will be set below */
+               ret = 0;
+               goto fini;
+            case 2:
+               /* optimal solution found */
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("OPTIMAL LP SOLUTION FOUND\n");
+               csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+               ret = 0;
+               goto fini;
+            default:
+               xassert(csa != csa);
+         }
+      }
+      /* choose xN[q] and xB[p] */
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+#if 0 /* 17/III-2016 */
+      choose_pivot(csa);
+#else
+      if (choose_pivot(csa) < 0)
+      {  lp->valid = 0;
+         goto loop;
+      }
+#endif
+#else
+      ret = choose_pivot(csa);
+      if (ret < 0)
+      {  lp->valid = 0;
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      if (ret == 0)
+         csa->ns_cnt++;
+      else
+         csa->ls_cnt++;
+#endif
+      /* check for unboundedness */
+      if (csa->p == 0)
+      {  if (perturb > 0)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         display(csa, 1);
+         switch (csa->phase)
+         {  case 1:
+               /* this should never happen */
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                  xprintf("Error: primal simplex failed\n");
+               csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+               ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+               goto fini;
+            case 2:
+               /* primal unboundedness detected */
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("LP HAS UNBOUNDED PRIMAL SOLUTION\n");
+               csa->p_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+               csa->d_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               ret = 0;
+               goto fini;
+            default:
+               xassert(csa != csa);
+         }
+      }
+#if 1 /* 01/VII-2017 */
+      /* check for stalling */
+      if (csa->p > 0)
+      {  int k;
+         xassert(1 <= csa->p && csa->p <= m);
+         k = head[csa->p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+         if (lp->l[k] != lp->u[k])
+         {  if (csa->p_flag)
+            {  /* xB[p] goes to its upper bound */
+               xassert(lp->u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+               if (fabs(beta[csa->p] - lp->u[k]) >= 1e-6)
+               {  csa->degen = 0;
+                  goto skip1;
+               }
+            }
+            else if (lp->l[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* unusual case */
+               goto skip1;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* xB[p] goes to its lower bound */
+               xassert(lp->l[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+               if (fabs(beta[csa->p] - lp->l[k]) >= 1e-6)
+               {  csa->degen = 0;
+                  goto skip1;
+               }
+            }
+            /* degenerate iteration has been detected */
+            csa->degen++;
+            if (perturb < 0 && csa->degen >= 200)
+            {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("Perturbing LP to avoid stalling [%d]...\n",
+                     csa->it_cnt);
+               perturb = 1;
+            }
+skip1:      ;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* update values of basic variables for adjacent basis */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      spx_update_beta(lp, beta, csa->p, csa->p_flag, csa->q, tcol);
+#else
+      spx_update_beta_s(lp, beta, csa->p, csa->p_flag, csa->q,
+         &csa->tcol);
+#endif
+      csa->beta_st = 2;
+      /* p < 0 means that xN[q] jumps to its opposite bound */
+      if (csa->p < 0)
+         goto skip;
+      /* xN[q] enters and xB[p] leaves the basis */
+      /* compute p-th row of inv(B) */
+      spx_eval_rho(lp, csa->p, rho);
+      /* compute p-th (pivot) row of the simplex table */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      if (at != NULL)
+         spx_eval_trow1(lp, at, rho, trow);
+      else
+         spx_nt_prod(lp, nt, trow, 1, -1.0, rho);
+#else
+      if (at != NULL)
+         spx_eval_trow1(lp, at, rho, csa->trow.vec);
+      else
+         spx_nt_prod(lp, nt, csa->trow.vec, 1, -1.0, rho);
+      fvs_gather_vec(&csa->trow, DBL_EPSILON);
+#endif
+      /* FIXME: tcol[p] and trow[q] should be close to each other */
+#if 0 /* 26/V-2017 by cmatraki */
+      xassert(trow[csa->q] != 0.0);
+#else
+      if (csa->trow.vec[csa->q] == 0.0)
+      {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("Error: trow[q] = 0.0\n");
+         csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* update reduced costs of non-basic variables for adjacent
+       * basis */
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      /* dual solution may be invalidated due to long step */
+      if (csa->d_st)
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      if (spx_update_d(lp, d, csa->p, csa->q, trow, tcol) <= 1e-9)
+#else
+      if (spx_update_d_s(lp, d, csa->p, csa->q, &csa->trow, &csa->tcol)
+         <= 1e-9)
+#endif
+      {  /* successful updating */
+         csa->d_st = 2;
+         if (csa->phase == 1)
+         {  /* adjust reduced cost of xN[q] in adjacent basis, since
+             * its penalty coefficient changes (see below) */
+            d[csa->q] -= c[head[csa->p]];
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* new reduced costs are inaccurate */
+         csa->d_st = 0;
+      }
+      if (csa->phase == 1)
+      {  /* xB[p] leaves the basis replacing xN[q], so set its penalty
+          * coefficient to zero */
+         c[head[csa->p]] = 0.0;
+      }
+      /* update steepest edge weights for adjacent basis, if used */
+      if (se != NULL)
+      {  if (refct > 0)
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+         {  if (spx_update_gamma(lp, se, csa->p, csa->q, trow, tcol)
+               <= 1e-3)
+#else /* FIXME: spx_update_gamma_s */
+         {  if (spx_update_gamma(lp, se, csa->p, csa->q, csa->trow.vec,
+               csa->tcol.vec) <= 1e-3)
+#endif
+            {  /* successful updating */
+               refct--;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* new weights are inaccurate; reset reference space */
+               se->valid = 0;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* too many updates; reset reference space */
+            se->valid = 0;
+         }
+      }
+      /* update matrix N for adjacent basis, if used */
+      if (nt != NULL)
+         spx_update_nt(lp, nt, csa->p, csa->q);
+skip: /* change current basis header to adjacent one */
+      spx_change_basis(lp, csa->p, csa->p_flag, csa->q);
+      /* and update factorization of the basis matrix */
+      if (csa->p > 0)
+         spx_update_invb(lp, csa->p, head[csa->p]);
+#if 1
+      if (perturb <= 0)
+      {  if (csa->phase == 1)
+         {  int cnt;
+            /* adjust penalty function coefficients */
+            cnt = adjust_penalty(csa, csa->tcol.nnz, csa->tcol.ind,
+               0.99 * tol_bnd, 0.99 * tol_bnd1);
+            if (cnt)
+            {  /* some coefficients were changed, so invalidate reduced
+                * costs of non-basic variables */
+               /*xprintf("... cnt = %d\n", cnt);*/
+               csa->d_st = 0;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* FIXME */
+         play_bounds(csa, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+      /* simplex iteration complete */
+      csa->it_cnt++;
+      goto loop;
+fini: /* restore original objective function */
+      memcpy(c, csa->orig_c, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+      /* compute reduced costs of non-basic variables and determine
+       * solution dual status, if necessary */
+      if (csa->p_stat != GLP_UNDEF && csa->d_stat == GLP_UNDEF)
+      {  xassert(ret != GLP_EFAIL);
+         spx_eval_pi(lp, pi);
+         for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+            d[j] = spx_eval_dj(lp, pi, j);
+         csa->num = spx_chuzc_sel(lp, d, tol_dj, tol_dj1, NULL);
+         csa->d_stat = (csa->num == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int spx_primal(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     /* driver to the primal simplex method */
+      struct csa csa_, *csa = &csa_;
+      SPXLP lp;
+      SPXAT at;
+      SPXNT nt;
+      SPXSE se;
+      int ret, *map, *daeh;
+#if SCALE_Z
+      int i, j, k;
+#endif
+      /* build working LP and its initial basis */
+      memset(csa, 0, sizeof(struct csa));
+      csa->lp = &lp;
+      spx_init_lp(csa->lp, P, parm->excl);
+      spx_alloc_lp(csa->lp);
+      map = talloc(1+P->m+P->n, int);
+      spx_build_lp(csa->lp, P, parm->excl, parm->shift, map);
+      spx_build_basis(csa->lp, P, map);
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN:
+            csa->dir = +1;
+            break;
+         case GLP_MAX:
+            csa->dir = -1;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(P != P);
+      }
+#if SCALE_Z
+      csa->fz = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= csa->lp->n; k++)
+      {  double t = fabs(csa->lp->c[k]);
+         if (csa->fz < t)
+            csa->fz = t;
+      }
+      if (csa->fz <= 1000.0)
+         csa->fz = 1.0;
+      else
+         csa->fz /= 1000.0;
+      /*xprintf("csa->fz = %g\n", csa->fz);*/
+      for (k = 0; k <= csa->lp->n; k++)
+         csa->lp->c[k] /= csa->fz;
+#endif
+      csa->orig_c = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, double);
+      memcpy(csa->orig_c, csa->lp->c, (1+csa->lp->n) * sizeof(double));
+#if 1 /*PERTURB*/
+      csa->orig_l = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, double);
+      memcpy(csa->orig_l, csa->lp->l, (1+csa->lp->n) * sizeof(double));
+      csa->orig_u = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, double);
+      memcpy(csa->orig_u, csa->lp->u, (1+csa->lp->n) * sizeof(double));
+#else
+      csa->orig_l = csa->orig_u = NULL;
+#endif
+      switch (parm->aorn)
+      {  case GLP_USE_AT:
+            /* build matrix A in row-wise format */
+            csa->at = &at;
+            csa->nt = NULL;
+            spx_alloc_at(csa->lp, csa->at);
+            spx_build_at(csa->lp, csa->at);
+            break;
+         case GLP_USE_NT:
+            /* build matrix N in row-wise format for initial basis */
+            csa->at = NULL;
+            csa->nt = &nt;
+            spx_alloc_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+            spx_init_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+            spx_build_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+      /* allocate and initialize working components */
+      csa->phase = 0;
+      csa->beta = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, double);
+      csa->beta_st = 0;
+      csa->d = talloc(1+csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m, double);
+      csa->d_st = 0;
+      switch (parm->pricing)
+      {  case GLP_PT_STD:
+            csa->se = NULL;
+            break;
+         case GLP_PT_PSE:
+            csa->se = &se;
+            spx_alloc_se(csa->lp, csa->se);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+      csa->list = talloc(1+csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m, int);
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      csa->tcol = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, double);
+      csa->trow = talloc(1+csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m, double);
+#else
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->tcol, csa->lp->m);
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->trow, csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m);
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      csa->bp = NULL;
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+      csa->work = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, double);
+#else
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->work, csa->lp->m);
+#endif
+      /* initialize control parameters */
+      csa->msg_lev = parm->msg_lev;
+#if 0 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      switch (parm->r_test)
+      {  case GLP_RT_STD:
+            csa->harris = 0;
+            break;
+         case GLP_RT_HAR:
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+         case GLP_RT_FLIP:
+            /* FIXME */
+            /* currently for primal simplex GLP_RT_FLIP is equivalent
+             * to GLP_RT_HAR */
+#endif
+            csa->harris = 1;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+#else
+      switch (parm->r_test)
+      {  case GLP_RT_STD:
+         case GLP_RT_HAR:
+            break;
+         case GLP_RT_FLIP:
+            csa->bp = talloc(1+2*csa->lp->m+1, SPXBP);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+      csa->r_test = parm->r_test;
+#endif
+      csa->tol_bnd = parm->tol_bnd;
+      csa->tol_bnd1 = .001 * parm->tol_bnd;
+      csa->tol_dj = parm->tol_dj;
+      csa->tol_dj1 = .001 * parm->tol_dj;
+      csa->tol_piv = parm->tol_piv;
+      csa->it_lim = parm->it_lim;
+      csa->tm_lim = parm->tm_lim;
+      csa->out_frq = parm->out_frq;
+      csa->out_dly = parm->out_dly;
+      /* initialize working parameters */
+      csa->tm_beg = xtime();
+      csa->it_beg = csa->it_cnt = P->it_cnt;
+      csa->it_dpy = -1;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      csa->tm_dpy = 0.0;
+#endif
+      csa->inv_cnt = 0;
+#if 1 /* 01/VII-2017 */
+      csa->degen = 0;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      csa->ns_cnt = csa->ls_cnt = 0;
+#endif
+      /* try to solve working LP */
+      ret = primal_simplex(csa);
+      /* return basis factorization back to problem object */
+      P->valid = csa->lp->valid;
+      P->bfd = csa->lp->bfd;
+      /* set solution status */
+      P->pbs_stat = csa->p_stat;
+      P->dbs_stat = csa->d_stat;
+      /* if the solver failed, do not store basis header and basic
+       * solution components to problem object */
+      if (ret == GLP_EFAIL)
+         goto skip;
+      /* convert working LP basis to original LP basis and store it to
+       * problem object */
+      daeh = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, int);
+      spx_store_basis(csa->lp, P, map, daeh);
+      /* compute simplex multipliers for final basic solution found by
+       * the solver */
+#if 0 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+      spx_eval_pi(csa->lp, csa->work);
+#else
+      spx_eval_pi(csa->lp, csa->work.vec);
+#endif
+      /* convert working LP solution to original LP solution and store
+       * it into the problem object */
+#if SCALE_Z
+      for (i = 1; i <= csa->lp->m; i++)
+         csa->work.vec[i] *= csa->fz;
+      for (j = 1; j <= csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m; j++)
+         csa->d[j] *= csa->fz;
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+      spx_store_sol(csa->lp, P, SHIFT, map, daeh, csa->beta, csa->work,
+         csa->d);
+#else
+      spx_store_sol(csa->lp, P, parm->shift, map, daeh, csa->beta,
+         csa->work.vec, csa->d);
+#endif
+      tfree(daeh);
+      /* save simplex iteration count */
+      P->it_cnt = csa->it_cnt;
+      /* report auxiliary/structural variable causing unboundedness */
+      P->some = 0;
+      if (csa->p_stat == GLP_FEAS && csa->d_stat == GLP_NOFEAS)
+      {  int k, kk;
+         /* xN[q] = x[k] causes unboundedness */
+         xassert(1 <= csa->q && csa->q <= csa->lp->n - csa->lp->m);
+         k = csa->lp->head[csa->lp->m + csa->q];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= csa->lp->n);
+         /* convert to number of original variable */
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= P->m + P->n; kk++)
+         {  if (abs(map[kk]) == k)
+            {  P->some = kk;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+         xassert(P->some != 0);
+      }
+skip: /* deallocate working objects and arrays */
+      spx_free_lp(csa->lp);
+      tfree(map);
+      tfree(csa->orig_c);
+#if 1 /*PERTURB*/
+      tfree(csa->orig_l);
+      tfree(csa->orig_u);
+#endif
+      if (csa->at != NULL)
+         spx_free_at(csa->lp, csa->at);
+      if (csa->nt != NULL)
+         spx_free_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+      tfree(csa->beta);
+      tfree(csa->d);
+      if (csa->se != NULL)
+         spx_free_se(csa->lp, csa->se);
+      tfree(csa->list);
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+      tfree(csa->tcol);
+      tfree(csa->trow);
+#else
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->tcol);
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->trow);
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 23/VI-2017 */
+      if (csa->bp != NULL)
+         tfree(csa->bp);
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 09/VII-2017 */
+      tfree(csa->work);
+#else
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->work);
+#endif
+      /* return to calling program */
+      return ret;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprob.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprob.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4bebe2e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+/* spxprob.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spxprob.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_init_lp - initialize working LP object
+*
+*  This routine determines the number of equality constraints m, the
+*  number of variables n, and the number of non-zero elements nnz in
+*  the constraint matrix for the working LP, which corresponds to the
+*  original LP, and stores these dimensions to the working LP object.
+*  (The working LP object should be allocated by the calling routine.)
+*
+*  If the flag excl is set, the routine assumes that non-basic fixed
+*  variables will be excluded from the working LP. */
+
+void spx_init_lp(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, int excl)
+{     int i, j, m, n, nnz;
+      m = P->m;
+      xassert(m > 0);
+      n = 0;
+      nnz = P->nnz;
+      xassert(P->valid);
+      /* scan rows of original LP */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         if (excl && row->stat == GLP_NS)
+         {  /* skip non-basic fixed auxiliary variable */
+            /* nop */
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* include auxiliary variable in working LP */
+            n++;
+            nnz++; /* unity column */
+         }
+      }
+      /* scan columns of original LP */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         if (excl && col->stat == GLP_NS)
+         {  /* skip non-basic fixed structural variable */
+            GLPAIJ *aij;
+            for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+               nnz--;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* include structural variable in working LP */
+            n++;
+         }
+      }
+      /* initialize working LP data block */
+      memset(lp, 0, sizeof(SPXLP));
+      lp->m = m;
+      xassert(n > 0);
+      lp->n = n;
+      lp->nnz = nnz;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_alloc_lp - allocate working LP arrays
+*
+*  This routine allocates the memory for all arrays in the working LP
+*  object. */
+
+void spx_alloc_lp(SPXLP *lp)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      lp->A_ptr = talloc(1+n+1, int);
+      lp->A_ind = talloc(1+nnz, int);
+      lp->A_val = talloc(1+nnz, double);
+      lp->b = talloc(1+m, double);
+      lp->c = talloc(1+n, double);
+      lp->l = talloc(1+n, double);
+      lp->u = talloc(1+n, double);
+      lp->head = talloc(1+n, int);
+      lp->flag = talloc(1+n-m, char);
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_build_lp - convert original LP to working LP
+*
+*  This routine converts components (except the current basis) of the
+*  original LP to components of the working LP and perform scaling of
+*  these components. Also, if the original LP is maximization, the
+*  routine changes the signs of the objective coefficients and constant
+*  term to opposite ones.
+*
+*  If the flag excl is set, original non-basic fixed variables are
+*  *not* included in the working LP. Otherwise, all (auxiliary and
+*  structural) original variables are included in the working LP. Note
+*  that this flag should have the same value as it has in a call to the
+*  routine spx_init_lp.
+*
+*  If the flag shift is set, the routine shift bounds of variables
+*  included in the working LP to make at least one bound to be zero.
+*  If a variable has both lower and upper bounds, the bound having
+*  smaller magnitude is shifted to zero.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores information about correspondence between
+*  numbers of variables in the original and working LPs to the array
+*  map, which should have 1+P->m+P->n locations (location [0] is not
+*  used), where P->m is the numbers of rows and P->n is the number of
+*  columns in the original LP:
+*
+*  map[i] = +k, 1 <= i <= P->m, means that i-th auxiliary variable of
+*  the original LP corresponds to variable x[k] of the working LP;
+*
+*  map[i] = -k, 1 <= i <= P->m, means that i-th auxiliary variable of
+*  the original LP corresponds to variable x[k] of the working LP, and
+*  the upper bound of that variable was shifted to zero;
+*
+*  map[i] = 0, 1 <= i <= P->m, means that i-th auxiliary variable of
+*  the original LP was excluded from the working LP;
+*
+*  map[P->m+j], 1 <= j <= P->n, has the same sense as above, however,
+*  for j-th structural variable of the original LP. */
+
+void spx_build_lp(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, int excl, int shift,
+      int map[/*1+P->m+P->n*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int nnz = lp->nnz;
+      int *A_ptr = lp->A_ptr;
+      int *A_ind = lp->A_ind;
+      double *A_val = lp->A_val;
+      double *b = lp->b;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int i, j, k, kk, ptr, end;
+      double dir, delta;
+      /* working LP is always minimization */
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN:
+            dir = +1.0;
+            break;
+         case GLP_MAX:
+            dir = -1.0;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(P != P);
+      }
+      /* initialize constant term of the objective */
+      c[0] = dir * P->c0;
+      k = 0; /* number of variable in working LP */
+      ptr = 1; /* current available position in A_ind/A_val */
+      /* process rows of original LP */
+      xassert(P->m == m);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         if (excl && row->stat == GLP_NS)
+         {  /* i-th auxiliary variable is non-basic and fixed */
+            /* substitute its scaled value in working LP */
+            xassert(row->type == GLP_FX);
+            map[i] = 0;
+            b[i] = - row->lb * row->rii;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* include i-th auxiliary variable in working LP */
+            map[i] = ++k;
+            /* setup k-th column of working constraint matrix which is
+             * i-th column of unity matrix */
+            A_ptr[k] = ptr;
+            A_ind[ptr] = i;
+            A_val[ptr] = 1.0;
+            ptr++;
+            /* initialize right-hand side of i-th equality constraint
+             * and setup zero objective coefficient at variable x[k] */
+            b[i] = c[k] = 0.0;
+            /* setup scaled bounds of variable x[k] */
+            switch (row->type)
+            {  case GLP_FR:
+                  l[k] = -DBL_MAX, u[k] = +DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_LO:
+                  l[k] = row->lb * row->rii, u[k] = +DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_UP:
+                  l[k] = -DBL_MAX, u[k] = row->ub * row->rii;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_DB:
+                  l[k] = row->lb * row->rii, u[k] = row->ub * row->rii;
+                  xassert(l[k] != u[k]);
+                  break;
+               case GLP_FX:
+                  l[k] = u[k] = row->lb * row->rii;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(row != row);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* process columns of original LP */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         GLPAIJ *aij;
+         if (excl && col->stat == GLP_NS)
+         {  /* j-th structural variable is non-basic and fixed */
+            /* substitute its scaled value in working LP */
+            xassert(col->type == GLP_FX);
+            map[m+j] = 0;
+            if (col->lb != 0.0)
+            {  /* (note that sjj scale factor is cancelled) */
+               for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+                  b[aij->row->i] +=
+                     (aij->row->rii * aij->val) * col->lb;
+               c[0] += (dir * col->coef) * col->lb;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* include j-th structural variable in working LP */
+            map[m+j] = ++k;
+            /* setup k-th column of working constraint matrix which is
+             * scaled j-th column of original constraint matrix (-A) */
+            A_ptr[k] = ptr;
+            for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+            {  A_ind[ptr] = aij->row->i;
+               A_val[ptr] = - aij->row->rii * aij->val * col->sjj;
+               ptr++;
+            }
+            /* setup scaled objective coefficient at variable x[k] */
+            c[k] = dir * col->coef * col->sjj;
+            /* setup scaled bounds of variable x[k] */
+            switch (col->type)
+            {  case GLP_FR:
+                  l[k] = -DBL_MAX, u[k] = +DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_LO:
+                  l[k] = col->lb / col->sjj, u[k] = +DBL_MAX;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_UP:
+                  l[k] = -DBL_MAX, u[k] = col->ub / col->sjj;
+                  break;
+               case GLP_DB:
+                  l[k] = col->lb / col->sjj, u[k] = col->ub / col->sjj;
+                  xassert(l[k] != u[k]);
+                  break;
+               case GLP_FX:
+                  l[k] = u[k] = col->lb / col->sjj;
+                  break;
+               default:
+                  xassert(col != col);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(k == n);
+      xassert(ptr == nnz+1);
+      A_ptr[n+1] = ptr;
+      /* shift bounds of all variables of working LP (optionally) */
+      if (shift)
+      {  for (kk = 1; kk <= m+P->n; kk++)
+         {  k = map[kk];
+            if (k == 0)
+            {  /* corresponding original variable was excluded */
+               continue;
+            }
+            /* shift bounds of variable x[k] */
+            if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* x[k] is unbounded variable */
+               delta = 0.0;
+            }
+            else if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* shift lower bound to zero */
+               delta = l[k];
+               l[k] = 0.0;
+            }
+            else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* shift upper bound to zero */
+               map[kk] = -k;
+               delta = u[k];
+               u[k] = 0.0;
+            }
+            else if (l[k] != u[k])
+            {  /* x[k] is double bounded variable */
+               if (fabs(l[k]) <= fabs(u[k]))
+               {  /* shift lower bound to zero */
+                  delta = l[k];
+                  l[k] = 0.0, u[k] -= delta;
+               }
+               else
+               {  /* shift upper bound to zero */
+                  map[kk] = -k;
+                  delta = u[k];
+                  l[k] -= delta, u[k] = 0.0;
+               }
+               xassert(l[k] != u[k]);
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* shift fixed value to zero */
+               delta = l[k];
+               l[k] = u[k] = 0.0;
+            }
+            /* substitute x[k] = x'[k] + delta into all constraints
+             * and the objective function of working LP */
+            if (delta != 0.0)
+            {  ptr = A_ptr[k];
+               end = A_ptr[k+1];
+               for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+                  b[A_ind[ptr]] -= A_val[ptr] * delta;
+               c[0] += c[k] * delta;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_build_basis - convert original LP basis to working LP basis
+*
+*  This routine converts the current basis of the original LP to
+*  corresponding initial basis of the working LP, and moves the basis
+*  factorization driver from the original LP object to the working LP
+*  object.
+*
+*  The array map should contain information provided by the routine
+*  spx_build_lp. */
+
+void spx_build_basis(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, const int map[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int i, j, k, ii, jj;
+      /* original basis factorization should be valid that guarantees
+       * the basis is correct */
+      xassert(P->m == m);
+      xassert(P->valid);
+      /* initialize basis header for working LP */
+      memset(&head[1], 0, m * sizeof(int));
+      jj = 0;
+      /* scan rows of original LP */
+      xassert(P->m == m);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         /* determine ordinal number of x[k] in working LP */
+         if ((k = map[i]) < 0)
+            k = -k;
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  /* corresponding original variable was excluded */
+            continue;
+         }
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+         if (row->stat == GLP_BS)
+         {  /* x[k] is basic variable xB[ii] */
+            ii = row->bind;
+            xassert(1 <= ii && ii <= m);
+            xassert(head[ii] == 0);
+            head[ii] = k;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* x[k] is non-basic variable xN[jj] */
+            jj++;
+            head[m+jj] = k;
+            flag[jj] = (row->stat == GLP_NU);
+         }
+      }
+      /* scan columns of original LP */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         /* determine ordinal number of x[k] in working LP */
+         if ((k = map[m+j]) < 0)
+            k = -k;
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  /* corresponding original variable was excluded */
+            continue;
+         }
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= n);
+         if (col->stat == GLP_BS)
+         {  /* x[k] is basic variable xB[ii] */
+            ii = col->bind;
+            xassert(1 <= ii && ii <= m);
+            xassert(head[ii] == 0);
+            head[ii] = k;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* x[k] is non-basic variable xN[jj] */
+            jj++;
+            head[m+jj] = k;
+            flag[jj] = (col->stat == GLP_NU);
+         }
+      }
+      xassert(m+jj == n);
+      /* acquire basis factorization */
+      lp->valid = 1;
+      lp->bfd = P->bfd;
+      P->valid = 0;
+      P->bfd = NULL;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_store_basis - convert working LP basis to original LP basis
+*
+*  This routine converts the current working LP basis to corresponding
+*  original LP basis. This operations includes determining and setting
+*  statuses of all rows (auxiliary variables) and columns (structural
+*  variables), and building the basis header.
+*
+*  The array map should contain information provided by the routine
+*  spx_build_lp.
+*
+*  On exit the routine fills the array daeh. This array should have
+*  1+lp->n locations (location [0] is not used) and contain the inverse
+*  of the working basis header lp->head, i.e. head[k'] = k means that
+*  daeh[k] = k'. */
+
+void spx_store_basis(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, const int map[],
+      int daeh[/*1+n*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int i, j, k, kk;
+      /* determine inverse of working basis header */
+      for (kk = 1; kk <= n; kk++)
+         daeh[head[kk]] = kk;
+      /* set row statuses */
+      xassert(P->m == m);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         if ((k = map[i]) < 0)
+            k = -k;
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  /* non-basic fixed auxiliary variable was excluded */
+            xassert(row->type == GLP_FX);
+            row->stat = GLP_NS;
+            row->bind = 0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* auxiliary variable corresponds to variable x[k] */
+            kk = daeh[k];
+            if (kk <= m)
+            {  /* x[k] = xB[kk] */
+               P->head[kk] = i;
+               row->stat = GLP_BS;
+               row->bind = kk;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[k] = xN[kk-m] */
+               switch (row->type)
+               {  case GLP_FR:
+                     row->stat = GLP_NF;
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_LO:
+                     row->stat = GLP_NL;
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_UP:
+                     row->stat = GLP_NU;
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_DB:
+                     row->stat = (flag[kk-m] ? GLP_NU : GLP_NL);
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_FX:
+                     row->stat = GLP_NS;
+                     break;
+                  default:
+                     xassert(row != row);
+               }
+               row->bind = 0;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* set column statuses */
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         if ((k = map[m+j]) < 0)
+            k = -k;
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  /* non-basic fixed structural variable was excluded */
+            xassert(col->type == GLP_FX);
+            col->stat = GLP_NS;
+            col->bind = 0;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* structural variable corresponds to variable x[k] */
+            kk = daeh[k];
+            if (kk <= m)
+            {  /* x[k] = xB[kk] */
+               P->head[kk] = m+j;
+               col->stat = GLP_BS;
+               col->bind = kk;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[k] = xN[kk-m] */
+               switch (col->type)
+               {  case GLP_FR:
+                     col->stat = GLP_NF;
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_LO:
+                     col->stat = GLP_NL;
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_UP:
+                     col->stat = GLP_NU;
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_DB:
+                     col->stat = (flag[kk-m] ? GLP_NU : GLP_NL);
+                     break;
+                  case GLP_FX:
+                     col->stat = GLP_NS;
+                     break;
+                  default:
+                     xassert(col != col);
+               }
+               col->bind = 0;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_store_sol - convert working LP solution to original LP solution
+*
+*  This routine converts the current basic solution of the working LP
+*  (values of basic variables, simplex multipliers, reduced costs of
+*  non-basic variables) to corresponding basic solution of the original
+*  LP (values and reduced costs of auxiliary and structural variables).
+*  This conversion includes unscaling all basic solution components,
+*  computing reduced costs of excluded non-basic variables, recovering
+*  unshifted values of basic variables, changing the signs of reduced
+*  costs (if the original LP is maximization), and computing the value
+*  of the objective function.
+*
+*  The flag shift should have the same value as it has in a call to the
+*  routine spx_build_lp.
+*
+*  The array map should contain information provided by the routine
+*  spx_build_lp.
+*
+*  The array daeh should contain information provided by the routine
+*  spx_store_basis.
+*
+*  The arrays beta, pi, and d should contain basic solution components
+*  for the working LP:
+*
+*  array locations beta[1], ..., beta[m] should contain values of basic
+*  variables beta = (beta[i]);
+*
+*  array locations pi[1], ..., pi[m] should contain simplex multipliers
+*  pi = (pi[i]);
+*
+*  array locations d[1], ..., d[n-m] should contain reduced costs of
+*  non-basic variables d = (d[j]). */
+
+void spx_store_sol(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, int shift,
+      const int map[], const int daeh[], const double beta[],
+      const double pi[], const double d[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int i, j, k, kk;
+      double dir;
+      /* working LP is always minimization */
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN:
+            dir = +1.0;
+            break;
+         case GLP_MAX:
+            dir = -1.0;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(P != P);
+      }
+      /* compute row solution components */
+      xassert(P->m == m);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  GLPROW *row = P->row[i];
+         if ((k = map[i]) < 0)
+            k = -k;
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  /* non-basic fixed auxiliary variable was excluded */
+            xassert(row->type == GLP_FX);
+            row->prim = row->lb;
+            /* compute reduced cost d[k] = c[k] - A'[k] * pi as if x[k]
+             * would be non-basic in working LP */
+            row->dual = - dir * pi[i] * row->rii;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* auxiliary variable corresponds to variable x[k] */
+            kk = daeh[k];
+            if (kk <= m)
+            {  /* x[k] = xB[kk] */
+               row->prim = beta[kk] / row->rii;
+               if (shift)
+                  row->prim += (map[i] < 0 ? row->ub : row->lb);
+               row->dual = 0.0;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[k] = xN[kk-m] */
+               row->prim = (flag[kk-m] ? row->ub : row->lb);
+               row->dual = (dir * d[kk-m]) * row->rii;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute column solution components and objective value */
+      P->obj_val = P->c0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= P->n; j++)
+      {  GLPCOL *col = P->col[j];
+         if ((k = map[m+j]) < 0)
+            k = -k;
+         if (k == 0)
+         {  /* non-basic fixed structural variable was excluded */
+            GLPAIJ *aij;
+            double dk;
+            xassert(col->type == GLP_FX);
+            col->prim = col->lb;
+            /* compute reduced cost d[k] = c[k] - A'[k] * pi as if x[k]
+             * would be non-basic in working LP */
+            /* (note that sjj scale factor is cancelled) */
+            dk = dir * col->coef;
+            for (aij = col->ptr; aij != NULL; aij = aij->c_next)
+               dk += (aij->row->rii * aij->val) * pi[aij->row->i];
+            col->dual = dir * dk;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* structural variable corresponds to variable x[k] */
+            kk = daeh[k];
+            if (kk <= m)
+            {  /* x[k] = xB[kk] */
+               col->prim = beta[kk] * col->sjj;
+               if (shift)
+                  col->prim += (map[m+j] < 0 ? col->ub : col->lb);
+               col->dual = 0.0;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* x[k] = xN[kk-m] */
+               col->prim = (flag[kk-m] ? col->ub : col->lb);
+               col->dual = (dir * d[kk-m]) / col->sjj;
+            }
+         }
+         P->obj_val += col->coef * col->prim;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spx_free_lp - deallocate working LP arrays
+*
+*  This routine deallocates the memory used for arrays of the working
+*  LP object. */
+
+void spx_free_lp(SPXLP *lp)
+{     tfree(lp->A_ptr);
+      tfree(lp->A_ind);
+      tfree(lp->A_val);
+      tfree(lp->b);
+      tfree(lp->c);
+      tfree(lp->l);
+      tfree(lp->u);
+      tfree(lp->head);
+      tfree(lp->flag);
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprob.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprob.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7d87fa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spxprob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* spxprob.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPXPROB_H
+#define SPXPROB_H
+
+#include "prob.h"
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+#define spx_init_lp _glp_spx_init_lp
+void spx_init_lp(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, int excl);
+/* initialize working LP object */
+
+#define spx_alloc_lp _glp_spx_alloc_lp
+void spx_alloc_lp(SPXLP *lp);
+/* allocate working LP arrays */
+
+#define spx_build_lp _glp_spx_build_lp
+void spx_build_lp(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, int excl, int shift,
+      int map[/*1+P->m+P->n*/]);
+/* convert original LP to working LP */
+
+#define spx_build_basis _glp_spx_build_basis
+void spx_build_basis(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, const int map[]);
+/* convert original LP basis to working LP basis */
+
+#define spx_store_basis _glp_spx_store_basis
+void spx_store_basis(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, const int map[],
+      int daeh[/*1+n*/]);
+/* convert working LP basis to original LP basis */
+
+#define spx_store_sol _glp_spx_store_sol
+void spx_store_sol(SPXLP *lp, glp_prob *P, int shift,
+      const int map[], const int daeh[], const double beta[],
+      const double pi[], const double d[]);
+/* convert working LP solution to original LP solution */
+
+#define spx_free_lp _glp_spx_free_lp
+void spx_free_lp(SPXLP *lp);
+/* deallocate working LP arrays */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzc.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b9221298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/* spychuzc.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spychuzc.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_chuzc_std - choose non-basic variable (dual textbook ratio test)
+*
+*  This routine implements an improved dual textbook ratio test to
+*  choose non-basic variable xN[q].
+*
+*  Current reduced costs of non-basic variables should be placed in the
+*  array locations d[1], ..., d[n-m]. Note that d[j] is a value of dual
+*  basic variable lambdaN[j] in the current basis.
+*
+#if 0 (* 14/III-2016 *)
+*  The parameter s specifies the sign of bound violation for basic
+*  variable xB[p] chosen: s = +1.0 means that xB[p] violates its lower
+*  bound, so dual non-basic variable lambdaB[p] = lambda^+B[p]
+*  increases, and s = -1.0 means that xB[p] violates its upper bound,
+*  so dual non-basic variable lambdaB[p] = lambda^-B[p] decreases.
+*  (Thus, the dual ray parameter theta = s * lambdaB[p] >= 0.)
+#else
+*  The parameter r specifies the bound violation for basic variable
+*  xB[p] chosen:
+*
+*  r = lB[p] - beta[p] > 0 means that xB[p] violates its lower bound,
+*  so dual non-basic variable lambdaB[p] = lambda^+B[p] increases; and
+*
+*  r = uB[p] - beta[p] < 0 means that xB[p] violates its upper bound,
+*  so dual non-basic variable lambdaB[p] = lambda^-B[p] decreases.
+*
+*  (Note that r is the dual reduced cost of lambdaB[p].)
+#endif
+*
+*  Elements of p-th simplex table row t[p] = (t[p,j]) corresponding
+*  to basic variable xB[p] should be placed in the array locations
+*  trow[1], ..., trow[n-m].
+*
+*  The parameter tol_piv specifies a tolerance for elements of the
+*  simplex table row t[p]. If |t[p,j]| < tol_piv, dual basic variable
+*  lambdaN[j] is skipped, i.e. it is assumed that it does not depend on
+*  the dual ray parameter theta.
+*
+*  The parameters tol and tol1 specify tolerances used to increase the
+*  choice freedom by simulating an artificial degeneracy as follows.
+*  If lambdaN[j] = lambda^+N[j] >= 0 and d[j] <= +delta[j], or if
+*  lambdaN[j] = lambda^-N[j] <= 0 and d[j] >= -delta[j], where
+*  delta[j] = tol + tol1 * |cN[j]|, cN[j] is objective coefficient at
+*  xN[j], then it is assumed that reduced cost d[j] is equal to zero.
+*
+*  The routine determines the index 1 <= q <= n-m of non-basic variable
+*  xN[q], for which corresponding dual basic variable lambda^+N[j] or
+*  lambda^-N[j] reaches its zero bound first on increasing the dual ray
+*  parameter theta, and returns p on exit. And if theta may increase
+*  unlimitedly, the routine returns zero. */
+
+int spy_chuzc_std(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+#if 0 /* 14/III-2016 */
+      double s, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#else
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#endif
+      double tol, double tol1)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int j, k, q;
+      double alfa, biga, delta, teta, teta_min;
+#if 0 /* 14/III-2016 */
+      xassert(s == +1.0 || s == -1.0);
+#else
+      double s;
+      xassert(r != 0.0);
+      s = (r > 0.0 ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+#endif
+      /* nothing is chosen so far */
+      q = 0, teta_min = DBL_MAX, biga = 0.0;
+      /* walk thru the list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         /* if xN[j] is fixed variable, skip it */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+            continue;
+         alfa = s * trow[j];
+         if (alfa >= +tol_piv && !flag[j])
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its lower bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] >= 0 decreases down to zero */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (c[k] >= 0.0 ? +c[k] : -c[k]);
+            /* determine theta on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = (d[j] < +delta ? 0.0 : d[j] / alfa);
+         }
+         else if (alfa <= -tol_piv && (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || flag[j]))
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its upper bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] <= 0 increases up to zero */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (c[k] >= 0.0 ? +c[k] : -c[k]);
+            /* determine theta on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = (d[j] > -delta ? 0.0 : d[j] / alfa);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* lambdaN[j] cannot reach zero on increasing theta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* choose non-basic variable xN[q] by corresponding dual basic
+          * variable lambdaN[q] for which theta is minimal */
+         xassert(teta >= 0.0);
+         alfa = (alfa >= 0.0 ? +alfa : -alfa);
+         if (teta_min > teta || (teta_min == teta && biga < alfa))
+            q = j, teta_min = teta, biga = alfa;
+      }
+      return q;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_chuzc_harris - choose non-basic var. (dual Harris' ratio test)
+*
+*  This routine implements dual Harris' ratio test to choose non-basic
+*  variable xN[q].
+*
+*  All the parameters, except tol and tol1, as well as the returned
+*  value have the same meaning as for the routine spx_chuzr_std (see
+*  above).
+*
+*  The parameters tol and tol1 specify tolerances on zero bound
+*  violations for reduced costs of non-basic variables. For reduced
+*  cost d[j] the tolerance is delta[j] = tol + tol1 |cN[j]|, where
+*  cN[j] is objective coefficient at non-basic variable xN[j]. */
+
+int spy_chuzc_harris(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+#if 0 /* 14/III-2016 */
+      double s, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#else
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#endif
+      double tol, double tol1)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int j, k, q;
+      double alfa, biga, delta, teta, teta_min;
+#if 0 /* 14/III-2016 */
+      xassert(s == +1.0 || s == -1.0);
+#else
+      double s;
+      xassert(r != 0.0);
+      s = (r > 0.0 ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+#endif
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* first pass: determine teta_min for relaxed bounds            */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      teta_min = DBL_MAX;
+      /* walk thru the list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         /* if xN[j] is fixed variable, skip it */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+            continue;
+         alfa = s * trow[j];
+         if (alfa >= +tol_piv && !flag[j])
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its lower bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] >= 0 decreases down to zero */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (c[k] >= 0.0 ? +c[k] : -c[k]);
+            /* determine theta on which lambdaN[j] reaches -delta */
+            teta = ((d[j] < 0.0 ? 0.0 : d[j]) + delta) / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (alfa <= -tol_piv && (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || flag[j]))
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its upper bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] <= 0 increases up to zero */
+            delta = tol + tol1 * (c[k] >= 0.0 ? +c[k] : -c[k]);
+            /* determine theta on which lambdaN[j] reaches +delta */
+            teta = ((d[j] > 0.0 ? 0.0 : d[j]) - delta) / alfa;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* lambdaN[j] cannot reach zero on increasing theta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         xassert(teta >= 0.0);
+         if (teta_min > teta)
+            teta_min = teta;
+      }
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* second pass: choose non-basic variable xN[q]                 */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      if (teta_min == DBL_MAX)
+      {  /* theta may increase unlimitedly */
+         q = 0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* nothing is chosen so far */
+      q = 0, biga = 0.0;
+      /* walk thru the list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         /* if xN[j] is fixed variable, skip it */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+            continue;
+         alfa = s * trow[j];
+         if (alfa >= +tol_piv && !flag[j])
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its lower bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] >= 0 decreases down to zero */
+            /* determine theta on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = d[j] / alfa;
+         }
+         else if (alfa <= -tol_piv && (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || flag[j]))
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its upper bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] <= 0 increases up to zero */
+            /* determine theta on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = d[j] / alfa;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* lambdaN[j] cannot reach zero on increasing theta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* choose non-basic variable for which theta is not greater
+          * than theta_min determined for relaxed bounds and which has
+          * best (largest in magnitude) pivot */
+         alfa = (alfa >= 0.0 ? +alfa : -alfa);
+         if (teta <= teta_min && biga < alfa)
+            q = j, biga = alfa;
+      }
+      /* something must be chosen */
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+done: return q;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* 23/III-2016 */
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_eval_bp - determine dual objective function break-points
+*
+*  This routine determines the dual objective function break-points.
+*
+*  The parameters lp, d, r, trow, and tol_piv have the same meaning as
+*  for the routine spx_chuzc_std (see above).
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores the break-points determined to the array
+*  elements bp[1], ..., bp[num], where 0 <= num <= n-m is the number of
+*  break-points returned by the routine.
+*
+*  The break-points stored in the array bp are ordered by ascending
+*  the ray parameter teta >= 0. The break-points numbered 1, ..., num-1
+*  always correspond to non-basic non-fixed variables xN[j] of primal
+*  LP having both lower and upper bounds while the last break-point
+*  numbered num may correspond to a non-basic variable having only one
+*  lower or upper bound, if such variable prevents further increasing
+*  of the ray parameter teta. Besides, the routine includes in the
+*  array bp only the break-points that correspond to positive increment
+*  of the dual objective. */
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *v1, const void *v2)
+{     const SPYBP *p1 = v1, *p2 = v2;
+      if (p1->teta < p2->teta)
+         return -1;
+      else if (p1->teta > p2->teta)
+         return +1;
+      else
+         return 0;
+}
+
+int spy_eval_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+      SPYBP bp[/*1+n-m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int j, j_max, k, t, nnn, num;
+      double s, alfa, teta, teta_max, dz, v;
+      xassert(r != 0.0);
+      s = (r > 0.0 ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+      /* build the list of all dual basic variables lambdaN[j] that
+       * can reach zero on increasing the ray parameter teta >= 0 */
+      num = 0;
+      /* walk thru the list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         /* if xN[j] is fixed variable, skip it */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+            continue;
+         alfa = s * trow[j];
+         if (alfa >= +tol_piv && !flag[j])
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its lower bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] >= 0 decreases down to zero */
+            /* determine teta[j] on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = (d[j] < 0.0 ? 0.0 : d[j] / alfa);
+         }
+         else if (alfa <= -tol_piv && (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || flag[j]))
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its upper bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] <= 0 increases up to zero */
+            /* determine teta[j] on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = (d[j] > 0.0 ? 0.0 : d[j] / alfa);
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* lambdaN[j] cannot reach zero on increasing teta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* add lambdaN[j] to the list */
+         num++;
+         bp[num].j = j;
+         bp[num].teta = teta;
+      }
+      if (num == 0)
+      {  /* dual unboundedness */
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* determine "blocking" dual basic variable lambdaN[j_max] that
+       * prevents increasing teta more than teta_max */
+      j_max = 0, teta_max = DBL_MAX;
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  j = bp[t].j;
+         k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* lambdaN[j] cannot intersect zero */
+            if (j_max == 0
+               || teta_max > bp[t].teta
+               || (teta_max == bp[t].teta
+                  && fabs(trow[j_max]) < fabs(trow[j])))
+               j_max = j, teta_max = bp[t].teta;
+         }
+      }
+      /* keep in the list only dual basic variables lambdaN[j] that
+       * correspond to primal double-bounded variables xN[j] and whose
+       * teta[j] is not greater than teta_max */
+      nnn = 0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  j = bp[t].j;
+         k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX
+            && bp[t].teta <= teta_max)
+         {  nnn++;
+            bp[nnn].j = j;
+            bp[nnn].teta = bp[t].teta;
+         }
+      }
+      num = nnn;
+      /* sort break-points by ascending teta[j] */
+      qsort(&bp[1], num, sizeof(SPYBP), fcmp);
+      /* add lambdaN[j_max] to the end of the list */
+      if (j_max != 0)
+      {  xassert(num < n-m);
+         num++;
+         bp[num].j = j_max;
+         bp[num].teta = teta_max;
+      }
+      /* compute increments of the dual objective at all break-points
+       * (relative to its value at teta = 0) */
+      dz = 0.0;      /* dual objective increment */
+      v = fabs(r);   /* dual objective slope d zeta / d teta */
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  /* compute increment at current break-point */
+         dz += v * (bp[t].teta - (t == 1 ? 0.0 : bp[t-1].teta));
+         if (dz < 0.001)
+         {  /* break-point with non-positive increment reached */
+            num = t - 1;
+            break;
+         }
+         bp[t].dz = dz;
+         /* compute next slope on the right to current break-point */
+         if (t < num)
+         {  j = bp[t].j;
+            k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+            xassert(-DBL_MAX < l[k] && l[k] < u[k] && u[k] < +DBL_MAX);
+            v -= fabs(trow[j]) * (u[k] - l[k]);
+         }
+      }
+done: return num;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_ls_eval_bp - determine dual objective function break-points
+*
+*  This routine determines the dual objective function break-points.
+*
+*  The parameters lp, d, r, trow, and tol_piv have the same meaning as
+*  for the routine spx_chuzc_std (see above).
+*
+*  The routine stores the break-points determined to the array elements
+*  bp[1], ..., bp[nbp] in *arbitrary* order, where 0 <= nbp <= n-m is
+*  the number of break-points returned by the routine on exit. */
+
+int spy_ls_eval_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+      SPYBP bp[/*1+n-m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int j, k, t, nnn, nbp;
+      double s, alfa, teta, teta_max;
+      xassert(r != 0.0);
+      s = (r > 0.0 ? +1.0 : -1.0);
+      /* build the list of all dual basic variables lambdaN[j] that
+       * can reach zero on increasing the ray parameter teta >= 0 */
+      nnn = 0, teta_max = DBL_MAX;
+      /* walk thru the list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         /* if xN[j] is fixed variable, skip it */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+            continue;
+         alfa = s * trow[j];
+         if (alfa >= +tol_piv && !flag[j])
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its lower bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] >= 0 decreases down to zero */
+            /* determine teta[j] on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = (d[j] < 0.0 ? 0.0 : d[j] / alfa);
+            /* if xN[j] has no upper bound, lambdaN[j] cannot become
+             * negative and thereby blocks further increasing teta */
+            if (u[k] == +DBL_MAX && teta_max > teta)
+               teta_max = teta;
+         }
+         else if (alfa <= -tol_piv && (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || flag[j]))
+         {  /* xN[j] is either free or has its upper bound active, so
+             * lambdaN[j] = d[j] <= 0 increases up to zero */
+            /* determine teta[j] on which lambdaN[j] reaches zero */
+            teta = (d[j] > 0.0 ? 0.0 : d[j] / alfa);
+            /* if xN[j] has no lower bound, lambdaN[j] cannot become
+             * positive and thereby blocks further increasing teta */
+            if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && teta_max > teta)
+               teta_max = teta;
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* lambdaN[j] cannot reach zero on increasing teta */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* add lambdaN[j] to the list */
+         nnn++;
+         bp[nnn].j = j;
+         bp[nnn].teta = teta;
+      }
+      /* remove from the list all dual basic variables lambdaN[j], for
+       * which teta[j] > teta_max */
+      nbp = 0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= nnn; t++)
+      {  if (bp[t].teta <= teta_max + 1e-6)
+         {  nbp++;
+            bp[nbp].j = bp[t].j;
+            bp[nbp].teta = bp[t].teta;
+         }
+      }
+      return nbp;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_ls_select_bp - select and process dual objective break-points
+*
+*  This routine selects a next portion of the dual objective function
+*  break-points and processes them.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine it is assumed that break-points bp[1], ...,
+*  bp[num] are already processed, and slope is the dual objective slope
+*  to the right of the last processed break-point bp[num]. (Initially,
+*  when num = 0, slope should be specified as fabs(r), where r has the
+*  same meaning as above.)
+*
+*  The routine selects break-points among bp[num+1], ..., bp[nbp], for
+*  which teta <= teta_lim, and moves these break-points to the array
+*  elements bp[num+1], ..., bp[num1], where num <= num1 <= n-m is the
+*  new number of processed break-points returned by the routine on
+*  exit. Then the routine sorts these break-points by ascending teta
+*  and computes the change of the dual objective function relative to
+*  its value at teta = 0.
+*
+*  On exit the routine also replaces the parameter slope with a new
+*  value that corresponds to the new last break-point bp[num1]. */
+
+static int CDECL fcmp(const void *v1, const void *v2)
+{     const SPYBP *p1 = v1, *p2 = v2;
+      if (p1->teta < p2->teta)
+         return -1;
+      else if (p1->teta > p2->teta)
+         return +1;
+      else
+         return 0;
+}
+
+int spy_ls_select_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/],
+      int nbp, SPYBP bp[/*1+n-m*/], int num, double *slope, double
+      teta_lim)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int j, k, t, num1;
+      double teta, dz;
+      xassert(0 <= num && num <= nbp && nbp <= n-m);
+      /* select a new portion of break-points */
+      num1 = num;
+      for (t = num+1; t <= nbp; t++)
+      {  if (bp[t].teta <= teta_lim)
+         {  /* move break-point to the beginning of the new portion */
+            num1++;
+            j = bp[num1].j, teta = bp[num1].teta;
+            bp[num1].j = bp[t].j, bp[num1].teta = bp[t].teta;
+            bp[t].j = j, bp[t].teta = teta;
+         }
+      }
+      /* sort new break-points bp[num+1], ..., bp[num1] by ascending
+       * the ray parameter teta */
+      if (num1 - num > 1)
+         qsort(&bp[num+1], num1 - num, sizeof(SPYBP), fcmp);
+      /* calculate the dual objective change at the new break-points */
+      for (t = num+1; t <= num1; t++)
+      {  /* calculate the dual objective change relative to its value
+          * at break-point bp[t-1] */
+         if (*slope == -DBL_MAX)
+            dz = -DBL_MAX;
+         else
+            dz = (*slope) *
+               (bp[t].teta - (t == 1 ? 0.0 : bp[t-1].teta));
+         /* calculate the dual objective change relative to its value
+          * at teta = 0 */
+         if (dz == -DBL_MAX)
+            bp[t].dz = -DBL_MAX;
+         else
+            bp[t].dz = (t == 1 ? 0.0 : bp[t-1].dz) + dz;
+         /* calculate a new slope of the dual objective to the right of
+          * the current break-point bp[t] */
+         if (*slope != -DBL_MAX)
+         {  j = bp[t].j;
+            k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+            if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+               *slope = -DBL_MAX; /* blocking break-point reached */
+            else
+            {  xassert(l[k] < u[k]);
+               *slope -= fabs(trow[j]) * (u[k] - l[k]);
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return num1;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzc.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8aa45a07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* spychuzc.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015-2016 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPYCHUZC_H
+#define SPYCHUZC_H
+
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+#define spy_chuzc_std _glp_spy_chuzc_std
+int spy_chuzc_std(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+#if 0 /* 14/III-2016 */
+      double s, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#else
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#endif
+      double tol, double tol1);
+/* choose non-basic variable (dual textbook ratio test) */
+
+#define spy_chuzc_harris _glp_spy_chuzc_harris
+int spy_chuzc_harris(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+#if 0 /* 14/III-2016 */
+      double s, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#else
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+#endif
+      double tol, double tol1);
+/* choose non-basic variable (dual Harris' ratio test) */
+
+typedef struct SPYBP SPYBP;
+
+struct SPYBP
+{     /* dual objective function break point */
+      int j;
+      /* dual basic variable lambdaN[j], 1 <= j <= n-m, that intersects
+       * zero at this break point */
+      double teta;
+      /* ray parameter value, teta[j] >= 0, at this break point */
+      double dz;
+      /* increment, zeta[j] - zeta[0], of the dual objective function
+       * at this break point */
+};
+
+#if 0 /* 23/III-2016 */
+#define spy_eval_bp _glp_spy_eval_bp
+int spy_eval_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+      SPYBP bp[/*1+n-m*/]);
+/* determine dual objective function break-points */
+#endif
+
+#define spy_ls_eval_bp _glp_spy_ls_eval_bp
+int spy_ls_eval_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double d[/*1+n-m*/],
+      double r, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], double tol_piv,
+      SPYBP bp[/*1+n-m*/]);
+/* determine dual objective function break-points */
+
+#define spy_ls_select_bp _glp_spy_ls_select_bp
+int spy_ls_select_bp(SPXLP *lp, const double trow[/*1+n-m*/],
+      int nbp, SPYBP bp[/*1+n-m*/], int num, double *slope, double
+      teta_lim);
+/* select and process dual objective break-points */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzr.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63079c17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+/* spychuzr.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "spychuzr.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_chuzr_sel - select eligible basic variables
+*
+*  This routine selects eligible basic variables xB[i], whose value
+*  beta[i] violates corresponding lower lB[i] or upper uB[i] bound.
+*  Positive bound violation rp[i] = lb[i] - beta[i] > 0 is the reduced
+*  cost of non-basic dual variable lambda^+B[i] >= 0, so increasing it
+*  increases the dual objective. Similarly, negative bound violation
+*  rn[i] = ub[i] - beta[i] < 0 is the reduced cost of non-basic dual
+*  variable lambda^-B[i] <= 0, so decreasing it also increases the dual
+*  objective.
+*
+*  Current values of basic variables should be placed in the array
+*  locations beta[1], ..., beta[m].
+*
+*  Basic variable xB[i] is considered eligible, if:
+*
+*     beta[i] <= lB[i] - eps1[i], or
+*
+*     beta[i] >= uB[i] + eps2[i],
+*
+*  for
+*
+*     eps1[i] = tol + tol1 * |lB[i]|,
+*
+*     eps2[i] = tol + tol2 * |uB[i]|,
+*
+*  where lB[i] and uB[i] are, resp., lower and upper bounds of xB[i],
+*  tol and tol1 are specified tolerances.
+*
+*  On exit the routine stores indices i of eligible basic variables
+*  xB[i] to the array locations list[1], ..., list[num] and returns the
+*  number of such variables 0 <= num <= m. (If the parameter list is
+*  specified as NULL, no indices are stored.) */
+
+int spy_chuzr_sel(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/], double tol,
+      double tol1, int list[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, k, num;
+      double lk, uk, eps;
+      num = 0;
+      /* walk thru list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         lk = l[k], uk = u[k];
+         /* check if xB[i] is eligible */
+         if (beta[i] < lk)
+         {  /* determine absolute tolerance eps1[i] */
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (lk >= 0.0 ? +lk : -lk);
+            if (beta[i] < lk - eps)
+            {  /* lower bound is violated */
+               num++;
+               if (list != NULL)
+                  list[num] = i;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (beta[i] > uk)
+         {  /* determine absolute tolerance eps2[i] */
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (uk >= 0.0 ? +uk : -uk);
+            if (beta[i] > uk + eps)
+            {  /* upper bound is violated */
+               num++;
+               if (list != NULL)
+                  list[num] = i;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return num;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_chuzr_std - choose basic variable (dual Dantzig's rule)
+*
+*  This routine chooses most eligible basic variable xB[p] according
+*  to dual Dantzig's ("standard") rule:
+*
+*     r[p] =   max  |r[i]|,
+*            i in I
+*
+*            ( lB[i] - beta[i], if beta[i] < lB[i]
+*            (
+*     r[i] = { 0,               if lB[i] <= beta[i] <= uB[i]
+*            (
+*            ( uB[i] - beta[i], if beta[i] > uB[i]
+*
+*  where I <= {1, ..., m} is the set of indices of eligible basic
+*  variables, beta[i] is current value of xB[i], lB[i] and uB[i] are,
+*  resp., lower and upper bounds of xB[i], r[i] is bound violation.
+*
+*  Current values of basic variables should be placed in the array
+*  locations beta[1], ..., beta[m].
+*
+*  Indices of eligible basic variables i in I should be placed in the
+*  array locations list[1], ..., list[num], where num = |J| > 0 is the
+*  total number of such variables.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns p, the index of the basic variable xB[p]
+*  chosen. */
+
+int spy_chuzr_std(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/], int num,
+      const int list[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int i, k, p, t;
+      double abs_ri, abs_rp;
+      xassert(0 < num && num <= m);
+      p = 0, abs_rp = -1.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  i = list[t];
+         k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (beta[i] < l[k])
+            abs_ri = l[k] - beta[i];
+         else if (beta[i] > u[k])
+            abs_ri = beta[i] - u[k];
+         else
+            xassert(t != t);
+         if (abs_rp < abs_ri)
+            p = i, abs_rp = abs_ri;
+      }
+      xassert(p != 0);
+      return p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_alloc_se - allocate dual pricing data block
+*
+*  This routine allocates the memory for arrays used in the dual
+*  pricing data block. */
+
+void spy_alloc_se(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      int i;
+#endif
+      se->valid = 0;
+      se->refsp = talloc(1+n, char);
+      se->gamma = talloc(1+m, double);
+      se->work = talloc(1+m, double);
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      se->u.n = m;
+      se->u.nnz = 0;
+      se->u.ind = talloc(1+m, int);
+      se->u.vec = talloc(1+m, double);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         se->u.vec[i] = 0.0;
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_reset_refsp - reset dual reference space
+*
+*  This routine resets (re-initializes) the dual reference space
+*  composing it from dual variables which are non-basic (corresponding
+*  to basic primal variables) in the current basis, and sets all
+*  weights gamma[i] to 1. */
+
+void spy_reset_refsp(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *refsp = se->refsp;
+      double *gamma = se->gamma;
+      int i, k;
+      se->valid = 1;
+      memset(&refsp[1], 0, n * sizeof(char));
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         refsp[k] = 1;
+         gamma[i] = 1.0;
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_eval_gamma_i - compute dual proj. steepest edge weight directly
+*
+*  This routine computes dual projected steepest edge weight gamma[i],
+*  1 <= i <= m, for the current basis directly with the formula:
+*
+*                           n-m
+*     gamma[i] = delta[i] + sum eta[j] * T[i,j]**2,
+*                           j=1
+*
+*  where T[i,j] is element of the current simplex table, and
+*
+*                ( 1, if lambdaN[j] is in the reference space
+*     eta[j]   = {
+*                ( 0, otherwise
+*
+*                ( 1, if lambdaB[i] is in the reference space
+*     delta[i] = {
+*                ( 0, otherwise
+*
+*  Dual basic variable lambdaN[j] corresponds to primal non-basic
+*  variable xN[j], and dual non-basic variable lambdaB[j] corresponds
+*  to primal basic variable xB[i].
+*
+*  NOTE: For testing/debugging only. */
+
+double spy_eval_gamma_i(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, int i)
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *refsp = se->refsp;
+      double *rho = se->work;
+      int j, k;
+      double gamma_i, t_ij;
+      xassert(se->valid);
+      xassert(1 <= i && i <= m);
+      k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+      gamma_i = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0);
+      spx_eval_rho(lp, i, rho);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (refsp[k])
+         {  t_ij = spx_eval_tij(lp, rho, j);
+            gamma_i += t_ij * t_ij;
+         }
+      }
+      return gamma_i;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_chuzr_pse - choose basic variable (dual projected steepest edge)
+*
+*  This routine chooses most eligible basic variable xB[p] according
+*  to the dual projected steepest edge method:
+*
+*      r[p]**2           r[i]**2
+*     -------- =   max  -------- ,
+*     gamma[p]   i in I gamma[i]
+*
+*            ( lB[i] - beta[i], if beta[i] < lB[i]
+*            (
+*     r[i] = { 0,               if lB[i] <= beta[i] <= uB[i]
+*            (
+*            ( uB[i] - beta[i], if beta[i] > uB[i]
+*
+*  where I <= {1, ..., m} is the set of indices of eligible basic
+*  variables, beta[i] is current value of xB[i], lB[i] and uB[i] are,
+*  resp., lower and upper bounds of xB[i], r[i] is bound violation.
+*
+*  Current values of basic variables should be placed in the array
+*  locations beta[1], ..., beta[m].
+*
+*  Indices of eligible basic variables i in I should be placed in the
+*  array locations list[1], ..., list[num], where num = |J| > 0 is the
+*  total number of such variables.
+*
+*  On exit the routine returns p, the index of the basic variable xB[p]
+*  chosen. */
+
+int spy_chuzr_pse(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int num, const int list[])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      double *gamma = se->gamma;
+      int i, k, p, t;
+      double best, ri, temp;
+      xassert(0 < num && num <= m);
+      p = 0, best = -1.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= num; t++)
+      {  i = list[t];
+         k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         if (beta[i] < l[k])
+            ri = l[k] - beta[i];
+         else if (beta[i] > u[k])
+            ri = u[k] - beta[i];
+         else
+            xassert(t != t);
+         /* FIXME */
+         if (gamma[i] < DBL_EPSILON)
+            temp = 0.0;
+         else
+            temp = (ri * ri) / gamma[i];
+         if (best < temp)
+            p = i, best = temp;
+      }
+      xassert(p != 0);
+      return p;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_update_gamma - update dual proj. steepest edge weights exactly
+*
+*  This routine updates the vector gamma = (gamma[i]) of dual projected
+*  steepest edge weights exactly, for the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  On entry to the routine the content of the se object should be valid
+*  and should correspond to the current basis.
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= p <= m specifies basic variable xB[p] which
+*  becomes non-basic variable xN[q] in the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  The parameter 1 <= q <= n-m specified non-basic variable xN[q] which
+*  becomes basic variable xB[p] in the adjacent basis.
+*
+*  It is assumed that the array trow contains elements of p-th (pivot)
+*  row T'[p] of the simplex table in locations trow[1], ..., trow[n-m].
+*  It is also assumed that the array tcol contains elements of q-th
+*  (pivot) column T[q] of the simple table in locations tcol[1], ...,
+*  tcol[m]. (These row and column should be computed for the current
+*  basis.)
+*
+*  For details about the formulae used see the program documentation.
+*
+*  The routine also computes the relative error:
+*
+*     e = |gamma[p] - gamma'[p]| / (1 + |gamma[p]|),
+*
+*  where gamma'[p] is the weight for lambdaB[p] (which is dual
+*  non-basic variable corresponding to xB[p]) on entry to the routine,
+*  and returns e on exit. (If e happens to be large enough, the calling
+*  program may reset the reference space, since other weights also may
+*  be inaccurate.) */
+
+double spy_update_gamma(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, int p, int q,
+      const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], const double tcol[/*1+m*/])
+{     int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *refsp = se->refsp;
+      double *gamma = se->gamma;
+      double *u = se->work;
+      int i, j, k, ptr, end;
+      double gamma_p, delta_p, e, r, t1, t2;
+      xassert(se->valid);
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      /* compute gamma[p] in current basis more accurately; also
+       * compute auxiliary vector u */
+      k = head[p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+      gamma_p = delta_p = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         u[i] = 0.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (refsp[k] && trow[j] != 0.0)
+         {  gamma_p += trow[j] * trow[j];
+            /* u := u + T[p,j] * N[j], where N[j] = A[k] is constraint
+             * matrix column corresponding to xN[j] */
+            ptr = lp->A_ptr[k];
+            end = lp->A_ptr[k+1];
+            for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               u[lp->A_ind[ptr]] += trow[j] * lp->A_val[ptr];
+         }
+      }
+      bfd_ftran(lp->bfd, u);
+      /* compute relative error in gamma[p] */
+      e = fabs(gamma_p - gamma[p]) / (1.0 + gamma_p);
+      /* compute new gamma[p] */
+      gamma[p] = gamma_p / (tcol[p] * tcol[p]);
+      /* compute new gamma[i] for all i != p */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  if (i == p)
+            continue;
+         /* compute r[i] = T[i,q] / T[p,q] */
+         r = tcol[i] / tcol[p];
+         /* compute new gamma[i] */
+         t1 = gamma[i] + r * (r * gamma_p + u[i] + u[i]);
+         k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         t2 = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0) + delta_p * r * r;
+         gamma[i] = (t1 >= t2 ? t1 : t2);
+      }
+      return e;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+double spy_update_gamma_s(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, int p, int q,
+      const FVS *trow, const FVS *tcol)
+{     /* sparse version of spy_update_gamma */
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *refsp = se->refsp;
+      double *gamma = se->gamma;
+      double *u = se->work;
+      int trow_nnz = trow->nnz;
+      int *trow_ind = trow->ind;
+      double *trow_vec = trow->vec;
+      int tcol_nnz = tcol->nnz;
+      int *tcol_ind = tcol->ind;
+      double *tcol_vec = tcol->vec;
+      int i, j, k, t, ptr, end;
+      double gamma_p, delta_p, e, r, t1, t2;
+      xassert(se->valid);
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      /* compute gamma[p] in current basis more accurately; also
+       * compute auxiliary vector u */
+      k = head[p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+      gamma_p = delta_p = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         u[i] = 0.0;
+      for (t = 1; t <= trow_nnz; t++)
+      {  j = trow_ind[t];
+         k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (refsp[k])
+         {  gamma_p += trow_vec[j] * trow_vec[j];
+            /* u := u + T[p,j] * N[j], where N[j] = A[k] is constraint
+             * matrix column corresponding to xN[j] */
+            ptr = lp->A_ptr[k];
+            end = lp->A_ptr[k+1];
+            for (; ptr < end; ptr++)
+               u[lp->A_ind[ptr]] += trow_vec[j] * lp->A_val[ptr];
+         }
+      }
+      bfd_ftran(lp->bfd, u);
+      /* compute relative error in gamma[p] */
+      e = fabs(gamma_p - gamma[p]) / (1.0 + gamma_p);
+      /* compute new gamma[p] */
+      gamma[p] = gamma_p / (tcol_vec[p] * tcol_vec[p]);
+      /* compute new gamma[i] for all i != p */
+      for (t = 1; t <= tcol_nnz; t++)
+      {  i = tcol_ind[t];
+         if (i == p)
+            continue;
+         /* compute r[i] = T[i,q] / T[p,q] */
+         r = tcol_vec[i] / tcol_vec[p];
+         /* compute new gamma[i] */
+         t1 = gamma[i] + r * (r * gamma_p + u[i] + u[i]);
+         k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         t2 = (refsp[k] ? 1.0 : 0.0) + delta_p * r * r;
+         gamma[i] = (t1 >= t2 ? t1 : t2);
+      }
+      return e;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_free_se - deallocate dual pricing data block
+*
+*  This routine deallocates the memory used for arrays in the dual
+*  pricing data block. */
+
+void spy_free_se(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se)
+{     xassert(lp == lp);
+      tfree(se->refsp);
+      tfree(se->gamma);
+      tfree(se->work);
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      tfree(se->u.ind);
+      tfree(se->u.vec);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzr.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31f01b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spychuzr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* spychuzr.h */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef SPYCHUZR_H
+#define SPYCHUZR_H
+
+#include "spxlp.h"
+
+#define spy_chuzr_sel _glp_spy_chuzr_sel
+int spy_chuzr_sel(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/], double tol,
+      double tol1, int list[/*1+m*/]);
+/* select eligible basic variables */
+
+#define spy_chuzr_std _glp_spy_chuzr_std
+int spy_chuzr_std(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/], int num,
+      const int list[]);
+/* choose basic variable (dual Dantzig's rule) */
+
+typedef struct SPYSE SPYSE;
+
+struct SPYSE
+{     /* dual projected steepest edge and Devex pricing data block */
+      int valid;
+      /* content validity flag */
+      char *refsp; /* char refsp[1+n]; */
+      /* refsp[0] is not used;
+       * refsp[k], 1 <= k <= n, is the flag meaning that dual variable
+       * lambda[k] is in the dual reference space */
+      double *gamma; /* double gamma[1+m]; */
+      /* gamma[0] is not used;
+       * gamma[i], 1 <= i <= m, is the weight for reduced cost r[i]
+       * of dual non-basic variable lambdaB[j] in the current basis
+       * (r[i] is bound violation for basic variable xB[i]) */
+      double *work; /* double work[1+m]; */
+      /* working array */
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      FVS u; /* FVS u[1:m]; */
+      /* working vector */
+#endif
+};
+
+#define spy_alloc_se _glp_spy_alloc_se
+void spy_alloc_se(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se);
+/* allocate dual pricing data block */
+
+#define spy_reset_refsp _glp_spy_reset_refsp
+void spy_reset_refsp(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se);
+/* reset dual reference space */
+
+#define spy_eval_gamma_i _glp_spy_eval_gamma_i
+double spy_eval_gamma_i(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, int i);
+/* compute dual projected steepest edge weight directly */
+
+#define spy_chuzr_pse _glp_spy_chuzr_pse
+int spy_chuzr_pse(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      int num, const int list[]);
+/* choose basic variable (dual projected steepest edge) */
+
+#define spy_update_gamma _glp_spy_update_gamma
+double spy_update_gamma(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, int p, int q,
+      const double trow[/*1+n-m*/], const double tcol[/*1+m*/]);
+/* update dual projected steepest edge weights exactly */
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+#define spy_update_gamma_s _glp_spy_update_gamma_s
+double spy_update_gamma_s(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se, int p, int q,
+      const FVS *trow, const FVS *tcol);
+/* sparse version of spy_update_gamma */
+#endif
+
+#define spy_free_se _glp_spy_free_se
+void spy_free_se(SPXLP *lp, SPYSE *se);
+/* deallocate dual pricing data block */
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spydual.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spydual.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89d98db9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/simplex/spydual.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2101 @@
+/* spydual.c */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  This code is part of GLPK (GNU Linear Programming Kit).
+*
+*  Copyright (C) 2015-2017 Andrew Makhorin, Department for Applied
+*  Informatics, Moscow Aviation Institute, Moscow, Russia. All rights
+*  reserved. E-mail: <mao@gnu.org>.
+*
+*  GLPK is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+*  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+*  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+*  (at your option) any later version.
+*
+*  GLPK is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+*  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+*  or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+*  License for more details.
+*
+*  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+*  along with GLPK. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#if 1 /* 18/VII-2017 */
+#define SCALE_Z 1
+#endif
+
+#include "env.h"
+#include "simplex.h"
+#include "spxat.h"
+#include "spxnt.h"
+#include "spxprob.h"
+#include "spychuzc.h"
+#include "spychuzr.h"
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+#if 1 /* 29/III-2016 */
+#include "fvs.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define CHECK_ACCURACY 0
+/* (for debugging) */
+
+struct csa
+{     /* common storage area */
+      SPXLP *lp;
+      /* LP problem data and its (current) basis; this LP has m rows
+       * and n columns */
+      int dir;
+      /* original optimization direction:
+       * +1 - minimization
+       * -1 - maximization */
+#if SCALE_Z
+      double fz;
+      /* factor used to scale original objective */
+#endif
+      double *orig_b; /* double orig_b[1+m]; */
+      /* copy of original right-hand sides */
+      double *orig_c; /* double orig_c[1+n]; */
+      /* copy of original objective coefficients */
+      double *orig_l; /* double orig_l[1+n]; */
+      /* copy of original lower bounds */
+      double *orig_u; /* double orig_u[1+n]; */
+      /* copy of original upper bounds */
+      SPXAT *at;
+      /* mxn-matrix A of constraint coefficients, in sparse row-wise
+       * format (NULL if not used) */
+      SPXNT *nt;
+      /* mx(n-m)-matrix N composed of non-basic columns of constraint
+       * matrix A, in sparse row-wise format (NULL if not used) */
+      int phase;
+      /* search phase:
+       * 0 - not determined yet
+       * 1 - searching for dual feasible solution
+       * 2 - searching for optimal solution */
+      double *beta; /* double beta[1+m]; */
+      /* beta[i] is primal value of basic variable xB[i] */
+      int beta_st;
+      /* status of the vector beta:
+       * 0 - undefined
+       * 1 - just computed
+       * 2 - updated */
+      double *d; /* double d[1+n-m]; */
+      /* d[j] is reduced cost of non-basic variable xN[j] */
+      int d_st;
+      /* status of the vector d:
+       * 0 - undefined
+       * 1 - just computed
+       * 2 - updated */
+      SPYSE *se;
+      /* dual projected steepest edge and Devex pricing data block
+       * (NULL if not used) */
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      int num;
+      /* number of eligible basic variables */
+      int *list; /* int list[1+m]; */
+      /* list[1], ..., list[num] are indices i of eligible basic
+       * variables xB[i] */
+#else
+      FVS r; /* FVS r[1:m]; */
+      /* vector of primal infeasibilities */
+      /* r->nnz = num; r->ind = list */
+      /* vector r has the same status as vector beta (see above) */
+#endif
+      int p;
+      /* xB[p] is a basic variable chosen to leave the basis */
+#if 0 /* 29/III-2016 */
+      double *trow; /* double trow[1+n-m]; */
+#else
+      FVS trow; /* FVS trow[1:n-m]; */
+#endif
+      /* p-th (pivot) row of the simplex table */
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      SPYBP *bp; /* SPYBP bp[1+n-m]; */
+      /* dual objective break-points */
+#endif
+      int q;
+      /* xN[q] is a non-basic variable chosen to enter the basis */
+#if 0 /* 29/III-2016 */
+      double *tcol; /* double tcol[1+m]; */
+#else
+      FVS tcol; /* FVS tcol[1:m]; */
+#endif
+      /* q-th (pivot) column of the simplex table */
+      double *work; /* double work[1+m]; */
+      /* working array */
+      double *work1; /* double work1[1+n-m]; */
+      /* another working array */
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+      FVS wrow; /* FVS wrow[1:n-m]; */
+      FVS wcol; /* FVS wcol[1:m]; */
+      /* working sparse vectors */
+#endif
+#endif
+      int p_stat, d_stat;
+      /* primal and dual solution statuses */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* control parameters (see struct glp_smcp) */
+      int msg_lev;
+      /* message level */
+      int dualp;
+      /* if this flag is set, report failure in case of instability */
+#if 0 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      int harris;
+      /* dual ratio test technique:
+       * 0 - textbook ratio test
+       * 1 - Harris' two pass ratio test */
+#else
+      int r_test;
+      /* dual ratio test technique:
+       * GLP_RT_STD  - textbook ratio test
+       * GLP_RT_HAR  - Harris' two pass ratio test
+       * GLP_RT_FLIP - long-step (flip-flop) ratio test */
+#endif
+      double tol_bnd, tol_bnd1;
+      /* primal feasibility tolerances */
+      double tol_dj, tol_dj1;
+      /* dual feasibility tolerances */
+      double tol_piv;
+      /* pivot tolerance */
+      double obj_lim;
+      /* objective limit */
+      int it_lim;
+      /* iteration limit */
+      int tm_lim;
+      /* time limit, milliseconds */
+      int out_frq;
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      /* display output frequency, iterations */
+#else
+      /* display output frequency, milliseconds */
+#endif
+      int out_dly;
+      /* display output delay, milliseconds */
+      /*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      /* working parameters */
+      double tm_beg;
+      /* time value at the beginning of the search */
+      int it_beg;
+      /* simplex iteration count at the beginning of the search */
+      int it_cnt;
+      /* simplex iteration count; it increases by one every time the
+       * basis changes */
+      int it_dpy;
+      /* simplex iteration count at most recent display output */
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      double tm_dpy;
+      /* time value at most recent display output */
+#endif
+      int inv_cnt;
+      /* basis factorization count since most recent display output */
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 */
+      int degen;
+      /* count of successive degenerate iterations; this count is used
+       * to detect stalling */
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 23/III-2016 */
+      int ns_cnt, ls_cnt;
+      /* normal and long-step iteration count */
+#endif
+};
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_flags - check correctness of active bound flags
+*
+*  This routine checks that flags specifying active bounds of all
+*  non-basic variables are correct.
+*
+*  NOTE: It is important to note that if bounds of variables have been
+*  changed, active bound flags should be corrected accordingly. */
+
+static void check_flags(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      int j, k;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            xassert(!flag[j]);
+         else if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            xassert(!flag[j]);
+         else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX)
+            xassert(flag[j]);
+         else if (l[k] == u[k])
+            xassert(!flag[j]);
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  set_art_bounds - set artificial right-hand sides and bounds
+*
+*  This routine sets artificial right-hand sides and artificial bounds
+*  for all variables to minimize the sum of dual infeasibilities on
+*  phase I. Given current reduced costs d = (d[j]) this routine also
+*  sets active artificial bounds of non-basic variables to provide dual
+*  feasibility (this is always possible because all variables have both
+*  lower and upper artificial bounds). */
+
+static void set_art_bounds(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *b = lp->b;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      int i, j, k;
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016: FIXME */
+      /* set artificial right-hand sides */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         b[i] = 0.0;
+      /* set artificial bounds depending on types of variables */
+      for (k = 1; k <= n; k++)
+      {  if (csa->orig_l[k] == -DBL_MAX && csa->orig_u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+         {  /* force free variables to enter the basis */
+            l[k] = -1e3, u[k] = +1e3;
+         }
+      else if (csa->orig_l[k] != -DBL_MAX && csa->orig_u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            l[k] = 0.0, u[k] = +1.0;
+      else if (csa->orig_l[k] == -DBL_MAX && csa->orig_u[k] != +DBL_MAX)
+            l[k] = -1.0, u[k] = 0.0;
+         else
+            l[k] = u[k] = 0.0;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* set active artificial bounds for non-basic variables */
+      xassert(csa->d_st == 1);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         flag[j] = (l[k] != u[k] && d[j] < 0.0);
+      }
+      /* invalidate values of basic variables, since active bounds of
+       * non-basic variables have been changed */
+      csa->beta_st = 0;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  set_orig_bounds - restore original right-hand sides and bounds
+*
+*  This routine restores original right-hand sides and original bounds
+*  for all variables. This routine also sets active original bounds for
+*  non-basic variables; for double-bounded non-basic variables current
+*  reduced costs d = (d[j]) are used to decide which bound (lower or
+*  upper) should be made active. */
+
+static void set_orig_bounds(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *b = lp->b;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      int j, k;
+      /* restore original right-hand sides */
+      memcpy(b, csa->orig_b, (1+m) * sizeof(double));
+      /* restore original bounds of all variables */
+      memcpy(l, csa->orig_l, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+      memcpy(u, csa->orig_u, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+      /* set active original bounds for non-basic variables */
+      xassert(csa->d_st == 1);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            flag[j] = 0;
+         else if (l[k] != -DBL_MAX && u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            flag[j] = 0;
+         else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && u[k] != +DBL_MAX)
+            flag[j] = 1;
+         else if (l[k] != u[k])
+            flag[j] = (d[j] < 0.0);
+         else
+            flag[j] = 0;
+      }
+      /* invalidate values of basic variables, since active bounds of
+       * non-basic variables have been changed */
+      csa->beta_st = 0;
+      return;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_feas - check dual feasibility of basic solution
+*
+*  This routine checks that reduced costs of all non-basic variables
+*  d = (d[j]) have correct signs.
+*
+*  Reduced cost d[j] is considered as having correct sign within the
+*  specified tolerance depending on status of non-basic variable xN[j]
+*  if one of the following conditions is met:
+*
+*     xN[j] is free                       -eps <= d[j] <= +eps
+*
+*     xN[j] has its lower bound active    d[j] >= -eps
+*
+*     xN[j] has its upper bound active    d[j] <= +eps
+*
+*     xN[j] is fixed                      d[j] has any value
+*
+*  where eps = tol + tol1 * |cN[j]|, cN[j] is the objective coefficient
+*  at xN[j]. (See also the routine spx_chuzc_sel.)
+*
+*  The flag recov allows the routine to recover dual feasibility by
+*  changing active bounds of non-basic variables. (For example, if
+*  xN[j] has its lower bound active and d[j] < -eps, the feasibility
+*  can be recovered by making xN[j] active on its upper bound.)
+*
+*  If the basic solution is dual feasible, the routine returns zero.
+*  If the basic solution is dual infeasible, but its dual feasibility
+*  can be recovered (or has been recovered, if the flag recov is set),
+*  the routine returns a negative value. Otherwise, the routine returns
+*  the number j of some non-basic variable xN[j], whose reduced cost
+*  d[j] is dual infeasible and cannot be recovered. */
+
+static int check_feas(struct csa *csa, double tol, double tol1,
+      int recov)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      int j, k, ret = 0;
+      double eps;
+      /* reduced costs should be just computed */
+      xassert(csa->d_st == 1);
+      /* walk thru list of non-basic variables */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+         if (l[k] == u[k])
+         {  /* xN[j] is fixed variable; skip it */
+            continue;
+         }
+         /* determine absolute tolerance eps[j] */
+         eps = tol + tol1 * (c[k] >= 0.0 ? +c[k] : -c[k]);
+         /* check dual feasibility of xN[j] */
+         if (d[j] > +eps)
+         {  /* xN[j] should have its lower bound active */
+            if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || flag[j])
+            {  /* but it either has no lower bound or its lower bound
+                * is inactive */
+               if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+               {  /* cannot recover, since xN[j] has no lower bound */
+                  ret = j;
+                  break;
+               }
+               /* recovering is possible */
+               if (recov)
+                  flag[j] = 0;
+               ret = -1;
+            }
+         }
+         else if (d[j] < -eps)
+         {  /* xN[j] should have its upper bound active */
+            if (!flag[j])
+            {  /* but it either has no upper bound or its upper bound
+                * is inactive */
+               if (u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+               {  /* cannot recover, since xN[j] has no upper bound */
+                  ret = j;
+                  break;
+               }
+               /* recovering is possible */
+               if (recov)
+                  flag[j] = 1;
+               ret = -1;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      if (recov && ret)
+      {  /* invalidate values of basic variables, since active bounds
+          * of non-basic variables have been changed */
+         csa->beta_st = 0;
+      }
+      return ret;
+}
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_vec - compute maximal relative error between two vectors
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error between
+*  n-vectors x and y:
+*
+*     err_max = max |x[i] - y[i]| / (1 + |x[i]|).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugging purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_vec(int n, const double x[], const double y[])
+{     int i;
+      double err, err_max;
+      err_max = 0.0;
+      for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+      {  err = fabs(x[i] - y[i]) / (1.0 + fabs(x[i]));
+         if (err_max < err)
+            err_max = err;
+      }
+      return err_max;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_beta - compute maximal relative error in vector beta
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error in vector
+*  of values of basic variables beta = (beta[i]).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugging purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_beta(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      double err, *beta;
+      beta = talloc(1+m, double);
+      spx_eval_beta(lp, beta);
+      err = err_in_vec(m, beta, csa->beta);
+      tfree(beta);
+      return err;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+static double err_in_r(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int i, k;
+      double err, *r;
+      r = talloc(1+m, double);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  k = lp->head[i];
+         if (csa->beta[i] < lp->l[k])
+            r[i] = lp->l[k] - csa->beta[i];
+         else if (csa->beta[i] > lp->u[k])
+            r[i] = lp->u[k] - csa->beta[i];
+         else
+            r[i] = 0.0;
+
+if (fabs(r[i] - csa->r.vec[i]) > 1e-6)
+printf("i = %d; r = %g; csa->r = %g\n", i, r[i], csa->r.vec[i]);
+
+
+      }
+      err = err_in_vec(m, r, csa->r.vec);
+      tfree(r);
+      return err;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_d - compute maximal relative error in vector d
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error in vector
+*  of reduced costs of non-basic variables d = (d[j]).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugging purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_d(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int j;
+      double err, *pi, *d;
+      pi = talloc(1+m, double);
+      d = talloc(1+n-m, double);
+      spx_eval_pi(lp, pi);
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+         d[j] = spx_eval_dj(lp, pi, j);
+      err = err_in_vec(n-m, d, csa->d);
+      tfree(pi);
+      tfree(d);
+      return err;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  err_in_gamma - compute maximal relative error in vector gamma
+*
+*  This routine computes and returns maximal relative error in vector
+*  of projected steepest edge weights gamma = (gamma[j]).
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugging purposes. */
+
+static double err_in_gamma(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      SPYSE *se = csa->se;
+      int i;
+      double err, *gamma;
+      xassert(se != NULL);
+gamma = talloc(1+m, double);
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+         gamma[i] = spy_eval_gamma_i(lp, se, i);
+      err = err_in_vec(m, gamma, se->gamma);
+      tfree(gamma);
+      return err;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+/***********************************************************************
+*  check_accuracy - check accuracy of basic solution components
+*
+*  This routine checks accuracy of current basic solution components.
+*
+*  NOTE: This routine is intended only for debugging purposes. */
+
+static void check_accuracy(struct csa *csa)
+{     double e_beta, e_r, e_d, e_gamma;
+      e_beta = err_in_beta(csa);
+      e_r = err_in_r(csa);
+      e_d = err_in_d(csa);
+      if (csa->se == NULL)
+         e_gamma = 0.;
+      else
+         e_gamma = err_in_gamma(csa);
+      xprintf("e_beta = %10.3e; e_r = %10.3e; e_d = %10.3e; e_gamma = %"
+         "10.3e\n", e_beta, e_r, e_d, e_gamma);
+      xassert(e_beta <= 1e-5 && e_d <= 1e-5 && e_gamma <= 1e-3);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1 /* 30/III-2016 */
+static
+void spy_eval_r(SPXLP *lp, const double beta[/*1+m*/], double tol,
+      double tol1, FVS *r)
+{     /* this routine computes the vector of primal infeasibilities:
+       *
+       *        ( lB[i] - beta[i] > 0, if beta[i] < lb[i]
+       * r[i] = { 0,                   if lb[i] <= beta[i] <= ub[i]
+       *        ( ub[i] - beta[i] < 0, if beta[i] > ub[i]
+       *
+       * (this routine replaces spy_chuzr_sel) */
+      int m = lp->m;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int *ind = r->ind;
+      double *vec = r->vec;
+      int i, k, nnz = 0;
+      double lk, uk, eps;
+      xassert(r->n == m);
+      /* walk thru the list of basic variables */
+      for (i = 1; i <= m; i++)
+      {  vec[i] = 0.0;
+         k = head[i]; /* x[k] = xB[i] */
+         lk = l[k], uk = u[k];
+         /* check primal feasibility */
+         if (beta[i] < lk)
+         {  /* determine absolute tolerance eps1[i] */
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (lk >= 0.0 ? +lk : -lk);
+            if (beta[i] < lk - eps)
+            {  /* lower bound is violated */
+               ind[++nnz] = i;
+               vec[i] = lk - beta[i];
+            }
+         }
+         else if (beta[i] > uk)
+         {  /* determine absolute tolerance eps2[i] */
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (uk >= 0.0 ? +uk : -uk);
+            if (beta[i] > uk + eps)
+            {  /* upper bound is violated */
+               ind[++nnz] = i;
+               vec[i] = uk - beta[i];
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      r->nnz = nnz;
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  choose_pivot - choose xB[p] and xN[q]
+*
+*  Given the list of eligible basic variables this routine first
+*  chooses basic variable xB[p]. This choice is always possible,
+*  because the list is assumed to be non-empty. Then the routine
+*  computes p-th row T[p,*] of the simplex table T[i,j] and chooses
+*  non-basic variable xN[q]. If the pivot T[p,q] is small in magnitude,
+*  the routine attempts to choose another xB[p] and xN[q] in order to
+*  avoid badly conditioned adjacent bases.
+*
+*  If the normal choice was made, the routine returns zero. Otherwise,
+*  if the long-step choice was made, the routine returns non-zero. */
+
+#ifdef TIMING /* 31/III-2016 */
+
+#include "choose_pivot.c"
+
+#else
+
+#define MIN_RATIO 0.0001
+
+static int choose_pivot(struct csa *csa)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      SPXAT *at = csa->at;
+      SPXNT *nt = csa->nt;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      SPYSE *se = csa->se;
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      int *list = csa->list;
+#else
+      int *list = csa->r.ind;
+#endif
+      double *rho = csa->work;
+      double *trow = csa->work1;
+      SPYBP *bp = csa->bp;
+      double tol_piv = csa->tol_piv;
+      int try, nnn, j, k, p, q, t, t_best, nbp, ret;
+      double big, temp, r, best_ratio, dz_best;
+      xassert(csa->beta_st);
+      xassert(csa->d_st);
+more: /* initial number of eligible basic variables */
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      nnn = csa->num;
+#else
+      nnn = csa->r.nnz;
+#endif
+      /* nothing has been chosen so far */
+      csa->p = 0;
+      best_ratio = 0.0;
+      try = ret = 0;
+try:  /* choose basic variable xB[p] */
+      xassert(nnn > 0);
+      try++;
+      if (se == NULL)
+      {  /* dual Dantzig's rule */
+         p = spy_chuzr_std(lp, beta, nnn, list);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* dual projected steepest edge */
+         p = spy_chuzr_pse(lp, se, beta, nnn, list);
+      }
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      /* compute p-th row of inv(B) */
+      spx_eval_rho(lp, p, rho);
+      /* compute p-th row of the simplex table */
+      if (at != NULL)
+         spx_eval_trow1(lp, at, rho, trow);
+      else
+         spx_nt_prod(lp, nt, trow, 1, -1.0, rho);
+#if 1 /* 23/III-2016 */
+      /* big := max(1, |trow[1]|, ..., |trow[n-m]|) */
+      big = 1.0;
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  temp = trow[j];
+         if (temp < 0.0)
+            temp = - temp;
+         if (big < temp)
+            big = temp;
+      }
+#else
+      /* this still puzzles me */
+      big = 1.0;
+#endif
+      /* choose non-basic variable xN[q] */
+      k = head[p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+      xassert(beta[p] < l[k] || beta[p] > u[k]);
+      r = beta[p] < l[k] ? l[k] - beta[p] : u[k] - beta[p];
+      if (csa->r_test == GLP_RT_FLIP && try <= 2)
+      {  /* long-step ratio test */
+#if 0 /* 23/III-2016 */
+         /* determine dual objective break-points */
+         nbp = spy_eval_bp(lp, d, r, trow, tol_piv, bp);
+         if (nbp <= 1)
+            goto skip;
+         /* choose appropriate break-point */
+         t_best = 0, dz_best = -DBL_MAX;
+         for (t = 1; t <= nbp; t++)
+         {  if (fabs(trow[bp[t].j]) / big >= MIN_RATIO)
+            {  if (dz_best < bp[t].dz)
+                  t_best = t, dz_best = bp[t].dz;
+            }
+         }
+         if (t_best == 0)
+            goto skip;
+#else
+         int t, num, num1;
+         double slope, teta_lim;
+         /* determine dual objective break-points */
+         nbp = spy_ls_eval_bp(lp, d, r, trow, tol_piv, bp);
+         if (nbp < 2)
+            goto skip;
+         /* set initial slope */
+         slope = fabs(r);
+         /* estimate initial teta_lim */
+         teta_lim = DBL_MAX;
+         for (t = 1; t <= nbp; t++)
+         {  if (teta_lim > bp[t].teta)
+               teta_lim = bp[t].teta;
+         }
+         xassert(teta_lim >= 0.0);
+         if (teta_lim < 1e-6)
+            teta_lim = 1e-6;
+         /* nothing has been chosen so far */
+         t_best = 0, dz_best = 0.0, num = 0;
+         /* choose appropriate break-point */
+         while (num < nbp)
+         {  /* select and process a new portion of break-points */
+            num1 = spy_ls_select_bp(lp, trow, nbp, bp, num, &slope,
+               teta_lim);
+            for (t = num+1; t <= num1; t++)
+            {  if (fabs(trow[bp[t].j]) / big >= MIN_RATIO)
+               {  if (dz_best < bp[t].dz)
+                     t_best = t, dz_best = bp[t].dz;
+               }
+            }
+            if (slope < 0.0)
+            {  /* the dual objective starts decreasing */
+               break;
+            }
+            /* the dual objective continues increasing */
+            num = num1;
+            teta_lim += teta_lim;
+         }
+         if (dz_best == 0.0)
+            goto skip;
+         xassert(1 <= t_best && t_best <= num1);
+#endif
+         /* the choice has been made */
+         csa->p = p;
+#if 0 /* 29/III-2016 */
+         memcpy(&csa->trow[1], &trow[1], (n-m) * sizeof(double));
+#else
+         memcpy(&csa->trow.vec[1], &trow[1], (n-m) * sizeof(double));
+         fvs_gather_vec(&csa->trow, DBL_EPSILON);
+#endif
+         csa->q = bp[t_best].j;
+         best_ratio = fabs(trow[bp[t_best].j]) / big;
+#if 0
+         xprintf("num = %d; t_best = %d; dz = %g\n", num, t_best,
+            bp[t_best].dz);
+#endif
+         ret = 1;
+         goto done;
+skip:    ;
+      }
+      if (csa->r_test == GLP_RT_STD)
+      {  /* textbook dual ratio test */
+         q = spy_chuzc_std(lp, d, r, trow, tol_piv,
+            .30 * csa->tol_dj, .30 * csa->tol_dj1);
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* Harris' two-pass dual ratio test */
+         q = spy_chuzc_harris(lp, d, r, trow, tol_piv,
+            .35 * csa->tol_dj, .35 * csa->tol_dj1);
+      }
+      if (q == 0)
+      {  /* dual unboundedness */
+         csa->p = p;
+#if 0 /* 29/III-2016 */
+         memcpy(&csa->trow[1], &trow[1], (n-m) * sizeof(double));
+#else
+         memcpy(&csa->trow.vec[1], &trow[1], (n-m) * sizeof(double));
+         fvs_gather_vec(&csa->trow, DBL_EPSILON);
+#endif
+         csa->q = q;
+         best_ratio = 1.0;
+         goto done;
+      }
+      /* either keep previous choice or accept new choice depending on
+       * which one is better */
+      if (best_ratio < fabs(trow[q]) / big)
+      {  csa->p = p;
+#if 0 /* 29/III-2016 */
+         memcpy(&csa->trow[1], &trow[1], (n-m) * sizeof(double));
+#else
+         memcpy(&csa->trow.vec[1], &trow[1], (n-m) * sizeof(double));
+         fvs_gather_vec(&csa->trow, DBL_EPSILON);
+#endif
+         csa->q = q;
+         best_ratio = fabs(trow[q]) / big;
+      }
+      /* check if the current choice is acceptable */
+      if (best_ratio >= MIN_RATIO || nnn == 1 || try == 5)
+         goto done;
+      /* try to choose other xB[p] and xN[q] */
+      /* find xB[p] in the list */
+      for (t = 1; t <= nnn; t++)
+         if (list[t] == p) break;
+      xassert(t <= nnn);
+      /* move xB[p] to the end of the list */
+      list[t] = list[nnn], list[nnn] = p;
+      /* and exclude it from consideration */
+      nnn--;
+      /* repeat the choice */
+      goto try;
+done: /* the choice has been made */
+#if 1 /* FIXME: currently just to avoid badly conditioned basis */
+      if (best_ratio < .001 * MIN_RATIO)
+      {  /* looks like this helps */
+         if (bfd_get_count(lp->bfd) > 0)
+            return -1;
+         /* didn't help; last chance to improve the choice */
+         if (tol_piv == csa->tol_piv)
+         {  tol_piv *= 1000.;
+            goto more;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+#if 1 /* FIXME */
+      if (ret)
+      {  /* invalidate basic solution components */
+#if 0 /* 28/III-2016 */
+         csa->beta_st = csa->d_st = 0;
+#else
+         /* dual solution remains valid */
+         csa->beta_st = 0;
+#endif
+         /* set double-bounded non-basic variables to opposite bounds
+          * for all break-points preceding the chosen one */
+         for (t = 1; t < t_best; t++)
+         {  k = head[m + bp[t].j];
+            xassert(-DBL_MAX < l[k] && l[k] < u[k] && u[k] < +DBL_MAX);
+            lp->flag[bp[t].j] = !(lp->flag[bp[t].j]);
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      return ret;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  play_coef - play objective coefficients
+*
+*  This routine is called after the reduced costs d[j] was updated and
+*  the basis was changed to the adjacent one.
+*
+*  It is assumed that before updating all the reduced costs d[j] were
+*  strongly feasible, so in the adjacent basis d[j] remain feasible
+*  within a tolerance, i.e. if some d[j] violates its zero bound, the
+*  violation is insignificant.
+*
+*  If some d[j] violates its zero bound, the routine changes (perturbs)
+*  objective coefficient cN[j] to provide d[j] = 0, i.e. to make all
+*  d[j] strongly feasible. Otherwise, if d[j] has a feasible value, the
+*  routine attempts to reduce (or remove) perturbation in cN[j] by
+*  shifting d[j] to its zero bound keeping strong feasibility. */
+
+static void play_coef(struct csa *csa, int all)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      double *orig_c = csa->orig_c;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      const double *trow = csa->trow.vec;
+      /* this vector was used to update d = (d[j]) */
+      int j, k;
+      static const double eps = 1e-9;
+      /* reduced costs d = (d[j]) should be valid */
+      xassert(csa->d_st);
+      /* walk thru the list of non-basic variables xN = (xN[j]) */
+      for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+      {  if (all || trow[j] != 0.0)
+         {  /* d[j] has changed in the adjacent basis */
+            k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+            if (l[k] == u[k])
+            {  /* xN[j] is fixed variable */
+               /* d[j] may have any sign */
+            }
+            else if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX && u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+            {  /* xN[j] is free (unbounded) variable */
+               /* strong feasibility means d[j] = 0 */
+               c[k] -= d[j], d[j] = 0.0;
+               /* in this case dual degeneracy is not critical, since
+                * if xN[j] enters the basis, it never leaves it */
+            }
+            else if (!flag[j])
+            {  /* xN[j] has its lower bound active */
+               xassert(l[k] != -DBL_MAX);
+               /* first, we remove current perturbation to provide
+                * c[k] = orig_c[k] */
+               d[j] -= c[k] - orig_c[k], c[k] = orig_c[k];
+               /* strong feasibility means d[j] >= 0, but we provide
+                * d[j] >= +eps to prevent dual degeneracy */
+               if (d[j] < +eps)
+                  c[k] -= d[j] - eps, d[j] = +eps;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* xN[j] has its upper bound active */
+               xassert(u[k] != +DBL_MAX);
+               /* similarly, we remove current perturbation to provide
+                * c[k] = orig_c[k] */
+               d[j] -= c[k] - orig_c[k], c[k] = orig_c[k];
+               /* strong feasibility means d[j] <= 0, but we provide
+                * d[j] <= -eps to prevent dual degeneracy */
+               if (d[j] > -eps)
+                  c[k] -= d[j] + eps, d[j] = -eps;
+            }
+         }
+      }
+      return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 */
+static void remove_perturb(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* remove perturbation */
+      SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *c = lp->c;
+      double *orig_c = csa->orig_c;
+      memcpy(c, orig_c, (1+n) * sizeof(double));
+      /* removing perturbation changes dual solution components */
+      csa->phase = csa->d_st = 0;
+#if 1
+      if (csa->msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+         xprintf("Removing LP perturbation [%d]...\n",
+            csa->it_cnt);
+#endif
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  display - display search progress
+*
+*  This routine displays some information about the search progress
+*  that includes:
+*
+*  search phase;
+*
+*  number of simplex iterations performed by the solver;
+*
+*  original objective value (only on phase II);
+*
+*  sum of (scaled) dual infeasibilities for original bounds;
+*
+*  number of dual infeasibilities (phase I) or primal infeasibilities
+*  (phase II);
+*
+*  number of basic factorizations since last display output. */
+
+static void display(struct csa *csa, int spec)
+{     SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      char *flag = lp->flag;
+      double *l = csa->orig_l; /* original lower bounds */
+      double *u = csa->orig_u; /* original upper bounds */
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      int j, k, nnn;
+      double sum;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      double tm_cur;
+#endif
+      /* check if the display output should be skipped */
+      if (csa->msg_lev < GLP_MSG_ON) goto skip;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      tm_cur = xtime();
+#endif
+      if (csa->out_dly > 0 &&
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(xtime(), csa->tm_beg) < csa->out_dly)
+#else
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(tm_cur, csa->tm_beg) < csa->out_dly)
+#endif
+         goto skip;
+      if (csa->it_cnt == csa->it_dpy) goto skip;
+#if 0 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      if (!spec && csa->it_cnt % csa->out_frq != 0) goto skip;
+#else
+      if (!spec &&
+         1000.0 * xdifftime(tm_cur, csa->tm_dpy) < csa->out_frq)
+         goto skip;
+#endif
+      /* display search progress depending on search phase */
+      switch (csa->phase)
+      {  case 1:
+            /* compute sum and number of (scaled) dual infeasibilities
+             * for original bounds */
+            sum = 0.0, nnn = 0;
+            for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+            {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+               if (d[j] > 0.0)
+               {  /* xN[j] should have lower bound */
+                  if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX)
+                  {  sum += d[j];
+                     if (d[j] > +1e-7)
+                        nnn++;
+                  }
+               }
+               else if (d[j] < 0.0)
+               {  /* xN[j] should have upper bound */
+                  if (u[k] == +DBL_MAX)
+                  {  sum -= d[j];
+                     if (d[j] < -1e-7)
+                        nnn++;
+                  }
+               }
+            }
+            /* on phase I variables have artificial bounds which are
+             * meaningless for original LP, so corresponding objective
+             * function value is also meaningless */
+#if 0 /* 27/III-2016 */
+            xprintf(" %6d: %23s inf = %11.3e (%d)",
+               csa->it_cnt, "", sum, nnn);
+#else
+            xprintf(" %6d: sum = %17.9e inf = %11.3e (%d)",
+               csa->it_cnt, lp->c[0] - spx_eval_obj(lp, beta),
+               sum, nnn);
+#endif
+            break;
+         case 2:
+            /* compute sum of (scaled) dual infeasibilities */
+            sum = 0.0, nnn = 0;
+            for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+            {  k = head[m+j]; /* x[k] = xN[j] */
+               if (d[j] > 0.0)
+               {  /* xN[j] should have its lower bound active */
+                  if (l[k] == -DBL_MAX || flag[j])
+                     sum += d[j];
+               }
+               else if (d[j] < 0.0)
+               {  /* xN[j] should have its upper bound active */
+                  if (l[k] != u[k] && !flag[j])
+                     sum -= d[j];
+               }
+            }
+            /* compute number of primal infeasibilities */
+            nnn = spy_chuzr_sel(lp, beta, csa->tol_bnd, csa->tol_bnd1,
+               NULL);
+            xprintf("#%6d: obj = %17.9e inf = %11.3e (%d)",
+#if SCALE_Z
+               csa->it_cnt,
+               (double)csa->dir * csa->fz * spx_eval_obj(lp, beta),
+#else
+               csa->it_cnt, (double)csa->dir * spx_eval_obj(lp, beta),
+#endif
+               sum, nnn);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+      if (csa->inv_cnt)
+      {  /* number of basis factorizations performed */
+         xprintf(" %d", csa->inv_cnt);
+         csa->inv_cnt = 0;
+      }
+#if 1 /* 23/III-2016 */
+      if (csa->r_test == GLP_RT_FLIP)
+      {  /*xprintf("   %d,%d", csa->ns_cnt, csa->ls_cnt);*/
+         if (csa->ns_cnt + csa->ls_cnt)
+            xprintf(" %d%%",
+               (100 * csa->ls_cnt) / (csa->ns_cnt + csa->ls_cnt));
+         csa->ns_cnt = csa->ls_cnt = 0;
+      }
+#endif
+      xprintf("\n");
+      csa->it_dpy = csa->it_cnt;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      csa->tm_dpy = tm_cur;
+#endif
+skip: return;
+}
+
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+static
+void spy_update_r(SPXLP *lp, int p, int q, const double beta[/*1+m*/],
+      const FVS *tcol, double tol, double tol1, FVS *r)
+{     /* update vector r of primal infeasibilities */
+      /* it is assumed that xB[p] leaves the basis, xN[q] enters the
+       * basis, and beta corresponds to the adjacent basis (i.e. this
+       * routine should be called after spx_update_beta) */
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      int *tcol_ind = tcol->ind;
+      int *ind = r->ind;
+      double *vec = r->vec;
+      int i, k, t, nnz;
+      double lk, uk, ri, eps;
+      xassert(1 <= p && p <= m);
+      xassert(1 <= q && q <= n-m);
+      nnz = r->nnz;
+      for (t = tcol->nnz; t >= 1; t--)
+      {  i = tcol_ind[t];
+         /* xB[i] changes in the adjacent basis to beta[i], so only
+          * r[i] should be updated */
+         if (i == p)
+            k = head[m+q]; /* x[k] = new xB[p] = old xN[q] */
+         else
+            k = head[i];   /* x[k] = new xB[i] = old xB[i] */
+         lk = l[k], uk = u[k];
+         /* determine new value of r[i]; see spy_eval_r */
+         ri = 0.0;
+         if (beta[i] < lk)
+         {  /* determine absolute tolerance eps1[i] */
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (lk >= 0.0 ? +lk : -lk);
+            if (beta[i] < lk - eps)
+            {  /* lower bound is violated */
+               ri = lk - beta[i];
+            }
+         }
+         else if (beta[i] > uk)
+         {  /* determine absolute tolerance eps2[i] */
+            eps = tol + tol1 * (uk >= 0.0 ? +uk : -uk);
+            if (beta[i] > uk + eps)
+            {  /* upper bound is violated */
+               ri = uk - beta[i];
+            }
+         }
+         if (ri == 0.0)
+         {  if (vec[i] != 0.0)
+               vec[i] = DBL_MIN; /* will be removed */
+         }
+         else
+         {  if (vec[i] == 0.0)
+               ind[++nnz] = i;
+            vec[i] = ri;
+         }
+
+      }
+      r->nnz = nnz;
+      /* remove zero elements */
+      fvs_adjust_vec(r, DBL_MIN + DBL_MIN);
+      return;
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************
+*  spy_dual - driver to the dual simplex method
+*
+*  This routine is a driver to the two-phase dual simplex method.
+*
+*  On exit this routine returns one of the following codes:
+*
+*  0  LP instance has been successfully solved.
+*
+*  GLP_EOBJLL
+*     Objective lower limit has been reached (maximization).
+*
+*  GLP_EOBJUL
+*     Objective upper limit has been reached (minimization).
+*
+*  GLP_EITLIM
+*     Iteration limit has been exhausted.
+*
+*  GLP_ETMLIM
+*     Time limit has been exhausted.
+*
+*  GLP_EFAIL
+*     The solver failed to solve LP instance. */
+
+static int dual_simplex(struct csa *csa)
+{     /* dual simplex method main logic routine */
+      SPXLP *lp = csa->lp;
+      int m = lp->m;
+      int n = lp->n;
+      double *l = lp->l;
+      double *u = lp->u;
+      int *head = lp->head;
+      SPXNT *nt = csa->nt;
+      double *beta = csa->beta;
+      double *d = csa->d;
+      SPYSE *se = csa->se;
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      int *list = csa->list;
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 31/III-2016 */
+      double *trow = csa->trow;
+      double *tcol = csa->tcol;
+#endif
+      double *pi = csa->work;
+      int msg_lev = csa->msg_lev;
+      double tol_bnd = csa->tol_bnd;
+      double tol_bnd1 = csa->tol_bnd1;
+      double tol_dj = csa->tol_dj;
+      double tol_dj1 = csa->tol_dj1;
+      int j, k, p_flag, refct, ret;
+      int perturb = -1;
+      /* -1 = perturbation is not used, but enabled
+       *  0 = perturbation is not used and disabled
+       * +1 = perturbation is being used */
+#if 1 /* 27/III-2016 */
+      int instab = 0; /* instability count */
+#endif
+#ifdef TIMING
+      double t_total  = timer(); /* total time */
+      double t_fact   = 0.0;     /* computing factorization */
+      double t_rtest  = 0.0;     /* performing ratio test */
+      double t_pivcol = 0.0;     /* computing pivot column */
+      double t_upd1   = 0.0;     /* updating primal values */
+      double t_upd2   = 0.0;     /* updating dual values */
+      double t_upd3   = 0.0;     /* updating se weights */
+      double t_upd4   = 0.0;     /* updating matrix N */
+      double t_upd5   = 0.0;     /* updating factorization */
+      double t_start;
+#endif
+      check_flags(csa);
+loop: /* main loop starts here */
+      /* compute factorization of the basis matrix */
+      if (!lp->valid)
+      {  double cond;
+#ifdef TIMING
+         t_start = timer();
+#endif
+         ret = spx_factorize(lp);
+#ifdef TIMING
+         t_fact += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+         csa->inv_cnt++;
+         if (ret != 0)
+         {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Error: unable to factorize the basis matrix (%d"
+                  ")\n", ret);
+            csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+            ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+            goto fini;
+         }
+         /* check condition of the basis matrix */
+         cond = bfd_condest(lp->bfd);
+         if (cond > 1.0 / DBL_EPSILON)
+         {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Error: basis matrix is singular to working prec"
+                  "ision (cond = %.3g)\n", cond);
+            csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+            ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+            goto fini;
+         }
+         if (cond > 0.001 / DBL_EPSILON)
+         {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+               xprintf("Warning: basis matrix is ill-conditioned (cond "
+                  "= %.3g)\n", cond);
+         }
+         /* invalidate basic solution components */
+         csa->beta_st = csa->d_st = 0;
+      }
+      /* compute reduced costs of non-basic variables d = (d[j]) */
+      if (!csa->d_st)
+      {  spx_eval_pi(lp, pi);
+         for (j = 1; j <= n-m; j++)
+            d[j] = spx_eval_dj(lp, pi, j);
+         csa->d_st = 1; /* just computed */
+         /* determine the search phase, if not determined yet (this is
+          * performed only once at the beginning of the search for the
+          * original bounds) */
+         if (!csa->phase)
+         {  j = check_feas(csa, 0.97 * tol_dj, 0.97 * tol_dj1, 1);
+            if (j > 0)
+            {  /* initial basic solution is dual infeasible and cannot
+                * be recovered */
+               /* start to search for dual feasible solution */
+               set_art_bounds(csa);
+               csa->phase = 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* initial basic solution is either dual feasible or its
+                * dual feasibility has been recovered */
+               /* start to search for optimal solution */
+               csa->phase = 2;
+            }
+         }
+         /* make sure that current basic solution is dual feasible */
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 */
+         if (perturb <= 0)
+         {  if (check_feas(csa, tol_dj, tol_dj1, 0))
+            {  /* dual feasibility is broken due to excessive round-off
+                * errors */
+               if (perturb < 0)
+               {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                     xprintf("Perturbing LP to avoid instability [%d].."
+                        ".\n", csa->it_cnt);
+                  perturb = 1;
+                  goto loop;
+               }
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                  xprintf("Warning: numerical instability (dual simplex"
+                     ", phase %s)\n", csa->phase == 1 ? "I" : "II");
+               instab++;
+               if (csa->dualp && instab >= 10)
+               {  /* do not continue the search; report failure */
+                  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                     xprintf("Warning: dual simplex failed due to exces"
+                        "sive numerical instability\n");
+                  csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+                  ret = -1; /* special case of GLP_EFAIL */
+                  goto fini;
+               }
+               /* try to recover dual feasibility */
+               j = check_feas(csa, 0.97 * tol_dj, 0.97 * tol_dj1, 1);
+               if (j > 0)
+               {  /* dual feasibility cannot be recovered (this may
+                   * happen only on phase II) */
+                  xassert(csa->phase == 2);
+                  /* restart to search for dual feasible solution */
+                  set_art_bounds(csa);
+                  csa->phase = 1;
+               }
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* FIXME */
+            play_coef(csa, 1);
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* at this point the search phase is determined */
+      xassert(csa->phase == 1 || csa->phase == 2);
+      /* compute values of basic variables beta = (beta[i]) */
+      if (!csa->beta_st)
+      {  spx_eval_beta(lp, beta);
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+         /* also compute vector r of primal infeasibilities */
+         switch (csa->phase)
+         {  case 1:
+               spy_eval_r(lp, beta, 1e-8, 0.0, &csa->r);
+               break;
+            case 2:
+               spy_eval_r(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, &csa->r);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(csa != csa);
+         }
+#endif
+         csa->beta_st = 1; /* just computed */
+      }
+      /* reset the dual reference space, if necessary */
+      if (se != NULL && !se->valid)
+         spy_reset_refsp(lp, se), refct = 1000;
+      /* at this point the basis factorization and all basic solution
+       * components are valid */
+      xassert(lp->valid && csa->beta_st && csa->d_st);
+#ifdef GLP_DEBUG
+      check_flags(csa);
+#endif
+#if CHECK_ACCURACY
+      /* check accuracy of current basic solution components (only for
+       * debugging) */
+      check_accuracy(csa);
+#endif
+      /* check if the objective limit has been reached */
+      if (csa->phase == 2 && csa->obj_lim != DBL_MAX
+         && spx_eval_obj(lp, beta) >= csa->obj_lim)
+      {
+#if 1 /* 26/V-2017 by mao */
+         if (perturb > 0)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            /* [Should note that perturbing of objective coefficients
+             * implemented in play_coef is equivalent to *relaxing* of
+             * (zero) bounds of dual variables, so the perturbed
+             * objective is always better (*greater*) that the original
+             * one at the same basic point.] */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+#endif
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         display(csa, 1);
+         if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("OBJECTIVE %s LIMIT REACHED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n",
+               csa->dir > 0 ? "UPPER" : "LOWER");
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+         csa->num = spy_chuzr_sel(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, list);
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->num == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#else
+         spy_eval_r(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, &csa->r);
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->r.nnz == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#endif
+         csa->d_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+         ret = (csa->dir > 0 ? GLP_EOBJUL : GLP_EOBJLL);
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      /* check if the iteration limit has been exhausted */
+      if (csa->it_cnt - csa->it_beg >= csa->it_lim)
+      {  if (perturb > 0)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         display(csa, 1);
+         if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("ITERATION LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+         if (csa->phase == 1)
+         {  set_orig_bounds(csa);
+            check_flags(csa);
+            spx_eval_beta(lp, beta);
+         }
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+         csa->num = spy_chuzr_sel(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, list);
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->num == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#else
+         spy_eval_r(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, &csa->r);
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->r.nnz == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#endif
+         csa->d_stat = (csa->phase == 1 ? GLP_INFEAS : GLP_FEAS);
+         ret = GLP_EITLIM;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      /* check if the time limit has been exhausted */
+      if (1000.0 * xdifftime(xtime(), csa->tm_beg) >= csa->tm_lim)
+      {  if (perturb > 0)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         display(csa, 1);
+         if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+            xprintf("TIME LIMIT EXCEEDED; SEARCH TERMINATED\n");
+         if (csa->phase == 1)
+         {  set_orig_bounds(csa);
+            check_flags(csa);
+            spx_eval_beta(lp, beta);
+         }
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+         csa->num = spy_chuzr_sel(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, list);
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->num == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#else
+         spy_eval_r(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, &csa->r);
+         csa->p_stat = (csa->r.nnz == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#endif
+         csa->d_stat = (csa->phase == 1 ? GLP_INFEAS : GLP_FEAS);
+         ret = GLP_ETMLIM;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+      /* display the search progress */
+      display(csa, 0);
+      /* select eligible basic variables */
+#if 0 /* 31/III-2016; not needed because r is valid */
+      switch (csa->phase)
+      {  case 1:
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+            csa->num = spy_chuzr_sel(lp, beta, 1e-8, 0.0, list);
+#else
+            spy_eval_r(lp, beta, 1e-8, 0.0, &csa->r);
+#endif
+            break;
+         case 2:
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+            csa->num = spy_chuzr_sel(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, list);
+#else
+            spy_eval_r(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, &csa->r);
+#endif
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(csa != csa);
+      }
+#endif
+      /* check for optimality */
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      if (csa->num == 0)
+#else
+      if (csa->r.nnz == 0)
+#endif
+      {  if (perturb > 0 && csa->phase == 2)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         /* current basis is optimal */
+         display(csa, 1);
+         switch (csa->phase)
+         {  case 1:
+               /* check for dual feasibility */
+               set_orig_bounds(csa);
+               check_flags(csa);
+               if (check_feas(csa, tol_dj, tol_dj1, 0) == 0)
+               {  /* dual feasible solution found; switch to phase II */
+                  csa->phase = 2;
+                  xassert(!csa->beta_st);
+                  goto loop;
+               }
+#if 1 /* 26/V-2017 by cmatraki */
+               if (perturb > 0)
+               {  /* remove perturbation */
+                  remove_perturb(csa);
+                  perturb = 0;
+                  goto loop;
+               }
+#endif
+               /* no dual feasible solution exists */
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("LP HAS NO DUAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+               spx_eval_beta(lp, beta);
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+               csa->num = spy_chuzr_sel(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1,
+                  list);
+               csa->p_stat = (csa->num == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#else
+               spy_eval_r(lp, beta, tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, &csa->r);
+               csa->p_stat = (csa->r.nnz == 0 ? GLP_FEAS : GLP_INFEAS);
+#endif
+               csa->d_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               ret = 0;
+               goto fini;
+            case 2:
+               /* optimal solution found */
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("OPTIMAL LP SOLUTION FOUND\n");
+               csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+               ret = 0;
+               goto fini;
+            default:
+               xassert(csa != csa);
+         }
+      }
+      /* choose xB[p] and xN[q] */
+#if 0 /* 23/III-2016 */
+      choose_pivot(csa);
+#else
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_start = timer();
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+      ret = choose_pivot(csa);
+#endif
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_rtest += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+      if (ret < 0)
+      {  lp->valid = 0;
+         goto loop;
+      }
+      if (ret == 0)
+         csa->ns_cnt++;
+      else
+         csa->ls_cnt++;
+#endif
+      /* check for dual unboundedness */
+      if (csa->q == 0)
+      {  if (perturb > 0)
+         {  /* remove perturbation */
+            remove_perturb(csa);
+            perturb = 0;
+         }
+         if (csa->beta_st != 1)
+            csa->beta_st = 0;
+         if (csa->d_st != 1)
+            csa->d_st = 0;
+         if (!(csa->beta_st && csa->d_st))
+            goto loop;
+         display(csa, 1);
+         switch (csa->phase)
+         {  case 1:
+               /* this should never happen */
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+                  xprintf("Error: dual simplex failed\n");
+               csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+               ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+               goto fini;
+            case 2:
+               /* dual unboundedness detected */
+               if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("LP HAS NO PRIMAL FEASIBLE SOLUTION\n");
+               csa->p_stat = GLP_NOFEAS;
+               csa->d_stat = GLP_FEAS;
+               ret = 0;
+               goto fini;
+            default:
+               xassert(csa != csa);
+         }
+      }
+      /* compute q-th column of the simplex table */
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_start = timer();
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 31/III-2016 */
+      spx_eval_tcol(lp, csa->q, tcol);
+#else
+      spx_eval_tcol(lp, csa->q, csa->tcol.vec);
+      fvs_gather_vec(&csa->tcol, DBL_EPSILON);
+#endif
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_pivcol += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+      /* FIXME: tcol[p] and trow[q] should be close to each other */
+#if 0 /* 26/V-2017 by cmatraki */
+      xassert(csa->tcol.vec[csa->p] != 0.0);
+#else
+      if (csa->tcol.vec[csa->p] == 0.0)
+      {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ERR)
+            xprintf("Error: tcol[p] = 0.0\n");
+         csa->p_stat = csa->d_stat = GLP_UNDEF;
+         ret = GLP_EFAIL;
+         goto fini;
+      }
+#endif
+      /* update values of basic variables for adjacent basis */
+      k = head[csa->p]; /* x[k] = xB[p] */
+      p_flag = (l[k] != u[k] && beta[csa->p] > u[k]);
+#if 0 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      spx_update_beta(lp, beta, csa->p, p_flag, csa->q, tcol);
+      csa->beta_st = 2;
+#else
+      /* primal solution may be invalidated due to long step */
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_start = timer();
+#endif
+      if (csa->beta_st)
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      {  spx_update_beta(lp, beta, csa->p, p_flag, csa->q, tcol);
+#else
+      {  spx_update_beta_s(lp, beta, csa->p, p_flag, csa->q,
+            &csa->tcol);
+         /* also update vector r of primal infeasibilities */
+         /*fvs_check_vec(&csa->r);*/
+         switch (csa->phase)
+         {  case 1:
+               spy_update_r(lp, csa->p, csa->q, beta, &csa->tcol,
+                  1e-8, 0.0, &csa->r);
+               break;
+            case 2:
+               spy_update_r(lp, csa->p, csa->q, beta, &csa->tcol,
+                  tol_bnd, tol_bnd1, &csa->r);
+               break;
+            default:
+               xassert(csa != csa);
+         }
+         /*fvs_check_vec(&csa->r);*/
+#endif
+         csa->beta_st = 2;
+      }
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_upd1 += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 */
+      /* check for stalling */
+      {  int k;
+         xassert(1 <= csa->p && csa->p <= m);
+         xassert(1 <= csa->q && csa->q <= n-m);
+         /* FIXME: recompute d[q]; see spx_update_d */
+         k = head[m+csa->q]; /* x[k] = xN[q] */
+         if (!(lp->l[k] == -DBL_MAX && lp->u[k] == +DBL_MAX))
+         {  if (fabs(d[csa->q]) >= 1e-6)
+            {  csa->degen = 0;
+               goto skip1;
+            }
+            /* degenerate iteration has been detected */
+            csa->degen++;
+            if (perturb < 0 && csa->degen >= 200)
+            {  if (msg_lev >= GLP_MSG_ALL)
+                  xprintf("Perturbing LP to avoid stalling [%d]...\n",
+                     csa->it_cnt);
+               perturb = 1;
+            }
+skip1:      ;
+         }
+      }
+#endif
+      /* update reduced costs of non-basic variables for adjacent
+       * basis */
+#if 1 /* 28/III-2016 */
+      xassert(csa->d_st);
+#endif
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_start = timer();
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      if (spx_update_d(lp, d, csa->p, csa->q, trow, tcol) <= 1e-9)
+#else
+      if (spx_update_d_s(lp, d, csa->p, csa->q, &csa->trow, &csa->tcol)
+         <= 1e-9)
+#endif
+      {  /* successful updating */
+         csa->d_st = 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {  /* new reduced costs are inaccurate */
+         csa->d_st = 0;
+      }
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_upd2 += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+      /* update steepest edge weights for adjacent basis, if used */
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_start = timer();
+#endif
+      if (se != NULL)
+      {  if (refct > 0)
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+         {  if (spy_update_gamma(lp, se, csa->p, csa->q, trow, tcol)
+               <= 1e-3)
+#else
+         {  if (spy_update_gamma_s(lp, se, csa->p, csa->q, &csa->trow,
+               &csa->tcol) <= 1e-3)
+#endif
+            {  /* successful updating */
+               refct--;
+            }
+            else
+            {  /* new weights are inaccurate; reset reference space */
+               se->valid = 0;
+            }
+         }
+         else
+         {  /* too many updates; reset reference space */
+            se->valid = 0;
+         }
+      }
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_upd3 += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_start = timer();
+#endif
+      /* update matrix N for adjacent basis, if used */
+      if (nt != NULL)
+         spx_update_nt(lp, nt, csa->p, csa->q);
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_upd4 += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+      /* change current basis header to adjacent one */
+      spx_change_basis(lp, csa->p, p_flag, csa->q);
+      /* and update factorization of the basis matrix */
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_start = timer();
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      if (csa->p > 0)
+#endif
+         spx_update_invb(lp, csa->p, head[csa->p]);
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_upd5 += timer() - t_start;
+#endif
+      if (perturb > 0 && csa->d_st)
+         play_coef(csa, 0);
+      /* dual simplex iteration complete */
+      csa->it_cnt++;
+      goto loop;
+fini:
+#ifdef TIMING
+      t_total = timer() - t_total;
+      xprintf("Total time      = %10.3f\n", t_total);
+      xprintf("Factorization   = %10.3f\n", t_fact);
+      xprintf("Ratio test      = %10.3f\n", t_rtest);
+      xprintf("Pivot column    = %10.3f\n", t_pivcol);
+      xprintf("Updating beta   = %10.3f\n", t_upd1);
+      xprintf("Updating d      = %10.3f\n", t_upd2);
+      xprintf("Updating gamma  = %10.3f\n", t_upd3);
+      xprintf("Updating N      = %10.3f\n", t_upd4);
+      xprintf("Updating inv(B) = %10.3f\n", t_upd5);
+#endif
+      return ret;
+}
+
+int spy_dual(glp_prob *P, const glp_smcp *parm)
+{     /* driver to the dual simplex method */
+      struct csa csa_, *csa = &csa_;
+      SPXLP lp;
+      SPXAT at;
+      SPXNT nt;
+      SPYSE se;
+      int ret, *map, *daeh;
+#if SCALE_Z
+      int i, j, k;
+#endif
+      /* build working LP and its initial basis */
+      memset(csa, 0, sizeof(struct csa));
+      csa->lp = &lp;
+      spx_init_lp(csa->lp, P, parm->excl);
+      spx_alloc_lp(csa->lp);
+      map = talloc(1+P->m+P->n, int);
+      spx_build_lp(csa->lp, P, parm->excl, parm->shift, map);
+      spx_build_basis(csa->lp, P, map);
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN:
+            csa->dir = +1;
+            break;
+         case GLP_MAX:
+            csa->dir = -1;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(P != P);
+      }
+#if SCALE_Z
+      csa->fz = 0.0;
+      for (k = 1; k <= csa->lp->n; k++)
+      {  double t = fabs(csa->lp->c[k]);
+         if (csa->fz < t)
+            csa->fz = t;
+      }
+      if (csa->fz <= 1000.0)
+         csa->fz = 1.0;
+      else
+         csa->fz /= 1000.0;
+      /*xprintf("csa->fz = %g\n", csa->fz);*/
+      for (k = 0; k <= csa->lp->n; k++)
+         csa->lp->c[k] /= csa->fz;
+#endif
+      csa->orig_b = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, double);
+      memcpy(csa->orig_b, csa->lp->b, (1+csa->lp->m) * sizeof(double));
+      csa->orig_c = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, double);
+      memcpy(csa->orig_c, csa->lp->c, (1+csa->lp->n) * sizeof(double));
+      csa->orig_l = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, double);
+      memcpy(csa->orig_l, csa->lp->l, (1+csa->lp->n) * sizeof(double));
+      csa->orig_u = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, double);
+      memcpy(csa->orig_u, csa->lp->u, (1+csa->lp->n) * sizeof(double));
+      switch (parm->aorn)
+      {  case GLP_USE_AT:
+            /* build matrix A in row-wise format */
+            csa->at = &at;
+            csa->nt = NULL;
+            spx_alloc_at(csa->lp, csa->at);
+            spx_build_at(csa->lp, csa->at);
+            break;
+         case GLP_USE_NT:
+            /* build matrix N in row-wise format for initial basis */
+            csa->at = NULL;
+            csa->nt = &nt;
+            spx_alloc_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+            spx_init_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+            spx_build_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+      /* allocate and initialize working components */
+      csa->phase = 0;
+      csa->beta = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, double);
+      csa->beta_st = 0;
+      csa->d = talloc(1+csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m, double);
+      csa->d_st = 0;
+      switch (parm->pricing)
+      {  case GLP_PT_STD:
+            csa->se = NULL;
+            break;
+         case GLP_PT_PSE:
+            csa->se = &se;
+            spy_alloc_se(csa->lp, csa->se);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      csa->list = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, int);
+      csa->trow = talloc(1+csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m, double);
+      csa->tcol = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, double);
+#else
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->r, csa->lp->m);
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->trow, csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m);
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->tcol, csa->lp->m);
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      csa->bp = NULL;
+#endif
+      csa->work = talloc(1+csa->lp->m, double);
+      csa->work1 = talloc(1+csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m, double);
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->wrow, csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m);
+      fvs_alloc_vec(&csa->wcol, csa->lp->m);
+#endif
+#endif
+      /* initialize control parameters */
+      csa->msg_lev = parm->msg_lev;
+      csa->dualp = (parm->meth == GLP_DUALP);
+#if 0 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      switch (parm->r_test)
+      {  case GLP_RT_STD:
+            csa->harris = 0;
+            break;
+         case GLP_RT_HAR:
+            csa->harris = 1;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+#else
+      switch (parm->r_test)
+      {  case GLP_RT_STD:
+         case GLP_RT_HAR:
+            break;
+         case GLP_RT_FLIP:
+            csa->bp = talloc(1+csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m, SPYBP);
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+      csa->r_test = parm->r_test;
+#endif
+      csa->tol_bnd = parm->tol_bnd;
+      csa->tol_bnd1 = .001 * parm->tol_bnd;
+      csa->tol_dj = parm->tol_dj;
+      csa->tol_dj1 = .001 * parm->tol_dj;
+#if 0
+      csa->tol_dj1 = 1e-9 * parm->tol_dj;
+#endif
+      csa->tol_piv = parm->tol_piv;
+      switch (P->dir)
+      {  case GLP_MIN:
+            csa->obj_lim = + parm->obj_ul;
+            break;
+         case GLP_MAX:
+            csa->obj_lim = - parm->obj_ll;
+            break;
+         default:
+            xassert(parm != parm);
+      }
+#if SCALE_Z
+      if (csa->obj_lim != DBL_MAX)
+         csa->obj_lim /= csa->fz;
+#endif
+      csa->it_lim = parm->it_lim;
+      csa->tm_lim = parm->tm_lim;
+      csa->out_frq = parm->out_frq;
+      csa->out_dly = parm->out_dly;
+      /* initialize working parameters */
+      csa->tm_beg = xtime();
+      csa->it_beg = csa->it_cnt = P->it_cnt;
+      csa->it_dpy = -1;
+#if 1 /* 15/VII-2017 */
+      csa->tm_dpy = 0.0;
+#endif
+      csa->inv_cnt = 0;
+#if 1 /* 11/VII-2017 */
+      csa->degen = 0;
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 23/III-2016 */
+      csa->ns_cnt = csa->ls_cnt = 0;
+#endif
+      /* try to solve working LP */
+      ret = dual_simplex(csa);
+      /* return basis factorization back to problem object */
+      P->valid = csa->lp->valid;
+      P->bfd = csa->lp->bfd;
+      /* set solution status */
+      P->pbs_stat = csa->p_stat;
+      P->dbs_stat = csa->d_stat;
+      /* if the solver failed, do not store basis header and basic
+       * solution components to problem object */
+      if (ret == GLP_EFAIL)
+         goto skip;
+      /* convert working LP basis to original LP basis and store it to
+       * problem object */
+      daeh = talloc(1+csa->lp->n, int);
+      spx_store_basis(csa->lp, P, map, daeh);
+      /* compute simplex multipliers for final basic solution found by
+       * the solver */
+      spx_eval_pi(csa->lp, csa->work);
+      /* convert working LP solution to original LP solution and store
+       * it to problem object */
+#if SCALE_Z
+      for (i = 1; i <= csa->lp->m; i++)
+         csa->work[i] *= csa->fz;
+      for (j = 1; j <= csa->lp->n-csa->lp->m; j++)
+         csa->d[j] *= csa->fz;
+#endif
+      spx_store_sol(csa->lp, P, parm->shift, map, daeh, csa->beta,
+         csa->work, csa->d);
+      tfree(daeh);
+      /* save simplex iteration count */
+      P->it_cnt = csa->it_cnt;
+      /* report auxiliary/structural variable causing unboundedness */
+      P->some = 0;
+      if (csa->p_stat == GLP_NOFEAS && csa->d_stat == GLP_FEAS)
+      {  int k, kk;
+         /* xB[p] = x[k] causes dual unboundedness */
+         xassert(1 <= csa->p && csa->p <= csa->lp->m);
+         k = csa->lp->head[csa->p];
+         xassert(1 <= k && k <= csa->lp->n);
+         /* convert to number of original variable */
+         for (kk = 1; kk <= P->m + P->n; kk++)
+         {  if (abs(map[kk]) == k)
+            {  P->some = kk;
+               break;
+            }
+         }
+         xassert(P->some != 0);
+      }
+skip: /* deallocate working objects and arrays */
+      spx_free_lp(csa->lp);
+      tfree(map);
+      tfree(csa->orig_b);
+      tfree(csa->orig_c);
+      tfree(csa->orig_l);
+      tfree(csa->orig_u);
+      if (csa->at != NULL)
+         spx_free_at(csa->lp, csa->at);
+      if (csa->nt != NULL)
+         spx_free_nt(csa->lp, csa->nt);
+      tfree(csa->beta);
+      tfree(csa->d);
+      if (csa->se != NULL)
+         spy_free_se(csa->lp, csa->se);
+#if 0 /* 30/III-2016 */
+      tfree(csa->list);
+      tfree(csa->trow);
+#else
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->r);
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->trow);
+#endif
+#if 1 /* 16/III-2016 */
+      if (csa->bp != NULL)
+         tfree(csa->bp);
+#endif
+#if 0 /* 29/III-2016 */
+      tfree(csa->tcol);
+#else
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->tcol);
+#endif
+      tfree(csa->work);
+      tfree(csa->work1);
+#if 0 /* 11/VI-2017 */
+#if 1 /* 31/III-2016 */
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->wrow);
+      fvs_free_vec(&csa->wcol);
+#endif
+#endif
+      /* return to calling program */
+      return ret >= 0 ? ret : GLP_EFAIL;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/README b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2796312f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/README
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+NOTE: Files in this subdirectory are NOT part of the GLPK package, but
+      are used with GLPK.
+
+      The original code was modified according to GLPK requirements by
+      Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>.
+
+      The following files were rewritten:
+      gzguts.h, zconf.h, zutil.h.
+
+      The following files were added:
+      zio.h, zio.c.
+
+      Other files were not changed.
+************************************************************************
+zlib general purpose compression library
+version 1.2.5, April 19th, 2010
+
+Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
+
+This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+arising from the use of this software.
+
+Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+   claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+   in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would
+   be appreciated but is not required.
+
+2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not
+   be misrepresented as being the original software.
+
+3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
+   distribution.
+
+Jean-loup Gailly        Mark Adler
+jloup@gzip.org          madler@alumni.caltech.edu
+
+The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request
+for Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files
+http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate
+format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/adler32.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/adler32.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65ad6a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/adler32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* adler32.c -- compute the Adler-32 checksum of a data stream
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2007 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+
+#define local static
+
+local uLong adler32_combine_(uLong adler1, uLong adler2, z_off64_t len2);
+
+#define BASE 65521UL    /* largest prime smaller than 65536 */
+#define NMAX 5552
+/* NMAX is the largest n such that 255n(n+1)/2 + (n+1)(BASE-1) <= 2^32-1 */
+
+#define DO1(buf,i)  {adler += (buf)[i]; sum2 += adler;}
+#define DO2(buf,i)  DO1(buf,i); DO1(buf,i+1);
+#define DO4(buf,i)  DO2(buf,i); DO2(buf,i+2);
+#define DO8(buf,i)  DO4(buf,i); DO4(buf,i+4);
+#define DO16(buf)   DO8(buf,0); DO8(buf,8);
+
+/* use NO_DIVIDE if your processor does not do division in hardware */
+#ifdef NO_DIVIDE
+#  define MOD(a) \
+    do { \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 16)) a -= (BASE << 16); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 15)) a -= (BASE << 15); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 14)) a -= (BASE << 14); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 13)) a -= (BASE << 13); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 12)) a -= (BASE << 12); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 11)) a -= (BASE << 11); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 10)) a -= (BASE << 10); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 9)) a -= (BASE << 9); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 8)) a -= (BASE << 8); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 7)) a -= (BASE << 7); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 6)) a -= (BASE << 6); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 5)) a -= (BASE << 5); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 4)) a -= (BASE << 4); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 3)) a -= (BASE << 3); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 2)) a -= (BASE << 2); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 1)) a -= (BASE << 1); \
+        if (a >= BASE) a -= BASE; \
+    } while (0)
+#  define MOD4(a) \
+    do { \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 4)) a -= (BASE << 4); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 3)) a -= (BASE << 3); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 2)) a -= (BASE << 2); \
+        if (a >= (BASE << 1)) a -= (BASE << 1); \
+        if (a >= BASE) a -= BASE; \
+    } while (0)
+#else
+#  define MOD(a) a %= BASE
+#  define MOD4(a) a %= BASE
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+uLong ZEXPORT adler32(adler, buf, len)
+    uLong adler;
+    const Bytef *buf;
+    uInt len;
+{
+    unsigned long sum2;
+    unsigned n;
+
+    /* split Adler-32 into component sums */
+    sum2 = (adler >> 16) & 0xffff;
+    adler &= 0xffff;
+
+    /* in case user likes doing a byte at a time, keep it fast */
+    if (len == 1) {
+        adler += buf[0];
+        if (adler >= BASE)
+            adler -= BASE;
+        sum2 += adler;
+        if (sum2 >= BASE)
+            sum2 -= BASE;
+        return adler | (sum2 << 16);
+    }
+
+    /* initial Adler-32 value (deferred check for len == 1 speed) */
+    if (buf == Z_NULL)
+        return 1L;
+
+    /* in case short lengths are provided, keep it somewhat fast */
+    if (len < 16) {
+        while (len--) {
+            adler += *buf++;
+            sum2 += adler;
+        }
+        if (adler >= BASE)
+            adler -= BASE;
+        MOD4(sum2);             /* only added so many BASE's */
+        return adler | (sum2 << 16);
+    }
+
+    /* do length NMAX blocks -- requires just one modulo operation */
+    while (len >= NMAX) {
+        len -= NMAX;
+        n = NMAX / 16;          /* NMAX is divisible by 16 */
+        do {
+            DO16(buf);          /* 16 sums unrolled */
+            buf += 16;
+        } while (--n);
+        MOD(adler);
+        MOD(sum2);
+    }
+
+    /* do remaining bytes (less than NMAX, still just one modulo) */
+    if (len) {                  /* avoid modulos if none remaining */
+        while (len >= 16) {
+            len -= 16;
+            DO16(buf);
+            buf += 16;
+        }
+        while (len--) {
+            adler += *buf++;
+            sum2 += adler;
+        }
+        MOD(adler);
+        MOD(sum2);
+    }
+
+    /* return recombined sums */
+    return adler | (sum2 << 16);
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+local uLong adler32_combine_(adler1, adler2, len2)
+    uLong adler1;
+    uLong adler2;
+    z_off64_t len2;
+{
+    unsigned long sum1;
+    unsigned long sum2;
+    unsigned rem;
+
+    /* the derivation of this formula is left as an exercise for the reader */
+    rem = (unsigned)(len2 % BASE);
+    sum1 = adler1 & 0xffff;
+    sum2 = rem * sum1;
+    MOD(sum2);
+    sum1 += (adler2 & 0xffff) + BASE - 1;
+    sum2 += ((adler1 >> 16) & 0xffff) + ((adler2 >> 16) & 0xffff) + BASE - rem;
+    if (sum1 >= BASE) sum1 -= BASE;
+    if (sum1 >= BASE) sum1 -= BASE;
+    if (sum2 >= (BASE << 1)) sum2 -= (BASE << 1);
+    if (sum2 >= BASE) sum2 -= BASE;
+    return sum1 | (sum2 << 16);
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine(adler1, adler2, len2)
+    uLong adler1;
+    uLong adler2;
+    z_off_t len2;
+{
+    return adler32_combine_(adler1, adler2, len2);
+}
+
+uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine64(adler1, adler2, len2)
+    uLong adler1;
+    uLong adler2;
+    z_off64_t len2;
+{
+    return adler32_combine_(adler1, adler2, len2);
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/compress.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/compress.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea4dfbe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/compress.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* compress.c -- compress a memory buffer
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+#define ZLIB_INTERNAL
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+     Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer. The level
+   parameter has the same meaning as in deflateInit.  sourceLen is the byte
+   length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total size of the
+   destination buffer, which must be at least 0.1% larger than sourceLen plus
+   12 bytes. Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
+
+     compress2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output buffer,
+   Z_STREAM_ERROR if the level parameter is invalid.
+*/
+int ZEXPORT compress2 (dest, destLen, source, sourceLen, level)
+    Bytef *dest;
+    uLongf *destLen;
+    const Bytef *source;
+    uLong sourceLen;
+    int level;
+{
+    z_stream stream;
+    int err;
+
+    stream.next_in = (Bytef*)source;
+    stream.avail_in = (uInt)sourceLen;
+#ifdef MAXSEG_64K
+    /* Check for source > 64K on 16-bit machine: */
+    if ((uLong)stream.avail_in != sourceLen) return Z_BUF_ERROR;
+#endif
+    stream.next_out = dest;
+    stream.avail_out = (uInt)*destLen;
+    if ((uLong)stream.avail_out != *destLen) return Z_BUF_ERROR;
+
+    stream.zalloc = (alloc_func)0;
+    stream.zfree = (free_func)0;
+    stream.opaque = (voidpf)0;
+
+    err = deflateInit(&stream, level);
+    if (err != Z_OK) return err;
+
+    err = deflate(&stream, Z_FINISH);
+    if (err != Z_STREAM_END) {
+        deflateEnd(&stream);
+        return err == Z_OK ? Z_BUF_ERROR : err;
+    }
+    *destLen = stream.total_out;
+
+    err = deflateEnd(&stream);
+    return err;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ */
+int ZEXPORT compress (dest, destLen, source, sourceLen)
+    Bytef *dest;
+    uLongf *destLen;
+    const Bytef *source;
+    uLong sourceLen;
+{
+    return compress2(dest, destLen, source, sourceLen, Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION);
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+     If the default memLevel or windowBits for deflateInit() is changed, then
+   this function needs to be updated.
+ */
+uLong ZEXPORT compressBound (sourceLen)
+    uLong sourceLen;
+{
+    return sourceLen + (sourceLen >> 12) + (sourceLen >> 14) +
+           (sourceLen >> 25) + 13;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/crc32.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/crc32.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91be372d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/crc32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+/* crc32.c -- compute the CRC-32 of a data stream
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2006, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ *
+ * Thanks to Rodney Brown <rbrown64@csc.com.au> for his contribution of faster
+ * CRC methods: exclusive-oring 32 bits of data at a time, and pre-computing
+ * tables for updating the shift register in one step with three exclusive-ors
+ * instead of four steps with four exclusive-ors.  This results in about a
+ * factor of two increase in speed on a Power PC G4 (PPC7455) using gcc -O3.
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+/*
+  Note on the use of DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE: there is no mutex or semaphore
+  protection on the static variables used to control the first-use generation
+  of the crc tables.  Therefore, if you #define DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE, you should
+  first call get_crc_table() to initialize the tables before allowing more than
+  one thread to use crc32().
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAKECRCH
+#  include <stdio.h>
+#  ifndef DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE
+#    define DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE
+#  endif /* !DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE */
+#endif /* MAKECRCH */
+
+#include "zutil.h"      /* for STDC and FAR definitions */
+
+#define local static
+
+/* Find a four-byte integer type for crc32_little() and crc32_big(). */
+#ifndef NOBYFOUR
+#  ifdef STDC           /* need ANSI C limits.h to determine sizes */
+#    include <limits.h>
+#    define BYFOUR
+#    if (UINT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
+       typedef unsigned int u4;
+#    else
+#      if (ULONG_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
+         typedef unsigned long u4;
+#      else
+#        if (USHRT_MAX == 0xffffffffUL)
+           typedef unsigned short u4;
+#        else
+#          undef BYFOUR     /* can't find a four-byte integer type! */
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif /* STDC */
+#endif /* !NOBYFOUR */
+
+/* Definitions for doing the crc four data bytes at a time. */
+#ifdef BYFOUR
+#  define REV(w) ((((w)>>24)&0xff)+(((w)>>8)&0xff00)+ \
+                (((w)&0xff00)<<8)+(((w)&0xff)<<24))
+   local unsigned long crc32_little OF((unsigned long,
+                        const unsigned char FAR *, unsigned));
+   local unsigned long crc32_big OF((unsigned long,
+                        const unsigned char FAR *, unsigned));
+#  define TBLS 8
+#else
+#  define TBLS 1
+#endif /* BYFOUR */
+
+/* Local functions for crc concatenation */
+local unsigned long gf2_matrix_times OF((unsigned long *mat,
+                                         unsigned long vec));
+local void gf2_matrix_square OF((unsigned long *square, unsigned long *mat));
+local uLong crc32_combine_(uLong crc1, uLong crc2, z_off64_t len2);
+
+
+#ifdef DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE
+
+local volatile int crc_table_empty = 1;
+local unsigned long FAR crc_table[TBLS][256];
+local void make_crc_table OF((void));
+#ifdef MAKECRCH
+   local void write_table OF((FILE *, const unsigned long FAR *));
+#endif /* MAKECRCH */
+/*
+  Generate tables for a byte-wise 32-bit CRC calculation on the polynomial:
+  x^32+x^26+x^23+x^22+x^16+x^12+x^11+x^10+x^8+x^7+x^5+x^4+x^2+x+1.
+
+  Polynomials over GF(2) are represented in binary, one bit per coefficient,
+  with the lowest powers in the most significant bit.  Then adding polynomials
+  is just exclusive-or, and multiplying a polynomial by x is a right shift by
+  one.  If we call the above polynomial p, and represent a byte as the
+  polynomial q, also with the lowest power in the most significant bit (so the
+  byte 0xb1 is the polynomial x^7+x^3+x+1), then the CRC is (q*x^32) mod p,
+  where a mod b means the remainder after dividing a by b.
+
+  This calculation is done using the shift-register method of multiplying and
+  taking the remainder.  The register is initialized to zero, and for each
+  incoming bit, x^32 is added mod p to the register if the bit is a one (where
+  x^32 mod p is p+x^32 = x^26+...+1), and the register is multiplied mod p by
+  x (which is shifting right by one and adding x^32 mod p if the bit shifted
+  out is a one).  We start with the highest power (least significant bit) of
+  q and repeat for all eight bits of q.
+
+  The first table is simply the CRC of all possible eight bit values.  This is
+  all the information needed to generate CRCs on data a byte at a time for all
+  combinations of CRC register values and incoming bytes.  The remaining tables
+  allow for word-at-a-time CRC calculation for both big-endian and little-
+  endian machines, where a word is four bytes.
+*/
+local void make_crc_table()
+{
+    unsigned long c;
+    int n, k;
+    unsigned long poly;                 /* polynomial exclusive-or pattern */
+    /* terms of polynomial defining this crc (except x^32): */
+    static volatile int first = 1;      /* flag to limit concurrent making */
+    static const unsigned char p[] = {0,1,2,4,5,7,8,10,11,12,16,22,23,26};
+
+    /* See if another task is already doing this (not thread-safe, but better
+       than nothing -- significantly reduces duration of vulnerability in
+       case the advice about DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE is ignored) */
+    if (first) {
+        first = 0;
+
+        /* make exclusive-or pattern from polynomial (0xedb88320UL) */
+        poly = 0UL;
+        for (n = 0; n < sizeof(p)/sizeof(unsigned char); n++)
+            poly |= 1UL << (31 - p[n]);
+
+        /* generate a crc for every 8-bit value */
+        for (n = 0; n < 256; n++) {
+            c = (unsigned long)n;
+            for (k = 0; k < 8; k++)
+                c = c & 1 ? poly ^ (c >> 1) : c >> 1;
+            crc_table[0][n] = c;
+        }
+
+#ifdef BYFOUR
+        /* generate crc for each value followed by one, two, and three zeros,
+           and then the byte reversal of those as well as the first table */
+        for (n = 0; n < 256; n++) {
+            c = crc_table[0][n];
+            crc_table[4][n] = REV(c);
+            for (k = 1; k < 4; k++) {
+                c = crc_table[0][c & 0xff] ^ (c >> 8);
+                crc_table[k][n] = c;
+                crc_table[k + 4][n] = REV(c);
+            }
+        }
+#endif /* BYFOUR */
+
+        crc_table_empty = 0;
+    }
+    else {      /* not first */
+        /* wait for the other guy to finish (not efficient, but rare) */
+        while (crc_table_empty)
+            ;
+    }
+
+#ifdef MAKECRCH
+    /* write out CRC tables to crc32.h */
+    {
+        FILE *out;
+
+        out = fopen("crc32.h", "w");
+        if (out == NULL) return;
+        fprintf(out, "/* crc32.h -- tables for rapid CRC calculation\n");
+        fprintf(out, " * Generated automatically by crc32.c\n */\n\n");
+        fprintf(out, "local const unsigned long FAR ");
+        fprintf(out, "crc_table[TBLS][256] =\n{\n  {\n");
+        write_table(out, crc_table[0]);
+#  ifdef BYFOUR
+        fprintf(out, "#ifdef BYFOUR\n");
+        for (k = 1; k < 8; k++) {
+            fprintf(out, "  },\n  {\n");
+            write_table(out, crc_table[k]);
+        }
+        fprintf(out, "#endif\n");
+#  endif /* BYFOUR */
+        fprintf(out, "  }\n};\n");
+        fclose(out);
+    }
+#endif /* MAKECRCH */
+}
+
+#ifdef MAKECRCH
+local void write_table(out, table)
+    FILE *out;
+    const unsigned long FAR *table;
+{
+    int n;
+
+    for (n = 0; n < 256; n++)
+        fprintf(out, "%s0x%08lxUL%s", n % 5 ? "" : "    ", table[n],
+                n == 255 ? "\n" : (n % 5 == 4 ? ",\n" : ", "));
+}
+#endif /* MAKECRCH */
+
+#else /* !DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE */
+/* ========================================================================
+ * Tables of CRC-32s of all single-byte values, made by make_crc_table().
+ */
+#include "crc32.h"
+#endif /* DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE */
+
+/* =========================================================================
+ * This function can be used by asm versions of crc32()
+ */
+const unsigned long FAR * ZEXPORT get_crc_table()
+{
+#ifdef DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE
+    if (crc_table_empty)
+        make_crc_table();
+#endif /* DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE */
+    return (const unsigned long FAR *)crc_table;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+#define DO1 crc = crc_table[0][((int)crc ^ (*buf++)) & 0xff] ^ (crc >> 8)
+#define DO8 DO1; DO1; DO1; DO1; DO1; DO1; DO1; DO1
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+unsigned long ZEXPORT crc32(crc, buf, len)
+    unsigned long crc;
+    const unsigned char FAR *buf;
+    uInt len;
+{
+    if (buf == Z_NULL) return 0UL;
+
+#ifdef DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE
+    if (crc_table_empty)
+        make_crc_table();
+#endif /* DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE */
+
+#ifdef BYFOUR
+    if (sizeof(void *) == sizeof(ptrdiff_t)) {
+        u4 endian;
+
+        endian = 1;
+        if (*((unsigned char *)(&endian)))
+            return crc32_little(crc, buf, len);
+        else
+            return crc32_big(crc, buf, len);
+    }
+#endif /* BYFOUR */
+    crc = crc ^ 0xffffffffUL;
+    while (len >= 8) {
+        DO8;
+        len -= 8;
+    }
+    if (len) do {
+        DO1;
+    } while (--len);
+    return crc ^ 0xffffffffUL;
+}
+
+#ifdef BYFOUR
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+#define DOLIT4 c ^= *buf4++; \
+        c = crc_table[3][c & 0xff] ^ crc_table[2][(c >> 8) & 0xff] ^ \
+            crc_table[1][(c >> 16) & 0xff] ^ crc_table[0][c >> 24]
+#define DOLIT32 DOLIT4; DOLIT4; DOLIT4; DOLIT4; DOLIT4; DOLIT4; DOLIT4; DOLIT4
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+local unsigned long crc32_little(crc, buf, len)
+    unsigned long crc;
+    const unsigned char FAR *buf;
+    unsigned len;
+{
+    register u4 c;
+    register const u4 FAR *buf4;
+
+    c = (u4)crc;
+    c = ~c;
+    while (len && ((ptrdiff_t)buf & 3)) {
+        c = crc_table[0][(c ^ *buf++) & 0xff] ^ (c >> 8);
+        len--;
+    }
+
+    buf4 = (const u4 FAR *)(const void FAR *)buf;
+    while (len >= 32) {
+        DOLIT32;
+        len -= 32;
+    }
+    while (len >= 4) {
+        DOLIT4;
+        len -= 4;
+    }
+    buf = (const unsigned char FAR *)buf4;
+
+    if (len) do {
+        c = crc_table[0][(c ^ *buf++) & 0xff] ^ (c >> 8);
+    } while (--len);
+    c = ~c;
+    return (unsigned long)c;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+#define DOBIG4 c ^= *++buf4; \
+        c = crc_table[4][c & 0xff] ^ crc_table[5][(c >> 8) & 0xff] ^ \
+            crc_table[6][(c >> 16) & 0xff] ^ crc_table[7][c >> 24]
+#define DOBIG32 DOBIG4; DOBIG4; DOBIG4; DOBIG4; DOBIG4; DOBIG4; DOBIG4; DOBIG4
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+local unsigned long crc32_big(crc, buf, len)
+    unsigned long crc;
+    const unsigned char FAR *buf;
+    unsigned len;
+{
+    register u4 c;
+    register const u4 FAR *buf4;
+
+    c = REV((u4)crc);
+    c = ~c;
+    while (len && ((ptrdiff_t)buf & 3)) {
+        c = crc_table[4][(c >> 24) ^ *buf++] ^ (c << 8);
+        len--;
+    }
+
+    buf4 = (const u4 FAR *)(const void FAR *)buf;
+    buf4--;
+    while (len >= 32) {
+        DOBIG32;
+        len -= 32;
+    }
+    while (len >= 4) {
+        DOBIG4;
+        len -= 4;
+    }
+    buf4++;
+    buf = (const unsigned char FAR *)buf4;
+
+    if (len) do {
+        c = crc_table[4][(c >> 24) ^ *buf++] ^ (c << 8);
+    } while (--len);
+    c = ~c;
+    return (unsigned long)(REV(c));
+}
+
+#endif /* BYFOUR */
+
+#define GF2_DIM 32      /* dimension of GF(2) vectors (length of CRC) */
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+local unsigned long gf2_matrix_times(mat, vec)
+    unsigned long *mat;
+    unsigned long vec;
+{
+    unsigned long sum;
+
+    sum = 0;
+    while (vec) {
+        if (vec & 1)
+            sum ^= *mat;
+        vec >>= 1;
+        mat++;
+    }
+    return sum;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+local void gf2_matrix_square(square, mat)
+    unsigned long *square;
+    unsigned long *mat;
+{
+    int n;
+
+    for (n = 0; n < GF2_DIM; n++)
+        square[n] = gf2_matrix_times(mat, mat[n]);
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+local uLong crc32_combine_(crc1, crc2, len2)
+    uLong crc1;
+    uLong crc2;
+    z_off64_t len2;
+{
+    int n;
+    unsigned long row;
+    unsigned long even[GF2_DIM];    /* even-power-of-two zeros operator */
+    unsigned long odd[GF2_DIM];     /* odd-power-of-two zeros operator */
+
+    /* degenerate case (also disallow negative lengths) */
+    if (len2 <= 0)
+        return crc1;
+
+    /* put operator for one zero bit in odd */
+    odd[0] = 0xedb88320UL;          /* CRC-32 polynomial */
+    row = 1;
+    for (n = 1; n < GF2_DIM; n++) {
+        odd[n] = row;
+        row <<= 1;
+    }
+
+    /* put operator for two zero bits in even */
+    gf2_matrix_square(even, odd);
+
+    /* put operator for four zero bits in odd */
+    gf2_matrix_square(odd, even);
+
+    /* apply len2 zeros to crc1 (first square will put the operator for one
+       zero byte, eight zero bits, in even) */
+    do {
+        /* apply zeros operator for this bit of len2 */
+        gf2_matrix_square(even, odd);
+        if (len2 & 1)
+            crc1 = gf2_matrix_times(even, crc1);
+        len2 >>= 1;
+
+        /* if no more bits set, then done */
+        if (len2 == 0)
+            break;
+
+        /* another iteration of the loop with odd and even swapped */
+        gf2_matrix_square(odd, even);
+        if (len2 & 1)
+            crc1 = gf2_matrix_times(odd, crc1);
+        len2 >>= 1;
+
+        /* if no more bits set, then done */
+    } while (len2 != 0);
+
+    /* return combined crc */
+    crc1 ^= crc2;
+    return crc1;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine(crc1, crc2, len2)
+    uLong crc1;
+    uLong crc2;
+    z_off_t len2;
+{
+    return crc32_combine_(crc1, crc2, len2);
+}
+
+uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine64(crc1, crc2, len2)
+    uLong crc1;
+    uLong crc2;
+    z_off64_t len2;
+{
+    return crc32_combine_(crc1, crc2, len2);
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/crc32.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/crc32.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8053b611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/crc32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/* crc32.h -- tables for rapid CRC calculation
+ * Generated automatically by crc32.c
+ */
+
+local const unsigned long FAR crc_table[TBLS][256] =
+{
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0x77073096UL, 0xee0e612cUL, 0x990951baUL, 0x076dc419UL,
+    0x706af48fUL, 0xe963a535UL, 0x9e6495a3UL, 0x0edb8832UL, 0x79dcb8a4UL,
+    0xe0d5e91eUL, 0x97d2d988UL, 0x09b64c2bUL, 0x7eb17cbdUL, 0xe7b82d07UL,
+    0x90bf1d91UL, 0x1db71064UL, 0x6ab020f2UL, 0xf3b97148UL, 0x84be41deUL,
+    0x1adad47dUL, 0x6ddde4ebUL, 0xf4d4b551UL, 0x83d385c7UL, 0x136c9856UL,
+    0x646ba8c0UL, 0xfd62f97aUL, 0x8a65c9ecUL, 0x14015c4fUL, 0x63066cd9UL,
+    0xfa0f3d63UL, 0x8d080df5UL, 0x3b6e20c8UL, 0x4c69105eUL, 0xd56041e4UL,
+    0xa2677172UL, 0x3c03e4d1UL, 0x4b04d447UL, 0xd20d85fdUL, 0xa50ab56bUL,
+    0x35b5a8faUL, 0x42b2986cUL, 0xdbbbc9d6UL, 0xacbcf940UL, 0x32d86ce3UL,
+    0x45df5c75UL, 0xdcd60dcfUL, 0xabd13d59UL, 0x26d930acUL, 0x51de003aUL,
+    0xc8d75180UL, 0xbfd06116UL, 0x21b4f4b5UL, 0x56b3c423UL, 0xcfba9599UL,
+    0xb8bda50fUL, 0x2802b89eUL, 0x5f058808UL, 0xc60cd9b2UL, 0xb10be924UL,
+    0x2f6f7c87UL, 0x58684c11UL, 0xc1611dabUL, 0xb6662d3dUL, 0x76dc4190UL,
+    0x01db7106UL, 0x98d220bcUL, 0xefd5102aUL, 0x71b18589UL, 0x06b6b51fUL,
+    0x9fbfe4a5UL, 0xe8b8d433UL, 0x7807c9a2UL, 0x0f00f934UL, 0x9609a88eUL,
+    0xe10e9818UL, 0x7f6a0dbbUL, 0x086d3d2dUL, 0x91646c97UL, 0xe6635c01UL,
+    0x6b6b51f4UL, 0x1c6c6162UL, 0x856530d8UL, 0xf262004eUL, 0x6c0695edUL,
+    0x1b01a57bUL, 0x8208f4c1UL, 0xf50fc457UL, 0x65b0d9c6UL, 0x12b7e950UL,
+    0x8bbeb8eaUL, 0xfcb9887cUL, 0x62dd1ddfUL, 0x15da2d49UL, 0x8cd37cf3UL,
+    0xfbd44c65UL, 0x4db26158UL, 0x3ab551ceUL, 0xa3bc0074UL, 0xd4bb30e2UL,
+    0x4adfa541UL, 0x3dd895d7UL, 0xa4d1c46dUL, 0xd3d6f4fbUL, 0x4369e96aUL,
+    0x346ed9fcUL, 0xad678846UL, 0xda60b8d0UL, 0x44042d73UL, 0x33031de5UL,
+    0xaa0a4c5fUL, 0xdd0d7cc9UL, 0x5005713cUL, 0x270241aaUL, 0xbe0b1010UL,
+    0xc90c2086UL, 0x5768b525UL, 0x206f85b3UL, 0xb966d409UL, 0xce61e49fUL,
+    0x5edef90eUL, 0x29d9c998UL, 0xb0d09822UL, 0xc7d7a8b4UL, 0x59b33d17UL,
+    0x2eb40d81UL, 0xb7bd5c3bUL, 0xc0ba6cadUL, 0xedb88320UL, 0x9abfb3b6UL,
+    0x03b6e20cUL, 0x74b1d29aUL, 0xead54739UL, 0x9dd277afUL, 0x04db2615UL,
+    0x73dc1683UL, 0xe3630b12UL, 0x94643b84UL, 0x0d6d6a3eUL, 0x7a6a5aa8UL,
+    0xe40ecf0bUL, 0x9309ff9dUL, 0x0a00ae27UL, 0x7d079eb1UL, 0xf00f9344UL,
+    0x8708a3d2UL, 0x1e01f268UL, 0x6906c2feUL, 0xf762575dUL, 0x806567cbUL,
+    0x196c3671UL, 0x6e6b06e7UL, 0xfed41b76UL, 0x89d32be0UL, 0x10da7a5aUL,
+    0x67dd4accUL, 0xf9b9df6fUL, 0x8ebeeff9UL, 0x17b7be43UL, 0x60b08ed5UL,
+    0xd6d6a3e8UL, 0xa1d1937eUL, 0x38d8c2c4UL, 0x4fdff252UL, 0xd1bb67f1UL,
+    0xa6bc5767UL, 0x3fb506ddUL, 0x48b2364bUL, 0xd80d2bdaUL, 0xaf0a1b4cUL,
+    0x36034af6UL, 0x41047a60UL, 0xdf60efc3UL, 0xa867df55UL, 0x316e8eefUL,
+    0x4669be79UL, 0xcb61b38cUL, 0xbc66831aUL, 0x256fd2a0UL, 0x5268e236UL,
+    0xcc0c7795UL, 0xbb0b4703UL, 0x220216b9UL, 0x5505262fUL, 0xc5ba3bbeUL,
+    0xb2bd0b28UL, 0x2bb45a92UL, 0x5cb36a04UL, 0xc2d7ffa7UL, 0xb5d0cf31UL,
+    0x2cd99e8bUL, 0x5bdeae1dUL, 0x9b64c2b0UL, 0xec63f226UL, 0x756aa39cUL,
+    0x026d930aUL, 0x9c0906a9UL, 0xeb0e363fUL, 0x72076785UL, 0x05005713UL,
+    0x95bf4a82UL, 0xe2b87a14UL, 0x7bb12baeUL, 0x0cb61b38UL, 0x92d28e9bUL,
+    0xe5d5be0dUL, 0x7cdcefb7UL, 0x0bdbdf21UL, 0x86d3d2d4UL, 0xf1d4e242UL,
+    0x68ddb3f8UL, 0x1fda836eUL, 0x81be16cdUL, 0xf6b9265bUL, 0x6fb077e1UL,
+    0x18b74777UL, 0x88085ae6UL, 0xff0f6a70UL, 0x66063bcaUL, 0x11010b5cUL,
+    0x8f659effUL, 0xf862ae69UL, 0x616bffd3UL, 0x166ccf45UL, 0xa00ae278UL,
+    0xd70dd2eeUL, 0x4e048354UL, 0x3903b3c2UL, 0xa7672661UL, 0xd06016f7UL,
+    0x4969474dUL, 0x3e6e77dbUL, 0xaed16a4aUL, 0xd9d65adcUL, 0x40df0b66UL,
+    0x37d83bf0UL, 0xa9bcae53UL, 0xdebb9ec5UL, 0x47b2cf7fUL, 0x30b5ffe9UL,
+    0xbdbdf21cUL, 0xcabac28aUL, 0x53b39330UL, 0x24b4a3a6UL, 0xbad03605UL,
+    0xcdd70693UL, 0x54de5729UL, 0x23d967bfUL, 0xb3667a2eUL, 0xc4614ab8UL,
+    0x5d681b02UL, 0x2a6f2b94UL, 0xb40bbe37UL, 0xc30c8ea1UL, 0x5a05df1bUL,
+    0x2d02ef8dUL
+#ifdef BYFOUR
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0x191b3141UL, 0x32366282UL, 0x2b2d53c3UL, 0x646cc504UL,
+    0x7d77f445UL, 0x565aa786UL, 0x4f4196c7UL, 0xc8d98a08UL, 0xd1c2bb49UL,
+    0xfaefe88aUL, 0xe3f4d9cbUL, 0xacb54f0cUL, 0xb5ae7e4dUL, 0x9e832d8eUL,
+    0x87981ccfUL, 0x4ac21251UL, 0x53d92310UL, 0x78f470d3UL, 0x61ef4192UL,
+    0x2eaed755UL, 0x37b5e614UL, 0x1c98b5d7UL, 0x05838496UL, 0x821b9859UL,
+    0x9b00a918UL, 0xb02dfadbUL, 0xa936cb9aUL, 0xe6775d5dUL, 0xff6c6c1cUL,
+    0xd4413fdfUL, 0xcd5a0e9eUL, 0x958424a2UL, 0x8c9f15e3UL, 0xa7b24620UL,
+    0xbea97761UL, 0xf1e8e1a6UL, 0xe8f3d0e7UL, 0xc3de8324UL, 0xdac5b265UL,
+    0x5d5daeaaUL, 0x44469febUL, 0x6f6bcc28UL, 0x7670fd69UL, 0x39316baeUL,
+    0x202a5aefUL, 0x0b07092cUL, 0x121c386dUL, 0xdf4636f3UL, 0xc65d07b2UL,
+    0xed705471UL, 0xf46b6530UL, 0xbb2af3f7UL, 0xa231c2b6UL, 0x891c9175UL,
+    0x9007a034UL, 0x179fbcfbUL, 0x0e848dbaUL, 0x25a9de79UL, 0x3cb2ef38UL,
+    0x73f379ffUL, 0x6ae848beUL, 0x41c51b7dUL, 0x58de2a3cUL, 0xf0794f05UL,
+    0xe9627e44UL, 0xc24f2d87UL, 0xdb541cc6UL, 0x94158a01UL, 0x8d0ebb40UL,
+    0xa623e883UL, 0xbf38d9c2UL, 0x38a0c50dUL, 0x21bbf44cUL, 0x0a96a78fUL,
+    0x138d96ceUL, 0x5ccc0009UL, 0x45d73148UL, 0x6efa628bUL, 0x77e153caUL,
+    0xbabb5d54UL, 0xa3a06c15UL, 0x888d3fd6UL, 0x91960e97UL, 0xded79850UL,
+    0xc7cca911UL, 0xece1fad2UL, 0xf5facb93UL, 0x7262d75cUL, 0x6b79e61dUL,
+    0x4054b5deUL, 0x594f849fUL, 0x160e1258UL, 0x0f152319UL, 0x243870daUL,
+    0x3d23419bUL, 0x65fd6ba7UL, 0x7ce65ae6UL, 0x57cb0925UL, 0x4ed03864UL,
+    0x0191aea3UL, 0x188a9fe2UL, 0x33a7cc21UL, 0x2abcfd60UL, 0xad24e1afUL,
+    0xb43fd0eeUL, 0x9f12832dUL, 0x8609b26cUL, 0xc94824abUL, 0xd05315eaUL,
+    0xfb7e4629UL, 0xe2657768UL, 0x2f3f79f6UL, 0x362448b7UL, 0x1d091b74UL,
+    0x04122a35UL, 0x4b53bcf2UL, 0x52488db3UL, 0x7965de70UL, 0x607eef31UL,
+    0xe7e6f3feUL, 0xfefdc2bfUL, 0xd5d0917cUL, 0xcccba03dUL, 0x838a36faUL,
+    0x9a9107bbUL, 0xb1bc5478UL, 0xa8a76539UL, 0x3b83984bUL, 0x2298a90aUL,
+    0x09b5fac9UL, 0x10aecb88UL, 0x5fef5d4fUL, 0x46f46c0eUL, 0x6dd93fcdUL,
+    0x74c20e8cUL, 0xf35a1243UL, 0xea412302UL, 0xc16c70c1UL, 0xd8774180UL,
+    0x9736d747UL, 0x8e2de606UL, 0xa500b5c5UL, 0xbc1b8484UL, 0x71418a1aUL,
+    0x685abb5bUL, 0x4377e898UL, 0x5a6cd9d9UL, 0x152d4f1eUL, 0x0c367e5fUL,
+    0x271b2d9cUL, 0x3e001cddUL, 0xb9980012UL, 0xa0833153UL, 0x8bae6290UL,
+    0x92b553d1UL, 0xddf4c516UL, 0xc4eff457UL, 0xefc2a794UL, 0xf6d996d5UL,
+    0xae07bce9UL, 0xb71c8da8UL, 0x9c31de6bUL, 0x852aef2aUL, 0xca6b79edUL,
+    0xd37048acUL, 0xf85d1b6fUL, 0xe1462a2eUL, 0x66de36e1UL, 0x7fc507a0UL,
+    0x54e85463UL, 0x4df36522UL, 0x02b2f3e5UL, 0x1ba9c2a4UL, 0x30849167UL,
+    0x299fa026UL, 0xe4c5aeb8UL, 0xfdde9ff9UL, 0xd6f3cc3aUL, 0xcfe8fd7bUL,
+    0x80a96bbcUL, 0x99b25afdUL, 0xb29f093eUL, 0xab84387fUL, 0x2c1c24b0UL,
+    0x350715f1UL, 0x1e2a4632UL, 0x07317773UL, 0x4870e1b4UL, 0x516bd0f5UL,
+    0x7a468336UL, 0x635db277UL, 0xcbfad74eUL, 0xd2e1e60fUL, 0xf9ccb5ccUL,
+    0xe0d7848dUL, 0xaf96124aUL, 0xb68d230bUL, 0x9da070c8UL, 0x84bb4189UL,
+    0x03235d46UL, 0x1a386c07UL, 0x31153fc4UL, 0x280e0e85UL, 0x674f9842UL,
+    0x7e54a903UL, 0x5579fac0UL, 0x4c62cb81UL, 0x8138c51fUL, 0x9823f45eUL,
+    0xb30ea79dUL, 0xaa1596dcUL, 0xe554001bUL, 0xfc4f315aUL, 0xd7626299UL,
+    0xce7953d8UL, 0x49e14f17UL, 0x50fa7e56UL, 0x7bd72d95UL, 0x62cc1cd4UL,
+    0x2d8d8a13UL, 0x3496bb52UL, 0x1fbbe891UL, 0x06a0d9d0UL, 0x5e7ef3ecUL,
+    0x4765c2adUL, 0x6c48916eUL, 0x7553a02fUL, 0x3a1236e8UL, 0x230907a9UL,
+    0x0824546aUL, 0x113f652bUL, 0x96a779e4UL, 0x8fbc48a5UL, 0xa4911b66UL,
+    0xbd8a2a27UL, 0xf2cbbce0UL, 0xebd08da1UL, 0xc0fdde62UL, 0xd9e6ef23UL,
+    0x14bce1bdUL, 0x0da7d0fcUL, 0x268a833fUL, 0x3f91b27eUL, 0x70d024b9UL,
+    0x69cb15f8UL, 0x42e6463bUL, 0x5bfd777aUL, 0xdc656bb5UL, 0xc57e5af4UL,
+    0xee530937UL, 0xf7483876UL, 0xb809aeb1UL, 0xa1129ff0UL, 0x8a3fcc33UL,
+    0x9324fd72UL
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0x01c26a37UL, 0x0384d46eUL, 0x0246be59UL, 0x0709a8dcUL,
+    0x06cbc2ebUL, 0x048d7cb2UL, 0x054f1685UL, 0x0e1351b8UL, 0x0fd13b8fUL,
+    0x0d9785d6UL, 0x0c55efe1UL, 0x091af964UL, 0x08d89353UL, 0x0a9e2d0aUL,
+    0x0b5c473dUL, 0x1c26a370UL, 0x1de4c947UL, 0x1fa2771eUL, 0x1e601d29UL,
+    0x1b2f0bacUL, 0x1aed619bUL, 0x18abdfc2UL, 0x1969b5f5UL, 0x1235f2c8UL,
+    0x13f798ffUL, 0x11b126a6UL, 0x10734c91UL, 0x153c5a14UL, 0x14fe3023UL,
+    0x16b88e7aUL, 0x177ae44dUL, 0x384d46e0UL, 0x398f2cd7UL, 0x3bc9928eUL,
+    0x3a0bf8b9UL, 0x3f44ee3cUL, 0x3e86840bUL, 0x3cc03a52UL, 0x3d025065UL,
+    0x365e1758UL, 0x379c7d6fUL, 0x35dac336UL, 0x3418a901UL, 0x3157bf84UL,
+    0x3095d5b3UL, 0x32d36beaUL, 0x331101ddUL, 0x246be590UL, 0x25a98fa7UL,
+    0x27ef31feUL, 0x262d5bc9UL, 0x23624d4cUL, 0x22a0277bUL, 0x20e69922UL,
+    0x2124f315UL, 0x2a78b428UL, 0x2bbade1fUL, 0x29fc6046UL, 0x283e0a71UL,
+    0x2d711cf4UL, 0x2cb376c3UL, 0x2ef5c89aUL, 0x2f37a2adUL, 0x709a8dc0UL,
+    0x7158e7f7UL, 0x731e59aeUL, 0x72dc3399UL, 0x7793251cUL, 0x76514f2bUL,
+    0x7417f172UL, 0x75d59b45UL, 0x7e89dc78UL, 0x7f4bb64fUL, 0x7d0d0816UL,
+    0x7ccf6221UL, 0x798074a4UL, 0x78421e93UL, 0x7a04a0caUL, 0x7bc6cafdUL,
+    0x6cbc2eb0UL, 0x6d7e4487UL, 0x6f38fadeUL, 0x6efa90e9UL, 0x6bb5866cUL,
+    0x6a77ec5bUL, 0x68315202UL, 0x69f33835UL, 0x62af7f08UL, 0x636d153fUL,
+    0x612bab66UL, 0x60e9c151UL, 0x65a6d7d4UL, 0x6464bde3UL, 0x662203baUL,
+    0x67e0698dUL, 0x48d7cb20UL, 0x4915a117UL, 0x4b531f4eUL, 0x4a917579UL,
+    0x4fde63fcUL, 0x4e1c09cbUL, 0x4c5ab792UL, 0x4d98dda5UL, 0x46c49a98UL,
+    0x4706f0afUL, 0x45404ef6UL, 0x448224c1UL, 0x41cd3244UL, 0x400f5873UL,
+    0x4249e62aUL, 0x438b8c1dUL, 0x54f16850UL, 0x55330267UL, 0x5775bc3eUL,
+    0x56b7d609UL, 0x53f8c08cUL, 0x523aaabbUL, 0x507c14e2UL, 0x51be7ed5UL,
+    0x5ae239e8UL, 0x5b2053dfUL, 0x5966ed86UL, 0x58a487b1UL, 0x5deb9134UL,
+    0x5c29fb03UL, 0x5e6f455aUL, 0x5fad2f6dUL, 0xe1351b80UL, 0xe0f771b7UL,
+    0xe2b1cfeeUL, 0xe373a5d9UL, 0xe63cb35cUL, 0xe7fed96bUL, 0xe5b86732UL,
+    0xe47a0d05UL, 0xef264a38UL, 0xeee4200fUL, 0xeca29e56UL, 0xed60f461UL,
+    0xe82fe2e4UL, 0xe9ed88d3UL, 0xebab368aUL, 0xea695cbdUL, 0xfd13b8f0UL,
+    0xfcd1d2c7UL, 0xfe976c9eUL, 0xff5506a9UL, 0xfa1a102cUL, 0xfbd87a1bUL,
+    0xf99ec442UL, 0xf85cae75UL, 0xf300e948UL, 0xf2c2837fUL, 0xf0843d26UL,
+    0xf1465711UL, 0xf4094194UL, 0xf5cb2ba3UL, 0xf78d95faUL, 0xf64fffcdUL,
+    0xd9785d60UL, 0xd8ba3757UL, 0xdafc890eUL, 0xdb3ee339UL, 0xde71f5bcUL,
+    0xdfb39f8bUL, 0xddf521d2UL, 0xdc374be5UL, 0xd76b0cd8UL, 0xd6a966efUL,
+    0xd4efd8b6UL, 0xd52db281UL, 0xd062a404UL, 0xd1a0ce33UL, 0xd3e6706aUL,
+    0xd2241a5dUL, 0xc55efe10UL, 0xc49c9427UL, 0xc6da2a7eUL, 0xc7184049UL,
+    0xc25756ccUL, 0xc3953cfbUL, 0xc1d382a2UL, 0xc011e895UL, 0xcb4dafa8UL,
+    0xca8fc59fUL, 0xc8c97bc6UL, 0xc90b11f1UL, 0xcc440774UL, 0xcd866d43UL,
+    0xcfc0d31aUL, 0xce02b92dUL, 0x91af9640UL, 0x906dfc77UL, 0x922b422eUL,
+    0x93e92819UL, 0x96a63e9cUL, 0x976454abUL, 0x9522eaf2UL, 0x94e080c5UL,
+    0x9fbcc7f8UL, 0x9e7eadcfUL, 0x9c381396UL, 0x9dfa79a1UL, 0x98b56f24UL,
+    0x99770513UL, 0x9b31bb4aUL, 0x9af3d17dUL, 0x8d893530UL, 0x8c4b5f07UL,
+    0x8e0de15eUL, 0x8fcf8b69UL, 0x8a809decUL, 0x8b42f7dbUL, 0x89044982UL,
+    0x88c623b5UL, 0x839a6488UL, 0x82580ebfUL, 0x801eb0e6UL, 0x81dcdad1UL,
+    0x8493cc54UL, 0x8551a663UL, 0x8717183aUL, 0x86d5720dUL, 0xa9e2d0a0UL,
+    0xa820ba97UL, 0xaa6604ceUL, 0xaba46ef9UL, 0xaeeb787cUL, 0xaf29124bUL,
+    0xad6fac12UL, 0xacadc625UL, 0xa7f18118UL, 0xa633eb2fUL, 0xa4755576UL,
+    0xa5b73f41UL, 0xa0f829c4UL, 0xa13a43f3UL, 0xa37cfdaaUL, 0xa2be979dUL,
+    0xb5c473d0UL, 0xb40619e7UL, 0xb640a7beUL, 0xb782cd89UL, 0xb2cddb0cUL,
+    0xb30fb13bUL, 0xb1490f62UL, 0xb08b6555UL, 0xbbd72268UL, 0xba15485fUL,
+    0xb853f606UL, 0xb9919c31UL, 0xbcde8ab4UL, 0xbd1ce083UL, 0xbf5a5edaUL,
+    0xbe9834edUL
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0xb8bc6765UL, 0xaa09c88bUL, 0x12b5afeeUL, 0x8f629757UL,
+    0x37def032UL, 0x256b5fdcUL, 0x9dd738b9UL, 0xc5b428efUL, 0x7d084f8aUL,
+    0x6fbde064UL, 0xd7018701UL, 0x4ad6bfb8UL, 0xf26ad8ddUL, 0xe0df7733UL,
+    0x58631056UL, 0x5019579fUL, 0xe8a530faUL, 0xfa109f14UL, 0x42acf871UL,
+    0xdf7bc0c8UL, 0x67c7a7adUL, 0x75720843UL, 0xcdce6f26UL, 0x95ad7f70UL,
+    0x2d111815UL, 0x3fa4b7fbUL, 0x8718d09eUL, 0x1acfe827UL, 0xa2738f42UL,
+    0xb0c620acUL, 0x087a47c9UL, 0xa032af3eUL, 0x188ec85bUL, 0x0a3b67b5UL,
+    0xb28700d0UL, 0x2f503869UL, 0x97ec5f0cUL, 0x8559f0e2UL, 0x3de59787UL,
+    0x658687d1UL, 0xdd3ae0b4UL, 0xcf8f4f5aUL, 0x7733283fUL, 0xeae41086UL,
+    0x525877e3UL, 0x40edd80dUL, 0xf851bf68UL, 0xf02bf8a1UL, 0x48979fc4UL,
+    0x5a22302aUL, 0xe29e574fUL, 0x7f496ff6UL, 0xc7f50893UL, 0xd540a77dUL,
+    0x6dfcc018UL, 0x359fd04eUL, 0x8d23b72bUL, 0x9f9618c5UL, 0x272a7fa0UL,
+    0xbafd4719UL, 0x0241207cUL, 0x10f48f92UL, 0xa848e8f7UL, 0x9b14583dUL,
+    0x23a83f58UL, 0x311d90b6UL, 0x89a1f7d3UL, 0x1476cf6aUL, 0xaccaa80fUL,
+    0xbe7f07e1UL, 0x06c36084UL, 0x5ea070d2UL, 0xe61c17b7UL, 0xf4a9b859UL,
+    0x4c15df3cUL, 0xd1c2e785UL, 0x697e80e0UL, 0x7bcb2f0eUL, 0xc377486bUL,
+    0xcb0d0fa2UL, 0x73b168c7UL, 0x6104c729UL, 0xd9b8a04cUL, 0x446f98f5UL,
+    0xfcd3ff90UL, 0xee66507eUL, 0x56da371bUL, 0x0eb9274dUL, 0xb6054028UL,
+    0xa4b0efc6UL, 0x1c0c88a3UL, 0x81dbb01aUL, 0x3967d77fUL, 0x2bd27891UL,
+    0x936e1ff4UL, 0x3b26f703UL, 0x839a9066UL, 0x912f3f88UL, 0x299358edUL,
+    0xb4446054UL, 0x0cf80731UL, 0x1e4da8dfUL, 0xa6f1cfbaUL, 0xfe92dfecUL,
+    0x462eb889UL, 0x549b1767UL, 0xec277002UL, 0x71f048bbUL, 0xc94c2fdeUL,
+    0xdbf98030UL, 0x6345e755UL, 0x6b3fa09cUL, 0xd383c7f9UL, 0xc1366817UL,
+    0x798a0f72UL, 0xe45d37cbUL, 0x5ce150aeUL, 0x4e54ff40UL, 0xf6e89825UL,
+    0xae8b8873UL, 0x1637ef16UL, 0x048240f8UL, 0xbc3e279dUL, 0x21e91f24UL,
+    0x99557841UL, 0x8be0d7afUL, 0x335cb0caUL, 0xed59b63bUL, 0x55e5d15eUL,
+    0x47507eb0UL, 0xffec19d5UL, 0x623b216cUL, 0xda874609UL, 0xc832e9e7UL,
+    0x708e8e82UL, 0x28ed9ed4UL, 0x9051f9b1UL, 0x82e4565fUL, 0x3a58313aUL,
+    0xa78f0983UL, 0x1f336ee6UL, 0x0d86c108UL, 0xb53aa66dUL, 0xbd40e1a4UL,
+    0x05fc86c1UL, 0x1749292fUL, 0xaff54e4aUL, 0x322276f3UL, 0x8a9e1196UL,
+    0x982bbe78UL, 0x2097d91dUL, 0x78f4c94bUL, 0xc048ae2eUL, 0xd2fd01c0UL,
+    0x6a4166a5UL, 0xf7965e1cUL, 0x4f2a3979UL, 0x5d9f9697UL, 0xe523f1f2UL,
+    0x4d6b1905UL, 0xf5d77e60UL, 0xe762d18eUL, 0x5fdeb6ebUL, 0xc2098e52UL,
+    0x7ab5e937UL, 0x680046d9UL, 0xd0bc21bcUL, 0x88df31eaUL, 0x3063568fUL,
+    0x22d6f961UL, 0x9a6a9e04UL, 0x07bda6bdUL, 0xbf01c1d8UL, 0xadb46e36UL,
+    0x15080953UL, 0x1d724e9aUL, 0xa5ce29ffUL, 0xb77b8611UL, 0x0fc7e174UL,
+    0x9210d9cdUL, 0x2aacbea8UL, 0x38191146UL, 0x80a57623UL, 0xd8c66675UL,
+    0x607a0110UL, 0x72cfaefeUL, 0xca73c99bUL, 0x57a4f122UL, 0xef189647UL,
+    0xfdad39a9UL, 0x45115eccUL, 0x764dee06UL, 0xcef18963UL, 0xdc44268dUL,
+    0x64f841e8UL, 0xf92f7951UL, 0x41931e34UL, 0x5326b1daUL, 0xeb9ad6bfUL,
+    0xb3f9c6e9UL, 0x0b45a18cUL, 0x19f00e62UL, 0xa14c6907UL, 0x3c9b51beUL,
+    0x842736dbUL, 0x96929935UL, 0x2e2efe50UL, 0x2654b999UL, 0x9ee8defcUL,
+    0x8c5d7112UL, 0x34e11677UL, 0xa9362eceUL, 0x118a49abUL, 0x033fe645UL,
+    0xbb838120UL, 0xe3e09176UL, 0x5b5cf613UL, 0x49e959fdUL, 0xf1553e98UL,
+    0x6c820621UL, 0xd43e6144UL, 0xc68bceaaUL, 0x7e37a9cfUL, 0xd67f4138UL,
+    0x6ec3265dUL, 0x7c7689b3UL, 0xc4caeed6UL, 0x591dd66fUL, 0xe1a1b10aUL,
+    0xf3141ee4UL, 0x4ba87981UL, 0x13cb69d7UL, 0xab770eb2UL, 0xb9c2a15cUL,
+    0x017ec639UL, 0x9ca9fe80UL, 0x241599e5UL, 0x36a0360bUL, 0x8e1c516eUL,
+    0x866616a7UL, 0x3eda71c2UL, 0x2c6fde2cUL, 0x94d3b949UL, 0x090481f0UL,
+    0xb1b8e695UL, 0xa30d497bUL, 0x1bb12e1eUL, 0x43d23e48UL, 0xfb6e592dUL,
+    0xe9dbf6c3UL, 0x516791a6UL, 0xccb0a91fUL, 0x740cce7aUL, 0x66b96194UL,
+    0xde0506f1UL
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0x96300777UL, 0x2c610eeeUL, 0xba510999UL, 0x19c46d07UL,
+    0x8ff46a70UL, 0x35a563e9UL, 0xa395649eUL, 0x3288db0eUL, 0xa4b8dc79UL,
+    0x1ee9d5e0UL, 0x88d9d297UL, 0x2b4cb609UL, 0xbd7cb17eUL, 0x072db8e7UL,
+    0x911dbf90UL, 0x6410b71dUL, 0xf220b06aUL, 0x4871b9f3UL, 0xde41be84UL,
+    0x7dd4da1aUL, 0xebe4dd6dUL, 0x51b5d4f4UL, 0xc785d383UL, 0x56986c13UL,
+    0xc0a86b64UL, 0x7af962fdUL, 0xecc9658aUL, 0x4f5c0114UL, 0xd96c0663UL,
+    0x633d0ffaUL, 0xf50d088dUL, 0xc8206e3bUL, 0x5e10694cUL, 0xe44160d5UL,
+    0x727167a2UL, 0xd1e4033cUL, 0x47d4044bUL, 0xfd850dd2UL, 0x6bb50aa5UL,
+    0xfaa8b535UL, 0x6c98b242UL, 0xd6c9bbdbUL, 0x40f9bcacUL, 0xe36cd832UL,
+    0x755cdf45UL, 0xcf0dd6dcUL, 0x593dd1abUL, 0xac30d926UL, 0x3a00de51UL,
+    0x8051d7c8UL, 0x1661d0bfUL, 0xb5f4b421UL, 0x23c4b356UL, 0x9995bacfUL,
+    0x0fa5bdb8UL, 0x9eb80228UL, 0x0888055fUL, 0xb2d90cc6UL, 0x24e90bb1UL,
+    0x877c6f2fUL, 0x114c6858UL, 0xab1d61c1UL, 0x3d2d66b6UL, 0x9041dc76UL,
+    0x0671db01UL, 0xbc20d298UL, 0x2a10d5efUL, 0x8985b171UL, 0x1fb5b606UL,
+    0xa5e4bf9fUL, 0x33d4b8e8UL, 0xa2c90778UL, 0x34f9000fUL, 0x8ea80996UL,
+    0x18980ee1UL, 0xbb0d6a7fUL, 0x2d3d6d08UL, 0x976c6491UL, 0x015c63e6UL,
+    0xf4516b6bUL, 0x62616c1cUL, 0xd8306585UL, 0x4e0062f2UL, 0xed95066cUL,
+    0x7ba5011bUL, 0xc1f40882UL, 0x57c40ff5UL, 0xc6d9b065UL, 0x50e9b712UL,
+    0xeab8be8bUL, 0x7c88b9fcUL, 0xdf1ddd62UL, 0x492dda15UL, 0xf37cd38cUL,
+    0x654cd4fbUL, 0x5861b24dUL, 0xce51b53aUL, 0x7400bca3UL, 0xe230bbd4UL,
+    0x41a5df4aUL, 0xd795d83dUL, 0x6dc4d1a4UL, 0xfbf4d6d3UL, 0x6ae96943UL,
+    0xfcd96e34UL, 0x468867adUL, 0xd0b860daUL, 0x732d0444UL, 0xe51d0333UL,
+    0x5f4c0aaaUL, 0xc97c0dddUL, 0x3c710550UL, 0xaa410227UL, 0x10100bbeUL,
+    0x86200cc9UL, 0x25b56857UL, 0xb3856f20UL, 0x09d466b9UL, 0x9fe461ceUL,
+    0x0ef9de5eUL, 0x98c9d929UL, 0x2298d0b0UL, 0xb4a8d7c7UL, 0x173db359UL,
+    0x810db42eUL, 0x3b5cbdb7UL, 0xad6cbac0UL, 0x2083b8edUL, 0xb6b3bf9aUL,
+    0x0ce2b603UL, 0x9ad2b174UL, 0x3947d5eaUL, 0xaf77d29dUL, 0x1526db04UL,
+    0x8316dc73UL, 0x120b63e3UL, 0x843b6494UL, 0x3e6a6d0dUL, 0xa85a6a7aUL,
+    0x0bcf0ee4UL, 0x9dff0993UL, 0x27ae000aUL, 0xb19e077dUL, 0x44930ff0UL,
+    0xd2a30887UL, 0x68f2011eUL, 0xfec20669UL, 0x5d5762f7UL, 0xcb676580UL,
+    0x71366c19UL, 0xe7066b6eUL, 0x761bd4feUL, 0xe02bd389UL, 0x5a7ada10UL,
+    0xcc4add67UL, 0x6fdfb9f9UL, 0xf9efbe8eUL, 0x43beb717UL, 0xd58eb060UL,
+    0xe8a3d6d6UL, 0x7e93d1a1UL, 0xc4c2d838UL, 0x52f2df4fUL, 0xf167bbd1UL,
+    0x6757bca6UL, 0xdd06b53fUL, 0x4b36b248UL, 0xda2b0dd8UL, 0x4c1b0aafUL,
+    0xf64a0336UL, 0x607a0441UL, 0xc3ef60dfUL, 0x55df67a8UL, 0xef8e6e31UL,
+    0x79be6946UL, 0x8cb361cbUL, 0x1a8366bcUL, 0xa0d26f25UL, 0x36e26852UL,
+    0x95770cccUL, 0x03470bbbUL, 0xb9160222UL, 0x2f260555UL, 0xbe3bbac5UL,
+    0x280bbdb2UL, 0x925ab42bUL, 0x046ab35cUL, 0xa7ffd7c2UL, 0x31cfd0b5UL,
+    0x8b9ed92cUL, 0x1daede5bUL, 0xb0c2649bUL, 0x26f263ecUL, 0x9ca36a75UL,
+    0x0a936d02UL, 0xa906099cUL, 0x3f360eebUL, 0x85670772UL, 0x13570005UL,
+    0x824abf95UL, 0x147ab8e2UL, 0xae2bb17bUL, 0x381bb60cUL, 0x9b8ed292UL,
+    0x0dbed5e5UL, 0xb7efdc7cUL, 0x21dfdb0bUL, 0xd4d2d386UL, 0x42e2d4f1UL,
+    0xf8b3dd68UL, 0x6e83da1fUL, 0xcd16be81UL, 0x5b26b9f6UL, 0xe177b06fUL,
+    0x7747b718UL, 0xe65a0888UL, 0x706a0fffUL, 0xca3b0666UL, 0x5c0b0111UL,
+    0xff9e658fUL, 0x69ae62f8UL, 0xd3ff6b61UL, 0x45cf6c16UL, 0x78e20aa0UL,
+    0xeed20dd7UL, 0x5483044eUL, 0xc2b30339UL, 0x612667a7UL, 0xf71660d0UL,
+    0x4d476949UL, 0xdb776e3eUL, 0x4a6ad1aeUL, 0xdc5ad6d9UL, 0x660bdf40UL,
+    0xf03bd837UL, 0x53aebca9UL, 0xc59ebbdeUL, 0x7fcfb247UL, 0xe9ffb530UL,
+    0x1cf2bdbdUL, 0x8ac2bacaUL, 0x3093b353UL, 0xa6a3b424UL, 0x0536d0baUL,
+    0x9306d7cdUL, 0x2957de54UL, 0xbf67d923UL, 0x2e7a66b3UL, 0xb84a61c4UL,
+    0x021b685dUL, 0x942b6f2aUL, 0x37be0bb4UL, 0xa18e0cc3UL, 0x1bdf055aUL,
+    0x8def022dUL
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0x41311b19UL, 0x82623632UL, 0xc3532d2bUL, 0x04c56c64UL,
+    0x45f4777dUL, 0x86a75a56UL, 0xc796414fUL, 0x088ad9c8UL, 0x49bbc2d1UL,
+    0x8ae8effaUL, 0xcbd9f4e3UL, 0x0c4fb5acUL, 0x4d7eaeb5UL, 0x8e2d839eUL,
+    0xcf1c9887UL, 0x5112c24aUL, 0x1023d953UL, 0xd370f478UL, 0x9241ef61UL,
+    0x55d7ae2eUL, 0x14e6b537UL, 0xd7b5981cUL, 0x96848305UL, 0x59981b82UL,
+    0x18a9009bUL, 0xdbfa2db0UL, 0x9acb36a9UL, 0x5d5d77e6UL, 0x1c6c6cffUL,
+    0xdf3f41d4UL, 0x9e0e5acdUL, 0xa2248495UL, 0xe3159f8cUL, 0x2046b2a7UL,
+    0x6177a9beUL, 0xa6e1e8f1UL, 0xe7d0f3e8UL, 0x2483dec3UL, 0x65b2c5daUL,
+    0xaaae5d5dUL, 0xeb9f4644UL, 0x28cc6b6fUL, 0x69fd7076UL, 0xae6b3139UL,
+    0xef5a2a20UL, 0x2c09070bUL, 0x6d381c12UL, 0xf33646dfUL, 0xb2075dc6UL,
+    0x715470edUL, 0x30656bf4UL, 0xf7f32abbUL, 0xb6c231a2UL, 0x75911c89UL,
+    0x34a00790UL, 0xfbbc9f17UL, 0xba8d840eUL, 0x79dea925UL, 0x38efb23cUL,
+    0xff79f373UL, 0xbe48e86aUL, 0x7d1bc541UL, 0x3c2ade58UL, 0x054f79f0UL,
+    0x447e62e9UL, 0x872d4fc2UL, 0xc61c54dbUL, 0x018a1594UL, 0x40bb0e8dUL,
+    0x83e823a6UL, 0xc2d938bfUL, 0x0dc5a038UL, 0x4cf4bb21UL, 0x8fa7960aUL,
+    0xce968d13UL, 0x0900cc5cUL, 0x4831d745UL, 0x8b62fa6eUL, 0xca53e177UL,
+    0x545dbbbaUL, 0x156ca0a3UL, 0xd63f8d88UL, 0x970e9691UL, 0x5098d7deUL,
+    0x11a9ccc7UL, 0xd2fae1ecUL, 0x93cbfaf5UL, 0x5cd76272UL, 0x1de6796bUL,
+    0xdeb55440UL, 0x9f844f59UL, 0x58120e16UL, 0x1923150fUL, 0xda703824UL,
+    0x9b41233dUL, 0xa76bfd65UL, 0xe65ae67cUL, 0x2509cb57UL, 0x6438d04eUL,
+    0xa3ae9101UL, 0xe29f8a18UL, 0x21cca733UL, 0x60fdbc2aUL, 0xafe124adUL,
+    0xeed03fb4UL, 0x2d83129fUL, 0x6cb20986UL, 0xab2448c9UL, 0xea1553d0UL,
+    0x29467efbUL, 0x687765e2UL, 0xf6793f2fUL, 0xb7482436UL, 0x741b091dUL,
+    0x352a1204UL, 0xf2bc534bUL, 0xb38d4852UL, 0x70de6579UL, 0x31ef7e60UL,
+    0xfef3e6e7UL, 0xbfc2fdfeUL, 0x7c91d0d5UL, 0x3da0cbccUL, 0xfa368a83UL,
+    0xbb07919aUL, 0x7854bcb1UL, 0x3965a7a8UL, 0x4b98833bUL, 0x0aa99822UL,
+    0xc9fab509UL, 0x88cbae10UL, 0x4f5def5fUL, 0x0e6cf446UL, 0xcd3fd96dUL,
+    0x8c0ec274UL, 0x43125af3UL, 0x022341eaUL, 0xc1706cc1UL, 0x804177d8UL,
+    0x47d73697UL, 0x06e62d8eUL, 0xc5b500a5UL, 0x84841bbcUL, 0x1a8a4171UL,
+    0x5bbb5a68UL, 0x98e87743UL, 0xd9d96c5aUL, 0x1e4f2d15UL, 0x5f7e360cUL,
+    0x9c2d1b27UL, 0xdd1c003eUL, 0x120098b9UL, 0x533183a0UL, 0x9062ae8bUL,
+    0xd153b592UL, 0x16c5f4ddUL, 0x57f4efc4UL, 0x94a7c2efUL, 0xd596d9f6UL,
+    0xe9bc07aeUL, 0xa88d1cb7UL, 0x6bde319cUL, 0x2aef2a85UL, 0xed796bcaUL,
+    0xac4870d3UL, 0x6f1b5df8UL, 0x2e2a46e1UL, 0xe136de66UL, 0xa007c57fUL,
+    0x6354e854UL, 0x2265f34dUL, 0xe5f3b202UL, 0xa4c2a91bUL, 0x67918430UL,
+    0x26a09f29UL, 0xb8aec5e4UL, 0xf99fdefdUL, 0x3accf3d6UL, 0x7bfde8cfUL,
+    0xbc6ba980UL, 0xfd5ab299UL, 0x3e099fb2UL, 0x7f3884abUL, 0xb0241c2cUL,
+    0xf1150735UL, 0x32462a1eUL, 0x73773107UL, 0xb4e17048UL, 0xf5d06b51UL,
+    0x3683467aUL, 0x77b25d63UL, 0x4ed7facbUL, 0x0fe6e1d2UL, 0xccb5ccf9UL,
+    0x8d84d7e0UL, 0x4a1296afUL, 0x0b238db6UL, 0xc870a09dUL, 0x8941bb84UL,
+    0x465d2303UL, 0x076c381aUL, 0xc43f1531UL, 0x850e0e28UL, 0x42984f67UL,
+    0x03a9547eUL, 0xc0fa7955UL, 0x81cb624cUL, 0x1fc53881UL, 0x5ef42398UL,
+    0x9da70eb3UL, 0xdc9615aaUL, 0x1b0054e5UL, 0x5a314ffcUL, 0x996262d7UL,
+    0xd85379ceUL, 0x174fe149UL, 0x567efa50UL, 0x952dd77bUL, 0xd41ccc62UL,
+    0x138a8d2dUL, 0x52bb9634UL, 0x91e8bb1fUL, 0xd0d9a006UL, 0xecf37e5eUL,
+    0xadc26547UL, 0x6e91486cUL, 0x2fa05375UL, 0xe836123aUL, 0xa9070923UL,
+    0x6a542408UL, 0x2b653f11UL, 0xe479a796UL, 0xa548bc8fUL, 0x661b91a4UL,
+    0x272a8abdUL, 0xe0bccbf2UL, 0xa18dd0ebUL, 0x62defdc0UL, 0x23efe6d9UL,
+    0xbde1bc14UL, 0xfcd0a70dUL, 0x3f838a26UL, 0x7eb2913fUL, 0xb924d070UL,
+    0xf815cb69UL, 0x3b46e642UL, 0x7a77fd5bUL, 0xb56b65dcUL, 0xf45a7ec5UL,
+    0x370953eeUL, 0x763848f7UL, 0xb1ae09b8UL, 0xf09f12a1UL, 0x33cc3f8aUL,
+    0x72fd2493UL
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0x376ac201UL, 0x6ed48403UL, 0x59be4602UL, 0xdca80907UL,
+    0xebc2cb06UL, 0xb27c8d04UL, 0x85164f05UL, 0xb851130eUL, 0x8f3bd10fUL,
+    0xd685970dUL, 0xe1ef550cUL, 0x64f91a09UL, 0x5393d808UL, 0x0a2d9e0aUL,
+    0x3d475c0bUL, 0x70a3261cUL, 0x47c9e41dUL, 0x1e77a21fUL, 0x291d601eUL,
+    0xac0b2f1bUL, 0x9b61ed1aUL, 0xc2dfab18UL, 0xf5b56919UL, 0xc8f23512UL,
+    0xff98f713UL, 0xa626b111UL, 0x914c7310UL, 0x145a3c15UL, 0x2330fe14UL,
+    0x7a8eb816UL, 0x4de47a17UL, 0xe0464d38UL, 0xd72c8f39UL, 0x8e92c93bUL,
+    0xb9f80b3aUL, 0x3cee443fUL, 0x0b84863eUL, 0x523ac03cUL, 0x6550023dUL,
+    0x58175e36UL, 0x6f7d9c37UL, 0x36c3da35UL, 0x01a91834UL, 0x84bf5731UL,
+    0xb3d59530UL, 0xea6bd332UL, 0xdd011133UL, 0x90e56b24UL, 0xa78fa925UL,
+    0xfe31ef27UL, 0xc95b2d26UL, 0x4c4d6223UL, 0x7b27a022UL, 0x2299e620UL,
+    0x15f32421UL, 0x28b4782aUL, 0x1fdeba2bUL, 0x4660fc29UL, 0x710a3e28UL,
+    0xf41c712dUL, 0xc376b32cUL, 0x9ac8f52eUL, 0xada2372fUL, 0xc08d9a70UL,
+    0xf7e75871UL, 0xae591e73UL, 0x9933dc72UL, 0x1c259377UL, 0x2b4f5176UL,
+    0x72f11774UL, 0x459bd575UL, 0x78dc897eUL, 0x4fb64b7fUL, 0x16080d7dUL,
+    0x2162cf7cUL, 0xa4748079UL, 0x931e4278UL, 0xcaa0047aUL, 0xfdcac67bUL,
+    0xb02ebc6cUL, 0x87447e6dUL, 0xdefa386fUL, 0xe990fa6eUL, 0x6c86b56bUL,
+    0x5bec776aUL, 0x02523168UL, 0x3538f369UL, 0x087faf62UL, 0x3f156d63UL,
+    0x66ab2b61UL, 0x51c1e960UL, 0xd4d7a665UL, 0xe3bd6464UL, 0xba032266UL,
+    0x8d69e067UL, 0x20cbd748UL, 0x17a11549UL, 0x4e1f534bUL, 0x7975914aUL,
+    0xfc63de4fUL, 0xcb091c4eUL, 0x92b75a4cUL, 0xa5dd984dUL, 0x989ac446UL,
+    0xaff00647UL, 0xf64e4045UL, 0xc1248244UL, 0x4432cd41UL, 0x73580f40UL,
+    0x2ae64942UL, 0x1d8c8b43UL, 0x5068f154UL, 0x67023355UL, 0x3ebc7557UL,
+    0x09d6b756UL, 0x8cc0f853UL, 0xbbaa3a52UL, 0xe2147c50UL, 0xd57ebe51UL,
+    0xe839e25aUL, 0xdf53205bUL, 0x86ed6659UL, 0xb187a458UL, 0x3491eb5dUL,
+    0x03fb295cUL, 0x5a456f5eUL, 0x6d2fad5fUL, 0x801b35e1UL, 0xb771f7e0UL,
+    0xeecfb1e2UL, 0xd9a573e3UL, 0x5cb33ce6UL, 0x6bd9fee7UL, 0x3267b8e5UL,
+    0x050d7ae4UL, 0x384a26efUL, 0x0f20e4eeUL, 0x569ea2ecUL, 0x61f460edUL,
+    0xe4e22fe8UL, 0xd388ede9UL, 0x8a36abebUL, 0xbd5c69eaUL, 0xf0b813fdUL,
+    0xc7d2d1fcUL, 0x9e6c97feUL, 0xa90655ffUL, 0x2c101afaUL, 0x1b7ad8fbUL,
+    0x42c49ef9UL, 0x75ae5cf8UL, 0x48e900f3UL, 0x7f83c2f2UL, 0x263d84f0UL,
+    0x115746f1UL, 0x944109f4UL, 0xa32bcbf5UL, 0xfa958df7UL, 0xcdff4ff6UL,
+    0x605d78d9UL, 0x5737bad8UL, 0x0e89fcdaUL, 0x39e33edbUL, 0xbcf571deUL,
+    0x8b9fb3dfUL, 0xd221f5ddUL, 0xe54b37dcUL, 0xd80c6bd7UL, 0xef66a9d6UL,
+    0xb6d8efd4UL, 0x81b22dd5UL, 0x04a462d0UL, 0x33cea0d1UL, 0x6a70e6d3UL,
+    0x5d1a24d2UL, 0x10fe5ec5UL, 0x27949cc4UL, 0x7e2adac6UL, 0x494018c7UL,
+    0xcc5657c2UL, 0xfb3c95c3UL, 0xa282d3c1UL, 0x95e811c0UL, 0xa8af4dcbUL,
+    0x9fc58fcaUL, 0xc67bc9c8UL, 0xf1110bc9UL, 0x740744ccUL, 0x436d86cdUL,
+    0x1ad3c0cfUL, 0x2db902ceUL, 0x4096af91UL, 0x77fc6d90UL, 0x2e422b92UL,
+    0x1928e993UL, 0x9c3ea696UL, 0xab546497UL, 0xf2ea2295UL, 0xc580e094UL,
+    0xf8c7bc9fUL, 0xcfad7e9eUL, 0x9613389cUL, 0xa179fa9dUL, 0x246fb598UL,
+    0x13057799UL, 0x4abb319bUL, 0x7dd1f39aUL, 0x3035898dUL, 0x075f4b8cUL,
+    0x5ee10d8eUL, 0x698bcf8fUL, 0xec9d808aUL, 0xdbf7428bUL, 0x82490489UL,
+    0xb523c688UL, 0x88649a83UL, 0xbf0e5882UL, 0xe6b01e80UL, 0xd1dadc81UL,
+    0x54cc9384UL, 0x63a65185UL, 0x3a181787UL, 0x0d72d586UL, 0xa0d0e2a9UL,
+    0x97ba20a8UL, 0xce0466aaUL, 0xf96ea4abUL, 0x7c78ebaeUL, 0x4b1229afUL,
+    0x12ac6fadUL, 0x25c6adacUL, 0x1881f1a7UL, 0x2feb33a6UL, 0x765575a4UL,
+    0x413fb7a5UL, 0xc429f8a0UL, 0xf3433aa1UL, 0xaafd7ca3UL, 0x9d97bea2UL,
+    0xd073c4b5UL, 0xe71906b4UL, 0xbea740b6UL, 0x89cd82b7UL, 0x0cdbcdb2UL,
+    0x3bb10fb3UL, 0x620f49b1UL, 0x55658bb0UL, 0x6822d7bbUL, 0x5f4815baUL,
+    0x06f653b8UL, 0x319c91b9UL, 0xb48adebcUL, 0x83e01cbdUL, 0xda5e5abfUL,
+    0xed3498beUL
+  },
+  {
+    0x00000000UL, 0x6567bcb8UL, 0x8bc809aaUL, 0xeeafb512UL, 0x5797628fUL,
+    0x32f0de37UL, 0xdc5f6b25UL, 0xb938d79dUL, 0xef28b4c5UL, 0x8a4f087dUL,
+    0x64e0bd6fUL, 0x018701d7UL, 0xb8bfd64aUL, 0xddd86af2UL, 0x3377dfe0UL,
+    0x56106358UL, 0x9f571950UL, 0xfa30a5e8UL, 0x149f10faUL, 0x71f8ac42UL,
+    0xc8c07bdfUL, 0xada7c767UL, 0x43087275UL, 0x266fcecdUL, 0x707fad95UL,
+    0x1518112dUL, 0xfbb7a43fUL, 0x9ed01887UL, 0x27e8cf1aUL, 0x428f73a2UL,
+    0xac20c6b0UL, 0xc9477a08UL, 0x3eaf32a0UL, 0x5bc88e18UL, 0xb5673b0aUL,
+    0xd00087b2UL, 0x6938502fUL, 0x0c5fec97UL, 0xe2f05985UL, 0x8797e53dUL,
+    0xd1878665UL, 0xb4e03addUL, 0x5a4f8fcfUL, 0x3f283377UL, 0x8610e4eaUL,
+    0xe3775852UL, 0x0dd8ed40UL, 0x68bf51f8UL, 0xa1f82bf0UL, 0xc49f9748UL,
+    0x2a30225aUL, 0x4f579ee2UL, 0xf66f497fUL, 0x9308f5c7UL, 0x7da740d5UL,
+    0x18c0fc6dUL, 0x4ed09f35UL, 0x2bb7238dUL, 0xc518969fUL, 0xa07f2a27UL,
+    0x1947fdbaUL, 0x7c204102UL, 0x928ff410UL, 0xf7e848a8UL, 0x3d58149bUL,
+    0x583fa823UL, 0xb6901d31UL, 0xd3f7a189UL, 0x6acf7614UL, 0x0fa8caacUL,
+    0xe1077fbeUL, 0x8460c306UL, 0xd270a05eUL, 0xb7171ce6UL, 0x59b8a9f4UL,
+    0x3cdf154cUL, 0x85e7c2d1UL, 0xe0807e69UL, 0x0e2fcb7bUL, 0x6b4877c3UL,
+    0xa20f0dcbUL, 0xc768b173UL, 0x29c70461UL, 0x4ca0b8d9UL, 0xf5986f44UL,
+    0x90ffd3fcUL, 0x7e5066eeUL, 0x1b37da56UL, 0x4d27b90eUL, 0x284005b6UL,
+    0xc6efb0a4UL, 0xa3880c1cUL, 0x1ab0db81UL, 0x7fd76739UL, 0x9178d22bUL,
+    0xf41f6e93UL, 0x03f7263bUL, 0x66909a83UL, 0x883f2f91UL, 0xed589329UL,
+    0x546044b4UL, 0x3107f80cUL, 0xdfa84d1eUL, 0xbacff1a6UL, 0xecdf92feUL,
+    0x89b82e46UL, 0x67179b54UL, 0x027027ecUL, 0xbb48f071UL, 0xde2f4cc9UL,
+    0x3080f9dbUL, 0x55e74563UL, 0x9ca03f6bUL, 0xf9c783d3UL, 0x176836c1UL,
+    0x720f8a79UL, 0xcb375de4UL, 0xae50e15cUL, 0x40ff544eUL, 0x2598e8f6UL,
+    0x73888baeUL, 0x16ef3716UL, 0xf8408204UL, 0x9d273ebcUL, 0x241fe921UL,
+    0x41785599UL, 0xafd7e08bUL, 0xcab05c33UL, 0x3bb659edUL, 0x5ed1e555UL,
+    0xb07e5047UL, 0xd519ecffUL, 0x6c213b62UL, 0x094687daUL, 0xe7e932c8UL,
+    0x828e8e70UL, 0xd49eed28UL, 0xb1f95190UL, 0x5f56e482UL, 0x3a31583aUL,
+    0x83098fa7UL, 0xe66e331fUL, 0x08c1860dUL, 0x6da63ab5UL, 0xa4e140bdUL,
+    0xc186fc05UL, 0x2f294917UL, 0x4a4ef5afUL, 0xf3762232UL, 0x96119e8aUL,
+    0x78be2b98UL, 0x1dd99720UL, 0x4bc9f478UL, 0x2eae48c0UL, 0xc001fdd2UL,
+    0xa566416aUL, 0x1c5e96f7UL, 0x79392a4fUL, 0x97969f5dUL, 0xf2f123e5UL,
+    0x05196b4dUL, 0x607ed7f5UL, 0x8ed162e7UL, 0xebb6de5fUL, 0x528e09c2UL,
+    0x37e9b57aUL, 0xd9460068UL, 0xbc21bcd0UL, 0xea31df88UL, 0x8f566330UL,
+    0x61f9d622UL, 0x049e6a9aUL, 0xbda6bd07UL, 0xd8c101bfUL, 0x366eb4adUL,
+    0x53090815UL, 0x9a4e721dUL, 0xff29cea5UL, 0x11867bb7UL, 0x74e1c70fUL,
+    0xcdd91092UL, 0xa8beac2aUL, 0x46111938UL, 0x2376a580UL, 0x7566c6d8UL,
+    0x10017a60UL, 0xfeaecf72UL, 0x9bc973caUL, 0x22f1a457UL, 0x479618efUL,
+    0xa939adfdUL, 0xcc5e1145UL, 0x06ee4d76UL, 0x6389f1ceUL, 0x8d2644dcUL,
+    0xe841f864UL, 0x51792ff9UL, 0x341e9341UL, 0xdab12653UL, 0xbfd69aebUL,
+    0xe9c6f9b3UL, 0x8ca1450bUL, 0x620ef019UL, 0x07694ca1UL, 0xbe519b3cUL,
+    0xdb362784UL, 0x35999296UL, 0x50fe2e2eUL, 0x99b95426UL, 0xfcdee89eUL,
+    0x12715d8cUL, 0x7716e134UL, 0xce2e36a9UL, 0xab498a11UL, 0x45e63f03UL,
+    0x208183bbUL, 0x7691e0e3UL, 0x13f65c5bUL, 0xfd59e949UL, 0x983e55f1UL,
+    0x2106826cUL, 0x44613ed4UL, 0xaace8bc6UL, 0xcfa9377eUL, 0x38417fd6UL,
+    0x5d26c36eUL, 0xb389767cUL, 0xd6eecac4UL, 0x6fd61d59UL, 0x0ab1a1e1UL,
+    0xe41e14f3UL, 0x8179a84bUL, 0xd769cb13UL, 0xb20e77abUL, 0x5ca1c2b9UL,
+    0x39c67e01UL, 0x80fea99cUL, 0xe5991524UL, 0x0b36a036UL, 0x6e511c8eUL,
+    0xa7166686UL, 0xc271da3eUL, 0x2cde6f2cUL, 0x49b9d394UL, 0xf0810409UL,
+    0x95e6b8b1UL, 0x7b490da3UL, 0x1e2eb11bUL, 0x483ed243UL, 0x2d596efbUL,
+    0xc3f6dbe9UL, 0xa6916751UL, 0x1fa9b0ccUL, 0x7ace0c74UL, 0x9461b966UL,
+    0xf10605deUL
+#endif
+  }
+};
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/deflate.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/deflate.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c4022f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/deflate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1834 @@
+/* deflate.c -- compress data using the deflation algorithm
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  ALGORITHM
+ *
+ *      The "deflation" process depends on being able to identify portions
+ *      of the input text which are identical to earlier input (within a
+ *      sliding window trailing behind the input currently being processed).
+ *
+ *      The most straightforward technique turns out to be the fastest for
+ *      most input files: try all possible matches and select the longest.
+ *      The key feature of this algorithm is that insertions into the string
+ *      dictionary are very simple and thus fast, and deletions are avoided
+ *      completely. Insertions are performed at each input character, whereas
+ *      string matches are performed only when the previous match ends. So it
+ *      is preferable to spend more time in matches to allow very fast string
+ *      insertions and avoid deletions. The matching algorithm for small
+ *      strings is inspired from that of Rabin & Karp. A brute force approach
+ *      is used to find longer strings when a small match has been found.
+ *      A similar algorithm is used in comic (by Jan-Mark Wams) and freeze
+ *      (by Leonid Broukhis).
+ *         A previous version of this file used a more sophisticated algorithm
+ *      (by Fiala and Greene) which is guaranteed to run in linear amortized
+ *      time, but has a larger average cost, uses more memory and is patented.
+ *      However the F&G algorithm may be faster for some highly redundant
+ *      files if the parameter max_chain_length (described below) is too large.
+ *
+ *  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
+ *
+ *      The idea of lazy evaluation of matches is due to Jan-Mark Wams, and
+ *      I found it in 'freeze' written by Leonid Broukhis.
+ *      Thanks to many people for bug reports and testing.
+ *
+ *  REFERENCES
+ *
+ *      Deutsch, L.P.,"DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification".
+ *      Available in http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1951.txt
+ *
+ *      A description of the Rabin and Karp algorithm is given in the book
+ *         "Algorithms" by R. Sedgewick, Addison-Wesley, p252.
+ *
+ *      Fiala,E.R., and Greene,D.H.
+ *         Data Compression with Finite Windows, Comm.ACM, 32,4 (1989) 490-595
+ *
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+#include "deflate.h"
+
+const char deflate_copyright[] =
+   " deflate 1.2.5 Copyright 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler ";
+/*
+  If you use the zlib library in a product, an acknowledgment is welcome
+  in the documentation of your product. If for some reason you cannot
+  include such an acknowledgment, I would appreciate that you keep this
+  copyright string in the executable of your product.
+ */
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ *  Function prototypes.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    need_more,      /* block not completed, need more input or more output */
+    block_done,     /* block flush performed */
+    finish_started, /* finish started, need only more output at next deflate */
+    finish_done     /* finish done, accept no more input or output */
+} block_state;
+
+typedef block_state (*compress_func) OF((deflate_state *s, int flush));
+/* Compression function. Returns the block state after the call. */
+
+local void fill_window    OF((deflate_state *s));
+local block_state deflate_stored OF((deflate_state *s, int flush));
+local block_state deflate_fast   OF((deflate_state *s, int flush));
+#ifndef FASTEST
+local block_state deflate_slow   OF((deflate_state *s, int flush));
+#endif
+local block_state deflate_rle    OF((deflate_state *s, int flush));
+local block_state deflate_huff   OF((deflate_state *s, int flush));
+local void lm_init        OF((deflate_state *s));
+local void putShortMSB    OF((deflate_state *s, uInt b));
+local void flush_pending  OF((z_streamp strm));
+local int read_buf        OF((z_streamp strm, Bytef *buf, unsigned size));
+#ifdef ASMV
+      void match_init OF((void)); /* asm code initialization */
+      uInt longest_match  OF((deflate_state *s, IPos cur_match));
+#else
+local uInt longest_match  OF((deflate_state *s, IPos cur_match));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+local  void check_match OF((deflate_state *s, IPos start, IPos match,
+                            int length));
+#endif
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Local data
+ */
+
+#define NIL 0
+/* Tail of hash chains */
+
+#ifndef TOO_FAR
+#  define TOO_FAR 4096
+#endif
+/* Matches of length 3 are discarded if their distance exceeds TOO_FAR */
+
+/* Values for max_lazy_match, good_match and max_chain_length, depending on
+ * the desired pack level (0..9). The values given below have been tuned to
+ * exclude worst case performance for pathological files. Better values may be
+ * found for specific files.
+ */
+typedef struct config_s {
+   ush good_length; /* reduce lazy search above this match length */
+   ush max_lazy;    /* do not perform lazy search above this match length */
+   ush nice_length; /* quit search above this match length */
+   ush max_chain;
+   compress_func func;
+} config;
+
+#ifdef FASTEST
+local const config configuration_table[2] = {
+/*      good lazy nice chain */
+/* 0 */ {0,    0,  0,    0, deflate_stored},  /* store only */
+/* 1 */ {4,    4,  8,    4, deflate_fast}}; /* max speed, no lazy matches */
+#else
+local const config configuration_table[10] = {
+/*      good lazy nice chain */
+/* 0 */ {0,    0,  0,    0, deflate_stored},  /* store only */
+/* 1 */ {4,    4,  8,    4, deflate_fast}, /* max speed, no lazy matches */
+/* 2 */ {4,    5, 16,    8, deflate_fast},
+/* 3 */ {4,    6, 32,   32, deflate_fast},
+
+/* 4 */ {4,    4, 16,   16, deflate_slow},  /* lazy matches */
+/* 5 */ {8,   16, 32,   32, deflate_slow},
+/* 6 */ {8,   16, 128, 128, deflate_slow},
+/* 7 */ {8,   32, 128, 256, deflate_slow},
+/* 8 */ {32, 128, 258, 1024, deflate_slow},
+/* 9 */ {32, 258, 258, 4096, deflate_slow}}; /* max compression */
+#endif
+
+/* Note: the deflate() code requires max_lazy >= MIN_MATCH and max_chain >= 4
+ * For deflate_fast() (levels <= 3) good is ignored and lazy has a different
+ * meaning.
+ */
+
+#define EQUAL 0
+/* result of memcmp for equal strings */
+
+#ifndef NO_DUMMY_DECL
+struct static_tree_desc_s {int dummy;}; /* for buggy compilers */
+#endif
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Update a hash value with the given input byte
+ * IN  assertion: all calls to to UPDATE_HASH are made with consecutive
+ *    input characters, so that a running hash key can be computed from the
+ *    previous key instead of complete recalculation each time.
+ */
+#define UPDATE_HASH(s,h,c) (h = (((h)<<s->hash_shift) ^ (c)) & s->hash_mask)
+
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Insert string str in the dictionary and set match_head to the previous head
+ * of the hash chain (the most recent string with same hash key). Return
+ * the previous length of the hash chain.
+ * If this file is compiled with -DFASTEST, the compression level is forced
+ * to 1, and no hash chains are maintained.
+ * IN  assertion: all calls to to INSERT_STRING are made with consecutive
+ *    input characters and the first MIN_MATCH bytes of str are valid
+ *    (except for the last MIN_MATCH-1 bytes of the input file).
+ */
+#ifdef FASTEST
+#define INSERT_STRING(s, str, match_head) \
+   (UPDATE_HASH(s, s->ins_h, s->window[(str) + (MIN_MATCH-1)]), \
+    match_head = s->head[s->ins_h], \
+    s->head[s->ins_h] = (Pos)(str))
+#else
+#define INSERT_STRING(s, str, match_head) \
+   (UPDATE_HASH(s, s->ins_h, s->window[(str) + (MIN_MATCH-1)]), \
+    match_head = s->prev[(str) & s->w_mask] = s->head[s->ins_h], \
+    s->head[s->ins_h] = (Pos)(str))
+#endif
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Initialize the hash table (avoiding 64K overflow for 16 bit systems).
+ * prev[] will be initialized on the fly.
+ */
+#define CLEAR_HASH(s) \
+    s->head[s->hash_size-1] = NIL; \
+    zmemzero((Bytef *)s->head, (unsigned)(s->hash_size-1)*sizeof(*s->head));
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateInit_(strm, level, version, stream_size)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    int level;
+    const char *version;
+    int stream_size;
+{
+    return deflateInit2_(strm, level, Z_DEFLATED, MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL,
+                         Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, version, stream_size);
+    /* To do: ignore strm->next_in if we use it as window */
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateInit2_(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy,
+                  version, stream_size)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    int  level;
+    int  method;
+    int  windowBits;
+    int  memLevel;
+    int  strategy;
+    const char *version;
+    int stream_size;
+{
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int wrap = 1;
+    static const char my_version[] = ZLIB_VERSION;
+
+    ushf *overlay;
+    /* We overlay pending_buf and d_buf+l_buf. This works since the average
+     * output size for (length,distance) codes is <= 24 bits.
+     */
+
+    if (version == Z_NULL || version[0] != my_version[0] ||
+        stream_size != sizeof(z_stream)) {
+        return Z_VERSION_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (strm == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    strm->msg = Z_NULL;
+    if (strm->zalloc == (alloc_func)0) {
+        strm->zalloc = zcalloc;
+        strm->opaque = (voidpf)0;
+    }
+    if (strm->zfree == (free_func)0) strm->zfree = zcfree;
+
+#ifdef FASTEST
+    if (level != 0) level = 1;
+#else
+    if (level == Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION) level = 6;
+#endif
+
+    if (windowBits < 0) { /* suppress zlib wrapper */
+        wrap = 0;
+        windowBits = -windowBits;
+    }
+#ifdef GZIP
+    else if (windowBits > 15) {
+        wrap = 2;       /* write gzip wrapper instead */
+        windowBits -= 16;
+    }
+#endif
+    if (memLevel < 1 || memLevel > MAX_MEM_LEVEL || method != Z_DEFLATED ||
+        windowBits < 8 || windowBits > 15 || level < 0 || level > 9 ||
+        strategy < 0 || strategy > Z_FIXED) {
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (windowBits == 8) windowBits = 9;  /* until 256-byte window bug fixed */
+    s = (deflate_state *) ZALLOC(strm, 1, sizeof(deflate_state));
+    if (s == Z_NULL) return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    strm->state = (struct internal_state FAR *)s;
+    s->strm = strm;
+
+    s->wrap = wrap;
+    s->gzhead = Z_NULL;
+    s->w_bits = windowBits;
+    s->w_size = 1 << s->w_bits;
+    s->w_mask = s->w_size - 1;
+
+    s->hash_bits = memLevel + 7;
+    s->hash_size = 1 << s->hash_bits;
+    s->hash_mask = s->hash_size - 1;
+    s->hash_shift =  ((s->hash_bits+MIN_MATCH-1)/MIN_MATCH);
+
+    s->window = (Bytef *) ZALLOC(strm, s->w_size, 2*sizeof(Byte));
+    s->prev   = (Posf *)  ZALLOC(strm, s->w_size, sizeof(Pos));
+    s->head   = (Posf *)  ZALLOC(strm, s->hash_size, sizeof(Pos));
+
+    s->high_water = 0;      /* nothing written to s->window yet */
+
+    s->lit_bufsize = 1 << (memLevel + 6); /* 16K elements by default */
+
+    overlay = (ushf *) ZALLOC(strm, s->lit_bufsize, sizeof(ush)+2);
+    s->pending_buf = (uchf *) overlay;
+    s->pending_buf_size = (ulg)s->lit_bufsize * (sizeof(ush)+2L);
+
+    if (s->window == Z_NULL || s->prev == Z_NULL || s->head == Z_NULL ||
+        s->pending_buf == Z_NULL) {
+        s->status = FINISH_STATE;
+        strm->msg = (char*)ERR_MSG(Z_MEM_ERROR);
+        deflateEnd (strm);
+        return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    }
+    s->d_buf = overlay + s->lit_bufsize/sizeof(ush);
+    s->l_buf = s->pending_buf + (1+sizeof(ush))*s->lit_bufsize;
+
+    s->level = level;
+    s->strategy = strategy;
+    s->method = (Byte)method;
+
+    return deflateReset(strm);
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateSetDictionary (strm, dictionary, dictLength)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    const Bytef *dictionary;
+    uInt  dictLength;
+{
+    deflate_state *s;
+    uInt length = dictLength;
+    uInt n;
+    IPos hash_head = 0;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL || dictionary == Z_NULL ||
+        strm->state->wrap == 2 ||
+        (strm->state->wrap == 1 && strm->state->status != INIT_STATE))
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    s = strm->state;
+    if (s->wrap)
+        strm->adler = adler32(strm->adler, dictionary, dictLength);
+
+    if (length < MIN_MATCH) return Z_OK;
+    if (length > s->w_size) {
+        length = s->w_size;
+        dictionary += dictLength - length; /* use the tail of the dictionary */
+    }
+    zmemcpy(s->window, dictionary, length);
+    s->strstart = length;
+    s->block_start = (long)length;
+
+    /* Insert all strings in the hash table (except for the last two bytes).
+     * s->lookahead stays null, so s->ins_h will be recomputed at the next
+     * call of fill_window.
+     */
+    s->ins_h = s->window[0];
+    UPDATE_HASH(s, s->ins_h, s->window[1]);
+    for (n = 0; n <= length - MIN_MATCH; n++) {
+        INSERT_STRING(s, n, hash_head);
+    }
+    if (hash_head) hash_head = 0;  /* to make compiler happy */
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateReset (strm)
+    z_streamp strm;
+{
+    deflate_state *s;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL ||
+        strm->zalloc == (alloc_func)0 || strm->zfree == (free_func)0) {
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    strm->total_in = strm->total_out = 0;
+    strm->msg = Z_NULL; /* use zfree if we ever allocate msg dynamically */
+    strm->data_type = Z_UNKNOWN;
+
+    s = (deflate_state *)strm->state;
+    s->pending = 0;
+    s->pending_out = s->pending_buf;
+
+    if (s->wrap < 0) {
+        s->wrap = -s->wrap; /* was made negative by deflate(..., Z_FINISH); */
+    }
+    s->status = s->wrap ? INIT_STATE : BUSY_STATE;
+    strm->adler =
+#ifdef GZIP
+        s->wrap == 2 ? crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0) :
+#endif
+        adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+    s->last_flush = Z_NO_FLUSH;
+
+    _tr_init(s);
+    lm_init(s);
+
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateSetHeader (strm, head)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    gz_headerp head;
+{
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    if (strm->state->wrap != 2) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    strm->state->gzhead = head;
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflatePrime (strm, bits, value)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    int bits;
+    int value;
+{
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    strm->state->bi_valid = bits;
+    strm->state->bi_buf = (ush)(value & ((1 << bits) - 1));
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateParams(strm, level, strategy)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    int level;
+    int strategy;
+{
+    deflate_state *s;
+    compress_func func;
+    int err = Z_OK;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    s = strm->state;
+
+#ifdef FASTEST
+    if (level != 0) level = 1;
+#else
+    if (level == Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION) level = 6;
+#endif
+    if (level < 0 || level > 9 || strategy < 0 || strategy > Z_FIXED) {
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    }
+    func = configuration_table[s->level].func;
+
+    if ((strategy != s->strategy || func != configuration_table[level].func) &&
+        strm->total_in != 0) {
+        /* Flush the last buffer: */
+        err = deflate(strm, Z_BLOCK);
+    }
+    if (s->level != level) {
+        s->level = level;
+        s->max_lazy_match   = configuration_table[level].max_lazy;
+        s->good_match       = configuration_table[level].good_length;
+        s->nice_match       = configuration_table[level].nice_length;
+        s->max_chain_length = configuration_table[level].max_chain;
+    }
+    s->strategy = strategy;
+    return err;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateTune(strm, good_length, max_lazy, nice_length, max_chain)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    int good_length;
+    int max_lazy;
+    int nice_length;
+    int max_chain;
+{
+    deflate_state *s;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    s = strm->state;
+    s->good_match = good_length;
+    s->max_lazy_match = max_lazy;
+    s->nice_match = nice_length;
+    s->max_chain_length = max_chain;
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/* =========================================================================
+ * For the default windowBits of 15 and memLevel of 8, this function returns
+ * a close to exact, as well as small, upper bound on the compressed size.
+ * They are coded as constants here for a reason--if the #define's are
+ * changed, then this function needs to be changed as well.  The return
+ * value for 15 and 8 only works for those exact settings.
+ *
+ * For any setting other than those defaults for windowBits and memLevel,
+ * the value returned is a conservative worst case for the maximum expansion
+ * resulting from using fixed blocks instead of stored blocks, which deflate
+ * can emit on compressed data for some combinations of the parameters.
+ *
+ * This function could be more sophisticated to provide closer upper bounds for
+ * every combination of windowBits and memLevel.  But even the conservative
+ * upper bound of about 14% expansion does not seem onerous for output buffer
+ * allocation.
+ */
+uLong ZEXPORT deflateBound(strm, sourceLen)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    uLong sourceLen;
+{
+    deflate_state *s;
+    uLong complen, wraplen;
+    Bytef *str;
+
+    /* conservative upper bound for compressed data */
+    complen = sourceLen +
+              ((sourceLen + 7) >> 3) + ((sourceLen + 63) >> 6) + 5;
+
+    /* if can't get parameters, return conservative bound plus zlib wrapper */
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL)
+        return complen + 6;
+
+    /* compute wrapper length */
+    s = strm->state;
+    switch (s->wrap) {
+    case 0:                                 /* raw deflate */
+        wraplen = 0;
+        break;
+    case 1:                                 /* zlib wrapper */
+        wraplen = 6 + (s->strstart ? 4 : 0);
+        break;
+    case 2:                                 /* gzip wrapper */
+        wraplen = 18;
+        if (s->gzhead != Z_NULL) {          /* user-supplied gzip header */
+            if (s->gzhead->extra != Z_NULL)
+                wraplen += 2 + s->gzhead->extra_len;
+            str = s->gzhead->name;
+            if (str != Z_NULL)
+                do {
+                    wraplen++;
+                } while (*str++);
+            str = s->gzhead->comment;
+            if (str != Z_NULL)
+                do {
+                    wraplen++;
+                } while (*str++);
+            if (s->gzhead->hcrc)
+                wraplen += 2;
+        }
+        break;
+    default:                                /* for compiler happiness */
+        wraplen = 6;
+    }
+
+    /* if not default parameters, return conservative bound */
+    if (s->w_bits != 15 || s->hash_bits != 8 + 7)
+        return complen + wraplen;
+
+    /* default settings: return tight bound for that case */
+    return sourceLen + (sourceLen >> 12) + (sourceLen >> 14) +
+           (sourceLen >> 25) + 13 - 6 + wraplen;
+}
+
+/* =========================================================================
+ * Put a short in the pending buffer. The 16-bit value is put in MSB order.
+ * IN assertion: the stream state is correct and there is enough room in
+ * pending_buf.
+ */
+local void putShortMSB (s, b)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    uInt b;
+{
+    put_byte(s, (Byte)(b >> 8));
+    put_byte(s, (Byte)(b & 0xff));
+}
+
+/* =========================================================================
+ * Flush as much pending output as possible. All deflate() output goes
+ * through this function so some applications may wish to modify it
+ * to avoid allocating a large strm->next_out buffer and copying into it.
+ * (See also read_buf()).
+ */
+local void flush_pending(strm)
+    z_streamp strm;
+{
+    unsigned len = strm->state->pending;
+
+    if (len > strm->avail_out) len = strm->avail_out;
+    if (len == 0) return;
+
+    zmemcpy(strm->next_out, strm->state->pending_out, len);
+    strm->next_out  += len;
+    strm->state->pending_out  += len;
+    strm->total_out += len;
+    strm->avail_out  -= len;
+    strm->state->pending -= len;
+    if (strm->state->pending == 0) {
+        strm->state->pending_out = strm->state->pending_buf;
+    }
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflate (strm, flush)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    int flush;
+{
+    int old_flush; /* value of flush param for previous deflate call */
+    deflate_state *s;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL ||
+        flush > Z_BLOCK || flush < 0) {
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    }
+    s = strm->state;
+
+    if (strm->next_out == Z_NULL ||
+        (strm->next_in == Z_NULL && strm->avail_in != 0) ||
+        (s->status == FINISH_STATE && flush != Z_FINISH)) {
+        ERR_RETURN(strm, Z_STREAM_ERROR);
+    }
+    if (strm->avail_out == 0) ERR_RETURN(strm, Z_BUF_ERROR);
+
+    s->strm = strm; /* just in case */
+    old_flush = s->last_flush;
+    s->last_flush = flush;
+
+    /* Write the header */
+    if (s->status == INIT_STATE) {
+#ifdef GZIP
+        if (s->wrap == 2) {
+            strm->adler = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+            put_byte(s, 31);
+            put_byte(s, 139);
+            put_byte(s, 8);
+            if (s->gzhead == Z_NULL) {
+                put_byte(s, 0);
+                put_byte(s, 0);
+                put_byte(s, 0);
+                put_byte(s, 0);
+                put_byte(s, 0);
+                put_byte(s, s->level == 9 ? 2 :
+                            (s->strategy >= Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY || s->level < 2 ?
+                             4 : 0));
+                put_byte(s, OS_CODE);
+                s->status = BUSY_STATE;
+            }
+            else {
+                put_byte(s, (s->gzhead->text ? 1 : 0) +
+                            (s->gzhead->hcrc ? 2 : 0) +
+                            (s->gzhead->extra == Z_NULL ? 0 : 4) +
+                            (s->gzhead->name == Z_NULL ? 0 : 8) +
+                            (s->gzhead->comment == Z_NULL ? 0 : 16)
+                        );
+                put_byte(s, (Byte)(s->gzhead->time & 0xff));
+                put_byte(s, (Byte)((s->gzhead->time >> 8) & 0xff));
+                put_byte(s, (Byte)((s->gzhead->time >> 16) & 0xff));
+                put_byte(s, (Byte)((s->gzhead->time >> 24) & 0xff));
+                put_byte(s, s->level == 9 ? 2 :
+                            (s->strategy >= Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY || s->level < 2 ?
+                             4 : 0));
+                put_byte(s, s->gzhead->os & 0xff);
+                if (s->gzhead->extra != Z_NULL) {
+                    put_byte(s, s->gzhead->extra_len & 0xff);
+                    put_byte(s, (s->gzhead->extra_len >> 8) & 0xff);
+                }
+                if (s->gzhead->hcrc)
+                    strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, s->pending_buf,
+                                        s->pending);
+                s->gzindex = 0;
+                s->status = EXTRA_STATE;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+#endif
+        {
+            uInt header = (Z_DEFLATED + ((s->w_bits-8)<<4)) << 8;
+            uInt level_flags;
+
+            if (s->strategy >= Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY || s->level < 2)
+                level_flags = 0;
+            else if (s->level < 6)
+                level_flags = 1;
+            else if (s->level == 6)
+                level_flags = 2;
+            else
+                level_flags = 3;
+            header |= (level_flags << 6);
+            if (s->strstart != 0) header |= PRESET_DICT;
+            header += 31 - (header % 31);
+
+            s->status = BUSY_STATE;
+            putShortMSB(s, header);
+
+            /* Save the adler32 of the preset dictionary: */
+            if (s->strstart != 0) {
+                putShortMSB(s, (uInt)(strm->adler >> 16));
+                putShortMSB(s, (uInt)(strm->adler & 0xffff));
+            }
+            strm->adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+        }
+    }
+#ifdef GZIP
+    if (s->status == EXTRA_STATE) {
+        if (s->gzhead->extra != Z_NULL) {
+            uInt beg = s->pending;  /* start of bytes to update crc */
+
+            while (s->gzindex < (s->gzhead->extra_len & 0xffff)) {
+                if (s->pending == s->pending_buf_size) {
+                    if (s->gzhead->hcrc && s->pending > beg)
+                        strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, s->pending_buf + beg,
+                                            s->pending - beg);
+                    flush_pending(strm);
+                    beg = s->pending;
+                    if (s->pending == s->pending_buf_size)
+                        break;
+                }
+                put_byte(s, s->gzhead->extra[s->gzindex]);
+                s->gzindex++;
+            }
+            if (s->gzhead->hcrc && s->pending > beg)
+                strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, s->pending_buf + beg,
+                                    s->pending - beg);
+            if (s->gzindex == s->gzhead->extra_len) {
+                s->gzindex = 0;
+                s->status = NAME_STATE;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            s->status = NAME_STATE;
+    }
+    if (s->status == NAME_STATE) {
+        if (s->gzhead->name != Z_NULL) {
+            uInt beg = s->pending;  /* start of bytes to update crc */
+            int val;
+
+            do {
+                if (s->pending == s->pending_buf_size) {
+                    if (s->gzhead->hcrc && s->pending > beg)
+                        strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, s->pending_buf + beg,
+                                            s->pending - beg);
+                    flush_pending(strm);
+                    beg = s->pending;
+                    if (s->pending == s->pending_buf_size) {
+                        val = 1;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                val = s->gzhead->name[s->gzindex++];
+                put_byte(s, val);
+            } while (val != 0);
+            if (s->gzhead->hcrc && s->pending > beg)
+                strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, s->pending_buf + beg,
+                                    s->pending - beg);
+            if (val == 0) {
+                s->gzindex = 0;
+                s->status = COMMENT_STATE;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            s->status = COMMENT_STATE;
+    }
+    if (s->status == COMMENT_STATE) {
+        if (s->gzhead->comment != Z_NULL) {
+            uInt beg = s->pending;  /* start of bytes to update crc */
+            int val;
+
+            do {
+                if (s->pending == s->pending_buf_size) {
+                    if (s->gzhead->hcrc && s->pending > beg)
+                        strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, s->pending_buf + beg,
+                                            s->pending - beg);
+                    flush_pending(strm);
+                    beg = s->pending;
+                    if (s->pending == s->pending_buf_size) {
+                        val = 1;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                val = s->gzhead->comment[s->gzindex++];
+                put_byte(s, val);
+            } while (val != 0);
+            if (s->gzhead->hcrc && s->pending > beg)
+                strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, s->pending_buf + beg,
+                                    s->pending - beg);
+            if (val == 0)
+                s->status = HCRC_STATE;
+        }
+        else
+            s->status = HCRC_STATE;
+    }
+    if (s->status == HCRC_STATE) {
+        if (s->gzhead->hcrc) {
+            if (s->pending + 2 > s->pending_buf_size)
+                flush_pending(strm);
+            if (s->pending + 2 <= s->pending_buf_size) {
+                put_byte(s, (Byte)(strm->adler & 0xff));
+                put_byte(s, (Byte)((strm->adler >> 8) & 0xff));
+                strm->adler = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+                s->status = BUSY_STATE;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            s->status = BUSY_STATE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Flush as much pending output as possible */
+    if (s->pending != 0) {
+        flush_pending(strm);
+        if (strm->avail_out == 0) {
+            /* Since avail_out is 0, deflate will be called again with
+             * more output space, but possibly with both pending and
+             * avail_in equal to zero. There won't be anything to do,
+             * but this is not an error situation so make sure we
+             * return OK instead of BUF_ERROR at next call of deflate:
+             */
+            s->last_flush = -1;
+            return Z_OK;
+        }
+
+    /* Make sure there is something to do and avoid duplicate consecutive
+     * flushes. For repeated and useless calls with Z_FINISH, we keep
+     * returning Z_STREAM_END instead of Z_BUF_ERROR.
+     */
+    } else if (strm->avail_in == 0 && flush <= old_flush &&
+               flush != Z_FINISH) {
+        ERR_RETURN(strm, Z_BUF_ERROR);
+    }
+
+    /* User must not provide more input after the first FINISH: */
+    if (s->status == FINISH_STATE && strm->avail_in != 0) {
+        ERR_RETURN(strm, Z_BUF_ERROR);
+    }
+
+    /* Start a new block or continue the current one.
+     */
+    if (strm->avail_in != 0 || s->lookahead != 0 ||
+        (flush != Z_NO_FLUSH && s->status != FINISH_STATE)) {
+        block_state bstate;
+
+        bstate = s->strategy == Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY ? deflate_huff(s, flush) :
+                    (s->strategy == Z_RLE ? deflate_rle(s, flush) :
+                        (*(configuration_table[s->level].func))(s, flush));
+
+        if (bstate == finish_started || bstate == finish_done) {
+            s->status = FINISH_STATE;
+        }
+        if (bstate == need_more || bstate == finish_started) {
+            if (strm->avail_out == 0) {
+                s->last_flush = -1; /* avoid BUF_ERROR next call, see above */
+            }
+            return Z_OK;
+            /* If flush != Z_NO_FLUSH && avail_out == 0, the next call
+             * of deflate should use the same flush parameter to make sure
+             * that the flush is complete. So we don't have to output an
+             * empty block here, this will be done at next call. This also
+             * ensures that for a very small output buffer, we emit at most
+             * one empty block.
+             */
+        }
+        if (bstate == block_done) {
+            if (flush == Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH) {
+                _tr_align(s);
+            } else if (flush != Z_BLOCK) { /* FULL_FLUSH or SYNC_FLUSH */
+                _tr_stored_block(s, (char*)0, 0L, 0);
+                /* For a full flush, this empty block will be recognized
+                 * as a special marker by inflate_sync().
+                 */
+                if (flush == Z_FULL_FLUSH) {
+                    CLEAR_HASH(s);             /* forget history */
+                    if (s->lookahead == 0) {
+                        s->strstart = 0;
+                        s->block_start = 0L;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            flush_pending(strm);
+            if (strm->avail_out == 0) {
+              s->last_flush = -1; /* avoid BUF_ERROR at next call, see above */
+              return Z_OK;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    Assert(strm->avail_out > 0, "bug2");
+
+    if (flush != Z_FINISH) return Z_OK;
+    if (s->wrap <= 0) return Z_STREAM_END;
+
+    /* Write the trailer */
+#ifdef GZIP
+    if (s->wrap == 2) {
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)(strm->adler & 0xff));
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)((strm->adler >> 8) & 0xff));
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)((strm->adler >> 16) & 0xff));
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)((strm->adler >> 24) & 0xff));
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)(strm->total_in & 0xff));
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)((strm->total_in >> 8) & 0xff));
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)((strm->total_in >> 16) & 0xff));
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)((strm->total_in >> 24) & 0xff));
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+        putShortMSB(s, (uInt)(strm->adler >> 16));
+        putShortMSB(s, (uInt)(strm->adler & 0xffff));
+    }
+    flush_pending(strm);
+    /* If avail_out is zero, the application will call deflate again
+     * to flush the rest.
+     */
+    if (s->wrap > 0) s->wrap = -s->wrap; /* write the trailer only once! */
+    return s->pending != 0 ? Z_OK : Z_STREAM_END;
+}
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+int ZEXPORT deflateEnd (strm)
+    z_streamp strm;
+{
+    int status;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    status = strm->state->status;
+    if (status != INIT_STATE &&
+        status != EXTRA_STATE &&
+        status != NAME_STATE &&
+        status != COMMENT_STATE &&
+        status != HCRC_STATE &&
+        status != BUSY_STATE &&
+        status != FINISH_STATE) {
+      return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Deallocate in reverse order of allocations: */
+    TRY_FREE(strm, strm->state->pending_buf);
+    TRY_FREE(strm, strm->state->head);
+    TRY_FREE(strm, strm->state->prev);
+    TRY_FREE(strm, strm->state->window);
+
+    ZFREE(strm, strm->state);
+    strm->state = Z_NULL;
+
+    return status == BUSY_STATE ? Z_DATA_ERROR : Z_OK;
+}
+
+/* =========================================================================
+ * Copy the source state to the destination state.
+ * To simplify the source, this is not supported for 16-bit MSDOS (which
+ * doesn't have enough memory anyway to duplicate compression states).
+ */
+int ZEXPORT deflateCopy (dest, source)
+    z_streamp dest;
+    z_streamp source;
+{
+#ifdef MAXSEG_64K
+    return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+#else
+    deflate_state *ds;
+    deflate_state *ss;
+    ushf *overlay;
+
+
+    if (source == Z_NULL || dest == Z_NULL || source->state == Z_NULL) {
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    ss = source->state;
+
+    zmemcpy(dest, source, sizeof(z_stream));
+
+    ds = (deflate_state *) ZALLOC(dest, 1, sizeof(deflate_state));
+    if (ds == Z_NULL) return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    dest->state = (struct internal_state FAR *) ds;
+    zmemcpy(ds, ss, sizeof(deflate_state));
+    ds->strm = dest;
+
+    ds->window = (Bytef *) ZALLOC(dest, ds->w_size, 2*sizeof(Byte));
+    ds->prev   = (Posf *)  ZALLOC(dest, ds->w_size, sizeof(Pos));
+    ds->head   = (Posf *)  ZALLOC(dest, ds->hash_size, sizeof(Pos));
+    overlay = (ushf *) ZALLOC(dest, ds->lit_bufsize, sizeof(ush)+2);
+    ds->pending_buf = (uchf *) overlay;
+
+    if (ds->window == Z_NULL || ds->prev == Z_NULL || ds->head == Z_NULL ||
+        ds->pending_buf == Z_NULL) {
+        deflateEnd (dest);
+        return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* following zmemcpy do not work for 16-bit MSDOS */
+    zmemcpy(ds->window, ss->window, ds->w_size * 2 * sizeof(Byte));
+    zmemcpy(ds->prev, ss->prev, ds->w_size * sizeof(Pos));
+    zmemcpy(ds->head, ss->head, ds->hash_size * sizeof(Pos));
+    zmemcpy(ds->pending_buf, ss->pending_buf, (uInt)ds->pending_buf_size);
+
+    ds->pending_out = ds->pending_buf + (ss->pending_out - ss->pending_buf);
+    ds->d_buf = overlay + ds->lit_bufsize/sizeof(ush);
+    ds->l_buf = ds->pending_buf + (1+sizeof(ush))*ds->lit_bufsize;
+
+    ds->l_desc.dyn_tree = ds->dyn_ltree;
+    ds->d_desc.dyn_tree = ds->dyn_dtree;
+    ds->bl_desc.dyn_tree = ds->bl_tree;
+
+    return Z_OK;
+#endif /* MAXSEG_64K */
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Read a new buffer from the current input stream, update the adler32
+ * and total number of bytes read.  All deflate() input goes through
+ * this function so some applications may wish to modify it to avoid
+ * allocating a large strm->next_in buffer and copying from it.
+ * (See also flush_pending()).
+ */
+local int read_buf(strm, buf, size)
+    z_streamp strm;
+    Bytef *buf;
+    unsigned size;
+{
+    unsigned len = strm->avail_in;
+
+    if (len > size) len = size;
+    if (len == 0) return 0;
+
+    strm->avail_in  -= len;
+
+    if (strm->state->wrap == 1) {
+        strm->adler = adler32(strm->adler, strm->next_in, len);
+    }
+#ifdef GZIP
+    else if (strm->state->wrap == 2) {
+        strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, strm->next_in, len);
+    }
+#endif
+    zmemcpy(buf, strm->next_in, len);
+    strm->next_in  += len;
+    strm->total_in += len;
+
+    return (int)len;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Initialize the "longest match" routines for a new zlib stream
+ */
+local void lm_init (s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    s->window_size = (ulg)2L*s->w_size;
+
+    CLEAR_HASH(s);
+
+    /* Set the default configuration parameters:
+     */
+    s->max_lazy_match   = configuration_table[s->level].max_lazy;
+    s->good_match       = configuration_table[s->level].good_length;
+    s->nice_match       = configuration_table[s->level].nice_length;
+    s->max_chain_length = configuration_table[s->level].max_chain;
+
+    s->strstart = 0;
+    s->block_start = 0L;
+    s->lookahead = 0;
+    s->match_length = s->prev_length = MIN_MATCH-1;
+    s->match_available = 0;
+    s->ins_h = 0;
+#ifndef FASTEST
+#ifdef ASMV
+    match_init(); /* initialize the asm code */
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef FASTEST
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Set match_start to the longest match starting at the given string and
+ * return its length. Matches shorter or equal to prev_length are discarded,
+ * in which case the result is equal to prev_length and match_start is
+ * garbage.
+ * IN assertions: cur_match is the head of the hash chain for the current
+ *   string (strstart) and its distance is <= MAX_DIST, and prev_length >= 1
+ * OUT assertion: the match length is not greater than s->lookahead.
+ */
+#ifndef ASMV
+/* For 80x86 and 680x0, an optimized version will be provided in match.asm or
+ * match.S. The code will be functionally equivalent.
+ */
+local uInt longest_match(s, cur_match)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    IPos cur_match;                             /* current match */
+{
+    unsigned chain_length = s->max_chain_length;/* max hash chain length */
+    register Bytef *scan = s->window + s->strstart; /* current string */
+    register Bytef *match;                       /* matched string */
+    register int len;                           /* length of current match */
+    int best_len = s->prev_length;              /* best match length so far */
+    int nice_match = s->nice_match;             /* stop if match long enough */
+    IPos limit = s->strstart > (IPos)MAX_DIST(s) ?
+        s->strstart - (IPos)MAX_DIST(s) : NIL;
+    /* Stop when cur_match becomes <= limit. To simplify the code,
+     * we prevent matches with the string of window index 0.
+     */
+    Posf *prev = s->prev;
+    uInt wmask = s->w_mask;
+
+#ifdef UNALIGNED_OK
+    /* Compare two bytes at a time. Note: this is not always beneficial.
+     * Try with and without -DUNALIGNED_OK to check.
+     */
+    register Bytef *strend = s->window + s->strstart + MAX_MATCH - 1;
+    register ush scan_start = *(ushf*)scan;
+    register ush scan_end   = *(ushf*)(scan+best_len-1);
+#else
+    register Bytef *strend = s->window + s->strstart + MAX_MATCH;
+    register Byte scan_end1  = scan[best_len-1];
+    register Byte scan_end   = scan[best_len];
+#endif
+
+    /* The code is optimized for HASH_BITS >= 8 and MAX_MATCH-2 multiple of 16.
+     * It is easy to get rid of this optimization if necessary.
+     */
+    Assert(s->hash_bits >= 8 && MAX_MATCH == 258, "Code too clever");
+
+    /* Do not waste too much time if we already have a good match: */
+    if (s->prev_length >= s->good_match) {
+        chain_length >>= 2;
+    }
+    /* Do not look for matches beyond the end of the input. This is necessary
+     * to make deflate deterministic.
+     */
+    if ((uInt)nice_match > s->lookahead) nice_match = s->lookahead;
+
+    Assert((ulg)s->strstart <= s->window_size-MIN_LOOKAHEAD, "need lookahead");
+
+    do {
+        Assert(cur_match < s->strstart, "no future");
+        match = s->window + cur_match;
+
+        /* Skip to next match if the match length cannot increase
+         * or if the match length is less than 2.  Note that the checks below
+         * for insufficient lookahead only occur occasionally for performance
+         * reasons.  Therefore uninitialized memory will be accessed, and
+         * conditional jumps will be made that depend on those values.
+         * However the length of the match is limited to the lookahead, so
+         * the output of deflate is not affected by the uninitialized values.
+         */
+#if (defined(UNALIGNED_OK) && MAX_MATCH == 258)
+        /* This code assumes sizeof(unsigned short) == 2. Do not use
+         * UNALIGNED_OK if your compiler uses a different size.
+         */
+        if (*(ushf*)(match+best_len-1) != scan_end ||
+            *(ushf*)match != scan_start) continue;
+
+        /* It is not necessary to compare scan[2] and match[2] since they are
+         * always equal when the other bytes match, given that the hash keys
+         * are equal and that HASH_BITS >= 8. Compare 2 bytes at a time at
+         * strstart+3, +5, ... up to strstart+257. We check for insufficient
+         * lookahead only every 4th comparison; the 128th check will be made
+         * at strstart+257. If MAX_MATCH-2 is not a multiple of 8, it is
+         * necessary to put more guard bytes at the end of the window, or
+         * to check more often for insufficient lookahead.
+         */
+        Assert(scan[2] == match[2], "scan[2]?");
+        scan++, match++;
+        do {
+        } while (*(ushf*)(scan+=2) == *(ushf*)(match+=2) &&
+                 *(ushf*)(scan+=2) == *(ushf*)(match+=2) &&
+                 *(ushf*)(scan+=2) == *(ushf*)(match+=2) &&
+                 *(ushf*)(scan+=2) == *(ushf*)(match+=2) &&
+                 scan < strend);
+        /* The funny "do {}" generates better code on most compilers */
+
+        /* Here, scan <= window+strstart+257 */
+        Assert(scan <= s->window+(unsigned)(s->window_size-1), "wild scan");
+        if (*scan == *match) scan++;
+
+        len = (MAX_MATCH - 1) - (int)(strend-scan);
+        scan = strend - (MAX_MATCH-1);
+
+#else /* UNALIGNED_OK */
+
+        if (match[best_len]   != scan_end  ||
+            match[best_len-1] != scan_end1 ||
+            *match            != *scan     ||
+            *++match          != scan[1])      continue;
+
+        /* The check at best_len-1 can be removed because it will be made
+         * again later. (This heuristic is not always a win.)
+         * It is not necessary to compare scan[2] and match[2] since they
+         * are always equal when the other bytes match, given that
+         * the hash keys are equal and that HASH_BITS >= 8.
+         */
+        scan += 2, match++;
+        Assert(*scan == *match, "match[2]?");
+
+        /* We check for insufficient lookahead only every 8th comparison;
+         * the 256th check will be made at strstart+258.
+         */
+        do {
+        } while (*++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+                 *++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+                 *++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+                 *++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+                 scan < strend);
+
+        Assert(scan <= s->window+(unsigned)(s->window_size-1), "wild scan");
+
+        len = MAX_MATCH - (int)(strend - scan);
+        scan = strend - MAX_MATCH;
+
+#endif /* UNALIGNED_OK */
+
+        if (len > best_len) {
+            s->match_start = cur_match;
+            best_len = len;
+            if (len >= nice_match) break;
+#ifdef UNALIGNED_OK
+            scan_end = *(ushf*)(scan+best_len-1);
+#else
+            scan_end1  = scan[best_len-1];
+            scan_end   = scan[best_len];
+#endif
+        }
+    } while ((cur_match = prev[cur_match & wmask]) > limit
+             && --chain_length != 0);
+
+    if ((uInt)best_len <= s->lookahead) return (uInt)best_len;
+    return s->lookahead;
+}
+#endif /* ASMV */
+
+#else /* FASTEST */
+
+/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Optimized version for FASTEST only
+ */
+local uInt longest_match(s, cur_match)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    IPos cur_match;                             /* current match */
+{
+    register Bytef *scan = s->window + s->strstart; /* current string */
+    register Bytef *match;                       /* matched string */
+    register int len;                           /* length of current match */
+    register Bytef *strend = s->window + s->strstart + MAX_MATCH;
+
+    /* The code is optimized for HASH_BITS >= 8 and MAX_MATCH-2 multiple of 16.
+     * It is easy to get rid of this optimization if necessary.
+     */
+    Assert(s->hash_bits >= 8 && MAX_MATCH == 258, "Code too clever");
+
+    Assert((ulg)s->strstart <= s->window_size-MIN_LOOKAHEAD, "need lookahead");
+
+    Assert(cur_match < s->strstart, "no future");
+
+    match = s->window + cur_match;
+
+    /* Return failure if the match length is less than 2:
+     */
+    if (match[0] != scan[0] || match[1] != scan[1]) return MIN_MATCH-1;
+
+    /* The check at best_len-1 can be removed because it will be made
+     * again later. (This heuristic is not always a win.)
+     * It is not necessary to compare scan[2] and match[2] since they
+     * are always equal when the other bytes match, given that
+     * the hash keys are equal and that HASH_BITS >= 8.
+     */
+    scan += 2, match += 2;
+    Assert(*scan == *match, "match[2]?");
+
+    /* We check for insufficient lookahead only every 8th comparison;
+     * the 256th check will be made at strstart+258.
+     */
+    do {
+    } while (*++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+             *++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+             *++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+             *++scan == *++match && *++scan == *++match &&
+             scan < strend);
+
+    Assert(scan <= s->window+(unsigned)(s->window_size-1), "wild scan");
+
+    len = MAX_MATCH - (int)(strend - scan);
+
+    if (len < MIN_MATCH) return MIN_MATCH - 1;
+
+    s->match_start = cur_match;
+    return (uInt)len <= s->lookahead ? (uInt)len : s->lookahead;
+}
+
+#endif /* FASTEST */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Check that the match at match_start is indeed a match.
+ */
+local void check_match(s, start, match, length)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    IPos start, match;
+    int length;
+{
+    /* check that the match is indeed a match */
+    if (zmemcmp(s->window + match,
+                s->window + start, length) != EQUAL) {
+        fprintf(stderr, " start %u, match %u, length %d\n",
+                start, match, length);
+        do {
+            fprintf(stderr, "%c%c", s->window[match++], s->window[start++]);
+        } while (--length != 0);
+        z_error("invalid match");
+    }
+    if (z_verbose > 1) {
+        fprintf(stderr,"\\[%d,%d]", start-match, length);
+        do { putc(s->window[start++], stderr); } while (--length != 0);
+    }
+}
+#else
+#  define check_match(s, start, match, length)
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Fill the window when the lookahead becomes insufficient.
+ * Updates strstart and lookahead.
+ *
+ * IN assertion: lookahead < MIN_LOOKAHEAD
+ * OUT assertions: strstart <= window_size-MIN_LOOKAHEAD
+ *    At least one byte has been read, or avail_in == 0; reads are
+ *    performed for at least two bytes (required for the zip translate_eol
+ *    option -- not supported here).
+ */
+local void fill_window(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    register unsigned n, m;
+    register Posf *p;
+    unsigned more;    /* Amount of free space at the end of the window. */
+    uInt wsize = s->w_size;
+
+    do {
+        more = (unsigned)(s->window_size -(ulg)s->lookahead -(ulg)s->strstart);
+
+        /* Deal with !@#$% 64K limit: */
+        if (sizeof(int) <= 2) {
+            if (more == 0 && s->strstart == 0 && s->lookahead == 0) {
+                more = wsize;
+
+            } else if (more == (unsigned)(-1)) {
+                /* Very unlikely, but possible on 16 bit machine if
+                 * strstart == 0 && lookahead == 1 (input done a byte at time)
+                 */
+                more--;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* If the window is almost full and there is insufficient lookahead,
+         * move the upper half to the lower one to make room in the upper half.
+         */
+        if (s->strstart >= wsize+MAX_DIST(s)) {
+
+            zmemcpy(s->window, s->window+wsize, (unsigned)wsize);
+            s->match_start -= wsize;
+            s->strstart    -= wsize; /* we now have strstart >= MAX_DIST */
+            s->block_start -= (long) wsize;
+
+            /* Slide the hash table (could be avoided with 32 bit values
+               at the expense of memory usage). We slide even when level == 0
+               to keep the hash table consistent if we switch back to level > 0
+               later. (Using level 0 permanently is not an optimal usage of
+               zlib, so we don't care about this pathological case.)
+             */
+            n = s->hash_size;
+            p = &s->head[n];
+            do {
+                m = *--p;
+                *p = (Pos)(m >= wsize ? m-wsize : NIL);
+            } while (--n);
+
+            n = wsize;
+#ifndef FASTEST
+            p = &s->prev[n];
+            do {
+                m = *--p;
+                *p = (Pos)(m >= wsize ? m-wsize : NIL);
+                /* If n is not on any hash chain, prev[n] is garbage but
+                 * its value will never be used.
+                 */
+            } while (--n);
+#endif
+            more += wsize;
+        }
+        if (s->strm->avail_in == 0) return;
+
+        /* If there was no sliding:
+         *    strstart <= WSIZE+MAX_DIST-1 && lookahead <= MIN_LOOKAHEAD - 1 &&
+         *    more == window_size - lookahead - strstart
+         * => more >= window_size - (MIN_LOOKAHEAD-1 + WSIZE + MAX_DIST-1)
+         * => more >= window_size - 2*WSIZE + 2
+         * In the BIG_MEM or MMAP case (not yet supported),
+         *   window_size == input_size + MIN_LOOKAHEAD  &&
+         *   strstart + s->lookahead <= input_size => more >= MIN_LOOKAHEAD.
+         * Otherwise, window_size == 2*WSIZE so more >= 2.
+         * If there was sliding, more >= WSIZE. So in all cases, more >= 2.
+         */
+        Assert(more >= 2, "more < 2");
+
+        n = read_buf(s->strm, s->window + s->strstart + s->lookahead, more);
+        s->lookahead += n;
+
+        /* Initialize the hash value now that we have some input: */
+        if (s->lookahead >= MIN_MATCH) {
+            s->ins_h = s->window[s->strstart];
+            UPDATE_HASH(s, s->ins_h, s->window[s->strstart+1]);
+#if MIN_MATCH != 3
+            Call UPDATE_HASH() MIN_MATCH-3 more times
+#endif
+        }
+        /* If the whole input has less than MIN_MATCH bytes, ins_h is garbage,
+         * but this is not important since only literal bytes will be emitted.
+         */
+
+    } while (s->lookahead < MIN_LOOKAHEAD && s->strm->avail_in != 0);
+
+    /* If the WIN_INIT bytes after the end of the current data have never been
+     * written, then zero those bytes in order to avoid memory check reports of
+     * the use of uninitialized (or uninitialised as Julian writes) bytes by
+     * the longest match routines.  Update the high water mark for the next
+     * time through here.  WIN_INIT is set to MAX_MATCH since the longest match
+     * routines allow scanning to strstart + MAX_MATCH, ignoring lookahead.
+     */
+    if (s->high_water < s->window_size) {
+        ulg curr = s->strstart + (ulg)(s->lookahead);
+        ulg init;
+
+        if (s->high_water < curr) {
+            /* Previous high water mark below current data -- zero WIN_INIT
+             * bytes or up to end of window, whichever is less.
+             */
+            init = s->window_size - curr;
+            if (init > WIN_INIT)
+                init = WIN_INIT;
+            zmemzero(s->window + curr, (unsigned)init);
+            s->high_water = curr + init;
+        }
+        else if (s->high_water < (ulg)curr + WIN_INIT) {
+            /* High water mark at or above current data, but below current data
+             * plus WIN_INIT -- zero out to current data plus WIN_INIT, or up
+             * to end of window, whichever is less.
+             */
+            init = (ulg)curr + WIN_INIT - s->high_water;
+            if (init > s->window_size - s->high_water)
+                init = s->window_size - s->high_water;
+            zmemzero(s->window + s->high_water, (unsigned)init);
+            s->high_water += init;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Flush the current block, with given end-of-file flag.
+ * IN assertion: strstart is set to the end of the current match.
+ */
+#define FLUSH_BLOCK_ONLY(s, last) { \
+   _tr_flush_block(s, (s->block_start >= 0L ? \
+                   (charf *)&s->window[(unsigned)s->block_start] : \
+                   (charf *)Z_NULL), \
+                (ulg)((long)s->strstart - s->block_start), \
+                (last)); \
+   s->block_start = s->strstart; \
+   flush_pending(s->strm); \
+   Tracev((stderr,"[FLUSH]")); \
+}
+
+/* Same but force premature exit if necessary. */
+#define FLUSH_BLOCK(s, last) { \
+   FLUSH_BLOCK_ONLY(s, last); \
+   if (s->strm->avail_out == 0) return (last) ? finish_started : need_more; \
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Copy without compression as much as possible from the input stream, return
+ * the current block state.
+ * This function does not insert new strings in the dictionary since
+ * uncompressible data is probably not useful. This function is used
+ * only for the level=0 compression option.
+ * NOTE: this function should be optimized to avoid extra copying from
+ * window to pending_buf.
+ */
+local block_state deflate_stored(s, flush)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int flush;
+{
+    /* Stored blocks are limited to 0xffff bytes, pending_buf is limited
+     * to pending_buf_size, and each stored block has a 5 byte header:
+     */
+    ulg max_block_size = 0xffff;
+    ulg max_start;
+
+    if (max_block_size > s->pending_buf_size - 5) {
+        max_block_size = s->pending_buf_size - 5;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy as much as possible from input to output: */
+    for (;;) {
+        /* Fill the window as much as possible: */
+        if (s->lookahead <= 1) {
+
+            Assert(s->strstart < s->w_size+MAX_DIST(s) ||
+                   s->block_start >= (long)s->w_size, "slide too late");
+
+            fill_window(s);
+            if (s->lookahead == 0 && flush == Z_NO_FLUSH) return need_more;
+
+            if (s->lookahead == 0) break; /* flush the current block */
+        }
+        Assert(s->block_start >= 0L, "block gone");
+
+        s->strstart += s->lookahead;
+        s->lookahead = 0;
+
+        /* Emit a stored block if pending_buf will be full: */
+        max_start = s->block_start + max_block_size;
+        if (s->strstart == 0 || (ulg)s->strstart >= max_start) {
+            /* strstart == 0 is possible when wraparound on 16-bit machine */
+            s->lookahead = (uInt)(s->strstart - max_start);
+            s->strstart = (uInt)max_start;
+            FLUSH_BLOCK(s, 0);
+        }
+        /* Flush if we may have to slide, otherwise block_start may become
+         * negative and the data will be gone:
+         */
+        if (s->strstart - (uInt)s->block_start >= MAX_DIST(s)) {
+            FLUSH_BLOCK(s, 0);
+        }
+    }
+    FLUSH_BLOCK(s, flush == Z_FINISH);
+    return flush == Z_FINISH ? finish_done : block_done;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Compress as much as possible from the input stream, return the current
+ * block state.
+ * This function does not perform lazy evaluation of matches and inserts
+ * new strings in the dictionary only for unmatched strings or for short
+ * matches. It is used only for the fast compression options.
+ */
+local block_state deflate_fast(s, flush)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int flush;
+{
+    IPos hash_head;       /* head of the hash chain */
+    int bflush;           /* set if current block must be flushed */
+
+    for (;;) {
+        /* Make sure that we always have enough lookahead, except
+         * at the end of the input file. We need MAX_MATCH bytes
+         * for the next match, plus MIN_MATCH bytes to insert the
+         * string following the next match.
+         */
+        if (s->lookahead < MIN_LOOKAHEAD) {
+            fill_window(s);
+            if (s->lookahead < MIN_LOOKAHEAD && flush == Z_NO_FLUSH) {
+                return need_more;
+            }
+            if (s->lookahead == 0) break; /* flush the current block */
+        }
+
+        /* Insert the string window[strstart .. strstart+2] in the
+         * dictionary, and set hash_head to the head of the hash chain:
+         */
+        hash_head = NIL;
+        if (s->lookahead >= MIN_MATCH) {
+            INSERT_STRING(s, s->strstart, hash_head);
+        }
+
+        /* Find the longest match, discarding those <= prev_length.
+         * At this point we have always match_length < MIN_MATCH
+         */
+        if (hash_head != NIL && s->strstart - hash_head <= MAX_DIST(s)) {
+            /* To simplify the code, we prevent matches with the string
+             * of window index 0 (in particular we have to avoid a match
+             * of the string with itself at the start of the input file).
+             */
+            s->match_length = longest_match (s, hash_head);
+            /* longest_match() sets match_start */
+        }
+        if (s->match_length >= MIN_MATCH) {
+            check_match(s, s->strstart, s->match_start, s->match_length);
+
+            _tr_tally_dist(s, s->strstart - s->match_start,
+                           s->match_length - MIN_MATCH, bflush);
+
+            s->lookahead -= s->match_length;
+
+            /* Insert new strings in the hash table only if the match length
+             * is not too large. This saves time but degrades compression.
+             */
+#ifndef FASTEST
+            if (s->match_length <= s->max_insert_length &&
+                s->lookahead >= MIN_MATCH) {
+                s->match_length--; /* string at strstart already in table */
+                do {
+                    s->strstart++;
+                    INSERT_STRING(s, s->strstart, hash_head);
+                    /* strstart never exceeds WSIZE-MAX_MATCH, so there are
+                     * always MIN_MATCH bytes ahead.
+                     */
+                } while (--s->match_length != 0);
+                s->strstart++;
+            } else
+#endif
+            {
+                s->strstart += s->match_length;
+                s->match_length = 0;
+                s->ins_h = s->window[s->strstart];
+                UPDATE_HASH(s, s->ins_h, s->window[s->strstart+1]);
+#if MIN_MATCH != 3
+                Call UPDATE_HASH() MIN_MATCH-3 more times
+#endif
+                /* If lookahead < MIN_MATCH, ins_h is garbage, but it does not
+                 * matter since it will be recomputed at next deflate call.
+                 */
+            }
+        } else {
+            /* No match, output a literal byte */
+            Tracevv((stderr,"%c", s->window[s->strstart]));
+            _tr_tally_lit (s, s->window[s->strstart], bflush);
+            s->lookahead--;
+            s->strstart++;
+        }
+        if (bflush) FLUSH_BLOCK(s, 0);
+    }
+    FLUSH_BLOCK(s, flush == Z_FINISH);
+    return flush == Z_FINISH ? finish_done : block_done;
+}
+
+#ifndef FASTEST
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Same as above, but achieves better compression. We use a lazy
+ * evaluation for matches: a match is finally adopted only if there is
+ * no better match at the next window position.
+ */
+local block_state deflate_slow(s, flush)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int flush;
+{
+    IPos hash_head;          /* head of hash chain */
+    int bflush;              /* set if current block must be flushed */
+
+    /* Process the input block. */
+    for (;;) {
+        /* Make sure that we always have enough lookahead, except
+         * at the end of the input file. We need MAX_MATCH bytes
+         * for the next match, plus MIN_MATCH bytes to insert the
+         * string following the next match.
+         */
+        if (s->lookahead < MIN_LOOKAHEAD) {
+            fill_window(s);
+            if (s->lookahead < MIN_LOOKAHEAD && flush == Z_NO_FLUSH) {
+                return need_more;
+            }
+            if (s->lookahead == 0) break; /* flush the current block */
+        }
+
+        /* Insert the string window[strstart .. strstart+2] in the
+         * dictionary, and set hash_head to the head of the hash chain:
+         */
+        hash_head = NIL;
+        if (s->lookahead >= MIN_MATCH) {
+            INSERT_STRING(s, s->strstart, hash_head);
+        }
+
+        /* Find the longest match, discarding those <= prev_length.
+         */
+        s->prev_length = s->match_length, s->prev_match = s->match_start;
+        s->match_length = MIN_MATCH-1;
+
+        if (hash_head != NIL && s->prev_length < s->max_lazy_match &&
+            s->strstart - hash_head <= MAX_DIST(s)) {
+            /* To simplify the code, we prevent matches with the string
+             * of window index 0 (in particular we have to avoid a match
+             * of the string with itself at the start of the input file).
+             */
+            s->match_length = longest_match (s, hash_head);
+            /* longest_match() sets match_start */
+
+            if (s->match_length <= 5 && (s->strategy == Z_FILTERED
+#if TOO_FAR <= 32767
+                || (s->match_length == MIN_MATCH &&
+                    s->strstart - s->match_start > TOO_FAR)
+#endif
+                )) {
+
+                /* If prev_match is also MIN_MATCH, match_start is garbage
+                 * but we will ignore the current match anyway.
+                 */
+                s->match_length = MIN_MATCH-1;
+            }
+        }
+        /* If there was a match at the previous step and the current
+         * match is not better, output the previous match:
+         */
+        if (s->prev_length >= MIN_MATCH && s->match_length <= s->prev_length) {
+            uInt max_insert = s->strstart + s->lookahead - MIN_MATCH;
+            /* Do not insert strings in hash table beyond this. */
+
+            check_match(s, s->strstart-1, s->prev_match, s->prev_length);
+
+            _tr_tally_dist(s, s->strstart -1 - s->prev_match,
+                           s->prev_length - MIN_MATCH, bflush);
+
+            /* Insert in hash table all strings up to the end of the match.
+             * strstart-1 and strstart are already inserted. If there is not
+             * enough lookahead, the last two strings are not inserted in
+             * the hash table.
+             */
+            s->lookahead -= s->prev_length-1;
+            s->prev_length -= 2;
+            do {
+                if (++s->strstart <= max_insert) {
+                    INSERT_STRING(s, s->strstart, hash_head);
+                }
+            } while (--s->prev_length != 0);
+            s->match_available = 0;
+            s->match_length = MIN_MATCH-1;
+            s->strstart++;
+
+            if (bflush) FLUSH_BLOCK(s, 0);
+
+        } else if (s->match_available) {
+            /* If there was no match at the previous position, output a
+             * single literal. If there was a match but the current match
+             * is longer, truncate the previous match to a single literal.
+             */
+            Tracevv((stderr,"%c", s->window[s->strstart-1]));
+            _tr_tally_lit(s, s->window[s->strstart-1], bflush);
+            if (bflush) {
+                FLUSH_BLOCK_ONLY(s, 0);
+            }
+            s->strstart++;
+            s->lookahead--;
+            if (s->strm->avail_out == 0) return need_more;
+        } else {
+            /* There is no previous match to compare with, wait for
+             * the next step to decide.
+             */
+            s->match_available = 1;
+            s->strstart++;
+            s->lookahead--;
+        }
+    }
+    Assert (flush != Z_NO_FLUSH, "no flush?");
+    if (s->match_available) {
+        Tracevv((stderr,"%c", s->window[s->strstart-1]));
+        _tr_tally_lit(s, s->window[s->strstart-1], bflush);
+        s->match_available = 0;
+    }
+    FLUSH_BLOCK(s, flush == Z_FINISH);
+    return flush == Z_FINISH ? finish_done : block_done;
+}
+#endif /* FASTEST */
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * For Z_RLE, simply look for runs of bytes, generate matches only of distance
+ * one.  Do not maintain a hash table.  (It will be regenerated if this run of
+ * deflate switches away from Z_RLE.)
+ */
+local block_state deflate_rle(s, flush)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int flush;
+{
+    int bflush;             /* set if current block must be flushed */
+    uInt prev;              /* byte at distance one to match */
+    Bytef *scan, *strend;   /* scan goes up to strend for length of run */
+
+    for (;;) {
+        /* Make sure that we always have enough lookahead, except
+         * at the end of the input file. We need MAX_MATCH bytes
+         * for the longest encodable run.
+         */
+        if (s->lookahead < MAX_MATCH) {
+            fill_window(s);
+            if (s->lookahead < MAX_MATCH && flush == Z_NO_FLUSH) {
+                return need_more;
+            }
+            if (s->lookahead == 0) break; /* flush the current block */
+        }
+
+        /* See how many times the previous byte repeats */
+        s->match_length = 0;
+        if (s->lookahead >= MIN_MATCH && s->strstart > 0) {
+            scan = s->window + s->strstart - 1;
+            prev = *scan;
+            if (prev == *++scan && prev == *++scan && prev == *++scan) {
+                strend = s->window + s->strstart + MAX_MATCH;
+                do {
+                } while (prev == *++scan && prev == *++scan &&
+                         prev == *++scan && prev == *++scan &&
+                         prev == *++scan && prev == *++scan &&
+                         prev == *++scan && prev == *++scan &&
+                         scan < strend);
+                s->match_length = MAX_MATCH - (int)(strend - scan);
+                if (s->match_length > s->lookahead)
+                    s->match_length = s->lookahead;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Emit match if have run of MIN_MATCH or longer, else emit literal */
+        if (s->match_length >= MIN_MATCH) {
+            check_match(s, s->strstart, s->strstart - 1, s->match_length);
+
+            _tr_tally_dist(s, 1, s->match_length - MIN_MATCH, bflush);
+
+            s->lookahead -= s->match_length;
+            s->strstart += s->match_length;
+            s->match_length = 0;
+        } else {
+            /* No match, output a literal byte */
+            Tracevv((stderr,"%c", s->window[s->strstart]));
+            _tr_tally_lit (s, s->window[s->strstart], bflush);
+            s->lookahead--;
+            s->strstart++;
+        }
+        if (bflush) FLUSH_BLOCK(s, 0);
+    }
+    FLUSH_BLOCK(s, flush == Z_FINISH);
+    return flush == Z_FINISH ? finish_done : block_done;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * For Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY, do not look for matches.  Do not maintain a hash table.
+ * (It will be regenerated if this run of deflate switches away from Huffman.)
+ */
+local block_state deflate_huff(s, flush)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int flush;
+{
+    int bflush;             /* set if current block must be flushed */
+
+    for (;;) {
+        /* Make sure that we have a literal to write. */
+        if (s->lookahead == 0) {
+            fill_window(s);
+            if (s->lookahead == 0) {
+                if (flush == Z_NO_FLUSH)
+                    return need_more;
+                break;      /* flush the current block */
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Output a literal byte */
+        s->match_length = 0;
+        Tracevv((stderr,"%c", s->window[s->strstart]));
+        _tr_tally_lit (s, s->window[s->strstart], bflush);
+        s->lookahead--;
+        s->strstart++;
+        if (bflush) FLUSH_BLOCK(s, 0);
+    }
+    FLUSH_BLOCK(s, flush == Z_FINISH);
+    return flush == Z_FINISH ? finish_done : block_done;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/deflate.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/deflate.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbf0d1ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/deflate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/* deflate.h -- internal compression state
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+#ifndef DEFLATE_H
+#define DEFLATE_H
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+
+/* define NO_GZIP when compiling if you want to disable gzip header and
+   trailer creation by deflate().  NO_GZIP would be used to avoid linking in
+   the crc code when it is not needed.  For shared libraries, gzip encoding
+   should be left enabled. */
+#ifndef NO_GZIP
+#  define GZIP
+#endif
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Internal compression state.
+ */
+
+#define LENGTH_CODES 29
+/* number of length codes, not counting the special END_BLOCK code */
+
+#define LITERALS  256
+/* number of literal bytes 0..255 */
+
+#define L_CODES (LITERALS+1+LENGTH_CODES)
+/* number of Literal or Length codes, including the END_BLOCK code */
+
+#define D_CODES   30
+/* number of distance codes */
+
+#define BL_CODES  19
+/* number of codes used to transfer the bit lengths */
+
+#define HEAP_SIZE (2*L_CODES+1)
+/* maximum heap size */
+
+#define MAX_BITS 15
+/* All codes must not exceed MAX_BITS bits */
+
+#define INIT_STATE    42
+#define EXTRA_STATE   69
+#define NAME_STATE    73
+#define COMMENT_STATE 91
+#define HCRC_STATE   103
+#define BUSY_STATE   113
+#define FINISH_STATE 666
+/* Stream status */
+
+
+/* Data structure describing a single value and its code string. */
+typedef struct ct_data_s {
+    union {
+        ush  freq;       /* frequency count */
+        ush  code;       /* bit string */
+    } fc;
+    union {
+        ush  dad;        /* father node in Huffman tree */
+        ush  len;        /* length of bit string */
+    } dl;
+} FAR ct_data;
+
+#define Freq fc.freq
+#define Code fc.code
+#define Dad  dl.dad
+#define Len  dl.len
+
+typedef struct static_tree_desc_s  static_tree_desc;
+
+typedef struct tree_desc_s {
+    ct_data *dyn_tree;           /* the dynamic tree */
+    int     max_code;            /* largest code with non zero frequency */
+    static_tree_desc *stat_desc; /* the corresponding static tree */
+} FAR tree_desc;
+
+typedef ush Pos;
+typedef Pos FAR Posf;
+typedef unsigned IPos;
+
+/* A Pos is an index in the character window. We use short instead of int to
+ * save space in the various tables. IPos is used only for parameter passing.
+ */
+
+typedef struct internal_state {
+    z_streamp strm;      /* pointer back to this zlib stream */
+    int   status;        /* as the name implies */
+    Bytef *pending_buf;  /* output still pending */
+    ulg   pending_buf_size; /* size of pending_buf */
+    Bytef *pending_out;  /* next pending byte to output to the stream */
+    uInt   pending;      /* nb of bytes in the pending buffer */
+    int   wrap;          /* bit 0 true for zlib, bit 1 true for gzip */
+    gz_headerp  gzhead;  /* gzip header information to write */
+    uInt   gzindex;      /* where in extra, name, or comment */
+    Byte  method;        /* STORED (for zip only) or DEFLATED */
+    int   last_flush;    /* value of flush param for previous deflate call */
+
+                /* used by deflate.c: */
+
+    uInt  w_size;        /* LZ77 window size (32K by default) */
+    uInt  w_bits;        /* log2(w_size)  (8..16) */
+    uInt  w_mask;        /* w_size - 1 */
+
+    Bytef *window;
+    /* Sliding window. Input bytes are read into the second half of the window,
+     * and move to the first half later to keep a dictionary of at least wSize
+     * bytes. With this organization, matches are limited to a distance of
+     * wSize-MAX_MATCH bytes, but this ensures that IO is always
+     * performed with a length multiple of the block size. Also, it limits
+     * the window size to 64K, which is quite useful on MSDOS.
+     * To do: use the user input buffer as sliding window.
+     */
+
+    ulg window_size;
+    /* Actual size of window: 2*wSize, except when the user input buffer
+     * is directly used as sliding window.
+     */
+
+    Posf *prev;
+    /* Link to older string with same hash index. To limit the size of this
+     * array to 64K, this link is maintained only for the last 32K strings.
+     * An index in this array is thus a window index modulo 32K.
+     */
+
+    Posf *head; /* Heads of the hash chains or NIL. */
+
+    uInt  ins_h;          /* hash index of string to be inserted */
+    uInt  hash_size;      /* number of elements in hash table */
+    uInt  hash_bits;      /* log2(hash_size) */
+    uInt  hash_mask;      /* hash_size-1 */
+
+    uInt  hash_shift;
+    /* Number of bits by which ins_h must be shifted at each input
+     * step. It must be such that after MIN_MATCH steps, the oldest
+     * byte no longer takes part in the hash key, that is:
+     *   hash_shift * MIN_MATCH >= hash_bits
+     */
+
+    long block_start;
+    /* Window position at the beginning of the current output block. Gets
+     * negative when the window is moved backwards.
+     */
+
+    uInt match_length;           /* length of best match */
+    IPos prev_match;             /* previous match */
+    int match_available;         /* set if previous match exists */
+    uInt strstart;               /* start of string to insert */
+    uInt match_start;            /* start of matching string */
+    uInt lookahead;              /* number of valid bytes ahead in window */
+
+    uInt prev_length;
+    /* Length of the best match at previous step. Matches not greater than this
+     * are discarded. This is used in the lazy match evaluation.
+     */
+
+    uInt max_chain_length;
+    /* To speed up deflation, hash chains are never searched beyond this
+     * length.  A higher limit improves compression ratio but degrades the
+     * speed.
+     */
+
+    uInt max_lazy_match;
+    /* Attempt to find a better match only when the current match is strictly
+     * smaller than this value. This mechanism is used only for compression
+     * levels >= 4.
+     */
+#   define max_insert_length  max_lazy_match
+    /* Insert new strings in the hash table only if the match length is not
+     * greater than this length. This saves time but degrades compression.
+     * max_insert_length is used only for compression levels <= 3.
+     */
+
+    int level;    /* compression level (1..9) */
+    int strategy; /* favor or force Huffman coding*/
+
+    uInt good_match;
+    /* Use a faster search when the previous match is longer than this */
+
+    int nice_match; /* Stop searching when current match exceeds this */
+
+                /* used by trees.c: */
+    /* Didn't use ct_data typedef below to supress compiler warning */
+    struct ct_data_s dyn_ltree[HEAP_SIZE];   /* literal and length tree */
+    struct ct_data_s dyn_dtree[2*D_CODES+1]; /* distance tree */
+    struct ct_data_s bl_tree[2*BL_CODES+1];  /* Huffman tree for bit lengths */
+
+    struct tree_desc_s l_desc;               /* desc. for literal tree */
+    struct tree_desc_s d_desc;               /* desc. for distance tree */
+    struct tree_desc_s bl_desc;              /* desc. for bit length tree */
+
+    ush bl_count[MAX_BITS+1];
+    /* number of codes at each bit length for an optimal tree */
+
+    int heap[2*L_CODES+1];      /* heap used to build the Huffman trees */
+    int heap_len;               /* number of elements in the heap */
+    int heap_max;               /* element of largest frequency */
+    /* The sons of heap[n] are heap[2*n] and heap[2*n+1]. heap[0] is not used.
+     * The same heap array is used to build all trees.
+     */
+
+    uch depth[2*L_CODES+1];
+    /* Depth of each subtree used as tie breaker for trees of equal frequency
+     */
+
+    uchf *l_buf;          /* buffer for literals or lengths */
+
+    uInt  lit_bufsize;
+    /* Size of match buffer for literals/lengths.  There are 4 reasons for
+     * limiting lit_bufsize to 64K:
+     *   - frequencies can be kept in 16 bit counters
+     *   - if compression is not successful for the first block, all input
+     *     data is still in the window so we can still emit a stored block even
+     *     when input comes from standard input.  (This can also be done for
+     *     all blocks if lit_bufsize is not greater than 32K.)
+     *   - if compression is not successful for a file smaller than 64K, we can
+     *     even emit a stored file instead of a stored block (saving 5 bytes).
+     *     This is applicable only for zip (not gzip or zlib).
+     *   - creating new Huffman trees less frequently may not provide fast
+     *     adaptation to changes in the input data statistics. (Take for
+     *     example a binary file with poorly compressible code followed by
+     *     a highly compressible string table.) Smaller buffer sizes give
+     *     fast adaptation but have of course the overhead of transmitting
+     *     trees more frequently.
+     *   - I can't count above 4
+     */
+
+    uInt last_lit;      /* running index in l_buf */
+
+    ushf *d_buf;
+    /* Buffer for distances. To simplify the code, d_buf and l_buf have
+     * the same number of elements. To use different lengths, an extra flag
+     * array would be necessary.
+     */
+
+    ulg opt_len;        /* bit length of current block with optimal trees */
+    ulg static_len;     /* bit length of current block with static trees */
+    uInt matches;       /* number of string matches in current block */
+    int last_eob_len;   /* bit length of EOB code for last block */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    ulg compressed_len; /* total bit length of compressed file mod 2^32 */
+    ulg bits_sent;      /* bit length of compressed data sent mod 2^32 */
+#endif
+
+    ush bi_buf;
+    /* Output buffer. bits are inserted starting at the bottom (least
+     * significant bits).
+     */
+    int bi_valid;
+    /* Number of valid bits in bi_buf.  All bits above the last valid bit
+     * are always zero.
+     */
+
+    ulg high_water;
+    /* High water mark offset in window for initialized bytes -- bytes above
+     * this are set to zero in order to avoid memory check warnings when
+     * longest match routines access bytes past the input.  This is then
+     * updated to the new high water mark.
+     */
+
+} FAR deflate_state;
+
+/* Output a byte on the stream.
+ * IN assertion: there is enough room in pending_buf.
+ */
+#define put_byte(s, c) {s->pending_buf[s->pending++] = (c);}
+
+
+#define MIN_LOOKAHEAD (MAX_MATCH+MIN_MATCH+1)
+/* Minimum amount of lookahead, except at the end of the input file.
+ * See deflate.c for comments about the MIN_MATCH+1.
+ */
+
+#define MAX_DIST(s)  ((s)->w_size-MIN_LOOKAHEAD)
+/* In order to simplify the code, particularly on 16 bit machines, match
+ * distances are limited to MAX_DIST instead of WSIZE.
+ */
+
+#define WIN_INIT MAX_MATCH
+/* Number of bytes after end of data in window to initialize in order to avoid
+   memory checker errors from longest match routines */
+
+        /* in trees.c */
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_init OF((deflate_state *s));
+int ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_tally OF((deflate_state *s, unsigned dist, unsigned lc));
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_flush_block OF((deflate_state *s, charf *buf,
+                        ulg stored_len, int last));
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_align OF((deflate_state *s));
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_stored_block OF((deflate_state *s, charf *buf,
+                        ulg stored_len, int last));
+
+#define d_code(dist) \
+   ((dist) < 256 ? _dist_code[dist] : _dist_code[256+((dist)>>7)])
+/* Mapping from a distance to a distance code. dist is the distance - 1 and
+ * must not have side effects. _dist_code[256] and _dist_code[257] are never
+ * used.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+/* Inline versions of _tr_tally for speed: */
+
+#if defined(GEN_TREES_H) || !defined(STDC)
+  extern uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _length_code[];
+  extern uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _dist_code[];
+#else
+  extern const uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _length_code[];
+  extern const uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _dist_code[];
+#endif
+
+# define _tr_tally_lit(s, c, flush) \
+  { uch cc = (c); \
+    s->d_buf[s->last_lit] = 0; \
+    s->l_buf[s->last_lit++] = cc; \
+    s->dyn_ltree[cc].Freq++; \
+    flush = (s->last_lit == s->lit_bufsize-1); \
+   }
+# define _tr_tally_dist(s, distance, length, flush) \
+  { uch len = (length); \
+    ush dist = (distance); \
+    s->d_buf[s->last_lit] = dist; \
+    s->l_buf[s->last_lit++] = len; \
+    dist--; \
+    s->dyn_ltree[_length_code[len]+LITERALS+1].Freq++; \
+    s->dyn_dtree[d_code(dist)].Freq++; \
+    flush = (s->last_lit == s->lit_bufsize-1); \
+  }
+#else
+# define _tr_tally_lit(s, c, flush) flush = _tr_tally(s, 0, c)
+# define _tr_tally_dist(s, distance, length, flush) \
+              flush = _tr_tally(s, distance, length)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* DEFLATE_H */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzclose.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzclose.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..caeb99a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzclose.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* gzclose.c -- zlib gzclose() function
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "gzguts.h"
+
+/* gzclose() is in a separate file so that it is linked in only if it is used.
+   That way the other gzclose functions can be used instead to avoid linking in
+   unneeded compression or decompression routines. */
+int ZEXPORT gzclose(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+#ifndef NO_GZCOMPRESS
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    return state->mode == GZ_READ ? gzclose_r(file) : gzclose_w(file);
+#else
+    return gzclose_r(file);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzguts.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzguts.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d01ac7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzguts.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* gzguts.h (zlib internal header definitions for gz* operations) */
+
+/* Modified by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, April 2011 */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in
+ * zlib.h */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h. */
+
+#ifndef GZGUTS_H
+#define GZGUTS_H
+
+#define ZLIB_INTERNAL
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "zio.h"
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+#define local static
+
+#define zstrerror() strerror(errno)
+
+#define GZBUFSIZE 8192
+
+#define GZ_NONE 0
+#define GZ_READ 7247
+#define GZ_WRITE 31153
+#define GZ_APPEND 1
+
+#define LOOK 0
+#define COPY 1
+#define GZIP 2
+
+typedef struct
+{     int mode;
+      int fd;
+      char *path;
+      z_off64_t pos;
+      unsigned size;
+      unsigned want;
+      unsigned char *in;
+      unsigned char *out;
+      unsigned char *next;
+      unsigned have;
+      int eof;
+      z_off64_t start;
+      z_off64_t raw;
+      int how;
+      int direct;
+      int level;
+      int strategy;
+      z_off64_t skip;
+      int seek;
+      int err;
+      char *msg;
+      z_stream strm;
+} gz_state;
+
+typedef gz_state *gz_statep;
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL gz_error OF((gz_statep, int, const char *));
+
+#define GT_OFF(x) (sizeof(int) == sizeof(z_off64_t) && (x) > INT_MAX)
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzlib.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzlib.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..603e60ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzlib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
+/* gzlib.c -- zlib functions common to reading and writing gzip files
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "gzguts.h"
+
+#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && _LFS64_LARGEFILE-0
+#  define LSEEK lseek64
+#else
+#  define LSEEK lseek
+#endif
+
+/* Local functions */
+local void gz_reset OF((gz_statep));
+local gzFile gz_open OF((const char *, int, const char *));
+
+#if defined UNDER_CE
+
+/* Map the Windows error number in ERROR to a locale-dependent error message
+   string and return a pointer to it.  Typically, the values for ERROR come
+   from GetLastError.
+
+   The string pointed to shall not be modified by the application, but may be
+   overwritten by a subsequent call to gz_strwinerror
+
+   The gz_strwinerror function does not change the current setting of
+   GetLastError. */
+char ZLIB_INTERNAL *gz_strwinerror (error)
+     DWORD error;
+{
+    static char buf[1024];
+
+    wchar_t *msgbuf;
+    DWORD lasterr = GetLastError();
+    DWORD chars = FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
+        | FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER,
+        NULL,
+        error,
+        0, /* Default language */
+        (LPVOID)&msgbuf,
+        0,
+        NULL);
+    if (chars != 0) {
+        /* If there is an \r\n appended, zap it.  */
+        if (chars >= 2
+            && msgbuf[chars - 2] == '\r' && msgbuf[chars - 1] == '\n') {
+            chars -= 2;
+            msgbuf[chars] = 0;
+        }
+
+        if (chars > sizeof (buf) - 1) {
+            chars = sizeof (buf) - 1;
+            msgbuf[chars] = 0;
+        }
+
+        wcstombs(buf, msgbuf, chars + 1);
+        LocalFree(msgbuf);
+    }
+    else {
+        sprintf(buf, "unknown win32 error (%ld)", error);
+    }
+
+    SetLastError(lasterr);
+    return buf;
+}
+
+#endif /* UNDER_CE */
+
+/* Reset gzip file state */
+local void gz_reset(state)
+    gz_statep state;
+{
+    if (state->mode == GZ_READ) {   /* for reading ... */
+        state->have = 0;            /* no output data available */
+        state->eof = 0;             /* not at end of file */
+        state->how = LOOK;          /* look for gzip header */
+        state->direct = 1;          /* default for empty file */
+    }
+    state->seek = 0;                /* no seek request pending */
+    gz_error(state, Z_OK, NULL);    /* clear error */
+    state->pos = 0;                 /* no uncompressed data yet */
+    state->strm.avail_in = 0;       /* no input data yet */
+}
+
+/* Open a gzip file either by name or file descriptor. */
+local gzFile gz_open(path, fd, mode)
+    const char *path;
+    int fd;
+    const char *mode;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* allocate gzFile structure to return */
+    state = malloc(sizeof(gz_state));
+    if (state == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+    state->size = 0;            /* no buffers allocated yet */
+    state->want = GZBUFSIZE;    /* requested buffer size */
+    state->msg = NULL;          /* no error message yet */
+
+    /* interpret mode */
+    state->mode = GZ_NONE;
+    state->level = Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
+    state->strategy = Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY;
+    while (*mode) {
+        if (*mode >= '0' && *mode <= '9')
+            state->level = *mode - '0';
+        else
+            switch (*mode) {
+            case 'r':
+                state->mode = GZ_READ;
+                break;
+#ifndef NO_GZCOMPRESS
+            case 'w':
+                state->mode = GZ_WRITE;
+                break;
+            case 'a':
+                state->mode = GZ_APPEND;
+                break;
+#endif
+            case '+':       /* can't read and write at the same time */
+                free(state);
+                return NULL;
+            case 'b':       /* ignore -- will request binary anyway */
+                break;
+            case 'f':
+                state->strategy = Z_FILTERED;
+                break;
+            case 'h':
+                state->strategy = Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY;
+                break;
+            case 'R':
+                state->strategy = Z_RLE;
+                break;
+            case 'F':
+                state->strategy = Z_FIXED;
+            default:        /* could consider as an error, but just ignore */
+                ;
+            }
+        mode++;
+    }
+
+    /* must provide an "r", "w", or "a" */
+    if (state->mode == GZ_NONE) {
+        free(state);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* save the path name for error messages */
+    state->path = malloc(strlen(path) + 1);
+    if (state->path == NULL) {
+        free(state);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    strcpy(state->path, path);
+
+    /* open the file with the appropriate mode (or just use fd) */
+    state->fd = fd != -1 ? fd :
+        open(path,
+#ifdef O_LARGEFILE
+            O_LARGEFILE |
+#endif
+#ifdef O_BINARY
+            O_BINARY |
+#endif
+            (state->mode == GZ_READ ?
+                O_RDONLY :
+                (O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | (
+                    state->mode == GZ_WRITE ?
+                        O_TRUNC :
+                        O_APPEND))),
+            0666);
+    if (state->fd == -1) {
+        free(state->path);
+        free(state);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    if (state->mode == GZ_APPEND)
+        state->mode = GZ_WRITE;         /* simplify later checks */
+
+    /* save the current position for rewinding (only if reading) */
+    if (state->mode == GZ_READ) {
+        state->start = LSEEK(state->fd, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+        if (state->start == -1) state->start = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* initialize stream */
+    gz_reset(state);
+
+    /* return stream */
+    return (gzFile)state;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen(path, mode)
+    const char *path;
+    const char *mode;
+{
+    return gz_open(path, -1, mode);
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen64(path, mode)
+    const char *path;
+    const char *mode;
+{
+    return gz_open(path, -1, mode);
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+gzFile ZEXPORT gzdopen(fd, mode)
+    int fd;
+    const char *mode;
+{
+    char *path;         /* identifier for error messages */
+    gzFile gz;
+
+    if (fd == -1 || (path = malloc(7 + 3 * sizeof(int))) == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+    sprintf(path, "<fd:%d>", fd);   /* for debugging */
+    gz = gz_open(path, fd, mode);
+    free(path);
+    return gz;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzbuffer(file, size)
+    gzFile file;
+    unsigned size;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure and check integrity */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ && state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* make sure we haven't already allocated memory */
+    if (state->size != 0)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* check and set requested size */
+    if (size == 0)
+        return -1;
+    state->want = size;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzrewind(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're reading and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* back up and start over */
+    if (LSEEK(state->fd, state->start, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+        return -1;
+    gz_reset(state);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzseek64(file, offset, whence)
+    gzFile file;
+    z_off64_t offset;
+    int whence;
+{
+    unsigned n;
+    z_off64_t ret;
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure and check integrity */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ && state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* check that there's no error */
+    if (state->err != Z_OK)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* can only seek from start or relative to current position */
+    if (whence != SEEK_SET && whence != SEEK_CUR)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* normalize offset to a SEEK_CUR specification */
+    if (whence == SEEK_SET)
+        offset -= state->pos;
+    else if (state->seek)
+        offset += state->skip;
+    state->seek = 0;
+
+    /* if within raw area while reading, just go there */
+    if (state->mode == GZ_READ && state->how == COPY &&
+        state->pos + offset >= state->raw) {
+        ret = LSEEK(state->fd, offset - state->have, SEEK_CUR);
+        if (ret == -1)
+            return -1;
+        state->have = 0;
+        state->eof = 0;
+        state->seek = 0;
+        gz_error(state, Z_OK, NULL);
+        state->strm.avail_in = 0;
+        state->pos += offset;
+        return state->pos;
+    }
+
+    /* calculate skip amount, rewinding if needed for back seek when reading */
+    if (offset < 0) {
+        if (state->mode != GZ_READ)         /* writing -- can't go backwards */
+            return -1;
+        offset += state->pos;
+        if (offset < 0)                     /* before start of file! */
+            return -1;
+        if (gzrewind(file) == -1)           /* rewind, then skip to offset */
+            return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* if reading, skip what's in output buffer (one less gzgetc() check) */
+    if (state->mode == GZ_READ) {
+        n = GT_OFF(state->have) || (z_off64_t)state->have > offset ?
+            (unsigned)offset : state->have;
+        state->have -= n;
+        state->next += n;
+        state->pos += n;
+        offset -= n;
+    }
+
+    /* request skip (if not zero) */
+    if (offset) {
+        state->seek = 1;
+        state->skip = offset;
+    }
+    return state->pos + offset;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek(file, offset, whence)
+    gzFile file;
+    z_off_t offset;
+    int whence;
+{
+    z_off64_t ret;
+
+    ret = gzseek64(file, (z_off64_t)offset, whence);
+    return ret == (z_off_t)ret ? (z_off_t)ret : -1;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+z_off64_t ZEXPORT gztell64(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure and check integrity */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ && state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* return position */
+    return state->pos + (state->seek ? state->skip : 0);
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    z_off64_t ret;
+
+    ret = gztell64(file);
+    return ret == (z_off_t)ret ? (z_off_t)ret : -1;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzoffset64(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    z_off64_t offset;
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure and check integrity */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ && state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* compute and return effective offset in file */
+    offset = LSEEK(state->fd, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+    if (offset == -1)
+        return -1;
+    if (state->mode == GZ_READ)             /* reading */
+        offset -= state->strm.avail_in;     /* don't count buffered input */
+    return offset;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    z_off64_t ret;
+
+    ret = gzoffset64(file);
+    return ret == (z_off_t)ret ? (z_off_t)ret : -1;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzeof(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure and check integrity */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return 0;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ && state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* return end-of-file state */
+    return state->mode == GZ_READ ?
+        (state->eof && state->strm.avail_in == 0 && state->have == 0) : 0;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+const char * ZEXPORT gzerror(file, errnum)
+    gzFile file;
+    int *errnum;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure and check integrity */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ && state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return NULL;
+
+    /* return error information */
+    if (errnum != NULL)
+        *errnum = state->err;
+    return state->msg == NULL ? "" : state->msg;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+void ZEXPORT gzclearerr(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure and check integrity */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ && state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return;
+
+    /* clear error and end-of-file */
+    if (state->mode == GZ_READ)
+        state->eof = 0;
+    gz_error(state, Z_OK, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Create an error message in allocated memory and set state->err and
+   state->msg accordingly.  Free any previous error message already there.  Do
+   not try to free or allocate space if the error is Z_MEM_ERROR (out of
+   memory).  Simply save the error message as a static string.  If there is an
+   allocation failure constructing the error message, then convert the error to
+   out of memory. */
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL gz_error(state, err, msg)
+    gz_statep state;
+    int err;
+    const char *msg;
+{
+    /* free previously allocated message and clear */
+    if (state->msg != NULL) {
+        if (state->err != Z_MEM_ERROR)
+            free(state->msg);
+        state->msg = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* set error code, and if no message, then done */
+    state->err = err;
+    if (msg == NULL)
+        return;
+
+    /* for an out of memory error, save as static string */
+    if (err == Z_MEM_ERROR) {
+        state->msg = (char *)msg;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* construct error message with path */
+    if ((state->msg = malloc(strlen(state->path) + strlen(msg) + 3)) == NULL) {
+        state->err = Z_MEM_ERROR;
+        state->msg = (char *)"out of memory";
+        return;
+    }
+    strcpy(state->msg, state->path);
+    strcat(state->msg, ": ");
+    strcat(state->msg, msg);
+    return;
+}
+
+#ifndef INT_MAX
+/* portably return maximum value for an int (when limits.h presumed not
+   available) -- we need to do this to cover cases where 2's complement not
+   used, since C standard permits 1's complement and sign-bit representations,
+   otherwise we could just use ((unsigned)-1) >> 1 */
+unsigned ZLIB_INTERNAL gz_intmax()
+{
+    unsigned p, q;
+
+    p = 1;
+    do {
+        q = p;
+        p <<= 1;
+        p++;
+    } while (p > q);
+    return q >> 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzread.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzread.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..548201ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
+/* gzread.c -- zlib functions for reading gzip files
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "gzguts.h"
+
+/* Local functions */
+local int gz_load OF((gz_statep, unsigned char *, unsigned, unsigned *));
+local int gz_avail OF((gz_statep));
+local int gz_next4 OF((gz_statep, unsigned long *));
+local int gz_head OF((gz_statep));
+local int gz_decomp OF((gz_statep));
+local int gz_make OF((gz_statep));
+local int gz_skip OF((gz_statep, z_off64_t));
+
+/* Use read() to load a buffer -- return -1 on error, otherwise 0.  Read from
+   state->fd, and update state->eof, state->err, and state->msg as appropriate.
+   This function needs to loop on read(), since read() is not guaranteed to
+   read the number of bytes requested, depending on the type of descriptor. */
+local int gz_load(state, buf, len, have)
+    gz_statep state;
+    unsigned char *buf;
+    unsigned len;
+    unsigned *have;
+{
+    int ret;
+
+    *have = 0;
+    do {
+        ret = read(state->fd, buf + *have, len - *have);
+        if (ret <= 0)
+            break;
+        *have += ret;
+    } while (*have < len);
+    if (ret < 0) {
+        gz_error(state, Z_ERRNO, zstrerror());
+        return -1;
+    }
+    if (ret == 0)
+        state->eof = 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Load up input buffer and set eof flag if last data loaded -- return -1 on
+   error, 0 otherwise.  Note that the eof flag is set when the end of the input
+   file is reached, even though there may be unused data in the buffer.  Once
+   that data has been used, no more attempts will be made to read the file.
+   gz_avail() assumes that strm->avail_in == 0. */
+local int gz_avail(state)
+    gz_statep state;
+{
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    if (state->err != Z_OK)
+        return -1;
+    if (state->eof == 0) {
+        if (gz_load(state, state->in, state->size,
+                (unsigned *)&(strm->avail_in)) == -1)
+            return -1;
+        strm->next_in = state->in;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Get next byte from input, or -1 if end or error. */
+#define NEXT() ((strm->avail_in == 0 && gz_avail(state) == -1) ? -1 : \
+                (strm->avail_in == 0 ? -1 : \
+                 (strm->avail_in--, *(strm->next_in)++)))
+
+/* Get a four-byte little-endian integer and return 0 on success and the value
+   in *ret.  Otherwise -1 is returned and *ret is not modified. */
+local int gz_next4(state, ret)
+    gz_statep state;
+    unsigned long *ret;
+{
+    int ch;
+    unsigned long val;
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    val = NEXT();
+    val += (unsigned)NEXT() << 8;
+    val += (unsigned long)NEXT() << 16;
+    ch = NEXT();
+    if (ch == -1)
+        return -1;
+    val += (unsigned long)ch << 24;
+    *ret = val;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Look for gzip header, set up for inflate or copy.  state->have must be zero.
+   If this is the first time in, allocate required memory.  state->how will be
+   left unchanged if there is no more input data available, will be set to COPY
+   if there is no gzip header and direct copying will be performed, or it will
+   be set to GZIP for decompression, and the gzip header will be skipped so
+   that the next available input data is the raw deflate stream.  If direct
+   copying, then leftover input data from the input buffer will be copied to
+   the output buffer.  In that case, all further file reads will be directly to
+   either the output buffer or a user buffer.  If decompressing, the inflate
+   state and the check value will be initialized.  gz_head() will return 0 on
+   success or -1 on failure.  Failures may include read errors or gzip header
+   errors.  */
+local int gz_head(state)
+    gz_statep state;
+{
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+    int flags;
+    unsigned len;
+
+    /* allocate read buffers and inflate memory */
+    if (state->size == 0) {
+        /* allocate buffers */
+        state->in = malloc(state->want);
+        state->out = malloc(state->want << 1);
+        if (state->in == NULL || state->out == NULL) {
+            if (state->out != NULL)
+                free(state->out);
+            if (state->in != NULL)
+                free(state->in);
+            gz_error(state, Z_MEM_ERROR, "out of memory");
+            return -1;
+        }
+        state->size = state->want;
+
+        /* allocate inflate memory */
+        state->strm.zalloc = Z_NULL;
+        state->strm.zfree = Z_NULL;
+        state->strm.opaque = Z_NULL;
+        state->strm.avail_in = 0;
+        state->strm.next_in = Z_NULL;
+        if (inflateInit2(&(state->strm), -15) != Z_OK) {    /* raw inflate */
+            free(state->out);
+            free(state->in);
+            state->size = 0;
+            gz_error(state, Z_MEM_ERROR, "out of memory");
+            return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* get some data in the input buffer */
+    if (strm->avail_in == 0) {
+        if (gz_avail(state) == -1)
+            return -1;
+        if (strm->avail_in == 0)
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* look for the gzip magic header bytes 31 and 139 */
+    if (strm->next_in[0] == 31) {
+        strm->avail_in--;
+        strm->next_in++;
+        if (strm->avail_in == 0 && gz_avail(state) == -1)
+            return -1;
+        if (strm->avail_in && strm->next_in[0] == 139) {
+            /* we have a gzip header, woo hoo! */
+            strm->avail_in--;
+            strm->next_in++;
+
+            /* skip rest of header */
+            if (NEXT() != 8) {      /* compression method */
+                gz_error(state, Z_DATA_ERROR, "unknown compression method");
+                return -1;
+            }
+            flags = NEXT();
+            if (flags & 0xe0) {     /* reserved flag bits */
+                gz_error(state, Z_DATA_ERROR, "unknown header flags set");
+                return -1;
+            }
+            NEXT();                 /* modification time */
+            NEXT();
+            NEXT();
+            NEXT();
+            NEXT();                 /* extra flags */
+            NEXT();                 /* operating system */
+            if (flags & 4) {        /* extra field */
+                len = (unsigned)NEXT();
+                len += (unsigned)NEXT() << 8;
+                while (len--)
+                    if (NEXT() < 0)
+                        break;
+            }
+            if (flags & 8)          /* file name */
+                while (NEXT() > 0)
+                    ;
+            if (flags & 16)         /* comment */
+                while (NEXT() > 0)
+                    ;
+            if (flags & 2) {        /* header crc */
+                NEXT();
+                NEXT();
+            }
+            /* an unexpected end of file is not checked for here -- it will be
+               noticed on the first request for uncompressed data */
+
+            /* set up for decompression */
+            inflateReset(strm);
+            strm->adler = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+            state->how = GZIP;
+            state->direct = 0;
+            return 0;
+        }
+        else {
+            /* not a gzip file -- save first byte (31) and fall to raw i/o */
+            state->out[0] = 31;
+            state->have = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* doing raw i/o, save start of raw data for seeking, copy any leftover
+       input to output -- this assumes that the output buffer is larger than
+       the input buffer, which also assures space for gzungetc() */
+    state->raw = state->pos;
+    state->next = state->out;
+    if (strm->avail_in) {
+        memcpy(state->next + state->have, strm->next_in, strm->avail_in);
+        state->have += strm->avail_in;
+        strm->avail_in = 0;
+    }
+    state->how = COPY;
+    state->direct = 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Decompress from input to the provided next_out and avail_out in the state.
+   If the end of the compressed data is reached, then verify the gzip trailer
+   check value and length (modulo 2^32).  state->have and state->next are set
+   to point to the just decompressed data, and the crc is updated.  If the
+   trailer is verified, state->how is reset to LOOK to look for the next gzip
+   stream or raw data, once state->have is depleted.  Returns 0 on success, -1
+   on failure.  Failures may include invalid compressed data or a failed gzip
+   trailer verification. */
+local int gz_decomp(state)
+    gz_statep state;
+{
+    int ret;
+    unsigned had;
+    unsigned long crc, len;
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* fill output buffer up to end of deflate stream */
+    had = strm->avail_out;
+    do {
+        /* get more input for inflate() */
+        if (strm->avail_in == 0 && gz_avail(state) == -1)
+            return -1;
+        if (strm->avail_in == 0) {
+            gz_error(state, Z_DATA_ERROR, "unexpected end of file");
+            return -1;
+        }
+
+        /* decompress and handle errors */
+        ret = inflate(strm, Z_NO_FLUSH);
+        if (ret == Z_STREAM_ERROR || ret == Z_NEED_DICT) {
+            gz_error(state, Z_STREAM_ERROR,
+                      "internal error: inflate stream corrupt");
+            return -1;
+        }
+        if (ret == Z_MEM_ERROR) {
+            gz_error(state, Z_MEM_ERROR, "out of memory");
+            return -1;
+        }
+        if (ret == Z_DATA_ERROR) {              /* deflate stream invalid */
+            gz_error(state, Z_DATA_ERROR,
+                      strm->msg == NULL ? "compressed data error" : strm->msg);
+            return -1;
+        }
+    } while (strm->avail_out && ret != Z_STREAM_END);
+
+    /* update available output and crc check value */
+    state->have = had - strm->avail_out;
+    state->next = strm->next_out - state->have;
+    strm->adler = crc32(strm->adler, state->next, state->have);
+
+    /* check gzip trailer if at end of deflate stream */
+    if (ret == Z_STREAM_END) {
+        if (gz_next4(state, &crc) == -1 || gz_next4(state, &len) == -1) {
+            gz_error(state, Z_DATA_ERROR, "unexpected end of file");
+            return -1;
+        }
+        if (crc != strm->adler) {
+            gz_error(state, Z_DATA_ERROR, "incorrect data check");
+            return -1;
+        }
+        if (len != (strm->total_out & 0xffffffffL)) {
+            gz_error(state, Z_DATA_ERROR, "incorrect length check");
+            return -1;
+        }
+        state->how = LOOK;      /* ready for next stream, once have is 0 (leave
+                                   state->direct unchanged to remember how) */
+    }
+
+    /* good decompression */
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Make data and put in the output buffer.  Assumes that state->have == 0.
+   Data is either copied from the input file or decompressed from the input
+   file depending on state->how.  If state->how is LOOK, then a gzip header is
+   looked for (and skipped if found) to determine wither to copy or decompress.
+   Returns -1 on error, otherwise 0.  gz_make() will leave state->have as COPY
+   or GZIP unless the end of the input file has been reached and all data has
+   been processed.  */
+local int gz_make(state)
+    gz_statep state;
+{
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    if (state->how == LOOK) {           /* look for gzip header */
+        if (gz_head(state) == -1)
+            return -1;
+        if (state->have)                /* got some data from gz_head() */
+            return 0;
+    }
+    if (state->how == COPY) {           /* straight copy */
+        if (gz_load(state, state->out, state->size << 1, &(state->have)) == -1)
+            return -1;
+        state->next = state->out;
+    }
+    else if (state->how == GZIP) {      /* decompress */
+        strm->avail_out = state->size << 1;
+        strm->next_out = state->out;
+        if (gz_decomp(state) == -1)
+            return -1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Skip len uncompressed bytes of output.  Return -1 on error, 0 on success. */
+local int gz_skip(state, len)
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_off64_t len;
+{
+    unsigned n;
+
+    /* skip over len bytes or reach end-of-file, whichever comes first */
+    while (len)
+        /* skip over whatever is in output buffer */
+        if (state->have) {
+            n = GT_OFF(state->have) || (z_off64_t)state->have > len ?
+                (unsigned)len : state->have;
+            state->have -= n;
+            state->next += n;
+            state->pos += n;
+            len -= n;
+        }
+
+        /* output buffer empty -- return if we're at the end of the input */
+        else if (state->eof && state->strm.avail_in == 0)
+            break;
+
+        /* need more data to skip -- load up output buffer */
+        else {
+            /* get more output, looking for header if required */
+            if (gz_make(state) == -1)
+                return -1;
+        }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzread(file, buf, len)
+    gzFile file;
+    voidp buf;
+    unsigned len;
+{
+    unsigned got, n;
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_streamp strm;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* check that we're reading and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* since an int is returned, make sure len fits in one, otherwise return
+       with an error (this avoids the flaw in the interface) */
+    if ((int)len < 0) {
+        gz_error(state, Z_BUF_ERROR, "requested length does not fit in int");
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* if len is zero, avoid unnecessary operations */
+    if (len == 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* process a skip request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_skip(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* get len bytes to buf, or less than len if at the end */
+    got = 0;
+    do {
+        /* first just try copying data from the output buffer */
+        if (state->have) {
+            n = state->have > len ? len : state->have;
+            memcpy(buf, state->next, n);
+            state->next += n;
+            state->have -= n;
+        }
+
+        /* output buffer empty -- return if we're at the end of the input */
+        else if (state->eof && strm->avail_in == 0)
+            break;
+
+        /* need output data -- for small len or new stream load up our output
+           buffer */
+        else if (state->how == LOOK || len < (state->size << 1)) {
+            /* get more output, looking for header if required */
+            if (gz_make(state) == -1)
+                return -1;
+            continue;       /* no progress yet -- go back to memcpy() above */
+            /* the copy above assures that we will leave with space in the
+               output buffer, allowing at least one gzungetc() to succeed */
+        }
+
+        /* large len -- read directly into user buffer */
+        else if (state->how == COPY) {      /* read directly */
+            if (gz_load(state, buf, len, &n) == -1)
+                return -1;
+        }
+
+        /* large len -- decompress directly into user buffer */
+        else {  /* state->how == GZIP */
+            strm->avail_out = len;
+            strm->next_out = buf;
+            if (gz_decomp(state) == -1)
+                return -1;
+            n = state->have;
+            state->have = 0;
+        }
+
+        /* update progress */
+        len -= n;
+        buf = (char *)buf + n;
+        got += n;
+        state->pos += n;
+    } while (len);
+
+    /* return number of bytes read into user buffer (will fit in int) */
+    return (int)got;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzgetc(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    int ret;
+    unsigned char buf[1];
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're reading and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* try output buffer (no need to check for skip request) */
+    if (state->have) {
+        state->have--;
+        state->pos++;
+        return *(state->next)++;
+    }
+
+    /* nothing there -- try gzread() */
+    ret = gzread(file, buf, 1);
+    return ret < 1 ? -1 : buf[0];
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzungetc(c, file)
+    int c;
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're reading and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* process a skip request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_skip(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* can't push EOF */
+    if (c < 0)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* if output buffer empty, put byte at end (allows more pushing) */
+    if (state->have == 0) {
+        state->have = 1;
+        state->next = state->out + (state->size << 1) - 1;
+        state->next[0] = c;
+        state->pos--;
+        return c;
+    }
+
+    /* if no room, give up (must have already done a gzungetc()) */
+    if (state->have == (state->size << 1)) {
+        gz_error(state, Z_BUF_ERROR, "out of room to push characters");
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* slide output data if needed and insert byte before existing data */
+    if (state->next == state->out) {
+        unsigned char *src = state->out + state->have;
+        unsigned char *dest = state->out + (state->size << 1);
+        while (src > state->out)
+            *--dest = *--src;
+        state->next = dest;
+    }
+    state->have++;
+    state->next--;
+    state->next[0] = c;
+    state->pos--;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+char * ZEXPORT gzgets(file, buf, len)
+    gzFile file;
+    char *buf;
+    int len;
+{
+    unsigned left, n;
+    char *str;
+    unsigned char *eol;
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* check parameters and get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL || buf == NULL || len < 1)
+        return NULL;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're reading and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return NULL;
+
+    /* process a skip request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_skip(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* copy output bytes up to new line or len - 1, whichever comes first --
+       append a terminating zero to the string (we don't check for a zero in
+       the contents, let the user worry about that) */
+    str = buf;
+    left = (unsigned)len - 1;
+    if (left) do {
+        /* assure that something is in the output buffer */
+        if (state->have == 0) {
+            if (gz_make(state) == -1)
+                return NULL;            /* error */
+            if (state->have == 0) {     /* end of file */
+                if (buf == str)         /* got bupkus */
+                    return NULL;
+                break;                  /* got something -- return it */
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* look for end-of-line in current output buffer */
+        n = state->have > left ? left : state->have;
+        eol = memchr(state->next, '\n', n);
+        if (eol != NULL)
+            n = (unsigned)(eol - state->next) + 1;
+
+        /* copy through end-of-line, or remainder if not found */
+        memcpy(buf, state->next, n);
+        state->have -= n;
+        state->next += n;
+        state->pos += n;
+        left -= n;
+        buf += n;
+    } while (left && eol == NULL);
+
+    /* found end-of-line or out of space -- terminate string and return it */
+    buf[0] = 0;
+    return str;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzdirect(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return 0;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're reading */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* if the state is not known, but we can find out, then do so (this is
+       mainly for right after a gzopen() or gzdopen()) */
+    if (state->how == LOOK && state->have == 0)
+        (void)gz_head(state);
+
+    /* return 1 if reading direct, 0 if decompressing a gzip stream */
+    return state->direct;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzclose_r(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    int ret;
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're reading */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_READ)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    /* free memory and close file */
+    if (state->size) {
+        inflateEnd(&(state->strm));
+        free(state->out);
+        free(state->in);
+    }
+    gz_error(state, Z_OK, NULL);
+    free(state->path);
+    ret = close(state->fd);
+    free(state);
+    return ret ? Z_ERRNO : Z_OK;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzwrite.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzwrite.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..13c5558e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/gzwrite.c
@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/* gzwrite.c -- zlib functions for writing gzip files
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "gzguts.h"
+
+/* Local functions */
+local int gz_init OF((gz_statep));
+local int gz_comp OF((gz_statep, int));
+local int gz_zero OF((gz_statep, z_off64_t));
+
+/* Initialize state for writing a gzip file.  Mark initialization by setting
+   state->size to non-zero.  Return -1 on failure or 0 on success. */
+local int gz_init(state)
+    gz_statep state;
+{
+    int ret;
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* allocate input and output buffers */
+    state->in = malloc(state->want);
+    state->out = malloc(state->want);
+    if (state->in == NULL || state->out == NULL) {
+        if (state->out != NULL)
+            free(state->out);
+        if (state->in != NULL)
+            free(state->in);
+        gz_error(state, Z_MEM_ERROR, "out of memory");
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate deflate memory, set up for gzip compression */
+    strm->zalloc = Z_NULL;
+    strm->zfree = Z_NULL;
+    strm->opaque = Z_NULL;
+    ret = deflateInit2(strm, state->level, Z_DEFLATED,
+                       15 + 16, 8, state->strategy);
+    if (ret != Z_OK) {
+        free(state->in);
+        gz_error(state, Z_MEM_ERROR, "out of memory");
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* mark state as initialized */
+    state->size = state->want;
+
+    /* initialize write buffer */
+    strm->avail_out = state->size;
+    strm->next_out = state->out;
+    state->next = strm->next_out;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compress whatever is at avail_in and next_in and write to the output file.
+   Return -1 if there is an error writing to the output file, otherwise 0.
+   flush is assumed to be a valid deflate() flush value.  If flush is Z_FINISH,
+   then the deflate() state is reset to start a new gzip stream. */
+local int gz_comp(state, flush)
+    gz_statep state;
+    int flush;
+{
+    int ret, got;
+    unsigned have;
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* allocate memory if this is the first time through */
+    if (state->size == 0 && gz_init(state) == -1)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* run deflate() on provided input until it produces no more output */
+    ret = Z_OK;
+    do {
+        /* write out current buffer contents if full, or if flushing, but if
+           doing Z_FINISH then don't write until we get to Z_STREAM_END */
+        if (strm->avail_out == 0 || (flush != Z_NO_FLUSH &&
+            (flush != Z_FINISH || ret == Z_STREAM_END))) {
+            have = (unsigned)(strm->next_out - state->next);
+            if (have && ((got = write(state->fd, state->next, have)) < 0 ||
+                         (unsigned)got != have)) {
+                gz_error(state, Z_ERRNO, zstrerror());
+                return -1;
+            }
+            if (strm->avail_out == 0) {
+                strm->avail_out = state->size;
+                strm->next_out = state->out;
+            }
+            state->next = strm->next_out;
+        }
+
+        /* compress */
+        have = strm->avail_out;
+        ret = deflate(strm, flush);
+        if (ret == Z_STREAM_ERROR) {
+            gz_error(state, Z_STREAM_ERROR,
+                      "internal error: deflate stream corrupt");
+            return -1;
+        }
+        have -= strm->avail_out;
+    } while (have);
+
+    /* if that completed a deflate stream, allow another to start */
+    if (flush == Z_FINISH)
+        deflateReset(strm);
+
+    /* all done, no errors */
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compress len zeros to output.  Return -1 on error, 0 on success. */
+local int gz_zero(state, len)
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_off64_t len;
+{
+    int first;
+    unsigned n;
+    z_streamp strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* consume whatever's left in the input buffer */
+    if (strm->avail_in && gz_comp(state, Z_NO_FLUSH) == -1)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* compress len zeros (len guaranteed > 0) */
+    first = 1;
+    while (len) {
+        n = GT_OFF(state->size) || (z_off64_t)state->size > len ?
+            (unsigned)len : state->size;
+        if (first) {
+            memset(state->in, 0, n);
+            first = 0;
+        }
+        strm->avail_in = n;
+        strm->next_in = state->in;
+        state->pos += n;
+        if (gz_comp(state, Z_NO_FLUSH) == -1)
+            return -1;
+        len -= n;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzwrite(file, buf, len)
+    gzFile file;
+    voidpc buf;
+    unsigned len;
+{
+    unsigned put = len;
+    unsigned n;
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_streamp strm;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return 0;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* check that we're writing and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_WRITE || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* since an int is returned, make sure len fits in one, otherwise return
+       with an error (this avoids the flaw in the interface) */
+    if ((int)len < 0) {
+        gz_error(state, Z_BUF_ERROR, "requested length does not fit in int");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* if len is zero, avoid unnecessary operations */
+    if (len == 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* allocate memory if this is the first time through */
+    if (state->size == 0 && gz_init(state) == -1)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* check for seek request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_zero(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* for small len, copy to input buffer, otherwise compress directly */
+    if (len < state->size) {
+        /* copy to input buffer, compress when full */
+        do {
+            if (strm->avail_in == 0)
+                strm->next_in = state->in;
+            n = state->size - strm->avail_in;
+            if (n > len)
+                n = len;
+            memcpy(strm->next_in + strm->avail_in, buf, n);
+            strm->avail_in += n;
+            state->pos += n;
+            buf = (char *)buf + n;
+            len -= n;
+            if (len && gz_comp(state, Z_NO_FLUSH) == -1)
+                return 0;
+        } while (len);
+    }
+    else {
+        /* consume whatever's left in the input buffer */
+        if (strm->avail_in && gz_comp(state, Z_NO_FLUSH) == -1)
+            return 0;
+
+        /* directly compress user buffer to file */
+        strm->avail_in = len;
+        strm->next_in = (voidp)buf;
+        state->pos += len;
+        if (gz_comp(state, Z_NO_FLUSH) == -1)
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* input was all buffered or compressed (put will fit in int) */
+    return (int)put;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzputc(file, c)
+    gzFile file;
+    int c;
+{
+    unsigned char buf[1];
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_streamp strm;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* check that we're writing and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_WRITE || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* check for seek request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_zero(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* try writing to input buffer for speed (state->size == 0 if buffer not
+       initialized) */
+    if (strm->avail_in < state->size) {
+        if (strm->avail_in == 0)
+            strm->next_in = state->in;
+        strm->next_in[strm->avail_in++] = c;
+        state->pos++;
+        return c;
+    }
+
+    /* no room in buffer or not initialized, use gz_write() */
+    buf[0] = c;
+    if (gzwrite(file, buf, 1) != 1)
+        return -1;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzputs(file, str)
+    gzFile file;
+    const char *str;
+{
+    int ret;
+    unsigned len;
+
+    /* write string */
+    len = (unsigned)strlen(str);
+    ret = gzwrite(file, str, len);
+    return ret == 0 && len != 0 ? -1 : ret;
+}
+
+#ifdef STDC
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORTVA gzprintf (gzFile file, const char *format, ...)
+{
+    int size, len;
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_streamp strm;
+    va_list va;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* check that we're writing and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_WRITE || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* make sure we have some buffer space */
+    if (state->size == 0 && gz_init(state) == -1)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* check for seek request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_zero(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* consume whatever's left in the input buffer */
+    if (strm->avail_in && gz_comp(state, Z_NO_FLUSH) == -1)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* do the printf() into the input buffer, put length in len */
+    size = (int)(state->size);
+    state->in[size - 1] = 0;
+    va_start(va, format);
+#ifdef NO_vsnprintf
+#  ifdef HAS_vsprintf_void
+    (void)vsprintf(state->in, format, va);
+    va_end(va);
+    for (len = 0; len < size; len++)
+        if (state->in[len] == 0) break;
+#  else
+    len = vsprintf((char *)state->in, format, va);
+    va_end(va);
+#  endif
+#else
+#  ifdef HAS_vsnprintf_void
+    (void)vsnprintf(state->in, size, format, va);
+    va_end(va);
+    len = strlen(state->in);
+#  else
+    len = vsnprintf((char *)(state->in), size, format, va);
+    va_end(va);
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+    /* check that printf() results fit in buffer */
+    if (len <= 0 || len >= (int)size || state->in[size - 1] != 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* update buffer and position, defer compression until needed */
+    strm->avail_in = (unsigned)len;
+    strm->next_in = state->in;
+    state->pos += len;
+    return len;
+}
+
+#else /* !STDC */
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORTVA gzprintf (file, format, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10,
+                       a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a17, a18, a19, a20)
+    gzFile file;
+    const char *format;
+    int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10,
+        a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a17, a18, a19, a20;
+{
+    int size, len;
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_streamp strm;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* check that we're writing and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_WRITE || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* make sure we have some buffer space */
+    if (state->size == 0 && gz_init(state) == -1)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* check for seek request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_zero(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* consume whatever's left in the input buffer */
+    if (strm->avail_in && gz_comp(state, Z_NO_FLUSH) == -1)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* do the printf() into the input buffer, put length in len */
+    size = (int)(state->size);
+    state->in[size - 1] = 0;
+#ifdef NO_snprintf
+#  ifdef HAS_sprintf_void
+    sprintf(state->in, format, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8,
+            a9, a10, a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a17, a18, a19, a20);
+    for (len = 0; len < size; len++)
+        if (state->in[len] == 0) break;
+#  else
+    len = sprintf(state->in, format, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8,
+                a9, a10, a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a17, a18, a19, a20);
+#  endif
+#else
+#  ifdef HAS_snprintf_void
+    snprintf(state->in, size, format, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8,
+             a9, a10, a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a17, a18, a19, a20);
+    len = strlen(state->in);
+#  else
+    len = snprintf(state->in, size, format, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8,
+                 a9, a10, a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a17, a18, a19, a20);
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+    /* check that printf() results fit in buffer */
+    if (len <= 0 || len >= (int)size || state->in[size - 1] != 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    /* update buffer and position, defer compression until needed */
+    strm->avail_in = (unsigned)len;
+    strm->next_in = state->in;
+    state->pos += len;
+    return len;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzflush(file, flush)
+    gzFile file;
+    int flush;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return -1;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're writing and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_WRITE || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    /* check flush parameter */
+    if (flush < 0 || flush > Z_FINISH)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    /* check for seek request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_zero(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* compress remaining data with requested flush */
+    gz_comp(state, flush);
+    return state->err;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzsetparams(file, level, strategy)
+    gzFile file;
+    int level;
+    int strategy;
+{
+    gz_statep state;
+    z_streamp strm;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+    strm = &(state->strm);
+
+    /* check that we're writing and that there's no error */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_WRITE || state->err != Z_OK)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    /* if no change is requested, then do nothing */
+    if (level == state->level && strategy == state->strategy)
+        return Z_OK;
+
+    /* check for seek request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        if (gz_zero(state, state->skip) == -1)
+            return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* change compression parameters for subsequent input */
+    if (state->size) {
+        /* flush previous input with previous parameters before changing */
+        if (strm->avail_in && gz_comp(state, Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH) == -1)
+            return state->err;
+        deflateParams(strm, level, strategy);
+    }
+    state->level = level;
+    state->strategy = strategy;
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/* -- see zlib.h -- */
+int ZEXPORT gzclose_w(file)
+    gzFile file;
+{
+    int ret = 0;
+    gz_statep state;
+
+    /* get internal structure */
+    if (file == NULL)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (gz_statep)file;
+
+    /* check that we're writing */
+    if (state->mode != GZ_WRITE)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    /* check for seek request */
+    if (state->seek) {
+        state->seek = 0;
+        ret += gz_zero(state, state->skip);
+    }
+
+    /* flush, free memory, and close file */
+    ret += gz_comp(state, Z_FINISH);
+    (void)deflateEnd(&(state->strm));
+    free(state->out);
+    free(state->in);
+    gz_error(state, Z_OK, NULL);
+    free(state->path);
+    ret += close(state->fd);
+    free(state);
+    return ret ? Z_ERRNO : Z_OK;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffast.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffast.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f1d60b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffast.c
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/* inffast.c -- fast decoding
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2008, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+#include "inflate.h"
+#include "inffast.h"
+
+#ifndef ASMINF
+
+/* Allow machine dependent optimization for post-increment or pre-increment.
+   Based on testing to date,
+   Pre-increment preferred for:
+   - PowerPC G3 (Adler)
+   - MIPS R5000 (Randers-Pehrson)
+   Post-increment preferred for:
+   - none
+   No measurable difference:
+   - Pentium III (Anderson)
+   - M68060 (Nikl)
+ */
+#ifdef POSTINC
+#  define OFF 0
+#  define PUP(a) *(a)++
+#else
+#  define OFF 1
+#  define PUP(a) *++(a)
+#endif
+
+/*
+   Decode literal, length, and distance codes and write out the resulting
+   literal and match bytes until either not enough input or output is
+   available, an end-of-block is encountered, or a data error is encountered.
+   When large enough input and output buffers are supplied to inflate(), for
+   example, a 16K input buffer and a 64K output buffer, more than 95% of the
+   inflate execution time is spent in this routine.
+
+   Entry assumptions:
+
+        state->mode == LEN
+        strm->avail_in >= 6
+        strm->avail_out >= 258
+        start >= strm->avail_out
+        state->bits < 8
+
+   On return, state->mode is one of:
+
+        LEN -- ran out of enough output space or enough available input
+        TYPE -- reached end of block code, inflate() to interpret next block
+        BAD -- error in block data
+
+   Notes:
+
+    - The maximum input bits used by a length/distance pair is 15 bits for the
+      length code, 5 bits for the length extra, 15 bits for the distance code,
+      and 13 bits for the distance extra.  This totals 48 bits, or six bytes.
+      Therefore if strm->avail_in >= 6, then there is enough input to avoid
+      checking for available input while decoding.
+
+    - The maximum bytes that a single length/distance pair can output is 258
+      bytes, which is the maximum length that can be coded.  inflate_fast()
+      requires strm->avail_out >= 258 for each loop to avoid checking for
+      output space.
+ */
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL inflate_fast(strm, start)
+z_streamp strm;
+unsigned start;         /* inflate()'s starting value for strm->avail_out */
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+    unsigned char FAR *in;      /* local strm->next_in */
+    unsigned char FAR *last;    /* while in < last, enough input available */
+    unsigned char FAR *out;     /* local strm->next_out */
+    unsigned char FAR *beg;     /* inflate()'s initial strm->next_out */
+    unsigned char FAR *end;     /* while out < end, enough space available */
+#ifdef INFLATE_STRICT
+    unsigned dmax;              /* maximum distance from zlib header */
+#endif
+    unsigned wsize;             /* window size or zero if not using window */
+    unsigned whave;             /* valid bytes in the window */
+    unsigned wnext;             /* window write index */
+    unsigned char FAR *window;  /* allocated sliding window, if wsize != 0 */
+    unsigned long hold;         /* local strm->hold */
+    unsigned bits;              /* local strm->bits */
+    code const FAR *lcode;      /* local strm->lencode */
+    code const FAR *dcode;      /* local strm->distcode */
+    unsigned lmask;             /* mask for first level of length codes */
+    unsigned dmask;             /* mask for first level of distance codes */
+    code here;                  /* retrieved table entry */
+    unsigned op;                /* code bits, operation, extra bits, or */
+                                /*  window position, window bytes to copy */
+    unsigned len;               /* match length, unused bytes */
+    unsigned dist;              /* match distance */
+    unsigned char FAR *from;    /* where to copy match from */
+
+    /* copy state to local variables */
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    in = strm->next_in - OFF;
+    last = in + (strm->avail_in - 5);
+    out = strm->next_out - OFF;
+    beg = out - (start - strm->avail_out);
+    end = out + (strm->avail_out - 257);
+#ifdef INFLATE_STRICT
+    dmax = state->dmax;
+#endif
+    wsize = state->wsize;
+    whave = state->whave;
+    wnext = state->wnext;
+    window = state->window;
+    hold = state->hold;
+    bits = state->bits;
+    lcode = state->lencode;
+    dcode = state->distcode;
+    lmask = (1U << state->lenbits) - 1;
+    dmask = (1U << state->distbits) - 1;
+
+    /* decode literals and length/distances until end-of-block or not enough
+       input data or output space */
+    do {
+        if (bits < 15) {
+            hold += (unsigned long)(PUP(in)) << bits;
+            bits += 8;
+            hold += (unsigned long)(PUP(in)) << bits;
+            bits += 8;
+        }
+        here = lcode[hold & lmask];
+      dolen:
+        op = (unsigned)(here.bits);
+        hold >>= op;
+        bits -= op;
+        op = (unsigned)(here.op);
+        if (op == 0) {                          /* literal */
+            Tracevv((stderr, here.val >= 0x20 && here.val < 0x7f ?
+                    "inflate:         literal '%c'\n" :
+                    "inflate:         literal 0x%02x\n", here.val));
+            PUP(out) = (unsigned char)(here.val);
+        }
+        else if (op & 16) {                     /* length base */
+            len = (unsigned)(here.val);
+            op &= 15;                           /* number of extra bits */
+            if (op) {
+                if (bits < op) {
+                    hold += (unsigned long)(PUP(in)) << bits;
+                    bits += 8;
+                }
+                len += (unsigned)hold & ((1U << op) - 1);
+                hold >>= op;
+                bits -= op;
+            }
+            Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         length %u\n", len));
+            if (bits < 15) {
+                hold += (unsigned long)(PUP(in)) << bits;
+                bits += 8;
+                hold += (unsigned long)(PUP(in)) << bits;
+                bits += 8;
+            }
+            here = dcode[hold & dmask];
+          dodist:
+            op = (unsigned)(here.bits);
+            hold >>= op;
+            bits -= op;
+            op = (unsigned)(here.op);
+            if (op & 16) {                      /* distance base */
+                dist = (unsigned)(here.val);
+                op &= 15;                       /* number of extra bits */
+                if (bits < op) {
+                    hold += (unsigned long)(PUP(in)) << bits;
+                    bits += 8;
+                    if (bits < op) {
+                        hold += (unsigned long)(PUP(in)) << bits;
+                        bits += 8;
+                    }
+                }
+                dist += (unsigned)hold & ((1U << op) - 1);
+#ifdef INFLATE_STRICT
+                if (dist > dmax) {
+                    strm->msg = (char *)"invalid distance too far back";
+                    state->mode = BAD;
+                    break;
+                }
+#endif
+                hold >>= op;
+                bits -= op;
+                Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         distance %u\n", dist));
+                op = (unsigned)(out - beg);     /* max distance in output */
+                if (dist > op) {                /* see if copy from window */
+                    op = dist - op;             /* distance back in window */
+                    if (op > whave) {
+                        if (state->sane) {
+                            strm->msg =
+                                (char *)"invalid distance too far back";
+                            state->mode = BAD;
+                            break;
+                        }
+#ifdef INFLATE_ALLOW_INVALID_DISTANCE_TOOFAR_ARRR
+                        if (len <= op - whave) {
+                            do {
+                                PUP(out) = 0;
+                            } while (--len);
+                            continue;
+                        }
+                        len -= op - whave;
+                        do {
+                            PUP(out) = 0;
+                        } while (--op > whave);
+                        if (op == 0) {
+                            from = out - dist;
+                            do {
+                                PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                            } while (--len);
+                            continue;
+                        }
+#endif
+                    }
+                    from = window - OFF;
+                    if (wnext == 0) {           /* very common case */
+                        from += wsize - op;
+                        if (op < len) {         /* some from window */
+                            len -= op;
+                            do {
+                                PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                            } while (--op);
+                            from = out - dist;  /* rest from output */
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else if (wnext < op) {      /* wrap around window */
+                        from += wsize + wnext - op;
+                        op -= wnext;
+                        if (op < len) {         /* some from end of window */
+                            len -= op;
+                            do {
+                                PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                            } while (--op);
+                            from = window - OFF;
+                            if (wnext < len) {  /* some from start of window */
+                                op = wnext;
+                                len -= op;
+                                do {
+                                    PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                                } while (--op);
+                                from = out - dist;      /* rest from output */
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else {                      /* contiguous in window */
+                        from += wnext - op;
+                        if (op < len) {         /* some from window */
+                            len -= op;
+                            do {
+                                PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                            } while (--op);
+                            from = out - dist;  /* rest from output */
+                        }
+                    }
+                    while (len > 2) {
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        len -= 3;
+                    }
+                    if (len) {
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        if (len > 1)
+                            PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                    }
+                }
+                else {
+                    from = out - dist;          /* copy direct from output */
+                    do {                        /* minimum length is three */
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        len -= 3;
+                    } while (len > 2);
+                    if (len) {
+                        PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                        if (len > 1)
+                            PUP(out) = PUP(from);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else if ((op & 64) == 0) {          /* 2nd level distance code */
+                here = dcode[here.val + (hold & ((1U << op) - 1))];
+                goto dodist;
+            }
+            else {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid distance code";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        else if ((op & 64) == 0) {              /* 2nd level length code */
+            here = lcode[here.val + (hold & ((1U << op) - 1))];
+            goto dolen;
+        }
+        else if (op & 32) {                     /* end-of-block */
+            Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         end of block\n"));
+            state->mode = TYPE;
+            break;
+        }
+        else {
+            strm->msg = (char *)"invalid literal/length code";
+            state->mode = BAD;
+            break;
+        }
+    } while (in < last && out < end);
+
+    /* return unused bytes (on entry, bits < 8, so in won't go too far back) */
+    len = bits >> 3;
+    in -= len;
+    bits -= len << 3;
+    hold &= (1U << bits) - 1;
+
+    /* update state and return */
+    strm->next_in = in + OFF;
+    strm->next_out = out + OFF;
+    strm->avail_in = (unsigned)(in < last ? 5 + (last - in) : 5 - (in - last));
+    strm->avail_out = (unsigned)(out < end ?
+                                 257 + (end - out) : 257 - (out - end));
+    state->hold = hold;
+    state->bits = bits;
+    return;
+}
+
+/*
+   inflate_fast() speedups that turned out slower (on a PowerPC G3 750CXe):
+   - Using bit fields for code structure
+   - Different op definition to avoid & for extra bits (do & for table bits)
+   - Three separate decoding do-loops for direct, window, and wnext == 0
+   - Special case for distance > 1 copies to do overlapped load and store copy
+   - Explicit branch predictions (based on measured branch probabilities)
+   - Deferring match copy and interspersed it with decoding subsequent codes
+   - Swapping literal/length else
+   - Swapping window/direct else
+   - Larger unrolled copy loops (three is about right)
+   - Moving len -= 3 statement into middle of loop
+ */
+
+#endif /* !ASMINF */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffast.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffast.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5c1aa4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffast.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* inffast.h -- header to use inffast.c
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL inflate_fast OF((z_streamp strm, unsigned start));
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffixed.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffixed.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75ed4b59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inffixed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+    /* inffixed.h -- table for decoding fixed codes
+     * Generated automatically by makefixed().
+     */
+
+    /* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It
+       is part of the implementation of the compression library and
+       is subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+     */
+
+    static const code lenfix[512] = {
+        {96,7,0},{0,8,80},{0,8,16},{20,8,115},{18,7,31},{0,8,112},{0,8,48},
+        {0,9,192},{16,7,10},{0,8,96},{0,8,32},{0,9,160},{0,8,0},{0,8,128},
+        {0,8,64},{0,9,224},{16,7,6},{0,8,88},{0,8,24},{0,9,144},{19,7,59},
+        {0,8,120},{0,8,56},{0,9,208},{17,7,17},{0,8,104},{0,8,40},{0,9,176},
+        {0,8,8},{0,8,136},{0,8,72},{0,9,240},{16,7,4},{0,8,84},{0,8,20},
+        {21,8,227},{19,7,43},{0,8,116},{0,8,52},{0,9,200},{17,7,13},{0,8,100},
+        {0,8,36},{0,9,168},{0,8,4},{0,8,132},{0,8,68},{0,9,232},{16,7,8},
+        {0,8,92},{0,8,28},{0,9,152},{20,7,83},{0,8,124},{0,8,60},{0,9,216},
+        {18,7,23},{0,8,108},{0,8,44},{0,9,184},{0,8,12},{0,8,140},{0,8,76},
+        {0,9,248},{16,7,3},{0,8,82},{0,8,18},{21,8,163},{19,7,35},{0,8,114},
+        {0,8,50},{0,9,196},{17,7,11},{0,8,98},{0,8,34},{0,9,164},{0,8,2},
+        {0,8,130},{0,8,66},{0,9,228},{16,7,7},{0,8,90},{0,8,26},{0,9,148},
+        {20,7,67},{0,8,122},{0,8,58},{0,9,212},{18,7,19},{0,8,106},{0,8,42},
+        {0,9,180},{0,8,10},{0,8,138},{0,8,74},{0,9,244},{16,7,5},{0,8,86},
+        {0,8,22},{64,8,0},{19,7,51},{0,8,118},{0,8,54},{0,9,204},{17,7,15},
+        {0,8,102},{0,8,38},{0,9,172},{0,8,6},{0,8,134},{0,8,70},{0,9,236},
+        {16,7,9},{0,8,94},{0,8,30},{0,9,156},{20,7,99},{0,8,126},{0,8,62},
+        {0,9,220},{18,7,27},{0,8,110},{0,8,46},{0,9,188},{0,8,14},{0,8,142},
+        {0,8,78},{0,9,252},{96,7,0},{0,8,81},{0,8,17},{21,8,131},{18,7,31},
+        {0,8,113},{0,8,49},{0,9,194},{16,7,10},{0,8,97},{0,8,33},{0,9,162},
+        {0,8,1},{0,8,129},{0,8,65},{0,9,226},{16,7,6},{0,8,89},{0,8,25},
+        {0,9,146},{19,7,59},{0,8,121},{0,8,57},{0,9,210},{17,7,17},{0,8,105},
+        {0,8,41},{0,9,178},{0,8,9},{0,8,137},{0,8,73},{0,9,242},{16,7,4},
+        {0,8,85},{0,8,21},{16,8,258},{19,7,43},{0,8,117},{0,8,53},{0,9,202},
+        {17,7,13},{0,8,101},{0,8,37},{0,9,170},{0,8,5},{0,8,133},{0,8,69},
+        {0,9,234},{16,7,8},{0,8,93},{0,8,29},{0,9,154},{20,7,83},{0,8,125},
+        {0,8,61},{0,9,218},{18,7,23},{0,8,109},{0,8,45},{0,9,186},{0,8,13},
+        {0,8,141},{0,8,77},{0,9,250},{16,7,3},{0,8,83},{0,8,19},{21,8,195},
+        {19,7,35},{0,8,115},{0,8,51},{0,9,198},{17,7,11},{0,8,99},{0,8,35},
+        {0,9,166},{0,8,3},{0,8,131},{0,8,67},{0,9,230},{16,7,7},{0,8,91},
+        {0,8,27},{0,9,150},{20,7,67},{0,8,123},{0,8,59},{0,9,214},{18,7,19},
+        {0,8,107},{0,8,43},{0,9,182},{0,8,11},{0,8,139},{0,8,75},{0,9,246},
+        {16,7,5},{0,8,87},{0,8,23},{64,8,0},{19,7,51},{0,8,119},{0,8,55},
+        {0,9,206},{17,7,15},{0,8,103},{0,8,39},{0,9,174},{0,8,7},{0,8,135},
+        {0,8,71},{0,9,238},{16,7,9},{0,8,95},{0,8,31},{0,9,158},{20,7,99},
+        {0,8,127},{0,8,63},{0,9,222},{18,7,27},{0,8,111},{0,8,47},{0,9,190},
+        {0,8,15},{0,8,143},{0,8,79},{0,9,254},{96,7,0},{0,8,80},{0,8,16},
+        {20,8,115},{18,7,31},{0,8,112},{0,8,48},{0,9,193},{16,7,10},{0,8,96},
+        {0,8,32},{0,9,161},{0,8,0},{0,8,128},{0,8,64},{0,9,225},{16,7,6},
+        {0,8,88},{0,8,24},{0,9,145},{19,7,59},{0,8,120},{0,8,56},{0,9,209},
+        {17,7,17},{0,8,104},{0,8,40},{0,9,177},{0,8,8},{0,8,136},{0,8,72},
+        {0,9,241},{16,7,4},{0,8,84},{0,8,20},{21,8,227},{19,7,43},{0,8,116},
+        {0,8,52},{0,9,201},{17,7,13},{0,8,100},{0,8,36},{0,9,169},{0,8,4},
+        {0,8,132},{0,8,68},{0,9,233},{16,7,8},{0,8,92},{0,8,28},{0,9,153},
+        {20,7,83},{0,8,124},{0,8,60},{0,9,217},{18,7,23},{0,8,108},{0,8,44},
+        {0,9,185},{0,8,12},{0,8,140},{0,8,76},{0,9,249},{16,7,3},{0,8,82},
+        {0,8,18},{21,8,163},{19,7,35},{0,8,114},{0,8,50},{0,9,197},{17,7,11},
+        {0,8,98},{0,8,34},{0,9,165},{0,8,2},{0,8,130},{0,8,66},{0,9,229},
+        {16,7,7},{0,8,90},{0,8,26},{0,9,149},{20,7,67},{0,8,122},{0,8,58},
+        {0,9,213},{18,7,19},{0,8,106},{0,8,42},{0,9,181},{0,8,10},{0,8,138},
+        {0,8,74},{0,9,245},{16,7,5},{0,8,86},{0,8,22},{64,8,0},{19,7,51},
+        {0,8,118},{0,8,54},{0,9,205},{17,7,15},{0,8,102},{0,8,38},{0,9,173},
+        {0,8,6},{0,8,134},{0,8,70},{0,9,237},{16,7,9},{0,8,94},{0,8,30},
+        {0,9,157},{20,7,99},{0,8,126},{0,8,62},{0,9,221},{18,7,27},{0,8,110},
+        {0,8,46},{0,9,189},{0,8,14},{0,8,142},{0,8,78},{0,9,253},{96,7,0},
+        {0,8,81},{0,8,17},{21,8,131},{18,7,31},{0,8,113},{0,8,49},{0,9,195},
+        {16,7,10},{0,8,97},{0,8,33},{0,9,163},{0,8,1},{0,8,129},{0,8,65},
+        {0,9,227},{16,7,6},{0,8,89},{0,8,25},{0,9,147},{19,7,59},{0,8,121},
+        {0,8,57},{0,9,211},{17,7,17},{0,8,105},{0,8,41},{0,9,179},{0,8,9},
+        {0,8,137},{0,8,73},{0,9,243},{16,7,4},{0,8,85},{0,8,21},{16,8,258},
+        {19,7,43},{0,8,117},{0,8,53},{0,9,203},{17,7,13},{0,8,101},{0,8,37},
+        {0,9,171},{0,8,5},{0,8,133},{0,8,69},{0,9,235},{16,7,8},{0,8,93},
+        {0,8,29},{0,9,155},{20,7,83},{0,8,125},{0,8,61},{0,9,219},{18,7,23},
+        {0,8,109},{0,8,45},{0,9,187},{0,8,13},{0,8,141},{0,8,77},{0,9,251},
+        {16,7,3},{0,8,83},{0,8,19},{21,8,195},{19,7,35},{0,8,115},{0,8,51},
+        {0,9,199},{17,7,11},{0,8,99},{0,8,35},{0,9,167},{0,8,3},{0,8,131},
+        {0,8,67},{0,9,231},{16,7,7},{0,8,91},{0,8,27},{0,9,151},{20,7,67},
+        {0,8,123},{0,8,59},{0,9,215},{18,7,19},{0,8,107},{0,8,43},{0,9,183},
+        {0,8,11},{0,8,139},{0,8,75},{0,9,247},{16,7,5},{0,8,87},{0,8,23},
+        {64,8,0},{19,7,51},{0,8,119},{0,8,55},{0,9,207},{17,7,15},{0,8,103},
+        {0,8,39},{0,9,175},{0,8,7},{0,8,135},{0,8,71},{0,9,239},{16,7,9},
+        {0,8,95},{0,8,31},{0,9,159},{20,7,99},{0,8,127},{0,8,63},{0,9,223},
+        {18,7,27},{0,8,111},{0,8,47},{0,9,191},{0,8,15},{0,8,143},{0,8,79},
+        {0,9,255}
+    };
+
+    static const code distfix[32] = {
+        {16,5,1},{23,5,257},{19,5,17},{27,5,4097},{17,5,5},{25,5,1025},
+        {21,5,65},{29,5,16385},{16,5,3},{24,5,513},{20,5,33},{28,5,8193},
+        {18,5,9},{26,5,2049},{22,5,129},{64,5,0},{16,5,2},{23,5,385},
+        {19,5,25},{27,5,6145},{17,5,7},{25,5,1537},{21,5,97},{29,5,24577},
+        {16,5,4},{24,5,769},{20,5,49},{28,5,12289},{18,5,13},{26,5,3073},
+        {22,5,193},{64,5,0}
+    };
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inflate.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inflate.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8431abe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inflate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1480 @@
+/* inflate.c -- zlib decompression
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Change history:
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta0    24 Nov 2002
+ * - First version -- complete rewrite of inflate to simplify code, avoid
+ *   creation of window when not needed, minimize use of window when it is
+ *   needed, make inffast.c even faster, implement gzip decoding, and to
+ *   improve code readability and style over the previous zlib inflate code
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta1    25 Nov 2002
+ * - Use pointers for available input and output checking in inffast.c
+ * - Remove input and output counters in inffast.c
+ * - Change inffast.c entry and loop from avail_in >= 7 to >= 6
+ * - Remove unnecessary second byte pull from length extra in inffast.c
+ * - Unroll direct copy to three copies per loop in inffast.c
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta2    4 Dec 2002
+ * - Change external routine names to reduce potential conflicts
+ * - Correct filename to inffixed.h for fixed tables in inflate.c
+ * - Make hbuf[] unsigned char to match parameter type in inflate.c
+ * - Change strm->next_out[-state->offset] to *(strm->next_out - state->offset)
+ *   to avoid negation problem on Alphas (64 bit) in inflate.c
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta3    22 Dec 2002
+ * - Add comments on state->bits assertion in inffast.c
+ * - Add comments on op field in inftrees.h
+ * - Fix bug in reuse of allocated window after inflateReset()
+ * - Remove bit fields--back to byte structure for speed
+ * - Remove distance extra == 0 check in inflate_fast()--only helps for lengths
+ * - Change post-increments to pre-increments in inflate_fast(), PPC biased?
+ * - Add compile time option, POSTINC, to use post-increments instead (Intel?)
+ * - Make MATCH copy in inflate() much faster for when inflate_fast() not used
+ * - Use local copies of stream next and avail values, as well as local bit
+ *   buffer and bit count in inflate()--for speed when inflate_fast() not used
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta4    1 Jan 2003
+ * - Split ptr - 257 statements in inflate_table() to avoid compiler warnings
+ * - Move a comment on output buffer sizes from inffast.c to inflate.c
+ * - Add comments in inffast.c to introduce the inflate_fast() routine
+ * - Rearrange window copies in inflate_fast() for speed and simplification
+ * - Unroll last copy for window match in inflate_fast()
+ * - Use local copies of window variables in inflate_fast() for speed
+ * - Pull out common wnext == 0 case for speed in inflate_fast()
+ * - Make op and len in inflate_fast() unsigned for consistency
+ * - Add FAR to lcode and dcode declarations in inflate_fast()
+ * - Simplified bad distance check in inflate_fast()
+ * - Added inflateBackInit(), inflateBack(), and inflateBackEnd() in new
+ *   source file infback.c to provide a call-back interface to inflate for
+ *   programs like gzip and unzip -- uses window as output buffer to avoid
+ *   window copying
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta5    1 Jan 2003
+ * - Improved inflateBack() interface to allow the caller to provide initial
+ *   input in strm.
+ * - Fixed stored blocks bug in inflateBack()
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta6    4 Jan 2003
+ * - Added comments in inffast.c on effectiveness of POSTINC
+ * - Typecasting all around to reduce compiler warnings
+ * - Changed loops from while (1) or do {} while (1) to for (;;), again to
+ *   make compilers happy
+ * - Changed type of window in inflateBackInit() to unsigned char *
+ *
+ * 1.2.beta7    27 Jan 2003
+ * - Changed many types to unsigned or unsigned short to avoid warnings
+ * - Added inflateCopy() function
+ *
+ * 1.2.0        9 Mar 2003
+ * - Changed inflateBack() interface to provide separate opaque descriptors
+ *   for the in() and out() functions
+ * - Changed inflateBack() argument and in_func typedef to swap the length
+ *   and buffer address return values for the input function
+ * - Check next_in and next_out for Z_NULL on entry to inflate()
+ *
+ * The history for versions after 1.2.0 are in ChangeLog in zlib distribution.
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+#include "inflate.h"
+#include "inffast.h"
+
+#ifdef MAKEFIXED
+#  ifndef BUILDFIXED
+#    define BUILDFIXED
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* function prototypes */
+local void fixedtables OF((struct inflate_state FAR *state));
+local int updatewindow OF((z_streamp strm, unsigned out));
+#ifdef BUILDFIXED
+   void makefixed OF((void));
+#endif
+local unsigned syncsearch OF((unsigned FAR *have, unsigned char FAR *buf,
+                              unsigned len));
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateReset(strm)
+z_streamp strm;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    strm->total_in = strm->total_out = state->total = 0;
+    strm->msg = Z_NULL;
+    strm->adler = 1;        /* to support ill-conceived Java test suite */
+    state->mode = HEAD;
+    state->last = 0;
+    state->havedict = 0;
+    state->dmax = 32768U;
+    state->head = Z_NULL;
+    state->wsize = 0;
+    state->whave = 0;
+    state->wnext = 0;
+    state->hold = 0;
+    state->bits = 0;
+    state->lencode = state->distcode = state->next = state->codes;
+    state->sane = 1;
+    state->back = -1;
+    Tracev((stderr, "inflate: reset\n"));
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateReset2(strm, windowBits)
+z_streamp strm;
+int windowBits;
+{
+    int wrap;
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    /* get the state */
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+
+    /* extract wrap request from windowBits parameter */
+    if (windowBits < 0) {
+        wrap = 0;
+        windowBits = -windowBits;
+    }
+    else {
+        wrap = (windowBits >> 4) + 1;
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+        if (windowBits < 48)
+            windowBits &= 15;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* set number of window bits, free window if different */
+    if (windowBits && (windowBits < 8 || windowBits > 15))
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    if (state->window != Z_NULL && state->wbits != (unsigned)windowBits) {
+        ZFREE(strm, state->window);
+        state->window = Z_NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* update state and reset the rest of it */
+    state->wrap = wrap;
+    state->wbits = (unsigned)windowBits;
+    return inflateReset(strm);
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateInit2_(strm, windowBits, version, stream_size)
+z_streamp strm;
+int windowBits;
+const char *version;
+int stream_size;
+{
+    int ret;
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    if (version == Z_NULL || version[0] != ZLIB_VERSION[0] ||
+        stream_size != (int)(sizeof(z_stream)))
+        return Z_VERSION_ERROR;
+    if (strm == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    strm->msg = Z_NULL;                 /* in case we return an error */
+    if (strm->zalloc == (alloc_func)0) {
+        strm->zalloc = zcalloc;
+        strm->opaque = (voidpf)0;
+    }
+    if (strm->zfree == (free_func)0) strm->zfree = zcfree;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)
+            ZALLOC(strm, 1, sizeof(struct inflate_state));
+    if (state == Z_NULL) return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    Tracev((stderr, "inflate: allocated\n"));
+    strm->state = (struct internal_state FAR *)state;
+    state->window = Z_NULL;
+    ret = inflateReset2(strm, windowBits);
+    if (ret != Z_OK) {
+        ZFREE(strm, state);
+        strm->state = Z_NULL;
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateInit_(strm, version, stream_size)
+z_streamp strm;
+const char *version;
+int stream_size;
+{
+    return inflateInit2_(strm, DEF_WBITS, version, stream_size);
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflatePrime(strm, bits, value)
+z_streamp strm;
+int bits;
+int value;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    if (bits < 0) {
+        state->hold = 0;
+        state->bits = 0;
+        return Z_OK;
+    }
+    if (bits > 16 || state->bits + bits > 32) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    value &= (1L << bits) - 1;
+    state->hold += value << state->bits;
+    state->bits += bits;
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+   Return state with length and distance decoding tables and index sizes set to
+   fixed code decoding.  Normally this returns fixed tables from inffixed.h.
+   If BUILDFIXED is defined, then instead this routine builds the tables the
+   first time it's called, and returns those tables the first time and
+   thereafter.  This reduces the size of the code by about 2K bytes, in
+   exchange for a little execution time.  However, BUILDFIXED should not be
+   used for threaded applications, since the rewriting of the tables and virgin
+   may not be thread-safe.
+ */
+local void fixedtables(state)
+struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+{
+#ifdef BUILDFIXED
+    static int virgin = 1;
+    static code *lenfix, *distfix;
+    static code fixed[544];
+
+    /* build fixed huffman tables if first call (may not be thread safe) */
+    if (virgin) {
+        unsigned sym, bits;
+        static code *next;
+
+        /* literal/length table */
+        sym = 0;
+        while (sym < 144) state->lens[sym++] = 8;
+        while (sym < 256) state->lens[sym++] = 9;
+        while (sym < 280) state->lens[sym++] = 7;
+        while (sym < 288) state->lens[sym++] = 8;
+        next = fixed;
+        lenfix = next;
+        bits = 9;
+        inflate_table(LENS, state->lens, 288, &(next), &(bits), state->work);
+
+        /* distance table */
+        sym = 0;
+        while (sym < 32) state->lens[sym++] = 5;
+        distfix = next;
+        bits = 5;
+        inflate_table(DISTS, state->lens, 32, &(next), &(bits), state->work);
+
+        /* do this just once */
+        virgin = 0;
+    }
+#else /* !BUILDFIXED */
+#   include "inffixed.h"
+#endif /* BUILDFIXED */
+    state->lencode = lenfix;
+    state->lenbits = 9;
+    state->distcode = distfix;
+    state->distbits = 5;
+}
+
+#ifdef MAKEFIXED
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+   Write out the inffixed.h that is #include'd above.  Defining MAKEFIXED also
+   defines BUILDFIXED, so the tables are built on the fly.  makefixed() writes
+   those tables to stdout, which would be piped to inffixed.h.  A small program
+   can simply call makefixed to do this:
+
+    void makefixed(void);
+
+    int main(void)
+    {
+        makefixed();
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+   Then that can be linked with zlib built with MAKEFIXED defined and run:
+
+    a.out > inffixed.h
+ */
+void makefixed()
+{
+    unsigned low, size;
+    struct inflate_state state;
+
+    fixedtables(&state);
+    puts("    /* inffixed.h -- table for decoding fixed codes");
+    puts("     * Generated automatically by makefixed().");
+    puts("     */");
+    puts("");
+    puts("    /* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications.");
+    puts("       It is part of the implementation of this library and is");
+    puts("       subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.");
+    puts("     */");
+    puts("");
+    size = 1U << 9;
+    printf("    static const code lenfix[%u] = {", size);
+    low = 0;
+    for (;;) {
+        if ((low % 7) == 0) printf("\n        ");
+        printf("{%u,%u,%d}", state.lencode[low].op, state.lencode[low].bits,
+               state.lencode[low].val);
+        if (++low == size) break;
+        putchar(',');
+    }
+    puts("\n    };");
+    size = 1U << 5;
+    printf("\n    static const code distfix[%u] = {", size);
+    low = 0;
+    for (;;) {
+        if ((low % 6) == 0) printf("\n        ");
+        printf("{%u,%u,%d}", state.distcode[low].op, state.distcode[low].bits,
+               state.distcode[low].val);
+        if (++low == size) break;
+        putchar(',');
+    }
+    puts("\n    };");
+}
+#endif /* MAKEFIXED */
+
+/*
+   Update the window with the last wsize (normally 32K) bytes written before
+   returning.  If window does not exist yet, create it.  This is only called
+   when a window is already in use, or when output has been written during this
+   inflate call, but the end of the deflate stream has not been reached yet.
+   It is also called to create a window for dictionary data when a dictionary
+   is loaded.
+
+   Providing output buffers larger than 32K to inflate() should provide a speed
+   advantage, since only the last 32K of output is copied to the sliding window
+   upon return from inflate(), and since all distances after the first 32K of
+   output will fall in the output data, making match copies simpler and faster.
+   The advantage may be dependent on the size of the processor's data caches.
+ */
+local int updatewindow(strm, out)
+z_streamp strm;
+unsigned out;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+    unsigned copy, dist;
+
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+
+    /* if it hasn't been done already, allocate space for the window */
+    if (state->window == Z_NULL) {
+        state->window = (unsigned char FAR *)
+                        ZALLOC(strm, 1U << state->wbits,
+                               sizeof(unsigned char));
+        if (state->window == Z_NULL) return 1;
+    }
+
+    /* if window not in use yet, initialize */
+    if (state->wsize == 0) {
+        state->wsize = 1U << state->wbits;
+        state->wnext = 0;
+        state->whave = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* copy state->wsize or less output bytes into the circular window */
+    copy = out - strm->avail_out;
+    if (copy >= state->wsize) {
+        zmemcpy(state->window, strm->next_out - state->wsize, state->wsize);
+        state->wnext = 0;
+        state->whave = state->wsize;
+    }
+    else {
+        dist = state->wsize - state->wnext;
+        if (dist > copy) dist = copy;
+        zmemcpy(state->window + state->wnext, strm->next_out - copy, dist);
+        copy -= dist;
+        if (copy) {
+            zmemcpy(state->window, strm->next_out - copy, copy);
+            state->wnext = copy;
+            state->whave = state->wsize;
+        }
+        else {
+            state->wnext += dist;
+            if (state->wnext == state->wsize) state->wnext = 0;
+            if (state->whave < state->wsize) state->whave += dist;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* Macros for inflate(): */
+
+/* check function to use adler32() for zlib or crc32() for gzip */
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+#  define UPDATE(check, buf, len) \
+    (state->flags ? crc32(check, buf, len) : adler32(check, buf, len))
+#else
+#  define UPDATE(check, buf, len) adler32(check, buf, len)
+#endif
+
+/* check macros for header crc */
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+#  define CRC2(check, word) \
+    do { \
+        hbuf[0] = (unsigned char)(word); \
+        hbuf[1] = (unsigned char)((word) >> 8); \
+        check = crc32(check, hbuf, 2); \
+    } while (0)
+
+#  define CRC4(check, word) \
+    do { \
+        hbuf[0] = (unsigned char)(word); \
+        hbuf[1] = (unsigned char)((word) >> 8); \
+        hbuf[2] = (unsigned char)((word) >> 16); \
+        hbuf[3] = (unsigned char)((word) >> 24); \
+        check = crc32(check, hbuf, 4); \
+    } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* Load registers with state in inflate() for speed */
+#define LOAD() \
+    do { \
+        put = strm->next_out; \
+        left = strm->avail_out; \
+        next = strm->next_in; \
+        have = strm->avail_in; \
+        hold = state->hold; \
+        bits = state->bits; \
+    } while (0)
+
+/* Restore state from registers in inflate() */
+#define RESTORE() \
+    do { \
+        strm->next_out = put; \
+        strm->avail_out = left; \
+        strm->next_in = next; \
+        strm->avail_in = have; \
+        state->hold = hold; \
+        state->bits = bits; \
+    } while (0)
+
+/* Clear the input bit accumulator */
+#define INITBITS() \
+    do { \
+        hold = 0; \
+        bits = 0; \
+    } while (0)
+
+/* Get a byte of input into the bit accumulator, or return from inflate()
+   if there is no input available. */
+#define PULLBYTE() \
+    do { \
+        if (have == 0) goto inf_leave; \
+        have--; \
+        hold += (unsigned long)(*next++) << bits; \
+        bits += 8; \
+    } while (0)
+
+/* Assure that there are at least n bits in the bit accumulator.  If there is
+   not enough available input to do that, then return from inflate(). */
+#define NEEDBITS(n) \
+    do { \
+        while (bits < (unsigned)(n)) \
+            PULLBYTE(); \
+    } while (0)
+
+/* Return the low n bits of the bit accumulator (n < 16) */
+#define BITS(n) \
+    ((unsigned)hold & ((1U << (n)) - 1))
+
+/* Remove n bits from the bit accumulator */
+#define DROPBITS(n) \
+    do { \
+        hold >>= (n); \
+        bits -= (unsigned)(n); \
+    } while (0)
+
+/* Remove zero to seven bits as needed to go to a byte boundary */
+#define BYTEBITS() \
+    do { \
+        hold >>= bits & 7; \
+        bits -= bits & 7; \
+    } while (0)
+
+/* Reverse the bytes in a 32-bit value */
+#define REVERSE(q) \
+    ((((q) >> 24) & 0xff) + (((q) >> 8) & 0xff00) + \
+     (((q) & 0xff00) << 8) + (((q) & 0xff) << 24))
+
+/*
+   inflate() uses a state machine to process as much input data and generate as
+   much output data as possible before returning.  The state machine is
+   structured roughly as follows:
+
+    for (;;) switch (state) {
+    ...
+    case STATEn:
+        if (not enough input data or output space to make progress)
+            return;
+        ... make progress ...
+        state = STATEm;
+        break;
+    ...
+    }
+
+   so when inflate() is called again, the same case is attempted again, and
+   if the appropriate resources are provided, the machine proceeds to the
+   next state.  The NEEDBITS() macro is usually the way the state evaluates
+   whether it can proceed or should return.  NEEDBITS() does the return if
+   the requested bits are not available.  The typical use of the BITS macros
+   is:
+
+        NEEDBITS(n);
+        ... do something with BITS(n) ...
+        DROPBITS(n);
+
+   where NEEDBITS(n) either returns from inflate() if there isn't enough
+   input left to load n bits into the accumulator, or it continues.  BITS(n)
+   gives the low n bits in the accumulator.  When done, DROPBITS(n) drops
+   the low n bits off the accumulator.  INITBITS() clears the accumulator
+   and sets the number of available bits to zero.  BYTEBITS() discards just
+   enough bits to put the accumulator on a byte boundary.  After BYTEBITS()
+   and a NEEDBITS(8), then BITS(8) would return the next byte in the stream.
+
+   NEEDBITS(n) uses PULLBYTE() to get an available byte of input, or to return
+   if there is no input available.  The decoding of variable length codes uses
+   PULLBYTE() directly in order to pull just enough bytes to decode the next
+   code, and no more.
+
+   Some states loop until they get enough input, making sure that enough
+   state information is maintained to continue the loop where it left off
+   if NEEDBITS() returns in the loop.  For example, want, need, and keep
+   would all have to actually be part of the saved state in case NEEDBITS()
+   returns:
+
+    case STATEw:
+        while (want < need) {
+            NEEDBITS(n);
+            keep[want++] = BITS(n);
+            DROPBITS(n);
+        }
+        state = STATEx;
+    case STATEx:
+
+   As shown above, if the next state is also the next case, then the break
+   is omitted.
+
+   A state may also return if there is not enough output space available to
+   complete that state.  Those states are copying stored data, writing a
+   literal byte, and copying a matching string.
+
+   When returning, a "goto inf_leave" is used to update the total counters,
+   update the check value, and determine whether any progress has been made
+   during that inflate() call in order to return the proper return code.
+   Progress is defined as a change in either strm->avail_in or strm->avail_out.
+   When there is a window, goto inf_leave will update the window with the last
+   output written.  If a goto inf_leave occurs in the middle of decompression
+   and there is no window currently, goto inf_leave will create one and copy
+   output to the window for the next call of inflate().
+
+   In this implementation, the flush parameter of inflate() only affects the
+   return code (per zlib.h).  inflate() always writes as much as possible to
+   strm->next_out, given the space available and the provided input--the effect
+   documented in zlib.h of Z_SYNC_FLUSH.  Furthermore, inflate() always defers
+   the allocation of and copying into a sliding window until necessary, which
+   provides the effect documented in zlib.h for Z_FINISH when the entire input
+   stream available.  So the only thing the flush parameter actually does is:
+   when flush is set to Z_FINISH, inflate() cannot return Z_OK.  Instead it
+   will return Z_BUF_ERROR if it has not reached the end of the stream.
+ */
+
+int ZEXPORT inflate(strm, flush)
+z_streamp strm;
+int flush;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+    unsigned char FAR *next;    /* next input */
+    unsigned char FAR *put;     /* next output */
+    unsigned have, left;        /* available input and output */
+    unsigned long hold;         /* bit buffer */
+    unsigned bits;              /* bits in bit buffer */
+    unsigned in, out;           /* save starting available input and output */
+    unsigned copy;              /* number of stored or match bytes to copy */
+    unsigned char FAR *from;    /* where to copy match bytes from */
+    code here;                  /* current decoding table entry */
+    code last;                  /* parent table entry */
+    unsigned len;               /* length to copy for repeats, bits to drop */
+    int ret;                    /* return code */
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+    unsigned char hbuf[4];      /* buffer for gzip header crc calculation */
+#endif
+    static const unsigned short order[19] = /* permutation of code lengths */
+        {16, 17, 18, 0, 8, 7, 9, 6, 10, 5, 11, 4, 12, 3, 13, 2, 14, 1, 15};
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL || strm->next_out == Z_NULL ||
+        (strm->next_in == Z_NULL && strm->avail_in != 0))
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    if (state->mode == TYPE) state->mode = TYPEDO;      /* skip check */
+    LOAD();
+    in = have;
+    out = left;
+    ret = Z_OK;
+    for (;;)
+        switch (state->mode) {
+        case HEAD:
+            if (state->wrap == 0) {
+                state->mode = TYPEDO;
+                break;
+            }
+            NEEDBITS(16);
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+            if ((state->wrap & 2) && hold == 0x8b1f) {  /* gzip header */
+                state->check = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+                CRC2(state->check, hold);
+                INITBITS();
+                state->mode = FLAGS;
+                break;
+            }
+            state->flags = 0;           /* expect zlib header */
+            if (state->head != Z_NULL)
+                state->head->done = -1;
+            if (!(state->wrap & 1) ||   /* check if zlib header allowed */
+#else
+            if (
+#endif
+                ((BITS(8) << 8) + (hold >> 8)) % 31) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"incorrect header check";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            if (BITS(4) != Z_DEFLATED) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"unknown compression method";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            DROPBITS(4);
+            len = BITS(4) + 8;
+            if (state->wbits == 0)
+                state->wbits = len;
+            else if (len > state->wbits) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid window size";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            state->dmax = 1U << len;
+            Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   zlib header ok\n"));
+            strm->adler = state->check = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+            state->mode = hold & 0x200 ? DICTID : TYPE;
+            INITBITS();
+            break;
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+        case FLAGS:
+            NEEDBITS(16);
+            state->flags = (int)(hold);
+            if ((state->flags & 0xff) != Z_DEFLATED) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"unknown compression method";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            if (state->flags & 0xe000) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"unknown header flags set";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            if (state->head != Z_NULL)
+                state->head->text = (int)((hold >> 8) & 1);
+            if (state->flags & 0x0200) CRC2(state->check, hold);
+            INITBITS();
+            state->mode = TIME;
+        case TIME:
+            NEEDBITS(32);
+            if (state->head != Z_NULL)
+                state->head->time = hold;
+            if (state->flags & 0x0200) CRC4(state->check, hold);
+            INITBITS();
+            state->mode = OS;
+        case OS:
+            NEEDBITS(16);
+            if (state->head != Z_NULL) {
+                state->head->xflags = (int)(hold & 0xff);
+                state->head->os = (int)(hold >> 8);
+            }
+            if (state->flags & 0x0200) CRC2(state->check, hold);
+            INITBITS();
+            state->mode = EXLEN;
+        case EXLEN:
+            if (state->flags & 0x0400) {
+                NEEDBITS(16);
+                state->length = (unsigned)(hold);
+                if (state->head != Z_NULL)
+                    state->head->extra_len = (unsigned)hold;
+                if (state->flags & 0x0200) CRC2(state->check, hold);
+                INITBITS();
+            }
+            else if (state->head != Z_NULL)
+                state->head->extra = Z_NULL;
+            state->mode = EXTRA;
+        case EXTRA:
+            if (state->flags & 0x0400) {
+                copy = state->length;
+                if (copy > have) copy = have;
+                if (copy) {
+                    if (state->head != Z_NULL &&
+                        state->head->extra != Z_NULL) {
+                        len = state->head->extra_len - state->length;
+                        zmemcpy(state->head->extra + len, next,
+                                len + copy > state->head->extra_max ?
+                                state->head->extra_max - len : copy);
+                    }
+                    if (state->flags & 0x0200)
+                        state->check = crc32(state->check, next, copy);
+                    have -= copy;
+                    next += copy;
+                    state->length -= copy;
+                }
+                if (state->length) goto inf_leave;
+            }
+            state->length = 0;
+            state->mode = NAME;
+        case NAME:
+            if (state->flags & 0x0800) {
+                if (have == 0) goto inf_leave;
+                copy = 0;
+                do {
+                    len = (unsigned)(next[copy++]);
+                    if (state->head != Z_NULL &&
+                            state->head->name != Z_NULL &&
+                            state->length < state->head->name_max)
+                        state->head->name[state->length++] = len;
+                } while (len && copy < have);
+                if (state->flags & 0x0200)
+                    state->check = crc32(state->check, next, copy);
+                have -= copy;
+                next += copy;
+                if (len) goto inf_leave;
+            }
+            else if (state->head != Z_NULL)
+                state->head->name = Z_NULL;
+            state->length = 0;
+            state->mode = COMMENT;
+        case COMMENT:
+            if (state->flags & 0x1000) {
+                if (have == 0) goto inf_leave;
+                copy = 0;
+                do {
+                    len = (unsigned)(next[copy++]);
+                    if (state->head != Z_NULL &&
+                            state->head->comment != Z_NULL &&
+                            state->length < state->head->comm_max)
+                        state->head->comment[state->length++] = len;
+                } while (len && copy < have);
+                if (state->flags & 0x0200)
+                    state->check = crc32(state->check, next, copy);
+                have -= copy;
+                next += copy;
+                if (len) goto inf_leave;
+            }
+            else if (state->head != Z_NULL)
+                state->head->comment = Z_NULL;
+            state->mode = HCRC;
+        case HCRC:
+            if (state->flags & 0x0200) {
+                NEEDBITS(16);
+                if (hold != (state->check & 0xffff)) {
+                    strm->msg = (char *)"header crc mismatch";
+                    state->mode = BAD;
+                    break;
+                }
+                INITBITS();
+            }
+            if (state->head != Z_NULL) {
+                state->head->hcrc = (int)((state->flags >> 9) & 1);
+                state->head->done = 1;
+            }
+            strm->adler = state->check = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+            state->mode = TYPE;
+            break;
+#endif
+        case DICTID:
+            NEEDBITS(32);
+            strm->adler = state->check = REVERSE(hold);
+            INITBITS();
+            state->mode = DICT;
+        case DICT:
+            if (state->havedict == 0) {
+                RESTORE();
+                return Z_NEED_DICT;
+            }
+            strm->adler = state->check = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+            state->mode = TYPE;
+        case TYPE:
+            if (flush == Z_BLOCK || flush == Z_TREES) goto inf_leave;
+        case TYPEDO:
+            if (state->last) {
+                BYTEBITS();
+                state->mode = CHECK;
+                break;
+            }
+            NEEDBITS(3);
+            state->last = BITS(1);
+            DROPBITS(1);
+            switch (BITS(2)) {
+            case 0:                             /* stored block */
+                Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     stored block%s\n",
+                        state->last ? " (last)" : ""));
+                state->mode = STORED;
+                break;
+            case 1:                             /* fixed block */
+                fixedtables(state);
+                Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     fixed codes block%s\n",
+                        state->last ? " (last)" : ""));
+                state->mode = LEN_;             /* decode codes */
+                if (flush == Z_TREES) {
+                    DROPBITS(2);
+                    goto inf_leave;
+                }
+                break;
+            case 2:                             /* dynamic block */
+                Tracev((stderr, "inflate:     dynamic codes block%s\n",
+                        state->last ? " (last)" : ""));
+                state->mode = TABLE;
+                break;
+            case 3:
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid block type";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+            }
+            DROPBITS(2);
+            break;
+        case STORED:
+            BYTEBITS();                         /* go to byte boundary */
+            NEEDBITS(32);
+            if ((hold & 0xffff) != ((hold >> 16) ^ 0xffff)) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid stored block lengths";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            state->length = (unsigned)hold & 0xffff;
+            Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       stored length %u\n",
+                    state->length));
+            INITBITS();
+            state->mode = COPY_;
+            if (flush == Z_TREES) goto inf_leave;
+        case COPY_:
+            state->mode = COPY;
+        case COPY:
+            copy = state->length;
+            if (copy) {
+                if (copy > have) copy = have;
+                if (copy > left) copy = left;
+                if (copy == 0) goto inf_leave;
+                zmemcpy(put, next, copy);
+                have -= copy;
+                next += copy;
+                left -= copy;
+                put += copy;
+                state->length -= copy;
+                break;
+            }
+            Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       stored end\n"));
+            state->mode = TYPE;
+            break;
+        case TABLE:
+            NEEDBITS(14);
+            state->nlen = BITS(5) + 257;
+            DROPBITS(5);
+            state->ndist = BITS(5) + 1;
+            DROPBITS(5);
+            state->ncode = BITS(4) + 4;
+            DROPBITS(4);
+#ifndef PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND
+            if (state->nlen > 286 || state->ndist > 30) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"too many length or distance symbols";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+#endif
+            Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       table sizes ok\n"));
+            state->have = 0;
+            state->mode = LENLENS;
+        case LENLENS:
+            while (state->have < state->ncode) {
+                NEEDBITS(3);
+                state->lens[order[state->have++]] = (unsigned short)BITS(3);
+                DROPBITS(3);
+            }
+            while (state->have < 19)
+                state->lens[order[state->have++]] = 0;
+            state->next = state->codes;
+            state->lencode = (code const FAR *)(state->next);
+            state->lenbits = 7;
+            ret = inflate_table(CODES, state->lens, 19, &(state->next),
+                                &(state->lenbits), state->work);
+            if (ret) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid code lengths set";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       code lengths ok\n"));
+            state->have = 0;
+            state->mode = CODELENS;
+        case CODELENS:
+            while (state->have < state->nlen + state->ndist) {
+                for (;;) {
+                    here = state->lencode[BITS(state->lenbits)];
+                    if ((unsigned)(here.bits) <= bits) break;
+                    PULLBYTE();
+                }
+                if (here.val < 16) {
+                    NEEDBITS(here.bits);
+                    DROPBITS(here.bits);
+                    state->lens[state->have++] = here.val;
+                }
+                else {
+                    if (here.val == 16) {
+                        NEEDBITS(here.bits + 2);
+                        DROPBITS(here.bits);
+                        if (state->have == 0) {
+                            strm->msg = (char *)"invalid bit length repeat";
+                            state->mode = BAD;
+                            break;
+                        }
+                        len = state->lens[state->have - 1];
+                        copy = 3 + BITS(2);
+                        DROPBITS(2);
+                    }
+                    else if (here.val == 17) {
+                        NEEDBITS(here.bits + 3);
+                        DROPBITS(here.bits);
+                        len = 0;
+                        copy = 3 + BITS(3);
+                        DROPBITS(3);
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        NEEDBITS(here.bits + 7);
+                        DROPBITS(here.bits);
+                        len = 0;
+                        copy = 11 + BITS(7);
+                        DROPBITS(7);
+                    }
+                    if (state->have + copy > state->nlen + state->ndist) {
+                        strm->msg = (char *)"invalid bit length repeat";
+                        state->mode = BAD;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    while (copy--)
+                        state->lens[state->have++] = (unsigned short)len;
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* handle error breaks in while */
+            if (state->mode == BAD) break;
+
+            /* check for end-of-block code (better have one) */
+            if (state->lens[256] == 0) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid code -- missing end-of-block";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            /* build code tables -- note: do not change the lenbits or distbits
+               values here (9 and 6) without reading the comments in inftrees.h
+               concerning the ENOUGH constants, which depend on those values */
+            state->next = state->codes;
+            state->lencode = (code const FAR *)(state->next);
+            state->lenbits = 9;
+            ret = inflate_table(LENS, state->lens, state->nlen, &(state->next),
+                                &(state->lenbits), state->work);
+            if (ret) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid literal/lengths set";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            state->distcode = (code const FAR *)(state->next);
+            state->distbits = 6;
+            ret = inflate_table(DISTS, state->lens + state->nlen, state->ndist,
+                            &(state->next), &(state->distbits), state->work);
+            if (ret) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid distances set";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            Tracev((stderr, "inflate:       codes ok\n"));
+            state->mode = LEN_;
+            if (flush == Z_TREES) goto inf_leave;
+        case LEN_:
+            state->mode = LEN;
+        case LEN:
+            if (have >= 6 && left >= 258) {
+                RESTORE();
+                inflate_fast(strm, out);
+                LOAD();
+                if (state->mode == TYPE)
+                    state->back = -1;
+                break;
+            }
+            state->back = 0;
+            for (;;) {
+                here = state->lencode[BITS(state->lenbits)];
+                if ((unsigned)(here.bits) <= bits) break;
+                PULLBYTE();
+            }
+            if (here.op && (here.op & 0xf0) == 0) {
+                last = here;
+                for (;;) {
+                    here = state->lencode[last.val +
+                            (BITS(last.bits + last.op) >> last.bits)];
+                    if ((unsigned)(last.bits + here.bits) <= bits) break;
+                    PULLBYTE();
+                }
+                DROPBITS(last.bits);
+                state->back += last.bits;
+            }
+            DROPBITS(here.bits);
+            state->back += here.bits;
+            state->length = (unsigned)here.val;
+            if ((int)(here.op) == 0) {
+                Tracevv((stderr, here.val >= 0x20 && here.val < 0x7f ?
+                        "inflate:         literal '%c'\n" :
+                        "inflate:         literal 0x%02x\n", here.val));
+                state->mode = LIT;
+                break;
+            }
+            if (here.op & 32) {
+                Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         end of block\n"));
+                state->back = -1;
+                state->mode = TYPE;
+                break;
+            }
+            if (here.op & 64) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid literal/length code";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            state->extra = (unsigned)(here.op) & 15;
+            state->mode = LENEXT;
+        case LENEXT:
+            if (state->extra) {
+                NEEDBITS(state->extra);
+                state->length += BITS(state->extra);
+                DROPBITS(state->extra);
+                state->back += state->extra;
+            }
+            Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         length %u\n", state->length));
+            state->was = state->length;
+            state->mode = DIST;
+        case DIST:
+            for (;;) {
+                here = state->distcode[BITS(state->distbits)];
+                if ((unsigned)(here.bits) <= bits) break;
+                PULLBYTE();
+            }
+            if ((here.op & 0xf0) == 0) {
+                last = here;
+                for (;;) {
+                    here = state->distcode[last.val +
+                            (BITS(last.bits + last.op) >> last.bits)];
+                    if ((unsigned)(last.bits + here.bits) <= bits) break;
+                    PULLBYTE();
+                }
+                DROPBITS(last.bits);
+                state->back += last.bits;
+            }
+            DROPBITS(here.bits);
+            state->back += here.bits;
+            if (here.op & 64) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid distance code";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+            state->offset = (unsigned)here.val;
+            state->extra = (unsigned)(here.op) & 15;
+            state->mode = DISTEXT;
+        case DISTEXT:
+            if (state->extra) {
+                NEEDBITS(state->extra);
+                state->offset += BITS(state->extra);
+                DROPBITS(state->extra);
+                state->back += state->extra;
+            }
+#ifdef INFLATE_STRICT
+            if (state->offset > state->dmax) {
+                strm->msg = (char *)"invalid distance too far back";
+                state->mode = BAD;
+                break;
+            }
+#endif
+            Tracevv((stderr, "inflate:         distance %u\n", state->offset));
+            state->mode = MATCH;
+        case MATCH:
+            if (left == 0) goto inf_leave;
+            copy = out - left;
+            if (state->offset > copy) {         /* copy from window */
+                copy = state->offset - copy;
+                if (copy > state->whave) {
+                    if (state->sane) {
+                        strm->msg = (char *)"invalid distance too far back";
+                        state->mode = BAD;
+                        break;
+                    }
+#ifdef INFLATE_ALLOW_INVALID_DISTANCE_TOOFAR_ARRR
+                    Trace((stderr, "inflate.c too far\n"));
+                    copy -= state->whave;
+                    if (copy > state->length) copy = state->length;
+                    if (copy > left) copy = left;
+                    left -= copy;
+                    state->length -= copy;
+                    do {
+                        *put++ = 0;
+                    } while (--copy);
+                    if (state->length == 0) state->mode = LEN;
+                    break;
+#endif
+                }
+                if (copy > state->wnext) {
+                    copy -= state->wnext;
+                    from = state->window + (state->wsize - copy);
+                }
+                else
+                    from = state->window + (state->wnext - copy);
+                if (copy > state->length) copy = state->length;
+            }
+            else {                              /* copy from output */
+                from = put - state->offset;
+                copy = state->length;
+            }
+            if (copy > left) copy = left;
+            left -= copy;
+            state->length -= copy;
+            do {
+                *put++ = *from++;
+            } while (--copy);
+            if (state->length == 0) state->mode = LEN;
+            break;
+        case LIT:
+            if (left == 0) goto inf_leave;
+            *put++ = (unsigned char)(state->length);
+            left--;
+            state->mode = LEN;
+            break;
+        case CHECK:
+            if (state->wrap) {
+                NEEDBITS(32);
+                out -= left;
+                strm->total_out += out;
+                state->total += out;
+                if (out)
+                    strm->adler = state->check =
+                        UPDATE(state->check, put - out, out);
+                out = left;
+                if ((
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+                     state->flags ? hold :
+#endif
+                     REVERSE(hold)) != state->check) {
+                    strm->msg = (char *)"incorrect data check";
+                    state->mode = BAD;
+                    break;
+                }
+                INITBITS();
+                Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   check matches trailer\n"));
+            }
+#ifdef GUNZIP
+            state->mode = LENGTH;
+        case LENGTH:
+            if (state->wrap && state->flags) {
+                NEEDBITS(32);
+                if (hold != (state->total & 0xffffffffUL)) {
+                    strm->msg = (char *)"incorrect length check";
+                    state->mode = BAD;
+                    break;
+                }
+                INITBITS();
+                Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   length matches trailer\n"));
+            }
+#endif
+            state->mode = DONE;
+        case DONE:
+            ret = Z_STREAM_END;
+            goto inf_leave;
+        case BAD:
+            ret = Z_DATA_ERROR;
+            goto inf_leave;
+        case MEM:
+            return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+        case SYNC:
+        default:
+            return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+        }
+
+    /*
+       Return from inflate(), updating the total counts and the check value.
+       If there was no progress during the inflate() call, return a buffer
+       error.  Call updatewindow() to create and/or update the window state.
+       Note: a memory error from inflate() is non-recoverable.
+     */
+  inf_leave:
+    RESTORE();
+    if (state->wsize || (state->mode < CHECK && out != strm->avail_out))
+        if (updatewindow(strm, out)) {
+            state->mode = MEM;
+            return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+        }
+    in -= strm->avail_in;
+    out -= strm->avail_out;
+    strm->total_in += in;
+    strm->total_out += out;
+    state->total += out;
+    if (state->wrap && out)
+        strm->adler = state->check =
+            UPDATE(state->check, strm->next_out - out, out);
+    strm->data_type = state->bits + (state->last ? 64 : 0) +
+                      (state->mode == TYPE ? 128 : 0) +
+                      (state->mode == LEN_ || state->mode == COPY_ ? 256 : 0);
+    if (((in == 0 && out == 0) || flush == Z_FINISH) && ret == Z_OK)
+        ret = Z_BUF_ERROR;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateEnd(strm)
+z_streamp strm;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL || strm->zfree == (free_func)0)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    if (state->window != Z_NULL) ZFREE(strm, state->window);
+    ZFREE(strm, strm->state);
+    strm->state = Z_NULL;
+    Tracev((stderr, "inflate: end\n"));
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateSetDictionary(strm, dictionary, dictLength)
+z_streamp strm;
+const Bytef *dictionary;
+uInt dictLength;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+    unsigned long id;
+
+    /* check state */
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    if (state->wrap != 0 && state->mode != DICT)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    /* check for correct dictionary id */
+    if (state->mode == DICT) {
+        id = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+        id = adler32(id, dictionary, dictLength);
+        if (id != state->check)
+            return Z_DATA_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* copy dictionary to window */
+    if (updatewindow(strm, strm->avail_out)) {
+        state->mode = MEM;
+        return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    }
+    if (dictLength > state->wsize) {
+        zmemcpy(state->window, dictionary + dictLength - state->wsize,
+                state->wsize);
+        state->whave = state->wsize;
+    }
+    else {
+        zmemcpy(state->window + state->wsize - dictLength, dictionary,
+                dictLength);
+        state->whave = dictLength;
+    }
+    state->havedict = 1;
+    Tracev((stderr, "inflate:   dictionary set\n"));
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateGetHeader(strm, head)
+z_streamp strm;
+gz_headerp head;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    /* check state */
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    if ((state->wrap & 2) == 0) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+
+    /* save header structure */
+    state->head = head;
+    head->done = 0;
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+   Search buf[0..len-1] for the pattern: 0, 0, 0xff, 0xff.  Return when found
+   or when out of input.  When called, *have is the number of pattern bytes
+   found in order so far, in 0..3.  On return *have is updated to the new
+   state.  If on return *have equals four, then the pattern was found and the
+   return value is how many bytes were read including the last byte of the
+   pattern.  If *have is less than four, then the pattern has not been found
+   yet and the return value is len.  In the latter case, syncsearch() can be
+   called again with more data and the *have state.  *have is initialized to
+   zero for the first call.
+ */
+local unsigned syncsearch(have, buf, len)
+unsigned FAR *have;
+unsigned char FAR *buf;
+unsigned len;
+{
+    unsigned got;
+    unsigned next;
+
+    got = *have;
+    next = 0;
+    while (next < len && got < 4) {
+        if ((int)(buf[next]) == (got < 2 ? 0 : 0xff))
+            got++;
+        else if (buf[next])
+            got = 0;
+        else
+            got = 4 - got;
+        next++;
+    }
+    *have = got;
+    return next;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateSync(strm)
+z_streamp strm;
+{
+    unsigned len;               /* number of bytes to look at or looked at */
+    unsigned long in, out;      /* temporary to save total_in and total_out */
+    unsigned char buf[4];       /* to restore bit buffer to byte string */
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    /* check parameters */
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    if (strm->avail_in == 0 && state->bits < 8) return Z_BUF_ERROR;
+
+    /* if first time, start search in bit buffer */
+    if (state->mode != SYNC) {
+        state->mode = SYNC;
+        state->hold <<= state->bits & 7;
+        state->bits -= state->bits & 7;
+        len = 0;
+        while (state->bits >= 8) {
+            buf[len++] = (unsigned char)(state->hold);
+            state->hold >>= 8;
+            state->bits -= 8;
+        }
+        state->have = 0;
+        syncsearch(&(state->have), buf, len);
+    }
+
+    /* search available input */
+    len = syncsearch(&(state->have), strm->next_in, strm->avail_in);
+    strm->avail_in -= len;
+    strm->next_in += len;
+    strm->total_in += len;
+
+    /* return no joy or set up to restart inflate() on a new block */
+    if (state->have != 4) return Z_DATA_ERROR;
+    in = strm->total_in;  out = strm->total_out;
+    inflateReset(strm);
+    strm->total_in = in;  strm->total_out = out;
+    state->mode = TYPE;
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+   Returns true if inflate is currently at the end of a block generated by
+   Z_SYNC_FLUSH or Z_FULL_FLUSH. This function is used by one PPP
+   implementation to provide an additional safety check. PPP uses
+   Z_SYNC_FLUSH but removes the length bytes of the resulting empty stored
+   block. When decompressing, PPP checks that at the end of input packet,
+   inflate is waiting for these length bytes.
+ */
+int ZEXPORT inflateSyncPoint(strm)
+z_streamp strm;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    return state->mode == STORED && state->bits == 0;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateCopy(dest, source)
+z_streamp dest;
+z_streamp source;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+    struct inflate_state FAR *copy;
+    unsigned char FAR *window;
+    unsigned wsize;
+
+    /* check input */
+    if (dest == Z_NULL || source == Z_NULL || source->state == Z_NULL ||
+        source->zalloc == (alloc_func)0 || source->zfree == (free_func)0)
+        return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)source->state;
+
+    /* allocate space */
+    copy = (struct inflate_state FAR *)
+           ZALLOC(source, 1, sizeof(struct inflate_state));
+    if (copy == Z_NULL) return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+    window = Z_NULL;
+    if (state->window != Z_NULL) {
+        window = (unsigned char FAR *)
+                 ZALLOC(source, 1U << state->wbits, sizeof(unsigned char));
+        if (window == Z_NULL) {
+            ZFREE(source, copy);
+            return Z_MEM_ERROR;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* copy state */
+    zmemcpy(dest, source, sizeof(z_stream));
+    zmemcpy(copy, state, sizeof(struct inflate_state));
+    if (state->lencode >= state->codes &&
+        state->lencode <= state->codes + ENOUGH - 1) {
+        copy->lencode = copy->codes + (state->lencode - state->codes);
+        copy->distcode = copy->codes + (state->distcode - state->codes);
+    }
+    copy->next = copy->codes + (state->next - state->codes);
+    if (window != Z_NULL) {
+        wsize = 1U << state->wbits;
+        zmemcpy(window, state->window, wsize);
+    }
+    copy->window = window;
+    dest->state = (struct internal_state FAR *)copy;
+    return Z_OK;
+}
+
+int ZEXPORT inflateUndermine(strm, subvert)
+z_streamp strm;
+int subvert;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return Z_STREAM_ERROR;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    state->sane = !subvert;
+#ifdef INFLATE_ALLOW_INVALID_DISTANCE_TOOFAR_ARRR
+    return Z_OK;
+#else
+    state->sane = 1;
+    return Z_DATA_ERROR;
+#endif
+}
+
+long ZEXPORT inflateMark(strm)
+z_streamp strm;
+{
+    struct inflate_state FAR *state;
+
+    if (strm == Z_NULL || strm->state == Z_NULL) return -1L << 16;
+    state = (struct inflate_state FAR *)strm->state;
+    return ((long)(state->back) << 16) +
+        (state->mode == COPY ? state->length :
+            (state->mode == MATCH ? state->was - state->length : 0));
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inflate.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inflate.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95f4986d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inflate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* inflate.h -- internal inflate state definition
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2009 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+/* define NO_GZIP when compiling if you want to disable gzip header and
+   trailer decoding by inflate().  NO_GZIP would be used to avoid linking in
+   the crc code when it is not needed.  For shared libraries, gzip decoding
+   should be left enabled. */
+#ifndef NO_GZIP
+#  define GUNZIP
+#endif
+
+/* Possible inflate modes between inflate() calls */
+typedef enum {
+    HEAD,       /* i: waiting for magic header */
+    FLAGS,      /* i: waiting for method and flags (gzip) */
+    TIME,       /* i: waiting for modification time (gzip) */
+    OS,         /* i: waiting for extra flags and operating system (gzip) */
+    EXLEN,      /* i: waiting for extra length (gzip) */
+    EXTRA,      /* i: waiting for extra bytes (gzip) */
+    NAME,       /* i: waiting for end of file name (gzip) */
+    COMMENT,    /* i: waiting for end of comment (gzip) */
+    HCRC,       /* i: waiting for header crc (gzip) */
+    DICTID,     /* i: waiting for dictionary check value */
+    DICT,       /* waiting for inflateSetDictionary() call */
+        TYPE,       /* i: waiting for type bits, including last-flag bit */
+        TYPEDO,     /* i: same, but skip check to exit inflate on new block */
+        STORED,     /* i: waiting for stored size (length and complement) */
+        COPY_,      /* i/o: same as COPY below, but only first time in */
+        COPY,       /* i/o: waiting for input or output to copy stored block */
+        TABLE,      /* i: waiting for dynamic block table lengths */
+        LENLENS,    /* i: waiting for code length code lengths */
+        CODELENS,   /* i: waiting for length/lit and distance code lengths */
+            LEN_,       /* i: same as LEN below, but only first time in */
+            LEN,        /* i: waiting for length/lit/eob code */
+            LENEXT,     /* i: waiting for length extra bits */
+            DIST,       /* i: waiting for distance code */
+            DISTEXT,    /* i: waiting for distance extra bits */
+            MATCH,      /* o: waiting for output space to copy string */
+            LIT,        /* o: waiting for output space to write literal */
+    CHECK,      /* i: waiting for 32-bit check value */
+    LENGTH,     /* i: waiting for 32-bit length (gzip) */
+    DONE,       /* finished check, done -- remain here until reset */
+    BAD,        /* got a data error -- remain here until reset */
+    MEM,        /* got an inflate() memory error -- remain here until reset */
+    SYNC        /* looking for synchronization bytes to restart inflate() */
+} inflate_mode;
+
+/*
+    State transitions between above modes -
+
+    (most modes can go to BAD or MEM on error -- not shown for clarity)
+
+    Process header:
+        HEAD -> (gzip) or (zlib) or (raw)
+        (gzip) -> FLAGS -> TIME -> OS -> EXLEN -> EXTRA -> NAME -> COMMENT ->
+                  HCRC -> TYPE
+        (zlib) -> DICTID or TYPE
+        DICTID -> DICT -> TYPE
+        (raw) -> TYPEDO
+    Read deflate blocks:
+            TYPE -> TYPEDO -> STORED or TABLE or LEN_ or CHECK
+            STORED -> COPY_ -> COPY -> TYPE
+            TABLE -> LENLENS -> CODELENS -> LEN_
+            LEN_ -> LEN
+    Read deflate codes in fixed or dynamic block:
+                LEN -> LENEXT or LIT or TYPE
+                LENEXT -> DIST -> DISTEXT -> MATCH -> LEN
+                LIT -> LEN
+    Process trailer:
+        CHECK -> LENGTH -> DONE
+ */
+
+/* state maintained between inflate() calls.  Approximately 10K bytes. */
+struct inflate_state {
+    inflate_mode mode;          /* current inflate mode */
+    int last;                   /* true if processing last block */
+    int wrap;                   /* bit 0 true for zlib, bit 1 true for gzip */
+    int havedict;               /* true if dictionary provided */
+    int flags;                  /* gzip header method and flags (0 if zlib) */
+    unsigned dmax;              /* zlib header max distance (INFLATE_STRICT) */
+    unsigned long check;        /* protected copy of check value */
+    unsigned long total;        /* protected copy of output count */
+    gz_headerp head;            /* where to save gzip header information */
+        /* sliding window */
+    unsigned wbits;             /* log base 2 of requested window size */
+    unsigned wsize;             /* window size or zero if not using window */
+    unsigned whave;             /* valid bytes in the window */
+    unsigned wnext;             /* window write index */
+    unsigned char FAR *window;  /* allocated sliding window, if needed */
+        /* bit accumulator */
+    unsigned long hold;         /* input bit accumulator */
+    unsigned bits;              /* number of bits in "in" */
+        /* for string and stored block copying */
+    unsigned length;            /* literal or length of data to copy */
+    unsigned offset;            /* distance back to copy string from */
+        /* for table and code decoding */
+    unsigned extra;             /* extra bits needed */
+        /* fixed and dynamic code tables */
+    code const FAR *lencode;    /* starting table for length/literal codes */
+    code const FAR *distcode;   /* starting table for distance codes */
+    unsigned lenbits;           /* index bits for lencode */
+    unsigned distbits;          /* index bits for distcode */
+        /* dynamic table building */
+    unsigned ncode;             /* number of code length code lengths */
+    unsigned nlen;              /* number of length code lengths */
+    unsigned ndist;             /* number of distance code lengths */
+    unsigned have;              /* number of code lengths in lens[] */
+    code FAR *next;             /* next available space in codes[] */
+    unsigned short lens[320];   /* temporary storage for code lengths */
+    unsigned short work[288];   /* work area for code table building */
+    code codes[ENOUGH];         /* space for code tables */
+    int sane;                   /* if false, allow invalid distance too far */
+    int back;                   /* bits back of last unprocessed length/lit */
+    unsigned was;               /* initial length of match */
+};
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inftrees.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inftrees.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11e9c52a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inftrees.c
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/* inftrees.c -- generate Huffman trees for efficient decoding
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+#include "inftrees.h"
+
+#define MAXBITS 15
+
+const char inflate_copyright[] =
+   " inflate 1.2.5 Copyright 1995-2010 Mark Adler ";
+/*
+  If you use the zlib library in a product, an acknowledgment is welcome
+  in the documentation of your product. If for some reason you cannot
+  include such an acknowledgment, I would appreciate that you keep this
+  copyright string in the executable of your product.
+ */
+
+/*
+   Build a set of tables to decode the provided canonical Huffman code.
+   The code lengths are lens[0..codes-1].  The result starts at *table,
+   whose indices are 0..2^bits-1.  work is a writable array of at least
+   lens shorts, which is used as a work area.  type is the type of code
+   to be generated, CODES, LENS, or DISTS.  On return, zero is success,
+   -1 is an invalid code, and +1 means that ENOUGH isn't enough.  table
+   on return points to the next available entry's address.  bits is the
+   requested root table index bits, and on return it is the actual root
+   table index bits.  It will differ if the request is greater than the
+   longest code or if it is less than the shortest code.
+ */
+int ZLIB_INTERNAL inflate_table(type, lens, codes, table, bits, work)
+codetype type;
+unsigned short FAR *lens;
+unsigned codes;
+code FAR * FAR *table;
+unsigned FAR *bits;
+unsigned short FAR *work;
+{
+    unsigned len;               /* a code's length in bits */
+    unsigned sym;               /* index of code symbols */
+    unsigned min, max;          /* minimum and maximum code lengths */
+    unsigned root;              /* number of index bits for root table */
+    unsigned curr;              /* number of index bits for current table */
+    unsigned drop;              /* code bits to drop for sub-table */
+    int left;                   /* number of prefix codes available */
+    unsigned used;              /* code entries in table used */
+    unsigned huff;              /* Huffman code */
+    unsigned incr;              /* for incrementing code, index */
+    unsigned fill;              /* index for replicating entries */
+    unsigned low;               /* low bits for current root entry */
+    unsigned mask;              /* mask for low root bits */
+    code here;                  /* table entry for duplication */
+    code FAR *next;             /* next available space in table */
+    const unsigned short FAR *base;     /* base value table to use */
+    const unsigned short FAR *extra;    /* extra bits table to use */
+    int end;                    /* use base and extra for symbol > end */
+    unsigned short count[MAXBITS+1];    /* number of codes of each length */
+    unsigned short offs[MAXBITS+1];     /* offsets in table for each length */
+    static const unsigned short lbase[31] = { /* Length codes 257..285 base */
+        3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 23, 27, 31,
+        35, 43, 51, 59, 67, 83, 99, 115, 131, 163, 195, 227, 258, 0, 0};
+    static const unsigned short lext[31] = { /* Length codes 257..285 extra */
+        16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18,
+        19, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, 21, 21, 21, 21, 16, 73, 195};
+    static const unsigned short dbase[32] = { /* Distance codes 0..29 base */
+        1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 13, 17, 25, 33, 49, 65, 97, 129, 193,
+        257, 385, 513, 769, 1025, 1537, 2049, 3073, 4097, 6145,
+        8193, 12289, 16385, 24577, 0, 0};
+    static const unsigned short dext[32] = { /* Distance codes 0..29 extra */
+        16, 16, 16, 16, 17, 17, 18, 18, 19, 19, 20, 20, 21, 21, 22, 22,
+        23, 23, 24, 24, 25, 25, 26, 26, 27, 27,
+        28, 28, 29, 29, 64, 64};
+
+    /*
+       Process a set of code lengths to create a canonical Huffman code.  The
+       code lengths are lens[0..codes-1].  Each length corresponds to the
+       symbols 0..codes-1.  The Huffman code is generated by first sorting the
+       symbols by length from short to long, and retaining the symbol order
+       for codes with equal lengths.  Then the code starts with all zero bits
+       for the first code of the shortest length, and the codes are integer
+       increments for the same length, and zeros are appended as the length
+       increases.  For the deflate format, these bits are stored backwards
+       from their more natural integer increment ordering, and so when the
+       decoding tables are built in the large loop below, the integer codes
+       are incremented backwards.
+
+       This routine assumes, but does not check, that all of the entries in
+       lens[] are in the range 0..MAXBITS.  The caller must assure this.
+       1..MAXBITS is interpreted as that code length.  zero means that that
+       symbol does not occur in this code.
+
+       The codes are sorted by computing a count of codes for each length,
+       creating from that a table of starting indices for each length in the
+       sorted table, and then entering the symbols in order in the sorted
+       table.  The sorted table is work[], with that space being provided by
+       the caller.
+
+       The length counts are used for other purposes as well, i.e. finding
+       the minimum and maximum length codes, determining if there are any
+       codes at all, checking for a valid set of lengths, and looking ahead
+       at length counts to determine sub-table sizes when building the
+       decoding tables.
+     */
+
+    /* accumulate lengths for codes (assumes lens[] all in 0..MAXBITS) */
+    for (len = 0; len <= MAXBITS; len++)
+        count[len] = 0;
+    for (sym = 0; sym < codes; sym++)
+        count[lens[sym]]++;
+
+    /* bound code lengths, force root to be within code lengths */
+    root = *bits;
+    for (max = MAXBITS; max >= 1; max--)
+        if (count[max] != 0) break;
+    if (root > max) root = max;
+    if (max == 0) {                     /* no symbols to code at all */
+        here.op = (unsigned char)64;    /* invalid code marker */
+        here.bits = (unsigned char)1;
+        here.val = (unsigned short)0;
+        *(*table)++ = here;             /* make a table to force an error */
+        *(*table)++ = here;
+        *bits = 1;
+        return 0;     /* no symbols, but wait for decoding to report error */
+    }
+    for (min = 1; min < max; min++)
+        if (count[min] != 0) break;
+    if (root < min) root = min;
+
+    /* check for an over-subscribed or incomplete set of lengths */
+    left = 1;
+    for (len = 1; len <= MAXBITS; len++) {
+        left <<= 1;
+        left -= count[len];
+        if (left < 0) return -1;        /* over-subscribed */
+    }
+    if (left > 0 && (type == CODES || max != 1))
+        return -1;                      /* incomplete set */
+
+    /* generate offsets into symbol table for each length for sorting */
+    offs[1] = 0;
+    for (len = 1; len < MAXBITS; len++)
+        offs[len + 1] = offs[len] + count[len];
+
+    /* sort symbols by length, by symbol order within each length */
+    for (sym = 0; sym < codes; sym++)
+        if (lens[sym] != 0) work[offs[lens[sym]]++] = (unsigned short)sym;
+
+    /*
+       Create and fill in decoding tables.  In this loop, the table being
+       filled is at next and has curr index bits.  The code being used is huff
+       with length len.  That code is converted to an index by dropping drop
+       bits off of the bottom.  For codes where len is less than drop + curr,
+       those top drop + curr - len bits are incremented through all values to
+       fill the table with replicated entries.
+
+       root is the number of index bits for the root table.  When len exceeds
+       root, sub-tables are created pointed to by the root entry with an index
+       of the low root bits of huff.  This is saved in low to check for when a
+       new sub-table should be started.  drop is zero when the root table is
+       being filled, and drop is root when sub-tables are being filled.
+
+       When a new sub-table is needed, it is necessary to look ahead in the
+       code lengths to determine what size sub-table is needed.  The length
+       counts are used for this, and so count[] is decremented as codes are
+       entered in the tables.
+
+       used keeps track of how many table entries have been allocated from the
+       provided *table space.  It is checked for LENS and DIST tables against
+       the constants ENOUGH_LENS and ENOUGH_DISTS to guard against changes in
+       the initial root table size constants.  See the comments in inftrees.h
+       for more information.
+
+       sym increments through all symbols, and the loop terminates when
+       all codes of length max, i.e. all codes, have been processed.  This
+       routine permits incomplete codes, so another loop after this one fills
+       in the rest of the decoding tables with invalid code markers.
+     */
+
+    /* set up for code type */
+    switch (type) {
+    case CODES:
+        base = extra = work;    /* dummy value--not used */
+        end = 19;
+        break;
+    case LENS:
+        base = lbase;
+        base -= 257;
+        extra = lext;
+        extra -= 257;
+        end = 256;
+        break;
+    default:            /* DISTS */
+        base = dbase;
+        extra = dext;
+        end = -1;
+    }
+
+    /* initialize state for loop */
+    huff = 0;                   /* starting code */
+    sym = 0;                    /* starting code symbol */
+    len = min;                  /* starting code length */
+    next = *table;              /* current table to fill in */
+    curr = root;                /* current table index bits */
+    drop = 0;                   /* current bits to drop from code for index */
+    low = (unsigned)(-1);       /* trigger new sub-table when len > root */
+    used = 1U << root;          /* use root table entries */
+    mask = used - 1;            /* mask for comparing low */
+
+    /* check available table space */
+    if ((type == LENS && used >= ENOUGH_LENS) ||
+        (type == DISTS && used >= ENOUGH_DISTS))
+        return 1;
+
+    /* process all codes and make table entries */
+    for (;;) {
+        /* create table entry */
+        here.bits = (unsigned char)(len - drop);
+        if ((int)(work[sym]) < end) {
+            here.op = (unsigned char)0;
+            here.val = work[sym];
+        }
+        else if ((int)(work[sym]) > end) {
+            here.op = (unsigned char)(extra[work[sym]]);
+            here.val = base[work[sym]];
+        }
+        else {
+            here.op = (unsigned char)(32 + 64);         /* end of block */
+            here.val = 0;
+        }
+
+        /* replicate for those indices with low len bits equal to huff */
+        incr = 1U << (len - drop);
+        fill = 1U << curr;
+        min = fill;                 /* save offset to next table */
+        do {
+            fill -= incr;
+            next[(huff >> drop) + fill] = here;
+        } while (fill != 0);
+
+        /* backwards increment the len-bit code huff */
+        incr = 1U << (len - 1);
+        while (huff & incr)
+            incr >>= 1;
+        if (incr != 0) {
+            huff &= incr - 1;
+            huff += incr;
+        }
+        else
+            huff = 0;
+
+        /* go to next symbol, update count, len */
+        sym++;
+        if (--(count[len]) == 0) {
+            if (len == max) break;
+            len = lens[work[sym]];
+        }
+
+        /* create new sub-table if needed */
+        if (len > root && (huff & mask) != low) {
+            /* if first time, transition to sub-tables */
+            if (drop == 0)
+                drop = root;
+
+            /* increment past last table */
+            next += min;            /* here min is 1 << curr */
+
+            /* determine length of next table */
+            curr = len - drop;
+            left = (int)(1 << curr);
+            while (curr + drop < max) {
+                left -= count[curr + drop];
+                if (left <= 0) break;
+                curr++;
+                left <<= 1;
+            }
+
+            /* check for enough space */
+            used += 1U << curr;
+            if ((type == LENS && used >= ENOUGH_LENS) ||
+                (type == DISTS && used >= ENOUGH_DISTS))
+                return 1;
+
+            /* point entry in root table to sub-table */
+            low = huff & mask;
+            (*table)[low].op = (unsigned char)curr;
+            (*table)[low].bits = (unsigned char)root;
+            (*table)[low].val = (unsigned short)(next - *table);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*
+       Fill in rest of table for incomplete codes.  This loop is similar to the
+       loop above in incrementing huff for table indices.  It is assumed that
+       len is equal to curr + drop, so there is no loop needed to increment
+       through high index bits.  When the current sub-table is filled, the loop
+       drops back to the root table to fill in any remaining entries there.
+     */
+    here.op = (unsigned char)64;                /* invalid code marker */
+    here.bits = (unsigned char)(len - drop);
+    here.val = (unsigned short)0;
+    while (huff != 0) {
+        /* when done with sub-table, drop back to root table */
+        if (drop != 0 && (huff & mask) != low) {
+            drop = 0;
+            len = root;
+            next = *table;
+            here.bits = (unsigned char)len;
+        }
+
+        /* put invalid code marker in table */
+        next[huff >> drop] = here;
+
+        /* backwards increment the len-bit code huff */
+        incr = 1U << (len - 1);
+        while (huff & incr)
+            incr >>= 1;
+        if (incr != 0) {
+            huff &= incr - 1;
+            huff += incr;
+        }
+        else
+            huff = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* set return parameters */
+    *table += used;
+    *bits = root;
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inftrees.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inftrees.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..baa53a0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/inftrees.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* inftrees.h -- header to use inftrees.c
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2005, 2010 Mark Adler
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h.
+ */
+
+/* Structure for decoding tables.  Each entry provides either the
+   information needed to do the operation requested by the code that
+   indexed that table entry, or it provides a pointer to another
+   table that indexes more bits of the code.  op indicates whether
+   the entry is a pointer to another table, a literal, a length or
+   distance, an end-of-block, or an invalid code.  For a table
+   pointer, the low four bits of op is the number of index bits of
+   that table.  For a length or distance, the low four bits of op
+   is the number of extra bits to get after the code.  bits is
+   the number of bits in this code or part of the code to drop off
+   of the bit buffer.  val is the actual byte to output in the case
+   of a literal, the base length or distance, or the offset from
+   the current table to the next table.  Each entry is four bytes. */
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char op;           /* operation, extra bits, table bits */
+    unsigned char bits;         /* bits in this part of the code */
+    unsigned short val;         /* offset in table or code value */
+} code;
+
+/* op values as set by inflate_table():
+    00000000 - literal
+    0000tttt - table link, tttt != 0 is the number of table index bits
+    0001eeee - length or distance, eeee is the number of extra bits
+    01100000 - end of block
+    01000000 - invalid code
+ */
+
+/* Maximum size of the dynamic table.  The maximum number of code structures is
+   1444, which is the sum of 852 for literal/length codes and 592 for distance
+   codes.  These values were found by exhaustive searches using the program
+   examples/enough.c found in the zlib distribtution.  The arguments to that
+   program are the number of symbols, the initial root table size, and the
+   maximum bit length of a code.  "enough 286 9 15" for literal/length codes
+   returns returns 852, and "enough 30 6 15" for distance codes returns 592.
+   The initial root table size (9 or 6) is found in the fifth argument of the
+   inflate_table() calls in inflate.c and infback.c.  If the root table size is
+   changed, then these maximum sizes would be need to be recalculated and
+   updated. */
+#define ENOUGH_LENS 852
+#define ENOUGH_DISTS 592
+#define ENOUGH (ENOUGH_LENS+ENOUGH_DISTS)
+
+/* Type of code to build for inflate_table() */
+typedef enum {
+    CODES,
+    LENS,
+    DISTS
+} codetype;
+
+int ZLIB_INTERNAL inflate_table OF((codetype type, unsigned short FAR *lens,
+                             unsigned codes, code FAR * FAR *table,
+                             unsigned FAR *bits, unsigned short FAR *work));
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/trees.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/trees.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56e9bb1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/trees.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1244 @@
+/* trees.c -- output deflated data using Huffman coding
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly
+ * detect_data_type() function provided freely by Cosmin Truta, 2006
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  ALGORITHM
+ *
+ *      The "deflation" process uses several Huffman trees. The more
+ *      common source values are represented by shorter bit sequences.
+ *
+ *      Each code tree is stored in a compressed form which is itself
+ * a Huffman encoding of the lengths of all the code strings (in
+ * ascending order by source values).  The actual code strings are
+ * reconstructed from the lengths in the inflate process, as described
+ * in the deflate specification.
+ *
+ *  REFERENCES
+ *
+ *      Deutsch, L.P.,"'Deflate' Compressed Data Format Specification".
+ *      Available in ftp.uu.net:/pub/archiving/zip/doc/deflate-1.1.doc
+ *
+ *      Storer, James A.
+ *          Data Compression:  Methods and Theory, pp. 49-50.
+ *          Computer Science Press, 1988.  ISBN 0-7167-8156-5.
+ *
+ *      Sedgewick, R.
+ *          Algorithms, p290.
+ *          Addison-Wesley, 1983. ISBN 0-201-06672-6.
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+/* #define GEN_TREES_H */
+
+#include "deflate.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#  include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Constants
+ */
+
+#define MAX_BL_BITS 7
+/* Bit length codes must not exceed MAX_BL_BITS bits */
+
+#define END_BLOCK 256
+/* end of block literal code */
+
+#define REP_3_6      16
+/* repeat previous bit length 3-6 times (2 bits of repeat count) */
+
+#define REPZ_3_10    17
+/* repeat a zero length 3-10 times  (3 bits of repeat count) */
+
+#define REPZ_11_138  18
+/* repeat a zero length 11-138 times  (7 bits of repeat count) */
+
+local const int extra_lbits[LENGTH_CODES] /* extra bits for each length code */
+   = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,0};
+
+local const int extra_dbits[D_CODES] /* extra bits for each distance code */
+   = {0,0,0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13};
+
+local const int extra_blbits[BL_CODES]/* extra bits for each bit length code */
+   = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,2,3,7};
+
+local const uch bl_order[BL_CODES]
+   = {16,17,18,0,8,7,9,6,10,5,11,4,12,3,13,2,14,1,15};
+/* The lengths of the bit length codes are sent in order of decreasing
+ * probability, to avoid transmitting the lengths for unused bit length codes.
+ */
+
+#define Buf_size (8 * 2*sizeof(char))
+/* Number of bits used within bi_buf. (bi_buf might be implemented on
+ * more than 16 bits on some systems.)
+ */
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Local data. These are initialized only once.
+ */
+
+#define DIST_CODE_LEN  512 /* see definition of array dist_code below */
+
+#if defined(GEN_TREES_H) || !defined(STDC)
+/* non ANSI compilers may not accept trees.h */
+
+local ct_data static_ltree[L_CODES+2];
+/* The static literal tree. Since the bit lengths are imposed, there is no
+ * need for the L_CODES extra codes used during heap construction. However
+ * The codes 286 and 287 are needed to build a canonical tree (see _tr_init
+ * below).
+ */
+
+local ct_data static_dtree[D_CODES];
+/* The static distance tree. (Actually a trivial tree since all codes use
+ * 5 bits.)
+ */
+
+uch _dist_code[DIST_CODE_LEN];
+/* Distance codes. The first 256 values correspond to the distances
+ * 3 .. 258, the last 256 values correspond to the top 8 bits of
+ * the 15 bit distances.
+ */
+
+uch _length_code[MAX_MATCH-MIN_MATCH+1];
+/* length code for each normalized match length (0 == MIN_MATCH) */
+
+local int base_length[LENGTH_CODES];
+/* First normalized length for each code (0 = MIN_MATCH) */
+
+local int base_dist[D_CODES];
+/* First normalized distance for each code (0 = distance of 1) */
+
+#else
+#  include "trees.h"
+#endif /* GEN_TREES_H */
+
+struct static_tree_desc_s {
+    const ct_data *static_tree;  /* static tree or NULL */
+    const intf *extra_bits;      /* extra bits for each code or NULL */
+    int     extra_base;          /* base index for extra_bits */
+    int     elems;               /* max number of elements in the tree */
+    int     max_length;          /* max bit length for the codes */
+};
+
+local static_tree_desc  static_l_desc =
+{static_ltree, extra_lbits, LITERALS+1, L_CODES, MAX_BITS};
+
+local static_tree_desc  static_d_desc =
+{static_dtree, extra_dbits, 0,          D_CODES, MAX_BITS};
+
+local static_tree_desc  static_bl_desc =
+{(const ct_data *)0, extra_blbits, 0,   BL_CODES, MAX_BL_BITS};
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Local (static) routines in this file.
+ */
+
+local void tr_static_init OF((void));
+local void init_block     OF((deflate_state *s));
+local void pqdownheap     OF((deflate_state *s, ct_data *tree, int k));
+local void gen_bitlen     OF((deflate_state *s, tree_desc *desc));
+local void gen_codes      OF((ct_data *tree, int max_code, ushf *bl_count));
+local void build_tree     OF((deflate_state *s, tree_desc *desc));
+local void scan_tree      OF((deflate_state *s, ct_data *tree, int max_code));
+local void send_tree      OF((deflate_state *s, ct_data *tree, int max_code));
+local int  build_bl_tree  OF((deflate_state *s));
+local void send_all_trees OF((deflate_state *s, int lcodes, int dcodes,
+                              int blcodes));
+local void compress_block OF((deflate_state *s, ct_data *ltree,
+                              ct_data *dtree));
+local int  detect_data_type OF((deflate_state *s));
+local unsigned bi_reverse OF((unsigned value, int length));
+local void bi_windup      OF((deflate_state *s));
+local void bi_flush       OF((deflate_state *s));
+local void copy_block     OF((deflate_state *s, charf *buf, unsigned len,
+                              int header));
+
+#ifdef GEN_TREES_H
+local void gen_trees_header OF((void));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+#  define send_code(s, c, tree) send_bits(s, tree[c].Code, tree[c].Len)
+   /* Send a code of the given tree. c and tree must not have side effects */
+
+#else /* DEBUG */
+#  define send_code(s, c, tree) \
+     { if (z_verbose>2) fprintf(stderr,"\ncd %3d ",(c)); \
+       send_bits(s, tree[c].Code, tree[c].Len); }
+#endif
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Output a short LSB first on the stream.
+ * IN assertion: there is enough room in pendingBuf.
+ */
+#define put_short(s, w) { \
+    put_byte(s, (uch)((w) & 0xff)); \
+    put_byte(s, (uch)((ush)(w) >> 8)); \
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Send a value on a given number of bits.
+ * IN assertion: length <= 16 and value fits in length bits.
+ */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+local void send_bits      OF((deflate_state *s, int value, int length));
+
+local void send_bits(s, value, length)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int value;  /* value to send */
+    int length; /* number of bits */
+{
+    Tracevv((stderr," l %2d v %4x ", length, value));
+    Assert(length > 0 && length <= 15, "invalid length");
+    s->bits_sent += (ulg)length;
+
+    /* If not enough room in bi_buf, use (valid) bits from bi_buf and
+     * (16 - bi_valid) bits from value, leaving (width - (16-bi_valid))
+     * unused bits in value.
+     */
+    if (s->bi_valid > (int)Buf_size - length) {
+        s->bi_buf |= (ush)value << s->bi_valid;
+        put_short(s, s->bi_buf);
+        s->bi_buf = (ush)value >> (Buf_size - s->bi_valid);
+        s->bi_valid += length - Buf_size;
+    } else {
+        s->bi_buf |= (ush)value << s->bi_valid;
+        s->bi_valid += length;
+    }
+}
+#else /* !DEBUG */
+
+#define send_bits(s, value, length) \
+{ int len = length;\
+  if (s->bi_valid > (int)Buf_size - len) {\
+    int val = value;\
+    s->bi_buf |= (ush)val << s->bi_valid;\
+    put_short(s, s->bi_buf);\
+    s->bi_buf = (ush)val >> (Buf_size - s->bi_valid);\
+    s->bi_valid += len - Buf_size;\
+  } else {\
+    s->bi_buf |= (ush)(value) << s->bi_valid;\
+    s->bi_valid += len;\
+  }\
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+
+/* the arguments must not have side effects */
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Initialize the various 'constant' tables.
+ */
+local void tr_static_init()
+{
+#if defined(GEN_TREES_H) || !defined(STDC)
+    static int static_init_done = 0;
+    int n;        /* iterates over tree elements */
+    int bits;     /* bit counter */
+    int length;   /* length value */
+    int code;     /* code value */
+    int dist;     /* distance index */
+    ush bl_count[MAX_BITS+1];
+    /* number of codes at each bit length for an optimal tree */
+
+    if (static_init_done) return;
+
+    /* For some embedded targets, global variables are not initialized: */
+#ifdef NO_INIT_GLOBAL_POINTERS
+    static_l_desc.static_tree = static_ltree;
+    static_l_desc.extra_bits = extra_lbits;
+    static_d_desc.static_tree = static_dtree;
+    static_d_desc.extra_bits = extra_dbits;
+    static_bl_desc.extra_bits = extra_blbits;
+#endif
+
+    /* Initialize the mapping length (0..255) -> length code (0..28) */
+    length = 0;
+    for (code = 0; code < LENGTH_CODES-1; code++) {
+        base_length[code] = length;
+        for (n = 0; n < (1<<extra_lbits[code]); n++) {
+            _length_code[length++] = (uch)code;
+        }
+    }
+    Assert (length == 256, "tr_static_init: length != 256");
+    /* Note that the length 255 (match length 258) can be represented
+     * in two different ways: code 284 + 5 bits or code 285, so we
+     * overwrite length_code[255] to use the best encoding:
+     */
+    _length_code[length-1] = (uch)code;
+
+    /* Initialize the mapping dist (0..32K) -> dist code (0..29) */
+    dist = 0;
+    for (code = 0 ; code < 16; code++) {
+        base_dist[code] = dist;
+        for (n = 0; n < (1<<extra_dbits[code]); n++) {
+            _dist_code[dist++] = (uch)code;
+        }
+    }
+    Assert (dist == 256, "tr_static_init: dist != 256");
+    dist >>= 7; /* from now on, all distances are divided by 128 */
+    for ( ; code < D_CODES; code++) {
+        base_dist[code] = dist << 7;
+        for (n = 0; n < (1<<(extra_dbits[code]-7)); n++) {
+            _dist_code[256 + dist++] = (uch)code;
+        }
+    }
+    Assert (dist == 256, "tr_static_init: 256+dist != 512");
+
+    /* Construct the codes of the static literal tree */
+    for (bits = 0; bits <= MAX_BITS; bits++) bl_count[bits] = 0;
+    n = 0;
+    while (n <= 143) static_ltree[n++].Len = 8, bl_count[8]++;
+    while (n <= 255) static_ltree[n++].Len = 9, bl_count[9]++;
+    while (n <= 279) static_ltree[n++].Len = 7, bl_count[7]++;
+    while (n <= 287) static_ltree[n++].Len = 8, bl_count[8]++;
+    /* Codes 286 and 287 do not exist, but we must include them in the
+     * tree construction to get a canonical Huffman tree (longest code
+     * all ones)
+     */
+    gen_codes((ct_data *)static_ltree, L_CODES+1, bl_count);
+
+    /* The static distance tree is trivial: */
+    for (n = 0; n < D_CODES; n++) {
+        static_dtree[n].Len = 5;
+        static_dtree[n].Code = bi_reverse((unsigned)n, 5);
+    }
+    static_init_done = 1;
+
+#  ifdef GEN_TREES_H
+    gen_trees_header();
+#  endif
+#endif /* defined(GEN_TREES_H) || !defined(STDC) */
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Genererate the file trees.h describing the static trees.
+ */
+#ifdef GEN_TREES_H
+#  ifndef DEBUG
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#  endif
+
+#  define SEPARATOR(i, last, width) \
+      ((i) == (last)? "\n};\n\n" :    \
+       ((i) % (width) == (width)-1 ? ",\n" : ", "))
+
+void gen_trees_header()
+{
+    FILE *header = fopen("trees.h", "w");
+    int i;
+
+    Assert (header != NULL, "Can't open trees.h");
+    fprintf(header,
+            "/* header created automatically with -DGEN_TREES_H */\n\n");
+
+    fprintf(header, "local const ct_data static_ltree[L_CODES+2] = {\n");
+    for (i = 0; i < L_CODES+2; i++) {
+        fprintf(header, "{{%3u},{%3u}}%s", static_ltree[i].Code,
+                static_ltree[i].Len, SEPARATOR(i, L_CODES+1, 5));
+    }
+
+    fprintf(header, "local const ct_data static_dtree[D_CODES] = {\n");
+    for (i = 0; i < D_CODES; i++) {
+        fprintf(header, "{{%2u},{%2u}}%s", static_dtree[i].Code,
+                static_dtree[i].Len, SEPARATOR(i, D_CODES-1, 5));
+    }
+
+    fprintf(header, "const uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _dist_code[DIST_CODE_LEN] = {\n");
+    for (i = 0; i < DIST_CODE_LEN; i++) {
+        fprintf(header, "%2u%s", _dist_code[i],
+                SEPARATOR(i, DIST_CODE_LEN-1, 20));
+    }
+
+    fprintf(header,
+        "const uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _length_code[MAX_MATCH-MIN_MATCH+1]= {\n");
+    for (i = 0; i < MAX_MATCH-MIN_MATCH+1; i++) {
+        fprintf(header, "%2u%s", _length_code[i],
+                SEPARATOR(i, MAX_MATCH-MIN_MATCH, 20));
+    }
+
+    fprintf(header, "local const int base_length[LENGTH_CODES] = {\n");
+    for (i = 0; i < LENGTH_CODES; i++) {
+        fprintf(header, "%1u%s", base_length[i],
+                SEPARATOR(i, LENGTH_CODES-1, 20));
+    }
+
+    fprintf(header, "local const int base_dist[D_CODES] = {\n");
+    for (i = 0; i < D_CODES; i++) {
+        fprintf(header, "%5u%s", base_dist[i],
+                SEPARATOR(i, D_CODES-1, 10));
+    }
+
+    fclose(header);
+}
+#endif /* GEN_TREES_H */
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Initialize the tree data structures for a new zlib stream.
+ */
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_init(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    tr_static_init();
+
+    s->l_desc.dyn_tree = s->dyn_ltree;
+    s->l_desc.stat_desc = &static_l_desc;
+
+    s->d_desc.dyn_tree = s->dyn_dtree;
+    s->d_desc.stat_desc = &static_d_desc;
+
+    s->bl_desc.dyn_tree = s->bl_tree;
+    s->bl_desc.stat_desc = &static_bl_desc;
+
+    s->bi_buf = 0;
+    s->bi_valid = 0;
+    s->last_eob_len = 8; /* enough lookahead for inflate */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    s->compressed_len = 0L;
+    s->bits_sent = 0L;
+#endif
+
+    /* Initialize the first block of the first file: */
+    init_block(s);
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Initialize a new block.
+ */
+local void init_block(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    int n; /* iterates over tree elements */
+
+    /* Initialize the trees. */
+    for (n = 0; n < L_CODES;  n++) s->dyn_ltree[n].Freq = 0;
+    for (n = 0; n < D_CODES;  n++) s->dyn_dtree[n].Freq = 0;
+    for (n = 0; n < BL_CODES; n++) s->bl_tree[n].Freq = 0;
+
+    s->dyn_ltree[END_BLOCK].Freq = 1;
+    s->opt_len = s->static_len = 0L;
+    s->last_lit = s->matches = 0;
+}
+
+#define SMALLEST 1
+/* Index within the heap array of least frequent node in the Huffman tree */
+
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Remove the smallest element from the heap and recreate the heap with
+ * one less element. Updates heap and heap_len.
+ */
+#define pqremove(s, tree, top) \
+{\
+    top = s->heap[SMALLEST]; \
+    s->heap[SMALLEST] = s->heap[s->heap_len--]; \
+    pqdownheap(s, tree, SMALLEST); \
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Compares to subtrees, using the tree depth as tie breaker when
+ * the subtrees have equal frequency. This minimizes the worst case length.
+ */
+#define smaller(tree, n, m, depth) \
+   (tree[n].Freq < tree[m].Freq || \
+   (tree[n].Freq == tree[m].Freq && depth[n] <= depth[m]))
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Restore the heap property by moving down the tree starting at node k,
+ * exchanging a node with the smallest of its two sons if necessary, stopping
+ * when the heap property is re-established (each father smaller than its
+ * two sons).
+ */
+local void pqdownheap(s, tree, k)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    ct_data *tree;  /* the tree to restore */
+    int k;               /* node to move down */
+{
+    int v = s->heap[k];
+    int j = k << 1;  /* left son of k */
+    while (j <= s->heap_len) {
+        /* Set j to the smallest of the two sons: */
+        if (j < s->heap_len &&
+            smaller(tree, s->heap[j+1], s->heap[j], s->depth)) {
+            j++;
+        }
+        /* Exit if v is smaller than both sons */
+        if (smaller(tree, v, s->heap[j], s->depth)) break;
+
+        /* Exchange v with the smallest son */
+        s->heap[k] = s->heap[j];  k = j;
+
+        /* And continue down the tree, setting j to the left son of k */
+        j <<= 1;
+    }
+    s->heap[k] = v;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Compute the optimal bit lengths for a tree and update the total bit length
+ * for the current block.
+ * IN assertion: the fields freq and dad are set, heap[heap_max] and
+ *    above are the tree nodes sorted by increasing frequency.
+ * OUT assertions: the field len is set to the optimal bit length, the
+ *     array bl_count contains the frequencies for each bit length.
+ *     The length opt_len is updated; static_len is also updated if stree is
+ *     not null.
+ */
+local void gen_bitlen(s, desc)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    tree_desc *desc;    /* the tree descriptor */
+{
+    ct_data *tree        = desc->dyn_tree;
+    int max_code         = desc->max_code;
+    const ct_data *stree = desc->stat_desc->static_tree;
+    const intf *extra    = desc->stat_desc->extra_bits;
+    int base             = desc->stat_desc->extra_base;
+    int max_length       = desc->stat_desc->max_length;
+    int h;              /* heap index */
+    int n, m;           /* iterate over the tree elements */
+    int bits;           /* bit length */
+    int xbits;          /* extra bits */
+    ush f;              /* frequency */
+    int overflow = 0;   /* number of elements with bit length too large */
+
+    for (bits = 0; bits <= MAX_BITS; bits++) s->bl_count[bits] = 0;
+
+    /* In a first pass, compute the optimal bit lengths (which may
+     * overflow in the case of the bit length tree).
+     */
+    tree[s->heap[s->heap_max]].Len = 0; /* root of the heap */
+
+    for (h = s->heap_max+1; h < HEAP_SIZE; h++) {
+        n = s->heap[h];
+        bits = tree[tree[n].Dad].Len + 1;
+        if (bits > max_length) bits = max_length, overflow++;
+        tree[n].Len = (ush)bits;
+        /* We overwrite tree[n].Dad which is no longer needed */
+
+        if (n > max_code) continue; /* not a leaf node */
+
+        s->bl_count[bits]++;
+        xbits = 0;
+        if (n >= base) xbits = extra[n-base];
+        f = tree[n].Freq;
+        s->opt_len += (ulg)f * (bits + xbits);
+        if (stree) s->static_len += (ulg)f * (stree[n].Len + xbits);
+    }
+    if (overflow == 0) return;
+
+    Trace((stderr,"\nbit length overflow\n"));
+    /* This happens for example on obj2 and pic of the Calgary corpus */
+
+    /* Find the first bit length which could increase: */
+    do {
+        bits = max_length-1;
+        while (s->bl_count[bits] == 0) bits--;
+        s->bl_count[bits]--;      /* move one leaf down the tree */
+        s->bl_count[bits+1] += 2; /* move one overflow item as its brother */
+        s->bl_count[max_length]--;
+        /* The brother of the overflow item also moves one step up,
+         * but this does not affect bl_count[max_length]
+         */
+        overflow -= 2;
+    } while (overflow > 0);
+
+    /* Now recompute all bit lengths, scanning in increasing frequency.
+     * h is still equal to HEAP_SIZE. (It is simpler to reconstruct all
+     * lengths instead of fixing only the wrong ones. This idea is taken
+     * from 'ar' written by Haruhiko Okumura.)
+     */
+    for (bits = max_length; bits != 0; bits--) {
+        n = s->bl_count[bits];
+        while (n != 0) {
+            m = s->heap[--h];
+            if (m > max_code) continue;
+            if ((unsigned) tree[m].Len != (unsigned) bits) {
+                Trace((stderr,"code %d bits %d->%d\n", m, tree[m].Len, bits));
+                s->opt_len += ((long)bits - (long)tree[m].Len)
+                              *(long)tree[m].Freq;
+                tree[m].Len = (ush)bits;
+            }
+            n--;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Generate the codes for a given tree and bit counts (which need not be
+ * optimal).
+ * IN assertion: the array bl_count contains the bit length statistics for
+ * the given tree and the field len is set for all tree elements.
+ * OUT assertion: the field code is set for all tree elements of non
+ *     zero code length.
+ */
+local void gen_codes (tree, max_code, bl_count)
+    ct_data *tree;             /* the tree to decorate */
+    int max_code;              /* largest code with non zero frequency */
+    ushf *bl_count;            /* number of codes at each bit length */
+{
+    ush next_code[MAX_BITS+1]; /* next code value for each bit length */
+    ush code = 0;              /* running code value */
+    int bits;                  /* bit index */
+    int n;                     /* code index */
+
+    /* The distribution counts are first used to generate the code values
+     * without bit reversal.
+     */
+    for (bits = 1; bits <= MAX_BITS; bits++) {
+        next_code[bits] = code = (code + bl_count[bits-1]) << 1;
+    }
+    /* Check that the bit counts in bl_count are consistent. The last code
+     * must be all ones.
+     */
+    Assert (code + bl_count[MAX_BITS]-1 == (1<<MAX_BITS)-1,
+            "inconsistent bit counts");
+    Tracev((stderr,"\ngen_codes: max_code %d ", max_code));
+
+    for (n = 0;  n <= max_code; n++) {
+        int len = tree[n].Len;
+        if (len == 0) continue;
+        /* Now reverse the bits */
+        tree[n].Code = bi_reverse(next_code[len]++, len);
+
+        Tracecv(tree != static_ltree, (stderr,"\nn %3d %c l %2d c %4x (%x) ",
+             n, (isgraph(n) ? n : ' '), len, tree[n].Code, next_code[len]-1));
+    }
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Construct one Huffman tree and assigns the code bit strings and lengths.
+ * Update the total bit length for the current block.
+ * IN assertion: the field freq is set for all tree elements.
+ * OUT assertions: the fields len and code are set to the optimal bit length
+ *     and corresponding code. The length opt_len is updated; static_len is
+ *     also updated if stree is not null. The field max_code is set.
+ */
+local void build_tree(s, desc)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    tree_desc *desc; /* the tree descriptor */
+{
+    ct_data *tree         = desc->dyn_tree;
+    const ct_data *stree  = desc->stat_desc->static_tree;
+    int elems             = desc->stat_desc->elems;
+    int n, m;          /* iterate over heap elements */
+    int max_code = -1; /* largest code with non zero frequency */
+    int node;          /* new node being created */
+
+    /* Construct the initial heap, with least frequent element in
+     * heap[SMALLEST]. The sons of heap[n] are heap[2*n] and heap[2*n+1].
+     * heap[0] is not used.
+     */
+    s->heap_len = 0, s->heap_max = HEAP_SIZE;
+
+    for (n = 0; n < elems; n++) {
+        if (tree[n].Freq != 0) {
+            s->heap[++(s->heap_len)] = max_code = n;
+            s->depth[n] = 0;
+        } else {
+            tree[n].Len = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* The pkzip format requires that at least one distance code exists,
+     * and that at least one bit should be sent even if there is only one
+     * possible code. So to avoid special checks later on we force at least
+     * two codes of non zero frequency.
+     */
+    while (s->heap_len < 2) {
+        node = s->heap[++(s->heap_len)] = (max_code < 2 ? ++max_code : 0);
+        tree[node].Freq = 1;
+        s->depth[node] = 0;
+        s->opt_len--; if (stree) s->static_len -= stree[node].Len;
+        /* node is 0 or 1 so it does not have extra bits */
+    }
+    desc->max_code = max_code;
+
+    /* The elements heap[heap_len/2+1 .. heap_len] are leaves of the tree,
+     * establish sub-heaps of increasing lengths:
+     */
+    for (n = s->heap_len/2; n >= 1; n--) pqdownheap(s, tree, n);
+
+    /* Construct the Huffman tree by repeatedly combining the least two
+     * frequent nodes.
+     */
+    node = elems;              /* next internal node of the tree */
+    do {
+        pqremove(s, tree, n);  /* n = node of least frequency */
+        m = s->heap[SMALLEST]; /* m = node of next least frequency */
+
+        s->heap[--(s->heap_max)] = n; /* keep the nodes sorted by frequency */
+        s->heap[--(s->heap_max)] = m;
+
+        /* Create a new node father of n and m */
+        tree[node].Freq = tree[n].Freq + tree[m].Freq;
+        s->depth[node] = (uch)((s->depth[n] >= s->depth[m] ?
+                                s->depth[n] : s->depth[m]) + 1);
+        tree[n].Dad = tree[m].Dad = (ush)node;
+#ifdef DUMP_BL_TREE
+        if (tree == s->bl_tree) {
+            fprintf(stderr,"\nnode %d(%d), sons %d(%d) %d(%d)",
+                    node, tree[node].Freq, n, tree[n].Freq, m, tree[m].Freq);
+        }
+#endif
+        /* and insert the new node in the heap */
+        s->heap[SMALLEST] = node++;
+        pqdownheap(s, tree, SMALLEST);
+
+    } while (s->heap_len >= 2);
+
+    s->heap[--(s->heap_max)] = s->heap[SMALLEST];
+
+    /* At this point, the fields freq and dad are set. We can now
+     * generate the bit lengths.
+     */
+    gen_bitlen(s, (tree_desc *)desc);
+
+    /* The field len is now set, we can generate the bit codes */
+    gen_codes ((ct_data *)tree, max_code, s->bl_count);
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Scan a literal or distance tree to determine the frequencies of the codes
+ * in the bit length tree.
+ */
+local void scan_tree (s, tree, max_code)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    ct_data *tree;   /* the tree to be scanned */
+    int max_code;    /* and its largest code of non zero frequency */
+{
+    int n;                     /* iterates over all tree elements */
+    int prevlen = -1;          /* last emitted length */
+    int curlen;                /* length of current code */
+    int nextlen = tree[0].Len; /* length of next code */
+    int count = 0;             /* repeat count of the current code */
+    int max_count = 7;         /* max repeat count */
+    int min_count = 4;         /* min repeat count */
+
+    if (nextlen == 0) max_count = 138, min_count = 3;
+    tree[max_code+1].Len = (ush)0xffff; /* guard */
+
+    for (n = 0; n <= max_code; n++) {
+        curlen = nextlen; nextlen = tree[n+1].Len;
+        if (++count < max_count && curlen == nextlen) {
+            continue;
+        } else if (count < min_count) {
+            s->bl_tree[curlen].Freq += count;
+        } else if (curlen != 0) {
+            if (curlen != prevlen) s->bl_tree[curlen].Freq++;
+            s->bl_tree[REP_3_6].Freq++;
+        } else if (count <= 10) {
+            s->bl_tree[REPZ_3_10].Freq++;
+        } else {
+            s->bl_tree[REPZ_11_138].Freq++;
+        }
+        count = 0; prevlen = curlen;
+        if (nextlen == 0) {
+            max_count = 138, min_count = 3;
+        } else if (curlen == nextlen) {
+            max_count = 6, min_count = 3;
+        } else {
+            max_count = 7, min_count = 4;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Send a literal or distance tree in compressed form, using the codes in
+ * bl_tree.
+ */
+local void send_tree (s, tree, max_code)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    ct_data *tree; /* the tree to be scanned */
+    int max_code;       /* and its largest code of non zero frequency */
+{
+    int n;                     /* iterates over all tree elements */
+    int prevlen = -1;          /* last emitted length */
+    int curlen;                /* length of current code */
+    int nextlen = tree[0].Len; /* length of next code */
+    int count = 0;             /* repeat count of the current code */
+    int max_count = 7;         /* max repeat count */
+    int min_count = 4;         /* min repeat count */
+
+    /* tree[max_code+1].Len = -1; */  /* guard already set */
+    if (nextlen == 0) max_count = 138, min_count = 3;
+
+    for (n = 0; n <= max_code; n++) {
+        curlen = nextlen; nextlen = tree[n+1].Len;
+        if (++count < max_count && curlen == nextlen) {
+            continue;
+        } else if (count < min_count) {
+            do { send_code(s, curlen, s->bl_tree); } while (--count != 0);
+
+        } else if (curlen != 0) {
+            if (curlen != prevlen) {
+                send_code(s, curlen, s->bl_tree); count--;
+            }
+            Assert(count >= 3 && count <= 6, " 3_6?");
+            send_code(s, REP_3_6, s->bl_tree); send_bits(s, count-3, 2);
+
+        } else if (count <= 10) {
+            send_code(s, REPZ_3_10, s->bl_tree); send_bits(s, count-3, 3);
+
+        } else {
+            send_code(s, REPZ_11_138, s->bl_tree); send_bits(s, count-11, 7);
+        }
+        count = 0; prevlen = curlen;
+        if (nextlen == 0) {
+            max_count = 138, min_count = 3;
+        } else if (curlen == nextlen) {
+            max_count = 6, min_count = 3;
+        } else {
+            max_count = 7, min_count = 4;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Construct the Huffman tree for the bit lengths and return the index in
+ * bl_order of the last bit length code to send.
+ */
+local int build_bl_tree(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    int max_blindex;  /* index of last bit length code of non zero freq */
+
+    /* Determine the bit length frequencies for literal and distance trees */
+    scan_tree(s, (ct_data *)s->dyn_ltree, s->l_desc.max_code);
+    scan_tree(s, (ct_data *)s->dyn_dtree, s->d_desc.max_code);
+
+    /* Build the bit length tree: */
+    build_tree(s, (tree_desc *)(&(s->bl_desc)));
+    /* opt_len now includes the length of the tree representations, except
+     * the lengths of the bit lengths codes and the 5+5+4 bits for the counts.
+     */
+
+    /* Determine the number of bit length codes to send. The pkzip format
+     * requires that at least 4 bit length codes be sent. (appnote.txt says
+     * 3 but the actual value used is 4.)
+     */
+    for (max_blindex = BL_CODES-1; max_blindex >= 3; max_blindex--) {
+        if (s->bl_tree[bl_order[max_blindex]].Len != 0) break;
+    }
+    /* Update opt_len to include the bit length tree and counts */
+    s->opt_len += 3*(max_blindex+1) + 5+5+4;
+    Tracev((stderr, "\ndyn trees: dyn %ld, stat %ld",
+            s->opt_len, s->static_len));
+
+    return max_blindex;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Send the header for a block using dynamic Huffman trees: the counts, the
+ * lengths of the bit length codes, the literal tree and the distance tree.
+ * IN assertion: lcodes >= 257, dcodes >= 1, blcodes >= 4.
+ */
+local void send_all_trees(s, lcodes, dcodes, blcodes)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    int lcodes, dcodes, blcodes; /* number of codes for each tree */
+{
+    int rank;                    /* index in bl_order */
+
+    Assert (lcodes >= 257 && dcodes >= 1 && blcodes >= 4, "not enough codes");
+    Assert (lcodes <= L_CODES && dcodes <= D_CODES && blcodes <= BL_CODES,
+            "too many codes");
+    Tracev((stderr, "\nbl counts: "));
+    send_bits(s, lcodes-257, 5); /* not +255 as stated in appnote.txt */
+    send_bits(s, dcodes-1,   5);
+    send_bits(s, blcodes-4,  4); /* not -3 as stated in appnote.txt */
+    for (rank = 0; rank < blcodes; rank++) {
+        Tracev((stderr, "\nbl code %2d ", bl_order[rank]));
+        send_bits(s, s->bl_tree[bl_order[rank]].Len, 3);
+    }
+    Tracev((stderr, "\nbl tree: sent %ld", s->bits_sent));
+
+    send_tree(s, (ct_data *)s->dyn_ltree, lcodes-1); /* literal tree */
+    Tracev((stderr, "\nlit tree: sent %ld", s->bits_sent));
+
+    send_tree(s, (ct_data *)s->dyn_dtree, dcodes-1); /* distance tree */
+    Tracev((stderr, "\ndist tree: sent %ld", s->bits_sent));
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Send a stored block
+ */
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_stored_block(s, buf, stored_len, last)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    charf *buf;       /* input block */
+    ulg stored_len;   /* length of input block */
+    int last;         /* one if this is the last block for a file */
+{
+    send_bits(s, (STORED_BLOCK<<1)+last, 3);    /* send block type */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    s->compressed_len = (s->compressed_len + 3 + 7) & (ulg)~7L;
+    s->compressed_len += (stored_len + 4) << 3;
+#endif
+    copy_block(s, buf, (unsigned)stored_len, 1); /* with header */
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Send one empty static block to give enough lookahead for inflate.
+ * This takes 10 bits, of which 7 may remain in the bit buffer.
+ * The current inflate code requires 9 bits of lookahead. If the
+ * last two codes for the previous block (real code plus EOB) were coded
+ * on 5 bits or less, inflate may have only 5+3 bits of lookahead to decode
+ * the last real code. In this case we send two empty static blocks instead
+ * of one. (There are no problems if the previous block is stored or fixed.)
+ * To simplify the code, we assume the worst case of last real code encoded
+ * on one bit only.
+ */
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_align(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    send_bits(s, STATIC_TREES<<1, 3);
+    send_code(s, END_BLOCK, static_ltree);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    s->compressed_len += 10L; /* 3 for block type, 7 for EOB */
+#endif
+    bi_flush(s);
+    /* Of the 10 bits for the empty block, we have already sent
+     * (10 - bi_valid) bits. The lookahead for the last real code (before
+     * the EOB of the previous block) was thus at least one plus the length
+     * of the EOB plus what we have just sent of the empty static block.
+     */
+    if (1 + s->last_eob_len + 10 - s->bi_valid < 9) {
+        send_bits(s, STATIC_TREES<<1, 3);
+        send_code(s, END_BLOCK, static_ltree);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        s->compressed_len += 10L;
+#endif
+        bi_flush(s);
+    }
+    s->last_eob_len = 7;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Determine the best encoding for the current block: dynamic trees, static
+ * trees or store, and output the encoded block to the zip file.
+ */
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_flush_block(s, buf, stored_len, last)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    charf *buf;       /* input block, or NULL if too old */
+    ulg stored_len;   /* length of input block */
+    int last;         /* one if this is the last block for a file */
+{
+    ulg opt_lenb, static_lenb; /* opt_len and static_len in bytes */
+    int max_blindex = 0;  /* index of last bit length code of non zero freq */
+
+    /* Build the Huffman trees unless a stored block is forced */
+    if (s->level > 0) {
+
+        /* Check if the file is binary or text */
+        if (s->strm->data_type == Z_UNKNOWN)
+            s->strm->data_type = detect_data_type(s);
+
+        /* Construct the literal and distance trees */
+        build_tree(s, (tree_desc *)(&(s->l_desc)));
+        Tracev((stderr, "\nlit data: dyn %ld, stat %ld", s->opt_len,
+                s->static_len));
+
+        build_tree(s, (tree_desc *)(&(s->d_desc)));
+        Tracev((stderr, "\ndist data: dyn %ld, stat %ld", s->opt_len,
+                s->static_len));
+        /* At this point, opt_len and static_len are the total bit lengths of
+         * the compressed block data, excluding the tree representations.
+         */
+
+        /* Build the bit length tree for the above two trees, and get the index
+         * in bl_order of the last bit length code to send.
+         */
+        max_blindex = build_bl_tree(s);
+
+        /* Determine the best encoding. Compute the block lengths in bytes. */
+        opt_lenb = (s->opt_len+3+7)>>3;
+        static_lenb = (s->static_len+3+7)>>3;
+
+        Tracev((stderr, "\nopt %lu(%lu) stat %lu(%lu) stored %lu lit %u ",
+                opt_lenb, s->opt_len, static_lenb, s->static_len, stored_len,
+                s->last_lit));
+
+        if (static_lenb <= opt_lenb) opt_lenb = static_lenb;
+
+    } else {
+        Assert(buf != (char*)0, "lost buf");
+        opt_lenb = static_lenb = stored_len + 5; /* force a stored block */
+    }
+
+#ifdef FORCE_STORED
+    if (buf != (char*)0) { /* force stored block */
+#else
+    if (stored_len+4 <= opt_lenb && buf != (char*)0) {
+                       /* 4: two words for the lengths */
+#endif
+        /* The test buf != NULL is only necessary if LIT_BUFSIZE > WSIZE.
+         * Otherwise we can't have processed more than WSIZE input bytes since
+         * the last block flush, because compression would have been
+         * successful. If LIT_BUFSIZE <= WSIZE, it is never too late to
+         * transform a block into a stored block.
+         */
+        _tr_stored_block(s, buf, stored_len, last);
+
+#ifdef FORCE_STATIC
+    } else if (static_lenb >= 0) { /* force static trees */
+#else
+    } else if (s->strategy == Z_FIXED || static_lenb == opt_lenb) {
+#endif
+        send_bits(s, (STATIC_TREES<<1)+last, 3);
+        compress_block(s, (ct_data *)static_ltree, (ct_data *)static_dtree);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        s->compressed_len += 3 + s->static_len;
+#endif
+    } else {
+        send_bits(s, (DYN_TREES<<1)+last, 3);
+        send_all_trees(s, s->l_desc.max_code+1, s->d_desc.max_code+1,
+                       max_blindex+1);
+        compress_block(s, (ct_data *)s->dyn_ltree, (ct_data *)s->dyn_dtree);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        s->compressed_len += 3 + s->opt_len;
+#endif
+    }
+    Assert (s->compressed_len == s->bits_sent, "bad compressed size");
+    /* The above check is made mod 2^32, for files larger than 512 MB
+     * and uLong implemented on 32 bits.
+     */
+    init_block(s);
+
+    if (last) {
+        bi_windup(s);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        s->compressed_len += 7;  /* align on byte boundary */
+#endif
+    }
+    Tracev((stderr,"\ncomprlen %lu(%lu) ", s->compressed_len>>3,
+           s->compressed_len-7*last));
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Save the match info and tally the frequency counts. Return true if
+ * the current block must be flushed.
+ */
+int ZLIB_INTERNAL _tr_tally (s, dist, lc)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    unsigned dist;  /* distance of matched string */
+    unsigned lc;    /* match length-MIN_MATCH or unmatched char (if dist==0) */
+{
+    s->d_buf[s->last_lit] = (ush)dist;
+    s->l_buf[s->last_lit++] = (uch)lc;
+    if (dist == 0) {
+        /* lc is the unmatched char */
+        s->dyn_ltree[lc].Freq++;
+    } else {
+        s->matches++;
+        /* Here, lc is the match length - MIN_MATCH */
+        dist--;             /* dist = match distance - 1 */
+        Assert((ush)dist < (ush)MAX_DIST(s) &&
+               (ush)lc <= (ush)(MAX_MATCH-MIN_MATCH) &&
+               (ush)d_code(dist) < (ush)D_CODES,  "_tr_tally: bad match");
+
+        s->dyn_ltree[_length_code[lc]+LITERALS+1].Freq++;
+        s->dyn_dtree[d_code(dist)].Freq++;
+    }
+
+#ifdef TRUNCATE_BLOCK
+    /* Try to guess if it is profitable to stop the current block here */
+    if ((s->last_lit & 0x1fff) == 0 && s->level > 2) {
+        /* Compute an upper bound for the compressed length */
+        ulg out_length = (ulg)s->last_lit*8L;
+        ulg in_length = (ulg)((long)s->strstart - s->block_start);
+        int dcode;
+        for (dcode = 0; dcode < D_CODES; dcode++) {
+            out_length += (ulg)s->dyn_dtree[dcode].Freq *
+                (5L+extra_dbits[dcode]);
+        }
+        out_length >>= 3;
+        Tracev((stderr,"\nlast_lit %u, in %ld, out ~%ld(%ld%%) ",
+               s->last_lit, in_length, out_length,
+               100L - out_length*100L/in_length));
+        if (s->matches < s->last_lit/2 && out_length < in_length/2) return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+    return (s->last_lit == s->lit_bufsize-1);
+    /* We avoid equality with lit_bufsize because of wraparound at 64K
+     * on 16 bit machines and because stored blocks are restricted to
+     * 64K-1 bytes.
+     */
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Send the block data compressed using the given Huffman trees
+ */
+local void compress_block(s, ltree, dtree)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    ct_data *ltree; /* literal tree */
+    ct_data *dtree; /* distance tree */
+{
+    unsigned dist;      /* distance of matched string */
+    int lc;             /* match length or unmatched char (if dist == 0) */
+    unsigned lx = 0;    /* running index in l_buf */
+    unsigned code;      /* the code to send */
+    int extra;          /* number of extra bits to send */
+
+    if (s->last_lit != 0) do {
+        dist = s->d_buf[lx];
+        lc = s->l_buf[lx++];
+        if (dist == 0) {
+            send_code(s, lc, ltree); /* send a literal byte */
+            Tracecv(isgraph(lc), (stderr," '%c' ", lc));
+        } else {
+            /* Here, lc is the match length - MIN_MATCH */
+            code = _length_code[lc];
+            send_code(s, code+LITERALS+1, ltree); /* send the length code */
+            extra = extra_lbits[code];
+            if (extra != 0) {
+                lc -= base_length[code];
+                send_bits(s, lc, extra);       /* send the extra length bits */
+            }
+            dist--; /* dist is now the match distance - 1 */
+            code = d_code(dist);
+            Assert (code < D_CODES, "bad d_code");
+
+            send_code(s, code, dtree);       /* send the distance code */
+            extra = extra_dbits[code];
+            if (extra != 0) {
+                dist -= base_dist[code];
+                send_bits(s, dist, extra);   /* send the extra distance bits */
+            }
+        } /* literal or match pair ? */
+
+        /* Check that the overlay between pending_buf and d_buf+l_buf is ok: */
+        Assert((uInt)(s->pending) < s->lit_bufsize + 2*lx,
+               "pendingBuf overflow");
+
+    } while (lx < s->last_lit);
+
+    send_code(s, END_BLOCK, ltree);
+    s->last_eob_len = ltree[END_BLOCK].Len;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Check if the data type is TEXT or BINARY, using the following algorithm:
+ * - TEXT if the two conditions below are satisfied:
+ *    a) There are no non-portable control characters belonging to the
+ *       "black list" (0..6, 14..25, 28..31).
+ *    b) There is at least one printable character belonging to the
+ *       "white list" (9 {TAB}, 10 {LF}, 13 {CR}, 32..255).
+ * - BINARY otherwise.
+ * - The following partially-portable control characters form a
+ *   "gray list" that is ignored in this detection algorithm:
+ *   (7 {BEL}, 8 {BS}, 11 {VT}, 12 {FF}, 26 {SUB}, 27 {ESC}).
+ * IN assertion: the fields Freq of dyn_ltree are set.
+ */
+local int detect_data_type(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    /* black_mask is the bit mask of black-listed bytes
+     * set bits 0..6, 14..25, and 28..31
+     * 0xf3ffc07f = binary 11110011111111111100000001111111
+     */
+    unsigned long black_mask = 0xf3ffc07fUL;
+    int n;
+
+    /* Check for non-textual ("black-listed") bytes. */
+    for (n = 0; n <= 31; n++, black_mask >>= 1)
+        if ((black_mask & 1) && (s->dyn_ltree[n].Freq != 0))
+            return Z_BINARY;
+
+    /* Check for textual ("white-listed") bytes. */
+    if (s->dyn_ltree[9].Freq != 0 || s->dyn_ltree[10].Freq != 0
+            || s->dyn_ltree[13].Freq != 0)
+        return Z_TEXT;
+    for (n = 32; n < LITERALS; n++)
+        if (s->dyn_ltree[n].Freq != 0)
+            return Z_TEXT;
+
+    /* There are no "black-listed" or "white-listed" bytes:
+     * this stream either is empty or has tolerated ("gray-listed") bytes only.
+     */
+    return Z_BINARY;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Reverse the first len bits of a code, using straightforward code (a faster
+ * method would use a table)
+ * IN assertion: 1 <= len <= 15
+ */
+local unsigned bi_reverse(code, len)
+    unsigned code; /* the value to invert */
+    int len;       /* its bit length */
+{
+    register unsigned res = 0;
+    do {
+        res |= code & 1;
+        code >>= 1, res <<= 1;
+    } while (--len > 0);
+    return res >> 1;
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Flush the bit buffer, keeping at most 7 bits in it.
+ */
+local void bi_flush(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    if (s->bi_valid == 16) {
+        put_short(s, s->bi_buf);
+        s->bi_buf = 0;
+        s->bi_valid = 0;
+    } else if (s->bi_valid >= 8) {
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)s->bi_buf);
+        s->bi_buf >>= 8;
+        s->bi_valid -= 8;
+    }
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Flush the bit buffer and align the output on a byte boundary
+ */
+local void bi_windup(s)
+    deflate_state *s;
+{
+    if (s->bi_valid > 8) {
+        put_short(s, s->bi_buf);
+    } else if (s->bi_valid > 0) {
+        put_byte(s, (Byte)s->bi_buf);
+    }
+    s->bi_buf = 0;
+    s->bi_valid = 0;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    s->bits_sent = (s->bits_sent+7) & ~7;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+ * Copy a stored block, storing first the length and its
+ * one's complement if requested.
+ */
+local void copy_block(s, buf, len, header)
+    deflate_state *s;
+    charf    *buf;    /* the input data */
+    unsigned len;     /* its length */
+    int      header;  /* true if block header must be written */
+{
+    bi_windup(s);        /* align on byte boundary */
+    s->last_eob_len = 8; /* enough lookahead for inflate */
+
+    if (header) {
+        put_short(s, (ush)len);
+        put_short(s, (ush)~len);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+        s->bits_sent += 2*16;
+#endif
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    s->bits_sent += (ulg)len<<3;
+#endif
+    while (len--) {
+        put_byte(s, *buf++);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/trees.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/trees.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d35639d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/trees.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* header created automatically with -DGEN_TREES_H */
+
+local const ct_data static_ltree[L_CODES+2] = {
+{{ 12},{  8}}, {{140},{  8}}, {{ 76},{  8}}, {{204},{  8}}, {{ 44},{  8}},
+{{172},{  8}}, {{108},{  8}}, {{236},{  8}}, {{ 28},{  8}}, {{156},{  8}},
+{{ 92},{  8}}, {{220},{  8}}, {{ 60},{  8}}, {{188},{  8}}, {{124},{  8}},
+{{252},{  8}}, {{  2},{  8}}, {{130},{  8}}, {{ 66},{  8}}, {{194},{  8}},
+{{ 34},{  8}}, {{162},{  8}}, {{ 98},{  8}}, {{226},{  8}}, {{ 18},{  8}},
+{{146},{  8}}, {{ 82},{  8}}, {{210},{  8}}, {{ 50},{  8}}, {{178},{  8}},
+{{114},{  8}}, {{242},{  8}}, {{ 10},{  8}}, {{138},{  8}}, {{ 74},{  8}},
+{{202},{  8}}, {{ 42},{  8}}, {{170},{  8}}, {{106},{  8}}, {{234},{  8}},
+{{ 26},{  8}}, {{154},{  8}}, {{ 90},{  8}}, {{218},{  8}}, {{ 58},{  8}},
+{{186},{  8}}, {{122},{  8}}, {{250},{  8}}, {{  6},{  8}}, {{134},{  8}},
+{{ 70},{  8}}, {{198},{  8}}, {{ 38},{  8}}, {{166},{  8}}, {{102},{  8}},
+{{230},{  8}}, {{ 22},{  8}}, {{150},{  8}}, {{ 86},{  8}}, {{214},{  8}},
+{{ 54},{  8}}, {{182},{  8}}, {{118},{  8}}, {{246},{  8}}, {{ 14},{  8}},
+{{142},{  8}}, {{ 78},{  8}}, {{206},{  8}}, {{ 46},{  8}}, {{174},{  8}},
+{{110},{  8}}, {{238},{  8}}, {{ 30},{  8}}, {{158},{  8}}, {{ 94},{  8}},
+{{222},{  8}}, {{ 62},{  8}}, {{190},{  8}}, {{126},{  8}}, {{254},{  8}},
+{{  1},{  8}}, {{129},{  8}}, {{ 65},{  8}}, {{193},{  8}}, {{ 33},{  8}},
+{{161},{  8}}, {{ 97},{  8}}, {{225},{  8}}, {{ 17},{  8}}, {{145},{  8}},
+{{ 81},{  8}}, {{209},{  8}}, {{ 49},{  8}}, {{177},{  8}}, {{113},{  8}},
+{{241},{  8}}, {{  9},{  8}}, {{137},{  8}}, {{ 73},{  8}}, {{201},{  8}},
+{{ 41},{  8}}, {{169},{  8}}, {{105},{  8}}, {{233},{  8}}, {{ 25},{  8}},
+{{153},{  8}}, {{ 89},{  8}}, {{217},{  8}}, {{ 57},{  8}}, {{185},{  8}},
+{{121},{  8}}, {{249},{  8}}, {{  5},{  8}}, {{133},{  8}}, {{ 69},{  8}},
+{{197},{  8}}, {{ 37},{  8}}, {{165},{  8}}, {{101},{  8}}, {{229},{  8}},
+{{ 21},{  8}}, {{149},{  8}}, {{ 85},{  8}}, {{213},{  8}}, {{ 53},{  8}},
+{{181},{  8}}, {{117},{  8}}, {{245},{  8}}, {{ 13},{  8}}, {{141},{  8}},
+{{ 77},{  8}}, {{205},{  8}}, {{ 45},{  8}}, {{173},{  8}}, {{109},{  8}},
+{{237},{  8}}, {{ 29},{  8}}, {{157},{  8}}, {{ 93},{  8}}, {{221},{  8}},
+{{ 61},{  8}}, {{189},{  8}}, {{125},{  8}}, {{253},{  8}}, {{ 19},{  9}},
+{{275},{  9}}, {{147},{  9}}, {{403},{  9}}, {{ 83},{  9}}, {{339},{  9}},
+{{211},{  9}}, {{467},{  9}}, {{ 51},{  9}}, {{307},{  9}}, {{179},{  9}},
+{{435},{  9}}, {{115},{  9}}, {{371},{  9}}, {{243},{  9}}, {{499},{  9}},
+{{ 11},{  9}}, {{267},{  9}}, {{139},{  9}}, {{395},{  9}}, {{ 75},{  9}},
+{{331},{  9}}, {{203},{  9}}, {{459},{  9}}, {{ 43},{  9}}, {{299},{  9}},
+{{171},{  9}}, {{427},{  9}}, {{107},{  9}}, {{363},{  9}}, {{235},{  9}},
+{{491},{  9}}, {{ 27},{  9}}, {{283},{  9}}, {{155},{  9}}, {{411},{  9}},
+{{ 91},{  9}}, {{347},{  9}}, {{219},{  9}}, {{475},{  9}}, {{ 59},{  9}},
+{{315},{  9}}, {{187},{  9}}, {{443},{  9}}, {{123},{  9}}, {{379},{  9}},
+{{251},{  9}}, {{507},{  9}}, {{  7},{  9}}, {{263},{  9}}, {{135},{  9}},
+{{391},{  9}}, {{ 71},{  9}}, {{327},{  9}}, {{199},{  9}}, {{455},{  9}},
+{{ 39},{  9}}, {{295},{  9}}, {{167},{  9}}, {{423},{  9}}, {{103},{  9}},
+{{359},{  9}}, {{231},{  9}}, {{487},{  9}}, {{ 23},{  9}}, {{279},{  9}},
+{{151},{  9}}, {{407},{  9}}, {{ 87},{  9}}, {{343},{  9}}, {{215},{  9}},
+{{471},{  9}}, {{ 55},{  9}}, {{311},{  9}}, {{183},{  9}}, {{439},{  9}},
+{{119},{  9}}, {{375},{  9}}, {{247},{  9}}, {{503},{  9}}, {{ 15},{  9}},
+{{271},{  9}}, {{143},{  9}}, {{399},{  9}}, {{ 79},{  9}}, {{335},{  9}},
+{{207},{  9}}, {{463},{  9}}, {{ 47},{  9}}, {{303},{  9}}, {{175},{  9}},
+{{431},{  9}}, {{111},{  9}}, {{367},{  9}}, {{239},{  9}}, {{495},{  9}},
+{{ 31},{  9}}, {{287},{  9}}, {{159},{  9}}, {{415},{  9}}, {{ 95},{  9}},
+{{351},{  9}}, {{223},{  9}}, {{479},{  9}}, {{ 63},{  9}}, {{319},{  9}},
+{{191},{  9}}, {{447},{  9}}, {{127},{  9}}, {{383},{  9}}, {{255},{  9}},
+{{511},{  9}}, {{  0},{  7}}, {{ 64},{  7}}, {{ 32},{  7}}, {{ 96},{  7}},
+{{ 16},{  7}}, {{ 80},{  7}}, {{ 48},{  7}}, {{112},{  7}}, {{  8},{  7}},
+{{ 72},{  7}}, {{ 40},{  7}}, {{104},{  7}}, {{ 24},{  7}}, {{ 88},{  7}},
+{{ 56},{  7}}, {{120},{  7}}, {{  4},{  7}}, {{ 68},{  7}}, {{ 36},{  7}},
+{{100},{  7}}, {{ 20},{  7}}, {{ 84},{  7}}, {{ 52},{  7}}, {{116},{  7}},
+{{  3},{  8}}, {{131},{  8}}, {{ 67},{  8}}, {{195},{  8}}, {{ 35},{  8}},
+{{163},{  8}}, {{ 99},{  8}}, {{227},{  8}}
+};
+
+local const ct_data static_dtree[D_CODES] = {
+{{ 0},{ 5}}, {{16},{ 5}}, {{ 8},{ 5}}, {{24},{ 5}}, {{ 4},{ 5}},
+{{20},{ 5}}, {{12},{ 5}}, {{28},{ 5}}, {{ 2},{ 5}}, {{18},{ 5}},
+{{10},{ 5}}, {{26},{ 5}}, {{ 6},{ 5}}, {{22},{ 5}}, {{14},{ 5}},
+{{30},{ 5}}, {{ 1},{ 5}}, {{17},{ 5}}, {{ 9},{ 5}}, {{25},{ 5}},
+{{ 5},{ 5}}, {{21},{ 5}}, {{13},{ 5}}, {{29},{ 5}}, {{ 3},{ 5}},
+{{19},{ 5}}, {{11},{ 5}}, {{27},{ 5}}, {{ 7},{ 5}}, {{23},{ 5}}
+};
+
+const uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _dist_code[DIST_CODE_LEN] = {
+ 0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  4,  5,  5,  6,  6,  6,  6,  7,  7,  7,  7,  8,  8,  8,  8,
+ 8,  8,  8,  8,  9,  9,  9,  9,  9,  9,  9,  9, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10,
+10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11,
+11, 11, 11, 11, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12,
+12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 13, 13, 13, 13,
+13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13,
+13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14,
+14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14,
+14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14,
+14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 14, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15,
+15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15,
+15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15,
+15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15, 15,  0,  0, 16, 17,
+18, 18, 19, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, 21, 21, 21, 21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22,
+23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+24, 24, 24, 24, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25,
+26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26,
+26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+27, 27, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28,
+28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28,
+28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28,
+28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 28, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29,
+29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29,
+29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29,
+29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29
+};
+
+const uch ZLIB_INTERNAL _length_code[MAX_MATCH-MIN_MATCH+1]= {
+ 0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  8,  9,  9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 12, 12, 12,
+13, 13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 14, 14, 15, 15, 15, 15, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16,
+17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 19,
+19, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20,
+21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 22, 22, 22, 22,
+22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23,
+23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 23, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24, 24,
+25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25,
+25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26,
+26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26, 26,
+26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
+27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 28
+};
+
+local const int base_length[LENGTH_CODES] = {
+0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 40, 48, 56,
+64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 0
+};
+
+local const int base_dist[D_CODES] = {
+    0,     1,     2,     3,     4,     6,     8,    12,    16,    24,
+   32,    48,    64,    96,   128,   192,   256,   384,   512,   768,
+ 1024,  1536,  2048,  3072,  4096,  6144,  8192, 12288, 16384, 24576
+};
+
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/uncompr.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/uncompr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad98be3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/uncompr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* uncompr.c -- decompress a memory buffer
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2010 Jean-loup Gailly.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+#define ZLIB_INTERNAL
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+/* ===========================================================================
+     Decompresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  sourceLen is
+   the byte length of the source buffer. Upon entry, destLen is the total
+   size of the destination buffer, which must be large enough to hold the
+   entire uncompressed data. (The size of the uncompressed data must have
+   been saved previously by the compressor and transmitted to the decompressor
+   by some mechanism outside the scope of this compression library.)
+   Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the compressed buffer.
+
+     uncompress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
+   buffer, or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was corrupted.
+*/
+int ZEXPORT uncompress (dest, destLen, source, sourceLen)
+    Bytef *dest;
+    uLongf *destLen;
+    const Bytef *source;
+    uLong sourceLen;
+{
+    z_stream stream;
+    int err;
+
+    stream.next_in = (Bytef*)source;
+    stream.avail_in = (uInt)sourceLen;
+    /* Check for source > 64K on 16-bit machine: */
+    if ((uLong)stream.avail_in != sourceLen) return Z_BUF_ERROR;
+
+    stream.next_out = dest;
+    stream.avail_out = (uInt)*destLen;
+    if ((uLong)stream.avail_out != *destLen) return Z_BUF_ERROR;
+
+    stream.zalloc = (alloc_func)0;
+    stream.zfree = (free_func)0;
+
+    err = inflateInit(&stream);
+    if (err != Z_OK) return err;
+
+    err = inflate(&stream, Z_FINISH);
+    if (err != Z_STREAM_END) {
+        inflateEnd(&stream);
+        if (err == Z_NEED_DICT || (err == Z_BUF_ERROR && stream.avail_in == 0))
+            return Z_DATA_ERROR;
+        return err;
+    }
+    *destLen = stream.total_out;
+
+    err = inflateEnd(&stream);
+    return err;
+}
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zconf.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af6a4f0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* zconf.h (configuration of the zlib compression library) */
+
+/* Modified by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, April 2011 */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in
+ * zlib.h */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h. */
+
+#ifndef ZCONF_H
+#define ZCONF_H
+
+/* (file adler32.c) */
+#define adler32               _glp_zlib_adler32
+#define adler32_combine       _glp_zlib_adler32_combine
+#define adler32_combine64     _glp_zlib_adler32_combine64
+
+/* (file compress.c) */
+#define compress2             _glp_zlib_compress2
+#define compress              _glp_zlib_compress
+#define compressBound         _glp_zlib_compressBound
+
+/* (file crc32.c) */
+#define get_crc_table         _glp_zlib_get_crc_table
+#define crc32                 _glp_zlib_crc32
+#define crc32_combine         _glp_zlib_crc32_combine
+#define crc32_combine64       _glp_zlib_crc32_combine64
+
+/* (file deflate.c) */
+#define deflateInit_          _glp_zlib_deflateInit_
+#define deflateInit2_         _glp_zlib_deflateInit2_
+#define deflateSetDictionary  _glp_zlib_deflateSetDictionary
+#define deflateReset          _glp_zlib_deflateReset
+#define deflateSetHeader      _glp_zlib_deflateSetHeader
+#define deflatePrime          _glp_zlib_deflatePrime
+#define deflateParams         _glp_zlib_deflateParams
+#define deflateTune           _glp_zlib_deflateTune
+#define deflateBound          _glp_zlib_deflateBound
+#define deflate               _glp_zlib_deflate
+#define deflateEnd            _glp_zlib_deflateEnd
+#define deflateCopy           _glp_zlib_deflateCopy
+#define deflate_copyright     _glp_zlib_deflate_copyright
+
+/* (file gzclose.c) */
+#define gzclose               _glp_zlib_gzclose
+
+/* (file gzlib.c) */
+#define gzopen                _glp_zlib_gzopen
+#define gzopen64              _glp_zlib_gzopen64
+#define gzdopen               _glp_zlib_gzdopen
+#define gzbuffer              _glp_zlib_gzbuffer
+#define gzrewind              _glp_zlib_gzrewind
+#define gzseek64              _glp_zlib_gzseek64
+#define gzseek                _glp_zlib_gzseek
+#define gztell64              _glp_zlib_gztell64
+#define gztell                _glp_zlib_gztell
+#define gzoffset64            _glp_zlib_gzoffset64
+#define gzoffset              _glp_zlib_gzoffset
+#define gzeof                 _glp_zlib_gzeof
+#define gzerror               _glp_zlib_gzerror
+#define gzclearerr            _glp_zlib_gzclearerr
+#define gz_error              _glp_zlib_gz_error
+
+/* (file gzread.c) */
+#define gzread                _glp_zlib_gzread
+#define gzgetc                _glp_zlib_gzgetc
+#define gzungetc              _glp_zlib_gzungetc
+#define gzgets                _glp_zlib_gzgets
+#define gzdirect              _glp_zlib_gzdirect
+#define gzclose_r             _glp_zlib_gzclose_r
+
+/* (file gzwrite.c) */
+#define gzwrite               _glp_zlib_gzwrite
+#define gzputc                _glp_zlib_gzputc
+#define gzputs                _glp_zlib_gzputs
+#define gzprintf              _glp_zlib_gzprintf
+#define gzflush               _glp_zlib_gzflush
+#define gzsetparams           _glp_zlib_gzsetparams
+#define gzclose_w             _glp_zlib_gzclose_w
+
+/* (file infback.c) */
+#define inflateBackInit_      _glp_zlib_inflateBackInit_
+#define inflateBack           _glp_zlib_inflateBack
+#define inflateBackEnd        _glp_zlib_inflateBackEnd
+
+/* (file inffast.c) */
+#define inflate_fast          _glp_zlib_inflate_fast
+
+/* (file inflate.c) */
+#define inflateReset          _glp_zlib_inflateReset
+#define inflateReset2         _glp_zlib_inflateReset2
+#define inflateInit2_         _glp_zlib_inflateInit2_
+#define inflateInit_          _glp_zlib_inflateInit_
+#define inflatePrime          _glp_zlib_inflatePrime
+#define inflate               _glp_zlib_inflate
+#define inflateEnd            _glp_zlib_inflateEnd
+#define inflateSetDictionary  _glp_zlib_inflateSetDictionary
+#define inflateGetHeader      _glp_zlib_inflateGetHeader
+#define inflateSync           _glp_zlib_inflateSync
+#define inflateSyncPoint      _glp_zlib_inflateSyncPoint
+#define inflateCopy           _glp_zlib_inflateCopy
+#define inflateUndermine      _glp_zlib_inflateUndermine
+#define inflateMark           _glp_zlib_inflateMark
+
+/* (file inftrees.c) */
+#define inflate_table         _glp_zlib_inflate_table
+#define inflate_copyright     _glp_zlib_inflate_copyright
+
+/* (file trees.c) */
+#define _tr_init              _glp_zlib_tr_init
+#define _tr_stored_block      _glp_zlib_tr_stored_block
+#define _tr_align             _glp_zlib_tr_align
+#define _tr_flush_block       _glp_zlib_tr_flush_block
+#define _tr_tally             _glp_zlib_tr_tally
+#define _dist_code            _glp_zlib_dist_code
+#define _length_code          _glp_zlib_length_code
+
+/* (file uncompr.c) */
+#define uncompress            _glp_zlib_uncompress
+
+/* (file zutil.c) */
+#define zlibVersion           _glp_zlib_zlibVersion
+#define zlibCompileFlags      _glp_zlib_zlibCompileFlags
+#define zError                _glp_zlib_zError
+#define zcalloc               _glp_zlib_zcalloc
+#define zcfree                _glp_zlib_zcfree
+#define z_errmsg              _glp_zlib_z_errmsg
+
+#define STDC 1
+
+#define MAX_MEM_LEVEL 9
+
+#define MAX_WBITS 15
+
+#define OF(args) args
+
+#define ZEXTERN extern
+#define ZEXPORT
+#define ZEXPORTVA
+
+#define FAR
+
+typedef unsigned char Byte;
+typedef unsigned int uInt;
+typedef unsigned long uLong;
+
+typedef Byte Bytef;
+typedef char charf;
+typedef int intf;
+typedef uInt uIntf;
+typedef uLong uLongf;
+
+typedef void const *voidpc;
+typedef void *voidpf;
+typedef void *voidp;
+
+#define z_off_t long
+
+#define z_off64_t z_off_t
+
+#define NO_vsnprintf 1
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zio.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zio.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a55b258a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* zio.c (simulation of non-standard low-level i/o functions) */
+
+/* Written by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, April 2011
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in
+ * zlib.h */
+
+/* (reserved for copyright notice) */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "zio.h"
+
+static FILE *file[FOPEN_MAX];
+static int initialized = 0;
+
+static void initialize(void)
+{     int fd;
+      assert(!initialized);
+      file[0] = stdin;
+      file[1] = stdout;
+      file[2] = stderr;
+      for (fd = 3; fd < FOPEN_MAX; fd++)
+         file[fd] = NULL;
+      initialized = 1;
+      return;
+}
+
+int open(const char *path, int oflag, ...)
+{     FILE *fp;
+      int fd;
+      if (!initialized) initialize();
+      /* see file gzlib.c, function gz_open */
+      if (oflag == O_RDONLY)
+         fp = fopen(path, "rb");
+      else if (oflag == (O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC))
+         fp = fopen(path, "wb");
+      else if (oflag == (O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_APPEND))
+         fp = fopen(path, "ab");
+      else
+         assert(oflag != oflag);
+      if (fp == NULL)
+         return -1;
+      for (fd = 0; fd < FOPEN_MAX; fd++)
+         if (file[fd] == NULL) break;
+      assert(fd < FOPEN_MAX);
+      file[fd] = fp;
+      return fd;
+}
+
+long read(int fd, void *buf, unsigned long nbyte)
+{     unsigned long count;
+      if (!initialized) initialize();
+      assert(0 <= fd && fd < FOPEN_MAX);
+      assert(file[fd] != NULL);
+      count = fread(buf, 1, nbyte, file[fd]);
+      if (ferror(file[fd]))
+         return -1;
+      return count;
+}
+
+long write(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned long nbyte)
+{     unsigned long count;
+      if (!initialized) initialize();
+      assert(0 <= fd && fd < FOPEN_MAX);
+      assert(file[fd] != NULL);
+      count = fwrite(buf, 1, nbyte, file[fd]);
+      if (count != nbyte)
+         return -1;
+      if (fflush(file[fd]) != 0)
+         return -1;
+      return count;
+}
+
+long lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence)
+{     if (!initialized) initialize();
+      assert(0 <= fd && fd < FOPEN_MAX);
+      assert(file[fd] != NULL);
+      if (fseek(file[fd], offset, whence) != 0)
+         return -1;
+      return ftell(file[fd]);
+}
+
+int close(int fd)
+{     if (!initialized) initialize();
+      assert(0 <= fd && fd < FOPEN_MAX);
+      assert(file[fd] != NULL);
+      fclose(file[fd]);
+      file[fd] = NULL;
+      return 0;
+}
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zio.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zio.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1626c4ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* zio.h (simulation of non-standard low-level i/o functions) */
+
+/* Written by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, April 2011
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in
+ * zlib.h */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h. */
+
+#ifndef ZIO_H
+#define ZIO_H
+
+#define O_RDONLY 0x00
+#define O_WRONLY 0x01
+#define O_CREAT  0x10
+#define O_TRUNC  0x20
+#define O_APPEND 0x30
+
+#define open _glp_zlib_open
+int open(const char *path, int oflag, ...);
+
+#define read _glp_zlib_read
+long read(int fd, void *buf, unsigned long nbyte);
+
+#define write _glp_zlib_write
+long write(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned long nbyte);
+
+#define lseek _glp_zlib_lseek
+long lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
+
+#define close _glp_zlib_close
+int close(int fd);
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zlib.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bfbba83e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1613 @@
+/* zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library
+  version 1.2.5, April 19th, 2010
+
+  Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
+
+  This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+  warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+  arising from the use of this software.
+
+  Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+  including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+  freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+     claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+     in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+     appreciated but is not required.
+  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+     misrepresented as being the original software.
+  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+
+  Jean-loup Gailly        Mark Adler
+  jloup@gzip.org          madler@alumni.caltech.edu
+
+
+  The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for
+  Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt
+  (zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
+*/
+
+#ifndef ZLIB_H
+#define ZLIB_H
+
+#include "zconf.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define ZLIB_VERSION "1.2.5"
+#define ZLIB_VERNUM 0x1250
+#define ZLIB_VER_MAJOR 1
+#define ZLIB_VER_MINOR 2
+#define ZLIB_VER_REVISION 5
+#define ZLIB_VER_SUBREVISION 0
+
+/*
+    The 'zlib' compression library provides in-memory compression and
+  decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed data.
+  This version of the library supports only one compression method (deflation)
+  but other algorithms will be added later and will have the same stream
+  interface.
+
+    Compression can be done in a single step if the buffers are large enough,
+  or can be done by repeated calls of the compression function.  In the latter
+  case, the application must provide more input and/or consume the output
+  (providing more output space) before each call.
+
+    The compressed data format used by default by the in-memory functions is
+  the zlib format, which is a zlib wrapper documented in RFC 1950, wrapped
+  around a deflate stream, which is itself documented in RFC 1951.
+
+    The library also supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format
+  with an interface similar to that of stdio using the functions that start
+  with "gz".  The gzip format is different from the zlib format.  gzip is a
+  gzip wrapper, documented in RFC 1952, wrapped around a deflate stream.
+
+    This library can optionally read and write gzip streams in memory as well.
+
+    The zlib format was designed to be compact and fast for use in memory
+  and on communications channels.  The gzip format was designed for single-
+  file compression on file systems, has a larger header than zlib to maintain
+  directory information, and uses a different, slower check method than zlib.
+
+    The library does not install any signal handler.  The decoder checks
+  the consistency of the compressed data, so the library should never crash
+  even in case of corrupted input.
+*/
+
+typedef voidpf (*alloc_func) OF((voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size));
+typedef void   (*free_func)  OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf address));
+
+struct internal_state;
+
+typedef struct z_stream_s {
+    Bytef    *next_in;  /* next input byte */
+    uInt     avail_in;  /* number of bytes available at next_in */
+    uLong    total_in;  /* total nb of input bytes read so far */
+
+    Bytef    *next_out; /* next output byte should be put there */
+    uInt     avail_out; /* remaining free space at next_out */
+    uLong    total_out; /* total nb of bytes output so far */
+
+    char     *msg;      /* last error message, NULL if no error */
+    struct internal_state FAR *state; /* not visible by applications */
+
+    alloc_func zalloc;  /* used to allocate the internal state */
+    free_func  zfree;   /* used to free the internal state */
+    voidpf     opaque;  /* private data object passed to zalloc and zfree */
+
+    int     data_type;  /* best guess about the data type: binary or text */
+    uLong   adler;      /* adler32 value of the uncompressed data */
+    uLong   reserved;   /* reserved for future use */
+} z_stream;
+
+typedef z_stream FAR *z_streamp;
+
+/*
+     gzip header information passed to and from zlib routines.  See RFC 1952
+  for more details on the meanings of these fields.
+*/
+typedef struct gz_header_s {
+    int     text;       /* true if compressed data believed to be text */
+    uLong   time;       /* modification time */
+    int     xflags;     /* extra flags (not used when writing a gzip file) */
+    int     os;         /* operating system */
+    Bytef   *extra;     /* pointer to extra field or Z_NULL if none */
+    uInt    extra_len;  /* extra field length (valid if extra != Z_NULL) */
+    uInt    extra_max;  /* space at extra (only when reading header) */
+    Bytef   *name;      /* pointer to zero-terminated file name or Z_NULL */
+    uInt    name_max;   /* space at name (only when reading header) */
+    Bytef   *comment;   /* pointer to zero-terminated comment or Z_NULL */
+    uInt    comm_max;   /* space at comment (only when reading header) */
+    int     hcrc;       /* true if there was or will be a header crc */
+    int     done;       /* true when done reading gzip header (not used
+                           when writing a gzip file) */
+} gz_header;
+
+typedef gz_header FAR *gz_headerp;
+
+/*
+     The application must update next_in and avail_in when avail_in has dropped
+   to zero.  It must update next_out and avail_out when avail_out has dropped
+   to zero.  The application must initialize zalloc, zfree and opaque before
+   calling the init function.  All other fields are set by the compression
+   library and must not be updated by the application.
+
+     The opaque value provided by the application will be passed as the first
+   parameter for calls of zalloc and zfree.  This can be useful for custom
+   memory management.  The compression library attaches no meaning to the
+   opaque value.
+
+     zalloc must return Z_NULL if there is not enough memory for the object.
+   If zlib is used in a multi-threaded application, zalloc and zfree must be
+   thread safe.
+
+     On 16-bit systems, the functions zalloc and zfree must be able to allocate
+   exactly 65536 bytes, but will not be required to allocate more than this if
+   the symbol MAXSEG_64K is defined (see zconf.h).  WARNING: On MSDOS, pointers
+   returned by zalloc for objects of exactly 65536 bytes *must* have their
+   offset normalized to zero.  The default allocation function provided by this
+   library ensures this (see zutil.c).  To reduce memory requirements and avoid
+   any allocation of 64K objects, at the expense of compression ratio, compile
+   the library with -DMAX_WBITS=14 (see zconf.h).
+
+     The fields total_in and total_out can be used for statistics or progress
+   reports.  After compression, total_in holds the total size of the
+   uncompressed data and may be saved for use in the decompressor (particularly
+   if the decompressor wants to decompress everything in a single step).
+*/
+
+                        /* constants */
+
+#define Z_NO_FLUSH      0
+#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1
+#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH    2
+#define Z_FULL_FLUSH    3
+#define Z_FINISH        4
+#define Z_BLOCK         5
+#define Z_TREES         6
+/* Allowed flush values; see deflate() and inflate() below for details */
+
+#define Z_OK            0
+#define Z_STREAM_END    1
+#define Z_NEED_DICT     2
+#define Z_ERRNO        (-1)
+#define Z_STREAM_ERROR (-2)
+#define Z_DATA_ERROR   (-3)
+#define Z_MEM_ERROR    (-4)
+#define Z_BUF_ERROR    (-5)
+#define Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6)
+/* Return codes for the compression/decompression functions. Negative values
+ * are errors, positive values are used for special but normal events.
+ */
+
+#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION         0
+#define Z_BEST_SPEED             1
+#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION       9
+#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION  (-1)
+/* compression levels */
+
+#define Z_FILTERED            1
+#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY        2
+#define Z_RLE                 3
+#define Z_FIXED               4
+#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY    0
+/* compression strategy; see deflateInit2() below for details */
+
+#define Z_BINARY   0
+#define Z_TEXT     1
+#define Z_ASCII    Z_TEXT   /* for compatibility with 1.2.2 and earlier */
+#define Z_UNKNOWN  2
+/* Possible values of the data_type field (though see inflate()) */
+
+#define Z_DEFLATED   8
+/* The deflate compression method (the only one supported in this version) */
+
+#define Z_NULL  0  /* for initializing zalloc, zfree, opaque */
+
+#define zlib_version zlibVersion()
+/* for compatibility with versions < 1.0.2 */
+
+
+                        /* basic functions */
+
+ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT zlibVersion OF((void));
+/* The application can compare zlibVersion and ZLIB_VERSION for consistency.
+   If the first character differs, the library code actually used is not
+   compatible with the zlib.h header file used by the application.  This check
+   is automatically made by deflateInit and inflateInit.
+ */
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit OF((z_streamp strm, int level));
+
+     Initializes the internal stream state for compression.  The fields
+   zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the caller.  If
+   zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, deflateInit updates them to use default
+   allocation functions.
+
+     The compression level must be Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, or between 0 and 9:
+   1 gives best speed, 9 gives best compression, 0 gives no compression at all
+   (the input data is simply copied a block at a time).  Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION
+   requests a default compromise between speed and compression (currently
+   equivalent to level 6).
+
+     deflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if level is not a valid compression level, or
+   Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is incompatible
+   with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION).  msg is set to null
+   if there is no error message.  deflateInit does not perform any compression:
+   this will be done by deflate().
+*/
+
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush));
+/*
+    deflate compresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
+  buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full.  It may introduce
+  some output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when
+  forced to flush.
+
+    The detailed semantics are as follows.  deflate performs one or both of the
+  following actions:
+
+  - Compress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
+    accordingly.  If not all input can be processed (because there is not
+    enough room in the output buffer), next_in and avail_in are updated and
+    processing will resume at this point for the next call of deflate().
+
+  - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
+    accordingly.  This action is forced if the parameter flush is non zero.
+    Forcing flush frequently degrades the compression ratio, so this parameter
+    should be set only when necessary (in interactive applications).  Some
+    output may be provided even if flush is not set.
+
+    Before the call of deflate(), the application should ensure that at least
+  one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming more
+  output, and updating avail_in or avail_out accordingly; avail_out should
+  never be zero before the call.  The application can consume the compressed
+  output when it wants, for example when the output buffer is full (avail_out
+  == 0), or after each call of deflate().  If deflate returns Z_OK and with
+  zero avail_out, it must be called again after making room in the output
+  buffer because there might be more output pending.
+
+    Normally the parameter flush is set to Z_NO_FLUSH, which allows deflate to
+  decide how much data to accumulate before producing output, in order to
+  maximize compression.
+
+    If the parameter flush is set to Z_SYNC_FLUSH, all pending output is
+  flushed to the output buffer and the output is aligned on a byte boundary, so
+  that the decompressor can get all input data available so far.  (In
+  particular avail_in is zero after the call if enough output space has been
+  provided before the call.) Flushing may degrade compression for some
+  compression algorithms and so it should be used only when necessary.  This
+  completes the current deflate block and follows it with an empty stored block
+  that is three bits plus filler bits to the next byte, followed by four bytes
+  (00 00 ff ff).
+
+    If flush is set to Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH, all pending output is flushed to the
+  output buffer, but the output is not aligned to a byte boundary.  All of the
+  input data so far will be available to the decompressor, as for Z_SYNC_FLUSH.
+  This completes the current deflate block and follows it with an empty fixed
+  codes block that is 10 bits long.  This assures that enough bytes are output
+  in order for the decompressor to finish the block before the empty fixed code
+  block.
+
+    If flush is set to Z_BLOCK, a deflate block is completed and emitted, as
+  for Z_SYNC_FLUSH, but the output is not aligned on a byte boundary, and up to
+  seven bits of the current block are held to be written as the next byte after
+  the next deflate block is completed.  In this case, the decompressor may not
+  be provided enough bits at this point in order to complete decompression of
+  the data provided so far to the compressor.  It may need to wait for the next
+  block to be emitted.  This is for advanced applications that need to control
+  the emission of deflate blocks.
+
+    If flush is set to Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output is flushed as with
+  Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state is reset so that decompression can
+  restart from this point if previous compressed data has been damaged or if
+  random access is desired.  Using Z_FULL_FLUSH too often can seriously degrade
+  compression.
+
+    If deflate returns with avail_out == 0, this function must be called again
+  with the same value of the flush parameter and more output space (updated
+  avail_out), until the flush is complete (deflate returns with non-zero
+  avail_out).  In the case of a Z_FULL_FLUSH or Z_SYNC_FLUSH, make sure that
+  avail_out is greater than six to avoid repeated flush markers due to
+  avail_out == 0 on return.
+
+    If the parameter flush is set to Z_FINISH, pending input is processed,
+  pending output is flushed and deflate returns with Z_STREAM_END if there was
+  enough output space; if deflate returns with Z_OK, this function must be
+  called again with Z_FINISH and more output space (updated avail_out) but no
+  more input data, until it returns with Z_STREAM_END or an error.  After
+  deflate has returned Z_STREAM_END, the only possible operations on the stream
+  are deflateReset or deflateEnd.
+
+    Z_FINISH can be used immediately after deflateInit if all the compression
+  is to be done in a single step.  In this case, avail_out must be at least the
+  value returned by deflateBound (see below).  If deflate does not return
+  Z_STREAM_END, then it must be called again as described above.
+
+    deflate() sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all input read
+  so far (that is, total_in bytes).
+
+    deflate() may update strm->data_type if it can make a good guess about
+  the input data type (Z_BINARY or Z_TEXT).  In doubt, the data is considered
+  binary.  This field is only for information purposes and does not affect the
+  compression algorithm in any manner.
+
+    deflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input
+  processed or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if all input has been
+  consumed and all output has been produced (only when flush is set to
+  Z_FINISH), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state was inconsistent (for example
+  if next_in or next_out was Z_NULL), Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible
+  (for example avail_in or avail_out was zero).  Note that Z_BUF_ERROR is not
+  fatal, and deflate() can be called again with more input and more output
+  space to continue compressing.
+*/
+
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
+   This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any pending
+   output.
+
+     deflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the
+   stream state was inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the stream was freed
+   prematurely (some input or output was discarded).  In the error case, msg
+   may be set but then points to a static string (which must not be
+   deallocated).
+*/
+
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit OF((z_streamp strm));
+
+     Initializes the internal stream state for decompression.  The fields
+   next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by
+   the caller.  If next_in is not Z_NULL and avail_in is large enough (the
+   exact value depends on the compression method), inflateInit determines the
+   compression method from the zlib header and allocates all data structures
+   accordingly; otherwise the allocation will be deferred to the first call of
+   inflate.  If zalloc and zfree are set to Z_NULL, inflateInit updates them to
+   use default allocation functions.
+
+     inflateInit returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the
+   version assumed by the caller, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the parameters are
+   invalid, such as a null pointer to the structure.  msg is set to null if
+   there is no error message.  inflateInit does not perform any decompression
+   apart from possibly reading the zlib header if present: actual decompression
+   will be done by inflate().  (So next_in and avail_in may be modified, but
+   next_out and avail_out are unused and unchanged.) The current implementation
+   of inflateInit() does not process any header information -- that is deferred
+   until inflate() is called.
+*/
+
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflate OF((z_streamp strm, int flush));
+/*
+    inflate decompresses as much data as possible, and stops when the input
+  buffer becomes empty or the output buffer becomes full.  It may introduce
+  some output latency (reading input without producing any output) except when
+  forced to flush.
+
+  The detailed semantics are as follows.  inflate performs one or both of the
+  following actions:
+
+  - Decompress more input starting at next_in and update next_in and avail_in
+    accordingly.  If not all input can be processed (because there is not
+    enough room in the output buffer), next_in is updated and processing will
+    resume at this point for the next call of inflate().
+
+  - Provide more output starting at next_out and update next_out and avail_out
+    accordingly.  inflate() provides as much output as possible, until there is
+    no more input data or no more space in the output buffer (see below about
+    the flush parameter).
+
+    Before the call of inflate(), the application should ensure that at least
+  one of the actions is possible, by providing more input and/or consuming more
+  output, and updating the next_* and avail_* values accordingly.  The
+  application can consume the uncompressed output when it wants, for example
+  when the output buffer is full (avail_out == 0), or after each call of
+  inflate().  If inflate returns Z_OK and with zero avail_out, it must be
+  called again after making room in the output buffer because there might be
+  more output pending.
+
+    The flush parameter of inflate() can be Z_NO_FLUSH, Z_SYNC_FLUSH, Z_FINISH,
+  Z_BLOCK, or Z_TREES.  Z_SYNC_FLUSH requests that inflate() flush as much
+  output as possible to the output buffer.  Z_BLOCK requests that inflate()
+  stop if and when it gets to the next deflate block boundary.  When decoding
+  the zlib or gzip format, this will cause inflate() to return immediately
+  after the header and before the first block.  When doing a raw inflate,
+  inflate() will go ahead and process the first block, and will return when it
+  gets to the end of that block, or when it runs out of data.
+
+    The Z_BLOCK option assists in appending to or combining deflate streams.
+  Also to assist in this, on return inflate() will set strm->data_type to the
+  number of unused bits in the last byte taken from strm->next_in, plus 64 if
+  inflate() is currently decoding the last block in the deflate stream, plus
+  128 if inflate() returned immediately after decoding an end-of-block code or
+  decoding the complete header up to just before the first byte of the deflate
+  stream.  The end-of-block will not be indicated until all of the uncompressed
+  data from that block has been written to strm->next_out.  The number of
+  unused bits may in general be greater than seven, except when bit 7 of
+  data_type is set, in which case the number of unused bits will be less than
+  eight.  data_type is set as noted here every time inflate() returns for all
+  flush options, and so can be used to determine the amount of currently
+  consumed input in bits.
+
+    The Z_TREES option behaves as Z_BLOCK does, but it also returns when the
+  end of each deflate block header is reached, before any actual data in that
+  block is decoded.  This allows the caller to determine the length of the
+  deflate block header for later use in random access within a deflate block.
+  256 is added to the value of strm->data_type when inflate() returns
+  immediately after reaching the end of the deflate block header.
+
+    inflate() should normally be called until it returns Z_STREAM_END or an
+  error.  However if all decompression is to be performed in a single step (a
+  single call of inflate), the parameter flush should be set to Z_FINISH.  In
+  this case all pending input is processed and all pending output is flushed;
+  avail_out must be large enough to hold all the uncompressed data.  (The size
+  of the uncompressed data may have been saved by the compressor for this
+  purpose.) The next operation on this stream must be inflateEnd to deallocate
+  the decompression state.  The use of Z_FINISH is never required, but can be
+  used to inform inflate that a faster approach may be used for the single
+  inflate() call.
+
+     In this implementation, inflate() always flushes as much output as
+  possible to the output buffer, and always uses the faster approach on the
+  first call.  So the only effect of the flush parameter in this implementation
+  is on the return value of inflate(), as noted below, or when it returns early
+  because Z_BLOCK or Z_TREES is used.
+
+     If a preset dictionary is needed after this call (see inflateSetDictionary
+  below), inflate sets strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of the dictionary
+  chosen by the compressor and returns Z_NEED_DICT; otherwise it sets
+  strm->adler to the adler32 checksum of all output produced so far (that is,
+  total_out bytes) and returns Z_OK, Z_STREAM_END or an error code as described
+  below.  At the end of the stream, inflate() checks that its computed adler32
+  checksum is equal to that saved by the compressor and returns Z_STREAM_END
+  only if the checksum is correct.
+
+    inflate() can decompress and check either zlib-wrapped or gzip-wrapped
+  deflate data.  The header type is detected automatically, if requested when
+  initializing with inflateInit2().  Any information contained in the gzip
+  header is not retained, so applications that need that information should
+  instead use raw inflate, see inflateInit2() below, or inflateBack() and
+  perform their own processing of the gzip header and trailer.
+
+    inflate() returns Z_OK if some progress has been made (more input processed
+  or more output produced), Z_STREAM_END if the end of the compressed data has
+  been reached and all uncompressed output has been produced, Z_NEED_DICT if a
+  preset dictionary is needed at this point, Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was
+  corrupted (input stream not conforming to the zlib format or incorrect check
+  value), Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent (for example
+  next_in or next_out was Z_NULL), Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough memory,
+  Z_BUF_ERROR if no progress is possible or if there was not enough room in the
+  output buffer when Z_FINISH is used.  Note that Z_BUF_ERROR is not fatal, and
+  inflate() can be called again with more input and more output space to
+  continue decompressing.  If Z_DATA_ERROR is returned, the application may
+  then call inflateSync() to look for a good compression block if a partial
+  recovery of the data is desired.
+*/
+
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateEnd OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     All dynamically allocated data structures for this stream are freed.
+   This function discards any unprocessed input and does not flush any pending
+   output.
+
+     inflateEnd returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream state
+   was inconsistent.  In the error case, msg may be set but then points to a
+   static string (which must not be deallocated).
+*/
+
+
+                        /* Advanced functions */
+
+/*
+    The following functions are needed only in some special applications.
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                     int  level,
+                                     int  method,
+                                     int  windowBits,
+                                     int  memLevel,
+                                     int  strategy));
+
+     This is another version of deflateInit with more compression options.  The
+   fields next_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized before by the
+   caller.
+
+     The method parameter is the compression method.  It must be Z_DEFLATED in
+   this version of the library.
+
+     The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the window size
+   (the size of the history buffer).  It should be in the range 8..15 for this
+   version of the library.  Larger values of this parameter result in better
+   compression at the expense of memory usage.  The default value is 15 if
+   deflateInit is used instead.
+
+     windowBits can also be -8..-15 for raw deflate.  In this case, -windowBits
+   determines the window size.  deflate() will then generate raw deflate data
+   with no zlib header or trailer, and will not compute an adler32 check value.
+
+     windowBits can also be greater than 15 for optional gzip encoding.  Add
+   16 to windowBits to write a simple gzip header and trailer around the
+   compressed data instead of a zlib wrapper.  The gzip header will have no
+   file name, no extra data, no comment, no modification time (set to zero), no
+   header crc, and the operating system will be set to 255 (unknown).  If a
+   gzip stream is being written, strm->adler is a crc32 instead of an adler32.
+
+     The memLevel parameter specifies how much memory should be allocated
+   for the internal compression state.  memLevel=1 uses minimum memory but is
+   slow and reduces compression ratio; memLevel=9 uses maximum memory for
+   optimal speed.  The default value is 8.  See zconf.h for total memory usage
+   as a function of windowBits and memLevel.
+
+     The strategy parameter is used to tune the compression algorithm.  Use the
+   value Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY for normal data, Z_FILTERED for data produced by a
+   filter (or predictor), Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY to force Huffman encoding only (no
+   string match), or Z_RLE to limit match distances to one (run-length
+   encoding).  Filtered data consists mostly of small values with a somewhat
+   random distribution.  In this case, the compression algorithm is tuned to
+   compress them better.  The effect of Z_FILTERED is to force more Huffman
+   coding and less string matching; it is somewhat intermediate between
+   Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY and Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY.  Z_RLE is designed to be almost as
+   fast as Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY, but give better compression for PNG image data.  The
+   strategy parameter only affects the compression ratio but not the
+   correctness of the compressed output even if it is not set appropriately.
+   Z_FIXED prevents the use of dynamic Huffman codes, allowing for a simpler
+   decoder for special applications.
+
+     deflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if any parameter is invalid (such as an invalid
+   method), or Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version (zlib_version) is
+   incompatible with the version assumed by the caller (ZLIB_VERSION).  msg is
+   set to null if there is no error message.  deflateInit2 does not perform any
+   compression: this will be done by deflate().
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                             const Bytef *dictionary,
+                                             uInt  dictLength));
+/*
+     Initializes the compression dictionary from the given byte sequence
+   without producing any compressed output.  This function must be called
+   immediately after deflateInit, deflateInit2 or deflateReset, before any call
+   of deflate.  The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same
+   dictionary (see inflateSetDictionary).
+
+     The dictionary should consist of strings (byte sequences) that are likely
+   to be encountered later in the data to be compressed, with the most commonly
+   used strings preferably put towards the end of the dictionary.  Using a
+   dictionary is most useful when the data to be compressed is short and can be
+   predicted with good accuracy; the data can then be compressed better than
+   with the default empty dictionary.
+
+     Depending on the size of the compression data structures selected by
+   deflateInit or deflateInit2, a part of the dictionary may in effect be
+   discarded, for example if the dictionary is larger than the window size
+   provided in deflateInit or deflateInit2.  Thus the strings most likely to be
+   useful should be put at the end of the dictionary, not at the front.  In
+   addition, the current implementation of deflate will use at most the window
+   size minus 262 bytes of the provided dictionary.
+
+     Upon return of this function, strm->adler is set to the adler32 value
+   of the dictionary; the decompressor may later use this value to determine
+   which dictionary has been used by the compressor.  (The adler32 value
+   applies to the whole dictionary even if only a subset of the dictionary is
+   actually used by the compressor.) If a raw deflate was requested, then the
+   adler32 value is not computed and strm->adler is not set.
+
+     deflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
+   parameter is invalid (e.g.  dictionary being Z_NULL) or the stream state is
+   inconsistent (for example if deflate has already been called for this stream
+   or if the compression method is bsort).  deflateSetDictionary does not
+   perform any compression: this will be done by deflate().
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateCopy OF((z_streamp dest,
+                                    z_streamp source));
+/*
+     Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream.
+
+     This function can be useful when several compression strategies will be
+   tried, for example when there are several ways of pre-processing the input
+   data with a filter.  The streams that will be discarded should then be freed
+   by calling deflateEnd.  Note that deflateCopy duplicates the internal
+   compression state which can be quite large, so this strategy is slow and can
+   consume lots of memory.
+
+     deflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent
+   (such as zalloc being Z_NULL).  msg is left unchanged in both source and
+   destination.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateReset OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     This function is equivalent to deflateEnd followed by deflateInit,
+   but does not free and reallocate all the internal compression state.  The
+   stream will keep the same compression level and any other attributes that
+   may have been set by deflateInit2.
+
+     deflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL).
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateParams OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                      int level,
+                                      int strategy));
+/*
+     Dynamically update the compression level and compression strategy.  The
+   interpretation of level and strategy is as in deflateInit2.  This can be
+   used to switch between compression and straight copy of the input data, or
+   to switch to a different kind of input data requiring a different strategy.
+   If the compression level is changed, the input available so far is
+   compressed with the old level (and may be flushed); the new level will take
+   effect only at the next call of deflate().
+
+     Before the call of deflateParams, the stream state must be set as for
+   a call of deflate(), since the currently available input may have to be
+   compressed and flushed.  In particular, strm->avail_out must be non-zero.
+
+     deflateParams returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent or if a parameter was invalid, Z_BUF_ERROR if
+   strm->avail_out was zero.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateTune OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                    int good_length,
+                                    int max_lazy,
+                                    int nice_length,
+                                    int max_chain));
+/*
+     Fine tune deflate's internal compression parameters.  This should only be
+   used by someone who understands the algorithm used by zlib's deflate for
+   searching for the best matching string, and even then only by the most
+   fanatic optimizer trying to squeeze out the last compressed bit for their
+   specific input data.  Read the deflate.c source code for the meaning of the
+   max_lazy, good_length, nice_length, and max_chain parameters.
+
+     deflateTune() can be called after deflateInit() or deflateInit2(), and
+   returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR for an invalid deflate stream.
+ */
+
+ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT deflateBound OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                       uLong sourceLen));
+/*
+     deflateBound() returns an upper bound on the compressed size after
+   deflation of sourceLen bytes.  It must be called after deflateInit() or
+   deflateInit2(), and after deflateSetHeader(), if used.  This would be used
+   to allocate an output buffer for deflation in a single pass, and so would be
+   called before deflate().
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflatePrime OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                     int bits,
+                                     int value));
+/*
+     deflatePrime() inserts bits in the deflate output stream.  The intent
+   is that this function is used to start off the deflate output with the bits
+   leftover from a previous deflate stream when appending to it.  As such, this
+   function can only be used for raw deflate, and must be used before the first
+   deflate() call after a deflateInit2() or deflateReset().  bits must be less
+   than or equal to 16, and that many of the least significant bits of value
+   will be inserted in the output.
+
+     deflatePrime returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateSetHeader OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                         gz_headerp head));
+/*
+     deflateSetHeader() provides gzip header information for when a gzip
+   stream is requested by deflateInit2().  deflateSetHeader() may be called
+   after deflateInit2() or deflateReset() and before the first call of
+   deflate().  The text, time, os, extra field, name, and comment information
+   in the provided gz_header structure are written to the gzip header (xflag is
+   ignored -- the extra flags are set according to the compression level).  The
+   caller must assure that, if not Z_NULL, name and comment are terminated with
+   a zero byte, and that if extra is not Z_NULL, that extra_len bytes are
+   available there.  If hcrc is true, a gzip header crc is included.  Note that
+   the current versions of the command-line version of gzip (up through version
+   1.3.x) do not support header crc's, and will report that it is a "multi-part
+   gzip file" and give up.
+
+     If deflateSetHeader is not used, the default gzip header has text false,
+   the time set to zero, and os set to 255, with no extra, name, or comment
+   fields.  The gzip header is returned to the default state by deflateReset().
+
+     deflateSetHeader returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent.
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2 OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                     int  windowBits));
+
+     This is another version of inflateInit with an extra parameter.  The
+   fields next_in, avail_in, zalloc, zfree and opaque must be initialized
+   before by the caller.
+
+     The windowBits parameter is the base two logarithm of the maximum window
+   size (the size of the history buffer).  It should be in the range 8..15 for
+   this version of the library.  The default value is 15 if inflateInit is used
+   instead.  windowBits must be greater than or equal to the windowBits value
+   provided to deflateInit2() while compressing, or it must be equal to 15 if
+   deflateInit2() was not used.  If a compressed stream with a larger window
+   size is given as input, inflate() will return with the error code
+   Z_DATA_ERROR instead of trying to allocate a larger window.
+
+     windowBits can also be zero to request that inflate use the window size in
+   the zlib header of the compressed stream.
+
+     windowBits can also be -8..-15 for raw inflate.  In this case, -windowBits
+   determines the window size.  inflate() will then process raw deflate data,
+   not looking for a zlib or gzip header, not generating a check value, and not
+   looking for any check values for comparison at the end of the stream.  This
+   is for use with other formats that use the deflate compressed data format
+   such as zip.  Those formats provide their own check values.  If a custom
+   format is developed using the raw deflate format for compressed data, it is
+   recommended that a check value such as an adler32 or a crc32 be applied to
+   the uncompressed data as is done in the zlib, gzip, and zip formats.  For
+   most applications, the zlib format should be used as is.  Note that comments
+   above on the use in deflateInit2() applies to the magnitude of windowBits.
+
+     windowBits can also be greater than 15 for optional gzip decoding.  Add
+   32 to windowBits to enable zlib and gzip decoding with automatic header
+   detection, or add 16 to decode only the gzip format (the zlib format will
+   return a Z_DATA_ERROR).  If a gzip stream is being decoded, strm->adler is a
+   crc32 instead of an adler32.
+
+     inflateInit2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_VERSION_ERROR if the zlib library version is incompatible with the
+   version assumed by the caller, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the parameters are
+   invalid, such as a null pointer to the structure.  msg is set to null if
+   there is no error message.  inflateInit2 does not perform any decompression
+   apart from possibly reading the zlib header if present: actual decompression
+   will be done by inflate().  (So next_in and avail_in may be modified, but
+   next_out and avail_out are unused and unchanged.) The current implementation
+   of inflateInit2() does not process any header information -- that is
+   deferred until inflate() is called.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSetDictionary OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                             const Bytef *dictionary,
+                                             uInt  dictLength));
+/*
+     Initializes the decompression dictionary from the given uncompressed byte
+   sequence.  This function must be called immediately after a call of inflate,
+   if that call returned Z_NEED_DICT.  The dictionary chosen by the compressor
+   can be determined from the adler32 value returned by that call of inflate.
+   The compressor and decompressor must use exactly the same dictionary (see
+   deflateSetDictionary).  For raw inflate, this function can be called
+   immediately after inflateInit2() or inflateReset() and before any call of
+   inflate() to set the dictionary.  The application must insure that the
+   dictionary that was used for compression is provided.
+
+     inflateSetDictionary returns Z_OK if success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if a
+   parameter is invalid (e.g.  dictionary being Z_NULL) or the stream state is
+   inconsistent, Z_DATA_ERROR if the given dictionary doesn't match the
+   expected one (incorrect adler32 value).  inflateSetDictionary does not
+   perform any decompression: this will be done by subsequent calls of
+   inflate().
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateSync OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     Skips invalid compressed data until a full flush point (see above the
+   description of deflate with Z_FULL_FLUSH) can be found, or until all
+   available input is skipped.  No output is provided.
+
+     inflateSync returns Z_OK if a full flush point has been found, Z_BUF_ERROR
+   if no more input was provided, Z_DATA_ERROR if no flush point has been
+   found, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream structure was inconsistent.  In the
+   success case, the application may save the current current value of total_in
+   which indicates where valid compressed data was found.  In the error case,
+   the application may repeatedly call inflateSync, providing more input each
+   time, until success or end of the input data.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateCopy OF((z_streamp dest,
+                                    z_streamp source));
+/*
+     Sets the destination stream as a complete copy of the source stream.
+
+     This function can be useful when randomly accessing a large stream.  The
+   first pass through the stream can periodically record the inflate state,
+   allowing restarting inflate at those points when randomly accessing the
+   stream.
+
+     inflateCopy returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent
+   (such as zalloc being Z_NULL).  msg is left unchanged in both source and
+   destination.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateReset OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     This function is equivalent to inflateEnd followed by inflateInit,
+   but does not free and reallocate all the internal decompression state.  The
+   stream will keep attributes that may have been set by inflateInit2.
+
+     inflateReset returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL).
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateReset2 OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                      int windowBits));
+/*
+     This function is the same as inflateReset, but it also permits changing
+   the wrap and window size requests.  The windowBits parameter is interpreted
+   the same as it is for inflateInit2.
+
+     inflateReset2 returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent (such as zalloc or state being Z_NULL), or if
+   the windowBits parameter is invalid.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflatePrime OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                     int bits,
+                                     int value));
+/*
+     This function inserts bits in the inflate input stream.  The intent is
+   that this function is used to start inflating at a bit position in the
+   middle of a byte.  The provided bits will be used before any bytes are used
+   from next_in.  This function should only be used with raw inflate, and
+   should be used before the first inflate() call after inflateInit2() or
+   inflateReset().  bits must be less than or equal to 16, and that many of the
+   least significant bits of value will be inserted in the input.
+
+     If bits is negative, then the input stream bit buffer is emptied.  Then
+   inflatePrime() can be called again to put bits in the buffer.  This is used
+   to clear out bits leftover after feeding inflate a block description prior
+   to feeding inflate codes.
+
+     inflatePrime returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN long ZEXPORT inflateMark OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     This function returns two values, one in the lower 16 bits of the return
+   value, and the other in the remaining upper bits, obtained by shifting the
+   return value down 16 bits.  If the upper value is -1 and the lower value is
+   zero, then inflate() is currently decoding information outside of a block.
+   If the upper value is -1 and the lower value is non-zero, then inflate is in
+   the middle of a stored block, with the lower value equaling the number of
+   bytes from the input remaining to copy.  If the upper value is not -1, then
+   it is the number of bits back from the current bit position in the input of
+   the code (literal or length/distance pair) currently being processed.  In
+   that case the lower value is the number of bytes already emitted for that
+   code.
+
+     A code is being processed if inflate is waiting for more input to complete
+   decoding of the code, or if it has completed decoding but is waiting for
+   more output space to write the literal or match data.
+
+     inflateMark() is used to mark locations in the input data for random
+   access, which may be at bit positions, and to note those cases where the
+   output of a code may span boundaries of random access blocks.  The current
+   location in the input stream can be determined from avail_in and data_type
+   as noted in the description for the Z_BLOCK flush parameter for inflate.
+
+     inflateMark returns the value noted above or -1 << 16 if the provided
+   source stream state was inconsistent.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateGetHeader OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                         gz_headerp head));
+/*
+     inflateGetHeader() requests that gzip header information be stored in the
+   provided gz_header structure.  inflateGetHeader() may be called after
+   inflateInit2() or inflateReset(), and before the first call of inflate().
+   As inflate() processes the gzip stream, head->done is zero until the header
+   is completed, at which time head->done is set to one.  If a zlib stream is
+   being decoded, then head->done is set to -1 to indicate that there will be
+   no gzip header information forthcoming.  Note that Z_BLOCK or Z_TREES can be
+   used to force inflate() to return immediately after header processing is
+   complete and before any actual data is decompressed.
+
+     The text, time, xflags, and os fields are filled in with the gzip header
+   contents.  hcrc is set to true if there is a header CRC.  (The header CRC
+   was valid if done is set to one.) If extra is not Z_NULL, then extra_max
+   contains the maximum number of bytes to write to extra.  Once done is true,
+   extra_len contains the actual extra field length, and extra contains the
+   extra field, or that field truncated if extra_max is less than extra_len.
+   If name is not Z_NULL, then up to name_max characters are written there,
+   terminated with a zero unless the length is greater than name_max.  If
+   comment is not Z_NULL, then up to comm_max characters are written there,
+   terminated with a zero unless the length is greater than comm_max.  When any
+   of extra, name, or comment are not Z_NULL and the respective field is not
+   present in the header, then that field is set to Z_NULL to signal its
+   absence.  This allows the use of deflateSetHeader() with the returned
+   structure to duplicate the header.  However if those fields are set to
+   allocated memory, then the application will need to save those pointers
+   elsewhere so that they can be eventually freed.
+
+     If inflateGetHeader is not used, then the header information is simply
+   discarded.  The header is always checked for validity, including the header
+   CRC if present.  inflateReset() will reset the process to discard the header
+   information.  The application would need to call inflateGetHeader() again to
+   retrieve the header from the next gzip stream.
+
+     inflateGetHeader returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source
+   stream state was inconsistent.
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackInit OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits,
+                                        unsigned char FAR *window));
+
+     Initialize the internal stream state for decompression using inflateBack()
+   calls.  The fields zalloc, zfree and opaque in strm must be initialized
+   before the call.  If zalloc and zfree are Z_NULL, then the default library-
+   derived memory allocation routines are used.  windowBits is the base two
+   logarithm of the window size, in the range 8..15.  window is a caller
+   supplied buffer of that size.  Except for special applications where it is
+   assured that deflate was used with small window sizes, windowBits must be 15
+   and a 32K byte window must be supplied to be able to decompress general
+   deflate streams.
+
+     See inflateBack() for the usage of these routines.
+
+     inflateBackInit will return Z_OK on success, Z_STREAM_ERROR if any of
+   the paramaters are invalid, Z_MEM_ERROR if the internal state could not be
+   allocated, or Z_VERSION_ERROR if the version of the library does not match
+   the version of the header file.
+*/
+
+typedef unsigned (*in_func) OF((void FAR *, unsigned char FAR * FAR *));
+typedef int (*out_func) OF((void FAR *, unsigned char FAR *, unsigned));
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBack OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                    in_func in, void FAR *in_desc,
+                                    out_func out, void FAR *out_desc));
+/*
+     inflateBack() does a raw inflate with a single call using a call-back
+   interface for input and output.  This is more efficient than inflate() for
+   file i/o applications in that it avoids copying between the output and the
+   sliding window by simply making the window itself the output buffer.  This
+   function trusts the application to not change the output buffer passed by
+   the output function, at least until inflateBack() returns.
+
+     inflateBackInit() must be called first to allocate the internal state
+   and to initialize the state with the user-provided window buffer.
+   inflateBack() may then be used multiple times to inflate a complete, raw
+   deflate stream with each call.  inflateBackEnd() is then called to free the
+   allocated state.
+
+     A raw deflate stream is one with no zlib or gzip header or trailer.
+   This routine would normally be used in a utility that reads zip or gzip
+   files and writes out uncompressed files.  The utility would decode the
+   header and process the trailer on its own, hence this routine expects only
+   the raw deflate stream to decompress.  This is different from the normal
+   behavior of inflate(), which expects either a zlib or gzip header and
+   trailer around the deflate stream.
+
+     inflateBack() uses two subroutines supplied by the caller that are then
+   called by inflateBack() for input and output.  inflateBack() calls those
+   routines until it reads a complete deflate stream and writes out all of the
+   uncompressed data, or until it encounters an error.  The function's
+   parameters and return types are defined above in the in_func and out_func
+   typedefs.  inflateBack() will call in(in_desc, &buf) which should return the
+   number of bytes of provided input, and a pointer to that input in buf.  If
+   there is no input available, in() must return zero--buf is ignored in that
+   case--and inflateBack() will return a buffer error.  inflateBack() will call
+   out(out_desc, buf, len) to write the uncompressed data buf[0..len-1].  out()
+   should return zero on success, or non-zero on failure.  If out() returns
+   non-zero, inflateBack() will return with an error.  Neither in() nor out()
+   are permitted to change the contents of the window provided to
+   inflateBackInit(), which is also the buffer that out() uses to write from.
+   The length written by out() will be at most the window size.  Any non-zero
+   amount of input may be provided by in().
+
+     For convenience, inflateBack() can be provided input on the first call by
+   setting strm->next_in and strm->avail_in.  If that input is exhausted, then
+   in() will be called.  Therefore strm->next_in must be initialized before
+   calling inflateBack().  If strm->next_in is Z_NULL, then in() will be called
+   immediately for input.  If strm->next_in is not Z_NULL, then strm->avail_in
+   must also be initialized, and then if strm->avail_in is not zero, input will
+   initially be taken from strm->next_in[0 ..  strm->avail_in - 1].
+
+     The in_desc and out_desc parameters of inflateBack() is passed as the
+   first parameter of in() and out() respectively when they are called.  These
+   descriptors can be optionally used to pass any information that the caller-
+   supplied in() and out() functions need to do their job.
+
+     On return, inflateBack() will set strm->next_in and strm->avail_in to
+   pass back any unused input that was provided by the last in() call.  The
+   return values of inflateBack() can be Z_STREAM_END on success, Z_BUF_ERROR
+   if in() or out() returned an error, Z_DATA_ERROR if there was a format error
+   in the deflate stream (in which case strm->msg is set to indicate the nature
+   of the error), or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream was not properly initialized.
+   In the case of Z_BUF_ERROR, an input or output error can be distinguished
+   using strm->next_in which will be Z_NULL only if in() returned an error.  If
+   strm->next_in is not Z_NULL, then the Z_BUF_ERROR was due to out() returning
+   non-zero.  (in() will always be called before out(), so strm->next_in is
+   assured to be defined if out() returns non-zero.) Note that inflateBack()
+   cannot return Z_OK.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackEnd OF((z_streamp strm));
+/*
+     All memory allocated by inflateBackInit() is freed.
+
+     inflateBackEnd() returns Z_OK on success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the stream
+   state was inconsistent.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT zlibCompileFlags OF((void));
+/* Return flags indicating compile-time options.
+
+    Type sizes, two bits each, 00 = 16 bits, 01 = 32, 10 = 64, 11 = other:
+     1.0: size of uInt
+     3.2: size of uLong
+     5.4: size of voidpf (pointer)
+     7.6: size of z_off_t
+
+    Compiler, assembler, and debug options:
+     8: DEBUG
+     9: ASMV or ASMINF -- use ASM code
+     10: ZLIB_WINAPI -- exported functions use the WINAPI calling convention
+     11: 0 (reserved)
+
+    One-time table building (smaller code, but not thread-safe if true):
+     12: BUILDFIXED -- build static block decoding tables when needed
+     13: DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE -- build CRC calculation tables when needed
+     14,15: 0 (reserved)
+
+    Library content (indicates missing functionality):
+     16: NO_GZCOMPRESS -- gz* functions cannot compress (to avoid linking
+                          deflate code when not needed)
+     17: NO_GZIP -- deflate can't write gzip streams, and inflate can't detect
+                    and decode gzip streams (to avoid linking crc code)
+     18-19: 0 (reserved)
+
+    Operation variations (changes in library functionality):
+     20: PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND -- slightly more permissive inflate
+     21: FASTEST -- deflate algorithm with only one, lowest compression level
+     22,23: 0 (reserved)
+
+    The sprintf variant used by gzprintf (zero is best):
+     24: 0 = vs*, 1 = s* -- 1 means limited to 20 arguments after the format
+     25: 0 = *nprintf, 1 = *printf -- 1 means gzprintf() not secure!
+     26: 0 = returns value, 1 = void -- 1 means inferred string length returned
+
+    Remainder:
+     27-31: 0 (reserved)
+ */
+
+
+                        /* utility functions */
+
+/*
+     The following utility functions are implemented on top of the basic
+   stream-oriented functions.  To simplify the interface, some default options
+   are assumed (compression level and memory usage, standard memory allocation
+   functions).  The source code of these utility functions can be modified if
+   you need special options.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress OF((Bytef *dest,   uLongf *destLen,
+                                 const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen));
+/*
+     Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  sourceLen is
+   the byte length of the source buffer.  Upon entry, destLen is the total size
+   of the destination buffer, which must be at least the value returned by
+   compressBound(sourceLen).  Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the
+   compressed buffer.
+
+     compress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
+   buffer.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT compress2 OF((Bytef *dest,   uLongf *destLen,
+                                  const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen,
+                                  int level));
+/*
+     Compresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  The level
+   parameter has the same meaning as in deflateInit.  sourceLen is the byte
+   length of the source buffer.  Upon entry, destLen is the total size of the
+   destination buffer, which must be at least the value returned by
+   compressBound(sourceLen).  Upon exit, destLen is the actual size of the
+   compressed buffer.
+
+     compress2 returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not enough
+   memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output buffer,
+   Z_STREAM_ERROR if the level parameter is invalid.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT compressBound OF((uLong sourceLen));
+/*
+     compressBound() returns an upper bound on the compressed size after
+   compress() or compress2() on sourceLen bytes.  It would be used before a
+   compress() or compress2() call to allocate the destination buffer.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT uncompress OF((Bytef *dest,   uLongf *destLen,
+                                   const Bytef *source, uLong sourceLen));
+/*
+     Decompresses the source buffer into the destination buffer.  sourceLen is
+   the byte length of the source buffer.  Upon entry, destLen is the total size
+   of the destination buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire
+   uncompressed data.  (The size of the uncompressed data must have been saved
+   previously by the compressor and transmitted to the decompressor by some
+   mechanism outside the scope of this compression library.) Upon exit, destLen
+   is the actual size of the uncompressed buffer.
+
+     uncompress returns Z_OK if success, Z_MEM_ERROR if there was not
+   enough memory, Z_BUF_ERROR if there was not enough room in the output
+   buffer, or Z_DATA_ERROR if the input data was corrupted or incomplete.
+*/
+
+
+                        /* gzip file access functions */
+
+/*
+     This library supports reading and writing files in gzip (.gz) format with
+   an interface similar to that of stdio, using the functions that start with
+   "gz".  The gzip format is different from the zlib format.  gzip is a gzip
+   wrapper, documented in RFC 1952, wrapped around a deflate stream.
+*/
+
+typedef voidp gzFile;       /* opaque gzip file descriptor */
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen OF((const char *path, const char *mode));
+
+     Opens a gzip (.gz) file for reading or writing.  The mode parameter is as
+   in fopen ("rb" or "wb") but can also include a compression level ("wb9") or
+   a strategy: 'f' for filtered data as in "wb6f", 'h' for Huffman-only
+   compression as in "wb1h", 'R' for run-length encoding as in "wb1R", or 'F'
+   for fixed code compression as in "wb9F".  (See the description of
+   deflateInit2 for more information about the strategy parameter.) Also "a"
+   can be used instead of "w" to request that the gzip stream that will be
+   written be appended to the file.  "+" will result in an error, since reading
+   and writing to the same gzip file is not supported.
+
+     gzopen can be used to read a file which is not in gzip format; in this
+   case gzread will directly read from the file without decompression.
+
+     gzopen returns NULL if the file could not be opened, if there was
+   insufficient memory to allocate the gzFile state, or if an invalid mode was
+   specified (an 'r', 'w', or 'a' was not provided, or '+' was provided).
+   errno can be checked to determine if the reason gzopen failed was that the
+   file could not be opened.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzdopen OF((int fd, const char *mode));
+/*
+     gzdopen associates a gzFile with the file descriptor fd.  File descriptors
+   are obtained from calls like open, dup, creat, pipe or fileno (if the file
+   has been previously opened with fopen).  The mode parameter is as in gzopen.
+
+     The next call of gzclose on the returned gzFile will also close the file
+   descriptor fd, just like fclose(fdopen(fd, mode)) closes the file descriptor
+   fd.  If you want to keep fd open, use fd = dup(fd_keep); gz = gzdopen(fd,
+   mode);.  The duplicated descriptor should be saved to avoid a leak, since
+   gzdopen does not close fd if it fails.
+
+     gzdopen returns NULL if there was insufficient memory to allocate the
+   gzFile state, if an invalid mode was specified (an 'r', 'w', or 'a' was not
+   provided, or '+' was provided), or if fd is -1.  The file descriptor is not
+   used until the next gz* read, write, seek, or close operation, so gzdopen
+   will not detect if fd is invalid (unless fd is -1).
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzbuffer OF((gzFile file, unsigned size));
+/*
+     Set the internal buffer size used by this library's functions.  The
+   default buffer size is 8192 bytes.  This function must be called after
+   gzopen() or gzdopen(), and before any other calls that read or write the
+   file.  The buffer memory allocation is always deferred to the first read or
+   write.  Two buffers are allocated, either both of the specified size when
+   writing, or one of the specified size and the other twice that size when
+   reading.  A larger buffer size of, for example, 64K or 128K bytes will
+   noticeably increase the speed of decompression (reading).
+
+     The new buffer size also affects the maximum length for gzprintf().
+
+     gzbuffer() returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure, such as being called
+   too late.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzsetparams OF((gzFile file, int level, int strategy));
+/*
+     Dynamically update the compression level or strategy.  See the description
+   of deflateInit2 for the meaning of these parameters.
+
+     gzsetparams returns Z_OK if success, or Z_STREAM_ERROR if the file was not
+   opened for writing.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzread OF((gzFile file, voidp buf, unsigned len));
+/*
+     Reads the given number of uncompressed bytes from the compressed file.  If
+   the input file was not in gzip format, gzread copies the given number of
+   bytes into the buffer.
+
+     After reaching the end of a gzip stream in the input, gzread will continue
+   to read, looking for another gzip stream, or failing that, reading the rest
+   of the input file directly without decompression.  The entire input file
+   will be read if gzread is called until it returns less than the requested
+   len.
+
+     gzread returns the number of uncompressed bytes actually read, less than
+   len for end of file, or -1 for error.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzwrite OF((gzFile file,
+                                voidpc buf, unsigned len));
+/*
+     Writes the given number of uncompressed bytes into the compressed file.
+   gzwrite returns the number of uncompressed bytes written or 0 in case of
+   error.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORTVA gzprintf OF((gzFile file, const char *format, ...));
+/*
+     Converts, formats, and writes the arguments to the compressed file under
+   control of the format string, as in fprintf.  gzprintf returns the number of
+   uncompressed bytes actually written, or 0 in case of error.  The number of
+   uncompressed bytes written is limited to 8191, or one less than the buffer
+   size given to gzbuffer().  The caller should assure that this limit is not
+   exceeded.  If it is exceeded, then gzprintf() will return an error (0) with
+   nothing written.  In this case, there may also be a buffer overflow with
+   unpredictable consequences, which is possible only if zlib was compiled with
+   the insecure functions sprintf() or vsprintf() because the secure snprintf()
+   or vsnprintf() functions were not available.  This can be determined using
+   zlibCompileFlags().
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputs OF((gzFile file, const char *s));
+/*
+     Writes the given null-terminated string to the compressed file, excluding
+   the terminating null character.
+
+     gzputs returns the number of characters written, or -1 in case of error.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN char * ZEXPORT gzgets OF((gzFile file, char *buf, int len));
+/*
+     Reads bytes from the compressed file until len-1 characters are read, or a
+   newline character is read and transferred to buf, or an end-of-file
+   condition is encountered.  If any characters are read or if len == 1, the
+   string is terminated with a null character.  If no characters are read due
+   to an end-of-file or len < 1, then the buffer is left untouched.
+
+     gzgets returns buf which is a null-terminated string, or it returns NULL
+   for end-of-file or in case of error.  If there was an error, the contents at
+   buf are indeterminate.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzputc OF((gzFile file, int c));
+/*
+     Writes c, converted to an unsigned char, into the compressed file.  gzputc
+   returns the value that was written, or -1 in case of error.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzgetc OF((gzFile file));
+/*
+     Reads one byte from the compressed file.  gzgetc returns this byte or -1
+   in case of end of file or error.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzungetc OF((int c, gzFile file));
+/*
+     Push one character back onto the stream to be read as the first character
+   on the next read.  At least one character of push-back is allowed.
+   gzungetc() returns the character pushed, or -1 on failure.  gzungetc() will
+   fail if c is -1, and may fail if a character has been pushed but not read
+   yet.  If gzungetc is used immediately after gzopen or gzdopen, at least the
+   output buffer size of pushed characters is allowed.  (See gzbuffer above.)
+   The pushed character will be discarded if the stream is repositioned with
+   gzseek() or gzrewind().
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzflush OF((gzFile file, int flush));
+/*
+     Flushes all pending output into the compressed file.  The parameter flush
+   is as in the deflate() function.  The return value is the zlib error number
+   (see function gzerror below).  gzflush is only permitted when writing.
+
+     If the flush parameter is Z_FINISH, the remaining data is written and the
+   gzip stream is completed in the output.  If gzwrite() is called again, a new
+   gzip stream will be started in the output.  gzread() is able to read such
+   concatented gzip streams.
+
+     gzflush should be called only when strictly necessary because it will
+   degrade compression if called too often.
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek OF((gzFile file,
+                                   z_off_t offset, int whence));
+
+     Sets the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the given
+   compressed file.  The offset represents a number of bytes in the
+   uncompressed data stream.  The whence parameter is defined as in lseek(2);
+   the value SEEK_END is not supported.
+
+     If the file is opened for reading, this function is emulated but can be
+   extremely slow.  If the file is opened for writing, only forward seeks are
+   supported; gzseek then compresses a sequence of zeroes up to the new
+   starting position.
+
+     gzseek returns the resulting offset location as measured in bytes from
+   the beginning of the uncompressed stream, or -1 in case of error, in
+   particular if the file is opened for writing and the new starting position
+   would be before the current position.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT    gzrewind OF((gzFile file));
+/*
+     Rewinds the given file. This function is supported only for reading.
+
+     gzrewind(file) is equivalent to (int)gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_SET)
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT    gztell OF((gzFile file));
+
+     Returns the starting position for the next gzread or gzwrite on the given
+   compressed file.  This position represents a number of bytes in the
+   uncompressed data stream, and is zero when starting, even if appending or
+   reading a gzip stream from the middle of a file using gzdopen().
+
+     gztell(file) is equivalent to gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR)
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset OF((gzFile file));
+
+     Returns the current offset in the file being read or written.  This offset
+   includes the count of bytes that precede the gzip stream, for example when
+   appending or when using gzdopen() for reading.  When reading, the offset
+   does not include as yet unused buffered input.  This information can be used
+   for a progress indicator.  On error, gzoffset() returns -1.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzeof OF((gzFile file));
+/*
+     Returns true (1) if the end-of-file indicator has been set while reading,
+   false (0) otherwise.  Note that the end-of-file indicator is set only if the
+   read tried to go past the end of the input, but came up short.  Therefore,
+   just like feof(), gzeof() may return false even if there is no more data to
+   read, in the event that the last read request was for the exact number of
+   bytes remaining in the input file.  This will happen if the input file size
+   is an exact multiple of the buffer size.
+
+     If gzeof() returns true, then the read functions will return no more data,
+   unless the end-of-file indicator is reset by gzclearerr() and the input file
+   has grown since the previous end of file was detected.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzdirect OF((gzFile file));
+/*
+     Returns true (1) if file is being copied directly while reading, or false
+   (0) if file is a gzip stream being decompressed.  This state can change from
+   false to true while reading the input file if the end of a gzip stream is
+   reached, but is followed by data that is not another gzip stream.
+
+     If the input file is empty, gzdirect() will return true, since the input
+   does not contain a gzip stream.
+
+     If gzdirect() is used immediately after gzopen() or gzdopen() it will
+   cause buffers to be allocated to allow reading the file to determine if it
+   is a gzip file.  Therefore if gzbuffer() is used, it should be called before
+   gzdirect().
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT    gzclose OF((gzFile file));
+/*
+     Flushes all pending output if necessary, closes the compressed file and
+   deallocates the (de)compression state.  Note that once file is closed, you
+   cannot call gzerror with file, since its structures have been deallocated.
+   gzclose must not be called more than once on the same file, just as free
+   must not be called more than once on the same allocation.
+
+     gzclose will return Z_STREAM_ERROR if file is not valid, Z_ERRNO on a
+   file operation error, or Z_OK on success.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose_r OF((gzFile file));
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT gzclose_w OF((gzFile file));
+/*
+     Same as gzclose(), but gzclose_r() is only for use when reading, and
+   gzclose_w() is only for use when writing or appending.  The advantage to
+   using these instead of gzclose() is that they avoid linking in zlib
+   compression or decompression code that is not used when only reading or only
+   writing respectively.  If gzclose() is used, then both compression and
+   decompression code will be included the application when linking to a static
+   zlib library.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN const char * ZEXPORT gzerror OF((gzFile file, int *errnum));
+/*
+     Returns the error message for the last error which occurred on the given
+   compressed file.  errnum is set to zlib error number.  If an error occurred
+   in the file system and not in the compression library, errnum is set to
+   Z_ERRNO and the application may consult errno to get the exact error code.
+
+     The application must not modify the returned string.  Future calls to
+   this function may invalidate the previously returned string.  If file is
+   closed, then the string previously returned by gzerror will no longer be
+   available.
+
+     gzerror() should be used to distinguish errors from end-of-file for those
+   functions above that do not distinguish those cases in their return values.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN void ZEXPORT gzclearerr OF((gzFile file));
+/*
+     Clears the error and end-of-file flags for file.  This is analogous to the
+   clearerr() function in stdio.  This is useful for continuing to read a gzip
+   file that is being written concurrently.
+*/
+
+
+                        /* checksum functions */
+
+/*
+     These functions are not related to compression but are exported
+   anyway because they might be useful in applications using the compression
+   library.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32 OF((uLong adler, const Bytef *buf, uInt len));
+/*
+     Update a running Adler-32 checksum with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and
+   return the updated checksum.  If buf is Z_NULL, this function returns the
+   required initial value for the checksum.
+
+     An Adler-32 checksum is almost as reliable as a CRC32 but can be computed
+   much faster.
+
+   Usage example:
+
+     uLong adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+
+     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
+       adler = adler32(adler, buffer, length);
+     }
+     if (adler != original_adler) error();
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong adler1, uLong adler2,
+                                          z_off_t len2));
+
+     Combine two Adler-32 checksums into one.  For two sequences of bytes, seq1
+   and seq2 with lengths len1 and len2, Adler-32 checksums were calculated for
+   each, adler1 and adler2.  adler32_combine() returns the Adler-32 checksum of
+   seq1 and seq2 concatenated, requiring only adler1, adler2, and len2.
+*/
+
+ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32   OF((uLong crc, const Bytef *buf, uInt len));
+/*
+     Update a running CRC-32 with the bytes buf[0..len-1] and return the
+   updated CRC-32.  If buf is Z_NULL, this function returns the required
+   initial value for the for the crc.  Pre- and post-conditioning (one's
+   complement) is performed within this function so it shouldn't be done by the
+   application.
+
+   Usage example:
+
+     uLong crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
+
+     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
+       crc = crc32(crc, buffer, length);
+     }
+     if (crc != original_crc) error();
+*/
+
+/*
+ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong crc1, uLong crc2, z_off_t len2));
+
+     Combine two CRC-32 check values into one.  For two sequences of bytes,
+   seq1 and seq2 with lengths len1 and len2, CRC-32 check values were
+   calculated for each, crc1 and crc2.  crc32_combine() returns the CRC-32
+   check value of seq1 and seq2 concatenated, requiring only crc1, crc2, and
+   len2.
+*/
+
+
+                        /* various hacks, don't look :) */
+
+/* deflateInit and inflateInit are macros to allow checking the zlib version
+ * and the compiler's view of z_stream:
+ */
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, int level,
+                                     const char *version, int stream_size));
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit_ OF((z_streamp strm,
+                                     const char *version, int stream_size));
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT deflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int  level, int  method,
+                                      int windowBits, int memLevel,
+                                      int strategy, const char *version,
+                                      int stream_size));
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateInit2_ OF((z_streamp strm, int  windowBits,
+                                      const char *version, int stream_size));
+ZEXTERN int ZEXPORT inflateBackInit_ OF((z_streamp strm, int windowBits,
+                                         unsigned char FAR *window,
+                                         const char *version,
+                                         int stream_size));
+#define deflateInit(strm, level) \
+        deflateInit_((strm), (level),       ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+#define inflateInit(strm) \
+        inflateInit_((strm),                ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+#define deflateInit2(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy) \
+        deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),\
+                      (strategy),           ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+#define inflateInit2(strm, windowBits) \
+        inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+#define inflateBackInit(strm, windowBits, window) \
+        inflateBackInit_((strm), (windowBits), (window), \
+                                            ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
+
+/* provide 64-bit offset functions if _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE defined, and/or
+ * change the regular functions to 64 bits if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS is 64 (if
+ * both are true, the application gets the *64 functions, and the regular
+ * functions are changed to 64 bits) -- in case these are set on systems
+ * without large file support, _LFS64_LARGEFILE must also be true
+ */
+#if defined(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE) && _LFS64_LARGEFILE-0
+   ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen64 OF((const char *, const char *));
+   ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzseek64 OF((gzFile, z_off64_t, int));
+   ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gztell64 OF((gzFile));
+   ZEXTERN z_off64_t ZEXPORT gzoffset64 OF((gzFile));
+   ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off64_t));
+   ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off64_t));
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(ZLIB_INTERNAL) && _FILE_OFFSET_BITS-0 == 64 && _LFS64_LARGEFILE-0
+#  define gzopen gzopen64
+#  define gzseek gzseek64
+#  define gztell gztell64
+#  define gzoffset gzoffset64
+#  define adler32_combine adler32_combine64
+#  define crc32_combine crc32_combine64
+#  ifdef _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+     ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen64 OF((const char *, const char *));
+     ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek64 OF((gzFile, z_off_t, int));
+     ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell64 OF((gzFile));
+     ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset64 OF((gzFile));
+     ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t));
+     ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine64 OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t));
+#  endif
+#else
+   ZEXTERN gzFile ZEXPORT gzopen OF((const char *, const char *));
+   ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzseek OF((gzFile, z_off_t, int));
+   ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gztell OF((gzFile));
+   ZEXTERN z_off_t ZEXPORT gzoffset OF((gzFile));
+   ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT adler32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t));
+   ZEXTERN uLong ZEXPORT crc32_combine OF((uLong, uLong, z_off_t));
+#endif
+
+/* hack for buggy compilers */
+#if !defined(ZUTIL_H) && !defined(NO_DUMMY_DECL)
+    struct internal_state {int dummy;};
+#endif
+
+/* undocumented functions */
+ZEXTERN const char   * ZEXPORT zError           OF((int));
+ZEXTERN int            ZEXPORT inflateSyncPoint OF((z_streamp));
+ZEXTERN const uLongf * ZEXPORT get_crc_table    OF((void));
+ZEXTERN int            ZEXPORT inflateUndermine OF((z_streamp, int));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ZLIB_H */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zutil.c b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..898ed345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/* zutil.c -- target dependent utility functions for the compression library
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-2005, 2010 Jean-loup Gailly.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in zlib.h
+ */
+
+/* @(#) $Id$ */
+
+#include "zutil.h"
+
+#ifndef NO_DUMMY_DECL
+struct internal_state      {int dummy;}; /* for buggy compilers */
+#endif
+
+const char * const z_errmsg[10] = {
+"need dictionary",     /* Z_NEED_DICT       2  */
+"stream end",          /* Z_STREAM_END      1  */
+"",                    /* Z_OK              0  */
+"file error",          /* Z_ERRNO         (-1) */
+"stream error",        /* Z_STREAM_ERROR  (-2) */
+"data error",          /* Z_DATA_ERROR    (-3) */
+"insufficient memory", /* Z_MEM_ERROR     (-4) */
+"buffer error",        /* Z_BUF_ERROR     (-5) */
+"incompatible version",/* Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6) */
+""};
+
+
+const char * ZEXPORT zlibVersion()
+{
+    return ZLIB_VERSION;
+}
+
+uLong ZEXPORT zlibCompileFlags()
+{
+    uLong flags;
+
+    flags = 0;
+    switch ((int)(sizeof(uInt))) {
+    case 2:     break;
+    case 4:     flags += 1;     break;
+    case 8:     flags += 2;     break;
+    default:    flags += 3;
+    }
+    switch ((int)(sizeof(uLong))) {
+    case 2:     break;
+    case 4:     flags += 1 << 2;        break;
+    case 8:     flags += 2 << 2;        break;
+    default:    flags += 3 << 2;
+    }
+    switch ((int)(sizeof(voidpf))) {
+    case 2:     break;
+    case 4:     flags += 1 << 4;        break;
+    case 8:     flags += 2 << 4;        break;
+    default:    flags += 3 << 4;
+    }
+    switch ((int)(sizeof(z_off_t))) {
+    case 2:     break;
+    case 4:     flags += 1 << 6;        break;
+    case 8:     flags += 2 << 6;        break;
+    default:    flags += 3 << 6;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    flags += 1 << 8;
+#endif
+#if defined(ASMV) || defined(ASMINF)
+    flags += 1 << 9;
+#endif
+#ifdef ZLIB_WINAPI
+    flags += 1 << 10;
+#endif
+#ifdef BUILDFIXED
+    flags += 1 << 12;
+#endif
+#ifdef DYNAMIC_CRC_TABLE
+    flags += 1 << 13;
+#endif
+#ifdef NO_GZCOMPRESS
+    flags += 1L << 16;
+#endif
+#ifdef NO_GZIP
+    flags += 1L << 17;
+#endif
+#ifdef PKZIP_BUG_WORKAROUND
+    flags += 1L << 20;
+#endif
+#ifdef FASTEST
+    flags += 1L << 21;
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC
+#  ifdef NO_vsnprintf
+        flags += 1L << 25;
+#    ifdef HAS_vsprintf_void
+        flags += 1L << 26;
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef HAS_vsnprintf_void
+        flags += 1L << 26;
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#else
+        flags += 1L << 24;
+#  ifdef NO_snprintf
+        flags += 1L << 25;
+#    ifdef HAS_sprintf_void
+        flags += 1L << 26;
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef HAS_snprintf_void
+        flags += 1L << 26;
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+    return flags;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+#  ifndef verbose
+#    define verbose 0
+#  endif
+int ZLIB_INTERNAL z_verbose = verbose;
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL z_error (m)
+    char *m;
+{
+    fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", m);
+    exit(1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* exported to allow conversion of error code to string for compress() and
+ * uncompress()
+ */
+const char * ZEXPORT zError(err)
+    int err;
+{
+    return ERR_MSG(err);
+}
+
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+    /* The Microsoft C Run-Time Library for Windows CE doesn't have
+     * errno.  We define it as a global variable to simplify porting.
+     * Its value is always 0 and should not be used.
+     */
+    int errno = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL zmemcpy(dest, source, len)
+    Bytef* dest;
+    const Bytef* source;
+    uInt  len;
+{
+    if (len == 0) return;
+    do {
+        *dest++ = *source++; /* ??? to be unrolled */
+    } while (--len != 0);
+}
+
+int ZLIB_INTERNAL zmemcmp(s1, s2, len)
+    const Bytef* s1;
+    const Bytef* s2;
+    uInt  len;
+{
+    uInt j;
+
+    for (j = 0; j < len; j++) {
+        if (s1[j] != s2[j]) return 2*(s1[j] > s2[j])-1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL zmemzero(dest, len)
+    Bytef* dest;
+    uInt  len;
+{
+    if (len == 0) return;
+    do {
+        *dest++ = 0;  /* ??? to be unrolled */
+    } while (--len != 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef SYS16BIT
+
+#ifdef __TURBOC__
+/* Turbo C in 16-bit mode */
+
+#  define MY_ZCALLOC
+
+/* Turbo C malloc() does not allow dynamic allocation of 64K bytes
+ * and farmalloc(64K) returns a pointer with an offset of 8, so we
+ * must fix the pointer. Warning: the pointer must be put back to its
+ * original form in order to free it, use zcfree().
+ */
+
+#define MAX_PTR 10
+/* 10*64K = 640K */
+
+local int next_ptr = 0;
+
+typedef struct ptr_table_s {
+    voidpf org_ptr;
+    voidpf new_ptr;
+} ptr_table;
+
+local ptr_table table[MAX_PTR];
+/* This table is used to remember the original form of pointers
+ * to large buffers (64K). Such pointers are normalized with a zero offset.
+ * Since MSDOS is not a preemptive multitasking OS, this table is not
+ * protected from concurrent access. This hack doesn't work anyway on
+ * a protected system like OS/2. Use Microsoft C instead.
+ */
+
+voidpf ZLIB_INTERNAL zcalloc (voidpf opaque, unsigned items, unsigned size)
+{
+    voidpf buf = opaque; /* just to make some compilers happy */
+    ulg bsize = (ulg)items*size;
+
+    /* If we allocate less than 65520 bytes, we assume that farmalloc
+     * will return a usable pointer which doesn't have to be normalized.
+     */
+    if (bsize < 65520L) {
+        buf = farmalloc(bsize);
+        if (*(ush*)&buf != 0) return buf;
+    } else {
+        buf = farmalloc(bsize + 16L);
+    }
+    if (buf == NULL || next_ptr >= MAX_PTR) return NULL;
+    table[next_ptr].org_ptr = buf;
+
+    /* Normalize the pointer to seg:0 */
+    *((ush*)&buf+1) += ((ush)((uch*)buf-0) + 15) >> 4;
+    *(ush*)&buf = 0;
+    table[next_ptr++].new_ptr = buf;
+    return buf;
+}
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL zcfree (voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr)
+{
+    int n;
+    if (*(ush*)&ptr != 0) { /* object < 64K */
+        farfree(ptr);
+        return;
+    }
+    /* Find the original pointer */
+    for (n = 0; n < next_ptr; n++) {
+        if (ptr != table[n].new_ptr) continue;
+
+        farfree(table[n].org_ptr);
+        while (++n < next_ptr) {
+            table[n-1] = table[n];
+        }
+        next_ptr--;
+        return;
+    }
+    ptr = opaque; /* just to make some compilers happy */
+    Assert(0, "zcfree: ptr not found");
+}
+
+#endif /* __TURBOC__ */
+
+
+#ifdef M_I86
+/* Microsoft C in 16-bit mode */
+
+#  define MY_ZCALLOC
+
+#if (!defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER <= 600))
+#  define _halloc  halloc
+#  define _hfree   hfree
+#endif
+
+voidpf ZLIB_INTERNAL zcalloc (voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size)
+{
+    if (opaque) opaque = 0; /* to make compiler happy */
+    return _halloc((long)items, size);
+}
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL zcfree (voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr)
+{
+    if (opaque) opaque = 0; /* to make compiler happy */
+    _hfree(ptr);
+}
+
+#endif /* M_I86 */
+
+#endif /* SYS16BIT */
+
+
+#ifndef MY_ZCALLOC /* Any system without a special alloc function */
+
+#ifndef STDC
+extern voidp  malloc OF((uInt size));
+extern voidp  calloc OF((uInt items, uInt size));
+extern void   free   OF((voidpf ptr));
+#endif
+
+voidpf ZLIB_INTERNAL zcalloc (opaque, items, size)
+    voidpf opaque;
+    unsigned items;
+    unsigned size;
+{
+    if (opaque) items += size - size; /* make compiler happy */
+    return sizeof(uInt) > 2 ? (voidpf)malloc(items * size) :
+                              (voidpf)calloc(items, size);
+}
+
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL zcfree (opaque, ptr)
+    voidpf opaque;
+    voidpf ptr;
+{
+    free(ptr);
+    if (opaque) return; /* make compiler happy */
+}
+
+#endif /* MY_ZCALLOC */
diff --git a/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zutil.h b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..737bd38f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/monniaux/glpk-4.65/src/zlib/zutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* zutil.h (internal interface of the zlib compression library) */
+
+/* Modified by Andrew Makhorin <mao@gnu.org>, April 2011 */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Jean-loup Gailly
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in
+ * zlib.h */
+
+/* WARNING: this file should *not* be used by applications. It is
+   part of the implementation of the compression library and is
+   subject to change. Applications should only use zlib.h. */
+
+#ifndef ZUTIL_H
+#define ZUTIL_H
+
+#define ZLIB_INTERNAL
+
+#include "zlib.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define local static
+
+typedef unsigned char uch;
+typedef uch uchf;
+typedef unsigned short ush;
+typedef ush ushf;
+typedef unsigned long ulg;
+
+extern const char * const z_errmsg[10];
+
+#define ERR_MSG(err) z_errmsg[Z_NEED_DICT-(err)]
+
+#define ERR_RETURN(strm, err) \
+      return (strm->msg = (char *)ERR_MSG(err), (err))
+
+#define DEF_WBITS MAX_WBITS
+
+#if MAX_MEM_LEVEL >= 8
+#define DEF_MEM_LEVEL 8
+#else
+#define DEF_MEM_LEVEL MAX_MEM_LEVEL
+#endif
+
+#define STORED_BLOCK 0
+#define STATIC_TREES 1
+#define DYN_TREES    2
+
+#define MIN_MATCH 3
+#define MAX_MATCH 258
+
+#define PRESET_DICT 0x20
+
+#define OS_CODE 0x03 /* assume Unix */
+
+#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
+#define zmemcpy memcpy
+#define zmemzero(dest, len) memset(dest, 0, len)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+extern int ZLIB_INTERNAL z_verbose;
+extern void ZLIB_INTERNAL z_error OF((char *m));
+#define Assert(cond, msg) { if(!(cond)) z_error(msg); }
+#define Trace(x) { if (z_verbose >= 0) fprintf x; }
+#define Tracev(x) { if (z_verbose > 0) fprintf x; }
+#define Tracevv(x) {if (z_verbose > 1) fprintf x; }
+#define Tracec(c, x) {if (z_verbose > 0 && (c)) fprintf x; }
+#define Tracecv(c, x) {if (z_verbose > 1 && (c)) fprintf x; }
+#else
+#define Assert(cond, msg)
+#define Trace(x)
+#define Tracev(x)
+#define Tracevv(x)
+#define Tracec(c, x)
+#define Tracecv(c, x)
+#endif
+
+voidpf ZLIB_INTERNAL zcalloc OF((voidpf opaque, unsigned items,
+      unsigned size));
+void ZLIB_INTERNAL zcfree OF((voidpf opaque, voidpf ptr));
+
+#define ZALLOC(strm, items, size) \
+      (*((strm)->zalloc))((strm)->opaque, (items), (size))
+#define ZFREE(strm, addr) \
+      (*((strm)->zfree))((strm)->opaque, (voidpf)(addr))
+#define TRY_FREE(s, p) { if (p) ZFREE(s, p); }
+
+#endif
+
+/* eof */